UC-NRLF 110 31B Jrr 4.^ m ' k<* , ; i . GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT BY EDWARD ROBINSON, D. D. LATE PROF. EXTRAORD. OF SAC. LIT. IX THE THEOL. SEM. ANDOVER. BOSTON: PUBLISHED BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER. NEWYORK: LEAVITT, LORD & CO. ANDOVER : GOULD, AND NEWMAN, PRINTERS. 1 836. 3/3 GIFT Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1836, BY EDWARD ROBINSON, in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Massachusetts. _ . , . * ' . . PREFACE. ELEVEN years have now elapsed, since the Author of this work published a Lexicon of the New Testament, in the form of a revision and translation of the * Clavis Philologica' of Wahl, in its first edition. That work was favourably received, as supplying in some degree a want which had long been felt ; and the whole edition of fifteen hun- dred copies was exhausted in a little more than four years. On returning in 1830 from a residence of several years in Germany, it was the Author's first wish, and perhaps duty, to have immediately prepared another edition of the former work, or a new volume of a similar character. But providential circumstances seemed for a time to call him to other kindred labours ; and then sickness intervened ; so that it was not until the autumn of 1833, that he was able to give him- self in earnest to the preparation of a Lexicon. Since that time his labour upon it has been uninterrupted ; so that, comparatively speak- ing, scarcely a day has elapsed, of which the largest portion has not been spent upon the volume here given to the public. It was at first supposed, that a revision of the former work was all that would be necessary. But in the lapse of eight years devoted to studies of this nature at home and abroad, the Author's own views and principles in respect to lexicography and philology in general, had natu- rally become farther developed and in some parts modified. In the same interval, too, the progress of science in this department, as in others, had not ceased to be onward ; new editions of the Lexicons of Wahl and Bretschneider had appeared ; Winer had pushed his researches further, and brought the results into a better form ; and, above all, the labours and improvements of Passow had been spread before the world. In this state of things, an attempt merely to remodel an imperfect foreign work seemed hardly advisable. It appeared therefore to the Author and his friends decidedly preferable, that, call- ing no man Master on earth, he should go on and prepare from the New Testament itself and from the auxiliary sources, a new and iade- S&85G13 IV PREFACE. pendent work, adapted to the wants of students in our own country. In doing this, he has been able to resort to all the sources from which Schleusner and Wahl and Bretschneider drew their materials ; and while he has freely availed himself of their labours, he has found occa- sion on every page to distrust their judgment and accuracy, and to turn from them habitually to the original authorities. Accordingly, the present volume is throughout the result of the Author's own investiga- tions ; and, with a few slight exceptions, has been sent to the press wholly in manuscript. A full and scientific Lexicon of any language, embraces a wide field of inquiry. The scholar who would pursue the study of a language critically and philologically, does not rest, until he has traced each word to its origin ; investigated its primitive form and signification ; noted the various forms and senses in which it has been current in the different epochs and dialects of the language, and the manner and order in which all these are deduced from the primitive one and from each other ; and, last though not least, has observed the relations in which it stands to other words, in constructions and phrases, and the various modifications which it has undergone in these respects. When all these points are properly ascertained and arranged in his own mind, then and not till then is the scholar master of the word in question ; and the transcript of the view thus obtained, with the necessary vouchers, is the true lexicography of that word. This is justly termed the historico- logical method of lexicography, which has grown up out of the general progress of philology within the present century, and aims to present a logical and historical view of each word in all its varieties of signification and construction. The first exemplification of it was given by Gese- nius, in his Hebrew Lexicon ; and it has been ably followed out by Passow in his Lexicon of the Greek language.* These remarks proceed upon the supposition, that a language is in itself primitive and independent of every other ; and that its words may therefore be traced to their ultimate roots within itself. This indeed is usually assumed in regard to the Greek language ; and the Lexicon of Passow is constructed on this principle. But in respect to our own and many other languages, this is obviously not the fact ; and the sci- * See a very able article on the subject of Greek Lexicography in the London Quarterly Review, Vol. LI. No. 101 ; reprinted in the Bibl. Repos. Vol. IV. p. 556 sq. PREFACE . V once of comparative philology, which has sprung up within our own days, has already taught us, that both the Greek and Latin are also only members of one great family of languages, which, descending apparently from the mountains of India, have spread themselves over Southern and Western Asia and the whole of Europe ; retaining under every diversity of climate and circumstances such obvious affinities, as give undeniable evidence of a common origin. These Indo-European tongues, as they are called, include the Sanscrit, Persian, Greek, Latin, Gothic, German, English, and the other dialects of the Teutonic ; and strictly also those of the Slavic and Celtic races. The Semitic lan- guages form a distinct family ; though still, in their primary elements, kindred to the former in a greater degree than has usually been sup- posed. Here too, the first scientific attempt at marking these coinci- dences as a part of lexicography, has been made by Gesenius, irrhis Latin Manual of 1833 ; but we apprehend the time to be not far distant, when every Lexicon of the Greek or Latin, or indeed of any of the occidental tongues, will be regarded as incomplete, which shall fail to notice these striking affinities. In respect to the Greek, it should also be borne in mind, that there are three great epochs which mark the progress of the language ; through all or some of which the different meanings and uses of a word can be traced with more or less distinctness.* These are its youth, in the heroic or 'epic poems of Homer and Hesiod, with which may be joined the Ionic prose of Herodotus ; its prime, in the palmy days of Attic elegance and purity, as exhibited in the great tragedians, and in the prose of Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato ; and its decline, after the Macedonian conquest, and still later under the Roman dominion ; when the breaking up of the various independent states, the mingling together in armies of soldiers enlisted from every quarter, and the founding of colonies and large cities peopled with inhabitants from every part of Greece and also from foreign lands, could not fail to produce great changes in the language of different communities ; which, by natural consequence, would speedily be reflected in the language of books. Thus was formed the later Greek idiom, 1} XOIVT] didlexio?, which every where superseded the pure Attic; and of which Aristotle, Polybius, Diodorus, Plutarch, Aelian, and other later writers, are the representa- tives. Some of the forms peculiar to this later idiom were ascribed to * Buttm. Gramin. 1, passim. II. Planck de vera Natura et Indole etc. P. I ; in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 650. VI PREFACE. the influence of the Macedonians, and referred to the Macedonia dia- lect ; or sometimes the same forms were referred to an Alexandrine dia- lect, inasmuch as the chief seat of the later Greek culture was in Egypt and its metropolis Alexandria. But these terms are probably too speci- fic ; and embrace what strictly belonged to the later language of common life in general, rather than to the dialect of any particular tribe or city.* The language of the New Testament is the later Greek language, as spoken by foreigners of the Hebrew stock, and applied by them to subjects on which it had never been employed by native Greek writers. The simple statement of this fact, suggests at once what the character of this idiom must be; and might, one would think, have saved volumes of controversy. The Jews came in contact with the Greeks only at and after the Macedonian conquests; and were ' therefore conversant only with the later Greek. They learned it from the intercourse of life, in commerce, in colonies, in cities founded like Alexandria, where the inhabitants were drawn together from Asia as well as from Greece ; and it was therefore the spoken language of common life, and not that of books, with which they became acquainted. But they spoke it as foreigners, as Hebrews ; and therefore it could not fail to have in general a colouring of the Hebrew, or rather of the later Aramaean, which was their vernacular tongue. Jews who spoke Greek, are called in the New Testament 'JEMijvtctTal, Hellenists ; and hence in modern usage, since the time of the younger Scaliger, the Jewish Greek has not unaptly been termed Hellenistic.^ The earliest monument of this idiom is the Version of the Seventy, made at Alexandria, probably at different times during the centuries immediately preceding the Christian era. This, as being a direct translation from the Hebrew, made by Jews, exhibits strongly the influence of the Hebrew, as well as an imperfect knowledge of the Greek ; though in various degrees in its different parts. Closely allied to this are the Apocryphal books usually connected with the Septuagint. Meanwhile, the Greek language had become current also in Palestine, along with the Aramaean ; partly through frequent intercourse with Hellenistic Jews settled in Egypt and in Asia Minor, who constantly resorted to Jerusalem ; and partly from the influence of the Herods and the Roman dominion. { Hence the New Testament was written in the * Buttm. 1. n. 11, 12. Sturz de Dial. Mac. et Alex. Lipfc. 1808. f Buttm. 1. n. 12. Winer Gramm. p. 28, and marg. t Bibl. Repos. I. p. 309 sq. p. 530 sq. Hug's Introd. to the N. T. Part II. 10. PREFACE. Vlt now universal tongue. Still later there appeared other Greek Versions of the Old Testament, made by Jews ; and also the remaining Pseude- pigraphic and Apocryphal writings of the Old and New Testaments. Two Jewish writers only, Philo and Josephus, both of them cotem- porary with the Apostles, were able to overcome in a great measure the influence of their vernacular tongue ; and although when treating of Jew- ish affairs they necessarily employ many terms belonging to the Jew- ish Greek, yet in general they approach much nearer to the written- idiom of the later Greek, than any of the writers either of the Septua- gint or New Testament. The writers of the New Testament, with the exception of Paul, and partially perhaps of Luke, were unlearned men ; and, like the rest of their countrymen, knew the Greek language only from the inter- course of common life, and not from books. With them, therefore, the Hebrew element which mingled in their idiom, would naturally have great prominence ; although, since their writings are not translated from a Hebrew original, it is not here as strongly marked as in the Septuagint. It often lies in the turn of the thought, or in the thought itself, rather than in the expression. Even where the expression is modelled after the Hebrew, this is seen more in the construction and connexion of words in phrases and sentences, than as affecting their intrinsic significa- tion. Whoever has himself learned to speak a foreign language, or has closely watched the discourse of foreigners speaking our own tongue, will readily have perceived, that the signification of words is in general much more easily retained and correctly applied, than their forms and their proper construction and connexion. Thus, nothing perhaps im- parts more to the Gospels the air of the Hebrew narratives of the Old Testament, than the frequent use of the particle xeu as a connective, corresponding to the Hebrew usage of the particle Vav (i). From Hebraisms of this kind, the writings of Paul are comparatively free ; since from his birth and residence amid the Greek schools of Tarsus, he probably had acquired a more accurate knowledge of that language than was usual with the Hebrews of Palestine ; though the course of his education and the character of his learning were not Greek, but wholly Jewish. The writers of the New Testament, further, applied the Greek lan- guage to subjects on which it had never been employed by native Greek writers. No native Greek had ever written on Jewish affairs, nor on the Jewish theology and ritual. Hence the Seventy, in their transla- tion, had often to employ Greek words as the signs of things and ideas, which heretofore had been expressed only in Hebrew. In such a case, VIII PREFACE. they could only select those Greek words which most nearly corresponded tot he Hebrew ; leaving the different shade or degree of signification to be gathered by the reader from the context. Thus, to express the idea of the Hebrew tib'tf as a word of salutation or farewell, they em- ploy the Greek word iioyvr], just as we use the word peace in the same way and for the very same reason. Similar is fuAoy^'w for Heb. -p.:?. to bless ; in Greek writers only to speak well of. Thus far the path was indeed already broken for the writers of the New Testament. But beyond this, they were to be the instruments of making known a new revelation, a new dispensation of mercy to mankind. Here was opened a wide circle of new ideas and new doctrines to be developed, for which all human language was as yet too poor ; and this poverty was to be done away, even as at the present day on the discovery and culture of a new science, chiefly by enlarging the signification and appli- cation of words already in use, rather than by the formation of new ones. An example of this in the New Testament is especially the word niGTtg, to which may be added dt,xut,oouvtj ) dwcuovo&at,, txkoyr], anooroho?, and many others. The New Testament, then, was written by Hebrews, aiming to express Hebrew thoughts, conceptions, feelings, in the Greek tongue. Their idiom, consequently, in soul and spirit, is Hebrew; in its exter- nal form, Greek, and that more or less pure, according to the facilities which an individual writer might have possessed of acquiring fluency and accuracy of expression in that tongue.* The preceding remarks present a summary view of the principles which have guided the Author in the preparation of the present volume. The Greek of the New Testament constitutes but a small portion of the Greek language as a whole ; and a Lexicon of it can only aim to give a just exhibition of one of the subordinate forms or phases of that rich and noble tongue. Of such a work, the following, it would seem, ought to be some of the chief traits ; and they have accordingly been made prominent objects of attention. 1. The etymology of each word is given, so far as it appertains to the Greek and Hebrew, f and occasionally the Latin. A general com- * See generally, H. Planck De vera natura atque indole Orationis Graecae Nov. Test. Goetting. 1810; reprinted in Rosenm. Commentationes Theol. I. p. 112 ; also translated in the Bibl. Repos. I. p. 638 sq. See also Winer's Gramm. 1 4. f See the articles h^avog, iWwrros, aovdagiov, etc. To these should be added Aa/unw, lapTing, see Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. PREFACE. IX parison of the affinities between the Greek and other languages, belongs only to a general Lexicon of the language. 2. The full historical view of a word, is here out of place; since we strictly have to do only with those significations and constructions which are found in the New Testament itself. But the logical method is still applicable in its full force. This consists in assigning first to each word its primary signification, whether found in the New Testa- ment or not ; and then deducing from it in logical order all the signifi- cations which occur in the New Testament ; but not others, except so far as they may be necessary to illustrate the former.* In this connex- ion, the attempt has every where been made, to discriminate between the intrinsic significations of a word, and those senses in which it may be employed through the force of adjuncts. By referring the latter to their appropriate heads, the multiplicity of meanings given by earlier lexicographers has been greatly diminished. Particular attention has also been given, to bring out to view the force of the prepositions in composition. 3. The various constructions of verbs and adjectives with their cases and with other adjuncts, is in general fully given. Unusual or difficult constructions are noted and explained, by reference both to grammatical rules and to the usage of other writers. Here the usual Latin abbreviations for marking the construction of words, are too con- venient to be laid aside for any English substitutes ; and therefore such terms as seq. genit. or c. ace. and the like, have been retained without scruple ; just as the common English has adopted the forms etc. and per cent. 4. The different forms and inflexion of words are exhibited, so far as seemed proper in a Lexicon. Any variety or irregularity of form is, in particular, fully explained. 5. The usage of the writers of the New Testament, is in all cases illustrated by a reference to both the elements of which the New Tes- tament idiom is composed ; on the one hand, to the Hebrew element or Jewish Greek ; and on the other to the common or later idiom of the Greek language. For the former or Hebrew element, the Version of the Seventy is of the highest importance ; since it was probably the only Greek writing with which most of the sacred penmen were ac- quainted ; and many words, phrases, constructions, and even whole passages, are in the New Testament drawn immediately from it. Next * Comp. the articles aisJUcu, qpi'w, ^a/Uw, etc. B X PREFACE. in order are the Apocryphal writings connected with the Septuagint ; and also the other Greek Versions. Thus far the Concordance of Trornmius, and the Lexicons of Biel and Schleusner on the Septuagint, furnish sufficient aid. The works of Philo and Josephus are here of great importance ; the latter of whom, especially, contains a treasure of illustration in respect to the facts and antiquities of the New Testament. Valuable though imperfect materials from their writings, have been col- lected in the ' Observationes' of Loesner and Krebs ; and one of the merits of Bretschneider is his frequent (though often faulty) reference to Josephus. The later Apocryphal writings of both the Old and New Testaments are of value as throwing light upon the opinions of the later Jews, rather than as illustrating the Scriptural idiom ; since they are in a great degree mere servile imitations of the latter. For the other or Greek element, reference is made to the prominent writers of the later dialect, in the current editions; and wherever a word belongs also to the Attic epoch, a single reference is usually added to a writer of that age, mostly to Xenophon. Here the Lexicons of single authors, and the collections of Eisner, Kypke, Raphel, and, more than all, of Wetstein, greatly facilitate the labours of a lexicographer of the New Testament. Let the student not be startled at the apparent multitude of such references, nor think them all of no avail. They are adduced not merely nor mainly to elucidate the meaning of a word ; but to show its authority and standing in the Greek language. They serve to show in what relation each word stands to the Septuagint and Jewish writings, and also to the later and Attic Greek ; and whether it is common to all or any of them, or found in none. In this way they have an impor- tant bearing on the long disputed question of the purity of the New Testament idiom ; and aid in determining its true character. 6. So far as the limits of a Lexicon permit, attention has been given to the interpretation of difficult passages ; in order that the work may in some measure supply the place of a more extended Commentary. 7. Each article, so far as practicable, contains a reference to every passage of the New Testament in which the word is found. In this way, in more than seven eighths of the words, the Lexicon is a com- plete Concordance of the New Testament. Those articles in which this is not the case, are marked at the end by the letters AL. The most sedulous care has been bestowed to verify all the references ; and although in a work containing so many thousands of them, some errors are unavoidable, yet it is hoped that the present volume will bear comparison in this respect with any other of a like size and character. PREFACE. XI The scriptural references are usually made to the New Testament of Knapp, the Septuagint of Mill, and the Hebrew Bible of Van der Hooght. Such is the plan of the work now given to the public ; to the exe- cution of which the Author has unweariedly devoted the best powers of the best years of his life ; with what success, the theological public must judge. His fervent hope and prayer to God is, that the work may be instrumental in giving facility and impulse to the study of the Holy Scriptures and the pursuit of Sacred Literature ; and thus aid in promoting the cause of sacred learning, and Christian piety in our land ! To those friends by whose kind advice and encouragement the Au- thor has been cheered, he tenders his sincere thanks. Among these the Rev. Prof. Stuart has ever been foremost ; and I take pleasure in thus testifying my obligations to him. Nor can I pass over the kind offi- ces of another valued friend, the Hon. John Pickering, whose eminence as a Greek scholar and general philologian is known and appreciated throughout Europe, not less than in our own country. His friendly advice and aid have been always at hand ; and the stores of his valuable library have been opened to me as freely as if they had been my own. A similar acknowledgement is due also to the Trustees having charge of the Theological Seminary at Andover, who have liberally left in my hands for years all the books I desired from the library of that Institution, the richest in its collections of Sacred Literature which our country yet possesses. A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, translated from the Latin of Gesenius by the Author of the present volume, was published a few weeks since. The translation was carried on along with the preparation of the present work ; without however causing any delay of the latter, unless in a slight degree. The two works together embrace the lexicography of the whole of the original Scriptures. Boston, Oct. 25, 1836. ERRATA. THE distance of the author from the press prevented in most cases his revision of the proofs. Of the following errata, several were made in correcting, after the sheets had left his hands. Page 15. B. 1. 10, for 33, read 31. P. 17, read art. jfiQioy, and so in the head- line. P. 45. art. 'jfvdyojj 1. 8, road : a) genr. P. 61. A. 1. 7 from bott. read P. 69. B. 1. 10 from bott. read P. 89. art. 'jJTroTtfaoj 1. 1, read f. nfav'ao/tcu. P. 94. art/^TTTTtos 1. 7, for a few, read : 43 Roman. Also 1. 9, for 13, read 12. P. 150. read art. Fiswo., and so in col. B. 1.5,7, 15. P. 167. A. 1. 4, for 12, read 22. P. 179. B. 1. 15, for 29, read 27. P. 187. read art. 4 1 a v o t a, . P. 220. A. 1. 29, for 128, read 127. B. art. '&> 1. 7, for 128. 7, read 128. 2. P. 224. B. 1. 3, for II. 5, read II. 8. P.253. art. '.ExTwrrto 1. 3, for 97, read: 96. P. 266. B. 1. 6 from bott. for 19, read 18. P. 291. art. *E%o%rj 1. 2, insert a parenthe- sis after the word prominent. P. 315. B. 1.9 from bott. for 8: 5, read 9: 5. P. 324. A. 1. 17, put a period after idol. Also 1. 27, for 32, read 31. P. 337. A. 1. 20, for v, read o. P. 360. read art. 'Hltas. P. 438. B. 1. 9 from bott. read xtipagqog. P. 449. read art. Ko ivwv i(u . P. 583. B. 1. 12 from bott. for 2, read 3. P. 636. A. 1. 31, read : 2 John 3, 9. P.648. art. Hofe/we 1. 6, read ets n P. 705. A. 1. 9, for Arr. read App. P. 753. A. 1.1, read art. Art.^iTiaroe 1. 1, put a parenthesis after OiTOg. P. 799. art. 2tfa.yt.ov 1. 1, put a parenthesis before atfdtw. P. 828. A. ult. read tan. P. 831. B. 1. 4, read : Ateo P. 865. B. 1. 2 from bott. read tittw . P. 885. B. 1. 13 and 14 from bott. read : Tov'rtp. P. 905. B. 1. 5, for 1: 12, read 12: 1. See ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS at the end of the Volume. LEXICON NEW TESTAMENT. si, alpha, the first letter of the Greek alphabet, corresponding to the Heh. tf. For its power as a numerical sign, and as a privative and intensive particle in composition, see Buttmann 2. n. 3. 120. 5, and n. 11. In N. T. TO A or TO aJufa signifies the fast, Rev. 1: 8, II. 21: 6. 22:13; sine.- tlir writer himself explains it by 7190110? and o/j. Coin- pan; Is. 48: 12. coll. 41:4. 44:U. Clem. Alex. Strom. IV. 25. [p.537. C. ed. Sy Ik] xvxAo? -/uo ftvrof (o rloj) TUMMV Tolf dwupfwv, ii$ tt> ttoi'fjivuiv xttl irorue- vonr diu TO fro A xul Ji o loyo? TUt. jlctQ(dV y o, indec. Aaron, Hebrew "pl^N, pr. name of a son of Amramand Jochebed of the tribe of Levi, Ex. 6: 20; the brother of Moses, his interpreter (fiTa:) before Phnranh the Kiryptian king/Ex. 4: 14 sq. 5: 1 sq. 7: 10 sq. and the first High Priest, Ex. 28 : 1 sq. 40 : 12 sq. In N. T. Acts 7: 40. Heb. 5 : 4. 7: 11. 9: 4. By Hebraism, family of Aaron, Luke 1: 5. In N. T. metaph. not burdensome, i. e. not causing expense, 2 Cor. 11: J) << ( 507/ i in i' tuui'Tuy fafojMk So tTufiuytw q. v. and Sunut Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 2. indec. Abaddon, Heb. "pT-X (destruction), the name ascribed Rev. 9: 11 to the angel of Tartarus ('- fivaffos q. v.) and explained by the Greek COTOJLAi'CD* destroyer, i. e. the angel of death. The usual Heb. word is rPrr.B73, Sept. o olo&Qtvwv, Ex. 12:23. SoWisd. 18: 25. Compare ftUritywrifc 1 Cor. 10: 10. qS) toe, o, i}j adj. (o pr. and fiugog weight,) pp. not heavy, e. g. of the air, Plut. Moral. VI. p. 98. ed. Tauchn. 1 .. tftftcCj indec. Abba, Hebrew ntf , Chaldee form sax , father. Mark 14 :* 36. Rom. 8: 15. Gal. -I: C. V /, o, indec. Abel, Hebrew bin (transientness), pr. name of the second son of Adam. .Matt. 23: 35. Luke 11:51. He!.. II: 1. 12:24. See Gen. 4: 116. 'sJfiia, o, indec. Abia, Heb. n*iN (Jehovah is his lather), pr. name of two men in N. T. One a king of Judah, Matt. 1: 7. coll. 1 K. 14: 31. 15: 1 sq. The other a priest ot'ihe posterity of Aaron, and founder of a sacerdotal family, Luke 1:5. When all the priests were distrib- uted into 24 classes, the 8th class was called from him the class of Abia. 1 Chr. 24: 10. slfiict frciOy o, indec. Abiathar, Heb. -irT3 (father of abundance), pr.name of a' kigh Priest, Mark 2: 26. Cf. 1 Sam. 22: 21. 1 K. 2: 26, 27, 35. See Calmet. ^1 dtXrjvn, TjQ, *], Abilene, (in Mss. also '--/.-SiiUV/j and \-l3thdvr),) the name of a district not far from Anti-Lebanon, so called from the city Abila or Abela, which lay on the eastern declivity of Anti-Libanus, about 18 or 20 miles N.W. from Damascus, towards Heliopolis or Baalbeck ; and often named *Afittr] tov Avauviov to distinguish it from others. This territory had formerly been gov- erned as a tetrarchate by a certain Ly- sanias, the son of Ptolemy and grandson of Mennaeus (Jos. Ant. 14. 13. 3) ; but he was put to death (A. C. 36) through the intrigues of Cleopatra, who took possession of his province (ib. 15. 4. 1). After her death it fell to Augustus, who hired it out to a certain Zenodorus; but as he suffered the country to be infested with robbers, the province was taken from him and given to Herod the Great (Jos. B. J. 1. 20. 4. coll. Ant. 15. 10/1). At Herod's death a part of the territory was given to Philip (Ant. 17. 11. 4); but the greater part, with the city Abila, seems then or afterwards to have been bestowed on another Lysanias, Luke 3: 1, who is by some supposed to be a de- scendant of the former, but is no where mentioned by Josephus. Indeed no- thing is said by Josephus or any other profane writer of this part of Abilene until about ten years after the time re- ferred to by Luke, when Caligula gave it to Agrippa Major as ?; rer^a^m A\)- ffavlov (Ant. 18. 6. 10); to whom it was afterwards confirmed by Claudius (ibid. 19. 5. 1). At his death it went with his other dominions to Agrippa Minor (ib. 20. 7. 1. B. J. 2. 12. 1). See Krebs Ohss. in N. T. p. 110. Rosenm. Alterthk. I. Pt. II. p. 257. )ft 3 o, indec. Jlbiud, Hebrew N (Judah is his father), pr. name of a son of Zorobabel, Matt. 1: 13. O- mitted in 1 Chr. 3: 19. ^4 ft pace [A, o, indec. Abraham, Heb. t M n^tf (father of a multitude), pr. name of tfie celebrated patriarch and founder of the Israelitish nation. Matt. 1: 1, 2. 22:32. Heb. 11:8-39. AL. slfiuoao?, ov y 7/, ( pr. and fiv&og v. pv adj. pp. be- neficent ; in the sense of bland, courteous, e. g. yvvij Ecclus. 42: 14. In N. T. up- right, virtuous, 1 Pet. 2: 14 ; cf. aya&o- UOUM no. 2. Athenag. Apol. p. 304. D. in Opp. Justini Mart. jty } a fro? } 77, oVy (uyctv much, exceedingly,) corresp. to Heb. 21 D, Lat. bonus, and Eng. good. 1. good, i. e. from the force of the theme, excellent, distinguished, best. a) of persons. Matt. 19: 16 diddo-xcde aya&i. v. 17 bis. Mark 10 : 17, 18 bis. Luke 18 : 18, 19 bis. So Sept. for nit: 1 Sam. 9: 2. Judith 11: 8. Jos. Ant. 9. 5. 2 rovg aya&ovg avdyas xal ov? untxTuve. Xen. Cyneg. 1. 14. b) of things. Luke 10: 42 ri\v a pfQldu. John 1: 47 tl dyadov what re- markable. 2 Thess. 2 : 16 ilnk aya&j, unless this is put for Unit; a.ya&wv. So Sept. for iTD Ezra 8 : 27^>lxou aya&ov. 2. good, absolutely, i. e. of good char- acter, disposition, quality. a) of persons, upright, virtvaus. Matt. 5: 45. 12: 35. 22: 10. 25: 21, 2a Luke 6: 45. 19: 17. 23: 50. John 7: 12. Acts 11: 24. So Sept. for aita 2 Chr. 21: 13. Prov. 13 : 2, where dya&og is opposed to naqdvouog. 15: 3. Is. 63: 7 xom}? - ya&og for 3 JIB 5"]. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 8 TOU xaxoi/s xoka&tv xta rot 1 ? dyad-ovg b) of things, (a) in a physical sense, e. g. devdgov Matt. 7: 17, 18. ^77 Luke 8: 8. So Sept. /?] dy. for aitt Ex. 3: 8. Diod. Sic. 11. 25 XWQU dy. Xen. Oec. 16.7/7; dy. (/5) in a moral sense, good, upright, virtuous ; e. g. xagdla Luke 8 : 15. tvroJiij Rom. 7: 12. Ao/o? 2 Thess. 2: 17. to^a TOV 0. Rom. 12: 2, and so Sept. foraTU with TO nvtiipa Neli.H: 20. Ps. 143: 10. Wisd. 8:19 W T} ay. Hence (rvvtldycriguyctfr)'!, i. e. concious- ness of rectitude, Acts 23: 1. ITim. 1: 5, 19. 1 Pet. 3: 16, 21. So %/ dyaSd, good deeds, virtue, rectitude, Rom. 2: 7. 13: 3. Eph. 2: 10. Col. 1: 10. 2 Tim. 2: 21. 3: 17. Tit. 1: 16. 3: 1. Heb. 13: 21. So Sept. for ait: 1 Sam. 19: 4 noirjfiona ay. Wisd. 3: 15 novoi ay. c) neut. dyu&ov and dyaf>a, i. e. tnr- tue, rectitude, love of virtue, Matt. 12: 34, 35. 19: 16. Luke 6: 45. John 5:29. Rom. 2:10. 3:8. 7:18,19. 9:11. 12:9. 13:3. 16:19. 2 Cor. 5: 10. 1 Pet. 3: 11, 13. 3 John 11. Rom. 7: 13 bis TO dya&ov that which is in itself good. Rom. 14: 16 where TO dya&ov is the good cause, i. e. the religion of Christ. Sept. for ait: Ps. 34: 14. 53: 2, 4 __ Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 5. 3. good, in respect to operation or in- fluence on others, i. e. useful, beneficial, profitable. a) of persons, benevolent, beneficent, Matt. 20 : 15. Rom. 5 : 7. 1 Thess. 3 : 6. Tit. 2: 5. 1 Pet. 2: 18. So Sept. for ait: 2 Chr. 30: 19 o &eog dy. Ps. 73: 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 4 sifQyEtijv, tov avdya ibv dya&ov. Thuc. 1. 86. b) of things ; e. g. dopara Matt. 7: 11. Luke 11 : 13. doaig James 1: 17. igyov Phil. 1: 6. avaoTooqpr; 1 Pet. 3: 16. xugnol James 3: 17. nurtig Tit. 2: 10. Sept. for ait: 1 Sam. 12:23 dy. od6g. Neh. 9: 13 j>ToAca dy. Matt. 12 : 35 dy. -d^rjffavQog, treasure of good things. Luke 6: 45. So tqya aya&d, good deeds, benefits, Acts 9: 36. 2 Cor. 9: 8. 1 Tim. 2: 10. 5: 10. In the sense of suitable, adapted to, Eph. 4: 29 >Lo/o? dy. ngog oixodouriv. Rom.15: 2. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 1 nolig cpoivixag ysgfiv Pausan. Eliac. poster, c. 26. 4 eg xctQTiovg fxrglcpfiv aya&tj. c) neut. () TO dya&ov, something use- ful and profitable, benefit, Rom. 8: 28. 12: 21. 13:4. Gal. 6: 10. Eph. 4: 28. 6:8. 1 Thess. 5: 15. Philem.6,14. Xen.Cyr. 4. 2. 18. (/J) T dyafrd, things good and useful, benefits, blessings. Matt. 7: 11. Luke 1: 53. 16: 25. Gal. 6:6. IIeb.9:ll. 10: 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 15 TOI-C f vtyyejoi'v- rag uya&oig VTityftctMiOutvoi. In the sense of goods, wealth, Luke 12 : 18, 19. So Sept. for n^tJ Gen. 24: 1 0. 45: 18, 20. Deut. 6: 11. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 20. 4. good, in respect to the feelings ex- cited, i. e. pleasant, joyful, happy. 1 Pet. 3: 10 ij t usoag dy. Rom. 10: 15 T dya&d happy times. Sept. for 21 12 Ps. 34: 12 7/f'f;; dy. Zech. 8: 19 OOT? dy. Ec- clus. 14:14. 1 Mace. 10: 55. 's/yafroupyf'co, , f. Tjo-w, (contr. for dyad-otgysu q. v.) to do good to others, absol. Acts 14:17 in some Mss. Cyrill. c. Julian. 3. p. 81. A. et in Mich. cap. 2. p. 409. C. $, r\, (for dya&o- ; in Greek writers dya&oirjg, or better /^OTOTTJS, Thorn. Mag. p. 921. H. Planck de Indol. p. 162, 164, and in Bib. Repos. I. p. 683,) goodness, viz. a) of disposition and character, probi- ty, virtue, Rom. 15: 14. Eph. 5: 9. 2 Thess. 1: 11. So Sept, for ate Ps: 52: 5. mi B 2 Chr. 24: 16. b) towards others, beneficence, Gal. 5: 22. Sept. for a^D Neh. 9: 25. '^fdJUUctQtSj fcoQy tj, not found in Gr. writers ; but often in Sept. in the sense of joy, exultation, for b"^ Ps. 45: 16. 65 : 13. rejoicing, with song, danc- ing, etc. for ns-}Ps.30:7. 118:15. 126: 2 6. great joy, for jitoto Ps. 45: 8. 51:10',14. Tob. 13:1. In N.T.joy, gladness, rejoicing, Luke 1:14,44. Acts 2: 46. Jude 24.--Acta Thorn. 7 iv x u Q~t xc " /tt*rt*- Heb. 1: 9 llaiov dyaUido-^g from Ps. 45 : 8, oil of gladness, i. e. with which guests were anointed at feasts, here put as an emblem of the highest honour ; see Calmet p. 68. \4yctAAiacd) co f Luke 1: 47, else- where ctyaAAiaojuat, (uyav much and wUo/iat to leap, dance,) not found in Gr. writers, but often in Sept. for ^3 Ps.2: 11. yb? Ps. 68: 4. ]:-j Ps. 20: 6. toiii) Ps. 40: 17, etc. pp. spoken of rejoicing witli song and dance. Hence in N. T. to ex- ult, rejoice. a) absol. Luke 10: 21. Acts 2: 26 ^ynl- l.idaaTO i) yJioiffffd pov, I rejoiced in words, sang aloud. 16:34. So xMigtiv xctl dyalL emphat. rejoice exceedingly, Matt. 5: 12. 1 Pet, 4: 13. Rev. 19: 7. coll. Ps. DO: 14. 40: 17. Ada Thorn. 27. b) with a noun of the same signif. in an adverbial sense. 1 Pet. 1: 8 aypMitct- a&e xaQti ttv&dcd^itf, rejoice with joy unspeakable, i. e. unspeakably. Winer 58.3. Matthiae 408. n. Buttm. 133.3. c) seq. iV c. suhjunct. John 8 : 56 )J/aA>UttcrTo 'iva I'dtj T^V ijpfymt TIJV - (.itjv, he rejoiced that he should see my day, i. e. to see it. Cf. Liicke Coiuni. in Joli. II. p. 246. d) seq. inl c. dat. Luke 1: 47 i rj/a).U- affE to Ttvsi'ud IJLOV tnl TW #ew, where it should prob. read rtfaMiuveiat TO TIV. coll. Ps. 13: 6 dyrdkidfftTou fj xu^dla fiov. So tt/aMcfft/ttt inl iivi Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 16. Sept. Ps. 9: 15. 21: 2. 35: 9. e) seq. iv c. dat. wbere a simple da- tive might stand. John 5 : 35 dyuL iv T indigna- tion. 2 Cor. 7: 11. Thuc. 2. 41. Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 4. ? ) ov y o, f], adj. (a pr. and yd- (to? nuptials,) unmarried, i. e. wholly, coe- lebs, 1 Cor. 7: 32, 34 ; or spoken of those who do not marry a second time, ib. v. 8, 11. Xen. Conv. 9. 7. Horn. II. 3. 40. * slyctvayndu), co y f. ?;ort, (uyav much, and u%&oq pain,) pp. to be pained, a) in body, Plato Phaedr. c. 97. b) in mind, i. e. to be solicitous or provoked, Plato Phaedon. c. 8, 9 ed. Fisch. In N. T. to be angnj, vexed, indignant. a) genr. and absol. Matt. 21: 15. 26: 8. Mark 10 : 14. Luke 13 : 14. Bel and Drag. 28. Jos. Ant. 2. 13. 3. Herodian. 8.7. 6. -Mark 14: 4 ayavaxTOvvisg n^og xcd leyoviig, indignant among , f. ?/(TO), absol. and trans, to love ; but differing from yittio, which includes the kind of love or af- fection expressed by a kiss ; see Titt- mami de Synou. in N. T. p. 50. a) to love, i. e. () to regard tvith strong affection. Luke 7: 42. John 3: 35. 8: 42. 21: 15 sq. 2 Cor. 9: 7. Rev. 3:9. al.saep. Sept. for nnN , Gen. 24: 67. Ruth 4: 15. With an accus. of the corresp. noun, Eph. 2: 4 uydni]v, yv r t yun^(nv qfu*f t the love, with which he hath loved us ; so 2 Sam. 13: 15. See Buttm. 131. 3. Matth. 408. Winer 32. 2. Hence perf. part. Pass. r t ynni]uivo?, beloved, Eph. 1: 6. Col. 3: 12. al. (7?) as referred to superiors, and in- cluding the idea of duty, respect, vene- ration, etc. to love and serve with fidelity, Matt. 6: 24. 22: 37. Mark 12:30, 33. Luke 16: 13. Rom. 8: 28. al.saep. Sept. for S77N 1 Sain. 18: 16. Hence ol dya- nwvTfg lov MUfW, the faithful disciples or followers of the Lord, Eph. 6: 24. James 1: 12. 2: 5. Sept. for 2HN Ex. 20: 6. Deut. 5:10. b) to love, i. e. to regard ivith favour, goodwill, benevolence. Mark 10: 21 t}yd- nr\fff.v OLVTOV. Luke 7:5. John 10: 17. In other passages the effects of benevolence are expressed, to wish well to, do^ good to, etc. dynnav rov nlrjfflov, TOV$ i%- $Qovg,etc. Matt. 5:43 sq. 19:19. 22: 39. Luke 6: 32. al. For the fut. uyomvj- anq as imperat. in Matt. 5 : 43, see Wi- ner 44. 3. Matth. 498. c. 2 Cor. 12: 15 el y.ul nsQiffGOTSQU? vftdg dyanuv, iji- rov /7TcT)^t, even if, having conferred greater benefits on you, I receive less from you. c) spoken of things, to love, 1. e. to delight in. Luke 11: 43 dyanurs TIJV nywToxa&idQlav. John 3: 19. Heb. 1: 9. 1 John 2: 15. Sept. for nnN Ps. 45: 8. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 24 pdhvr* av ayanuv TIJV TIUQ ai'io) dlanuv. Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 6 aqpo^a UVTOV (David) TI\V ngoq airrov (Abner) ii^jv ajiofravovia, y.al (pvkcttajv tfg nlffTfwg j)yuTir t ffav, i. e. they were de- lighted iuith,eic. cf. Kypke Obss. Sac. l.p. 179. Ov% uyctTiavt not to love, i.e. to neglect, to disregard, to contemn. Rev. 12: 11 one iiydjii]ffuv ri]v tffi'^rjv UVJMV UXQI fravuTOv, they contemned their lives even unto death, i. e. they willingly exposed themselves to death. See Oil, and comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 832. Stuart 537. Win- er 59. 1. So Ecelus. 15: 13 ovx ayunt']- tov, detestable. AL. jitfttnty ^C, ?/, 1. love, i. e. affec- tionate regard, good will, benevolence. a) genr. 1 Cor. 4: 21 iv jtaSdtn ug, 1} iv a/curt] itvtVfunl TS ; shall I come to you with a rod, or in love ? i. e. full of love, all love. Col. 1 : 13 o t'tos n~,- <: 13. 17:'>6. Rom. 13: 10. 1 Cor. 13: 1 sq. Hob. 6: 10. 1 John 4: 7. al. saep. 2 Cor. 13: 1 1 o &to<; T]? /'- nys, the God of love, i.e. the author and source of love, who is himself love. Rom. 15: 30 ay ant) ^ov TIVM 'intrn*,that love which the Spirit inspires. Follow- ed by ft? c. accus. 2 Thess. 1:3 ^ u;'<<- ni] V aMftov?. 2 Cor. 2: 4, 8. 1 IVr. 4 : 8. Followed by iv c. dat. in the looser late Greek usage, instead of tlq c. accus. Joh. 13: 35 aynm] iv attftoi?. 2 Cor. 8: 7. See Winer 54. 4. b) spc. i/ uyajiT) TOV frfov v. rov XQIG- tov, the love of God or of Christ. Here the gen. is sometimes subjective or ac- tive, and sometimes objective or passive. () subj. or act. it signifies the love which God or Christ exercises towards Christians. So of God, Rom. 5: 5. Eph. 2: 4. 2 Thess. 3 : 5. Followed by ug lira, Rom. 5: 8 ; and by IV iivi, 1 John 4: 9, 16 ; see above in a. So of Christ, 2 Cor. 5: 14. (/?) objectively or pass, that love of which God or Christ is the object in the hearts of Christians. So of God, Luke 11: 42. John 5: 42. 1 John 2: 5 ; and so absol. 1 John 4: 16, 18 ten 3 John 6. So of Christ, John 15:10. Rom.8:35. For this gen. of the object, see Gesen. p. 676. Winer 30. Instead of the gen. fiov, we find Joh. 15: 9 iv T>] /.T/; T// /oor, who chose to live. Portions were also sent to the sick and absent members. These aydrmi wen- intruded as an exhibition f that mutual love which is required by the Christian religion ; but as they became subject to abuses, they were af- terwards discontinued. 'See Tertull. Apol. c. 39. Calmet p. 27. Jude 12. Comp. Acts 2: 42, 46. 6:2. 1 Cor. 11: 1734. AL. 'jtfCtnyiOS, //, ov, beloved, dear t Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 32 ^ CCQBTJJ ffWfQyog ttjpfauft So Sept. for Ps. 84:2. In N.T. 1. beloved, dear, but spoken only of Christians, as united with God, or with each other, in the bonds of holy love ; e. g. dyuTirjTol, Acts 15: 25. Rom. 12: 19. 2 Cor. 7:1. 12:19. Col. 1:7. 4:14. 1 Thess. 2: 8. Heb.6:9. 1 Pet. 2: 11. 4: 12. 2 Pet. 3: 1, 8, 14, 15, 17. 1 John 3: 2, 21. 4: 1, 7, 11. 3 John 1, 2, 5, 11. Jude 3, 17, 20. 1 Tim. 6: 2 maioi fieri, xctl uyanrpol, i. e. conjoined in the bonds of faith and love. 1 Cor. 15: 58 addcpol ayanriiol, beloved brethren, i. e. Christians. Eph. 6: 21. Phil. 4: 1 bis. Col. 4: 7, 9. Philem. 1, 2, 16. James 1:16, 19. 2:5. So/- 6 #cou, beloved of God, chosen by him to salvation, Rom. 1:7. 11:28. Eph. 5: 1. So Sept. aycnrrjTol o~ov for TV , spoken of the worshippers of God, i's. 60:8. 108:7. 127: 2. Paul seems to apply the term particularly to those con-- verted under his ministry, when he speaks of Epenejus, rov ayan^ov pov, Rom. 16 : 5 ; so 16 : 8, 9, 12 ; comp. 1 Cor. 4: 17 Tifjio&sov, og Ivri texvov fiov ayanrftov ev xvglw. 2 Tim. 1:2. So also of a whole church gathered by himself; 1 Cor. 4: 14 TC'JCVW fiov ayanrjTol. 10: 14. Phil. 2: 12. 2. on/?/, only begotten, in the phrase vlog ayanrjTog, only son ; as being the object of peculiar love. In N. T. spok- en only of Christ, the vlog ayomrjiog of God, Matt. 3: 17. 12: 18. 17: 5. Mark 1: 11. 9:7. Luke 3: 22. 9:35. 2 Pet. 1:17. So in the parable, Mark 12: 6 tV vlov e#w>', ayanrjiov amov, having one son, his well-beloved, i. e. his only son. Luke 20: 13. So Sept. for "prp Gen. 22: 2, 12. and in the phrase nsv&og ayartijTou for "P)"p, mourning for an only son, i.e. most vehement, Jer. 6: 26. Amos 8: 10. Zech. 12: 10. Hesych. ayanrjrov' fiovo- ytvij, MfxaQiafisvov. Pollux 3. 2 xaAotro indec. Hagar, Heb. (flight), pr. name of a maid-servant of Abraham, and the mother of Ishmael. In Gal. 4: 24, 25, Paul applies this name, by an allegorical interpretation, to the inferior condition of the Jews under the law, as compared with that of Christians under the Gospel. Gen. c. 16. AyyctptvcOy f. eww, pp. to send off an ayyuqoq or public courier. This word is of Persian origin, and after being re- ceived into the Greek language, passed also into use among the Jews and Ro- mans. Cyrus, or, according to Herodo- tus, Xerxes, was the first to establish relays of horses (imiwvsg) and couriers at certain distances on all the great roads, in order that the royal letters and messages might be transmitted with the greatest possible speed. These ayyagoi had authority to press into their service men, horses, ships, or any thing which came in their way, and which might serve to hasten their journey, Xen. Cyr. 8. . 17. Herodot. 8. 98. Cf. Esth. 8: 10, 14. See Heeren's Ideen etc. Vol. I. Pt. i. p. 534, <> service for a journey in the manner of an ayyuoog. Jos. Ant. 13. 2. 3 7iovyia. Hence In N. T. trans, to compel, to press, simply, as to accompany one, Matt. 5: 41 ovxig fff ayyaQsvffei plhov IV. Also genr. Matt. 27 : 32. Mark 15 : 21. Compare Buxtorf.Lex.Rab.Chald. Talm. f.131. v? 16, (dimin. from ay- yog,) a vessel, utensil, Matt. 13: 48. 25: 4. Sept. for ->b3 Gen. 42: 25. Num. 4. 9. Xen. Anab. "'6. 4. 23. r t , pp. message brought, news, Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 14. In N. T. me- taph. doctrine promulgated, precept given, sc. in the name of any one. 1 John 3: 11. Sept. for ^rn Prov. 12: 25. ?, ov, o, (a//s'Uw.) 1. a messenger, one who is sent sc. in order to announce, teach, perform, or ex- plore any thing. Matt. 11: 10. Luke 7: 24. 9: 52. Gal. 4: 14. James 2: 25 coll. Josh. 6: 17. al. In 1 Cor. 11: 10 spies ; others, angels ; others, evil angels, de- mons. Sept. for ^Nb& Mai. 2: 7. al. Diod. Sic. 11. 23. Xen" Cyr. 2. 4. 1. So in Rev. 1: 20 sq. the angels of the seven churches, are probably the bishops or pastors of those churches, who were the delegates, messengers, of the chur- ches to God in the offering of prayer, etc. Others refer this to guardian an- gels. 2. an angel, a celestial messenger, in the usage of Scripture, i. e. a being su- perior to man. The Deity is represent- ed as surrounded by a race of beings of a higher order than man, whom he also employs as his messengers and agents in administering the affairs of the world, and in promoting the welfare of indi- viduals as well as of the whole human family. Matt. 1: 20. 18:10. 22:30. Acts 7: 30. al. As to the numbers of the an- gels, see Heb. 12 : 22. Rev. 5:11. See more under 3 Agx<*yydog. Some of these beings a/ 'Ay* TTIV eairrwy agmv, 2 Pet. 2: 4. Jucle 6, are called ot uyydoi TOU dtafiokovv. rov 2atuv, ong-eto o/J/ie cfei-i7 or Seta, Matt. 25: 41. 2 Cor. 12: 7. Rev. 12: 9. al. Rev. 9: 11 ay/dog -ifo apivaov, angel of Tar- tarus, i. e. destroying angel ; see 'Afiad- dutv. AL. 'jt/^ imper. of /w, used'as a par- ticle of exhortation or incitement, come now, go to, Lat. age. James 4: 13. 5: 1. Sept. for N: Judg. 19:6. See Winer 47. 3. n. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 47. ib. 5. 3. 4. ' used i only of swine, Matt. 8 : 30, 31, 32 bis. Mark 5: 11, 13. Luke 8: 32, 33. Sept. for -H? Judg. 5 : 16. Diod. Sic. 3. 34. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 7. c, ov, o, adj. ( priv. and yevs aAo/t'w,) without genealogy, whose descent is unknown, Heb. 7 : 3. Found only in N. T. where Melchisc- dec is so called, because, being a Cana- anite, and not standing in the public ge- nealogical registers as belonging to the family of Aaron, he was a priest not by right of sacerdotal descent, but by the grace of God. Cf. Ex. 40: 15. Num. 3: 10. See i oc, o, ,adj.(VJ h the unbelieving hus- band or wite is made clean or sanctified, i. e. is to be regarded, not as unclean, not as an idolater, but as belonging to the Christian community. See ixyiog, 1. b. P. So Sept for un passim. 2. to consecrate, to devote, i. e. to set apart from a common to a sacred use ; since in the Jewish ritual this was one great object of the purifications. a) spoken of things, Matt. 23 : 17 a vaog o /iswy TOV xQ Vffov - 23: 19. 2 Tim. *: '^l ITXMO,' tj/iaapsvov. Sept. for Uhp Lev. 8: 10 sq. 30. " b) spoken of persons, to consecrate^ as being set apart of God and sent by him for the performance of his will. John 10: 36 ov 6 ncnijo iiyiaat, whom the father hath consecrated and sent into the world etc. 17: 17 aylaffov avtovg tv T// alij&ein ffov, consecrate them through or in the promulgation of thy truth, cornp. v. 18. 17: 1!) bis. Ecclus. 45: 4. 49: 7. 3. to regard and venerate as holy, to hallow. Matt. 6 : 9 /tao-#JToi TO ovouu aov. Luke 11: 2. 1 Pet. 3: 15. Sept. for TZHf) Is. (uyioq,} for the comm. ayioffvvy, and pp. i. q. uyiofriq. 1. metaph. sanctity, virtue, 2 Cor. 7: 1. 1 Thess. 3: 13. 2. the state of him who is deserving of veneration and worship, i. e. sanctity, ma- jesty. Rom. 1: 4 nvsvpct w/ttutruv^, i. q. nvfVfjta atyiov, i. e. Christ's spiritual state of exaltation and majesty as Messiah, in antithesis to xaia o-ctgxa in the pre- ceding verse. Sept. for ^"ip Ps. 97: 12; but also for T* Ps. 96: 6,' and for ^in Ps. 145: 6. See Stuart's Comm. in loc. For the gen. as adject, see Stuart 440. Winer 34. 2. b. Buttm. 123. n. 4. j4fXC(Afy ?]g, ?/, the arm. Luke 2: 28, coll. Mark 9 : 36. Sept. for p^n 1 K. 3: 20. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 50. jlyxujiQOV, ov 3 TO, a Jish-hook. Matt. 17: 27. Sept. for nn 2 K. 19: 28. H3n Hab. 1: 15. tnri Ezek. 32 : 3. Aelian. V. H. 1. 5. f a?, ^, an anchor. Acts 27: 29, 30, 40. Heb. 6: 19. Xen. Anab. 3. 5. 10. ' slyvafpoz, ov y o, r\, adj. (a priv. and yva(fsvg a fuller,) not yet fullsd or dressed ; hence by implic. new. Matt. 9: 16. Mark 2: 21.' In Luke 5: 36 it is \slyvtiCty ac, i], (ayvoq,} metaph. purity, in the sense of chastity, 1 Tim. 4: 12. 5:2. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 1. ib.8.3.9. Acta Thorn. 48. Clem. Alex. Strom. 4. 25. f jdyvi^CiOy f. /j, <', pure, clean; pp. Eurip. Orest. 1<320. In N. T. metaph. a) pure, i. e. perfect, holy ; so of God, 1 John 3: 3 ; and of his vocpia, James 3: 17. Sept. for -pnU Ps. 12: 7. 19: 10. Comp. Wisd. 7: 22s,,. b) innocent, blameless, sceleris purus. 2 Cor. 7: 11 ayvovg fivui iv nnvil nquy- pau. Phil. 4: 8. 1 Tim. 5: 22. Hero- dim!. 1. 11. 12. c) modest, chaste, 2 Cor. 11:2. Tit. 2: 5. 1 Pet. 3: 2. Xen. Conv. 8. 15. Acta Thorn. 12. 49. V/;'J'"//^ zjproc, >;, (ayvog,} pp. purity ; metaph. pureness, sc. of life, 2 Cor. 6: G. 'jjyy<$j adv. with pure intention, sincerely. Phil. 1: 16. Hesiod. Op. et D. 334. slyvcooiCfj etc, ij,(a pr. and yvw- ffig,) pp. ignorance, Thuc. 8. 66. In N. T. metaph. wilful ignorance, blindness, etc. 1 Cor. 15: 34 uyvmalav vhoi-, con- tempt of God. 1 Pet. 2: 15. So Sept. Job 35: 16. Wisd. 13: 1. $i ov, o, i), adj. (a pr. and yvwo-rog.) unknown. Acts 17: 23 W/VWO-TW #fw, to the unknown God ; see Calmet p. 49. Wisd. 11: 19. 18: 3. 2 Mace. 1: 19. 2: 7. slyoga, ac y ;, (aydQw to collect, convoke,) any place, of public resort in the towns and cities, where the people came together. ^} a public place, a broad street, etc. Matt. 11: 16. 20: 3. 23: 7. Mark 6: 56. 12: 38. Luke 7: 32. 11: 43. 20: 46. So Sept. for pTJ Ecc. 12: 4, 5. Cant. 3: 2. Esdr. 2:18. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 8. B. J. 5. 12. 3. 10 b) a forum, market-place, where tilings were exposed for sale, and assemblies arid public trials held. Acts 16: 19. 17: 17. See Jahn 247. Calmet p. 657. Diod. Sic. 13. 104. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 1. corn-market, Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 1, 2. Mark 7: 4 ano ayogag, lav fii) fiami- ZMV-WI, owe lo-&lovffi. Here some sup- ply Ik&ovTtg after ano ayogug, (some Mss. read lav X#w? 3 ov } c, a fold, spec, a cul- tivated fold, Matt. 13: 24. Luke 15: 25. al. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 8. By synecd. of part for the whole, the country, rus, as dis- tinguished from the city, Matt. 6: 28, 30. Mark 15: 21. Xen. Oec. 11. 15. So ol a'/QOi, farms, villas, villages, hamlets, in the country, Mark 6: 36, 56. al. Sept. for SYya Deut. 28: 3 et passim. Xen. Mem.3'. 9. 11. AL. * jifyvnV&Oy (o y f. i]a(a, (a pr. and vnvog, the letters yg being inserted for the sake of euphony,) pp. to be sleepless, to watch, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 3. In N. T. metaph. to be attentive, vigilant, absol. Mark 13: 33. Luke 21: 36 ; Eph. 6: 18. In Heb. 13: 17 ayqvnviiv lni(> ttvog to watch over any one, to take care of him. Wisd. 6: 15. Esdr. 8: 59. Sept. for 1J5U: Ezr. 8: 29. 'u4y$vnvia t a?, 7;, watching, in- cluding the idea of assiduous and anx- ious care, 2 Cor. 6: 5. 11: 27. 2 Mace. 2: 26. Ecclus. 38: 26 sq. Xen. Mem. 4. 5.9. f. , (go Acts 22: 5. 1 Thess. 4: 14, as also Xen. Anab. 4. 8. 12, and often in the Sept. as Ex. 22: 13. Num. 5: 15. al. but the more usual form of the fut. is a$ouai, Matth. 184. Buttm. 113. 4.) aor. 2 ijyayov Buttm. 114, aor. 1. pass. ?//#TJV. Sept. very often for arnn and ^bin. 1. trans, or absol. to lead, to conduct, to bring, in a variety of modifications, which are determined by the adjuncts. a) pp. () ay (a e'w, to lead out, bring forth, John 19: 4, 13. (/S) seq. tug, Luke 4: 29. Acts 17: 15. So Mich. 1: 15. [y] seq. inl c. accus. of person or place, to lead or conduct to, to bring before, Matt. 10: 18. Luke 21: 12. 23: 1. Acts 17: 19. 18: 12. So Sept. Ex. 22: 13. ' Jer. 25: 9. Ez. 43: 1. Somewhat dif- ferently Acts 8: 32 in\ o-cpctyijv, coll. Sept. Is. 53: 7. (8) a/w u8t, to lead or bring hither, Luke 19: 27. So Sept. Judg. 18: 3 tjyaye w<5s, where others read ffpe/xc. () to lead or bring to any one, addu- cere, seq. noog iiva, Luke 4: 40. 18: 40. 19: 35. John 1: 43. 8: 3. 9: 13. Acts 9: 27. 23:18. So Sept. Gen. 2: 19, 22. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 1. In the same sense c. dat. Matt. 21: 2 ayayns poi. So 1 Mace. 7: 2. The verb alone is also used in the same sense of adducere, Matt. 21: 7. Mark 11: 2, 7. Luke 19: 30. John 7: 45. 10: 16. Acts 5: 21, 26, 27. 19: 37, 20: 12. 25: 6, 17, 23. () to bring with one, Acts 21: 16 o/omf ncty (J tfviv&MUfV Mvuffuvt, bringing with them Mnason, by attraction for Mvutrwva, see Winer 63. Buttm. 143. 4. So Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 6 anj'jQtv fit tip Al'yv- nrov, itywv xt iov ' Iigtulav. 1 Thess. 4: 14 a$fi avv aiToJ sc. into heaven, coll. v. 17. 2 Tim. 4: 11 aye una atctviov. (77) to lead out or away, deducere ; either simply, Luke 23: 32 1'iyono uvatgf^vui.. Mark 13: 11. Luke 22: 54 ; or seq. (I? c. accus. of place etc. to lead away to, to conduct to, Luke 4: 1, 9. 10: 34. John 18: 28. Acts 6: 12. 9: 2. 11: 25. 21: 34. 22: 5, [24.] 23: 10, 31. Acts 17: 5 tig rov tfiuov. Heb. 2: 10 tig 86*ctv.Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 3 elg anolavo'iv ayct&uv yyuyov rovrov. So seq. tnl, Acts 9: 21. (#) from the Heb. to bring forth, i. e. to cause to come, cause to arise, in later edi- tions, Acts 13: 23 yyayt TW 'iffQarjl <7 (V w ) PP- a lead - ing, guidance, Xen. Eq. 6. 4, nietaph. education, discipline, Xen. ih. 3. 4. Clem. Alex. Strom. 1. 26. In N. T. by rne- ton. of effect for cause, manner of life, 2 Tirn. 3: 10. 2 Mace. 6: 8. 11: 24. Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 2 nfyl rr t q * lovdcdwv /;% ib. 12. 1. 1. Diod. Sic. 5. 6. See Loesner Obs. in N. T. e Phil. p. 420. ^Aywv, covoz, o, place of assembly, where games were often celebrated, Horn. II. 18. 376. a stadium, course, place of contest, Thuc. 5. 50. Hence in N. T. 1. inetaph. a stadium, place, of contest, etc. i. e. a course of life full of toil and conflict, Heb. 12: 1. Chrysost. Horn. 85. 2. a contest, combat ; pp. a conflict in the public games, 2 Mace. 4: 18 ; or in battle, 2 Mace. 10: 28. 14: 18. In N.T. inetaph. spoken of unwearied zeal in promoting the spread of the gospel, viz. a) genr. 1 Tim. 6: 12 ctycavl&v jov y.al.ov aywvot if t s niartiag, Jight the good Jight of faith, i.e. exert unwearied zeal. 2 Tim. 4: 7. See Buttm. 131. 3. Wi- ner 32. 2. b) with the accessory idea of peril, toil, affliction. Phil. 1: 30. Col. 2: 1. 1 Tliess. 2: 2. Poly b. 4. 56. 4, jfywiffa) &?, ?}> [ajnh>) contest, pp. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 15. In N. T. metaph. anguish, agony or perturbation of mind. Luke 22: 442 Mace. 3: 16. Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 4. Diod. Sic, 14. 24. ty f. iffouai, depon. 1. absol. to be a combatant, sc. in the public games, 1 Cor. 9: 25. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 1. 2. to Jight, to contend with an adver- sary, viz. a) pp. absol. John 18: 36. 2 Mace. 8: 16. Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 4. Plutarch. Mar- cell. 10. b) nietaph. with the idea of labour and toil in behalf of the cause of Christ. 1 Tim. 6: 12, see *Ay(av 2. a. 2 Tim. 4: 7. 3. to exert one's self, to strive earnestly, absol. Luke 13: 24. Col. 1: 29. Just. Mart. Apol. 2. p. 92. Seq. fnito c. gen. Col. 4: 12. Demosth. 129. 5. j o, indec. Mam, Heb. EiN (reddish), pr. name of the first man ; see Gen. 1: 27 sq. Acts 17: 26. Luke 3: 38. Rom. 5: 14 bis. 1 Cor. 15: 22,45. 1 Tim. 2: 13, 14. Jude 14. In 1 Cor. 15: 45 Jesus is called the second Adam, as being our second or spiritual head, and the giver of spiritual life. Q, ov 3 o, -;, adj. (a pr. and danaraa) to expend,) without ex- pense, gratuitous, 1 Cor. 9: 18. Diod. Sic. 1. 80. t, o, indec. Addi, pr. name of a man, Luke 3: 28. It is probably Heb. but does not occur in the O. T. ,) a sister. a) pp. Luke 10: 39. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 5. So Matt. 12: 50. 19: 29. Mark 3: 35. Luke 14: 26. Others here sup- pose Jesus to have used the word sisters in the sense of nearftmale relatives, like Sept. and rrinfi* Gen. 12: 13, 19. b) metaph. a female friend, one esteemed and beloved sc. like a sister. (a) genr. 1 Tim. 5: 2. Rom. 16: !.(/*) as a sister of the same faith, a female Christian, I Cor. 7: 15. 9: 5. James 2: 15. al. See og 2. e. AL. $, ov, o, (a of unity, and g uterus ; see Buttm. 120. n. 11.) 1. pp. a brother, whether derived from the same father only (naiQatdelcpoi;) Matt. 1: 2. Luke 3: 1, 19. or also born of the same mother (/i7jT<5iAqpo) Luke 6: 14. al. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 1. It is some- times to be supplied ; as before ' Junta ftov Luke 6: 16. Acts 1: 13, coll. Jude 1. 2. metaph. one who is connected with, another in any kind of intimacy or fel- lowship ; see Greg. Corinth, p. 569. ed. Schaefer. Fischer ad Platon. Phaedo.57, ct ad Grit. 16. In this tropical use of the 13 word adtJicpot;, however, the sacred writers appear rather to have followed the usus loquendi of the Hebrews in regard to the word ntf. Hence a) a near relative, kinsman by blood, cousin. Matt. 12: 46. John 7: 3. Acts 1: 14. Gal. 1: 19. So Sept. and HS Gen. 13: 8. 14: 16. h) one torn m the same country, de- scended from the same stock, a fellow- countryman, Matt. 5: 47. Acts 3: 22. Heb. 7: 5. al. So Sept. and HN Ex. 2: 11. 4: 18. c) one of equal rank, and dignity, Matt. 23: 8. Comp. Sept. and rus* Job 30: 29. Prov. 18:9. d) spoken of disciples, followers, etc. Matt. 25:40. Heb. 2: 11, 12. e) one of the same faith, a f Mow-Chris- tian, Acts 9: 30. II: 29. 1 Cor. 5: 11. al. Comp. JIM Amos 1: 9. f ) an associate, colleague, in office or dignity, etc. 1 Cor. 1: 1. 2 Cor. 1: 1. 2: 12. In Rev. 6: 11 it is joined with avrdovlog, coll. 19: 10. 22: 9. So Sept. and JIN Ezra 3: 2. g) one of the same nature, a man, i. q. 7ib') to see,) pp. what is in darkness ; hence Pluto, II. 15. 188. more usually in classic writers orcu-s, the infernal regions. Sept. very freq. for Heb. bnXX, as Is. 14: 9 sq. Hence also in N. T. the abode or world of the dead, hades, orcus. According to the notions of the Hebrews, <5j? was a vast subterranean receptacle, where the souls of the dead existed in a separate state until the resurrection of their bod- ies. The region of the blessed during this interval, or the inferior Paradise, they supposed to be in the upper part of this receptacle ; while beneath was the abyss or Gehenna, Tartarus, in which the souls of the wicked were subjected to punishment. See Lowth, Lect. on Heb. Poetry VII. Campbell, Prel. Diss. VI. pt. 2. 2 sq. 19. Stu- art Essay on Fut. Pun. p. 128 sq. a) genr. Acts 2: 27, 31, ? ndov sc. dwua, see Buttm. 132. n. 9. Rev. 1: 18. In this sense hades is personified, 1 Cor. 15: 55. Rev. 6: 8. 20: 13,14. For Matt. 16 : 18, nv^ai ndov, see JIvJuj. Metaph. Tcu? ndov xaia{iipaff\}ijvcu, i. e. be cast down to the very lowest place* ad infima, Matt. 11: 23. Luke 10: 15. b) by meton. of the whole for a party the abyss of hades, place of punishment, Luke 16: 23. sldiaxpiros, ou, o, 17, adj. ( pr. and diaxglvu,) pp. not to be distinguished'^ Polyb. 15. 12. 9. In N. T. metaph. no* o/>en to distinction or doubt, unambiguous^ i. e. sincere, James 3: 17. Others, ac- tively, making no distinction, impartial. Others, withovt strife, from diaxglva) to contend. sldiaAciTiJog, ov, o, J, adj. ( pr. and dialf fata,) unceasing, constant, Rom. 9: 2. 2 Tim. 1: 3. -Clem. Alex. Strom. 7, 1 adialeinios aya 14 j adv. unceasingly, without intermission, i. e. in N. T. as- siduously, Rom. 1 : 9. 1 Thess. 1 : 2. ,2: 13. 5: 17. 2 Mace. 15: 7. Polyb. 9. 3.8. c f ?/, ( pr. and to corrupt,) pp. incoiruptible- ness ; in N. T. metaph. uncorruptness, purity, Tit. 2: 7. Dem. p. 323 udid- fco, co, f. yo-w, (txdixog.) 1. Jo efo wrong, to act unjustly, viz. a) in respect to law, to break the law, to transgress, to trespass, absol. Acts 25: 10, 11. 2 Cor. 7: 12. Col. 3: 25. Rev. 22: 11 bis. Sept. for Heb. NtJfi Jer. 37: 18. b?tt 2 Chr. 26 : 16. Ez.* 17 : 20. y^ 1 K. 8: 47. Ps. 106. 6. b) in respect to others, trans, to wrong, to injure. Matt. 20: 13. Acts 7: 26, 27. 1 Cor. 6: 8. 2 Cor. 7: 2. With two ac- cus. Gal. 4: 12. Philem. 18 8s it ifii- X7? 1 Sam! 3: 13, 14. Zech. 3: 9. This wickedness is seen more especially in the neglect of the true God and his laws and an ad- herence to the world or to idolatry ; hence adlxia, as opposed to 2. from the Heb. where xauovvvr], is often used of life and con- duct, adixla takes by antith. the sense of improbity, iniquity, unrighteousness, piety towards God, means impiety, un- godliness, contempt of God. So Rom. 1: 18 bis, where ir t v a.h]&tiav ev adixlrt xaifyovifg are those who impede the worship of the true God by their obsti- nate adherence to worldliness or to idolatry. Rom. 2: 8. 2 Thess. 2: 10, 12. 2 Pet. 2: 15. So Sept. for bi* has vlog adixlaig, idolater, 2 Sam. 7: 10. T for "py Ez. 9: 9. 3. fraud, deceit, guile. John 7: 18. Luke 16: 8 olxovopog &.dixlag,a dishonest steward. 16: 9 uttfjuwvag iijg adixlag, wealth fraudulently acquired. Eurip. Helen. 911, et Electr. 943, nloviog cidi- xog. Acts 8: 23. 1 Cor. 13: 6. Sept. for !"!"} 33 Hos. 12: 7. for bl, & TWV adLxi&v iijg i^inoglag aov, l through the frauds of thy traffic, Ez. 28: 18. for np;r Deut. 19: 18. Mic. 6: 12. Comp. Jos' Ant. 4. 6. 5, where Balaam excusing himself says, rjv is poi di tl'xfjg firjdsv adixijvai vov ii]v em&vfilav, * I was un- willing to deceive your expectation.' *<4$tXO$, ovy o, 7;, adj. (a pr. and dixy.) 1. unjust, sc. towards others, Luke 18: 11. Rom. 3: 5. Heb. 6: 10. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 10. 2. from the Heb. see "Aoixia. no. 2, wicked, impious, ungodly. Matt. 5 : 45. Acts 24: 15. 1 Cor. 6: 9. 1 Pet. 3: 18. 2 Pet. 2: 9, where ol udixoi are con- trasted with ol BvatfiBlg. Sept. for yjJI Ex. 23: 1. Job 16: 11. Ez. 21: 3. an Prov. 15: 26. Hence, as adixla istransl ferred to idolatry, so adixog signifies an idolater, i. e. an unbeliever, a pagan, 1 Cor. 6: 1, coll. v. 6. 3. fraudulent, false, deceitful, Luke 15 16: 10 bis, 11. Comp. 'Adixla no. 3. Sept. for ^p- Deut. 19: 18. Jer. 5: 31. 29:9. \sldixcog, adv. unjustly, undeserv- edly, 1 Pet. 2: 19. Sept. for CSft Prov. 1: 11,17. Wisd. 12: 13. 2 Mace. 8: 16. Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 7. 'sldoxijiiOQ, ou, o, i], adj. ( pr. and <5oxt|UO,) 1. not approved, rejected; pp. spok- en of metals, as adoxiftov uoyv- oiov Sept. Prov. 25: 4. Is. 1: 22. In N. T. metaph. worthy of condemnation, rep- robate. Rom. 1:28. 1 Cor. 9: 27. 2 Cor. 13: 5, 6, 7. 2 Tim. 3: 8. Polyb. 16. 14. 19. 2. by imp], ineptus, useless, worthless. Tit. 1: 16. Heb. 6: 8 y7j <5dx///o?, i. e. good for nothing. Hesych. 5ox*//ov * o^rjjov, a%griviov. c, ov, o, y, adj. ( pr. and doliog,) without guile or falsehood, spoken of a person, Thuc. 5. 18, 47. In N. T. of milk, unadultcnitnl, pure, genuine, metaph. for purity of doctrine, 1 Pet. 2: 2. Pollux. On. 3. 86 ugyvgiov abolov. ot'x So Sept. Gen. 18: 14. myttium ; derived from v. AdQapimetov, the name of a maritime city in yEolia. It was a colony of the Athenians. Acts 27: 2. S) OV > 0, 8C. etc. the Adriatic sea ; not, as now, the Gulf of Venice only, but including also the whole Ionian sea. which lies be- tween Sicily and Greece. Strabo II. p. 185. C. 6 tf' 'loviog xoJUro fisgog tail ^ov vitv 3 Ad(>lov ^.fyo^ivov. VII. p. 488. Hesych. 3 loviov n&ayog 6 virv 'Adyta?. Acts 27: 27. Qy r t , (adgoq fully grown, ripe,) pp. maturity, fulness; spoken of stature, Horn. 11. 16. 857. In N. T. abundance, copiousness, 2 Cor. 8: 20. Hesych. adgoTfjg ' dvvctpig, psye&og. j'lduVCCTfCO, (o } f. ijffo), (udvvajog,} to be unable, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 23. In N. T. only in 3 pers. sing. <5wam,etc. to be impossible, i. e. unable to be done ; c. dat. of pers. Matt. 17: 20 oidsv a8v- ytmjan iifnv. So Sept. Job 42: 2. Wisd. 13: 16. Seq. nctqa c. dat. Luke 1: 37 ?^ ov y o, rj, adj. (a pr. and dwaros fr. dvvctpai,) pp. deficient in strength or power, Sept. Joel 3: 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 7. In N. T. 1. Act. infirm, feeble, weak, sc. in body, Acts 14: 8 rot? noalv, where for the dat. see Buttm. 133. 3. Winer 33. 3. So in mind, judgment, etc. Rom. 15: 1. 2. Neut. or Pass, impossible. Rom. 8: 3 TO adi'vcnov TOV vopov, that which the law could not do. So advvaiov am nagd TIVI, impossible tvith or for any one, Matt. 19:26. Mark 10: 27. Luke 18: 27. With tail implied seq. infin. Heb. 6: 4, 18 adivmov ytVffwrfal &iov. 10: 4. 11: 6. See Buttm. 140. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 16. i.e. adco ? f. Vw, (contr. fr. asldw,) to sing, trans, as o)<5jjv Rev. 5: 9. 14: 3. 15: 3. So Sept. for -TO Ex. 14: 32. Num. 21: 17. Jos. Ant. 3*. 3. Seq. dat. of pers. to sing in praise or honour of any one, to celebrate, Eph. 5: 19. Col. 3: 16. So Sept. for -TO Ex. 15: 21. 1 Chr. 16: 23. Xen. Conv. 3. 1. j4.GL y adv. always, i. e. ever, contin- ually, at all times, 2 Cor. 6: 10. Tit. 1: 12. 1 Pet. 3: 15. So Sept. Is. 51: 13. In the sense of every time, on every occasion, as circumstances require or per- mit. 2 Cor. 4: 11 cm yag naQadidopt&a. Acts 7: 51. Heb. 3: 10. So Sept. Ps. 95: 10. 2 Mace. 14: 15. Mark 15: 8 xa&w$ cm tnold, as he always did, i. e. customarily, every year. So Sept. Judg. 16: 21 Troika* xa^eo? an, where the Vatican text reads w? ana$ x* ana$. By impl. assiduously, 2 Pet. 1: 12. Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 4. si toe, ov, o, an eagle, Rev. 4: 7. [8: 13.] 12: 14. So Sept. for iqjs Ps. 103: 5. In Matt. 24: 28 and Luke 17: 37, where the arrog is represented as prey- ing on dead bodies, some species of vulture is probably intended. So the Heb. "W33, Sept. a nog, is put probably for the vultur barbatus or vultur per- cnopterus, Job 39: 27 coll. v. 30. Prov. 30: 17. See Gesen. Lex. Heb. art. *TC3 . 16 The eagle feeds only on fresh or living prey ; see Rees' Cyclop, art. Falco. slyU/uoc, ou, o, ? e j, adj. ( pr. and Zvpt] leaven,) unleavened. a) pp. spoken of bread, in a$vpa sc. huyava, ol avpoi, sc. aqioi, unleavened cakes or bread, Heb. rn, cf. Lev. 2: 4. Num. 6: 15. 1 Chr. J23: 29. Hence *op- tt] v. at YifAtyctt, TCOV ctuf40jv t and ia i*Ci>(.iu, are put for the festival day or days in which the Jews were to eat unleavened bread in commemoration of their departure from Egypt, i. e. the passover. Mark 14: 1. Luke 22: 1, 7. Acts 1 2: 3. 20:6. and ^ TT^WT^ r^a TWV a&fiwv is the first day of the festival of the passover, Matt. 26: 17. Mark 14: 12. See Bibl. Repos. IV. p. Ill sq. b) metaph. unmixed, unadulterated, uncorrupted, 1 Cor. 5 : 7, 8 TO avuov, genuineness. sl^cog, o, indec. Jlzor, (fr. Heb. Try to help,) pr. name of a man, Matt. 1: 13, 14. >?, ov y */, Azotus, Heb. pr.name ofa place, which anciently was one of the five cities per- taining to the princes of the Philistines, Josh. 13: 3. 1 Sam. 6: 17. In the di- vision of Palestine by Joshua, it was assigned to the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15: 47 ; but the possession of it was still retained or soon recovered by the Philistines, 1 Sam. 5: 1. 2 Chr. 26: 6. Neh. 4: 1. 13: 23. The city was cap- tured by the Assyrians, Is. 20: 1 ; by Judas Maccabaeus, 1 Mace. 5: 68 ; and was afterwards burned by his brother Jonathan, ib. 10: 84. It was rebuilt by the Romans under Gabinius; and is now called Esdud. Acts 8: 40. See Calmet. A>](), flf/jpOCj 7}, (aw v. cxrjfu to breathe,) the air, the atmosphere, (as opp. to ai&ijo, the higher, purer region, Horn. II. 14. 288,) Acts 22: 23. 1 Thess. 4: 17. Rev. 9: 2. l'6: 17. The phrases fig uegct Aa/UIv, to speak into the air, 1 Cor. 14: 9, and fig o dsytiv, to beat the air, 1 Cor. 9: 26, (Buttm. Lexil. I. p. 115,) are proverbial, and correspond to the Latin ventis verba profundere Lu- cret. 4. 929, and verberare ictibus auras Virg.^En.5.376; the sense is, 'to speak or act in vain.' In Eph. 2: 2, Satan is call- ed ugzuv T?jg f$oval(xg rov uegog, ' prince of the spirits of the air,' i.e. that dwell in the air or havepowerover it, according to the later Jewish belief; see Eisner Obs. in N. T. in loc. Others, as Cocceius, explain arJQ here by darkness, as in pro- fane writers ; so Eustath. in Horn. II. 5. 776. ib. 12. 240. ib. 17. 645. Hesiod. Theogn. 119. In Test. XII Patr. Fabr. Pseudep. V. T. I. p. 729, we find aigiov 7ivfi'(j,ct TOV Btliug, but still it is not cer- tain whether ctigiov here refers to dark- ness or to the air. ict, a?, ^, (ad-dvarog fr. a pr. and &avaTog death,) immortality, 1 Cor. 15: 53, 54. 1 Tim. 6: 16. Lu- cian. D. Deor. 4. 10. c, ov 3 o, r/, adj. ( pr. ug fr. &epig law,) unlawful, for- bidden by law, Acts 10: 28. Hence criminal, 1 Pet. 4: 3. 2 Mace. 6: 5. 7: 1. Jos. B. J. 4. 9. 10. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 9. j4&&$j ov, o, 7;, adj. (a pr. and &f6g,) pp. godless, impious, Xen. Anab. 2. 5. 39. In N. T. estranged from the knowledge and worship of the true God, Eph. 2: 12. $, ov, o, f], adj. ( pr. and \aw,)laivless, and by \m\)\. wicked, impious, 2 Pet. 2: 7. 3: 17. 3 Mace. 5: 12 a&fcrfiog nQo&wig. Diod. Sic. 1. 14 rijg a&iffuov ft lag. oi, (o } f. ijffw, (a&tTog fr. a pr. and Tl&r t ut,) pp. to displace, i. e. to ab- rogate, abolish, get rid of, Polyb. 31. 18. 1. Sept. chiefly for i;2 and also for T^73 and 2'D, and construed mostly with IV iiVL or tl'g tiva. In N. T. trans. to reject, i. e. a) to make void, render null, ii]v evro- ti]v Mark 7: 9. T?}V fiovlfy TWO? Luke 7: 30. 1 Cor. 1: 19, coll. Is. 29: 14. Gal. 2: 21. 3: 15. So Sept. for ar:n. Ps. 33: 10. 153 Is. 24:16. D7?nEz."22:26. 1 Mace. 11: 36. Hence, not to keep, to cast off, TTJV 7t(>a>TT)v nlativ 1 Tim. 5: 12. Sept. for 152 Jer. 3: 20. aiUJ Ps. 132: 11. b) to deny, to despise, contemn, vopov Mwvaiwg Heb. 10: 28. Spoken of per- . 17 sons, Mark G: 26. Luke 10: 16 quater. John 12: 48. 1 Thess. 4: 8 bis. Jude 8. Sept. for 3TOB Is. 1: 2. 132 Ex. 21: 8. N: 1 Sam" 2: 17. Jos. Xiit. 15. 2. 6. rogation, abolition, Heb. 7: 18. 9: 26. ^Idrjvaiy coVy at, Athens, the capi- tal of Attica and the chief city of an- cient Greece, so called ffom^xHyny, Mi- nerva. The Athenians are celebrated in the history of Greece for their war- like valour, and also for their general intelligence and the cultivation of all the arts of peace. Their city was the seat of the fine arts, the resort of philoso- phers, and the birth place of an un- usual number of illustrious men. Acts 17: 15, 16. 18: 1. 1 Thess. 3: 1. u4{h)VCClO$, a, QVy Athenian, Acts 17: 21, 22. slfrAf'o), (Oy f. rjffw, to contend, to be a champion in the public games, e. g. of boxing, throwing the discus, wrest- ling, running, etc. absol. 2 Tim. 2: 5 bis. Aelian. V. H. 10. 1. ^40'^otQy -ceo*, y, contention, com- bat, pp. in the public games, Polyb. 5. 64. 6. Aelian. V. H. 2. 23. In N. T. metaph. a conflict, struggle, sc. with af- flictions. Heb. 10: 32. 'eOy rj, f. t'jffo), (a pr. and $,) to despond, be disturbed in warn/, disheartened, absol. Col. 3: 21. Sept. for rnn Gen. 4: 5. 2 Sam. 6: 8. Xen. Anab. 3. 2. 18. Polyb. 3. 54. 7. y/Lhoe, ov, o, y, adj. (a pr. and Sui] penalty,) pp. impunis, Diod. Sic. 1. 54. Polyb. 2. 60. 1. In N. T. metaph. innocent, Matt. 27: 4. In Greek writers #oio? is constr. with a gen. but in Matt. 27: 24 we find u&ojog uno iov cuficnog, like the Sept. for Heb. : : 2 Sam. 3:28. Gen. 24:41. goat,) caprinus, of a goat. Heb. 11: 37 ev cuydoiq dlgpaaiv, in goat-skins. Sept. fortT'TyEx. 25:4. 35: 6, 24. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1. Apoll. Rhod. 4. 1349. sliyiaAoSy QVy o, (ayrvui, to break, and A$ sea,) the shore, coast, of a sea, lake, etc. Matt. 13: 2, 48. John 21: 4. 3 Acts 21: 5. 27: 39, 40. Sept. for Judg. 5: 17. Ecclus. 24: 15. Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 1. Xen. Anab. 6. 2. 1, 7. sliyuiuioZy icty toVy Egyptian, Acts 7: 22, 24, 28. Heb. 11: 29. In Acts 21: 38, the Egyptian spoken of was an Egyptian Jew, who set himself up at Jerusalem for a prophet. He gained many followers, who were dispersed and slain by Felix ; see Jos. Ant. 20. 8. 6. B. J. 2. 13. 5. sliyvmoSy ov } ;, Egypt, a country celebrated both in sacred and profane history ; for a full description of it, see Calmet. The whole region was known to the Hebrews by the name tT^Xfc Mizraim ; and the princes who gov- erned it were styled in virtue of their office Pharaohs, i. e. kings, until the time of Solomon ; after which they are designated in the Scriptures by their proper names. After the captivity, Egypt became a place of resort to great numbers of the Jews, who settled there either of their own accord, or from the invitations and encouragements held out by Alexander the Great and the Ptole- mies ; so that in the reign of Ptolemy Philopater, they were able to erect a temple at Leontopolis similar to the one at Jerusalem, and to establish in it all the rites of their paternal worship ; see Jos. Ant. 13. 3. 1, 2, 3. Matt. 2: 13, 14, 15. Acts 2: 10. al. In Rev. 11: 8, Egypt is put as the symbolical name of the Jews, thus likening the obstinacy and stubbornness of this nation to that of the Egyptians of old. AL. j4ldtO$j OVy o, f], adj. (we/,) always existing, eternal, everlasting. Rom. 1: 20 aidiog ctviov dvvauig, coll. Wisd. 7: 26. Jude 6 devpol ui'dioi, everlasting bonds. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 73. 00$ 'y ovQy y. 1. modesty, 1 Tim. 2: 9. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 5. 2. reverence, veneration, Heb. 12: 28. Jos. Ant. 6. 12.17. Xen. Anab. 2. 6. 14. o, (al'&opai, to burn, and wy face,) an Ethiopian, Heb. "T0 13, Cushite. Acts 8 : 27 bis. The Ethiopia designated here, and the a) 13 in Jer. 13: 23. Is. 18: I. Ez. 30: 4, 5, 9, is si i pa 18 what is called Upper Ethiopia or Ha- iesc/r, lying south of Egypt on the Nile, and including the island of Meroe, the Abyssinia of the present day. For the other countries designated by the name Cush in the O. T. see Calmet art. Cush. jftfiCty ttzoCj TO, blood. Sept, every where for to 1 }. a) pp. () genr. Mark 5: 25, 29. Luke 8: 43, 44. 13: 1. Diod. Sic. 4. 50. Pla- to Phaedo. 45. Trop. any thing is said to be or become blood, or as blood, from its dark colour ; Acts 2: 19 coll. Joel 3: 3,4. [2:30,31.] Rev L 8:7,8. 11:6. 16: 3, 4. Acts 2: 20 tig alua, for ug ai/tp in Rev. 6: 12. (@) spoken of blood which has been shed; as (1) of victims and other slaughtered animals, Heb. 9: 7, 12, 13, 1825. 10:4. 11:28. 13:11. So Acts 15:20,29. 21: 25; where ani%w&ai, iov ai(j.arog, etc. is, to abstain from eat- ing blood, etc. The Jews regarded the blood as the seat and principle of life ; hence they were to offer it in sacrifice to God, but were forbidden to eat it, Lev. 17: 1014, coll. 3: 17. Gen. 9: 4. Deut. 12: 23. Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 2. (2) of men, Luke 13: 1. John 19: 34. Rev. 17: 6. 14: 20 where human blood is spoken of under the symbol of the blood of grapes, or wine, ai t ua crrcupUJlgg, comp. Gen. 49: 11. Deut. 32: 14. Ecclus. 39: 26. So alua olxaiov Matt. 23: 35, and aipa a&wov Matt. 27: 4, for ai t ua TMV dutoluf t aifta rov a&wov. Sept. for ^J53 D7 1 Sam. 19: 5. 25: 26. 1 K. 2: 5. 'Hist' of Sus. v. 62. So of the blood of Christ shed on the cross, atua rov XQIO-TOV, e. g. in relation to the sacred supper, Matt. 26: 28. Mark 14: 24. Luke 22: 20. 1 Cor. 10: 16. 11: 25, 27. Perhaps too 1 John 5: 6, 8; and especially John 6: 53 58, where the phrases cpaysiv TJJV ffUQxa xal nit'fiv 10 aiua IQV XQIGTOV, to eat the flesh and drink the blood of Christ, signify, 'to become wholly united and incorporated with Christ, i.e. to imbibe his spirit and appropriate to one's self all the benefits of his advent, to be wholly conformed to Christ ;' comp. Rom. 8: 28. Col. 3: 10. Further, in re- lation to his church, Acts 20: 28. Col. 1: 20. Eph. 2: 13 ; to the atonement made by his death, Rom. 3: 25. 5: 9. Eph. 1: 7. Col. 1: 14. Heb. 9: 12, 14. 10: 19. 1 Pet. 1: 2, 19. 1 John 1: 7. Rev. 1: 5. 5: 9 ; and to the new covenant, Heb. 10: 29. 12: 24. 13: 20. So alpa TOU agvlov, Rev. 7: 14. 12: 11. 19: 13. (y] (TaQ$ xt alpa, Jlesh and blood, i. e. the animal human body, man, with the idea of imbecility, mortal man, Matt. 16: 17. 1 Cor. 15: 50. Gal. 1: 16. Eph. 6: 12. Heb. 2: 14. coll. Ecclus. 14: 18. (d) aipa ixxvvsiv, to shed blood, i. e. to kill, put to death, Luke 11: 50. Acts 22: 20. Rom. 3: 15. Rev. 16: 6. So Sept. for m rjDtt Gen. 9: 6. 37: 22. Ez. 18: 10. Hence b) bloodshed, i. e. death, violent death, slaughter, murder, Matt. 23: 30. 27: 6, 8, 24. Acts 1: 19. Rev. 6: 10. 18: 24. 19: 2. So Sept. and tJ^T Gen. 4: 10. 2 Sam. 16: 7. Ez. 24: 6, 9.' Heb. 12: 4 pi x qi$ aipaiog, unto death, i. e. with exposure of life. c) from the Heb. blood-guiltiness, i. e. the guilt and punishment of shedding blood, Matt. 23: 35. 27: 25. Acts 5: 28. 18: 6. 20: 26. So Sept. and tn Num. 35: 27. Josh. 2: 19. Ez. 9: 9.* 33: 4. 2 Sam. 1 : 16. coll. Lev. 16: 21 sq. et Herodot. 2. 39. d) blood-relationship, kindred, lineage, progeny, seed. Acts 17: 26 evog a'tpa- iog, of one blood, i. e. kindred. Sept. 2 Sam. 21: 1. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 3 tvusy aSdcpoi xt xoivov alua. ib. 20. 10. 1 | aifiaiog 3 ActQ&VToq. John 1: 13 ol ovx | al[jiUTwv, not born of blood, i.e. not sons of God as being descended from Abraham. The plur. is here put for the sing, as in Eurip. Ion. 693 A- k 0*780), prase, Heb. 13: 15 &vvlu alviffwq. So Sept. for STl'in Ps. 26: 2, et saep. In'S^n Ps. 66: 2'. Ecclus. 32 [35]: 2 dtNTMrftt* Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 6. to choose, Sept. for nn3 Judg. 5: 8 et saep. 1 Mace. 9: 30. In N.T. to prefer, to love, trans. Matt. 12: 18 coll. Is. 42: 1. Sept. for yen Num. 14: 8. iqt Gen. 30: 20. Hesych. JJQKIKTU^IIV ' ijyd'nijO'ot, Sturz' de Dial. Alex. p. 144. y f. i}cro> or etroi (Buttm. 95. n. 4), to praise, to celebrate, trans. npoken in N. T. only of God. Luke 2: 13, 20. 19: 37. 24: 53. Acts 2: 47. 3: 8,9. Rom. 15: 11. Rev. 19: 5. Sept. for rHin Gen. 49: 8. bVn 1 Chr. 16: 4, 10, et'saep. ?ps Ps. 100: 4. t, aiog, TO, hint obscurely, Ael. V. H. 2. 29,) an enigma, riddle ; so Sept. for rn^ft 1 K. 10: 1. Prov. 1: 6. Ecclus. 39: 3.' 47: 15. In N. T. metaph. obscure intimation. 1 Cor. 13 : 12 iv ctlyl/^cni, i. e. enig- matically, obscurely. So Sept. for n*Vh Num. 12: 8, where it is opp. to TO o? the clear reality. AiVOS, ov, 6, (alvso),) pp. discourse, narration, i. q. pv&og, Horn. Od. 14. 508. Ecclus. 15: 9, 10 ; and so of Esop's fa- bles. In N. T. praise, Matt. 21: 16 coll. Ps. 8: 3. Luke 18: 43. Sept for iy Ps. 8: 3. Wisd. 18: 9. Horn. Od. 21. 110. Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 6, 7, ol tiivoi, praises of God in the churches. AwtoV, 4 indec. Enon, (fr. fl^* fountains,Buxt.Lex.Ch. Rab.Tal. 1601,') pr. name of a place or fountain near Salim, John 3: 23. PP- cap- ture sc. of a city, Thuc. 2. 58 rj atgwig T% TroyUw?. Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 5. also op- tion, choice, 1 Mace. 8. 30. Jos. Ant. 7. 13. 2. Polyb. 3. 103. 7. In N. T. a chosen way of life, i. e. 1. a sect, school, party, etc. Acts 5: 17. 15:5. 24:5,14. 26:5. 28: 22. Diod. Sic. 2. 29 alysffft? iwv qpt/loffoqpwy. Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 1. Ignat. Ep. ad Eph. 6. Clem. Alex. Strom. 1. 7. 2. by impl. discord, dissension, 1 Cor. 11: 19. Gal. 5: 20. 2 Pet. 2: 1. AIOCTIL,CO, f- t'tfw, (aiQrtos captus, electus, fr. ato>,) a word of the Alex- andrine age, used in Sept. for OS, ov, o, (aiQF[%(o,) one who creates dissensions, introduces errors, etc. a factious person, Tit. 3: 10. This word is not found in classic Greek, but often in ecclesiastical writers; see Sui- cer's Thesaur. Ecc. s. h. v. Campbell Prel. Diss. IX. pt. iv. 11. Ai$ta>y w, ? i< aor. 2 etiov, to take e.g. a city or camp, Xen. Ag. 1. 32. In N. T. only Mid. ulp&pat f. i} Matt. 21: 21, better under no. 3. b) trop. to raise, to elevate, as the eyes, John 11: 41. So Sept. and Ni!)3 Ps. Al'g (0 20 12] : 1. 123: 3. the voice, i.e. to cry out, to sing, etc. Luke 17: 13. Acts 4: 24. So Sept. and M&3 Judg. 21 : 2. 1 Sam. 11: 4. So m'quv yv/viv nvog, to hold the mind of any one suspended, i.e. in suspense, doubt, John 10: 24. Phi- lostr. 2. 4. Comp. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 5 diyyusvovg -ty dtnvoln xul raig donate. The phrase bfc$ '3. art!33, atfftw r^v y>iiXi]V nQoq, to lift the soul towards, i. e. to desire, does not belong here ; comp.Deut. 24: 15. Pe. 86: 4. al. Gesen. Lex. Heb. 2. to take up and place on one's self, to take up and bear, i.e. to bear, to cam/. Matt. 4 : 6 inl /f/^wy agovai o~e, coll. Sept. and jtfB: Ps. 91: 12. Matt. 11: 29 ors rov Zpyov fiov, coll. Sept. and r: Lam. 3: 27. So the cross, Matt. 27V 32. Mark 15: 21. al. and metaph. Matt. 16 : 24. al. So to take or cany ivilh one, Mark 6: 8. Luke 9: 3. al. Sept. and NUJ3 Gen. 44: 1. 2 K. 7: 8. 3. to take up and carry away, i. e. to take away, to remove, sc. by carrying, spoken of a bed, Matt. 9 : 6. John 5 : 8 sq. al. of a dead body, a person, etc. Matt. 14: 12. 22: 13. Acts 20: 9. al. 1 Mace. 9: 19. Spoken of bread etc. with the idea of laying up, making use of, Matt 14: 20. 15 : 37. Mark 8: 8, 19, 20. al. So genr. Matt. 17: 27. Acts 21: 11. al. Pass, aqdrpi Matt. 21: 21 be thou removed. Trop. alguv ir\v auuQTlav livoq, to take away the sin of any one, i. e. the imputation or punish- ment of sin, John 1: 29. 1 John 3: 5. So the Engl. Vers. and Sept. al'osiv 10 /i^T7j/i for nNBh fiti! 1 Sam. 15: 25. But as m ^y ttto: etc. often means to bear the punishment of sin, as Lev. 5 : 17. Num. 5: 31. 14: 33. al. (Sept. Aa/fcly, avaqisgeiv,) and as atyeiv often has in the Sept. the sense to bear, as above, we may here also admit for CUQSIV the sense to bear the punishment of sin, which is elsewhere expressed in the N. T. by Pao~[a&ir, avacpsgeiv, etc. coll. Matt. 8: 17. 1 Pet. 2: 24. Or perhaps the sen- sus praegnans is better, viz. to take away by taking upon one's self. 4. to take away, to remove, simply, the idea of lifting etc. being dropped; usually with the notion of violence, authority, etc. a) pp. Luke 6: 29, 30. 11: 22. Matt. 9: 16 ufyti, sc. rt, i. e. the new piece tears away still more of the old gar- ment. Mark 2: 21. Spoken of branches, to cut off, prune, John 15: 2. Spoken of persons, to take away or remove } e. g. from a church, i.e. to excommunicate, 1 Cor. 5: 2 aQ&j}, where some editions read l*ua/&fj. So to take away or remove out of the world, by death, etc. John 17: 15. Matt. 24: 39. Acts 8: 33 bis, V TIJ iwiuvuMTti avTov f] xQicrig MVTOU, IJQ&I] atytiat, i. e. according to the Heb. * in his humiliation and oppression was his sentence ; he was torn away,' i. e. hur- ried away to death ; coll. Is. 53: 8, and see Hengstenberg in Christol. and in Bibl. Repos. II. p. 357. Kuinoel in loc. Others, his punishment was taken away. So Sept. for S)DK Is. 57: 1, 2. ^t-j Is. 53: 8. In a somewhat stronger sense, especially in the imperat. algs, aqov, away with ! i. e. put out of the way, kill, Luke 23: 18. John 19: 15. Acts 21: 36. 22: 22. b) trop. Johnll: 48 woo v#6>?', (/&>, a25r#G>, Buttm. 112. 13,) a Mid. deponent, to perceive, pp. with the external senses, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 31. In N. T. metaph. to understand, trans. Luke 9: 45. Sept. for -pa Job 23: 5. srp Prov. 24: 14. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1.2. pp. perception by the external senses, Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5. In N. T. metaph. understanding, the power of discerning, Phil. 1: 9. Sept. for n?^ Prov. 1: 4, 22. n^h Ex. 28: 3. Judith 16: 17. Ae- lian. ! V. H. 1. 12. pp. seat of the senses, Hesych. 01 u ' T u&q dt, 3 wv aia-O'opt-d'ct. In N. 21 Aiiia T. metaph. internal sense, faculty of per- ception, Heb. 5: 14. So Sept. Jer. 4: 19 T aiafrrfir^ia r^g xagdlag. 4 Mace. 2: 22. slur/goxeQdrjS, tog, ov? 3 o, /, adj. (cuaxqog and xsgdog,) eager even for dishonourable gain, sordid, 1 Tim. 3: [3,] 8. Tit. 1:7. Xen.Ag.11.3. Herodot. 1. 187. ) adv. for the sake of dishonourable gain, sordidly, 1 Pet. 5: 2, coll. Tit. 1: 11. sl lay go hoy LCI } a$ 9 ?/, (aiaxoolo- /8W,) obscene language, scurrility. Col. 3: 8. Diod. Sic. 5. 4. Xen. de Rep. Lac. 5.6. Altr/QO?, a, or, pp. deformed, opp. to who?, Xen. Conv. 4. 19. Sept. for y-\ Gen. 41: 3, 4. In N. T. metaph. indecorous, indecent, dishonourable ; spoken of what is offensive either to modesty and Christian purity, as Epb. 5: 12. Tit. 1: 11 ; or to the manners and customs of a community, as 1 Cor. 11: G. 14: 35. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 23. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 5. Polyb. 3. 116. 13. pp. deformity. In N. T. trop. impropri- ety, indecorum, either in words or ac- tions, Eph. 5 : 4, i. q. alax^Jioyla q.v. . Awtvvri, yc, TJ, (diffxog,) shame,i.e. a) subject! ve\y, feeling of shame, fear of disgrace. Luke 14: 9. Ecclus. 4: 21. 20: 23. Xen. Anab. 3. 1. 10. b) objectively, disgrace, reproach, ig- nominy, Heb. 12: 2. So Sept. for n$3 Job 8: 22. Mrabs Is. 50: 6. ns-jh Ps. 69: 20. Ecclus''. 22: 3. 25: 22. ! Xen. Anab. 2. 6. 6. c) cause of shame, I.e. a shameful thing or action, disgraceful conduct. 2 Cor. 4: 2 iu xgvma rr^g ctio~%vvr)g, hid- den things of shame, i. e. clandestine conduct of which the disciples of Christ should be ashamed. Phil. 3: 19. Jude 13. In Rev.3:18 is by Hebraism for yvuvoirjg shameful nakedness, Stuart 440. Buttm. 123. n. 4. So Sept. and nca 1 Sam. 20: 30. Aeschin. 23, 41. ^ to Xv y co, f. w, (dlffxog,) to shame, put to shame ; Pass, to be made ashamed, to be put to shame. a) pp. 2 Cor. 10: 8. Phil. 1: 20. 1 John 2:28 fii] aio~xw&Mutv an ai'tov, that we be not put to shame before him, etc. So Sept. for ]73 El 3 Jer. 22: 22. b) Mid. to shame one's self, to feel ashamed, to feel dishonoured, Luke 16:3. 3 Pet. 4: 16. So Sept. for \z;i3 Ps. 25: 3. 119: 30. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 6. sllifco, fo, f. ?/'- Is. 13: 20 for n?b Ec- clus. 18:"l. Diod. Sic. 1. 92." (/?) $ rots aluvag, in the same sense, ever, forever, to all eternity etc. spoken of God, Rom. 1:25. 9:5. 11:36. 2 Cor. 11: 31. of Christ, Luke 1: 33 where it is explained by owe l'. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 5 fj/ffiovla alw- vlu. Diod. Sic. 1. 93 ol'xfo-ig aiuviog. b) spoken of time past, Rom. 16: 25 XQOVOIQ atcavlotg, ancient ages, i. e. of old. 2 Tim. 1: 9 and Tit. 1: 2 UQO ZQOVWV aiwvluv, i. q. TIQO aiwvwv, i. e. before time was, from eternity; see altar 1. b. So Sept. for tfcte Ps. 24: 7, 9. AL. fr. a pr. and xct&agog,} uncleanne.ss, im- purity, Jttth. a) pp. in a physical sense, Matt. 23: 27. Sept. for ilNfct: 2 Sam. 11: 4. b) in a moral sense, pollution, lewd- ness, as opposed to chastity, Rom. 1:24. 6: 19. 2 Cor. 12: 21. Gal. 5: 19. Eph. 4: 19. 5: 3. Col. 3: 5. 1 Thess. 4: 7, coll. v. 3 sq. So Sept. for ttt2 Ez. 22: 15. 36: 25. - Spoken of 'avarice, 1 Thess. 2: 3, coll. v. 5. Axa&ctgi?]?, rtjTOQ, i], (sync, for xa#aOT7?,) uncleanness,Jilth, i. e. lewd- ness ; trop. of idolatry, Rev. 17: 4 in text recept. Others iv. axu&aoTa. So n^ED and Sept. uxa&aQffla Ez. 36: 25.' ; Q, ov y o, i], adj. (a pr. and xa&algca,) unclean, impure. a) in the Levit. sense, see Lev. 5: 2, and comp. Winer bibl. Realw. p. 570. Spoken of food, Acts 10: 14. 11: 8. of birds, Rev. 18: 2. So Sept. for B Deut. 14: 7. Lev. 11: 4. So of persons who are not Jews, or who do not be- long to the Christian community, Acts 10: 28. 1 Cor. 7: 14. 2 Cor. 6: 17. See c Ayia(0 1. b. So Sept. and Heb. Nttti Is. 52: 1. Amos 7: 17. Cf. 'Axadago-lot" ' b) in the sense of lewd, lascivious, Eph. 5: 5. Spoken of idolatry, Rev. 17: 4 in later editions ; comp.l4xa#aT7j?. In this sense, partly, the devils or demons are called nvtv^uxa xa#T, unclean or foul spirits, Matt. 10 : 1. 12 : 43. Mark 1: 23, 26, 27. 3: 11, 30. 5: 2, 8, 13. 6:7. 7:25. 9: 25. Luke 4: 33, 36. 6:18. 8: 29. 9: 42. 11: 24. Acts 5: 16. 8: 7. Rev. 16: 13. 18: 2. So Sept. for JlNED Zech. 13: 2. For the origin of the' ep- ithet, see Gen. 6: 2. Tob. 3: 8. 6: 14. They are also probably so called as being impious, wicked, novrjQa, Tob. 3: 8, 17. 6: 7. and as the authors and objects of idolatry, Sept. Ps. 96: 5. 2 Cor. 4: 4. Baruch 4: 7. ij ou[ji(xi ? (a pr. and og,} to lack opportunity, Phil. 4: 10. It is a word of the later Greek, Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 126. 'Axafp&Sj adv. (axaiQog fr. a pr. and xaiQog,) out of season. 2 Tim. 4: 2 smalyug uxal^wg, in season and out of season, i. e. whether men will listen or not, comp. Ez. 2: 5, 7. Ecclus. 35: 4 axalgwg pj aocplC.ov. Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 2. "Axaxog, ov } o, 77, adj. (a pr. and xccxo?,) void of evil, harmless, blameless, well disposed, Heb. 7: 26. Sept. for Eft Job 2: 3. 8: 20. Diod. Sic. 13. 76! Dem. 1153. 10. In the sense of simple- hearted, confiding, Rom. 16: 18. Sept. for TiD Prov. 1: 4. 14: 15. frct, r)?, 7;, (WXT; point,) thorn, Matt. 7: 16. Luke 6: 44. Heb. 6: 8, coll. Gen.3:18,where Sept.fpr Heb. yip. Is.32: 13. So andQtiv inl axdv&a<; etc. Matt. 13: 7 bis, 22. Mark 4: 7 bis, 18. Luke 8: 7 bis, 14. Sept. for yip Jer.^4: 3. hin Cant. 2: 2. So viiyuvov i$ wxav- d-wv, crown of thorns, Matt. 27: 29. John 19: 2. Diod. Sic. 5. 41. 'Axavfrivos, ov } o, r t , adj. made of thorns, Mark 15: 17. John 19: 5. Sept. Is. 34: 13. "Axagno?, ov, o, f\, adj. (a pr. and xaqjio?,) without fruit, barren, sterile. a) pp. Jude 12 devdya axctQna. Sept. Jer. 2: 6 iv yy axc^. Polyb. 12. 3. 2. b) metaph. unfruitful, yielding no good fruit, sc. of knowledge, virtue, etc. Matt. 13: 22. Mark 4: 19. 1 Cor. 14: 14. Tit. 3: 14. 2 Pet. 1: 8. c) by impl. producing' bad fruit, i. e. noxious, wicked, Eph. 5: 11 I'^/a UXU^TIU rov axoTovg. Wisd. 15: 4. \slxmayvcooTOQ, ov 9 o, i], adj. (a pr. and xaia'/ivwffxa to condemn,) pp. not worthy of condemnation sc. by a judge, 2 Mace. 4: 47. In N. T. metapli. ^reprehensible, Tit. 2: 8. y o, ?/, adj. ( pr. and xazaxaAi'TiTw,) unveiled, 1 Cor. 11: 5, 13. Sept. Lev. 13 : 4">. Polyb. 15. 27. 2. '^xaiaxonoQ, o\j, o, ?/, ndj. (a pr. and xcrrwx^Vw,) uncondenmed, Acts 16: 37. 22: 25. g y ov, o, ?/,a.pr. and xTAi'w,) indissolvable ; licnce, enduring, everlasting, Heb. 7 : 16. Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 31 axcmoLi/rov , ov, o, r h adj. ( pr. and xuictnuvo),) unable to desist, which cannot be restrained, sc.from any thing ; seq. gen. Buttm. 132. 4. 1. In 2 Pet. 2: 14 ocp&odpol axaTaTratorot tiuunjiu^ eyes which cannot be restrained sc. from lascivious gazing. Polyb. 4. 17. 4 n- 'j,) to flourish, ripen, be in one's prime, intrans. Rev. 14: 18. Polyb. 1. 17. 9. Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 2. ' ^Ixf-irjr, adv. pp. accus. of axpr,, point, sc. of a weapon, Horn. II. 10. 173. of time, acme, Xen. Anab. 4. 3. 26. cf. Buttra. 115. 4. In later writer- and in N. T. for nor ax/i^v XQOVOV, at this point of time, i. e. yet, still, even now, Matt. 15: 16. Polyb. 1. 13. 12. Strabo 1. 56. See Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 123. Kypkc Obs. I. p. 70. 'udfxOJIj >j? 9 i), (axoiHO,) 1. hearing. a) the sense or faculty of hearing, I Cor. 12: 17. 2 Pet. 2: 8. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6. b) the instrument of hearing, the ears, Mark 7: 35 et Luke 7: 1 elg iuq xoe TOV laov. Acts 17:20. Heb. 5: 11. 2 Tim. 4: 3 xvrj&optvoi ir^v axoyv, cf. xvi'i&u and Buttm. 131. 6. 2 Tim. 4: 4. Ecclus. 27: 15. 2 Mace. 15: 39. Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 4. Ilerodian. 4. 15. 3. So xof/ axovsiv, to hear with the ears, i. e. attentively, Matt. 13 : 14. Acts 28 : 26. This is Hebraism ; so Sept. for inf. absol. y'lTKJ Ex. 15: 26. 19: 5. al. 2. that which is heard, viz. a) thing announced, instruction, teaching, preach- ing. John 12: 38, coll. Is. 53: 1 where Sept. for rrsmj. Rom. 10: 16, 17 bis. So axo?) Tr/crrVw?, i. e. doctrine taught and received with faith, Gal. 3 : 2, 5. P.o/o? axo?]? i. q. koyoq uxovff&eis, the word taught and heard, 1 Thess. 2: 13. Heb. 4: 2. Xen.Hiero 1. 14. b) from the Heb. rumor, report, Matt. 4: 24. 14: 1. 24: 6. Mark 1: 28. 13: 7. So Sept. for nSKV 2 Sam. 13 : 30. $73$ Jer. 50: 43.' Thuc. 2. 41. Dem. 49~7. 12. 26 , f. 770-0), (wxojloi;- fr. a of companionship, and xe'JUv- #o? way; Buttm. 120. n. 11,) to go with, to accompany, to follow; constr. c. dat. or c. ^UETW nvog Luke 9: 49. al. see Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 353 sq. or C.OTT/- o-w TtvdgMatt. 10:38. al. from the Heb. nn rrbn aud Sept. 1 K. 19 : 20, 21. Is. 45: 14. T a) genr. Matt. 4: 25. 8: 1. 9: 19, 27. Mark 5: 24. 10: 32. Luke 22: 54. John 11: 31. 1 Cor. 10: 4. al. Sept. for pa? Ruth 1: 14. b:nb ?Tbn 1 Sam. 25: 42l Xen. H. G.'3~ : 4. 7." ib. 5. 2. 26. Dem. (508. 14. b) spec, to follow a teacher, i. e. to be or become the disciple of any one, viL () to accompany him personally, as was usual with the followers of Jewish doctors and Greek philosophers, Matt. 4: 20, 22. 9: 9. 19: 27, 28. Mark 1: 18. John 1: 41. Sept. for ^r? 1 K. 19: 20, 21 So Mark 9: 38 ow attolov&u r)ffiv } i. e. he is not a disciple. (,5) to be or become the disciple of arty one as to faith and practice, to follow his teaching etc. Matt. 10: 38. 16: 24. Mark 8: 34. Luke 9: 23. John 8: 12. 12: 26. 2 Mace. 8: 36. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 31. c) to follow in succession, to succeed, Rev. 14: 8, 9. d) spoken of things, actions, etc. to accompany. Rev. 14: 13 T ds toy a at'Teoy axoAot^H n?i ttmw t their good deeds accompany them, sc. to the judg- ment-seat of God, i. e. they bear them with them and receive an immediate reward. So vice versa Rev. 18: 5 ^xo- lov&yo-av in the earlier editions ; others read fccoJUi^trotr. Judith 12:2 ?yxo- lov&TjxaTct poi, i. e. * food which I have brought with me.' AL. slxoucdy f. axoi'(Tw a later form Matt. 13: 14, 15. al. see H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. 1. p. 643, 666; better fut. xoiVo/it Buttm. 113. 4 and u. 7; perf. x7Jxo Buttrn. 85. 2. 97. n. 5 ; perf. pass, ^xpfqy^tu Buttm. 98. n. 6; aor. 1 pass. r]xoucr#7?v. Cornp. Winer 15. 1. to hear, a) intrans. i. e. to have the faculty of hearing, spoken of the deaf, etc. Mjitt. 11: 5. Mark 7: 37. al. Rom. 11: 8 wia xov jU?) axoveir, ears unable to hear. Matt. 13: 14 xoJ axot'orre hearing ye shall hear ; for this Hebraism see un- der xe>7J, and comp. Buttm. 133. 3. 1. Acts 28: 26. Sept. for 3>7J Ex. 15: 26. 19: 5. al. Matt. 13: 15 {SctQewg axovsw, to be dull of hearing. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 8. b) transit, and either absol. or constr. c. ace. or gen. of the thing heard and usually c. gen. of the person from whom, Buttm. 132. 5. 3 and rnarg. note. In- stead of the gen. of thing, we find nt^l seq. gen. Mark 5: 27. Acts 9: 13. Xen. Anab. 2. 5. 26. Instead of the gen. of person, we have TTO seq. gen. Acts 9: 13. 1 John 1: 5. Thuc. 1. 125. nayd seq. gen. John 8: 26. al. Xen. Anab. 1. 2. 5. ex seq. gen. 2 Cor. 12: 6 Horn. Od. 15. 374. to hear, to perceive with the ears. (n) genr. Matt. 2: 9, 18. 9: 12. 10:27. Mark 7: 25. 10:41. Luke 7: 3, 9. John 3: 8. al. saep. Sept. for yfrti Gen. 3: 8, 10. Xen. Anab. 1. 2. 5. Cyr. 3. 1. 8. (@) in the sense of to give ear, hear with attention, listen, Mark 4: 3. 7: 14. 12: 29. Acts 2: 22. So in respect to a teacher, Mark 6: 20. Luke 15: 1. 19:48. Hence ol axovovxec, hearers, i. e. disci- ples, Luke 6: 27. Hence (y) by irnpl. to give heed to, to obey, Matt. 10: 14. 17: 5. 18: 15. Mark 6: 11. Luke 10: 16. John 5: 24. 18: 37. Acts 3: 22, 23. 4: 19. 1 John 4: 5, 6. al. So Sept. and $5333 Gen. 3: 17. Ex. 16: 20. Deut. 11: 27."a T l. saep. ^ttjpri 2 Chr. 20: 14. Is. 48: 18. Esdr. 5: 60. ' Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 1. Aelian. V. H. 3. 16. Here be- longs the phrase, 6 l/wv ovq, tora, axov- (rarw, tvhosoever hath ears, let him hear, i. e. give heed, obey, etc. Rev. 2: 7, 11, 17, 29. 3: 6, 13, 22. 13: 9. Matt. 11: 15. 13: 9, 13. Comp. the phrases 6 !/wj> vovv Rev. 13: 18, and 6 fywv aoylav Rev. 17: 9. In the writings of John spoken of God, to heed, regard, i. e. to hear and ansu-er prayer, John 9: 31. 11: 41, 42. 1 John 5: 15. So snip Ps. 10: 17 where Sept. tiffotxovsiv. 2. to hear, i. e. to learn by hearing, to be informed, to know. a) genr. Matt. 2: 3, 22. 4: 12. 5: 21, 27. 11: 2. Mark 5: 27. 6: 14. Acts 14: 14. 15: 24. al. So Sept. and yjgaj Gen. 41: 15. 42: 2. Spoken of instruction, doctrines etc. John 8: 40. 15: 15. Acts 27 1: 4. 4: 20. Rom. 10: 14, 18. Heb. 2: 1. 1 John 2: 7, 24, coll. v. 27. Pass, to be heard of, i. e. to be reported, to be noised abroad, etc. Matt. 28 : 14. Mark 2 : 1. Luke 12:3. Acts 11: 22. 1 Cor. 5: 1. Sept. for tfS-' 2 Chr. 26: 15. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 4. " b) in a forensic sense, to hear, sc. as a judge or magistrate, to try, to examine judicially, Acts 25: 22. John 7: 51. c) in the sense of to understand, com- prehend, Mark 4: 33. John 6: 60. 1 Cor. 14: 2. Gal. 4: 21. So Sept. for y3J Gen. 11: 7. 42: 23. Aelian. V. H. 13. 45. Porphyr. de Abstin. Anirn. 3. p. 248, "Aqufitq fisv xoqaxwv uxovoi'ffiv 8s wrrwy. AL. continence, 1 Cor. 7: 5. So Matt. 23: 25 where later edit. aSixlct. Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 5 lyv i&v acpgodialwv uxgaalav. Xeii. Mem. 4. 5. 6. 'u^XpCrtf^j >C, ot/C, o, 1], adj. (a pr. and xgarog strength,) incontinent, impotens sui, 2 Tim. 3: 3. Xen. M-m. 1. 2. 12. Clem. Alex. Strom. 3. 7. ".//xpflrrop, OVy o, f), adj. (a pr. and MCQUWVUI,) unmixed, spoken of wine un- diluted, 3 Mace. 5: 2. In N. T. by im- plic. strong, fiery, intoxicating, Rev. 14: 10. So Sept. for fibrin f'n wine of wrath Jer. 25: 15. for Vn Ps.~75: 9. 'jdhtQlfttfa, ac, *i> (*?'/%) ex- actntss, preciseness, extreme accuracy. Acts 22: 3 nejiaiSevfilvog xcnu ri\v UXQI- folav rov nmQ(!tov vopov, instructed in all the exactness, the precise discipline and observance, of the traditional law. Ecclus. 42: 4 oxpi/fcJd vyov xal ora- &uwv, exactness of balance and weights. 16: 25. Wisd. 12: 1. Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2. Jos. Vit. 38. Xen. Oec. 8. 17. Aelian. V. H. 4. 3. Others, severity, rigorous discipline. 'slxpifty?, f'og, ov?y o, t], adj. (axgog, fr. x?j point,) exact, accurate, pre- cise ; axQifiitntQov as adv. more accu- rately, more perfectly, Acts 18: 26. 23: 15,20. 24: 22. See Buttm. 115. 5. In Acts 26: 5, XT ivv axoifito-tairjv cuos- ffiv, according to the most exact sect, i. e. most exact and subtile in the exposition and observance of ruv i&tav xnl TOJV in v. 3. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 1. Polyb. 15. 13. 2. Herodian. 1. 1. 2. Others severe, rigorous. \//%plj3oCO, COy f. tOO-O), (<*Xl/?lfc,) tO know or do any thirig accurately, Aquila Is. 49: 16. Herodian. 1. 15. 4. In^ N. T. to inquire accurately, assiduously, ab- sol. and trans. Matt. 2: 7, 16, i. q. (xxyipwg f^r> in v. 8. Xen. Oec. 20. 10. 'j4xpip**t) i"lv. accurately, assidu- ously, perfectly, Matt. 2 : 8. Luke 1 : 3- Acts 18: 25. 1 Thess. 5: 2. Xen. Oec. 2. 3. In the sense of circumspectly, Eph. 5: 15. Sept. for a^n, well, Deut. 19: 18. ^/*(>fV, t'doc, ?;, a /oci/5/, Matt. 3: 4. Mark 1: 6. Rev. 9: 3, 7. Sept. for n^l^ Ex. 10: 4, 12 sq. aia Is. 33: 4. Wn Lev. 11: 22. b^C^T Joel 2 : 25. pr.; Jer. 51: 14, 27. Locusts are one of the most tt-rrific scourges of oriental coun- tries; Ex. 10: 12 sq. See a full descrip- tion of them in Calmet, Am. edit. Jahn 23. IV. They are enumerated in Lev. 11: 22 among the living things which are clean, and the use of which for food was permitted to the Israelites; and they are eaten in the East to the present day. tou, TO, to hear,) Lat. auditorium, place of hearing, place of trial, Acts 25 : 23. Among the Greeks this word denoted the place where authors recited their works publicly, Arrian. Diss. Epict. 3. 23. 8 ; among the Romans it designated a place where public trials were held. jlyi^oair^Qy ov, o, (axoouofiui,) a hearer, e. g. wx^oern;? qxavTJg Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 3. In N. T. axQooniig tov vofiov, TQV Jioyov, a hearer of the law, etc. i. e. one who merely hears, but does not regard ; Rom. 2: 13. James 1: 22, 23, 25. Thuc. 2. 35 uxyoaTTjg wu8wg xal evvovg. jdxpofiuoTta, as, y, (UXQOV and /5uw to cover,) a word not found in pro- fane writers. In N. T. 1. the prepuce, foreskin. Acts 11: 3 ax(iofivo~iiav fyovifg, i. e. uncircumcised gentiles. Sept. for Sib 1 ")* Gen. 17: 11, 14. Lev. 12: 13. Judith' 14: 10. 28 2. state of uncircumcision, gentilism, paganism, comp. Acts 11: 3. a) pp. Rom. 2: 25, 26 ?} axQoftwrtkt avTov. 1 Cor. 7: 18, 19. Gal. 5: 6. 6: 15. Col. 2: 13. That this refers to the ex- ternal rite, and to the state of a gentile, is shewn by the addition of U'#o?, a corner-stone, i. e. foundation- stone, Eph. 2: 20. 1 Pet. 2: 6, coll. Is. 28: 16. So Sept. for n39 ]!3N Is. 28: 16, and M&og ywvicuog for the same, Job 38: 6. Sept. has also xscpodrj ywvlag for riSS -iHh Ps. 118: 22, coll. Matt. 21: 42, but this is the top-stone or coping. Our Lord is compared in N. T. to a foundation corner-stone, in two different points of view. First, as this stone lies at the foundation and gives support and strength to the building, so Christ, or the doctrine of a Saviour, is called axQoyoivicuog sc. kl&og, Eph. 2: 20, be- cause this doctrine is the most impor- tant feature of the Christian religion, and is the foundation of all the precepts given by the apostles and other Chris- tian teachers. Further, as the corner- stone occupies an important and hon- ourable place, Jesus is compared to it, 1 Pet. 2: 6, because God has made him distinguished, and has advanced him to a dignity and conspicuousness above all others. Barnab. Ep. c. 6. j4x^od'lviOV i LOVy to, used chief- ly in plur. uxQo&lnct, id, (axgov and &lv, a heap,) pp. the Jirst fruits sc. of the earth, which were taken from the top of the pile; Hesych. dxQo&lviov o %TJ rwv -&IVWV ' <&ivfg de ilcriv ol iaJv nvQUf xal KQt&w. Schol. ad Eu- rip. Phoen. 213. In N. T. the best of the spoils, Heb. 7: 4. The Greeks were accustomed after a battle to collect the spoils into a heap, from which an offer- ing was first made to the gods ; this was the dxgo&lvtov, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 35. Herodot. 8. 121, 122. Pind. Nem. 7. 58. Cf. Potter Gr. Ant. II. p. 108. Eisner Obs. in N. T. II. p. 348. "Idfepop, a, ov 9 (dx-i),) pointed; hence neut. TO OIXQOV as subst. a point, end, extremity, Matt. 24: 31. Mark 13: 27. Luke 16: 24. Heb. 11 : 21. So Sept. for J-lSp Deut. 4: 32. 28: 64. Is. 13: 5. Xen/Cyr. 3. 2. 1. j4xvJiCC$j GUy 6, Jlquila, pr. name of a Jew born in Pontus, a tent-maker, who, with his wife Priscilla, joined the Christian church at Rome. When the Jews were banished from that city by Claudius, Aquila and his wife retired to Corinth, and afterwards became the companions of Paul, by whom they are mentioned with much commendation. Acts 18: 2, 18, 26. Rom. 16: 3. 1 Cor. 16: 19. 2 Tim. 4: 19. j4xvpOCOi (o, f. wo-w, (a pr. and xi'^oc,) to deprive of authority, annul, ab- rogate, trans. Matt. 15: 6 tnoMjv. Mark 7: 13 loyov. Gal. 3: 17 dia&yxrjv. Sept. for :nD Prov. 1: 26. Esdr. 6: 32. Di- od. Sic. T 16. 24. >Gj adv. ( pr. and to hinder,) without hindrance, freely, Acts 28: 31. Herodian. 1. 12. 15. ib. 8.2. 1. Wisd. 7: 22 d attouoa, ccxov, (a pr. and exwv volens,) univilling, invitus, 1 Cor. 9: 17. Sept. Job 14: 17. Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 17. goVj ov, TO, (also o >l/5ccoToo?,) alabaster, a variety of gyp- sum differing from the alabaster of modern times, Herodian. 3. 1 5. 16 ; comp. Rees' Cyclop. Hence, a box or vase of alabaster for perfumes, Herodot. 3. 20. Athenaeus 6. 19. ib. 15. 13. coll.Plin.H. N. 13. 2. In N. T. a vase for perfumed ointment, made of any materials, as gold, glass, stone, etc. Matt. 26: 7. Mark 14: 3 bis. Luke 7: 37. Aelian. V. H. 12. 18. Theoc. Id. 15. 114 ZQIXTSIK aid- /SKOTOO. Etym. Mag. dJidpaorQov ffxevog il $ vilov, 7y fiv^o&^xvj. These vases often had a long narrow neck, 29 the mouth of which was sealed ; so that when the woman is said to break the vase, Mark 14: 3, we are to under- stand only the extremity of the neck, which was thus closed. Comp. Pollux Onom. 10. 11. ?/, os- tentation, boasting, and by impl. arro- gance. pride, James 4: 16. 1 John 2: 16. Theotlot. for rnJO Prov. 14: 3. Syrnmach. for nfil Job. 9: 13. Wisd. 5:8. 2 Mace. 9:8." Xen.Mem. 1.7. 1. o, (*??, cdoucu rove about,) pp. a vagabond, mountebank, comp. Passow. In N. T. a boaster. braggart, Rom. 1: 30. 2 Tim. 3: 2. Sept. for -prP Hab. 2: 5. yjT Job 28: 8. Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 4 u\u&v avi\q xal uvorpog. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 12 where Cyrus defines cda&v. j4AaAa(O, f. dcrla>la war-cry,) pp. to raise the cry of battle, Sept. for y-jr: Josh. 6: 20. Judg. 15: 14. Jos. Ant. "5. 6. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 9. Hence genr. to utter a loud cry, e. g. of rejoicing, to shout, Sept. for ^nn Ps. 47: 2. 66: 1. Judith 14: 9. fn N. T. spoken of mournful cries, to lament aloud, to wail, intrans. Mark 5: 38. So Sept. for b^n Jer. 25 : 34. 47: 2. Spoken of cymbals, to give a clattering, clanging sound ; 1 Cor. 13: 1 HVftftalw ul.ul.u^m 1 , clanging, clattering cymbal. slAceAtjio?, ov, 6, ], adj. ( pr. and Acdcw,) unutterable, not to be ex- pressed in words, Rom. 8: 26. Anthol. Gr. II. p.74ed. Jac. Cj rw y o, ?/, adj. (a pr. and dumb, Mark 7 : 37. So Sym- mach. for C^N Hab. 2: 18. In Mark 9: 17, 25, nvsvua ulai'kov, dumb spirit, is a malignant spirit dumb or silent through obstinacy, contrary to their usual char- acter, coll. Mark 1 : 24, 34. 5:7. al. hence Christ says this kind of demons are difficult to be cast out, v. 29. Pint. de defect. Orac. 51, alulov teal xaxov " jlkctQ, ajog y TO, (a form of com- mon life for a/I?, Xoc;, o,) salt. a) pp. Matt. 5: 13. Mark 9: 49, 50 bis. Luke 14: 34 bis. Sept. for nb*?. Lev.2:13. Judg. 9: 45. al. Horn. IL 9. 214 '*?. b) metaph. ivisdom andprudence, both in words and actions,Mark 9:50 ult. Col. 4: 6. Matt. 5: 13 vpslg SOTS TO A$ -ii\g yr t g y ye are the salt of the earth, i. e. ye are those who, by your instructions and influence, are to render men wiser and better ; just as salt imparts to food a more acceptable flavour. Diog. Laert. 8. 1. 19. ) f. yw, to besmear, Horn. Od. 12. 47, 177. In N. T. to anoint, trans. Matt. 6: 17. Mark 6: 13. 16: 1. Luke 7: 38, 46 bis. John 11: 2. 12: 3. James 5: 14. Sept. for hIB Ez. 13: 10, 11, 12. m? Gen. 31: 13. al. rpD 2 Sam. 12 : 20l Aelian. V. H. 3. 38. Xen. Oec. 10. 5. The Jews were ac- customed not only to anoint the head at their feasts in token of joy, but also both the head and feet of those whom they wished to distinguish by peculiar honour. In the case of sick persons, and also of the dead, they anointed the whole body. See Ps. 23: 5. 104: 15. Ecc. 9: 8. Judith 16: 8. Gen. 50: 2. John 19: 40. Lightfoot. Hor. Heb. et Tal. ad Matt. 6: 17 et Mark 6: 13. So also the Greeks and Romans; comp. Potter Gr. Ant. II. p. 385. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 444. Ttop and qpow/,) cock-crowing; pp. Ae- sop. Fab. 79, 316. In N. T. put for the third watch of the night, about equidis- tant from midnight and dawn, Mark 13: 35. See in 4>iri,axij. cf. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 333. Niceph. Greg. 9. 14. 284. C. On the form, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 229. OpOC, o, sleepless,) a cock, gallus, Matt. 26: 34, 74,75. Mark 14: 30, 68, 72 bis. Luke 22: 34, 60, 61. John 13: 38. 18: 27. Aristoph. Vesp. 1490. For the form, see Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 229. j f'&g, o, an Alex- andrine, i.e. a Jew of Alexandria, Acts 6: 9. 18: 24. Alexandria was much frequented by the Jews, so that 10,000 of them are said to have been num- bered among its inhabitants. Philo in Flacc. p. 971. C. Jos. Ant. 19. 5. 2. 30 Krebs Obs. in N. T. p. 183. Calmet art. Alexandria. Ps. 119: 86. o vojjiog aov o&y&tut for Ps. 119: 142. Neh. 9: 13. Alexandrian, spoken of a ship. Acts 27 : 6. 28:11. *j4At'av6'pog, ov y o, Alexander, pr. name, 1. of a man whose father Simon was compelled to bear the cross of Jesus, Mark 15: 21. 2. of a man who had been High Priest, Acts 4: 6. 3. of a certain Jew, Acts 19: 33 bis. 4. of a brazier or coppersmith, xtvg. ITim. 1:20. 2 Tim. 4: 14. vgov, ov, 16, (uULo/&) ahrj&tlag in speaking the truth. So "kctliiv ii}v al^uav, to speak the truth, John 16: 7. Rom. 9: 1. Eph. 4: 25. 1 Tim. 2: 7. Sept. and n7?N 2 Chr. 18: 15. 1 K. 22: 10. So In mif &dag, of a truth, as the fact or event shews, Luke 4: 25. 22:59. Acts 4: 27. 10 : 34. Sept. for CSttN Job 9: 2. Is. 37: 18. and so iuig a^dd'alg 2 Mace. 3:9. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 36. Plat Apol. Socr. 5. b) spoken of what is true in itself, purity from all error or falsehood. Mark 12: 32. Acts 26: 25. Rom. 2: 20 77 ^00- cpbxrig irfi yvwffswg xal TT? akrj&elag iv TW yo/zw, i. e. ii]g yvufftag ii]g ctkrj&wijg, the form of true knowledge in the law. 2 Cor. 7: 14 ult. 12: 6. Col. 1: 6. 2 Tim. 2: 18. 3: 7, 8. 4: 4. coll. Ecclus. 4: 28, 31. So T] aJU?#cta lov evayydiov, the truth, verity of the gospel, Gal. 2: 5, 14. So 6 \6yog rfg a^^dag, i. e. the true word, true doctrine, etc. Eph. 1: 13. Col. 1: 5. 2 Tim. 2: 15. James 1: 18. So Sept. al iviolul ffov JUj 2. truth, i.e. love of truth, both in words, conduct, etc. sincerity, veracity. Matt. 22: 16. Mark 12: 14. Luke 20: 21. John 4: 23, 24, iv nviv[iaii xal ulv)&d(*, with a sincere mind, with sincerity of heart, not with external rites, coll. Sept. and n$. lSam.12: 24. IK. 2: 4. 3: 6. John 8: 44 bis, ovx toriv alri&Eia iv avroi, i. e. he is a liar and loves not the truth. Rom. 2: 2. 3: 7. 15: 8. 1 Cor. 5: 8. 2 Cor. 7: 14 iv a^&dn. 11: 10 torw ab'j&eta X. iv ipol, i.e. as I truly, sincerely, follow Christ, Eph. 4: 24 iv offiorrjn iT/]g cthrj&slag, in true and sincere holiness, cf. Buttm. 123. n. 4. Eph. 5: 9. 6:14. ^ Phil. 1:18. 1 John 1: 6 ov noiovftsv iv\v ixkrj&tiav, we do not act in sincerity, i. q. y>Evd6fj.&a. v. 8. 2: 4. 3: 18, 19. 5: 6 TO nvsv^u ianv 7; abduct, i. e. ahrj&ivov, true, veracious. 2 John ], 3. 3 John 1. So Sept. for DE)N 2 Sam. 2: 6. Josh. 2: 6. ttSIBN. Ps. 36:5; : 2 Chr. 19: 9. Ecclus. 7:'20. v: 3. In N. T. especially, divine truth, the faith and practice of the true religion ; and called akrj&fia either as being true in itself and derived from the true God ; or as declaring the existence and will of the one true God, in opposition to the worship of false idols. Hence divine truth, gospel truth, as opposed to heathen and Jewish fables ; John 1: 14, 17. 8:32 bis, yvwffw&e ifa a^fruav. 8: 40, 45, 46. 16: 13. 17: 17 bis, 19. 18:37 bis, nag o wV ex rfg alri&dag, every one who loves di- vine truth. 18: 38. Rom. 1: 18, 25, see in 'Adtxla. 2 Cor. 4: 2. 13: 8 bis. Gal. [3: 1.] 5: 7. 2 Thess. 2: 10, 12, 13. 1 Tim. 2:4,7. 3:15. 2 Tim. 2:25. Tit. 1: 1, 14. Heb. 10: 26. James 1: 18. 3: 14. 1 Pet. 1: 22. 2 Pet. 1: 12. 2: 2. 1 John 2: 21 bis. 2 John 2, 4. 3 John 8. Hence Jesus is called r\ a>b;#a, the truth, i. e. teacher of divine truth, John 14 : 6. Esdr. 4: 33 41 7/ atf spoken of God. Act. Thorn. 26 akrj&flag. So TO nvEVfux ir^g spirit of truth, i. e. who declares or re- veals divine truth, John 14: 17. 15: 26. 16: 13. 1 John 4: 6. So ol lyvwxoTtg rrjv ctkridtiav, who know the truth, i.e. are disciples of Christ, 2 John 1. 1 Tim. 4: 3. So Heb. n$ and Sept. alri&iiu, * Aty&tVOJ 3 1 the true religion, Ps. 25: 5. 26: 3. 86: 11. see Gesen. Lex. Heb. Clem. Alex. Strom, procem. J. ib. 1. 5. Act. Thorn. 4. conduct conformed to the truth, in- tegrity, probity, virtue, a life conformed to the precepts of religion. Johu 3: 21 6 notoJv iijv cdij&siav who acts uprightly, opp. to o (jpai'/la ngdaawv in v. 20. John 8: 44 Iv T/J ukr]&tin oi'% tOTTjXfV, he did not remain in his integrity. Rom. 2: 8 et 1 Cor. 13: 6, opp. to <5ix/a. Eph. 4: 21. 1 Tim. 6: 5. James 5: 19. 3 John 3 bis, 4, 12. So Sept. and nr'lEK Ps. 119: 30. nin'33 Is. 26: 10. tin Prov. 28: 6. Fabr. 'Pseudepig. V. T. I. p. 604 oivog rov vovv omo f. fi'ffa), (cdy&ijg,) to act truly, speak the truth, be sincere. Gal. 4: 16. Eph. 4: 15. So Sept. for nK n*?.N Gen. 42: 16. Sept. Prov. 21: 3. Phi'lo de Leg. alleg. II. p. 84. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.33. slArffryz, gen. f'o? f ov? 9 o, if, adj. (a pr. and fojdw,) pp. unconcealed, open. Hence, 1. true, real, conformed to the nature and reality of things. John 8: 16. 19:35. Acts 12: 9. So Sept. for n*3N Prov. 22: 21. Wisd. 1: 6. Xen. Venat. 3. 9. John 4: 18 ToDro a>b7# tfyjjxa?, i. e. alrj&ug, Buttm. 115. 4. 1 John 2: 8. Hence also true, sc. as shewn by the result or event, John 10: 41. Tit. 1: 13. 2 Pet. 2: 22. Hence credible, not to be rejected, as ^aQTvgla, John 5: 31, 32. 8: 13, 14, 17. 21: 24. 3 John 12. X u^q 1 Pet. 5: 12. a teacher, 2 Cor. 6: 8. 1 John 2: 27. So Sept. for n7?. Dan. 8: 26. 11D3 Gen. 41: 32. Job 4^ 7, 8. Joe. Ant" 4. 8. 15. 2. true, i. e. loving truth, sincere, vera- cious. Matt. 22: 16. Mark 12: 14. John 3: 33. 8: 26. Rom. 3: 4. Herodian. 1. 7.5. 3. true, sc. in conduct, sincere, upright, honest, just, John 7: 18. So Phil. 4: 8, whi ch others refer to no. 1. So Sept. in Cod. Alex, for nTJfi* 2 Chr. 31 : 20. p^TX Is. 41: 26. 'jtAyfrlVOG, rf, OV } (alii&w.] 1. true, conformed to truth, John 4: 37. 19: 35. In the sense of real, unfeigned, not fictitious, John 17: 3 povog v &10?, the only true God, not feigned like idols. IThess. 1:9. Uohn 5:20 ter. Rev. 3: 7. So Sept. for }& irfb Is. 65: 16. DBS Tlbtf 2 Chr. 15: T 3. "Spoken of wliat is true in itself, genuine, real, opp. to that which is false, pretended, etc. John 1: 9. 4: 23. 1 John 2: 8. So o upjidos John 15 : 1, coll. Jer. 2: 21. Zech. 8: 3, where Sept. for ntttf. So UQTOS an ovgavov John 6: 32, of which the manna was the type. So oxipt} aliftmi Heb. 8:2, i. e. the heav- enly temple, after the model of which the Jews regarded that of Jerusalem as built. Cf. Wisd. 9: 8. Ecclus. 24: 8 12. also 6 vaog 6 uyioq in heaven, Test. XII. Pair, in Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. 1. p. 550. So. T ulr)&ivct ay IK Heb. 9: 24 in the same sense, as opposed to the earthly copy ; cf. Rev. 11: 19. 15: 5. Luke 16: 11 TO aliy&ivov, real, genuine good, as opp. to the goods of this world. Aelian. V. H. 2. 3. 2. true, i. e. loving truth, veracious^ and hence worthy of credit, John 7: 28. Rev. 3: 14. 19: 9, 11. 21: 5. 22: 6. Sept. for n7?N Prov. 12: 20. 3. true, i. e. sincere, upright, e. g. xap dla, Heb. 10: 22, coll. Is/38: 3 where Sept. for Bbx ; and so Sept. for TiT Job 2: 3. 8:"(I p Job 27: 17. Spok- en of a judge or judgment, upright, just, Rev. 6: 10. 15:3. 16:7. 19:2/SoSept. for J-T^BN Is. 25: 1. 59: 4. tb'IJ Deut. 25: 15'. pSs Ezra 9: 15. Esilr'. 8: 89. Song of 3 Childr. 7. sltyfrco, f. yew, (a later form for aUw, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 151,) to grind, sc. with a hand-mill, Matt. 24: 41. Luke 17: 35. Sept. for ]nt3 Judg. 16 : 21. Ecc. 12: 3. Diod. Sic. 3. 13. The grinding in the east is mostly done by female slaves; see Jahn 138, 139. Calmet art. Corn. adv. (aty&riq,} truly, really, i. e. in truth, in very deed, certainly. Matt. 14: 33. 26: 73. 27: 54. Mark 14: 70. 15: 39. John 1: 48. 4: 18, 42. 6: 14, 55 bis. 7: 26 bis, 40. 8: 31. 17: 8. Acts 12: 11. 1 Thess. 2: 33. 1 John 2: 5. So aA^ol? teyeiv, to speak with cer- tainly, assuredly, Luke 9: 27. 12: 44. 32 21: 3. Sept. for fN Jer. 28: 6. Gen. 20: 12. Herodian. 8. 3. 21. 26, 27. Kuinoel in loc. Hesych. ah- o, (alg sea, marine,) a fisher, Jisherman. Matt. 4: 18, 19. Mark 1: 16, 17. Sept. for ^ Jer. 16: 16. tt-j Ez. 47: 11. XenVOec. 16. 7. The apostles were mettip}} .fishers of men, because they brought men to be- come followers of Christ ; comp. -#17- Qfvtiv ydovds, xavjfrjua, etc. Sept. Jer. 51: 41. Ecclus. 27: 19. and Lat. venari, Hor. Ep. 1. 19. 37. See Loesner Obs. in N. T. p. 8. slAifuco, f. si'ffo), (ahsvg,) to Jish, absol. John 21: 3. Sept. for 51? Jer. 16: 16. ' O) f. /crw, (A salt,) to sprinkle with salt, to preserve by salting. Pass. Mark 9: 49 &vo~la nava all ahff&ijcrziai, every victim offered to God is to be sprinkled with salt ; cornp. Lev. 2 : 13, where Sept. for nbtt. Matt. 5: 13 iv ilvi aho-O-ijo-eiai, spoken of salt which has become insipid, how can it be itself preserved or recovered 1 } Hence metaph. Mark 9: 49 nac yag nvgl ukiff&rjffErai for every one shall be seasoned, tried, with Jire, i. e. the wicked with eternal fire (v. 47, 48) ; while every Christian shall be tried, perfected, by suffering, so as to become acceptable in the sight of God ; just as every victim is prepared for sac- rifice by being sprinkled with salt. On this loc. vexatiss. see Kuinoel and Ols- hausen. TO, to defile, not found in profane writers, but in Sept for Vjja Dan. 1: 8. Mai. 1: 7, 12. and Ecclus."4b: 29. prob. fr. aUa to roll about,) in N. T. deJUement, pol- lution, abomination, spoken of meat sac-- rificed to idols, Acts 15: 20, coll. v. 29 where it is dScalo&vxa. The apostle here refers to the customs of heathen nations ; among whom, after a sacrifice had been completed, and a portion of the victim given to the priests, the re- maining part was either exposed by the owner for sale in the market, or be- came the occasion of a banquet, either in the temple or at his own house ; see Schoettgen. Hor. Heb. in loc. et ad 1 Cor. c. 8. Horn. Od. 3. 470. ib. 13. y an adversative particle fr. , neut. plur. a'AAct, and hence indi- cating a reference to something else. It serves therefore to mark opposition or antithesis, and transition. It is less fre- quent in Sept. than in N. T. as there is no . corresponding particle in Hebrew. In N. T. it signifies but, in various modifications, viz. 1. but, as denoting antithesis or tran- sition. a) in direct antith. after the neg. part, ov, (uy. Matt. 4: 4 oi>x In WOTM [i6vUa x^^o-STat '/waj^?. 13:3. Rom. 3: 31. ju^ ysvono' aHa vopov lo~iujfj,sv. Luke 13: 5. 18: 13. John 7: 12. Acts 16: 37. 19: 2 ol 81 dnov ngog avTov ' [ov%i ] aAX* ovds x. T. L Rom. 3: 27. 7: 7. et passim. So in the beginning of a clause which asserts the contrary of what precedes, Luke 14: 10, 13. Acts 2: 16. 1 Cor. 12: 22. 1 Pet. 2: 20. Sept. for 75^ Job 32: 8. So aA/t 5 ov, a/U' ov%l, interroga- tively, ?io7i potius ? not rather ? Luke 17: 8. Heb. 3: 36. c) often and chiefly used where the discourse or train of thought is broken off or partially interrupted ; comp. Wi- ner 57. 4. E. g. () by an objection, Rom. 10: 18, 19. 1 Cor. 15: 35. Sept. for Dbltfl Job 11: 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 9. fiyr.'l. 3. 11. ib. 1. 6. 9. (/3) by a correction or limitation of what precedes. Mark 14: 36 nagevsyxs TO norrjgiov an f^iov rovro ' aM ov xL /co -foiw. v. 49 aMia [TOVTO fyevsro] 'iva nhigw&wffLV al ygatfal. John 11: 11, 15, 22. Rom. 11:4. 1 Cor. 8: 7. Phil. 2: 27. et passim. Sept. for ^5M Ezra 10: 13. 33 (y] by some phrase modifying or ex- plaining what precedes ; especially after utv, yu$, 8i. Matt. 24: 6 dtl yag, naviu ytviv&cu ' ak OVTIM ivil TO Tfc'Ao^. Mark 9: ]3 '//I/a? (itv tk&wv KQUTOV, utnoxa- '9-ifftii TiavTct ' M, As'/w vfuv. John 16: 20 vutig ds Ivjrqmf&tj aM t) Ivnij vuuv tig xagoiv ywijaerat. John 11: 30. 12: 42. Luke 21: 9. Acts 5: 13. 1 Cor. 4: 4. 7: 7. 14: 17. saep. Not un fre- quently uiv is omitted, John 3: 8. 8: 37. 16: 33. Rom. 10: 2. 1 Cor. 3: 6. 6: 12. 2 Cor. 4: 8, 9. et passim. So Sept. 1 Sam. 15: 30. 29: 9. (8) by an interrogation; as Matt. 11: 8, 9, rl |7J>l#fTS fig TI)V igypov &tava- / xodauov x. T. A. uU.vt il |]i- idtlv ; av&Qwnov x. T. A. >U T/ Iduv / Luke 7: 25. Cf. Kypke Obs. I. p. 59. () by a phrase of incitement, urging, etc. where it is followed by an imperat. Acts 10: 20 (joUa avaaTag xuTii> t tfi xa TioQtvov crvv avroii;, but arise now and go down and go with them. 26:16. Matt. 9: 18. Mark 9: 22. 16: 7. Luke 22: 36. So Sept. Job. 12: 7. 36: 21. 40: 15. 1 Mace. 10: 56. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. ia ib. 2. 2. 4. ib. 5. 5. 24. Cf. Palairet Obs. in N.T. p. 128,298. Krebs Obs. p. 208. d) /./. is employed to mark a tran- sition to something else, without direct antithesis, e. g. Mark 14: 28 a>Ua /UTU TO tytQ&ijvai ftf, 7T0oa(M vpug tig ii\v raldaiav. John 16 : 7. Acts 20: 24. 1 Cor. 8: 6. 9: 12. 10: 5. 2 Cor. 1: 9. et saep. So Sept. Is. 43: 17. Job. 36: 10. So after an interrogation implying a negative. John 7: 48 urj rig In ^uv WO^OVTWV enlo~[fi'ff(v elg airtov / aAX* o o%log ovTog x. T. JL. Rom. 8: 35 37. 1 Cor. 10: 20. Sept. Job 14: 4. 2. but, i. e. as continuative, but now, but indeed, but further, moreover. a) genr. as marking a transition in the progress of discourse. Mark 13 : 24. Luke 6: 27. 11 : 42. John 6 : 36, 64. Rom. 10: 16. Gal. 2: 14. Eph. 5: 24. Rev. 10: 7. et passim. Sept. for *$ 1 Sam. 16: 6 ; Jos. Ant. 5. 10. 4. -I Hence aM' ct, but if, but if indeed, 1 Cor. 7: 21. 1 Pet. 3: 14. So U' ov, neither, but neither, John 10: 8. Gal. 2: 3. Sept. Job 32: 21. 5 b) emphatically, where there is a gra- dation in the sense, but stilt more, yea, even, and with a neg. nay, not even. Luke 23: 15 oi'dtv floor iv TW av&Qtonw AA' ovde V/ooi^^c. John 16: 2 otno- ffwaywyovg noii'jO'ovo'iv Vfjcig ' AA co X^iai, oioa x. T. L Luke 12: 7. 16: 21. 2 Cor. 7: 11. Phil. 3:8 aJUUi ph ovv teal, yea indeed and therefore I count, etc. 3. yet, nevertheless, at least, yet as- suredly, in an apodosis after the condi- tional particles ct, cav, etc. Rorn. 6: 5 d (rvfttpvrot yr/6vantv TO} ouoiwucm, rov -frctvarov UVTOV, AA xt rijc ttvaarafftwg (ffout&a, yet assuredly also. 1 Cor. 4: 15. 9 : 2 ft aUotg otx flul anocnoloq, oUa / i'ftlv flfu. Mark 14: 29. 2 Cor. 5: 16. 11: 6. Col. 2: 5. 1 Mace. 2: 20. Lu- cian. Pise. 24. Aelian. H. An. 11. 31. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 14. cf. Kypke Obs. II. 197. Sometimes the protasis must be supplied ; e. g. Acts 15: 11 >Ua TT*- (TTfi-OiUfv a(a&t)vai, \. e. [although we observe the law only in part] yet we hope to be saved even as they. Rom. 5 : 14 [although sin is not imputed where there is no law,] nevertheless, death reigned, etc. 4. coU' *J, after a negative, other than, except, unless, (pp. i. q. TO U %,) Mark 9: 8 oi'xtii ol'Ssva fldov, M [^] TOV 5 Irpovv nnim. 1 Cor. 3: 5 ilq ow l Ilavlog, tig ds 'AnoMwg, uti 7; ^taxovot. Luke 12: 51. 2 Cor. 1: 13. So Sept. uU' 7; for DrN. Num. 13: 28. 23: 13. "nb IT Deut. 4:" 12. ba Dan. 10: 7, 21. 2'fchr. 19: 3. BN 2 Chr. 18: 30. 21: 17. 1 Mace. 9: 6, 9. Xen. Anab. 7. 7. 53. Cf. Herm. ad Viger. p. 812. AL. f. 'w g,) to change, trans. a) pp. to change, sc. the form or na- ture of a thing, to transform, e. g. ir\v cpwvijv, the voice or tone, Gal. 4: 20. So to change for the better, Pass. 1 Cor. 15: 51, 52. Sept. for ^Srt Jer. 13: 23. Wisd. 12: 10. or for the worse, to cor- rupt, cause to decay, e. g. ol ovqctvol Heb. 1: 12, i. e. the heavens shall grow old, lose their splendour, decay ; cf. Ps. 102: 27, where Sept. for p]bn, coll. Is. 51: 6. Wisd. 4: 11. So U ia #77, to change the customs, i. e. do them away, Acts 6: 14. So Sept. for Chald. NS'IJri 34 Ezra 6: 11,12. Diod.Sic. 1. 73. Lucian. Dial. Deor. 4. 2. b) to change, sc. one thing for another, to exchange. Rom. 1: 23 ijtta$av ir\v oo^ctv vfou sv OUOKOIIKI i , they changed the glory of God for an image, i. e. set up an image in place of the true God. So Sept. uMaiffu iv, for -p&ri Ps. 106: 20. aU. c. dat. for -pn Lev! 27: 10, 33. of garments, for P^fi Gen. 41: 14. 2 Sam. 12: 20. adv. from another place, aliunde, John 10: 1. Sept. Esth. 4: 14. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 21. Aelian. V. H. 6.2. y co 3 f. t'jo-oj, (a/Uo? vw,) to allegorize, speak in an al- legory. Gal. 4: 24 ajtva icrnv odJUjyogov- /uwa, which things are said allegorically, in a mystical sense. Jos. Ant. prooem. 4. Porphyr. Vit. Pythag. p. 185. Clem. Alex. Protr. 11 ocpig otMriyogsixai rfiovy ml '/ao-Tsyet fQnovau. id. Strom. 5. 11. Not found in Sept. The Jews of the age of our Saviour, as also many of the later fathers, supposed that all the nar- rations of the O. T. were susceptible of an allegorical interpretation. Alleluia, Heb. ^1" ibbrt, Hallelujah, praise ye Jehovah. Rev. 19: 1, 3, 4, 6. Cf. Ps. 104: 35. Tob. 13: 18. Vy Gen. Plur. of a recipr. pronoun ; Dat. oig, aig, oig ; Accus. ovg, ag, a ; each other, one another. Matt. 24: 10. John 15: 12, 17. et saepiss. Buttm. 74. 4. Xen. Oec. 8. 13. AL. AMoytvr)?, fog, o, f], adj. (aU.og and ytvog,) of another race, or nation, i. e. not a Jew, Luke 17: 18, coll. v. 16. Sept. for -IT Job 15:] 9. Ex. 29: 33. ^3-73 Ex. 12: 43. Is. 56: 3, 6. f. cUofyat, aor. 1 /Aa- pp> (Buttm. p. 266), to leap, jump, spring, intrans. Acts 3: 8. 14: 10. JSept. for iVp Job 6: 10. rib* 1 Sam. 10: 10. Wisd'. 5: 21. Xen. Anab. 5. 9. 5. Spoken of a fountain, John 4: 14. So Lat. salio, Virg. Eel. 5. 47. , o, other, not the same. a) without the article, other, another, some other. () simply, Matt. 2: 12 dt a'JUijS odov. 13:33. 26:71. 27:42. Gal. 1: 7. et saepiss. another, sc. of the same kind, Mark 7: 4, 8. John 21: 25. an- other besides, Matt. 25: 16, 17. Mark 12: 32. 15: 41. John 6: 22. 14: 16 txttov nagatdrjTov. al. saep. So as marking succession, i. e. in the second or third place, Mark 12: 4, 5. Rev. 12: 3. 13: 11. John 20: 30 noMa fisv oi'v xul '>Ua ; i. e. not only these, but also others ; for this itai see Herm. ad, Viger. p. 838. Sept. chiefly for ^hN, as Gen. 41: 3. Num. 23: 13. 1 K. 13:" 10 __ Herodian 8. 5. 13. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 15. (/?j dis- tributively, when repeated or joined with other pronouns; e.g. oviog ccUog,this that, one another, Matt. 8 : 9. ol fisv w'Uot ds, some, others, Matt. 16: 14. Mot w'AAot, some others, Matt. 13:58. Mark 4: 7, 8. 6:15. 8:28. 1 Cor. 12: 8, 9, 10. So Acts 2: 12 aUog n$og uttov, one to another. Acts 19: 32 et 21: 34 Hot [ABV ovv aM.o TL exQot^ov, some cried one thing, and some, another. Xen. Anab. 2. 1. 15. Wisd. 18: 18 attog b) with the article, o uttog, etc. the other. Matt. 5 : 39. 10 : 23. 12 : 13. John 18: 15, 16. et passim. Rev. 17: 10 6 Moc, the other, the remaining one. So ol vtMoi, the others, the rest, ceteri, 1 Cor. 14: 29. John 21: 8. al. saep __ Xen.Cyr. 3. 3. 4. Cf. Buttm. 127. 5. AL. onov > o, ?, Infoxonog,) found only in N. T. 1 Pet. 4: 15, where it is spoken of one who suffers, not o> XQunictvog, but as aAAoT^tW Inlaxonog, i. e. either an in- spector of foreign or strange things, a di- rector of heathenism, etc. or else one who busies himself with what does not concern him, a busy-body, in the sense of seditious, factious. So attojgiOTiQaysw, Passow. AhAoTgioQ; IcCj toVy (iiM.og,) ali- en, not one's own. a) pp. another's, belonging to another, different, Luke 16: 12. John 10: 5 bis, where it may be rendered unknown, as in Ecclus. 8: 18. Rom. 14: 4. 15: 20. 2 Cor. 10: 15, 16. 1 Tim. 5: 22. Heb. 9: 25. Sept. for -T Prov. 7: 5. Ps. 109: 10. -)nK Hos. 8 T : 12. 1 Mace. 15: 35 33. Herodian. 5. 7. 4. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.39. b) strange, foreign, not one's own; e. g. y?} Acts 7:6. Heb.ll:9. So Sept. for ^-D 3 Ex. 2: 22. 18:3. -tfis Deut. 31: 18, 21' Wisd. 19 : 15. Ecclus. 1.1 : 34. Spoken of persons who do not belong to one's own family, strangers, Matt. 17: 25, 26. So Sept. for pHN Ps. 49: 11. c) by impl. hostile, an enemy, in N. T. with the idea of impiety, i. e. heathen enemy, gentile, Heb. 11: 34. So Sept. for -IT Ps. 54: 3. '-p: 1 K. 8: 41. Ezra 10: 2. Comp. Ecclus. 21: 25. 29: 21. 1 Mace. 1: 38. Diod. Sic. 18. 23. Xen. Anab. 3. 5. 5. j ov y o, ?i, adj. (ot' and qpv^Tj or yvlov,} of another race or nation, i. e. not a Jew, Acts 10: 28. Sept. for -iDD ]5 Is. 61 : 5. ->-O3 Is. 2: 6. tn, Syria, 2 K. 8: 28. 2 Mace. 10: 2, 5."jos. Ant. 1. 21. 1. ib. 4. 8. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 35. Thuc. 1. 102. , adv. otherwise. 1 Tim. 5: 25 TOE uJUcoj e/ovra sc. tip/a, which are otherwise, i.e. ou xaAa /. Sept. Job 11:12. Esth. 1:19. 9:27. Dem. 14G6.5. jdAoaco, o) y f.i(rw, to drive round in a circle, especially oxen etc. upon grain, in order to thresh it, to thresh with oxen etc. trituro, absol. 1 Cor. 9: 9,10. 1 Tim. 5: 18. Sept. forum Is. 41: 15. '^- Deut. 25: 4. rp 1 ? Jer. 51: 53. Xen". Oec. 18. 2,3,4. See Calmet art. Thresh- ing. Jahn 64. jlhoyoQy ovy o, i], adj. (a pr. and Jioyog,) -without reason, i. e. a) irrational, brute. 2 Pet. 2: 12. Jude 10 aioya 7ioTf 00$ w, that I may be less sorrowful. Xen. Hiero 9. 9. , i (pp. ttAw/v fr. a pr. and Ivw, Greg. Cor. p. 523,) a bond, a chain. a) pp. Rev. 20 : J. Acts 21: 33. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 5. Xen. Eq. 10. 9. Spoken espec. of chains for the hands or feet, manades, shackles, Mark 5: 3, 4 bis. Luke 8: 29. Acts 12: (J, 7. b) trop. bonds, imprisonment, state of custody, Eph. 6:20. 2 Tim. 1: 16. prob. Acts 28: 20. Trop. Wisd. 17: 17. g, eoc, 6, ^, adj. ( pr. and Ivo-mlr)?,) pp. yielding no gain, unprojilable ; hence by impl. hurtful, de- structive, Heb. 13: 17. Xen. de Vect. 4. 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 35. T]Cy r/, vulg. aloe, excoecaria agallochon Linn, the name of a tree which grows in India and the Moluccas, the wood of which is highly aromatic. It is used by the Orientals as a perfume ; and was employed by the Egyptians for the pur- poses of embalming. The most valu- able species are the calambac and garo. iog, aiov, o, Mpheus, pr. name of two men in N. T. 1. of the father of James the less, Matt. 10: 3. Mark 3: 18. Luke 6: 15. Acts 1: 13 ; and husband of Mary the sister of our Lord's mother, Mark 15: 40, coll. John 19: 25 where he is called KJLw- TT, and comp. Matt. 27: 56. Luke 24: 10. From these passages it appears that the mother of James was the sister of Jesus' mother, and wife of Alpheus or Clopas ; these two names being different modes of pronouncing the Heb. name "^n, which Matt, and Mark give without the aspirate, 'Alycuo?, as Sept. 'Ay/aiog for ^n Hag. 1: 1 ; while John exchanges the n for the Greek X, as Sept. in g>ttf. 5: 10. Rom. 3: 12 nuvitg H*ivd.ivaV) aua JixQSHvfrrjvav, they are altogether be- come unprojitable, coll. Ps. 14: 3 where Sept. for r7h'; and so Gen. 13: 6. 22: 6. al. b) as prep, with, together with, c. dat. Matt. 13: 29 p/Troze apa aimolg lxptai- OTfTB TOV ffirov. So Sept. for *irp Deut. 33: 5. T-7h: Jer 31: 24. Jos.'Ant. 5. 7.4 aua yvvat$l xal TKXVOI$. ib. 4. 7. 1. Matt. 20: 1 gfil&sv aua nQait, with the daivn. Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 5 aua HO. So aua TJ) ripiqa Mic. 2: 1. 1 Mace. 4: 6. Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 5. aua TM 7;yt/o> Neh. 7: 3. Cf. Kypke Obs. I. p. 98*. 'jffia&'fa f'o?, o, 7], adj. (a pr. and Hav&uva,) unlearned, uninstructed, 2 Pet. 3: 16. Aelian. V. H. 2. 8. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 49. Cy ov, 6, 7;, adj. ( pr. and (jotQaivofiou,) unfading ; hence, enduring, 1 Pet. 5: 4. Philostr. Heroic. 19. s, ov, o, 77, adj. (i. q. ,) unfading; hence, endur- ing, 1 Pet. 1: 4. Wisd. 6: 12. f. a^apTiJorw (Buttm. 1 12. 13), aor. 1 ^IKQTI^K, aor. 2 '^a^iov. The forms uuctQTrjo-o) and ^uQT^aa be- long to the later Greek ; the earlier form was u^iaQT^ffopai etc. Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 732. Buttm. 113. n. 7. 114.^^- TaVo) is i>p. to miss, err from, sc. a mark, the way, etc. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 11. Horn. II. 8. 311. Hence in N. T. metaph. 1. to err, to swerve from the truth, go wrong, absol. 1 Cor. 15: 34 xt p/ ufinQ- tureTs, i. e. beware lest ye be drawn into errors, sc. of faith, of which the apostle is speaking. Tit. 3: 11. Jos. B. J. 4. 4. 3 ovx uv apaQTolui einwv, I should not be wrong in saying. Ant. 3. 7. 6, 7. 2. to err in action, in respect to a pre- scribed law, i.e. to commit errors, to do wrong, to sin. a) genr. to sin, spoken of any sin, absol. Matt. 27: 4. John 5: 14. 8:11. 9: 2, 3. Rom. 2: 12 bis. 3: 23. 5: 12, 14, 16. 6: 15. 1 Cor. 7: 28 bis, 36. Eph. 4: 26. 1 Tim. 5: 20. Heb. 3: 17. 10: 26. 1 Pet. 2: 20. 2 Pet. 2: 4. 1 John 1: 10. 2: 1 bis. 3: 6 bis, 8, 9. 5: 16, 18. So Sept. for Kt:n Ex. 9: 28, 35. al. saep. So u^dQT(xvsiv auaQTiav, to sin a sin, 1 John 5: 16, Buttm. 131. 3. So Sept. for LDh Ntth Lev. 4: 14, 23, 28. Ex. 32: b) seq. fig, c. ace. to sin against any one, to offend, to wrong; Matt.18: 15,21. Luke 15: 18, 21. 17: 3, 4. Acts 25: 8. 1 Cor. 6: 18. 8: 12 bis. So Sept. for b Nt2fi Gen. 20: 6, 9. 43: 9. 1 Sam. 2: 25. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 21. ivwmov iivog, from the Heb. to do evil in the sight of any one, i. e. to sin against, to wrong, as above. Luke 15: 21. So Sept. for ir KCH 1 Sam. 7: 6. 12:23. and so WOCVTIV. iv- UVT'IOV TWO? Deut. 1: 41. 20: 18. Gen. 39: 9. iivl 1 Sam. 14: 33, 34. Susan. 23 IVUTILOV 1013 XVQtOV. ),) pp. a mistake, miss, Polyb. 34. 3. 11. Thuc. 4. 89. In N. T. metaph. an error, sin, transgression. Mark 3: 28, and v. 29 in Mss. 4: 12. Rorn. 3: 25. 1 Cor. 37 6: 18. Sept. for nNtSrt Gen. 31: 36. al. saep. "py Ex. 28: 38. af. SKL'D Is. 58: 1. al. saep. Wisd. 2: 12. 17: 3.' Jos. Ant. 3.8.10. B. J. 4. 5. 5. a, a?, , upctQivw, pp. miss, failure, etc. In N. T. metaph. 1. aberration from the truth, error ; John 8: 46 tig &// /us nsgl auaoilctg ; where it is opp. to 1} ArJ#a. John 16: 8, 9. Thuc. 1. 32. 2. sin, i. e. aberration from a pre- scribed law or rule of duty, either in general or spoken of particular sins, etc. a) genr. Matt. 3: 6. 9: 2, 5, 6. Mark 1: 4, 5. 1 Cor. 15: 3. Heb. 4: 15. al. saep. Sept. for DNISft Gen. 18: 20. al. saepiss. "py Gen. 15: 16. al. 3KZJB Is. 53: 5. John 9': 34 iv auoiQilag av tyiwyfhis oJiog, thou art wholly born in sin, i.e. art a sinner from the womb ; cf. Ps. 51: 7. 58: 4. Is. 48: 8, and for the opp. Wisd. 8: 19, 20. Ecclus. 44: 10 sq. So noit lv apagilav, to commit sin, 2 Cor. 11:7. 1 Pet. 2: 22. 1 John 3: 9. al. and in the same sense, (Q/a^fff&ai ufiagitav, J ames 2: 9, col!. Ecclus. 27: 10; and also ctfiugiuvfiv t'fiittnuui; to sin a sin, com- mit any sin, 1 John 5: 16 ; see in 'ApctQ- tavu 2. a. In the gen. after another noun, ((UKnitx often supplies the place of an adject, sinful, wicked, impious, see Stuart 440. Buttm. 123. n. 4. e. g. 2 Thess. 2: 3 6 UV&QWJIOS TT)$ ununrlag, that impious man. Rom. 7: 5 na&i'mttia IMV apctQilMv, sinful passions, al. El- liptically, ntyl afActQilag for &v yvov- Ta u^LUQiiuv VTIBQ T/^uwy auayilav inoL- i)(T(v, for apu()i(o)ibv tnofyffev, i. e. has treated as if he were a sinner. Heb. 12: 4 irjv apuQilav, collect, for the adver- saries of religion. d) by melon, the practice of sinning, habit of sin, Rom. 3:9. 5 : 12, 20, 21. Gal. 3: 22. al. Wisd. 25:27 anb ywai- e) by melon, proneness to sin, sinful desire or propensity, John 8: 34. Rom. 6: 1, 2, 6, 12, 14. 7: 817. al. Heb. 3: 13 email] Tijt; a^aQjlag, i. e. the deceil- fulness of our sinful propensities, etc. 3. from the Heb. the imputation or consequences of sin, the guilt and punish- ment of sin ; as in the phrase atysiv ir t v txfxtQriav, etc. to take away or bear sin, i. r. the imputation of it, John 1:29. 1 John 3: 5. coll. Rom. 11: 27. Heb. 9: 26. 10: 11. 1 Pet. 2: 24. So cuflrjpi iag it^aoTiag and aysai? ttav apuQnwv, to remit sin or the remission of sins, i. e. the punishment of sins, Matt. 9 : 2, 5, 6. 26: 28. Luke 7: 47, 48, 49. John 20: 23. Heb. 10: 4. et saep. John 9: 41 //" T*O vp&v jueVf *, i. e. your guilt and ex- posure to punishment remain. So */./! {\imn\im\ to have sin, i. e. to be guilty and liable to punishment, John 9: 41. 15:22,24. 1 John 1: 8. al. 1 Cor. 15: 17 tn &TTS iv ictis aftctQiiag v^wv,ye are yet in your sins, i. e. are still under the guilt and exposed to the punish- ment of your sins. Heb. 9: 28 x*(>i$ t\ii(((>iii(~\ without sin, i. e. he shall ap- pear the second time not el? afrsiyair upaoiiag, not for the putting away of the consequences of sin, as is said in v. 26. So Sept. and Nt3h Lev. 22: 9. Num. 9: 13. Lam. 3: 39.'* " nEh Zech. 14: 19. Prov. 10: 16. Ez. 3: 20l -p? Is. 5: 18. 53: 6, 11. AL. '^uapn/pOC, ov, o, fi, adj. (a pr. and juaoTi'^s'tu,) without testimony, unwit- nessed. Acts 14: 17. Jos. Ant. 14. 7. 2. Thuc. 2. 41. ov, o, 7;, adj. . v.) pp. erring from the way or mark. In N. T. metaph. as adject. and subst. 1. as adj. erring from the divine law, sinful, wicked, impious. a) genr. Mark 8: 38 iv ty ytvta in jUOfAt<5t xal W^UM^TOJAW. So avyy v. av- ^wTTo? ( uorw/ldc, a sinful man, a sin- ner, Luke 5: 8. 19:7. 24:7. John 9: 38 16, 24. So ywr} a/m^TwAo? Luke 7: 37, 39. Sept. for Kfch Num. 32: 14. Nttn Is. 1: 4. Ecclus* 27: 31. Luke 13:' 2 w^aa^TwAot ua^a ndvTctg,more wicked than all others etc. 18: 13. Rom. 3: 7. 5: 8. Gal. 2: 17. James 4: 8 o^ia^wloL, ye sinful ! b) obnoxious to the consequences of sin, '/fy and exposed to punishment, see a no. 3. Rom. 5: 19 apaQTwlol ol noMoi, many became exposed to the punishment of sin. 7: 13. Gal. 2: 15. Jude 15 upugTwhol acrtfol?, i.e. ungodly persons deserving of punish- ment. 2. as subst. a sinner, transgressor, impious person. a) genr. Matt. 9: 10, 11, 13. 11: 19. Mark 2: 15, 36 bis, 17. Luke 5: 30, 32. 6: 32, 33, 34. 7: 34. 15: 1, 2, 7, 10. John 9: 25, 31. 1 Tim. 1: 9,15. Heb. 7: 26. 12: 3. James 5: 20. 1 Pet. 4: 18. Sept. for gen. hNfch Am. 9: 8. Ktth Ps. 1: 1, 5. Is. 13: T 9~ 3>'in Ps. 37: 12~ 20. Ez. 33: 8, 11, 19. b) in the language of the Jews, e^uce^TwAo/, sinners, despisers of God, is put for foreign nations, i. e. Gentiles, heathen, pagans, roe s'^yj/, Matt. 26: 45. Mark 14: 41, compared with Luke 18: 32. Matt. 20: 19. Mark 10: 33. So Sept. and 3?lb"} Is. 14: 5. and 1 Mace. 2: 44, coll. v. 4'0, 48. Tob. 13: 6, coll. Wisd. 17: 2. Psalt. Salom. 2: 1 w^a^TwAoj' i. q. e&vr) aAAor^ta, Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 918. y o?, ov y 6, 77, adj. (a pr. and . not disposed to fight, Xen.Cyr. 4. 1. 16. In N. T. metaph. not conten- tious, not quarrelsome, 1 Tim. 3: 3. Tit. 3: 2. So afjLuxws, Ecclus. 19: 5. ed. Complut. be an antidote against drunkenness, whence its name. co, 01, f. Tjo-w, ()/,) to collect, gather ; pp. Horn. II. 24. 451. In N. T. to reap, to harvest, James 5 : 4, where comp. Lev. 19: 13. Deut. 24: 14, 15. Sept. for ^p r Lev. 25: 11. Deut. 24: 19. Hesych.'a/iTJtrat tfeglcrou. g, ov, 6, (a pr. and {}&,) amethyst, a gem of a deep pur- ple or violet colour, Rev. 21: 20. Sept. for !"JbnN Ex. 28: 19. See Rees' Cy- clop. 1" he amethyst was supposed to G), co, f. 7;, ( pr. arid /u&,) not to care for, to neglect, absol. Matt. 22: 5. 2 Pet. 1: 12. c. c. gen. 1 Tim. 4: 14. Heb. 2:3. 8 : 9. see Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Sept. Jer. 4 : 17. 31: 32. Wisd. 3: 10. 2 Mace. 4: 14. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 24. g, ov, 6, ?;, adj. ( pr. act. making no complaint, satisfied, Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 52. In N. T. pass, blameless, faultless, Luke 1 : 6. Phil. 2: 15. 3: 6. 1 Thess. 3: 13. Heb. 8: 7. Sept. for ^3 Job 11: 4. Dn Job 1: 1, 8. E^ri Gen. 17: 1. Diod. Sic. 17. 4. Xen. Cfyr. 5. 5. 32. 'sljUffiTiTCoc, adv. (afieprtTog,) blamelessly, faultlessly, 1 Thess. 2: 10. 5: 23. Apoc. Esth. 13: 3. Herodian 6. 1.2. ib. 6. 9. 5. , ov, o, j, adj. ( pr . and niqiuva,} without care, void of anxie- ty, 1 Cor. 7: 32. Matt. 28: 14. Wisd. 6: 15. 7: 23. Herodian. 2. 4. 3. g, ov, o, v, adj. ( pr. and fisTaTl&i][u,) immoveable, i. e. immu- table, sure, Heb. 6: 17, 18. 3 Mace. 5: 1, 12. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13. Diod. Sic. 1. 23. ib. 16. 82. oi>, 6, 7;, adj. ( pr. and jurraxireo),) immoveable, unmoved, firm, 1 Cor. 15: 58 __ Dion. Halic. 8.74. SJjiifTajLifAijTogj ov, o, i], aclj. ( pr. and ^Tuui).o^ittL poenitet me,) not to be repented of, and hence unchangeable, immutable, certain. Rom. 11: 29. 2 Cor. 7: 10. So Heb. dh: c. neg. is used of the immutability of God's counsels, Num. 23: 19. 1 Sam. 15: 29. al. Polyb. 21. 9. 11. Plato Leg. IX. p. 931. B. ^l(JLSiavo^o? ? ov, o, f), adj. (a pr. and ^xavoiw, to change the mind,) inflexible, impenitent, obdurate, sc. xctQdla Rom. 2: 5. Test. XII Patr. in Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. 685. Clem. Alex. Strom. 5. 1. ^fifroog, ov, o, y, adj. (a pr. and PSTQOV,) 'without measure, immoderate. 2 Cor. 10: 13, 15, dq T iiptTQa, adv. for 39 beyond measure, immoderately. Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 4 afteroog WJUOT^. An- thol. Gr. IV. 170, 206. ed. Jac. and amen, i. e. are most true and faith- ful. AL. , amen, Heb. "J72 tf , is strictly an adj. true, certain,faithful ; as ]{* ""H - N. Sept. #f6? alifiivog, Is. 65 : 1& 'The Heb. word "jjgfi* occurs often in O. T. as an adverb, truly, surely, certainly ; usu- ally at the end of a sentence, where it serves to confirm the words which pre- cede, and invoke the fulfilment of them, so be it, fiat, Sept. afirjv or ysvono. So in oaths or imprecations, where the people answer ]&*, and thus bind them- selves, Neh. 5: 13, Sept. u^v. Dent. 27: 1526, Sept. yivono. Or in praising God, when the assembly respond to the reader or choir, 'jtttf, as Ps. 41: 14. 72: 19. 89: 53, Sept. up'jv, cornp. 1 Chr. 16: 36 et Neh: 8: 6, Sept. arfv. Pe. 106: 48, Sept. yivono. Or lastly by individu- als after an imprecation, Num. 5: 22, Sept. ysvono, or to a command, 1 K. 1: 36, Sept. ytvotto. More rarely fEN stands in O. T. at the beginning of a sentence, for the sake of emphasis, v%J)V E^SIV XQTJ. Spoken of marriage, chaste, Heb. 13: 4. Wisd. 3: 13. Of the worship of God, pure, sincere, James 1: 27 ; of the heav- enly inheritance, inviolate, 1 Pet. 1: 4. 2 Mace. 14: 36. 15: 34. jffUPlMflj o, indec. Aminadab, pr. name of one of the ancestors of Christ, Matt. 1: 4. Luke 3: 33. Heb. S1 3*733 (kindred of the prince), Ruth 4: 19 T ,20i" "AnfAOS, ov, o, (i. q. y wo?,) sand, Matt. 7: 26. Rom. 9: 27. Heb. 11: 12. Rev.12: 18. 20: 8. Sept. for ^DS Gen.13: 16. bin Gen. 22: 17. Ex. 2: 12'. 'is. 10: 8. Diod. Sic. 5. 7. Plato Phaedo. 58. ^4fJLVO?y ov, o, a lamb, spoken in N. T. metaph. of Christ delivered over to death, as a lamb to the sacrifice, John 1: 29, 36. 1 Pet. 1: 19. Acts 8: 32, coll. Is. 53: 7 where Sept. apvog for bfT"l. Sept. auvo$ for u;^3 Ex. 12: 5. Lev. 14: 10, 12, 13. -|3 Is! 16: 1. So afivog faov, the Messiah, Test. XII Patr. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. p. 724, 725, 730. TjG, tO change,) change, exchange, Horn. Od. 14. 521. requital, sc. for evil, indemnity, Horn. Od. 12. 382. In N. T. requital, sc. 40 for good, kind offices, etc. 1 Tim. 5: 4 wftotfias unodidovcu, to requite. Symm. for SiD 1 Sam. 24: 19. Jos. Ant. 1. 1G. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 90. Herodian. 7. 1. 24. ^/unfAoSy ov, }, a vine, Matt. 26: 29. Mark 14: 25. Luke 22: 18. James 3: 12. Xen. Oec. 19. 12. Meiaph. Jesus calls himself the true vine, John 15: 1,4, 5, since a spreading and fruitful vine is the emblem of prosperity and blessings ; cf. Ez. 17: 6. 19: 10. Ps. 80: 9, 10. 128: 3. Ecclus. 24: 17. In Rev. 14: 18, 19, r\ apndog 1% yi]q, denotes the now prosperous enemies of the Messiah, who are to be cut off as grapes are gathered and cast into the wine press ; comp. Is. 63: 2, 3. Lain. 1: 15. ' j4l*.TikovQyoQj ou, 6, ^, (contr. for apndoeQyog, fr. afindoq and tgyov,} a vine-dresser, Luke 13: 7. Sept. for tn> 2 Chr. 26: 10. Is. 61: 5. 'ylfJLneXcoVy &VOQ, 6, a vineyard. Matt. 20: 1, 2, 4, 7, 8. 21: 28, 33, 39, 40, 41. Mark 12: 1, 2, 8, 9 bis. Luke 13: 6. 20: 9, 10, 13, 15 bis, 16. 1 Cor. 9: 7. Sept. for tin 3 Gen. 9: 20. Is. 5: 17. q. v. Plut. pro Nobil. c. 3. ^4fJL7i^L{XQ } toVj o, Amplias, pr. name of a Christian at Rome. Rom. 16:8. sl/uvvcOj f. wu, (p>vvri,} pp. to avert, to repel, Horn. II. 1. 456 ; then to aid, Jightfor, avenge, Thuc. 3. 67. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 45. Mid. a/uwo/uat, to avert from one's self, to resist, repel, Xen. Cyr. 4. 4. 6. Jos. Ant. 9. 1. 2. 2 Mace. 10: 17. In N. T. Mid. apvvofiai, to aid, assist, defend. Acts 7: 24 i]}ivvaio, he defended sc. him. So Sept. c. accus. for S^TH, deliver, Is. 59: 16. f. /?odw, (a^cpl and pp. to throw around, e. g. a gar- ment,Hom.Od.!4.342. In N.T. spoken of a net, to cast, sc. around, here and there, trans. Mark 1: 16 in later editions. Sept. Hab. 1: 17. , ov, 16, what is thrown around, e. g. a garment, Eurip. Helen, v. 1085. In N. T. a fish-net, drag, Matt. 4 : 18. Mark 1 : 16. Sept. for "1172:3*3 Ps. 141: 10. rnfc Hab. 1: 16. Hab. 1: 15, 17. sntefc Ecc. 9: 12. Herodot. 1. 141. ib. 2'. 95. : j4p,(ptWV[JU 9 f. uftcpiscrG), (Buttm. 108. Ill,) to clothe, pass.' seq. iv c. dat. Matt. 11: 8. Luke 7: 25. Sept. Job 31: 19. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 7 iqv oroAjjy. ib. 8. 7. 3. cf. Buttm. 131. 5. In the sense of to decorate', Matt. 6 : 30 et Luke 12: 28, lov XOQTOV. Sept. w^uqp. 86$av xal iifir^v for ajab Job 40: 5, coll. 29: 14. With double accus. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17. c. accus. et dat. Plato Protag. p. 321. A. Cf. Buttm. 1. c. Q, y, Amphipolis, pr. name of the metropolis of the south- ern region of Macedonia. It was situ- ated near the mouth of the river Stry- mon ; which, indeed, flowed around it, and gave occasion for its name. It is now called Empoli or Yamboli. Acts 17: 1. See Calmet. j4fJL(fodoVy oVy 10, (also apcpodog, fr. afKpw and odog,) pp. bivium, an open place where two or more ways meet, Xen. Anab. 4. 2. 11. ib. 5. 2. 7. In N. T. a street or open place in a village or city, Mark 11: 4. Sept. Jer. 17: 27. 49: 26. Hesych. uuyoda ' al ^i'^iai, a/vial, d to 8 01. *j4/*yo.l*pO$ 9 f'pa, cpov, each of two, and Plur. dpqxjxtQOi, ai, , 60^, spoken only of two, Matt. 9: 17. 13:30. 15:14. Luke 1: 6, 7. 5:7,38. 6: 39. 7: 42. Acts 8: 38. Eph. 2: 14, 16, 18, lovg ap(poT8Qov$, etc. both, i. e. Jews and Gentiles. Acts 23: 8 ia u(jt- (fOTE^a, both, i. e. the resurrection, and the existence of angels and spirits ; the p;rs being copulative and combining. the two, ayytkol and nvsv/ua, into one generic idea ; see Buttm. 149. p. 427. Winer 59. p. 411. Sept. for T:tt5 Gen. 21: 27. Ex. 12: 22. Ecclus. l6f 1 Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 5. g, ov 9 o, 9/, adj. ( pr. and nwpaoucu to blame,) blameless, ir- reprehensible, Phil. 2: 15. 2 Pet. 3: 14. Cyrill. Alex, in Is. 53, apu^iog nav- ida>? sv ijfilv ovdslg. id. in Is. 54. Horn. II. 12. 109. ^^LCOfJLOVy ov y 10 y amomum, an odoriferous plant or seed, used in pre- 41 "Av paring precious ointment. It differed from the modern amomum of the shops, hut the exact species is not known ; see Rees' Cyclop. Rev. 18: 13 in the later editions. c, ou y o, 7;, adj. ( pr. and g,) spotless, without blemish. a) pp. 1 Pet. 1 : 19 auvov afuiftov t spoken metaph. of Christ, a lamb with- out blemish, as was required by the Le- vitical law in regard to all victims ; see Lev. 1: 10. 22: 1922, where Sept. for trm So Heb. 9: 14. Test. XII Patr. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. I. p. 724. b) metaph. sceleris purus, blameless. Eph. 1: 4. 5: 27. Col. 1: 22. Heb. 9: 14. Jude 24. Rev. 14: 5. Wisd. 2: 22. Ecclus. 34: 8. 40: 19. , o, indec. .flmon, Heb. -pEtf (opifex), pr. name of a king of the Jews'; see 2 K. 21: 18 sq. 2 Chr. 33: 20 sq. Matt. 1: 10 bis. 'slftcos, o, indec. Amos, Heb. (strong), pr. name of a man, Luke 25. I. Av, a particle used with the Opt. Subj. and Indie, moods; sometimes properly rendered by perhaps ; more commonly not to be expressed in Eng- lish by any corresponding particle, but only giving to a proposition or sentence a stamp of uncertainty, and mere possi- bility, and indicating a dependence on circumstances. In this way it serves to modify or strengthen the intrinsic force of the Opt. and Subj. while it can also, in like manner, affect the signification of k the Indicative (the pres. and perf. excepted) and other verbal forms. This particle stands after one or more words in a clause, and is thus distinguished from av for iav ; see the next article. For the general use and power of av in classic writers and in N. T. see Buttm. 139. 5 sq. Matth. 598600. Her- mann de Part, av, and ad Viger. p. 8J2 822. Winer Gr. 43. In N. T. the use of av is generally conformed to that of classic writers, but sometimes not. 1. As conformed to classic usage. 1. With the Optative, in a clause not dependent, it indicates that the suppo- 6 sition or possibility expressed by the simple Opt. will, under the circum- stances implied by av, be realized. Hence it is found a) in vows, wishes, etc. once, Acts 26: 29 ivzaluijv uv TO> #?w, I could pray to God, and under the circumstances do pray to him. So fiovlolurjv av Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 1. Plato Lys. p. 228. See Matth. 514. c. b) in interrogations, direct or indi- rect, where the thing inquired about is possible, or certain, but the inquirer is uncertain when or how it is to take place. Luke 1: 62 il uv &&01 xaAfT- <7#ai UVTOV ; how he might wish him to be called ? i. e. since he was to have a name, what that name should be. Luke 9: 46. John 13: 24. Acts 2: 12. 5: 24. 17: 18. 21: 33. al. Jos. Ant. 8. 14.2. Xeu.Mem. 2. 1. 24. Anab. 7. 6. 6. 2. With the Subjunctive in relative clauses and connected with relative words, which thus are rendered more general and indicate mere possibility ; Buttm. 139. 8. For av thus used, the sacred writers often put iav, q. v. a) with relative pronouns or particles, \\hcrc av implies some condition, or uncertainty whether or where the thing will take place, etc. Lat. cunque, ever, soever, etc. Thus (a) o$ av, whoever, whosoever, Matt. 5: 21, 31, 32. 10: 11. 12: 32. Mark 3: 29. John 1: 33. et sae- piss. Sept. Dan. 3: 5, 6. (ft) oo~tig uv, whosoever, Matt. 10: 33. Luke 10: 35. John 2: 5. Acts 3: 2-3. saep. (y) ocroq uv, whosoever, Matt. 7: 12. 21: 22. Mark 3: 28. John 11: 22. Acts 2: 39. saep. see also II. 1, below. Esdr. 8: 24. 9: 4. (d) OTIOV av, wheresoever, Mark 9: 18. 14: 9. Luke 9: 57. Rev. 14: 4. See also in II. 1. (e) ug av, as, in whatever manner, etc. 1 Thess. 2: 7 w av rgoyog &aknr) ia iixva. Soph. Ajax. 1096. b) with particles of time, conjunc- tions, etc. (a) f'wg av, until, the time when being indefinite, Matt. 2: 13 IWH exfl aus av tlnw aoi. 5: 18, 26. 10: 11, 23. Mark 6: 10. Luke 20:43. Acts 2: 35. saep. Diod. Sic. 3. 9. Xen. Aiiab. 5. 1. 11. So u X Qig ov uv, 1 Cor. 11: 26. 15: 25. (@) yvlxa av, whenever, as soon as, indefinite, 2 Cor. 3: 16. Sept. Deut. 7: 12. Judith 14: 2. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2. Xen. 42 * Ava Cyr. 1. 2. 4. (/) w? av, u>&en, 05 soon as, indefinite, 1 Cor. 11: 34 ug av e'Jl^w, ?07ien / shall come, i. e. but I know not when this will be. Phil. 2 : 23. (8) offdxtg av, so often as, however often, 1 Cor. 11: 25. c) with the illative particle orrug, that, in order that ; and oniog civ, that at some time or other, that sooner or later, etc. Luke 2: 35. Acts 3: 19. 15: 17. Rom. 3: 4. Sept. for ]5ab Ps. 51: 6. 3. With the Indicative, in the histori- cal tenses, (but not in the primary ones,) av is used in the apodosis of a condi- tional sentence in which precedes, and indicates that the thing in question would have taken place, if that which is the subject of the protasis, had also taken place ; but that in fact neither the one nor the other has taken place. Matt. 11: 21 ft iv TVQM fysvovTO al dvvii- fiftg TraJleu av iv eraxxw xcu O7ro5 ^UET- tvoycrav, if these miracles had been done in Tyre, they ivould have repented ; but the miracles were not done, and they did not repent. Luke 19: 23. John 4: 10. 9: 41. Heb. 4: 8. John 8: 42 o &fog nanjQ I'uwv tjv, ijyanaTS av sue, if God ivere your father, ye would love me ; but neither is true. So Matt. 11: 23. 12: 7. 23: 30. 24: 22, 43. Mark 13: 30. John 11: 21. Rom. 9: 29. 1 Cor. 2: 8. 11: 31. Gal. 1: 10. 1 John 2: 19. al. saep. Wisd. 11: 25. Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 24. ib. 1. 1. 5. Apol. 8. II. The following are departures from classic usage, viz. 1. When in relative clauses a relative pronoun with av is followed by the In- dicative ; here classic writers employ the Subj. or Opt. This occurs in N. T. when a thing is spoken of as actually taking place, not at a definite time or in a definite manner, but as often as opportunity presents, etc. It is thus found only with a preterite. Mark 6: 56 xwt oaoi> av JJTTTOJTO aviov, and as many as, however many, touched him. ib. OTIOV av aaTroofiWo tig xwfiag, and wheresoever he entered, etc. Acts 2: 45. 4: 35. 1 Cor. 12: 2 ngbg T el'daha, wg av i'lyea&F, a-jiayo^voi, led away to idol- worship, just as ye happened to be led, i. e. I do not say by whom or how. Sept. Gen. 2: 19. Lev. 5: 3. and in later Greek writers, e. g. Agath. 32. 12. 117. 12. 287. 13. Once with the pres. Indie. Mark 11: 24 navja oaa avTiQOff- MfopOWt aiieio-&e, where Mss. read aijijo-&t in the Subjunct. So Luke 8: 18. 10: 8, iu earlier editions. Winer 43. 3. 2. As an adv. or rather in a false con- struction, perhaps, possibly. So once before an Infin. 2 Cor. 10 : 9 iV fir) 86$(a, &>. 1. to look up, or upwards, to look upon, absol. or c. c. fig. Matt. 14: 19 avafikEyug fig rov ovqa- vov. Mark 6: 41. 7: 34. Luke 9: 16. 19: 5. Acts 22: 13 dvipfayct elg avrov. So to look up, to raise the eyes, sc. from the ground^etc. Mark 8: 24. Luke 21: 1. Sept. avaptejistv lolq oqp#^ol? for B'W KU3 Gen. 13: 14. 18: 2. Deut. 4:*19. 2 Mace. 7: 28. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 12. 2. to look again, sec avu, note, a) in the sense of to see again, recover sight, spoken of the blind, Mutt. 11: 5. 2Q: 34. Mark 8: 25. 10: 51, 52. coll. Matt. 20: 33. Luke 7: 22. 18: 41, 42, 43. Acts 9: 12, 17, 18. 22 : 13 uvafatyor. Of one blind from his birth, John 9: 11, 15, 18 bis. Sept. for E^an Is. 42: 18, coll. 61: 1. Aristoph. Pint.' 95. b) in the sense of to look more closely, examine, Mark 16: 4. jdvafiXttyiz, fcoc, y, (avafiUTiw,} recovery of sight, Luke 4: 18, coll. Is. 61: 1. Aelian. H. An. 17. 13. 9 f. TJO-W, to lift up the voice, exclaim, cry aloud ; absol. Matt. 27: 46. Mark 15: 8. Luke 9: 38. Sept. for p^tEz. 11:13. pss Num.20: 16. anp Is.~36: 13. Jos. Ami 9. 1. 2. HerodiaV 1. 4. 17. Xen. Anab. 5. 4. 31. c, \, (avapttta q.v.) earth thrown up, Xen. Anab. 5. 2. 5. In N. T. delay, putting over, in a forensic sense, Acts 25: 17. Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 3. Dionys. Hal. 11. 33. Thuc. 2. 42. Vy ov 9 16, (uva and yala i. q. yi),) i. q. avcoyeov, for which it is substituted in the later editions; writ- ten also ttvwyawv, uvayfov, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 297 ; a room above the ground, upper room, chamber, over the porch, on or connected with the roof; where meals were taken, and whither the Jews re- tired for prayer, meditation, etc. Mark 14: 15. Luke 22: 12. coll. Acts 20: 8. Xen. An. 5. 4. 29 avwyaiov. See Cal- met, art. House, p. 509. Comp/ Tntgwov. jdvayyeAAoj, f. ydto, aor. 1 mri\y- ysda, aor. 2 pass, uvyyyebjv Rom. 15 : 21. Sept. Is. 52: 15. cf. Buttm. 101. n. 4. marg. to announce, to make known, to declare, to tell ; trans, and absol. In various connexions, e. g, spoken of things done, events, etc. to relate, to tell, Mark [5: 14.] 5: 19. Acts 14: 27. 15: 4. 16: 38. 2 Cor. 7: 7. to bring word, to in- form, John 5: 15. Xen. Anab. 1. 3. 21. Spoken of things future, to shew be- foreJiand, foretell, John 16: 13. Sept. for Tan Is. 41: 22, 23. 46: 10. Spoken of the Christian doctrine, etc. to declare, shew forth, teach, John 4 : 25. 16: 14, 15, 25. Acts 20: 20, 27. Rom. 15: 21. 1 Pet. 1: 12. 1 John 1: 5. So Sept. for y'Hirt Deut. 8: 3. Dan. 2: 9. rnirt Deut. 24: 8. Spoken of evil deeds', to declare, confess, Acts 19: 18. So Sept. and Van Is. 3: 8. Job 33: 23. Ps. 38: 19. 'slvccywvaoi, co, f. ijo-w, pp. to be- get again ; metaph. to regenerate, to re- new, sc. by a change of carnal nature to a Christian life ; trans. 1 Pet. 1: 3, 23. It is the same as vlov tov -d-sov uvou Gal. 3: 26 ; or rsnvov &eov ytvEa&at v. c dtoit ywwi&ijvai John 1 : 12, 13. 1 John 3: 9; or avufrfv yivvtforivai John 3: 3. So the fathers speak of re- generation as a renewal, a change from a lower to a higher, from a carnal to a better and holy life. Justin. Mart. Apol. 2. p. 93. Clem.Alex.Protrept.il o >Lo/o?, o uva/fwoiv TOV tiv&Qwnov, fig afa]-&iuv amov ava(fQwv. For the Rab- binic rnnt 1 rp-O, new creature, see Schoettg/Hor. HeH. ad 2 Cor. 5: 17. f. wo-opai, aor. 2 ursyvwv, perf. pass. aviyvwafjLCti, aor. 1 pass. avsyvwff&Tiv, (uvu intens. and ytvwffxw to know,) to know accurately, II. 13. 734. to distinguish, Herodian. 7. 6, where others read dta/tvwo-xw. In N. T. to know by reading, i. e. simply to read, trans, and absol. a) to read, sc. for one's self, to learn by reading, Matt. 12: 3, 5. 19: 4. 21: 16, 42. 22: 31. 24: 15. Mark 2: 25. 12: 10,26. 13:14. Luke 6:3. 10:26. John 19: 20. Acts 8: 28, 30 bis, 32. 15: 31. 23: 34. 2 Cor. 1: 13. Eph. 3: 4. Rev. 1: 3. 5: 4. Sept. for ao J5 Deut. 17: 19. 2K.5:7. Is. 29: 11, 12. 'Ael. V.H. 14. 43. Xen. An. 1. 6. 4. Metaph. 45 2 Cor. 3: 2 i\ inunoii] T/^UWV avayi vw- o~xoufvrj vjio ndviwv, read of all men, i. e. open, manifest. b) to read aloud before others, praclego, Luke 4: 16. Acts 13: 27. 15: 21. 2 Cor. 3: 15. Col. 4: 16 ter. 1 Thess. 5: 27. So Sept. and Knp Deut. 31: 11. 2 K. 22: 11. Neh. 13: 1. 1 Mace. 10: 7. Jos.Ant. 4. 8. 12. 'C.U), f. daw, (dvdyxy,) to necessitate, to compel, to constrain, trans. a) to compel, sc. by force, threats, cir- cumstances, etc. Acts 26: 11. 28: 19. 2 Cor. 12: 11. Gal. 2: 3, 14. Esdr. 4: 6. Bel and Drag. 30. 1 Mace. 2: 25. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 44. b) to constrain, sc. by entreaty, invita- tions, etc. to persuade, Matt. 14: 22. Mark 6: 45. Luke 14: 23. Gal. 6: 12.- Diog. Laert. 1. 1. 4. Xon. Symp. 3. 5. i a, OV, (uvdyxrj,) compulsive, Od. 17. 399. compelled, Od. 24. 498. In N. T. necessary, viz. n) spoken of things required by na- ture, etc. 1 Cor. 12: 22. or for the sup- port of life, Tit. 3: 14 dvayxaiui ***> necessary wants. 2 Mace. 4: 23. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 6. Xen. Mem. 4. 5.9. b) necessary from custom and habit, e. g. Acts 10 : 24 avayxalovg tpilovg, necessary or near friends. Jos. Ant. 10. 1. 2. ib. 7. 6. 1. Polyb. 5. 71. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 4. Comp. Kypke Obs. in N. T. II. p. 49. c) neut. uvayxrilov, impers. necessary, right, proper. Acts 13: 46 i'fiiv yv uvay- xalov, it was necessary, i. e. it was matter of duty. Heb. 8:3 o&fv avayxalov [cort], whence it is necessary, i. e. it necessarily follows. Phil. 1:24 dvayxaioTfyov [evil], dt i'pag, is more necessary, more projitable, for you. Ignat. ad Trallian. 2. Xen. Oec. 2. 14. Dem.462. 25. So avayxcuov itflopai, to regard as necessary, to think necessary or proper, 2 Cor. 9: 5. Phil. 2: 25. 2 Mace. 9: 21. Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 4. * AvayxaaicoQ, adv. (avayxao-iog fr. uvdyxr],) by constraint, unwillingly, opp. to ifcowr/ug. 1 Pet. 5: 2. ' Avdyx rj, TJQ, ?;, 1. necessity, need. a) as arising from the influence of other persons, constraint, compulsion, 1 Cor. 7: 37. 2 Cor. 9: 7. Philem. 14. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 20. b) as arising from the good or bad disposition of a person or persons, or from the nature and circumstances of the case, Matt. 18: 7. Heb. 7: 12, 27. 9: 16, 23. Jos. Ant. 16. 9. 3. Xen.Cyr. 2. 1. 15. c) spoken of the obligation of duty ; avdyxyv i^etv, to be right, proper, just, I have need, I must needs, Luke 14: 18. 23: 17. Jude 3. Rom. 13: 5. 1 Cor. 9: 16. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 12. 2. unavoidable distress, calamity. Luke 21: 23. 1 Cor. 7: 26. 2 Cor. 6: 4. 12: 10. 1 Thess. 3: 7. So Sept. for rrpixn Ps. 25: 17. 107: 6. pisfc Ps. 119: 143. ms Job 27: 9. Tob/3: 7, 11. Jos. Ant. 5/5. 2. ib. 2. 9. 3. Diod. Sic. 4. 43. , f. /orai, pp. to recog- nise ; in N. T. only in the aor. 1 pass. avtyvwQla&yv, with reflexive meaning, to make one 1 s self known, Acts 7: 13. So Sept. for y^nnn Gen. 45: 1. See Buttm. 136. 2.' ?, {COG, fj, (uvayivwaxw q. v.) reading, whether public or private, Acts 13: 15. 2 Cor. 3: 14. 1 Tim. 4: 13. Sept. for an P Neh. 8: 3. Esdr. 9 : 48. Polyb. J). \'. 5. , f. w , aor. 2 avyyayov, aor. 1 pass, avijx&yv in Mid. sense, Buttra. 136. 2, (avd and >,) to lead up, to conduct or bring up, sc. from a lower to a higher place ; trans, with a dat. of person, or fig c. accus. of place whither, etc. a) gen. Matt. 4: 1 uvrjx&rj fig tip igripov, i. e. from the banks of the Jor- dan into the hilly desert region, coll. Luke 4: 1. Luke 4: 5 fig ogog vyjyXov. 2: 22 fig f IfQoaolvua, see in avajSalvo). 22: 66 fig TO awtdgiov, to the Sanhedrim, which sat in or near the temple. Acts 9 : 39. 16 : 34 fig ^ov olxov ainov, i. e. from the dungeon into his own house. So Sept. for nb3?Sl Gen. 50: 24. Ex. 8: 5. Od. 14. 272'. Acts 7: 41 av^yayov dwlctv TW fidulo), offered sacrifice, i. e. led the victim up to the altar, or laid the sacrifice upon the altar ; so Sept. and Heb. n^?7., to offer sacrifice, 1 K. 3: 15, and so'Fibrn Lev. 14: 20. Is. 57:6. 46 Job 1 : 5, where Sept. dvacpeoia and nooffcpsgw. Philo de Agric. p. 205. Herodot. 2. 60. Acts 12: 4 uvayotyilv ambv TW Aw, to bring up from the prison before the tribunal sc. in the presence of the people ; coll. v. 6. 2 Mace. 6: 10. So v.vaynv ex VIXQWV, to bring up from the dead, to raise from the dead, Rom. 10: 7. Heb. 13: 20. So Sept. and nbrtl Ps. 30:4. 71:20. b) as a nautical term, otvdysiv vavv, to lead a ship tip or out, sc. upon the sea, since the sea, as seen from the shore, appears to rise, Herodot. 8. 57, 70, 83 ; and without vavv, ib. 8. 76. Hence in N. T. Mid. dvdyoftai, sc. T?/ vt]'C, or ful- ly h 7r/Lo/w Acts 28: 11, to put to sea, to set sail from any place, seq. TTO. Luke 8: 22. Acts 13: 13. 16: 11. 18: 21. 20: 3, 13. 21: 1, 2. 27: 2, 4, 12, 21. 28: 10, 1]. Xen. Anab. 5. 7. 17. Aelian. V. H. 1. 5. Hesych. dvdyovTO ' avsjifoov. AvCid^iKW^JLiy aor. 1 avsdfi^u t pp. to shew by raising aloft, as a torch, Polyb. 8. 30. 10. In N. T. to show plainly, to point out, to declare, trans. Acts 1 : 24. 2 Mace. 2: 8, coll. v. 6. Polyb. 1. 80. 12. In the sense of to ap- point, Luke 10: 1. Esdr. 1: 34 fiaadea. 2 Mace. 14: 12 crioaxyyov. Diod. Sic. 1. 66. Polyb, 4. 48. 3. manifestation, sign, Diod. Sic. 1. 85. In N.T. manifestation, public appearance, Luke 1: 80 stag yuegag dvadsl&ag avtov, i. e. until he came forth publicly as a prophet. Ecclus. 43: 6. Plut. Mar. c. 8. to take upon one's self, 2 Mace. 8: 36. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 18. In N. T. to receive, i. e. in the sense of to embrace, confide in, as promises, enayydlag Heb. 11: 17. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 12 T)]V dosirjv. Or as a guest, to entertain, Acts 28: 7. So vnodEXOuai, Aelian.V.H. 4. 9. Diod. Sic. 13. 4. AvadidcofJUy f. d WG w, to give, to hand up, Xen. Conv. 2. 8. to shoot up, to yield, spoken of the earth yielding plants etc. Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 1. In N. T. to give up or over, to deliver, trans. Acts 23: 33 i\\v snio-To^v. Polyb. 6. 29. 10. 7. Diod. Sic. 11. 45. Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 2. , f. 7/o-w, aor. 1 j/4V, to revive, in the sense of to rouse up, be- come vigorous, Rom. 7: 9 ?/ e^uaot/a avs- fyo-tv. In the sense of to live again, Rom. 14: 9 et Rev. 20: 5 aviZflvtv, in the earlier editions ; later ones t^at v. _ Artemid. 4. 82 Metaph. to adopt a bet- ter life, to reform, Luke 15: 24, 32. Ava&jieco, (0 9 f. 7;o-, to gird up, sc. with a belt or girdle. Mid. dva(uv- vufiai,, to gird up one's self or to be girded, trans. The orientals dress in loose robes flowing down around the feet ; so that when they wish to run, or fight, or apply themselves to any business, they are obliged to bind their garments close around them. Hence metaph. 1 Pet. 1: 13, avaZwo-dpevot, tag oacpvag T?/ diavolag, who hold their minds in constant preparation. So ^TN Job 38: 3. Prov. 31: 17. Jer. 1: 17. Ava^conv^fcoy co 3 f. ?Jo-, (avd and ^WTIVQSCO, from amvoov live coals or embers, a bellows, comp. of (06$ and nv(>,) to kindle up, rouse, sc. a fire, etc. In N. T. metaph. spoken of spir- itual gifts, to cultivate, trans. 2 Tim. 1: 6. So Sept. for rnn Gen. 45: 27. 1 Mace. 13: 7 TO nvtvpa. Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 5. ib. 9. 8. 6. Xen. Eq. 10. 8, 16. Oy f. Aw, to grow green again, tojlourish again, Ecclus. 46: 12. Wisd. 4: 4. Horn. II. 1. 236. trans, to cause tojlourish, to produce, e. g. fruit etc. Ecclus. 50: 10. and metaph. as doijvrjv, svJio'/lav, Ecclus. 1: 18. 11: 22 In N. T. metaph. and intrans. to flourish again, be again prosperous. Phil. 4: 10 QII ave&dlsTS TO vnso ipoy ygovtiv, that ye are again prospered in respect to your care of me. Others less well, trans. * that ye have renewed, augmented, your care of me.' CCTOQ } TO, to place or lay up,) a later form instead Moeris uvd&r^ict, a\ 47 Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 249. any thing laid up or suspended as an offering in the temple of a god, any thing consecrated to God, TO uvcni&suwov IM &$, Suid. Pint. Pelop. c. 25. Sept. and Heb. tnn Josh. 7: 11, coll. v. 23 and 6: 19, 24.' " So tnn and Sept. avd- rfyua spoken in like manner of animals, persons, etc. Lev. 27: 28, coll. v. 29 ; and since every living thing thus con- secrated to God, could not be redeemed, but was to be put to death, hence tnn and Sept. avd&tpct denote any thing ir- revocably devoted to death, to destruction, etc. any thing on which a curse is laid, as cities and their inhabitants, etc. Josh. 6: 17, 18. 7: 1. al. and therefore any thing abominable and detestable, Deut. 7: 2(3. Com p. Jahn 394. Hence In N. T. an accursed thing, spoken of persons, one accursed, one excluded from the favour of God and devoted to destruc- tion. 1 Cor. 12: 13 JLf'yeiv^Irjffovy avd- &efia, to call Jesus accursed. 16: 22. Gal. 1: 8, 9. Acts 23: 14 ava&iftcrft ava&ifia- Twruf r, intens. we have bound ourselves with a heavy curse ; for the dat. see Wi- ner 58. 3. Matth. 408, note. Buttm. 133. 3. Rom. 9: 3 rjvxof 7(5* adtJicpuv juov, put by constr. praeg- nans for i/t'/o/ui/v uvd&fftct ttvcu x (avcudye, fr. a pr. and aidiag,} want of modesty, shame- lesmess, in the sense of importunity, without regard to time, place, or per- son, Luke 11: 8. Ecclus. 25: 22. So avaidfc Ecclus. 23: 6. Sept. Deut. 28: 50. , feoc, fj, (dvaiosQ),) a taking up or away, sc. of dead bodies for I HI rial, Thuc. 3. 113. In N. T. a taking away, sc. from life, i. e. death, a putting to death, Acts 8: 1. [22: 20 in t. \t. reci-pt.] Sept. for :nn Num. 11: !.->. Judith 15:3. 2 Mace. '5: 13. JOB. Ant. 2. 3. 1. ib. 8. 12. 2. Herodian. 2. 13.1. pfco, at, f. TjVo), (avd and aor. 2 avtilov, whence in later editions the forms uvfttare, aw/ylaro, Acts 2: 23. 7: 21. Sept. Is. 38: 14; for which see Winer Gr. 13. 1. Buttrn. 96. n. 1. marg. to take up, lift up, trans. sc. from the ground, Ael. V. H. 5. 16. Sept. for nipE Ex. 2: 10. D^n Num. 16: 37. or for 'burial, Dem. 1069*. 2 -- In N. T. 1. Mid. to take up, trop. spoken of children, to take to one's self, to adopt, to bring up; Acts 7: 21 ainov am'AaTO, i.e. Pharaoh's daughter took him up, adopted him, etc. Diod. Sic. 3. 57. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 23. 7. Hesych. uvaiQflv TO Tf/xh'v avonoecpuv. So Lat. to/fo, Cic. Div. 1. 21. al. 2. to take away, i. e. to remove, put out of the way, viz. a) spoken of things, to destroy, to abolish, Heb. 10: 9. Test. XII Pair, in Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 681 17 48 avcugt TO fuaog, 17 si iy\v anel&eiav. p. 691. Xen.Cyr. 1. 1. 1. b) spoken of persons, to put to death, to kill, to slay. Matt. 2: 16. Luke 22: 2. Acts 5: 33, 36. 7: 28 bis. 9: 23, 24, 29. 16: 27 tavTov avouonv. 23: 15, 21, 27. 25: 3. Spoken of a public execution,Luke 23:32. Acts 2: 23. 10:39. 12:2. 13:28. 22: 20. 26: 10. So Sept. for rPEri Ex. 21: 29. inri 2 Sam. 10: 18. n3n Is. 37: 36. ^Up Dan. 2: 13, 14. HeYo'dian. 2. 1.1. Aelian. V. H. 4. 1. y LOU, o, 7/, adj. (a pr. and atria,) guiltless, innocent, Matt. 12: 5, 7. Sept. for ^33 Deut. 19: 10, 13. 2^: 8, 9. Aelian. V. H. 5. 18. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 10. j4ya%africo, f. law, (avd and x- &l(o to set, to place,) pp. trans, to set up; in N. T. intrans. or with SUVTOV implied, to sit wp,Luke 7: 15. Acts 9: 40. Comp. in "Ayw no. 3. Plut. Philop. c. 20 poJitg tavrov in aa&svuag avexa&tae. Plat. Phaedon. 3. ' SJ.vaxaivK.co, f. ro, to renew, to restore to its former state, trans, pp. Sept. TO nQOffconov rijg yyg for 'i^n Ps. 104 : 30. Jos. Ant. 9. 8. 2. In N.'T. metaph. to renew tig psruvoiav, spoken of those who have fallen from the true faith, to bring back to repentance and their former faith, Heb. 6: 6. Sept. trop. for UJThnn Ps. 103: 5. 1 Mace. 6: 9. Barnab.~Ep! avaxaivlo-ag yuug Iv iy ayso-ft, TWV upaQ- slvaxaivoca 3 , f. , found only in Paul and in ecclesiastical writers ; see H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677 ; to renew, to renovate, in the sense of to emend, to change from a carnal to a Chris- tian life, to increase in faith, hope, virtue, etc. 2 Cor. 4: 16. Col. 3: 10. Comp. Eph. 4: 23, and see in ^ Is. 47: 3. Xen. Conv. 1. 16. In N. T. metaph. to remove a veil from the mind, i. e. ignorance, any impediment to knowledge, to cause to understand. 2 Cor. 3: 14 TO xaAf /ityta ^evei ^ uvaxakvjrro - fievov, the veil is not removed from their hearts, i. e. the blindness of their minds, their prejudices, etc. will not permit them to understand, v. 18 ctvaxcdvnTO- fievM TTOOO-WTTW, with unveiled face, i. e. all impediments to knowledge being re- moved, coll. v. 13. So Sept. and nba Job 23: 16. Is. 22: 14. Prov. 20: 2& rn* Is. 3: 17. Tob. 12: 7. Polyb. 4. 8576. , f. j/w, pp. trans, to bend or turn up or back ; intrans. to turn back, to return, Matt. 2: 12. Acts 18: 21. Heb. 11: ]5. Sept. for Sitf Ex. 32: 27. Diod. Sic. 3. 54. Hence metaph. Luke 10: 6 (r\ fl^ijvrj vpuv) Icp v^iug yx / ui//t, your salutation slwll return to you, i.e. the peace, prosperity, tribttJ, which you have wished them, shall not happen to them. Comp. Is. 45: 23 et 55: 11, where Heb. aittj, Sept. a CpOfJlCU. ?/, (avaxaivoa) q. v. for this later word,) renewal, reno- valion, i. e. metaph. emendation of the heart and life, change from a carnal to a Christian life, Rom. 12: 2. Tit. 3: 5. Comp. John 3: 5. y f. yco, to unveil^ uncover, Sept. for nba Deut. 22: 30. i, f. xdcrofjiKi, to be laid up or deposited, as offerings in the tem- ples of the gods, Thuc. 3. 114. Ceb. Tab. 1. and so in the Jewish temple, Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 7. Comp. in ava&yua. In this sense avaxeifiui serves as the neut. or pass, of the act. ayat/xfyp. In N. T. 1. to be laid out, as a dead body, Mark 5: 40 in text, recept. 2. in later usage, to recline, sc. at table upon a triclinium, in the ancient manner of eating ; Matt. 26: 7, 20. Mark 14: 18. 16: 14. John 13: 23 avaxdutvog iv TW XO^TTW TOU ' Irjaov, reclining in the bosom of Jesus, i. e. next to him on the triclinium ; so Lat. in sinu recumbo, Plin. Ep. 4. 22. See Calmet 8vo. Bost. art. Eating. Campb. Prel. Diss. VIII. iii. 6. Esdr. 4: 10. Athenaeus 7. 35. Polyb. 13. 6. 8. Hence genr. to take a meal, to eat, to dine, sup, etc. Matt. 9: 10. Luke 7: 37. and o avaxdfiEvog, one at table, a guest, Matt. 22: 10: 11. Luke 22: 27 bis. John 6: 11. 13: 28. Instead of i, earlier Greek writers used in this sense, Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 216, 217. 49 ocO) co, f. e*n>, (uvti and xfcpdlatov sum, summary,) to sum up, recapitulate, as an orator at the close of his discourse ; Quinct. 6. 1, " rerum repetitio et congregatio, quae Graecis avaxeycdalaaii; dicitur." In N. T. av u- xiqakaioopai, ovuai,lo comprehend sev- eral things under one, to reduce under one head. Rom. 13: 9 all the commandments cryawqpaJUuovrai are comprehended i. e. summed up in this one precept, sc. of love. Eph. 1: 10 avaxscpcjdcuuaaa&ai, iu nuv- TO iv TW XQHTIW, to bring all things into one in Christ, i. e. to introduce a unity of feeling and of expectation among all beings both in heaven and on earth, by means of the Christian dispensation, especially between Jews and Gentiles ; cf. Eph. 2: 14, 15. Epiph. adv. Haeres. I. 31. 30 Tt]v ix toiv oi'Qctv&v nctQovfflav txl'Tov [Xyto-iov] enl TO avuxtcpalatuaa- ff&ttt Ttt TTUtrra X. T. L exclaim, intrans. Mark 1: 23. 6: 49. Luke 4: 33. 8: 28. 23: 18. Sept. for *np Judg. 7: 20. rnn Josh. 6: 5. P?Yl K. 22: 32. 3N'3 Joel 4: 16. Jos. Ail?. 2. 9. 7. Poly b. 36. 5. 3. f. cVoi/trans. to cause to lie upon, i. e. a) pp. to lay down, spoken of an in- fant, Luke 2: 7. II. 4. 113. b) in later usage, to cause to recline, sc. in order to take a meal, at table, upon a triclinium, etc. see in 'Avaxttpai 2 ; and for this later signification see Lo- beck ad Phryn. p. 216. Mark 6: 39. Luke 9: 15. 12: 37. Mid. di/axA* Wfiaf, to recline, sc. at table etc. i. q. avaxtiuui q. v. Matt. 14: 19. Luke 7: 36. Pol'yb. 31. 4. 5. Acta Thorn. 4. In Matt" 8: 11 et Luke 13: 29, spoken of the feast or banquet in the kingdom of heaven, under which image the later Jews were accustomed to describe the happiness of the righteous in the Messiah's kingdom ; see Schoettgen Hor. Heb. ad h. 1. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in Luc. 16: 22. Jahn148. 4 Esdr. 2: 38. 6: 49 sq. Comp. Matt. 22: 1 sq. 25: 1 sq. 26: 29. Mark 14: 25. Luke 14: 15 sq. 22:16,18,30. ^fxaatOITTtft, f. i//w, to beat or drive back, Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 2. In N. T. trop. to check, impede, hinder, trans. Gal. 5: 7 T/ vuag avexoye; where later editions read tvsxoy?. Wisd. 18: 23 rr\v o Philo de Monarch, p. 821. , f. , to cry aloud, to 7 u), f. ivoj, ( intens. and xgtVu,) trans, and ahsol. pp. to sep- arate or divide up ; in N. T. trop. 1. to examine carefully, to investigate, to inquire. a) genr. Acts 17: 11 T uvctko'/lav itlffrtatg, i. e. according to the measure of the gifts and faculties with which we hold to and manifest our faith, comp. v. 3 where it is piTQOv. Polyb. 9. 20. 1. Dem. de Coron. c. 30 XT ov o, *;, adj. (a pr. and apaQxuvco,) without sin, faultless, John 8: 7. Sept. Deut. 29: 18. 2 Mace. 8: 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 26. slvcxfjievu), f. ftww, to wait out, i. e. to remain, Judith 7: 12. Herodot. 7. 42. In N.T. to await, to expect, sc. with pa- tience and confidence, trans. 1 Thess. 1: 10. So Sept. for W Job 7: 2. Is. 59: 11. Judith 8: 16.' Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 13. \slvctfjutJLVrjG7CCOy f. (ivrjffQJ, aor. 1 pass, uvfinvrp&riv with mid. signif. Buttm. 136. 2 ; to call up to mind, to re- mind, cause to remember. a) genr. and constr. with doub. accus. 51 1 Cor. 4: 17 o? r^j uvapviiatt, TU? 6<5ovs ^uoi-, see Winer 30. 7. Matth. 347. n. 2. Buttm. 131. 5. Sept. for -PSTn Gen. 41: 9. 1 K. 17: 18. Ez. 23: 19! With doub. accus. Diod. Sic. 17: 10. Xen. An. 3. 2. 11. Herodot. 6. 140. With gen. of the thing, Jos. Ant. 9. 6. 3. In the sense of to admonish, to exhort, 2 Tim. 1: 6. b)Wid.di>u(nti*i>r f axo[tcu,tocalltomind, to recollect, to remember, absol. Mark 11: 21 __ With a gen. of thing, Mark 14: 72 avtuvya&T) TOU (Squaw?, Buttm. 132.5. 3. So Sept. for ~OT Gen. 8: 1. Num. 15: 39. Ecclus. 3:"l4. Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 8. Constr. c. accus."2 Cor. 7: 15 jijv vntt- xo7>. Heb. 10: 32. Xen. An. 7. 1. 26. q. v.) remembrance, Luke 22: 19. 1 Cor. 11: 24, 25, coll. v. 26. Heb. 10: 3. Sept. for p-OT Num. l(h 10. -pTrt Ps. 38: 1. WisU 16: 6. Plato Philcb. 67. ed. Stallb. ' AvctVtoco, d), f. wta, (ava and vcow,) to renew; Mid. dvaitfOOfiai, ov- fjHxi, to renew for one'* self, etc. e. g. ii)v , trans, 1. to send up, sc. before a judge, a tribunal, etc. to refer, to remit, Luke 23: 7, 11, 15. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 14 ryv dly^v iigltQav nohv. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 34. Herodiaii. 2. 12. 11. 2. to send back, trans. Philem. 12. Plut. Pomp. c. 36. ' ^vaitqgOS, OV, o, r t , adj. (ttvd auAnygog,) maimed, i.e. deprived of some member or of the use of it, Luke 14: 13, 21. 2 Mace. 8: 24. Aelian. V. H. 11. 9. Hesych. avajiyoos ' nyoo?, TuqpAd^, vocru- f. nto-ovfitti, aor. 2 uve7iio~ov, aor. 1 mid. uvmtaauriv Luke 14: 10 et 17: 7 in later editions ; see Buttm. 96. n.9. 114. p.298. Lobeckad Phry'u. p. 724 ; pp.tofall upon or toivards, i. e. to fall down, to lie down, Sept. for Sn3 Gen. 49: 9. Susann. 36. Xen. Oec. 8. 8." Diod. Sic. 4. 59. In N. T. to re- cline, sc. at table, at meals, etc. in the breast of Jesus, i.e. next to him on the triclinium ; see in 'Avaxeiptu 2, and comp. John 13: 23, 25. Tob. 2: 1 ave- neo~a TOU cptx/iiv. Judith 12: 15. Ec- clus. 35: 2. Lucian. Asin. 23. By impl. to take a place at table etc. to eat, Luke 11: 37. 22: 14. In the same sense, aor. 1 mid. imperat. avdrttaai, Luke 14: 10 et 17: 7 in later edit, for avunwov or-ac in text. rec. This sense of the word belongs only to the later Greek ; see Phryn. and Lobeck p. 216. jfaarcAifipocO) co, f.Mo-M,tofllup, to complete, e. g. a chasm, /oy/r/, Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 2. time, Sept. for N^E Gen. 29:28. Ex. 7:25. number, Xen.' Vect. 4. 24. ID N. T. also to Jill up, to fulfil, to complete, trans. a) spoken of measure, 1 Thess. 2: 16 uvankygwffui CIVTWV ^ug afiuQitac:, i. q. TO USTQOV tS)V uuaQTiaiv in Matt. 23: 32 ; for the sentiment, comp. Matt. 1. c. and Gen. 15: 16. Dan. 8: 23. 2 Mace. 6 : 1315. b) spoken of prophecy etc. to fulfil, Matt. 13: 14. So uvanl^o^iq Esdr. 1:57. c) spoken of a work or duty, tofulJU^ to perform. Gal. 6: 2 TO>' vouov iov XQ~ the precept of Christ, coll. John 13: 14, 34. Barnab. Ep. 21 naaav Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 4 il\v iwv a v ccTrA ij o Mffiv. d) spoken of persons, uvunK^ovv tov TOTTOV xtvog, to Jill the place of any one, i. e. to sustain his character. 1 Cor. 14: 16 o avtmh]Qwv rov vonov rov IditaTov, i.e. he who sustains the character of an unlearned person, or who is such. Jos. B. J. 5. 2. 5 or0}, ao^j. ( 53 pr. and ano^o/io^ui,) without apology, inexcusable, Rom. 1: 20. 2: 1. Polyb. 12. 21. 10. Just. Mart. Apol. 2. p. 71. Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 2 avanokoynroi iffTi O pi] }y V. T-JCOy f. 5w, to make up, i. e. to call in, to exact, e. g. a debt, in some Mss. Luke 19: 23, instead of ttv lnqa$a. Xen. Anab. 7. 7. 31. 'Avail Tuvaroy f. w, ("*> and mva- \5- Uov. Sept. for-cns t 2 K. 19:14. Herodot. 1. 125. 'Avutnco, f. yw, ' % w V P to fcin " rf/e, trans. Luke 12: 49. Acts 28: 2. James 3: 5. Sept. for rPSr: Jer. 9: 12: nrs 2 Chr. 13: 11. Cnb Mai. 4: 1. Polyb'. 14. 5. 1. Xen. Anab/5. 2. 24. 'Avag&fjitjioXy oUy o, i], adj. ( pr. and wott^/io^,) innumerable, Heb. 11: 12. Sept. for CIS? Prov. 7: 26. "pS -IBptt Job 21: 33. Vjj 1\S % Job 22: 5. 'Wisd. 7: 11. Xen. Cy'r. 7.~4. 8. wp or Thuc. 4. 38. In N.T. nictaph. /o stir up, instigate, sc. TOV o//lor,Mark 15: 1 1. Luke 23: 5. Aquila for rTpn Job 2: 3. Diod. Sic. 13. 91. Dion. Halic. 8. 83 TO *to, f UVM, (dvd and uw fr. (Txfi'os,) /o pack up baggage, etc. in order to remove, Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 4. to lay waste, sc. by collecting and carrying off every thing, Jos. Ant. 14. 15. 3, 4. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 25. to destroy, Thuc. 4. 116 ir^v ^llxv&ov xa^fAtov xcu avacrxji'ao-a?. Hence, in N. T. metaph. to destroy, e. g. T$ yvxdg, to pervert, sc. from the truth, fatally, Acts 15: 24. Polyb. 9. 31. 6 OQXOVI; xal 12. 25. 4 T* . f. '?<, to draw up or o/, Luke 14: 5. Acts 11: 10. Sepf. fornb*n Hab. 1: 15._Jos. Ant. 2. 11 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 7. , , Avaoiccai?, tag, ^, (uvlairjfit,) a rising up, e. g. from a seat, Sept. for tnp Lam. 3: 63. Thuc. 1. 133. from ambush, Polyb. 5. 70. 8. in order to do any thing, Sept. for tip Zeph. 3: 8. a rising, i. e. an insurrection, Dem. Olynth. 1. 1. Hence in N. T. 1. a rising up, as opp. to 7; mucng, fall ; by melon, the author or cause of rising up, i. e. metaph. the author of a better state, of higher prosperity, of eter- nal happiness, Luke 2: 34. Others here take rora. 6: 2. John 5: 29 bis, in; avdo~iaffiv ftTTuaiv xQifffO)?, resurrec- tion unto life, i. e. eternal happiness ; resurrection unto condemnation, i. e. eter- nal misery. Heb. 11: 35 tva xytlnovoq uvcunu Ez. 22: 7. Xen.' Anab. 2. 5. 14. sfvaaTfHMjpljj ye, y, (avacrTQscpw q. v.) a turning about, Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 8. In N. T. mode of life, conduct, deport- ment, Gal. 1: 13. Eph. 4: 22. 1 Tim. 4: 12. James 3: 13. 1 Pet. 1: 18. 2: 12. 3: 1, 2, 16. 2 Pet. 2: 7. 3: 11. 2 Mace. 5: 8. Tob. 4: 14. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 9. 11. Hence, genr. life, as made up of actions etc. Heb. 13: 7. 1 Pet. 1: 15. slvaraoGOfjiaiy f. T'O//CU, (avu and TeWco,) to set up in order, to arrange, trans. Luke 1 : 1. Plut. de Solert. Anim. c. 12. , f. Tdoi, aor. 1 avsrsdu, perf. avctTSTciJixa. 1 . trans, to cause to rise up, e.g. rov TJAtoy, Matt. 5: 45. So Sept. for h^iZn Gen. 3: 18. Is. 61: 11. Philo de Nom. mu- tat. p. 1083. Diod. Sic. 17. 7. Horn. II. 5. 777. 2. intrans. to rise up ; a) pp. spoken of light, Matt. 4: 16. Sept. for rnj Is. 58: 10. of a cloud, Luke 12: 54. of the morning star, 2 Pet. 1: 19. Sept. Job 3: 9. Is. 14: 12. of the sun, Matt. 13: 6. Mark 4: 6. 16: 2. James 1: 11. So Sept. for rnj Gen. 32: 31. Ex. 22: a Judg. 9: 33. et saep. Paus. 2. 23. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 2. The earlier Greek writers use uvtm'yl/.fiy of the sun, and IjintU.fiv of the stars ; Lobeck ad Phryu. p. 124 sq. b) trop. of the Messiah's descent from the tribe of Judah, to spring, Heb. 7: 14, coll. Luke 1: 78. Sept. Num. 24: 17. Test. XII Patr. in Fabr. 1. p. 68G. slvecrit)~r]iAi, f. uva&rponai, to place upon, Polyb. 1. 86. 6. to lay up, suspend, as a gift in a temple, Judith 16 : 17. Sept. for B^nn Lev. 27: 28. tPipn 1 Sam. 31: 10. Xen. Anab. 5. 3. 5, 6. In N. T. Mid. aor. 2 uvefrepyv, to place before, i. e. to declare to any one, to make known, trans. Acts 25: 14. Gal. 2: 2. Sept. Mic. 7: 5. 2 Mace. 3: 9. Ar- temid. Oneirocr. 2. 64 avvnt&spfvog nvt TO oVap. Diog. Laert. 2. 18. 16. q. v.) a rising, sc. of the sun and moon, Sept. Judg. 5: 31. Is, 60: 19. of the stars, Ae- lian. H. An. 3. 30. Aristot. II. An. 9. 17, a/7. See Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 125. Hence in N. T. 1. by melon, the day-spring, dawn, or the rising sun. Luke 1: 78 uyaioii} vyov?, i. e. the rising of the celestial sun from on high, the Messiah ; comp. Is. 9: 2. 60: 1, 3. Others, a shoot, as Sept. avaiob'i for n*2S Jer. 23: 5. Zech. 3: 8. 6:12. 2. put in Sing, and Plur. for the east, spoken both of the heavens and the earth, Matt. 2: 1, 2, 9. 8: 11. 24: 27. Luke 13:29. Rev. 7: 2. 16: 12. 21: 13. So Sept. ayT ;/ for rnttt Num. 32: 19. Dent. 3: U7. al. tnp Gen. 2: 8. Josh. 7: 2. AvcngcncOj f.ifj(a, to overturn, over- throw, trans, pp. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 5. Sept. Ps. 118: 13. In N. T. metaph. to sub- vert, destroy, 2 Tim. 2: 18. Tit. 1: 11. Sept. for qnn Prov. 10: 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 77 ii\v ni(niv. y f. Ogfyw, lit. to nour- ish up, i. e. to bring up, as a child, trans. Acts 7: 20, 21 Wisd. 7: 4. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 24. Xen. Mern. 4. 3. 10. Metaph. spoken of mental culture, to educate, Acts 22: 3. Herodian. 1. 4. 8. j4b&9iUw*y f. g>vcT', pp. to light up, as lamps, Od. 18. 310. to make ap- pear, to show, Xen. Conv. 4. 12 oii> [tot avayaivovaiv. In N. T. Mid. , to show one's self, to ap- pear, Luke 19: 11. So Sept. Job 11: 18 avaqpamra/ OXH fiyyvi]. Pass, to be shewn, i. e. to have pointed out to one's self; Acts 21: 3 uvayavivit $ nfyJTvjtyoy, being shewn Cyprus, i. e. having it point- ed out to them as visible in the distance. In the Act. uvacfidvM governs the ace. of the thing and dat. of pers. as in Xen. Conv. 4. 12 above ; while IKTC in the Pass, the dat. becomes the subject, and the accus. is retained ; Buttm. 134. 5 r 6, 7. Matth. 424. 2. Winer 40. 1 . Theophan. p. 392 avacpavsruav ds av~ TWVTIJV yf\v tidov vrovfi oi iri^ar^/ol. 'slvcefpfpco, f. ayo/o-w, aor. 1 uvi\- vtyxa, aor. 2 avi t vfyxov. 1 . to bear upwards, to carry up, to lead up, sc. from a lower to a higher place, trans, seq. as c. accus. of place whither, Matt. 17: 1. Mark 9: 2. Luke 24: 51. Sept. for JOin. 1 Sam. 17: 54. 2 Chr. 29: 31. nrsrr 1 Chr. 15: 3, 12, 14. 2 Chr. 5: 1, 3;'4^ Lucian. Dial. Deor.. 20. 9 ftva. Spoken of sacrifices, to offer up, i. e. place upon the altar, tnl TO &v- fftacmjpiov, James 2: 21. So Sept. for nbrn Gen. 8: 20. Num. 23: 2. 2 Chr. 1: *6? Hence also without inl TO \rva. Heb. 7: 27 bis. 13: 15. 1 Pet. 2: 5. So Sept. for nb^n Lev. 14: 19. Jadg. 11: 31. Sept. 6 wjpei's avcKptywv for NtartEn Lev. 6: 19. 2. to take up and bear, sc. in the place of another, to take from another upon one** self, to take away ; in N. T. spoken metaph. of sins, rag MU(>T/MC, to bear the punishment of sin, to expiate, Heb. 9: 28. 1 Pet. 2: 24 o? rag a/iaoi/a? ^MV alio? avipf/xiv (v -to) ffw/uazf avroD tTil ib i'- iov, who bore our sins in his own body upon the cross, i. e. himself bore the punishment due to our sins ; comp. Is. 53: 12, where Sept. avaysQfiv for Nip 3. So Num. 14: 33 avolaovcri t)\v nogvtlav vfiuv for Heb. Ntf;2. * Avacpcovtco, to, f. fata, to lift up the voice, i. e. to exclaim, cry out. Luke 56 1: 42 ywvij nsyd).r), for which construc- tion see in ' AyaXXtaw b. Sept. for ^fcipn 1 Chr. 15: 28. 2 Chr. 5: 13. Phil! Cic. 27. Polyb. 3. 33. 4. pour out upon,) a pouring out, effusion; in N. T. metaph. 1 Pet. 4: 4 ft? TTJV ainyv TTJis atrom'a? aya/wt*, f/j/o /Ae same ewi/?- fywa- , T, (uvayji'xw q.v.) refreshment, recreation, rest. Acts 3:20 xaiQol avayv&uq, times of refreshing, i.e. of peaceful enjoyment and bliss in the Messiah's kingdom ; cf. v. 20, 21. Sept. for nhi-l Ex. 8: 11 [15]. Philo de Abr. p73'71. Strabo XVII. p. 1137. Hesych. ava vyco, f. cu, (ava. and yv to breathe, to cool,) to draw breath again, to take breath, i.e. to revive, be refreshed, intrans. Sept. for '3 Ex. 23: 12. J-pn Judg. 15: 19. jplrriri Ps. 39: 13. rnn lSam.16: 23. to refresh ivith cooling, trans. Horn. Od. 4. 568, Bion 1. 85. In N.T. genr. to refresh, recreate, trans. 2 Tim. 1: 16 ott nottaxig ps avsif>vl*s, i. e. has often delighted, gratified me. Act. Thorn. 19 rots TE\ftr}iijiBvov$. Ignat. ad. Ephes. 2. Horn. II. 13. 84 yttov VTOO. Herodot. 7. 59. ]<; } ov, o, (avSoa- nodla> to enslave, fr. avSgdnodov slave,) a manstealer, kidnapper, 1 Tim. 1: 10. comp. Ex. 21: 16. Deut. 24: 7. Philo de Joseph, p. 529. Polyb. 12. 9. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 6. aSj ov y o, Andrew, pr. name of one of the Apostles. He was a Gali- lean, born at Bethsaida, John 1: 45 ; and was at first a follower of John the Bap- tist, John 1: 41 coll. v. 35 ; but after' wards became a disciple of Jesus, along with his brother Simon Peter, Matt. 10: 2. AL. ^Ivd^L^Wj f. Iffw, (UVI'IQ,) to render manly or brave, Xen. Oec. 5. 4. In N. T. Mid. avdpt&fioii to show one's self a man, 1 Cor. 16: 13. Sept. for p:h Deut. 31: 6, 7. Josh. 10: 25. f J3N Josh. 1: 6, 9. 1 Mace. 2: 64. Xen. Anab. 4. 3. 34. Uy o, Andronicus, a Jewish Christian, the kinsman and fellow-prisoner of Paul, Rom. 16: 7. ^h'dgocpovo?, ou, o, (uvr\Q and (fovoi;,) a homicide, murderer, 1 Tim. 1: 9. 2 Mace. 9: 28. Plato Eutyphr. c. 2. jfvfyiCAt]TO$ ? ov, o, ?/, adj. (a pr. and e/xeoU'w to arraign,) pp. not arraign- able ; hence in N. T. unblameable, ir- reprehensible, 1 Cor. 1: 8. Col. 1: 22. 1 Tim. 3: 10. Tit. 1: 6, 7. 3 Mace. 5: 31. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 5. oUy o, t], adj. (a pr. and fxdirj'/souai to relate,) what can- not be related, i. e. unspeakable, unutter- able, 2 Cor. 9: 15. Spoken ^of God, Athenagor. Apol. p. 10. So a8ir\yrfio<; Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 32. drfxAaArjjoSj ov, o, 7/, adj. ( pr. and cxAafc'ai to speak out,) unspeak- able, ineffable, 1 Pet. 1: 8. Ignat. ad Eph. c. 19 TO cpu? aviov avEx^a^Jov rjv. jivlx'teiTn.oQy GVy o, fi, (a pr. and MftTrw to fail,) unfailing, exhaustless, Luke 12: 33. Diod. Sic. 1. 36. ib. 4. 84. Clem. Alex. Strom. 4. 'slvMioQy t]y oVyfa'E/ouui,) toler- able, supportable ; in N. T. only in the compar. Matt. 10: 15. 11: 22, 24. [Mark 6: 11.] Luke 10: 12, 14. Herodian. 6. 5. 11. Polyb. 12. 9. 5. Thuc. 2. 35. 'dvtAftjftcoi'y OVOSy o, y, adj. (a pr. and eyUT^uwv,) uncompassionate, cruel, Rom. 1: 31. Sept. for "1TD$ Prov. 5: 9. 11: 17. Wisd. 12: 5. 19: 1." r>7 * jll'tiifaoy f. tVw, (uvffiog,) to agi- tate by winds, to toss, Pass, spoken of waves, James 1: G. Not found in Sept. nor in classic writers. ?, r>Vy 6, (MO> or uT)pi to breathe, to blow,) wind, i. e. air in mo- tion. a) pp. Matt. 11: 7. 14: 24. Mark 4: 41. Luke 7: 24. Rev. 7: 1 fit) nvey M *- JUG?. Spoken of violent, stormy winds, Matt. 7: 25, 27. 8: 26. 14: 30 rov Vf- fiov iaxvQov. v. 32. Mark 4: 37, 39 bis. Mark 6 : 48, 51. Luke 8 : 23, 24, 25. John 6: 18. Acts 27: 4, 7, 14, 15. James 3: 4 vno axh^uv avtfMav. Jude 12. Rev. 6: 13. Sept. for frn Job 21: 18. Is. 41: 16. al. Xen. M~em. 3. 8. 9. Rev. 7: 1 ol TfWa^ff avtfioi, tJiefour car- dinal winds. So Sept. for ni rm "2"} tt Jer. 49: 36. Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 5 7106? iii xi.iuaiu. ToJv TearaaQuv avi^dtv unofiM- Tiorxe?. Hence b) by melon, ol rcWao*? uvfpot, the four quarters of tht earth or heavens, whence these cardinal winds blow, Matt. 24: 31. Mark 13: 27. comp. Luke 13: 29. So Sept. for rrtrm ?2-}K 1 Chr. 9: 24. Dan. 11: 4. c) nietaph. put as the emblem of in- stability etc. uvfuoy TJ]? didavxaJiiug, wind of doctrine, i. e. empty doctrine, un- stable opinion, etc. Eph. 4: 14. Ecclus, 5: 9. So nn Job 15: 2. Uy o, /, adj. (a pr. and evdezeiat fieri potest,) impossible, what cannot be. Luke 17: 1, coll. Matt. 18:7. S, ou, o, *;, adj. (a pr. and l&Qsvvdw,) inscrutable, Rom. 11: 33. Symrn. for npn Prov. 25: 3. ay Jer. 17: 9. c, ou, o, i], adj. (avi- %ouai to endure, and xaxog,) patient un- der evils and injuries, 2 Tim. 2: 24. Hrerocl. ad Pythag. Carm. Aur. 7. So uv&xaxia Wisd. 2: 19. Plut. Pelop. 25. ^ AV^C/VLUQIOQ, ou, o, fi, adj. ( pr. and l$ixvid7// 7 oc, ov f o, r\, adj. ( pr. and faitJitJfrfimWf) pp. not to be ap- prehended; in N. T. metaph. irreprehen- sible, unblameable, 1 Tim. 3: 2, coll. Tit. 1: 7 where it is tot/x>l//ro. 1 Tim. 5:7. C: 14. _ Clem. Alex. Paed. 1. 2. id. Strom. 6. 14. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 15. Pint. Pericl. 10. sh'fO'/ofACti, f. thnltveofUUi aor. 2 to /JA#ov, to come up, to go up, to ascend, so. from a lower to a higher place ; e. p. (I? TO opoc, John 6: 3. tig ' h^oaolv^ct Gal. 1: 17, 18. See in ' Avufiulvu a. So Sept. for rtrn IK. 13: 12. tfia Judg. 21: 8. Act. Tho'rn. 37. Xen.H.G. 2. 4. 39. seq.e'Tuc.acc.of place Herodian.7.8.5. 'sJrfoic, ffoc, i], (uvitjui to loose,) a letting loose, remission, relaxation, viz. a) from bonds, imprisonment, etc. Acts 24: 23 e^v uviaiv, i. e. to be freed from bonds, etc. Sept. UVWLV dov- vai, to remove bonds, to give liberty, etc. 2 Chr. 23: 15. Esdr. 4: 62. Ecclus. 15: 20. b) from active exertion, labour, etc. 2 Cor. 8: 13 ou iVa toUo/s [/]] uviffis, not that others may be freed, sc. from the du- ty of contributing. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 6 rot? lip/otj uvifftv ov dtdoctffiv. 3. 12. 3. Herod Jan. 8. 5. 19. c) trop. remission, rest, quiet, either internal 2 Cor. 2: 12. or external 2 Cor. 7: 5. 2 Thess. 1: 7. Jos. Ant. 1. 21. 1. Act. Thorn. 19 ; Polyb. 1. 66. 10. Hesych. UVKJII;' avanavaig. y f. a: 11. James 1: 8, 20, 23. 3: 2. al. So Sept. and -w\\ Prov. 16: 27, 28, 29. Ecclus. 6: 3. Neh. 4: 18 __ Xen. Oec. 1. 7. Soph. Ajax 77. Rom. 4: 8 poxetpio? av7/o, at x. T. L happy the man, to whom etc. i. e. he, Hit. Jaim-s 1: 12. So Sept. and '\N Ps. 1: 1. 112: 5. Xen. An. 1. 3. 12. So avdysg TOV TOTTOV, inhabitants, Matt. 14: 35. Luke 11: 32. Sept. and UAX 1 Sam. 5: 7. AL. jivfrinr&lpU) f- avTt(TT?jo-w, (otnl and 'iorqui,) in N. T. only perf. av&l- orrjxa, aor. 2 avTf'orijv, and impf. Mid. avdiffrdpyv, to stand against, Mid. to set one's self against, Buttm. 107. II. i. e. to withstand, to oppose, to resist, either in words or deeds or both ; c. c. dat. or absol. Matt. 5: 39. Luke 21: 15. Acts 6: 10. 13: 8. Rom. 9: 19. 13: 2 bis. Eph. 6: 13. 2 Tim. 3: 8 bis. 4: 15. James 4: 7. 1 Pet. 5: 9. Sept. for ^y Ps. 76: 8. Win Job 9: 19.' Jer. 49:18.' fnann Jer. 50: 24. Chald. NfTE Dan. 4: 32" Xen. An. 7. 3. 11. Hefodian. 2. 10. 11. Gal. 2: 11 xcrc nQoawnov avTin avr- , / urithstood him to the face ; so and o^oAo/e'w q. v.) Mid. ci p(xi>, ovf-iui, pp. to mutually utter the same things ; hence spoken of two par- ties, to make an accord, Polyh. 5. 105. 2. Also, alternately or mutually to confess or profess, e. g. T a/*pT/ Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 3. Esdr. 8: 91. In N. T. Mid. to profess publicly, i. e. to praise, to celebrate, pp. alternately, as in the temple wor- ship ; seq. dat. Luke 2: 38 xcu am} avtf- w^uoAo/ftro TO* xi'(Ho>, and she likewise praised the Lord, i. e. as Simeon had jusi before done. So Sept. for rni n Ps- 79: 13. and uv&onoloyijffig for nvri H Ezra 3: 11. Ecclus. 20: 2, and v^O|UoXo/7j- aiS ib. 17: 27. Diod. Sic. 1. 70 av&opo- loyovv T? otQttug jtvog. ' Avfroz, &>?, TO, a Jlower, Jarntvs 1: 10,11. 1 Pet. 1:24 bis. Sept. for 7^ Num. 17: 8. n^: Job 15: 33. rn5 Is! 5: 24. Aelian! V. II. 9. 8. Xen. Ven. 5.5. 'slvfrgaxiu, etc, r h (V^5,) a, ltd or mass of live coals, John 18: 18. 21: 9. Ecc. 11 : 32. 4 Mace. 9: 20. Athen.VlII. p. 361. D. "jlv&(>u$, axoz, 6, a coal, a live coal, Rom. 12: 20." So Srpt. and n^a Prov. 25: 22, whence the proverb is bor- rowrd. " To heap coals of fire on pne's head," here signifies to excite in him feelings of painful regret. In a differ- ent sense, 4 Esdr. 16: 53. 'slvfrpconapfoxoc, ou, o, ij, adj. (av&Qwno? and aQtffxw,) desirous to please men, sc. without regard to God. Eph. 6: 6. Col. 3: 22. Sept. Ps. 53: 6. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 929. A word of the later Greek, see Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 621. 'AvftgconivoQ, try, tvo*, (av- &Q037toq,} human, pertaining to man, e. g. a) in nature or kind, James 3: 7 cpvffig av&gbmlvr], human nature, i.e. man. 1 Cor. 2: 4, 13 (rocplct av&qwnlvri, human wisdom. Sept. foru;i:fi< Job 10: 5. B'lN Num. 19: 16. Wisd. : 12: 5. Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 12. b) in respect to origin or adaptation. GO 1 Cor. 4: 3 ttv&QGtTrbi) JIUKQCI, human day of trial, i. e. a court-day. 1 Pet. 2: 13 xriffig. 1 Cor. 10: 13 Tmpaoy/6? UV&QM- nivos, i. e. common to men, not peculiar. Rom. 6: 19 (xvfrg tan LVOV Mytn, I speak in the manner of men, (Buttm. 115. 4,) i. e. in a manner adapted to human weak- ness etc. Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 1 U , ov, o, y, adj. and xtflvM,) in N. T. as subst. a homicide, a murderer ; spoken of Satan, as the author of sin and death, John 8: 44 ; see \Visd. 2: 23, 24, coll. Ecclus.25: 24. Rom. 5: 12 __ Constit. Aj)ost. 8. 5 6 avc9^>a)7roxro'oc oqpbmov idriQiouayjio-a, if according to man's will, etc. i. e. ov XT &(6v, coll. 2 Cor. 7: 9, 11. 11: 17. For the phrase t'io? rov avd-Qfonov, see no. 4 below. The gen. av&Qamov stands also instead of the adj. ttv&gwnivo<; y as 2 Pet. 2: 16 Iv ar&Qunov qpeoj'ij, with a human voice, Rev. 13: 18 ugi&uoc; av&Qbmov, a mail's number, i.e. an ordinary number. 21: 17 fisTQov av&Qbmov, human measure, i. e. common. So Sept. and t"TN Is. 8:1. (/5) metaph. spoken of the internal man. o !' amog Acts 10: 26. I'fing avjoL Mark 6: 31. 1 Cor. 11: 13. avTol vpug John d) as marking the exclusion of all else, self alone. 2 Cor. 12: 13 avwg lyw, I alone, i. e. exclusive of the other apos- tles. Rev. 19: 12 ovopa o ovStlg oidiv, fl p; aiiTog, except himself alone. Horn. II. 8. 99. Wolf ad Lept. p. 303. With jtiovo? subjoined, John 6: 15 '/TJO-OU? vf^a)^7j(7 elg TO ogog avrog povog. So the Attics, Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 38. Wolf ad Lept. p. 288. e) of one's self, of one's own accord, sponte. John 16: 27 amog yug o ncn^g (pilii vfiag, the Father himself, of his own accord, loveth you. (1 Pet. 2: 24.) Horn. II. 17. 254. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 27. Anab. 2. 1. 5. Mem. 1.3.7. 2. Used alone, the pers. pron. being omitted or implied ; chiefly in the nominative for 7 myself, he himself, etc. with various degrees of emphasis ; in the oblique cases only at the beginning of a construction ; Buttm. 127. 2. 1. b. a) genr. and often having xal. So in the Nom. Luke 6: 42 aviog ov fihnwv, thyself not seeing the beam, etc. Phil. 2: 24 oTi y.al avwg Taxeoig ctawo^tca, that I myself shall also come shortly. Luke 11: 4 xal yuQ avTol ucplf^tv. Luke 11: 46, 52. 15: 14. John 7: 4. 9: 21 bis. Acts 2: 34. 13: 14. 17: 25. 21: 24. Col. 1: 17. 1 John 1: 7. al. saep. - Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 35 bis. 8. 1. 4, 10. Thuc. 6. 5. So in the oblique cases at the beginning of a construction, Luke 24: 24 avrov de ovx iidov. John 9: 21 avrov 115 Av i 'o$ Xen. Hiero a 10. Plat. Lys. p. 304. A. Dem. de Coron. 270. 19. b) by way of special emphasis, put for a person distinguished from all others, whom all know and venerate, etc. So of Jesus, i. e. He, for the Master, the Lord, etc. Matt. 8: 24 avwg de txu- dei'dt. Mark 4: 38. 6:47. 8:29. Luke 5: 16, 17. 8: 54. 9: 51. 10: 38. 11: 17. 14: 1. So of God, Heb. 13: 5. Schol. ad Aristoph. Nub. 218. Com p. the avibg I'qpa of the disciples of Pythag. ipse dixit, the master has said it, Jarnbli- chus Vita Pythag. c. 18. Cic. de Nat. Deor. 1. 5. Matth. 467. 1. p. 867. 3. Where several words intervene between the subject and verb, avrog is put emphatically instead of repeating the subject itself, viz._ a) in the sense of olnog or ixeivog, this, that, and often to be expressed in Eng- lish by an emphatic he, she, it, they, etc. Matt. 1: 21 avibg yaq vwafi tov JLUOV alrov,for HE (and no other) shall save his people from their sins. 5: 4 o* nsv&ovvifg onavTol for THEY (of all others) shall be comforted. v. 5 10. 6: 4 xcet 6 rrcrct/o aou 6 fi),5Ti(ov iv TO) KQvmM, al'ibg vtnodotxTti aoi, HE shall reward thee openly. 11: 14 alnog Amy 3 mlag, THIS is Elias. 12: 50, coll. Mark 4: 35 where it is oinog. Matt. 25: 17. Mark 1: 8. 14: 15. Luke 1: 17, 36. 11: 14. John 14: 10. Acts 10: 42. 15: 27. Heb. 8: 9. 1 John 2: 2. al. saep. So Sept. and Heb. fcnn Is. 53: 5, 7, 12. Ps. 19: 6. Wisd. 12: 27 inl rovrotg ovg tdoxovv -frtovg, iv avrolg xola6pevoi. Jos.Ant. 6. 13. 4. Plat. Repub. 2. p. 217. Palaeph. Fab. 20. Horn. Od. 5. 198. b) with ordinals, alnog implies one's self with the others included in the num- ber. Rev. 17: 11 ainbg oydoog lent, xat x TWV ima m, HE is the eighth, i. e. he was with the seven and is of them. Comp. 2 Pet. 2: 5. Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 1 avrbg ohyoo~iog. Thuc. 1. 46. Xen. H. G. 2. 2. 17. Comp. Vigerus, p. 73. Kypke Obs. II. p. 442. II. Put instead of the pers. pron. of the third person, him, her, it, them, etc. but only in the oblique cases and not at the beginning of a construction; Buttm. 127. 2. II. Herm. ad Viger. p. 735. XI. 1. As referring to a definite subject or antecedent expressed, viz. a) genr. and simply, Matt. 3: 16 bis, xfr Idov av. A nab. 5. 6. 15 AS- VOlfUVTL OOWVTt XCtioV CtVlM 6<5oX. Comp. Winer 22. 4. a. Especially does this take place after a relative ; Mark 7: 25 yvvy, yg et%e TO frvyotTQiov ain^g nvmpa axd&aQiov. 1: 7. John 1: 27. Acts 15: 17 Icp ovgen airtovg. Eph. 2: 10. Rev. 3: 8 &VQO.V, \v ovdelg dtymat xjleurut. airnjv. 7: 2 oig edo&7) aviolg. 7: 9. So Sept. freq. Ex. 4: 17. Lev. 18: 5. Num. 11: 21. Judg. 18: 5, 6. 1 K. 13: 10. al. Esdr. 3: 5. 4: 54. Ju- dith 16:_4. Baruch 2: 17. Herodian. 8. 6. 10 oig eni(ponu/a *'x vijffov &g KEQxvQav, wv avi&v b) as referring to an abstract noun implied in a preceding concrete, and vice versa. John 8: 44 ysvo-irjg tail x 6 nctir)Q aviov, sc. rov yev9ov$. Vice versa, Rom. 2: 26 lav i] axgofivinla ov/i TI dxQ. aviov, i. e. of such an dxgo- fivo-iog. Luke 5: 17 aviovg, i. e. lovg aff&Evslg, coll. v. 15. Theodoret. I. 914 lovio ir t g MTrocrroAfXTj? %doiTog i'Scov ' aiJiolg yag, sc. vmoffioloig. c) as referring to an antecedent im- plied in a preceding verb ; Acts 12: 21 o 'Hgwdyg fSrjfjtTjyoQfi, ngog aviovg \tov dijpov]. o 8s dijfiog intywvu. 1 Pet. 3: 13, 14, rig o xaxwcrw?/ t^uwc lov Ss cpo- fiov writ* |U; (pofiq&ilis, sc. twv xaxovv- xav vpixg. d) where there is no grammatical reference whatever to the preceding context, hut the antecedent is merely presupposed ; Luke 1 : 17 avTog ngodfii- ffsrcu avroi>, before HIM, i.e. the Mes- siah ; so 1 John 2: 12. 2 John 6 ; comp. above in I. 2. b. Luke 2: 22 x#ar/iou uT(i5v,sc.of the mother and child. 23: 51 /5oi/Aevrci>v,Twj' uQxitQswv xal ^ coll. v. 50, and comp. John 7: 47, 50. John 20: 15, coll. v. 13. Acts 4: 5 avxwv, 1. e. of the people, the Jews ; and so Matt. 11: 1. 12: 9. Heb. 8: 8 auzoT? IE/EL, sc. roig %xovo~t, IT\V dia&iimp ii]V nowrrjv. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 42. 3. Sometimes auxou, ayror, etc. is found where we might expect the re- flexive eavTov, amov, etc. Matt. 21: 45 ol ftccQiffaloi eyvcwav, ort ns^l aviuv Uyu, instead of ntgl ainwv. John 1: 48 Eider o 3 Ir)o-ovg TOV Na&ava^ tgxo- [lEVov ngog CIVTOV. 4: 47 xt ?y^wT u- tov \vn xa-rafifj xcu lacrrjrai amov [ctv- vov] lov vlov. In such cases the senti- ment is expressed in the person of the writer, not in that of the subject. Cornp. Buttm. 127. 3, and n. 4. Winer 22. 5, note. Gen. 16: 3 2aga tdwxfv aim}* IM Jifaaft avdoi avii]g [avrij?]. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 11 ijnctTiJusvovg aviovg [v- 7/o-^vTo. ib. 6. 11 . 2 T/, w TUXTSQ, g avd&v avbga, fiEya piv aviot [UVTM for vtavrm] ngog aan^olav ocpdog "/s'/Evr]f^vov. Diod. Sic. 17. 64 il]v ngog ainov firvolav, coll. 65 (TTOQ'/JJV Tioog savior. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 19. 11. Herodian. 1. 17. a ib. 2. 4. 13. 4. Sometimes, though not often, v~ rov etc. is omitted where it must be supplied in the thought; Acts 13: 3 xat em&svrfg lag %ti(>ag avTolg vm&vauv [nvTovg]. Mark 6: 5. 1 Cor. 10: 9. Eph. 5: 11. 2 Thess. 3: 15. 1 Tim. 6: 2. Comp. Buttm. 130. 5. Winer 22. 1. Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 3. Dem. adv. Conon. p. 728. B. III. With the article, 6 avrog, fj ccv- irj, 10 WUTO, the same. Buttm. 127. 2. III. Herm. ad Viger. p. 735. a) genr. the same, not different, ob- jectively ; Mark 14: 39 lov avrov tirtdv. Luke 6: 38 TW OVIM [A&IQOJ. Rorn. 9: 21 x lov aviov cpvydfiuiog. 10: 12 o yccg ccinog xi'otog TKXVTMV. 1 Cor. 12: 4 11. Phil. 1: 30. al. So Sept. for lhfi$ Job 31: 15. Ex. 36: 8. 2 Mace. 3: 33." Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 6, 7. So TO uvio, ia avid, the same, the same things, like things, Matt. 5: 46. Luke 6: 33. Acts 15: 27. Rom. 2: 1. 1 Cor. 1: 10. Eph. 6: 9. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 6, 7. Hence the fol- lowing adverbial phrases: () TO avio, the same, in the same manner, in like Aviov 117 manner ; Matt. 27: 44. 1 Cor. 12: 25. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 5. (^5) Ini TO UVTO,' spoken of place or time ; of place, in the same place, in one place, Matt. 22: 34. Acts 2: 1 , 44. 4: 26. 1 Cor. 11: 20. So Sept. for in! P S - 2: 2. 2 Sam. 10: 15 - Conip. slg TO avTo Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 12. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 17. Spoken of time, at the same lime, together, Acts 3: 1. Luke 17: 35. So Sept. for Ynrr Ps. 37: 38. Dent. 32: 10. 2 Sarn. %i: 9. (y] xara TO avio y at the same time, to- gether, Acts 14: 1. So Sept. and vyfp 1 Sam. 3 1:6. 2 Sam. 2: 16. Diod.Sicl20. 76. Herodot. 7. 106. Others, in like man- ner, as Sept. and Y^ 1 Sam. 30: 24 ; but comp. Kypke and Kuinoel in loc. b) spoken subjectively, always the same, i.e. not changing, immutable ; Heb. 1: 12 o-v de o avrog it, quoted from Ps. 102: 28, where Sept. for Jon. Heb. 13: 8 'irjffoix; XQ. o CCVTOI;. So tnri Is. 41: 4. Thuc. 2. 61 f/w uiv o aviog dpi, xa ovx f^lcna^oti. c) constr. with a dat. the same with, the same as if; 1 Cor. 11: 5 cv yaq to~u xcu TO avTo T5 e$VQr)[j:Svi]. 1 Pet. 5: 9. Comp. Buttm. 133. 2. 2, and n. 1. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 2. Polyb. 3. 95. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 15. ib. 3. 3. 35. AL. y adv. of place, (pp. gen. of TO UTO,) here, there, in this or that place, i. q. In ai'iov rov TOTTOV, Matt. 26: 36. Acts 15: 34. 18: 19. 21: 4. Sept. for ttT3 Ex. 24: 14. Num. 22: 19. ns Num. 32:6. Deut.5:31. 2 Sam. 20: 4. Po- lyb. 3. 65. 3. Herodot. 1. 94. ib. 4. 9. Comp. Schaefer ad Bos. Ellips. p. 885. ? 3 ou } Attic contr. for kaviov, i)<;, ov, pron. reflex, of 3d pers. himself, herself, itself, etc. Matt. 1: 21. 3: 12. Luke 5: 25. 9: 14. Acts 15: 26. 2 Tim ; 2: 19. Rev. 16: 17, al. saep. For avwv instead of ainov, see in AVTO? IL 3. In Matt. 23: 37, some editions read noog ctvir t v, which there would be for 2 pers. i. q. nqoq asam^v ; comp. Buttm. 127. n. 5. AL. AvioqxoQOSy ov } o, ?/, adj. (aviog, ), f. tjo-w, in text. r"c. Rev. 2: 19 ; f. 2 aviGfJiOQy OVy o, (acpavl^o),) a disappearing, vanishing, i. e. destruction. Sept. for ttNiuiE Zeph. 1: 16. fiEU) Jer. 2: 15. * ^KKV Jer. 51: 26, 62" Polyb. 5. 11. 5. In N. T. trop. aboli- tion, abrogation, sc. of a covenant, Heb. 8: 13. See Kypke in loc. not stony, level, and metaph. simple, sincere, Ael. V. H. 12. 1. Lucian. D. Deor. 4. 5 ; from pr. and (M.svg stony ground,) simplicity, sincerity, Acts 2: 46. So oqp&cia Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 2. Ael. V. H. 3. 10. Vy o, 4 adj. ( pr. and cpaivofjitti, 3 p. perf. pass, necpavcou,) i. q. ayaviig, not apparent, not seen ; hence acpavrog ysveff&m, to disappear, to vanish, Luke 24: 31. Eurip. Orest. 1557. Diod. Sic. 4. 65. Plut. de def. Orac. 1. So aqpaW;? yeveff&at 2 Mace. 3: 34. Act. Thorn. 27. 43. * j4 adj. ( pr. and cp&ctQxog, fr. cp&Elgw,) incorruptible ; i. e. spoken of persons, immortal, as God, Rom. 1: 23. 1 Tim. 1: 17. the future bodies of saints, 1 Cor. 15: 52. Wisd. 12: 1. Diog. Laert. X. 123. Spoken of things, imperishable, enduring, I Cor. 9: 25. 1 Pet. 1: 4, 23. 3: 4. Wisd. 18:4. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 3. , a?, h (vyfroQog fr. pp. incorruption, in- 119 capacity of decay ; metaph. incorrupt- ness, integrity, Tit, 2: 7 in some Mss. for adi aor. 2 uqpijy, perf. aqpijxa, aor. 1 pass. aqpc'vbjv, f. 1 pass, acfs&ijcrouai, comp. Buttm. 108. I. Anomalous forms : 2 p. pres. agtig, from acpeca, Rev. 2: 20 in later edit. comp. Ex. 32: 32. Buttm. 106.n.5. 107. n. 1,2. Winer 14. 3. Imperf. qytov from acplco, Mark 1: 34. 11: 16. comp. Ecc. 2: 18. 5: 11. Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1021. Buttm. 108. 1. 5. Winer I. c. For the augm. see Buttm. 86. n. 2. Perf. pass. 3 plur. cnf.f (uvjcti Matt. 9: 2, 5. Mark 2: 5, 9. al. from a form of the perf. act. g t'wxa, Buttm. 108. 1. p. 231, marg. note. 97. n. 2. Winer 1. c. To send forth or away, to let go from one's self, trans. a) pp. e. g. Toi-s o%Jiovs, to dismiss, Matt. 13: 36. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8. ib. 8. 1.6. Spoken of a wife, to put away, 1 Cor. 7: 11, 12, 13. Jos. Ant. 15. 7. 10. So Matt. 27: 50 uqpjjxc TO iivivua, Jit gave up the ghost, i. e. expired. Sept. Gen. 35: 18. Jos. Ant. 7. 13. 3 -ir)v yvp]v. 5. 2. 8. Ael. H. An. 2. 1. See Kypke in loc. Mark 15: 37 acpelg qxavijv fif/dJirfy, sending forth a loud cry. Sept. for bip ]n3 Gen. 45: 2. Act. Thorn. 39. Jos! 'Ant. 8. 13. 3. Dem. 301. 10. Comp. Kypke in loc. b) to let go from one's power, posses- sion, etc. i. e. to let go free, to let escape, Matt. 24: 40, 41. Luke 17: 34, 35, 36. Sept. for ns-in Cant. 3: 4. Prov. 4: 13. Palaeph.'Fab. 41. Trop. to let go from obligation towards one's self, to remit, e. g. a debt, offence, etc. seq. dat. of pers. Matt. 18: 27, 32, 35. Mark 11: 25. Sept. for DEM 1 Deut. 15: 2. 1 Mace. 10: 29. Ael. V. H. 14. 24. Dem. 1480. 11. So of sins, to remit the penally of sins etc. i. e. to pardon, tofor- give, seq. dat. of pers. e.g. oqxd^uaTa Matt. 6: 12 bis. auuQtiaq Matt. 9: 2, 5, 6. 12: 31. Mark 2: 5, 7, 9, 10. al. {ftotacprjulav Matt. 12: 31, 32 bis. naQctmwpata Matt. 6:14 bis, 15 bis. Mark 11: 25. uuaQiyuaici Mark 3: 28. 4: 12. avowing Rom. 4: 7. So Sept. for -|E3 Is. 22: 14. Niz;: Gen. 50:17. Ex. 32:' 31. Ps. 24: 18/32: 5. r&0 Lev. 4: 20. 5: 10, 13. Is. 55: 7. Ecclus. 2: 12. 28: 2. Act. Thorn. 6. 24. ^ Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6. Herodot. 6. 30 tip ctlrlav. Comp. Ael. V. H. 1. 14. c) to let go from one's further notice, care, attendance, occupancy, etc. i. e. to leave, to let alone, viz. (a) pp. to quit, to forsake, to abandon; spoken of persons etc. Matt. 4: 11. 8: 15. 15: 14. 26: 44, 56. Mark 4: 36. John 10: 12. al. spoken of things etc. Matt. 4: 20 T dlxivct. Mark 13: 34 ir/V otx/av. John 4: 3 T>' Tovdalav. Matt. 19: 27, 29, T ndvra. So Sept. for U: 1 Sam. 17: 20, 28. Jer. 12: 7. Wisd. 10: 14. Ecclus. 6: 27. Lucian. D. Deor. 6. 12. So to leave, sc. in any place or state, to let remain, Matt. 5: 24 acptg Ixfl TO dwQov o-ov. 18: 12. Mark 1: 20. Luke 10: 30. John 4: 28. 14: 18,27. Acts 14: 17. u<} in-ui rivet uovov John 8: 29. 16: 32. So Sept. for rPSfi Gen. 42: 33. 1 K. 19: 3. 1 Chr.'l6: 21. 3T* Ex. 9: 21. 2 Sam. 15: 16. 1 Mace." 7: 20. 1: 28. So to leave to any one, i. e. to let him have or take, Matt. 5: 40 acpf? etvTw xal IUUTIOV. Comp. Ecclus. 15: 14. Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 4 TOV vlov acptg uot. Further, to leave behind, sc. at death, Matt. 22: 25. Mark 12: 19, 20, 21, 22. Sept. for rpsn Ps. 17: 14. Ecc. 2: 18. So to leave remaining, and Pass, to be left, to remain ; Heb. 2: 8. Matt. 23: 38. Luke 13: 35. So Matt. 24: 2 ov p) (jp^ w<5e A/tfos Inl U&ov. Mark 13: 2. Luke 19: 44. 21: 6. Sept. for rT'srt Judg.2: 23. 3: 1. Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 4.' ' (/?) metaph. to leave, in various senses, viz. to desert, to quit, Rom. 1: 27 TTJV cpvawjv xQyo'iv. Rev. 2: 4. Or, to omit, to pass by, Heb. 6: 1 acpevisg rbv Tt]$ aQxfjs \oyov. Eurip. Androm. 392. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 4. 4. 36. So to neglect, to omit, Matt. 23: 23 bis, rot /SaouTcoa TOU vouov. Mark 7: 8. Luke 11: 42. Sept. for rpSri Ecc. 11: 6. d) to let go, i. e. to let pass, to permit, to suffer, seq. ace. c. infin. expressed or implied, Matt. 8:22. 13:30. 19:14. Mark 1: 34. 5: 37. al. Matt. 3: 15. Mark 5: 19. 11: 6. Luke 13: 8. John 11: 48. 12: 7. ^ Rev. 2: 20 oit <^H? [text. rec. ?] TT)V yvvalxd aov ' It^d^tK sc. diSaff- xeiv. Sept. for h^n 2 Sam. 16: 11. Judg. 16: 26. ]nD~Ex'. 12: 23. Num. 22: 13. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2. Palaeph. 120 Fab. 4. Seq. iva with the subjunct. in the manner of the later poets after verbs of command etc. Mark 11: 16 ovx yyifv 'iva, x.T.L See Hermann ad Viger. p. 852. So the imperat. acpfg, aqpm, is fol- lowed by the subjunct. without iV, e. g. acpfg, i'dwufv, let us see, suffer us to see, Matt. 27: 49. Mark 15: 36. >?, fx/SAa), let me cast out, Matt. 7: 4. Luke 6: 42. See Winer 42. 4. Herm. de Ellips. p. 183. Comp. Matth. 516. B. Viger. p. 315. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 9. ib. 3. 12 atpfg, i'dw. AL. j^ Jer. 6: 8. Ez. 23: 17, 18. In the sense of to withdraw from, to avoid, 1 Tim. 6: 5. 2 Tim. 2: 19. So Sept. for ^-nD Lam. 4: 15. C. c. gen. Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 80. Thuc. 7. 7. b) metaph. to desist from, to refrain from, to let alone. Acts 5: 38 anoo-Trjffs ano TWV av&ywnwv xoinwv. 22: 29. 2 Cor. 12: 8. So Sept. for ^n Job 7: 16. -no 1 Sam. 6: 3. 2 SafrK 2: 22, 23. Polyb. 5. 46. 4. Dem. 78. 21. c) to make defection from, to revolt, to apostatize, absol. Luke 8: 13. seq. gen. 1 Tim. 4: 1. seq. ano c. gen. Heb. 3: 12. Sept. for JTian Ez. 20: 8. '^73 2Chr. 26: 18. 2&19, 22. in *2 Gen* 14: 4. Dan. 9: 9, C. c. gen. Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 8. ib. 9. 5. 1. Herodian. 6. 2. 19. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 11. seq. ano 5. 4. 1. j4(pvco } adv. (contr. from acpavug fr. pr. and cpalvw,) suddenly, unex- pectedly, Acts 2: 2. 16: 26. 28: 6. Sept. for tlfcriB Josh. 10: 9. Ecc. 9: 12. 2 Macc. : 3: 27. Diod. Sic. 1. 57. ?, adv. (a pr. and without fear, boldly, Luke 1: 74. 1 Cor. 16: 10. Phil. 1: 14. Jude 12. Sept. for ThB72 Prov. 1: 33. Wisd. 17: 4. Herod'ian. 7. 2. 1. Xen. Hiero 7. 10. ^lcpO[jLOlOOJ } CO y f. 0)0*0), (ttTTOj ouoiog,) lit. to liken off, i. e. to make like, Pass. Heb. 7: 3. Ep. of Jer. 5, 63, 71. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 2. , co y f. anoyouai, (an6 j ,) to look away sc. towards a distant object, Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 3. Herodot. 8. 37. In N. T. metaph. to behold in mind, tojix the mind upon, seq. fig c. ace. Heb. 12: 2 elg ?ov 'lyvovv. 4 Mace. 17: 10 fig TOV &tov. Jos. Ant. 7. 5. 4 ngog ir\v 8. 12. 1. f. tw, (ano, o0/w,) to set off by bounds, to limit off, Sept. for b^vf 121 TOQ Ex. 19: 12. 23. Polyb. 17. 5. 7. In N.T. to set off apart, to separate, Matt. 13: 49. 25: 32 bis. Acts 19: 9. 2 Cor. 6: 17. Gal. 2: 12. Sept. for b^n Lev. 20: 25. Is. 56: 3. Dem. 719. 17! ' So to set apart for any thing, to select, to choose, c. c. tig 11 Acts 13: 2. Rom. 1: 1. absol. Gal. 1: 15. Sept. for b^n Lev. 20: 26. Act. Thorn. 44. In the sense of to excommunicate, Luke 6: 22. Eurip. Hec.931. 'AyopfJir}, % ?/ I" 7 ' 50pi,)pp.that from which any thing proceeds, viz. means, material, apparatus, sc. for ac- complishing any thing, Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 16. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 11. Polyb. 14. 9. 8. In N.T. occasion, opportunity, Rom. 7: 8,11. 2 Cor. 5: 12. 11: 12 bis. Gal. 5: 13. 1 Tim. 5: 14. 3 Mace. 3: 2. Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 1. Herodian. 1. 8. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 83. to foam, Mark 9: 18, 20. Diod. Sic. 3.9. 't^^tfpOgj oijy o, froth, foam, Luke 9: 39. Horn. II. 20. 168. Jos. Ant. C. 12.2. 5, ("(??<>",) want of wisdom, folly. a) genr. 2 Cor. 11: 1, 17, 21. Sept. for n^N Prov.18: 13. 19: 3. 26: 4, 5. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 41. b) from the Heb. want of true wisdom, i. e. impiety, wickedness, Mark 7: 22. So Sept. and rfcpS Job 4: 6. J-T>3: Deut. 22: 21. nV^DD Ecc. 7: 25/ Wisd. 12: 23. , ovoe, 6, fi, adj. ( pr. and (fgovso) from cpQyv,) unwise, simple, foolish. a) genr. Luke 11: 40. 12: 20. 1 Cor. 15: 36. 2 Cor. 11: 16 bis, 19. 12: 6, 11. So Sept. for ^\ Prov. 11: 29. '^03 Prov. 10: 1. bij Prov. 30: 22. b=>0 Ecc. 2: 19. Herodian. 5. 7. 1. Xen' Mem. 3. 7. 5. b) in the sense of uninstructed, un- learned, ignorant, sc. of true religion, Rom. 2: 20. Eph. 5: 17. 1 Pet. 2: 15. So Sept. and ^52 Ps. 92: 7. 'Ayvnvoco, a), f. wcrw, (ayvnvo?, fr. MTTO and vnvoq,} pp. fo cease to sleep, 16 /o awake from sleep, Anthol. Grsec. II. p. 103. ed. Jac. In N. T. and later writers, to sleep away, i. e. to fall into a deep and prolonged sleep, Luke 8: 23, coll. Matt. 8: 24 et Mark 4: 38 where it is x#i'(Jw. So Sept. ed. Aldin. for aa-ii Judg. 5: 27. Nicet. Ann. 11. 6. 48". 'B. Cornp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 224. II. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677. ? > ov, o, 77, adj. (a pr. and (fwvi'],) voiceless, i. e. a) dumb, not having the power of speech, e. g. beasts, 2 Pet. 2: 16. idols, 1 Cor. 12: 2, comp. Ps. 115: 5 sq. Hab. 2: 18, 19. Aeschin.88. 37. b) mute, silent, sc. in patient suffering, Acts 8: 32, quoted from Is. 53: 7 where Sept. for t*N?.. Ael. V. H. 12. 41. c) metaplii unexpressive, i. e. without expression , not having ir\v dvvctfjuv trjg , 1 Cor. 14: 10, coll. v. 11. W/f, o, indec. Maz, Heb. (possessor), an idolatrous king of Judah, Matt. 1: 9 bis. See 2 K. c. 16. 2 Chr. c.28. i\(, ag, 7;, Achaia, a region of Greece. In a more restricted sense, Achaia was a province lying in the northern part of the Peloponnesus, in- cluding Corinth and its isthmus, and put by the poets for the whole of Greece ; whence *Axaiol, the Greeks. In a wider sense, Achaia comprehended the Pelo- ponnesus and the wholeof Greece proper- ly so called. Augustus divided the whole country into two proconsular provinces, viz. Macedonia and Achaia ; the former of which included Macedonia proper, with lllyricum, Epirus, and Thessaly ; and the latter, all which lay southward of the former. Corinth was the capital of Achaia, and the residence of the pro- consul. In N. T. the name Achaia is always employed in this latter accepta- tion ; Acts 18: 12, 27. 19: 21. Rom. 15: 26. 16: 5 in text. rec. 1 Cor. 16: 15. 2 Cor. 1: 1. 9:2. 11: 10. 1 Thess. 1: 7,8. See Kuinoel on Acts 18: 12. u, o, Achaicus, name of a Christian, 1 Cor. 16: 17, 25. 'XffaffOIOfj ov > o, i\, adj. ( pr. and x<*Q%opat,) unthankful, ungrateful, 122 Luke 6: 35. 2 Tim. 3: 2. Ecclus. 29: 17, 25. Jos. Ant. 3. 15. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 1. Afri(Ji 9 o, indec. Jlchim, pr. name of a man, Matt. 1: 14. A%igonofyios 9 ou y o, j), adj. (a pr. %iig and TIOIKM,) nof made with hands, Mark 14: 58. 2 Cor. 5:1. Col. 2: 11. yl'/^VQy vo? 9 ij, thick mist, cloud, darkness, sc. which shrouds objects from view, Horn. Od. 7. 41. In N.T. spoken of the eyes, a mist, sc. before the eyes, Acts 13: 11 o^Ai 1 ? xt axoTog. Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 3 uxhvv talg oyaig amwv emficdwv. Horn. II. 5. 127. Themist. Orat. 21. Spoken often in Homer of ihe mist which cornes over the eyes of the dying, II. 5. 696. ib. 16. 344. Cf (a pr. useless, unprofitable, pp. Epist. Jer. 17. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 21. Mem. 1. 2. 54. Jn N. T. by implic. a) slothful, wicked, Matt. 25: 30, coll. v. 26 % AchiJI. Tat. V. p. 321. Comp. /(moT?j Tob. 4: 13. b) spoken in humility, humble, of little value, Luke 17: 10. So Sept. and VBX : 2 Sam. 6: 22. '4%pClO dtvQo. 8: 22 a/Qt TOV vvv. Phil. 1: 5. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 5 /^t noie. Philo de Abr. p. 375. II. As a conjunction, before verbs in the subjunctive, Luke 21: 24. Rev.15: 8. 17: 17. 20: 3. Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 6. Plut. de def. Orac. c. 13. , ov, TO, chaff, pp. Sept. for 7M Job 21: 18. y'n Is. 17: 13. Polyb.' 1. 19. 13. Xen. Oec. 18. 6, 7, 8. In N. T. straw, sc. as broken up by treading out the grain, Matt. 3: 12. Luke 3: 17. So Sept. and ^13 Gen. 24: 25, 32. Judg. 19: 19. '^3 Is. 30: 24. Such straw was used by th'e Hebrews Bafrvvco as fodder, and for burning ; see Geu. I.e. Judg. I.e. and Ex. 5: 7. Luke 12: 28. Cornp. Calmet, art. Thrashing. Jahn 64, 65. ^lyevdijCj to$, ovc, o, /, adj. ( pr. and ysvdyg,) incapable offalsehood, ve- rax, Tit. 1: 2. Symm. for -ij3]z;-if b Job 36: 4. Wisd. 7: 18. Herodian.5. 9. 4. n:yb Prov. 5: 4 where Sept. Aquila wfMHw. The figure of waters thus converted into bitter poison, is drawn perhaps from Jer. 9: 15. 23: 15. Lam. 3: 15, 19, (where Heb. STSSb,) comp. Deut. 29: 18. Heb. 12: 15. * Ex. 15: 23. Xen. Anab. 1. 5. 1 aylv- &IOV. JUy i], wormwood, as j4ipv%o?y ov } o, i/, adj. (a pr. and the emblem of poisonous bitterness, W 7/,) inanimate, void of sense and life, Rev. 8: 11 bis ; where, as the name of 1 Cor. 14: 7. Wisd. 14: 29. Polyb. 6. a star, it is masc. o "Afxr&of. Heb. 47. 10. y o, indec. Baal, Heb. b*3 (master), Chald. b?3, ba, Bel, pr. name of one of the chief gods of the Phe- nicians and Babylonians, representing either the sun, or more probably the planet Jupiter. Rom. 11: 4 ovx txu- yav yovv tfj [tixovt] Baal, quoted from 1 K. 19: 18 where it is TW Baal; comp. Buttm. 125. 5. The Israelites were often seduced to the worship of this god ; Judg. 2: 11, 13. 3: 7. 8: 33. 1 K. 16:31. See Calmet, art. Baal. BafivAcaVy covofy rj, Babylon, Heb. b^3, Babel, (i. e. confusion, contr. for bi&l from bb3 Gen. 11: 9,) the cele- brated capital of Babylonia and the seat of the Assyrian and Chaldean empires. For a full account of it, and of the present ruins, see Calmet, arts. Babel, Babylon, and Babylonia. In N. T. a) pp. Matt. 1: 11, 12, 17 bis. Acts 7: 43. 1 Pet. 5: 13. b) poetically and symbolically Baby- lon is put for the capital of heathenism, the chief seat of idolatry, probably pagan Rome, as being the successor of ancient Babylon in this respect ; comp. Is. 21: 9. Jer. 50: 38. 51: 7, 8. Rev. 14: 8. 16: 19. 17:5. 18:2,10,21. Bct&fjLOQy QVy o, (/JatVw,) a step, sc. of a stair, door, etc. Ecclus. 6: 36. Sept. for ]p,B7a 1 Sam. 5: 5. Plut. Romul. c. 20. In T ft.*T. a step of dignity, de- gree, standing, 1 Tim. 3: 13. Artemid. 2. 42. Plut. Alcib. c. 17. Lucian. Amor. 53. The Attic form is fafffiog, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 324. fo^ ov?y TO, depth. a) pp. Matt. 13: 5. Mark 4: 5. Rom. 8: 39. Epb. 3: 18. Luke 5: 4 tig TO fta- &og sc. Tt)g ^aJuxffcnjg, i. e. the deep, deep water, the sea. Sept. for tTj^'E Ez. 27: 34. Is. 51: 10. nbttSJfl Zecli. 10: 11. ->nnn Ez. 31: 14, l'8. -1 Died. Sic. 5. 36. ' ; Xen. Oec. 19. 14. b) metaph. (o) for greatness, abun- dance, Rom. 11: 33 /9u#o? nlovrov x.x.A. Sept. Prov. 18: 3. Ael. V. H. 3. 18 nloinog PU&VS. 2 Cor. 8: 2 ?/ XT /?- 9-og n:Tw;fE/a, deep, abject poverty. (/?) i a fiu&ri, depths, deep things, i. e. the secret unrevealed purposes of any one, e. g. TOU &eov 1 Cor. 2: 10. TOU aarctvu Rev. 2: 24 in text. rec. So Sept. for P'2? Ecc. 7:24. Comp. Ps. 92: 5. Dan. 2: 22. Judith 8: 14. Ecclus. 24: 29. Horn. II. 19. 125 , f. ww, (Pa&vg,)to deepen, to make deep. Luke 6: 48 rxj//8 teal efid&we, i. q. Pa&ttog eaxaye, he dug deep, where by Hebraism efia&ws stands adverbially; Gesen.Lehrg.p.823. Stuart 533. comp. Buttm. 144. n. 8. Sept. for pJ39 Ps. 92: 6. Hiph. W^ Jer. 49: S.^llom. II. 23. 421. BaO-us 124 UaAAco BCC&VC, eict, v, deep, profound, e. g. TO qpos'ao John 4: 11. Sept. for pay Job 11: 8. Prov. 22: 14. Xen. An/5. 2. 3. Metaph. Acts 20: 9 vnvin fiad-tl. Luke 24: 1 oy&yov flafrlog, lit. deep twilight, i. e. earliest dawn, i. q. Uav TTOOU Mark 16: 2. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 2. Aelian. V. II. 9. 13. Plato Crit. c. 1. So TO. fia&ia, tov ffUTava, the deep things, secret purposes, Rev. 2: 4 in later edit, see in Ild&og b. /9. ibVj ov 3 TO, (/5'/'?,) Plur. T branches of the palm tree, John 12: 13. Heb. t3*nri rnE3 Lev. 22: 40. Syrnm. for D^p:5 'Cant. 7: 9. 1 Mace. 13: 51. Test. Xli'Patr. p. 668. BaAactfA, o. indec. Balaam, Heb. tJ3>ba, pr. name of a soothsayer of Pe- thor in Mesopotamia, who was hired by Balak, king of the Moabites, to curse the Israelites ; see Num. c. 22, 23. Deut. 23: 4. Josh. 24: 9. Jos. Ant. 4. c. 6. lu N. T. put as the emblem of false and seducing teachers, 2 Pet. 2: 15. Jude 11. Rev. 2: 14. See in Niy.o- x, o, indec. Balak, Heb. p^a (vacant), a king of the Moabites, Rev. 2: 14. See Num. c. 22. Josh. 24: 9. Jos. Ant. 4. c. 6. y ov 3 TO, also TIOV, a purse, Luke 10: 4. 12: 33. 22: 35, 36. Sept. for *rm Job 14: 17. Or? Prov. 1: 14. Herodian. 5. 4. 4. Xen. Conv. 4. 2. 1 3 f. /5cdw, perf. aor. 2 tftahov, perf. pass. fiefityfiai, aor. 1 pass, tply&ip, f. 1 pass, (fttj&viiTopait to throw, to cast, with a greater or less de- gree of force as modified by the context ; trans, and seq. dat. or a prep. a) genr. TOV ^QOV, to cast lots, sc. into the urn or vessel, Matt. 27: 35 bis, Mark 15: 24. Luke 23: 34. al. Comp. Potter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 333. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 302. So Sept. for ^BfT 1 Sam. 14: 42. Neh. 10: 34. 11: 1. Ecclus. 37: 8. Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 4. Comp. Virg. ^En. 5. 491 Spoken of a tree, to cast sc. its fruit, Rev. 6: 13. So $<&- few havTov, to cast one's self, and with [>, to cast one's self down, Matt. 4: 6. Luke 4: 9. John 21: 7. For Acts 27: 14, see below in d. Seq. dat. to cast to or before any one, Matt. 15: 26. Mark 7: 27. So Matt. 25: 27 fialeiv TO UQ/VQIOV tots TQane&Taig, i. e. to put out, to place out, money with the brokers, etc. Diogn. 2. 20 T ficdlofitva x%iaia a&Qoltiv. As construed with different prepositions and particles, the significa- tion is variously modified, though the idea of to throw lies every where at bot- tom, viz. (a) seq. dno, to throw from one, to cast away, Matt. 5: 29. 18: 8, 9. al. Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 1. 20 WVTIFQ seq. fx, to cast out of, e.g. TOV , fc> vomit forth, Rev. 12: 15, 16. (/) seq. i'^cu, to cast out, i. e. to throw away, to reject; Matt. 5: 13. 13: 48. Luke 14: 35. John 15: 6. Hesiod. "Egy. 332. Trop. to banish, sc. TOV qpo- fiov 1 John 4: 18. (d) seq. fig c. ace. of place whither, to cast into, e. g. tig TO nvg etc. Matt. 3: 10. 5:29. 6:30. 13:42. Mark 9: 22, 45. al. saep. Sept. for n*3"} Dan. 3: 21, 25. : tits TJ\V -frdlaao-av, Matt. 21: 21. Mark 11: 23. Rev. 1 8: 21. Spoken of nets, etc. to cast into, to let down into the sea, Matt. 4: 18. 13: 47. 17: 27. al. So Sept. for ^pijtZJrt Is. 19: 8. Elg (puAXTjV, to cast into 'prison, Matt. 18: 30. Luke 12: 58. Acts 16: 37. al. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 29. 6. Spoken of contribu- tions in money cast into a treasury, etc. Mark 12: 41 44. Luke 21: 14. Also, to deposit, Matt. 27: 6. John 12: 6. Spoken of a sword, to thrust into, sc. the sheath, i. e. to put up, John 18: 11. of a sickle, Rev. 14: 19, comp. in be- low. So of the finger, hand, etc. to thrust into, to put into, Mark 7: 33. John 20:27. Comp.Heb.-p nbur, Sept. IxTflvw, Job 28: 9. Dan. if: 42. James 3: 3 TWV 'ITITKOV Tovg %ahvovg fiuMew, to put, to place, sc. bits in horses' mouths. Spoken of liquids, as wine and water, where we can only translate by to put into, to pour into, Matt. 9: 17 bis. Mark 2: 22 bis. Luke 5: 37, 38. John 13: 5. So Sept. and Dt) Judg. 6: 19. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 4. 13. 12, otvov, iva /5Aw fig TOV nl&ov. Dioscor. 1. 94 vdwg /5Awv ct ayyelov. Metaph. fidMtiv elg TJ\V BnUco 125 Ban iiQu) xagdluv, to put into one's heart, to sug- gest to one's mind, John 13: 2. Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 4 PJTC tig vovv i^alour\v. 7. 4. 3. Plut. Timol. 3. Horn. Od. 1. 201. Find. Olymp. 13.21. (a) seq. tpnQov&tv \. ivwniov iivog, to cast before any one, sc. at his feet, Matt. 7: 6. Rev. 2: 14. 4: 10. () seq. tnl, to cast upon, e. g. TOV ffnoQOV inl ii]g yjig, i. e. to soiv, to scatter seed, Mark 4: 26. ' So Sept. for NTI33 Ps. 126: 6. So to cast stones at any- one, John 8: 7 in auij. v. 51) &r cetrov. So Sept. for ^ThzJn Ecc. 3: 5. and genr. for rrv Is. 37: 33. Elia Ez. 21: 22. - Wisd. 5: 13. Ecclus. 22: 21. So ftakfaiv IT\V nf>rivT]v inl TIJV yqv, to send out peace upon the earth, Matt. 10: 34 bis. Rev. 2: 24 ov /9>Ul>L iiv vno TOU d) intrans. or with ktxmov implied, to cast one's self, i. e. to rush forward, spoken of a wind, to bloiv, Acts 27: 14. See Buttm. 130. n. 2. Horn. II. 11. 721 noTotfibg slg A /vaAAcuv. AL. j ? f. fata, (8dm u,} a fre- quentative in form but not in fact, to immerse, to sink, trans, e. g. spoken of ships, galleys, etc. Polyb. 1. 51. 6 xal TroAAw TWV crxacpajv ifidmiov. ib. 8. 8. 4. ib.16. 6. 2. Epict. Fragm. ed. Sch weigh. 14. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 5 xvfteovriTng, ocmc . Po\yb. 5. 47. 2. Spoken of men, partially, Polyb. 3. 72. 4 w? TOJV juatTTwy ol nfol fiami6[j,voi. In N. T. 1. to wash, to cleanse by washing, trans. Mid. and aor. 1 Pass, in middle sense, to wash one's self, to bathe, to perform ablution ; comp. Buttm. 136. 2. Mark 7: 4 lav pi] fiamiawvTui, coll. v. 3 where it is v/^toyrat. Luke 11: 38 e- -frctvpafffv oil, ov TCQWTOV tfiamlff&'r) TIQO lov aQio-fov. Sept. for V2C3 2 K. 5: 14, coll. v. 10 where it is yn"lT and Aouw. Judith 12: 7 xal (Judith") ipan-tlZ.no iv TJ/ nugtupotfi inl rijg miyr^g tov vdatog. Ecclus. 31: 25 pami^o^vog ano VMQOV, comp. Lev. 11: 25, 28, 40. Num. 1U: 18, 19. 2. to baptize, to administer the rite of baptism, either that of John or of Christ. Pass, and Mid. to be baptized or to cause one's self to be baptized, i. e. genr. to receive baptism. In the primitive churches, where according to oriental habits battling was to them what wash- ing is to us, the rite appears to have been ordinarily though not necessarily performed by immersion. Spoken a) pp. and (a) simply, Matt. 3: 6, 13, 14, 16. Mark 1: 4, 5. 16: 16. Luke 3: 7, 12, 21 bis. 7: 30. John 1: 25, 28. 3: 22, 23 bis, 26. 4: 1, 2. 10: 40. Acts 2: 41. 8: 12, 13, 36, 38. 9: 18. 10: 47. 16: 15, 33. 18: 8. 22: 16. 1 Cor. 1: 14, 16 bis, 17. So Mark 6: 14 'iwdvvrjg 6 fia- mls- ovo- juait ToO XVQIOV, Acts 10: 48. With vntQ, 1 Cor. 15: 29 bis, ol fiami&iitvoi VTIEQ iwv VMQWV, baptized on account of the dead, i. e. why baptized into a belief of the resurrection of the dead, if in fact the dead rise not ? See more in b. b) metaph. and (a) in direct allusion to the sacred rite, fian-ii&iv iv Tivsv^iaii ayloj xt nvgi, to baptize in the Holy Ghost and in fire ,i.e. to overwhelm,richly furnish, with all spiritual gifts, or over- whelm with 'fire unquenchable' etc. Matt. 3: 11. Luke 3: 16. See Calmet, p. 144 ; and for the construction see above in a. a. So with iv nvEvpciTi a//w alone, Mark 1: 8. John 1: 33. Acts 1: 5. 11: 16. (/?) genr. but still in allusion to the rite, to baptize with ca- lamities^ i. e. to overwhelm with sufferings ; [Matt. 20: 22 bis, 23 bis.] Mark 10: 38 bis, 39 bis, TO fictmuTfia, o e/M ^amiQofjiai, @am larval, to receive the baptism with which I must be baptized, i. e. can ye en- dure to be overwhelmed with sufferings like those which I must endure ? For the construction see above in a. . Luke 12: 50. Sept. (for nra) Is. 21: 4 77 avopla /us /?7m'. Jos. B. J. 4. 3. 3 O I L dij vcrieQov iftamiiaav iijv noKiv, i. e. the robbers who had broken into Jeru- salem afterwards baptized the city, filled it with confusion and calamity. Plut. de Educ. Pueror. 13. 3, y/i 1 //} tots ctv&Tai novoig, rolg Ss V /?7TT^sTt. Heliodor. Ae- thiop. 2. 3 rfj crvfKpoQix ^s^amifffitvov. Diod. Sic. 1. 73 idiwTag Ponrci&w talg Clem. Alex. Paed. 2. 2 vno a7iTi6[twog tig vnvov. Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 4 /5f/57moywVot Big avaicr&yfflav xaii vnvov VTIO lijg fis&rjg. Evenus 15, in Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac. I. p. 99, /?7rTt- M. So 1 Cor. 15: 29 bis, iL TTOITJ- Loptvoi, VTISQ rwv il xai fiaTttL^ovTcat, VJIEO ai'xwv ; i. e. if the dead, ol vexgol, do not rise, why expose ourselves to so much danger and suffering in the hope of a resur- rection ? comp. v. 30, 31, where xivdv- and uTto&vrjvxoj are substituted for ; see also Calmet, p. 145, 147. Comp. above in a. /?. Bamiofjia, aio$ y TO, (/5a7mw,) pp. something immersed; in N.T. baptism, spoken of the rite, viz. of John's bap- tism, Matt. 3: 7. 21: 25. Mark 1: 4. 11: 30. Luke 3: 3. 7: 29. 20: 4. Acts 1: 22. 10: 37. 13: 24. 18: 25. 19: 3, 4. of the baptism instituted by Jesus, Rom. 6: 4. Eph, 4: 5. Col. 2: 12. 1 Pet. 3: 21. Metaph. baptism into calamity, i. e. afflictions with which one is oppressed or overwhelmed, Matt. 20: 22, 23. Mark 10: 38, 39. Luke 12: 50. See in Ba- 2. b. , ou y o, 1. washing, ablution, sc. of vessels, etc. Mark 7: 4, 8. Heb. 9: 10. Comp. Lev. 11: 32. 2. baptism, i. e. the Christian rite, Heb. 6: 2. Jos. Ant. 18: 5. 2, of John's baptism. BanilGI^Qy OVy o, (/?a7rT/co,) a baptizer, i. e. the Baptist, as a cognomen of John the Baptist, the forerunner of our Lord. Matt. 3: 1. 11:11,12. 14:2, 8. 16:14. 17:13. Mark 6: 24, 25. 8:28. Luke 7: 20, 28, 33. 9: 19. Jos. Ant. 18. 5. 2. .Z? or /IT , f tyw, to dip in, to immerse, trans. a) pp. c. c. dg seq. accus. John 13: 26 fiayag TO j^w/uov, sc. fig TO igv^Uov, coll. Mark 14: 20. So Sept. seq. fig TI, for Vat3 Lev. 4: 6. 14: 6. Num. 19: 18. 127 Bctgecoz seq. V *m Ruth 2: 14. 2 K. 8: 15. Job 9: 31. Xen. Anab. 2. 2. 9. seq. IV TIVI Horn. Od. 9. 392. So trans, and seq. gen. of the thing touched ; Luke 16: 24 'iva flamy TO UXQOV tov SaxrvMov vvaTog, i. e. by impl. in a small portion of water, which then is put in the gen. comp. Buttm. 132. 6, 3. Winer 30. 5. p. 166. Matth. 333. Herm. ad Vig. p. 881. So Horn. II. 6. 508 lovta&at noiapoio. b) by impl. to tinge, to dye, c. c. dat. of means, Buttm. 133. 3, 1. Rev. 19: 13 ifiuiiov peflttpftbop atpatt. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1 T0i/s xal doQag nQofidiwv, xal iag piv vuxlv&w ^a^aufi&rag, tug 8s cpoivtxi. Herodot. 7. 67 nuaia /?f/3/i- fisva. Horn. Batrachom. 218 or 223 /57rTTo 6*' atftait U^ivi]. Helladius in Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac. III. p. 145. Bccpafifiag, a, 6, Barabbas, Ara- ma?an NSN "13 (son of the father), pr. name of a robber, whose release the Jews demanded of Pilate, Matt. 27: 16, 17, 20, 21, 26. Mark 15: 7, 11, 15. Luke 23: 18. John 18: 40 bis. Three Mss. the Armenian version, and one Syriac version, read in Matt. 1. c. 'lyoovg Ba- gafipag ; see Olshausen in loc. JBapdx, o, indec. Barak, Heb. p"}3 (lightning), pr. name of a Hebrew, who in conjunction with Deborah delivered Israel from the Canaanites. Heb. 11: 32. See Judg. c. 4, 5. Bapa%i'a?, ov, 6, Barachiag, pr. name of a man, Matt. 23: 35. He was probably the same with Jehoida, 2 Chr. 24: 2, 20 ; as the Jews often had two names. See Zaxaglag, and Kuinoel and Olshausen in loc. Bap ft agog, ov ) o, a barbarian, i. e. in ancient usage simply a foreigner, viz. a) one who uses a different language, 1 Cor. 14: 11 bis. Sept. for T^b Ps. 114: 1. 2 Mace. 2: 21. Herodot.~2. 158 fiaQJSayovg nctinag ol Alyvmioi xa/U'owt iovg pr] aylai opoylwrvovs. Herodian. 7. 3. 2. ib. 7. 8. 23. b) one who does not speak Greek, one not a Greek ; Acts 28: 2, 4, where the inhabitants of Melita (Malta) are so called, as speaking a dialect of the Phe- nician language. Rom. 1: 14 "JSUiprft T xat /Sao/3o*, to the Greeks and to those not Greeks. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 1. B. J. 5. 1. 3. So Clem. Alex, often calls the Jews /?o/5oot, e. g. Strom. 6. 6 ffocpla <5e 'insert. Col. 3: 11 "EUyv 'lovdalog /?'o/?ooc, Zxv&yg, where /3/?a0oc seems to refer to those nations of the Roman empire who did not speak Greek, as the Jews, Romans, Spaniards, etc. and JBa/v&qt to nations not under the Roman dominion. Jos. B. J. proem. 5 "EMLrjo-t, xal /Sao^a- Qoig, i. e. the Romans, Jews, etc. So of the Romans, Polyb. 5. 104. 1. ib. 9. 37.5. en, co, f. 7jo-w, ( f ?ooc,) in N. T. only Pass. (JttMOpat, ovfiai, aor. 1 s'/Saoi^v, perf. particip. pffiaQrjusvog, to be heavy, to be weighed down, to be op- pressed, only metaph. as /Sf/fo^/^Vo* vTivtn Luke 9: 32, and so with VTIVM im- plied Matt. 26: 43. Mark 14: 40.' So Sept. /?apry for J-irO 1 Sam. 3: 2. Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac/ IV. p. 177, /Sf/3. ITTVOJ. Luke 21: 34 PJTTOTC /Saoij^wo-ty (text. rec. ftctqw&u /S/?^oT. Comp. /9a0wa> Wisd. 9: 15. So to be oppressed, to be borne down, sc. by evils, calamities, etc. 2 Cor. 1: 8. 5: 4. Act. Thorn. 21 diet TI] tfaQrj&r). Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 14 imo TioMuwv xal aMcov xaxwv fiagri& So pctgvvQ) Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 2. Diod. Sic. 4. 38. In the sense of to be burdened, sc. by expense, 1 Tim. 5: 16 p) fiaQel- <7#o) f\ txxlrjffia. Comp. in '^/?o7y? and EmftaQiw. Of this word only the par- ticiples ptfiagrjug, /5t/?a07ftuVo?, occur in the early and Attic writers, as Horn. Od. 3. 139. ib. 19. 122. Plato Symp. p. 203. B. The present and other forms occur only in later writers; as fut. Payrjo-si, Lucian. Dial. Mort. 10. 4 or 5. See Matth. 227. Buttm. AusC Sprachl. II. p. 88. Comp. Thorn. Mag. p. 141 sq. adv. (jSocgvg,) heavily, metaph. with difficulty, as ro1g axrl /9- oe'eo? ijxoKrav, i. e. to hear with difficulty, to be dull of hearing, Matt. 13: 15 and 128 Acts 28: 27, quoted from Is. 6: 10, where Sept. for 12D11. But /?. uxowiv, to hear with indignation, Xen. An. 2. 1. 9. Also /5. (peasiv, to be displeased, Sept. for fr"in Gen. 31: 35. 2 Mace. 14:27. Xen. A*n! 2. 1. 4. BagfroAofJLOtoQ, ov, o, Bartholo- mew, Heb. i^n 13 (son of Tolmai), the patronymic' appellation of one of the twelve, whose proper name seems to have been Nathaniel ; see John 1: 46. 21: 2. Matt. 10: 3. Mark 3: 18. Luke 6: 14. Acts 1: 13. BapirfOOV$,OV, o, Bar-jesus, Heb. U3in*~^2, the name of a Jewish ma- gician,' Acts 13: 6. B) to be i. q. wo? nagax^ffswg, see in Tlog. Acts 4: 36. 9: 27. 11: 22, 25, 30. 12: 25. 13: 1, 2, 7, 43, 46, 50. 14: 12, 14, 20. 15: 2 bis, 12, 22, 25, 35, '36, 37, 39. 1 Cor. 9: 6. Gal. 2: 1, 9, 13. Col. 4: 10. JBccpog, OQ y ov? } 10, weight, Xen. -Cyr. 3. 3. 42. Ven. 6. 5. In N.T. only metaph. a) weight, sc. in reference to its pres- sure, burden, load. (pp. Xen. Oec. 17. 9.) Matt. 20: 12 pavra&iv TO /Saoog rf$ yyg for Trcngwag yijg aoru Herm. ad Vig. p. 891. So Heb. ni^3 Ps. 49: 17. Is. 10: 3. 66: 12. Soph. Ajac T .130 paxQOv nlomov fido^n. Suidas, /5oog ' avrl IQV TO ntij&og, xi]V ia%vv. Comp. ox^-og fiagvg, a great army, Sept. Num. 20: 20. 1 Mace. 1: 17, 20. JIagGafiaSj a, 6, Barsabas, sur- name of two men, viz. 1. of Joseph mentioned Acts 1: 23 ; see 3 Iacn f ](p. 2. of Judas mentioned Acts 15: 22 ; see ' lovdag. Bagiifjicuos, ou, o, Bartimaeus, Heb. ^7313 *na i. e. son of Timaeus. name of a blind 7 man, Mark 10: 46. y f. wu, (fiaQvg,} in N. T. only aor. 1 Pass. t(lagvr&ip t to be heavy, i. e. metaph. to be oppressed, dull, stupid, Luke 21: 34 in text, recept. where later editions read /?ow, which see. Diod. Sic. 4. 38. Xen. Lac. 2. 5. JBapvs, ia, v, (pagog,) heavy, viz. a) pp. Matt. 23: 4 qpooT/a /5o, heavy burdens, spoken metaph. of burdensome precepts. So Sept. for ^53 Ps. 38: 5. of a yoke 2 Chr. 10: 4, 11. Ecclus. 40: 1. pp. Xen. Hiero 1. 5. Eq. 10. 6. b) trop. weighty, i. e. important, Matt. 23: 23 T fiaQmtya iov vofiov. Acts 25: 7 /?ao ahtojfiaxa, i. e. not trivial, se- vere. So Sept. for *Vj; Dan. 2: 11. Herodian. 2. 14. 7. Spoken of an epis- tle, weighty, i. e. not to be made light of, stern, severe, 2 Cor. ] 0: 10. Herodian. 3. 11. 6. c) trop. grievous, i. e. oppressive, hard to be borne ; e. g. precepts, 1 John 5: 3. Sept. for W Neh. 5: 18. Wisd. 2: 15. Ecclus. 29:*28. In the sense of afflic- tive, violent, as Ivxoi (Hctgeig, i. e. fierce wolves, Acts 20: 29. Sept. (rvyxvffig fiagua for "OS 1 Sam. 5: 11, coll. v. 6. 3 Mace. 6^ 5 o fiagvg 'Aaavgiwv pcurAevs. Wisd. 17: 21 % Ael. V. H. 1. 34 tfavdjov xgonov fiagmaTOV. Ba^vJifJLO?, ov, o, f), adj. (fiagvg and Ttfir),) of great price, precious, Matt. 129 26: 7. lleliodor. II. p. 113. Aeschyl. Suppl. 25. Baoav^co, f. /o-w, (^aaavo? q. v.) pp. fo apply a touch-stone ; metaph. to examine, to scrutinize, either by words, Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 16. or by torture, Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2. Herodian. 3. 5. 13. Hence in N. T. to torture, i. e. to torment, to afflict with pain, etc. trans. a) spoken of disease, Matt. 8: G Sfi- vug fiaaavi&iJievog. Rev. 9: 5. So Sept. for nbrtn Mic. 6: 13. find 1 Sam. 5: 3. 2 Mace. 9: 6. Spoken 'of the pains of parturition, Rev. 12: 2. of punish- ment, Matt. 8: 29. Mark 5: 7. Luke 8: 28. Rev. 11: 10 coll. v. 6. Rev. 14: 10. 20: 10. Wisd. 11: 9. 12: 23. 2 Mace. 1: 28. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 4. genr. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 2. 22. 35. b) trop. to vex, to harass, 2 Pet. 2: 8 yvxw Siitaiav. So physically, with toil, Mark 6: 48. Spoken of a vessel tossed by the waves, Matt. 14: 24. jEfaoOPtt/IOfj ov, o, ({taaavlZto,) pp. examination, sc. by a touch-stone or by torture. In N. T. torture, torment ; Rev. 14: 11 xdnros ^aaavia^ov, i. e. the smoke of the fire in which they are tormented. Rev. 9: 5 bis. 18: 7, 10, 15. 4 Mace. 9: 6. pp. one who applies the torture, an inquis- itor, Dem. 978. 11. In N. T. a prison- keeper, jailer, Mutt. 18: 34, i. q. dtvpo- q>v\a$. Symm. ^affavKn^tov for n?.sn73 Jer. 20. 2. Bdaccvo?;, ov, y, pp. a touch-stone, the ancient lapis Lydius, for trying metals, etc. Find. Pytb. 10. IOC. Comp. there the Scholia, and also Rees' Cyclop. art. Touch-stone. Hence, examination, trial, Poly b. 22. 3. 7. torture, Poly b. 1 5. 27. 7. Ael. V. H. 7. 18. comp. Wisd. 2: 19. In N.T. torment, pain, e. g. from disease, Matt. 4: 24. Sept. for fjMn Ez. 12: 18. So of punishment, Luke 16: 23, 28. Wisd. 3: 1. 17: 13. 19: 4. Jamblich. Vit. Pythag. 68. Spoken of the pains of parturition, Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac. II. p. 205. a, a?, 4 (faffihv?,) king- dom, viz. 17 a) dominion, reign, i. e. the exercise of kingly power, [Matt. 6: 13.] Luke 1: 33. 19: 12, 15. Heb. 1: 8. Rev. 17: 12, 17, 18. Sept. for nsibfc 1 Sam. 10: 16,25. rnsbJ3 1 Sam. T 28: : 17. rD^E 1 Sam. 13: 13. Wisd. 6: 4. Herodian.U 9. 17. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 29. ib, 8. 3. 26. H. G. 3. 3. 5. So by meton. of abstr. for concrete, kings, Rev. 1: 6 in later edit, where the text. rec. has /SUt?. Comp. aam/ov for cram/, Luke 2: 30. ntvia for nevyieg, Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 2. b) dominions, realm, i. e. a people and territory under kingly rule, Matt. 4: 8. Mark 6: 23. Luke 4: 5. Matt. 12: 25, 26. Mark 3: 24 bis. Luke 11: 17, 18. Matt. 24: 7 bis. Mark 13^8 bis. Luke 21: 10 bis. So Heb. 11: 33. Rev. 11: 15. 16: 10. Sept. for rn3> 2 Chr. 32: 15. Esth. 2: 3. robEtt "Gen. 10: 10. Num. 32: 33. Josh. Ill M Ecclus. 44: 3. Ael. V. H. 4. 5. Herodiau. 4. 3. 11. c) In the phrase ?J paadeta TOV &t- oi?, kingdom of God, Matt. 6: 33. Mark 1:4,15. Luke 4: 43. 6:20. John 3: 13,5. aJ. eaep. also tj /?a. TOV XQIG- ror, Mutt. 13: 41.^20: 21. Rev. 1: 9. or IQV A. xul fttou Eph. 5: 5. or jov Auv'id) as the ancestor and type of the Messiah, t Mark 11: 10; further, rj fiuQ. iwv ovyavojv, kingdom of heav- en, but only in Matthew, as 3: 2. 4: 17. aJ. for which we find in 2 Tirn. 4: 18 jSaa. tnovQavios ; and likewise absol. 77 Paadtia, Matt. 8: 12. 9: 35. al. i. q. later Heb. CTfbN. rnsVa or tPJMJn rn3b*3. All these expressions are' in N. 'T. synonymous, and signify the divine spir- itual kingdom, the glorious reign of the Messiah. The idea of this kingdom lias its basis in the prophecies of the O. T. where the coming of the Messiah and his triumphs are foretold ; e. g. Ps. 2 and 110. Is. 2: 14, coll. Mich. 4: 1 sq. (where in v. 7 the Targum has fB'tfn ni3b,) Is.lLlsq. Jer.23:5 sq. 3l':~3 T l sq. 32: 37 sq. 33: 14 sq. Ez. 34: 23 sq. 37:24sq. and espec. Dan. 2: 44. 7: 14, 27. 9: 25 sq. His reign is here figu- ratively described as a golden age, when the true religion and with it the Jewish theocracy should be re-established in more than pristine purity, and universal peace and happiness prevail. All this 130 was doubtless to be understood in a spiritual sense ; and so the devout Jews of our Saviour's time appear to have received it ; as Zacharias, Luke 1: 67 sq. Simeon, 2: 25 sq. Anna, 2: 36 sq. Joseph, Luke 23: 50, 51. But the Jews at large gave to these prophecies a temporal meaning ; and expected a Messiah who should come in the clouds of heaven, and as king of the Jewish nation restore the ancient religion and worship, reform the corrupt morals of the people, make expiation for their sins, free them from the yoke of foreign dominion, and at length reign over the whole earth in peace and glory ; comp. Alwv 2. See Schoettgen Diss. de reg- no coelor. in Hor. Heb. I. p. 1147. , Wet- stein N. T. I. p. 256. Kuinoel on Matt. 3: 2. Koppe Exc. I. in Ep. ad Thess. p. 92 sq. Keil Hist. dogm. de regno Mess, in Opusc. Acad. p. 22 sq. Ber- thoklt Christol. Judaeor. p. 187 sq. Referring to the O. T. idea, we may therefore regard the kingdom of heaven etc. in the N. T. as designating in its Christian sense, the Christian dispensation, or 'the community of those who receive Jesus as the Messiah, and who, unit- ed by his Spirit under him as their Head, rejoice in the truth and live a holy life in love and in communion with him.' This spiritual kingdom has both an internal and an external form. As internal, it already exists and rules in the hearts of all Christians, and is therefore present. As external, it is either embodied in the visible church of Christ, and in so far is present and progressive ; or it is to be perfected in the coming of the Messiah to judgment and his subsequent spiritual reign in bliss and glory, in which view it is fu- ture. But these different aspects are not always distinguished ; the expres- sion often embracing both the internal and external sense, and referring both to its commencement in this world and its completion in the world to come. Comp.Olshausen on Matt. 3: 2. Tholuck Bergpred.p.72sq. Hence inN.T.spoken () in the Jewish temporal sense, by Jews and by the apostles before the day of Pentecost, Matt. 18: 1. 20: 21. Luke 17:20 init. 19: 11. Acts 1: 6. (/S) in the Christian sense, as an- nounced by John, where perhaps some- thing of the Jewish view was inter- mingled, Matt. 3: 2 ; comp. also Luke 23: 51. As announced by Jesus and others, Matt. 4: 17, 23. 9: 35. 10: 7. Mark 1:14, 15. Luke 10: 9, 11. Acts 28: 31. al. -In the internal spiritual sense, Rom. 14: 17 ou yao IGIW r\ /?. tov #. fiquaig xal noffig, aJUa dixaiovvvi] xul fiQrjVT) xal xvtQct sv Tivsvpaii, ayloj. Matt. 6:33. Mark 10: 15. Luke 17: 2L 18: 17. John 3: 3, 5. 1 Cor. 4: 20. In the ex- ternal sense, i. e. as embodied in the visible church and the universal spread of the gospel, Matt. 6: 10. 12: 28. 13: 24,31,33,41,47. 16:28. Mark 4: 30. 11: 10. Luke 13: 18, 20. Acts 19: 8. al. or as perfected in the future world, Matt. 13: 43. 16: 19. 26: 29. Mark 14: 25. Luke 22: 29, 30. 2 Pet. 1: 11. Rev. 12: 10. al. In this view it denotes especially the bliss of heaven which is to be enjoyed in the Redeemer's kingdom, i. q. eternal life, Matt. 8: 11. 25: 34. Mark 9: 47. Luke 13: 28, 29. Acts 14: 22. 1 Cor. 6: 9, 10. 15: 50. Gal. 5: 21. Eph. 5: 5. 2 Thess. 1: 5. 2 Tim. 4: 18. Heb. 12: 28. James 2: 5. al. Spoken generally, Matt. 5: 19 bis. 8: 12 viol TTJS fiaffifalas, sons of the kingdom, i. e. the Jews, who thought the Mes- siah's reign was destined only for them ; but viol xijg /?. Matt 13: 38, are the true citizens of the kingdom of God. Matt. 11: 11,12 see in c Agnd&. 13: 11, 19, 44, 45, 52. 18: 4, 23. 19: 12, 24. 20: 1. al. saep. Spoken also genr. of the privileges and rewards of the divine kingdom both here and hereafter, Matt. 5: 3, 10, 20. 7: 21. 18: 3. Col. 1: 13. 1 Thess. 2: 12. Ai,. c y ov, o, r t , adj. royal, regal. a) pp. 1 PeL 2: 9 fiav'dtiov ISQU a royal priesthood, consecrated to God as kings and priests, i. e. in a distin- guished manner; quoted from Ex. 19: 6, where Sept. for turn's rD^att. Wisd. 18: 15. Jos. Ant. 2.'lO. : 2. Xen. Anab. 1. 10. 12. b) as a subst. TO (jcto-lfoiov, and plur. T fiaaihia, (sc. dupa or dwfiafoc,) a royal mansion, palace, Luke 7: 25. So 131 Sept. plur. ibr ^72 rpia Esth. S: 13. nrabn rr2 Estb.Y: 13." b^n Nah. 2: 0/~sing. for "pE-lK Prov/18: 19. Plur. Jos. Ant. 13. 5. : 3~. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5. Sing. Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 1. .BaaiAfuCy coz y o, a king, I. e. one who exercises royal authority and sovereignty. Sept. everywhere for Heb. rprtt. a) pp. and genr. of David, Matt. 1: G. Acts 13: 22. Pharaoh, Acts 7: 10, ]8. Heb. 11: 23,27. of the Roman em- peror, John 19: 15. of ancient Jewish kings, Luke 10: 24. Herodian. 4. 10. 4. Polyb. 3. 33. 3. Xen. 1. 2. 1. So al- so Jesus as the Messiah is often called king, king of Israel, of the Jews, etc. Matt. 2: 2. 21: 5. 25: 34, 40. Luko 19: 38. John 1: 50. 12: 13, 15. al. So Sept. and *f:% Pa. 2: 6. Ez. 37: 24 Spoken of God, 1 Tim. 1: 17. 6: 15. Rev. 15: 3. 17: 14 fiavdevg /Sao-tkW, king ofjtings,^ by way of emphasis ; comp. aval; araxiwy Aeschyl. Suppl. 533. Matth. 430. 5. Gesen. p. (>92. c. Stuart, 455. c. So Sept. and ^33 Ps. 5: 3. 29: 10. 47: 3. 95: 3. Ecclus' 51: 1. Matt. 5: 35 nohi; tov p/ce'Aov /? r), (pctadtvg,) a queen, Matt. 12: 42. Luke 11: 31. Acts 132 13 a tog 8: 27. Rev. 18: 7. Sept. for r 1 K. 10: 1. Esth. 1: 9, 11, 12, 15, 10,' 17 Polyb. 23. 18. 2. Aristot. Oec. 9. Xen. Oec. 9. 15. The Atticists con- demn it as a word of tho later Greek instead of /9cr/At or (JaffiMs, Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 225. Sturz do Dial. Mac. p. 151. , ceo?, ?5, (fiaivw,} a step, pace, Herodian. C. 5. 12. a foot, base, on which any thing stands, Sept. for J3 Ex. 30: 18, 28. In N. T. the foot, as that with which we walk, Acts 3: 7. Wisd. 13: 18. Jos. Ant. 7. 5. 5. ib. 7. 11.3. iYG)) f. wvw, (fluaxw, |#a'a),) aor. 1 Ifiday.ava, for which Mss. 1 have tfiawriva, as also Tlerodian. 2. 4. 11. comp. Buttm. 101. 4. n. 2 ; to prate, sc. about any one, to slander, trans. Plut. Pericl. 12. In N. T. to prate, to any one, i. e. to mislead by pretences, as if by magic arts, to fascinate, to bewitch, trans. Gal. 3: 1. Herodian. 2. 4. 11. Diod. Sic, 4. 6. Aristot. Probl. 20. 34. Theocr. Id. 6. 39. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 462 sq. Wetstein N. T. ad loc. Baaia'C^oo, f. o-w, (ftao-ic,) pp. to raise upon a basis, to support ; in ordi- nary usage and in N. T. to take up and hold, to bear, trans, viz. a) to take up and hold, sc. in the hands etc. John 10: 31 tftdo~ta,ov Mdovg. Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 7 ficto'Tcxo'ctg ti]v //- Xaigav CCTTO rfg p\q. Herodian. 4. 2. 11. In the sense of to take up and bear, Acts 21: 35. So to take up and bear away, i. e. to take away, John 20: 15. Jos. Ant. 7. 15. 3. ib. 9. 7. 1. Polyb. 1. 48. 2. Trop. to take, upon one's self and bear, Matt. 8: 17 rag voffov?. Comp. Is. 53:4. b) to bear, to carry, in the hands or on the shoulders, etc. Matt. 3: 11 T VTtodi'ipaTci, one's sandals, which was the duty of a servant. Mark 14: 13 and Luke 22: 10 neya/mov vdonog. Luke 14: 27 and John 19: 17 tov uinvQov. Luke 7: 14. John 12: 6. Acts 3: 2. 15: 10. Gal. 6: 5. Rev. 17: 7. Ecclus. 6: 27. Bel and Drag. 36. Herodian. 1. 7. 11. Polyb. 2. 24. 6. ib. 8. 7. 9 __ Trop. Acts 9: 15 mceuo? TOU /9a(rr(rfc 10 ovofid fiov IvMTtiov i&vuv x. T. L to bear my name, i. e. to announce, to publish, etc. In the sense of to bear up, to support, Rom. 11: 18. Metaph. to bear, to sup- port, to endure, e. g. labours, sufferings, etc. Matt. 20: 12 see in Bagoc. Rev. 2: 3. punishment, TO xol/j,a, Gal. 5: 10. So Sept. for Kfe 2 K. 18: 14. Heb. jiy NtoD Lev. 5* 1, 17. Is. 53: 12. Ez. 23:' 35 T . * So to bear patiently, Rom. 15: 1. Gal. 6:2. Rev. 2: 2. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 3. 2. Metaph. in the sense of to receive, to understand, John 16: 12 noM.ct ov dvvctff&s /30rftv ciytt,. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 3. 15. 9 (rxsi//* to nyuyf.ia, xal TIJV ffavtov cpvffiv, %l dvra- ffttl ftaCFTciffai,. c) to bear or carry about, sc. as attached to one's person ; Gal. 6: 17 ffil/(.ima iv TW ffwpmi. So Symm. for NbD Ps. 89: 51, where Sept. vn&xl ;/ /^TT? /?(rTot, corn p. Wet- stein in loc. In the sense of to wear, for which classic writers use cpogew, Luke 10: 4. So yoQ&w, Diod. Sic, 20. 64. Xen. An. 1. 8. 29. I. .BcrtOQ, ov ? f] or o, a thorn- bush, bramble ; fern. Luke 6: 44. 20: 37. Acts 7: 30, 35. So Sept. for rr: p Deut. 33: 16. Horn. Od. 24. 229. Polyb. 3. 71. 1. Theophr. H. PI. 3. 18. Masc. /9rog, Mark 12: 26 in later edit. So Sept. Vatic, for h:D Ex. 3: 2, 3, 4. So the Attics, according to Moeris p. 99. Thorn. Mag. p. 148. Comp. H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 667. II. jBarog, ov, o, a bath, Heb. na, a Jewish measure for wine and oil, equal to the ephah for dry measure, Luke 16: 6. According to Josephus, Ant. 8. 2. 9, it contained 72 ^'orat or sextarii ; but the sextarius, which at Rome was equal to 1 pint, and would thus make the bath equal to 13 J gallons, varied much in different places. The more usual estimate for the capacity of the bath, is 7 or 9 gallons. Comp. 1 K. 7: 26, 38. Ez. 45: 10, 11, 14. See Jaliu 114. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 504. Barpayo* 133 Befiaioco '/OQy ov } o, a frog, Rev. 16: J3. Sept. for irnss Ps. 78: 45. 105: 30. Aelian. V~ H:~l. ! 3. Artemid. 2. 15 %ovg TtQOcrrjpctlvovffi ' -colg 5s cOy co y f. 7)0-0), com- pounded from Ae'/o) and /?TTOC, a word derived by some from the Heb. NB2 to prate, to use many words, Lev. 5: '4. or from 12, plur. S n "2, empty words, Job 11: 3 coll. v. 2. Is". 1C: 6. 44: 25. By others it is regarded as of Greek ori- gin, and even as a proper name. This Battus, according to some, was a king of Cyrene who stuttered, Herodot. 4. 155 ; according to others, he was a silly lo- quacious poet, who made long hymns full of repetitions ; Suid. fianoloyia ' */ nolvloyia, artb Bartov iivog paxyovg xat 7roAi'9, Aipvg, og Coxsi TiaQOifjiLav doiivui ^ou /SarroAo/fly. See Wetstein ad Matt. 1. c. Tholuck Bergpred. p. 3G2 sq. a roc, TO, . an abomination, i. e. any tiling abomi- nable or detestable. a) genr. Luke 16: 15 ftd. evuTtiov jov &(ov, opp. to TO Iv av&QfLnoiq v^irjlov. So Sept. for fO5pn seq. ivwniov Prov. 11:1. seq. fVvTt Deut. 24: 4. seq. dat. Prov. 15: 8, 9. 20: 23. 21: 27. al. b) spoken of what was unclean in the Jewish sense, and especially of impure idol- worship ; hence, idolatry, licen- tiousness, abominable impurity, Rev. 17: 4, 5. 21: 27. So Sept. ia fiddii/para TWV e'tfywv for rP35nP) 2 K. 16: 3. 21:2. comp. Lev. 18: 22." yp t p Lev. 11: 10, 12, 13. n?3t73 Jer. 11/15, coll. v. 13, 17. Test. XII Patr. p. 615 /liuatv e&vwv. Here belongs the phrase TO (t&flivypa t^g l^/LtajOfcug, Matt. 24: 15 and Mark 13: 14, quoted by Jesus from Dan. 9: 27, coll. 11: 31. 12: 11, where Sept. for t72^73 "f^V, pp. art abomination causing desolation, and applied by Christ to what was to take place at the destruction of Jeru- salem by the Romans ; comp. Luke 21: 20, and so also Josephus, Ant. 10. 11.7. It is probably to be referred to the pol- lution of the temple by idol-worship or the setting up of images ; though ex- press historical testimony is wanting ; comp. 2 Thess. 2: 4. See Olshausen on Matt. 24: 15. So Sept. 1% 3 Ao~uxQii] ftddvypaTi, ^tSutviuv for tPnrtf 1 K. 11: 5. b^3 1 K. 21: 26. f^n 'Is. 17: 8. So/55. TTJS egripoHTfiog 1 Mace. 1: 54, where it refers to the like pollution of the temple by Antiochus Epiphanes, who set up in it the statue of Jupi- ter Olyrnpius ; comp. 2 Mace. 6: 2 5. 1 Mace. 1: 59. 6: 7. Bdc&uxioQy T], or, (fiddvo-ffa,) abominable, detestable, Tit. 1: 16. Sept. for rosin Prov. 17: 15. 2 Mace. 1: 27. cclus. 41: 5. , f. v$(o, (fidea* pedo r ) to emit a stench f to excite disgust; in N. T. Mid. P&tlvj9Qflm* t as trans, to feel disgust at, to abominate, to abhor ; see Buttm. 135. 4. Rom. 2: 22 fiddvcrffopevog ^u a<5w>la. So Sept. for ^ Lev. 26: 11. nsn Deut. 23: 7.. Amos 5: 10. VVisd. Ill 25. Polyb. 33. 16. 20. of a stench, Aristoph. Plut. 700. Particip. of the Perf. Pass, in a pass. sense, Ifldtlvypivif, abominable, detest- able, i. e. polluted with crimes etc. Rev. 21: 8. So Sept. for 33?n3 Is. 14: 19. Job 15: 16. twin Lev. ! 18:30. Prov. 8: 7. att Hos. 9: 10. Q, aia, ov, (/?, better, corn- par. of aya&o?, Buttm. 68. 1. The neut. fisfolov stands adverbially, 2 Tim. 1: 18 /?/tT/ov yivwaxsig, thou knowest bet- ter sc. than I can write, etc. Comp. Buttm. 115. 4, 5. UfViafiiv, o, indec. Benjamin, Heb. ^73 ;"13 (son of my right hand), pr. name of the youngest son of Jacob by Rachel ; comp. Gen. 35: 18 sq. Hence cpvti] Bevictfilv, the tribe of Ben- jamin, Acts 13: 21. Rom. 11: 1. Phil. 3: 5. Rev. 7: 8. Bfpvixy, r)?y i], Bernice, eldest daughter of Herod Agrippa first, and sister to the younger Agrippa, Acts 25: 13, 23. 26: 30. She was married to her uncle Herod, king of Chalcis ; and after his death, in order to avoid the merited suspicion of incest with her brother Agrippa, she became the wife of Polemon, king of Cilicia. This connexion being soon dissolved, she returned to her brother, and afterwards became mistress of Vespasian and Ti- tus. Jos. Ant. 19. 5. 1. ib. 20. 7. 2, 3. Tacit. Hist. 2. 81. Sueton. Tit. 7. Bogota 135 , a?y ?;, Berea, a city of Macedonia, on the river Astraeus, not far from Pella towards the S. W. and near mount Bermius. It was after- wards called Irenopolis, and is now called by the Turks Boor ; by others, Cara Vena. Acts 17: 10, 13. Thuc. 1. 61. BegoioiioQy a, ov y of Berea, Be- rean, Acts 20: 4. Byttocfiagci, a?y 7j, Belhabarcij Heb. FH53J rP2 (house or place of the ford sc.of the Jordan), John 1:28; where the bestMss. and later editions readilqvta- vla. The readingify #/? seems to have arisen from the conjecture of Origen, who found in his day no such place as By&ctvict, but saw a town called Br]&a- paga, where John was said to have baptized ; and therefore took the liberty to change the reading. See Orig. Opp. II. p. 130, ed. Huet. Kuinoel in loc. Brjfretvicty a?, ??, Bethany, Syro- Chald. :?! D2 (house of dates), from N^HN a date, Buxtorf. Lex. Rab.Tal. 38. ' 1. A town or village about fifteen fur- longs E. from Jerusalem (John 11: 18) beyond the mount of Olives ; so called from the great number of palm trees which grew there. It was the resi- dence of Mary, Martha, and Lazarus ; and Jesus often went out from Jerusa- lem to lodge there. At present it is a miserable village. Matt. 21: 17. 26: 6. Mark 11: 1, 11, 12. 14: 3. Luke 19: 29. 24: 50. John 11: 1, 18. 12: 1. 2. A place on the eastern side of Jor- dan, where John baptized. The exact position of it is not known. John 1: 28, in later edit, where others read Bri&apuQa q. v. Some derive it here from rp:N rpz, i. e. house or place of ships'; a'nd suppose it to have been the same place as Bethabara. Bij&GGdcc, i], indec. Bethesda, Sy- ro-Chald. K7pft rP3 (house of compas- sion) Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. 798, a pool or fountain at Jerusalem whose waters had a healing virtue, with a building over or near it for the accommodation of the sick. John 5: 2. See Calmet. Jahn 198. r;, indec. Bethlehem, Heb. En:: rpa (house of bread), Gen, 35: 19 ; pr. name of a celebrated city, the birthplace of David and Jesus. It was situated in the limits of the tribe of Judah, about six or eight miles south by west of Jerusalem, and probably re- ceived its appellation from the fertility of the circumjacent country. Matt. 2:1, 5,6,8,16. Luke 2: 4, 15. John 7: 42. See Miss. Herald 1824. p. 67. froai'dcCy */, indec. also Gutdav, text. rec. in Matt, and Mark, Bethsaida, Heb. n^X rP3 (place of hunting or fishing), pr. name of two cities or towns in N. T. 1. Bethsaida of Galilee (John 12: 21), so called perhaps in distinction from the other Bethsaida, probably lay near Capernaum, being mentioned in con- nexion with it', Matt. 11: 21, 24. Luke 10: 13, 15. Com p. also Mark 6: 45 with John 6: 17. Eusebius says only that it lay on the sea of Gennesareth, i. e. the western shore ; as its name also would imply. It was the birthplace of Philip, Andrew/ and Peter, John J: 45. Matt. 11: 21. Mark 6: 45. (8: 22.) Luke 10: 13. John 1: 45. 12: 21. 2. The other Bethsaida lay in Gau- lonitis at the N. E. extremity of the lake, near where the Jordan enters it. This town was enlarged by Philip, tetrarch of that regioh (Luke 3: 1), and called Julias, in honour of Julia the daughter of Augustus. Jos. Ant. 18.2. 1. B. J. 2. 9. 1. ib. 3. 10. 7. Plin. H. N. 15. 15. In the desert tract near this city Jesus miraculously fed the five thousand, and afterwards departed by ship to the other side of the lake, Luke 9: 10. Comp. Matt. 14: 13 sq. Mark 6: 31 sq. John 6: 1, 2, 5 sq. 17, 22, 24. Hither Griesbach and others refer also Mark 8: 22 ; see Kuinoel ad loc. ?y indec. Bethphage, Syro-Chald. \k\D rP3 (house of figs), Buxt. Lex. Ch."Rab. 1691, pr. name of a village, uupr], east of the mount of Olives, and near to By&avla. Matt. 21: 1. Mark 11: 1. Luke 19: 29. , aiog, TO, (Palv&),)astep,i.e. a) a pace, foot-step, Acts 7: 5 ovds 136 fi>ipa nodog, i. c. not a foot-breadth. So Sept. for ?n~*)5 ^PT? Deut< 2: 5 -~ Xen. Cyr. i. 5. 6.~ b) by impl. like the Engl. steps, i. e. any elevated place to which the ascent is by steps, e. g. a stage or pulpit for a speaker or reader, Sept. for b^SE Nch. 8: 4. Esdr. 9: 42. In N. T. spoken of an rlrvntrd seat like a throne in the theatre at Cesarea, on which Herod sat, Acts 12: 21 ; comp. Jos. Ant 19. 8. 2. Jos. Ant. 7. 15. 9 tnag tq> V^OTWTOV fti^aiog o fiocffilevg. More commonly, n tribunal, sc. of a judge or magistrate, Matt. 27: 19. John 19: 13. Acts 18: 12, I :. 17. 25:0,10,17. Rom.14: 10. 2 Cor. 5: 10. See Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 123. see also in JiftorrQarog. 2 Mace. 13: 26. Herodian. 1. 5. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. .1. UypvAAog, oi/, o, ?;, beryl, a pre- cious stone of a sea-green colour, Rev. 21: 20. Tob. 13: 17. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 5. Plin. H. N. 37. 5. Sept. Pygvlliov for Brte Ex. 28: 20. 39: 11. Bid, C, ?5, strength, sc. of body, Horn. II. 1. 404. ib. 8. 103. In N. T. force, impetus, violence, Acts 5: 26. 21: 35. 24: 7. 27: 41. Sept. for rn33 Ex. 14: 25. rpD Ex. 1: 14. Wisd/4: 4. 5: 12. Jos. 'Ant. 2. 16. 6. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.31. UiaZcOj f. ao-o), (fila,) to force, to urge, Horn. Od. 12. 297. In N. T. only fiidfritai,, both as depon. Mid. to use force, to force, c. c. accus. 2 Mace. 14: 41. Xen. H. G. 6. 1. 4 ult. and as Pass, to suffer violence ; comp. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. 114. Vol. II. p. 89. a) Mid. trop. Luke 16: 16 nag 1$ aviijv fiiaifiai, lit. every one uses violence to enter into it, i. e. presses violently into it; implying the eagerness with which the gospel was received in the agitated state of men's minds ; comp. Matt. 11: 12 and I4o7rato a. Sept. for D~lh Ex. 19: 24. pp. Philo Vit. Moa.l! l>. t'.IS fig ia Inoq (Hia&iou. Polyb. 1. 74. 5 tig ir)v nuQifipo^v. Arrian. Exp. AI.-\. <;. I). 4. Thuc. 7. 69. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 69 ft xcu fiidffaivTo il'ffoi. b) Pass. trop. Matt. 11: 12 ^ paadflot TWV ovgavtav fiiu^rtai, suffers violence, ia taken by force, i. e. sought with eager- ness, in the same sense as above. pp. Xen. II. G. 5. 2. 23 nohig rag .Biccio?, a, or, (/3/,) violent, vehe- ment, spoken of a wind, Acts 2: 2. So Sept. and T2> Ex. 14: 21. -) Is. 59: 19. Wisd. 19: 7. Diod. Sic. 2! 19. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17. Biaorrjfy ov y 6, (/ft'w,) a violent person, one who uses force, trop. spoken of one who has a vehement desire for any thing, Matt. 11: 12, comp. in Jiitx- o a. Philo de Agricult. p. 200. C. (p. 312.) BlfMctpt&xrr, ov 9 TO, (dimin. fr. plfftog,} a small roll or volume, a little scroll, Rev. 10: 2, 8, 9, 10. Pollux. Onomast. 7. 210. BtfiMov, ov y TO, (dim. as to form of /3/fi/los,) a roll, volume, scroll, such being the form of ancient books. Luke 4: 17 bis, ptftUw " Hffdiov TOU TT^O^TOV avctTiTvl-ag TO flifiMov. v. 20 mv^ag TO Pallor. John 20: 30. 21:25. Gal. 3: 10. 2 Tim. 4: 13. Rev. 5: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9. 6: 14, comp. in '^TTO/WO^W. Rev. 22: 7, 9, 10, 18 bis, 19. Sept. for ^53 Ex.17: 14. Josh. 24: 26. al. Herodot. 1. 125. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 14. Spoken of the Mosaic law or pentateuch, Heb. 9: 19. 10: 7. So Sept. and ^BS Ps. 40: 8. 1 Mace. 12: 9. For TO" fiifiUov &njg Rev. [13: 8.] 17: 8. 20: 12. 21: 27. [22: 19.] and T /9t/Si/ sc. of judgment, Rev. 20: 12 bis, see in Bif&og. Spoken of letters or epistles, which were also rolled up, Rev. 1: 11. perhaps 2 Tim. 4: 13. So Sept. and ^iBO 2 Sam. 11: 14. 1 Mace. 1: 46. Spoken of docu- ments, e. g. a Jewish bill of divorce, Matt. 19: 7. Mark 10: 4. Comp. Dent. 24: 1, 3, where Sept. and Heb. -jBD. B 'ifiAoc, ov, f), inner rind of the papyrus, anciently used for writing, JOH. Ant. 2. 10. 2. Theophr. Hist PJ. 4. 9. Herodot. 2. 38. In N. T. a roll, volumi, scroll, i. e. a book, such being the an- cient form. Mark 12: 26 iv iy /3//5Aw Muffswg, i. e. the law. So Sept. for Chald. ^5D Ezra 6: 18. Luke 3: 4. 20:42. Acts 1:20. 7:42. 19:19. Sept. for ^BD Josh. 1: 8. 1 Sam. 10: 25. 137 Herodot. 2. 100. Dem. 313. 14. Spok- en of a genealogical table or catalogue, Matt. 1: 1. So Sept. and "ISO Gen. 5: 1. The phrase rj /9//?Aoff rij? wr~ is i. q. C^n -19.0., Sept. /tyttoff frJyTwv, Ps. 69: 29, corap. Ex. 32: 32, 33, i.; e . in the figurative style of oriental poetry, God is represented as having the names of the righteous, who are to inherit eternal life, inscribed in a book ; Phil. 4: 3. Rev. 3: 5. [13: 8.] 20: 15. 22: 19 in text. rec. So Sept. and *i$>o Dan. 12: 1. Different from this is the book in which God has from eternity in- scribed the destinies of men, Ps. 139: 16, coll. Job 14: 5 ; and also the books of judgment, in which the actions of men are recorded, ru /ft^A/a, Rev. 20: 12 bis, comp. Dan. 7: 10. 4 Esdr. 6: 20. 2?o>xa, (Buttm. 114,) to eat, John 6: 13 roiq (kfymb*. Sept. for bDK Josh. 5: 12. 1 Sam. 30: 12. Ez. 4: [4! Horn. 11. 22. 94. Xen. Iliero 1. 24. Bifrvvia, a?, */, Kithynia, a pro- vince of Asia Minor, on the Euxinc sea and Propontis, bounded W. by Mysia, S. and E. by Phrygia and Galatia, and E. by Paphlagonia. Acts 16: 1. 1 Pet 1:1. Bio$, ov, 6, life, i. e. a) pp. the present life, Luke 8: 14. 1 Tim. 2: 2. 2 Tim. 2: 4. 1 Pet. 4: 3. Sept for tPEP Job 7: 6. 8: 9. al. Ael V. H. 3. 29.' T Xen. Mem. 1.2. 8. b) melon, means of life, living, suste- nance, Mark 12: 44. Luke 8: 43. 15: 12, 30. 21: 4. Sept. for fcnb Prov. 31: 14. rT2 ] ifi Cant. 8: 7. Poly b. 2. 15. 3. "Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4. In the sense of possessions, wealth, 1 John 2: 16. 3: 17. Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 1. Diod. Sic. 12. 40. Bioco, a>, f. wffw, (/J/off,) aor. 1 eplwaa rarely, more comm. aor. 2 e t 3l- (ov, Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. 114. Vol. II. p. 90. Matth. 227. Winer 15. to live, to pass one's life, etc. 1 Pet. 4: 2 /5ieu(7t ZQOVOV. So Sept. nokvv %QOVOV PIUHW for EW Hz^n Job 29: 18. rrn Prov. 7: 2! T Wisd. 12: 23. Jos. Ant! 3. 5. 1. 6/S/ft) a),( i 5AaoTo'?,genn,) to germinate, to put forth, intrans. and trans. a) intrans. to sprout, to spring up, Matt. 13: 26. Mark 4: 27. Heb. 9: 4. So Sept. for rno Num. 17: 23. [8.] Joel 2: 22. Xen. Oec. 19. 2, 8. b) trans, to cause to spring up, i. e. to produce, to yield, James 5: 18. Sept. for arunn Gen. 1: 11. b7?a Num. 17: 23. [8.] Ecclus. 24: 20. Ph'ilo de Ag- ricult. p. 191. Aeschyl. Frag. p. 619. IJAcctfTOSy ov } o, Blastus, a man who was cubicularius to Herod Agrippa, i. e. had charge of his bed-charnber, Acts 12: 20. Such persons usually had great influence with their masters ; see Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 526. BAaocprjfAsoo, to, f. faa), (/JAaVg^- pog,) to blaspheme, i. e. a) genr. and spoken of men and things, to speak evil of, to slander, to de- fame, to revile; absol. Acts 13: 45. 18: 6. 1 Tim. 1: 20. 1 Pet. 4: 4. 2 Mace. 10: 34. 12: 14. Herodian. 1. 6. 20. - Seq. accus. of pers. or thing, Acts 19: 37. Tit. 3: 2. James 2: 7. 2 Pet. 2: 10. Jude 8, 10. So 2 Pet. 2: 12 iv o!$, for rainot iv o 7 iq. Pass. Rom. 3: 8. 14: 16. 1 Cor. 4: 13. 10:30. 2 Pet. 2: 2. Sept. for ^3 2 K. 19: 6, 22.-Jo>. Ant. 6. 9. 138 2. ib. 9. G. 3. Herodian. 2. 7. 8. With an accus. of the abstract noun, Mark 3: 28. See Buttm. 131. 3. Spoken in rrlrivnn: to Jesus while on earth, seq. accus. Matt. 27: 3D. Mark 15:29. Luke 23:31). absol. Luke 22: 65. Acts 20: 11, coll. v. 9. b) spoken of God and hie Spirit, or of divin;- tilings, i.e. to revile, to treat with irreverence and contumely ; seq. accus. Rom. 2: 24. Tit. 2: 5. 1 Pet. 4:14. Rev. 13:6. 16:9,11,21. Pass. 1 Tim. 6: 1. Sept. lor Vtfrnr, Is. 52:' 5. J<*. Ant. 6. 9. 3. Diodl 'Sic. 2. 21. Seq. ng c. accus. to blaspheme '-.Ji(Q y yw, PP- to use the eyes, to see, to look, trans, and intrans. 1. to see, viz. a) to be able to see, i. e. to have the faculty of sight, and spoken of the blind, to recover sight, intrans. Matt. 12: 22 wore tov -iv(phov ftJismw. Acts 9: 9 ui] ftlinwv, i. e. blind. Rev. 3: 18 Iva filsnys, coll. v. 17. Rev. 9: 20. So Sept. and J-7N-) 1 Sam. 3: 2. Ps. 69: 24. mn Dan. T 5: T 25. HpD Ex. 4: il. 23: 8. T Ael. V. H. 6. 12V" Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 4. So TO fihsnsiv as a subst. sight, i. e. the faculty of seeing, Luke 7: 21. Buttm. 140. 5. Trop. John 9: 39 iva ol fii] /5AToyTf? (jleTMoo't, v.nl ol fihe- novrfg Tvcphol ytvwvrai. v. 41. So by Hebraism, with a particip. of the same verb by way of emphasis, fitenovTfg fiUytit, seeing ye shall see, i. e. ye shall indeed see, Matt 13: 14. Mark 4: 12. Acts 28: 26. Comp. Is. 6: 9, where Sept. for nan 'Itn, of which Heb. idiom this is an imitation, Winer 46. 7. Gesen. p. 778. Stuart 514. b) in the sense of to perceive, sc. with the eyes, to discern, to descry, trans. Matt. 7: 3 il ds faint i? TO xaoqpo? TO iv TW oqp^aA^oI TOU adfAqpou aov ; 11: 4. 14: 30. 24: 2. Mark 8: 24. Luke 11: 3* John 1: 29. 21: 9. al. saep. So Sept. for rttj-j 2 K. 9: 17. Amos 8: 1. Herodian/2'. 9. 6. Rev. 1: 12 fittntiv Ti]v 1 Sam. 9: 9. c) rnetaph. to perceive, sc. with the mind, to be aware of, to observe ; Rom. 7: 23 fikinw trfgov vouov iv rolg p&eo-i pot 1 . Heb. 10: 25. For the particip. instead of the subjunct. see above in b. So Sept. and J-jNn Neh. 2: 17. Jos. Ant. 6. 10. 2 Jaifidrjg dttvJiQaywv i{&i- TrfTo. So seq. on, 2 Cor. 7: 8 U Ueb. 3: 19. James 2: 22. 2. to look, i. e. to look at or upon, to direct the eyes upon, to behold, trans, and in trans. a) pp. (a) spoken of persons ; soq. nccus. Matt. 5: 28 nug o (ft.ijiwv ywctl- xa. Rev. 5: 3, 4, ovde fileTifiv aino sc. TO fiifitiov, i. e. to look into it, examine it. Sept. and JiN") Cant. 1: 5. Hag. 2: 4. -^sop. Fau/129. So Matt. 18: 10, 01 ay/dot ccvruv dictnavrog (ftsTiouffi TO TiooffWTiov rov Tiargog ftov, their angel* behold continually the face of my Father, i. e. in accordance with the customs of oriental monarchs, they have constant access to him, are admitted to his privacy as his friends. So Heb. *]:.-" "^ "'Nn, for which Sept. ol tyyi'q rov |3acrJ.cco Esth. 1: 14. ol oyurrfg TO nQoaunov rov ftctffdfwg 2 K. 25: 19. ol iv nqoaw- TTW rov fiaadfug Jer. 52: 25. Seq. fig c. uccus. to look upon, to behold; Acts 3: 4 {ttfyov slg f^ag. John 13: 22. Luke 9: 62 tig ra oniaw, to look back. So Sept. for t^srr Gen. 19: 17. Ec- clus. 40: 29. Herodian. 3. 1 1. 5. Xen. An. 4. 1. 28. (/J) Spoken of a place, to look, i. e. to be situated, seq. XT c. ac- cus. Acts 27: 12 husva rijg KQipyg fiUrcov XT Aifiu. So Sept. for 1^3 Ez. 40: 23. H2S 2 Chr. 4: 4. Ez. 40: 1, 13, 20. f:B Ez. 40: 6, 21, 22, 46. al. Herodian. 2.11.16. Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 9. b) m eta ph. to look to, to direct the mind upon, to consider, to take heed; seq. ace. 1 Cor. 1: 26 pteneif ii]v raw. 10: 18. Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 1. Col. 2: 15 /aiQMv xal fiXixtav v[iwv TI',V in^iv, i. e. joyfully beholding, Gesen. p. 823. Stuart 533. So Heb. nNn Gen. 39: 23. Ps. 37: 37. Is. 22: 11. T Jos. B. J. 3. 10. 2. Phil. 3: 2 /ftUVrfTs rov? y.vvr*q x. T. A. i. e. take heed to, keep an eye upon, etc. and so by impl. beware of; see Winer 32. 1. p. 183. Seq. fig c. accus. Matt. 22: 1C ov yaq fiUntiq fig TiQotfWTiov r#WTwv, i. e. thou regard- est not, hast not respect to, the external of men ; see nQoa&nov. So 10, XT TTQocrwTTOv pUiitiv, 2 Cor. 10: 7. Polyb. 39. 2. 10 GTS fjitv fig rug a-T:o(f>ci(Tfig avrov rig (tts'tyfif orf 8* fig rov xfiQiauov rwv Comp. Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 1 fitenovrfq. Seq. rl and nwg, how, etc. Mark 4: 24. Luke 8: 18. 1 Cor. 3: 10. Eph. 5: 15. Seq. iV, 1 Cor. 16: 10. Col. 4: 17. 2 John 8. Spoken by way of caution, in the im- perative, jtfAfTT^Vw, (tttTTfTl, look to it, take heed, be on the watch, beware, absol. Mark 13: 23, 33. seq. kavrovg etc. Mark 13: 1). 2 John 8. So (ftsTittt jiaj, take heed lest, seq. aor. subjunct. Matt. 24: 4. Luke 21: 8. Acts 13: 40. Gal. 5: 15. 1 Cor. 10: 12. ^/;.TW,- 1 Cor. 8: 9. So oqa fti] l.urwn. D. Deor. 8. 22. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. ^7. Seq. fut. indie. Col. 2: 8. pqnort IIb. H: 12. So /?A^7TfT* ano, look away from, i. c. avoid, beware of, M;irk 8: 15. 12: 38. See in *Ano 1. 2. c. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 114. AL. a verbal implying necessity, propriety, etc. to be cast, to be put, Mark 2: 22. Luke 5: 38. See Buttm. 102. 134. 8. Uoayfpyf'c, indec. Boanerges, Mark 3: 17, explained by viol Pgovryg, sons of thunder ; Aram. T31 ^22, sons of commotion, the form fioavf- being per- haps the Galilean pronunciation instead of fvf-. Applied by Christ as a sur- name to James and John, probably on account of their fervid impetuous spirit ; comp. Luke 9: 54, where see Olshausen. Bodoj, : 15, T 18. Comp. 2 K. 18: 28' ' Neh. 9t I. Pint. Coriolan. 25. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 28. Spoken of a command or ex- hortation given with aloud voice, as by a I, raid, Matt. 3: 3. Mark 1: 3. Luke 3: 4. John 1: 23. comp. Is. 40: 3, 6, where Sept. for fin|3. Diod. Sic. 12. 62. Xen. An. 4. 3. 22lOf a cry for holp, c. c. nQog iiva, Luke 18: 7. Sept. for p*T Judg. 10: 14. Hos. 7: 14j pyiS (irn.4:10. Num. 12: 13. iO Judg' 15: 18. Joel 1: 19. Seq. accus. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 5. Boq 9 ?Jic, i a cry, outcry, exclama- tion, sc. for help, James 5: 4. Sept. for rprs 1 Sam. 9: 16. nspSJ Ex. 2: 24. 'Aelian. V. H. 13. 46.' ' Xen. Anab. 4. 7. 23. sense of cistern, Matt. 12: 11, L q. q>pe'ap in Luke 14: 5. See Jahn 45. Sept. and n^TD 2 Sam. 18: 17. W q. V.) , uirf, succour, Heb. 4: 16. Sept. for -I'" Ps. 121: 1. 124: 8. rnT3? Judg. 5: 23.* Ps. 38: 23. Herodian. 2. 5. 5. Thuc. 3. 113. Melon. Acts 27: 17 al Poifttiui, helps, means of help, e. g. ropes, chains, etc. Aristot. Rhet. 2. 5. Boyfr&O, a), f. fjo-w, (/?oij, pp. /o nin p at a cry for help, i. e. to advance in aid of any one, Polyh. 5. 76. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 1. In N. T. gem*, to succour, to help, to aid, seq. dat. Matt. 15: 25. Mark 9: 22, 24. Acts 16: !. 21: 28. 2 Cor. 6: 2. Heb. 2: 18. Rev. 12: 16. Sept. for ?Mpn Josh. 10: 6. n_T? Gen. 49: 25. 2 Sam. 8: 5. al. Herodian. 2. 7. 5. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 25. oArj, rjs, >;, (/SaMw,) a cast, a throw, spoken of distance, Luke 22: 41 uo-el U&OV fiotfv about a stone's throw ; cornp. Buttm. 131. 8. Sept. Gen. 21: 16. Thuc. 5. 65 ist b M&ov xt ,) a helper, Heb. 13: 6. Sept. for -IT* Job 29: 12. npna Ps. 71: 7. -tfS Ps. 18: 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 14. Of, o, (flo&Qog,) a pit, ditch, sc. as an emblem of destruction, Matt. 15: 14. Luke 6: 39. So Sept. for nnD Is. 24: 18. Jer. 48: 43, 44. comp. Pi. 40: 2. Xen. Cyr. 19. 3. In the y f. Law, (Polls Q. v.) to heave the lead, to sound, in trans. Acts 27:28 bis. Eustath. ad II. e. p. 427. 49. &. p. 615. 53. JfoAfej Itioc, f), (pallto,} pp. some- thing thrown, as the lead in sounding, whence /5oA/w q. v. In N. T. a mis- sile, i. e. a missile weapon, e. g. a javelin or dart, Heb. 12: 20. Sept. for nbp Neh. 4: 17. yh Num. 24: 8. Ez.'S: 16. Plut. Vit. Paral. V. 6. 6. ed. Reiske. Jlootyj o, indec. Booz or Boaz, Heb. T?2 (sprightliness), pr. name of a man celebrated in the book of Ruth. Matt. 1:5 bis. Luke 3: 32. JBopfiopog, ov y o, dirt, mire,fdth, pp. such as accumulates where animals are kept, 2 Pet. 2: 22, where the ex- pression is proverbial. Sept. for tt^t} Jer. 38: 6. Dem. 1259. 11. Arrian! Diss. Epict. 4. 11. 29 and&s xal xolgta dLuliyov, \v sv pogfioQw pi] xvlbpai. Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 5. J3o>'^Cj a 9 o, (contr. for fiogea?,) pp. the north or A*. A*. E. wind, Sept. Prov. 27: 16. Xen. Anab. 4. 5. 3. In N. T. by meton. the north, the northern quarter of the heavens, Luke 13: 29. Rev. 21: 13. Sept. for -riDS Job 37: 22. Gen. 13: 14. Thuc. 3/4. , f. /?o(7x?j(r&), to pasture, to tend ivhile grazing, trans. Mid. @6- axofiut, to feed, i. e. to be feeding or grazing ; Matt. 8: 30, 33. Mark 5: 11, 14. Luke 8: 32, 34. 15: 15. Sept. for n^n Gen. 29: 7, 9. 37: 11, 15. Horn. Od.'l4. 103. Aesop. Fab. 131. Metaph. of a Christian teacher, to instruct, etc. John 21: 15, 17. So Sept. and n^-j Ez. 34: 2, 3, 8, 10 sq. comp. for n*K 1 K. 12: 16. JBoaop, o, indec. Bosor, Heb. ^122 Boiavtj 141 (torch), Sept. BMQ, Beor, Num. 22: 5, j>r. name of the father of Balaam, 2 Pet. 2: 15. BoJOVTJ, r)?, f], (/?O(TXW,) pp. pas- turage, i. e. herbage, grass, plants, Heb. 6: 7. Sept. for NW Gen. 1: 11, 12. 3toy Ex. 9: 22, 25. Aelian. V. H. 2. 40. So-lfVSy vo?, o, a cluster, sc. of grapes, etc. Rev. 14: 18. See Buttm. 50. Sept. for VaSK Gen. 40: 10. Num. 13: 25. Jos. Ant! 2. 5. 2. Xen. Oec. 19. 18. KouAfUTtjQ, ou } o, (ftovfava,) a counsellor, senator ; spoken of a member of the Jewish Sanhedrim, Mark 15: 43. Luke 23: 50. Thuc. 8. 69. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 23. V(iO } f. svffu, (ftovJiTi,) to re- solve in council, to decree, Sept. for yy Is. 23: 8. Xen. Rep. Ath. 2. 17 Lo- fisvog TO* o%Jio) TO Ixavov noif t o~at. Acts 17: 20. 'l8: 27. 19: 30. 22: 30. 23: 28. 25: 22. 27: 43. 28: 18. Philem. 13. 3 John 10. Sept. for fON Lev. 26: 21. Job 39: 9. yen Deut. '25: 7,8. Job 9: 3. 1 Mace. 7: T 30. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 31. H. G. 1. 2. 15. In the sense of to have in mind, to intend, to purpose, Matt. 1: Acts 5: 28. 12: 4. 2 Cor. 1: 15. Sept. for yy Ezra 4: 5. Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 2. So in a stronger sense, to desire, to aim at ; 1 Tim. 6: 9 ol povloptvoi nlov- itlv James 4: 4. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 3. Bovvog 142 Xen. An. 2. 6. 21. In the sense of to choose, to please, to prefer, to decide ; John 18: 39. Acts 18: 15. 25:20. James 3: 4. 2 John 12. Sept. for MS* Ezra 10:3. yen IK. 21: 6. lSam."24:3. Xen. Cyn G. 1. 5, 15. As implying command or direction, to will, i. e. to direct, seq. accus. et infin. Phil. 1: 12 fiovJiofiai, i. e. it is my will. 1 Tim. 2: 8. 5: 14. Tit. 3: 8. Jude 5 vnopvijtrai de -vfiSg fo&OfUHi I tvill that ye call to mind, etc. Xen. An. 1.1.1. b) spoken of God, i. q. -tf&w, to will, i. e. to phase, to appoint, to decree ; of God, Luke 22: 42. Heb. 6: 17. James 1: 18. 2 Pet. 3: 9. of Jesus, as the Son of God, Matt. 11: 27. Luke 10: 22. of the Spirit, 1 Cor. 12: Jl. Horn. II. 1. 67. ib. 13. 345. J3ouvo?jOV, o, a hill, rising ground, Luke 3: 5. 23:30. Sept. for rt?32 Ex. 17: 9, 10. Is. 40: 4. 55: 12. Ce bet. Tab. 15. [12.] Polyb. 3. 83. 1. It is a word of the later Greek,Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 355. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 153. Inay/dlac, the Lord tvill not be tardy, slack, in respect to his promise ; Buttm. 132. 6. 1. Others, the Lord of the promise will not be slack sc. to fulfil it ; comp. ]?3?3 Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rah. 133. Sept. for -n$ Deut. 7: 10. Is. 46: 13. nnnn Gen. 43: 10. Ecclus. 32: 18. AeVv.'ll. 3. 43. Oy f. 7/o-w, and nioi,} to sail slowly, Acts 27: 7. Artemid. 4. 32. J3paduQ, &LCC, v } slow, i. e. not hasty, James 1: 19 bis. Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 5. Metaph. slow of understanding, heavy, stupid, Luke 24: 25. Dion. Hal. de rhet. Attic. tov vovv. Polyb. 4. 8. 7. iriOQ, i], slowness, tardiness. 2 Pet. 3: 9 ug PgaSvTijia IJ/OVVTCU, as some consider it tardiness, i. e. that the Lord delays in respect to his promise ; see @Qadvva). Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 1. Xen. H. G. 4. 6. 5. i.e. an animal of the ox kind, Luke 13: 15. 14: 5, 19. John 2: 14, 15. 1 Cor. 9: 9 bis. 1 Tim. 5: 18. Sept. for ^pa Gen. 13: 5. al. ms Gen. 41: 2, 3, 4. Xen. Mem. 1.2.32." 'y o, the arm, Lat. o, r, an ox or cow, brachium, Xen. Eq. 7. 8. In N. T. by meton. like Heb. 51 "It, strength, might, power, Luke 1: 51." John 12: 38. Acts 13: 17. So Sept. for sn^t Deut. 5: 15. Is. 44: 12. 51: 5. , OV 3 TO, (fiyapevg,) a prize, sc. bestowed on victors in the public games of the Greeks, such as a wreath, chaplet, garland, etc. 1 Cor. 9: 24. Hesych. pQafi&ov ' inlvwiov, sna- fftov, vwr\vfigiov. Metaph. spoken of the rewards of virtue in a future life, Phil. 3: 14. j f. svo-ta, pp. to be o vc, i. e. to be a director, arbiter, in the public games ; see Potrer Gr. Ant. Vol. I. p. 441. to decree, to give the prize, AVisd. 10: 12. Heliodor. IV. 1. In N.T. to rule, to govern ; metaph. to prevail, to abound, intrans. Col. 3: 15 17 tlgi'ivy rov XQIOTOV pgafovsTto iv ialg xaQdlaig vuwv.pp. Diod. Sic. 13. 53. Polyb. 6. 4.3. , f. wu, (Pqadvg,) to be sloio, to delay, intrans. 1 Tim. 3: 15. 2 Pet. 3: 9 ov figadvvti o xvyiot; TJ/J } Gia, v, short, small; spoken a) of time, Luke 22: 58 [AZTU PQ&XV, i. e. a little after. Acts 5: 34. So Sept. TfctQct PQUXV for t25?2 Ps. 94: 17. Wisd. 12: 10 y.cna ji. 'Xen. Ephes. p. 29 /5^^u et PQCIXVV %6vov. Comp. Bos Ell. Gr. p. 103. b) of place, Acts 27:28 fiQa/v Siao"tri- o'avrsg, i. e. having gone a little further. So Sept. and tti'TD 2 Sam. 16: 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 47. Tr'op. of rank or dignity, Heb. 2: 7, 9, $QUXV TV TKXQ ay/ikovq, a little lower than the angels, i. e. Jesus during his life ; quoted from Ps. 8: 6, where SepU for C2>'73 necessarily of rank, as the antith. in Heb. 2: 9 also requires. c) of quantity or number, small, few; John 6: 7 /^a/u Tt, a little. So Sept. and t33>Jg 1 Sam. 14: 29, 44. -Xen. Mem. L 4. 8? Heb. 13: 22 *5m fa X Biov sc. Ao/wv, i.e. in few words, ^briefly. So 143 Sept. /fya/t/c uQi&fAoi;, for Di'tt Deut. 26: 5. 28: 62. Jos. B. J. 4. 5. '4. Lu- cian. Tox. 56. I3o(>OQ f O? ? ouGy 10, a child, spoken a) of a child yet unborn, a foetus, Luke 1: 41, 44. Ecclus. 19: 11. Horn. II. 23. 266. b) usually an infant, babe, suckling, Luke 2: 12, 16. 18: 15. Acts 7: 19. 1 Mace. 1: 61. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 4. Xeu. Mem. 2. 2. 5. Etymol. Mag. ftQsyog' TO vfoyvov nmdlov. So 2 Tim. 3: 15 dnb pglcpovg, i. e. from infancy, from the cradle. Metaph. of those who have just embraced the Christian religion, 1 Pet. 2: 2. Comp. I Cor. 3: 2. Heb. 5: 12, 13. Jlotyoj, f. w. 1. to wet, to moisten, trans. Luke 7: 38, 44. Rev. 11: 6 \vu fiij verbs fiQtxn sc. ri]v yijv. Sept. for nDErr Ps. 6: 7. OD73 Niph. Is. 34: 3. -Jr!d Ez. 22: 24.-Diod. Sic. 3. 24. Xen. An'. I. 4. 17. 2. to rain, to cause to rain, i. q. 'iiiv, in the Attic poets and later prose writ- ers ; comp. Lob. ad. Phryn. p. 291. II. Planck in Bibl. Rcpos. I. p. 688. pp. fully written, ftydxttv veiov Sept. Joel 2: 23. Is. 5: 6. In N. T. absol. Matt. 5: 45 b Otb? /%>. So Sept. for VBCrr Gen. 2: 5. Amos 4: 7. Polyb. 16. 12.*a Arrian. Diss. Ep. 1. G. 30. Seq. accus. Luke 17: 29 (o t>fo?) J?of| n\)Q xai ftilov an OVQUVOV. So Sept. xroios ipQ. n. x. #. for T^LTsn Gen. 19: 24. Ez. 38: 22. comp. !',fy.y;.av. for -pBEn Ex. 9: 24. Witli the sub- ject implied, as in Eng. {/ rains, etc. James 5: 17 bis. See Buttm. 129. 9. JjQovirj^ijGy 7/, thunder, Mark 3: 17 viol fiqovir\q, see in BoavtQ'/iq. John 12: 29. Rev. 4: 5. 6: 1. 8: 5. 10: 3, 4 bis. 11: 19. 14: 2. 16: 18. 19: 6. Sept. for Crn Job 26: 14. Ps. 77: 19. Horn. II. 2L 199. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 3. ~^P/( f h ^1-3 7 /> (/%*/ w f v< ) m later usage, rain, Matt. 7: 25, 27. Sept. for trra Ps. 68: 10. 105: 32. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 291. Geopon. 2. 39, 191. 13ooyo?y ouy o, a noose, snare 1 Cor. 7: 35 oux 'iva Pq6%ov vulv enifid- iw, not that I would cast a noose over you, i. e. impose on you any necessity. Sept. for Opia Prov. 22: 25. Sept. Prov. 6: 5. 7: 21. Xen. Yen. 2. 5. ovy o, (Pgvx. Luke 3:11. 9:13. 1 Cor. 6: 13 bis. Sept. for rON Gen. 41: 35 sq. Deut. 2: 28. VSN7D Gen. 6: 21. 2 Chr. 9: 4. Ael. V.' H? 3. 20. Xen. Mern. 3. 11. 13. Spoken of meats permitted by the Mo- saic law, Heb. 9: 10. 13: 9. So of meats of which Jewish Christians scrupled to eat, Rom. 14: 15 bis, 20. 1 Cor. 8: 8, 13. 1 Tim. 4: 3. b) mctaph. aliment, sustenance, nowr- ishment. John 4: 34 Ifiov pou^a, i. e. that by which I Jive, in which I de- light. 1 Cor. 10: 3 figu^a TCfevfAcnixov, spiritual food, i. e. the manna, as an emblem of spiritual nourishment or in- struction. So 1 Cor. 3: 2, coll. Heb. 5: 12. Clem. Alex. Strom. 5. 10. Q, ov y o,y, adj. eatable ; Luke 24: 41 t/T XL have ye any food ? Sept. 19:23. Ez. 47:12. Lev. , eat- 13()coGiQj ing, i. e. spoken a) of the act of eating, 1 Cor. 8: 4 144 2 Cor. 9: 10 u^rog fig PQUQ-IV, bread to eat, from Is. 55: 10, where Sept. for is'N. also Mai. 3: 11. Sept. for oinr Deut 32: 24. Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 2. XenT Mem. 1. 3. 15. Trop. erosion, corrosion, abstr. for concrete, Matt. 6: 19, 20, 0^5 xal pQwffig, moth and corrosion, i. e. cor- roding rust; comp. James 5 : 2, 3. Aquila for 'y, moth, Is. 50: 9. Cornp. Ep. of Jer. 12 ou diavw&vTai anb lov Kttl pQtapaTuv, i. e. prob. moths. b) of that which is eaten, food, i. q. (a) pp. John 6: 27 rijv figwffiv anoMvfjievr]v, i. e. food for the body. Heb. 12: 16. So Sept. for fi^3 2 K. 19: 8. V^ 2 Sam. 19: 42. 'bb'&Gen. 47: 24. WSbg Jer. 7: 31. 19: 7. Thuc. 2. 10. So {JQUffig xal n6fftg,food and drink, Rom. 14: 17 ov ydy l; yvwalg lx<*y- , ^ 5, (by redupl. fr. yQuw, ygctivw, to devour, corrode,) gangrene, mortification, ' which spreads by degrees over the whole body. 2 Tim. 2: 17. Plut. de Adul. et Amic. 36. Pa ft, o, indec. Gad, Heb. la (good fortune), pr. name of the seventh son of Jacob, born of Zilpah, Gen. 30: 10 sq. Spoken of the tribe of Gad, Rev. 7: 5. radctpyvog, ov y o, a Gadarene, i. e. an inhabitant of the city of Gadara, I'uduntt, the fortified capital of Percea or the region east of the Jordan, Jos. R J. 4. 7. a ib. 2. 20. 4. According to Eusebius (Onomast.) it was situated over against Tiberias and Scythopolis, in or near the range of mountains bor- dering the eastern shore of the lake and the valley of the Jordan, on the site, as is supposed, of the present village Om Keis, which lies S. E. from the southern extremity of the lake, and not far from the river Hieromax. Josephus calls Gadara a Greek city, noh^ 7wU7?W?, Ant. 17. 11. 4; and says it had many wealthy inhabitants, B. J. 4. 7. 3. When first taken from the Jews, it was an- nexed by the Romans to Syria, Jos, B. J. 1. 7. 7 ; Augustus gave it to Herod the Great, ib. 1. 20. 3 ; but it was re- stored to Syria after Herod's death, Ant. 17. 11. 4. In N. T. Mark 5: 1. Luke 8: 26, 37. So in Mss. Matt. 8: 28 for rtQytcrrjvtav or rtqaffrp/wv, q. v. See Reland. Palaest. p. 773. 19 I. jr5TJ^, trum- pets, into which the Jews cast their of- ferings, Ex. 30: 13 sq. See Buxt. Lex. Chald. Talm. 2506. Jahn 342. In N. T. Mark 12: 41 bis, 43. Luke 21: 1. Spoken of the court itself John 8: 20. rdiogj ov, o, Gains, Lat. Caius, pr. name of several men in N. T. 1. a Macedonian, and fellow-traveller of Paul, who was seized by the popu- lace at Ephesus, Acts 19: 29. 2. a man of Derbe who accompanied Paul in his last journey to Jerusalem, Acts 20: 4. 3. an inhabitant of Corinth with whom Paul lodged, and in whose house the Christians were accustomed to as- semble, Rom. 16: 23. 1 Cor. 1: 14. 4. a Christian to whom John ad- divssed his third epistle, 3 John 1 ; perhaps the same with the preceding. sages, migrated thither after the sacking of Rome by Brennus ; and mingling with the former inhabitants, the whole were called Gallograeci. The Celtic language continued to be spoken by their descendants at least until the time of Jerome, 600 years after the migra- tion. Under Augustus, about A. C. 26, this country became a Roman province. Galatia was distinguished for the fertility of its soil and for its trade. It was the seat of colonies from various nations, among whom were many Jews ; and from all these Paul appears to have made many converts to Christianity. See Strabo I. p. 301. ed. Tauchn. Pausan. Phoc. 10. 23. 9. Liv. 38. 16, 18. Tacit. Ann. 15. 6. Comp. Rosenrn. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 210. In N. T. 1 Cor. 16: 1. Gal. 1: 2. 2 Tim. 4: 10. 1 Pet. 1:1. Xcty axio?, TO, milk, 1 Cor. 9:7. Sept. for n'rn Gen. 18: 8. 49: 12. Xen. Mem. 4. 3/10. Metaph. for the first elements of Christian instruction, 1 Cor. 3: 2. Heb. 5: 12, 13. Clem. Alex. Strom. 5. 10 */a),a ?; xofigftOYf, oiovtl TiQwirj yvxit$ TQO(fi] voy&rptiau. In 1 Pet. 2: 2, milk is put as the emblem of pure spiritual nourishment, or of Christian instruction in general. FaActryQ, ov, o, a Galatian, Gal. 3: 1. u*, a? 3 ?;, Galatiaor Gallo- graecia, a province of Asia Minor, lying S. and S. E. of Bithynia and Paphlago- nia ; W. of Pontus ; N. and N. W. of Cappadocia ; and N. and N. E. of Lyca- onia and Phrygia. Its name was de- rived from the Gauls, Jcdareu/ of whom two tribes,the Trocmi and Tolis- toboii, with a tribe of the Celts, Tecto- y ov, Galatian, Acts 16: 6 rakauxijv %toQav, i. e. Galatia. 18:23. , r)G, ?], tranquillity, sc. of the sea, a calm, Matt. 8: 26. Mark 4: 39. Luke 8: 24. Horn. Od. 7. 319. Xen. Anab. 5. 7. 8. ia,ag y ^, Galilee, a region of Palestine, which in the time of Christ included all the northern part of Pales- tine lying between the Jordan and Mediterranean, and between Samaria and Phenicia. Before the exile the name seems to have been applied only to a small tract bordering on the north- ern limits; Heb. Vis 3 1 K. 9: 11. ST^ra 2 K. 15: 29. It Vas anciently called also 'Galilee of the Gentiles,' b^ian b v r;3 Is.8:23,ra>U;ia/a attoyvltov 1 Mace. 5: 15, because many foreigners from Egypt, Arabia, Phenicia, etc. were mixed with the population, as is ex- pressly stated by Strabo, 16. 2. 34. comp. 1 Mace. 5: 15, 21 23. Galilee in the time of Christ was divided into Upper and Lower, y aVto xal y xaxot raldala; the former lying north of the territory of Zebulon and abounding in mountains ; the latter being more level and fertile and very populous. Lower Galilee is said to have contained 404 towns and villages, of which Caper- 147 naum and Nazareth are the most fre- quently mentioned in N. T. Comp. Strabo 1. c. Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 13. Ro- senm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. 42. In N.T. Mark 1: 9. Luke 2: 39. 4: 14. 8: 26. John 7: 52. al. freq. In Matt. 4: 15 rcddaia TWJ> e&vuv is quoted from Is. 8: 23, [9: 1,] for which see above. So i] ddlataaa rfg FaJidalag, the sea of Gali- lee, or lake of Geunesareth, Matt. 4: 18. 15: 29. AL. y a, ov, Galilean ; also a native or inhabitant of Galilee ; Matt. 26: 69. Mark 14: 70. Luke 13: 1, 2 bis. 22: 59. John 4: 45. Acts 1: 11. 2: 7. 5: 37. The Galileans were brave and industrious ; though the other Jews regarded them as stupid, unpolished, and seditious, and therefore proper ob- jects of contempt ; John 1: 47. 7: 52. They had a peculiar dialect, by which they were easily distinguished from the Jews of Jerusalem, Mark 14: 70. See Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 2. Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Tal. 434 sq. y covos, o, GaUio, a Ro- man proconsul of Achaia, Acts 18: 12, 14, 17. He was the younger brother of the philosopher Seneca, and was called Marcus Annaeus Novatus ; but took the name of Gallic after being adopted into the family of L. Junius Gallio. Like his brother Seneca, he was put to death by order of Nero. Tacit. Ann. 6. 3. ib. 15. 73. JA, o, indec. Gamaliel, bfirta (benefit from God), Num. 1: 10. 2: 20," a distinguished Pharisee and teacher at Jerusalem, under whom Paul was educated, Acts 5: 34. 22: 3. According to the Talmud, he was the eon of Simeon and grandson of the celebrated Hillel (Buxt. Lex. Ch.Talm. 617) ; distinguished for piety and Jew- ish learning ; and for a long time presi- dent of the Sanhedrim. See Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in Act. 5: 34. fee fit co y co, (yupo?,) irnpf. eydfjiow Luke 17: 27 ; aor. 1 syrjfia Luke 14: 20, and in later Greek eydprjaa Mark 6: 17. al. see Lob. ad Phryn. p.742. Buttm.114. H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. 667 ; perf. f aor. 1 pass. marry, trans, and neut. a) trans, spoken of men, to take as a wife, seq. accus. Matt. 5: 32. 19: 9 bis. Mark 6: 17. 10: 11. Luke 14: 20. 16:18 bis. Jos. Ant. 1. 15. 1. Diod. Sic. 18. 25. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 8. Neut. and ab- sol. to take a ivife, to marry, i.e. to enter into the conjugal state, Matt. 19: 10. 22: 25, 30. 24: 38. Mark 12: 25. Luke 17: 27. 20: 34, 35. 1 Cor. 7: 28, 33. 2 Mace. 14: 25. Ael. V. H. 4. 1. Xen. Hiero 1. 27. Spoken O f females, absol. 1 Cor. 7: 28, 34, 36. 1 Tim. 5: 11, 14. Eurip. Med. 593. ed. Elmsl. Spoken genr. of both sexes, 1 Cor. 7: 9 bis, 10. 1 Tim. 4:3. b) aor. 1 pass, fyafm&lp as Mid. Buttm. 136. 2 ; to marry, neut. i. e. to enter into the marriage state ; absol. 1 Cor. 7: 39. seq. dat. Mark 10: 12. Jos. Ant. 4. 7. 5. Palaeph. de Incred. 32 ainai yr)pao*&ai ovdevl } ( 5 Plut. Romiil. 2. Demetr. 2. cOy f. Iff to, (ydpo?,) to marry, i. e. to give in marriage, e. g. a daughter, 1 Cor. 7: 38 bis ; Griesb. instead of ), i. q. yct(*l&, to marry, i. e. to give in marriage, Pass. Mark 12: 25. rdfJLOQ, ov, u, a wedding, nuptials, i. e. the nuptial solemnities, etc. a) pp. tydvpa ydfiov, a wedding gar- m nt, Matt. 22: 11, 12. Sttnvov tov yd- fiov, nuptial banquet, Rev. 19: 9, see below. 1 Mace. 10: 58. Xen. Lac. 1. 6 ydfiovg noiflv&ai. More particularly, the nuptial banquet, which continued seven days, (Judg. 14: 12. Jahn 154,) Matt. 22: 2 inolip* yduovg. v. 3, 4, 8, 9. 25: 10. John 2: 1, 2. So Sept. and niriia Gen. 29: 22. Esth. 2: 18. Tob. 6: li '8: 14. Lucian. D. Deor. 20. 23. Xen. Ven. 1. 8. The happiness of the Messiah's kingdom is represented under the figure of a nuptial feast, Rev. 19: 7, 9 ; comp. Matt. 25: 1 sq. By meton. the place orliall where the nuptial feast is held, Matt. 22: 10. b) in common parlance, any festive banquet, Luke 12: 36. 14: 8. Sept. for Esth. 9: 22. /, r o,5ij#JJ? nnqula^nv Maoidp' TO ydo h rtLrii ytwyftiv. v. 21 xatianq TO in-Dim aviov 'ftjaovv' avTog yaQ ix ri t g ralilaiag o A'otoro? CO/ETCH, shall THEN Christ come out of Galilee 1 Acts 8: 31 nag ydo uv 8wul^i\v, hoio can I THEN ? 19: 35 tig ydg tcriiv o av&oomog, what man THEN 7*5 there ? Rom. 3: 3 and Phil. 1: 18, il /UQ ; what THEN ? 1 Cor. 11: 22. Comp. Buttm. 1. c. Herm. ad Vig. p. 829. Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 6. Philo de conf. Ling. p. 240. D. Aristoph. Nub. 218. See Loesner Obs. e Phil. p. 221. (0) in a strong affirmation or negation ; John 9: 30 iv ydg IOVTM &av[iayhole, a single object in reference to many, a less in reference to a greater, and vice versa. Hence it often can- not be rendered in English, but must be expressed by a stronger emphasis in pronunciation, etc. Its general mean- ing is, at least, indeed, even, etc. Comp. Buttm. 149. p. 431. Herm. ad Vig. p. 824 sq. Passow sub voce. I. Used alone. a) as marking a less in reference to a greater, at least, etc. Luke 11: 8 though he will not give him, because he is his friend, (the greater reason,) diu ye T;y uvaldfiav ainov, yet at least because of his importunity (the lesser reason) he will rise, etc. 18: 5. So 1 Cor. 4: 8 oyduv ye, 1 could wish at hast, etc. Sept. Job 30: 24. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 4 dtayt. b) as marking a greater in reference to a less, etc. even, indeed, Rom. 8: 32 og yt, who even, etc. Eurip. Med. 1361. Aristoph. Nub. 399. Comp. Herm. 1. c. p. 827. II. In connexion with other parti- cles, (a) a'AAa yf or a'/Uayf, yet at least, yet surely, 1 Cor. 9: 2. but indeed, moreover, Luke 24:21. Comp. in 3 150 uyayf and apctyf, see in "Ago. I. c. and II. (y) ftyt, if at least, if indeed, if so be, etc. seq. indie, and spoken of what is taken for granted ; Eph. 3: 2. 4: 21. Col. 1: 23. Comp. Henn. 1. c. p. 833 sq. Sept. Job 16: 4. Lucian. Jup. Trag. 36. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 3 ei'ys xaxovQyoionov , to le full of, to be stuffed with, intraus. and seq. gen. Matt. 23: 27. Luke 11: 39. Rev. 4: 6, 8. 5: 8. 15: 7. 17: 3, 4. 21: 9. Rom. 3: 18, quoted from Ps. 10: 7, where Sept. for K^Q seq. accus. Comp. Buttm. 132. 5,V. Diod. Sic. 13. 3, 84. Polyb. 4. 65. 2. - So with Ix, Matt. 23: 25, like Heb. 173 N~73 Is. 2: 6. Ez. 32: 6. r^vea, ac, f h (yivoucu, ytvu,} birth, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8. In N. T. generation, in the following senses, viz. &) of spring, progeny ; genr. and trop. Acts 8: 33 irp SB yevfav avrov tig 8it]- yrio-icu f who shall declare his posterity ? i. e. the number of his followers, spoken of the Messiah ; quoted from Is. 53: 8, where Sept. for "n^; see Hengstenb. Christol. Vol. I. on Is. 1. c. and in Bibl. Repos. II. 358. (Others refer this to d, below.) So Sept. for tTTT Num - 13: 22. :ntEsth.9:28. irj Lev. 23: 48. Gen 17: 12. Jos. Ant. L 10. 3 nottyv yevtdv. 5. 1. 2. Polyb. 20. 6. 6. b) a descent, a degree, sc. in a genea- logical line of ancestors or descendants, Matt. 1: 17 ter. So Sept. for ^m Gen. 15: 16. Deut. 23: 3. rrnbin Gen. 25: 13. Jos. Ant. 1. 7. 2. ib. 7. : 5. 2. Philo Vit. Mos. I. p. 603. c) spoken of the period of time from one descent to another, i. e. the average duration of human life, reckoned appa- rently by the ancient Hebrews at 100 years, comp. Gen. 15: 16 with Ex. 12: 40, 41 ; by the Greeks at three genera- tions for every 100 years, i. e. 33 years each ; Herodot. 2. 142 ytvtal igdg av~ d^wv exaiov ma fVrt. Hence, in N. T. of a less definite period, an age, time, period, day, etc. as ancient generations, i. e. times of old, etc. Acts 14: 16. 15: 21. Eph. 3: 5. Col. 1: 26. of future ages, Eph. 3: 21. Luke 1: 50 tig ytvtag yevewv, to generations of generations, i. e. to the remotest ages, comp. Rev. 1: 6. So Sept. fortn-yi-7 -ill Ps. 72:5. 102:25. Is. 34: 17. The expression is strongly intensive ; Gesen. Lebrg. p. 692. c. Stuart 455. c. Matth. 430. So genr. Sept. and -li^ Gen. 9: 2. Prov. 27: 24. Joel 3: 20. Diod. Sic. 1. 24. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 4. Luke 16: 8 tig ii\v ytvtuv TTJV kcnriMV, i. e. are wiser in their day, so far as it concerns this life. d) melon, spoken of the men of any generation or age, those living in any one period, a race, class ; e. g. 7; jnvtct avii] etc. the present generation, Matt.ll: 16. 12:39,41,42,45. 16:4. 17:17. 23: 36. 24: 34. Mark 8: 12 bis, 38. 9: 19. 13: 30. Luke 7: 31. 9: 41. 11: 29, 30, 31,32,50,51.17:25. 21:32. Acts 2: 40. Phil. 2: 15. Spoken of a former genera- tion, Acts 13: 36. Heb. 3: 10. of the fu- ture Luke 1: 48. So Sept. and ^17 Deut. 32: 5, 20. Ps. 12: 8. 14: 5. 24: 6. 78: 6, 8. Lucian. de Astrol. 20. De- mosth.1390.25. rwtaAoyfco, co y f. ijo-w, (r^v ye- vsav tiyw,} to trace one'* genealogy, Sept. Ezra 2: 62. Xen. Conv. 4. 51 . In N. T. only Pass, ffveahoytopai, oiipai, to be traced or inscribed in a genealogy, i. e. by impl. to be reckoned by descent, to derive one's origin, Heb. 7: 6. Sept. for ffirrnn 1 Chr. 5: 1. 9: 1. , ac, y, genealogy, genealogical table, sc. of an- cestors etc. 1 Tim. 1: 4. Tit. 3: 9. Sept. 152 for inf. ttirpnn 1 Chr. 7: 5, 7. 9: 22. Polyb. 9. 8L 1. ' a 9 (or, rce, (adj. ytvicnog, natal, Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 7. Philo '- rijua. I'fWtjoapfi, 7/, indec. Gennesareth, Heb. rn?.3 (harp) Deut. 3: 17, or ni^33 1 K. 15:'' 20, later Heb. -10:3, Josephus revrycrao, B. J. 3. 10. 8, the name of a small region of Galilee on the western shore of the lake, described by Josephus (1. c.) as about four miles in length and three in breadth, and as distinguished for its fertility and beauty. It was so called from an ancient city, Josh. 19: 35, which also gave name to the adjacent lake, n-3-rr Num. 34: 11 -- This lake is also called the Sea of Galilee, Matt. 4: 18 ; the Sea of Tiberias, John 21: 1. It is about twelve miles long and five broad, and is still celebrated for the purity and salubrity of its waters, and the abundance of its fish. Embo- somed in lofty mountains, the scenery 20 around it is the most romantic and pic- turesque in Palestine. It is subject to sudden, though not long continued tempests. See Jos. B. J. 3. 10. 7. Ro- senm. Bibl. Geogr. II. i. p. 176 sq. Cal- met art. Tibeiias. In N. T. r/ yi\ Ftv. Matt. 14: 34. Mark 6: 53. 17 M^vr) Tcv. Luke 5:1. / 'fi't'qaie, ffoc, *;, (yfvvdw,) birth, nativity, Matt. 1: 18 and Luke 1: 14 in text. rec. Others yivfcriq q. v. Sept. for -ton Ecc. 7: 1. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 3. J*ti'i't)iN! (Jen. 1: 1, 2.' 2: 4. b2P 1 Chr. 16: 30. Hero- dian. 2. 11. 8." Horn. II. 19. 259. Hence T enl lijg yijg and T ev rots ovQavol^, things on earth and things in heaven, i. e. the universe, Col. 1: 16,20. yij xairrj, a new earth, 2 Pet. 3: 13. Rev. 21: 1. (/9) Spoken of the habitable earth, y oixovusvy, Luke 11: 31. 21: 35. Acts 10: 12. il:6. 17:26. Heb.ll:13. Rev. 3: 10. al. saep. Sept. for n*3>\. Gen. 6: 1, 7. Is. 24: 1. y-jN Geii/6: 5, 11, 12. llerodian. 1. 2. 9.* ken. Ag. 1. 3 ; old age, Luke 1: 36 iv ynQff in text, recept. and iv yyQfi in later edit. Comp. Buttm. 54. n. 4. Winer 9. 1. Sept. Iv yrjQft for rO^2, Ps. 92: 15, and so Ecclus. 8: 6. Vv yr)Qff Gen. 15: 15. 1 Chr. 29: 28. Dat. /T}O Diod. Sic. 1. 84. Xen. Apol. Soc. 8. Cyr. 1. 5. 10. xco or yijyuco, f. a'trw, q,) to IK, old, to become old, intrans. John 21: 18. Heb. 8: 13. Sept. for -J^T Gen. 18: 13. 27: 1. Hiph. Job 14: 8. Xen.Vect. 4. 22. Ag. 11. 14. Tivo^ai 156 earlier and Attic form ylyvouai, f. ywijaoucu, aor. 2 tyfrouyv, perf. part, yiywi}uiroq, perf. 2 ysyova, pluperf. 2 tyfyovftv, Acts 4: 22 ; also in later writers and in N. T. aor. 1 puss. iy(vr\&rp for fyevouyv, Acts 4: 4. Heb. 6: 4. ill. Diod. Sic. 1.1. ib. 3. 40. Po- lyb. 2. 67. 8; comp. Lob. ad Pliryn. p. 108 sq. Buttrn. 114. p. 272. This verb is a Mid. depon. Sntrans. with the I)rimary signif. to begin to be, fieri, i. e. to come into existence or into any state ; and then also in the aor. and perf. 2, ' to have come into existence,' o,r simply to be, esse ; so that tylrourjv, tytvy&rji', and yiyova, serve likewise as preterites of iivai. Comp. Buttm. I, c. and 113. 6. I. To begin to be, to come into exist- ence, etc. as implying origin, either from natural causes or through special agen- cy, result, and change of state, place, etc. a) as implying origin in the ordinary course of nature, etc. (a) Spoken of persons, to be born, John 8: 58. James 3: 9. seq. Ix TWOS, to be born of, to be de- scended from, etc. Rom. 1: 3. Gal. 4: 4. 1 Pet. 3: 6. So Sept. for 1^ Gen. Ml: 3, 5 L 9. Wisd. 7: 3. Xen. A~n. 3. 2. 13 EV ulg vfAsig lyeveff&t y.al iTQ(X(pj]TF. Mem. 2. 2. 4 Ix xivog. (/?) Of plants, fruits, etc. to be produced, to grow, Matt. 21: 19. 1 Cor. 15: 37. Ael. V. H. 6. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 4. (/) Of the phenomena of nature, etc. to arise, to come on, to oc- cur ; e. g. aeio-uog Matt. 8: 24. A/Aai/> Mark 4: 37. yuti}vri Matt. 8: 26. Mark 4: 39. o-y.oTog Matt. 27: 45. Mark 15: 33. vsy&r] Luke 9: 34. Mark 9: 7. John 12: 29. Xen. An. 3. 1. 11 So also of a voice or cry, tumult, si- lence, etc. (jpo)7'?; John 12: 30. al. y.Qaryi] Matt. 25: 6. #0^0? Matt.26: 5. 27: 24. o-jccffig Luke 23: 19. o/0/*a John 7: 43. ftnpt* Joh n 3: 25. aiyi\ A c ts 2 1 : 40. Rev. 8: 1. Xen. An. 3. 4. 35 &6- Qvftog. So of emotions, etc. Luke 15: 10. 22: 24. 1 Tim. 6: 4. &Uyig Matt. 13: 21. (3) Spoken of time, as day, night, evening, etc. to come, to come on, to approach, Matt. 8: 16. 14: 15, 23. 27: 1. Mark 6: 2. 11:19. 15:33. Luke 22: 14. John 6: 16. 21: 4. Acts 27: 27. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 41. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. t) TtQoz fjusgav eylyvsro. Comp. in b. 17. b) as implying origin through an agency specially exerted, to be made, to be created, etc. i. q. noiovpcti. () Spo- ken of the works of creation, John 1: 3, 10. 1 Cor. 15: 45. Heb. 4: 3. 11: 3. So Sept. for irnaa Gen. 2: 4. Is. 48: 7. (/J) Of works T of art, etc. Acts 19: 26 3m ztiqiar. Diod. Sic. 1. 43. (/) Of miracles and the like, to be wrought, to be performed, Matt. 11: 20. Acts 4: 22. 8: 13. seq. 3t, Acts 2: 43. 4: 16. Mark 6: 2. seq. vno Luke 9: 7. 13: 17. (3) Of a promise, plot, etc. to be made, Acts 26: 6. 20: 3. So of waste, TTW- Uia, Mark 14: 4. Xen. Hiero 9. 11 danavrj. (f) Of the will or desire of any one, to be done, to be fulfilled ; &s- ;.>,, Matt. 6: 10. 26: 42. Luke 11: 2. Acts 21: 14. alrrjua Luke 23: 24. () Of a repast, to be prepared, made ready, John 13: 2. of a judicial inves- tigation, to be made, to be set on foot Acts 25: 26. So of a change of law etc. to be made, Heb. 7: 12, 18. fa) Of par- ticular days, festivals, etc. to be held, to be celebrated, Matt. 26: 2. John 2: 1. 10: 22. So Sept. for rripy: 2 K. 23: 22. Xen. H. G. 4. 5. 1. (Vf Of persons ad- vanced to any station or oflice, to be made, constituted, appointed, Col. 1: 23, 25. Heb. 5: 5. 6:20. 1 Cor. 1: 30. So ylvfa&ai CTTMJ'G), Luke 19: 19. Hero- dian. 2. 6. 12. Plut. Ages. c. 21. (i) Of customs, institutes, etc. to be appointed, instituted, Mark 2: 27 TO ffdftftmov. Gal. 3: 17 6 ysyovo? vouo?. Xen. An. 1. 1.8. (x) Of what is done to or in any one ; Luke 23: 31 iv TO* *?>$ ti> ysvyrcxt. ; what shall be done in the dry ? Gal. 3: 13 X^tOTOC ySVOUfVOg VlltQ 1]UWV XT>, being himself made a curse for us, i. e. suffering the penalty to which we were subject. c) as implying a result, event, etc. to take place, to come to pass, to occur, to be done, etc. (a) genr. Matt. 1: 22 TOVTO 8s olov ylyovsv. Mark 5: 14. Luke 1: 20 tixgi ?/s ysvrjToti ravicc. 2: 15. John 3: 9. Acts 4: 21. 5: 24. 1 Cor. 15: 54. 1 Thess. 3: 4. Rev. 1: 19. Heb. 9: 15 -0-ccvdrov yevousvov, death having taken place, i. e. through his death. Mat!. 18: 31. Luke 8: 34. James 3: 10. 2 Pet. 1: 20. al. passim. Herodian. 8. 3. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25. So in the phrase [ij yt'vouo, let it not happen! God for- 1.07 FiVOfJLCd bid ! an exclamation of aversion, Luke 20: 16. Rom. 3: 4, 6, 31. 6: 2, 15. 7: 7. al. Comp. Sept. and Heb. nb^bn Gen. 44: 7, 17. Josh. 22: 29. IK'. 2ll 3. al. Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 1. 13. ib. 2. 8. 2, 26. See Sturz dc Dial. Alex. p. 204. (/J) Seq. dat. of pers. to happen to any one etc. Mark 9: 21. Luke 14: 12. John 5: 14. 1 Pet. 4: 12. Aesop. F. 94. Xen. Hiero 1. 1. ib. 3. 5. Seq. infill, as subject, Acts 20: 16. Gal. 6: 14. So Sept. and b fib^bn Gen. 44: 7, 17. - Jos. Ant. tf. 11. 8! Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 11. With an adv. of manner, Mark 5: 16. Eph. 6: 3. Ael. V. H. 9. 36. (/) With prepositions, in the same sense, as tig Tira, Acts 2^: <>. *TT/ TIVI Mark 5: 33. (<5) With an in- fiu. and accus. expressed or implied, to come to pass that, Mark 2: 23. Acts 27: 44 oirtug tyivcio naving dnxff(i)&i,vai. 28: 8. Matt. 18: 13 luv -/ivrptu nom' auto. Theogn. 639. romp. Viger. p. 231. V. (e) So xat tytvtto or fyt- vtro ^V, corresponding to the Heb. 1 "'"si' an d ** came * P ass ^ fl '> olway 8 with a notation of time, introduced by ore, tu, tv, a gen. absol. etc. and fol- lowed by a finite verb with or without xnt, e. g. with x* repeated, Matt. 9: 10 x* iyivno avrov avaxfiuivov xul Idov. Mark 2: 15 x* (yivno iv xt noUol x. T. L Luke 2: 15 xni fyivno w? xi o* x. T. L 5: 1, 12, 17. 8: 1, 22. 9: 28. 14: 1. 17: 11. 19: 15. 24: 4, 15. al. saep. So -I VT] and Sept. Gen. 39: 7, 13, 19. 43: 1. So without xui repeated, Matt. 7: 28 xnl iyivno ore t$tnh'jo~o*ov^o ol oy\oi. 13: 53. 19: 1. 26: 1. Mark 1: 9. 4: 4. Luke 1: 8. 2: 1. 6: 12. al. saep. So Sept. for ~\ vrn Gen. 22: 1. d) as implying a change of state, condition, etc. or the passing from one state etc. to another, to become, to enter upon any state, condition, etc. (a) spoken of persons or things which receive any new character or form. (1) Where the predicate is a noun ; Matt. 5: 45 onwq ysvrjcr&e viol -toil ncrtgog. Mark 1: 17 v t uag ysvivfrui ahtfg ctv&qw- TTWV. Matt. 4: 3 'ivoc ol A/#ot oinoi agxoi, yivwnai. 13: 32 ylvnou devdoov. Luke 4: 3. 6: 16. 23: 12. John 1: 12, 14. 2: 9. Acts 26: 28. Rom. 4: 18. Heb. 2: 17. Rev. 8: 8. al. Herodian. 1. 8. 16. Di- od. Sic. 2. 20. Ael. V. H. 2. 23. Acts 12: 18 il u^a o llhtjog f/sveio, what Peter was become, for ' what had become of Peter.' So .T/ ylvtopai Thuc. 2. 52. comp. Matth. 4^8. 5. Herrn. ad Vig. p. 730. (2) Construed with fig 11 as the predicate, by Hebraism ; Matt. 21: 42 f'/fvij&ij etc xtcpatijv '/wlag. Mark 12: 10. Luke 13: 19. John 16: 20. Acts 5: 36. al. So Sept. for b. rTrj etc. Gen. 2: 7. 1 Sam. 30: 25. i Sam. 5: 3. al. Comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 816. Stuart 507. b. (3) When the predicate is an adjective ; JVlatt. 6: 16 pi] yiviv&e 6v Tivog John 1: 15, 30. seq. inl ri\g yil? Rev. 16: 18. Herodian. 1. 17. 26 ngo tivog. b) as copula, connecting a subject and predicate; Buttm. 129. init. (a) So of quality, etc. seq. nominal. Luke 1: 2 ol an ixyxw aviomctl ysvouevot rov loyov. 2: 2 MUTT; ?; omoygacpii Trpom; syevtto. John 14: 22. Acts 4: 4. 1 Cor. 4: 16. 2 Cor. 1: 18, 19. 1 Thess. 2: 8. Tit. 3: 7. al. Lucian. D. Mort. 13. 1. Xen. Hiero 6. 1. So with a dat. of ad- vantage, to be any thing to, for, or in be- half of ; e. g. odyyog Acts 1: 16. o-^clov Luke 11: 30. nagy/ogla Col. 4: 11. rvnot, 1 Thess. 1: 7. Herodian. 7. 3. 1. Xen.Cyr.l. 4.6. With an adv. 1 Thess. 2: 10. See Viger. p. 376. n. Matth. 309. c. With a gen. of age, Luke 2: 42 otf iyivno eruv dwdsxa. 1 Tim. 5: 9. see Buttm. 132. 4. 4. Plut. de Sanit. tuend. 24. So ilvoa Xen. An. 2. 6. 20. Mem. 1. 2. 40. (/?) Implying property etc. Matt. 11: 26 and Luke 10: 21 ovicag iyivsio evdoxla fynQoa&iv aov, for the dat. ffol, i. e. such was thy good pleas- ure, i. q. ovrwg r]i'd6xr)o*ag o*v (/) Joined with the participle of another verb it forms like elvou a periphrasis for a finite tense of that verb ; Mark 1: 4 lyeveio 'Itawvw pajtT%Tf$ TOVTO, Eph. 5: 5. Sept. and 5V Job 20: 4. Ecc. 8: 7. Jer. 3: 13. Lucian. D. Deor. 22. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. J) (i. Seq. accus. and on by attraction, 1 Cor. 3: 20. See Buttm. 151. I. 6. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 8. Seq. occus. and particip. Acts 19: 35 o$ ov yivwaxn ti]v Ttohv ovffav. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.20. Seq. adv. as Acts 21: 37 IttrjvKnl ytvuoxti? ,- dost thou know Greek ? Comp. Sept. Neh. 13: 24 ovx {TtiyivoHrxorrtg licdflv '/or- daiail, for Heb. rp-nrp "^anb Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 31 tnio'Tao'&a Cic. de Fin. 2. 5 Graece scire. (/?) seq. accus. of person, to know sc. by sight or person, John 1: 49. 2 Cor. 5: 16. or to know one's character etc. John 1: 10. 2: 24. 14: 7, 9. 16: 3. Acts 19: 15. al. So Sept. and yv Deut. 34: 10. Ps. 87: 4. 139: 1. Dem. 539. 25. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 21. So c. accus. and particip.:Heb. 13: 23. (/} seq. o?, Eustath. ad II. ju. p. 489. 16,) dense black clouds, thick gloom; Heb. 12: 18 yvoqw xU/;. So Sept. for b Ex. 20:21. 2 Sam. 22: 10. - 4: 11. 5: 22. Ecclus. 45: 5. ]C y 7;, (yivtjaxb),) pp. Me mind, i. e. the sentient principle, i. q. yu'/r;. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 10. Mem. 1. 1. 7, 9. In N. T. mind, in its various mani- festations, e. g. a) as implying trill, in the sense of ac- cord, consent, Phileni. 14. 2 Mace. 4: 39. Jos. Ant. 1. 12. 3. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 20. In the sense of bent, inclination, desire; 1 Cor. 1: 10 iv rJ/ avitj yvwuy, in the same mind or will. Rev. 17: 13. Clem. Alex. Strom. 5. 1. Xen. Mag. Eq. 6. 1. In the sense of purpose, counsel, determination, Acts 20: 3. Rev. 1 7: 17 bis. Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5. ib. 8. 8. 1. b) as implying opinion, judgment, in reference to one's self) 1 Cor. 7: 40 XT ^r l v fpijv yvupTjv. Wisd. 7: 15. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 3. In reference to others, advice, 1 Cor. 7: 25. 2 Cor. 8: 10. Ecclus. 6:23. Herodian. 1. 6. 7. JTvoopt^cOj f. Iffot John 17: 26 ; fut. Alt. yvwqiu Col. 4: 9, see Buttm. 95. 21 7 sq. to make known, trans, and seq. dat. or TIQOS rtva Phil. 4: 6 ; viz. a) to others ; () genr. to make known, to declare, to reveal, Rom. 9: 22, 23. c. dat. Luke 2: 15. Acts 2: 28 quoted from Ps. 16: 11 where Sept. for rnin. Eph. 3: 3,5, 10. Col. 1: 27. Gal. i: 11 where for the attract, see Buttm. 151. 1. 6. seq. TT^oV Phil. 4: 6. Sept. for jp'iin 1 Sam. 16: 3. 1 Chr. 16: 8. Ps. 25~: 4. Aesch. Prom, vinct. 496. [487.] Hesych. yyuQicai ' qxxvfQonoiijffai. (/?) in the sense of to narrate, to tell, to inform, Eph. 6: 21. Col. 4: 7, 9. 2 Cor. 8: 1, comp. Buttm. 1. c. 1 Mace. 14: 28. (y) spok- en of a teacher who unfolds divine things, etc. to announce, to declare, to proclaim ; John 15: 15. 17: 26 bis. Eph. 1: 9. 6: 19. 2 Pet. 1: 16. Rom. [14] 16: 26. Sept. for S^nin Ez. 20: 11. (d) in the sense of to put in mind of, to impress, to confirm, 1 Cor. 12: 3. 15: 1. b) to one's self) i. e. to ascertain, to find out, and by impl. to know, Phil. 1: 22. So Sept. for *V3n Job 34: 25. Herodian. 2. 1. 23. Aeschin. 11. 8. *', (/tvwo-xw,) knowl- edge , i. e. a) the power of knowing, intelligence, comprehension, Eph. 3: 19 TJJV IniQ^d^.- kovaav ^^]<; yv(*Hjf, comp. Ps. 139: 6 where Sept. for nST. Sept. and n?7 Ps. 73: 11. Hos. 4: 6. Diod. Sic. 5. 67. So of a knowledge of the Christian religion, genr. Rom. 15: 14. 1 Cor. 1: 5. 8: 1 bis. 2 Pet. 3: 18. or of a deeper and better religious knowledge, both theoretical and experi- mental, 1 Cor. 8: 7, 10, 11. 2 Cor. 11: 6. Spoken of a practical knowledge, etc. discretion, prudence, 2 Cor. 6: 6. 1 Pet. 3: 7. 2 Pet. 1: 5, 6. So Sept. and n?7 Prov. 13: 16. b) objectively, spoken of what is known, object of knowledge, i. e. genr. knowledge, doctrine, science, etc. 2 Cor. 162 FOVCVQ 2: 14. 4: 6. Col. 2: 3. Sept. and m'l Dan. 1: 4. Mai. 2: 7. So of religious knowledge, i. e. doctrine, science, spoken of Jewish teachers, Luke 11: 52. Rom. 2: 20. 1 Tim. 6: 20. or of a deeper Christian knowledge, Christian doctrine, etc. 1 Cor. 12: 8 AO/OS yvtovttos, i. e. the faculty of unfolding and expounding theoretically the deeper knowledge or fundamental principles of the Christian religion, i.q. what in Luke (11: 52) is call- ed xis ijjs /j'wo-ftoc, 1 Cor. 13: 2, 8. 14: 6. 2 Cor. 8: 7. Hence, 2 Cor. 10: 5 XKTW T^L,- /rwcrfco? TOU #foD, against the true doctrine of God, i. e. against the Christian religion. oz/, u, knower, i. e. one who knows, Acts 26: 3, where for the nnacoluthon, see Winer 32. 7. comp. Buttm. 151. II. 2, 5. Hist, of Sus. 42. Sept. for ^itt* di- viner, 1 Sam. 28: 3, 9. i] y ov } (yivwo-xw,) known. a) genr. and seq. dat. John 18: 15, 16. Acts 1: 19. 15: 18. 19: 17. 28: 22. seq. xi c. gen. of place, Acts 9: 42. Sept. for 3?7i2 Is. 19: 21. 66: 14. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 4. So promt *arw, be it known, seq. dat. Acts 2: 14. 4: 10. 13: 38. 28: 28. Sept. for 3Hq- Ez. 36: 32. for Chald. rpns **T*'&m4: 12, 33. In the sense of know'able, TO yvojorov TOU &sov, rvhat may be known of God, or knowledge of God, i.q./vei5(n,Rom.l: 19. So Sept. for nrr Gen. 2: 9. In an em- phatic sense, known of all, i. e. notable, incontrovertible, Acts 4: 16 '/VGHJTGV 0-77- [islov. So Sept. yrMo-rbg o &io$, i. e. known, magnified, Heb. s'lis, Ps. 76: 1. b) as a subst. o yvu)(noq, an acquaint- ance, Luke 2: 44. 23: 49. So Sept.. and K. 10: 11. Ps. 88: 9, 19. v'^o, f. ixrca, to murmur. The Attic form was -IOV&QM - Phryn. ed. Lob. j>. 358. a) genr. i. e. to utter in a low voice privately, seq. accus. and TifQt c. gen. John 7: 32. Phavorin. "*'>'- 20: 11. Sept. for -p'rn Ex. 16: 7. Seq. nfQi c. gen. John 6: 41, 61. Sept. for "pbn. Num. 14: 27. Seq. nqog c. accus. Luke 5: 30. Seq. (AST >U?j/leiw John 6: 43. Marc. Anton. 2. 3. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 1. 29. 55. ib. 4. 1. 79. royyunpoQyOu, o, (yoyyv^(\.\.} murmur, i. e. a) genr. low and suppressed dis- course, John 7: 12, coll. v. 13. b) murmuring, i. e. the expression of sullen discontent, complaint, Acts 6: 1. So ;ra)t yoyyvapwv, ivithout murmuring, i. e. cheerfully, Phil. 2: 14. 1 Pet. 4: 9. Sept. for r-T^bn Ex. 16: 7, 8, 12. -p^ Is. 58: 9. Wisd. 1: 10,11. Marc. Anton'. 9. 37. Comp. Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 358. FoyyvinySj ov, o, (yoy/vfa,} a murmurer, Jude 16. Theodot. for JiJnr Prov. 26: 21 where Sept. t?) o, a juggler, diviner, Aeschyl. Choeph. 818. [822.] Herodot. 2. 33. In N. T. by impl. a deceiver, impostor, 2 Tim. 3: 13. Jos. c. Apion. 2. 14, 16. Suidas : yor^g xoA^, 7r>L- ros, ancnswv. fra, indec. Golgotha, Chald. nba*ra, Heb. r>b3 2 K. 9: 35, i. e. a skull, ' TO XQUVIOV, caivaria. Hence the name signifies x^tm'ov -lonog, place of skulls, Calvary ; and is applied to an eminence on the N. W. part of Jerusa- lem, where malefactors were commonly executed. Here also Jesus suffered. Matt. 27: 33. Mark 15: 22. John 19: 17. rofjiOQya, a?, %, and plur. 7o- pOQQu, wv, id, Gomorrha, pr. name of one of the cities which formerly stood on the plain now covered by the Dead Sea, Matt. 10: 15. Mark 6: 11. Rom. 9:29. 2 Pet 2: 6. Jude 7. See Gen. c. 19. Hek J gj ov, o, (yiuM q. v.) a load, sc. of an animal, Sept. for tttoE Ex. 23: 5. In N. T. lading, \. e. a) of a ship, Acts 21:3. -Dem.1283.21. b) by impl. merchandize, wares, Rev. 18: 11, 12. b) with the idea of complaint, to mut- Fovevg, fcoc, o, (ylvouctL, yiyova,} ter^to manifest sullen discontent ; absol. a father ; in N. T. only plur. ol yovflg, parents, Matt. 10: 21. Mark 13: 12. Luke 2: 27, 41. 8: 56. 18: 29. 21: 16. 1 Cor. 10: 10 bis. So Sept. for ]: Num. 11: L Seq. XT c. gen. Matt! 163 John 9: 2, 3, 18, 20, 22, 23. Rom. 1: 30. 2 Cor. 12: 14 bis. Eph. 6: 1. Col. 3: 20. 2 Tim. 3: 2. Tob. JO: 10. Ju- dith 5: 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 3, 6. For the accus. yovt?$ Matt. 10: 21. al. see Buttm. 52. n. 1. POM, yovaws, TO, (poet. gen. yovvog, Buttm. 58,) the knee ; plur. TO. yovttxa, the knees, Heb. 12: 12. Sept. for tP3-J3 Gen. 30: 3. 40: 12. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3'. 5. Hence in phrases: () #*, &tvite t TiQtvrtS ice yovaiu, lit.jp/acing* the knees, i. e. kneeling down, e. g. in prayer or supplication, Luke 22: 41. Acts 7: 60. 9: 40. 20: 36. 21: 5. So of the mock homage offered by the soldiers to Jesus, Mark 15: 19. (/S) Luke 5: 8 TiQoainfoe tolg yovaai 'jqaov, Yit.fell at his knees, i.e. embraced them by way of supplication. (/) xanntttit yovv v. yovuidi iivi, to bend the knee or knees to any one, i. e. to kneel, sc. in homage, adoration, etc. Rom. 14: 11 tfiol x'|U^ct nav yow, quoted from Is. 45: 23, where Sept. for ^p2 :ns. Rom. 11: 4. Phil. 2: 10. in supplicatio'n, Eph. 3: 14. Sept. for T1J3 1 Chr. 29: 20. foyunfTf'cOy co, f. ijo-w, (yow and TUTiTCO, ntfftiv,) lit. to fall upon one's knees, i. e. to kneel, seq. accus. or dat. of person ; so by way of supplication, Matt. 17: 14. Mark 1:40. in reverence, Mark 10: 17. in mock homage, seq. tpnqoa&iv ttvog Matt. 27: 29. Eurip. Phoen. 300. [293.] Polyb. 15. 29. 9. , CCJOQ, TO, (ygdcpa),) a picture, Ael. V. H. 2. 3, 44. In N. T. lit. the written, i. e. something written or cut in with the stylus, in the ancient manner of writing, viz. a) a letter, sc. of the alphabet. Luke 23: 38 yqdwcKn SM,ipnxoig. Gal. 6: 11 nyxlJioig ygdupctffi, with how many let- ters, i. e. at how great length ; others refer this to b. . Sept. for n^'rO Lev. 19:28. Diod. Sic. 1.81. b) a writing, i. e. any thing written, Esdr. 3: 9, 13. In N. T. () an epis- tle, letter, Acts 28: 21. Gal. 6: 11, see in a. 1 Mace. 5: 10. Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 15. (/S) a bill, bond, note, Luke 16: 6, 7. Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 3. So of accounts of ex- penses etc. Dem. 1202. 2. Lys. 906. 12. (y) writings, a book, etc. e.g. of Moses, John 5: 47. of the O. T. i. e. the scrip- tures, 2 Tim. 3: 15. So John 7: 15, since the Jews had no other literature. Sept. for "I9.D Eath. 6: 1. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 17. ib. 10."lO. 4 ult. (3) trop. the irriting, the letter, i. e. the literal or ver- bal meaning, in antith. to the spirit, TO Tivfvpa ; spoken of the Mosaic law, Rom. 2: 27, 29. 7: 6. 2 Cor. 3: 6 bis, 7. c) letters, learning, as contained in books, etc. Acts 26: 24. Sept. -\D Dan. 1: 4. Ceb. Tab. 34. Eurip. Hip" pol. 954. [966.] a writer, scribe. a) in the Greek sense, a public officer in the cities of Asia Minor, whose duty it seems to have been to preside in the senate, to enrol and have charge of the laws and decrees, and to read what was to be made known to the people ; a public clerk, secretary, etc. Acts 19: 35. Dem. 485. 18. Xen. II. G. 7. 1. 37. The office of yga^uisvg varied much in different places. See Potter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 78, 88. Boeckh Staatshaush. der Ath. I. p. 198 sq. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 176. b) in the Jewish sense ; in Sept. like Heb. *1DO, the king's scribe, secretary of state, 2 Sam. 8: 17. 20: 25. military clerk, 2 K. 25: 19. 2 Chr. 26: 11. 1 Mace. 5: 42. Later, in Sept. and in N. T. a scribe, i. e. one skilled in the Jewish law, an interpreter of the scrip- tures, a lawyer. The scribes had the charge of transcribing the sacred books, of interpreting difficult passages, and of deciding in cases which grew out of the ceremonial law. Their influence was of course great ; and since many of them were members of the Sanhedrim, we often find them mentioned with ol nQtfffivitQot and ol (tQ%i,tqng. Matt. 2:4. 5: 20. 7: 29. 12: 38. 20: 18. 21: 15. al. They are also called voftixol, vopodidd- (7x>lot, comp. Mark 12: 28 with Matt. 22: 35. So Sept. for Heb. Q^CI a 1 Chr. 27:32. Ezra 7: 6. Neh. 8:'l. Ecclus. 10: 5. 2 Mace. 6: 18. Hence by impl. one instructed, a scholar, a learned teacher sc. of religion, Matt. 13; 52. 23: 34. 1 Cor. 1: 20. AL. 164 writ- ten, inscribed, trop. Rom. 2: 15. Comp. Jer. 31: 33. /c_, /, (/b 1 K. 6: 28. Horn. II. 6. 169. to sketch, to picture, Ael. V. H. 2. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 13. In N. T. to write, viz. a) pp. to form letters with a stylus, in the ancient manner, so that the let- ters were cut in or graven upon the material ; absol. John 8: 6, 8. 2 Thess. 3: 17 oi/rw ygaqxa, i. e. this is my hand. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 20. In the sense of to write upon, i. e. to fill with writing, i. q. imyqacfxa, Rev. 5: 1. b) to write, i. e. to commit to writing, to express by writing ; c. accus. expr. or impl. John 19: 21, 22 o yiygaya, ysyQaya. 20: 30, 31. 21: 24, 25. Luke 1: 63. 16: 6, 7. Rom. 16: 22. Rev. 1: 11. 10: 4. 14: 1. al. Sept. for an.3 Ex. 24: 4. 1 Sam. 10: 25. Herodian. ]. 17. 1. Xen. H. G. 3. 3. 10. Spoken of what is Written or contained in the scriptures, Mark 1: 2. John 8: 17. Luke 3: 4. al. So ytyyamcu, TO yfyQafjf.it- vov, etc. it is written, as a formula of citation, Matt. 4: 4, 6, 7, 10. 26: 31. Luke 4: 4, 8, 10. Rom. 1: 17. 2: 24. al. Constr. with prepositions, viz. dice nvo$, by any one, Matt. 2: 5. Luke 18: 31. tnl nva Mark 9: 12, 13, and tnl tivi John 12: 16, of or concerning any one. 7f p/ nro, of or concerning any one, Matt. 11: 10. 26: 24. John 5: 46. Seq. dat. of pers. of or concerning whom, Luke 18: 31. In a similar sense, to write about, to describe, seq. accus. John 1: 46. Rom. 10: 5. So Sept. for arO Ezra 3: 2. Neh. 10: 34, 86. Comp! Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 1. c) to write, i. e. to compose or pre- pare in writing ; e. g. fiifiUov anoo-ra- fflov Mark 10: 4. tjiiyQucpijv Luke 23: 38. ETTio-iobjv Acts 23: 25. 2 Pet. 3: 1. Sept. for arp Ezra 4: 6, 8. Plut. Caes. 54. Xen. Ag. 1. 1. d) to write to any one, i. e. to make known by writing, seq. accus. and dat. 2 Cor. 1: 13 ov yt*Q AA yg(x(po t u,fv i'filv. Phil. 3:1. seq. dat. Rom. 15:15. 2 Cor. 2: 4. 2 John 12. Rev. 2: 1. seq. dat. and on, 1 John 2: 12, 13, 14. absol. 2 Cor. 2: 9. Sept. for an3 Esth. 3: 12. Pint. Cic. 37. id. Pomp/29. So of written directions, instructions, infor- mation, etc. Acts 15: 23. 18: 27. 25: 26 bis. 1 Cor. 5: 9. 7: 1. 14: 37. 2 Cor. 9: 1. So 1 Thess. 4: 9 ov y^dav i'/ns yqayuv vulv, and 5: 1 ov /. I/, v^ln yguymfrcu, see on these infin. Buttm. 140. 3. Hence ypaytiv tviolriv TIVI, to write a precept or command to any one, i.e. to prescribe, Mark 10: 5. 1 John 2: 7. absol. Mark 12: 19. Luke 20: 28. So ylyqunun, it is prescribed, Luke 2: 23. al. So Sept. and arO 2 K. 17: 37. Ezra 3: 4. Tob. 1: 6. Es'dr. 6: 17, coll. Ezra 5: 13. Ael. V. H. 6. 10 vopor. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 43, 44. e) to inscribe, e. g. one's name in a book, register, etc. Luke 10: 20. Rev. 13: 8. 17: 8. al. See in Blploq. So Sept. and arO Ps. 69: 28. 139: 16. AL. rpcefoflijG, oc y ou? y o, 7], adj. (yQUvg,) old wife's, old-womanish, silly, 1 Tim. 4:7. Strabo Geog. I. p. 32. A. f* perf. 2 iyQi'r/oQK,} a new present form, belonging only to the later age of Greek ; Buttm. 114 in iydgta. Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 118, 119. Srurz de Dial. Alex. p. 157. to wake, to keep awake, to watch, intrans. a) pp. Matt. 24: 43. 26: 38, 40, 41. Mark 13: 34. 14: 34, 37, 38. Luke 12: 37, 39. Sept. for lay Neh. 7: 3. ip-j Jer. 5: 6. 1 Macc/12: 27. Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 4. Pint. Mor. II. p. 20. ed. Tauchn. Achill. Tat. Erot. 4. 17. 165 Fvva b) trop. to watch, i.e. to be vigilant, attentive, etc. Matt. 24: 42. 25: 13. Mark 13:35,37. Acts 20: 31. 1 Cor. 16: 13. lThess.5:6. 1 Pet. 5: 8. Rev. 3:2,3. 16: 15. Sept. for ipu; Jer. 1: 12. Dan. 9: 14. Ij3to: (r. lp~p:) Lam. 1: 14. So ygriyoQtiv fv ir\ ngoffvxf) x. T. A. /o 6e assiduous in, Col. 4: 2. c) trop. to wake, i. e. to live, 1 Tbess. 5: 10, where xafrsvdsiv, to sleep, is in like manner referred to death. ^(o ? f. ttVw, (pa'/iyo?,) pp. to practise gymnastic exercises, as one of the athletae, Arr. Diss. Ep. 4. 4. 11. to exercise daily sc. in the palaestra, il). 4. 4. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 10. In N. T. to exercise one in any thing, to train, to accustom, rnetaph. 1 Tim. 4: 7 yv^va^s veavrov ngog ti'asfifiatv. Heb. 5: 14. 12: H. Arr. Diss. Epict. 1. 26. 3 yvfjnnx- ovinv ripus ol cpikoaocpot inl ir t g #tw- glag. Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 4. Clem. Alex. Strong 1. 5. pp. Athen. I. p. 25. D, TTOo? OQveo&r)Qti'Jtxr)v. 2 Pet. 2: 14 xuw axe vet tot ywautdot, anovi^ovrtq ripi'iv, where r&l I 166 Jcefttd is dat. of the abstr. neuu TO , a woman, wife, i. q. yvvr\ ; or else it qualifies axfva in a similar sense ; see Jxtuog. Sept. for gen. {THEN Lev. 18: 22. Deut, 22: 5, Xen. Mem'. 2. 7. 5. aixog, 77, voc. to yvvcu, a woman, one of the female sex, viz. a) genr. Matt. 14: 21. 15:38. Acts 22: 4. 1 Cor. 11: 12. al. saep. Sept for TON Gen. 2: 22, 23. Xeii. Mem. 2. 1. 30. Spoken of a young woman, maiden, damsel, Luke 22: 57, coll. v. 56. (Gal. 4: 4.) So Sept. for j-ns: Esth.2: 4. Of an adult woman, Maul~5: 28. 9: 20, 22. 11: 11. Rev. 12: 1, 4. al. saep. b) with a gen. or 'ixuv, or the adj. vnavdgo? Rom. 7: 2, it implies^ relation to some man, viz. {a) one betrothed, a bride, but not yet married, Matt. 1: 20, 24. (comp. v. 18.) Luke 2: 5. So Sept. and TON Lev. 19: 20. Deut. 22: 24, coll. v. 23. Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 7. Trop. of the church as the bride of Christ, Rev. 19: 7. 21: 9. Comp. Ez. 16: 8 sq. (j5) a married woman, wife, Matt. 5: 31, 32. 14: 3. 18: 25. Mark 6: 18. Luke 1: 18, 24. 8: 3. Rom. 7: 2. 1 Cor. 7: 2. al. saep. So Sept. and TON Gen. 24: 3 sq. al. saep. Xen. An. 1.2. J2. (y] 1 Cor. 5: 1 KKTTE yvvoilxu iiva TOV nongo$ %%uv, a stepmother. So Sept. and iN rrN Lev. 18: 8. (8) a widow, with xn0.(x, Luke 4: 26. absol. Matt. 22: 24. Mark 12: 19. Luke 20: 29. c) in the voc. w yvvat, t in a direct ad- dress, expressive of kindness or respect ; Matt. 15: 28 w yvvai, comp. 9: 22 where it is &vyctxiQ. Luke 13: 12. John 2: 4. 4: 21. 20: 13, 15. 1 Cor. 7: 16. Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 3. Horn. 11. 3. 204. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 6. AL. Tcoy, indec. Gog, Heb. 313. This name is applied in the O. T. Ez. c. 38, 39, to the king of a people called Magog, inhabiting regions far remote from Pal- estine. By Magog, the ancients would seem to have intended the northern na- tions generally, which they also called 2xv&ol. In N. T. the name Gog- is also apparently spoken of a similar remote people, who are to war against the Mes- siah. Rev. 20: 8. TcoVidy ag, *;, an angle, a corner, i. e. a) an exterior projecting corner, Matt. 6: 5 iv ratg ywviaig TMV nhaxsiwv, at the corners of the streets, i. e. where several streets meet, in the most public places. For i] xecpab] ywviaq, see under ^AxQoywnalog, Matt. 21: 42. Mark 12: 10. Luke 20: 17. Acts 4: 11. 1 Pet. 2: 7. Rev. 7: 1 and 20: 8 al TWao? ytavlcti TTJ? yijg, the four corners (quar- ters) of the earth. Sept. for n3D Ex. 27: 2. Ez. 43: 20. Xen. Laced' 12. 1. b) an interior angle, and by impl. a dark corner. Acts 26: 26 iv ywvia, in a corner, i. e. secretly. Hist. Sus. 38. Arr. Dh?s. Epict. 2. 12. 17. idj o, indec. written also Aavld or Aavid as in Sept. and Josephus, David, Heb. TH (beloved), later TH?, (Gesen. Lehrg. T p. 51,) the celebrated king of the Israelites and founder of the Jewish dynasty, reigned A.C.1055 1015. For his life see 1 Sam. c. 16 2 Sam. fin. 1 Chr. c. 1230. In N. T. pp. Matt. 1:6,17. 12:3. 22: 43, 45. al. Heb. 4: 7 iv Japid, i. e. in the book of David, the Psalms ; comp. Pa. 95: 7. '0 vids, AalS, the son of David, i. e. descended from him ; spoken of Joseph the hus- band of Mary, Matt, 1: 20 ; often ap- plied to Jesus as a title of the expected Messiah, Matt. 9: 27. 12: 23. 15: 22. 20: 30, 31. Mark 10: 47, 48. al.^saep. but not in John's writings. So >} ,(* Ja8l5, in the same sense, Rev. 5: 5. 22: 16. coll. Is. 11: 1, 10. Hence the kingdom or reign of the Messiah is designated by the appellations : n 167 TOV z/a/S/(5, Mark 11: 10. o &QOVO? 4. Luke 1: 32. 7] oken of a genius or tutelary de- mon, e. g. that of Socrates, Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 1, 5. Apol. Soc. 4. Comp. Dem. 415 ult. ib. 124. 46. In N. T. in the Jewish sense, a demon, i. e. an evil spirit, devil, subject to Satan, Matt. 9: 34. aU a fallen angel, see in "Ayydoq ; and i. q. nvsi\ua axd&ctQTOv, Luke 8: 29, coll. v. 30. al. These spirits were sup- posed to wander in desert and desolate places, see the Sept. transl. of Is. 13: 21. 34: 14. Baruch 4: 35. comp. Matt. 12: 43 ; and also to dwell in the atmosphere, Origen Exhort, ad Mart. 45 sq. id. c. Cels. 8. 29 sq. Athenag. Apol. p. 29, corap. Eph. 2: 2. They were thought to have the power of working miracles, but not for good, Rev. 16: 14, coll. John 10: 21 ; to be hostile to mankind, John 8: 44 ; to utter the heathen oracles, Acts 16: 17 ; and to lurk in the idols of the heathen, which are hence called Saipo- vict, devils, 1 Cor. 10: 20 his, 21 bis. Rev. 9: 20. comp. Sept. Deut. 32: 17. Ps. 91: 6. 106: 37. Baruch 4: 7. They are spoken of as the authors of evil to- mankind, both moral, 1 Tim. 4:1. James 2: 19. comp. Eph. 6: 12 ; and also physi- cal, viz. by entering into a person, thus rendering him a demoniac and afflict- ing him with various diseases, etc. see in Jai^ovl^oftcti. comp. Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 2. ib. 6. 11. 3. Fabr. Cod. Pseudep. V. T. I. p. 538. So in the phrases : (a) tla- rjhftfv TO, dai^ovta fig iiva, demons had entered into him, Luke 8: 30, coll. v. 33. Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 2 TWV 32tt* Ex. 8: 15. Ps. 8: 4. <4aAfjiavov&a } ?;, pr. name of a city or village near Magdala, Mark 8: 10, coll. Matt. 15: 39 ; probably on the western shore of the lake of Gennesa- reth, a little north of Tiberias. ? as, i), Dalmatia, a province of Europe on the east of the Adriatic sea, forming part of lily ri cum, and contiguous to Macedonia. Hither Titus was sent by Paul to spread the knowledge of Christianity. 2 Tim. 4: 10. i. q. dapdtiD, f. dffia, to subdue, to tame, trans. James 3: 7 bis. Mark 5: 4. trop. ii\v ykwcrcruv, James 3: 8, coll. Ecclus. 28: 18 sq. Sept. for Chald. bpil and Wn Dan. 2: 40. Xen. Mem. 4. 1. 3. trop. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 3 qpooV?|Ua. Horn. II. 9. 492 heifer, Heb. 9: 13, coll. Num. 19: 2 sq. where Sept. for !"j"iS as also Hos. 4: 16. for nVay Is. 7: 21. '15: 5. Lucian. Dial. Deor/SL 1. Comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6. dafJiagiCy tdoc, y, Damans, a woman of Athens who was led by Paul's preaching to embrace Chris- tianity, Acts 17: 34. zJafJiaaxrjvoG, TJ, ov 9 belonging to Damascus, a Damascene, 2 Cor. 11: 33. zfcefiaoxoCy ov } y t Damascus, Heb. pU372.1, a celebrated city of Syria, first mentioned Gen. 14: 15, and now probably the oldest city on the globe. It stands on the river Chrysorrhoas, or Barradi, in a beautiful plain on the E. and S. E. of Anti-Libanus, open to the S. and E. and bounded on the other sides by the mountains. The region around it, including probably the valley between the ridges of Libanus and Anti-Libanus, is called in the Scrip- tures Syria of Damascus, dnN pil)73'j 2 Sam. 8: 5 ; and by Strabo, Coelesyria, 16. p. 1095. In the days of Paul, the city was so much thronged by Jews, that according to Josephus 10,000 of them were put to death at once ; and most of the females of the city were converts to Judaism ; Jos. B. J. 2. 20. 2. At this period the city was properly under the Roman dominion ; but was held for a time by Aretas ; see in *AQfxag. It is still called by the Arabs Demesk, or also El Sham. See Calmet. Rosen m. Bibl. Geog. I. ii. p. 284. Acts 9: 2, 3, 8, 10, 19, 22, 27. 22: 5, 6, 10, 169 11, 26: 12, 20. 2 Cor. 11: 32. Gal.l. 17. ddv, o, indec. Dan, Heb. fr (a judge), pr. name of the fifth son of Ja- cob, born of Bilhah, and head of one of the tribes. In the list of the tribes, Rev. 7: 5, 6, that of Dan is found only in a few Mss. fo, f. */crw, (Sdvtiov,) to lend money, to loan, in N. T. without inter- est, intrans. a) genr. Luke 6: 34 bis, 35 ; see in 'Amlnifr. Sept. for rnb Deut. 28: 44. Prov. 19: 17. Eccfus. 29: 1, 2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 34. So inl TOXM, Dem. 13. 19. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 25. b) Mid. duvti&nai, to cause to lend money to one's self, i. e. to borrow money, Matt. 5: 42. So Sept. and nil: Neh. 5: 4. Theophr. Char. 16 oV 9. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 2. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 468. . Idvctov, ou, TO, (neut. of o*'m- 05 fr. Sato?,) a debt, i.e. for money lent, Matt. 18: 27. Sept for rns: Deut. }>4: 11. Died. Sic. 1.79. V, o, (davelfr,) a creditor, Luke 7:41. Sept. for rri": 2 K. 4: 1. Ps. 109: 11. Herodian. 7. 7. 7. Cornp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 468. /Javirjly 6, indec. Danid, Heb. bfi**27 v. bi*:i (a judge from God), pr.~name of the celebrated Jewish prophet who lived and wrote at Baby- lon in the time of the captivity. Matt. 24: 15. Mark 13: 14. Jnnccvao), co, f. 7)0-0), (8anuvr h ) to spend, to be at expense, trans. Mark 5: 26. absol. 2 Cor. 12: 15. Bel and Drag. 3. Xen. An. 1. 1. 8. ib. 1. 3. 3. Acts 21: 24 banavriaov in ainolg, i. e. be at the expense of their sacrifices, sc. on the completion of a vow ; see Jos. B. J. 2. 15. 1. comp. Ant. 19. 6. 1. In a bad sense, to waste, to consume, trans. Luke 15: 14. absol. James 4: 3. IMacc. 14: 32. Thuc. 7. 47. dccnavrj, rfS y $, (ddma to devour,) expense, cost, Luke 14: 28. Sept. for Nnpe: Ezra 6: 4, 8. 1 Mace. 3: 30. Xen. : Mem. 3. 6. 6. 22 .It, a particle standing after one or two words in a clause, strictly adversa- tive, but more frequently denoting tran- sition or conversion, and serving to introduce something else, whether oppo- site to what precedes, or simply con- tiuuative or explanatory ; see Buttm. $149. p. 425. Winer 57. 4, and 6. n. Viger. p. 542 sq. and Herm. ib. p. 845. Hence, in general, but, and, also, namely^ etc. I. Adversative, but, on the contrary, on the other hand, etc. a) simply, Matt. 6: 6 or 8s, ory nQOffsvx*), ei'o-eli&e x. r. L v. 15 coll. v. 14. v. 17 coll. v. 16. Luke 12: 9, 10. John 1: 12. 15: 24. Acts 12: 9. Rom. 6: 22. 2 Cor. 6: 10. 2 Tim. 2: 16. Heb. 4: 15. al. saep. So before answers implying contradiction, etc. Luke 12: 14. 13: 8. Acts 12: 15. 19: 2, 3, 4. b) in the formula fisv 8s, indeed but, though often not to be rendered at all in English ; see Buttm. 1. c. p. 426. Acts 9: 7. 23: 8. Rom. 2: 7, 8. 1 Cor. 1: 12. 15: 39. 2 Cor. 10: 1. al. Comp. in Miv. II. Continuative, but, now, and, also, and the like. a) genr. and after introducing a new paragraph or sentence ; Matt. 1: 18 tov 8s '/. Xo. ff ysvtvts OUTWJ ^v. 2: 9. 3: 1. Mark 16: 9. Luke 12: 11, 16. 13: 6, 10. 15: 11, 17. Acts 6: 1, 2, 8, 9. 9: 7, 8. 1 Cor. 14: 1. 16: 1. 15: 17. al. saep. In this way it is sometimes emphatic, espec. in interrogative clauses, as 2 Cor. 6: 14, 15, 16. Gal. 4: 20 tjfrdov 8s, I could wish indeed. b) where it takes up and carries on a thought which had been interrupted, then, therefore, etc. Matt. 6: 7 TT^OO-EU/O- pevoi 8s. John 15: 26. Rom. 5: 8. 2 Cor. 10: 2. James 2: 15. So in an apodosis after si for ind, Acts 11: 17 tyn 8s tig ijprjv. Comp. Matth. 616. 3. Herm. ad Vig. p. 785. c) as marking something added by way of explanation, example, etc. but, and, namely, for example, to wit, etc. Mark 4: 37 T 8s xiuuta iniSatev, and the waves, i. e. so that the waves. 16: 8 cI^E 8s ainotg TOO//O?, trembling also seized them, etc. where some translate for, i. q. yo, but without necessity. 170 John 6: 10 i)v 8s /GOTO? noli 1 *; iv T<5 TOTTO), now there was, or there being, much grass, etc. Acts 23: 13. Rom. 3: 22. 1 Cor. 10: 11. 15: 56. Comp. Winer I.e. d) xctt dt, where xt always has the sense of also, i. e. and also, Mark 4: 36 y.al H 8s 7rAo7 i]v fifi avrov. John 15: 27. Acts 5: 32. See Buttm. 1. c. p. 425. AL. ^//^(WC, Cj ij, (8soucu,) ivant,need, Aeschin. Dial. Soc. 2. 39, 40 ; in N. T. prayer, viz. a) pp. as the expression of need, de- sire, etc. supplication, petition, sc. for one's self, Luke 1: 13. Phil. 4: 6. Heb. 5:7. 1 Pet. 3: 12. So Sept. for npyE Job 27: 19. ny-p Ps. 39: 13. 40: ' ntnn 1 K. 8: 28, : 30. Baruch 4: 13. lit behalf of others, Phil. 1: 19. James 5: 16. seq. vnsQ Rom. 10: 1. 2 Cor. 1: 11. 9: 14. Phil. 1: 4. 1 Tim. 2: 1. seq. Tree/ Eph. 6: 18. b) genr. spoken of any prayer, Luke 2: 37. 5: 33. [Acts 1: 14.] Eph. 6: 18. Phil. 1:4. 1 Tim. 5: 5. 2 Tim. 1: 3. Sept. for r&2n 1 K. 8: 45. 2 Chr. 6: 40. 1 Mace. 7: 37. Herodian. 8. 4. 25. Dem. 53. 2. ^/Eiy imperf. iSu, infin. 8e1v, imper- sonal, pp. it needs, there is need of, sc. something that is absenr or wanting, seq. gen. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 10. ib. 7. 5. 9. In N. T. only with an infin. pres. or aor. expr. or impl. and with or without an accus. it needs, it is necessary, viz. a) pp. from the nature of the case, from a sense of duty, etc. one must. Matt. 16: 21 OTL dn (xviov ujzd&slv fig *It()oo-6h Ler. 5: 11. Ez.~45: 11. Mj f. MO-M, (dsKOCTT],) to tithe, trans, i. e. to receive tithes from, Heb. 7: 6, i. q. ^XTC lapfiavfiv, in v 9 Pass, to be tithed, i. e. to pay tithes, Heb.' 7: 9. Sept. for ^y Neh. 10: 38. Un- known to the classic writers, who used &xTa, w , as Xen. An. 5. 3. 9. See H. Planck m Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677. . ' f * TO y y, W 9 (dfyouai,,) accepted, i.e '.metaph. acceptable, approved; Luke 4t ^4 QVUf"* TWXkr*^vs- Jfr / ft in ' 10: a5 Ph,l.4:18. Sept. for ^ Prov.ll:!. 14:37. Is. 56: 7 Ecclu? o. K IA5CJH8. o. - ^o-To ? . By -imp], favourable, propitious, spok- 1 ^ h 6< a time of f ur, : 19 - 2 Cor. 6: 2. Comp. Is.' 8, where Sept. for , ov, TO, a tree, Matt. 3: 10 bis. 7: 17 bis, 18 bis, 19. 12: 33 ter 21: 8. Mark 11: 8. Luke 3: 9 bis' 6: 43 bis, 44. 21: 29. Jude 12. Rev. 7- 1, 3. 8: 7. 9: 4. Matt. 13: 32 and Luke 13: 19 ylvnai devdoov v. d? devdoov, i. e. o>? devdyov, sc. in size, comp. Mark 4: 32. Mark 8: 24 /W^w TOI> ? faty. t> g OfiV<5o, I sec men as trees, i. e. not dis- tinctly, larger than natural. Sept. for YZ Gen. 18: 4, 8.-Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 7. ,) lit. one who takes the right hand; hence, prob. a guard, a body-guard; Suidas ncxactia Th , , , The word was unknown to classic writers, and was prob. the name of some kind of light- armed soldiers ; Vulg. lancearii ; Engl. spearmen. Acts 23: 23. Theophyl. Sirnoc. 4. 1. Constant. Porph. Them. 1. 1. Comp. Wetstein N. T. in loc. ^$105, d y ov } right, as opp. to left, viz. a) with a subst. expressed, e g yuo Matt. 5: 30. Luke 6: 6. Acts 3: 7. Rev' 1: 16, 17. 13: 16. novg Rev. 10: 2. (xpfrtdpog Matt. 5: 29. ov? Luke 22: 50. John 18: 10. aiayuv Matt. 5: 39. -lud^iu ^r, John 21: 6. onla ta fc&i ml aQio-Ttyd, arms for the right and left, i. e. of every kind, offensive and defen- sive, 2 Cor. 6: 7. So Sept. for T7T Gen. 48: 14. Ex. 29: 22. 1 Sam. 11: 3? *:a: Ex. 29: 20. Lev. 14: 14, 16, 17.- Xen. Anab. 1.7. 1. Ag. 2. 9. b) wkhout a subst. expressed, viz. () 9J d($ia, sc. %HQ, the right hand, Matt. 6: 3. 27: 29. Rev. 1: 20^ 2: 1. 5: 1, 7. Sept. for 7^7r Gen. 48: 18. Ex. 15: 12. al. Xen. Eq. 7. 3. ib. 12. 6.- xotvavlas, they gave us the right hand of fellowship, in confirmation of a promise, agreement, etc 1 Mace. 6: 58. 11: 62. comp. Ezra 10: 19. Ez. 17: 18. Jos Ant. 18. 9. 3. Xen. An. 1. 6. 6 x2 d&ar tlafiov xal sdwxa. Put for the right J co fiat 173 O) hand or side in general, the right, Heb. 1: 3. 8: 1. 12: 2. So 1% fe or iv di*iif lov &toi', etc. Acts 2: 33. 5: 31. Rom. 8: 34. Eph. 1: 20. Col. 3:1. Heb. 10: 12. 1 Pet. 3: 22. For the signifi- cation of the expressions, see below in /?. Sept. and 1 p72 < ' Ps. 16: 11. Xen. An. 5. 2.24. (/?) T dttux, sc. jufOT?, the right parts, i.e. v, o?i Me ng/if, Matt. 27: 38. Mark 15: 27. Luke 23: 33. Matt. 25: 33, 34. Luke 1: 11. iv iol? dt*tol? Mark 16: 5. Sept. for ^a; Gen. 48: 13. Ex. 14: 22,29. Diod. SicVl. 47. Xen. An. 1. 8. 4. So xcetfi]- cr&ai v. k, Acts 8: 22. 10: 2. rroog TOV xvowv, Acts 8: 24. absol. Luke , ovio?, 10, particip. impers. of 8(i, which see ; necessary, proper ; dtov IO-IL i. q. La? v. oil/as sc. nJiTj'/dg, Luke 12: 47, 48; comp. Buttm. 131. 4. 134. 7, and n. 2 ; so Xen. Anab. 5. 8. 12 TOITO piv ndvug u? otiyuq 174 Dem. 403. 4. Arrian. Exp. Alex. 6. 11. 13. For dtQa, dtptiv, 1 Cor. 9: 26, see in 3 Ai. jy f. eixrca, (dto-fiog,) to bind, trans. a) as a prisoner, with cords, chains, etc. Acts 22: 4. Sept. for *1DN Judg. 16: 11. Xen. Hiero 6. 14. b) to bind together, as a bale or bun- dle ; e. g. nrtN IDb 2 K. 6: 19. With an imper. e. g. foi'if, WTTO- xrtivMptv avrov, Matt. 21:38. Mark 12: 7. Luke 20: 14. So Sept. and ID* Gen. 37: 19. So fours Idas Matt. 28: G. John 4: 29. Sept. and IDr 2 K. 7: 14. Ps. 66: 5. Also Matt. 25: '34. John 21: 12. Rev. 19: 17. Wisd. 2: 6. the first of the seven, but the second in respect to the first day or sabbath of unleavened bread. So Scaliger and most interpreters. Others translate, the first of t iv o sabbaths, and refer it to a time when two sabbatical days would immediately succeed each other ; e. g. when the first or last day of unleavened bread (Lev. 23: 7, 8) fefl on the day be- fore the weekly sabbath, the former would then be a ffd^arov iov. So Olshausen in loc. gog,) an adj. marking succession of days and used only in an adverbial sense, on the second day ; Acts 28: 13 dtvTfyalot il^o^fv. See Buttm. 123. n. 3. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2.2. ^/tuieponpcoTOC, ou, o, ij, adj. pp. the second-first , found only in Luke 6: 1, aupfaiov to dii'Ttoonqanov, i. e. prob. the second-first sabbath, as a sort of proper name for the first sabbath after the festival of unleavened bread connected with the passover. The paschal lamb was to be killed and eaten on the eve of (preceding) the 14th day of Nisan, Lev. 23: 5 ; on the 15th was the first day of the festival of unleavened bread, a day of rest or sab- bath, Lev. 23:6,7, and, when coinciding with the weekly sabbath, called fie/air) ijf.itQu TOU (7/5/?Toi', a great sabbath or high festival, John 19:31 ; on the mor- row of this sabbath, or the 16th of Ni- pan, the sheaf of the first-fruits was to be presented, Lev. 23: 10, 11 ; and from this day, the 16th, were to be counted seven full weeks to the day of Pente- cost, Lev. 23: 15, 16. The sabbath of the first of these weeks was probably the aufifionov StvrfQongwTov, being pog, 3 ov, ord. adj. second, e. g. in number, Matt. 22: 26. John 4: 54. Tit. 3: 10. in order, Matt. 22: 39. Acts 13: 33. 1 Cor. 15: 47, cornp. in 3 A8(*n. Rev. 4: 7. in place Acts 12: 10. Heb. 9: 3. in time, Acts 7: 13 iv TW dfvilQM sc. XQOVOJ. Neut. adverbially, TO dfVTfpOv, the second time, again, 2 Cor. 13: 2. Jude 5. Sept. for rT3\p Gen. 41: 5. Lev. 13: 5. Aesop. Fab/5. So without the art. da'jifyov, either the second time, again, John 3: 4. Rev. 19: 3. and with ndhv, John 21: 16. or secondly, 1 Cor. 12: 28. Sept. for rp: tp Gen. 22: 15. Jer. 33: 1. Xen. An.'l. 8. 16. Cyr. 4. 6. 11. So ix divitgov, the second time, again, Mark 14: 72. John 9: 24. Acts 11: 9. Heb. 9: 28. \\ith riahv Matt. 26: 42. Acts 10: 15. Sept. for m:\p Josh. 5: 2. Jer. 1: 13. AL. iy f. $o[iat, depon. Mid. Buttm. 113. 3 ; perf. dsdeypcti Acts 8: 14 with Mid. signif. Buttm. 136. 3; to take, sc. to one's self what is pre- sented or brought by another, to receive, trans. a) pp. of things, etc. (a) to take, to receive, sc. into one's hands etc. Luke 2: 28 <5f|aTO avio elg rag ayxdJictg UVTOV, i. e. from his parents. 16: 6, 7, <5c'jTo> 8>] v8a)Q for Heb. N:. Judith 13: 11. He- rodian. 1. 4. 8. *Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 10. For denote and dqnov, see in their order. ?, T), ov, plain, evident, mani- fest, Matt. 26: 73. So dijJiov sc. tol, it is evident, 1 Cor. 15: 27. Gal. 3: 11. 1 Tim. 6: 7. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 30. ib. 8. 1.37. z/7^oa?, eJ, f. (oo-w, (tfijio?,) to make manifest, to make known, trans, and spoken a) of things past, to tell, to relate, 1 Cor. 1: 11. Col. 1: 8. Sept. for S^nin Esth. 2: 22. 2 Mace. 2: 24. Xen. Anab. 2. 1. 1. b) of things future or hidden, to re- veal, to show, to bring to light, 1 Cor. 3: 13. Heb. 9: 8. 1 Pet. 1:11. 2 Pet. 1: 14. Sept. for nan 3 1 Sam. 3: 21. rnin Ex. 6: 3. Dan. 4: 15. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26. c) of words, to imply, to signify, Heb. 12: 27 TO 8s, sit ;i|, Sylol. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 1 ibv Mava%ao-i)V fayousvov ' /?ov- hicu 8s ffwaxTijQa uiv S^ovv. afterwards deserted him at Rome. Col. 4:14. Philem.24. 2 Tim. 4: 10. a), cj y f. 7Jo-w, (8wo$, to address a public assembly, to harangue, seq. n^og cum accus. Acts 12: 21. Sept. for *O^b Neh. 8: 4. Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 4. Xen.' Afem. 3. 6. 1. sjqfAqjpWS, ov, o, Demetrius. 1. a silversmith at Ephesus, Acts 19: 24, 38. 2. a Christian mentioned with com- mendation, 3 John 12. ov y o, (poet. og, fr. 8*1 uog and tgyov,) one who works or acts for the public, Horn. Od. 17. 383. Hence genr. and in N. T. an artist or artificer, maker, author, Heb. 11: 10. 2 Mace. 4: 1. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 11. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 7, 9. , ov, o, the people, populus, Acts 12: 22. 19: 33. So tig iov %ov, to the people sc. assembled in the forum, Acts 17: 5. 19: 30. Jos. Ant. 3. 9. 1. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 2. adv. (pp. dat. fem. of 8r)p6atos:,} publicly, in public, i. e. tv 8rj- poain ^o'^, Acts 16: 37. 18: 28. 20: 20. Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 5. zfypooioQ, la, ov, (8tjpog,) public, i. e. belonging to the public, for public use, Acts 5: 18. Jos. Ant. 3. 9. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 16. v, iov, TO, a word adopt- ed into the Greek from the Lat. dena- rius, a Roman coin equal at first (as its name imports) to ten asses, and after- wards, to twelve and even sixteen. It was reckoned of the same value as the Greek dqaxftrj, and equivalent to about 14 cents, according to the usual estimate ; see in 'Agyvqiov c, and Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 493, 495. Matt. 18: 28. 20: 2, 9, 10, 13. 22: 19. Mark 6: 37. 12: 15. 14:5. Luke 7: 41. 10:35. 20:24. John 6: 7. 12: 5. Rev. 6: 6 bis. ?, a, o, Demas, a man who was for a time associated with Paul, but * vovripcn 23 , adv. (Srj and TtoTe,) infine, in short, subjoined to relative words to strengthen the idea of generality and comprehensiveness. John 5: 4 w 8i]no- T voariponi. See Buttm. 80. n. 1. 178 116. 9. Viger. p. 500. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 26. j adv. (di] and nov,} indeed, truly, verily, Heb. 2: 16. Biittm. 149. p. 432. Viger. p. 499. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 12. dia y prep, with the primary signif. through, throughout, governing the gen. and accus. See Passow's Lex. Winer Gr. 51. i. 53. c. Tittmann in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 170sq. I. With the genitive, through, etc. spoken 1. Of place, implying motion through a place, and put after verbs of motion, e. g. of going, coming, etc. as ava%(a- Qflv, Matt. 2: 12 8t ixMyg odov UJH%*- Qijffav. So with diafiaivfiv, Heb. 11: 29. diajioosveff&ai, Luke 6: 1. disg- Xta&ai, Matt. 12: 43. 19: 24. wriqx- 7: 13 bis. John 10: 1,9. baiOQtvxr&cu Matt. 4: 4. l'^/rtfat Mark 10: 1. TT^- noQsvev&ai, Mark 2: 23. 9: 30. na- QSQX. Matt. 8: 28. vnoo-cyscpsiv Acts 20: 3. Diod. Sic. 20. 111. Xen. Hiero 2. 8. So di VIAWV 7r0(r5m or dieh- frtlv, i. e. through your city, Rom. 15: 28. 2 Cor. 1: 16. Xen. An. 4. 8. 1. With many other_ verbs implying motion, 2 Cor. 8: 18 ov o tnawog dia naouv IMV extdrjfftMV sc. So after pUnuv I Cor. 13: 12. QBIV Mark 1 1: 16. Acts 13: 49. Luke 5: 19. '/ulv&iv 2 Cor. 11: 33. fag dice TCVQog sc. ao}&i}von>, saved as if through fire, i. e. as if passing through the ordeal of fire, 1 Cor. 3: 15. - Pa- laeph. Fab. 13. y.a&iuav Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2. a/Eiv Xen. An. 4. 5. 36. skavvfiv ib. 7. 3. 43. ngoaytiv Polyb. 3. 77. 1. 2. Of time, viz. a) continued time, time how long, through, throughout, during , Acts 1: 3 di fjUfQMV Ttaffaya- xovja, during forty days. Heb. 2: 15 dia navvog toil Z,f t v, during their whole life. So diet naviog or diunavzog adverbi- ally, see in JutTiavrog. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 61 dia navrbg tov fiiov. Cyr. 2. 1. 19. Luke 5: 5 dt olyg rijg vvxrog, during the whole night, i. e. all night. Acts 23: 3L Charit. 1. 5. Xen. An. 4. 6. 22. Polyb. 37. 3. 3 dux ijusoug. Spoken of time when, i. e. of an indefinite time, during a longer interval, viz. dia ir t g og, during the night, i. e. at some time of the night, by night ; Acts 5: 19 8in T^g v. ?fj'oi|e lag -frvyag xijg 16: 9. 17: 10. Palaeph. 1 xaia dia vimbg tig T nedia, b) of time elapsed, after, e.g. Acts 24: 17 81 ITWV nhiovuv, after many years, i. e. many years being through, elapsed. Gal. 2: 1 ditt dfy.cntff dia trig %dgnog T^g do&fio-qg uoi. Gal. 1: 15. Philem. 22. Xen. An. 3. 2. 8. In obtestations and exbortations,<7iroMg'/i, Rom. 12: 1 7r^axAal vuag dia TWV ot- xTiauwv tov &ov. 15: 30. 1 Cor. 1: 10. 2 Cor. 10: 1. b) of persons through whose hands any thing as it were passes, through or by whose agency, ministry etc. an effect takes place or is produced, the efficient cause ; Matt. 1 : 22 TO tjy&iv vno IOVKVQLOV dia TOV ngo(pi]io\). 2:5,15,23. Lukel8:31. John 1: 17. Acts 2: 22 o-yutla a inoi- yo-e o &(bg di aviov. 2:43. 4: 16. 12:9. Rorn. 2: 16. 5: 5. 1 Cor. 2: 10. 8: 6. Heb. 1 : 2, 3. So Rom. 1: 5. 5: 1. 1 Cor. 11: 12 o UVIJQ diu rijg yvvaixog. Gal. 1: 1. 2 Tim. 2: 2. Heb. 2: 2. 7: 9. So through the fault of, etc. Matt. 18: 7. 26: 24. Rom. 5: 12, 16, 19. 1 Cor. 15: 179 Jia 21. al. Sept. for va 2 Chr. 29: 5. Esth. 1: 15. Is. 37: 24. Aeschyl. Sept. c.Theb. 219. [233.] Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 2. Oec. 21.11. Eq.2.3. In this construction dtu may also refer to the author or first cause, when the author does any thing through himself instead of another ; e. g. so of God, Rom. 11: 36 on e| UVJQV, xnl 81 aviov, xal ti$ al'Tuv ?u nnvia. Heh. 2: 10. 1 Cor. 1:96 #fo?, 81 ov CX^^TF. also of Christ, Col. 1: 16 em iv LTO> Arf&Thh] T TTWJTtt, 1UL 71UVTU til CtVTOV xal fig avTov txTiatai. John 1:3. Xen. Mern. 1. 2. 14 TW wVcfyf POVJLOUSVG) TS ndvTa 8i tutVTwv nyaTTtff&at,. Cyr. 1. 1. 4. Hiero 9. 3. In obtestations and exhortations, Rom. 15: 30 naQaxaJna vua$ dice TOV xvglov x. T. A. 1 Thess. 4: 2. 2 Thess. 3: 12. 4. Of the mode, manner, state, cir- cumstances, through which any thing as it were passes, i.e. takes place, is produced, etc. a) of manner, where 8id with its gen. forms a periphrase for the correspond- ing adverb. Luke 8: 4 tint dice TIUQU- /So/ljjs, lit. through a parable, i. e. by means of, with a parable, naoatiohixui^. Acts 15: 27 8iut loyov, by word, i. e. orally. Rom. 8: 25 et Heb. 12: 1 , above. John 6: 57 bis, xa/o'j (5 dia TOV Trtmoa ' xaxiivog t']o~iai 5t* fjug. Rom. 8: 11 din 10 tvoixovv nvtvua. 8: 20. Heb. 6: 7 di ov$. So Sept. <5t J tue for "H*73 Is. 50: 11. Plut. Mor. II. p. 25. ed. Tuuchn. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 3. ib. 3. 3. 15 diet vs. c) of emotions etc. through which, from which, one is led to do any thing, etc. Matt. 27: 18 et Mark 15: 10 did y&ovov. Luke 1: 78. Epli. 2: 4 , did T. n. dydni]v. Phil. 1: 15. Diod. Sic. 1. 8 Sict q>6pov. Xen. Lac. 4. C did ii]v IQIV. 2. Of the ground or motive, the moving or impelling cause of any thing, on account of, because of, propter, etc. a) genr. Matt. 10:22 pio-ovufvoi. dice TO ovoud fiov. 13: 21 &Kiyi<; ?; diM/ub*; did TOV loyov. 13: 58. Mark 2: 4 Sia lov o/\ov. Luke 8: 47. John 4: 39, 41. 12: 11. Acts 22: 24. 28: 2. al. saepiss. Sept. Deut. 15: 10. Gen. 43: 18. Diod ; Sic. 1. 7. Xen. An. 1. 9. 22 din TroUrc, i. e. on many accounts. So be- fore an infin. with the article TO, Luke 11: 8. 23: 8 did TO dxovtiv TroyUa. Acts 18: 3 did TO ouoTf^t'ov slrai. Mark 5: 4 di,a TO aviov noUdxic dedeo-&ai. Acts 4: 2. al. saep. Sept. Deut. 1: 36. Diod. Sic. 2. 16. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 34. Hiero 1. 37. Also in phrases, e. g, dia. T/; on what account ? wherefore ? why ? Matt. 9: 11. Luke 5: 30, 33. John 13: 37. written also diuri, Matt. 13: 10. 15: 2. Mark 2: 18. 7:5. Luke 19: 23. John 7: 45. Acts 5: 3. al. Sept. for Wtt Ex. 2: 18. rwb Num. 11: 11. " nJb-^ Deut. 29: 23. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 17. So dia tovro, on this account, for this cause or reason, therefore ; Matt. 6: 25. Mark 6: 14. Acts 2: 26. Rom. 1: 26. 2 Cor. 4: 1. Rev. 18: 8. al. saep. Sept. for ]DK Is. 49: 4. jDb Mic. 3: 12. Palaeph."3 T 3. Xen. An. 1/7. 3. So dia IOVTO seq. on, on this account because, John 5: 16. 8: 47. inverted John 15: 19. b) in the sense of for the sake of, in lehalfof, etc. as marking the purpose or object of an action, etc. Matt. 14: 3 et Mark 6: 17 dim 'JFywdiada ir\v yvvuixa i\irtnov. 24: 22 diet ioi'<; f'x/UxTOU, for the elects' sake. Mark 2: 27. John 11: 15. Acts 16: 3. Rom. 11: 28. al. saep. Xen. Ag. 2. 21. So fiia TOJJTO, for the sake of this, /or this purpose. John 12: 27 diet IOVTO i]t,&ov, for this purpose I came, sc. to suffer death. 1 Cor. 4: 17. With Vv, in order that, John 1: 31. 1 Tim. 1: 16. OTTW? Heb. 9: 15. c) as marking the occasion of any thing, the occasional cause, that on oc- casion of, on account of, because of which any thing takes place. Matt. 27: 19 TroAAw tna&ov y.cti oVao di avrov. John 7: 43. 10: 19. Rorn. 2: 4 TO ovopa lov d-sou di VfUtf {j)Mo~AoyT ifj? &VQnq rov duxrvlov. to transport, carry over, Thuc. 6. 30. Hence tnetaph. and in N. T. fo earn/ or deliver over to any one in words, i. e. to report or in- form against, to traduce, to accuse ; Pass. seq. dat. Luke 16: 1 8itfari&r) avr$. Sept. for Chald. **") bDN Dan. 3: 8. 6: 25. Seq. dat. ITerodOt.'s! 35. TCOO? riva Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 3. Xen. An. 1. 1. 3. 5, 8, 11. 13: 39. 25: 41. Luke 4: 2, 3, 5, 6, 13. 8: l^. John 13: 2. Acts 10: 38. Eph.4:27. 6:11. 1 Tim. 3: 6, 7. 2 Tim. 2: 26. Heb. 2: 14. James 4: 7. 1 Pet. 5: 8. Jude 9. Rev. 2: 10. 12: 9, 12. 20: 2, 10. Sept. for -jBton 1 Chr. 21: 1. Job 1: 6sq. 2: 1 sq. ' Ze'ch. 3: 1, 2. Wisd. 2: 23. Test. XII Patr. p. 672, 691. Act. Thorn. 32. Henre ex rov oiafiolov v. vlog rov dtapolov iivai, to be the child of Satan, i. e. to be like Satan, John 8: 44. Acts 13: 10. 1 John 3: 8 ter, 10. In the same sense, John 6: 70 diufiokog, a devil, i. q. I'log rov diafioJiov, coll. Acts 13: 10, i. e. an enemy of God and man ; comp. (raravag Matt. 16: 23. 31 ark 8: 33. fo y f. O'HTW, to strengthen throughout, to make very firm ; in N. T. Mid. diafifficctoopat, ovum, metaph. to affirm strongly, to asseverate, to urge, seq. Tifol c. gen. 1 Tim. 1: 7. Tit. 3: 8. Philo de Decal. p. 263. 24. Poljb. 12. 12. 6. z/tafiAe'nM, f. yw, to lk through, i. e. to view attentively, Plato Phaedo. 37. In N. T. to see clearly, i. e. fully, Matt. 7:5. Luke 6: 42. . MOtfioAof) oUy o, i), subst. (dia- /SttHw q. v.) a calumniator, slanderer, accuser, vi/. a) genr. i Tim. 3: 11. 2 Tim. 3: 3. Tit. 2: 3. So Sept. of Hainan, for Heb. -12 Ksth. 7: 4. -n.TS ib. 8: 1. 1 Mace. 1:~36. Xen. Ag.il. 5. b) with the, art. o diufiolog, the devil, i. e. the accuser by way of eminence, i. q. *Jt2t)n, o (Tctravac. Satan, the prince of the fallen angels, o uozwv rwv dai- uovluv Matt. 9: 34. According to the later Hebrews, he acts as the accuser and calumniator of men before God, Job 1:7, 12. Zech. 3: 1, 2, coll. Rev. 12: 9, 10 ; seduces them to sin, 1 Chr. 21: 1; and is the author of evil, both physical and moral, by which the human race is afflicted ; see in zluiuoviov b. In N. T. o diaftokog appears as the constant ene- my of God, of Christ, of the divine kingdom, of the followers of Christ, and of all truth ; full of falsehood and malice, and exciting and seducing to evil in every possible way. Matt. 4: 1, , f. ydw, (dia, ayy&- jtw,) to announce throughout, i. e. a) every where, generally, to publish PC. far and near, to proclaim, trans. Luke 9: 60. Pass. Rom. 9: 17. Sept. for -iEp Ex. 9: 16. Ps. 2: 7. b) implying completeness, to an- nounce fully, i. e. to give exact and cer- tain information of, trans. Acts 21: 26. Sept. for -172N Josh. 6: 10. Jos. Ant. 7.9.2. Xen/An. 1.6. 2. . lutyc, Luke 11: 8, see in I' I. a. 4 ficcyiro^taiy aor. 2 dir/tvoprjv, to bt throughout, i. f 1 . to be always, 2 Mace. 11: 26. Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 5. In N. T. of time, to be through, i. e. to be past, to have elapsed, Mark 16: 1. Acts 25: 13. 27: 9. Ilerodian. 1. 10. 1. Ael. V. H. 3. 19 ryiuv uyrwv diayivoutviov. Jtayirwaxco, f. yvwo-ouai, to know throughout, i. e. accurately, to distin- guish, Sept. Deut. 2: 7. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 9. In N. T. to inquire fully into, to examine, to investigate^ in a judicial sense, trans. Acts 23: 15. 24: 22. Philo de Agric. p. 204. C, xal dtxaaiag . Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 14. cOy f. lff "pb Ex. 15: 24. 16: 2, 8. Ecclus. 34: 24. Heliodor. 7. 27. , f. ?;', /w,) n 2 Sam. 12: 31. water, Wisd. 10: 18l " 'In N. T. spoken of time, to bring through, i. e. to pass, e. g. tjffvziov filov, to lead a quiet life, to live, etc. 1 Tim. 2: 2. 2 Mace. 12: 38 iaw dirjx6vyo*e. So 2 Cor. 3: 3 inurtoti] Xgiaiov diaxovrj&tlaa vy f)[Awv, ministered by us, i. e. written by our aid or ministry, by us. Anacr. 9. 14, 'AvaxQBovTi divtxovu TOffotvra. The- ophr. Char. 2. 4. By impl. to minister any thing to one's wants, etc. 1 Pet. 4: 10 t? eavtovg [i. q. cl$ attijJiovg] alno SiaxovoiJrTfg, coll. v. 11. So of alms, ZUQig, collected by the churches, etc. to administer, to distribute, Pass. 2 Cor. 184 8: 19, 20. Comp. Lucian. Asin. 53. Spoken of prophets etc. who minister, i. e. announce, deliver sc. the divine will, etc. 1 Pet. 1: 12. Origen. Corritn. in Ps. 48: 4, ol diaxovovvng iov Ao/ov. Jos. Ant. G. 13. 6. Seq. dat. alone, Acts 6: 2 diaxortiv T^7re/, to serve money-tables, i. e. to have charge of the alms and other pecuniary matters. Heliodor. 5. p. 218. So ministrare velis Virg. Aen. 10. 218, comp. Heyne's note. , aCy ^, (diaxovog,) ser- vice, attendance, ministry, viz. a) genr. Heb. 1: 14. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 3. - Towards a master or guest, at table or in hospitality, Luke 10: 40. 1 Cor. 16: 15. Xen. Oec. 7. 41. b) ministry, ministration, i. e. the of- fice of ministering in divine things, spoken chiefly of apostles and teachers; Acts 1: 17, 25. 6: 4 diax. zou loyov. 20: 24. 21: 19. Rom. 11: 13. 1 Cor. 12: 5. 2 Cor. 3: 7, 8, 9 bis. 4: 1. 5: 18. 6: 3. Eph. 4: 12. Col. 4: 17. 1 Tim. 1: 12. 2 Tim. 4: 5, 11. Once of the office of a didxovog, Rom. 12: 7, where others take it in the wider sense as above. c) in the sense of aid, relief, spoken of alms, contributions, etc. Acts 11: 29 j diuxovlav ni^tyou. Rom. 15: 31, coll. v.26. 2 Cor. 8: 4. 9: 1, 13. 11: 8. Rev. 2: 19. Act. Thorn. 56, sxouivav /(>?^T nottn fig diaxovlav TUV ^TJOWV. Spoken of the distribution, ministration, of alms thus collected, etc. Acts 6: 1. 12: 25 coll. 11: 30. 2 Cor. 9: 12. t/y o, ri, (either fr. did and y.6vig, pp. a dusty i. e. hasty mes- senger ; or better from obsol. didxw, diijxco, to run, to hasten, Buttrn. Lexil. 1. p. 21 sq.) a servant, attendant, minister, viz. a) genr. and with a gen. of the mas- ter or person served, Matt. 20: 26. 23: 11. Mark 9: 35. 10: 43. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 8. Spoken of those who wait at table etc. John 2: 5,9. Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 2. Among the Greeks, the didxovoi were a higher class of ser- vants than the dovloi, Athen. X. p. 192. B. comp. Xen. 1. c. Buttm. Lexil. I. p. 220. Spoken of the servants or at- tendants of a king, Matt. 22: 13. So Rom. 13: 4 bis, &eov didxovog, i. e. the servant, minister, vicegerent, of God. Sept. for rnan Esth. 1: 10. 2: 2. 6: 3. Spoken of an attendant, a disciple, etc. John 12: 26. b) spoken of ministers, teachers, sc. of divine things, who act for God, Christ, etc. with a gen. as before, e. g. TOV &eov 1 Cor. 3: 5. 2 Cor. 3: 6. 6: 4. 1 Thess. 3: 2. seq. 10 v XQIQ-TOV etc. 2 Cor. 11: 23. Eph. 6: 21. Col. 1: 7. 4: 7. seq. rfg exx^cr/a? Col. 1: 25. So seq. TOU o-cuavu 2 Cor. 11: 15, coll. v. 14. c) with a gen. of the thing to be done or promoted by one's service and ministry, e. g. Rom. 15: 8 didxovog TIEQL- rourjg, a minister of circumcision, i. e. of Judaism, or to the Jews. 2 Cor. 11: 15 diax. dixaioo-vvyg. Gal. 2: 17. Eph. 3: 7. Col. 1: 23. d) as an officer in the primitive church, one who has charge of the alms and money of the church, an overseer of the poor and the sick, an almoner, Phil. 1: 1. 1 Tim. 3: 8, 12. 4: 6. See Acts 6: 1 6. Of a female ij didxovog, who had charge of the female poor and sick, Rom. 16: 1. Hence the English word deacon, but in a different sense. ai y a y (dig, two hundred, Mark 6: 37. John 6: 7. 21: 8. Acts 23: 23 bis. 27: 37. Rev. 11: 3. 12: 6. f. ovffo^iai, (did, xovw,) to hear through or out, Xen. Hiero 7. 11. In N. T. to hear fully, in a judicial sense, seq. gen. Acts 23: 35. So Sept. and 3>a;p Deut. 1: 16. zliOMQivcd, f. via, to separate throughout, i. e. wholly, completely, trans. Mid. to separate one's self, etc. a) pp. Jude 22 ovg psv eketlis diaxgi- vousvoi, on some (i. e. those not Chris- tians) have compassion, separating your- selves from them. Hesych. Herodian. 3. 1. 9 6 Tavgog b) by impl. to distinguish f to make a distinction, to cause to differ; Acts 15: 9 ovdsv disxgivs fina^ii ijftuv. 1 Cor. 11: 29 pi SiaxQivwv TO crwpa TOV XVQIOV, sc. from common food. Mid. James 2: 4 ftctx 185 xt ol 8iaxQl&i]-tt iv ectviolg ; interrog. and as apodosis, do ye not then make a distinction in yourselves ? i.e. are ye not partial ? Others under d below. Mid. Herodian. 4. 6. 12. With the idea of preference, prerogative, 1 Cor. 4: 7 TI? ydg ere diaxgivsL. Trop. to distinguish, to discern clearly, to note accurately, Matt. 1C: 3 TO nQoffomov rov OVQCXVOI. 1 Cor. 11: 31 fl /> tttirtoi's difxyivoufv, i.e. if we took a proper view, formed a just estimate of ourselves. 1 Cor. 14: 29, i. q. doxiuub) in 1 John 4: 1. So Sept. for ]na Job 12: 11. Xen Mem. 1. 9. 9. Hence, c) in the sense of to consider accu- rately, to judge, to decide, e. g. Siaxfjlvat ava uivov tivog, 1 Cor. 6: 5. So Sept. for BBSJ Ex. 18: 16. 1 K. 3: 9. -p-in Ps. 50: '4. Prov. 31:9. d) Mid. dtaxpivonai, aor. 1 pass. difxQi&yv with mid. signif. Buttm. 136. 2 ; to separate oneself from, i. r. to con- tend with, pp. in battle Polyb. 2.22. 11. Xen. Ag. 1. 33. In N. T. metaph. (a) to contend or strive with, to dispute with, seq. dat. Jude 9. seq. TiQog c. ace. Acts 11: 2. Sept. seq. dat. for filE Jer. J5: 10. seq. nqog for t3D' Ez. 20: 35. Luc. Pseudosoph. 5. Polyk 22. 27. 1. (/3) to be in strife with one's self, i. e. to doubt, to hesitate, to leaver, Matt. 21: 21. Mark 11: 23. Rom. 4: 20. 14:23. James 1: 6. 2: 4 xal ov titaxQldyie iv iawolq, without interrog. and if ye do this without hesitation; comp. in b above. So fiydiv diaxQivoptvog, without hesita- tion, confidently, Acts 10:20. 11:12. James 1: 6. Hesych. ewe, , iaxQivw, a distinguishing, a discerning clearly, i. e. spoken of the act or power, Heb. 5: 14 xaAov xal xaxou. 1 Cor. 12: 10 TWV nvivuaTwv, comp. in diaxglvb) b. A poll. Rhod. 4. 1169. By impl. Rom. 14: 1 ui] tig dinxglvfig dtcdoyivuair, lit. not for scrutinizings of thoughts, i. e. not with searching out and pronouncing judgment on their opinions ; comp. v. 5, 13. Others, doubts, scruples. ^fiaxcoAuw, f. vo-o), to hinder throughout, i. e. to impede or forbid ut- terly, trans. Matt. 3: 14 o 5s 'iwdrvrjg 81- 24 aviov, i. e. spoken in the imperf. of a continued action, or de conatu ; see Winer Gr. 41. 3. c. Matth. 504. 3. -Judith 12: 7. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 28. /JiaActAt'co, co, f. Tjo-w, to speak to and fro, i. e. a) to talk with any one, to converse with; Luke 6: 11 tftfAwAoi'v JT^O? a/U?/- Aoi-c, i. e. they communed, consulted. Polyb. 23. 9. 6. Eurip. Cycl. 175. b) to speak of even/ where, i. e. to tell abroad, to divulge, trans. So in pass. constr. Luke 1: 65. Symm. for I?-) Ps. 51: 1C.. . /icc/.fycOj f. d>, to gather out apart, 1. e. to select, Xen. Oec. 8. 9. Mem. 4. 5. 11. In N. T. only as depon. Mid. diafo'yopai, aor. 1 pass, dicdexdrp with mid. signif. Buttm. 136. 2 ; to speak to and fro, i. e. alternately, to converse with, viz. a) spoken of a dispute, etc. to dispute, to discuss, intrans. seq. dat. Jude v. 9 TW <5m f 3o>Uj> diieyoivuitfvog (5tfJU'/fTO. So eeq. nQoq aHijAoi-c, Mark !): 34, coll. v. 33. Sept. for JlD^ Is. 1: 18. seq. TTQOC; for n'-^ Judg. 8: 1. Seq. dat. Xen. Mem. 1.6.11. seq. TT^O? ib. 1. 6. 1. b) of public teaching etc. to discuss, to discourse, to reason, to argue, intrans. and absol. Acts 18: 4. 19: 8, 9. 20: 9. 24: 25. seq. dat. Acts 17: 2, 17. 18: 19. 20: 7. seq. TTQO? c. ace. Acts 24: 12. Sept. for n2PT Is. 63: 1. seq. ngoq Ex. 6: 27. Ecclus. 14: 20. Xen. H. G. 2. 2. 11. Mem. 3. 3. 7. seq. dat. ib. Anal i. 2. 5. 41. Trop. of an exhorta- tion etc. to address, to speak to, seq. dat. Heb. 12: 5. Herodian. 1. 5. 2. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 4. zJiaAfiJiGo, f. j/>6), pp. to leave be- tween, i. e. to leave an interval, sc. of space or time ; hence in N. T. to inter- mit, to desist, to cease ; seq. particip. Luke 7: 45 ov diikme xaracpiJioiaa, she has not ceased kissing my feet, etc. see Buttm. 144. n. 3. Sept. for bin Jer. 44: 18. 'i^cn Jer. 17: 8. Jos.'A'nt. 8. 12. 3. Xeu. Apol. Soc. 16. y ov, i), speech, language, as articulated through or by the tongue, Aristot. H. An. 4. 9. In N. T. language sc. as spoken by a 186 people or province, a dialect, peculiar idiom, Acts 1: 19. 2: 6, 8. 21: 40. 22: 2. 26: 14. Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 6. Polyb. 1. 67.9. or anoj ) f. w, (5 id, ),) to change between, i. e. to per- mute, to change for another, to exchange, 2 Mace. 6: 27. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 4. Trop. to change in feeling towards any one, to reconcile, trans. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 7. Vect. 5. 8. In N.T. only Mid. diuMdoaottai, nor. 1. pass. ^Ma/vhjv with mid. sig- nif. Buttm. 136. 2, fo change one's OMW feelings towards, i. e. Jo reconcile one's self, to become reconciled, c. dnt. Matt. 5: 24 SiaMdyr)&i iw ddeJicpM aov. So Sept. for n^inn 1 Sam. 29: 4. Esdr. 4: 31. Jos. AnVl6. 4. 4. Thuc. 8. 70. i f. iaoucu, to reckon through, i. e. to complete or settle an ac- count, Dem. 1236. 17. In N. T. trop. to consider, to reflect, to reason, to ponder, a) genr. e.g. Iv ralg xuQSlaig, Mark 2: 6, 8, where for lavia see Buttm. 131 . 7. Luke 3: 15. 5: 22. iv savvy Luke 12: 17. iv eavwlg Mark 2: 8. nag saviolg Matt. 21: 25. seq. , to remain through, i. e. permanently, to continue, sc. in the same place, Xen. An. 7. 1. 6. In N. T. spoken of state, condition, circum- stances, etc. to remain the same, to con- 187 tinue, to endure, i. e. not to change ; Heb. 1: 11 dictpevtig, quoted from Ps. 102: 27, where Sept for 1)25, coll. v. 28. So 2 Pet. 3: 4 nana OUTW diajMvsi, cornp. Ps. 119: 90 where Sept. for uay. Polyb. 1. 18. 6. Xen. Mem. 4. 7." 7. With adjuncts, e. g. xwqpof, Luke 1: 22. ngoq Tivix, to remain to, i. e. to be preserved to any one, Gal. 2: 5. So jUfiw Ttvog, spoken of persons, to remain with, i. e. to remain constant towards any one, Luke 22: 28. Seq. dat. Diod. Sic. 14. 48. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 44. . /ia/ip^&j f. IfftOt to dispart, to separate into parts, to divide up, trans. a) pp. Mark 15: 24 diautQiov T lfiu~ nor. Pass. Acts 2: 3 SutfUQ&pfat ylwaffcu , disparted flames, i.e. divided out to each person from one common source. Mid. in a recipr. sense, to di- vide up for one's self, or among one an- otfier,Matt.27:35bis. Luke23:34. John 19: 24. Sept. for pbh Ps. 22: 19. &3 Gen. 10: 25. 1 Chr. 1: 19. comp. Deiit. 32: 8. In the sense of to divide out, to distribute, Luke 22: 17. Acts 2: 45. Sept. for p^h Judg. 5: 30. 2 Sam. 6: 19. Xen. An/7. 1. 4, where others j CCIOQ, TO, cogitation, thought, Luke 11: 17. Sept. for rrarha Is. 55: 9. Ecclus. 22: 16. Xen. H. T G.~'7. 5. 19. b) trop. spoken of discord, dissen- sion ; Pass, to be divided sc. into parties, absol. Luke 12: 52. seq. tnl c. ace. to be divided against, to be at discord with, etc. Luke 11: 17, 18. 12: 53. ^tafUfgiapioQ, QUj o, (dia^fQl^ca,) division, apportionment, portion, Diod. Sic.l 1. 47. Sept. for ngbrng Ez. 48: 29. In N. T. metaph. dissension, Luke 12: 51. The grammarians condemn this word, Pollux VIII. 136. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 511. ^/tavfficOy f. /uw, to distribute throughout, Jos. Ant. 9. 13. 9. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 1. In N. T. trop. to divulge, to spread abroad, sc. elg tov Jiaov, Pass. Acts 4: 17. vco, f. evo-a, to nod or wink repeatedly, i. e. to make signs with the head, eyes, etc. Luke 1: 22. Sept. for "51? 1^38 , Ps> 35: 19< Ecclus - 27: 22 dtavfvav* ocp&atyw. So T>J %uol An- thol. Gr. III. p. 47. ed. Jac. i'a, ag, y, (diavoeouai,) pp. a thinking through, mature thought ; in N. T. and genr. thought, mind, i. e. the power of thought, viz. a) meton. the mind, thoughts, intellect, 1. e. the thinking and sentient faculty, Mail. 22: 37. Mark 12: 30. Luke 10: 27. Eph. [1: 18.] 4: 18. Heb. 6: 10. 1 Pet. 1: 13. 2 Pet. 3: 1. So Heb. 10: 16 quoted from Jer. 31: 33 for 3, where Sept. for S!. So Sept. for Vr Gen. 17: 17. 24: 45. 2 Mace. 2: 2. Herodiau. 2. 9. 15. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 6. b) in the sense of intelligence, insight, 1 John 5: 20. So Sept. for ab Ex. 35: 25. 36:1. c) mind, i. e. mode of thinking and feeling, the feelings, affections, disposition of mind, Col. 1: 21 tx&Qol -it] diuvoiu. Eph. 2: 3. 2 Mace. 5: 17. Xen. Oec. 10. 1. So Luke 1: 51 imtyijcpctvoi, dta- volu KotQdlag. Comp. Sept. 1 Chr. 29: 18. Bar. 1: 22. iyco, f. ol$(, (did, avolyu which see,) to open through, sc. what before was closed, to open fully, trans. e. g. tr\v UI]TUUV, to open the womb, spoken of the first-born, Luke 2: 23. Sept. and Crj-j -jnD Ex. 13: 2. 34:19. So duxv. T? xo'?i to open the ears, i. e. to cause to hear, to restore hearing, Mark 7: 34, 35. So Heb. ir:TN tins Is. 35: 5, Sept. avolyw. Metaph. diav, tov<; ocpO-cduov*;, to open the eyes of any one, i. e. to cause to see what was not seen before, Luke 24: 31. Sept. and Q T?. KpJ* 2 K. 6: 17. So diav. rov vovv, rrjv xagdiav, to open the mind, the heart, etc. i. e. to make able and willing to understand, receive, etc. Luke 24: 45. Acts 16: 14. 2 Mace. 1: 4, comp. Sept. Hos. 2: 15. Themist. II. p. 29. Hence, diav. ia? yga(puq, to open the scriptures, i. e. to lay open the sense, to explain, to expound, Luke 24: 32. Acts 17: 3. So nnD Ps. 119: 130, Sept. */ f. eitffw, (5id, vvx- . yu|,) to bring the night through, < fiavvt 188 to pass the whole night, intrans. Luke 6: 12. Sept. addit. Job 2: 9. Jos. B. J. 2. 14. 17. Diod. Sic. 13. G2. f. t'cro), (did, uvi'fo,) to bring through to an end, i. e. to complete, to finish, Acts 21:7 roy TrAoty. 2 Mncc. 12: 7. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8 TOV filov. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 28 o86r. absol. Luke 18: 36. Rom. 15: 24. Sept. for Nis Gen. 24: 62. -Q? Zeph. 2: 15. tai-j; Job 2: 2. Seq. ace. Xen. An. 2. 5. 18. absol. ib. 2. 2. 11. adv. (i. n. Si " - J \ I XQOVOV,} through the whole time, i. e. con- tinualbj, always; comp. in Aiu. I. 2. a. Mark 5: 5. Acts 2: 25. 24: 16. Rom. 1 1: 10. 2 Thess. 3: 16. Heb. 13: 15. Spoken of what is done at all stated or proper times, Luke 24: 53. Acts 10: 2. Heb. 9: 6. Sept. for V72F! Dent. 1 1 : 12. Ps. 34: 2. 119: 44. Xen.Cvr. 2. 4. 3,4. i " ' tJtienap&iptftty, *)?, ;, (Sid, na~ gotTQifiri rubbing, contention,) vehement dispute, wrangling, 1 Tim. 6: 5, in Mss. and later edit, less well for 7T<5t- T//?j q. v. See Tittm. in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 61. dictnegCLfdj COy f. dffta, to pass through or over, absol. e. g. a lake, Matt. 9: 1. 14:34. Mark 5: 21. 6:53. a gulf, seq. Tigog, c. ace. Luke 16: 26. the sea, seq. fig Acts 21: 12. Sept. Sian. IQV for -132 2 Sam. 19: 15. Wjv Is. 23": 2. Polyb. 11. 18. 4. Xen. Yen. 9. 18. dictnAecOy COy f. evo'u, to sail through or over, e. g. TO n&ayog Acts 27: 5. Herodian. 8. 6. 11. absol. Xen. An. 7. 8. 1. jy f. yaw, to labour through, to produce or effect with labour, trans. 2 Mace. 2: 28. Aristot. Poet. 25. 5. to exercise with labour, Diod. Sic. 1. 53. T cro^uaTtt Xen. Ven. 4. 10. Pass, to be pained, burdened, Sept. for 2<:?3 Kcc. 10: 9. In N. T. Mid. dutjiovtopui, ofyuai, aor. 1 pass. Sis- novrj fryv, with mid. signi f. Buttm. 136. 2 ; metaph. to pain or grieve one's self, to be indignant, Acts 4: 2. 16: 18. Hesych. Oy f. J)ffW, (Sid, 7TO- 80) q. v.) to be throughout in perplexity, to be in much doubt, to hesitate greatly, intrans. Luke 9: 7. Acts 2: 12. ^10: 17. seq. rifQl c. gen. Luke 24: 4. Acts 5: 24. Jos. Ant. proem. 4. Diod. Sic. 2. 18. VTISQ Tivog Aelian. V. H. 4. 17. depon. to work through or out, to go through with, to examine closely, Plato Phaedon. 24. In N. T. to do or effect in business, to accomplish by traffic, to gain by trade, intrans. Luke 19: 15. So Ttgayftaitvirig, a business-man, mer- chant, Plut. de cupidit. Div. 4. de non foener. 2. Hence Rabb. OlOltTOJnS), merchant, Buxtorf. Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal. 1799. diotnOiCjOy f. iffw, to saw through or asunder, Sept. for 'into 1 Chr. 20: 3. Apollodor. Bibl. 3. 15. 9. Siont. iovg oSowag, to saw or grate the teeth sc. in rage, Lucian. Calumn. 24. In N. T. only Mid. (farfrp/O/ia*, metaph. to be enraged, to be moved with anger, sc. TT? xaySluig Acts 7: 54. ahsol. 5: 33. Hesych. Simglovio ' t&v^ovno, IIQI&V tovg oSovtag. ^ficeojiCf^fOy f. dvw or |w, (Sid, uQTtd&,) to snatch asunder, i. e. to pil- lage, to plunder, to spoil, trans. Matt. 12: 29 bis. Mark 3: 27 bis. Sept. for Tp Gen. 34: 27, 29. Nah. 2: 9. ^ta DeuY. 28: 29. nod 1 Sam. 23: 1. Is. '42: 22. Diod. Sic/4. 66. Xen. An. 1. 2. 26. i f f. fvffopnt, depon. to go or pass through sc. a place ; seq. acCus. Acts 16: 4. seq. Sid c. gen. Luke G: 1. seq. XT c. ace. Luke 13: 22. f. 5w, (Sid, ^ityvvfii t ) to tear through, to rend asunder, trans, e. g. iudnct, Matt. 26: 65. Acts 14: 14, xirwva Mark 14: 63. SMTVOV Luke 5: 6. Swu^d Luke 8: 29. Sept. for :np Gen. 37: 29, 34. al. *PS 2 Sam. 23: 16. pna Ps. 2: 3. Ael.'V. H. 9. 35. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 21. The Jews were accustomed to rend their garments from the bosom to the girdle in token of grief, indignation, etc. see Gen. 37: 29, 34. 44: 13: Num. 14: 6. Josh. 7: 6. 2 Sam. 3: 31. 1 Mace. 189 11: 71. Jos. B. J. 2. 15. 4. Philo de Joseph, p. 528, 557. Comp.Jahn 211. . /ictomre'co, co } f. t]ffw, (fa*t trctq>y? clear, manifest,) to make fully manifest, i. e. to make known, to inform of, to tell, trans. Matt. 18: 31. Sept. for 1N2 Dent. 1: 5. 2 Mace. 1: 18,20. Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 2. Polyb. 1. 46. 4. , ftUQflWj f. tlo-o), to shake through- out, trans, i. e. to cause to shake vehe- mently, Diod. Sic. 20. 87. trop. to in- spire terror, as u?/^ jiov T offta Mature for Tns'n Job 4: 14. In N. T. metaph. to harass, to oppress, to extort from, trans. Luke 3: 14. 3 Mace. 7: 21. Alciphr. 3. 20. . flCKJXOpntQpj f. IVM, to scatter throughout i. e. abroad, to disperse, trans. Lukel:51. Pass.Matt.2G:31. Markl4:27. John 11: 52. Acts 5: 37. Sept. for tr^n Deut. 30: 1. Ez. 4: 13, yBH Dent. 30: 3. Neh. 1: 8. Jos. Ant. 8. 15. 4. Ael. V. H. 13. 45. Spoken of grain, to scatter, sc. to the wind in the threshing- floor, to winnotp, Matt. 25: 24, 20. So Heb. n-J] Ruth 3: 2 et Is. 30: 24, where Sept. JUx/iwcd. Mi'taph. to dissipate, to squander, Luke 15: 13. 16: 1. This word belongs only to the Inter Greek, Lob. ad Phryu. p. 218. . /icttiJiaro, to y f. uffo), to pull asun- der, to tear in pieces, trans, in N. T. only Pass. Mark 5: 4. Acts 23: 10. Sept. for yps Hos. 13: 8. yn: Job 19: 10. pn: Judg. 16:9, 12. Jo:*. Ant. G. 9. 4. "Xen. Eq. 5. 4. . /iaa/i eijpo, f. tou, to sow hither and thither, to scatter as seed, i. e. to scatter abroad, to disperse, spoken of persons; Pass. Acts 8: 1,4. 11:19. So Sept. and rn j Lev. 26: 33. Ez. 12: 15. pen. Gen. Yl: 9. Ex. 5: 12. Jos. Ant. 7. 10.3. Ael.V. H.3.1. Xen. An. 1. 8. 25. , JlCttiJlOgCt, CCC, f}, (diaO~Ktl(><0,) dispersion, spoken of the state of dis- persion in which many of the Jews lived after the captivity, in Chaldea, Persia, and chiefly in Egypt, Syria, and Asia Minor ; Sept. Jer. 34: 17. Judith 5: 19. Cornp. Jos. B. J. 7. 3, TO '/UQ lovdctiwv ysvog 7ro/Lu pkv xata nuvav ti\v oixovuevyv nuoianrtQ-ccu rolg ini- XMOIOK; ' nfalcnov ds T/] vqin avafiffu- yptvov. In N. T. meton. the dispersion, for the dispersed Jeivs, i. e. the Jews living in dispersion, James 1: 1. 1 Pet. 1: 1. In John 7:35 (W;T. IMV c EM.)']viav, i. e. the Jews dwelling either among the Gentiles generally, or among nations that use the Greek language, e. g. in Egypt and Asia Minor, the Hellenists. So Sept. Ps. 147: 2 for Heb. particip. 2 Mace. 1: 27. f. *Aw, to put asunder, e. g. TJ/V (Txiivijv Pint. Mor. II. p. 29. ed. Tauchu. to set apart, e. g. yvkrjv, T^H? Tronic, Sept. for b^n Deut. 10: 8. 19: 2, 7. to distinguish, e. g. T? 8ia- yooa? Philo Vit. Mos. lib. 3. Hence Mid. to stale distinctly, to explain clearly, Polyb. 3. 23. 5. In N.T. only Mid. by impl. to command expressly, to charge, to enjoin upon, seq. dat. Acts 15: 24. absol. Heb. 12: 20. Followed by a negative clause, it may be rendered to forbid, to prohibit, etc. Matt. 16: 20. Mark 5: 43. 7: 36 bis. 8: 15. 9: 9. Sept. for VHTH Ez. 3: 1821. ^y* Mai. 3: 11. Judith 11: 12. Philo de'Somn. p. 1127. D. Polyb. 16. 28. 5. . /taOTJflUtf. ctiOQ, TO, (frunqjut,) distance, interval, sc. of time, Acts 5: 7. Polyb. 9. 1. 1. of place, 2 Mace. 14: 44. Xen. Yen. 2. 5. . ficj, i/, 5> (4tawtWii q. v.jf distinction, difference, Rom. 3: 22. 10: 12. 1 Cor. 14: 7. Pol. 16. 28. 4. Hesych, yfd} f. V w > perf. pass, did- ^?. Wisd.18: 10. Plut.ed.R.Vl. p. 622. pp. Xen. Oec. 9. 8. Spoken of a ship, Pass, to be borne hither and thither, to be driven about, Acts 27: 27. Lucian. Hermot. 28 aJLA, dvdyxT) iv zoJ ntJidyn, dioKpegs ff&ou. Plut. de Orac. def.VII.p. 650. ed. R. ii)V vavv diaqifQOfuvriv. b) intrans. or pp. reflex, with kavtov impl. to bear one's self apart, to separate one's self, sc. from others, comp. in *l4/w 3; hence genr. to differ, as also Lat. differo ; genr. Sept. Dan. 7: 3, 7. Xen. Hiero 1.2. In N. T. () ra 6'ia- (fiQOVcu, things different, discrepant. Rom. 2: 18 et Phil. 1: 10 doxiud&v T 8ici(pQovia, to distinguish things that are different ; so Theodoret in loc. T ivayiLa odlyJio'is, dixcuoo*vvijv xal adixl- av, and Theophyl. ii del nga^ai xal it (j,r\ SH 7Toa|t. Andocid. Or. 4. p. 300. Xen. Hiero 1. 3. Mem. 4. 3. 11. Oth- ers, 6eer things, as in y below. (/?) Impers. dictqjtpfi, it differs, it makes a difference, c. c. dat. Gal. 2: 6 ovdev uot, 192 On this later use of the daf. see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 394. Ael V. H. 3. 25 e/zoi yuQ oi'dsv diaylgti. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 2. 19. 14. (y) Seq. gen. to differ from, to be other than, Buttrn. 132. 4. 1 ; rarely in a less degree, to be infe- rior, Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 3 bMyw diacpegtiv tov paaiUwq. Pol. 18. 11. 1. In N.T. and usually, in a greater degree, to be superior, to be better than, to surpass ; Matt. 6: 26. 10: 31. Luke 12: 7. seq. dat. TTotrw Matt. 12: 12. Luke 12: 24. seq. iv nvi 1 Cor. 15: 41. seq. ovdsv Gal. 4: 1. Seq. dat. 2 Mace. 15: 13. Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 3. Xen. II. G. 3. 1. 10. seq. iv Diod. Sic. 5. 57. Xen. Hiero 1. 8. seq. ovdsv Xen. Vect. 4. 25. nolv Diod. Sic. 2. 34. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7. &j f. , to fled through, i. e. to escape by flight, ahsol. Acts 27: 42. Sept. for ta*D Josh. 8: 22. tab 3D 3 Prov. 19: 5. Seq. accus. 2 Mace. 7: 31. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 4. , f. /o-o), to rumor abroad, to divulge, to spread abroad, trans, lov loyov, Matt. 28: 15. Mark 1: 45. Dion.Hal.ll. 46. Diod. Sic. T. X. p. 151. ed. Bip. Spoken of a person, nvd, to spread one's fame abroad, Matt. 9:31. ftfigcoy f. fQ(a, aor. 1 pass. dQrjv, perf. part. pass. dif 6: 4. 20: 21, 25. 2 Sarn. 11: V. Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 1. ib. 7. 4. 1 . Xen. Conv. 4. 54. b) metaph. and in a moral sense, to corrupt wholly, to pervert ; 1 Tim. 6: 5 ditcp&cxQusvoi, tov vovv, corrupted in mind, i. e. men of perverse minds ; for the accus. see Buttm. 131. 6. 134. n. 2. Dion. Hal. 5. 21. Comp. Kypke in loc. Rev. 11: 18 tovq diacp&slqovTttg ij\v p\v, those corrupting the earth, i. e. seducing the nations to idolatry. So Sept. and rTrTCJn Judg. 2: 19. Hdian. 5. 7. 11. Xen.'jtfem. 1. 1. 1. ib. 1. 2. 8. in a moral sense, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 8. In N. T. as arising from putrescence ; hence idelv 8iaj:2 and bj3>n msrttt Ex. 38: 26. Sept. every where for Heb. bp." Gen. 23: 15,16. Neh. 10: 32. al. whence probably the drachma of Alexandria was equal to two Attic drachmae. See particularly in 'Agyvqiov c. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. Vj5$J. Jidv(JLQ? 9 ov t o, fi, adj. twain, twin, dtdcof.li 194 sj id CO [A I double, Sept. for ttfn Cant. 4: 5. Horn. Od. 19. 22?. a twin, plur. twins, Sept. for CtfP. Gen. 25: 24. Lucian. D. Mort. 16. 4. In N. T. as a surname of the apostle Thomas. Didunnis, i. e. the Twin, John 11: 16. 20:24. 21:2. Act. Thorn. 1. Comp. Thilo il>. p. 92. f. duo-w, aor. 1 t<5o)x, nor. 2 tdun 1 , perf. dtdanu, pluperf. tdtdo'i- xfiv ; see Buttm. 107. Less usual forms are : pros. '3 plur. Attic didoocai Rev. 17: 13 in later edit. But tin. 107. n.1, 1. Wi- ner 14. 1. h. Aor. 1 Subj. 3 pers. at. dare locum, Cic. de Nat. Deor. 2. 33. Ep. Fam. 11. 1. So with an accus. where the idea may often also be expressed by the verb cognate with the noun ; e. g. didovai dlvov IM #fo5, i. q. to praise, Luke 18: 43. (Palaeph. 43.) did. anoxgiffiv, to give an answer, i. q. to answer, John 1: 22. did. atpoQpnv, to give occasion, 2 Cor. 5: 12. 1 Tim. 5: 14. did. du^icr TO #?&>, i. q. to glorify, to praise, to honour, Luke 17: 18. John 9: 24. Acts 12: 23. So Sept. for Tins ]p: Josh. 7: 19. Jer. 13: 16. did. iyxojifa i. q. to hinder, 1 Cor. 9: 12. did. eVroAj/i', i. q. to command, John 11: 57. 12: 49. (Dem. 250. 13.) 818. nQoay.om]v, i. q. to offend, 2 Cor. 6: 3. did. fymurfUt, i. q. to strike, John 18: 22, i. q. qnnl^fiv Dem. 787.23. dld.^aQay^n, i. q. ^xotto 1 - uwv iov f.Tiiovo~iov Oog r^uiv doiivat i]fi~tv ao^6 : 3oig avw. John 5: 26 t8anu TW 19.0 vtw sWf}*' e^itv tv iavTM. Acts 2: 4. Ron). 15: 5. 2 Tim. 1: 18. Rev. 6: 4. Jos. Ant. 3. 19. 2. Ael. V. II. 13.36. Pint. C. Graccli. 0. Xeu. Cyr. 1. 3. 11. ib. 5. 1. 29. Tliis infin. is sometimes implied: as Matt. 19: 11 olg d&dorai sc. ZWQUV. John 19: 11. Rev. 11:3. With Vv instead of the infin. Mark 10: 37. So with nil accus. and infin. to permit, to suffer, to grant, Acts 2: 27 et 13: 35 Oltde d(i)O"tg 1OV OfflOV ffOV idflv dlttlp&O- ouv. 1C: 40. 14: 3. Horn. II. 3. 322. Lucian. D. Mort. 9. 2. So Rev. 3: 8 dsdwxu ivM'iiuv o~ov &vom9 uvW'/uivi]V sc. ilvut, I have granted, caused, an open iloor to be before thee ; others under d below. Spoken of evil or punishment divinely inflicted, to give, to inflict, etc. 2 Tliess. 1: 8 exdlxyaiv. Rev. 18: 7 y.ul niv&oq. 2 Cor. 12: 7 uoi (rxoAoi// TJjj imoxt, where comp. Buttm. 1:33. 3. 2. Maith. 389. h. Horn. II. 19. 270. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 7. (d) metaph. of things which are the cause, source, occasion, of any thin::, etc. to give, to impart, to cause, etc. Acts 3: 16 xui ?) niang tdoixev avrot r;v oAoxAqotW. Eurip. Stippl. 420. |422.] Iph.Taur.722. [728.] So with an accus. where the idea may also he expressed by the cognate verb; James 5: 18 veiov did. i. q. i'ctv. Matt. 24: 29 TO (fiyyoq did. i. q. (fiyyttv. 1 Cor. 14: 7, 8, qxavijv did. i. q. (fovtlv. Comp. in y. b) to give, sc. to give up, to deliver over, to present, to commit to, i. e. to put into the hands, power, possession, of any one, etc. (a) genr. e. g. a person, Luke 7: 15. things, Matt. 5: 31 dor (a avrfj onroo~fd- ^fw, shall render an account to God, Rom. 14: 12. Plut. de Puer. ednc. 15. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 3. (/?) Spoken of what is given as a reward, recompense, for labour, etc. to give, to reward, to pay, etc. Matt. 20: 4, 14. Mark 14:11. Rev. 11: 18. Or of the price of any thing, tribute, tithes, etc. Matt. 16: 26 et Mark 196 8: 37. Matt. 22: 17. 27: 10. Luke 20: 22. 23: 2. Heb. 7: 4. Sept. for qan Zech. 11: 12. Xen. Conv. 1. 5 wo/i;- ^tov. Pulaeph. 38 did. o'oor. (/) Spoken of the earth, to give forth, to yield, sc. xwoTroV, Matt. 13: 8. Mark 4: 7, 8. So Sept. and -jn; Zech. 8: 12. So dnodldoypi Xen. C~yr. 8. 3. 38. d) from the Heb. used in the sense of T/#7j ( ut, like ]n: for Cite, comp. Gesen. Lex. art. -JP: 2, 3 ; to put, to place, etc. (a) pp. and seq. inl c. ace. to place or put upon any thing ; e.g. TO agyvQtov inl ryv r(jonitav, to place money upon the table sc. of the broker, Luke 19: 23, cornp. Matt. 25: 27, i. e. to place at interest ; comp. Sept. and ]n: Lev. 25: 37. So did. T &yf/ueifurtm Inl TO dwmcroj- giov, Rev. 8: 3, i. e. to offer in, sacrifice [e^ua] TI? Ttqoam%a"ig etc. coin p. Ec- clus. [32] 35: 16, 17. Sept. and ]r3 Ez. 7: 3, 4. al. comp. ]n: Gen. J: Y. 9: 13, where Sept. -il&yui, Iv. So seq. fig Luke 15: 22. M eta ph. to apply, in the Latinism dovvcu tpyaatav, dare operam, to give labour, i. e. to apply ef- fort, to endeavour, seq. infin. Luke 12: 58. Hermog. de Invent. 3. 5, 7, tyya- fflav TW 7u/no?;^aTt didovg. See dare operam in Ernesti Clav. Cic. art. Opera. Cornp. ffTtovdnv vi&ivat, Find. Pyth. 4. 492. ponere operam, Cic. pro Mur. 22. pro Cluent. 57. (/?) Spoken of miracles, to do, to perform, to exhibit, Matt. 24: 24. Acts 2: J9 quoted from Joel 3: 3, [2: 30,] where Sept. for |n2, as also Ex. 7: 9. Deut. 13: 1. Comp. Sept. tl&iipi for anil) Deut. 6: 22. (/) With a doub. ace. of person, to appoint, to con- stitute, sc. as any thing, where the last ace. is by apposition ; Eph. 1: 22 avrov I'dwxe xeyakijv VTCSQ ndvta. 4: 11. So Sept. and ]nD Ex. 7: 1. and ]n2 Gen. 17: 5, Sept. ffoqpt, So Sept. ~&fcnu H? for rfs* Ez. 37: 22. Cornp. Gesen. Lehrgeb/p. 813. Matth. 420. (d) Spoken of a law, ordinance, etc. to give, i. e. to ordain, to institute, to prescribe ; e. g. vopov, John 7: 19. Gal. 3: 21. dia&Tjxrjv ntQiTopijg Acts 7: 8: ntqi- Topjv John 7: 22. So Sept. for fp.3 Lev. 26: 46. for D'W Josh. 24: 25l J-ns Ezra 9: 11. IW. dia&i'ixyv, Sept. and "jn: Num. 25: 12. and Heb. ]n: Gen. 17' 2. Lev. 26: 1, where Sep7 i. The classic form is &fivai vo- uov, whence vofio&E'trjc; a lawgiver, etc. comp. Passow Lex. art. AL. A. 3. c. f. tQW, (did, f'/flQW,) tO wake up fully, to rouse, trans, pp. per- sons from sleep, Matt. 1: 24. Mark 4. 38, 39. Luke 8: 24. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5. Herodian. 2. 1. 13. Trop. of things, e. g. of a sea, to agitate, pass. John 6: 18. Comp. Heb. -150 and Sept. l*tytlg '<> \ v ""-*'j3>/ space two years, biennium, Acts 24: 27. 28: 30. depon. Mid. (8id, r t '/io^.cti,} pp. to lead or conduct through, sc. to the end ; hence trop. to go through ivith, to re- count, to tell, to declare, sc. the whole of any thing ; trans, or seq. nwg, ovov, nfgl, etc. Mark 5: 16. 9: 9. Luke 8: 39. 9: 10. 40 SitQxopevog twjryAl&m jag nohig Acts 9. 27. 12:17. Heb. 11:32. Acts ndaag. 10: 38. 17: 23. 20: 25. seq. XT g . 33 T ; ^ ^ T/? xuua? Luke 9: 6. So seq. Fc c. gen. of place, to go or travel through sc. the country as far as, Acts 11: 19, 22 ; and hence simply, to go or pass to a place, seq. ? 01?, Luke 2: 15. Acts 9: 38. Trop. tig ndviag dv&Q(anovg o &dvaiog 8ii ( ^- 3tv, Rom. 5: 12. Sept. pp. seq. ilg for 2 Sam. 17: 24. c. In I for quoted from Is. 53: 8, where Sept. for nnrs; see in AI'QM 4. a. Bibl. Repos. fl" p. 358 sq. Sept. for -lEO Gen. 24: 66. Josh. 2: 23. al. -1 Mace. 8: 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 6. Oec. 7. 9. ration, history, Luke 1: 1. Sept. for Jon. 2: 4. Xen. An. 6. 3. 16. [6. 1. 16.] nEp73 Judg. 7: 15. 2 Mace. 2: 32. Spoken of things, e. g. a sword, to Pol. 3. 36. 4. pierce through, seq. accus. Luke 2: 35. of a weapon, seq. gen. Horn. II. 20. 100. Trop. of a rumor, loyog, to go out through sc. the country, to be spread abroad, absol. Luke 5: 15. Plut. Galba 7. Xen. An. 1. 4. 7 diTil&t Ji6/og. b) spoken of those who pass over a river, lake, sea, etc. Mark 4: 35 et Luke 8: 22 8itt&t[iFv tig TO nigav. Acts 13: 14 Sul&ovrfg dnb TTJJ niQ*/i}<;, i. e. pass- ing over by water from Perga to Anti- och, comp. v. 13. 18:27. So Sept. for Ni3 Deut. 4: 21. -Q* Jer. 2: 10. 48: 32. Xen. An. 4. 1. 3.' Hesych. 8i&- c>) 9 f. (Sid, To),) to inquire through sc. to the end, till the inquiry is successful, i. e. to in- quire out, e. g. vjv olxlav, Acts 10: 17. Polyb. 5. 50. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 15 7] p,i]ir)g Siyguja ibv KVQOV noifQa x. i. L ^1ifiij?j fo? y ovCy o, 7;, adj. (5/j, ttog,) of two years, two years old; Matt. 2: 16 dnb Sitiovg [naiSbg] xal xavwiiqw, i. e. from the child of two years old and under. So Sept. dnb jgmovg xal indvw for E n 3p *^ib'>p "j?.^* from the child of three 'years old and upward, 2 Chr. 31: 16. dnb elxoffanovg 1 Chr. 27: 23. Ezra 3: 8. Pollux. On. 2. 2. 8. ' c c j* / t ' foe, ov?y o, ij, adj. (oia, i)t>txijg, or fr. 8ii]vf/xa aor. 1 of tftaqpsow,) pp. carried through, i. e. extended, pro- tracted, Horn. II. 12. 134. Luc.Ver. Hist. 1. 19 yvxrt 8ir)vtxtl naaa XT/CTO. In N. T. spoken only of time, continuous , perpetual, viz. */V TO (JVi/ffx*?, adverb- ially, continually, perpetually, Heb. 10: 1. forever, Heb. 7: 3. 10: 12, 14. Symro. for 151 nbi* Pa. 48: 15. Heliodor. I. p.25/' ' ov y o, fi, adj. (di$ 9 between two seas, bimaris ; so of Corinth, Hor.Od.l. 7. 2. In N. T. spoken prob. of a shoal or sand-bank at the confluence of two opposite currents, Acts 27: 41. Dio Chrysost. V. p. 83. D, la xal Si&dkaT-ta. Comp. Wetstein T. in loc. f. (did, ixvtofiai,) to go or pass through, i. e. to pierce through, seq. UXQI, c. gen. Heb. 4: 12. Sept. pp. for rns Ex. 26: 28. 36: 33. Hesych. Siixvovutvog' diegxo- psvog. zJit'tinyfjiLy (8id, VoTij^ut,) aor. 1 8U- (TTrjffa, trans, to place asunder, to sepa- rate ; aor. 2 8ilo~tr)v, in trans, to separate sc. one's self, to go away ; see in "j 198 and Buttm. 107. II. In N. T. spoken of place, in trans, to depart, seq. ano, Luke, 24: 51. Acts 27: 28 ,tyu de Sta- ari'ivnvct? sc. twiTorc, departing a little, i. e. going a little further. Eccltis. 28: 14. Pol. 10. 3. 6. Spoken of time, to pass away, to elapse, Luke 22: 59. 4/u0yvpfofiatj f. Iffouai, depon. Mid. (did, iaxi'i)iouni to affirm,) to af- Jlrm through and through, i. e. to affirm strongly, absol. Lnke 22: 59. Acts 12: 15. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 4. Luc. Hermotim. 31. > Dem. 447. 25. tdj etc, ?], (dlxcuog and ,} just judgment, Rom. 2: 5, comp. 2 Thess. 1: 5. Gr. Anon, for BESJO Hos. 6: 5. Test. XII Pair, in Fabric! I. p. 547, 581. Just. Mart, de Resurrect. p, 213. sJ fact 10?, aia, ov y (prob. fr. <5//,) right, just, i.e. physically, like, even, equal, e.g.numbers,Herodot.2.149. ayua Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 26. just as it should be, i. e. Jit, proper, good, e. g. yr\ Pollux On. I. 227. yijhov Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38. jus- tissima tellus, Virg. Georg. 2. 460. Hence usually and in N. T. in a moral sense, right, just ; spoken a) of one who acts alike to all, who practises even-handed justice, just, equi- table, impartial : spoken of a judge, e. g. God, 2 Tim. 4: 8 o dlxaiog xQinjg. Rev. 36: 5. of a judgment, decision, etc. John 5: 30 7} xylaig 7) Ifiij dixala tail. 7: 24. Luke 12: 57. 2 Thess. 1: 5, 6. Rev. 16: 7. 19: 2. So Sept. for nEtf Jer. 42: 5. Ez. 18: 8. p^2 Ps. 7: f 1 19: 137. Jos. Ant. 7. 14."ll. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17. Mem. 4. 8. 9. b) of character, conduct, etc. just as it should be, i. e. upright, righteous, vir- tuous ; also good in a general sense ; but 6 dtxaios is strictly one who does right, while o /a#ot,' is one who does good, a benefactor; comp. Tittrn. de Syn. N. T. p. 20, 21. Sept. usually for p^lS, see Gesen. Lex. sub. v. no. 3. Spoken of things, to/a 1 John 3: 12. eVroi?/ Rom. 7: 12. and hence TO dixai- ov, what is right, proper, etc. as wages, Matt. 20: 4, 7. Col. 4: 1. (Xen. An. 7. 7. 14.) genr. Eph. 6: 1. Phil. 1: 7. 2 Pet. 1: 13.-Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 2. Xen. Mem. 4.4.25. Spoken of persons, viz. () in the usage of common life, Mntt. 5: 45 figs/fi* tnl Buutfovs y.ul <5/xorc. Mark 2: 17. Luke 5: 32. 18:9. 20:20. Acts 10: 22. Rom. 5: 7. 1 Tim. 1:9. Ileb. 11:4. 2 Pet. 2: 7, 8. al. So Sept. and p^ Gen. 18: 23 sq. Ecc. 3: 17. 9: 1, 2. Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 4. Xen. II. G. 2. 4. 40. Mem. 4. 8. 11. Including the idea of innocent, Matt. 27: 19, 24. So Sept. for fiOp: Job 9: 23. Prov. 6: 17. Includ- ing the idea of mild, clement, kind, Matt. 1: 19. 1 John I: 9. comp. Tittrnann I. c. (/9) Especially of those whose hearts are right with God, righteous, pious, godly. Matt. 13: 43 TOTS ol 8lx. txldu- yowiv ws o T"J;UO?. v. 49. 23: 29. 25: 46. Mark 6: 20. Luke 14: 14. 23: 47. Rom. 2: 13. 3: 10. 5: 19. al. Rom. 1: 17 dl- xaiog Ix Tilffrtwg, just through faith, i. q. dixaifoO-sig d. n. Sept. and p n 7 Gen. 6: 9. Ps. 1: 5. 118: 15, 19. al. Act. Thorn. 20. Test. XII Patr. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 571,609 __ (/) Spoken in the highest and most perfect sense of God, John 17: 25. Rom. 3: 26. 1 John 2: 29. of Christ, Acts 3: 14. 7: 52. 22: 14. 1 John 2: I. 3: 7. Sept. for p*72 Ex. 9: 27. Deut. 32: 4. Ezra 9: 15. ' AL. ^c, ?/, (dtxtuoe,} pp. the doing or being what is just and right, viz. a) the doing alike to all, i. e. justice, equity, impartiality ; spoken of a judge etc. Acts 17: 31 xylvfiv TI\V oixot'/ucV^v iv dixaioo-vvy. Rev. 19: 11. Heb. 11: 23 uqynuavTQ Outauxrvnp'i exercised justice, i. e. dispensed justice to the nations, etc. Rom. 9: 28, quoted from Is. 10: 22, where Sept. for npnit, as also Is. 5: 16. 9:7. for p^i: Ps. 9:' 9/ 35: 24. Ecclus. 45:26. Jos. "Am. 3. 4.1. b) of character, conduct, etc. the be- ing just as one should be, i. e. rectitude, uprightness, righteousness, virtue, like the Heb. p^.il, ^1^ 5 comp. in Ai- xaiog b. So of actions, duties, etc. i. q. TO dlxcttov, what is right, proper, Jit t Matt. 3: 15 n^qSiffai nuaav dixaioavvqv. Of disposition, conduct, viz. () in the language of common life, Eph. 5: 9. 1 Tim. 6: 11. 2 Tim. 2: 22. Heb. 1:9. 7: 2. Rev. 22: 11 in later edit. Sept. 199 forpnPs.l5:2. Job 29: 14. Jipni? 1 Sam. 26: 23. Prov. 8: 18, 20. Xen! Mem. 1. 2. 24. Conv. 3. 4. Including the idea of kindness, benignity, liberality, 2 Cor. 9: 9, 10, 2 Pet. 1: 1. Comp. in g b. Also in later edit, put for vvri, alms, Matt. 6: 1, coll. v. 2. So Sept. for 10 rt Gen. 20: 13. 21: 23. Is.G3:7. npni'l Sarn. 12:7. Ps. 24: 5. Mic. 6: 5. T -Tob. 2: 14. Bar. 5: 9. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 82. (/J) Spoken of that righteousness which has regard to God and the divine law, viz. either (1) merely external and consist- ing in the observance of external pre- cepts, as dixnioffvvr) rj ev voucj v. ex vo~ uov, Phil. 3: 6,9, where it is contrasted with ij dix, diu niffiemg ; or (2) internal, where the heart is right with God, piety towards God, and thence righteousness, godliness, i. e. vital religion ; genr. Matt. 5: 6, 10, 20. 6: 33. 21:32. Luke 1: 75. Acts 10: 35. 24: 25. Rom. 6: 16, 18 sq. Heb. 1:9. 5: 13. James 3: 18. al. u-p. So Sept. arid p-ix Ps. 17: 15. 45: 8. np^ Gen. 18: .11). ''l K. 3: 6. Ez. 14: 14. T Jos. Ant. 1. 2. 1. ib. 8. 4. 4. comp. Pint. Timol. 29 ult. So Ao//;r^t ti? dixaioffvvijv, to count or impute as right- eousness, i. e. to regard ns evidence of piety, Rorn. 4: 3, 5, 6, 9, 22. Gal. 3: 6. James 2: 23 ; all quoted from Gen. 15: 6 where Sept. for r?p*l. Hence *; f persons, to acknowledge and declare any one to be righteous, virtuous, good, comp. in Jixaioq b. Hence, () by im pi. to vindicate, to approve, to honour, to glorify ; Pass, to receive honour, etc. e. g. lov dtov Luke 7: 29. So Matt. 11: 19 et Luke 7: 35 tdixctiw&y 1} aoyla nno iwv jexviuv tfi>T%, i. e. true wisdom is acknowledged and honoured by her real followers. 1 Tim. 3: 16, cornp. Bibl. Repos. II. p.49. Rom. 3: 4 quoted from Ps. 51: 6, where Sept. for pn^. so Ez. 16: 52. Psalt. Salom. in Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. Ps. 2: 16. 3: 5. al. Comp. Kypke I. p. 240. (/5) In relation to God and the divine law, to declare righteous, to regard as pious, e.g. Luke 16: 15 ol dixuiovvif? ictviov? ivwniov TWV uv&Qwnwv, i. e. those who profess themselves righteous, pious, before men, Spoken espec. of the justification be- stowed by God on men through Christ, in which he is said to regard and treat them as righteous, to approve and reward 200 5 truly pious, i. e. to absolve from the consequences of sin and admit to the enjoyment of the divine favour ; Rom. 3: 26 8ix. ^ov ex nlcnfwg'lyffov. v. 30. 4: 5. 8: 30 bis, &3. Gal. 3: 8. So Pass, of men, to be justified, e. g. nlffTfi or x nlffitwg Rom. 3: 28. 5: 1. Gal. 2: 16. 3: 24. | tgywv or oi'x ejf I'o/wv, Rom. 3: 20. 4: 2. Gal. 2: 16 bis. James 2: 21, 24, 25. ovx iv vofiM Gal. 3: II. 5: 4. genr. Rom. 2: 13. 3: 24. 5: 9. 1 Cor. 6: II. Gal. 2: 17. Tit. 3: 7. So Luke 18: 14. Comp. Protevang. Jac. in Fabr. Cod. Apoc. N. T. p. 77. c) in the sense of to make or cause to be upright, etc. Mid. to make one's self upright, 5. e. to be upright, virtuous, etc. aor. 1 pass, in Mid. sense, (Buttm. 136. 2,) Rev. 22: 116 dlxcuoi; o^xatcovbyTW m, he that is upright, let him be upright still; so in text. rec. but later editions read SixaiOffvvT]v 7ioir)ffd?(a. So Sept.for nT Ps. 73: 13. Qy TO, any thing justly or rightly done ; hence right, justice, equity, etc. a) spoken of a doing right or justice to .any one, a judicial sentence, etc. () favourable, i. e. justification, acquittal, Rom. 5: 16, opp. to xaiax^t/ia. (/5) un- favourable, i.e. condemnation, judgment, implying punishment, Rev. 15: 4. So rB-JQ Ps. 119: 75, 137, where Sept. 3cot/i. Comp. in Jixccioot a, ult. Hence b) genr. a decree, as defining and establishing what is right and just, i. e. a law, ordinance, precept, e. g. TOU XVQIOV Luke 1: 6. Rom. 1: 32. tov vopov Rom. 2: 26. 8: 4. r^g laTQslag, i. e. respecting worship, Heb. 9: 1. rr^q U'/w,) pp. uttering the same thing twice, repeating ; so ddoytlv and ddoyla Xen. Eq. 8. 2. Diod. Sic. 20. 37. In N. T. double-tongued, deceitful, i. e. speaking one thing and meaning another, 1 Tim. 3: 8. So Theophylact. in loc. U (jpoovwv xat Ua tiyuv. Comp. Ps. 12: 3 201 . /to, conj. (i. q. Si o,) on which ac- count, wherefore, therefore, Matt. 27: 8. Luke 1: 35. 7: 7. Heb. 3: 7. saep. ~ Herodian. 1. 8. 2. ib. 2. 8. 5. AL. . /toflfUCOy f. evffu, (did, ofotw,) to travel through, to traverse, seq. ace. of place Acts 17: 1. seq. XT c. ace. Luke 8. 1. Sept. for -Q* Jer. 50: 13. tfrrinn Gen. 13: 17. 'Wisd. 5: 7. 1 Mace. 12: 32. Pol. 2. 15. 5. Uy o, Dionysius, an Areopagite of Athens, converted under Paul's preaching, Acts 17: 34. y conj. (dio strengthened by n fQ,) on which very account, wherefore, 1 Cor. 8: 13. 10: 14. 14: 13. Conip. Buttm. 75. 3. 149. p. 432. Judith 8: 17. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 13. Z/tOTTfT^ff, fOCy OV? y O, 7/, adj. ( Jtog gen. of Zei-s, and TTBTU i. q. TUTTTW,) fallen from Jove, heaven-descended; Acts 19: 35 TOV dtonerotg sc. a'/ulucnoc, viz. the image worshipped in the tem- ple of Diana at Ephestis; see Plin. ll.N. 16. 40. Calmet arts. Diana, Ephesus. Herodian. 1. 11. 2 iiycdpa TO to rectify through,) an emendation, re- form, improvement, in Mss. Acts 24: 3, where text. rec. xaro(#w ( ua. Pol. 3. 118. 2. of Jupiter by Leda, and the patrons of sailors, Acts 28: 11. Theocr. Id. 22.]. Xen. Conv. 8. 29. Comp. Hor. Carm. 1. 3. 2. ib. 4. 8. 31. zjcoiiy conj. (<5t OTI,) i. q. dia rovio on, on account of this that, for this rea- son that, i. e. simply, because, for, Luke 2: 7. 21: 28. Acts 17: 31. Rom. 1: 19. Gal. 2: 16. al. Sept. for 13 Zeph. 2: 10. by Job 32: 2. Xen. Conv.' 8. 19. Mem. l.~2. 54. Comp. Buttm. 149. p. 423. AL. fcofy i), emendation, reformation ; Heb. 9: 10 xeu- Qog dioQ&uo-uas, i. e. the time of o new and better dispensation under the Mes- siah ; cornp. in *Anoxanaaia(n<;. Jos. B. J. 1.20. 1. Diod. Sic. 1.75. . IIOQ vaoco or VITCO, f. w, (dia, vQvaffb),) to dig through, sc. iov oixov, ri\v oixiav, i. e. the walls of houses, which in the East are built of clay, earth, etc. Matt. 6: 19, 20. 24: 43. Luke 12: 39. See Calmet p. 511. So Sept. and ncn Job 24: 16. so Ez. 12: 7 tov To7*oy.~Xen. Conv. 4. 30. Thuc. 2. 3. dlQQMGVgoiy coVy oi, (Jio? gen. of Zei's, and xoi'^o? i. q. xo^o? a youth ; written also z/toaxooot, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 235,) the Dioscuri, i. e. Castor and Pollux, in heathen mythology the sons 26 {0?y OVCy 0, gen. of Zsrg and T^e'qpco,) Diotrephes, pr. name, 3 John 9. (Buttm. 71.3. 60. 5. b ;) two-fold, double ; pp. Sept. for Si:'IJ73 Gen. 43: 15. Ex. 16: 5. Xen. An. 7.' 6. 7. In N. T. trop. for any greater relative amount, as of honour, 1 Tim. 5: 17. of punishment, Rev. 18: 6 bis. So Sept. and n?;^72 Jer.16: 18. Herodian. 6. 7. 7. Xen.Cy'r. 2. 3. 23. Comparative dinlo- ifQov as adv. two-fold more, Matt. 23: 15. Comp. Buttm. 115. 5. . /i.iAo&y toy f. OKJCO, (oVr/ldo?,) to double, trans. Rev. 18: 6 dinlucrare av- T/J diTiia lit. double to her double, i. e. render back to her two-fold punish- ment. pp. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 19. JL?, num. adv. twice, Mark 14: 30, 72. Luke 18: 12. Jude 12 81? ano- #avoVra, twice dead, i. e. utterly. So c*7ra xa* Slg, once and again, oflen, Phil. 4: 16. 1 Thess. 2: 18. y f. aVw, (dig,) to doubt, to be uncertain, intrans. Matt. 14: 31. 28: 17. Diod. Sic. 4. 62. double-mouthed, e. g.-noTapog Pol.34.10.5. JnN.T.spokenofasword,fru>o-edg-erf,Heb. 4: 12. Rev. 2: 12. [19: 15 in Mss.] Rev.l: 16, comp. Gesen. on Is. 49: 2. So Sept. for nVD 5~in Ps. 149: 6. Prov. 5: 4. Ecclus. 21: T 3. Eurip. Orest. 1296. [1303.] ^UJ/lAlOly Cfly Cly QY& . ftOlj . tWO thousand, Mark 5: 13. y f. , falfa) tofl- 202 Joy jua ter or strain through, sc. a sieve, strainer, etc. i. e. by limpl. to strain out, trans. Matt. 23: 24, where comp. Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. 1516. Artemid. 4. 48. tj belongs to the later Greek, John 7: 37. Rom. 12:20. Athen. III. 474. Aesch. Dial. Soc. 3. 5 ; comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 61. Winer 13. 3. to thirst, to be athirst, viz. a) pp. intrans. Matt. 25: 35, 37, 42, 44. John 4: 13, 15. 19: 28. Rom. 12: 20. 1 Cor. 4: 11. Sept. for tfttS Judg. 15: 18. Prov. 25: 22. Xen. Cy'r. 1. 2. 11. Mem. 1.3. 6. b) metaph. to thirst after, to long for, to desire vehemently, seq. accus. as T?}V 8iy.utoavvr t v, i. e. piety towards God and its attendant privileges, Matt. 5: 6 ; comp. Winer Gr. 30. 7. So Sept. for Mas Ps. 63: 2. Wisd. 11: 14. Jos. B. J. l" 32. 2 u It. Hence absol. to thirst, sc. after the disposition and privileges of the children of God, of the Messiah's kingdom, John 4: 14. 6: 35. 7: 37. Rev. 7: 16. 21: 6. 22: 17. So Sept. and KE Ps. 42: 3. - Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 1 ; T i e - syta vfAiv ov, o, ttoxa), a perse- cutor, 1 Tim. 1: 13. Symm. Hos. 6: 8. drU&XCOj (dlca to flee,) f. dual-fa Luke 21:12. John 15: 20. Xen. An. 1. 4. 8 ; better dica^ouai, Winer 15. Passow sub voc. pp. to cause to Jlee ; hence genr. to pursue after sc. flying enemies, Sept. for q-n Lev. 26: 7. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 10. Honce in N. T. a) to pufsue with malignity, to perse- cute, seq. accus. expr. or impl. Matt. 10: 23. 23: 34 xea dica^srs [amovg] anb no- Aft.)? iig Tiohv. Acts 26: 11. Rev. 12: 13. 1 Mace. 5: 21 . Herodian. 1. 13. 16. ib. 7. 11. 10. Thuc. 1. 37. So genr. to persecute, to harass, to maltreat, seq. ac- cus. Matt. 5: 10, 11, 12, 44. Luke 21: 12. John 5: 16. Acts 7: 52. Rom. 12: 14. Gal. 1: 13, 23. 6: 12. Sept. for vj^-j Ps. 7: 1. Jer. 17: 18. Wisd. 16: 16". ' 2 Mace. 5: 8. b) genr. to pursue, to follow, sc. in company or in order to find, overtake, etc. spoken of persons, absol. Luke 17: 23. Ecclus. 27: 20. Xen. H. G. 1.1.13. de Mag. Eq. 4. 5. Metaph. of things, to follow earnestly, to pursue after, in order to acquire or attain to ; Rom. 9: 30, 31. 1 Cor. 14: 1. 1 Tim. 6: 11. Heb. 12: 1 4. absol. to follow on, to press forward, Phil. 3: 12, 14. So Sept. and 5)n"J Deut. 16: 20. Prov. 15: 9. Diod. Sic.~2l 59. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 39. AL. doyHCty a toe, TO, (doxsta,) a de- cree, edict, ordinance, e. g. of a prince, Luke 2: 1. Acts 17: 7. of the apostles, Acts 16: 4. of the Mosaic law, i. e. ex- ternal precepts, Eph. 2: 15. Col. 2: 14, 203 coll. v. 16, 20 sq. Sept. of a prince, for Chald. rn Dan. 2: 13. 6: 8, 15. Ci;p Dan. 3: 101 6: 13. Ignat. ad Magn. 13 ev doyuaffiv TOV xvglov xal TWV WTTOOTO- Awy. Xen. An. 3. 3. 5. JoyfJiaj^Oy f. MTW, (<5o;7*,) *o wa&e a decree, to prescribe an ordinance, intrans. i. q. 5o//u Tt&eVat, 2 Mace. 10: 8. 15:36. Diog. Laert.3.51. InN.T. Mid. doypctTifrpui, to suffer a law to be prescribed to one's self, to be subject to ordinances, Col. 2: 20. Comp. Buttm. 135. 8. /Joxt'co, co, f. flo|w, aor. 1. l'<5o|, Buttm. 114, Jo seem, fo appear, neut. and intrans. viz. a) with a reflex, pron. expr. or im- plied, doxoj cjpaimp, doxfiv kavifi, etc. v dcupovlmv Soxsl xcncty- ydsi'g thai. 1 Cor. 12: 22. 2 Cor.10: l. Heb. 12: 11. Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 5. Lucian. D. Deor. 1. 2. Spoken also in the moderation and urbanity of the Greek manner, of what is real and cer- tain ; comp. Buttm. 1. n. 1. Mark 10: 42 ol doxoiivifg o^y, i. q. ol UQZOVTt?. Luke 22: 24. 1 Cor. 11: 16. Gal. 2: 9. Heb. 4: 1. Susann. 6. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 12. Herod ian. 2. 5. 10. Xen. Anab. 1. 9. 1. Hi. 2. 1. Gal. 2: 6 ol doxovvifg iivai TI, who seem to be something, i. o. who are persons of note, distinguished, comp. v. 9; and so ol doxoi'vits, chiefs, leaders, etc. Gal. 2: 2, 6. Jos. Ant. 19. 6. 3. Herodian. 6. 1. 3. c) impers. doxf7 uoi, etc. it seems to tn, i. e. (a) to think, to suppose, etc. interrog. il doxti vot v. vfuv etc. what thinkest thou? Matt. 17: 25. 18: 12. 21: 28. 22: 17, 42. 2(5: 66. John 11: 56. Without interrog. Acts 25: 27 aloyov ydq pot 5oxfl. Lucian. D. Deor. 6. 4. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 18 oi doxtl. (/S) it seems good to me, it is my pleasure, etc. i. q. pers. to determine, to resolve, seq. infin. Luke 1: 3. Acts 15: 22, 25, 28, 34. Esdr. 8: 11. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 7. Xen. An. 2. 1, 2. So particip. neut. TO doxovv (jioi, what seems good to me, i. e. one's pleasure, will, etc. Heb. 12: 10 XT TO doxovv avjolg, i. e. as they thought best. Thuc. 1. 84 naqa to doxovv vfuv. Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 5. zJoxif-icc^co, f. o-w, (doxifiog,) to prove, to try, trans. a) pp. to make trial of, to put to the proof, to examine ; e. g. metals etc. by fire, 1 Pet. 1: 7. 1 Cor. 3: 13. Sept. and ]h2 Zech. 13: 9. Sp.Stt Prov. 17: 3. Ec'clus. 2: 5. Isocr. ' a'd" Dem. p. 7. B. So of other things by i use, Luke 14: 19 ; and genr. in any way, 204 Rom. 12: 2. 1 Cor. 11: 28. 2 Cor. 8: 8, 22. 13: 5. Gal. G: 4. Eph. 5: 10. 1 Thess. 2: 4 T? xaQdlac. 5: 21. 1 Tim. 3: 10. 1 John 4: 1. So Sept. and ]ns Ps. 17: 3. Jer. 1 1: 20. npn Ps. 139:~i; 23. Wiscl. 11: 10. Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. G. 1. Spoken in respect to God, to put to the proof, i. e. to tempt, i. q. niiQU&iv, Heb. 3: 9. So jfta Mai. 3: 15, Sept. av^Lcnr^t. Hence h/impl. to examine and judge of, i. e. to estimate, to distinguish, Luke 12: 56 bis, coll. Matt. 1C: 3. Rom. 2: 18 et Phil. 1: 10, see in z/mqpe'ow 2. a. a. Sept. for ip'' Zech. 11: 13. b) in the sense of to have proved, i. e. to hold as tried, to regard as proved, and gem*, to approve, to judge Jit and proper, e. g. persons, 1 Cor. 16: 3. 1 Thess. 2: 4 dedoxiutx(ru&tt. Jos. Ant. 3. 4. 1. Diod. Sic. 4. 7 -- Of things, Rom. 14: 22. seq. infin. Rom. 1: 28. Jos. Ant. 1. 7. 1. ib. 2. 7. 4. trial, probation, pp. Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 13. In the sense of temptation, act of tempting, Heb. 3: 9 in Mss. jJOXlftq, )]?j 7;, (doxiuos,) proof, trial, \. e. a) the state of being tried, a trying, 2 Cor. 8: 2 ev TraUjjj doxi t uy ^n^eotg, i. e. through affliction. b) the state of having been tried, tried probity, approved integrity, Rorn. 5: 4 his. 2 Cor. 2: 9. 9: 13 <5ox. tf,? diaxovla?, tried probity exhibited in this ministry. Phil. 2: 22. c) proof, in the sense of evidence, sign, token, 2 Cor. 13: 3, coll. 12: 12. sJOXifJltoy, iov 3 TO, (doxiuoc,) proof, lest, Herodian. 2. 10. 12. Sept. for 5p.tt a crucible, Prov. 27: 21 . In N. T. proof, trial, i. q. doxiurj, viz. Act. a try- ing, James 1: 3. Pass, tried probity, sincerity, etc. 1 Pet. 1: 7. Vy o, i], adj. receivable, current, spoken of money, etc. as having been tried and refined ; Sept. for "D's Gen. 23: 16. pj3T 1 Chr. 29: 4. " -nttU 2 Chr. 9: 17."" hence in N. T. metapli. tried, proved, approved, and therefore genuine, Rom. 16: 10. 1 Cor. 11: 19. 2 Cor. 10: 18. 13: 7. 2 Tim. 2: 15. James 1: 12. Xen. Ag. 1.23. Hesych. doxiuov XQijcripov, re- foiov. By imp!, acceptable, well reported of, Rom. 14: 18. Herodot. 7. 117. Anth. Gr. III. p. 25. ed. Jac. .Joxo? } ou } ?;, a beam, joist, Matt. 7: 3, 4, 5. Luke 6: 41, 42 bis. Sept. for rnp Gen. 19: 8. Cant. 1: 17. Diod. Sic. 2. 10. &QAIOQ) icf } iw^ (<5oAo,) guileful deceitful, 2 Cor.ll: 13. Sept. for fifc-ia Prov.ll: 1. r^m Ps. 120. 2, 3 Xen* An. 1. 4. 7. * ' ' 0y f. wo-w, (<5o'Aoc,) to use guile, to ^ deceive, intrans. Rom. 3:13 raig ylwo-aai$ avidjv tdohoiiffav, for Idohovv, quoted from Ps. 5: 10, where Sept. for p^bhn. So for ^33 Num. 25: 18. For this Alexandrine form of the 3d pliir. of the historical tenses, see Buttm. 103. V. 1. II. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 664. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 349. ou, o, (8&M, dtttuQ,) bait, Horn. Od. 12. 252. Hence genr. fraud, guile, deceit, Matt. 26: 4. Mark 7: 22. 14:1. John 1:48. Acts 13: 10. Rom 1: 29. 2 Cor. 12: 16. 1 Thess. 2: 3. 1 Pet. 2: 1, 22. 3: 10. [Rev. 14: 5.] Sept. for ntt-173 Gen. 27: 35. Is. 53: 9. rr JD-i Job 13:7! "Ps. 32: 2. Xen. An. 5. 6*29! H. G. 7. 1. 46. ?, co, f. wo-w, (<5o'Ao?,) to de- ceive, trans. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 28. In N.T. to falsify, i. e. to adulterate, to corrupt, e. g. TOV Ao/ov rou -frsov, by Jewish traditions etc. 2 Cor. 4: 2. Ael. II. An. 16. 1. Lucian. Hermot. 59. Hesych. dokol ' cp&slQft, xaxovgytl. c, a ioc, TO, (dldwpi,) a gift, Matt. 7: 11. Luke 11: 13. Phil. 4: 17. Eph. 4: 8, coll. Ps. 68: 19 where Sept. for rnrw, as also Gen. 25: 6. Dan. 2: 48. |no Prov. 18: 16. 1 Mace. 10. 28. Plut". Mor. II. p. 29. ed. Tauchn. ^/oc\od. Sic.2.29. Xen.Cyr. 8. 8. 3. Hence in N.T. honour, glory, viz. a) spoken of honour due or rendered, i. e. praise, applause, etc. Luke 14: 10 TOT? to~nu (rot do*a lva>niov x.r.L John 8:54. 2 Cor. 6: 8. John 5: 41,44, yU^/Sa- vtiv do!~av naQU UV&QWTIWV, and 1 Thess. 2: G 'Cr t Tiv do*av *| av&o. applause from men. John 12: 43 do*av av&QwnGJv the applause of men, etc. So %i]iitv i^v 86- !~uv iivog, i. e. to seek that one may re- ceive honour, John 7: 18. 8: 50. al. Spoken of God, e. g. a? do$av lov xhof 1 , to the honour, glory, of God, i. e. that God may he honoured, glorified, etc. Rom. 3:7. 15:7. Phil. 1: 11. and so TTOOC do^av T. &sov, 2 Cor. 1: 20. vrceQ jij? 86:~ij? T. &. John 11:4. So lufttiv iqv d6*av, to receive praise, glory, i. e. to be extolled in praises etc. Rev. 4: 11. For the phrase dovvat d6$ctv TO* -fooi, see In Jldoj^tt a. /. So in ascriptions, Luke 2: 14 do*a iv vyiinoi? xhoJ. Rom. 11:36. Gal. 1:5. 1 Pot. 4: 11. al. Sept. for -ri32 1 Chr. 10: 28, 29. Ps. 2Jh 9. n" nrbn Ps. 104: 35. 106: 48. Wisd. 10 T : 14. ; Diod. Sic. 1.62. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 4. By meton. spoken of the ground, occasion, source, of honour or glory, 1 Cor. 11: 15. 2 Cor. 8: 23. Eph.3:13. 1 Thess. 2: 20. Comp. decus, Hor. Od. 1.1.2. b) in N. T. spoken also of that which excites admiration, to which honour etc. is ascribed, viz. () of external condition, dignity, splendour, glory ; 1 Pet. 1: 24 naaa S6$vt rf? ffctQxo? we av&oc. Heb. 2: 7, quoted from Ps. 8: 6 where Sept. for Tins. So by meton. that which re- flects, expresses, exhibits, this dignity, etc. 1 Cor. 11:7 bis, yvvi] ds 86$a av- 8q6? leu. Ecclus. 1: 19. 2 Mace. 14: 9. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 2. Spoken of kings, etc. regal majesty, splendour, pomp, mag- nificence ; e. g. of the expected temporal reign of the Messiah, Mark 10: 37, comp. Matt. 20: 21 where it is fiaffdtla / and so also of the glory of his second coin- ing, Matt. 19: 28. 24: 30. Mark 13: 26. Luke 9: 26. 21: 27. Tit. 2: 13. Sept. and Ii53 1 Sam. 2: 8. Is. 8: 7. lin 1 Chr. 29': 25. Dan. 11: 21. Also of the accompaniments of royalty, e. g. of splendid apparel, Matt. 6: 29. Luke 12: 27. So Sept. for rn.NCFi Ex. 28: 2, 40. "INS Is. 61: 3. comp. Sept. Esth. 5: 1. 1 Mace. 14: 9. Of wealth, treasures, etc. Matt. 4: 8. Luke 4: 6. Rev. 21: 24, 26. So Sept. and ^133 Gen. 31: 1. Is. 10: 3. Meton. spoken in plur. of persons in high honour, e. g. do$cu, dig- nities, i. e. kings, princes, magistrates, etc. 2 Pet. 2: 10. Jude 8. Comp. ^23 Is. 5: 13. Others, angels ; comp. Philo de Monarch. II. p. 218. (/?) of an external appearance, lustre, brightness, dazzling light, viz. (1) pp. Acts 22: 11 otx tysflfanov ano rf? doty? TOW (fWTo?. 1 Pet. 5: 4. So of the sun, stars, etc. 1 Cor. 15:40, 41 quater ; also of Moses' face, 2 Cor. 3: 7, coll. Ex. 34: 29, 30, 35. or of the celestial light which surrounds angels, Rev. 18: 1 ; or glorified saints, Luke 9: 31, 32. 1 Cor. 15: 43. Col. 3: 4. Phil. 3: 21. Ecclus. 43: 9. 50: 7. Bar. 4: 24. (2) Spoken espec. of the celestial splendour in which God sits enthroned ; the di- vine effulgence, dazzling majesty, radiant #/ory,(Rabb. n^sti Buxt.Lex.Ch.Rab. Tal. 2394,) genr. 2 ; Thess. 1: 9. 2 Pet. 1:17. Rev. 15:8. 21: 11,23, coll. 22: 5. as visible to mortals, Luke 2: 9. John 12: 41, coll. Is. 6: 1. Acts 7: 35. also as manifested in the Messiah's second coming. Matt. 16: 27. Mark 8: 38. So Sept. for n i rP -THIS Ex. 16: 10. 24: 17 where see. 'l K. 8: 11. Comp. Ps. 104: 1 sq. Ez. 1: 26, 27, 28. 1 Tim. 6: 16. Bar. 5: 9 TW qpom TIJ? doty? avtov. So XfQovfitp doty?, cherubs of glory, i. e. the representatives of the divine presence, Heb. 9: 5. Comp. Ex. 25: 22. Num. 7: 89. 2 Sam. 6: 2., Song of 3 Childr.31. (-/) of internal character, i. e. glori- ous moral attributes, excellence, perfec- tion ; viz. (1) spoken of God, infinite perfection, divine majesty and holiness, Acts 7: 2. Rom. 1: 23 #Ua>> i^v do^av TOV acp&aQTov &sov. Eph. 1: 17 o nonrjQ ir t ? doty?, i. e. possessing infi- nite perfections. Heb. 1: 3. So of the divine perfections as manifested in the power of God, John 11: 40. Rom. 6: 4. Col. 1: 11. 2 Pet. 1: 3 see in 'Age^y a. or in his benevolence and benejicence, Rom. 9: 23. Eph. 1: 12, 14, 18. 3: 16. So of Jesus, as the anctvyaffpa (Heb. 1; 3) of the divine perfections, John 1: 14. 206 2: 11. of the Spirit, 1 Pet. 4: 14.~Just. Mart, de Resurr. p. 284. Spoken also of things, in place of an adjec- tive, excellent, splendid, glorious, 2 Cor. 3: 7 d Se r\ diaxoria tyivi'i&r) sv 86$rj. v. 8, 9. Eph. 1: G dg tnaivov (<5) of that exalted state of blissful perfection which is the portion of those who dwell with God in heaven ; e. g. spoken of Christ, and including also the idea of his regal majesty as Messiah, Luke 24: 26. John 17: 5, 22, 24. 2 Thess. 2: 14. 1 Tirn. 3: 16. 1 Pet. 1: 11. Spoken of glorified saints, i. q. salva- tion, eternal life, etc. Rom. 2: 7, 10. 8: 18. 1 Cor. 2: 7. 2 Cor. 4: 17. 1 Thess. 2: 12. 2 Tirn. 2: 10. Heh. 2: 1 0. 1 Pet. 5: 1. do$a TOV &eov, the glory which God will bestow, Rom. 5: 2. 1 Pet. 5: 10. Meton. the author or procurer of this glory to any one, i. e. the author of salvation, etc. Luke 2: 32, i. q. XV I Cor. 2: 8, coll. v. 7. AL. zJO^a'^cOy f. ao~(o, (<5o,) to be of opinion, to think, etc. Xen. Mem. 1.1. 13. to consider, to estimate, to judge, Sept. Dan. 4: 31. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 46. In N.T. to glorify, trans, i. e. a) to ascribe glory or honour to any one, to praise, to celebrate, to magnify ; Matt. 6: 2 oncag dot-ctff&wffiv VTIO TWV av&Q(!>7i(av. Luke 4: 15. John 8: 54 tpavrov. Rom. 11: 13. Acts 13: 48. Heb. 5: 5. Rev. 18: 7. So Sept. for -133 Lam. 1: 8. 2 Sam. 6: 22 __ Pol. 6. 53. 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 82. So docitiv TOV &*ov, etc. to glorify God, i. e. to render glory to him, to celebrate with praises, to worship, to adore, Matt. 5: 16. 9: 8. 15: 31. Mark 2: 12. Luke 2: 20. 5: 25, 26. 7: 16. 13: 13. 17: 15. 18: 43. 23:47. Acts 4: 21. 11:18. 21:20. Rom. 1: 21. 15: 6, 9. 1 Cor. 6: 20. 2 Cor. 9: 13. Gal. 1: 24. 1 Pet. 2: 12. 4: 11, 16. TO ovofici -0-sov Rev. 15: 4. nvei'pct toil -&ov, 1 Pet. 4: 14. So Sept. and -123 Ps. 22: 24. 86: 9, 12. rfcnn Is. 42: 10. Ecclus. 43: 28, 30. b) to honour, i. e. to bestow honour up- on, to exalt in dignity, to render glorious, viz. (a) genr. 1 Cor. 12: 26 ehs doSd&Tou . 2 TThess. 3: 1 . So Sept. and 123 1 Chr. 19: 3. Prov. 13: 18. ^JV Es'th. 6: 6, 8, 9, 11. -_ Ecclus. 48: . 1 Mace. 2: 64. Diod. Sic. 12. 36. In the sense of to render excellent, splendid, etc. Pass, to be excellent, splendid, glori- ous; 2 Cor. 3: 10 bis. 1 Pet. 1: 8. Sept. pp. for ]nj: Ex. 34: 29, 30, 35. j/5) spoken of God and Christ, to glo- rify, i. e. to render conspicuous and glorious the divine character and attri- butes ; e. g. of God as glorified by the Son, John 12: 28 ter, TO oVo^ua #oD. 13: 31, 32. 14: 13. 15: 8. 17: 1. 17: 4. or by Christians, John 21: 19. Of Christ as glorified by the Father, John 8: 54. 13: 32 bis. 17: 1, 5. Acts 3: 13. or by the Spirit, John 16: 14. or by Christians, John 17: 10. or genr. John 11:4. 13: 31. So Sept. and 123 Lev. 10: 3. iznp Is. 5: 16. pass, for -HNS Ex. 15: 6, 11. ('/) spoken of Christ and his followers, to glorify, i. e. to advance to that state of bliss and glory which is the portion of those who dwell with God in heaven ; e. g. of Christ as the Messiah, John 7: 39. 12: 16, 23. comp. Is. 52: 13, where Sept. pass, for fittZJD. Of Christians Rom. 8: 30. Barna'b. Ep. 21 o TIOIMV Iv rf} /5o*. TOV -d-eov c, ado?, ?/, Dorcas, pr. name of a female, Acts 9: 36, 39 ; pp. i. q. Heb. ^22, Syr. tfrPip, Tabitha, i. e. gazelle,' Cant. 2: 7/9.' Acts 9: 36, 40. ^ fco? j y, hifii, a gvng, i. e. a gift, James 1: 17. Ecclus. 11: 17. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 2. Arternid. 1. 42. In the sense of giving out, expenditure, Phil. 4: 15 slg hoyov dovfw? xt bjifjewg, in an account of expenditure and receipt, or, of debt and credit ; the gift of money from the church being reckoned in an account against the spiritual gifts imparted to them by Paul. Ecclus. 41: 19. 42: 7 doaig xal /l^j//t? navil iv yQuyfi- Artemid. 1. 44. Arrian. Diss. Ep. %. !'. 12. Comp. Cic. de Amicit. 16, " ratio acceptorum et datorum." ov y o, (luui, a gver, 2 Cor. 9: 7. Sept. for ^y 3it3 Prov. 22: 9d6xr)Q Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 6. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 9. 207 t f. TJO-W, (dovlog, fo lead as a slave, to make a slave of, Diod. Sic. 12. 24. In N. T. trop. to bring into subjection, to subdue, absol. 1 Cor. 9: 27. i'a, ac, 4 (dovhvw,) slavery, bondage, Sept. for rn^as Ex. 6: 6. Xen. An. 7. 7. 32. In ~N. T. trop. spoken of the condition of those under the Mosaic law, Gal. 4: 24. 5: 1. and so Rom. 8: 15 nvEi'ua dovfalag, a slavish spirit, opp. to nv. vlo&ffflag. Also of the condition of those who are subject to death, Rom. 8: 21, or to the fear of death, Heb. 2: 15 cpofiw -&avaiov i'ro/ot y f. sww, (dovkog,) to be a slave or servant, to serve, c. c. dat. expr. or impl. a) pp. spoken of involuntary service ; Matt, ik 24 et Luke 16: 13 8val xvyiotg. Eph. 6: 7. 1 Tim. 6: 2. Sept. for nay Lev. 25: 39. Deut. 15: 12. Lucian. D*. Deor. 13. 2. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 33 ter. Spoken of a people, to be subject to, etc. John 8: 33. Acts 7: 7. Rom. 9: 12, coll. Gen. 25: 23 et 27: 40 where Sept. for nay ; also Gen.14: 4. Judg. 3: 8, 14. JosI Ant. 4. 6. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 13. Metaph. of those subject to the Mosaic law, Gal. 4: 25. b) trop. spoken of voluntary service, to obey, to be devoted to ; Luke 15: 29. Phil. 2: 22. Gal. 5: 13. Rom. 12: 11 no xl. hi, ye, i), (SovJiog,) a female slave or servant, a handmaid, Acts 2: 18. Sept. for nN Lev. 25: 44. "hsVZJ 1 Sam. 8: 16. 1 Mace. 2: 11. Xen! Cyr. 5. 1. 4. Used in the oriental style by a female in addressing a superior, instead of the pers. pron. /, Luke 1: 38, 48. So Sept. and nEN 1 Sam. 25: 41. 1 K. 1: 13, 17. n^i 2 Sam. 14: 6. 2 K. 4: 2, 16. Com T p'. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 739 sq. Stuart 475. I. ^/ouAoe, dovkr), dovkov, (&w,) serving, bound to serve, in bondage, seq. dat. Rom. 6: 19 bis. Wisd. 15: 7 T TUV xa&otQMV tyytav dovka ffxi^. Eu- rip. Hec. 134. [137.] II. sJouAoc, ou y o, as subst. a slave, servant. a) pp. spoken of involuntary service, e. g. a slave, as opp. to tlti&fQog, I Cor. 7:21. Gal. 3:28. Col. 3: 11. Rev. 6: 15. So genr. servant, Matt. 13. 27, 28. John 4: 51. Eph. 6: 5. 1 Tim. 6: L Acts 2: 18 oi dovkol fiov, i. e. the ser- vants among my people. Sept. for na,y Lev. 25: 44. Josh. 9: 23. Judg. 6: 27. Xen. Oec. 5. 16. Atb. 1.10 sq. Phil. 2: 7 mjo and so Sept. and na? Josh. 1: 1. (Jos. Ant 5. 1. 13.) or prophets, Rev.10: 7. 1 1: 18, and so Sept. and nay Josh. 24: 29. Jer. 7: 25. or simply of 'the worshippers of God, Rev. 2: 20. 7: 3. 19: 5. al. So Sept. and nay Ps. 34: 23. 134: 1. al. Used in the oriental style of addressing a su- perior, instead of the pers. pron. /, Luke 2: 29. Acts 4: 29. So Sept. and nay 1 Sam. 3:9,10. Ps.19: 12. al, Comp. in Jovltj. Spoken of the followers and ministers of Christ, dovlog TOV , Eph. 6: 6. 2 Tim. 2: 24. 208 espec. of the apostles, etc. Rom. 1:1. Gal. 1: 10. Col. 4: 12. James 1: 1. 2 Pet. 1: 1. Jude 1. Rev. 22: 3. - Spoken also in respect to things, of one who indulges in, is addicted to, any thing; seq. gen. e. g. dovkog T?J |U^>- tlag John 8: 34. Rom. 6: 16, 17. 2 Pet. 2: 19. Ael. V. H. 2. 41 pen .TOU nivuv doitto?. Xen. Oec. 1. 22. c) ill the sense of minister, attendant, spoken of the officers of an oriental court; Matt. 18: 23, 26, 27, 28, 32. 22: 3, 4, 6, 8, 10. al. So a satrap, Xen. An. 1. 9. 29. ib. 2. 5.38. AL. ^/ouAoK), o) y f. waa), (dovlog,) to make a slave of, to bring into bondage, trans. Pass. perf. dsdovbwucu, etc. with present signif. to be a slave, to serve, i. q. dovhi'u. Comp. Buttrn. 113. 6. a) pp. Acts 7: 6. 2 Pet. 2: 19. Sept. Gen. 15: 13. 1 Mace. 8:11. Xen. Oyr. 3. 1. 11. Metaph. dfdotiXxbfitti, to be in bondage, i. e. to be bound, to be held subject, I Cor. 7: 15. Gal. 4: 3. b) trop. of voluntary service, to make devoted to any one ; Pass, to be or be- come devoted, etc. Spoken of persons, 1 Cor. 7: 15 naaiv tpavtbv sdovkwffct, i. e. I have conformed, accommodated myself to all. Rom. 6: 22 TW Pass, spoken of things, rij Rom. 6: 18. olvw noUw ' Tit. 2: 3. Porphyr. de Abstin. 1. 42 TW TOU Ps. 21: 14. 74: 12. "Joined frith 0oa it implies the greatness, omnipotence, majesty, of God, Rev. 15: 8 ; and hence as abstr. for concr. omnipotence for the Omnipotent, the Almighty, Matt. 26: 64 et Mark 14: 62 et Luke 22: 69 co } f. 7/o-w, (dv to speak evil, i. e. to utter ill-omened lan- guage, maledictions, etc. In N. T. to defame, to revile, 1 Cor. 4: 13 in some Mss. for /SAttoxjpTftuov/ufvoi. 1 Mace. 7: 41. Soph. Electr. 1182. ?, adv. (dvo-xolo?,) with difficulty, hardly, Matt. 19: 23. Mark 10: 23. Luke 18: 24. Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2. ^/U6fiT] ? i]? y >;, (dvvca q. v.) usually only plur. ul dutiful, the going down, the setting, sc.of the sun, as dvo-ual TOV jj/U'ot 1 , Sept. for Niz Gen. 15: 12. al. Kintt Deut. 11: 30. al. Xen. An. 6. 4. 26. In N. T. by impl. the west, Matt. 8: 11. 24:27. Luke 12: 54. 13:29. Rev. evil-speaking, i. e. j)p. ill-omened lan- guage, malediction, Soph. Phil. 10. Plut. VIII. p. 323. ed. Reiske. In N. T. reproach, contumely, ill-report, 2 Cor. 6: 8. 1 Mace. 7: 38. Dion. Hal. 6. 48. Hesch. see (j ol, al, rot, indec. twelve, Matt. 9: 20. 14: 20. al. saep. So of dwdtxa, the twelve, sc. apostles, cor- responding to the twelve tribes, Matt. 26: 14, 20, 47. Mark 14: 10, 20. al. Comp. Matt. 19: 28. Rev. 7: 5 sq. 21: 12 sq. 22: 2. also Ex. 28: 17. Num. 17: 2. Josh. 4: 5. 1 K. 7: 25. AL. j } ov, the twelfth, Rev. 21: 20. ov } TO, 'i,) collect, the twelve tribes, sc. of Israel, the people of Israel, Acts 26: 7. ^L/cofJLCC y cttoQj TO, (SsuM,) a build- ing, a house, Horn. II. 1. 222, 533. and by synecd. a hall, chamber, Horn. II. 1. 600. In N. T. only in the phrase Inl TOU doj^ctioz, upon the house, i. e. the house-top, roof, Matt. 24: 17. Mark 13: 15. Luke 5: 19. 17: 31. Acts 10: 9 nl TO dwua. So Matt. 10: 27 and Luke 12: 3, snl iwv dwfj,aiwv, by impl. publicly, comp. 2 Sam. 16: 22. Sept. for aa Deut. 22: 8. Josh. 2: 6, 8. Is. 15: 3. T Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1. The roofs of oriental houses are flat, covered with a composition of gravel etc. The in- habitants spend much time upon them, to enjoy the open air ; and often sleep 213 there. See Calmet p. 506, 510. Jahu more comni. . ac y 7j> (dldvfu,) a gift, John 4: 10. Acts 8:20. 11: 17. Rom. 5: 15. 2 Cor. 9: 15. Heb. 6: 4. Eph. 4: 7 X#TM TO UBTQOV rfg dwQtag rov XQICTTOV, i. e. in proportion to the gift bestowed on us by Christ ; others here by imp!, beneficence. Seq. gen. of that in which the gift consists ; Acts 2: 38 and 10: 45 8. rov ay. nvtvuarog. Rom. 5: 17 TT/ dixaioffi'VTjg. Eph. 3: 7 d. iijg XaytTog rov x>foD. Sept. for Chald. nst33 Dan. 2: 6. 2 Mace. 4: 30. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 6. Xen. Hiero 11. 12. tVy adv. (accus. of gratis, gratuitously. See Buttm. 1 15. 4. a) pp. i. e. freely, without requital, Matt. 10: 8 bis. Rom. 3: 24. 2 Cor. 11: 7. 2 Thess. 3: 8. Rev. 21: 6. 22: 17. So Sept. and Q:H Gen. 29: 15. Num. 11:5. Pol. 18. 17. 7. b) in the sense of groundlessly, with- out cause, John 15: 25 eplo>' fig in di~inct lov &tov, they cast in, unto, among, the offerings made to God. Sept. for rfn:*3 Gen. 4: 4. 1 Chr. 16: 29. Lev. 1: 2, 3. 2: 4, 5,7, 12. Is. . Horn. 11.8.203. J^cx } interj. (prob. for lac imperat. of w,) aft, alas, oh, expressing won- der, complaint, indignation, etc. Mark 1: 24. Luke 4: 34. Comp. Heb. nnfi$ Judg. 6: 22, where Sept. , . coll. Josh. 7: 7. Joel 1: 15. -Arrian. Diss. Ep. 2. 24. Aristoph. Pint. 824. [825.] JEfcw,, conjunct, (for d av,) t/", contracted also into av, see *Av II. It differs from t, in that ci expresses a condition which is merely hypothetical, i. e. a subjective possibility ; while lav implies a condition which experience must determine, i. e. an objective possi- bility, and refers therefore always to something future ; see espec. Herm. ad Vig. p. 834. Winer 42. p. 242. (Comp, and lav in 1 Cor. 7: 36. Rev. 2: 5.) V.uv is usually construed with the Sub- junctive ; in later writers also with the Indicative; and very rarely in classic writers with the Optative ; see Buttm. 139. 8. n. 3. Herm. 1. c. p. 822. Matth. 523. I. Used alone, i. e. without other particles. 1. With the Subjunctive, and imply- ing uncertainty with the prospect of decision, Buttm. 139. 9. 2. a) with the Subjunct. present and in the apodosis (a) seq. iodic. fut. Matt. 6: 22, 23, lav o\tv o ocp&aJiftog aov anlovg r\, o\ov TO awpa M.^ (/) lav JifQ, if indeed, if now, Heb. 3: 6, 14. 6: 3. non al. 2 Mace. 3: 38. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 8. (d) lav T(, if it be, be it that, 2 Cor. 10: 8. Also as repeated lav it iav T, whether or, Rom. 14: 8 quater. non al. So Sept. for EN Ex. 19: 13. Lev. 3: 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 6. Comp. Viger. p. 517. Matth. 617. 5. AL. Eccuiov, T.r)?, TOU, accus. lav- tov, ir t v, 16, reflex, pron. 3d pers. of oneself, of itself, accus. himself, her- self, itself; see Buttm. 74. 3. The contracted form is ai5roi>, T^, TOU, etc. which see in its order. a) pp. of the 3d pers. sing, and plur. Matt. 8: 22. 27: 42. Luke 9: 25. John 5: 18. al. saepiss. b) as a general reflexive, standing also for the first and second persons, Buttm. 127. n. 5. Matth. 489. IT. Thus for 1 pers. plur. I]^MV UVTWV etc, ourselves, Rorn. 8: 23 ijutig aviol iv kuvtolq (nevd$optv. 1 Cor. 11: 31, 2 Cor. 1: 9. 10: 12, 14. 1 John 1: 8. Time. 1. 82 KUTWV. Plato Phaedo p. 78. B. So for 2 pers. sing, atavrov, i)g, ov, thyself, Rom. 13: 9 ayam'jfftig TOV nlij fflov (TO i' cfj^ eavtov. Ael. V. H. 1. 21, Aeschyl. Agam.1308. Also for 2 pers, plur. I'/jut? ttinwv, etc. yourselves, 1 Cor. 6: 19 oi'x Iffjs kainwv. Heb. 10: 34. al, Pol. 18. 6. 4. Dem. Olynth. 9. 13. c) plur. in a reciprocal sense for CuUqAttry, e. g. Isyovifg ngbg eaviovg, i. e. -ngbg a^Jiovg, to one another, one to another, etc. Mark 10: 26. John 12: 19. genr. Rom. 1: 24. Col. 3: 13, 16. Jude 20. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 2, 16. Comp. Matth. 489. III. d) with prepositions, viz. (a) a'qp* taviov, see in 3 Aji6 III. 2. c. (/9) di tavrov, through or by itself, in its own nature, Rom. 14: 14. (y) Iv t'aisrqi, in himself, etc. i. e. in mind, genr. Matt. 13: 21. Mark 5: 30. 9: 50. John 11: 38. Acts 10: 17. 1 John 5: 10. So Uyuv v. (tTitlv iv kavtoj, to say unthin one's self, i. e. to think,*Matt. 3: 9. 9: 3, 21. al. So Sept. for 3^2 nafif Esth. 6: 6. Ps. 36: 1. elsewhere iv \aQ8Uf, Ps. 10: 6y 11. 14: 1. See Gesen. Lex. art. -)EN 2. So in one'* own self, person, nature^ etc. John 5: 26. 6: 53. Eph. 2: 15. In the phrase '/ivta&ai v. iQxw&ai Iv kaviM, to come to one's self, i. e. to re- cover one's recollection, senses, Acts 12: 11. Luke 15: 17. Xen. An. 1. 5. 17. Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 2 eavioD ylvtv&ak. Diod. S. 13. 95 tig kamovg iyxoptvoi. (8) l lavrov, of or by one's s>lf, 2 Cor, 3: 5. (e) xa# tauiov, by himself, etc. i.e. alone, Acts 28: 16, coll. v. 30. (Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 4.) James 2: 17 7; nio-iig xa#' fatTTjv, in itself. () petf iuviov y with one's self, along with, Matt. 12: 45. Mark 8: 14. (n} Trap' tavrda, by him- self, i. e. at home, Fr. chez soi, 1 Cor. 16: 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 3. (#) TipoV iuviov, to one'* house, home, Luke 24: 12. John 20: 10. Sept. Num. 24: 25. Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. Pol. 5. 93. 1. In the sense with or in himself, i. e. in mind, in thought, Luke 18: 11. Aristaen. Ep. 1. 6. AL. 216 EcffO ? fOy f. tdaa), aor. 1 tl'aaa, impf. tlotv, (augm. Buttm. 84. 2,) to Id, to let be, etc. a) pp. to permit, to suffer, not to hinder, seq. accus. and infin. Matt. 24: 43. Luke 4:41. Acts 14: 16. 27:32. 28:4. 1 Cor. 10: 13. Rev. 2: 20 in text, recept. So with the infin. implied, Acts 10: 7. 19: 30. Sept. for iinper. nan Gen. 38: 16. ]n: Job 9: 18. 1 Mace. 15: 14. Lucian. D~ T Mort. 13. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 9. h) to let alone, to leave, seq. accus. of person, Acts 5: 38. Sept. for S">S")ri Judg. U: 37. 2 Mace. 6: 13. Horn'. II. 24. 684. Dem. 9,33. 7. Spoken of things, to let alone, absol. to desist, Luke 22: 51 la is swg TOI'TOV, desist! thus far, sc. is enough. Xen. H. G. 4. 6. 2. c) to leave to, to commit to, Spoken of persons, to leave in charge, Acts 23: 32. Of things Acts 27: 40 gftov (iv}v va.lv} fig T*]v tfakaffffav, they committed the ship to the, sea, i. e. let her drive. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 4 sl'aaav Inl IM # TIJV ffw- vyglav ctl'Tov. .Efido{.iq%oVTCC, ot, al, rd, indec. seventy, Acts 7: 14. 23: 23. 27: 37. Luke 10: 1,17 ol /5<5ojU?;xovra, the seventy disciples sent out by Christ as teachers, equal in number to the Sanhedrim. 06 'EpgcuoL are the Jevjs of Palestine, who use the Hebrew (Aramaean) lan- guage, to whom the language and country of their fathers peculiarly be- long, the true seed of Abraham ; in opp. to ol c J.^rjvicnal, i. e. Jews born out of Palestine and using chiefly the Greek language; comp. Hug in Bibl. llepos. I. p. 547 sq. So 2 Cor. 11: 22. Phil. 3: 5 'Sfjeiif I* 'VpQalwv, emphat. comp. in Hao-dsvg a. In Acts 6: 1 spoken of Hebrew Christians, in distinc- tion from Hellenistic Christians. 'EfipOjfej /t)bp, rj, sc. diafaxTO?, the Hebrew language, i. e. the Hebrew- Aramaean, or Syro-Chaldaic, which was the vernacular language of the Palestine Jews in the time of Christ and the apostles. Acts 21: 40. 22: 2. 26: 14. See Bibl. Repos. I. p. 309 sq. 317 sq. ' Efigctuni, adv. Hebraice, in He- brew, i. e. later Hebrew, John 5: 2. 19: 13, 17, 20. Rev. 9: 11. 16: 16. For the force of adverbs in -unl see Buttm. 119. 15. c. G, adv. seventy times ; Matt 18: 22 ifid. kma, seventy times seven, a frequent general expres- sion for any large number comp. Gen. 4:24. EfifoftOSy iy } oVy ord. adj. sev- enth, John 4: 52. Heb. 4: 4 bis. Jude 14. Rev. 8:1. 10:7. 11:15. 16: 17. 21: 20. cgy o, indec. Eber or Heber, Heb. nay (over, beyond,) one of Abra- ham's ancestors, Luke 3: 35, comp. Gen. 10: 21, 24, 25. 'Htfip&lXOC, *), ov } adj. Hebrew, Luke 23: 38. Jos. Ant. proetn. 3. Efipdio?, aicfy aioVy or og, ou, o, a Hebrew, from Heb. (passer over,) applied to Abraham , (lv, ygucpw,) to engrave, to insculp, Herodot. 4. 19. to write in any thing, c. g. in a letter, Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 17. to inscribe, i. e. to enrol, 1 Mace. 13: 40. In N. T. rnetaph. to inscribe, to infix, sc. in the heart, etc. 2 Cor. 3: 2, 3. Jos. Ant 4. 8. 12 tyyo. voftovg -toils * Eyyvos, QVy 6, r t , adj. (iyyii) bail, pledge, fr. iv, yvlov,) yielding a pledge, 2 Mace. 10: 28. In N. T. masc. o ty- yi'OG, a surety, bondsman, metaph. Heb. 7: 22. pp. Ecclns. 29: 15, 16. Pol. 5. 27. 1. Xen. Vect. 4. 20. Eyyv? y adv. near, spoken of place and time ; in later writers more fre- quently of the latter, Pnssow sub v. a) of place, absol. John 19: 42. Seq. gen. John 3: 23. 6: 19, 23. 11: 18, 54. 19: 20. prob. Luke 19: 11. Acts 1: 12. comp. Buttm. 146. 2. Sept. for ainj? Gen. 45: 10. Ez. 23: 12. 1 Mace. 4: 18' Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 1. Seq. dat. Acts 9: 38 tyyl$ <5e ovayg slv88r)$ ly 'fanny. 27: 8. So Sept. metaph. Ps.^34: 19. Diod. Sic. 1. 41 tyyuna rij atydtla. Comp. Matth. 386. 6. Trop. near, nigh, absol. Phil. 4: 5 6 xvyiog lyyvs, sc. as a helper etc. comp. v. 6. So Ps. 34: 19. 145: 18. Seq. gen. Heb. 6: 8. 8: 13. eyyvg tyxaivovgyii&q 11. L^Wy f. rco, (iv, pp. to renew, Lat. innovare, Sept. for -r, 2 Chr. 15: 8. Ecclus. 33: 6. In N. T. to initiate, i. e. to consecrate, to sanction, Heb. 9: 18. 10: 20. Sept. for ^:h Deut. 20: 5. 1 K. 8: 64. Comp. Sep't. and ^n 1 Sarn. 11: 14. J 3 &), f. TfffOi, (iv, to call in, i. e. to demand, Xen. An. 7. 7. 33. In N. T. to call in question, i. e. to accuse, to arraign, to bring a charge against; seq. dnt. of pers. Acts J9: 38. and did c. ace. 23: 28. Ecclus. 46: 19. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 3. Xen. Hi. 5. 3. Seq. accus. of person, or in Pass, with gen. of thing, Acts 26: 2. or with ntgi c. gen. of thing, Acts 19:40. 23:29. 26: 7. Comp. Matth. 369. 370. n. 1. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Diod. Sic. 11. 83. seq. 219 eni c. dat. 4. 55. Seq. XT c. gen. of pers. Rom. 8: 33, coll. v. 31. i/MOj f. yw, (V, Jeare behind in any place or state ; hence genr. to leave, trans. a) pp. as rr t v yvxi]v uov aj <5ou, Acts 2: 27, quoted from Ps. 16: 10 where Sept. for nT?. Psalt. Salom. 2: 7. Act. Thorn. 51 ovx iyxar&fini [IB nagctfjitlvai ft,- ty.fivur Tov/oJoov TOV dsivor. Dem. 1326. 25. In the sense of to leave re- maining, Rom. 9: 29 quoted from Is. 1: 9 where Sept. for Tnin. Hes. Op. v. 347. Herod ian. 1. 4. 18. b) by impl. to leave in the lurch, i. e. to forsake, to desert, to abandon, seq. ac- cus. Matt. 27: 46. Mark 15: 34. (Sept. for 27? Ps. 22: 1.) 2 Cor. 4:9. 2 Tim. 4: 10," 16. Heb. 10: 25. 13: 5. Sept. for 3ty Deut. 31: 6, 8. Is. 1: 8. Wisd. 10: 13/ Pint. Galb. 14. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 4. 'EyxtxioiXf'co, (O, f. ijcrw, (Iv, xa- Totxc'o),) to dwell fixedly in or among, seq. iv c. dat. 2 Pet. 2: 8. Seq. dat. comp. Valckn. diatr. ad Eurip. Hipp. 31. p. 68 or p. 127 ed. Lips. to prick in, to stick t, e. g. spurs, to spur on, Wisd. 16: 11. In N. T. to in- sert, to ingraft, metaph. Rom. 11: 17, 19, 23 bis, 24 bis. pp. Theophr. H. PI. 2.3. Marc. Ant. 11. 8. , a in?, TO, charge, accusation, Acts 23: 29. 25: 16. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 6. 'Eyxoiuf>ootiai, ov^ai, f. wo-o- jucu, Mid. (iv, xofifiog a strip, string, loop, etc. set on in order to tie or fas- ten a garment ; hence IfHQpfami a kind of long white apron or outer gar- ment with strings etc. worn by slaves ; Pollux IV. 119 177 8s TWV doi'Auv e'Sw- pldi, xal luaildiov Tt n-Qowincu hvxov, o lyx6u@Mua A'/T(u. Hesych. xowvu- fir] * iyxofiwuct xal 7ffQl(apxo^/Sw(re j, TJQ y f), (t/XOTITW q. V.) an impediment, hindrance, 1 Cor. 9: 12. Diod. Sic. 1. 32. EyXOilJCO, f. y/W, (tV, X07TTW,) to strike in, to cut in ; metaph. to impede, to hinder, trans. Rom. 15: 22. Gal. 5: 7. 1 Thess. 2: 18. In the sense of to de- lay, Acts 24: 4. also to render fruitless, I Pet. 3: 7 in later edit, for ix in text, recept. continence, temperance, self-control, Acts 24: 25. Gal. 5: 23. 2 Pet. 1:6. Ec- clus. 18: 29 sq. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 1 sq. ib. 4. 5. 1 sq. f. fvao-iai de- pon. Mid. to be f^xoaiTjc, i. e. to be con- tinent, temperate, abstinent, to have self- control, 1 Cor. 7: 9. 9: 25. Sept. for PENPH Gen. 43: 31. Not found in classic writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 442. 'oQy OVQ, o, 7;, adj. (tv, Xa'ro,) strong, powerful, Xen. Eq. 7. 8. Ven. 10. 10. having power over, master of, seq. gen. 2 Mace. 10: 15, 17. Xen. Hi. 5. 2. H. G. 7. 3. 3. In N. T. metaph. having self-control, continent, temperate, abstinent, Tit. 1: 8. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 1. Oec. 9. 11. Eyxgivca, f. o-oJ, (*V, x^tVw,) to judge in, i. e. to admit after trial, to reckon among, seq. dat. 2 Cor. 10: 12. Seq. ug Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7. Plut. Lye. 25. Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 40. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 385 sq. EyxpujucOj f. y*oi, (Iv, xQvmw,) to hide in anything, trans, sc. by cover- ing, mixing, etc. as Sept. seq. iv ifi yfj for -J73D Josh. 7: 21. Hence in N. T. by impl. to mix in, to knead in, sc. leaven with flour, Matt. 13: 33. Luke 13: 21. So Sept. for 515 Ez. 4: 12. EyxvoQy ov, 7/, (e/xrco, fr. iv, xi-oi,) with child, pregnant, Luke 2: 5. Ec- clus. 42: 10. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 33. Diod. Sic. 4. 2. ico, f. MTW, (iv, ^ot'w,) to rub n, e. g. T>]v xor>v t? TOV? Tob. 11: 8. In N. T. to rub in with any thing, to anoint ; Rev. 3: 18 xoUov^ov, roi>$ ocp&alpovg. Tob. 6: 8* 220 1 Efrvd EycOy gen. tftov, fioij, I, pron. of the first person ; see Buttra. 72. 3. The monosyllabic forms fiov, uol, fie, are usually enclitic, hut are ortlmtoue after prepositions, except in ngug fie; Buttm. ib. n. 2, 3. a) Noin. fyn t plur. J7/u*?, Mutt. 8: 7. Acts 17: 3. Matt. 28: 14. Mark 14: 58. al. saepiss. So with a certain empha- sis, Matt. 3: 11, 14. 5:22, 28, 32, 34. John 4: 26. a). Matt. 6: 12. 17: 19. 19: 27. al. suep. Used sometimes by Paul xoivaivixuc;, i. e. where the speaker puts himself as the representative of all, or vice versa ; e. p. f/w for qpeig, Rom. 7: 9, 10, 14, 17, 20 bis, 24, 25. 1 Cor. 10: 30. jjptls for tyrn, 1 Cor. 1: 2, 3. 2: 10, 12, coll. y. 4. ^ ib. 4: 8, 10. - In the phrase iftoi) fW, xt'ptf, Acts 9: 10, and 6/oi xvytft Matt. 21: 30, put by Hebraism instead of an affirmative ad- verb. So Sept. and ^3:rr 1 Sam. 3: 8. Gen. 22: 1, 11. "3 28 Gen. 27: 24. 2 Sam. 20: 17. See besen. Lehrg. p. 829. 6. b) Gen. f,iov (not tuov} and ijf/tV) are often used instead of the cor- responding possessive ef.iog etc. Buttm. 128. 7. e. g. fiov Matt. 2: 6. Luke 7: 46. John 6: 54. saep. qpmv Matt. 6: 12. Luke 1: 55. Rom. 6: 6. saep. So fiov as passive or objective, John 15: 10 iv xjj ayttnri uov, i. e. love of or towards me. c) Dat. in the phrase ri fftoi x< no/ ; what is to me and thee sc. in common ? what have I with thee? Matt. 8: 29. Mark 5: 7. Luke 8: 28. John 2: 4. So Sept. and *[bl "'fc-ntt Judg. 11: 12. 2 Sam. 16: 10719:23." Comp. Matth. 389. i. . AL. ' ' EdacpiCfo, f. tW, (Itfwqpoe,) fo level with the, ground, to raze, to destroy, trans. Luke 19: 44. Sept. for iziEP) Hos.14: 1. Nah. 3: 10. DJ32J Niph. Amos 9: 24. Pol. 6. 33. 6. "Edacpog, 0?, ou?, TO, (edog,) pp. base, bottom, e. g. of a ship, Horn. Od. 5. 249. of a room, etc. floor, Sept. for 3>p-;p_ Num. 5: 17. 1 K. 6: 15. of a river~ Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 18. In N. T. the ground, Acts 22: 7. So Sept. for y-}K Ez. 41: 16, 20. Ecclns. 11:5. Pol. 4. 65. 4. ib. 5. 9. 3. a\ov 3 (tdga fr. '<5oc,) seated, sedentary, Xen. Lac. 1. 3. In N. T. metaph. fixed, firm, steadfast, sc. in mind and purpose, 1 Cor. 7: 37. 15: 58. Col. 1: 23. Symm. for Prov. 4: 18. Ignat. ad Eph. 10 e r/J TTtoTTft. So tdyalias Herodian. 3. 14. 10. fr. edQolog,) basis, foundation, 1 Tim. 3: 15. j$t*tC(Cj OH, o, Hezekiah, Heb. in^ptn or n^Tn^ (strength from Je- hovah'), king of 'Judah, Matt. 1: 9, 10. See 2 K. c. 1820. 2 Chr. c. 2931. Is. c. 3638. c y ?/, ia,) voluntary worship, will-icor- ship, i. e. beyond what God requires, supererogatory; Col. 2: 23 V t&do- &Qr l o~xeltx xul jotntirocfQoo'vvy, prob. re- ferring to the phrase <&el(av Iv TMTT. xat &Qi](rxfl(f iwv uy/ilwv, in v. 18. Cornp. for the worship of angels, Test. XII Pair. p. 6'57, eyyl^ere TW #o5 y.cci iw oi TW notQaiTOVfievM vfiug' OT* og eo~ii f.iffflxr)g &sou xal UV&QWTIWV. This was forbidden by the council of Laodicea; see Wetstein in loc. So prob. the Essenes, Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7. Comp. Rev. 19: 10. 22: 9. Suid. t&flod-QyffXfl' Idloj &fh')ficni ffeftei TO doxovv. Comp. l&elodovhla Lucian. Nigrin. 23. see tH^co, f. Iff a), (e&og,) to accustom ; Pass, to be accustomed, and of things, to be customary, Xeri. Eq. 7. 7. Mem. 3. 14. 6. 2 Mace. 14: 30. In N. T. Pass. particip. perf. neut. TO fidiafAtvov, what is customary, and as a subst. cus- tom, rite, Luke 2: 27. Buttm. 128. 7. Comp. Xen. Hiero 9. 7. 'jE&y&gXqS, ou y u, (tdvoq and agx m i] an ethnarch, i. e. ruler of a peo- ple, a prefect, ruler, chief, 2 Cor. 11: 32. Spoken of Simon Maccabseus, 1 Mace. 14: 47. 15: 1, 2. Jos. Ant. 13. 6. 6. of Archelaus, Jos. B. J. 2. 6. 3. of the head of the Jews in Egypt, Jos. Ant. 14. 7. 2. Lucian. in Macrob. 17. 221 i, ov, oft na- tional, popular, Pol. 30. 10. 6. In N. T. in the Jewish sense, gentile, heathen, spoken of all who are not Israelites, Matt. 6: 7. 18: 17. Comp. in " Cy adv. r (f#nxo,) in the manner of gentiles, Gal. 2: 14. JB&VOG, foe, ou? } TO, a multitude, people, race, belonging and living to- gether. a) geur. Acts 8: 9 TO t&vog tij? -auct- Qila$, the people, inhabitants, of Samaria, coll. v. 5. Acts 17: 26 nav i&vog av- #oo)7rwv. 1 Pet. 2: 9. al. Sept. for Iton 2 Chr. 32: 7. Is. 13:4. Horn. II. 7. 115 t&vog tialgtav. Spoken of a flock, swarrn, etc. II. 2. 87, 459, 469. b) in the sense of nation, people, as distinct from all others, Matt. 20: 25 uQXOvifi TWV t&raw. Mark 10: 42. Luke 7: 5 a/ana TO t&vog iiuuv. John 11: 48, 50 sq. 'Acts 7: 7. 10: 22. al. So Sept. and iia Gen. 12: 2. Ex. 33: 13. B? Ex. 1: 9. Deut. 1: 28. Herodian. 2." 7. 13. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 1. c) in the Jewish sense, T t&vr], the nations, i. e. gentile nations, the gentiles ; spoken of all who are not Israelites, and implying ignorance of the true God and idolatry, the heathen, pagan nations ; Matt. 4: 15. 10: 5. Mark 10: 33. Luke 2: 32. Acts 4: 27. 26: 17. Rom. 2: 14. 3: 29. al. saep. So Sept. and trill Neh. 5: 8, 9. Is. 9: 1. Ez. 4: 13. tPa? Jer. 10: 3 coll. v. 2. Ez. 27: 33, 3<>. 34: 13. AL. fvc, ouQy TO, a custom, usage, manner, whether established by law or otherwise, Luke 1:9. 2: 42. 22: 39. John 19: 40. Acts 6: 14. 15: 1. 16: 21. 21: 21. 25: 16. 26: 3. 28: 17. Heb. 10: 25. Wisd. 14: 16. 2 Mace. 11: 25. 13: 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 10. Mem. 3. 9.1. "Efrco, only in perf. 2 ti'oj&a, with pres. signif. to be accustomed, to be wont ; see Buttm. 97. 9. 2. 114 *#w. comp. 113. 6. Hence pluperf. tiwdcir as im- perf. Matt. 27: 15. Mark 10: 1. Ecclus. 37: 14. Herodian. 1. 17. 7. Xen. An. 7. 8. 4. Particip. xr TO fl&ds UVTOJ, according to his custom, as he was wont, Luke 4: 1C. Acts 17: 2. Sept. Num. 24: 1. comp. Xen. Mem. 4. 1. 1. Ei, a conditional conjunction, if, expressing a condition which is merely hypothetical and separate from all ex- perience, i. e. a mere subjective possi- bility, and differing therefore from tuv ; see in 3 JMV init. Ilerm ad Vig. p. 834. Winer 42. p. 240 sq. Passow in 7,7. Comp. also and lav as used together in 1 Cor. 7: 36. Rev. 2: 5. Ill is con- strued with the Optative ; more usually with the Indicative ; and rarely with the Subjunctive ; Passow 1. c. Herm. ad Vig. p. 831. Winer 42. p. 243. I. As a conditional particle ; used alone, i. e. without other particles. 1. With the Optative, implying that the thing in question is possible, but uncertain and problematical, though assumed as probable ; Buttm. 139. 9. 3. Winer 42. p. 242. Herm. ad Vig. p. 813, 830. In N. T. followed only by the indie, in the apodosis, affirming something definite ; e. g. seq. pres. 1 Pet. 3: 14 el xcti Trao/otT* 8ia dixai- offiVijy, ii(tx('tnioi sc. turf, but even if ye suffer (as is most probable;) etc. comp. (I xai in III. below. So seq. praet. Acts 24: 19 0*1)5 idtt, i-nl aov nantlvui xal xuTr t yoQtlv, el Tt t%oifv nqog uf. Horn. 1 1. 9.389. el xui Lucian. Tox. 1. Xen. Hiero 9. 10. comp. Matth. 524. a Buttm. 139. 10, 11. Elsewhere in parenthetic clauses, Acts 27: 39 a? oV tftovJLfVffavto, it dvvaivio, i^Staai TO nloiov. 1 Pet. 3: 17 el &&oi, others w #t'i. So tl iv%oi, should it so happen (as is probable) i. e. it may be, perhaps, 1 Cor. 14: 10. 15: 37. Here the apodosis in each case lies in the affirmation. In Greek writers, the use of with the Opt. is much more ex- tensive. 2. With the Indicative, implying pos- sibility without the expression of un- certainty, a condition or contingency as to which there is no doubt ; Buttm. 139. 9. 1. Passow in El A. 2. Winer 42. p. 240 sq. a) with the Indie, present, and in the apodosis, (a) seq. pres. Matt. 19: 10 CUS iaiiv i\ uliLa TOV av&g. ov ffvucpe- ya(Ai)o'cu. Acts 5: 39. Rom. 8: 25. Ei 222 1 Cor.^9: 17. (0) seq. imperat. Matt. 4: 3 si mog el TOV &eov, tine x. T. L 19: 17. 27: 42. John 7: 4. 1 Cor. 7: 9. Xen. Hiero 9. 11. (/) seq. fut. Mark 11: 26 tl <$ !/% oi-x acpleie, ov8e 6 nartjQ aL. (Sept. Gen. 45: 28.) So perhaps Mark 9: 42. Luke 17:2. (fl) elsewhere also as equivalent to tnti, i. e. since, as, inasmuch as ; Matth. 617. f, ult. So with Indic./>rejenf,Matt. 6: 30 el ds xbv %OQTOV x. T. X IF then the gross, since. 7:11. John 7: 23. 13:17. Heb. 7: 15. Acts 4: 9. Herodot. 5. 78. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 21. With Indie, aorist, John 13: 14, 32. Acts 11: 17. 2 Cor. 5: 14. Lucian. D. Mort. 28: 1. Xen. An. 7. 1. 29. (y) in ti tig, it ri, if any one, etc. used with a sort of emphasis for ovitg, whosoever, whatsoever, every one who, etc. Buttm. 149. p. 423. Matth. 617. e. So with Indie, present, Luke 14: 2<> ' tig i'^fTat ngog {* Mark 9: 35. 1 Cor. 3: 12. 8: 2, 3. 2 Cor. 5: 17. Gal. 1: 9. 1 Tim. 5: 8. 6: 3. With Indie, future, 1 Cor. 3: 14, 15. Rev. 13: 10. (Xen. An. 7. 2. 13.) With Indie, perfect, 2 Cor. 7: 14. 10: 7. With Indie, aorist, Rev. 20: 15. h) with the Indie, before an aposio- pesis, i. e. where the apodosis is not expressed, hut left to be inferred ; the protasis being thus rendered more em- phatic, viz. (a) genr. Luke 19: 42 ft tyvoig xat av TM ngog iiQi'ivyv aov, if thou hadst known, even thou, the things belonging unto thy peace ! where the natural apo- dosis would be, ' How much better had it been for thee !' Luke 22: 42. Acts 23: 9, the apodosis /} -frtouaxuptv in text, recept. being prob. a gloss. Rom. 9: 22 (I de dtictv o &fo? vdtl$aa&ai T?jv OQ"/I]V x. T. L if then God, etc. where the apodosis might perhaps be, ' What then ?' or we might repeat from v. 20, av ii<; ft 6 uvTcmoxQivofJEVog TW -&tw. See Winer 66. 6. comp. Buttm. 151. IV. 4. Viger p. 509. (/?) by Hebraism, like EN, in oaths and asseverations, the apodosis or im- precation being omitted, ft comes to im- ply a negative, not ; e. g. Heb. 3: 11 ug wuoaa iv ifi OQ/f) pov ' tig fl\v xT07rai'(7/v ^uou, i. e. they shall not enter. 4: 3, 5. Mark 8: 12 x dida John 9: 25. XQ'WHV Acts 4: 19. nw- #vf(r#ttt Acts 10: 18. axovia&cti Acts 19: 2. neiQ(xfiv 2 Cor. 13: 5. yvujvat doy.iuijv 2 Cor. 2: 9. etc. Lucian. D. Mort. 20. 3. Xen. Hi. 1. 7. With Indie. future, Mark 3: 2 nntQtiriQovv aviov ti &fQcnifi>o*ei,. 1 Cor. 7: 16 ii oldag, ei x. T. L Xen. An. 1. 3. 5. With Indie. aorist, Mark 15: 44 eTrr^amjow awbv, f TI a' A at ani&avt. Acts 5: 8. 1 Cor. 1: 224 JEt 16. So also ft apa, if perhaps, ivhether perhaps, with indie, future, Mark 11: 13 t]).&fv fl ago, svQrjffsi n. Acts 8: 22. c. ind. pres. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 2. b) in a direct question, Lat. num, ne, where it implies some doubt, uncertain- ty, in the mind of the interrogator, which cannot be expressed in English. Luke 13: 23 SITIS Jig aviti ' XVQIS, el oJilyoi ol vw^opsvot ; Luke 22: 49 sinsv OLVJM' xv- qif, si 7iaT(i$optv iv fia/atQa ; Acts 1: 6. So Matt. 12: 10. 19: 3. Luke 14: 3. Acts 7: 1. 21: 37. 22: 25. So Sept. and DK 1 K. 1: 27. Gen. 17: 17. Job 6: 5, 6'. for n Gen. 17: 17. 1 K. 13: 14. Ruth 1: 19? Job 6: 6. Dan. 2: 26. 3: 14. Tob. 5: 5. It is doubtful whether si is thus used by any classic Greek writer ; but it would seem to have become cur- rent in this sense in the later language of common life ; conip. Winer 61. 2. III. In connexion with other parti- cles ; where however for the most part each retains its own power. Only the following require to be here noted, in which ft precedes other particles ; its usual place being at the beginning of a clause. For xai fl see in si xal below. t) fi ttpa, see in "Aqa I. c ; and above in II. a. (/?) ftyf, see in tt II. y. ("/) fl df, where ds has its usual ad- versative or continuative power, but if, find if, etc. Matt. 12: 7. Luke 11: 19. John 10: 38. al. saep. So in */ dt x/, and if also, etc. Luke 11: 18. 1 Cor. 4: 7. 2 Cor. 4: 3. 5: 16. 11: 6. non al. com p. in Js II. d. El Si [trj, but if not, etc. always standing elliptically, (Winer 66. 6. note,) properly only after an affirmative clause, of which it then ex- presses the contrary or negative ; e. g. John 14: 2 iv ir\ olxlu TOV nctTQog uov povul nokkal siaiv ' d ds //?}, slnov av VfUV. V.ll TUffTSVffSTS flOl ' d Ss Ur { X.T.L Rev. 2: 5, 16. non al. So Gen. 24: 49. 30: 1. al. Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 4. Oec. 15. 2. Sometimes also after a negative clause, of which it then necessarily expresses the contrary and therefore affirms, if otherwise, else ; Mark 2: 21 ovdslg enlpjujpa sniggamsi, snl tpaiioi naluiw ' si ds pi], al'get x. T. L v. 22. non al. Comp. Buttm. 148. n. 10. Matth. 617. b. Passow in El pr). Herodot. 6. 56. Thuc. 2. 5. Xen. An. 7. 1. 8. El dt pri yt, see in JT II. 5. (d) fl xai, where teal either refers to the subsequent clause and then each retains its own separate power, if also ; or xal refers to the condition expressed by d, if even, i. e. though, although. Herm. ad Vig. p. 832. (1) genr. if also, with the Indie. 1 Cor. 7: 21. 2 Cor. 11: 15. non al. and so d 8s xal, see in y above. With the Opt. 1 Pet. 3: 14, see above in I. 1. With the Subjunct. Phil. 3: 12, see above in I. 3. (2) if even, i. e. though, although, implying the reality and actual existence of that which is assumed ; thus differing from the above use of d xal, and also from xf ii, which leave it uncertain ; Herm. ad Vig. p. 832. Buttm. 149. p. 423. Only with the Indie, e. g. present, Luke 18: 4 si xal TOV &sov ov yopovpai. 2 Cor. 4: 16. 12:11,15. Phil. 2: 17. Col. 2: 5. Heb. 6: 9. imperf. 2 Cor. 7: 8. future, [Matt. 26: 33.] Luke 11: 8. aorist, 2 Cor. 7: 8 bis, 12. non al. Lucian. D. Mort. 9. 1. Xen. An. 6. 6. 27. So very rarely xat */, even if f though, i. q. si x/, Mark 14: 29. 1 Pet. 3: 1 . xai yuy si 2 Cor. 13: 4. xt ya$ I Cor. 8: 5. non al. (s) fl ftr f , if not, i. e. unless, except, expressing a negative condition, suppo- sition, etc. in which uri refers to the whole clause; thus differing from si ov, where ov refers only to some particular word with which it expresses one idea ; Winer 59. 5. Buttm. 148. 2. b, and marg. Herm. ad Vig. p. 8&3, 890. (1) before finite verbs, e.g. with the Indie. Matt. 24: 22 si pi] xo>lo/?G>^o-v at fysQai. Mark 13: 20. John 9: 33 si pi ijv ovTog nctQtt &sov. 15:22. 19: 11. Acts 26: 32. al. So also seq. iVo, John 10: 10. on 2 Cor. 12: 13. Eph. 4: 9. With the Subjunct. see above in I. 3. (2) genr. and without a folio wing finite verb, Matt. 11: 27, si ^?) 6 ncni]Q, si pi o vl6?. 12: 4, 24, 39. Mark 6: 8. 9: 9. Acts 11: 19. al. saep. 1 Cor. 7: 17 si py sc. otdag. Gal. 1: 7 where si pj refers back to #at>|Uaw ort. Xen. An. 2. 1. 12. Seq. infin. Matt. 5: 13 si ^ /W^tj- vai %. Acts 21: 25. Xen. H. G. 2. 2. 10. (3) lm dg fl pi], unless, except, 225 j)leouastic for d pj, 1 Cor. 14: 5. 15: 2. 1 Tim. 5: 19. non. al. See Winer 67. p. 487. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 459. Com p. in '-t'xros b. (4) tl (Ai'iTi, unless perhaps, Luke 9: 13. 1 Cor. 7: 5. 2 Cor. 13: 5. non al. (5) tl dt /urj, see above in d de, under y. () ti -ntQ, if indeed, if so be, assum- ing the supposition as true whether justly or not ; Herm. ad Vig. p. 833 sq. With the Indie. Rom. 8: 9. ifaeQ nvfi^u &fov oixti iv i'tuv. 1 Cor. 15: 15. 1 Pet. 2: 3. Xen. An. 1. 7. 9. By impl. since, i. q. d'ye, see in Ft II. y. 2 Tliess. 1: 6 H'TTC^ dlxaiov nctQu #w. Rorn. 8: 17. xcu timy, though, although, 1 Cor. 8: 5 ; see above in d xul. Comp. Honi. Od. 1. 167. non al. (77) ti 7ico, if by any means, if pos- sibly ; with the Opt. Acts 27: 12. Comp. in I. 1, above. So Sept. for ^1N 2 Sam. 16: 12. Xen. An. 2. 5. 2. - With the Indie, fut. Rom. 1: 10. 11: 14. Phil. 3: 11. non al. So Sept. for "IrnN 2 K. 19: 4. 1 Mace. 4: 10. (#) thetilt, whether or ; Viger. p. 515, Matth. 617. 5 ult. (1) as in- cluding several particulars ; followed by a verb e. g. in Iridic. 1 Cor. 12: 2(1. 2 Cor. 1: 6. (Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 28.) or Subjimct. 1 Thess. 5: 10, com p. above in I. 3. Or without a verb, Rom. 12: 6, 7, 8. 1 Cor. 3:22. 8: 5. 13: 8. 15: 11. 1 Pet. 2: 13, 14. al. (2) as expressing doubt, 2 Cor. 12: 2, 3. Herm. ad Vig. p. 834. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 13. (i) t'i TI?, see above in I. g. y. AL. Eldoc, toe, OVG, 10, (obsol. d' thing seen, external appearance, i. e. a) pp.ybrm, shape, appearance ; Luke 3: 22 awpmixu ftttt. 9:29. John 5: 37. Sept. for riN^a Gen. 41: 2 sq. Ex. 24: 17. Num'. 3:~16. -ifijn 1 Sam. 25: 3. Esth. 2: 7. Act. Thorn. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. L 2 Cor. 5: 7 ov 8ia d'Sov? jifQinaioi'iAEv, i. e. our future bliss has yet no visible appearance, form. b) trop. manner, kind, species, 1 Thess. 5: 22 UJTO nctvibq d'dovc novt]uoi'. So Sept. for nnBSJO Jer. 15: 3. Ecclus. 25: 2. Jos. A*nt. ; 10. 3. 1 nav itSo? no- rr$iaf /<5. Sept. for t^zn Num. 12: 8. Philostr. Vit. Sophist! 2. 32. Xen. An. 2. 1. 9. -T- (/?) to see, sc. in order to know, to look at or info, to examine, 226 Eidco Mark 5: 14. 6: 38. 12: 15. Luke 8: 35. 14: 18. John 1: 40, 47. Wisd. 2: 17, where i. q. Treioa^w. (y) to see sc. face to face, to see and talk with, to visit, i. e. to have personal acquaintance and in- tercourse with; Luke 8: 20. 9:9. John 12:21. Acts 1C: 40. Rom. 1: 11. 1 Cor. 16: 7. Gal. 1: 19. Phil. 1: 27. 2: 28. al. So of a city, "PiwjMijv, Acts 19: 21. Lu- cian. D. Deor. 9. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 28. An. 2. 4. 15. (<5) to see out, i. e. to vmit to see, to watch, to observe ; Matt. 26: 58. 27: 49. Mark 15: 36. Xen. An. 1. 2. 18. (c) to see take place, to witness, to live to see ; Matt. 11^ 17. 24: 33. Mark 2: 12. So Idflv v]v r t ^av nvog, to see one's day, i. e. to witness the events of his life and times, etc. Luke 17: 22. John 8: 56 where comp. Olshausen's Comm. Pol. JO. 4. 7. b) trop. spoken of the mind, to per- ceive, sc. by the senses, etc. to be aware of, to remark ; Matt. 9: 2 iduv ir t v n'wiw avTwv. v. 4 Idotv rag lv&vur t ffEig aviwv. Luke 17: 15. John 7: 52. Rorn. 11: 22. Seq. on Matt. 2: 16. 27: 24. Mark 12: 34. Acts 12: 3. 16: 19. Gal. 2: 7, 14. al. So Sept. and n-J Ecc. 2: 12, 13. Job 32: 5. 2V Josh'. 8: 14. Is. 6: 9 coll. Matt. 13: 14. c) by llebr. to see, i. e. to experience, viz. either good, to enjoy, or evil, to suf- fer, seq. accus. e. g. -fravctTov Luke 2: 26. Heb. 11: 5. Heb. nfip, Sept. amount, Ps. 89: 49. faay&ojar Acts 2:27,31. 13:35sq. Sept. and HNn Ps. 16: 10. nev&og Rev. 18: 7. 7^6- pc uy. 1 Pet. 3: 10. Sept. and najn Ps. 34:12. TI]V fiaffdtlav tov &iov, i!e* to see and enjoy the privileges of the divine kingdom, John 3: 3. Comp. Sept. and nan Ps. 27: 13. Ecc. 6: 6. Fabr. Cod. Ps. V. T. I. p. 607 ft- CpQOffVVIjV OL'X l8oV. IL To know, viz. perf. 2 olda, suhjiHict, ti8w, infin. tidlvat, particip. d- dwg, pluperf, ydsiv, fut. <5?;,) idolatry, idol-worship, pp. and genr. Gal. 5: 20. Spoken of partaking of things offered to idols, TOE ctflwio- #VTa q.v. 1 Cor. 10: 14. Of the vices usually connected with idolatry, 1 Pet. 4: 3. Test. XII Patr. p. G15 (W/acu, yorfiiiai xat ftoWoiarpetat. Origen. de Oral. 28 lidodcnQiiag, fiotxtla$, Troom'ac. Trop, of covetousness, Col. 3: 5. servant,) an idolater, idol-wor- shipper, genr. 1 Cor. 5: 10. 6: 9. Rev. 21: 8. 22: 15. Spoken of one who partakes of things offered to idols, T cidwlo&UTu q. v. 1 Cor. 5: 11. 10: 7. Trop. of a covetous person, Eph. 5: 5, coll. Col. 3: 5. , ov y TO', (tldog,) an image, spectre, shade, Horn. II. 5. 449. of the dead, Od. 11. 476 /?OOTWV tl'Swlct xa- porunv. any image,Jigure, Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 4. In N. T. an idol, i. e. a) an idol-image, Acts 7: 41. 1 Cor. 12: 2. Rev. 9: 20. Sept. for b^DD 2 Chr. 33: 22. Is. 30: 22. Pol. 31. 3. 13^ b) melon, an idol god, a heathen deity, 1 Cor. 8: 4,7. 10:19. Sept. pi. for tPnbtf Num. 25: 2. 2 K. 17: 33. tr*ta|3K? 17: 12. 21: 11, 20. By irnpl. plur. T tldula, idols, for idol-worship, idolatry, Rom. 2: 22. 2 Cor. 6: 16. 1 Thess. 1: 9. 1 John 5: 21. Spec, things offered to idols, T tiSaJio&ina q. v. Acts 15: 20, coll. v. 29. EtXTj, adv. (slxaio?,) without pur- pose, i. e. a) inconsiderately, groundlessly, with- out cause, Matt. 5: 22. Col. 2: 18. Pol. 1.52.2. Xen. Ag. 2. 7. b) to no purpose, in vain, Rom. 13: 4. 1 Cor. 15: 2. Gal. 3: 4. 4: 11. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 12. Eixoai, oi, 6, in, imlec. twenty, Luke 14: 31. Acts 27: 28. AL, ' to . , . , give way, to yield, seq. dat. Gal. 2: 5. Wisd. 18: 25. Jos. Ant. I. 4. 3. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 8. II. Efaco, obsol. whence pert 2 totxa with pres. signif. to be like, seq. dat. James 1: 6, 23. See Buttm. 84. n. 6. 109. III. 5. marg. Sept. Job 6:25. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 7. Xen. Mem. 1.4. 7 bis. ib. 1.6. 10. Etxoyv, ovoc, //, (xw, lotxo,) like- image, effigy, fgvre Matt. 22: 20. Mnrk 12: 16. Luke 20: 24. Rom. 1: Of an idol-image, statue, etc. Rev. Id: 14,15 ter. 14:9,11.15:2. 16:2.19:20. 20: 4. Sept. for V^O Deut. 4 10. V CE K 40: 18, 20. fitf 2 K. 11: 19. Ez/ 23: 14.-Wisd. 14: 15, 17. Pol. 6 53. 4. Xen. Ag. 11. 7. In the sense of copy, representation, 1 Cor.l 1: 7. 2 Cor. 4: 4. Col. 1: 15. So Heb. 10: 1 ^ u- T) eixwv TWV 7i^/iuTWV, i. e. the real and perfect representation, opp. to i\ ,) imperf. r,v, imperat. \'a&i Matt. 2: 13. al. 3 pers. eoTw Matt. 5: 37. al. Buttm. 108. IV. Less usual forms are : Imperf. 2 pers. jj$ Matt. 25: 21, 23. al. instead of the more usual i}(jf>u Matt. 26: 69. Mark 14: 67. see Buttrn. 108. IV. 1, and marg. Winer 14. 2. c. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 149. Imperf. i\^ v Matf. 23: 30. Gal. 1: 10, 22. al. Lucian. D. Deor. Mar. 2.2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 9. see Butlm. 108. IV. 2. Winer 14. 2. b. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 170. Lob. ad Phr. p. 152. Imperat. ^'rw 1 Cor. 16: 22. James 5: 12. Plat. Rep. p. 361. C. see Buttm. 108. IV. 1. marg. Winer 14. 2. a. So 2 pers. plur. 7)1? for tare 1 Cor. 7: 5, where text. rec. ffvvsQxsff&e. For the persons of the present as enclitic, see Buttm. 108. IV. 3 Llpl is the usual verb of existence, to be ; and also the usual logical copula, connecting subject and predicate ; Buttm. 129. init. I. As verb of existence, to be, to exist, to have existence. a) pp. and gem*. () in the meta- physical sense, John 1: 1 tv uo/7] i}v o loyog. 8: 50, 58. Mark 12: 32. "Acts 19: 2. Heh. 11:6. al. Of things, John 17: 5. 2 Pet. 3: 5. Rev. 4: 11. For wV, T oVra, etc. see below in d. Philo de Charit. p. 709 yimpxw Si fa TO ^r\ ov aysTou fig TO mm. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 14. ib. 2. 2. 3 ovg [ncudag] ol yovelg ex pev otx OVTUV Inolrjffav iivai. Spoken of life, to exist, to live, Matt. 2: 18. 23: 30. not to die, Acts 17: 28. Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 5. Xen. Ven. 1. 11. (ft) genr. to be, to exist, to befound,_as of persons, Luke 4: 25 noM.au zrjgai, i]auv. v. 27. Matt.12: 11. John 3:1. Rom. 3: 10,11. Lucian. D. Mort. 22. 1. Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 25. So of things, to be, to exist, to have place, Matt. 6: 30. 22: 23. Mark 7: 15. Luke 6:43. Acts 2: 29. Rom. 13: 1. al.saepiss. So IOTI, fiat, etc. there is, there are, Rom. 3: 23. 1 Cor. 12: 4, 5, 6. Acts 27: 22. John 7: 12. Rev. 10: 6. 21: 4. al. saep. John 7: 39 ovno) yug i}v nvevftu uyiov, i. e. the giving of the Holy Spirit had not yet occurred. Hence by impl. to be present, i. q. nagstpi, but this sense lies only in the adjuncts, Matt. 12: 10. 24: 6. Mark 8: 1. Comp. Jos. Ant. 7. 11.6 ri]v ovffctv dvvtxfjiv. Xen. An. 4. 2. 3. (y) Spoken also of time, genr. Luke 23: 44 i]v de watl wow IXTTJ. John 1: 40. Acts 2: 15. 2 Tim. 4: 3. Mark 11: 13. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 18 ydy wow l\v. H. G. 4. 5. HV o pp. Of festivals, etc. Mark 15: 42. Acts 12: 3. Xen. Conv. 1.2. b) by impl. and by force of the ad- juncts, to come to be, to come into exist- ence, i. q. ylvofini, i. e. () to come to pass, to take place, to occur, to be done, etc. so in the fut. tatai etc. Matt. 27: 7, 21. Luke 12: 55. 21: 11,25. Acts 11: 28. 27: 25. Acts 23: 30. al. Luke 22: 49 TO iffo^itvov, i. e. what was about to happen. Matt. 24:3. Luke 1: 34. al. Seq. dat. of pers. Mark 16: 22. Luke 14: 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 1 TOUTO to-rai. Cyr. 2. 3. 3. So impers. xul toiat, like Heb. rr?V, and it shall be, shall come to pass, followed by a future, Acts 2: 17, 21, quoted from Joel 3: 15, [2: 2832,] where Sept. for rrrp. Acts 3: 23. (comp. Deut. 18: 19.) Rom. 9: 26, quoted from Hos. 2: 1, [1: 10,] where Sept. for SVn 1 ). (/5) from the Heb. flvui fig n/liVe Heb. ^ J-prj, to be for any thing, i. e. to become any thing ; Matt. 19: 5 et Eph. 5: 31 x* iffovTcct ol dvo dg crugxa filar, quoted from Gen. 2: 24 where Sept. and Heb. Luke 3: 5 coll. Is. 40: 4. Acts 13: 47 coll. Is. 49: 6. Eph. 1: 12. Col. 2: 22. al. Gesen. Lehrgeb. p. 816. 2. Stuart 507. b, note. Seq. dat. of pers. 1 Cor. 14: 22. 2 Cor. 6: 18. Heb. 1: 5. 8: 10. James 5: 3. al. c) IOTI seq. infifl. it is proper, is in one's power or convenience, etc. licet ; Heb. 9: 5 negl uv oi'x !w flpi o agrog rfig frfa v. 41, 48, 50, 51, 55. 11: 25. 12: 50. 15: 1, 5. Acts 4: 11. 1 Cor. 3: 10. 4: 17. JO: 4. Eph. 5: 8. James 4: 14. Rev. 4: 5. 21: 22. al. saepiss. So in the words of Christ, TOVTO m TO (TMf.tU f*OV, TOVTO OTt TO Ulfld (AOV, Matt. 26: 26, 28. Mark 14: 22, 24. Luke 230 22: 19. 1 Cor. 11: 24. The Romish church takes these words literally. Xen. An. 3. 1. 13. H. G. 1. 4. 3. (y) Here too tlpi with the subst. of the predicate, sometimes forms a periphra- sis for the corresponding verb ; comp. in a, ult. e. g. ton&vptfnjs *'V fc f r ^ nl ~ &vpdto, 1 Cor. 10: 6. ?/>l&mj? dpi for friow, 1 Cor. 14: 12. etc. c) with a pronoun as predicate, in the same case with the subject, viz. ouiog, this, the following,' Matt. 10:2 T ovopcna eort tavra. John 1: 19 avirj itnlv f\ (ittQjvQia. 15: 12. 17: 3. Acts 8: 32. al. aiuo's, Luke 24: 39. Heb. 1: 12. jig, it, indef. some one, any thing, 1 Cor. 10: 19. metaph. of moment, im- portant, Acts 5: 36. 1 Cor. 3: 7. Gal. 6: 15. al. z/ff, TI, interrog. wjio, what, John 5: 13. Rom. 14: 4. 1 Cor. 9: 18. Heb. 12: 7. James 4: 12. Acts 21: 22 il ovv Iffii, what is then? sc. to be done. 1 Cor. 14: 15, 26. nolo? Mark 12: 28. Troao? Mark 9: 21. noxamoq Luke 1: 29. onolog Acts 26: 29. oang Gal. 5: 10, 19. etc. etc. So the possessive pronouns; as ty6g, aog, John 17: 10. vfiiifQog Luke 6: 20. etc. Xen. Mem. 3.3.3. Trop. as with nouns (b. @, above) the predicate often expresses, not what the subject actually is, but what it is accounted to be or signifies ; e. g. xi eo~itv, TO x. T. L what that means, etc. Matt. 9: 13. Mark 9: 10. Luke 20: 17. Eph. 4: 9. Mark 1: 27 il eVit TOVTO; John 18: 38 il ioqp?j. Matt. 316. Xen. An. 2. 1. 4. e) with the dative of a noun or pro- noun as predicate, to be TO any one, implying possession, property, etc. John 17: 9 oTt o-ofc f/Vt, for they are thine. Luke 12: 20. Acts 2: 39. 1 Cor. 9: 16, 18. 1 Pet. 4: 11. al. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4. By inverting the construction it may be rendered to have, as Luke 7: 41 dvo ZQ(0(pedeTf(i I}CFUV daveunfj rtvt, a cer- tain creditor had two debtors. 6: 32, 33, 34. John 18: 39. Acts 8: 21. 21: 23. Eph. 6: 12 oux !'b? ngoq, we have not a struggle against, i. e. we wrestle not against, etc. Herodian. 1. 13. 11. Xen. Cyr A. 2. 3. Or to receive, Matt. 19: 27 xL o IWat ^1r, what shall we receive ? Xen. An. 1. 7. 8. ib. 7. 6. 1. f ) with a participle of another verb as predicate, viz. () without the article, and then dpi often forms with the par- ticiple a periphrasis for a finite tense of the same verb, expressing however a continuance or duration of the action or state, like the corresponding construc- tion in English ; Luke 5: 1 xal uinbq i}v 0"TW, and he was standing, instead of irnperf. VOTT?, he stood. Matt. 24: 9 xal eo-fff&e niffovfiifvoL vno nuvctav. Mark 2: 6 r\aav ds tiveg xa&y/j>tvoi. v. 18. 13: 25 ol uffrlofg tffOVTcu txnimovrfg. 9: 4. 15: 43. Luke 3: 23. 5: 17. 24: 32. Acts 1: 10. 2: 2, 42. al. saep. So with the particip. of the perf. pass, which how- ever assumes nearly the nature of an adjective ; Matt. 9: 36 yaw 231 1: 4. for voi x. T. L Mark 6: 52 l\v yag ttUTWV TTfTTCOOti^UcVTJ. 1 Johll Also in impersonals, as deov tan 7, Acts 19: 36. noinov iari for 1 Cor. 11: 13. al. See Winer 46. 8. Matth. 559. Viger. p. 343. comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 792. 2. Stuart 530. So Eurip. Here. fur. 312 sq. Herodian.l. 3. 5. Diod. S. 2. 5. Xen. An. 2. 2. 13. In some cases the particip. is not the predicate, and then ilul is not thus an auxiliary, e. g. Mark 10: 32 rjffav iv if/ odot avaftaivovifg fig /footr. where iv iy odw is the predicate, and avafialvovifg is an adjunct. Luke 7: 8. al. Comp. Winer 1. c. (ft) With the article, where the participle may then be regarded as equivalent to a noun, or as an emphatic shorter construction instead of a personal tense of the verb ; Matt. 3: 3 ovrog yao fait o qy&flg vno 'flffu'iov, i. e. the person spoken o/, the predicted, instead of og o^Jijvh/. 13: 19. Mark 7: 15 faflva Ian TO xoivovvia TOV V#W7Tov. John 4: 10. Acts 2: 16. Rom. 3: 11. 1 John 5: 5. Jude 19. Rev. 2: 23. Rev. 14: 4 oliol tlaiv ol axolov&ovvTtg, where comp. the pre- ceding construction, oiiol ilaiv, oV oix tfiokvvdrjaav. al saep. Comp. Buttrn. 125. 3, and n. 2. Winer 19. 1. c. 46. 4. Matth. 270. Viger. p. 342 sq. He- rodot. 9. 70. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 43. g) with an adverb as predicate ; e. g. of quality or character, as oviojg, John 3: 8 oirttag tail nag x. T. A. Matt, 19: 10. So o'vjwg lo-Ttti, Rom. 4: 18. Matt. 24: 27. Luke 17: 24, 26. al. Seq. dat. Matt. 12: 45. Luke 11: 30. al. ravia as adv. i. q. oi/rwff, Luke 17: 30. 1 Cor. 6: 11. Comp. Buttm. 115. 4. 128. n. 4. to?, according as, Rev. 22: 12. Of likeness, as to?, Matt. 22: 30. 28: 3. Luke 6: 40. al. wanfp, Matt. 6: 5. Luke 18: 11. Seq. dat. Matt. 18: 17. Of plenty or want Cor. 7: 15. whence, origin, etc. no&fv Matt. 21: 25. John 7: 27. 2: 9. fviev&tv John 18: 36. Xen. An. 5. 6. 24. ib. 6. 4. 14. Of time, lyyvg Matt. 26: 18. h) with a preposition and its case as predicate, viz. () ano, John 1: 45. comp. 'Ano III. 1. (ft) */ ff> c . ace. viz. as marking that which any thing be- comes ; comp. above in I. b. ft. As denoting direction, object, end, fig it, Luke 5: 17 xal duva^ig xvgiov i]v tig TO luff&cu avTovg. Of a person, fig iwa, 1 Pet. 1: 21 w(TT W|y nlo~tiv vpuv xal Iknida tivcti tig &f6v, i. e. be or rest in God. Adverbially, 1 Cor. 4: 3 epol 5s fig &W/IOTOV l) fa TOU &eov i(niv. Acts 5: 38. 1 John 2: 16. Hence metaph. of a person on whom one is dependent, to whom he is devoted as a follower, etc. e. g. John 8: 47 ix vov &toi> ovx to~it, ye are not of God, i. e. not his followers, adherents. 1 John 3: 10. 4: 6. 6: 19. So John 8: 44 vfuls fa TOU fare. So of things, as fa iij John 18: 37. 1 John 3: 19. | tov vopov Gal. 3: 10. Also Gal. 3: 12 ovx I'oTiy ix 7r/yi}&i]v or less usual 233 El nor &HV Lob. ad Phr. p. 447, fut. 1 pass. yrj&i'jffoncu, fut. 3 pass. SififffapMUi Buttm. J. c. Winer 1. c. To say, to speak, i. e. to utter definite words, and hence im- plying more than la\nv ; see Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 79, 80. a) genr. to say, to speak, with an ac- cus. of the thing said ; Matt. 26: 44 TOV aiTov \oyov fiTicuv. Lnke 12: 3. John 2: 22. Acts 1: 9. 2 Cor. 12: 6 uh'ftfiav yag t^eo. Rom. 3: 5 et 6: 1 il ovv (Qoi'fizv ; Heb. 7: 9 (>' t.TOg fi- nely, so to speak, Buttm. 150. p. 438. ' Matth. 545. See Raphel. Annot. in N. T. II. p. 671 sq. Xen. Ap. Socr. 15. The accus. is often supplied by the words or clause spoken, as Matt. 2: 8. 4: 3. Luke 5: 13. John 4: 27. 6: 59. nl. Hence fmc is inserted like tcpy in the middle of a clause, Luke 7: 42. With an accus. of person, once, John 1: 15 ov HTJOV, as in Engl. whom I said, i. e. of whom I spoke, i. q. ntgi ov in v. 30. Along with the accus. expr. or im- plied, are also further constructions of the person to whom, the manner, etc. (a) seq. dat. of pers. John 16: 4 invia de {'filv t$ aoxijS orx frroy. Matt. 16: 8. Mark 2: 9. Luke 4: 3. John 14: 26. Rev. 17:7. Luke 7: 40 t/w aol n eintlv, comp. Luc. Tirn. 20. Aristaen. 2. 1. (fi) seq. tt<; c. nccus. of pers. to speak against, Luke 12: 10. (y) seq. xarce c. gen. of pers. to speak against, Matt. 5: 11. 12: 32. (5) seq. ntpi c. gen. of pers. or thing, to speak of or concerning, etc. John 7: 39. 10: 41. 11: 13. c. dat. of pers. Matt. 17: 13. John 18: 34. (e) seq. itQug c. accus. of pers. to speak or say to any one etc. Luke 11: 1. 12: 16. John 6: 28. Acts 2: 37. Heb. 1: 13. al. (Luc. D. Mort. 1. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 13.) In the sense of for, with reference to, Mark 12: 12. c. ace. of thing, to say in respect to, Rom. 8: 31. () seq. adverb, or a prep, with its noun, imply- ing manner ; e. g. ouolws Matt. 26: 35. wtfttUTW? 21: 30. x#w? 28: 6. So xaAw? Unaq, thou hast well said, i. e. right, correctly, Luke 20: 39 ; and ab- sol. with xa/lw? implied, Matt. 26: 25, 64, o~v elnctg. Hence with an accus. of pers. xaAcu flntlv iiva, to speak well of any one, Luke 6: 26 ; and xxoj -rivet, to speak evil of, Acts 23: 5 ; 30 see Buttm. 131. 4. Matth. . 416. So flniiv fv Ttaoctfiokciiz, Matt. 22:1. dux Luke 8: 4. Also tinilv TIQO? or 7To$ aJUqiot?, to say among themselves or to one another, Mark 12: 7. John 7: 35. Luke 2: 15. John 16: 17. 19: 24. al. h f rro7c, among themselves, Matt. 21: 38. Metnph. from the Heb. tinrii' tv Tr t xaooVw UI'TOV, to say in one's heart,' i. e. to think, Matt. 24: 48. Luke 12:45. Rom. 10:6. So isba "lEK and Sept. Ps.lC: 0,11. 14: 1. Is'. 49: 2 L Comp. Gesen. Lrx. "ittJJ 2. In the same sense also, tinuv Iv eaiTw, Matt. 9: 3. Luke 7: 39. 16: 3. 18: 4. Sept. for i2?z -\N Esth. 6: 6. (7;) seq. in- fin. with' accus. Rom. 4: 1. with accus. implied Matt. 16: 12. Xen. H. G. 1. 0. 6. So with tJvat implied, where finely may be rendered to call, to name, etc. John 10: 35 t/ia tlna, -t>fot tens' ti txtivoi's eiTif 09OVf x. T. L 15: 15. 1 Cor. 12: 3. Comp. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 7 Apol. Socr. 15. Ilerodian. 6. 1. 15. (#) seq. ort, Matt. 5: 31. John 8: 55. 1 Cor. 1: 15. with dat. Mark 16: 7. John 6: 65. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25. b) as modified by the context, where the sense often lies not so much in einetv as in the adjuncts; e.g. spoken (a) before interrogations, for to ask, to inquire ; Acts 8: 30 xcu f intv ' itgaye ytrwntus x. T. L Matt. 9: 4. 11: 3. 13: 10. John 8: 10. Acts 19: 2, 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 16. (/9) before replies, for to answer, to reply, etc. viz. to a direct question, Matt. 15:34. Mark 8: 5. Luke 8: 10. al. and so preceded by anv- xQi&tlg or uuifxgl&r] jtal, Matt. 11: 4. 15: 13. John 7: 20. Acts 5: 29. Without a preceding question, Matt. 14: 18. Acts 5: 9. 11:8. with omoxQi&el?, Matt. 4: 4. 12: 39. Mark 6: 37. al. (?) of nar- ration, teaching, etc. for, to tell, to make known, to declare, etc. Matt. 8: 4. 16:20. 18: 17. Mark 11: 29. 16: 7, 8. John 3: 12. 12: 49. Rev. 17: 7. al. saep. Sept. for van 2 K. 22: 10. Is. 41: 22. nv.rr Job 12: 7. (8) of predictions, to /orefe//, to predict, etc. Matt. 28: 6. Mark 14: 16. Luke 22: 13. John 2: 22. al. Here used especially in the passive forms, e. g. tftf&vi Rom. 9: 12, 26. Rev. 6: 11. fircu Luke 4: 12. Heb. ffi JI.Mi 234 Els what is said with authority, for to direct, to bid, to command, etc. Matt. 8: 8. Mark 5: 43. 10: 49. Luke 7: 7. 17: 7, 8. 19: 15. 2 Cor. 4: 6. James 2: 11. al. Seq. Vv, Matt. 4: 3. Mark 3: 9. Rev. 9: 4. Sept. for rns Ex. 35: 1. Lev. 9: 6. AL. JSfflCOQy see in El III. ;. f. 4: 7. TO ttQ)]usvov Luke 2: 24. Acts 2: j/our benediction, Matt. 10: ia Luke 10: 16. al. o yii&slg, lit. the foretold, Matt. 6. John 14: 27. Hence JUT ?/>?;?, 3: 3. TO QTJ&SV, that foretold, etc. Matt, with good tvishes, benediction, kindness, 1: 22. 2: 15, 17. 22:31. al saep. () of Acts 15: 33. Heb. 11: 31. iv d^vy, 1 Cor. 16: 11. So Sept. and Heb. Bibfa Gen. 26: 29. Ex. 18: 23. Hence also T in the formulas of salutation, either at meeting or parting ; see in 3 A V) peace a) pp. in a civil sense, the opposite of war and dissension, Luke 14: 32. Acts 12: 20. Rev. 6: 4. al. Xen. Ag. 1. 7. Among individuals, peace, con- M PP- relating to peace, Xen. Oec. cord, Matt. 10: 34. Luke 12: 51. Acts 7: 26. Rom. 14: 19. al. Heb. 7: 2 fiao-dfh figrjvrtg, i. e. pacific king. Trop. peace of mind, tranquillity, arising from recon- ciliation with God and a sense of the divine favour, Rom. 5: 1. 15: 13. Phil. 4: 7. Comp. Is. 53: 5. b) by imp], state of peace, tranquillity, security ; Luke 11: 21 iv Etgtjvtj tail T vnuQxovia ainov. 2: 29. John 16: 33. Acts 9: 31. 1 Cor. 14: 33. I Thess. 5: 3. So Sept. for sVr'JJ Judg. 6: 23. nU2ls. 14:30. Ez. 38:8,11. rjv 1. 17 dQrjVixai frti(ni)fiai. In N. T. a) pacific, disposed to peace, James 3: 17. Sept.. for nibp '&& Ps. 37: 37. comp. Deut. 2: 26. * b) from the Heb. healthful, wholesome, Heb. 12: 11 xagnbg flQfjVMog. Comp. for Dibui in Elgrjvi) c. f. ?jffO), (i. e. to make peace, to make reconciliation, Col. 1: 20. Sept. Prov. 10: 10. ov , o, a peace- c) like Heb. Bib'A peace, i. c. liealth, maker > PP- of an ambassador to treat of welfare, prosperity, every kind of peace, Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 4. In N. T. good. Luke 1: 79 odbg ao?;r/jc, way of tr P- one disposed to peace, Matt. 5: 9. happiness. 2: 14. 10: 6 vlbg tiqijvrjg, son of happiness, i. q. one worthy of it. 19: 42. Rom. 8: 6. Eph. 6: 15 svu/ylhov f. see in Elnov. a prep, governing the accu- rtjg flQi)vi]c, gospel of bliss, i. e. which sative, with the primary idea of motion leads to bliss. 2 Thess. 3: 16. So o into any place or thing, and then also frtbg flQi]vi]g, i. e. God the author and of motion or direction to, towards, upon, giver of bliss, Rom. 15: 33. 16: 20. Phil, any place, thing, etc. The antithesis is 4: 9. 1 Thess. 5: 23. 2 Thess. 3: 16. expressed by x, out of. Sept. every- Heb. 13: 20. Comp. Bibv (ii]vi]g, Is. 9: 6. Sept. where for 3, b, bi$, etc. See Winer 53. a. Mattl). 578. Passow Lex. i. e. the good or blessing which you Elg. Schweighauser have invoked by way of salutation, art. 3 Eg. Lex. Herodot. 23. r > 1. Of place, which is the primary and most frequent use, into, to, viz. a) after verbs implying motion of auy kind into, or also to, towards, upon, any place or object ; e. g. verbs of going, coining, leading, following, sending, throwing, placing, delivering over, and the like, etc. etc. Matt. 2: 12 uvtxuarpuv tig TTjv ^woav tTwv. 4: 8. 5: 1 avifi-i] tig TO oQog. 6: 6 tl'fftk&E tig TO TU^HOV ffov. 8: 18 and-d-fiv tig TO nioav. 12: 44 tTiiffTQtifJW tig TOV olxov {tov. 15: 11, 17 nav TO tio~fio()tv6^itvov tig TO rrofMt, xal tig uytQQ&va txfiixMejai. 20: 17 uvct- fialvwv tig'ltQOffoh'fta. 21:18. Mark 1: 38. 5: 21. 6: 45. 9: 31 naQadldoiat tig Xtigag UV&QCJTIWV. 13: 14 ytvytiv tig T oQr], as in Engl. to Jlee into the moun- tains. Luke 8: 23, 26. John 1: 9. 7: 14. Acts 16: 16. 26: 14. Rom. 5: 12. 10: 18. Rev. 2: 22 see in BaMu b. 8: 5. al. saepiss. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 1. An. 1.3. 17. ib. 3. 1. 5. So in * constr. praegnans,' John 16: 21 {ytvvi]$Tfi tig tov xoffpov. 1 Pet. 3: 20 ft? rjv [xt^wior] oliyal yvxctl dito-ui&ijffav <5* v<5TO?. Xen. An. 2. 3. 18. So ft 5 ? c. accus. of thing, implying place ; as John 18: 6 tig T oTrtW. 7: 8, 10, tig n]v sc. at Jerusalem. Mark 13: 16. 4: 22 ft? tpavtQuv t/.fh,. John 1: 11 tig T i'dia fyfa. Acts 15: 38 tig to tyyov. 21: 6. John 16: 32. With an accus. of person, but referring always to the place where the person dwells or is, and implying to, among, etc. Luke 10: 36 ifjLTitatav tig roi'g A^ora?. 21: 24. Acts 18: 6 ft? T t&vrj noQtvffOfjiai. 20:29lfto"- fAcwovTat Ai'xot /?oft? ft? vpag. 22: 21. Rom. 5: 12. 16:19. 2 Cor. 9: 5. 10:14. 1 Thess. 1: 5. Rev. 16: 2. al. See Buttm. 147. n. 5. Winer 53. a. Matth. 578. Horn. II. 15. 402. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 6. Mem. 1. 1. 14. Spoken also of persons into whom demons have entered, Mark 9: 25. Luke 8: 30. comp. Matt. 8: 31. Luke 8: 32. al. Also Luke 15: 17 ft? tavTov f'A^cov, having come to himself, i. e. to his right mind. Diod. Sic. 13: 95 ft? iavrovg tg%6ptvoi,. b) after verbs implying direction upon or towards any place or object ; e. g. verbs of hearing, calling, announc- ing, shewing, etc. etc. Matt. 10: 27 et Acts 11: 22 ccxovav ? T WT. Luke 7: 13: I. Mutt. 22: 3 xuAeWt tig roig yaftovc. v. 4. Mark 5: 14 a7ir,yyti/.uv tig itjr TroAtv. U: 8 MTfOHFw ft? Tr/v udov. 10 ft? nan a T i\}vri dtt x/^i Luke 24: 47. John 8: 26 ruina Af'/w ft? lov xoffuov. Acts 7: 39 for^wqpTjo'eo' Tott? xo<5t'/? KiTcuv ft? Ai'yvnrov. 27: 6. 1 Cor. 14: 9 ft? f'^ lulotritg. 2 Cor. 8: 24 ft? alfovg trdtl^o-d-t. 11: 6. al. saep. Xen. A nab. 5. 6. 28, 37. Especially after verbs of looking, etc. Acts 1: 10 uTfri'^ovrtg fig TOV ovQavov. 3: 4. Matt. 22: 16 ov /ftf'rre/? ft? TT^OO-- W.TOV y#oo)7io>r John 13:22. 19:37. Acts 1:11. JM). IV 26. al. So Matt. 5: 35 opovat tig f IfQOffo).v t u(t, towards Je- rusalem, i. e. turning or looking towards it. Horn. II. 9. 373 tig i<\rm idiff&ixi. So after nouns, e. g. Acts 9: 2 fTr/o-ro/la? ft? ^/|U(7xo>', i.e. directed to Damascus. Rom. 15:31 /y dtaxovla (nov i\ tig 'itgov- (T(t).i t u. al. c) metaph. of a state or condition into which one comes, after verbs of motion, direction, etc. Matt. 25: 46 aTifAfiVovTUt ft? xo/arr/v aidtviov, fig (ai)v atwvtov. Mark 5: 26 ft? TO %tlQor tt&ovva. k 9: 43. Luke 22: 33. 24: 20. John 4: 38. 5: 24. 16: 13. Acts 26: 18. 2 Cor. 10: 5. Gal. 1: 6. Phil. 1: 12. 3: II. 1 Tim. 2: 4. 3: 6, 9. Heb. 2: 10. al. saep. For vnayt v. nogt vov tig ft^ij- rrjv, go into peace, see no. 4 below. Xen. Ath. 1. 9. Mem. 1. 2. 22. So in 4 constr. praegn.' flaml&iv tig nva \. tig 6vo.ua Ttvo?, i. e. to baptize into the obligations incumbent on a disciple of any one, etc. Matt. 28: 19. Acts 8: 16. Rom. 6: 3, 4. al. See in Bami& 2. a. f. 2. Of time, viz. a) time when, im- plying a term, limit, to, up to, until; Acts 4: 3 ft? T;V OVQIOV, till the morrow. Matt. 10: 22 ft? T&O?. Phil. 1: 10 ? yptQav XQIGTOV, i. e. against the day of Christ. 2: 16. 2 Pet. 3: 7. Acts 13: 42. 1 Thess. 4: 15. 2 Thess. 2: 6. 2 Pet. 2: 4. al. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 26. Oec. 17. 10. So with accus. of person, as mark- ing the time when one lives, appears, etc. Gal. 3: 17, 24, ft? X^IO-TOV. Hero- dian. 2. 9, 8. Herodot. 3. 97. b) time how long, marking duration, for, etc. Matt. 21: 19 ft? TOV aluva, for ever. Mark 3: 29. John 8: 35. 2 Pet. 236 El, 3: 18. Luke J: 50 tig y&titg 12: 19 tig m; noUa. 1 Tim. 6: 19. Heb. 7: 3. Rev. 9: 15. al. Xcn. Lac. 11.2. ih. 9. 2. 3. Tropically, as marking the object or point to or towards which any thing tends, aims, etc. Spoken a) of a result, effect, consequence, marking that which any person or thing tends to or becomes. Matt. 13: 30 $;- ffctis avToi'g tig dfffpdg. 27: 51 eo^/o^// tig dvo sc. |ueo7j. (Sept. Ez. 37: 22. Po- lyb. 2. 16. 11. Xen.Cyr. 1.2.4.) John 17: 23 TrfAo) ( u6Vor tig IV. Acts 2: 20 ftsraffTQacptjfftiui tl? axoTO, tig ai^ia. Rev. 11: 6. Rom. 10: 10 xugdlcf nia- T(Vt.T(u tig dr/.atio(Ti'i'i]i'. 15: 2. 1 Cor. 11: 17 ol'K tig TO xgtltTov cUX" tig TO ?';T- TOV irwiB$Mr&*. 15: 54. Acts 10: 4 i TtQOfffv/ai jr. v. 5, 9, 22. Gal. 3: 6. al. quoted from Gen. 15: 6 where Sept. for ^ r^M, as also Ps.l06:3i. 1 Mace. 2:52.' So after verbs of constituting, making, becoming, and the like; Acts 13: 22 ijysiqtv ui'iolg TOV Ja 3ld fig ftuffdea. v. 47 K&tattf as fl? qpwc. (Comp. Sept. and b nipr Ez. 37: 22.) With ilvai, as tvovrrti tig (rox plat', instead of icr. ao| /i/a, Matt. 19: 5. Mark 10: 8. al. comp. Gen. 2: 24 where Sept. for b iTTT. Luke 5: 3, com p. Is. 40: 4. So 1 Cor. 14: 22. 2 Cor. 6: 18. Heb. 1: 5. al. saep. With as Luke 13: 19 tyivno tig Acts 5: 36. Rom. 11: 9, quoted from Ps, 69: 23. So 1 Cor. 15: 45. John 16:20. Rev. 8: 11. al. saep. b) of measure, degree, extent, etc. perhaps Matt. 5: 25 cyo/o? tig ri;t> yiiv- vav, i. e. guilty even to Gehenna ; but see in "vo/off. Chiefly by way of periphrasis for an adverb ; Winer 53. c. . 55. 1. b. Matth. 578. d. Luke 13: 11 tig TO 7r>>TfAV, i. e. entirely, and Heb. 7: 25 with the idea of perpetuity. (Ael. V. H. 7. 2. ib. 12. 20.) 2 Cor. 4: 17 tig vntQpob]v, exceedingly. (Luc. D. Mort. 27. 9 or 14.) 2 Cor.'lO: 13 tig T (fyieT^tt, immoderately. 2 Cor. 13: 2 fig TO TiuAn 1 , ajjain. So tig y.fvov, in vain, 2 Cor. 6: l.~ Gal. 2: 2. Phil. 2: 16. (Diod. Sic. 19. 9.) Cornp. Herodot. 8. 144 tg T niytvia. Polyb. 1. 20. 7 tig i&oq. Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 4 tig TO Ovvmdv. c) of a direction of mind, i. e. as marking an object of desire, good will, also aversion, etc. () In a good sense, towards, for, in behalf of ; Rom. 10: 1 ?; ti'doxia Tijg tjLtJjg xo<5/c vxto cxviwv effTiv tig o-MTr,(u(x%'. Jude 21 TO i).tog TOV y.VQ. /. X. tig MIJV alon'iov. Rom. 1:27 it> T/J oof'^ft nmwv tig u).h])>ovg. 14: 19. Phil. 1: 23 iTCi&Vftla tig TO avr/AfffWi. Matt. 26: 10 t'o/ov xAoy tloyacroiTO tig fe. Rom. 12: 16. 2 Cor. 10: 1. 1 Thess. 4: 10. 5: 15. 2 Pet. 3: 9. al. Judith 6: 17. Time. 1. 38. So after nouns, e. g. ayani] tig TIVU, Rom. 5: 8. 2 Cor. 2: 4, 8. Eph. 1: 15. al. //j/o-u tl'g TIVCC, 2 Cor. 1:11. So Acts 20: 21. 2 Cor. 9: 13. 2 Mace. 9: 26. After adjec- tives, xQqvrol tig aM.ijlovg Eph. 4: 32. (pdo^voi tig wUf/'Aoi'?, 1 Pet. 4: 9. Po- lyb. 1. 16. 10. Here belongs the con- struction of /.7r/a) and niGTti'w) with tig, (usually c. dat.) these verbs implying an affection or direction of mind towards a person or thing, i. e. to place hope or confidence iy or UPON ; e. g. John 5: 45 et 2 Cor. 1:1 Oft? ov iihTilxafisv, comp. Acts 24: 15 tinlda t%Mv tig TOV &t6v. (Herodian. 7. 10. 1 tig ov r,knlxeo~ar. Pint. Galb. 19.) Matt. 18: 6 TUV nto-Tiv- OVTMV tig t^is. John 2: 11. al. saep. So ftnlf xat nlcrng tl'g Tiva, 1 Pet. 1:21. nlo-ng Acts 20: 21. 24: 24. al. ninoi- #r t (ng 2 Cor. 8: 22. (/J) In an un- friendly sense, against ; e. g. Matt. 18: 15 et 1 Cor. 6: 18 aftagiuveiv tig. Luke 12: 10 ug cos! loyov tig TOV vlov TOV UV&Q. tig TO ay. nvtvfta. Mark 3: 29 og (V V ^ao-cpr^urjffij tig TO 7ivtv(in TO uyior. Luke 22: 65. Acts 9: 1. Col. 3. 9. al. 237 Ael. V. H. 11. 10. Thuc. 1. 130. ib. 3. 85. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 2. So after nouns, Heb. 12: 3 artdoyia fig aviov. Acts 23: 30 tJiipovkrj d'g rtva. Rom. 8: 7 i%&ga tig oV Xeu. H. G. 7. 4. 34 tyxirjua ng d) of an intention, purpose, aim, end, i. e. tig final, (a) In the sense of unto, in order to or for , i. e. for the purpose of, for the sake of, on account of, etc. Matt 8: 4 TO dwgov tig uayrvQiov avTolg. v. 34 fj nokig d^k-d-tv fig awdvrrjcriv TM ' Ir\aov. 27: 7 JjyoQctffav tov ctyqov tig Taqpjjv. v. 10. Mark 1: 4 (Jam iff pot ptiavolag tig atptffiv mjutftuhr, Luke 5: 4 %akdo-ftTt T Slxiva tig ayctav. 22: 19 TOIJIO noiflte tig ii\v f^ii\v ixvduvijffiv. 24:20. John J: 7. 9: 39. Acts 4: 30. 11:29. 14: 26. Rom. 1: 16, 17. 5: 21. 6: 19. 9: 21. 10: 4. 15: 18. 1 Cor. 2: 7. 2 Cor. 2: 12. Eph. 4: 12 bis. 1 Tim. 1: 16. al. saep. So Matt. 3: 11 ftaml&iv tig fisTavotav, unto repentance. 1 Cor. 12: 13 tig cv cniiiff&rtutv, tig Iv Jivti'pa tJio- , i. e. in order that we may be one in body and spirit. Matt. 18: 20 avvi]'/ pivot tig TO tubv ovopa, i. e. on my account, for my sake, in order to promote my cause, etc. So before an infin. c. art. in order to, in order that, etc. Matt. 20: 19 tig TO epnalSai. Mark 14: 55 tig 10 davaiwaai aitov. Luke 20:20. Rom. 1: 11. 11: 11. James 1: 18. al. saep. Herodian. 1. 6. 20. Herodot. 2. 103. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 5. An. 6. 5. 14. c. infin. Xen. Mern. 3. 6. 2. Ag. 9. 3. Hence tig r/', to what end? wherefore^ why? JVlait. 14: 31. Mark 15: 34. al. fig TO fro, to this end, for this purpose, therefore, Mark 1: 38. Acts 9: 21. Rom. 9: 17. al. tig o, to which tnd, whereunto, etc. 2 Thess. 1:11. 1 Pet. 2: 8. (/J) In the sense of to or for, implying use, advantage, etc. and equivalent to the 'dat. commodi et incommodi,' but more emphatic ; Winer 53. c. d. Matt. 10: 10 ui] xii}ffi)ff&s ni]Qctv tig odov. 20: 1 t$r)).&tv uiff&uffoto'&ai tgyniag tig tov CIVTOV. Mark 8: 19, 20, OTS roig g txkctffct tig TOV ntvTtxxio'xiJuovg x. T. L Luke 9: 13. 14: 35 OVTS tig yrjv, OL-TC tig xoTfQtav tv&tjov t(ni. Matt. 5: 13. John 6: 9. Acts 2: 22. Rom. 11:36 et 1 Cor. 8: 6, tig avtov, for him, i. e. for his honour and glory. Rorn. 15: 26. 16: a % Cor. 8: 6. Gal. 4: 11. Eph. 1: 5 tig aviov. 3: 2 ^otc do\)tio~a pot. slg g. 1 Pet. 1: 4 xhjQovoplav TCTT^- fig v t uag. al. saep. Xen. An. 1. 2. 27. ib. 3. 3. 19. H. G. 4. 2. 9. So Luke 7: 30 T/V jfowUf* TOU &tov ij&tjij- ffav tig tctinovg, i. e. to their own detri- ment. e) genr. as marking the object of any reference, relation, allusion, into, unto, towards, i. e. with reference to, etc. Pas- sow in Elg no. 5. (a) pp. in accordance with, conformably to ; Matt. 10: 41, 42, df^outvog 7iQO(f^ii]v tig ovofta ngocpi]- TOU x. T. X. i. e. in accordance with the character of a prophet, or AS a prophet. Matt. 12: 41 et Luke 11: 32 utrtvo^ffav tig TO xijQvyuu 3 Iwvii, into, i. e. con- formably to or AT the preaching of Jo- nah. Acts 7: 53 Aa/Sm Toy vouov tig dtarayug ayy&wv, into, i. e. conform- ably to or in consequence of the ar- rangements of angels, etc. (/5) genr. in the sense of as to, in respect to, as, concerning", etc. Acts 2: 25 dctfild yctg liytt, fig atTov, concerning him ; so Eph. 5: 32 et Heb. 7: 14. (Comp. KypkcObs.II. p. 15.) Acts 25: 20 TIO- qovutvog fyw tig trjv ^IJTJJOVV. Luke 12: 21 /UK} tig TOV -&tov TrAouTwv. Rom. 4: 20 ft* rt]v tJiayytUav ov difQxgl&T). Rom. 13: 14 Tiqovoia tig tm&vpiag. 16: 5 ctTittQx^ Tt l? ' -Aalag tig Xqiffiov. 16: 19 ffO(fovg uiv tig TO ayu&ov, axtgctlovg ds tig TO xaxov. 2 Cor. 2: 9 a tig ndvra vjiixoolt. 9:8. Gal. 6: 4. Eph. 3: 16. 1 Thess. 5: 18. 2 Tim. 2: 14. 1 Pet. 3: 2J. al. saep. Diod. Sic. 2. 57. Luc. pro Imag. 23. Xen. An. 2. 6. 30. ib. 4. 1.28. 4. Sometimes tig c. accus. is found where the natural construction would seem to require iv c. dat. as after verbs which imply neither motion nor direc- tion, but simply rest in a place or state. In such cases the idea of a previous coming into that place or state is either actually expressed, or is implied in the context. See Passow, Llg no. 6. Wi- ner 54. 4. b. Matth. 596. Comp. Buttm. 151. I. 8. So Matt. 2: 23 &- &uv xawxrptv tig noliv. Mark 1: 39 xal t}v xi]Qiffff(av tig tag avvaywyctg, cornp. v. 38 where is ciywutv tig iccg fyopeva? xanoKoteig. Mark 2: 1 xJ 2:38 tig KantQvaovp, xal ?}xo OIL tig otxov to*Ti, i. e. that lie was come into the house. 13: 9, 16. Luke 11: 7 ra naidla pov [AST t^ov tig -trjv xonyv turlv, as in colloquial Engl. my children are to bed.^ 21: 37. John 9: 7 ways, vltfJttL tig ti]v xohi'nliij-d-Qav iov 2iJnaafi. Acts 7: 4. 8: 39, 40, nvtvpa xvglov ?;o- TKxas ibv tt.in7iov, ti'Qt&T) ds tig "A^w- rov. 18: 21. 21: 13, coll. avafiaivtiv in v. 12. 23: 11. al. Horn. II. 15. 275 ecpdvrj tig tig bdov. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4 vo- fiM tig rag tavroJv xatyag txaarot rovrwv ndgtunv. 2. 1. 5. An. 1. 2. 24. Ael. V. H. 7. 8 on * HcpaiffTiav tig 3 Exfidrava ant&avs. Diod. Sic. 5. 84. Here be- longs also in N. T. the apparent con- struction of tig with a genitive through the omission of its noun ; as fig adou, Acts 2: 27, 31, i. e. for tig olxov uoov, Buttm. 132. n. 9. Matth. 578. g. Passow I. c. no. 7. The phrase in Acts is, tyxarahtlTisiv tig adov, quoted from Ps. 16: 10 where Sept. for ^ at 5?, i. e. to leave or abandon TO the grave or Sheol ; not strictly to leave IN it. Comp. Gen. 44: 31. In other instances tig and tv are used alternately, according to the different shape of the thought ; e. g. John 20: 19, 26, rjl&tv o ' lyvovg xal E'OTTJ slg TO (jiiaov ai'Twv, but Luke 24: 36 tctvra de avrwv kakovvrwv avibg o -Jfy- 0*01;? tffTf] tv fitffM avrwv. Here the attention of John is fixed more on Je- sus' coming and standing ; that of Luke on his actual presence. John 21: 4, comp. 8: 3, 9. Acts 4: 7. (Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 1 or tig TO psffov.) So xa&ijd&ai fig Mark 13: 3, coll. Matt. 13: 2 ; and xa&fiv&ai sv, Matt. 26: 69. al. Cowp. Schweighaus. Lex. Herodot. 3 g no. 1. Also, Mark 1: 9 ifi-d-tv 'lycrovg xal tfian- ilc. 2: 27. Acts 9: 8. 21: 28,29,37. So tig ir]v avbjv John 18: 16, coll. v. 15. Also tiW/fiv fig ITI\V olxovftivyv, i. e. to produce, to introduce, into the world, Heb. 1: 6. Seq. wfo, Luke 14: 21. Sept. for N^n Gen. 8: 9. 24: 67. 2 K. 9: 2. Palaeph. Fab.19. Xen. An. 1. 6. 11 -- Of things, Acts 7: 45. Act. Thorn. 13. Xen. Athen. 2.3. Eiaaxovco, f. ovo-o^uat, (axovw,) to hear to, to listen to, i. e. a) to give heed to, to obey, seq. gen. 1 Cor. 14: 21 ov, (t). f. Tjffw, to leap in- to, to spring in, e. g. fig lov o%).or, among the people, Acts 14: 14. absol. Acts 16: 29. Sept. for &r3 Am. 5: 19. Herodian. 7. 5. 6. Xen. An. 1. 5.8. i, f. (vffopai, depon. (noQfi'o t uai,) to go into, to enter ; spoken a) of persons, seq. tig c. accus. of place, Mark 1:21. 6:56. 11:2. Acts 3: 2. With fig implied, Luke 8: 16. 11: 33. 19: 30. coll. Mark 11: 2. Sept. for 812 Gen. 23: 10. 40: 29. al. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 21. Seq. OTTOV, Mark 5: 40. ol Luke 22: 10. seq. xaid lovg ol'xovg, from house to house, Acts 8: 3. Seq. Tigog c. accus. of pers. to enter to any one, i. e. into his house, Acts 28: 30. So Sept. for {03 Gen. 44: 30. Esth. 2: 14.Ceb. Tab. 29. b) of things, to enter in, comp. in lAaiuxo(jiai> c. So seq. fig, Matt. 15: 17. Mark 7: 15, 18, 19. Metaph. for to arise, to spring up, sc. in the mind, Mark 4: 19. c) from the Heb. f/OlMp|0ipMM xcu Ixjiogtvoftat, to go in and out, i. e. to perform one's daily duties ; spoken of one's daily life and walk, Acts 9: 28. See the Heb. in }04fgf0M d. EiOTp(%c0j aor. 2 tlaidga^ior, (rps- %M,) to run into a house, etc. In N. T. absol. to run in, Acts 12: 14. 2 Mace. 5: 26 tig ir\v noliv. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 6. Xen. An. 5. 2. 16. EiGCffQCOy aor. 2 fun'ivtyxov, aor. 1 tlffijvtyxa, (Q(a,) to bear into, to bring into, trans, and seq. tig c. ace. of place, 1 Tim. 6: 7 ovdtv tlayvtyxafAtv fig lov xoo^uov. Heb. 13: 11. With fig impl. Luke 5: 18, 19. Sept. for K^n Ex. 40: 19. Num. 31: 54. al. Jos. Ant" 3. 8. 2. Xen.Cyr. 8. 8. 10. Conv. 2. 11. Spoken of persons, and seq. tig c. ace. of state, condition, i. q. to lead into, e. g. tig ntiQaffpov, Matt. 6: 13. Luke 11: 4. Trop. tlffcpfQttv 11 tig ^ag axoag itvog, to bring to (into) the ears of any one, i. e. lo announce, Acts 17: 20. Eurip. Dan. 55 tig O>T (psQtiv. id. Bacch. 649 TOV? loyovg yag tlffcptQtig xaivovg utl. Soph. Aj. Flagell. 149. Comp. Wetstein in loe. 31 JErtCfj adv. then ; spoken a) of time, i. e. afterwards, after that, Mark 8: 25 thct nvtliv tTts&r t xt. Luke 8: 12. John 13: 5. 19: 27. 20: 27. James 1: 15. PIut.Mor. IT. p. 19. ed. Tauchn. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 13. By a sort of re- dundance, before a participle, Mark 4: 17 f?r yfrouvr t c x>7,fc(/;fci)c x. T. L The Greeks place it after the partioip. Buttm. 144. n. 6. 149. p. 429. Comp. Herrn. ad Vig. p. 772. Xen. An. 1. 2. 25. b) of order and succession, as nqw- lovtlia, 1 Tim. 2: 13. 3: 10. Mark 4: 28 bis, 71QWTQV. dfl'TfQOV, igllOV, T, 1 Cor. 12: 28. tntiia ilia 1 Cor. 15: 7, 24. inverted, v. 5. So TIQWIOV trra Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 1. An. 1. 3. 2. c) as a particle of continuation, then, so then, consequently, etc. Heb. 12: 9. See Buttm. 149. p.429. Plut. de esu Anim. Or. II. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 13,14. JZt'if, see in El III. #. 'Ex, before a vowel t 9 (Buttm. 26. 6,) a prep, governing the genitive, with the primary signif. out of, from, of '; spoken of such objects as before were in another, (cornp. in *Ano init.) but are now separated from it, either in re- spect of place, time, source or origin, etc. It is the direct antithesis of tig. Sept. chiefly for ]*:. See Winer 51. p. 313, 314 sq. Matth. 569. Passow art. 7*. 1. Of place, which is the primary and most frequent use, out of, from, viz. a) after verbs implying motion of any kind out of or from any place or object, e. g. verbs of going, coming, sending, throwing, falling, gathering, separating, removing, and the like, etc. etc. Matt. 2: 6 xal o*v Brj&Jitifj,, tx vov yag f^tJifiifferai ijyoi'fitvog. Mark 5: 2. Matt. 7: 5 Ix/JaAe IT\V doxov tx TOU oqp- dalipov ffov. 13: 52. John 2: 15. Luke 2: 4 avifir] '/oxn/qp ex noktug Na^aQfT tig TT)V 'lovdaiav. Mark 1: 11 qpojvrj eyeveio tx iSiv oi'Qctvuv. 9: 7. Matt. 17: 5. Luke 10: 18 tx iov OVQUVOV ntoona. 17: 24. 23:55. John I:\9a7ito~itdav t$' 13: 1. Heb. 3: 16. Matt. 2: 15 QAlyvj fxalfffa lov rlov pov. 13: 49 a loi'g novr^ovg tx ^.iaovi. 3ix. Mark 11:8 IXOTTTOV ix iwv divSgow. Rom. 11: 24. Mark 13: 27 t7it)g oixiag. Matt. 24: 17. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 5.) Mark 16: 3 lit; unoxvliffit iov lidov in TJ]? dvyctg. Acts 23: 10. 27: 29, 30 yi'/etv e'x TOU TiAo/ov. al. eaepiss. Comp. 173 Gesen. Lex. 2. Herodian. 1. 15. 2. Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 32 T j? ui'iovg e'x lov novygov. (trop. Acts *15: 29.) Rev. 3: 10. 2: 21 ui- Tavoijffai ex it)g nogvtlag. v. 22. 9: 20, 21. Acts 1: 25 aTtooro/b) e'S yg 7roe'/5ij 'lovdag. Also John 5: 24. 2 Tim. 2: 26. James 5: 20. 1 Pet. 1: 18 et 1 Cor. 9: 19. 1 Pet. 2: 9. 2 Pet. 2: 21. Rev. 14: 13 avctTtavawvTai e'x TWV XOTTWV av- i&v. al. saep. Horn. II. 10. 107. Hero- dian. 7. 12. 13. 2. Of lime, viz. of the beginning of a period of time, a point from which on- ward any thing takes place etc. So ex xodiag firjrQog, Matt. 19: 12. Luke 1: 15. al. (Sept. for *K& Jt?.^73 Ps. 22: 11. "^ 'Vzga Ps. 49:' L) ex vtoi^oq Matt. 19:20. 'e'x XQOVWV ixavuv, Luke 8; 27. t* awyg John 6: 64. e'x ywtvjg 9: 1. & TOU aiuvog 9: 32. So Arts 9: 33. 15: 21. 24: 10. al. Ael. V. H. 3. 4. Herodot. 3. 33. Herodian. 6. 2. 7. Xen. Oec. 3. 10. Cyr. 8. 5. 12. Hence it may sometimes be rendered o/7er, as Rom. 1: 4 I* etvcto-idatwv vtxqiav. Rev. '* 243 17: 11 t rwy 7iT e'' 'lovduiwv iffilv, i. e. is first revealed to the Jews and proceeds from them to others. John 10: 16 a ovx wnv ex i]? avlyg ravirjg. v. 32. Luke 10:11. John 1: 13. 3: 31. 1 Cor. 15: 47. 2 Cor. 5: 2 TO e* oiQcu'ov, i. e. heavenly. John 3: 25 ftjTijo-t? e'x TWV (Audrpuv, i. e. pro- ceeding from the disciples of John, v. 27. 7: 22. Acts 5: 38. 19: 25. Rom. 2: 29. 10: 17. 12: 18 TO # I'puv, i. e. so far as it is of or from you, depends on you, etc. (Horn. 11.1.525.) Heb. 2: 11.7:6. 1 John 4: 7. Rev. 15: 8. al. saep. So 1 Cor. 2: 12 TO nvevpa TO e'x ^fou, i. e. divine. 2 Cor. 8: 7. 9: 2. Spoken of an affection or state of mind out of which an emotion flows, 1 Tim. 1: 5 uyti-ii, lx xf/iVo - xttoitiit; 1 Pet. 1: 22. 2 Cor. 2: 4 e'x rco/UiJ? &Mipt8ia$ tygcupa vulv 8ia x. T. A. Spoken likewise of any source of knowledge, Matt. 12: 33 e'x yog tov xao- TIOV TO tfe'vtfoov ytvwvxnai. Luke 6: 44. John 12: 34 rjfiflg iixoi'aauev e'x tov vo- fiov. Rom. 2: 18. (Xen. An. 7. 7. 43 bis.) Or of proof, James 2: 18 fle/Sw o-o* ex TWV iQywv fiov T^V nil -iitf 07<5/jJc, TroTfpov tx TOU &tov iativ. 8: 47 6 wi> e'x TOV x>foi ( T ^j^uwTa TOU &tov axom, x. T. A. 1 John 2: 29. 3: 9, 10. 4: 1,2,3,4,6. al. John 8:44 f'x TOU diafiolov. 1 John 3: 8. John 3: 6, 8, f'x ifo o-aoxo?. John 3: 31 f'x TJ/CT yr,s, bis. 8: 23 e'x TWV xro), f'x TWV aVo). John 17: 14,16, ex ToD xoffftov. I John 2: 16. 4: 5. al. Trop. of the source of character, quality, etc. implying adherence to, connexion with, etc. John 18: 37 nas o wV ex ~rijg alrifaias. 1 John 2: 21. 3: 19. Gal. 3: 10 00*01 yciQ $ i'gywv ropov flvlv. ,v. 12 o di ropog ovx wnv ix nlirrfotc. Hence f'x with its gen. preceded by the article, forms a periphrasis for an adj. or particip. e. g. o ex nun t tog, lit. a person of faith, a believer, i. q. o mtrisvtov, Rom. 3: 26. Gal. 3: 7, 9. Rom. 4: 16 6 e'x nlffxwg 'Apgactp, i. e. a person of Abraham's faith, who believes as he did, etc. So o ex yo ( uov, one of the law, i.e. one under the law, an adherent of it, etc. Rom. 4: 14, 16. Also Rom. 2: 8 ol e'| igifaias, i. q. tQiovTtg. v. 27 ; e'x pi/OYMf axoo- {Hvo-ua, i. q. yvffixij. Tit. 2: 8 o e' evav- flag, i. q. o Ivavilog. c) of the motive, ground, occasion, whence any thing proceeds, the in- cidental cause, from, out of, i. e. by reason of, because of, in consequence of, etc. John 4: 6 xFxomuxbig fx jr^g odoinoQiag. James 4: 1 ovx tvrsv&fv ex iCtv rfiov&v x. T. L Rev. 8: 11, 13 oval e'x toiv lomuv cpwvuv x.j.L 16: 10,11,21. So 2 Cor. 13: 4 fffrai'QM&r] | acr&fvtlugi alia 2$ ex dvvuptwz; &sov, x. T. L 1 Tim. 6: 4. Heb. 7: 12 e' uva/xr,g. (Herodian. 1. 4. 12.) Phil. 1: 16, 17, OB (JLSV t$ aya- Tiijg, ol ds e'| egiddag. al. Herodian. 1. 14. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 31. An. 2. 5. 5. Conv. 8. 22. So dixaiovv, dtxaiw&ijvou ex nlffitcog, from faith, i. e. on account of, by, through, etc. Rom. 3: 30. 5: 1. Gal. 2: 16. 3: 24. al. (elsewhere c. dat. TU'OTH, Rom. 3: 28.) dtx. r$ tgyotv, Rom. 3: 20. 4: 2. Gal. 2: 16 bis. al. dlxaiog ; Rom. 1: 17. dixatoai-vij ix, ; Rom. 9: 30. 10: 6. d) of the efficient cause, agent, etc. that from which any action or thing proceeds, is produced, effected,/rom, by, etc. Rom. 9: 12 et Gal. 5: 8 e'x TOU xulovfiog. 1 Cor. 8: 6. e' oi> T nuvrnc. 2 Cor. 1: 11 e'x nollwv TO fig ij t uug %d- Q iff m*. So i' f/uavrov, of myself, John 12: 49. Likewise Matt. 1: 18 iv ynilov$ ex rov [ictuwva, i. e. by means of. 245 means of. John 3: 5 (dv p] in; yivrn&it 132. 4. 2. c. Spoken of a class or t vSaTog. 1 Cor. 9: 14 e'x ioD wp/dUmi number out of which one is separated, gv, coll. v. 13. John 9: 6. Heb. 11: 35. of which he forms part, etc. John 1: Rev. 3: 18 /gvaiov nsnvgovpvov e'x 24 ol uTifaruipvot i]cruv e'x TUV aQi- nvQog. 17: 2, 6. 18: 3, 19. So with aaimv. 2 Tim. 3: 6. Mark 14: 69 ovtog verbs of filling, being full, etc. Matt. 23: 25 k'aw&tv yspovffiv e':- a^nayijg xal ddixictg. John 12: 3. Rev. 8: 5. Comp. Matth. 396. n. 2. 574. p. 1133. Judith 9: 10. Ecclus. 13: 11. Eur. Hec. 573. Soph. El. 398. Aj. 537. Xen. Oec. 13. 6. Apol. 4. Hence also of the price, as a means of acquiring any thing etc. Matt. 20: 2 ai'u-)D Deut. 7: 13." Is. 14: 29. Hesych. txyova ' tixva lixvwv. genr. Xen. Lac. 1. 4. 'Exdanayaco, to, f. ii, Acts 2: 23 Bel and Drag. 26. Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 9 He- Todot. 6. 85. Matt. 2: 13 xccl frfo f wc x T , 5 . 24. 6: 21. 12: 45. James 2: 3. al' ' So by impl. Luke 13: 28 Ml iWcu 6 xAai;- &[io<;x.T.L as in the corresponding passages, Matt. 8: 12. 13: 42 50 24- 51.25:30. Also ol M1 t those there, i e ' those who were there, Matt. 26: 71 ' kept, for op Gen. 2: 8, 12. Xen. H G 3. 2. 14. ol Mi ib. 1. 6. 4. By Heb.' joined with onov, as onov txt7, where Mark 6: 55. Rev. 12: 6, 14. So Sept. *or tTiJ -roJN 1 Sam. 9: 10. Gen 13-4 b) by attraction, spoken of place wh.ther, thither, to that place, after verbs of motion, instead of Ixfot, see Buttm. 151.1.8. Winer Gr. 58. 7. Herm. ad Vjg. p. 790, 893. Matt. 2: 22 /J'~ &) *m anl&&, i. e. for the sake of remaining there. Mark 6: 33. Luke 12:18. 17:37. John 11: 8. 18:3 al bo Matt. 17: 20, col], 21: 21. So Sept' and ti Deut. 1: 37. Judg. 18-3 2 Sam. 17: 18. for natti Deut. 4: 42.' Herodian. 4. 8. 9. Xen.'fl. G. 1. 2 9 ib. 7. 1. 27. AL. tl f w (& waiting for, expectation, Heb. 10^ 27^ Exdvco, f. i>ff(o, as intrans. to go or come out of, sxdv? psyaQoio Horn. Od. 22. 334 ; hence in the trans, relation, to put offsc. clothes ; comp. Buttm. 114 8va>. In N. T. to put off, to strip one of his clothes, to unclothe; with two accus. Matt. 27: 31 l&dwav aviov iW ztepMa. Mark 15: 20. c. ace. of pers. Matt. 27: 28. Luke 10: 30. See Buttm. 131. 5. Sept. for Bttiss Gen 37: 22. Num. 20: 28.-Xen. C/r. 1. a 17. c. ace. of garm. ib. 1.4. 26 absol An 4. 3. 12. Mid. to lay off one's clothes, to unclothe oneself, trop. of the mortal body, 2 Cor. 5: 4, see iu rvu- ro$ b. Exci, adv. of place, there, i. e. a) of place where, there, in that place, , adv. (exti, Buttm. 116. 6,) thence, from that place, Matt 4- 21 7&*T V ' 5:26 ' 9:9 ' 27 ' Act8 13: 4 20: 13. al. So ol &&&*,, those from thence, i. e. those who belong there Luke 16: 26. Sept. for ^53 Gen 28- 2, 6. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 40.* An. 5. 6. 24' ot, txtl&ev Eur. Hec. 719. ed. Person AL. Exsivo?, q, o, pron. demonstr. (em,) that, that one there, plur. those; equiv. to an emphatic he, she, it, or to he there, she there, it there. When in an antithesis or opposition, it usually refers to the person or thing more remote or absent ; elsewhere to the next preced- ing, which it thus often renders more definite and emphatic. Matth. 471. Passow Lex. a) in antithesis etc. referring to the more remote subject, e. g. with ovrog, Luke 18: 14 xare/fy ovrog dsdixaHapevog / yao fxflrog. James 4: 15. So genr. Matt. 13: 1 1 vfuv dsdojcti ixnvotg 8i ov dedoTou. Mark 16: 20. John 5: 35, 47. 8: 42. Heb. 12: 25. al. saep. So Luke 13: 4 coll. v. 2. 19: 27 coll. v. 14, 26 249 Luc. D. Mort. 14. 6 or 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19 ovtoi txtivoi. An. 3. 1. 21, 29. b) without antitli. referring to the person or thing immediately preceding or just mentioned. () genr. Matt. 17: 27 ti'Qijaftg (TTtti^a ' Ixflvov lafiwv dog x. T. L Acts 3: 13 /7tATov, XQIVUVTOS dxtivov. Mark 3: 24. 16:10,11,13. John 4: 25. 5: 19, 43. 7: 45. 13: 6, 27. Rom. 14: 14. 2 Cor. 8: 9. James 1: 7 o av&QMTiog fxflvog. 2 Pet. 1: 16. 1 John 5: 16. al. Comp. Winer 23. 1. Matth. 1. c. Passow sub voc. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3. ib. 1. 3. 13. Conv. 2. 25. So with a subst. of time, and referring to a time more or less definite, e. g. Iv ralg fae- qoug txtlvaig Matt. 3: 1. Luke 2: 1. 4: 2. al. iv txiivaig T7? ?)//, Matt. 24: 19. Mark 1: 9. 2: 20. al. iv -ty fa. txriv-t] Matt. 7:22. 13: 1. al. iv Ixdvy TJ {p. Matt. 22: 23. Mark 4: 35. al. an' txti- v*l? Tfc r t u. Matt - %*- 46 - (Xen. An. 1. 7. 18.) So Matt. 8: 13. 10: 19. 9: 22. 11: 25. 12: 1. Acts 12: 1. 19: 23. (/5) Emphatic, like the Engl. that, he, etc. where however the emphasis lies in the construction, and not in the word itself. Thus where it is put instead of repeat- ing the subject etc. (conip. in Ainog I. 3.) Mark 7: 15 T txnoQtvouiva an amov, txuva to~ii x. T. L v. 20. John 1: 18 o povoyevyg rto? txfivog 5: 11 o noirjffa; /u vyty, txtlvog uoi 9: 37. 10: 1. 12: 48. 14: 26. Rom. 14: 14. 2 Cor. 10: 18. al. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 17. ib. 6. 2. 33. Or where it intro- duces a following clause, e. g. before a relative, John 13: 26 ixtivog tort, o> x.r./l. Rom 14: 15. John 10: 35. Heb. 6: 7. 11: 15. So neut. ixtivo before OTI, Matt. 24: 43 exelvo yivwaxfje, OIL x. T. L Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 3,21. Especially for pei-sons well known and celebrated ; comp. in Avtog I. 2. b. Matt. 27: 63 ixiivog o nA.dvo$. So of Jesus, John 7: 11 nov i,) thither, to that place, Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 10. ib. 2. 2. 2. In N. T. by attraction, instead of sxii, there, in that place, comp. in 'Jxtti b. Buttm. 151. I. 8. Herra. ad Vig. p. 790, 893. Acts 21: 3. 22: 5 xal rovg txiicre o rr,\ Sept. Job 39: 29. Act. Thorn. 8. Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 1 T txtl- (TS t&vrj. Herodian. 2. 9. 15. Only in later writers, cf. Passow. 3 Exipt(0 } O), f. r\ff(a, to seek out, to search out, sc. any thing lost, Sept. for In N. T.'metaph. viz. a) to inquire diligently, to scrutinize, c. c. TifQi nvos 1 Pet. 1: 10, where it is parall. with !$RptWNMl. Sept. for Iph Ps. 44: 22. Ecclus. 39: 3. I)) to seek after, i. e. to endeavour to gain, to solicit, trans. Heb. 12: 17 /uera dctxQVuv &?T7Jt7a? avjr)V. Sept. for cp.2 Ps. 122: 9. ^1 1 K. 14: 5. life.' ft 8. By Hebraism', in the sense of to require., to demand, e. g. fcgqrcty TO ittuu iivos UTIO nvog, i. e. to avenge, to punish, Luke 11: 50, 51. So Sept. and tJ53 Ez. 3: 18, 20. 2 Sam. 4: 11. tt-Vl Gen. 9: 5. 42: 22. cffrom the Heb. (x^rt'iv TOV &tov, to seek out God, i. e. to turn to him, humbly and sincerely to follow and obey him, Acts 15: 17. Rom. 3: 11. Heb. 11: 6. So Sept. and 1TJ53 Deut. 4: 29. Jer. 29: 13. U-n Deut. 4: 29. 2 Chr. 15: 2, 13. EccluV 24: 34. 'ExfraflfifCi), CO, f. r)(T(a, (tx&au- /So?,) to astonish outright, to amaze, Aquil.for n?.2 Job 33:7. Ecclus. 30: 9. In N. T. Pass, tx&aftptoftcu, ovftai, to be greatly amazed, astonished, sc. from admiration, Mark 9: 15. from terror, Mark 16: 5, 6. from distress of mind, Mark 14: 33, where it is paral. with Ivntivdai, Matt. 26: 37. Cornp. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 134. "Ex&anpoZy ov, o, y, adj. (Ix, d-dfifiog,) quite astonished, greatly amaz- ed, Acts 3: 11. Pol. 20. 10.9. v 9 o,*/, adj. exposed, e. g. as an infant ; hence Acta 250 7: 19 noiuv txfora T figiyi], i. q. tx- TifoVat T /%'g>7/, i. e. to expose. Comp. Ex. c. 2. So Philo de Vit. Mos. I. p. 604 rov ncuda CXTI&SCKTI. ib. uddyi) toy exTs&ivrog pQEcpoi'c. Ael. V. II. 2. 7. b) f. to ;wr#e ou/, i. e. to cleanse thoroughly ; pp. T? ao-nlda? txxfxa&ctQuevas, i. e. burnished, Xen. An. 1. 2. 16. In N. T. metaph. c. ace. of pers. lainov ano nvog 2 Tim. 2: 21. Sept. for 5^2 Judg. 7: 4. Xen.Conv. 1. 4. Seq. a'cc. of thing, to cleanse out, to put away, etc. 1 Cor. 5: 7. Dinarch. contra Aristogit. p. 67 exxa#. TJJV dwoodoxlav. pp. Sept. Deut 26: 13. 'Exxaico, aor. 1 pass. ^fxuv&rjv, to cause to burn or flame out, L e. to Hn- dle, trans. Herodot. 4. 134. Sept. for *2 Ex. 22: 6. Judg. 15: 5. metaph. rov noltuov Plut. Agesi. 31 med. In N. T. Pass, or Mid. to burn out, tojlame tip, intrans. i. e. to be inflamed, to burn vehemently ; metaph. h TT} OQ&L, with lust, Rom. 1: 27. Of anger, Sept. for -1*3 Ps. 2: 12. Jer. 4: 4. ijp* Deut. 29: 20. So Diod. Sic. 14. 108. T Pol. 9. 10. 10. pp. Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 14. Rom. 11: 17, 19, 20. Sept. for Lev. 1: 17. fo, f. elffia, aor. 1 pass. &- Buttm. 98. n. 6. 100. 3 ; to shut out, to exclude, trans, pp. Pol. 25. 1. 10. In N. T. trop. to exclude, sc. from the intercourse and instruction of any one, seq. accus. Gal. 4: 17. (So 7rox>U/w Plut. Alcib. 4.) Pass, to be excluded, i. e. to have no place, Rom. 3: 27. fco; co y f. rjo-oj, (ex, xaxo?,) pp. to turn out a coward, i. e. to lose one's courage ; in N. T. genr. to be fainthearted, to faint, to despond, sc. in view of trial, difficulty, etc. intrans. Eph. 3: 13 aliot'^nt, (jtrj exxaxtlv iv tuiq -frtiysffl uov vneo ipwv. 2 Cor. 4: 1 , 1 6. In the sense of to be remiss, slothful, sc. in duty, Luke 18: 1. Gal. 6: 9. 2 Thess. 3: 13. Hesych. txxaxovfiw txudofytv, axrjStmpw. Pol. 14. 19. 10, where others eyxctxsa). 0, f. ijo-ca, to prick out, to pierce out, trans, e. g. TOI/C ly&alnovg Ael. H. A. 17. 20. comp. Valckn.Diatr p. 203. In N. T. to pierce through, to transjix, trans. John 19: 37. Rev 1- 7 Comp. Zech. 12: 10, where Sept. for ^^"7, as also Judg. 9: 54. for ;n n Num. 22: 9. 2 Mace. 12: 6. Pol Y 56. 12. t f. ao-ca, aor. 1 pass. Button. 98. n. 6. 100. 3 ; to break out or off, trans, e. g. a branch,' , a?, 7;, out, summoned, from exxaAe'w,) a convo- cation, assembly, congregation, viz. a) pp. of persons legally called out or summoned ; Acts 19: 39 iv ifi fvvouy ex- y.tyo-la sc. of the people; and hence also of a tumultuous assembly not legal, Acts 19: 32, 40. Judith 6: 16. 14: 6. Ael. V. H. 5. 12. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 6. An. 1. 3. 2. In the Jewish sense, con- gregation, assembly, of the people for worship, e. g. in a synagogue, Matt. 18: 17. or genr. Acts 7: 8. Heb. 2: 12 quoted from Ps. 22: 22, where Sept. for np T ; also Deut. 18: 16. 2 Chr. 1: 3, 5. al. 1 Mace. 2: 56. 4: 59. Ecclus. 13: 20. b) in the Christian sense, an assembly sc. of Christians, genr. 1 Cor. 11: 18 avvQ%oiitvoi, iv exxkrjffia. Hence, a church^ the Christian church, viz. () a particular church, e. g. in Jerusalem, Acts 8: 1. 11: 22. al. in Antioch, Acts 11: 26. 13: 1. al. in Corinth, 1 Cor. 1: 2. 2 Cor. 1: 1. of Asia Minor, 1 Cor. 16: 19. of Galatia, Gal. 1:2. at Thes- salonica, 1 Thess. 1: 1. 2 Thess. 1: 1. at Cenchrea, Rom. 16: 1. etc. etc. So at fxxl. jwv e&vbjv, i. e. churches of Gentile Christians,Rom.l6:4. Also r t xar owov nvog ly.xhrjOict, i. e. the church which meets at the house of any one, Rom. 16: 5. 1 Cor. 16: 19. Philem. 2. So IxxL 7ov XQIVTOV, Rom. 16: 16. IxxL rov -foot/, 1 Cor. 1: 2. 10: 32. al. (P) The church universal, Matt. 16: 18. 1 Cor. 12: 28. Gal. 1: 13. Eph. 1: 22. 3: 10. Heb. 12: 23. al. So txxl. tov foci?, 1 Cor. 11: 22. 15: 9. 1 Tim. 3: 15. al. Comp. Sept. IxxL XVQIOV for l-lin? brip Deut. 23: 2, 4. AL. 'J5#W&^<9, f. via, to bend out, to turn aside or away, intrans. e. g. & T}f 251 odov, Sept. for nt23 Num. 22: 23. in flight, Pol. 1. 19. 2.' T Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 23. In N. T. nietaph. of those who turn away or swerve from piety and virtue, Rom. 3: 12, quoted from Ps. 14: 3. 53: 4, where Sept, for "^0. Seq. TTO c. gen. to turn away from, to avoid, Rom. 16: 17. 1 Pet. 3: 11. So Sept. for -J73 "ID Ps. 37: 28. Prov. 3: 7. ExxoAufifiaa) 9 co, f. jjo-w, to swim ot/, so. to land, Acts 27: 42. Diod. Sic. 20. 86, 88. 1 Ex XOfii^cOy f. MTW, to bear out, to carry out, sc. a dead body for burial, Luke 7: 12. Herodian. 2. 1. 5. cOy f. yto, to strike out or of, to cut off or out, trans, e. g. a branch or scion, at iivo? Rom. 11: 24. absol. v. 22, paral. with AcxAaoi in v. 17, 19, 20. dwdgov, i. e. to cut down, Matt. 3: 10. 7: 19. Luke 3: 9. 13: 7, 9. Wjv to&W, Matt. 5: 30. 18: 8. Ael. V. H. 5. 17. Xen. An. 1. 4. 10. Oec. 17. 14. Sept. for rns Jer. 6: 6. 22: 7. Metaph. ir\v atpoQUTjv exxoTiTfiv, to cut off occa- sion, i.e. to remove it, 2 Cor. 11: 12. Sept. c'xx. ir\v ttnlda for yp3 Hipli. Job 19: 10. Hierocl. Carm. aur. Pyth. x- xonrret rag atpOQuag. Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 1. Pol. 5. 104. 10. So in text. rec. 1 Pet. 3: 7 fig TO ui\ ixxomta&ou tag TTQ OOTV- %ag i'u&v, that your prayers be not cut off, rendered fruitless; in later edit. Mid. form intrans. of ty.xofiiui>vi'/.ii, (Buttm. 114 xpquttv- vvpi,) to hang from ; trop. of those who listen closely to a person speaking, as in Engl. to hang on the lips of any one ; seq. gen. of person, Luke 19: 48 6 Aceos e'lsx^e'jUaTo ctwov uxoixav. Cornp. Sept. Gen. 44: 30. Philo de Abr. p. 373. E, o de TTO#W aJU'xTW TOV ncudbg ex- xQfuuutvoi;. Id. de Viet. off. p. 856. C. Plut. VII. p. 851. 14. ed. Reiske. Oy f. y;w, to shine out, to be resplendent, Matt. 13: 43, in allusion to Dan. 12: 3 where Sept. for Tnfn, comp. Wisd. 3: 7. Ecclus. 43: 5. Pol. 15. 29. 3. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 2. y f.exA?j, pp. to lay out to- gether, Passow Lex. Myo) no. 2, i. e. to choose out, to select, trans. Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 6. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 19. Mem. 3. 5. 2. In N. T. Mid. txAf/o/uat, f. lojucu, to choose out for one's self, i. e. genr. to choose, to select, trans. a) genr. of things, Luke 10: 42 T7/y aya&rjv ftf^lda t*de$ctjo. 14: 7. So seq. iVa of purpose, 1 Cor. 1: 27 bis, 28. Sept. for nn2 Gen. 13: 11. Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 9. Xen.'Mem. 1. 6. 14. Of persons, seq. ace. simply, John 6: 70. 15: 16 bis. Acts 1: 2, 24. 6: 5. Acts 15: 22, 25, e<5o tot? unoaiokoiq tx- if Sapdvovg avdgag niutycu, i. e. either, to send men who let themselves be chosen, Winer 39. 5. Buttm. 135. 8 ; or else ixltSaiuvoi'? is in the accus. by anaco- luthon instead of the dat. as also the nom. yqdyavifg in v. 23 ; Winer 64. 2. Buttm. 151. II. 5. Sept. for ^h2 1 Sam. 8: 18. 10: 24. Xen. Oec. 7. 11. Cyr. 8. 6. 7. Seq. *'x c. gen. John 15: 19 ex TOV xoo-fiov. (Ecclus. 45: 4.) seq. TIO c. gen. Luke 6: 13. (Ecclus. 45: 16.) With an infin. implied, James 2: 5 -foo? e$ds!-aTO rovg mwxovg (sivcu) nlovfflovg x. T. L Seq. eV, among, Acts 15: 7 6 &tbg iv rjulv $BU$ar?o diet TOV OTO/UTO UOV OtXOVVttl ttt l&VT} X. T. A. i. C. God chose among us that through my mouth, etc. Comp. Winer 32. 3. a. b) by implic. to choose out, with the accessory idea of kindness, favour, love, etc. Mark 13: 20. John 13: 18. Acts 13: 17. Eph. 1: 4. So Sept. and ^h3 Deut.4:37. Ps.65:5. Zech. 3: 2. So in Mss. Luke 9: 35 txteteyftivo? for ayanvpoq. 2. r >2 via), f. i/'w, to leave out or of, trans, i. e. to relinquish, to desert, Xen. An. 4. 1.8. H.G. 1. 1. 19. In N.T. intrans. to leave off, i. e. to fail, to cease ; e. g. 7} nlffiig Luke 22: 32. So Sept. for las Jer. 7: 27. So ra tii) Heb. 1: 12, quoted from Ps. 122: 28, where Sept. for CEFI Niph. Sept. also for f&3 Gen. 2l: T 15. rnD2 Josh. 3: 13. Xen. An. 4. 5. 15. Vect. 5. 12. By impl. to cease to live, i. e. to die, Luke 16: 9. Sept. for y\ 2 Gen. 49: 32. Lam. 1: 20. mn Jer. 42:' J 7, 22. Jos. B. J. 4. 1. 9. Apollodor. Bibl. 3. 4. 3. Comp. Pol. 2. 60. 7 exhnilv TO />. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. .26 t/5/; ixhinsiv poi yalvnat, 7; ?, /;_, 0, (txtyw,) chos- en, elect, i. e. a) seJecf, choice, excellent, e. g. A/#o? 1 Pet. 2: 4, 6, quoted from Is. 28: 16 where Sept. for "jii'z, coll. Ezra 5: 8. Lib. Henoch. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. 1. 184, U&oi IxhxTol, gems. Of per- sons, chosen, distinguished, e. g. ysvog txfaxiov 1 Pet. 2: 9. Sept. for -prra Is.' 43: 20. So of angels, 1 Tim. 5: 2i. Comp. Jos. B. J. 2. 16. 4. b) by impl. chosen, with the accessory idea of kindness, favour, love, i. q. cherished, beloved, etc. Luke 23: 35 6 XQuribg o TOV &sol dao?. Rom. 16: 13, coll. v. 12. So Sept. and ^fra Is. 42: 1. Ps. 105: 6. 1 Chr. 16: 13.' Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 747, (Messiah) MSXTOJ -&eov. Hence ol IjdfXTO/, the elect, i. e. those chosen of God unto salvation or as members of the kingdom of heaven, and who there- fore enjoy his favour and lead a holy life in communion with him, i. q. saints, Christians; comp. ayioi m"Ayiog 1. b./?. Seq. TOV dtov, Matt. 24: 31. Luke 18: 17. Mark 13: 27. Horn. 8: 33. Col. 3: 12. Tit. 1: 1. absol. Matt. 20: 16. 22: 14. 24: 22, 24. Mark 13: 20, 22. 2 Tim. 2: 10. So genr. with asubst. 1 Pet. 1: 1. 2 John 1, 13. Rev. 17: 14.^-Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 2. ijs 3 ?/, (exxe/w,) choice, election, selection, viz. a) genr. Acts 9: 15 trxsvos *x/lo//'c, a chosen vessel ; comp. Buttm. 123. , 4. Pol. 5. 63. 11. Diod. Sic. 12. 80. b) election, i. e. the benevolent pur- pose of God by which any are chosen unto salvation, so that they are led to embrace and persevere in the religion of Christ and the enjoyment of its priv- ileges and blessings here and hereafter. Rom. 11:5 XT i^oyi]v /aotTo?. 1 1: 28. 1 Thess. 1:4. 2 Pet. 1 : 10. By meton. of abstr.forconcr. i.q. ol xAcxTo/,Rom.ll:7. c) by impl./ree choice, free will, libera voluntas ; Rom. 9: 11 i] xcrc Mo/7/y nQofaffis, the purpose according to free choice, i. e. the free, spontaneous pur- pose of God, uninfluenced by external motives. Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 14 In UV&QM- exAo//J TO Te xodoy xat TO y.axov Psalt. Salom. 9: 7 T co/ >. Comp.Raphel.Ann.e Polyb.inloc. ExkucOy f. ro-w, to loose out of, to set free from, Ceb. Tab. 24 xaxwv c| wv ov dvvavicct fxhi'vai iavrovg. Pol. 16. 6. 12. to loosen out, to relax, to weary, Sept. for n^b- Jer. 12: 5. Diod. Sic. 13. 77. Xen. Ven. 5. 5. In N. T. Pass. or Mid. tx\vo[jiai, to be weary, to be car- hausted, to faint ; Gal. 6: 9 ^ Mu6>w, i. e. in well-doing, paral. with exxuxupev. Spoken of the borly, Matt. 15: 32. Mark 8: 3. also Matt. 9: 36 in text. rec. where later edit. coxvA.ueVoi. Sept. for y\y* 1 Sam. 14: 28. 2 Sam. 21: 16. v): 2 Sam. 16: 14. 17: 29. qoy Lam. 2: 11, 19. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 7. "p'ol. 20. 4. 7 ToTc ffwuaffi. Spoken of the mind, to faint, to despond, Heb. 12: 3 i^v/atg Vfiuv iy.),v6[AFrot. absol. v. 5. Sept. for rysn Deut.20:3. Judith 14:6. 1 Mace. 9: 8/ Pol. 20. 4. 7 tali yv X al$. 29. 6. 14. Diod. Sic. 20. 1. or an co, f. , to wipe off, i. e. to wipe dry, trans. Luke 7: 38, 44. John 11: 2. 12: 3. 13: 5. Ecclus. 12: 11. Ep. of Jer. 13, 24. Aristot. H. An. 9. 40. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 10. A word of later use in this sense, for which the Attics said TTO- [lOQyvi'Hi and t^ofi6oyw(j.i, Thorn. Mag. p. 649. Moeris p. 249. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 163. iZco, f. lad), (ex intens. and /uvxTTjot^w, to tnrn up the nose at, to scorn, fr. ^UTJXTT/O the nose, scorn,) to deride out and out, to Mqff" at, trans. 253 Ex n. tin & Luke 1C: 14. 23: 35. Sept. for 17? Ps. 2:4. 22:8. Esdr. 1:51. vco, f. fvffM, to nod out, i. e. spoken of a horse, to throw out the head, intrans. Xen. Eq. 10. 12. also trans. to shake off by throwing out the head, ib. 5. 4. Then genr. to incline out, sc. with the head, intrans. Xen. Ven. 10. 12. also trans, to avoid by inclining the head or body, Diod. Sic. p. 675. C. ed. Rhod. o ds iifQog figotxv naQf/xlivag, 87 /?f^wv T usv f&vtvf. Com p. Sept. Mic. 6: 14. Hence in N. T. intrans. to turn aside, to turn away, absol. John 5: 13 6 yrtQ 'iqaovg t&vtvafv, o-/i.ov ovio$ iv iw TOTIOI, i. e. he turned away, went aside, withdrew. So Sept. for ^10 Judg. 4: 18. n:D Judg. 18: 26. comp. 2 K. 2: 24. 23: 16. Philo Vit. Mos. p. 690. E, not iig tganrfiai, nol iig ix- vevvy; Plut. VIII. p. 280. 5. ed. Reisk. ianwfttf uixoov trig odov. Pind. Ol. 13. 163. Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2 o JaviS^g txvtv- aaq ti'g 11 jeop/or. trop. 3 Mncc. 3: 22. Trans. Jos. Ant. 9. 6. 3 TO agua el? kis- QOLV odov l&fi'mwf. Others derive the form e&vcvas from txrau, f. riVw, to swim out, i. e. to escape by swim- ming, Time. 2. 90 ; and hence genr. to escape, to withdraw privately, etc. See Kuinoel in loc. Krebs Obs. e Jos. Kypke Obs. etc. Exvyifco, f. y/w, intrans. to sober out, i. e. to become sober out of drunk- enness, Sept. for f" N^-I 1 Sam. 25: 37. ]" fjV Gen'. 9:24! ' -ppri Joel 1: 5. Aretaeus 4. 3. In N. T. metaph. to rouse up, to awake, sc. from a state of torpor, ignorance, delusion, etc. 1 Cor. 15: 34. " Comp. Sept. Ps. 78: 65. ' EXOUGLOQ, oUy 6, -fj, adj. (txwv } ) willing, voluntary; Philem. 14 XT txovffiov, i. e. willingly, spontaneously. Sept. xatf ex. for rtyi:3 Neh. 15: 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18.' ' Aristid. 17. 365. Appian. Maced. 9. 4. 517. Comp. Lob. ad Pbryn. p. 45 sq, where the word is shown to belong only to the later Greek. 'ExnClgdZco, f. a'o-w, (ex inteus.) to try out, i.e. to put to the test, to tempt, trans. Matt. 4: 7. Luke 4: 12. 10: 25. 1 Cor. 10: 9. Sept. for ns: Dent. 6: 16 where see. 8: 16. Ps. 78: 18. icog, adv. (sxovviog,) wil- lingly, voluntarily, Heb. iO: 26. 1 Pet. 5: 2. Sept. for n^^:2 Ps. 54: 8. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18. * ExJiCtACtty adv. (ndlai,) of old, long gincc, 2 Pet. 2: 3. 3: 5. Plut. ), f. V'w, to send out, to send forth, Acts 13: 4. 17: 10. Sept. for nVtp Gen. 24: 54, 56, 59. Bar. 4: 16. Xen. H.G.I. 1.32. * Exn*{H.OQ(OC y adv. (nfQtffffu*,) abundantly, exceedingly, vehemently, Mark 14: 31 in Mss. for f'x f. atrw, Buttm. 114,) to spread out, to expand, to stretch forth, e. g. the hands in sup- plication, Rom. 10: 21, from Is. 65: 2 where Sept. for tons, as also Ex. 9: 30, 34. Ecclus. 48: 20." 1 Mace. 3: 48 TO Wiiov. Pol. 1. 44. 3. 'Exnydaco, w, f. fata, to leap out, to rush forth, intrans. Acts 14: 14 Qsnij- fi<; TOV o'^iov in later edit, for tiff- in text, rec. Judith 14: 17 #- ilg tov Aaov. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8. Ex ft hit co y f. exnfffovuai, perf. ix- ntTUuxa, aor. 2 Qintaov, aor. 1 Qiniaa Gal. 5: 4, comp. Buttm. 97. n. 9. 114. p. 298. Winer 13. 1. a. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 724 ; to fall out of, to fall from or off, intrans. a) pp. spoken of things which fall out of or from their places, etc. e. g. stare from heaven, Mark 13: 25, coll. Matt. 24: 29, and Is. 14: 12 where Sept. n fag e$jico~sv ex TOV ovgavov o twcrqpo^oc, for ^32. So of flowers, James 1: 11 and 1 Pet. 1: 24 av&og avtov t&ntve, comp. Sept. for ba: Is. 28: 1, 4. So of chains from the' hands, Acts 12: 7. a boat from a ship, Acts 27: 32. He- rodian. 3. 7. 8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 8. Spoken of a ship, to fall out or to be driven out of its course, usually seq. tig c. ace. of place, to be driven upon ; Acts 27: 17 qpo/?. firj fig ti\v SVQTIV ix- niawvi. v. 26, 29. T Diod. Sic. 2. 60 TO 254 uyiov txnwslv fig uphove. Pol. 1. 51. 11. Xen. An. 7. 5. 12. Cornp. ex*. ex i% odov Xen. An. 5. 2. 31. Trop. /o fall from any state or condition, i. e. to lose one's part or interest in that state ; seq. gen. iyg xaQiiog Gal. 5: 4. lov Idlov airiQiynov 2 Pet. 3: 17. no- #cv exTr. Rev. 2: 5 in text. rec. where others ninimxaq. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 2. Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2 or 4. Thuc. 8. 81. b) metaph. to fall away, i. e. to fail, to be without effect, to be in vain, 7] ayanrj 1 Cor. 13: 8. o loyog tfeov Rom. 9: 6. So be:, Sept. nimia Josh. 23: 14. 2 K. 10: 10. T dianln Josh. 21: 45. Pint. de Audit. VI. p. 140. 1. ed. Reisk. loyog vnyvfyiog iwilniwv. JSxKJifa). f. twoftcu, to sail out of, to sail from, a port or harbour, seq. fig, Acts 15: 39. 18: 18. seq. ano 20: 6. c. fig Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 32. seq. ano An. 5. 6. 23. Exntygoco, oo, f. werw, to Jill out, to complete in full, trans, e. g. in measure or number, 2 Mace. 8: 10. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 32. In N. T. metaph. to fulfil, e. g. a promise, Acts 13: 32. Pol. 1. 67. 1 Zy cog, y, a filing out, completion, 2 Mace. 6: 14. In N. T. of time, fulfilment ; Acts 21: 26 oiayy&wv ii\v fy,n\r\got(nv iwv JJUZQUV lov ayv. announcing the fulfilment [full observance] of the days, i. e. that he was about to keep in full the proper number of days, etc. comp. Num. 6: 9. So ex7rA?jow, Diod. Sic. 2.?57 vopipov tT aviolg fffit, fjv iiwv wpttTjUeVwy, xal lov XQOVOV IOVTOV fxnkyQwcravifg, exoi'- ertw? (isiaXkaTitiv. Comp. 1 Mace. 3: 49. v. TTGO, f. w, aor. 2 pass. H-fnhdyrjv (a, instead of T?) in such compounds as signify * to terrify,' etc. Buttm. 114 Tr^oxro); pp. to strike out, to force out by a blow / but found only trop. to strike one out of his senses, his self-possession, i. e. to strike with astonishment, terror, admiration, etc. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 6. Mag. Eq. 8. 19. In N. T. only Pass, to be struck with astonishment, admiration, etc. i. e. to be astonished, to be amazed, genr. Matt. 19: 25. Mark 10: 26. Sept. for Qttaj Ecc. 7: 16. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 67. Especially of admiration, comp. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 134. absol. Matt. 13: 54. Mark 6:2. 7:37. Luke 2: 48. Seq.&w'c. dat. Matt. 7: 28 tni ifj didu X 7 h 22: 33. Mark 1: 22: 11: 18. Luke 4: 32. 9: 43. Acts 13: 12. Hesych. f^n^ayr] e&ui'nct(rev, l^ffir]. Seq. inl c. dat. Ael. V. H. 12. 41. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27. seq. dat. ib. 6. 3. 15. seq. accus. 2 Mace. 7: 12. Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 5. Herodian. 1. 15. 10. CO t CO, f. ei' c. gen. Mark 11: 19. Iwl&w Mark 6: 11. nagd c. gen. of pel-son from whom, John 15: 26. ab- sol. Luke 3: 7. Acts 25: 4. Spoken of demons, absol. Matt. 17: 21. Sept. c. ex for fa N^ Ps. 19: 6. c. ano Ex. 5: 20. c. e'xa&v Deut. 1 1: 10. c. ex Pol. 6. 58. 4. absol. Xen. Ag. 2. 25. Seq. fig c. ace. of place whither, Mark 10: 17 txnoQsvoptvov aiiov fig odov. John 5: 29. inl c. ace. of pers. Rev. 16: 14. ngog c. ace. of pers. Matt. 3: 5. Mark 1: 5. Sept. c. dg for N2^ Ex. 33: 7. c. Ini Ex. 7: 1 5. c. ngo? JuSg. 9: 33. c. tig Xen. An. 5. 6. 33. Inl ib. 5. J . 8. b) of things, to go forth from, to pro- ceed out of ; seq. ex c. gen. ex lov av- &Q(anov, Mark 7: 20. e J x ii]g xagdiag 7: 21. ia ex7ro>. ex lov oiopaiog, Matt. 15: 11, 18. Luke 4: 22. Eph. 4: 29. Also symb. of a sword, Rev. 1: 16. 19: 15, 21. (comp. 2: 16. Is. 49: 2. Hos. 6: 5.) of lightning, Rev. 4: 5. fire, 9: 17, 18. 11: 5. a river, 22: 1. Seq. Mark 7: 15. did c. gen. Matt. 4: 4. eff(a, to spit out, Horn. Od. 5. 322. In N. T. metaph. to loathe, to reject, trans. Gal. 4: 14. cotnp. Rev. 3: 16. So anomiKt) Eurip. Androm. 607. Hesiod. Op. et D. 724. Exgi&cOy o y f. wo), to root out or up, trans. Matt. 13: 29. 15: 13. Luke 17: 6. Jude 12 divdya lxo t i<*&ina, i. e. the same as rooted up. Sept. for ^n3 Jer. 1: 10. *O* Zeph. 2: 4. Wisd! 4:4. fcoc pp. a putting away, removal, sc. of any thing out of a place etc. Plut. ed. Reisk. IX. p. 727. 8 ixo-tctffig xh^uojijTO?. ib. 728. 9. In N. T. and commonly, inetaph. ec- stasy, i. e. the state of being out of one's usual mind ; Hesych. cpytvog txaiaaig, o fig kamov /UTJ uv. Thus a) genr. as arising from any strong emotion, astonishment, amazement, e. g. from admiration, Mark 5: 42. Luke 5: 26. Acts 3: 10. from terror, Mark 16: 8. Sept. for rU2\p Jer. 5: 30. Jinan Deut. 28: 28. '"h^ntt Gen. 27: $3. IfiD 2 Chr. 14: 14. T S?tt) Ez. 27: 35. Test. XII Patr. p. 538. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. 136. 8 Ixo-cacrfig xcu ragaxag xal TTtolag imyigtiv. b) a trance, i. e. a state in which the soul is unconscious of present objects, being rapt into visions of distant or fu- ture things, Acts 10: 10. 11: 5. 22: 17. comp. 2 Cor. 12: 2 sq. Ez. 1: 1. Arte- mid. 2. 37. Comp. Sept. for Gen. 2: 21. Hesych. excrrao , f. y>to, to turn out of a. place, trans, e. g. a tree or post tit TTJ; rfg, Arr. Exped. Al. M. 3. 29. to turn inside out, as a garment, Schol. in Aris- toph. Nub. 89. In N. T. inetaph. to change, sc. for the worse, i. e. to subvert, to pervert, perf. pass. Tit. 3: 11. So Sept. for *jsrj Am. 6: 12. Pass, for nDBnn Deut/32: 20. genr. Aristoph. Nub. 89 txo~tQtyov wj T/io? Uyuv uv x. T. L 1 Cor. 15: 27. Sept. for *nb 1 K. 4: 23. Judg. 8: 26. "D?*: 1 K. id: 13. Dan. 11: 4. Xen. H" G. 1. 2. 3. ib. 1.6.35. By pleonasm pre- fixed to si pj, as fxros tl (.ir), without perhaps, unless, except, 1 Cor. 14: 5 ex- TOS et fly dtfQptvevi]. 15: 2. 1 Tim. 5: 19. See Winer 67. p. 487. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 459 __ Luc. D. Mort. 16. 4. quom. Hist, conscr. 13, 21, 38. pro Imag. 23, 28. ExiQfJicO) f. yw, to twn out or away, trans, sc. from a place, course, etc. e. g. TO vdwg f&Tgsns Thuc. 5. 65. Mid. and aor. i^gunrfv as Mid. (Buttm. 136. 2,) to turn one's self away from a way or course, i. e. to turn aside from, to dcjlect, intrans. e. g. T?]? 6<5ou Ael. V. H. 14. 49. eo> rfc odov Arr. Exp. A. M. 3. 21. 7. absol. Xen. An. 4. 5. 15. Hence in N. T. Mid. metaph. to turn away from, intrans. viz. a) from the true course, spoken of those who abandon the truth and em- brace error, 1 Tim. 1: 6 e|cToa^^(rav fig [icrtcuohoyiav. seq. inl 2 Tim. 4: 4. seq. oTTtW 1 Tim. 5: 15. absol. Heb. 12: 13 'iva fii] TO ^o>;L6v BKIQKTIII, viz. 'make straight and level paths, that the lame may not be driven to turn aside into other paths, but may be healed,' i. e. that those who are waver- ing in faith may not be led to turn quite away, but rather be brought back and established. Others here render &- T0W7T77, be wrenched, dislocated, but without sufficient authority. Polyb. 6. 10. 2, 7, fig xax/a?. Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 2. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. 428. 7. b) seq. accus. of person or thing, to turn away from, to avoid; 1 Tim. 6: 20 f)tTQE7i6fiVog xag Pffiifiovg xfvoywvlag. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 10. Epict. Ench. 31. 3. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. 282. 1. f. ex^e^tu, to nourish out sc. in full, to nourish up, to bring up to maturity, e. g. children. Sept. for b-ia Kal and Piel, 1 K. 12: 8, 10. Is. 23: '4. 49: 21. Xen. An. 7. 2. 32. In N. T. genr. to nourish up, to cherish, e. g. TJjv lavwv aaoxa, Eph. 5: 29. Sept. for b?b3 Gen. 45: 11. Ael. V.H. 2. 14. Xen.' 6ec. 17. 10. In the sense of to train up, to educate, trans. Eph. 6: 257 4 xr(>eqpT8 aiTa tv naidelct x. T. A. Sept. Prov. 23: 24. Pol. 1. 65. 7 iv nnt- dslccig xal vouoig x. T. L ExiQCOfJUX) afO?, TO, (fXTiTOWO-XG) to wound out, i. e. * to cause or suffer abortion,' Diod. Sic. 3. 64. ib. 4. 2. Herodot. 3. 32,) an abortion, one lorn prematurely, trop. 1 Cor. 15:8, coll. v. 9. Sept. for :?: Job 3: 16. Ecc. 6: 3. Aristot. H. An. 10. 27. Philo Leer. Al- leg. p. 54. C. Found only in Ionic and later writers ; tbe Attics said uu- /Ww,a, Phryn. p. 208 et ibi Lob. Thorn. Mag. p. 318 sq. Stnrz de Dial. Alex. p. 164. f'pco, f. slowrw, aor. 1 t$ivr/zu, aor. 2 l$tvf/xor t to bear out, to carry out, to bring forth, trans. a) pp. out of a place, Luke 15: 22 ir t v aioh'jv, sc. from its place. Acts 5: 15 rovg uff&ivel$, sc. out of the houses. 1 Tim. 6: 7. Sept. for STir: 1 H,-un. 5: 1. arxin Gen. 14: 18. Judg. 6: 11'. Herodian. 2. 1. 3, 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 7. So of a dead body for burial, Acts 5: 6, 9, 10. Pol. 1. 80. 10. Xen. An. 6. 1. 6. Mem. 1. 2. 53. b) spoken of the earth, to bring forth, to yield, trans. II eb. 6: 8 T uxar&tt$. Sept. for arsin Gen. 1: 12. Hag. 1:11. Diod. Sic. 2. 47. Xen. Oec. 17. JO. Excffuyco, f. tvltyMM, tojlce out of a place, intrans. Acts 19: 16 Ixqpi'/ur & Tot of'xov. absol. 16: 27. Ecclus. 27: 20. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 40. An. 4. 7. 6. Trans, to flee from, to escape, seq. ace. e. g. calamities, Luke 21: 36. T /- gag iivoc:, i. e. out of the power of any one, 2 Cor. 11: 33. (Susann.22. 2 Mace. 6: 26.) TO xQipa TOV &toi', Rom. 2: 3. (2 Mace. 7: 35 xglffiv.) also c. ace. impl. 1 Thess. 5: 3. Heb. 2: 3. coll. Ecclus. 16: 13. Sept. for -no Job 15: 30. b^ n Prov. 10: 19. Diod. Sic. 1. 31. Hero- dian. 1. 9. 16. to f. f , . , (Ix intens.) to frighten outright, to terrify greatly, trans. 2 Cor. 10:9. Sept. for "Pnhrj Lev. 26: 6. Zeph. 3: 14. nnfi Job 7: 14. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5. Pol. 14. 10. 3. g, ov 9 6, ^, adj. frightened outright or out of one's senses, 33 greatly terrified, Mark 9: 6. Heb. 12: 21. Sept. t'xqp. flul for S.*" 1 Deut. 9: 19. Exyvco, f. iVtt), aor. 2 fleVpi'v, fo generate out, to produce, to put forth, trans. Matt. 24: 32 and Mark 13: 28 OTUV o y.).aSug in qprAAa Ixtpvrj, in sub- junct. pres. Syrnin. for aTitin Ps. 104: 14, Sept. iSnyayilr. Pint. ed. Reisk.VIII. 7o2. 10. Others in these passages read fx(f-v7j, which is the subjunct. of f$i a later form of the aor. 2 for (intrans. as also the perf.) to egerminate, to shoot out, to put forth, i. e. the leaves put forth. See Buttm. 11 4 qpvw. Pas- sow sub tjpi'w. Winer 15. p. 81. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5 or/r exyvEviag. Pa- laeph. 6. 1. Hesych. txcpvvcu' txfilct- orijaai, ysrvrftiiivau. perf. Horn. II. 11. 40. Ex%(o, also X%vvco a later form disapproved by the grammarians, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 726 ; fut. txxtu, instead of the Alt. fx/Ect) for tx^fiaw, Buttm. 95. n. !>. 114 ^'o>. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 436. Matth'. 182. n. 1. Winer 13. 3. Aor. 1 #>, Buttm. 96. n. 1. Matth. 185. n. For the 3 pers. aor. 1 <|j/f John 2: 15. al. see Buttm. 105. n. 2.* Perf. Pass, f'xxfxvucti, Buttm. 98. n. 4. Aor. 1 Pass. t$fxvf>r)v, fut. 1 Pass. 'x/i'&tj(ro/tai; comp. Buttm. 114 . To pour out, trans. a) pp. Matt. i: 17 and Mark 2: 22, o rat, the wine is poured out, i. e. spilled. Luke 5: 37. John 2: 15 ^fe/fs (aor. 1) TO xe'tyuo, i. e. he poured out the money, scattered it upon the ground, etc. Acts 1: 18 i$w\)&ri navta T o*7i]iayx va oi'Viov, i. e. his bowels gushed out. Sept. for ^D' Ex. 4: 9. Judg. 6: 20. of ashes and* dust, Lev. 4: 12. 14: 41. *;ixov Ex. 16: 35. #e*v0if ^ xodia avwv 2 Sam. 20: 10. Horn. II. 3. 296 olroy. Arr. Diss. Ep. 4. 10. 26. Herodian. 4. 4. 18 nana. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 50 eTiLtTjdeict. In the phrase ctlua, ix%to>, to pour out blood, to shed blood, to kill, Acts 22: 20. Rom. 3: 15. Rev. 16: 6. So particip. ol/ua x/wo- l*evov, Matt. 23: 35. Luke 11: 50. Spok- en of the blood of Christ shed or poured out as a sacrifice for sin, nsQt v. vnsqi nottuv, Matt. 26: 28. Mark 14: 24. Luke 22: 20. Sept. for DT ?JB Gen, 9: 6, olvog 258 I Sam. 25: 31. 2 K. 21: 16. coll. Deut. 19: 10. Ps. 79: 10. By melon, of the container for the contents, x/. iijv gjtotyv, Rev. 16: 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, 12, 17. b) metaph. to pour out, to shed abroad, to give largely ; seq. V, Rorn. 5: 5 7j :?/ TOU #coD Ixxexvicti iv tcuq xaod/- seq. inl c. ace. of pers. e. g. Acts 2: 17, 18, 33. 10: 45. Tit. 3: 6. So Sept. and ^D'S Ps. 79:6. Jer. 14: 16. nvevfia Joel 2: 28, 29. 4: 19. Zech. 12: 10. Ecclus. 18: 11. 24: 35. c) trop. Pass, or Mid. to be poured out, spoken of persons, i. e. as in Engl. intrans. to pour forth, to rush tumidtu- ously, Horn. Od. 8. 515. Pint. ed. Reisk. III. 761. 2, elg TT> odov. Comp. Sept. Judg. 9: 44. 20: 37. In N. T. 'and later writers spoken metaph. of a passion or direction of the mind, to rush into, to give one's self up to, e. g. TT; Tr/Lwyj? roD Bcddap Jude 11. Ecclus.37: 32. 'Test. XII Patr. p. 520 noQvda. iv r/ i'^xv^v iyw. Pint. Vit. Marc. Anton. 21 tiq tov rjdvTiadrl y.al ay.6kcto*Tov fiiov xy.e%i'[ievo?. Pol. 32. 11. 4. Comp. Lat. ' effuudantur ad luxuriam,' Liv. 34. 6. ' in anioreni effusus,' Q. Curt. 8. 5. see in ley of the Cedron ; it was formerly planted with olive-trees, of which few remain ; see Calmet, art. Jerusalem p. 564, and art. Olives, Mount of. Matt. 21: 1. 24: 3. 26: 30. Mark 11: 1. 13: 3. 14:26. Luke 19: 29, 37. 21: 37. 22:39. John 8: 1. Sept. for fcTTTtJ "i?i Zeph. 14: 4. comp. 2 Sam. 15: 30. Jos. Ant. 20. 8. 6. B. J. 5. 2. 3. On the value and culture of the olive, see Jahn 71. Rees' Cycl. art. Olea. b) the fruit, an olive, James 3: 12. Xen. An. 7. 1. 37. Oec. 19. 13. {Q t a), f. ?;o-w, to depart out of a place, to go away, to Jlee out, Luke 21: 21. Sept. for rna Am. 7: 12. 1 Mace. 9: 62. Ael. V. H.' 3.21. IM, to breathe out, to expire, to die, intrans. Acts 5: 5, 10. 12: 23. Sept. Ez. 21: 7 [12]. coll. Judg. 4: 21. V y ovucf, ov y ivilling, volun. tary, usually in an adverbial sense, Rom. 8: 20. 1 Cor. 9: 17. See Buttm. 123. n. 3. Sept. Ex. 21: 13. Herodian. 2. 4. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 4. EActia } ccQy ?;, o?i olive, viz. a) the tree, an olive-tree, symbolically, Rom. 11: 17, 24. Rev. 11: 4. Sept. for rTT Gen. 8: 11. Judg. 9: 8, 9. symb. Zach. 4: 3, 11, 12. __ Xen. An. 6. 4. 6. Elsewhere, TO OQog zwv tkaiMv, the Mount of Olives, i. e. the high ridge ly- ing east of Jerusalem parallel to the city, and separated from it by the val- ov 9 TO, (ikalu,} oil, i. e. olive-oil, of various qualities and uses ; e. g. for lamps, Matt. 25: 3, 4, 8. for wounds and anointing the sick, Mark 6: 13. Luke 10: 34. James 5: 14. as mixed with spices for anointing the head and body in token of honour etc. Luke 7: 46. Heb. 1: 9, see in 'Ahlyw. Jahn 148. Oil was also an article of traffic, Luke 16: 6. Rev. 18: 13. Sept. for ]7?:; Gen. 28: 18. 1 Sam. 16: 1, 13. al. Xe'n. An. 4. 4. 13. Conv. 2. 4. By meton. and genr. oil is put for the fruit or the tree, Rev. 6: 6. comp. Is. 40: 10. Hag. 1: 11. EhctKdVy covos, o, (&/,) an olive-yard, pp. Sept. for n?T Ex. 23: 11. 2 K. 5: 26. In N. T. as a"name of the Mount of Olives, Acts 1:12; see in a. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 2. ' $ Act fit-lye, OH, o, an Elamite, an inhabitant of Elam or Elymais, a region of Persia near the extremity of the Persian gulf, between Media and Babylonia, and forming part of the dis- trict of Snsiana or the modern Khusis- tan, of which Susa was the capital ; Acts 2: 9. Comp. Is. 21: 2. Jer. 49: 34 sq. Dan. 8: 2. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 300 sq. v. ncoVyOVoc, 0,7], adj. pp. compar. of lla/ii? an old epic word, but used as compar. of [uxgot, Buttm. 68. 4, i. e. less, minor, e. g. in quality, inferior, as wine, John 2: 10. in age, younger, Rom. 9: 12. (Sept. for -pyx Gen. 25: 23.) in dignity, Heb. 7: 7. Herodiau. 5. 1. 14. Neut. adverbially, less than, 1 Tim. 5: 9. comp. Buttm. 115. 5. Diod.Sic. 1.32. 259 to make less, i. e. trans, to diminish, Sept. Prov. 14: 36. for E^an Lev. 25: 16. nOtt Gen. 8: 3, 5. In N. T. in- trans. to 6e less, in respect to quan- tity, i. e. to lack, to fall short, absol. 2 Cor. 8: 15 o TO o).lyov, ovx &cmovi)ffE, quoted from Ex. 16: 18, where Sept. for ^DM. also for B^an Ex. 30: 15. Eccitis. 19: 5, 7. A 'later word in- stead of fATTow, Passow sub voc. a) f. to make less, trans, e. g. in dignity, ' Ir]o~ovv TT^ TOI> a/^c'Aoi'c, o make lower than, Heb. 2: 7, 9, quoted from Ps. 8: 6 where Sept. for "isn. Sept. also for tt^an Num. 26: 54. Ecclus. 18: 5. 42: 29. 'Philo de Opif. p. 20. A. Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 16. Pass, or Mid. in- trans. to become less, to decrease, John 3: 30. Sept. for -jSrj Jer. 44: 18. Ec- clus. 18: 19, 20. 41/2. Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 1. Philo de Gig. p. 287. C. Plut. Vit. Pyrrh. 26 init. EAavvco, f. &(nu, perf. &7;Ax, to drive, to impel, to urge on, trans. In N. T. a) of ships and clouds driven about by winds, James 3: 4. 2 Pet. 2: 17. Jos. Ant. 5. 5. 3 tov \inov ijlctwe avf- fiog. Spoken of oxen, Ecclus. 38: 28. horses, Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 29. al. Metaph. of a person, Luke 8: 29 i]iaivno ITTO TOV dalpovog x. T. L Wisd. 16: 18. 17: 15. Xen. Mem. 2.1. 5. b) by impl. to impel sc. a vessel with oars, i. e. to row, absol. Mark 6: 48. John 6: 19. So Sept. for trs; Is. 33: 21. Horn. Od. 13. 22. Thuc. 3. 49. Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 29. Fully written c. xrjv vavv, Horn. Od. 15. 502. Xen. Ath. 1.2. precepts, requirements, are light. Horn. II. 12. 450. Xen. Ven. 6. 11. ib. 4. 1. Metaph. 2 Cor. 4: 17 TO ttacpQov ir t <; 6JUptoij( i. q. f) cAaqp^ti &)jiy>ig, comp. Buttm. 123. 3, and n. 4. fa, ac y i], (&aq>$6s,) light- ness, pp. in weight, Hesych. elctcpylu' xoi/qpoTTjs. In N. T. metaph. spoken of mind, lightness, inconstancy, 2 Cor. 1: 17. Hesych. elacpgla pco^la. A word of the later age, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 343. 'JSAcUfpOS, a, ov, light, not heavy, easy to bear ; Matt. 11: 30 qogiiov pov tlcKfQov IffTtv, i. e. trop. my ov y pp. superl. of the old epic &axv$, but used as superl. of jUix^oc, comp. in 5 Ao'o > tov, Buttm. 68. 4, i. e. the least, minimus, e. g. in magnitude, James 3: 4. in number and quantity, Luke 16: 10 bis. 19: 17. in rank or dignity, Matt. 2: 6. 5: 19 A^. xAi}#7j convc- tion, reproof; 2 Pet. 2: 16 &f/tv l#v, i. q. Uy^(r#e, to have conviction, i. e. to be convicted, reproved. Sept. Job 21:4. e, ov, o, yxu, con- vincing argument, proof, Ael. V. H. 7. 19. Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 10. 11. In N. T. conviction, i. e. by melon, certain per- suasion, Heb. 11: 1. Also in the sense of refutation, sc. of adversaries, 2 Tim. 3: 16. Sept. for nttDin Job 13: 6. 23: 4. nhsin Hos. 5: 9. Long, de Sub- lim. Fragm.3. 11. 'EAey/co, f. w, to shame, to dis- grace, only in Homer, as Od. 21. 424. II. 9.518 or 522. Usually and in N. T. to convict, to prove one in the wrong, and thus to shame him, trans. 260 a) pp. to convict, to show to be wrong, etc. John 8: 9 i'no TTJJ? mfmdvjm$ f/.?/- Zopevoi. seq. nsgi John 8: 46. 1C: 8. Also 1 Cor. 14: 24. James 2: 9. Sept. for fpinn Ps. 50: 21. Prov. 30: 6. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 15. Ael. V. H. 12. 51. Xen. Cyr. 3. I. 12. Hence, to convince of error, to refute, to confute, Tit. 1: 9 toy? avTtUyovTcts ttiy/fiv. v. 13. 2: 15. So Sept. for iTOin Job 32: 12. -ipn Prov. 18: 17. A IT. Diss. Ep. 2. 1. 32'. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 1. b) by impl. to reprove, to rebuke, to admonish; Luke 3: 19 fiU?'/c/uJ'O< t)7r ayrou TTfo* c JlQ(aSid8og. Matt. 18: 15. 1 Tim. 5: 20. 2 Tim. 4: 2. Sept. for troin Gen. 21: 25. Prov. 9: 8. Ec- clus. 19: 12, 13, 14, 16. Ael. V. H. 13. 24. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 47. Hence from the Heb. in the sense of to reprove by chastisement, to correct, to chastise, in a moral sense, Rev. 3: 19 ftiy%w v.al naidsi'd). Heb. 12: 5 quoted from Prov. 3: 11, 12, where Sept. for nrDin. Sept. also for rTDin Job 5: 17. Ps. 6: 2. 38:2. c) by impl. spoken of hidden things, to detect, to demonstrate, to make manifest ; John 3: 20 where tfayx&l} IS parallel with i in v. 21. So Eph. 5: 11,13. Pol. 9. 22. 9. Herodian. 3. 12. 11. Ael. V. H. 12. 5. Xen. Conv. 8. 43. ij y ov 3 (tfaog,) inclined to pity, merciful, Herodian. 1. 4. 3. In N. T. deserving pity, pitiable ; by impl. wretched, miserable, 1 Cor. 15: 19. Rev. 3: 17. Suid. ehsivog o tteovg u$iog. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 7. Diod. Sic. 13. 28. The Attic form is liwos, Lob. ad Phr. p. 87. CO, , f. Jjo-w, (tho?,) to pity, to have compassion on, to have mer- cy on, sc. a person in unhappy cir- cumstances, trans. Pass, to be pitied, to obtain mercy ; implying not merely a feeling of the evils of others, (sympa- thy, olxTLQuog,) but also an active de- sire of removing them ; see Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 69 sq. a) genr. Mutt. 5: 7 uvrol l^ei]d^o-ovTcti. 9: 27 itei}ffov qua?, vis 4a{ll8. 15: 22. 17: 15. 18: 33 bis. 20: 30, 31. Mark 5: 19. 10: 47, 48. Luke 16: 24. 17: 13. 18: 38,39. Phil. 2:27. Jude 22 see in Jia- ttotvta a. Sept. for ]:h 2 Sara. 12: 22. 2 K. 13: 22. Ps. 6: 2. crn Deut. 13: 17. Is. 13: 18. Ael. V.H. 14". 40. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 1. Spoken perhaps of those who had charge of the poor etc. Rom. 12: 8. Comp. Sept. and ]:n Prov. 14: 21, 33. 28: 8. Of those who are freed from deserved punishment, in the Pass. to obtain mercy, to be spared, 1 Tim. 1: 13, 16. Comp. Sept. and ]:h Deut. 7: 2. ^jg n Is. 9: 19. Ez. 7: 4,' 9. By impl. and from the Heb. to be propitious towards, to bestow kindness on, Rom. 9: 15, 16, 18, quoted from Ex. 33: 19 where Sept. for -j:h. comp. Gen. 43: 29. b) spoken in N. T. of the mercy of God through Christ, or salvation in Christ, i. q. to bestow salvation on ; Pass, to obtain salvation; Rom. 11: 30, 31, 32. 1 Cor. 7: 25. 2 Cor. 4: 1. 1 Pet. 2: 10. mercy, compassion, Sept. for Tp.iT Prov. 21: 21. nN Is. 38: 18. Callirn. Hymn. in Del. 152. In N. T. by melon, of ef- fect for cause, alms, charity, money given to the poor, etc. Matt. 6: 1 in text. rec. where others dmofMrvrty q. v. Matr. 6: 2, 3, 4. Luke 11: 41. 12: 33. Acts 3: 2, 3, 10. 9: 36. 10: 2, 4, 31. 24: 17. Sept. for Chald. np*l Dan. 4: 24 [27]. Ecclus. o: 14. 12: 3. Diog. Laert. 5. 17 novrjobt uv&gwmo Utyi0fl r Wlp' Cj o, ?], adj. merciful, compassionate, i. e. actively so, Matt. 5: 7. Heb. 2: 17. Sept. for -pan Ex. 22: 27. Ps. 103: 8. T0n Jer. 3l 12. DTm Ps. 145: 8. Horn. Od. 5. 191. Lysias 168. 40. I. jEUlopj ou, o, mercy, compas- sion, i. e. active pity, see Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 69 sq. Comp. in 'tihew above. Matt. 23: 23. Tit. 3: 5. Heb. 4: 16. Sept. for ]>-} Is. 60: 10. Horn. II. 24. 44. Jos. Antl 4. 8. 26. Luc. D. Deor. 13. 1. From the Heb. goodness in general, and espec. piety, Matt. 9: 13 and 12: 7, quoted from Hosea 6: 6 where Sept. TO I'yUoc for 1$.^, parallel to txiyrwaie frtov for C^nSs n^"T. II. "Etf.o?, fouc, TO, found only in Sept. the N. T. and ecclesiastical writers, i. q. o i&tog which alone is used by classic writers; comp. H. 261 Planck de Indole etc. in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 668; mercy, compassion, i.e. active pity ; see in "Efaot; I, and comp. in 'Eliza above. a) gcnr. Luke 1: 50, 78. Rom. 9: 23. 15: 9. Eph. 2: 4. 1 Pet. 1: 3. James 3: 17. Sept. for ipn Neh. 13: 22. Ps. 51: 1. al. saep. nnS Deut. 13: 7. Is. 63: 7. So -notfiv tktog utra vivo?, to do mercy with any one, i. e. to show mercy to, i.q. tkeiv, e.g. Luke 1:72. 10:37. James 2: 13. Sept. for Cr -Jh nil-:? Gen. 24: 12. 1 Sam. 15: 6. al/saep T . Also pfycdvvfiv thog una tivog, Luke 1: 58. In the phrase i e/rr;ax'b]j'cu tk'ovg, to remember mercy, Luke 1: 54, i. e. to give u new proof of mercy and favour to Israel, in allusion to God's ancient mercies to that people ; comp. Ps. 25: 6. 89: 29, 50. Sept. for IDn ^DJ 2 Chr. 6: 42. Jer. 2: 2. Spoke'n of mercy as exhibited in the remission of deserved punishment, James 2: 13. Comp. Sept. for lp.n Num. 14: 19. also Ecclus. 16: 13. Song of 3 Childr. 14. b) spoken of the mercy of God through Christ, i. e. salvation sc. from sin and misery, in the Christian sense. Jude 21 TO l>Uo '/Tjoroi 1 , i. e. the salvation of or through Christ. Rom. 11: 31. So in benedictions, including the idea of mer- cies and blessings of every kind ; e. g. Stay e'Afo? o xi-giog, 2 Tim. 1: 16, 18. also joined with ?)*? etc. Gal. 6: 1C. 1 Tim. 1: 2. 2 Tim. 1: 2. Tit. 1: 4. 2 John 3. Jude 2. 'Eteu frfpi'a, a? 3 11, (thv&tQos,) freedom, liberty, sc. to do as one pleases, 1 Cor. 10: 29. 2 Pet. 2: 19. (Diog. Laert. 7. 121.) From the yoke of the Mosaic law, Gal. 2: 4. 5: 1, 13 bis. 2 Cor. 3: 17, coll. v. 6, 7. so from the yoke of external observances in general, 1 Pet. 2: 16. From the dominion of sinful appetites and passions, James 1: 25. 2: 12. (Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 2.) From a state of calamity and death, Rom. 8: 21. Eph. 6: 8. Col. 3: 11. Rev. 6: 15. J3: 16. 19: 18. Trop. of the heavenly Jerusa- lem, nobler, Gal. 4: 26. Sept. for Qi-i'n Neh. 13: 17. Ecc. 10: 17. Esdr. 3: 19. Xen. Mom. 2. 7. 3, 4, 6. () freed, made free, John 8: 33. 1 Cor. 7: 21, 22. Sept. for ^tsn Ex. 21: 2, 26, 27. (y] free, exempl, r sc. from an obligation, law, etc. Matt. 17: 26. Rom. 7: 3 et 1 Cor. 7: 39, comp. Sept. for X5;b Deut. 21: 14. Herodian. 1. 10. 4. Al- so free, from external obligations in general, so as to act as one pleases, 1 Cor. 9: 1, 19, coll. v. 4. (Xen. Hi. 1. 16.) Or in respect to the exercise of piety, 1 Pet. 2: 16. Metaph./ree from the slavery of sin, John 8: 36. b) in the sense of free from, without, destitute, Rom. 6:20 ehv&fQot T// dixcn- offvvt], destitute AS TO righteousness, i. e. without righteousness ; for the dat. see Winer 31. 3. Matth. 400. 6. Buttm. 133. 3. oj y f. g,) to free, to set at liberty, trans. pp. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 28. In N. T. metaph. to make free, sc. from the power and punishment of sin, John 8: 32, 36. seq. uno c. gen. Rom. 6: 18,22. From the yoke of the Mosaic law, Gal. 5: 1, or of its condemnation, seq. uno Rom. 8: 2. From a state of calamity and death, Rom. 8: 21. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 21 ii uuhcnu chv&tQovtai. pp. seq. H. G. 5. 2. 12. */, (obsol. i. q. SgjtyMU,) a coming, Acts 7: 52. Act. Thorn. 28. Hesych. &, oVy pp. one who can go where he will,' from obsol. &ct#w i. q. tQ/ouai ; hence, free, at liberty, viz. a) in a civil sense, (a) free-born, 1 Cor. 1* 13. Gal. 3: 28. 4: 22, 23,30,31. jfo ov, ( ivory, adj. i. e. made of ivory, Rev. 18: 12. Sept. for }ti 1 K. 10: 18. Am. 3: 15. Herodian. 4. 2. 3, 13. E^LCC/tfif-iy u, iudec. Eliakim, Heb. ^R?'. 5 ? (God appointed), pr. name of a mail', 'Matt. 1: 13 bis. Luke 3: 30. EAie^fgy o, indec. Eliezer, Heb. ^T^rN (God his help), pr. name of a man, Luke 3: 29. EAiovdy o, indec. Eliud, pr. name of a man, Matt. 1: 14, 15 ; prob. comp. 262 from Heb. bN God, Tin praise, but not found in 6. T. t f ?), indec. Elizabeth* the wife of Zacharias and mother of John the Baptist, Luke 1: 5, 7, 13, 24, 36, 40, 41 bis, 57. Comp. prob. from Heb. ^N God, and $y& to swear, or yato to satiate ; not found in O. T. QVy o, Elisha, Heb. SX-^K (God his deliverance), the cele- brated 'prophet of the O. T. Luke 4: 27. See 1 K. 19: 16 sq. 2 K. c. 2. c. 4 sq. c. 13: 14 sq. EAuwco v. ncOy f. w, (&t, dUia,) to roll up, to fold up, as a garment to be laid away ; trop. of the heavens, Heb. 1: 12, quoted from Ps. 102: 27 where Sept. for Heb. Ppbfitt. Cornp. Is. 34: 4, where Sept. for bb'al Horn. 11. 22. 95. Anthol. Gr. IV.'p. 206. "EAxoQy fog, ov?y 16, (IXxw,) a wound, Horn. II. 11. 812. In N. T. and later writers, an ulcer, a sore, Luke 16: 21. Rev. 16: 2, 11. Sept. for ]-h\rJ Ex. 9: 9. Job 2: 7. Pol. 1. 81. 5. Xe'n! Eq. 5. 1. 'EAxocOy C0y f. coo-oj, (e'Axo?,) to ul- cerate, trans. Pass, to be full of ulcers, Luke 16: 20. Xen,Eq.l.4. ib.5.1. E^XVO^ a later form i. q. &xoo q. v. Passow in voc. Efaojy f. UXMTOI from Uxuw, Buttm. 114, aor. 1 t&xvffa, to draw, to drag, trans, e. g. a net, John 21: 6, 11. a sword, John 18: 10. Sept. for ^JJa Ps. 10: 9. Jer. 38: 13. n72 2 Sa'mT 22: 17. ilxvo-avit? Xen. H.V. 7. 1. 19. i'Axto Herodian. 4. 9. 14. Xen. An. 5. 2. 15. Of persons, to drag, to force away, e. g. before magistrates Acts 16: 19 si l- xvo~av. James 2: 6 f'Axovow or out of a place Acts 21: 30 sUxoy. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 1. Cyr. 8. 1. 32. Metaph. to draw, I. e. to induce to come, John 6: 44. 12: 32. So Sept. and *pzi Cant. 1: 4. Comp. Xen. Conv. 1. 9. "E^ccQyOcdoQy 77, Hellas, Greece. At first this was the name of a city in Thessaly founded by Hellen the son of Deucalion, Horn. II. 2. 683 ; then of the adjacent portion of Thessaly inhabited by the Myrmidons; afterwards of the whole central part of continental Greece, as far north as to Thesprotia, excluding the Peloponnesus and islands, Hes. Op. 655. Herodot. 8. 44, 47. Plin. H. N. 4. 11. In this sense it seems to be used in Acts 20: 2, where it is distinguished from Macedonia. Comp. Arr. Exp. Al. M. 2. 10. 11. ib. 4. 11. 14. See in Xr*ti*< Elsewhere in the classics it is likewise spoken of the whole extent of Greece, including the Peloponnesus, the islands, Macedonia, etc. Xen.Vect. 1. 6. and so as opposed to Asia Minor, Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 5. but sometimes also including Ionia, Herodot. 1. 92, where Ephesus is said to be iv ry 'Ettddi. The Heb. name for Greece is fl^ i. q. 3 Jama, Sept. *I(avav Gen. 10:2, Imt the Sept. translate it also by "jEUaff, Is. 66: 19. Ez. 27: 13. Cy o, Hellen, pr. name of the son of Deucalion, Hes. Fr. 28 ; then of his descendants, "Mhivtg, the early inhabitants of the Thessalian Hel- las, Horn. II. 2. 684 ; afterwards a gen- eral name for all the Greeks, Herodian. 3. 2. 14. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 11. Hence in N. T. "EMap a Greek, ol "E^v^ the Greeks, viz. a) pp. as opp. to ol /5(>/5pot, under which term are comprised all who are not Greeks, Rom. 1: 14, where the polished Greeks are the ol o-oqpot. So Acts 18: 17, spoken of the Greek in- habitants of Corinth in distinction from the Jews ; but the reading is uncertain. Philo de Conf. Ling. p. 347. E. Xen. Vect. 1. 4. Comp. Loesner Obs. e Phil. p. 243. b) as opp. to ol 'lovdalot, it means a Greek, the Greeks, in the broadest sense, i. e. all those who use the Greek lan- guage and customs, whether in Greece, Asia Minor, or other countries ; and as this was then the prevailing language, the name Greek was often used to de- signate all those who were not Jews, i. q. Gentiles ; comp. Hug in Bibl. Repos. 1. p. 547 sq. Acts 16: 1, 3. 19: 10,17. 20: 21. 21: 28. Rom. 1: 16. 2: 9, 10. 3: 9. 10: 12. 1 Cor. 1: 22, 23, 24. 10: 32. 12: 13. Gal. 2: 3. 3: 28. Col. 3: 11. So Acts 11: 20 in later ed. for 263 in text. rec. John 7: 35 bis, where ?/ dioKmoQu TWV 'EMiivtav is the dispersed among the Gentiles. Comp. Sept. for DTTCibB ! 9* 11. 1 Mace. 8: 18. 2 Mace. 4: 36. Jos. Ant. 12. 5. 1. c) spoken of a Gentile convert to Ju- daism, a Greek proselyte, John 12: 20. Acts 14: 1. 17: 4. 18: 4. ' jEAArjvixoCj TJ, ov y Greek, Grecian, Luke 23: 38. Rev. 9: 11. Sept. Jer. 46: 16. 50: 16. Jos. Ant. 12. 5. 1, 5. Xen. Cyr. 22. 28. 'c y {doc, */, (fem. of adj. v,} pp. Greek, in fem. 2 Mace. 6: 8. Xen. An. 5. 1. 1. In N. T. a female Greek, i. q. a Gentile, Mark 7: 26 yvvr} 'EIL Acts 17: 12. Comp. in "EUrjv tx Palaeph. 35. ov, o, kUrjvl^a), to Hellenize, i. e. to speak Greek, Thuc. 2. 68. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 25. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 379 sq.) a Hellenist, i. e. a Jew by birth or religion who speaks Greek ; used chiefly of for- eign Jews and proselytes, whether con- verted to Christianity or not, Acts 6: 1. 9: 29. So text. rec. Acts 11: 20, where later edit. "LUi?va?. See Hug in Bibl. Repos. I. 547 sq. Winer 3. p. 28. n. Wetstein on Acts 6: 1. adv. (IUijWw,) t'n Greek, i. e. in the Greek language, John 19: 20. Acts 21: 37. Xen. An. 7. 6. 8. Comp. Buttm. 119. 15. c. EAAoyfco, co > f. yaw, (fv, Ao/o?,) to reckon in, i. e. to put to one's account, Philem. 18. Metaph. of sin, to impute, Rom. 5: 13. Hesych. iUioysi ' xcnct- loylaai. 'EA/LioodajLij o, indec. Elmodam, pr. name of a man, Luke 3: 28. f. lff(o, (&ni$,) fut. Alt. Buttm. 95. 7, to hope, to hope for, to expect, trans, and absol. a) pp. absol. 2 Cor. 8: 5. seq. infin. aor. Luke 6: 34 TUXQ wv &ni&Te uno- lapelv. 23: 8. Acts 26: 7. Rom. 15: 24. 1 Cor. 16: 7. Phil. 2: 19, 23. 1 Tim. 3: 14. 2 John 12. 3 John 14. seq. infin. perf. 2 Cor. 5: 11. Herodian. 1. 12.9. Thuc. 7. 21. Xen. Ag. 7. 6. Seq. OT* instead of an infin. Luke 24: 21. Acts 24: 26. 2 Cor. 1: 13. 13: 6. Philem. 22. Comp. Winer 45. 2 ult. Seq. accus. of thing, to hope for, Rom. 8: 24, 25. 1 Cor. 13: 7. Hence Pass. t &7iiZ > 6[jLiva, Heb. 11: 1. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 17. b) in the constr. to hope in or on any one, i. e. to trust in, to confide in ; so genr. seq. dat. Matt. 12: 21 icu oro ( uar* avtov t&vi} c'ybuoDo-*, in later edit, but text. rec. tv TW ov. see below. Seq. tig c. accus. John 5: 45 tig ov tknlxuTe. So Sept. for rrp Is. 51: 5. -12 to Ps. 145: 15. (Herodian. 7. 10. 1.) Seq. inl TIVI, Rom. 15: 12 In aviijj #jnj &TIIOI/ 9 f. />, (iv, /SAcTTw,) to look in, pp. into a place, Bel and Drag. 40. Hence in N. T. a) to look in the face, to fix the eyes upon, to regard fixedly, seq. dat. Mark 10: 21 'Irjvovg IpfiUyas UVTU. \. 27. 14: 67. Luke 20: J7. 22: 61. John 1: 36, 43. Matt. 19: 26. Pol. 15. 28. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 2. Seq. fig c. ace. 265 Acts 1: 11 tl$ lov ovQctvov, comp. v. 10 where it is ujviovit;. So in the sense of to look at or upon, i. e. to con- template, to consider, Matt. 6: 26 ti$ rot nrtftrd, coll. Luke 12: 24. So Sept. and CTzr: Is. 51: 1, 2, 6. Ecclus. 2:10. b) by impl. to look at distinctly, i. e. to see clearly, to discern, trans. Mark 8: 25, coll. v. 24. absol. Acts 22: 11. i, coficu, depon. Mid. (sv, ^Qi^uo^ai v. ooma to be enraged, indignant, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 9,) to express indignation sc. against any one, seq. dat. a) in the sense of to murmur against, to blame, Mark 14: 5. Suid. ffcno ' fj.ii oQyi\g b) by impl. to admonish sternly, to charge strictly, i. e. to threaten with one's indignation for disobedience ; Matt. 9: 30 iv(^ip]aaio alrolg. Mark 1: 43. Symm. for a n?a Is. 17: 13. Hesych. epftQipyaai ' /Tn.rifii,aai, xtJiiv- Id. fuSoiiutvo' WfT unttM iv- c) like tleb. qyj, usually ' iudignatus est,' but also spoken of any great per- turbation of rnind, e. g. grief, to be greatly moved, to be agitated, seq. dat. of manner, John 11:33 ivifig. TW nvivpan, where it is pa rail, with iiuqa$tv kavrov. v. 38 h axi'toi. So tTDr'T Gen. 40: 7, Sept. TT9/^rot, Cod. Alex. nol. Dan. 1: 10. to f. to spue out, to vomit forth, seq. ace. trop. in contempt, Rev. 3: 16. Sept. for app Is. 19: 14. Ael. V. H. 9. 26. Xen. An. 4. 8. 20. i } f. oi'fjai, (tv, nai- vopcu,) to be mad in or against any per- son or thing, to be furious against, seq. dat. Acts 26: 11. So l/i/uayijg, furious, raging, Wisd. 14: 23. Plut. ed. Reisk. II. p. 798. > E^avovi^ y o, indec. Emmanuel, Heb. 7N127237 Immanuel, i. e. God with us, a name'of the Saviour, Matt. 1: 23. See Is. 7: 14. 8: 10. EfJLfJLCtov? y 5i Emmaus, a village 60 furlongs or about 7J miles from Je- rusalem, probably in a northern direc- 34 tion, Luke 24: 13. The supposed site is still pointed out, with ruins of some extent ; see Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. 198. Jos. B. J. 7. 6. 6, X^' (UeV 3 Au t unoi'^ nns^ft, de IM fiuv aiudiorg |7JxovT. Another Em- maus lay in the plain of Judah, towards Joppa, and was called by the Romans Nicopolis ; it is not mentioned in N. T. but often elsewhere, as 1 Mace. 3: 40. Jos. Ant. 14. 11.2. B. J. 2. 20. 4. f. fyw, (V, (UfW,) to re- main in a place, seq. iv c. dat. Xen. An. 4. 7. 18. In N. T. metaph. to re- main in, to continue in, to persevere in, seq. iv c. dat. Gal. 3: 10 nag 0$ ovx ip- liivii, Iv nuffi roT^ '/t'/Q' Heb. 8: 9. Sept. Is. 30: 18. Pol. 3. 70. 4 iv iy TI/OT. Plut. Artnxerx. 23 init. Seq. dat. sim- ply, Acts 14: 22 1% niarti. So Sept. for tTj:n Dent. 27: 26. Pol. 1. 43. 3 T 7r/?/ 8. 3. 32 rfc dwQtag, i. e. the gift to me. AL. which is done to or in respect to a per- 'jEftJ|&>b?/U*> ** son, as fig ir\v tp\v avdfivrj Xen . Mem. derision, scoffing; only in later edit. l 4 6> __j n N.T. spoken only of food, 2 Pet. 3: 3 v tpmmypoty ipnaiKKu, i. e. ^ ^ w with food> to sa t{ s fy ) t satiate, intens. for shameless scoffers. Gesen. abgo , John 6 . 12 g ^ ivm^^crav. Lehrg. p. 671. 3. Stuart 456. Not Sep t. f or 5?su; Lev. 26: 6. Ps. 78: 29. found in Sept. or Greek writers. Xen Cyr j" * 3 4 ]yj em< j. 3. (;. _ So 'JSpnctiyttOfjOV, o, (epna%w,) de- trop. J in Engl . to enjoy the society, aor. 1 ivinai*a, a later form instead of intercourse O f any one, Rom. 15: 24 lav the earlier eV67rr,Bultm. 114 7r*tw. % ~ v tunli)?nt1 Ex. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 64 tig ict^ovg. An. 5 10: 2." 1 Mace. 9: 26. Amhof. Gr. 7.25. Of persons, to fall in with, to fall III. p. 58, 115. among, to meet with, Luke 10: 36 tig tovq b) in the sense of to delude, to deceive, A^cria?. 2 Mace. 5:^12. Arr. Epict. 3. Pass. Matt. 2: 16. Sept. Jer. 10: 14. 13. 3 OTUV tig ly , 6. 44. 'Xen. Hi. 9. 9. too, see Eunmlyui. t f ou, TO, (t]u:rooo,) ew- braiding, intertwining, plaiting, sc. of the hair in ornament, 1 Pet. 3: 3. Comp. I Tim. 2: 9. Judith 10:3. Jahn 125. Eu-W(O } ff> } f. fi'voj, (fv, 7TV6W,) to blow in or upon, to breathe in, intrans. e. g. ttujloiv funvtiv, Anth. Gr. II. p. 103. Horn. II. 17.502. genr. to draw breath, to breathe, i. e. to live, Plut. Eumen. 5 ult. Aristoph. Thesm. 926 or 933. Eurip. Phoen. 1440. Sept. ipnviov for U)S?.3 Josh. 10: 28 sq. Trop. trans, to breathe in, to inspire, c. c. ace. et dat. VVisd. 15: II i^Ttvivactna aviw iftvpiv Gen. 37: 27. 1 K. 10: 28. Ez. 27'i 12. rD'-l E/. 27: 15, 20 sq. Jos. Ant. 2. 3." 3. Herodian. 4. 10. 9. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 38. Mag. Eq. 4. 7. ' Ef-ingijfrco, f. i)Uv Matt. 22: 7. Sept. for 5) it) Deut. 13: 16. Judg. 18: 27. Herodian. 3. 7. 16. Xen. H. G. 1. 2.4. adv. and prep. (Iv, before, viz. 1. As adv. of place, after verbs of motion, forwards, Luke 19: 28 i^nogf.v- rro I/ATrg. or before a person implied, 19: 4] _ Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 23. So Tti ifiTigofffrsv, things be- fore, Phil. 3: 14. Comp. Buttm. 125. 6, 7. Xen. An. 6. 3. 14. Mem. 2. 3. 19. Of the body, before, in front, Rev. 4: 6. So Sept. and B^B Ez. 2: 10. Test. XII Patr. p. 591. Xen. An. 5. 4. 32. 268 In Sept. ami Greek writers spoken also of time, Ruth 4: 7. Judg. 1: 11. al. Ael. V. IT. 2. 41. Xen. Vect. 4. 28. 2. As prep. seq. gen. Biittm. 146. 2. Spoken a) of place, before, c. gen. of person, after verbs of motion, etc. John 3: 28. 10: 4 |U7ro. aviwv itOQtvsrcti. Matt. 6: 2. 11:10. Mark 1:2. Luke 7: 27. Sept. for XDb Gen. 24: 7. 32: 3, 16. 1 Chr. 15: 24. : Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 7. ib. 3. 2. 5. Genr. before, in the presence of, Matt. 5: 16. 6: 1. 10: 32 bis, 33 bis. 17: 2. 25: 32. 26:70. 27:11,29. Mark 9: 2. Luke 5: 19. 12: 8 bis. 14: 2. 19: 27. 21: 36. John 12: 37. Gal. 2: 1 4. 1 Thess. 2: 19. So Matt. 7: 6 ftatteiv tpxQ. %. 213: 13 or 14 xAfters TT)J' ftcto~. iwv oi^>. i'fiJiQ. iS)V avdg. to shut up before, so as to pre- vent from entering ; cornp. Sept. nvol$w ffinQ. avrov tiling, for i^b Is. 45: 1. Act. Thorn. 7 ol tuny. 'uv-[f t g i'nrj- . Hence and from the Heb. TOU dtov, before God, in the sight of God, i. e. God being wit- ness, God knowing and approving; 1 Thess. 1:3. 3:9,13. Uohn3:19. Com)). Heb. ' '^ TDb p^lEj Sept. dlxr/uov evuv- ilov, Gen" 7: 1. ' So Matt. 11: 26 et Luke 10: 21 omcag f/fvsro tvdoxlu I'n- nQoa&iv t roil &fov vnfQ f)nwv, i. e. in our behalf; for the construction fpcp. TW TTO. comp. Sept. and Heb. Ps. 42: 3, coll. 95: 2. b) trop. to manifest, to make knoion, to declare, to sheiv, seq. dat. Acts 23: 15 t^cfavlattTS TW /tAmo^w ontog v.. i. X. seq. ace. et TTOO?, 23: 22 TUT nQoq /if. seq. on Heb. 11: 14. Sept. iivl n for *I7:N Esth. 2: 22. itvl it, Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 2.' Diod. Sic. 14. 11. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 4. TO Dro oTt Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 26. we Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 8. In a judicial sense, seq. dat. et XT TWO?, to inform against, to accuse, Acts 24: 1. 25: 2. so Trfot nvog, 25: 15. Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 3 XT. 14. 10. 12 nfgl. Of a person, tff^pW&Af fctvTov iivi, to manifest one- self, i. e. to let oneself be intimately known and apprehended, John 14: 21, 22. So Sept. for ynin Ex. 33: 13. Wisd. 1: 2. fjHJpofio$, ov } o, 7;, adj. (V, (f6- /?o?,) pp. in fear, i. e. terrified, affrighted, Luke 24: 5, 37. Acts 1 0: 4. 22: 9. 24: 25. Rev. 11: 13.1 Mace, 13: 2. Theophr. Char. 24 or 25. 1. * Epyvoaco, , f.7;Vw, (iv, yvada),) to blow in or on, to breathe on, absol. John 20: 22. Sept. for HD: of wrath Ez. 22: 21. of a wind 37:' 9. rpDn Ez. 21: 31. Dioscor. 5. 99 xa/ma 269 Comp. Horn. II. 19. 159. "jBfMpUTOCj OH, o, ft, adj. (ifiyvo),) inborn, implanted sc. by nature, Wisd. 12: 10. Pol. 9. 11. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 5. Jn N.T. trop. implanted, engrafted, sc. from another source, rbv fjuqpiTov loyov James 1: 21, the gospel be- ing here represented under the figure of a seed or shoot implanted or en- grafted, as elsewhere by seed sown ; comp. Mark 6:14sq. Barnab. Ep. c.9, i] tjuqp. 5wof TT)$ dida^i? t. &ioi>. He- rodot. 9. 94 fycpvrog pavrtxij. 'El', prep, governing the dative, with the primary idea of rest in any place or thing, as also on, at, by. As compared with (is and ix, it stands be- tween the two, implying motion into, tv the being or remaining in, and ix mo- tion out of. See Passow in *Kv. Winer 52 a. Matth. 577. 1. Of place, which is the primary and most frequent use, and spoken of every thing which is conceived as being, remaining, taking place, within some definite space or limits, in, on, at, by, etc. Sept. usually for Heb. 3. a) pp. in, within ; Luke 11: 1 iv TO- Tio) iivi. Matt. 8: 6 iv T/] oixia. Acts 2: 46 iv TO) ISQOI. Luke 22: 55 iv pfota TJ|? ai'A/jc. Matt. 4: 23 iv talg crvvaywyai;. 4:21 iv TW nloio,. 11:2. Mark 5: 3. John 5: 28. 11: 17. 19: 41. Phil. 1: 13. Luke 9: 57 et 19: 36 iv tr, 6 rijg 'lovdalag. 4: 13. 6:4. Acts 9: 36. *10: 1. 1 Thess. 1: 7, 8. al. saep. Herodian. 1. 3. 1. ib. 3. 2. 7. Thuc. 7. 21. So iv TW ady Luke 16: 23. comp. Matt. 10: 28. Rev. 21: 8. iv ovyavaj, iv tolq ovQavolg, Matt. 6: 10, 20. Luke 15: 7. Matt. 5: 12. 16: 19. al. also of God, o itaniiq o iv rot? OVQ. as adj. i. q. 6 friovydviog, heavenly Father, Matt. 5: 12, 45. 7: 11. al. comp. 18: 35. iv TT? OVQ. Matt. 5: 19. 8: 11. al. iv navy ry yy, Rom. 9: 17. Matt. 25: 18, 25. iv TW John 13: 1. Col. 1: 6. al. iv 11} Mark 5: 13. iv juarw tfis &aL 6: 47. 1 Col. 11: 25. Of a book, writ- ing, etc. Mark 12: 26 iv jfj /S^Aw Mo>- (rew?. Luke 2: 23. 20: 42. 'al. Acts 13: 33 iv TO* y>al[tt[t TW 8tm. Heb. 4: 5. 5: 6. So Heb. 4: 7 ev Ja^id, i. e. in the book of David, the Psalms. John 6: 45 iv ToT? nQOcprjiaig. Rom. 11: 2 iv ' HUa, i. e. in the section respecting Elijah. Of the body and its parts, Rom. 6: 12 iv tot -&VIJTI[) o-oificnt. 2 Cor. 12: 2. Matt. 3: 12 iv T/J ztifji nvrov. Rev. 6: 5. 11: 9. al. (Xen.' An. 6. I. 9.) Matt. 7: 3, 4, iv TW oy&alpta. Matt. 1: 18, 23, iv '/cKTiql fyfiv, i. e. to be pregnant, see in IOT>; b. Luke 1: 44 iv T// xodlce. Trop. iv Tots piko-i, Rom. 7: 5. James 4: 1. iv T>) xuQdln, iv Tt$ xagdlaig, Matt. 5: 28. Luke 2: 51. Matt. 9: 4. Mark 2: 6, 8. iv (nopaii 1 Pet. 2: 22. Spoken of persons, pp. tn one's body ; Matt. 1: 20 TO iv am) yewij&iv. 6: 23. Acts 20: 10. of a demoniac Acts 19: 16. Trop. Rom. 7: 17, 18, 20. al. b) spoken of elevated objects, a sur- face, etc. tn, i. e. on, upon, as a fig- tree, iv avtfj Mark 11: 13. a moun- tain, iv TW oyti, Luke 8: 32. John 4: 20. IM. 8: 5. (Sept. and -inz Ex. 31: 18. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 3. Xen.'An. 4. 3. 31.) Matt. 8: 24 analog iv TJ ^Ao - o7/, on the lake. Luke 12: 51.' John 20: 25. Acts 7: 33. 2 Cor. 3: 7 ivTervTuapivr) iv JU'tfoi?. Rev. 3: 2 1 iv TW &QOVU. (Horn. Od.8.422.) Rev. 1,3:12. 18:19. Trop. Jude 12 iv icuq uydncttg i'n&v ovdev. 17: 26. 1 Cor. 12: 6. 2 Cor. 4: 4, 12, 6: 12. Gal. 4: 19. Phil. 2: 5, 13. Col. 1: 19. Heb. 13: 21. 1 John 3: 9, 15. al. So Iv tavrw, in, with or of oneself, etc. Matt. 13: 21. John 5: 26. 6: 53. 1 Cor. 11: 13. 2 Cor. 1: 9. al. (y) Of those in or with whom, i.e. in whose mind, heart, soul, any thing ex- ists or takes place, (nagu,) e. g. virtues, vices, faculties, etc. John 1: 48 Iv w do- Aos ovx tart. 4: 14 iv OLVIM, i. e. in his soul. 17: 13. Rom. 7: 8. 1 Cor. 2: 11. 8: 7. 2 Cor. 11: 10. Eph. 4: 18. -Phil. 6. al. So xgwiTSff&cu iv #oJ, i. e. in the mind and counsels of God, Col. 3: 8. Eph. 3: 9. So tv IUVTW, iv iaviolg, in or with oneself, themselves, i. e. in one's heart, Matt. 3: 9. Luke 7: 39, 49. John 5: 41. Rom. 8: 23. Eph. 1: 9. James 2: 4. al. d) of anumber or multitude, as indicat- ing place, in, among, with, equivalent to iv pio-M, in the midst ; Matt. 2: 6 ika- iv idlq yytpocrtv 'lovda. 11: 11 iv ysvvrjxolg yvvaixwv. v. 21 ol yevofisvoi iv vfuv. 20: 27. Mark 10: 43. Luke 1: 1. John 1: 14. 11: 54. Acts 2: 29. 20: 32. Rorn. 1: 5, 6. 1 Cor. 1 1: 18. Eph. 5: 3. 1 Pet. 5: 1, 2. 2 Pet. 2: 8. al. saepiss. So Iv tavro7g, among themselves, Matt. 9: 3. 21: 38. Acts 28: 29. (Thuc. 7. 67.) iv aU^oe?, with out another, Mark 9: 50. John 13: 35. Rom. 15: 5. (Luc. Asin. 19.) So with a dat. sing, of a collective noun, Luke 4: 25, 27, iv TM 'iffQctfL 1: 61. 2: 44. John 7: 43. Acts 10: 35. Eph. 3: 21. 2 Pet. 2: 1. al. Sept. for a 2 K. 18: 5. ^ins Gen. 23: 6. Lev. 16! 29. Tob. 3: 41 Horn. 11.13. 689. Ael. V.H.I. 31. Luc.D. Deor. 23. 1. ib. Alex. 2. Xen. An. 2. 3. 15. Cyr. 1. 3. 2. Hence with dat. plur. of persons by whom one is accompa- nied, escorted, etc. Luke 14: 31. Jude 14 jfi&s xi'giog iv pvgidaiv a/laig amov. So Sept. and 3. Num. 20: 20. 1 Mace. 1: 17. 7: 28. With a dat. plur. of thing, 1 Cor. 15: 3 iv ngwToig, among thejirst, i. e. adv. first of all. Xen. Oec. 4. 4. Cyr. 1.6.24. e) of persons, by implic. before, in the presence of ; Mark 8: 38 og inaiffzvv&y fts iv Ty '/evfff ramy. Luke 1: 25. Acts 6: 8. 24: 21 orw? iv avrolg, sc. as judges. 1 Cor. 2: 6. 2 Cor. 10: 1. Col. 1: 23. Trop. and from the Heb. Luke 4: 21 iv TO!? ualv vpwv, cornp. Sept. and 2 Deut. 5: 1. Judith 16: 1. Plut. Leg. 101 p. 886. E, xaT^/oofTy iv aotfiiaiv av- &Qamoi$. Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 22. 8. Pol. 17. 6. 1. Horn. II. 1. 587. Xen. Cyr. 1. 271 5. 6, Hence nietaph. in the sight of any one, he being judge ; Luke 16: 15 TO ev av&Qunoig vyrrjlov, i. e. in the sight, judgment, of men. 1 Cor. 14: 11 6 AaAwv, iv ffjiol ftdqfiagoq. Col. 3: 20. Demosth. 764. 15. ib. 813. 10. Eurip. Hipp. 1335. So by Hebraism, iv ocp&odpolg i'pwv, in i. e. before your eyes, in your judgment, Matt. 21: 42. Mark 12: 11. So Sept. and "D 'rva Ps.118: 23. Comp. Gesen. Lehig.*p.8tb! 1 Mace. 1: 12. f ) spoken of that by which one is surrounded, in which one is enveloped, etc. in, urith. Matt. 16: 27 to^fo-^nt Iv TJ 0oty. 25: 31. al. Mark 13: 26 iv npttfluf. Luke 21: 27. al. Acts 7: 30 Iv koyi nvgog. Horn. II. 15. 192 oi'Qctvbg iv ai&tQi xai vetp&rjai. Of clothing, Matt. 11: 8 iv jUxxo7c Ifiarlotg 7/ ( u(jpt- tapivov. 6: 29. 7: 15. Mark 12: 38. Heb. 11: 37. James 2: 2. al. of ornaments, 1 Tim. 2: 9. of bonds, Eph. 6: 20. So Iv ffapx/, in the flesh, i. e. clothed in flesh, in the body, 1 John 4: 2. 2 John 7. $v iv (r ? x/, Gal. 2: 20. Phil. 1: 22. Sept.' and a Deut. 22: 12. Ps. 147: 8 Jos. Ant. l. 6. 7 o Iv rj nooyvQidt. Find. Isth. 6. 53. Herodian. 2. 13. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4. Hence of that with which one is furnished, which he carries with him, etc. 1 Cor. 4: 21 iv $/5<$a&#w. Heb. 9: 25. Metaph.Luke 1: 17 iv Tiyrvjuan xai dvvapfi "JttJWt Rom. 15: 29. Eph. 6: 2. Sept. and a Gen. 32: 11 Iv i, i. e. as uncircum- cised or circumcised. 2 Cor. 3: 7, 8, et Phil. 4: 19 iv doty i. q. IV<5oo?. 1 Tim. 2: 7, 12, 14. Tit. 1: 6 iv xmy- yoQiff, i. e. accused. 3: 5 sgya ta iv dixuioai/ry, i. q. ia dlxaia. Luc. Amor. 50. Xen/Cyr. 8. 5. 15. H. G. 7. 5. 8. So also adverbially, Acts 5: 23 iv navy oxjpA. Rom. 2: 28,29, iv TW qpavf^w, iv TO) X^IOTTW. (Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 31.) Eph/6: 24. 2 Tim. 4: 2. Plato Gorg. p. 512. C. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 54. (/5) of the business, employment, ac- tions, in which one is engaged ; Passovv iv 2. a. Winer 52. p a30. Thus Matt. 21: 22 iv JIOOG-CU///. Mark 4: 2 iv ri] didaxp vtvjov, i. e. as he taught. 8: 27 et Luke 24: 35 Iv T/} odw, i. e. in the walk or journey. Luke 16: 10. John 8: 3 Iv ^uoi/e/rc xa-isdrjuivijv. Acts 6: 1. 24: 16. Rom. 1: 9 iv TW evay- ysMtp, i. e. labouring in the gospel. 14: 18. 15: 58. 1 Cor. 15: 1. 2 Cor. 7: 11 iv navil. Col. 1: 10 Iv iravrl %/w. 4: 2- 1 Tim. 4: 15 iv tovioig tc&t,. 5: 17. Heb. 6: 18 iv our. 11: 34. James 1: 8. 4: 3. al. saep. So Matt. 20: 15 TIOI- Tjffai o #&& iv tolg ifiolg, i. e. in my own affairs. 22: 15. 23: 30 xowwvol Iv i(o aijutm, i. e. in slaying the prophets. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 1 6 Kvgog Iv tomoig yv. ib. 1. 6. 15. Herodot. 2. 82 ol iv noiriasi. Plat. Prob. p. 317. C, tlfil iv ry lixvy. So c. dat. of person, i. e. 'in the work, business, cause of any one ;' Rom. 16: 12 irjiig ixonlaatv iv xto/w. Eph. 6: 21. al. Rom. 6: 3 rot-? avvsgyovq fj.ov Iv XQuriM. 1 Cor. 4: 17. al. (y) implying in the power of any one ; Passow iv 1. f. Matth. 577. 6. Acts 5: 4 iv iy 7w, i. e. in the power of, possessed, Mark 1: 23. 5: 2. Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 5. Aristoph. Av. 1677 iv IM Tgt- flalty nav TO nqay^a. Herodot. 6. 109. Xen. Oec. 6. 14 iv . Thuc. 1. 77 iv io1g opoiotg vo- jag xgicrfig noulv. Xen. Conv. 2. 8. Cyr.l. 2. 2. Mem. 3. 9. 1. So c. dat. of person ; 2 Cor. 10: 12 iv iaviolg eav- iovg peTQovvTsg. Also ' in conformity with the will, law, precept of any one;' John 3: 21 iv &foj icrnv tiyyaapiva. 1 Cor. 7: 39 iv xvgio). Eph. 6: 1. (/) in the sense of in respect to, as to ; Luke 1: 7, 18, nqofliftrpivai iv ijnigaig. Gal. 4: 20 on anogovpcu iv v^lv, comp. Winer Cornm. in loc. Eph. 2: 11 t&vrj iv vngxi. Tit. 1: 13 Vr vyialvioaiv iv TJ) nicrTti. James 2: 10 et 3: 2 Titamv iv kvi, iv Ad/w. So iv nuvit, in every re- spect, 2 Cor. 8: 7. 9:8, 11. iv ui}diri, in no respect, 2 Cor. 7: 9. James 1: 4. iv oi'dfvi Phil. 1: 20. Also after words signifying plenty or want, Rom. !.">: 13 TifQiaffevuv f'r T/J ifaldt. 2 Cor. .'i: !>. 8: 7. Col. 2: 7 et Eph. 2: 4 nlovaios iv iliti. 1 Cor. 1: 5. 1 Tim. 6: 18. al. 1 Cor. 1: 7 vo~itQtiia TJ ngo- td(iiu, aJi iv ioig tgyotg. Here too we may refer the use of iv by Hebraism after verbs of swearing, to mark the ground, basis, object, on which the oath rests, in Engl. by, sometimes upon; Matt. 5: 34, 35, 36, prj opoffcu iv TW ov- Qctvui, iv ir\ ytj, iv irj xfcpukfi aov. 23: 16, 18,20sq. Rev'.10:6.al. Sept. for S ^3^3 1 Sam. 24: 22. 2 Sam. 19: 8. lk.2:'8. (/3) of the ground, motive, exciting cause, in consequence of which any ac- tion is performed, in, on, at, by, i. e. because of, on account of, propter ; Winer 52. p. 331. Matt. 6: 7 on iv TT? 7roAvAo// UVTUV flaaxov&ijffovTai. Acts 7: 29 t(fv/fv iv IM Ad/w rourw. 1 Cor. 11: 2 iv lovrot ovx inau~ ve3. 2 Cor. 6: 12 iv w~iv. 1 Pet. 4: 16. v. 14 d oveiSi'sto'&f iv ovoftcm, JfotoTOV, comp. Mark 9: 41 iv ovoi^cnt, on XQHJ~ rov ecm. So Sept. and 2 2 Chr. 16: 7. Ecclus. 11: 2 bis. Xen. Eq. 9. 11. 274 Cyr. 1. 6. 19 iv niffrtt. An. 3. 1. 1 et Thuc. 5. 3 iv ralg ffnovdaig. So iv TOUIOJ, herein, hereby, i. e. on this ac- count', therefore, John 15: 8. 16: 30. Acts 24: 16. 1 Cor. 4: 4. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17.) iv TOVIW ytvmaxeiv, to know herein, hereby, i. e. by this, etc. John 13: 35. 1 John 2: 3, 5. al. iv w, equiva- lent to iv TOUT&) on, herein that, i. e. in that, because, Rom. 8: 3. Heb. 2: 18. 1 Pet. 2: 12. (Thuc. 8. 86.) wherefore, Heb. 6: 17. In this sense of proptcr, tv does not occur with a dnt. of person, Winer 52. p. 332. Spoken also of the authority in consequence of which any thing is done, in, by, under, i. e. by virtue of etc. Matt. 21: 23 et Luke 20: 2 iv noin i^ovala rainct noisig. Acts 4: 7 iv noitt dwdufi, r/ Iv notin ovofimi. John 5: 43 et 10: 25 iv TM ov. jov na- T00C. Matt. 21: 9. John 12: 13. 14: 26. 1 Cor. 5: 4. 2 Thess. 3: 6. al. So al- Tso) iv TO ovofiau 'lyaov, to ask in the name of Jesus, i. e. under bis authority and sanction, John 14: 13, 14. 15: 16. 16: 23, 24, 26. (/) of the ground or occasion of an emotion of mind, after words express- ing joy, wonder, hope, confidence, etc. and the reverse ; so c. dat. of thing, Luke 1: 21 t&avfte&p iv TW xgovi&iv ctviov. Rom. 2: 23 og iv VO^IM ttav%afftti. (Sept. and 3 Jer. 9: 22, 23.)* Acts 7: 41 svcpgalvtio iv rolg sgyoig. Luke 10: 20 iv TOUTW pi] ;ftTf. Eph. 3: 13 WT) x- xaxstv iv Tctlg -frUtyHrl {lov. So Matt. 12: 21 iv r<3 ov. nviov &vq &7rtotm. (Sept. for 3 m:2 Ps. 33: 21.) Mark 1: 14 TJI- cmi'T iv rot tlnyytilM. Phil. 3: 3, 4, mnoi&tvat iv aaqy.i, a*id so Sept. for 2 HE?. Jer. 4: 7, Epiet. Euch. 40. Pol. 1. 59. 2. Seq. dat. of person, Rom. 2: 7 et 5: 1 1 Y.nv%vL{} Iv VJ.UV. Sept.&7i/eti' iv for 2 nt22 Hos.lO:13. 2K.18:5._Xen.Mem.4.2.28: d) Of the means by the aid or in- tervention of which any thing takes place, is done ; in, i. e, by means of. (a) c. dat. of person, by whose aid or intervention, in, by, with, through whom, any thing is done etc. Winer 52. p. 332 ult. Matt ; 9: 34 iftpdttu ra dui- povia iv TOI aQjOvrt rotv d. Acts 4: 9 iv tlvi oviog ffiffUffrai. 17: 28, 31 iv d 1 Cor. 15: 22. Gal. 3: 8 illoy iv aol nuviu in e&vr), IN and through thee, conip.Acts3:25. Heb.l:1. 1 JohnS: ll.al. Hdot.8. 100. Thuc.7. 8 iv TW ayy&y. Soph. Aj. 1136. Dem. 31. 10. ib.7IO. 18. (/5) c. dat. of thing, but used strictly only of such means as imply that the object affected is actually in, among, sur- rounded by them, pp. in and through; Passow "Ev 4. Winer 52. p 332. Matth. 577. 7. Matt. 8:32 a-ni&avov iv iot? vSnffi, i. e. in and by the waters. 1 Cor. 3: 13 iv nvQl anoxakvmnai. Rev. 14: 10. 16: 8. al. So Sept. and 3 Lev. 8: 32. 1 Marc. 5: 44 et 6: 31 ''iv nvgl. Horn. II. 24. 38 x/y iv TIVQI. Hence genr. where the object is con- ceived as being in, or in contact or con- nexion with the means etc. Matt. 3: 11 /?TTT/^OJ iv vdoni. 5: 13 iv ilvi (xkur&Ti- :^3 Gen. 21: 11, 12. al. *: Gen. ICh '9. See Gesen. Lehrg.'p- (593 d. p. 820. 9. Stuart 456. ^Evaviio?, a, ov t (anio? fr. v- T*,) orer against, opposite. a) pp. Horn. II. 9. 190 ; in N. T. of a wind, contrary, adverse, Matt. 14: 24. Acts 27: 4. seq. dat. Mark 6: 48. Luc. D. Deor. 25. 1. Xen. An. 4. 5. 3. So f lt>ttvTta or iStvavrias, as adv. seq. gen. over against, Mark 15: 39. comp. Buttm. 123. 3. 115. n. 5. Sept. for na: Josh. 8: 11. 13573 Neh. 3: 27. Time. 4. 33. b) metaph. contrary, adverse, hostile, seq. dat. 1 Thess. 2: 15. Acts 28: 17. So ivavtlvt TiQUfffftLV seq. ngog c. ace. 26: 9. comp. Sept. Ez. 18: 18. Thuc. 7. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 22. So o' * tvavn'ag, i. q. 6 ivaviio?, an adversary, an enemy, Tit. 2: 8. See Buttm. 125. 6. Xen. Eq. 11. 3. to make beginning in, i. e. to begin, to 276 commence, absol. Gal. 3: 3. seq. accus. Phil. 1: 6. comp. Matth. 336. Sept. for bhn Deut. 2: 24, 25, 31. Seq. gen. 1 Mace. 9: 54. Luc. Somn. 3. Pol. 5. 1.3. Evaioc, see ?, ovc, o, T), adj. (eVfc'w,) t'n neecfy, destitute, Acts 4: 34. Sept. for ]ivjjj Deut. 15: 4, 7. Is. 41: 17. Ael. V/H. 1. 31. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 10. Evdfy[JLC( 3 aloe, TO, indication, token, proof, 2 Th ess. 1 : 5. Dem. 423. 13. ' EvdsiXWi.il, f. &/M, o poinf ouJ tn any thing, /o s/ieu> { any tiling, trans. Sept. Josh. 7: 14 sq. Thnc. 4. 126 ult. In N. T. only Mid. tvdelxvvfjnxi t to shew forth, to manifest, sc. any thing re- lating to or depending on one's self, seq. accus. Rom. 2: 15 eVfo/x. to tgyov TOV VOIAOV YQaittov h louq xccgSiaig v- TWV. 9:17 ir t v dvvafilv pov. v.22. 2 Cor. 8: 24. Eph. 2: 7. 1 Tim. 1: 16. Tit. 2: 10. 3: 2. Heb. 6: 10, 11. Sept. for ST&nn Ex. 9: 17. Wisd. 12: 17. Jos. Ant.7. 9. 5. Xen. An. 6. 1. 19. Hence by impl. to manifest towards any one, i. e. to do to any one, seq. accus. et dat. 2 Tim. 4: 14 rcoAAa poi xcey.u lvfdel$cno. So Sept. for ^533 Gen. 50: 15, 17. Song of 3 Chifdr. 19. Diod. Sic. II. p. 631. ed. Wess. or X. p. 171. eel. Bip. jUf^aATjv vjS^iv rfi nQtvfidn Iv^del^ajo. pp. to point out, to shew, Pol. 3. 54. 3. Evdafy?, f'fdZ, ?/, (tvdsixvvfii,) a pointing out, pp. with the finger, Pol. 3. 38. 5. In N. T. trop. a) manifestation, declaration, Rom. 3: 25, 26. Philo de Op. Mund. I. p. 9. 50. p. 20. A. b) indication, token, proof, i. q. IV- duypa, 2 Cor. 8: 24. Phil. 1: 28. So Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 3. ~ L 3 f. lopcu, to take or re- ceive in, to admit, Luc. Eun. 9. Thuc. 3. 31. In N. T. only impers. ivdfyfioii, it^ is admissible, possible ; Luke 13: 33 ovx tvdxnciL,it is impossible. 4. 8. 8. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 23. Evdyufco, coy f. 7JO-W, pp. (o be among one'* people, to be at home, Jos. Ant. 3. 1 1. 3. In N. T. trop. to be present in any place, or with any person, 2 Cor. 5: 9. seq. V ib. v. 6. seq. nqog ib. v. 8. comp. Phil. 1:23. y i. q. et'dvu) or tvdvvu q. v. (by redupl. and change of ending, Buttm. 112. 10,) to clothe in a gar- ment ; Mid. Jo clothe, one's self in, to wear, seq. accus. Luke 8: 27. 1C: 19. Sept. for -oa? 2 Sam. 1: 24. 13: 18. Judith 9: 1. ' .?j ou s o, i), adj. (6 iv dixy,) conformable to right, i. e. light, just, Rom. 3: 8. Heb. 2: 2. Anth. Gr. I. 216 T . IV. p. 53. c, fco^ 7, pp. something built in, as a mole in a harbour, Jos. Ant. 15. 9. 6. In N. T. genr. a structure, building, Rev. 21: 18. , f. o- w , (IrdoSo?,) to cause to be iv do$r t , I e. to glorify, i. q. <5o|'o) q. v. Pass, or Mid. ^2 Thess. 1: 10,12. So Sept. for 1253 Ex. 14-4 Ez. 28: 22. Ecdus. 38: 6; : ' Ky ol, at, id, card . n u m . eleven; in N. T.ouly of the eleven disciples, af- ter the apostasy of Judj.s. Matt. 28: 16. Mark 16: 14. Luke 24: 9, :J3. Acts 1: 26 2: 14. S *h 0)> ) orr "'n. eleventh, Matt. 20: 6, 9. Rev. 21: 20. ov, 6, f], adj. fV, 96*a,) pp. in honour, in glory, i. e. a) of persons, honoured, respected, noble, 1 Cor. 4: 10. Sept. for Isp: 1 Sarn. 9: 6. Is. 23: 8. Herodian. f. B. 18. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 56. Of deeds, T tvdoSct, glorious, memorable, Luke 13: 17. Sept. for rriKbB: Ex. 34: 10. Job 5: 9. nb^s; Is. 12: T 4l b) of external appearance, splendid, glorious, of raiment, Luke 7: 25. Scpr. for vis Is. 23: 9. n=::^: Is. 2'i 18. ^D-2 Chr. 2:9. Herodian. 1. 16. 7. Trop. exxkijaiu tydo^os, i.e. the clmrcii adorned iti pure and splendid rairn* .-iu, ns a hrida, Eph. 5: 27, coll. v.25 et Rev. 19:7,8. 21:9sq. "EvdvfJia 277 clothing, raiment, a garment, Matt. 6:25,28. 28:3. Luke 12: 23. Sept. for ^2 2 Sam. 1:24. Prov.31:22. 1^? Zeph. 1: 8. Act. Thom. 7. Anth. (jr. IV. p. 141. Spoken of the outer gar- ment, Matt. 3: 4 i'vdvua uno To/^wy xwpjiov, the usual garment of the an- cient prophets, comp. 2 K. 1: 8. Zech. 13: 4. Jahn 122. (Sept. for laz 2 Sam. 20: 8. so Wisd. 18: 24.) Also tvdvua yapov, a wedding garment, Matt. 22: 11, 12, presented to guests in token of honour, according to oriental custom ; corn p. Gen. 45: 22. Judg. 14: 12 sq. 2 K. 5: 5, 22 sq. Jahn 178. Act. Thom. 7. Metaph. Matt. 7: 15 Iv fr&tpoft iiQoftuTMv, i. e. externally with the meek- ness and gentleness of lambs, in con- trast to the spirit of wolves. ' JBv&VVCtfio6>j (0, f. wo-w, to strengthen in, i. e. to render strong, to impart strength to, trans. Puss, or Mid. to acquire strength, to be strong, spoken of the body, as made strong out of weakness, Heb. 11: 34. Trop. of the mind etc. Acts 9: 22. Rom. 4: 20. Kpli. 6:10. Phil. 4: 13. 1 Tim. 1:14. 2 Tim. 2; 1. 4: 17. Sept. for 1\s Ps. 52: 9. Aquila for -qa Gen. 7: 20, 24. Not found in the classics. yftuvco or tvfivco, f. vo~(a, (di'oi,) aor. 1 Ivldvffct, aor. 1 pass. Mdv&rft perf. pass, fydttivpat. Aor. 2 ridvv is not found in N. T. 1. to go in, to enter in, seq. fi$ iag oixla?, 2 Tim. 3: 6. Herodot. 2. 121. 2, tvdvvjos sc. (,' TO olxijfjttx. llesych. tv- dvvcti' flcrdvvai, ti ( uot', i. o. compassion, Col. 3: 12. Sept. for -C^b, c. di'va t uiv Ps. 93: 1. comp. Ez. 7: 27*. 2 Chr. 6: 4 1 . Job 29: 14. a!. Ecclus. 17:3. Test. XII Patr. p. 587 fv8. si'fpQoo-wqv. (/) of one who puts on, i. c. assumes, a new char- acter, etc. TOV xutrov V#o. Eph. 4: 24. Col. 3: 10. tv8. ^ov Xqunov, i.e. to bo filled, imbued, with Christ's spirit, to be like him, Rom. 13: 14. Gal. 3: 27. Dion. Hal. Ant. 11. 5, iov Taoxv- vtov txfivov tvdvoftivoi. Comp. TTO- Svoauivoi; tov Ilv&uyoQay Luc. Gall. 19. fO*\ ] (w8v(o,) the put- ling on sc. of clothes, wearing, 1 Pet. 3:3. ?, >i, (X tSQot,) a lying in wait, pp. in war, aw ambuscade, Sept. for 3-US73 Josh. 8: 9. Thuc.3.90. Xen. Cyr. lV4."23. In N. T. in order to kill any one, Acts 25: 3. also 23: 16 in later ed. where text. rec. 1 Mace. 1: 36. j^vfdpfuo), f. ciW, (cvt^w,) to lie in wait for, trans, pp. in war, to lie in ambush against, Sept. for i^N Lam. 4: 19. Diod. Sic. 12. 47. ib. 19'. 69; in N. T. in order to kill any one, Acts 23: 21. Sept. for 21 K Deut. 19: 1 1 . Dem. 1011. 3. By impl. to lie in wait for as prey, in order to ensnare or seize, to watch narrowly, Luke 11: 54. So Sept. and S-^ Lam. 3: 10. Ecclus. 27: 10, 29. Jos. T Ant. 5. 2. 12. Xen. Mem. 2, 1.4. 278 , ov t TO, in text. rec. Acts 23: 16, i. q. widget, which is sub- stituted for it in later editions. Sept. for i^N Judg. 9:35. tcO) O) y f. ?/(rw, (fUe'w, Buttm. 114,) to roll up in, to wrap up in, trans. and seq. dat. of thing, Mark 15: 46. Sept. for Bib 1 Sam. 21: 9. Artemid. 1. 13 or 14. JBveifiJtl, to be in any place, Xen. An. 2. 4. 21, 27. trop. to be in or with any person, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 28. In N. T. impers. tvtait, but only in the form tvi, (i. e. the Ion. form of the prep. Iv, the verb being dropped, Buttm. 117. 3. 2. Winer 14. 2. n,) there is in, with, among, e. g. IVt sc. h I'fuv, Gal.3:28ter; others iv Xgiato), comp. *Ev 1. c. . Col. 3: 11 onov ovx m. James 1: 17 naf oj oux en. Test. XII Patr. 733. Palaeph. 14. 1. Aristoph. Plut. 348. pp. Xen. An. 5. 3. 1 1. So T tvovtu, things within, that which is within, pp. 1 Mace. 5: 5. Xen. Ag. 2. 19. H. G.2.3.7. In N.T.Luke 11: 41 T ivovia, <5oie Ihyuocrvvrjv, i. e. in the figurative discourse of Jesus, give that within the cup and platter as alms, comp. v. 39, here spoken of the inner man, the heart, viz. 'give alms from the heart, and not merely externally;' for the doub. accus. comp. Buttm. 131. n. 5. Others here prefer the sense [XT] T fvovToc, pro facvltatibus, ac- cording to what you have, (Hesych. ivov' dwarov rj lvvnd()x ov >} but tne more usual construction would then be x iwv ev6vT(ov, as Epict. Frag. 108. "Evexa, Luke 6: 22. Acts 26: 21. Rom. 8: 36; more frequently ivcxev ; also poet, and Att. si'i'txtv, [Luke 4: 18.] 2 Cor. 7: 12; comp. Buttm. 117. 2. Winer 5. p. 43. n. prep, governing the genitive, on account of, because of, for the sake of; Matt. 5: 10, 11. 10: 18, 39. 16: 25. 19: 29. Mark 8: 35. 10: 29. 13:9. Luke 6: 22. 9:24. 18:29. 21:12. Acts 28: 20. Rom. 8: 36. 14:20. 2 Cor. 3: 10 eVfxEV T?}e vn. dofyg, because of, by reason of. 7: 12 bis. Sept. for *\5v b? Gen. 20: 1 1, 18. bbaa Deut. 18: 12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 13. aK Also eVcxev iov- rov, for this cause, therefore, Matt. 19: 5. Mark 10: 7. Acts 26: 21. ov fwx,/or which cause, wherefore, Luke 4: 18. TI- vo$ !Wx,/or what cause, wherefore, Acts 19: 32. So fi'vtxfv TOU seq. infin. 2 Cor. 7: 12 tivtxtv tov cpavfgwdijvcu, in order that, etc. In such construc- tions tv&ta is often omitted ; comp. Buttm. 140. n. 1. $130. n. 1. see "Evvioq. ,a?, f), (IvtQyi]?,) energy, pp. ' the being in work,' i. e. operation, efficiency, active power, etc. Eph. 1: 19 XT vi]v ivigynav rov xydiov avrov, according to the efficiency, active exhibi- tion, of his might, sc. in raising up Jesus. 3: 7. 4: 16. Col. 1: 29. Especially as exhibited in mighty works, miracles, e. g. of God, Phil. 3: 21. Col. 2: 12. of Satan, 2 Thess. 2: 9. By melon, put for the works or miracles themselves, 2 Thess. 2: 11 evsgytiav nlMv^q, i. e. false miracles, delusive signs, viz. those mentioned in v. 9, 10. Wisd. 7: 26. 18: 22. 3 Mace. 4: 21. Pol. 1. 4. 7. ib. 8. 9. 2. pp. * to be in work,' i. e. to work, to be effective, operative, etc. a) neut. to work, to be active, to pro- duce effect, spoken of things ; Matt. 14: 2 et Mark 6: 14 at dvvd^fi? evfyyoiviv sv avTo3, i. e. the power of miracles works, miracles are wrought by him. Eph. 1: 20 ?/v [Ivsgytiav] tvigyiptv, see Buttm. 131. 3. Eph. 2: 2. Phil. 2: 13 TO iviqytiv. With a dat. of pens. Gal. 2: 8 bis, 6 IvfQyvo-a? TZe'row tig x. T. L evijgytjffs xt luol fig T t&vr), i. e. he who effected in the case of Peter that he should be the apostle of the Jews, effected also in my case that I should go to the Gentiles ; comp. v. 7. So Sept. seq. dat. yvvij avfyita svfQyii TW avdgl elg ayu&d, for b*33, Prov. 31: 12. _ Wisd. !6: 17. Artemid. 1. 1 or 2. Pol. 4. 40. 4. Diod. Sic. 4. 38. b) trans, to work, to effect, to produce, seq. accus. spoken of persons; 1 Cor. 12: 6 o Ivegyuv ra naviu. v. 11. Gal. 3: 5. Eph. 1: 11. Phil. 2: 13 o ivegy&v iv filiiv TO dshiv x. T. A. Sept. for b?S Is. 41: 4. b?S Prov. 21: 6. Jos. B. J. 4. 6. 1. Diod". Sic. 13. 95 ult. c) Mid. to shew oneself active, i. e. 279 neut. to work, to be active, to operate, spoken only of things, Winer 39. 6. p. 212. Rom. 7: 5 mo/aro iv roT? ps- faffiv ijftMv. 2 Cor. 1: 6. 4: 12. Gal. 5: 6. Eph. 3: 20. Col. 1: 29. 1 Thess. 2: 13. 2 Thess. 2: 7. Pol. 1. 13. 5. ib. 9. 13. 9. Particip. ettpfOUfil*O$ as adj. working, effective, as James 5: 16 dir^aig P, TO, pp. 'what is wrought,' i.e. effect pro- duced, operation ; 1 Cor. 12: 6. v. 10 ivtQywa-tn dvvapfwv, operations of mir- acles, i.e. put for miraculous effects, the gift of working miracles. Pol. 2. 42. 7. Diod. Sic. 4. 51 penult. , , 5 t EveVWC, toe, OUG, o, rj, adj. (eV, >/oy,) energic, pp. ' in work,' i. e. working, operative, active, effective^ Heb. 4:12. 1 Cor. 16:9 tffya poi uviwyi ptydlr) xal ivtQyr t q, effective, i. e. pre- senting opportunity for great effects. Philern. 6. Isocr. p. 282. C. Pol. 2. 65. 12. ib. 11. 23. 2. 1 Evfrctdfy adv. strengthened form for !V#, viz. a) of place where, Buttm. 116. 7, co tup. /9. 5, here, in this place, Luke 24: 41. Acts 10: 18. 16: 28. 17: 6. 25:: 24. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 9. Cyr. 1. 3. 15. b) of place whither, Buttm. 116. 2,, hither, to this place, John 4: 15,16. Acts 25: 17. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8. Horn. II. 1. 365. Xeu. H. G. 1. 7. 16. frt, c~) } f. vjff ) a or. 1 pass. wilh mid s jj, u if. Buttm. 136. 2 ; to have in m ; n( ]^ to revo l ve in mind, to think M/ > n, trans. Matt. 1: 20. 9: 4. seq. niqi c gen ^ cts \Q. 19 j n text . rec . where j ater e dit.&f>-#iy'opu--~ se q.a cc - Wisd. 3. 14 T , JUC 5 $j Xen Mem j 7 2 seq . ngQ i Wi8d . 6: 15. 'Evi)uw*i?, oiP, i (irfv&p*^ thovgtil, cogitation, Matt. 9:4. 12:25. Heb. 4: 12. Time. 1. 132. In the sense of excogitation, invention, Acts 17: 29. * r for ^ S(rTt see ^yft/ii. EvLCtuwc } ou, o, a year, John 11: 49, 51. 18: 13. Acts 11: 26. 18: 11- Gu| 4 . , Heb 9 . ?> 25 10: 1? 3 James 4. 13. 5. 17. R ev> 9. 15. Sept. for nrJJ Gen. 17: 21. Ex. 12: 2. al. Joe. Ant! 3 j 2> 9 Xen. Ath. 3. 4. Mem. 3. 6. 13. __ By Hehr> pul f or any definite time, cra> Luke 4: 19 tviavibv xvgiov dtxrov^ q uote d f rorn j s> 61: 2, where Sept. for ; .j. Ev(9Tf)(U, (tW^t,) in N. T. only fut. Mid. evo-rrjffouai, and perf. act. iv- etrnjxa, part. fvtcnr t xMg, Heb. 9:9, contr. moro)?, Buttm. 110. 10; intrans. to stand in or i^on, Buttm. 107. II. 1 sq. In N. T. trop. to stand near, i. e. to be at hand, to impend, 2 Thess. 2: 2. 2 Tim. 3: 1. 2 Mace. 4: 43. Pol. 2. 28. 9. ib. 3. 6. 1. Part. perf. fyfjrraiff, instant, i. e. present, Rom. 8: 38 OIT evt(nuia, ovre ^'UoyTa. 1 Cor. 3: 22. 7: 26. Gal. 280 1: 4. Heb. 9: 9. Esdr. 9: 6. Jos. Ant. 16. 6. 2. Xen. H. G. 2. 1. 6. ' j[3viO%V9)) f. Vff(, (iff/voi,) pp. to be strong in any thing ; in N. T. to iK-strvngthen, i. e, a) intrans. to be invigorated, to become strong, Acts 9: 19. Sept. for ptftrr Gen. 48: 2. pth 2 Sam. 16: 21. Dan*. 10: 19, Trop.~Diod. Sic. 5. 28 tvurxvi* TIIXQ allots o f/v&ayoQov loyog. ib, 1. 18. b) trans, but only in Sept. and N. T. to invigorate, to strengthen, i. e. to cause to be strong, seq. ace. Luke 22: 43. Sept. for pth Dan. 10: 18. Judg. 3: 12. TT8 2 Sarn/22: 40. yaK Is. 41: 10, Comp. on the causative signif. Buttm. 113. 2, and n. 1. "Evvct'ios, T} } ov y ord. adj. (Wc',) the ninth, Rev. 21: 20. Elsewhere only in the phrase ?; o)^ ?; ewuir], the ninth hour, sc. in the Jewish mode of reckon- ing, corresponding to our 3 o'clock P. M. the hour of evening sacrifice and prayer, (see Acts 3: 1,) Matt. 20: 5. 27: 45, 46. Mark 15: 33, 34. Luke 23: 44. Acts 3: 1. 10: 3, 30. Some Mss. read varog in Matt. 20: 5. Acts 10: 30. See Winer 5. p. 44. Evveoc, ol, al, T, card. num. nine, Luke 17: 17. 'tt, ol, al, rtx, ninety-nine^ Matt. 18: 12, 13. Luke 15: 4, 7. Some Mss. write Ivevyyovt. which is better ; Winer 5. p. 44. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. I. p. 283. II , ct uV better k Fassow sub voc. Winer 5. p. 44, (prob. i. q. UVSM? fr. w, a I'M,) speechless, dumb, with amazement, Acts 9: 7, <:oll. 22: 9. pp. dumb by nature, also a deaf-mute, Sept. for fcVtf Is. 56: 10. Ep.Jer.41. Jos' Ant. 4.8."32. Xen. An. 4. 5. 33. K f. vo~(a, to nod or ivink towards any one, Lat. innuo, i. e. to make signs with the head, eyes, etc. Luke 1: 62. Sept. twtiet oy&cdpM for Prov. 6: 13. 10: 10. Diog. Laert. 3. 79 IWoia xaAov. Pol.l. 15. 13. In N. T. thought, intent, Heb. 4; 12. Sept. for rp2T73 Prov. 3: 21. comp. 23: 19. SusannV 2:8. Wisd. 2: 14. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 1. In the sense of mind, disposition, mode of thinking and feeling, 1 Pet. 4: 1 tr^v avTtjr tvvoiav, sc. with Christ. Isocr. p. 112. D. Q, ov, o, ?;, (cV, vofiog,) pp, ' within the law,' or * conformable to law,' i. e. a) legal, legitimate, Acts 19: 39 iv ty ivvofiM txxhrjfflfx. Lucian. Cone. Deor. 14 IxxAqor/as ivvouov uyoulv^g. Pol. 2. 47,3. b) under law, subject to law, 1 Cor. 9: 21 tvvofjLoq Xgio~tM. ' Evvvyog, ov, o, y, adj. (Iv, vv*,) nocturnal ; neut. i'vvv%ov as adv. in the night, by night, Buttrn. 1 15. 4. Mark 1: 35 TiQwi' tvvv%ov Uav, very early, yet in the night, i. q. OQ&QOV /?> Luke 24: I. adv. 3 Mace. 5: 5. fern. Horn. II. II. 716. &y co, f. i]ffio, (oixeu,) to dwell in, to inhabit, c. c. iv, Sept. for n*:r Jer. 49: 1. Xen. Oec. 4. 13. In N. T. metaph. to dwell in or with any one, to be in or with, seq. iv, spoken of the indwelling of the Holy Spirit in Christians, Rom. 8: 11. 2 Tim. 1: 14. of the divine presence and blessing, 2 Cor. 6: 16, comp. 1 Cor. 3: 16. Lev. 26:12. Ex. 29:45. Ez. 37< 27. So of ] Tflffiig 2 Tim. 1: 5. 6 ).6/og tov XQ. Col. 3: 16, Test. XII Patr. p. 539. Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 6. Evovicx, Tee, see "Evsiui. 'EvoiijQ, TIJTOQ, ?/, (ac,) oneness, unity, Eph. 4: 3, 13. Test. XII Patr. p. 642. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13 tv. v~js Evo'/fa'co, 0), f. ijo-w, (oxtiw fr. ,) to excite tumult in; hence genr. to disturb, to trouble, to annoy, sc. a community, person, etc. absol. Heb. 12: 15. absol. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 9. seq. dat. Xen. An. 3. 4. 21. seq. accus. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 2. Esdr. 2: 22, 29. , C, 7;, (iv> vovq,} pp. 4 what is in the, mind,' e. g. idea, lotion, ^o?, ov, 6, ij, adj. , pp. held in, contained tn, 'Ev 281 fastened in or on any thing, Anth. Gr. I. p. 179 (7i u'/xi'Qr,<; i'voxov fiuQO?. In N. T. rnetaph. subject to, liable to, ob- noxious to, viz. a) pp. and usually c. c. dat. Matth. 370. 11. 4 ; so seq. dat. of tribunal, for the punishment inflicted by that tribunal, Mutt. 5: 21, 22 bis, Try xgiou, TCM awedgua. v. 22 evoxog tig ri]V yhvvu i/q. tvoxog /JaAAeotfa* a? '/isvva. Comp. Num. 35: 31 wo/og avaiot&ijvai. Tho- luck Bergpred. p. 182. Winer 31. 2. p. 173. Comp. in Llg 3. b. So Sept. IVo/. TO) -fravarM for na'P nitt Gen. 26: 11. Aesch. 2.36 vo^oi. Luc. bis ac- cus. 39. Pol. 12. 14. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 64 IT? /oag>/J. Construed also c. gen. Matth.' I.e. Heb. 2: 15 IVo/ot doi'falctg, as in Engl. subjects of bondage. So of punishment, tVo^o? GenratW, lit. a sub- ject of death, i. e. guilty of death, Matt. 26: G6. Mark 14: 64. Iv. aiwv. xyifftwg Mark 3: 29. Dem. 1229. 11 tVo^o? dtcrpov. b) in the sense of chargeable with, guilty of, seq. gen. of that in or in re- spect to which crime is committed ; 1 Cor. 11: 27 V. TOU aw/i. x. lov uiu. iov xvglov. James 2: 10 nurtwv tvoxog. Sept. Is. 54: 17. 2 Mace. 13: C. Philo de Joseph, p. 558 ir^g xlon^g tvo- Xog. Lys. in Alcib. 5. p. 140. init. iv. IsmoraSlov. c. dat. Sept. Deut. 19: 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 77 penult. out, embalming, etc. Mark 14: 8. John 12:7. TOC, TO, ( L q. truth], mandate, precept, ordinance, Matt. 15: 9. Mark 7: 7. Col. 2: 22. Sept. for rns Job 23: 12. Is. 29: 13. ' EviCt(ftC('^co, f. a'o-w, (IvTucpio?, fr. V, Tg>o?, pi. TOT tVraqpta grave-clothes and ornaments, Eurip. Hel. 1404 or 1424. Ael. V. H. 1. 16,) to prepare for burial, i. e. to lay out in the Ivrd- (pict, to decorate, to embalm, in the Jewish manner, see Jahn 204, 205. trans. Matt. 26: 12. John 19: 40. Sept. for B:ft Gen. 50: 2, 3. Test. XII Patr. p. 6]9 T /u7j3ft? [is btaD, put either for the law, i. e. the Mosaic law, Matt. 15: 3,6. Mark 7: 8, 9. Luke 23: 56. Sept. for min 2 K. 21: 8. 2 Chr. 12: 1. or, for the precepts given to Christians, Christian doctrines and duties, 1 Tim. 6: 14. 2 Pet. 2: 21. 3: 2. AL. G, ov 3 o, ?;, adj. (eV, TO- TTOC,) pp. in the place, spoken of one who belongs in any place, a resident, an inhabitant, Acts 21: 12. Porphyr. de Abst. 1. 14. Plato Phaedr. p. 1232. I). e, adv. (&,) in, within; also as prep. c. gen. Luke 17: 21 ?; ftatrdda rov &foi' evrog Vfiwv lo-nv, the kingdom of God is within you, i. e. its seat is in your heart and affections, not external. So re ivioq, the inside, Matt. 23: 26. Buttm. 125. 6, 7. Sept. for 5*3 pa Ps. 39: 4. 109: 22. Lucian. D. Deor. 14. 5 TO ivTog. Herodian. 2. 15. 15. Hero- dot. 7. 47. EvigencOy f.ya, Lat. inverto, Eng. to invert, i. e. to turn about, trans, e. g. T ywT Herodot. 7. 211. to turn back, Diog.Laert. Socr.11.29. Trop. to turn one in upon himself, to bring to reflec- tion, i. q. to affect, to move, Ael. V. H. 3. 17 pen. Horn. 11. 15. 554. Hence in N. T. a) to shame, to put to shame, trans. 1 Cor. 4: 14 oi'x ivrgijiwv v^iug yyuqtw Tttuia. Pass. 2 Thess. 3: 14. Tit. 2: 8. Sept. for -isn Ps. 35: 26. 40: 15. 83: 18. ttols."4l:ll. Ez.36:32. Esdr. 8: 74. Ecclus. 4: 25. Plato Crit. 14. h) Mid. IvTQl'nOftai, to shame oneself before any one, i. c. to feel respect or deference totvards, to respect, to reverence, in N. T. and in late writers seq.accus. Matt. 21: 37 et Mark 12:6 fVTQanijo-ovrat -lov vlov pov, i. e. Pass, as Mid. comp. Buttm. 136. 2. Luke 18: 2, 4. 20: 13. Heb. 12: 9. Wisd. 2: 10. Diod. Sic. 19. 7. Pol. 30. 9. 2. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. p. 882. 15. In earlier writers seq. gen. Soph. Ajac. 90. Xen. H. G. 2. 3.33. , f. ev&geiftto, to nourish up in any thing, to bring up or train up in; hence Pass. trop. to be skilled in, imbued with, seq. dat. of thing, 1 Tim. 4: 6 evTQscpoufvog 101$ hoyoig. Comp. for the particip. pres. Winer 46. 5. p. 289, 291. Philo de Viet. off. p. 855 evrQ. vouoiq. de Alleg. p. 59. Herodian. 5. 3. 5. ib. 5. 5. 4. pp. Eurip. Phoen. 379. [381.] Max. Tyr. 18. 9, or Diss. 3. C. JE?PrpOjUpj OV 9 o, r\, adj.(V, ipo- /uoc,) in trembling, i. e. trembling with fear, terrified ; hence IVr^ouoc //- vouai v. flul, to tremble, Acts 7: 32. 16: 29. Heb. 12: 21. Sept. for 1^*173 Ban. 10: 11. 1 Mace. 13: 2. Plut. Fab'. Max. 3. genr. Anth. Gr. I. p. 23. p. 211. ]Cj /, (fvTQtnoi q. v. shame, a putting to shame, 1 Cor. 6: 5 JiQog IVJQ. vulv As/to. 15: 34. Sept. for ST3b3 Ps. 35: 26. 69: 8, 20. to, f. raw, to live deli- cately or luxuriously in, to revfl in, e. g. 283 iv TT^ ayanaig, 2 Pet. 2: 13 in some Mss. but the comm. reading is iv T together. John 20: 7. Hesych. , nOtQ, (0, f. wo-w, (eyrwo? fr. ^y, TL-TTO^J /o instamp, to impress, to en- grave, Pass. 2 Cor. 3: 7. Aristot. de Mund. 6. Plut. ed. Reisk. VIII. p. 672. Hesych. trivnovfuvov ' 'EvcoHiov, (pp. neut. of fr , governing the gen. m ^ presence O f f before, found only in fa , ater Greek Buttm ^ m 2 g t< eyery where for f , = !? v . in N T> uged chjefl b j^k,-; j,;;^ ;im , in the A pocalypse. ^ . mo ' stly of rgonSj but a i so of thi ^ ^^ ^ $^ 6e/ore> {n .^ - R( , v j. 4 4 . 5j 6> 1Q 7 . 9> llf J5 fl] gt> g and , : ^ Josh 6; 4< j gam 5 . 3 n=) - 3 ^ ^ n 30: 39> __ E | sewhere o f persons, fee/ore, m {n ^ e ^ w / ; Luke i: j7 ^^^ ^^^ fl ToP> ay a hcra l df j; q n ^ nQoa *"W~ W-80 seq. ace. Jos. Ant. 5 8 12. ', in L > Seq * Herodjan ' a 5 * 3 ' ' Evvnvia'^co, also ivvnvia&fAai, depon. (Ivvnviov,) to dream, intrans. spoken of visions in dreams, Acts 2: 17 svi'Tivia fvvjivicxo'&i}ffovjai, where for the accus. of the cognate noun, see Buttm. 131. 3. Comp. Joel 2: 28 where Sept. for dbrt. Gen. 28: 11. pp. Plut. Brut. 24 med. T id. Cato Maj. 23 ult. In the act. Aristot. H. An. 4. 10. Trop. IvvTiviaZoptvoi, dreamers, i. e. holding vain and empty opinions, deceivers, Jude 8. Comp. Lat. ommo, Cicero de Divin.2. 71. ( ^^ JQ - ^^ {n the sight of ^ . e God bei egent aud wit . Rom . 14: ^ 2 C or. 4: 2. 7: 12. c g and ...^ j Sarn . 12: 7. 23: IS.-So in obtestations, before God, God being witness, Gal. 1: 20. 1 Tim. 5: 21. 6: 13. 2 Tim. 2: 14. 4: 1. c) metaph. in the sight of, i. e. in the mind, will, purpose, judgment, of any one; Luke 1: 6 dixaioi ivfamov TOV &tov. v. 15 usyag Ivuntov xvo/ov. v.75. 15: 18, 21 ^OTOTOV tvwniov atr. p. 520. Alex. Comm. 3. 9. Hesych. dvanlov ' sv rolg o, iudec. Enoch, Heb. ^ ; 3h (dedicated), the patriarch who walked with God, Luke 3; 37. Heb, 11: 5. Jude 14, Comp. Gen, 5; 8 s.q. E, see s x. "E, ol, at, T, six, Matt. 17: 1. Mark 9: 2. AL. ^ f. Aol, (x , giwe owJ intelligence, e. g. from one camp to another, Demosth. p. 45. 3. Xen. An. 2. 4. 24. In N. T. to an- nounce abroad, i. e. by Hebraism, to make widely known, to celebrate, e. g. rag aQiTf*? TOV &tov 1 Pet. 2: 9. Sept. for ^SD Ps. 9: 15. 79: 13 -- Ecclus. 44: 15." ' f. aVw, Jo purchase out, to buy up, sc. from the possession or power of any one, trans. Plut. M. Crass. 2. Pol. 3.42,2. In N.T. to redeem, to set free, sc. out of service or bondage ; Gal. 3: 13 iy. rff WTUQUS io\) vopov. 4: 5. Comp. in 3 A/OQa(a b. Mid. pp. to redeem for one's use, trop. Eph. 5: 16 et Col. 4: 5 |/O^^OT- juerot TOV XCUQOV, redeeming the time, i. e. rescuing and improving every oppor- tunity to do good Comp. Marc. An- tonin. 4. 28 xtyoaviiov TO naqov. 'B^ayfo, f. |w, (ex, cf/o),) to lead out, to conduct out, sc. out of any place, c. accus. of pers. e. g. out of prison, Acts 5: 19. 16: 37, 39. seq. ex 12: 17. Sept. for N-'sin Ps. 142: 8. Is. 42: 7. Also out of Egypt, Acts 7: 36. seq. e'x v. 40. 13: 17. Heb. 8: 9. Sept. for aTiprr Ex. 6: 7. Lev. 25: 38. Genr. Mark 15: 20. Acts 21: 38. seq. % w Mark 8: 23. Luke 24: 50. So Sept. seq. i$w Gen. 15:9. 19:16. As a shepherd his flock, John 10: 3. Dem. 1090.10. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 37, seq, e'x Dem. 845. 17. ib. 865. 6. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 18. seq. %o> Dem. 1278. 3. Ectip&y (d; f. ^'o-G>, (e'x, aiQ(i),) aor. 2 e&Uov, aor. 2 mid. irreg. iStttctro Acts 7: 10 et 12: 11 in st)me edit, see in ^AvaiQKW ; to take out, trans, i. e. a) to pluck out, to tear out, e. g. an eye, Matt. 5: 29 lor ocp&odpor. 18: 9. Heliodor. 2. p. 84 vbv ocpd-. Plut. ed. Reisk. VII. p. 471. 7 iov oq>&. Xen. 2. 3,16, b) to take out from a number, to select, Mid. to select for oneself, to choose, c. c. ace. Acts 26: 17. Sept. for ^Yl3 Deut. 3J: 11. Job 36: 11. Jos. Ant. Y. 8. 5. Xen. An. 2. 5. 20. act. Horn. II. 16. 56. Xen. An. 5. 3. 4. c) Mid. trop. to take out sc. of the power of any one to one's self, i. e. to rescue, to deliver, seq. ace. and c. c. ex, Acts 12: 11 fStlhio ^e e'x %UQQ<; 'llgu- dov. 7: 10. Gal, 1: 4. c. ex impl. Acts 7: 34. 23: 27. Sept. for b^Sn Gen. 32: 11. 37: 20. ai. saep. Dem. 256. 2. Pol, 1.11. 11. E,CtiQ(idj ft OCQM, (e'x, tttjoco,) to take up out of any place, to lift up from, Plut. Marcel). 15 nied. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19. In N. T. to take away out of or from, to remove, trans, and seq. e'x c. gen. 1 Cor. 5: 13 iov novr^ov i$ V(.iuv, i. e. to expel, to excommunicate. So v. 2 in text, recept. Sept, for ^2 Deut. 19: 19. Judg. 20: 13. al. "VCri Josh. 7: 13. rn3 Ez. 14:8. Ael. 2.' 24. An- thol. Gr~ ill. p. 96. 'J5aiT6C0, w, f. f/o-w, (e'x, atrs'w,) to ask out and out, to desire to have, to de- 285 mand ; Mid. to demand for oneself, seq. shoot forth, to sprout up, intrans. Matt, accus. Luke 22:31. Comp. Job 1: 6 sq. 13:5. Mark 4: 5. Sept. of light, for 2 : H S q. Test. XII Patr. p. 729. Dem. mt Ps. 112: 4. Trans, of plants, Sept. 546. 21. act. Diod. Sic. 11. 33. for 'rTOSn Gen. 2: 9. Ps. 104: 14. , adv. (ex, afyvi;? i. q. , wqpvw, q. v.) suddenly, unex- pectedly, at once, Mark 13: 36. Luke 2: 13. 9: 39. Acts 9: 3. 22: 6. Sept. for EtfnD Prov. 24:2. Jer. 6:26. ?:n Is. 47: Pans. 3. 5. 9. Xen. Mem. 4/2.6. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18. n. Buttm. 115. n. 5. y f. fan, (lit, to follow out, i. e. trop. to copy after, to conform to, seq. dat. [iv&oig 2 Pet. 1: 16. curdy uaig 2: 2. T/} o&. Rev. 7: 17. 21: 4. J2*CcAAojLlC]$ ywtweos- Sept. for rrfj Gen. 19: 32, 34. rpp Gen. 4: 25. b) intrans. in aor. 2 Act. to rise up out ofsc. a place, a number or body of per- sons, etc. to stand forth, Acts 15: 5. Sept. for nip Gen. 18: 16. 19: 1. Judg, 3: 20. Pol. 15. 31. 2. Dem. 284. 23. , co, f. i]vw, (ex intens.) i. q. anarao) but stronger, to deceive wholly, to beguile, to seduce, i. e. to lead out of the right way into error, trans. Rom. 7:11. 16:18. 1 Cor. 3: 18. 2 Cor. 11:3. 2 Thess. 2: 3. Susann. 56. Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 3. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 19. adv. later form for |- anlvT)<; Ion. for t$alcpvi}g q. v. suddenly, unexpectedly, Mark 9: 8. Sept. for CKnD Josh. 11:7. Ps. 64:5. Num. 6: 9. Zonar. 7. 25. ib. 10. 37. See H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 678. j ov/uai, (x in- tens.) i. q. anoQeouai but stronger, to be wholly without resource, to despair ut- terly, seq. gen. TOU tj}v 2 Cor. 1: 8. comp. Buttrn. 132. 6. 1. absol. 2 Cor. 4: 8. Sept. for ] 13 Ps. 88: 16. Plut. Alcib. 5 pen. Pol. 3. 48. 4. q. v.) to spring up out of any place, the ground, etc. spoken of plants, to j f. tm/laJ, (x, ano- o~isU(a,) to send away out of the place where one is, to send forth, trans. a) genr. as an agent, messenger, etc. Acts 7: 12. II: 22? 12: 11. Gal. 4: 4. seq. of place whither, etc. Acts 9: 30. 22: 21. Gal. 4: 6. Sept. for n^U) Gen. 24: 40. Ex. 3: 12. Jer. 26: 22. Dem. 251. 5. c. tig Pol. 21. 14. 9. c. wo'ff 3. 11. 1. 286 b) simply, to send away, to dismiss, to let depart, Acts 17: 14. Sept. for nbu) Gen. 45: 24. 1 Sam. 9: 19, 26. Pol. 10. 35. 2. In a stronger sense, to send away sc. peremptorily, c. c. accus. et adj. Luke 1:53 nhovToi'VTotg t$oui. xevovg. 20: 10, 11 (XVTOV xevov. So Sept. and rfctt) Gen. 31: 42. Deut. 15: 13. Job 22: 9. Pol. 15. 2. 4 rot's ngEvfaig avomo- xgliovg e7r. D, f/crw, (ex, OT/W fr. q. v.) to complete fully, trans. spoken of time, to finish, to bring to an end, Acts 2J: 5 jug yusQotg. Spoken of a religious teacher, to make thoroughly perfect, to furnish out, 2 Tim. 3: 17. Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 2 nofauuv ngbg av&Q. lo'ig uTictffi xAcii)? e^QTio'fisvovg. Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 33, of a house. i *EctGT(>anico 3 f. y/w, (ex, VO-CQU- TTTW,) to flash out, as lightning, Sept. Ez. 1: 4. In N. T. of raiment, to shine out, to glitter, intrans. Luke 9: 29. comp. Matt. 17: 2. Sept. of armour, for p-i2 Nah. 3: 3. b>p r Ez. 1: 7. , 'E&viij?, adv. (ex, airrijs,) Yit.from this sc. time, i. e. forthwith, presently, immediately, Mark 6: 25. Acts 10: 33. 11: 11. 21: 32. 23: 30. Phil. 2: 23. See in 'x 2 b. Pol. 2. 7. 7. Diod. S. 15. 43. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 47. 11. Schafer ad Bos Ell. Gr. p. 443. E^f/fipfo, f. eow, (ex, e/e/ow,) to wake out of sleep, to arouse out of sleep ; pp. implying also the rising up from the posture of sleep, trans. Ecclus. 22: 7. Xen.H. G.6.4.36. Cyr.8.7.2. Hence in N. T. trop. a) to raise up out of sc. death, i. q. /e/0w ex iwv VEXQWV, comp. in 'Eyelgtn a. 1 Cor. 6: 14. Sept. and -pp* Dan. 12: 2. b) to raise up, i.e. to cause to arise or exist, spoken of Pharaoh, Rom. 9: 17, quoted from Ex. 9: 16 where Heb. T5-n, Sept. diKTrjQy&yv. Jos. Ant. 8. 11.1 fiaffdtvg yuQ i^iydgsTai vn i^iov. I. E&tfUj (e'x, tlui to be,) see yriv, i. e. out of the water. c. e'x, Lu- cian. Eun. 6. seq. gen. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 4. absol. Herodian. 7. 9. 8. In the sense of to go away, to depart out of a place, absol. Acts 17: 15. 20: 7. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 8. seq. gen. Herodian. 3. 15. 12. 'E&teyxco, f. |w, (ex intens.) i. q. &c, to go or come out of any place, etc. Sept. every where for tt^. Spoken a) of persons, to go or come forth, () with adjuncts implying the place out of which, etc. seq. gen. Matt. 10: 14 e|f0^6jUfyot ir t q oiy.laq. Acts 16: 39. comp. Matth. 354. 8. Seq. ex c. gen. of place, Matt. 8: 28 ex TWV pyjj/uaW &Q X . John 4: 30. Acts 16: 40. 1 Cor. 5: 10. al. (Sept. for KS 1 ' Gen. 8: 16, 19. al. Xen. H. G. 6. 5/16.) Seq. $ w , Matt. 26: 75. John 19: 4. Rev. 3: 12. '.E|*toy..T.L 19:3. Mark 2: 26. 10:2. Luke 20: 22. John 5: 10. 18: 31. Acts 21: 37. So part. 283 impl. Matt. 22: 17. 27: 6. Mark 3: 4. 12: 14. Luke 6: 4. 14: 3. and so with part. **ev sc. Ibrw Acts 2: 29. Ael. V. H. 2. 7. Xen. An. 4. 3. 10. Oec. 7. 41 his. With the infm. implied, Mark 2: 24 o otx tl-ecrn sc. octrois noiflv. Luke 6: 9. Acts 8: 37. 1 Cor. 6: 12 bis. 10: 23 bis. E^fra^cOy f. wireo, (e'x intens. franco fr. hog, e'r&os, true, real,) pp. to verify out, i. e. to examine, to explore, sc. whether any thing is true or not, i. q. e'rw but stronger and more used by the Attics ; Passow in voc. Hence a) genr. to inquire out, i. e. to seek out the truth by inquiry etc. seq. nt^l c. gen. Matt. 2: 8. seq. ilq interrog. 10: 11. Sept. for un*! Deut. 19: 18. Ecclus. 11: 7. Herodian. 4. 5. 5. Dem. 23. 29. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 36. b) by impl. to question, to ask, seq. ace. of pers. John 21: 12. Act. Thorn. 3. Phavor. e|rm e^cozw. EqyOflC(ij ovfjiai, f. 7? Ex. 19: 1. Num. 33: 38. "al. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 20. Xen. An. 6. 4. 9. Trop. of departure from life, exit, decease, Luke 9: 31. 2 Pet. 1: 15. Wisd. 7: 6. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2 In efo<5ou iov ^t\v. E^oA^.^fjfvct), f. craw, (& intens.) i. q. olo&Qtvb) but stronger, to destroy utterly, Pass. seq. f'x iov laoi Acts 3: 23. Sept. for -DM Dent. 7: 10. c. & for m_3 Ex, 30:~33. 31: 13. al. Test. XII PVtr. p. 541. Jos. Ant. 8. 11. 1. ib. 11. 6. 7. Comp. Sturz de Dial. Alex, p. 166 sq. E^o^o^oyfco, Ci), f. tjffo), (ex in- tens.) i. q. opoloytfo but stronger, pp. to speak out the same things sc. as another; hence in N. T. 1. Act. and Mid. to concede, to ac- knowledge, to confess fully, trans, e. g. ia? apapiag, Matt. 3: 6. Mark 1: 5. Acts 19: 18. James 5: 16. Sept. and rnto Dan. 9: 24. Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 6 tag afiaoiia,;. B. J. 5. 10. 5. Plut. M. Anton. 59 pen. ir\v ub]&nav. In the sense of to acknowledge openly, to pro- fess, e. g. TO oVojua tivog Rev. 3: 5 in text. rec. So seq. or* Phil. 2: 11. comp. Tob. 11: 17. Hence Mid. to make ac- knowledgement sc. for benefits, i. e. to give thanks, to praise, seq. dat. of pers. Matt. 11: 25. Luke 10: 21. Rom. 14: 11. 15: 9, quoted from Ps. 18: 50 where Sept. for Mnirr. also Ps. 57: 10. 1 Chr. 16: 4. 2 Chr. 30: 22. al. saep. Act. Thorn. 25. Philo de Alleg. p. 1105. c. ace. Tob. 12: 22. 2. Act. to assent fully, to agree, to promise, absol. Luke 22: 6 elcojuoAd/^crc. So o ( oZo/w, Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 5. ib. 8. 4. 3. Xen. An. 7. 4. 13, 22. SCG xi^(7Z7. exact an oath, i. e. to put to an oath, to 37 y o, (e$opxa>,) an exorcist, pp. one who binds by an oath ; genr. one who by adjuration and in- cantation professes 10 expel demons, Acts 19: 13. Anth. Gr. III. p. 23 ult. Comp. for the process of exorcism, Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 5. Suicer. Thes. in v. f. w, (ex, to dig out, trans. Mark 2: 4 sc. ir t v (niyr t v, digging out or removing the tiles, earth, etc. But comp. in *Ano; Dan/3 T : i 4: 21. Ecclus. 17: 2. DiodI Sic. 1. 58. ib. 18. 50. Herodian. 3. 10. 12. ib. 7. 10. 4. So seq. gen. of pers. to whom the power belongs, Luke 20: 20 e$. roD rtyfpovos. Rev. 12: 10 . tov XQ. Acts 26: 18 ;. tov nokttg, even to foreign cities. (Sept. 2 K. 16: 18. Xen. H. G. 6.1.5.) Trop. of those not belonging to one's society, church, etc. not Chris- tians, 1 Cor. 5: 12,13. Col. 4: 5. 1 Thess. 4: 12. of those not belonging to the number of the apostles, Mark 4: 11. (Xen. Oec. 10. 8.) So 6 |w r^wv ixv- ftgomo?, our outward man, the body, 2 Cor. 4: 16. As a prep. seq. gen. out of, outside of, Luke 13: 33 !'| t !. 13:48. Luke 14:35. 1 John 4: 18. John 11: 43 detQo t|w. Acts 5: 34 7ron"/fm/ ^-i. H5: -iO ngo- ayu'/wv e|o). So niter verbs of motion compounded with ix, ast|ce/w Luke24: 50. &'$ropru Matt. 26: 75. John 19: 4, 5. al. * fc^tfUtt, Luke 8: 54. Acts 9: 40._Pol. 1. 50. 2. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 16. An. 5. 5. 19. As prep. seq. gen. Matt. 21: 17 ftyJifav tw t% Troifw?. v. 39. Mark 5: 10. 8:23. Acts 4: 15. 14:19. llcrodian. 4. 2. 11. Xen. An. 5. 7. 15. AL. V, adv. of place, (co),)/rom without, i.e. outwardly, externally, viz. a) pp. Malt. 23: 27, 28. Luke 11: 39. 2 Cor. 7: 5. Sept. for yinT? Gen. 6: 14. Ex. 25: 11. al. Herodian. 2. 8. 10. Thuc. 2. 49. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 14. So o *(*)&( v as adj. out ward, external, 1 Pet. 3:3. Rev. 11:2. TO QwOfv the out- side Matt. 23: 25. Luke 11: 40. that. from without, Mark 7: 18. Trop. ol l~S.w\}tv, those from without, i. e. not Christians, 1 Tim. 3: 7. Comp. Buttm. 125. 6, 7. Xeu. H. G. 5. 1. 22. b) i. q. l'|w, out of, without, as prep. seq. pen. Mark 7: 15 !. TOV av&Qunov. Rev. 14: 20 %&>#fv jfc TroAew?, in 8Ome edit. Sept. for yiMJO Ex. 40: 20. Lev 24:3. niSin Jer. ll: 6. 44: 17, 21 Soph. Elect. 1449. Xen. An. 5. 7. 21. &eo), w, f. ijffw and wo-w, (c, wfo'w Buttm. 114,) to thrust out, to drive out, sc. from a place, viz. a) pp. of a nation, to expel, trans, and seq. TTO, Acts 7: 45. Sept. for fT^rrr Deut. 13: 5. Jer. 8: 3. p^n Jo"el'4: 6. Psalt. Sal. 17: 6. Ael. V. H. 3. 17 med. Pol. 2. 69. 9. b) as a naval term, to thrust forward a ship from the sea towards the shore, to propel, to drive out on shore, trans. Acts 27: 39 alyictlbv, ilg ov 292 ifiovtevaavTo e&vano nloiov __ Tluic.7. 52 lag nayag vavg ydy roiv J 'A&yvalwv iSfufan* l s -iriv />. 8.105. Xen. H. G. 4. 3. 12 bis. fpQ a y ov } com par. from %w, outer, uttermost, Matt. 8: 12 TO OTXO'TOS TO wrooj> uttermost darkness, i. e. far remote from the light and splendour of the feast within (v. 11), and put for the infernal regions or Tar- tarus. 22: 13. 25: 30. Sept. for TisVT in the sense of outer, exterior, Ez. 10: 5 40: 20. JSopia&fy f. Vw, (SOOT?;,) to fo> a festival, to keep holyday, intrans. 1 Cor. 5: 8. Sept. for h Ex. 5: J. Ps. 42: 5. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 4." 1-ldiaii. 5. C. 12. Xen Ath. 3. 2. 'JSopVfr i)? } ri, a feast, festival, holyday, Col. 2: 16 ^u/j Tig vftug xqiviiM iv pegsi, eo^rf^ $ vov^ving. Acts 18: 21 et John 5: 1, where it is uncertain what festival is meant; comp.Olshausen in loc. Sept. for 3h Ex. 10: 9. Hos. 2: 11. Am. 8: 10. TglB Lev. 23: 2. Num. 10: 10. Herodian. 3. 10. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. >. 1. Spoken of the passover and the fes- tival of unleavened bread connected with it, the paschal festival, see in "A&ftos and dsvitgoTtgonog. So j\ OOT?) lov Titttr^a, Luke 2: 41. John 13: 1. iv TW ndo-xct iv Tfj COOT?/ John 2: 23. i\ too. ibiv a'v(j,mv Luke 22: 1. ?; toQir) simply Matt. 26: 5. 27: 15. Mark 14: 2. 15: 6. Luke 2: 42. *23: 17. John 4: 45 bis. 6: 4. 1 1: 56. 12: 12, 20. 13: 29. Sept. for Jh Ex. 12: 14. 34: 25. and L tbjv ayvpuv Ex. 23: 15. 34: 17. Also of the feast of tabernacles, ?; eooT/} 77 o-xyvonrj/la, John 7: 2, 8 bis, 10, 11, 14, 37. Sept. for in Deut. 16: 16. 31: 10. inayystiai, tov &tov. Eph. 6: 2 e'j . TTOWT^ V inayydiu. Eph. 1: 13 Tt 3 nvtvpcm T% inayytKLag, the spirit prom- ised, Buttm. 123. n. 4. 1 Tim. 4: 8. 2 Pet. 3: 4. v. 9, see in BQKOVVM. Sept' for nU-jS) Esth. 4: 7. 1 Mace. 10: 15.' Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 5 ult. Pol. 1. 72. 6. So of special promises] e. g. made to Abraham, Acts 7: 17 coll. v. 6. Rom. 4: 20 coll. v. 18. Heb. 6: 15 coll. v. 14. Heb. 7: 6. 11:9 bis r ij '^_ ayydtag i. e. promised land, Buttm. 123. n. 4. So in respect of Isaac Rom. 9: 9. Gal. 4: 23. of a spiritual seed Rom. 9: 8. Gal. 4: 28. Or as made to Abraham and the Jewish pa- triarchs and prophets in general, e.g. of a future Saviour, Acts 13: 23, 32. 20: 6. of future blessings and the' en- joyment of God's favour, Acts 2- 39 Rom. 4: 13, 14, 16. 9: 4. 15: 8. 2 Cor' 7: i. Gal. 3: 16, 17, 18 bis, 21, 22 29 Eph. 2: 12. 3: 6. Heb. 6: 12, 17. ll' : 17.' of the salvation in Christ, 2 Tim. 1: 1 xr innyytUav w*]c, sc. an apostle in respect to the promise of eternal life in Christ, i. e. appointed to announce it, Heb. 4: 1. 8: 6. 9: 15. 1 John 2- 25. (/?) meton. put for the thing promised, Heb. 11: 13, 33, 39. of the salvation in Christ 10: 36. of the Holy Spirit, T>> inuyy. tov TTTOO'?, Luke 24: 49. Acts 1: 4. So Tt)v inayy. TOV nvevfiarog /.cipwv, i. q. TO nv. TO ina.yy).kouBvov i. e. having received the promised effu- sions of the Spirit, Acts 2: 33. Gal. 3: 14. Comp. Buttm. 123. n. 4. Test XII Patr. p. 725. Psah. Sal. 12: 8 oaioi, xuo/ou tdygovojuiiffaifv inayy ding xvglov. annunciation, announcement, viz. a) pp. 1 John 1: 5 in text. rec. where later edit, uyydia. Sept. for n^ttlp Ez. 7: 26. Arr. Exp. Alex. 1. 19/PoL 24. 10. 8 in some edit. b) by impl. order, mandate, Acts 23: 21. Pol. 9. 38. 2 T xaTct i^ v inayys- c) by impl. promise, viz. () pp . promise given, 2 Cor. 1: 20 oo-t uo , ^ iw, (ini, arrettu,) to bring word to or up to, i. e. to an- nounce, e. g. events etc. Horn. Od. 4. 775. Herodian. 1. 6. 23. or by way of appointment, command, Dem. 1041. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3 ; 1. 10. In N. T. as depon. Mid. enaiyyAloftcu, to announce oneself, sc. as doing or about to do any thing, to promise ; with perf. pass. m^y/Afiai, in mid. signif. Rom. 4: 21. Buttm.136. 3. but also as Pass. Gal. 3: 9. 2 Mace. 4: 27. Buttm. 113. n. 6. a) genr. to promise, c. c. ace. ct dat. 293 expr. or impl. James 1: 12 aiiyavov rijg ov InrjyyflJiaTO o xi'Qiog tolg aya- airrov. 2: 5. 2 Pet. 2: 19. 1 John 2: 25. Rom. 4: 21. Tit. 1: 2. Heb. 6: 13. seq. dat. et infin. Mark 14: 11. Acts 7: 5. absol. Heb. 10: 23. 11:11. 12:26. Pass. impersonal c. dat. Gal. 3: 19 w enyy- ydTcti, i. e. to whom the promise was made. So Sept. and ^EN Esth. 4: 6. Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 5. Pol. 5/89. 6. Xen. An. 5. 6. 26. b) in the sense of to profess, to make profession of, seq. accus. -d^foffs^fiav 1 Tim. 2: 10. yvumv 6: 21. Wisd. 2: 13. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 7. ib. 3. 1. 1. JRnayy^^cty roc y TO', (inayy&- louut,} a promise, 2 Pet. 1: 4. 3: 13. Dem. 397. 3. aor. 1 particip. 2 Pet. 2: 5, (on which form see in to lead up to, to bring upon, to introduce, pp. to a place, Sept. Ez. 14: 15. Thuc. 2. 2. ib. 5. 5. In N. T. upon persons, c. c. ace. et dat. 2 Pet. 2; 1 anuluav. v. 5. Sept. seq. inl for JOarj Gen. 6: 17. Ex. 11: 1. Lev. 26: 25. Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1018 xivdvvov in. Pa- laeph. 6. 7. Hesiod. "J:oy. 242. Seq. inl, Acts 5: 28 faayuytlv iff ] TO aifia, to bring upon us, i. e. to impute to us, make us answerable for. S'pt. for COnn Gen. 20: 9. Dem" 275. 4. npc Ex. 34: 7. i y f. iaouai, (ini, to contend upon i. c.for or seq. dat. of thing/or which, Jude 3. Plut. Num. 8. c. dat. of pers. with or against whom, Plut. Fab. Max. 23. fcco, f. orw, (e7 w to collect,) trans, to collect together to or upon any place etc. Mid. intrans. fTia&Qoifrpai, to collect together to or upon, to crowd together upon, Luke 11: 29. Plut. M. Anton. 44. l^JiaiveTO?, QVy o, Epenetus, a Christian, Rom. 16: 5. Enctweco, co ? (tJil, alvito,} Alt. f. aro^ua*, Rom. 15: 11. Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 6. Buttra. 113. 6. n. 7. but also fut. &alfiov$, i. e. to look upon, Matt. 17: 8. Luke 6: 20. 16: 23. 18: 13. John 4: 35. 6: 5. 17: 1. (Sept. for NizJD Gen. 13:10. Ez. 18:6.) T?> 3. 2 Mace. 9: 21. Diod. Sic. 16. 26 ult. Pol. 33. 5. 5. (tnl, pp. to call up the mind upon, i. e. to remind of, to put in mind upon or of, seq. accus. of pers. Rom.15: 15. Dem. 74. 7. Enavariavco, f. aww, (ini, av- anavw,} to cause to rest upon, Eustath. praef. Iliad, p. 1. 20. Mid. to rest one- self upon, to lean upon, Sept. for *} p: 2 K. 7: 2, 17. Hdian. 2. 1. 3. In N. T. only Mid. inavanttvonou, to rest upon, metaph. viz. a) to abide upon, to remain with, Luke 10: 6 STtavanavcrerai in awbv y fiQijvrj vpuv. So Sept. and ma Num. 11: 25, 26. 2 K. 2: 15. b) to confide in, to rely upon, seq. dat. Rom. 2: 17 inavamuvr) rat vo^uw. Matth. K 295 399. c. Sept. c. enl Tiy for -jy-J: Mic. 3: 11.- c. dat. 1 Mace. 8: 12. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 9. 9. aor. (eni, aysp/ojueu,) /o come 6ac& wpon or o a place, to return hither, thither, etc. absol. Luke 10: 35. 19: 15. Sept. for NT 2 Gen. 33: 18. md Gen. 50: 5. - 2 Mace. 4: 36. Hdian. 6. 6. 2. Xen. An. 6. 5. 32. , (ini, pirifnyu,) in N. T. only Mid. tnavloicn^ai, f. or?j- aouai, to rise up upon i. e. against any one, seq. Ini nva Matt. 10: 21. Mark 13: 12. Sept. for wp 1 Sam. 17: 35. Mic. 7: 6. 1735 Dan. 11: 14. seq. dat. Pol. 2. 53. 2." r Hdot. 3.61,62. absol. Time. 5. 23. g, fcoCy i], (InavoQ- &ob) to right up again, to set to rights again, to restore, Plato Rep. X. 302. Tliuc. 7. 77. comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 250,) a setting to rights, reparation, restitution, e. g. of a city 1 Mace. 14: 34. of laws etc. Jos. Ant. 11. 5. 5. Dem. 707. 7. of a loss Pol. 1. 11. 2. In N. T. trop. correction, reformation, sc. of heart and life, 2 Tim. 3: 16. In. rov ptov Philo Qu. Deus sit inira. p.319.B. Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 21. 15. Pol. 1. 35. 1. fCO, co y f. caw, (tnl, w^xc'w,) as in comm. Engl. to hold up or in, i. e. to hold back sc. from going further, to restrain, to ward off, c. c. ace. et dat. Horn. 11. 2. 873. In N. T. by impl. to aid, to relieve, seq. dat. 1 Tim. 5: 10 r 16 bis. Pol. 1. 51. 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 1. Enap%fa 9 a? y ij, (tnaQxos pre- fect, fr. Ini, aqph) Province, prefecture, sc. of the Roman empire, Acts 23: 34. 25: 1. Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 3. 12. Pol. 1. 15. 10. So Festus is called STra^o? Jos. Ant. 20. 8. 11. comp. Krebs Obs. p. 257. "EnavAiG, tco?, y, (ini, alhg,} a fold, stall, Sept. for -n^ Num. 32: 16, 24. Pol. 5. 35. 13. r country-dwelling, cottage, tent, etc. Sept. for "iXh Josh. 15: 44, 47. Diod. Sic. 12. 45. "in N.T. genr. house, dwelling, abode, Acts 1: 20, quoted from Ps. 69: 26 where Sept. for . Judith 3: 3. , adv. (ini, avo>,) also prep. c. gen. Buttm. 146. 2. pp. up above, 5. e. above, over, upon, etc. a) as an adv. of place, above, over, Luke 11: 44. Matt. 2: 9. Of number, above, more than, 1 Cor. 15: 6. Mark 14: 5 where the gen. of price depends on the verb. So Sept. for fibsa Ex. 30: 14. Lev. 27: 7. comp. Dem.~1390. 26. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 172. b) as prep. c. gen. of place, above, over, Matt. 27: 37 (JIUVM ify xqp>UJg ai/zov. Luke 4: 39. Rev. 20: 3. Sept. for >? Is. 14: 14. bSBE Is. 14: 13. Gen. 22: 9. So upon, "Matt. 5: 14 sn- avw oyovg xfipKVT). 21: 7 bis. 23: 18,20, 22. 28: 2. Luke 10: 19. Rev. 6: 8. Sept. for b*a Gen. 40: 17. -:B b? Gen. 1: 29. 7: 18". 1 Mace. 6: 46. Spoken of dignity, over, Luke 19: 17, 19 ylvov Inavw TISVTE nohcav. John 3: 31. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 14. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 12. 34. , adv. of time, (tnt, av- ,) upon the morrow, tomorrow ; hence in N. T. *J tnavQiov sc. I^SQU, the mor- row, the next day, comp. Buttm. 125. 6, 7. So Matt. 27: 62. Mark 11: 12. John 1: 29, 35, 44. 6: 22. 12: 12. Acts 10: 9 r 23, 24. 14: 20. 20: 7. 21: 8. 22: 30, 32. 25: 6, 23. Sept. for mhaTp Gen. 19: 34. Lev. 23: 11, 16. see in Ainoyaqog. o, Epaphras, a Christian, Col. 1: 7. 4: 12. Philem. 23. This name is not improbably contracted from ^EnaygoSwos q. v. both designat- ing the same person. f. law TU to foam upon, to foam out, trop. to pour out like foam, trans. Jude 13. Comp. Is. 57: 20. pp. Mosch. Id. 5. 5. ov 3 o, Epaphrod- itus, a Christian, the companion and helper of Paul, Phil. 2: 25. 4:18. Comp. 3 in f. ^w, (tut, tytlgo),) to wake up, to rouse up, sc. out of sleep, trans. Xen. An. 4. 3. 10. trop. Plut! Brut. 1. In N. T. trop. to rouse up upon 5. e. against any one, to excite against, 296 JSntnct irans. and seq. Inl nva Acts 13: 15. ' -tiros 14: 2. Sept. for *pyn 2 Chr. : 16. D^n 1 Sam. 22: 8. Am. 6: 14. Ant. 5. 1. 20. Aeschin. Dial. Socr. 2. 12. Thuc. 8. 68. Comp. Viger. p. 404. iy conjunct, (fat,) as, spoken of time and motive, viz. a) of time, as, when, after that, seq. indie. aor. Luke 7: 1 enel SB inti]Q AJL. ) aio?y TO, TW,) a question, inquiry, Hdot. G. 67. Thuc. 3. 53. In N. T. spoken of a question put to a convert at baptism, or rather of the whole process of question and answer, i. e. by irnpl. examination, profession ; 1 Pet. 3: 21 fidwciaua, - (/ci) i^ovfflav enl ToJv i&vwv. 9:11. 17: 18. 20: 6. Comp. in 'ESoivia d. . So genr. Sept. and b? Gen. 44: 1, 4. Dan. 6: 7. Athen. 13. 7 6 inl rtjg ^Ecfiaov. Diod. Sic. 13. 47 ol inl TWV e'o/wv. Dem. 309. 9. Xen. An. 3. 2. 36. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 164, 474. b) of a subject of discourse, on, of, concerning, only after verbs of speech, writing, etc. comp. Passow inl I. C. ult. Gal. 3: 16 ov tiyti ug inl nottuv U' w? iq> kvog. Ael. V. H. 1. 30. Luc. Philopat. 15. Diod. S. 1. 12 inl TOU #?ou tiyorta. Dem. 1392. 23. Plat. Charmid. p. 155. D. c) of manner, where inl c. gen. forms a peri phrase for an adverb, e. g. in dJujfalag, lit. upon the truth, i. e. of a truth, truly, i. q. adrj&w?, Mark 12: 14, 32. Luke 4: 25. Acts 4: 27. 10:34. So Sept. for D373N Job 9:2. 19:4. BiDp- 1 ;^ Dan. 2: 47. T Esdr. 6: 10 inl Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2 71' adslag i. q. ddewg. Diod. Sic. 13. 12 icp r t av%ia<;. Dem. 484. 20 inl XGUQOV. II. With the Dative. E. g. 1. Of place, in the same sense and circumstances as inl c. gen. so that the Greek poets often use the gen. and dat. interchangeably, while in prose the dat. is more usual ; see Passow in 3 Enl II. A. Buttm. 142. n. 4. Winer 52. c. p. 335. 3CO a) of place where, after words im- plying rest upon, on, in, etc. comp. above in I. 1. a. (a) pp. Matt. 14: 8, 11, enl nlvaxi. Mark 2: 4 tap w xtm'xaro. 4: 38. 6: 3,9 enl TW /O'OTM avaxttvai. v. 55 inl TO!? xQafiftdioig. 11: 7. Luke 11: 44 A/tfov inl ;U'#o>. 21: 6. John 11: 38. Acts 27: 44. Rev. 19: 14 tcp 'innoig levxdlg. al. saep. Hdian. 8. 1. 8 inl nsdlw. Hdot. 5. 12 ay yog inl iy xscpalfi e'xovffav. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 1 KvQog ftp 'innoi. (/5) As implying close proxim- ity, contact, upon, at, close by, Matt. 24: 33 eyyvg ccm enl -frvgaig. John 4: 6 - xaxh'eTO CTU T/? 7*777/7, % tne fountain, 1. e. on the side of the well. 5: 2. Acts 3: 10 enl T/5 nvlij. \. 11. 5: 9 crct TiJ #uo. Rev. 21:12. Comp. Mntth. 586. yt Winer l.c. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.1. Hdian. 8. 2. 6 nohq inl &a).a.try ngoxn- Hevij. Xen. An. 5. 3. 2. ib. 1.' 2. 8 enl tdiq nrjyalg. Cyr. 1. 3. 2. (/) Seq. dat. plur. of persons, i. q. with, among, Acts 28: 14 tnavtotg brtp&vcn, 2 Cor. 7: 7 ecp V* y sc * ^ v - Eur. IP n< m Aul. 656. [660.] Diod. Sic. 14. 113 dvvarbg wV enl Tol? nkri&wiv, Xen. Mem. 2. 1.27. b) of place whither, after words im- plying motion or direction upon, to, to- wards, etc. and including the idea of subsequent rest upon, (a) genr. Matt. 9: 16 et Mark 2: 21 ovdtlg insulin enlfihrjua enl Ifiaxlti) nakaiaj. John 8: 7 M&ov In avxrj fiodeTQ). Acts 8: 16. Matt. 16: 18. Eph.2: 10. So Mark 5: 33 o yeyovBV in airy. Acts 5: 35 Inl tolq av&g. rovroig iL n&\ns nguavuv. Trop. Heb. 10: 16 dtdovg vopovg snl rctlg y.agdl- aig. Sept. daxrvkov sjii&svrsg Inl 010- Umi, Heb. b., Job 29: 9. Hdian. 2. 9. 7 agafjLsvov 'enl voig vwroig. Xen. An. 5. 2. 12. Horn. II. 1. 55 Inl ygto-l &ivai. Luc. Toxar. 23 nga&v en avTotg. Eur. Iph. in Aul. 1103. [1111.] Hdot. 3. 14. Comp. Matth. 415. n. 2. (0) Trop. of a direction of mind towards any one, e. g. in a friendly sense, 2 Cor. 9: 14 XUQIV toil #ou ecp vfuv. Luke 18: 7 fAUXQod'vu.uiv en avrolg. (Sept. and b^ 2 Sam. 14: 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 27.) Also in a hostile sense, against, Luke 12: 52, 53, diauFpeQio-pevok jQetg enl dvo*l xal dvo enl TQivi ' TtcrcrjQ ecp vim xal vlog tnl TictTl. Rev. 12; 17 wurfhi enl TJ yvvaixL Ecclus. 7: 12. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 7. Dem. 701. 14. Ael. V. H. 4. 5 OTTO enl Oitfaig. Comp. Matth. 586. d. 2. Of time when, chiefly as marking a definite period of time, upon, at, in, viz. a) genr. Heb. 9: 26 enl trwrdelu twv altarcav. As designated by cotemporary institutes, actions, etc. 2 Cor. 3: 14 enl nfi avayvojo-M iijg naL dia&^xrjg, i. e. during the reading, whenever it is read. Phil. 1: 3 enl navy ir\ pveia vpwv, at every mention, as often as 1 think of you. Heb. 9: 15 inl xy TT^WTT? dia&ijxtj, during the first covenant, while it was in force. So as implying merely co- existence in time, 2 Cor. 7: 4 enl ndcrrj T/5 -&^lifjst> rjftwv, i. e. in, during, under all our afflictions. Eph. 4: 26 6 -JjAio? [ty In id VST fa enl TW naQOQ'/wiiw v^wv t during, i.e. while your wrath continues; comp. Deut. 24: 15, where Sept. for b?. Judith 1: 16 ecp r^igaiq exaiov. Pol. 3. 51. 12. Hdian. 2. 6. 19 enl TT; nofinij, during. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 12 enl TW 8sl- nvia. Mem. 1. 5. 2. b) in the sense of after, immediately following upon, Acts 1.1: 9 ^vU'y/cw? T)]g yevousvyg enl ^Tscpdvoj, i.e. immediately after Stephen. John 4: 27 enl tomm, upon this, thereupon. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 9 IT\V enl if] VVXTI ijfieQav. Dem. 927. 3. Xen. An. 6. 1. 11, 12, enl TOITOJ. 3. Tropically, spoken a) of power, authority, care over, etc. Matt. 24: 47 et Luke 12: 44 enl navi Tolg vnug%ovi'x en tiyTM fiovM, cd eni navil gr^tcm, T. L to live upon, i. e. to sustain or support life upon, quoted from Deut. 8: 3 where Sept. for ^y rph. Athen. 10. 43. Max. Tyr. 27." 6 ffvisvsiv eni TW ol'vm. Plut. Alcib. 1. init. ITU tov- roig fiovoig t,fiv. Comp. Kypke on Matt. 1. c. So after words implying hope, trust, confidence upon or fn any person or thing. Rorn. 15: 12 en n\n& e&vrj elniovo-iv. 1 Tim. 6: 17. (2 Mace. 2: 18.) Mark 10: 24 nmoi&otaq inl rolg . Luke 11: 22. al. Luke 24:25 Inl navtv olg x. T. >U 1 Pet. 2: 6. Acts 14: 3 7iaQ$r) C N' Deut. 39: 15 where Sept. Inl ord/iaTOj for "^D^y. See Matth. 585. /?. Passow ini ILF. Jos. Ant. 2. 10. 2 pen. ib. 5. 2. 6. Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2 ult. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 23 inl IOV-TOH; tdoactv xal &/?ov nctvjtg T nio~iu. H. G. 3. 2. 19. (d) of the ground, motive, exciting cause of any action, upon, at, i. e. on account of, because of. Matt.' 19: 9 p) Inl noQvtin. Luke 2: 20 airovvifg IQV <&tbv Inl naffiv x. T. L 5: 5 &rt TW $1']- fiari aov zaJLaffO) TO 5/xTi'ov. Acts 3: 16 inl TJJ nltnti. 4: 21. 26: 6. 1 Cor. 1: 4. 8: 11*. 2 Cor. 9: 15. al. Seq. dat. of person, In awolg Acts 21: 24, see in Janavdta. Comp. Matth. 585 ult. Passow eni II. E. Winer 52. c. /?. Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2 ixapvov eni dlyei. Hdot. 1. 137. Luc. Hermot. 80. Xen. Menu 3. 14. 2. Conv. 3. 10. Hence lap w, for eni TOUTW OTJ, on this account that, because, Rom. 5: J2. 2 Cor. 5: 4. Phil. 4: 10. Comp. Buttm. 150. p. 435. Diog. Laert. 2. 12. 5. Thom. Tl J'~>\ ~ * r T / mag. eq> w, avrt tov OtoTt, ov %uqw. () of the occasion upon or at which, in connexion with which, any thing takes place, upon, at, over, after words signifying an emotion of mind, as joy, sorrow, compassion, astonishment, etc. 302 Comp. Matth. 399. n. 1. Passow ini II. E. Matt. 18: 13 %alQst, en avroj fiaJi- Aov x. r. A. Luke 1: 14, 47 tj/wUfacra 7u TW #so5. 15:7. Rev.lhlO.al. Mark 3: 5 ffi'Mvnovpevog enl rij Trwowo'a riig x. 10: 22, 24. Luke 19: 4 1 Mavaev in - TI}. Acts 8: 2. James 5: 1. Rom. 18: 9, 11. al. Matt. 14: 14 toJtiLayxvfo&ij in av- Totff. Mark 6: 34. al. Matt. 7: 28 #- nfajffvovio enl -ly didaxy airov. 22: 33. Luke 1: 29 disTciQotX'&rj enl TW Ad/o>. 5: 9. 9: 43. Acts 3: 12. Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 3 ij enl TIJ vlxy XOLQCL. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 35 ^a/oav inL Test. XII Patr. p. 521 nev&wv enl Tfl (xpaQjla. Luc. D. Deor. 12: 1. ib. 25. 3 TI awoi daxgvovo-a. ib. Toxar. 24. Ael. V. H. 12. 41 ex- 7rAa;' TU. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27. So of the occasion of penitence and shame, 2 Cor. 12: 21 fii] [iTavoyo~avTwv inl rfj xa#007. Rom. 6: 21 ecp oig vvv in- aio~%vveff&s. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 8 ecp w () of the object, purpose, end of any action, etc. upon, unto, for ; com p. Wi- ner 52. c. d. Matth. 585. /?. Gal. 5: 13 vuelg "/ay en ekev&egiM exfa]&r]Te. 1 Thess. 4: 7. Eph. 2: 1. 2 Tim. 2: 14. Phil. 3: 12 >' J>, //ia< /or ^/ac/i. So Acts 15:14 enl TM ovo^mv KVTOV in text. rec. where later edit, omit enl. Wisd. 2: 23. Hdian. 2. 1. 18 in oti&goi, inl Gonvigitx. Thuc. 1. 73. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 19. An. 5. 7. 34 a/ar#cu enl #ayT&>. Hence icp oj,/or what, wherefore, Matt. 26: 50 in text. rec. for which others iff o. (17) of the norm or model upon or to which any thing is adjusted or con- formed, upon, after, according to. Luke 1: 59 exodovv avio enl iw ovopart iov ncnQo? aviov. So Sept. and "y Ezra 2: 61. Neh. 7: 63. Esdr. 4: 63." Plut. Rom. 19 ult. M/duS0&U (lev 'Pupyv enl c Pa)(iv).M T?/I/ noXw. Plato Parm. p.147. D. Also Rorn. 5: 14 ov afiuQiriaavrag enl TO> OjUOtw/uwTt i^q x. i. L 2 Cor. 9: 6 bis, 6 (rnelgcov en evhoylag, i. e. adv. bountifully. Aeschyl. Supp. 628,[636,] III. With the Accusative. E. g. 1. Of place, and generally combining the ideas of rest and motion upon; where sometimes however the idea of motion upon is more prominent, and rarely, rest upon. Comp. Winer 53. 1. Matth. 586. c. a) as implying rest and motion com- bined, where it marks an extension or spreading out upon or over any thing, a stretching or spreading out in vari- ous directions, distribution upon, over, among; hence pp. along upon, along over, throughout, etc. or else simply, upon, over, at, among, the direction of the implied motion being determined by the adjuncts. E. g. (a) genr. Matt. 27: 45 O-XOTO? eyiveio enl nuaav Ttjv yi]v. 10: 34 fiukflv etQijvrjv, HUXaiQuv, enl ii]v yr,v. 14: 19 tovq o%- Aot's avaydidijvat, enl -lolg %6groig. v.26 enl Ti]v tiukaacrav neginaiovvia. v. 28, 29. 15: 35. 18: 12 enl ia OQI] noQv&el$ about upon the mountains. 22: 9. 24: 16. Mark 4: 38 enl TO 7r^>o(rx(jpAiov xa&n&m i. e. stretched upon. Luke 5: 36 enlfikrj[j.a eTtifiaMhi enl Ifiaiiov. John 9: 6. Acts 7: 11. 21: 3. Rev. 2: 17. 7: 1. 11: 8. 20: 4 owe ekafiov TO %d.Qay[ux enl TO pi-tomov. v. 9. al. So Matt. 13: 2 a o/Ao? enl tov alyiaKov elo~Ti'j'/.i, stood or had stationed themselves along upon the shore. Rev. 15: 2. Matt. 19: 28 xa&lo~afre vpelg enl Sudsxa figovovg, i.e. along upon the row or circle of thrones, as in Rev. 4: 4. 20: 4. Horn. Od. 11. 577 en evvea xelro neh&Qoc. 14. 120 enl tiidyv. Palaeph. Fab. 1. 10 an- enl T oQt], Diod. Sic. 1. 27 6 enl nuo-av x^gnv. Hdian. 4. 11. 12. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 21. So with accus. plur. of persons upon, over, to- wards all of whom, Matt. 5: 45 bis enl novrjQoig xat aya&ovg x. T. L 12:49 x- isivag T?/V /toa enl tovg pa&TijTag. Acts 19: 12. Rev. 14: 6 in some edit. Horn. II. 10. 213 xta'os naviag en uv&gwnovt;. (ft] where the motion is directed to a higher place, implying elevation or placing upon, i. e. up upon, up over, up to, out upon, etc. or simply upon, over. Matt. 4: 5 t icrTt]o~iv avwv enl IEQOV. 5: 23. 9: 18. 13: 48 enl TOV aiyicdov. 21: 5 enl ovov i.e. mounted upon. 22: 16 cpevyeTWcrav enl T GOT;. 27: 29. Mark 8: 25. 10: 16 -u&fl$ tag xelga^in avToi. 11:2. 15:22 xt yigovai avrov inl rolyo&a ronov. Luke 5: 11,19 avct- nl TO dupa. 8: 27. Acts 17: 19. 303 ): 13. 27: 43, 44 see in //t(rwco. Rom. 12: 20. Palaeph. Fab. 1. 9 v/V- actvitg Inl rovg 'imiovg, and so Xen. Conv. 9. 7. Cyr. 3. 1. 4 Inl \6yov xaia- tpsvysi. Tbuc. 7. 37 inl TCI T/^TJ. So of a yoke, burden, taken up and placed upon any one, Matt. 11: 29 WOWTE lov v/ov pov iy vpug. Acts 15: 10. Matt. 23: 4 qpooita inm&iapw ITU TOI'? olfiovg TWV UV&Q. trop. of a covenant, Heb. 8: 8. Metaph. spoken of fear, evils, guilt, punisbmeut, which come upon any one as a burden, as some- thing laid upon one ; so after ylvta&ut,, ;ro/(r#ca, 0/T#ttt, ijunlnisiv, and the like ; Matt. 23: 35 OTTW? &#/; 9' i'f.iug nuv uitiu dixctiov. v. 36. Luke 1: 12, 65 xal iyivfio Inl nuviag yofiog. 21: 34, 35 ug naylg foejUvotTOI dnl ndv- lag. John 3: 36. 18: 4. Acts 5: 28. 8: 1. 13: 11 %sin XVQLOV inl vs. 18: 6. Rom. 1: 18. 15: 3. 1 Pet. 5: 7. In like man- ner of good, prosperity, etc. Matt. 10: 13 &&si<0 i) (iQi'ivr) vpuv in uvii'iv sc. TTJV olxlav. Luke 10: 6. Gal. 6: 16. Acts 4: 33 %cxQig riv inl ndviag. Rom. 3: 22. So of a lot i. e. any thing imposed by lot, Acts 1: 26 iniatv o xtiigog inl Mai&iav. Sept. for b? b"V2 be: Jon. 1: 7. for b? 1 rrbr L-v. 16: 9. Cornp. Diod. Sic. 4. 42 fnavfJi&tlv \iov xJli/oov] lig '//(T/OVTJV. (/) where the motion is directed to a lower place, Matt. 10: 29 tV | t'iav 011 nfatlrcti tnl irjv yi t v. 13: 5, 7. 21: 44. 26: 7 xttT^ffy Inl. Luke 22: 44. Acts 2: 3. Rev. 8: 10. 16: 2. 22: 5 o &tog cpco- tiu en avroi'g, sc. like the sun. Diod. Sic. 2. 19 ol piv tnl ii]V '/r\v tnimov. Xen. Oec. 18. 7. Trop. of the divine Spirit or power descending and abiding upon any one. Matt. 3: 16 TO 7ivtvf.ia xaraflttivov xal eg/ofitvov BTI aviov. 12: 18. Luke 1: 35. 2: 25. 24: 49. al. 2 Cor. 12: 9. Rev. 7: 15. b) of place whither, implying motion upon, to, towards, any place or object as a limit, aim, end, with subsequent rest thereupon. (a) pp. and genr. e. g. after TT/TTTW, eTUTT/TTTM, 3S TTtTITftV Iril TlQOffdmOV, }. 6. forwards, Matt. 26: 39. Luke 5: 12. Rev. 7: 11. al. (Xen. Ven. 10. 13 ul- Tiiiiv Inl aroLa>i' tnl iov Diod. Sic. 2. 19 in avryv . Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 29 enl axonov . So after verbs of going, com- ing, conducting, collecting, etc. equiv. to noog c. accus. Matt. 3: 13 TOTS Traoa//- rfTcti o 'irjffovg uno rr t g P. inl TOV J /oo- ddvqv, upon the Jordan, i. e. to the region of Jordan. 12: 28 t(ffruo~(v f(p vpag j\ pciaihla T. #. 5: 21 wvfa&H 6/Ao? TTO- Ivg iii aviov. 27: 27. Mark 11: 13. Luke 24: 24. John 6: 16. Acts 1: 21. 21: 32^35. 2 Thess. 2: 1. 2 Tim. 4: 4. Heb. 6: 1. Rev. 7: 17. 18: 7. al. So v. ffvvtQ%fffai m TO avro i. e. upon or to the same place, together, Matt. 22: 34. Acts 4: 26. 1 Cor. 1 1: 20. also 1 Cor. 7: 5, see in Elpi II. h. . Palaeph. 2. 10. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 1 ult. Hdian. 8. 5. 13 Inl xyv f Pwprjv ^woT^croet. Xen. An. 1. 4. 11 IVTSV&IV l^davvst ml 7i]V 7ir(poT7jv. Of judges, tribunals, u/)on, unto, i.e. up before. Matt. 10: 18 xoti tnl ityepovag xal fictffiktlg ^^7J- atff&t. Luke 12: 11, 58. Acts 16: 19. (Hdot. 3. 156. Xen. Lac. 4. 6 > av- iov ijil ioi'g 'ixpogovg. Comp. An. 6. 6. 6 aytiv Tiyog.) Of an oracle, miracle, testimony, etc. vpon, unto. Luke 3: 2 tyivsio (i]jua &tov inl 'fwuvvrjv. Acts 4: 22 dtp ov iyr/ovti TO aiifitiov. 2 Thess. 1: 10 TO netQii'Qiov fjpwv [yevopevov] Icp vpug. (So b^ "On T|:i 1 Chr. 22: 8, Sept. dat. fiol. Usually Heb. bfi$, Sept. Ttqog, Jer. 1: 4, 11. al.) Also as imply- ing accession, addition, Matt. 6: 27 nqoaSilvui Inl ii]v yhxiuv aviov TIT^MV tva. Rev. 22: 18. (/S) where the motion or direction upon implies also an affection of the mind for or against. E. g. favourable, kindly, Luke 1: 48. 9: 38 ejilpltyai, inl lov vlov uov. 1 Pet. 3: 12 ol oqp#. xv- QIOV inl iolg dixulovg, i. e. are directed upon, quoted from Ps. 34: 16 where Sept. for bwV, comp. Ps. 31: 8. So of disfavour, upon, against, Acts 4: 29 comp. in *Enii8ov. 1 Pet. 3: 12 n6- (Twnov XVQIOV Inl noioivrag xaxu t i. e. is directed against, quoted from Ps. 34: 17 where Sept. for 2. In a hostile 304 sense, Matt. 10: 21 tnctvcKnrjffoviai, TS'X- va inl yovtig. Luke 14: 31 igxapivu in UToV. 22: 52, 53. John 13: 18. Acts 7: 57 ojgu'rjo'av en avjov. Acts 13: 50, 51. 19: 16. 2 Cor. 10: 2. 2 Thess. 2: 4. So Sept. and 2 Gen. 16: 12. Diod. Sic. 2. 19. H>. 15. 41. Hdian. 7.1. 13, 16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 3, 4. Trop. of conduct or testimony against any one, Mark 10: 11 ^uo^aTat ere avryv. Luke 9: 5 slg fiagTvgiov en tti/xot 1 ?. So in an imprecation, 2 Cor. 1: 23 fidgjvga tov &SOV 71 MCtloV fiat enl 11}V efllJV \\)V^i\V. (/) trop. of measure, extent, upon, unto, i. e. up to, about, Rev. 21: 16 e- ijv nohv em o~cadlovg dwSexa . Comp. Matth. 586. c. p.1169. Winer 53. p. 345. Ael.V. H.3. 1 ink. TO pijxog trtl rsffffctQuxovia dii^XFi o~i i enl tov olxov 3 /x&j/5. 9: 1 dvvctfuv xal e$ovvlav inl daiuovia. 1 0: 19. Acts 7: 10. Rom. 5: 14. Heb. 2: 7. 3: 6 XQ. w? vlog enl TOV olxov avwv. Rev. 13: 7. al. So Luke 2: 8 (pvlaffffovitg (pvlaxag inl jyv nolpvyv avTuv. Sept. and b^ Gen. 39: 5. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 4~74. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 58 enliovg nfovg xadiaidvai. H. G. 3. 4.20. b) as marking accession or addition, upon, over, Phil. 2: 27 lvnr\ enl Ivnyv, where text. rec. has inl c. dat. see above ill II. 3. b. c) of an object or substratum upon, over, in respect to which any thing is done, felt, directed, etc. Comp. above in II. 3. c. Winer 53. p. 345. E.g. (a) of the subject of an action or of discourse, upon, over, in respect to. Mark 15: 24 fictttovTsg xlijoov en avid. (Plut. Rep. 10. p. 617. E, yiyai y.li]Qovg enl Tiva.) 1 Cor. 7: 36 see in 'Acrx?]- povsco b. James 5: 14 ngoo~sv:;do'&w(Tav in avTov, let them pray OVER him, i. e. in his behalf, in allusion also perhaps to the posture. Winer 1. c. p. 345 marg. So of a subject of discourse, writing, etc. upon, of, concerning. Mark 9: 12 ye/gamut inl IQV vlov lov av&g. v. 13. Rom. 4: 9. 1 Tim. 1: 18. Heb. 7: 13. Sept. for >y Jer. 25. 13. Palaeph. 49. 3 iq> ov 'Eni 305 ((5) of that on which the mind, heart, feelings, are directed, either in kind- ness or hostility, upon, over, towards. E. g. in kindness, Matt. 14: 14 eovrAtt//- via$r] 7i ainovg. 15: 32. Luke 6: 35 XQyo~[6g iattv inl ^ovg ct%. x. T. L Rom. 9: 23. 11: 22. Eph. 2: 7. Sept. for &5> Gen. 47: 29. Theophil. ad Autol. I*, p. 71 xQTfffjog lo~iw (6 -&sog) inl iovg ctyanuvrag amov. Not used in this sense in earlier classic writers. So in hostility, against, Matt. 12: 26 i

o. With Inl impl. Luke M. Antonin. 6. 23 or 30 fig xagnog ir,g 19: 35. Acts 23: 24. Sept. for nr-nn 1 K. 1: 33. 2 K. 9: 28. Hdian. 3. 7. 12 c. gen. Diod. Sic. 2. 11 c. ngog n. ' J&uftAt'nfaj f. ^w, to look upon, to jlr the eyes upon, Sept. seq. Inl c. ace. for t3^2n Num. 21: 9. seq. ace. Hdian. 5. 3. 15. In N. T. trop. to look upon, to have respect to, seq. ent c. ace. sc. in kindness, favour, Luke 1: 48. 9: 38. in partiality, James 2: 3. Sept. for n^~\ 1 Sam. 1: 11. 9: 16. !r:s Lev. 26:^ 1 K. 8: 28, Ps, 25: 16. Jildith 13: 4. So tyoQuo) Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 4. 'Enifttyna, cnoc, TO, (inipaMu,} lit. any thing put on, an addition, hence a patch, Matt. 9: 16. Mark 2: 21. Luke 5: 36 bi. Sept. Is. 3: 20. Arr. Alex. M. iniydov EmyLVOfACti ? to arise upon, to come on, intrans. e. g. of a wind, to spring up, Acts 28: 13. Thuc. 3. 74 fl iivtuoq In- sysvtio. Pol. 1. 54. 6. Eniyn'fjdGXCO, f. /rwo'O^uea, pp. to know thereupon, i. e. by looking on as a spectator, Horn. Od. 18. 30. Hence genr. with Inl intens. to know fully, both in an inchoative and completed sense ; see in JTtrwaxw init. 1. to know fully, inchoative,, i. e. to come to know, to gain or receive full knowledge of, to become fully acquainted with, etc. a) genr. seq. ace. of thing expr. or impl. Luke 1: 4 n>a iniyvvfq irjv acnpw- 307 Ittav. Acts 22: 24. 2 Pet. 2: 21 bis. 1 Cor. 14: 37 where for the attraction with 011, see Buttm. 151. I. 6, 7 ult. Seq. Ttfgi c. gen. Acts 24: 8. absol. 1 Cor. 13: 12. Sept. for 3T Jer. 5: 5. Jon. 1: 7. Plut. Lysand. 3f pen. Pol. 2. 11. 3. Xen. Oec. 9. 12. Plato Apol. Soc. 7. Seq. ace. of pers. tov viov, IQV TTrm'ooe, Matt. 11: 27 bis. So with TTO Ttvoc, to know from or by any thing, Matt. 7: 16, 20. Pol. 1. 65. 6 ex TWO?. b) in the sense of to know well sc. from others, to ascertain, to find out, to learn, seq. em, Luke 7: 37 imyvovaa. on, avaxsnai %. i. L 23: 7. Acts 19: 34. 22: 29. 28: 1. absol. Acts 9: 30. 1 Mace. 6: 17. absol. Thuc. 1. 132. c) in the sense of to perceive, to be fully aware of, seq. ace. Luke 5: 22 TT*/. TO vg dtal.oyio'iJ.oi'g. Mark 5: 30, where for the particip. see Buttm. 144. 4. b. (Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 33.) Seq. oit Mark 2: 8. Luke 1: 22. d) in the sense of to recognise, to know, sc. by sight or person, seq. acr. of person, Matt. 14:35. Mark 6: 33,54. Luke 24: 16, 31. Acts 3: 10. et 4: 13, where for the attraction with on, see Buttm. 151. I. 6, 7 ult. So of things, Acts 12: 14 Iniy. iyv cpwvijv nvoc. 27: 39 TJV yr^v ovx 7rf/tVcocrxov, i. c. did not know it from any other. Sept. for TSr; Gen. 42: 7, 8. Judg. 18: 3. 1 Sam. 26: 17. Test. XII Putr. p. 543. Plut. Agesi. 21 pen. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 6. 42. Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 12. 2. to know fully, in a completed sense, to have a full knowledge of, etc. a) genr. and seq. ace. of thing, Rom. 1: 32 TO dixalwuct TOU &eov IjiiyvovTfg. Col. 1: 6. 1 Tim. 4: 3. Seq. ace. of pers. in attraction with OTI, 2 Cor. 13: 5, comp. above in 1. d. Absol. Acts 25: 10. Pass. 1 Cor. 13: 12 teal eneyvuvvhiv. So Sept. for rrDipn Job 34: 27. 2T Ez. 6: 7. b) in the sense of to acknowledge sc. as being what one is or professes to be, a prophet, apostle, teacher, etc. Matt. 17: 12 3 W.lag i'idj] ?}>l#c, xca orx Insyvo)- vav auTov. 2 Cor. 1: 14. 6: 9. So of doctrines, an epistle, etc. 2 Cor 1: 13 bis. Sept. and 2?T* of a prophet, Jer. 28: 9. Ecclus. 44*: 23 of an heir. 12: 12. Hdian. 2. 1.24. c) from the Heb. with the idea of good will, to know and approve, to ac- knowledge and care for, to cherish, seq. ace. 1 Cor. 16: 18 sjiiyivumeTe ovv TOV? TOLoi'ioi'g. So Sept. and yp Num. 16: 5. *p3n Ps. 142: 5. Ruth 2: 10, 19. See in rn-wo-xeu 2. c. pp. full knowledge, i. e. a) the act of coming to a full knowl- edge of any thing, cognition, acknowl- edgement, e. g. tJiiy. Tr,g ubt&flt*;, 1 Tim. 2: 4. 2 Tim. 2: 25. 3: 7. Tit. 1:1. iniy. aynttov Philem. (>. titty. tov xi'o/ou. '<> Pet. 1: 3. 2: 20. So iniy. afiQilng Rom. 3: 20. Pol. 3. 7. 6. Hdian. 7. (i. 15. b) objectively, /uft knowledge, spoken of what is known, in N. T. of God, Christ, divine things etc. Rom. 1: 28 tor \tfov %MV iv imyvwati, to retain God in knowledge, i. e. to retain a knowledge of him. 10: 2. Eph. 1: 17. 4: 13. Phil. 1: 9. Col. 1: 9, 10. 2: 2. 3: 10. 2 Pet. 1: 2, 8. Heb. 10: 26 ,U*T TO Aa/fclv rip in. T^C alri&iiag. Sept. for n3?T Prov. 2:5. Hos. 4: 1. 6? 6. ' Entygayr), fjt, i], (iniyQaqxa,) an inscription, superscription, e. g. on coin, Matt. 22: 20. Mark 12: 16. Luke 20: 24. on the breast or over the head of one crucified, stating his name and crime, Mark 15: 26. Luke 23: 38. For this Roman custom, see Sueton. Dom.l. Calig.32or38. AdanVsRom. Ant. p. 274. Pol. 3. 56. 4. Thuc. 2. 43. a), f. i//w, to make a mark upon, to graze upon, sc. as a weapon, Horn. II. 4. 139. In N. T. to inscribe, sc. with a stylus, etc. pp. of a public inscription, only in Pass. Mark 15: 26. Acts 17: 23. Rev. 21: 12. Sept. for ins Num. 17: 2, 3. Ael. V. H. 2. 33. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 17. Trop. to impress deeply upon, e. g. vouovg tnl xagdlag av- TWV Heb. 8: 10, and vopovg tnl twv oictvoiwv 10: 16, both quoted from Jer. 31: 33, where Heb. 5rp, Sept. /ocpo>. So Sept. eniygacph) for ins Prov. 7: 3. Enidffavujuij f. dei$(o, to shew up, to shew before any one, i. e. genr. to shew, to exhibit, trans, the idea of motion up to, towards, any one being implied. 308 lf(O a) pp. Matt. 22: 19 fnidt^ars pot TO voiuaua. Luke 20: 24. 24: 40. Mid. Acts 9: 39 fotiditxvvfuvtu /ncova?, i. e. shewing their tunics, etc. So Luke 17: 14 e'Trid. eaviovg rolg isgolg, shciv your- selves, i. e. present yourselves before the priests. Hdot. 2. 42. Xen. An. 1. 2. 14. Mid. Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 1. Diod. Sic. 13. 27 ult. So of deeds, miracles, to shew forth, to exhibit, Matt. 16: 1. Luc. Somn. 10. Aeschin. 60. 8. In the sense of to point out before or to any one, e. g. UVTM ing olxodouug, Matt. 24: 1. Hdot. 3. 105. Xen. Oec. 9. 4. b) trop. to shew sc. by arguments, to demonstrate, to prove, c. ace. Heb. 6: 17^ c. ace. et infin. Acts 18:28. Ael.V. H. 3.7. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 11 bis. J5fll<$f%Ofiatj f. df&fttu, depon. Mid. to receive upon or up to oneself, i. e. genr. to receive, to admit, in N. T. in kindness, hospitably, trans. 3 John 10. Acts 28: 30 in some edit. 1 Mace. 12: 8. Pol. 22. 1.3. Trop. to admit, to assent to, 3 John 9. Ecclus. 51: 26. Pol. 6. 24. 7. E n idiy Hew, > ** ^ ffM> ( e>J "^*s) to be among one's people, to be at home, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 7 stis enidiipwv 'T xal unodyptav. In N. T. to come among a people sc. as a stranger, to reside as a stranger, intrans. Acts 2: 10 ol sni~ dquoivifs 'Pwualoi, i. e. Roman resi- dents at Jerusalem. 17: 21 ol i,m- dyuovvTfg zero i, i. e. resident foreigners. Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 3. Hdian. 8. 2. 9. Xen. Mem. 1.2.61. . v. f. amount, (inl and Mid. to arrange upon, to superadd unto sc. of oneself, e. g. other and further conditions, trop. Gal. 3: 15. Comp. faifa&rpti), Jos. B. J. 2. 2. 3, 6. EnididcofJiij f. dworw, to give upon i. e. in addition to, Horn. II. 23. 559. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 19. In N. T. to give forth sc. from oneself upon or to another, to give over, to deliver over, i. e. to put into one's hands, trans. a) genr. Matt. 7: 9 pjj U&ov 7u<5w?} vu?, o> V, adj. (tlxog fr. lotxce,) pp. fitting upon, i. e.Jit, suitable, proper, hence neut. TO tmetxt'ej \. q. Ijtislxeta, propriety, probity, modera- tion, Phil. 4: 5. Act. Thorn. 20 TO anlovv aiuov xt TO ertisixsg. Thuc. 1. 76. By impl. mild, gentle, clement, 1 Tim. 3: 3. Tit. 3: 2. James 3: 17. 1 Pet. 2: 18. Sept. for n;?D Ps. 86: 5. Ael. V. II. 13. 2 init. nyteos xal ini- txJ. Hdian. 1. 2. 5. Enityieco, co y f. yaw, to seek for, to inquire after, trans. a) genr. Acts 12: 19 e7u>/Tj f. J t a<*>, (&Vftog,) to Jiz the desire upon, to desire earnestly, to long for, viz. a) genr. seq. gen. Acts 20: 33 aqyv- QIOV ovdevog ln&i'HT)o~a. 1 Tim. 3: 1. See Buttm. 132. 5. 3. 1 Mace. 11: 11. Pol. 4. 33. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 5. Seq. infin. aor. Matt. 13: 17 tne&. Idtlv. Luke 15: 16. 16: 21. 17: 22. 1 Pet. 1: 12. Rev. 9: 6. Luke 22: 15 totro TO na%ct cpaysv, comp. in \4yuM.idw b. Seq. infin. pres. Heb. 6: 11. Susann. 15, aor. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 6, pres. ib. 1. 4. 25, aor. Seq. XT nvog Gal. 5: 17. absol. 1 Cor. 10: 6. James 4: 2. Sept. for Fn Deut. 14: 26. 2 Sam. 3: 21. Prov. 21: 10. b) spoken of unlawful desire, to covet, Rom. 7:7 et 13:9 ovx Ini^i'^o-fig, comp. Ex. 20: 17 where Sept. for lEf:, also Deut. 5: 18 for n'ltt. In regard to a woman, to lust after, seq. gen. Matt. 5: 28. Plut. ed. Reisk. V11I. p. 347. Xen. An. 4. 1. 14. a) genr. Luke 22: 15 see in 'JE |Uw a. Phil. 1: 23 -tyv ent&vplav /wv fig TO avaJivtrai. 1 Thess. 2: 17. Rev. 18: 14. Sept. for ms Hos. 10: 10. mKn Prov. 10: 24. 11: 237 Tih Dan. 9:^3." 10: 3, 11. Pol. 3. 63. 6."' Xen. Cyr. 1.1.5. b) more frequently in a bad sense, irregular and inordinate desire, cupidity, appetite, lust, viz. (a) genr. Col. 3: 5 fjii&vulav xaxr t v. Mark 4: 19. Rom. 6: 12. 7: 7, 8. 13: 14 fig 6n#i' t u*'a? for its lusts, i.e. to satisfy the carnal appetites. 1 Tim. 6: 9. 2 Tim. 3: 6. 4: 3. Tit. 3: 3. James 1: 14, 15. 1 Pet. 1: 14. 4: 2, 3. 2 Pet. 1: 4. 3: 3. Jude 16, 18. So tm- rh' ( u/< aaQxog, i.e. carnal desires, appe- tites, Gal. 5: 16, 24. Eph. 2: 3. 2 Pet. 2: 18. 1 John 2: 16. ini&. o-aoxixcu, 1 Pet. 2: 11. *7T. xoffptxai, worldly de- si rrs, Tit. 2: 12. (7i. t&v oqp#A 1 ua>', 1 John 2: 16. in. [Aiaffpov, i. e. pol- luted desires, 2 Pet. 2: 10, comp. Buttm. 123. n. 4. All the above refer to those desires which are fixed on sen- sual objects, as pleasures, profits, hon- ours, etc. Further, &n#iyu'cu t^g and- Tqg, deceitful lusts, Eph. 4: 22, comp. lltiitm. 1. c. in. vtuntQixai, youthful lusts, 2 Tim. 2: 22. So Sept. for m $n Prov. 21: 25, 26. Ael. V. H. 3.' is. Plut. Phaedon. p. 82.^C, ol og&ug cpdo- iTu<(oi ini^oviai TMV xcau TO (jiliuu im~ &vfuoiv unvawv. Xen. Mein.l. 2. 24,64. (ft) Spoken of impure desire, lewd- OM9, Rom. 1: 24. 1 Thess. 4: 5. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 6, 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34. (/) Melon, lust, i. e. object of impure desire, that which is lusted after, John 8: 44. 1 John 2: 17. So Sept. and Dan. 11: 37. 7$, GW, O, a desirer, one eager for any thing, 1 Cor. 10: 6 ini&vfirftctl xaxwy. Sept. for n;)Kn73 Num. 11: 34. Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 8. Diod/Sic. 16. 55. Xen. Ap. Soc. 28. y a? y -, tamest desire, longing, viz. , f. law, (xa#7w,) to cause to sit upon, to seat upon, trans. Matt. 21: 7 tnexu&iffav [amov] tndva avTuv, in text. rec. they set him upon them. So Sept. for Mnn 1 K. I: 38, 44. Comp. in K#/a).In trans, to sit upon,e.g. as others here read, intxu&iaw Indvo) cti'Tuv, i. e. he sat upon them. So Sept. for asii Gen. 31: 34. Lev. 15: 20. Comp. Pol!" L 61. 6. Buttm. 113. 2. 'EaixaAf'cOj co, f. cVw, to call up- on, viz. 1. to call upon sc. for aid, in N. T. 310 yea only Mid. to call upon for aid in one's own behalf, to invoke, trans. a) pp. of invocation addressed to Christ for aid, Acts 7: 59 Siiyuvov, tnixahovftwov [TOV xi'oiovj xal teyovTa. So Sept. for K-J 1 Sam. 12: 17, 18. 2 Sam. 22: 7. Test. XII Patr. p. 562. Diod. Sic. 5. 73 &tov. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 35 TOV? -freovg. Hence genr. to in- voke, to pray to, to worship, spoken of God, TOV xv^tov, Rom. 10: 12, 14. 2 Tim. 2: 22. seq. TO ovopa xvqiov, Acts 2: 21. 9: 14. Rom. 10: 13. Sept. genr. for JOJD Deut. 33: 19. for D 1 ^^ Nlp Joel 3: 5. Gen. 4:25. ! 26:25. al. Also of Christ, seq. TO ovofia TOV XVQIOV lyvov Xg. 1 Cor. 1: 2. Acts 22: 16. so Acts 9: 21. b) in adjurations, imprecatiqns, etc. to call upon, to invoke sc. as a witness ; 2 Cor. 1: 23 uaoTi'oa TOV -Q-tov 7iixodov- (ed. Gronov. 1670,) vpfig ds TOTS #cov STiixakeaw&E fAttQTVQag. Heliodor. 1. p. 46. comp. Hdot. 3. 65. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 55. c) in a judicial sense, to call upon, to invoke a higher tribunal or judge, i. e. to appeal to, e. g. Katanga, Acts 25: 11, 12, 25. 26: 32. 28: 19. seq. infin. Acts 25: 21 7/avAov 7uxcdra|UVov TijQy&jjvai VTOV slg x.x.L i.e. demanding by appeal that etc. Pint. Marcell. 2 pen. TOV? dy- f.iagxovq inixcdovfiEvog. ib. Caes. 4 init. 2. lo call a name upon, i. e. to name in addition, to surname, c. dupl. ace. Matt. 10: 25 7rxaArav in later edit. Sept. and JO Num. 21: 3. Judg. 6: 32. So Midi 'l Pet. 1: 17 jrtm'oa imxcd.iiff&t TOV XQWOVTCI x. T. L i. e. if ye call him your Father, comp. Jer. 3: 19 where Sept. Mid. for >n[?. Else- where only Pass, to be surnamed, viz. a) pp. Matt. 10: 3 o iTtixhy&elg Oad- dalog. Luke 22: 3. Acts 1: 23. 4: 36. 10: 5, 18, 32. 11: 13. 12: 12, 25. 15: 22. Also Heb. 11: 16. So Sept. for inp>: Dan. 10: 1. fcnjs impers. Mai. 1: 4\ Hdian. 1. 7. 6. Cue. Macrob. 15. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 2. b) from the Heb. James 2: 7 et Acts 15: 17 f(f) OVg f 7TfXtX/)yTtti TO OVOUU MOV, upon whom my name is called, i. e. who are called or surnamed by my name, implying property, relation, etc. quot- ed from Amos 9: 12 where Sept. for -? EUJ aOj?3, as l so 2 Sam. 12: 28. Jer. 14: 9. al. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. M^{5 Niph. p. Baruch. 2: 15. EnntahviAfJLa, aiog^ TO, (Int- xcdvTrrw,) a covering, Sept. for J12DJ2 Ex. 26: 14. ?j ov, o, y, adj. pp. 'one upon whom a curse rests, 7 i. e. accursed, devoted to curses, doomed to punishment, John 7: 49. Gal. 3: 10. Sept. for Tna* Gen. 9: 25. Deut. 27: 15 sq. Wisd/3: 13. 14: 8. So Gal. 3: 13 InixaTagaToq nag o XQt^icifievog inl vAov, quoted from Deut. 21: 23, where Heb. ,-bp, Sept. to 3 Enixcifiai, f. daofiat,, lie upon, to be laid upon, intrans. a) pp. seq. inl iivi, John 11: 38 , tnsxEiTo ITI avTw. absol. John 21: 9. 2 Mace. 1: 21. Xen. Oec. 19. 13 Ttv/. Metaph. to be laid upon, imposed, e. g. necessity 1 Cor. 9: 16. by Jaw Heb. 9: 10. Thuc. 8. 15 of a fine. b) by imp!, to lie heavy upon, to press upon, c. dat. Luke 5: 1 lv TW TOV o/Aov enixslff&cu VTW. So of a tempest, ab- sol. Acts 27: 20. Jos. Ant 6. 14. 2 TOV? TiofafAiovc; fTtixt'io'&cd fiotoslg avTM. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 28. Trop. to press up- on, to be urgent, sc. with entreaties, ab- sol. Luke ^23: 23. Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6. ib. 20. 5. 3. 'Enixovpeio?, ov, o, an Epicu- rean, a follower of Epicurus the Athe- nian philosopher, Acts 17: 18. EnixovgiGCj ctGy (inlxovQog help- ing, fr. inly xoitQog,) help, Acts 26: 22. Wisd. 13: 18. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 53. Enixpivco, f. vw, to judge upon, i. e. to confirm by a like judgment, Plut. 311 Lycurg. 6 pen. Hdian.6. 1.4. InN.T. to give judgment upon, to adjudge, seq. infin. Luke 23: 24. 3 Mace. 4: 2. Diod. Sic. 5. 71. Dem. 238. 12. hold upon, to seize upon, to surprise, seq. accus. Hdot. 8. 116. Ael. V. H. 7. 8. Thuc. 4. 27. In N. T. only Mid. Ini- ^ctf.^ci^Oficti', to take hold upon, to lay hold of, sc. in order to hold or detain to or for oneself; construed usually c. gen. of the part, but also of person, where however only a part is implied ; see Buttm. 132. 6, 3. Matth. 330, 331. Winer 30. 5. 2. c. Sometimes ap- parently c. aceus. which however de- pends more on the force of the subse- quent verb, Acts 9: 27. 16: 19. 18: 17. See Matth. 632. 7. a) genr. to take hold of, e. g. t^g x*iQ$> to take the hand, i. e. to take by the hand, Mark 8: 23. Acts 23: 19. trop. Heb. 8: 9. Sept. for p'Unn Jer. 31: 32. Zech. 14: 13. Diod. Vic. 17. 30. Xen. Ath. 1. 18. An. 4. 7.12. Seq. gen. of person expr. or impl. denoting that some part is laid hold of, e. g. in order to lead, to conduct, etc. Luke 9: 47. Acts 17: 19. apparently c. accus. Acts 9: 27 Bajjvdftag de tTidaftoptvog ctvibv ;'// x. T. L i. e. rf// uviov, see above. (Xen. An. 4. 7. 13.) So in order to succour, to heal, etc. Matt. 14: 31. Luke 14: 4. trop. Heb. 2: 16 bis. Sept. for P^nn Judg. 19: 25. Is. 4: 1. Arr. DissVEp.3.24.75. Dem.533ult. Plat. Gorg. p. 527. A. With the idea of violence, to lay hold of, to seize, sc. by force, as a prisoner etc. Luke 23: 26. Acts 21: 30, 33. seq. accus. apparently, see above, Acts 16: 19. 18: 17. So Sept. for tn Judg. 6: 12. 16: 21. Pol. 8. 20. 8. ib.~8 T . 22. 5. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 31. Trop. spoken of language, to lay hold of one's words, i. e. to cavil at, to censure, Luke 20: 20 iva ImJiupwv- fai avToD Ad/ov. v. 26. Isocr. 223. B, iniL TWV doyuEvuv. Pint. ed. Reisk. VI. p. 467. 3. Plato Gorg. p. 469. C. Xen. H. G. 2. 1. 32. b) trop. to lay hold of in order to obtain and possess, 1 Tim. 6: 12 int- Aa/3ov Tifc aluvlov wi)g. v. 19. Test. XII Pair. p. 595 TWV v^tj^v Indctfio- m&. Ael. V. H. 14. 27. ', f. tndijcru, to cause to forget upon i. e. over or in conse- quence of something else, Horn. Od. 20. 85. Hence Mid. ini\uvQ'avQnui>> f. Aj- ffopai, aor. 2 ins'ka&opiv, to forget upon or over something else, Horn. Od. 1. 57. In N. T. and genr. Mid. to forget. a) pp. and seq. infin. aor. Matt. 16: 5 et Mark 8: 14 ens Aa^ovio uQrovg Att/folv. seq. oTiolog James 1: 24. Sept. c. gen. for rD'vb Gen. 40: 23. al. Ael. V. H. 3. 31. cVgen. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 21. b) in the sense of to neglect, not to accus. Phil. 3: 14'i uh onlaw Ind. See Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Matth. 357. b, and n. 2. Sept. for nSUJ, c. gen. Deut. 4: 23. 6: 12. c. ace. 2'K. 17:38. Ps. 119: 83. c. gen. Luc. Nigr. 4. Xen. Ag. 2. 13. H. G. 4. 2. 3. c. ace. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 28. So Pass. perf. particip. Luke 12: 6 Vv ^- i'Tfiv ovx tot iv Ijidtkrjo'fiBvov ivwiuov TOU -&tov, is not forgotten, ne- glected, before God. So Sept. particip. for rD'ii Is. 23: 16. ' Eniteyto, f. |w, to speak or say upon i. e. besides, in addition to, Thuc. 6. 28. Xen. An. 1. 9. 26. In N. T. 1. to say or utter upon, i. e. by impl. to name, to call, John 5: 2 17 IjidfyopE- 2. to choose upon, i. e. in addition or succession to another, Mid. to choose for oneself, c. accus. Acts 15: 40 7nA- utvoq Zilav. So Sept. for ^h3, Act. Ex. 17: 9. 18: 25. Mid. 2 Sam' 10: 9. Act. Hdot. 3. 44. Mid. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 4. Hdian. 4. 7. 3. Hdot. 3. 157. pp. to leave or forsake upon i. e. in or during any thing ; hence by impl. to fail, not to suf- Jice, seq. ace. of pers. Heb. 11: 32 ini- Mattb. 412. 7. Isocr. p. 4. A, fmlilnoi. Dem. 324. 17 tiyowa. Xen. An. 1. 5. 6. W> 1> vouou,) forgetfulness, James 1: 25 axoo- cnijg eTtdrjfftiovyg, i.e. a forgetful hearer, for ax. i7idr t a t u(j')v, Buttm. 123. n. 4. Ecclus. 11: 27. inifyapwv Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 8. 312 y ov > 6, i), adj. (inl, remaining over, remaining, spoken of time, 1 Pet. 4: 2. So Sept. for nrj; Is. 38: 10. inia Lev. 27: 18. Isocr. 39. A, tov In. XQOVOV. Pol. 15. 10. 3. Luc. Tim. 42. uo) q. v.) solution, i. e. iu N. T. trop. exposition, interpretation, 2 Pet. 1: 20 7roiW, as in Eng. he continued knocking. John 8: 7. Philo de Agric. p. 197. D, lav d* antt&iav impsvij. Comp. Buttm. 144. 4, and n. 3. ' EjiiVfucOy f. fvaa, to nod or tvink upon, i. e. to assent to by a nod or wink, Luc.D.Deor.20.2. ib.25.2. In N. T. genr. to assent, to consent, intrans. Acts 18: 20. 2 Mace. 14: 20. Pol. 21. 3. 3. Dem. 360. 7. Bftfyota, a?, %, (eni, vovg,} pp. thought upon, i. e. cogitation, purpose, Acts 8: 22. Wisd. 15: 4. Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 2. Thuc. 3. 46. or f. ij(ro/ucu, (/u&w, see Passow s. voc. 3,) depon. Passive, see Buttm. 113. 3. CO, f. 7/(7W, ( q. v.) comm. fut. smog^ao^au, Buttm. 113. 4, and n. 7. to forswear oneself, 1. e. to swear falsely, not to fulfil one's oath, absol. Matt. 5: 33. Esdr. 1: 48. Wisd. 14:28. Hdian. 3. 6. 16. Xen. An. 2. 5. 38, 41. 313 $, ou< u, ?/, adj. Un7, 00- xoc,) forswearing, false-swearing, per- jured, pp. 'taking oath upon oath,' lightly, and therefore breaking all, Aristoph. Ilan.l50f7i/ooxoy ooxov Sftovt, In N. T. of persons, as subst. a for- swearer, a perjurer, 1 Tim. 1: 10. Hesych. InloQxov ' ooxov pi] (fQovrl^ovTa. Hdian. 8. 3. 10. Xen. Ag. 1. 12. ' Ento V(5a } fern. part. see in"neiui. * EntovoioSy ov } o, ?/, adj. a word found only in N. T. Matt. 6: 1 1 et Luke 11: 3 uoToy ijfihiv jov intovatov, and formed, according to Origen, by the evangelists, de Orat. c. 27. One class of interpreters derive it from the parti- cip. eniovffa sc. ypsQa, and then OTO txtowrtos would be tomorrow's bread, bread for the coming day, i. q. daily bread. Others, because this ugtog ini- oiffios is asked not for tomorrow, but today, ai'ipiQOv, derive iniovviog from inl and oi'trla being, existence, and translate, bread for sustaining life, i. e. by impl. sufficient, necessary. So Ori- gen, TO* < tip' OVUl'ttV : 174. Seq. ace. of person, ~to lony after, to regard with longing, to love, 2 Cor. 9: 14. Phil. 1: 8. 2: 2(>. Corap. Ecclus. 25: 21. Diod. Sic. 17. 101. Seq. TTOO,' TC, to incline towards, to tend to, James 4: 5 TTOO? ' 2 Cor. 12: 9. EniGXiccZfO, f. a'orco, ((rxia'w,) to cast a shadow upon, to overshadow, c. ac- cus. Matt. 17: 5. Luke 9: 34. c. dat. Mark 9: 7. Acts 5: 15. Sept. c. dat. for rpO Ps. 91: 4. c. inl 11 for ^u) Ex. 40: '32. Anth. Gr. I. p. llftvuftoe tnto~xlao-w. Ael. V. H. 3. 1 med. Trop. of a divine power and influence, to over- shadow, to rest upon, Luke 1: 35 Siya- jut? TJ/>JTOV imaxiuati ere. Just. Mart. Apol. 2. p. 75 7/ yng dvvoif^ig vyiaiov inddovaat, rij 7ittQ\)sina, inio-xictaev av- 71JV X. T. L EmoxontoOy co, f. 7ju~, 1 Pet. 2: 25. This name was originally simply the Greek term equivalent to 7ros(r/3vifoo, which latter was derived from the Jewish polity ; see Neauder 1. c. and comp. Acts 20: 17, 28. Tit. 1: 5, 7. 1 Pet. 5: 1, 2. Afterwards, a bishop. EfiivncxcOj co f f. do*(o, to draw up- on, to draw to, e. g. IT\V &voav, to shut, Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 36. In N. T. Mid. to draw upon or over sc. in respect to one- self, viz. to draw over the prepuce again, 1 Cor. 7: 18 urj ijiicnidff&o), i. e. ' let him not become as if uncircum- cised.' The allusion is to a mode of removing the mark of circumcision, described by Celsus 7. 25, and prac- tised by Jews who abandoned their re- ligion and national customs. 1 Mace. 1: 15. Jos. Ant. 12. 5. 1. The Rabbins call such persons C'OTIJE, see Bux- torf Lex. Rab. Ch. 1274 sq. Schoettg. Hor. Heb. lL59sq. Hesych. w ini- ffTidff&a) ' fit] cAxueTO) TO degua. EfiCuTCtfJLaij f. ffiijo-ouut, strictly Mid. to lio~rr)ui 1. d. Hence pp. to fix one's mind vpon, i. e. to understand, to know how, seq. in- fin. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 9 bis. In N.T. a) to know well, to have knowledge of, seq. ace. of thing, Acts \$: ^ KTiyrct- utvog uovov TO fld.TTivuvt J /w. James 4: 14. of pers. Acts 19: 15 llctvlov inl- victual, seq. Tifot TOVTMV Acts 26: 26. w? Acts 10: 23. on Acts 15:7. 19:25. 22: 19. 7iu S < 20: 18. nov Heb. 11: 8. Sept. for y^ Dent. 28: 36. Josh. 2: 5, 9. al. c. acc/Luc. D. Deor. 25. 2. Xen. An. 1. 3. 12. & Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 22. oTt Hdian.2.5.15. Xen. An. l'. 4. 8. Seq. ace. and particip. Acts 24: 10 ovTa o*s xor- TIJV faio~tnufvo<;. Comp. Buttm. 144. 4. 6. Luc.D.Mort.9.2. Xen. An. 6. 6. 17. b) in the sense of to understand, to comprehend, c. ace us. Mark 14: 68 ovx olda, olds inunautti il ffv Is/us. 1 Tim. 6: 4. Jude 10. Sept. for b^n Is. 41: 20 Xen. Conv. 3. 6. ov > o, tyo-iapai to be set over,) pp. ' one set over,' a pre- fect, master, spoken of a king, Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 8. of a commander of a ship, Xen. Oec. 21. 3. of a military officer, Sept. for -ppo 2 K. 25: 19. of ;i director in gymnastics, nuidotQl^rjq, Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 18. and genr. of di- rectors of public works, Boeckh Staats- haush. der Ath. I. p. 218. In N. T. only in Luke and addressed in the voc. to Jesus, master, as having the authority of a teacher, go/3/% among his disciples, comp. master and teacher in English, Luke 5: 5. 8: 24, 45. 9: 33, 49. 17: 13. So Qappl Mark 8: 5, and xvgio? Matt. 17: 4, coll.Luke9:33. So diddo-xalo? Mark 4:38, coll. Luke 8: 24. Comp. Ky pke I. p. 227. EfiiGTf^XfOy f. dM, to send upon, to send to, i. e. to send word to any one verbally or by letter, e. g. verbally Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26. In N. T. a) to send word by letter, to give direc- tion by letter, absol. Acts 21: 25. c. dat. 316 Acts 15: 20 {.TtoraAca avrolg 1011 uni- %sfffrai x. T. A. where for the intin. with TOU see Buttm. 140. n. 1. Matth. 540. n. 1. Winer 45. 4. p. 269. Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 7. Hdian. 4. J2. 7. Xen. II. G. 1. 5.2. l>) in later usage, simply to send a letter, i. q. to write to, seq. dat. Ileb. 13: 22. Ael. V. H. 10. 20. Pint. Agesi. 21 ult. jy 9 atttum,) knowing, endued with knowledge, James 3: 13. Sept. for pD: Deut. 1: 13. 4; 6. Ecclus. 10: 25. Xen. Oec. 21.5. 'Eni. In N. T. trop. to confirm, to establish, trans. Acts 14: 22 rug 15:32,41.18:23. 3 ' EinaioXr), rjc, ?/, epistle, letter, Acts 15: 30. 23: 25, 33. Rom. 16:22. 1 Cor. 5: 9. 16:3. 2 Cor. 3: 1. 7: 8 bis. 10: 9, 10, 11. Col. 4: 16. 1 Theas. 5: 27. 2 Thess. 2: 2, 15. 3: 14, 17. 2 Pet. 3: 1, 16. Trop. 2 Cor. 3: 2, 3. Sept. for jnatf Ezra 4: 8, 11. nna Neh. 6: 5, 17. Diod. Sic. 1. 95. Xen* An. 1. 6. 3. By imp!, letter of authority, despatch, Acts 9: 2. 22: 5. So Sept. for rn.3N Neh. 2: 7, 8. Xen. Ag. 8. 3. 'Efll#lOfu&y f. Iff to, (i.-ii, O-TOUU,) pp. to put upon the mouth, i. e. to slop the mouth sc.with a bit or curb, Philostr. Icon. 2. 18. to check, to curb, Philo de Agric. p. 201. B. In N. T. trop. to stop the mouth, to put to silence, seq. ace. Tit. 1: 11. Dem. 85. 4 InurtOfMb roi'g av- xffi uvTiteyoviaq. Plut. Cato Min. 38. Lucian. Icaroiu. 21. 'Efitaipcif-Mj f. yo), aor - 2 pass. inunqawv (Buttm. 96.3,5. 100. n.5) with mid. signif. Buttm. 136.2, to turn upon, to turn towards, trans. Horn. 11. 3. 370. trop. TO voTjfjia fig it Theogn. 1079.[1083.] rag oyeig tig tavirjv Hdian. 5. 3. 15. In N. T. trans, and intrans. 1. trans, in a moral sense, to turn up- on or to, to convert unto, Luke 1: 16 tyii Inl tov XVQIOV. v. 17 fjiio~tQsyj(xi, xctgdlag naiiqwv enl lixva. So Sept. for 30n Ezra 6: 22, comp. Mai. 4: 6. Eccfus. 48: 10. In the sense of to turn back again upon, to cause to return^ sc. from error, with inl ir t v abi&tiav or the like implied, James 5: 19, 20. Sept. pp. for 3^ -H 1 K. 13: 18, 19, 20. pp. Xen. II. G". 6*. 4. 9. 2. intrans. i.e. in Act. with luviov implied, Buttm. 113. n. 2. 130. n. 2. Matth. 496. 1. and also in Mid. to turn oneself upon or towards, i. e. to turn towards or unto, etc. a) Act. intrans. (a) pp. Acts 9: 40 Tigog TO ffwua. Trop. e. g. lnt,o~fQ6tpup fjil lov &MV v. XVQIOV, i. e. to turn to the service ami worship of the true God, Acts 9: 35. 11: 21. 14: 15. 15: 19. 26: 18, 20. noog xvo,ov 2 Cor. 3: 16. 1 Thess. 1: 9. tnl -tbv noiuiva 1 Pet. 2: 25. Sept. for n:s Dent. 31: 18. pp. Gen. 24: 49. ^V= 1 Cur. 12: 19. 3VJ Josh. 19: 34. iW. 5: 4. Am. 5: 6, 8. Ecclus. 17: 25. pp. Susann. 47. Pol. 7. 11. 4. (/?) by impl. to turn about upon or towards. Rev. 1: 12 bis, quo ft x.v.L absol. Acts 16: 18. Sept. for n:D Judg. IS: 21. Xen. Eq. 8. 12. Yen. id. 15. Hence, (/} to turn back upon, to return unto, pp. and seq. oTiiffoi Matt. 24: 18. fc xa oTuVw Mark 13: 16. Luke 17: 31. (Ael. V. H. 1. 6.) seq. ? c. ace. Matt. 12: 44. seq. tni c. ace. 2 Pet. 2: 22. [Luke 17: 4.] absol. Luke 2: 20 in text. rec. Acts 15: 36. So of the breath or spirit returning to a dead body, Luke 8: 55. Sept. for 3rd Ruth 1: 7, 10. 2 Sam. 6: 20. 1 K. 2: 30. Xen. H. G.-4. 5. 16. Trop. spoken of a return to good, to return, to be converted, absol. Luke 22: 32. Acts 3: 19. So Matt. 13: 15. Mark 4: 12. Acts 28: 27, all quoted from Is. 6: 10 where Sept. for 3rd. Also to evil, to tum back un- to, Gal. 4: 9 nwg eniffTQEcpeTs ndhiv Im, T 7tiM%u aroixtia. 2 Pet. 2: 21 ini- (nQtycti ix rfg eVioA?}? sc. inl v\v cp&o- ()dv, coll. v. 19. b) Mid. intrans. with aor. 2 pass, see above, (a) by impl. to turn about upon or towards, Matt. 9: 22 o Ss 'lyo-oig t'mffiQacpsig. Mark 8: 33. John 21: 20. In. *v TW o^/lw, Mark 5: 30. Sept. for 317 3VJ Num. 23: 6. Wisd. 16: 7. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 10. (/?) to turn back upon, to return unto, Matt. 10: 13 ?; dQi]vrj ngog v t uag snffigaq>i)TW. Sept. for 31 SJ Ruth 1: 11, 12, 15. Pint, de Lib. educ. 17 mid. T. VI. p. 43. 1. ed. R. Trop. to re- turn sc. to good, to be converted. John 12: 40 errrT@aqpa,)chargc r injunction, command, e. g. of Christ, 1 Cor. 7: 6, 25. 2 Cor. 8: 8. of God, for will, decree, Rom. [14] 16: 26. 1 Tim. 1: 1. Tit. 1: 3. genr. Tit. 2: 15 pra Tra'tnj? txnuyijg with all injunction, i. e. strongly, severely. Esdr. 1: 16. Wisd. 14: 16. Pol. 13. 4. 3. '2?/ura'lt#- vlav. Matt. 27: 29. John 9: 15. Acts 28: 3. So Sept. for f'ipn Gen. 21: 14. Josh. 10: 24. ]n3 Gen*. 25: 20, 30. Palaeph. 32. 14. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 14. Seq. ace. and dat. Acts 15: 28 initl- &tadai vfuv fiagog. Luke 23: 26. John 19: 2. Trop. of a name, Mark 3: 16, 17. Sept. for trtori Dan. 1: 7. 5: 13. Jos. Ant. 9. 7. 2 uk Hdian. 4. 7. 12. Xen. Oec. 17. 9. Seq. inl c. gen. Luke 8: 16 I.VXVQV Inl kvxviag. seq. endvco c. gen. Matt. 21: 7. 27: 37. (/S^In the phrase the hand or hands upon, as the symbol of healing power, etc. seq. ini c. ac- cus. Matt. 9: 18. Mark 8: 25. 16: 18. Acts 9: 17. seq. dat. Matt. 19: 13, 15. Mark 5: 23. 6: 5. 7: 32. 8: 23. Luke 4: 40. 13: 13. Acts 9: 12. 28: 8. or for benediction, inauguration, etc. seq.eTrt c. ace. Acts 8: 17. seq. dat. Acts 6: 6. 8: 19. 13: 3. 19: 6. 1 Tim. 5: 22. Comp. in 'Enidwig. So Rev. 1: 17 inifr. ir ( v dsl-iav ctVTOv fji tf^s in text. rec. Sept. c. inl for tJ^D Lev. 1: 4. 3: 2, J3. (/) Spoken of stripes, to lay on i. e. to inflict, nlyyug im&ivitq Luke 10: 30. c. dat. Acts 16: 23. c. inl nva Rev. 22: 18. Of punishments Diod. Sic. 11. ] 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2. So Cic. pro Sext. 19 plagas impono. (8) Trop. of gifts, to lade with, to supply with, c. dat. Acts 28: 10 ene&evro tw nqoq Tip ^fctW. Comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 4. b) Mid. to set oneself upon or against any one, to set upon, to assail, seq. dat. Acts 18: 10 ovdflg eni&yfftial trot. So Sept. for bE3nrf Gen. 43: 18. T^p 2 Chr. 24: 2i',~2 : 5: Jos. Ant. 1. 20.Y Ael. V. H. 3. 19 med. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 15. in war, Xen. An. 2. 4. 3. c) by impl. to add upon, to superadd, seq. nQog c. ace. Rev. 22: 18 iuv rig ini&fj nQog favra. Horn. II. 7. 364. Dem. 165. 2. cOj co, f. ^',) the being in good repute, i. e. in full citizen- ship, Dem. 230. 10. Diod. Sic. 18. 18. In N. T. spoken of the estimate fixed upon a wrong by a judge, a judicial in- fliction, i. e. penalty, punishment, 2 Cor. 2:6. Wisd. 3: 10. Philo de Praem. et Poen. init. Classic writers prefer eni- llf^LOV. , f. yco, (TQtno),) aor. 1 aor. 2 pass. iTieiQainjv Acts 28: 16. Buttm. 96. 3, 5. 100. n. 5. to turn upon, to direct upon, trans, i. e. by imp!, to give over to, to commit to, Horn. Od. 2. 226. Xen. An. 6. 1. 31. Sept. for 5T3J Gen. 39: 6. In N. T. to permit, to allow, to suffer, c. c. dat. of pers. and infin. of object expr. or im- plied, see Winer 45. 2. Buttrn. 140. 1. Matt. 8: 21 inhqtyov ftoi TIQWTOV an&diiv xca -fruyui TO? noniga uov. v. 31. 19: 8. Mark 5: 13. 10: 4. Luke 8: 32 bis. 9: 59, 61. Acts 21: 39. 26: 1. 27: 3. 28: 16. 1 Cor. 14: 34. 1 Tim. 2: 12. Sept Esth. 9: 14. Job 32: 14. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 81. Ael. V. H. 2. 5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 29. An. 1. 2. 19. Ab- sol. John 19: 38. Acts 21: 40. 1 Cor. 16: 7 luv o xvqiog fanqmi}, if the Lord permit. Heb. 6: 3. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 22. J f J w ' commission, charge, full-power, Acts 26: 12. Arr. Diss. Ep. 2. 8. 5. Pol. 3. 15. 7. ib. 18. 22. 5. Eniigono?, ov, o, (Inngino),} pp. ' one to whom a charge is commit- ted,' i. e. a steward, manager, agent. a) pp. Matt. 20: 8. Luke 8: 3 Xova fTitTQonov 'Hqudov, i. e. the manager of hie private affairs. Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6 where king Agrippa makes Thaumastus, a freedrnan, TT}^ ovalag inligonov. Xen. Oec, 12. 2. ib. 21. 9. b) i. q. 6 Ttaidcxytayog, which see, i. e. a tutor, guardian, curator, usually a slave or freedman, to whose care the boys of a family were committed, who trained them up, instructed them at home, or accompanied them to the public schools, Gal. 4: 2. Plut. Cic. p. 880. B. ti oiv oi-x Irtlrgonov av- lov rot? TS'XVO( <)prA;T ao~TQ* io1g iv axorei, where for the form enKpavai instead of Iniyrivai (Act. Thorn. 30 pen.) see Buttm. 101. n.2. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 24 sq. Ael. V. H. 13. 1 pen. y,al angoomug tTityrpt, WOTIIQ ao-rrif). Pol. 5. 6. 6 ufni, if t g riptQag dnKpaivovvyg. Pass. Ep. of Jer. 61. b) trop. in aor. 2 pass, to be conspicu- ous, to le known and manifest, Tit. 2: 11 i) zctQig. 3: 4. Comp. Sept. for irbs: Gen. 35:7. ' : Eni(jpavia, etc, 1], (InHpaiva),) an appearing, appearance, spoken of the advent of Jesus, 2 Tim. 1: 10. of his future advent, 2 Thess. 2: 8. 1 Tim. 320 6: 14. 2 Tirn. 4: 1, 8. Tit. 2: 13. Comp. Luke 1: 78, 79. Of splendid celestial appearances in aid of Israel, 2 Mace. 3: 24. 5: 4. al. of the pillar of fire, Jos. Ant. 3. 14. 4. genr. Pol. 3. 94. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 25. G y s'o.e, ov? f o, t'j, adj. appearing upon or to, visible, Thuc. 7. 19. clear, manifest, Xen. Mem. 3. 1 . 1 0. In N. T. splendid, i. e. trop. illustrious, memorable. Acts 2: 20 t/y r^iqav XVQIOV n]v ^ya^v xal f.T/qpovTj!, quoted from Joel 2: 31 where Sept. for aryi:, as also v. 11. Heb. 1: 7. Pol. 1. 36. 3. ib. 1. 78. 11. of per- sons Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 2. Ael. V. H. 3. 19. Xen. Ag. 3. 2. o y f. ai'trw, ((pavw, cpda),) to appear unto, to shine upon, trop. to give light to, to enlighten, c. dat. Eph. 5: 14. Act. Thorn. 34 enscpavo's yag /not ano cpQovTiSog. Not found in the clas- sics, see H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 660. Also the form , ( X dQ,} to lay hands upon, e. g. dtlitvo), aliy, Horn Od. 24.386,395. to attack, Jos. de' Vita sua 44. In N. T. trop. to take in hand, to undertake, to attempt, c. c. infin. XjUKe 1: 1 TTOAAOi fnfjfEioT^ffav avatu^a o-tfcu dirjyrjo-iv. Acts 9: 29. 19: 13. 2 Mace. 2: 29. Pol. 1. 47. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 1. Oec. 10. 8. Efii'/fCOy f. fiVeo, (;ra' f. r t q. v.) to furnish upon i. e. besides, in addition, to supply further, to superadd, trans. 2 Cor. 9: 1 o eni^oQrj/Mv ffns^pa IM (TnsiQovTi. Gal. 3: 5. 2 Pet. 1: 5, 11. Comp. Is. 55: 10 where Heb. ]n3, Sept. diSupi. Ecclus. 25: 22 of a wife r who brings with her a large dowry. Mid. in a reciprocal sense, to supply one an- other, to furnish aid mutually, Col. 2: 19 10 awua fni/OQr]yovfitvov xal ffi'^i^a^o- fitvov, where TO aw^a is put collectively for all the parts or members, comp. Eph. 4: 16 TO xal , are, 7;, supply, aid, help, Phil. 1: 19. Eph. 4: 16 Ota nuffy? ucpijg tijg tnixo(fwyia$ through all the joints of supply, i. e. which afford mutual aid, comp. in 3 Eniy^LCOy f. wo), (XQIU,) to rub or smear upon, to anoint upon, seq. ace. and Inl c. ace. John 9: 6 enexgias tor nr]kov inl rovg oqp#aA|Uot'?. Seq. ace. of the thing anointed, v. 11 (nezQive fiov TGI/? oy&aknovq sc. TW nr^M. Lucian. Quom. Hist.conscr. 62 aaq de tudvoi sc. TO fofllG), (O, f. ijffta, (bit, s'w,) to build upon ec. as a foun- 32 1 elation, Pass. eq. snl c. dat. Xen. An. 3. 4. 11. In N. T. only trop. to build upon, spoken of Christian faith and Christian life, both in the whole church anil in its individual members, as built upon the only foundation, Christ, and implying the constant internal and ex- ternal developement of the kingdom of God and the visible church, like a holy temple progressively and unceasingly built up from the foundation ; comp. 1 Cor. 3: 9, 10. See Neander Gesch. d. Pflanz. u. Leit. der chr. Kirche, I. p. 166, and in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 245. So Pass. seq. Inl c. dat. Eph. 2: 20 tnoi- xodouTj&ivieg inl rw xfyusAww TWV ano- nolw x- T. L Col. 2: 7. Act. seq. ace. et ini c. ace. 1 Cor. 3: 12. seq. ace. v. 14. absol. v. 10 bis. By impl. to build up further, sc. in the faith and upon Christ, seq. accus. of pers. expr. or impl. Acts 20: 32 TW dwapsvta STIOI- xodoufjacu sc. vpag. Jude 20 inoix. kav- T0 {, ?> Comp. Plut. de Monarch, et Democr. 1 init. f. iw, (ox&Ao) i. q. to drive or force upon, e. g. a ship upon a shoal, etc. to run aground, trans. Acts 27: 41 &rwxftAv rip vuvv. Hdot. 7. 182 T^JV yea. Pol. 4. 41. 2. Thuc. 4.26. 1 Enovufta^co, f. data, (inl, ovouu- w,) to name upon or after, i. e. in allu- sion to some other name or circum- stance, Sept. for N-jj; Gen. 4: 17, 24, 25. al. In N. T. Pass, to be named in addition sc. to some other name, to be also called, Rom. 2: 17 o~v 'lovdouog inovo- ft. _ Pol. 1. 29. 2. Xen. Oec. 6. 17. ucOy f. tww, (omsixa,) to look upon, i. e. to oversee, to inspect, ia eoya Horn. Od. 16. 140. Hes.Op. et Di. 765. [712.] In N. T. genr. to behold, to contemplate, trans. 1 Pet. 2: 12. 3: 2. Pol. 5. 69. 6. Dem. 168. 13. 'fnojrrrfi, OL/, 6, (inoyouat fut. to lyogda),} a looker-on, spectator, eye- witness, 2 Pet. 1: 16. 2 Mace. 7: 35. 3 Mace. 2: 21. overseer Dem. 47. 4. "Eno?, fO? } ouc, TO, (ilnov, a word, Heb. 7: 9 on; tnog tineiv so to speak, see in Kinov a. init. 41 * EJIOU purioG, LOU, o, ;, oavot;,) pp. * upon or above the heavens,' i. e. heavenly, celestial, viz. a) spoken of those who dwell in heaven ; Matt. 18: 35 o narr t o o snovgd- viog. Phil. 2: 10 ol enovQavioi, i. e. angels. 2 Mace. 3: 39. Horn. Od. 17. 484. II. 6. 129. Of those who come from heaven, 1 Cor. 15: 48 bis, 49, coll. v. 47 et Phil. 3: 21. Of the heavenly bodies, the sun, moon, etc. 1 Cor. 15: 40 bis, coll. v. 41. ^ b) neut. plur. ia inovQctvict, i. e. the heavens, heaven, Eph. 1:20V fc|t av- TOU iv TO!? inovgavioig. 2:6. 3:10. So of the lower heavens, the sky, the air, as the seat of evil spirits, Eph. 6: 12, comp. in Ovgavog and l^ijo. Test. XII Patr. p. 546 sq. c) spoken of the kingdom of heaven and whatever pertains to it, see in Bao-dtia c. E. g. of the kingdom it- self, 2 Tim. 4: 18 si? ir,v /?"2. Of sacred rites, T if got igya^. 1 Cor. 9: 13. So genr. Eph. 4: 28. Col. 3: 23. 60/a tov xhoi' 0/afo-#ta John 6: 28. 9: 4. BQyov toil xi'otou 1 Cor. 16: 10. toya iv &SM flgyavutva, wrought in God, i. e. in conformity to his will, John 3: 21. Sept. for "D? Num. 3: 7. 8: 12 V b?B Job 33: 29. PsV7: 16. Hdian. 8." 1. 14. Xen. An. 6. 3. 17. Oec. 7. 20. Anti- phon. 14. 34 iqy. tyyov roiouxov. Also t$ydo{iai, tgyov xocibv tig IIVOL Matt. 26: 10. [tv rivi] Mark 14: 6. 3 John 5. TO aya&ov nuog ndvjag Gal. 6: 10. TO xaxov TIVI Rom. 13: 10, comp. Prov. 3: 30 where Sept. for baa. c. tl'g jiva Dern. 1252. 20. PalaVph. 1. 8, 11. fiva it Luc. D. Mort. 2. 1. Xen. Conv. 4. 30. Trop. to work, sc. good or evil, to do, to commit, to practise, c. ace. as to ayu&ov Rom. 2: 10. rrjv Acts 10: 35, but Heb. 11: 33 see in Jtxcuoavvi] a. tr t v uvopiav Matt. 7: 23. apagjiav Jarnes 2: 9. Sept. avouiav igy. for b?B Ps. 5: 6. 6: 9. Job 34: 32. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 18 (fiovov. Plut. Agesi. 23 mid. ZQ-/OV duvov. Thuc. 3. 66. b) in the sense of to till, to cultivate, e. g. ir t v yr t v y Sept. for 133? Gen. 2: 5, 15. Xen. Oec. 1. 8. In" T N. T. trop. spoken only of the sea, irp> duluavav gy(xeo-&ni, to cultivate the sea, i. e. as in Engl. to ply the sea, to follow the sea, sc. as an occupation, as seamen, mer- chants, etc. Rev. 18: 17. Appian. Hist. R. 8. 2 vnvffl TS /ow^ucvot, xal ii]v &u- kaffffav ola Golvixtg tQya6[tfvoi. Plut. de Solert. An. 23. X. p. 61. eel. R. rove; tQya&psvovg ii]v -fruhatTav. Aristot. Probl. 38. 2. So dukaTTovgytiv Pol. 6. 52. 1. &a).oiT'[ovgyol of fishermen Xen. Oec. 16. 7. c) in the sense of to work for. to labour for, to earn, e. g. n]v /Jowatv John 6: 27. genr. 2 John 8. Sept. for Prov. 31: 18. Palaeph. 21. 2. 1358. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 5. ' Eyyavia, a?, y, work, labour, Hdot. Vit. Horn. 3 anb sgyao-lyg XUQUV. In N. T. a) labour, i. e. trop. pains, effort, in the Latinism igyualav didovui, operam dare, Luke 12: 58, see fully in Jldwpi d. . Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 7 [*}} oiiv nova? igyaain. Pol. 5. 100. 4. b) a working, doing, i. e. practice, per- formance, sc. of evil, with tig final, Eph. 4: 19 tig sgyao'tav ccxa&. naar t q, i. e. so as to work all uncleanness. Comp. Sept.. for MDNbTD 1 Chr. 6: 49. 28: 20. Aeschin! Dial". 2. 36 ngog tgyafflag c) work, i. e. occupation, trade, craft, Acts 19: 25. Sept. for !-ONb3!3 Jon. 1: 8. comp. Ps. 107: 23. tienVsOS. 17. Xen. Oec. 6. 8, 9. d) melon, earning 1 *, gain, sc. from la- bour, Acts 16: 16,19. 19:24. Act.Thom. 16. Dem. 1283. 28. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 1. 'EQyniy$ 9 ou, worker, labourer, viz. a) genr. sc. in the fields, Matt. 9: 37 o usv &iQio-uog noti'g, ol Ss toyuicu oU- yoi. v.38. 10:10. 20:1,2,8. Luke 10: 2 bis, 7. 1 Tim. 5: 18. James 5: 4. 'EW 323 Ecclus. 19: 1. Pint. Cato M. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 11. Trop. by Paul of la- bourers in the church, i. e. teachers, etc. 2 Tim. 2: 15 igyuryv avfnalaxvvrov. So with censure, 2 Cor. 11:13. Phil. 3:2. Test. XII Patr. p. 746 igynrr]g xiyiov. b) c. gen. a worker, doer, of any thing, i. q. o fyya6ftwog, Luke 13: 27 igyuTau, ir t q adixias, workers of iniquity, evil- doers. 1 Mace. 3: 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 27. c) a workman, artisan, Acts 19: 25. Luc. Somn. 2. Xen. Hiero G. 11. , ov } TO, (obsol.tQyu to do,) work, i. e. a) labour, business, employment, some- thing to l>e done, viz. (a)genr. Mark 13: 34 xi 6*01/5 exrtOTw TO tgyov avrov. Eph. 4: 12 ei tgyov dtaxoviag. I Tirn. 3: 1. Sept. for nDVa Gen. 2: 2. 39: 11. Ex. 35: 2. Liic/JJ. Deor. 17. 1 iv fyyot ijvav. Xen. Oec. 7. 6. ib. 20. 16, 19. Of the work which Jesus was sent to fulfil on earth, TO e'o/ov John 17: 4. TU o/ John 5: 20, 36. 10: 38. TO e- yOV 10V 7IT00f 8C. O 6*C<5wX jUOf lV iton')(T(a, John 4: 34. 9: 4. com p. 17: 4. So TO igyov TOV xvyiov, the work of the Lord, i. e. which he began and Irft to be continued by his disciples, i. q. the cause of Christ, the gospel- work, J Cor. 15: 58. 16: 10. Phil. 2: 30. Also of this work as committed to apostles and teachers, 2 Tim. 4: 5 iqyov noir^jov tvayythorov. Acts 13: 2. 14: 26. 15: 38. Phil. 1: 22. Further, I'o/ov tov freov, work of God, i. e. which God re- quires, duty towards him, John 6: 28, 29. Rev. 2: 26. (/J) in the ^ense of tm- deriaking, attempt, Acts 5: 38. 2 Tim. 4: 18. Sept. for rt^?tt Dent. 15: 10. Job 34: 21. Wisd*. 2: 12. b) work, i. e. deed, act, action, some- thing done, viz. (a) genr. as tgyov iqya- &a&at, to work a work, to do a deed, Acts 13: 41 bis, quoted from Hab. 1: 5 where Sept. for b^B b^D, comp. Buttm. 131. 3. Hdian. 2. 3."l7. Xen. Conv. 1. 1. Mem. 3. 5. 3. So of the works of Jesus, miracles, mighty deeds, Matt. 11: 2. John 7: 3, 21. 14:10,11,12. 15: 24. Of God, Heb. 3: 9 iidov T egya , from Ps. 95: 9 where Sept. for (/S) where Ad/o? and %/oy, word and deed, stand in contrast. Luke 24: 19 ftwarof fV I'o/w xt er Ad/o>. Col. 3: 17 ev Ad/w i/ fv o/w. Acts 7:22. Rom. 15: 18. 2 Cor. 10: 11. Tit. 1: 16. Ecclus. 3: 8. Luc. Toxar. 35. Xen. Hi. 7. 2. comp. Jos. Ant.4.2.3. So by impl. James 1: 25 ovx MXOOT?;? AP. 7ionjT}c I'o/oi', 1. e. not a hearer of the word only, but a doer of the deed. (y) of the works of men in reference to right and wrong, us judged by tho moral law, the precepts of the goqpel, etc. (1) genr. Malt. 23: 3, 5 navja iu t'o/or aurwv not overt TIQOS TO ## ]/ Tol?uv^o. John 3: 20,21. Acts 2(5: 20. Rom. 3: 27. Gal. 6: 4. So XT TM t/j/ unodtdorcti, etc. to reward according to one's works, Rom. 2: 6. 2 Cor. 11: 15. 1 Pet. 1: 17. Rev. 20: 12. So Sept. and ?5 B Prov. 24: 12. Jer. 50: 29. (2) of good works, with epithets, e. g. tyyov uya&ov, t/ uyct&u, a good deed, good works, i. e. either benefit, kindness, Acts 9: 36. 1 Tim. 6: 18. or, wdl- doing, virtue, piety, Rom. 2: 7. 13: 3. Eph. 2: 10. 2Thess. 2:17. Heb. 13: 21. (comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 12. Mem. 2. 1. 20.) i'yyov xaAof, iQyct xA, a good deed, good works, i. e. a pious act, well-doing, virtue, etc. Matt. 5: 16. Mark 14: 6. Tit. 2: 7. Heb. 10: 24. 1 Pet. 2: 12. (comp. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 35.) Tti tQya iv dixctiovvvr] i. q. T <5- xt, Tit. 3: 5. eo/ox vtttfOT, perfect work, i. e. full, complete in well doing, James 1: 4. Without epithet, John 8: 3!) T c'o/ce toil 'Afoota^. James 3: 13. (3)- of evil works, with epithets, e. g. *'oy novyga, wicked works, evil deeds, John 3: 19. Col. 1: 21. 1 John 3: 12. co/ vfxoa, dead works, i. e. sinful, Heb. 6: 1. %' avofjia 2 Pet. 2: 8. uffefliiag Jude 15. c'o/a ToD i. e. of moral darkness, sin, Rom. 13: 12. iQytt Tijs ffdfjxog, carnal works, Gal. 5:19. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 3 c'o/. novr\gov xal aiffxgov. An. 5. 7. 32 to/a a 1 Cor. 2: 10. seq. nolog 1 Pet. 1: 11. Sept. for -cJBh Gen. 44: 12. 1 K. 20: 6. ^pn 2 S'am. 10: 3. Hdian. 7. 6. 12. Xe'n' Cyr. 1. 2. 12. EtcO see in Elnov. ,J f. o/*at, depon. Mid. pp. ' to eject through the mouth,' hence to vomit, Horn. Od. 9. 374. trop. of the r, CCGj t], (tgr^iog,) a solitude, desert, i. e. an uninhabited and unculti- vated tract of country, Matt. 15: 33. Mark 8: 4. 2 Cor. 11: 26. Heb. 11: 38. Sept. for n3")h Ez. 35: 4. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 3. Xen. T H. G. 5. 4. 41. Comp. Calmet art. Desert. Jahn 17. JEgtjjUOCj ou } o, i), adj. solitary, desert, viz. a) pp. of a place or region uninhab- ited and uncultivated, Matt. 14: 13 fig twpov tojiov. v. 15. Mark 1: 35, 45. 6: 31, 32, 35. Luke 4: 42. 9: 10, 12. Sept. for 3-1 n Jer. 33: 10, 12. Hdian. 8. 4. 23. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 1. In the sense of deserted, desolate, laid waste, Matt. 23: 38 et Luke 13: 35 6 olxo? fywv tgqfiog, and so Acts 1: 20. corrip. Ps. 69: 26 where Niph. 7773x3, Sept. T}^- [iwiisvy. Acts 8: 26 see^nTa^a II. So Sept. and 3nh Neh. 2: 17. 772 ")h Lev. 26: 3 1,33. nolig Pol. 9. 8.9. Xem An. 1 . 5. 4. Spoken of a female, so/i- tary, destitute, sc. of a husband, unmar- ried, Gal. 4: 27 noUa roc isxva iijg ign- fiov x. i. A. quoted from Is. 54: 1 where Sept. for ncaViZJ. Diod. Sic. 16. 37 fyjpo* avu[ioixwv. corn p. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 12. b) as subst. 77 tpiwog sc. ^w^, a solitude, desert, i. q. egypta, i. e. an un- inhabited and uncultivated tract of country, Matt. 3: 3 ywi) ftouviog Iv if) 326 {wuw, and so Mark 1: 3. Luke 3: 4. Jolinl: 23, all quoted from Is. 40:3 where Sept. for 12*173. Matt. 11: 7. 24: 26 Luke 5: 1 6 UJTO/WOWV ev roug tQyuoig. 7: 24. 8: 29. Rev. 12: 6, 14. 17: 3. Of a desert as adapted to pasturage, i.e. uninhabited etc. Luke 15: 4, coll. Matt. 18: 12 T oQi). Jahn 17. Spoken of the desert of Judea, i. e. the southeast- ern part of Judea, from the Jordan along the Dead sea, which was mostly uninhabited, Matt. 3: 1. Luke 1: 80. 3: 2. Mark 1: 4, coll. v. 5. comp. Judg. 1: 16 where Sept. for 12173. Of ihe deserl or mounlainous region where Je- sus was tempted, probably near Jericho, Matt. 4: 1. Mark 1: 12, 13. Luke 4: 1. Of a desert prob. between the Mount of Olives and Jericho, Acts 21: 38, comp. Jos. Ant. 20. 8. 6. John 11: 54 see in ^EcfQdi'u. Of the Arabian desert, be- tween Mount Sinai and Palestine, Acts 7: 30 tv T/] co. TOU OQOV$ '. v. 36, 38, quoted from Is. 42: 2 where Heb. Nte" 1 fct'bl p3^1 fit'b, Sept. ou xfxpa- ETCH, olds ttvyvu, i. e. he shall not cry, neither lift up, sc. his voice. 1 Cor. 10: 5. Heb. 3: 8, 17. So Sept. and -12173 Ps.78: 15, 19. 136: 16. See Bibl. Repoe. II. p. 765 sq. Calmet p. 412 sq. JSptjjiioci), fo y f. waw, (tQypog,) to desolate, to lay waste, trans. Sept. for y-jnri Is. 37: 18. Thuc. 5. 4. In X.T. only Pass, to be made desolate, to be laid waste, e. g. fiuHTdtla Matt. 12: 25. Luke 11: 17. TTO/U? Rev. 18: 19. TrAot'io;,*, i. e. to be destroyed, to come to nought, Rev. 18: 10. So of a person, Rev. 17: 16 1)Ql]fl(Of.ltVTlV TlOlTjffOl'fflV Tt\V TIOQVVJV, i. e. shall make her desolale, shall de- spoil her. So Sept. for anh Jer.26:9. Ez. 26:19. Niph. CX2 Is. 54: 3. Ez. 32: 15. Ecclus. 21: & nlovrov. Xen. Ag. 1. 2 } GGj rj, or i to) to work for hire, to be hireling, venal, sc. in striving for office, Aristot. Polit. 5. 3, fr. (Qi&og a hireling, a la- bourer, Horn. II. 18. 550. Dem. 1336.6,) party-strife, contention, rivalry, Phil. 1: 17 ol uiv | (Qi&tiag. 2: 3. James 3: 14, 16. Rom. 2: 8. plur. 2 Cor. 12: 20. Gal. 5: 20. Ambitus, venal strife for office, Aristot. Polit. 5. 2, 3. Hesych. tQl&tia * 7/ dia Ao/wv (pilovt w'u. E^ioVy oVy TO, (dim. fr. TO t'ooj, fiQog, but only as to form,) woof, Rev. 1: 14. Heb. 9: 19, where comp. Lev. 14: 4sq. 49 sq. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6. Sept. for -IJ33S Is. 1: 18. Prov. 31: 13. Hdian. 5. 5^6. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 12, 13. " Egt?, ifto? t f), acc. IQIV Phil. 1: 15, see Buttm. 44. plur. tgtdfg 1 Cor. 1: 11, also tqtig 2 Cor. 12: 20, see Winer 9. p. 61. Malth. 80. n. 8. Strife, con- tention, wrangling, Rom. 13: 13 pi] tQidt xi frjiw. 1 Cor. 1: 11. 3: 3. 2 Cor. 12: 20. * Gal. 5: 20. 1 Tim. 6: 4. Tit. 3: 9. Ecclus. 40: 5, 9. Ael. V. H. 2. 21. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 15. Melon, love of strife, Rom. 1: 29. Phil. 1: 15. Hdian. 3. 2. 13. EgifftoVy OUy TO, (dim. of tqicpog,) a young kid, kidling, Matt. 25: 33, coll. v.32. ?, C, ^, (%]uow,) rfe5o- lotion, a laying waste, Luke 21: 20. Matt. 24: 15 et Mark 13: 14 TO pd&vypa ifa torinwoua?, see in Bb&vyna b. Sept. for rtSn^t Jer. 7: 34. jrraiZ; Jer. 4: 7. 2 Chr. : 36: 21. - Arr. Al/ M. 1. 9. 13. ?, oVy o, f\ t a kid, young goat, pp. Luke 15: 29. Sept. for "H-j Gen. 27: 9. 38: 17. T3? Ex. 12: 5. Wto' Gen. 37: 31. Theocr. Id. 8. 50. Luc. Bacch. 1. In Matt. 25: 32, kids are put as the emblem of wicked men, because of their inferior value, lechery, etc. comp. Lev. 16: 526. ?, a, o, Hermas, pr. n. of a Christian, Rom. 16: 14. Ep%*, f. /o-w, (%ts,) J, QX OV ) K( *l %CTtti. Mark 4: 4. 6: 31. John 1: 40. Acts 5: 15. al. saepiss. Xen. An. 1. 3. 10. Present in an historical sense, i. e. in- stead of the Aorist, Buttm. 137. n. 7. Matth. 504. 1. Winer 41. 2. c. Matt. 25: 11 vaitQOV de EQXOVTUI xal al Jtomcu nctg&svoi, coll. v. 10. Matt. 25: 19. Mark 2: 18. John 20: 18. 3 John 3. Pres- ent apparently in a future sense, but only of what is certainly to take place, Winer 41. 2. Matth. 504. 3. Luke 3: 16 \Qxvitu 8k o IffxvQOTSQog p,ov. John 4: 25. 14: 3, 30. 1 Cor. 4: 5. ^Rev. 1: 7. Especially in the phrase o *Q%o- fitvo?, the coming, i. e. the future one, he who shall come, the Messiah, Matt. 11: 3. 21: 9. Luke 7: 19,20. John 12: 13. also John 6: 14. 11:27. So in the periphrase of the name Jehovah, o tav xal 6 i}v x* 6 fQxof^fvoc Rev. 1: 4, 8. 4: 8. See in J&V/u I. d. By a species of pleonasm, the particip. Ih&wv is pre- fixed to other verbs in which the idea of coming is already presupposed, in order to render the idea more full and complete. Matt. 2: 23 xt tt&w xary- xyvsv tig nohv ley. Na&qet, as in Engl. he came and dwelt. 8: 2. Mark 5: 23. 327 12:14. 16:1. Luke 7: 3. Eph.2:17. al. Comp. in 'Avbnrjfu II. d. See Winer 67. 2. Matth. 557. n. 1. Passow s. voc. 3 c. Horn. II. J6. 521. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 6. (/?) with adjuncts marking object or purpose, e. g. seq. infin. Matt. 2: 2 ?/A- &OUEV nQocrxvvJjo'ai atTw. Mark 2: 17. Luke 4: 34. al. Buttm. 140. 2. Winer 45. 3. b Seq. particip. fut. Matt. 27: 49 d tQxfrai *Htiag ffuvwv avrov. Acts 8:27. Buttm. 144.3. Plato Euthyphr. 1. Xen. An. 7. 1. 28. So c. part. pres. implying purpose and manner, Luke 13: 7 TQIU tit] I'o/OjUea JJITUV xctgnov. comp. Passow s. voc. 3. c. Plato Phaedo. p. 100. B. Seq. 'iva, John 10: 10. 12: 9, 46, 47. (/) c. dat. of pers. either pleonastic, in respect to, for, Winer, 31. 3. Buttm. 133. n. 2. Matth. 389. or directly for nQog jtva, Winer 31.2. p. 174. Matt. 21: 5 o fiaatJifvg aov i'o/rrtu ffot. Rev. 2: 5, 16. Comp. Fabr. Pseudep. V. T. I. p. 594 wg r t l\>o(ifv if] Tiolei. Hdian. 3. 1. 6 'AiQiyvol ds -f^ov avjta ffi-uuaxot. So c. dat. of thing, as manner or in- strum. John 21. 8 ol ds a/Uot /uathjiat TM nloutQiM }Jl#oy. Buttm. 133. 3. (3) c. adv. of place, Matt. 8: 29 fc&tg wfc x. T. L Mark 5: 27. Luke 10: 1. John 4: 16. 8: 14. So c. adv. et infin. of purpose, John 4: 15 /wjfle i'oxwuttt f'v&adf ctvrttiv. Also tq^. )v Ftvv. Luke 19: 5. 24: 1. Acts 12: 10. c. ace. of object or purpose, Matt. 3: 7 Inl TO /JaTmcr^a av- lov. c. ace. of person, to come to or before any one, Acts 24: 8. to come up- on any one, e. g. TO nvfi'^tt. Acts 19: 6. Matt. 3: 16. (Test. XII Patr. p. 545.) also, to come against, Luke 14: 31. Xen. An. 3. 1. 24. (6) w ai'jov, Luke 4: 42. (7) XI/.TU c. ace. to move to, toward, aiong by, Acts 16: 7. Luke 10: 33. (8) f4f id c. ace. of pers. to come after sc. in time, to follow, to appear later, Acts 13: 25. 19: 4. (9) on law c. gen. of pers. to come afler, i. e. to follow, trop. to become the follower, disciple, of any one, Matt. 16: 24. Luke 19: 23. 14: 27. Of time, to come after, to appear later, Matt. 3: 11. John 1: 27. (10) naga c. gen. of person, to come from any one, i. e. as sent, Luke 8: 49. c. ace. of place, at, near, along, n. ir ( v dctlaaaav Matt. 15: 29. (11) npog c. ace. of per- son to whom one comes, and this is the more usual construction, Matt. 7: 15. Mark 2: 13. Luke 7: 7. John 3: 2. 11:19. 14: 6, 23. al. saep. c. ace. of thing, John 3: 20, 21. b) in the sense of to come forth sc. before the public, to appear, to make one'* appearance. Matt. 11: 14 avrog lo~iiv 'llUag o ^*'Uv %rl#wv pleonastic, see above in a. . Matt. 5: 24. Luke 18: 8. al. So seq. infin. of purpose, 2 Thess. 1: 10. seq._ particip. pres. of manner, John 9: 7 yi&f fitinwv, he came back seeing, comp. above in a. /5. seq. fit c. ace. of place, Matt. 2: 21. seq. 328 c. accus. of person, John 7: 45. 14: 18, 28. d) metaph. of persons, e. g. seq. did, as 6 &&w$, i. e. have escaped from. e) trop. spoken of things, e. g. (a) of time, as fttvtrorrttt fipsgai, Matt. 9:15. yl&w v. tlrjlv&tv 77 o), John" 16: 4, 32. Acts 2: 20. 3: 20. al. Present in a fu- ture sense, of a time near and certain, to be coming, to be near, comp. above in a. . Luke 23: 29 Idov ip/owou %(&- l PhiJ. 1: 12. seq. inl rivet, to come upon, e. g. 77 figrfVt] Matt. 10: 13. So of evil, guilt, etc. seq. inl iiva, to come upon, i. e. to hap- pen to, to be laid upon, e. g. navin John 18: 4. op/?) Eph. 5: 6, and so Rev. 11: 18. 18: 10. T/ oqyt] q tQXl^ vr l) the wrath to come, 1 Thess. 1: 10. of guilt, aipa, Matt. 23: 35. So of offences, to come, to arise, Matt. 18:7. (d) genr. of a voice, c. tx, Mark 9: 7. of a star, Matt. 2: 9. of floods, Matt. 7: 25, 27. of rain, Luke 12:54. Heb. 6:7. of wind, John 3: 8. of utensils, to be brought, Mark 4: 21. So of a law, faith, etc. to come, i. e. to be announced, made known, Rom. 7: 9. Gal. 3: 23. !/. tig TO (pavfQov, to come abroad, i. e. be manifested, Mark 4: 22. oTotv di tidy TO T&tiov, when that which is perfect is' come, is established, 1 Cor. 13: 10. AL. see in Elnov. , co, f. 7Jffw, (kindred with oo/*cu,) to ask, c. c. ace. of per- son and also ace. of thing or other ad- junct, Buttm. 131. 4, 5. a) to ask, i. e. to interrogate, to inquire of, c. ace. of pers. Matt. 16: 13 ^ocora Tot's [ta&yTag aviov tiyvtv. John 1: 19. 16: 5. Sept. for bfiWi Gen. 24: 47. 32: 17. Luc. D. Deor."7l 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 19. Seq. ace. of pers. and of thing, Matt. 21: 24 Igomjcra) vpag \6yov iva. Mark 4: 10. Luke 20: 3. Sept. for VMZ3 Jer. 38: 14. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 48. Seq. ace. of pers. ct nfgl c. gen. of thing, Luke 9: 45. Sept. and bNUJ Jer. 45: 11. Hdot. 1. 32 &rowT'w. Absol. Luke 22: 68. Sept. for "ipn Deut. 13: 14. 2 Mace. 7: 2. Xen. AIK 1. 6. 7. b) from the Heb. to ask, i. e. to re- quest, to entreat, to beseech, c. ace. of pers. Matt. 15: 23 7/owTtov awov, kf/ov- TS?. Luke 14: 18, 19. John 12: 21. Phil. 4: 3. So Heb. bNtt) Is. 7: 11, Sept. t- Tfi'w. Jos. Ant. 5. f. 14. Seq. ace. of thing, T Ttgog ir\v fiQrjvrjv, Luke 14: 32. So Sept. and bN'J: Ps. 122: 6. Seq. ace. of person and prepositions, e. g. TTfot Jtvog Luke 4: 38. John 16: 26. VTTSQ iivog 2 Thess. 2: 1. Comp. Heb. *; ?M 1 K. 2: 22, Sept am'co. Seq. ace. oY pers. and iV or O'TTWS. Mark 7: 26 7;owT aviov iVa x. T. L Luke 7: 36. John 4: 47. 1 Thess. 4: 1. onug Luke 7: 3. Acts 23: 20. Seq. ace. of pers. and infin. aor. Luke 5: 3. John 4: 40. Acts 3: 3. pres. 1 Thess. 5: 12. AL. a garment, vestment, raiment, Luke 23: 11. Acts 1: 10. 10: 30. 12: 21. James 2: 2 bis, 3. Esdr. 8: 73. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 22. iQ, ^WC, r), (la&w, a garment, raiment, Luke 24: 4. Aquil. for n03E Is. 23: 18. i'oo, strengthened form from obsol. edu, Att. fut. tdopai,, aor. 2 Iqpa/oy from obsol. root cpdyta, see Buttm. 114. p. 282. 95. n. 18. Matth. 234. 183. Later fut. (pdyo[iat, Winer 15. p. 81. Lob. ad Phr. p. 327, 347. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 199. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. 95. n. 21. 2 pers. fut. qp- yxrtti, Luke 17: 8, see Buttm. 10.J. 329 I. 1. To eat, to take food, spoken both of men and animals. a) genr. and absol. of persons, Matt. 12: 1 ilMitiv maxvag xwi 14:21. 26:21,26. Mark 7: 3. LukeGrl. Acts 27: 35. 1 Cor. 10: 28. al. cpayflv, Matt. 15: 37. 26: 26. Mark 6: 42. 8: 8. Luke 9: 17. c. infin. final, didovai ttvl cpayuv, Matt. 14: 16. 25: 35, 42. Mark 5: 43. al. Buttm. 140. 2. Sept. for b?8, fa&ifiv 1 Sam. 1: 7, 8. cpayflv Gen. 3: 13. 18:8. fo. Ael. V. H. 2. 17. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 7. cpay. Luc. Parasit. 12. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18. Seq. (jtrd c. gen. to eat with, any one sc. at table, to take a meal with, Luke 7: 36 ?}oom< <5e tig avrov, iV

XQtaiov tore. See in 3 Enl II. 3. c. . So Eph. 1: 21 vnfQuvo) . . . naviog ovo- fjiaTog x. T. A. Phil. 2: 9 ovo/na TO ivico 7ry 6Vo//. Acts 4: 12. Heb. 1: 4. Rev. 19: 16. Act. Thorn. 27. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 1 {fegvijg ovopari. Hence mere name, as opp. to reality, Rev. 3: 1 ovofict tyttg OT4 jj$ xal vfxoos a, i. e. thou art said to live, thou livest in name only. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 6. opp. to tgyov Eurip. Phoen. 512 where comp. Person, ib. Or. 448. Troad. 1241. d) emphat. TO oi>0(.ioi TOU \)(ov t TOW xvo/ov, TOU XQUTIOV, etc. the name of God, of Christ, as periphrasis for God himself, ^Christ himself, in all their be- ing, attributes, relations, manifestations; comp. Olshausen Cornm. on Matt. 18: 20. Tholuck Bergpred. on Matt. 6: 9. E. g. genr. Matt. 28: 19 ftrniit^ovifg av- tovg tig TO ovofia TOV nargog xal TO v liov xal TOU aylov nvtiparog, conap. belo\v in ft, and see in Bujnl Gen. 4: 2G. Ps. 5: 12. 7: 18. 9: 3, 11. Is. 26: 8. saep. Comp. Gesen. Lex. C'lj no. 2. (|5) Of Christ, as the Messiah, where his name is said to be honoured, revered, believed on, invoked, and the like. Acts 19: 17 f^5/xi'i'fio TO oro/ua TOU xi-otov "Irpov. Phil. 2: 10. SThess. 1:12. Rom. 1: 5. Rev. 2: 13. 3: 8. Matt. 12: 21 cV TW ov. aviov t&vr] &7uovffi. John 1: 12 Tolg nio~[i'oi'(nv tig TO ovo^a ai'ioi'. 2: 23. 3: 18. Acts 3: 16. 1 John 3: 23. 5: 13. After c/r/xaAeo) to invoke, 1 Cor. 1: 2. Acts 9: 21. 22: 16. After paml- a), e. g. fig TO 6Vo/m TO!/ x. '/j/o'ou Acts 8: 16. 19: 5. Matt. 28: 19. /5. enl TW ov. '/. Acts 2: 38. /J. *v TW ov. TOU x. Acts 10: 48. See in BaniiC.u no. 2. a. /?. comp. Rom. 6: 3 /?TT. fig XQIVIOV. (Hence by antitlt. also fimt. fig TO or. Havkov 1 Cor. 1: 13, 15.) Where benefits are said to be received in or through the name of Christ, John 20: 31 tV ovrfg iwv, comp. Is. 59: 7. So Sept. for ^p Amos 2: 15. -pn72 Prov. 22: 28. Hdian. 1. 9. 20. Plut.'Romul. 10. Xen, Eq. 1. I?}. 1 OJ). sharp-wine, vinegar, Pol. 12. 2. 8. Xen. An. 2. 3. 14. Also genr. vinegar, sour wine, posca, vimun culpatum, i. e. cheap poor wine, which mixed with water "OniobtV) adv. ( onig a looking back.) pp. from behind, Buttm. 116. 1. In N. T. only of place, behind, after, at the back of any person or thing. (In the classics also of time, Horn. II. 9. 515. Od. 23. 249. Pind. Nem. 7. 149.) a) absol. Mark 5: 27 ttfrovva iv TU"> o/Afti oTuo-for i. e. from behind. Matt. 9: 20. Luke 8: 44. Rev. 4: 6 ; 5: 1 /Si/?- A/ov yiyQttunivov ZvwStv xal oniv&iv, a scroll written within and on the back. Arr. Alex. M. 1. 15. 12. Xeu. An. 5. 6.9. On. LOCO 573 Onou b) seq. genit. as prep. Buttm. 146. 2, behind, after, Matt. 15: 23 x0 oni- '- Ex. 12: 8, 9. Is. 44: 16. Horn. Od. 4.'66. Plut. ed R. VI. p. 481. 2. fw,) a sight, appearance, espec. a vision, apparition, Luke 1:22. 24: 23 omualav ayy&uv tw^mVat. 26:19. 2 Cor. 12: 1. Sept. for -it"}"? Dan. 9: 23. 10: 1, 7, 8. Anthol. Gr.'J. p. 121. A later word lor oyig, Passow s. v. 'O//roc, I), or, (owTa'w to roast, y ohsol. theme to fut. oyopat, see in 'Oouca. Ojicopa, a?, f], pp. late summer, dog-days, that season of the year which succeeded TO flsgog, and in which Siri- us or the dog-star is predominant, Horn. II. 22. 27. Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 10. Comp. II. 5. 5 and Heyne's note; also Ideler's Kalendar der Griech. u. Rom. p. 15. In the East it is the season in which fruits ripen. Hence in N. T. melon. and collect, fruits, Rev. 18: 14 >/ ona'gu T?/ sni&vplag TJ)? yv/iig i. e. the fruits in which thou hast delighted. So Sept. and V*p_ Jer. 40: 10, 12. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.21. Hdian.1.6.3. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 25. Z, pp. relat. adv. of manner, in what manner, how, Buttm. 116. 4. It passes over also into a conjunction, in the manner that, so that, etc. I. As relat. Adv. in what manner, how, once in N. T. seq. Indie, aor. in the narration of an actual event, see Passow s. voc. A. 1. d. Luke 24: 20 T nsql 'itjtrov . . . OTTO)? re naQtdanar alibv ol aoxifQug x. T. L Jos. B. J. proem. 2 ojiutg xtm'oT^si/^v. Horn. 11. 10. 545. Xen. An. 1. 6. 11. II. As Conjunct, pp. in such man- ner that, and then genr. so that, that, in the various senses of iVct, with which it may be compared throughout, viz, T/Ux?. final, as marking end or pur- pose, to the end that, in order that ; but also ex f 5Tixo>c, ecbatic, as marking the event, result, upshot of an action, 50 that it ivas or is so and so. This latter use of onwg has been denied and supported in the same manner and by the same writers, as in 'iva. See in "/ init. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. lib. II. p. 53 sq. Winer 57. p. 386. In N. T. onwg is found only with the Subjunctive ; though in the classics it is construed with other moods, like 'iva. Buttm. 139. 4. 1. TS/Uxws, final, to the end that, in or- der that, and ono)g pi] in order that not t lest, c. Subjunct. "OflCOf 575 a) sitripl. i. e. without v. () pre- ceded by the present or aorist of any mood except the Indicative ; and then the Subjunct. marks what it is supposed will really take place; cornp. in "Iva no. 1. A. a. E. g. pres. Matt. 6: 2 WOTT^C ot vnoxQiial noioi'ffiv . . . OTTO?; 6*o|a- a&uHnv VTTO iwi> uv&Q. v. [5], 16. Heb. 9: 15. impl. 1 Pet. 2: 9. Aor. Mark 5: 23 ent&fjg ovfj] lag jftigag, onwg aw&f). Lnke 16: 28. John 11: 57. Acts 9: 12. 2 Cor. 8: 14. 2 Thess. 1: 12. onwg p\ Acts 20: 16. 1 Cor. 1: 29. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 5. Conv. 8. 25. (/J) preceded by the imperative, comp. in "Iva no. 1. A. b. E. g. imper. aor. Matt. 2: 8 anayyfttaie poi, ono)? XU'/M fAx^civ x. T. L 6: 4. Acts 23: 1 5, 23. 2 Cor. 8: 1 1. onwg pj Matt. 6: 18. Xen. Cyr. 1 4. 10. (y) pre- ceded by the future, coinp. in"/y no. 1. A. c. Acts 24: 26. (d) preceded by a past tense, see in "Iva no. 1. A. d. Pas- sow OTIC.J? B. 1. b. Matt. 26: 59 Igijiovr yn'dofia()Ti'()iav . . . OTTO)? -frava-rdiacaaiv aviov. Acts 9: 17, 24. 25: 26. Rom. 9: 17 bis. Gal. 1:4. Hdian. 4. 5. 8. Thuc. 2.3. b) with av, i. e. onto? ai>, see in "Av no. I. 2. c. E. g. preced. pres. Matt. 6: 5 in later edit. Rom. 3: 4 impl. (Plato Gorg. p. 481. A. Bekk. Isocr. ad Phil. c. 49.) Preced. imper. Acts 3: J9 OTTW? av e'A#wat xainoi x. T. I. that at length the times etc. may come, see Tittm. 1. c. p. C3, 64. Preced. fut. Acts 15: 17. c. praet. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 6. 2. lx/?etTucci)$, ecbatic, 50 that, so as that, c. Subjunct. see in "Iva no. 2. E. g. () preced. pres. Matt. 5: 45 Trotflrc Tot uiaoi'tfiv ruag xt %MT&e . . . OTT w? yirriv&f. viol tov x. T. A. i. e. so as that ye may thus imi- tate your Father etc. see Tittm. 1. c. p. 58. 5: 16. c. praet. as pres. Luke 16: 26 %da[iu (tiyu I (TTT/'otxTut, onmg x. T. L Hdot. 1. 8. (/5) preced. fut. Matt. 23: 35 dioptre . . . onwg &&$ ecp vuag nuv otiftu dlxaiov x. T. A. (^) preced. praet. Heb. 2: 9 /ftU'Tro^fv 'lr t aovv . . . eajfcpa- vo)Ukvov' onwg XUQIII &eov imig navrog ytvarjTai -fravdiov, we see Jesus . . . for the suffering of death crowned with glory and honour, so as that by the grace of God he may taste death for every man. Here belongs the phrase onco TO Qy&sv x. T. X. preceded by a past tense or by TOITO yeyovtv implied, Matt. 2: 23. 8: 17. 12: 17. 13: 35. It is whol- ly equivalent to iW Tiiqoeotf/J, which see in "Iva no. 2. d. (d) Once oncaQ av, Luke 2: 35. Comp. above in no. 1. b. 3. After verbs of asking, enlr eating f exhorting, and also of deciding, com- manding, which in themselves imply a purpose, O'TTW^ became equivalent to a demonstrative conjunction, like our that, simply pointing out or introducing that to which the preceding words refer ; conip/'/va no. 3. The same verbs often take after them the infin. or also (Va. E. g. dio^ui in imperat. Matt. 9: 38 Sti'l&rpB oiv . . . onus ixfialji iqyaia$ x. T. L Luke 10: 2. Acis 8: 24. (Hdot. 9. 117.) So c. inf. et c. Vro, see in "Iva no. 3.' a. /9. After c'ocoTerw, praet. Luke 7:3. 11:37; aor. inf. Acts 23:20 ; comp. in "Iva 1. c. u'^ofiat, and nQoirtvxouai, James5:16. Acts8:15. impl. Philem.G. comp. in v lva I.e. TrwowxttAew Matt. 8: 34, comp. "Iva 1. c. After verbs of de- ciding, Matt. 12: 14 av^^ovhov ihxpov XT* nltov . . . onwg ai'jov unoliaMisiv. 22: 15. Mark 3: 6. comp. Matt. 27: 1 where it is cotm c. inf. See Tittm. 1. c. p. 61. So after verbs or phrases im- plying decision, authority, command, as ^Tjjffaro innjtf>\(tq . . . onwg x. T. L Acts 9: 2. alioi'utroi oiv XMT' aliov onto? x. T. L Acts 25: 3. Comp. in "Iva no. 3. a. a. ' Opa/uce, CCTOC, TO, (ooti),) pp. thing seen, a sight, spectacle, genr. Acts 7: 31 6 8e Moiuatig idwv t&uvftuffs TO o'^ajm. Matt. 17: 9, coll. Mark 9: 9. Sept. for nfipo Ex. 3: 3. Deut. 28: 34. Ael. V. H "2: 13. Xen. Cyr. 3.3.66. Spec, of a supernatural appearance, a vision, Acts 9: 10. 12. 10: 3, 17, 19. 11: 5. 12:9. 16: 9, 10. 18:9. Sept. for nfi-) Gen. 46: 2. "Jiin Dan. 8: 2. rttrrbT Gen. 15: 1. Test'. XII Patr. p/569. "OpctGi?, ceo?, ^;, (ooa'w,) pp. the sight, sense of seeing, Wisd. 15: 15. Diod. Sic. 1. 59. Demad. 178. 41. In N. T. appearance, i. e. a) pp. i. q. aspect, external form, Rev. 4: 3 bis, ouoiog oguati U&M luffxidi, x.T.L i. e. in his appearance etc. Ecclus. 11:2. 576 b) i. q. oQafta, a sight, vision, pre- sented to the mind, Rev. 9: 17. Acts 2: 17 of)dfffig oipovrai, quoted from Joel 3: 1 [2: 28] where Sept. fur ]i" l -Tn. Sept. for ]irn Is. 1: 1. Jer. 14: 14.' Tob. 12; 19. * OgccioG, r) y ov, (ognta,} seen, vis- ible , Col. 1: 16 ooaTtt xal id uognia. Sept. Job 34: 26. 37: 21. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.2. 'Opaco, (o, less freq. 07rrai/a>, f. oi//0|Uat, aor. 1 i!nt>i'. Acts 20: 25. (Test. XII Patr. p. 636.) So to see God, OQIXV, trop. for to know him, q. d. to be acquainted with him, to know his character, etc. only in John's writings, John 1: 18. 6: 46. 14: 7, 9. 15: 24. 1 John 3: 6. 4: 20. 3 John 11. (Ecclus. 43: 31.) In a wider sense to see God, i. q. to be admitted to his presence, to enjoy his intercourse and special favour, the figure being drawn from the customs of oriental courts, see in BUnw no. 2. a. Matt. 5: 8 otfjovrat TOV &tov. Heb. 12: 14. Rev. 22: 4 opov- TCU TO TrooVcoTTOV aviov, see in BJisrto) 1. c. Comp. IK. 10: 8. In the sense of to visit, o>. vfAug John 16: 22. Heb. 13: 23. So Heb. niO , Sept. ISuv, 2 Sam. 13: 5. 2 K. 8:29. (y) to see take place, to witness, e. g. o'//. tip ^//soav Ttvo?, Luke 17: 22, see in El'du I. a. s. b) trop. of the mind, to see, i. e. to perceive with the mind, senses, etc. (a) genr. to be aware of, to observe, c. accus. et particip. Acts 8: 23 (rvvdeffuov ddi- xiag OQW ffs OVTU. Seq. OTI James 2: 24. Sept. seq. tm for J-fNn Gen. 26: 28. c. ace. et part. Diod. Sic. 13. 58. c. em M. Antonin. 9. 27. (/?) of things, to see and know, i. e. to come to know, to learn, John 3: 11 o oldautv lalovfisv, xal o kta- Quxapev //0TU0o/ifj'. v. 32. 8: 38. In the sense of to understand, Col. 2: 18 fit] kwQaxsv fnpuTfvcw. Rom. 15: 21, parall. with wvii)pi. Ecclus. 43: 32. 577 Eurip. Phoen. 752 or 757 & avi]Q ov Tiavtf OQU. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 3, 5. c) by Hehr. to see, i. e. to experience, e.g. good, to attain to t to enjoy, as John 3: 36 oix oymat w?;v. So Sept. oix oytiai (pug for J-jNn Ps. 49: 20. Comp. in LTdot I. c. Lycophr. Cassandr. 1019 ftlov. d) absol. to see to #, to take care, to take heed, only in imperat. phrases. () o'pa, e. g. Heb. 8: 5 oga yao, (fi]al, nettfagfr TIUVTU x. T. L quoted from Ex. 25: 40 whence Sept. for n$-). Strictly for OQK oJiwg, comp. MattH. 519. 7. p. 999. Elsewhere only as followed by fty or its compounds, or an equivalent phrase, e. g. opcr ^rj, ooais juj, take heed lest, beware ; seq. Stibjunct. Matt. 8: 4 o, pydsvl fl'7if t g. Mark 1:44. 1 Thess. 5: 15. Rev. 19: 10 ooa pj sc. noiys. 22: 9. Seq. Imperat. Matt. 9: 30. 24: 6. Epict. Ench. 19. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 27. So before another like imperative, seq. emo, i. q. beware of, Matt. 16: 6 oyait xal iiQoaextTs anb lijg [vfiije x. T. L Mark 8: 15. Luke 12: 15. () Fut. ov oyei, vfjittg uyw&f, see thou to it, look ye to it, a milder form for the imperat. Winer 44. 3 ; Matth. 498. c. Matt. 27: 4 ii nqog fjfiasi &i]ffOfjton Heb. 9: 28, and once pres. part, oniavo^vog Acts 1:3, c. dat. to be, seen by any one, to appear to any one, Buttm. 134.4. (a) pp. and spoken of things, seq. iv of place, Rev. 11: 19 xal oiqpth? 7] xifiuiog . . . iv T '5 (op/aw, oolya,) pp. ' the native character, disposition, tem- per of mind,' impulse, impetus, Hes. Op. 302 or 306. Helot. 1. 73. Thuc. 6. 17. Hence genr. and in N. T. passion, i. e. any violent commotion of mind, indig- nation, anger, wrath, eapec. as including desire of vengeance, punishment, and therein differing from dvfjiog, comp. Tittm. de Synon. N.T. p. 131 sq. p. 255, and in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 466. So Zeno in Diog. Laert. 7. 113 ooyi] eaTiv'tm- dvfiiu T<(UW^t$ToD doxovviog ijdixrjxwcti ov nooo-Tjxovuag. a) pp. and genr. Mark 3:5 nsQijih^a- psvog avtovg ptf o^y^g i.e. indignantly. Rom. 12: 19. Eph. 4: 31. Col. 3: 8. Al- so for irascibleness, fretfulness, 1 Tim. 2: 8. James 1: 19, 20, c'arw nug v^w- nog . . . (joudvg fig ooyijv ogyi]v yQ x. T. ;. Sept. for q k x 2 Sam. 12: 5. Job 16: 9. nnt Prov. 21: 14. B?3 Deut.32: 19. qs Josh. 9: 20. GoomT Poet, fiovoar. 354. p. 183. ed. Tauchn. yiyvov 8' eg oayriv p] iax\}g y, AA faMg. Hdian. 4. 3. 8. Xen. Eq. 9. 2. Mem. 2. 6. 63. Spoken of God, as im- plying utter abhorrence of sin and aver- sion to those who live in it. Rom. 9: 22 ei ds ddbv o &eag Iv8fl$aff&ai ir\v aoy*iv. Heb. 3: 11. 4: 3. So Sept. and ?1N Ex. 4: 14. Deut. 29: 20. Q^T Is. 10: 5, -jinn Ex, 32: 11, ak saep. Jos. Ant, 8. 7* 6. b) melon, wrath, as including the idea of punishment, e. g. as the penalty of law, Rom, 4: 15 6 ycto v6uogooyi}v XT- e?/ager; oQtlvij sc. %MQct mountainous country, Luke 1: 39, 65. Sept. for in Gen. 14: 10. Deut. 11: 11. Pol. 3. 17". 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 3. Opc*ic y zcoZy 7), (ootyouat,) pp. a reaching after, trop. longing, lust, Ron?. 1: 27. Ecclus. 23: 6. Hdian. 3. 13. 14. &j (0 ? f. ^Vw, (oy&og, nov?,) pp. to foot it straight, to walk straight, trop. to walk (live) uprightly, . Gal. 2: 14. y straight, right, i. e. a) pp. upright, erect, Acts 14:10 ava- oQ&og, comp. Buttm. 123. n. 3. Esdr. 9: 46. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 11. b) horizontally, straight and level, not crooked or uneven, trop. Heb. 12: 13 T(jo%lag OQ&UC Tioirjaars. So Sept. for "N5? Prov. 12: 16. 16: 25. pp. 65<^ OO&TI Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 3. Luc. D. Deor. 25. 2. o f. r [tog, from oyfrog, T^'O>,) to cut straight, to divide right, \, q. oQ&wg tluvtiv in Athen. VII. p. 303. E. Hence c^^o- io t ufiv odov, Lat. mam rede secare, pp. to cut a straight way, i, e. to make one's way straight and right, to direct him, Sept. for 1UT Prov. 3: 6. 11: 5. comp. otfoi/e ev&flag tif/as Thuc. 2. 100. Later also intrans. to make oneself a right way, i. e. to go straight or right, opp. xaxwg odsvuv, Gregor. Nazienz. Oral. Apol. Fugae, p. 23, 28. In N. T. trop. to go the right way, to proceed aright, 2 Tim, 2: 15 oQ&QTOuoi'VTa tov koyov tr^ al.r r frdac, rightly proceeding as to the wont f life, l>y impl. i. q. 'rightly and skil- fully teaching the word of life.' Con- stitut. Aposr. 7. 30 OO&OTOUUV iv tolg ^ov xvylov duyufito-tv. Comp. Euseb. H. E. Tom. I. 8 jijv tv&elav xat {3affi).iy.i]v odov oQ&OTouoi'ffa i] iy.y.lr t aia TOV tiiov. f. law, (fyttyofi) to rise early, to do early in the morning, e. g. praegn. Luke 21: 38 nag o labg oi^- 379 nob*; CCITOV SV TW UQM X. T. A. aft />eop/e came ear/?/ in Me morning to him in Ike temple. So Sept. for T3VZJn Gen. 19: 27. Judg. 19: 9. -\*V Job 7: 21. 1 Marc. 11: 67. Tob. 9? 4. The Attic form was OO&QSVW, so Moeris p. 272 bo&oei'ft Aiiutto$t bo&yi&i JSJJaf- ytxw?. Tliom. Mag. p. 656. Comp. H. Planck in Bibi. Repos. I. p. 675, 683. ing, early, as atm/o kctpTiQog xcu OQ&QI- voq Rev. 22: 16 in text. rec. Sept. for tTD-Sq Hos. 6: 4. 13: 3. Wisd. 11: 22. Luc. 'Gall. 1. Antip. Sidon. in Anthol. Gr. II. p. 12. Posidipp. ib. p. 42. This form is condemned by the Atticists, who prefer OQ&QIO?, but is found in the poets and later prose writers ; see Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 186. Lob. ad Phr. p. 51. .Qpfrfm$i or, or, (oo&oog,) moni- ing, early, matutinus, us adv. Luke 24: 22 ytvoutrtxi* oq&Qiai, ent TO uvr]^tiov, coinp. Buttm. 123. n. 3. Sept. Job 29: 7. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 1. Plato Protag. l>. .'JI3. 15, oo&Qiog tjy.wv. Comp. Lol>. ad Phryn. p. 51. "Opt'/poCj ov, o, (kindr. with OQ- vvui, oodai, orior, ortus,) morning, day- hrta/t, pp. the time before and about day-break, while one still needs a light ; but later also including the morning twilight until near sunrise ; Phryn. et Lob. p. 275. a) pp. Luke 24: 1 OO&QOV fiaOto?, comp. John 20: 1. Aristoph. Vesp. 216 ZyOyos PU&V? x. T. L Theocr. 18. 14. Plato Crito 1. genr. Jos. Ant. 11. 6. 10. Diod. Sic. 14. 104. Xen. Yen. 6.6. b) i. q. tag or ijwj, morning twilight, dawn, comp. Phryn. I.e. John8:2o^vtyou 8k na\iv nayty&vsio ii$ TO IfQov. Acts 5: 21. Sept. for -ipz Judg. 16:2. -)lr,B Josh. 6: 15. Cant. V G: 9. Joel 2: 2. t/roc, adv. (oQ&og,) straight, right, i. e. erectly, Xen. Eq. 7. 5. In N. T. of manner, rightly, correctly, pp. Mark 7: 35 '/.Aft oo#dic. Trop. in a moral sense, Luke 7: 43 bo&Mq ly.Qivtuc. 10: 28. 20: 21. Sept. for 3TB Gen. 40: 16. 3-ton Deut. 5: 28. Wisd. 6: 4. Luc. Cynic. 5. Xen. An. 1. 9. 30. C Of>/', f. ifffo, (OQO?,) to bound, to make or set a boundary, Sept. for b'OA Josh. 13: 27. Hdot. 2. 16. Xen. Cyr. 8'. 6. 21. In N. T. and usually, to mark out definitely, i. e. to determine, to appoint, to. constitute, seq. ace. of thing, Heb. 4: 7 nu\iv Tivct oQifi jjuiqavt Acts 17: 26. Part. perf. pass. o>p0pj(j>09, t], ov, determined, decreed, Luke 22: 22. Acts 2: 23. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 3. Hdian. 1. 10. 11. Xen. An. 7. 7. 36. Seq. ace. of pers. as appointed to an office or station, Acts 17:31 iv uvdol $ [ov] MOHIS. Pass. with a noun of office etc. in apposih Acts 10: 42 aviog eauv o Sffurpbos vnb ^ov &tov xotT?;? &VTWV xat vexowv. (Me- leag. in Antli. Gr. I. p. 9, as &tbv uoias.) So Rom. 1: 4 TOL- oQiff&wTog vlov &soi> Y.. T. L comp. Phil. 2: 8 sq. Eph. 1:20 srj. Others here render, declared, pub- licly set forth, against the usus loqueridi. (Hut Zonar. Lex. c. 1473 ooia&tvTog' u7Todet%&ivjog,uTTocpav&eviot;.) Seq. inf. Acts 1 1: 29 a'o7f v Ixao-ro?. . . nffi^ca x. T. L O(Jtoi>, f)u } TO, (dim. of ooo?, in form only,) a bound, border, in N. T. only plur. T bytu, the borders, i. e. a) pp. the borders of a land, the fron- tiers, Matt. 4: 13. 19: 1 s T com rfg '/ot<5i'c TJBQUV TOU' loQduvov. Mark 10: 1. So Sept. for blliS Gen. 10: 19. Num. 21: 13. Ael. V. H. 6. 14. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 1. b) melon, and by Hebraism, for a space within certain boundaries, re- gion, territory, district. Matt. 2: 16 iv i?r/#JU6 ( u y.al Iv niifft, TO!? oyloig avrqg. 8: 34. 15: 22, 39. Mark 5: 17. 7: 31 bis. Acts 13: 50. So Sept. and bllij Gen. 23: 17. Ex. 8: 2. for n^iD : Judg. 20:6. 'Ogxfao, f. law, (ooxo?,) to put to an oath, to make swear, c. ace. Sept. for yrarn Gen. 50: 25. Dem. 678. 5. Xen. Con'v. 4. 10. In N. T. to adjure, c. dupl. ace. of person whom and by whom. Mark 5: 7 oox/o> o* TOV &t6v. Acts 19: 13. 1 Thess. 5: 27. Comp. Buttm. 131. 4, and n. 1. Matth. 413. 10. So Sept. c'!oxt'cii c. dupl. ace. Gen. 24:3. The Atticists condemn this word, though found in the best writers, and prefer ooxoco, see Phryn. et Lob. p. 360 sq. 580 Op#0?, oiy, o, an oaM, Matt. 14: 7, 9. 26: 72. Mark 6: 26. Luke 1: 73. Acts 2:30. Heb. 6: 16, 17. Jnmes 5: 12. Sept. for rrriar Gen. 24: 8. 26: 3. 1 Mace. 7: 18.' Pol. 3. 68. 13. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 12. Melon, what is promised with an onth, Matt. 5: 33 ctnodwffti? TW ytVQiof Toi 1 ? oQxovg ffov. Comp. Sept. and FlJlTO Num. 30: 3. from o^xoc, OfUfju,) pp. the stvearing of an oath, the taking of an oath, i. e. by impl. an oath, Heb. 7: 20, 21 bis, 28. Sept. for nhN Ez. 17: J8, 19. Esdr. 8: 93. Plato Phaedr. p. 241. A. 'OfJMdKV, (o, f. jcrw, (oourj,)to make rush on, to impel, to incite, (runs. Horn. II. <>. 338. I>iod. Sic. 3. 53. Xen. Eq. 7. 17, 18. More usually and in N. T. in- trans. to rush on, to move forwards im- petuously, seq. Inl nva, Acts 7: 57 ci>- [iTjauv Tf ouodvuadov iJi aviov. Seq. ?i? rt, Acts 19: 29 ft? to diuiQOV. Matt. 8: 32. Mark. 5: 13. Luke 8: 33. c. Inl 2 Mace. 12: 20. Jos. Vit. 11. Hdian. 3. 5. 1. el's TW Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 17, el? T* Thuc. 1. 87. tj, rj?, i/, (opiate,) a on, onset, impetus, Acts 14: 5 w? 0*6 e/e- tce, act, rj, (oootfm'w from ooog, il&tj^t,) pp. a setting bounds, me- lon. a bound, limit, Acts 17: 26 oolffag . . . T? oQO&taictg TTJ? xarotx/ac tttrwy. Glossar. Hdot. p. 174. ed. "Wessel. OVQOC oQo&tala. Comp. Greg. Cor. p. 390. n. 58. aib;v, ev a'tg x. T. L i. e. in both which, the first and second. c) As to Case ; here the general ruta is, that the relative stands in that case which the verb of its own clause de- mands, Buttm. 143. 2. Matth. 473. E. g. as subject, John 1: 9 TO qpo>? . . . o v&Q. v. 30 uvi]o, og tp- ye/ovev. Acts 8: 27. Matt. 10: 26. saep. As object, Ace. Matt. 2: 9 o ao-ryo, ov iidov. Acts 6: 3, 6. 22: 9. saepiss. Dat. Acts 8: 10 uv^g . . . w 7[Qoat"i%ov nuvTfg. Col. 1: 27. 1 Pet. 1: 12. 5: 9. al. But the departures from this rule are frequent, viz. (a) by Attraction, i. e. where the rela- tive in respect to its own verb would stand in the accus. but the antecedent ' >"k 0$, 582 stands in the genitive or dative, and then the relative \sattracted by the antecedent into the same case with itself, Buttm. 143. 3. Matth. 473. Winer 24. 1. E. g. genit. Malt. 18: 19. John 4: 14 vdunog, o'v f/w <5w*' ottos enofyvev. v.3U. Acts 1: 1. Acts 24: 21. Eph.4: 1. Jude 15. (Sept. Zepli.3: 11.) Rev. 1: 20. al. saep. Neglected, Heb. 8: 2 # axTjyiJc, ^V cVrqlEy o x 1/910?. (Sept. Jer. 51:64. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 10.) Dative, Mark 7: 13. Luke 2: 20 6u TT- ^C'T^OI, for iv TW XQlputi (f) etc. 24:44. Mark 15: 22 ; comp. Buttm. 131.4, 5. (Hdot, 5. 106.) Here belongs the adverbial phrase oV TJJOTIOV, x^' uv JQUTIOV, for y.mu lov Toonov or, pp. in the manner which, in the same manner as, and hence i. q. as, Matt. 23: 37. Luke 13c 34. x#' ov T. Acts 15: 11. Comp. Buttm. 131. n. 3. 115. 4, Sept. Is. 14: 19, 24. 2 Mace. 15: 39. Xen. An. 6. 3. 1. comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 5. Hdot. 2. 176. No example occurs in N. T. where after such transposition both rel- ative and antecedent take the proper case of the latter, as in Greek writers ; comp. Buttm. 143. 4. (/) often the case of the relative de- pends on a preposition with which the verb is construed, viz. (1) genr. Matt. 3: 17 6 vlog fnov, Iv w ?u$ox?/a. 10: 11. ean, TifQt oi Luke 1:4. Rorn. 10:14. 1 Cor. 8: 6 bis, dg 9(og o 7iom]o, c? ov TU nnvia x. T. i. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 8. (2) Sometimes the prep, which stands with the ante- ced. is repeated before the relative, John 4: 53 iv ifi wj?, Iv y tinfv x. T. A. Acts 7:4. 20: 18. Comp. Winer 54. 7. p. 355. (Dem. adv. Timocr. p. 705, B, iv rolg XQOVOIC; If olg yiyQumai x. T. L Xen. Vect. 4. 13.) More commonly when the prep, stands before the ante- cedent, it is omitted before the relative, Winer 1. c. Matth. 474. e.^ 595 ult. E. g. Matt. 24: 50 iv rjfieoa i] ov nooff- doxa. Luke 1: 25. 12: 46.' Acts 13: 2 slg TO %>/o)', o nQoaxixkyjuai avrorg. v. 39. p'lato Phaedo 21. p. 76. B, di86- vai Ao/ov ntol TOVIMV MV vvv St] &fyopev. Xeri. Conv. 4. 1. An. 5. 7. 17. (3) By attraction the relative is put with the preposition belonging to the omitted an- 583 tecedent, comp. above in c. a. John 6: 29 Vva Tntrm'atjTc tig ov anwitdtv txii- vog, for tig loi'iov ov x. T. A. J9: 37. Rom. 14: 22, 1 Cor. 7: 1. Gal. 1: 8, 9. Heb. 5:8. 2 Pet. 2: J2. (5) sometimes the relative is not de- pendent on the verb, but on some noun connected with the verb, and then the relative is put in the genitive, Matt. 3: 11 ot> otx c^ut Ixnvog ia VTtodrjfjuxin fia- aiufftti. v. 12 ov 10 nivov. Mark 14: 32. Luke 13: 1 wv TO at^. John 1: 27. 4:46. 11:2. Acts 16: 14. Rom. 2: 29. Col. 1: 25. Rev. 13: 12. Sept. Dan. 2: 11. Act. Thorn. 6. Hdian. 8. 3. 20 AnoUwva, ov xal ir,v tlxova ektyov iivsg X. T. L d) As to Position; here the relative with its clause regularly follows the an- tecedent, as in most of the preceding examples. But for the sake of empha- sis, the relative clause may be put first, espec. where a dernonstr. a vrog, oviog, etc. follows ; as Matt. 26: 48 ov V (pdi'jaia, aviog ivii. John 3: 26 og i)v ^nit ffov . . . oirog fiuml^i. lick 13: 1 I. 2 Pet. 2: 19. Comp. liuttm. 143. 2 fin. Matth. 478. In both these positions, the antecedent, espec. the demonstr. pron. wi'iof, oviog, ixtlvog, is very fre- quently omitted ; so that the relative then stands like Engl. what, for that which, he who, etc. comp. above in c. a. Buttm. 143. 5. Matth. 473. b. 478. Winer 23. 2. E. g. genr. Matt. 13: 17 axoi'ffcti u axovtis, for invia u. 14:7. Mark 2: 24. Luke 8: 17. John 14: 22. al. saep. So in the inverted position, Matt. 7: 2. 10: 38 xt ug ov innfiuvfi . . . oi'x icrii uov u$iog. 13: 12 xal o t%ti, UQ&TI- aeiat. 19:6. 25:29. Mark 9: 40. Luke 4: 6. 12: 40. John 8: 38 bis, iyu o ew- ex, AaAw x. T. L 13: 27. Rom. 2: 1. Heb.2:18. 1 John 1:1, 3. Comp.Mntth. 478. Here too belongs the elliptic use of neut. 6 with its clause before another proposition, in the sense of as to that, in that, quod attinet ad, the cor- responding iovi tan,, 1011 tan, on, or the like, being omitted before the latter clause. Rom. 6: 10 bis, o ytxg an&taif, it] a^nQTiff ami9tt9tv tyctTia* ' o os ^j], ^ no *w. Gal. 2:20. See Matth. 478. Buttm. 151. IV. 5. Plato Euthyd. p. 271. C, o 5e av ^WT; ir\v aiiiolv x. T. L Xen, Hi. 6. 12, Oec. 15. 4. An. 2. 3. 1. 2. Signification The relative strict- ly serves simply to introduce a depen- dent clause and mark its close relation to the leading proposition ; as Matt. 2: 9 6 (rn;o, ov tidov tv TJ] vToA^, TT^OT/- ytv ai'Toi'c. But in common use it was employed in a wider extent, both as a general connective particle, and also- sometimes as implying purpose, result,, cause, or the like, which would proper- ly be expressed by a conjunction. See Buttm. 143. 1. Matth. 479 sq. For the sense what, that which, he who? see above in no. J. d. a) as a general connective, e. g. (a) genr. John 4:46. 11:2 t]v 8i_l\IaQla ij ultiyava TOV xtotov flVftl i\$ o aStJi- svtt. In this way it is not uncommon for Paul, and also Peter, to connect two, three, or more clauses by relatives, referring either to the same or to different subjects ; e. g. Acts 26: 7. Eph. 3: 11, 12. Col. 1: 13 sq. 2429. 1 Pet. 1: 8, 10, 12. 2: 22 sq. 3: 19 sq. 4r 4, 5. 2 Pet. 2: 2, 3. 3: 16. al. Comp. Winer 24. n. 2. (/5) Where it is equiv- alent to a demonstrative, and this, these; and he, they, etc. Luke 12: 24 olg otx fan Timor, i. q. and they have no store- house, etc. Acts 6: 6 ot^ lairjvav, and these, etc. 7:45. 11:30. Gal. 1:7. 1 Pet. 1: 12. 2: 4. al. iy Jt Phil. 3: 12. iv oig i. q. tv lovroig 8e Luke 12: 1. tig o i. q. tig ToDro SI Col. 1: 29. This is rare in early Greek writers, but more frequent in later ones, Buttm. 143. n. 1. Matth. 447. Apollodor. 1. 1. 3 Kporoc xT7itfv 'liVmwr, tita Ar^jgoLV xal Jlgixv' fj,t& ug Jlkovjwvu x. r. A. Jos. Ant. 14. 13. 7. Plato Apol. Soc. p. 35. A. (/} In the formula ov TOOTTOV, see above in no. 1. c. /5. 2. b) ns implying purpose, equiv. toVva. Matt. 11: 10 tyw anour&hi) TOV uy/i).6v fjiov . . . we xaTuffxfvucrtt T//V o<5ov ffov x. i.l. Mark 1:2. Luke 7: 27. Comp. Buttm. 143. 1. Matth. 481. So Heb. -\TN Sept. Vi', Gen. 1 1: 7. 22: 14. Deut. 4: 40. comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 771. Lex. art. 1TN B. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 14 ofi\tt XTWVTCU, olg ufiwovviai, lovg adixovving. c) as marking result, event, etc. equiv. 'Os, j> 584 to w, see in ^yzt no. 2. d. JLVi/ II. 3. c. 'd. p. 301. Comp. Buttm. 143. 1. Matth. 480. c. So more freq. oang q. v. no. 2. c. Xen. Mem. 2.7. 13. e) once eqp o in direct interrog. for inl TI, Matt. 26: 50 kialoe, ecp o nuoti; Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 95. Comp. Aristoph. Lysistr. 1101 or 1103 Inl il UVIQUTIS dtvQo ; This direct use belongs to the later Greek, ^although earlier writers employed og indirectly like ilg, as Plato Meno p. 80. C, ntgl aynijg, o icily, f/w uiv ovx olda. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 46. See Winer 24. 3. Matth. 485. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 57. f) including the notion of a parti- cle of time, as ore, orav. So ay rjg f,uioag, i. q. ano ijjff r t u. ozs, Col. 1: 6, 9. Ellipt. a(p i)$ t i. q. ano ii t g fjfj,. v. oioag, cm, Luke 7: 45. 2 Pet. 3: 4. See in *Ano II. b. So u-^i ;? WJWi a d ctypt Of, see in '14/^t II. b. tv to, see in 'Ev no. 2. a. p. 271. i'wg ou, see in "Ewg II. 1. b. Ht%Qi$ ov, see in TVff^t I. b. /?. Comp. Matth. 480. g) neut. genit. ov, as adv. of place, where, Matth. 486. 1. () pp. Luke 4: 16_ ov Tjy is&oauuevog. 23: 53. Acts 1: 13 oi/ ^ffav xonausvovisg. Col. 3: 1. Heb. 3:9. Rev. 17: 15 ra ^c^aia . . . ov i\ noovrj xd&fjiat,. trop. Rom. 4: 15. 5: 20. So with ex?! emphnt. corresponding, Matt. 18: 20 ov yuQ dffi dvo i] TQtig . . . exu x. i. L 2 Cor. 3: 17. Sept. Gen. 13: 4. Ael. V. H. 3. 19. Xen. An. 2. 1. 6. c. txu Arr. Epict. 2. 2.^1 4. With prepo- sitions, as fJiuva) ov Matt. 2: 9. e' ou whence Phil. 3: 20. See Winer 54. n. 1. p. 356. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 46 sq. (/5) In attraction with verbs of motion, for whither, as in Engl. often where, see Buttm. 151. I. 8. So_Lnke 10: 1^ ff TTUITUV Tioktv y.al TOTIOV, ov tufMtv aviog tozeaScu. 22: 10. 24:28. Matt. 28: 16. So ot) tuv whithersoever 1 Cor. 16:6, see en 3 dv I. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 15. ot iuv 1 Mace. 6: 36. 3. Connected with other particles : (a) f, og lav, whosoever, comp. Buttm. 139. 8. See in "Av I. 2. a. p. 41. Itay I. 4. (/?) o? y/=, once Rom. 8: 32, see in FB I. b. (/) oV dqnoTf, once John 5: 4, see in JIJTIOTS. (8) ooneo, i]7ifQ, D'TICO, who indeed, who namely, i. q. og but stronger and more definite ; once Mark 15: 6 i'va Siauiov, ovTifQ fjiovvio, i. e. the very one whom they demand- ed. Buttm. 75. 3. Jos." Vit. 18. Luc. D. Deor. 8. 1. ib. 10.2. (s) o see in its order. AL. Q, adv. (oVos,) pp. how many times, how often, in N. T. only with V, i. e. oadxig av, however often, so often as, 1 Cor. 11: 25, 26. oadxig cdv Rev. 11: 6. See in'^y I. 2. b. *Euv I. 4. Plut. Alex. M. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 3. 'Og c see in Fs I. b. , cc y ov 9 once perhaps of two endings oaiug, o, ij, Winer 11. 1. Matth. 436. 2. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. 60. n. 3 ; holy, pure, sanetus, pp. right as conformed to God and his laws ; thus distinguished from dlxaiog, which refers more to human laws and duties; e. g. Pol. 23. 10. 8 r TiQog rovg av&ow- novg dlxaia, xal TU ngog tovg &sovg offia. Hdian. 2. 13. 16. Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 33. Tittrn. de Syn. N. T. p. 25. In N. T. a) of persons, holy, e. g. of God, as the personification of holiness and pu- rity, Rev. 15: 4 OIL uovog oo~iog. 16: 5, So Sept. for T>on p s . 145: 17. T* Dent. 32:4. Of men, i. q. pious, godly, careful of all duties towards God ; Tit. 1:8 Stl yviQ tTilffxoTiov eivai . . . ffwcpoovot, dlxaiov, offiov, x. i. L Elsewhere of Christ, Heb. 7: 26. Acts 2: 27 et 13: 35 ovds datfftig jov offiov uov Idslv ii\v oiu- cp&oodv, quoted from Ps. 16: 10 where Sept. for von, as also Deut. &3: 8. 2 Chr. 6: 41. Ps/4: 4. Arr. Epict. 2. 4. 2. Xen. Ag. 3. 5. 585 b) of things, holy, e. g. 1 Tim. 2: 8 tnalgovjag bfflovg xtiqug, i. e. by impl. pure, spotless. Sept. oalot xagdla for nirtB Prov. 22: 11. Acts 13: 34 <5wcrw Vfuy T oo-/ Jufild TCI niffid, pp. / will give you the holy [promises] of David, the sure promises, i. e. the things invio- lably promised of God to David ; in al- lusion to Is. 55:3 where Sept for "^pn *JT1 , mercies, favours promised. , n, (00-10$,) holi- ness^ i. e. godliness, piety, careful obser- vance of all duties towards God; dis- tinguished from dixatoffvvrj as 00*10$ from tilxaiog, see above in 'Offiog. Luke 1: 75 iv cfftcnrjTi xal dixaiorvvy ivomiov amov. Eph. 5. 24. Sept. for TZp Deut. 9: 5. tin 1 K. 9: 4. Wisd. 2: 22. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 47. 'OaiiaSj adv. (off tog,) holily, piously, godly, 1 Thess. 2: 10 oolong xal dixaiug, comj). above in "0j 9 y?, ^j (ow,) a smell, odour, bad 2 Mace. 9: 10, 12 ; of the hare, Xen. Yen. 8. 2. In N. T. only of fra- grant odour, John 12: 3 7} <5s oixlu i- nlyoui&ri IK rf$ off pi)? TOV pvyov. Sept. for rpn Cant. 1: 3, 11. 2: 13. Ael. V. H. 14. 39 off^T] iwv qodwv. Xen. Conv. 2. 3. By Hebr. oaurj (vwdlag, odour of fragrance, i. e. sweet odour, as accom- panying an acceptable sacrifice, Eph. 5: 2. Phil. 4: 18. Comp. Buttm. 123. n. 4. So Sept. and rtrP: n n "^ Lev. 1: 9, 13, 17. 2: 2, 9. al. Troji. 2 Cor. 2: 14 rr]v offurjv rr]? yvuffewg ainov o- vov Rom. 7: 1. 1 Cor. 7: 39. Gal. 4: 1 ; and so

. So genr. of great or unusual deeds, Mark 6: 30. Luke 4: 23. 9: 10. John 21: 25 ; of benefits conferred, Mark 3: 8. 5: 19, 20. Luke 8: 39. Acts 14: 27. 15: 4. 2 'Oontp 586 Tim. 1:18. Comp. Buttm. 150. p. 434. Matth. 445. c. d) of measure, degree, extent, (a) before a comparative, as xatf offov xaia ToaouToy, by how much by so much, Heb. 7: 20, 22. oaw jouoinot id Heb. 1: 4. (Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 10.) So o x. T. L v. 41. 13: 12. 23: 12. Mark 8: 34. Luke 14: 27. (Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 13.) Once c. Subjunct. Matt. 18: 4, perh. be- cause of y impl. from v. 3 ; see Winer 43. 3. b, fin. Plur. Mark 4: 20 xal ouzo/ (Iff iv . . . oVny? axovovffi ibv loyov x. T. L Luke 8: 15. Gal. 5: 4. Rev. 1: 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 11. (ft) Strength- ened by nag, but only in Sing, the plu- ral form being always Tiuvisg O'OXH and not ndvieg o'iiivig, see Passow oo~iig b. Matth. 483. b, init. So Matt. 7: 24 nag olv oaug x. T. L 10: 32. Col. 3: 17. al. So by Hebr. naaa yvxy, yTig av x. T. L Acts 3: 23. comp. Deut. 1: 39. Jos. Ant. 14. 9. 4. (/) With av, which strengthens the indefiniteness, Passow 1. c. comp. in "Av I. 2. a ; whosoever, whatsoever, in N. T. only with the Sing, c. Subjunct. Matt. 10: 33 oo~tig d' av uQvrjffrjjal p. Luke 10: 35. John 2: 5. 1 Cor. 16: 2. Gal. 5: 10. al. So o> lav Col. 3: 23. o eav tt for o,Tt lav Eph. 6: 8. Comp. 3 y I. 4. Matth. 483- p. 906. Lysias p. 160 u It. c) sometimes ovng refers to a defi- nite subject, and is then apparently i. q. og, e. g. Luke 2: 4 tig nokw dafilS, ijng xafolrat, Bij&faep. John 8: 53. Acts 11: 28. 16: 12. Rev. 1: 12. 11: 8. But in all these instances the ultimate reference 587 Oictv may perhaps be to a general idea, as in Luke 2: 4 to a city of David, one which is called Bethlehem ; and so of the rest. John 8: 53 TOV TTCCTOO? ijpwv ^A^Quau, ocrng ans&ave, Abraham, a man who is dead. Comp. Passow oo*Tig g. Matth. 483. p. 906. Horn. II. 23. 43 ov rf Zrjv o(nig TS &SMV VTUXTO? x. T. L Hdot. 2. 151. 2. Like og, so also 00-1*5 is employed in a wider extent, both as connective, and as implying result, cause, or the like, where a conjunction might also stand ; comp. in "Og no. 2. Buttm. 143. 1. Matth. 477. a) as a^general connective. Luke 1: 20 uv\? wv owx tJiiwsvo'ag wig )i6/oig /uoi/' oiiivtg 7rAj70w#?jowTai x. T. L 23: 19. John 21: 25. Rom. 9: 4. Gal. 4: 24. Heb. 2:3. 8:5. 10: 11. al. Comp. in "Og no. 2. a. b) as marking result, event, etc.equiv. to wore. So after voiovTog, 1 Cor. 5: 1 TOtavTii noQrsla, T/TI? ovde iv rolg f&vsffiv. Comp. in " Og no. 2. c. Matth. 479. n. 1 . Dem. 181. 16. Xen. An. 2. 5. 12. c) implying cause t ground, or rea- son, etc. equiv. to on because. Comp. in "Og no. 2. d. Matth. 480. c. So Matt. 7: 15 Trooro/rre ds ano TWV * oiTivtg e^ovrat ngog vpag x. T. L Lat. ut qui, as those who, i. e. be- cause such, for such come to you etc. 25: 3. Acts 10: 41, 47. 17: 11. Rom. 6: 2. So JJJTIS Col. 3: 5, 14. Heb. 10: 35. Here it sometimes takes the number and gender of the following noun, Buttm. 143. 7. Comp. in w O? no. 1. a, b. Eph. 3: 13 fir] f'xxaxttv tv Totg "frMtywl (jiov -VTieo vuwv, ij-tig lo~tl d6$a vpuv. Phil. 1: 28. 1 Tim. 1: 4. Gal. 5: 19. Eurip. Med. 221 or 222. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 39 fin. d) including the notion of a parti- cle of time, as OT, OTCCV, only in the phrase itag OTOV, until when, until, see in v o>S II. 1. b. p. Comp. in"0? no. 2. f. Matth. 480. b, and note. AL. shell, burnt-clay,) earthen, 2 Tim. 2: 20. Trop. as an emblem of frailty, 2 Cor. 4: 7. Sept. for tnh Lev. 6: 28. 15: 12. Arr. Epict. 3. 9. *18. Diod. Sic. 3. 9. to smell,) the smell, sense of smell, 1 Cor. 12: 17. Dioscor.5.119. Athen.13. 93. melon. Hdian. 1. 12. 4. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 117. Oo(jpug^ vog, *;, and plur. al o- acpveg, the loins, the lower region of the back, lumbar region, the hips, as opp. to the shoulders and thighs, Epict. Ench. 29. 5. Arr. Epict. 3. 15. 9 tdov vov toi/g uuovg, Tovg fiygovg, rrjv offcpvv. Luc. Lexiph. 8. of animals Xen. Eq. 1. 12. Ven. 4. 1. In N. T. only as cor- responding to Heb. B^sntt and B^xbn, the loins, viz. a) external, i. q. the hips, where the girdle is worn, Matt. 3: 4 et Mark 1: 6 an]v dfQfAcctlvrjv ntgl tijv offcpvv avrov. The orientals, in order to run or labour with more ease, are accustomed to gird their long flowing garments close about them ; hence to have the loins girded, is i. q. to be in readiness, prepared for any thing, Luke 12: 35. Eph. 6: 14. trop. 1 Pet. 1:13 ; cornp. in *Avafawvut. Comp. Sept. and DTDE Ex. 12: 11. 2 K. 4: 29. 9: 1 . f^H Job 38: 3. 40: 7. b) internal, as the seat of procreative power in men. Heb. 7: 5 f&Q/fo-frcu ex ifa oo~q>vog tivog, see in '.Eg4p/opai b. Heb. 7: 10. Acts 2: 30 xaouo? *r\g o- ffffvog, i. e. children, offspring, comp. Sept. xaoTTo? xodlctg Gen. 30: 2. Ps. 132: 11. Sept. for B^br; Gen. 35: 11. 2 Chr. 6: 0. OiCfV, adv. (ore, av,} \. e. when, with the accessory idea of uncertainty, pos- sibility, i. q. whensoever, if ever, in case that, so often as, etc. Buttm. 139. 8. comp. in *Av I. 2. b. Construed regu- larly with the Subjunctive, referring to an often repeated or possible action in the present or future time; in Greek writers sometimes with the Optative ; and in a few very late instances with the Indicative. Buttm. I.e. Matth. 521. p. 1005. Winer 43. 5. See espec. Fritzsche IV Evang. II. p. 85 sq. 800 sq. 1 . pp. with the Subjunctive, as above. a) in general propositions, c. Subj. pres. Matt. 15: 2 oiotv aqtov WHtun*. Luke 11: 21. John 16: 21. 2 Cor. 13: 9. al. Aor. Matt. 5: 11 oiav oveidlffwaiv vpag. Mark 4: 15, 16. John 2: 10. 1 Tim. 5: 11. Rev. 9: 5. al. pres. Luc. D. Deor. 'Ore 588 11. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 15. aor. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8. Hi. 2. 15, 17.-So in gen- eral exhortations, c. pres. Matt. 6: 5, 6 (TV de oiav ngoffevxy. Mark 11: 25. Luke 14: 12. Aor. i. q. Lat. fut. exact. Luke 14: 8 OTV xly&fjg lino rtvog. 17: 10. In a general comparison, c. pres. Luke 11: 36 tog oiav x. T. L Matth. K c. n. 3. p. 1008. Passow s. v. Horn. II. 11. 269. b) in reference to a future action or time, Matth. 1. c. p. 1006. E. g. c. Subj. pres. Matt. 26: 29 tug iijg fa In. OTUV UVTO TuVw pttf vp&y x. T. L Mark 13: 4. John 7: 27. Rev. 10: 7. 18: 9. c. tore corresp. 1 Thess. 5: 3. Subj. aor. i. q. Lat. fur. exact. Matt. 19: 28 ornv xadlffr) o mog rov av&Q. Mark 8: 38. Luke 'l3: 28. John 5: 7. 15:26. Acts 23: 35. 1 Cor. 16: 2, 3, 5. Rev. 12: 4. al. c. TOT corresp. Matt. 9: 15. 24: 15. John 8: 28. al. pres. Plato Gorg. p. 526. E. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14. aor. Sept. Jer. 34: 14. Thuc. 4. 60. Once c. Indie, fut. Rev. 4: 9 xat oiav duaovat to, wa x. T. L where Mss. read 5wr* and dw- trwo-t. See Winer 43. 5. n. Fritzsche IV Evang. II. p. 86. 2. With the Indie, imperf. in narra- ting an actual event, once Mark 3: 11 xai TivevpaTu ret xa#Ta, oiav nvtov l&fUQti, i. e. whenever, as often as. Here Greek writers would employ the Opt. Matth. 521. p. 1006 init. p. 1007. n. 1. Winer 43. 5. p. 256. Fritzsche 1. c. p. 86, 801. Sept. Gen. 37: 9 OTUV t'ur- JQXtro. Dan. 3: 7. For Rev. 4: 9, see in no. 1. b. 3. By impl. oiav is put like Engl. since, while, in assigning a cause, rea- son, i. q. because, in that, seq. Subj. John 9: 5 OTCIV fv TW xooyio) w, cpwg tlpi x. T. L Rom. 2: 14. 1 Cor. 15: 27. See Fri- tzsche 1. c. p. 86. Aristot. de_Mund. 4 HU).HTTU OTCHV TO fisv inxunov y TWV ov- TWV. Plato Euthydem. 56. Heind. So OTS in Greek writers, Passow in OT. Herm. ad Vig. p. 918. AL. "Oit, adv. of time, when, correl. with 7IOT6, TOTS, Buttm. 1 16. 4 ; con- strued regularly with the Indicative as relating to au actual event, something actually taking place, Herm. ad Vig. p. 903, 915. Rarely with the Subjunct. see below in c. a) c. Indie, pres. in general proposi- tions, John 9: 4 vv$, OTC oi'dslg dvvarat, ijyjfrr&at, Heb. 9: 17. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 916. b) usually of time past ; so c. Indie, pres. in an historical sense, Mark 11: 1, coll. Matt. 21: 1. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 6.) Imperf. Mark 14: 12 ore TO TTKO^K e&vov. 15: 41 OTS i}v tv vfi rahlalix. John 17: 12 where Jesus speaks by anticipation. 21: 18. Rom. 6: 20. 1 Cor. 13: 11. Jude 9. c. 7TOT8 corresp. 1 Cor. 3: 7. 1 Pet. 3: 20. (Xen. An. 2. 6. 20.) Aor. Matt. /: 28 OT (jw&iifeofv o 3 /. TOI' Jiovovg. 12: 3. Mark 1: 32. Luke 2: 21 sq. 22: 14. John 1:19. 6:24. Acts 1:13. ICor. 13: 11. Gal. 2: 11 sq. Rev. 1: 17. 6: 3. al. saep. So c. rora corresp. Matt. 21: I. John 12:16. (Xen. Cyr. 8.4.13.) ferf. 1 Cor. 13: 11 OT ds yiyova avf]Q. c) of future time ; so seq. Indie, fut. AjUke !/:/<' tAEVo~ovToiii TJUSQCXI, OK $711 ^i^'o-fTs M. T. L John 4: 2.1, 23. 5: 25. 16:25. Rom. 2: 16. 2 Tim. 4: 3. Comp. Passow oT8 no. 3. Horn. Od. 18. 272. II. 17. 728. al. Once c. Subjunct. Aor. instead of Indie, fut. Luke 13: 35 tag av fey OT ttTTTjTs x. T. L Horn. II. 23. 323. ib. 12. 286. See Matth. 521. n. 1. p. 1007. In the latest ages of the Greek, the Subjunct. Aor. was thus very commonly employed for the fut. Indie. Lob. ad Phr. p. 722 sq. (j)T, ??,r, i o ) Tt ) i.e. the prepos- itive art. with IB, so written to distin- guish it from the adverbs OTC, TOT, etc. It thus expresses simply the article in connexion with the different senses of T8, for which see in T. Oti, conjunct, demonstrative and causal, like Engl. that, originally i. q. neut. of ocnig. As demonstrative it stands pp. for TOVTO o,Tt, as pointing out or in- troducing that to which the preceding words refer, i. e. their object, contents, argument. As causal it is pp. i. q. diet TOUTO OjTt, and assigns the cause, reason, motive, ground of any thing, that, be- cause, etc. Construed in N. T. with the Indicative ; once by anacoluthon before the infin. Acts 27: 10, see below in no. 1. c. / ; in Greek writers sometimes also with the Optative, Matth. 529. 2. 1. As Conjunct, demonstrative, see 'On 589 above, a) pp. after a demonstr. pron. as TOVTO or the like expr. or impl. John 3: 18 aim) ds ia-iiv f\ xglvig, cm TO (pug ebfa&iv x. T. L Rom. 2: 3. 2 Cor. 5: 14. Rev. 2: 6 U TOUTO l^st?, cm x. T. A. impl. v. 4. So iv TOUTW . . . cm, 1 John 3: 16. 4: 9, 10, 13 iv TOUTW . . . cm ex iov nvtvpaTog avTov dedaxtv ijfuv. Also John 16: 19 TTSO* TOVTOU . . . cm x. T. L Impl. Matt. 16: 7 dtdo- Iv kavTotg, Isyovts? ' [rama am Jidyei,"] cm TOV ovx ehafiofJAV. v. 17 Tt diaJioyl&ff&e Iv eavtolg [TVT], cm agiovg oux fAo/Sgrs / Mark 8: 16, 17. Comp. Mark 2: 8. b) after a pron. interrog. e. g. ilg, il, as John 14: 22 tl ysyovtv, on Tjfuv p&- faig x. T. L So re oz* for il ecm cm, pp. what cause is there that etc. Mark 2: 16. Luke 2: 49. Acts 5: 4, 9. (Luc. Tim. 28.) So with a pron. or subst. Mark 4: 41 rig uga omoq m, cm x. T. L Luke 8: 25. Heb. 2: 6 il mv av&gu- TTOS, on pipvrio-xri UVTOV; i. e. what cause is there in man, that etc. quoted from Sept. Ps. 8: 5. 144: 3. Comp. Ex. 16: 7 i](4flg ds il fffftev, on x. T. L Num. 16: 11. Job 15: 14. Also after noianog Matt. 8: 27. Mark 4: 41. c) most freq. cm c. indie, is put in construction after certain classes of verbs, to express the object or reference of the verb ; and is then equiv. to an accus. c. infin. or to the corresponding participial construction, and often alter- nates with these in one and the same verb ; (romp. Buttm. 149. p. 423. Matth. 539. n. 1. 624 med. Winer 45. 2. p. 266. Viger. p. 546. In Eng. with the same classes of verbs it is like- wise often optional whether to employ that with the indie, or an accus. and infinitive ; in Lat. the regular construc- tion is the accus. c. infin. The ten- dency of the later Greek was in gene- ral to multiply particles, and therefore it here often employed cm in preference to an infinitive ; see Winer 1. c. (a) after verbs signifying to say, to speak, and all verbs including this idea; see Matth. 1. c. also c. infin. Maith. 537. p. 1056. 534. b, and n. 2. Comp. in Engl. ' I say that it is so,' or ' I say it to be so.' E. g. after Af'yco Matt. 3: 9. 12:6. Mark 3: 28. Luke 10:24. 2 Cor. 11: 21 c5 ? cm. 1 Tim. 4: 1. al. For the attract, in John 8: 54. 9: 19, see Buttrn. 151. I. 6. After einov Matt. 28: 7, 13. John 7: 42. 1 Cor. 1: 15. al. Also after avuyy&'kw Acts 14: 27. yga- cpw Mark 12: 19. 1 John 2: 12, 13. tii- daco~xw 1 Cor. 11: 14. 8iyylo[ittt Acts 9: 27. paQTvgtJ ou only in interrog. see in 3/ij HI. b. ou pi} as an inten- sive negative, see in Mt\ 1. h. Strength- ened also by compounds of ov, e. g. OVK ovdt not even, Luke 18: 13 ovx ^'xhta ov- % exov- ] Takaina)- gla, etc. Corrip. Winer 27 fin. AL. OudociJiCdC, adv. (oldapog for olds auog,} in io wise, by no means, Matt. 2: 6. 3 Mace. 1: 11, 12. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 15. Outif, conjunct, (ol, ds,) denying absolutely and objectively, and differ- ing from ptjds as ov from un], pp. con- tinuative, and not, also not, and hence nor, neither, not even, usually as connect- ing wholeclausesorpropositions, Buttrn. 149. p. 427. Winer 59. 6. Matth. 609. a) in continued negation, at the be- ginning of a subsequent clause, viz. (a) and not, nor, neither, genr. preceded by ov, Matt. 5: 15. 6: 20 O'TTOV xlsmui ov diogi'ffffovatv, olds xlsmovaiv. v. 26 on ov ffTislgovaiv, olds &sQiovo~iv, olds wv- ayovfftv x. T. A. v. 28. Mark 4: 22. Luke 12: 33. John 1: 13. 6: 24. Acts 8: 21. Gal. 1:1. Rev. 21:23. al. (Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 5.) ov . . . ovds ovis 1 Thess. 2: 3. ovno) . . . ovds interrog. Mark 8:17. Matt. 16: 9 sq. Preced. by oldtlg, Matt. 9: 17. Rev. 5: 3 ; so in apposit. with o^- ddg, e. g. olds . . . ovds, neither . . . nor Mark 13: 32. 'u>a py . . . ovds Rev. 9; 75 4. Once olds pi], preced. by ov, olds, Rev. 7: 16. (f] also not, neither, in a stronger transition or antithesis, e. g. preced. by ou, Matt. 21: 27 oix oTdaptv . . . ovds iy e. g. (a) in the middle of a clause, comp. Buttm. Matth. 1. c. Matt. 6: 29 Ac'/w ds i'ulv, on ovds olo[juov ev navy ly d6$t] aviov x. T. A. Mark 6: 31. Luke 7: 9. John 21: 25. 1 Cor. 5: 1. (Hdian. 1. 12. 13. Pint. Timol. 5 pen. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 11, 12.) As strengthening ol, i.e. oi'x olds Luke 18: 13, comp. in Ov a. For'ovd't (7$, see in Eig a. Also AV ovdt, yea not even, comp. above in a. /5. Acts 19: 2 M' olds ti nvevpa ayiov V- Tt, rjxolffuuev. 1 Cor. 4: 3. Fldian. 2. 13. 13. _ (p) In inrerrog. Mark 12: 10 olds ri]v yQacfiTiv ^avrr\v avsyvwis; Luke 6: 3. 23: 40. Comp. in Ol g. AL. LCfy ovfttv, (olds, ic,) decl. like iig q. v. Later form neut. oufttv once 1 Cor. 13: 2 in text. rec. Sept. Gen. 41: 44. Is. 41: 28; see Buttm. 70. 1. Lob. ad Phr. p. 181 sq. Neg. adject, denying absolutely and objec- tively, and differing from (irjdelg as ov from fiTJ, genr. no one, nothing^ i. e. none .094 Ouxovv at all ; pp. emphat. not even one, not the least, but in this sense it is commonly written separately, oi'<5t tig, ovSe IV, etc. see in ilc a. Buttm. 1. c. a) as adj. c. subst. no one, no, Luke 4: 24 ovStlg Tr^txp/TTje. John 1(5: 29 TTJ*- QOifjiiav oidfftiav. IS: 38. 1 Cor. 8: 4. al. Nent. Luke 23:4 ovdhcunov. John 10:41. Acts 17: 21. al. Hdiau. 4.2. 11. Luc. Asin. 13. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 2. Par- titively, seq. gen. of a whole, Buttm. 132. 4. 2. Matth. 318. So Luke 4: 26 ngog ovdtftiav UVTUV. \. 27 ovdtlg aviuv. Acts 5: 13. 18: 17 ovdiv TOVTQW. 1 Cor. 1: 14. 9: 15. So oidslg t* aviuv John 7: 19. 17: 12. 18: 9. b) absol. as subst. ovd'n's, no one, no man, no person, Matt, 6: 24 oidslg dv- vaiai Sval xvgloig dovfavfiv. Mark 5: 4. Luke 5: 36, 37, 39. John 5: 22 6 7iat?)o xQtvti ovdera. Acts9:8. Eph.5:29. Rev. 2: 17. al. Hdian. 7. 6. 8. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 45. With other negatives, for strength, Buttm. 148. 6. E. g. after ou, Matt. 22: 16 ov [A&ft aoi ntQt ovdwog. John 8: 15. Acts 4: 12. 2 Cor. 11: 8. (comp. Xen. An. 1.6. 11.) ovdinw ovdtlg Luke 23: 53. ovdtlg OVXSTI Mark 12: 34. c) Neut. ovdtv absol. nothing, genr. Matt. 10: 26 ovdiv yug eau xtxa^v^Evov. 27: 24. Luke 22: 35. John 8: 28. Acts 15: 9. Gal. 2: 6. Heb. 2: 8. al. saep. With other negatives for strength, Buttm. 148. 6. E. g. after 01), Mark 14: 60 ovx anoxQivy ovdsv ; Luke 4: 2. John 3: 27. Acts 26: 26. (Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 36.) ovxtTi . . . ovdiv Mark 7: 12. ovftmta oi'dsv 1 Cor. 8: 2. oiSsv . . . ot fj.i] Luke 10: 19. Accus. ovdtv adv. i. e. in no way, in no respect, Acts 25: 10 'lovdul- ovg ovdiv ySlxyaa. 1 Cor. 13: 3. 2 Cor. 12: 11. Gal. 4: 12. c. ot', John 6: 63 oix uydtl ovdsv. Hdian. 1.3. 10. Xeu. Mem. 4. 2. 9. M.etaph. nothing, i. e. of no account, weight, value, authority, etc. Comp. Matth. 437. n. 1. So Matt. 23: 16 og uv o/^oVfl V TW van, ou- dsv t, dfflv ovdev. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 4 oiidlv t'cr/iev. AL. Oufa'aOTfj adv. (oi'3s, TTOte, ) not ever, never, comp. in Ov init. So seq. pres. in general proposition?, 1 Cor. 13: 8 ij ay any ovdsnoTf ixnlniti, Ileb. 10: 1, 11. Horn. Od. 10. 464. Seq. praet. comp. Passow s. voc. Lob. ad Phr. f). 457 sq. Buttm. 149. p. 430. Matt. 7: 23 or* ovdsnoTS f/vtav ipag. 9: 33. Mark 2: 12. Luke 15: 29 bis. John 7: 46. 10:14. 11:8. 14: 8. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 16. Seq. fut. comp. Passow, Lob. 1. c. Matt. 26: 33. In interrog. Matt. 21: 16 ovdeTioTs aveyvcine ; x. T. L v. 42. Mark 2: 25. Cornp. in Ov g. OuAfJifidj adv. ( ovde, enclit. TTW, ) pp. also not ever, i. q. not ever yet, not yet, never, seq. praet. John 7:39 ovdznco edo'Sao-fry. 20: 9. Hdian. 1. 3. 12. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 1. Strengthened with ov- dtlg Buttm. 148. 6. E. g. ovdsnw ov- ddg Luke 23: 53. John 19: 41. ovdsnw ovdlv 1 Cor. 8: 2. Comp. Ovdtlg b, c. OufrtL?,, ovdfftla, ov&iv, see in Ot- fttfe Qvx, see Ov. Ovxfti, also ovx tti t adv. no more, no further, no longer, in the general sense of ov ; see Ov init. So genr. Matt. 19: 6 ovv, comp. in Miv a, h. E. g. with oi following, Mark 16: 19 o fiiv ovv XVQIOS . . . (xtivoi to', so then the Lord, etc. Actsl:6sq. 8:4sq. 19:38sq. 23: 18, 31. al. (Diod. Sic. 16. 31 pen.) Without to, Acts 23: 22. 26: 4, 9. 1 Cor. 6: 4. Heb.7: 11. Xen. An. 1.7. 17. b) joined with a particle of time, or words implying time, Matth. 1. c. p. 1274. E. g. oiuv ovv Matt. 21: 40 ; but otherwise Matt. 6: 2. Luke 11: 34. oif ovv John 2: 22. 19: 6, 8, 23, 30. we ovv John 4: 1, 40. 20: U. (Plato Protag. 19. p. 316. A.)_ Also J UT% ovv Acts 10: 33. viiv ovv ibid, nuhv ovv, ovv ndhv, John 8: 12, 21. 10: 7, 19, 31, 39. tore ovv John 11: 14. 20: 8. Hdian. 1. 15. 11 ovv TIOTS, So with a participle which may be resolved by a particle of time, as oruv, ore, o>?, with a fi- nite verb. John 6: 14 ol ovv uv&QWTroudov- Tf? x. T. A. then those men, when they had seen etc. v. 15. 11: 17. 19: 13. Acts 15: 2. Rom. 15:28. al. Comp. Matth. 565. 1. Buttm. 144. 2. 2. As expressing the internal con- nexion of two sentences, that the one follows from the other as effect or con- sequence from cause, therefore, then, con- sequently, i. q. for this cause, for this reason, from these premises, etc. a) genr. where any thing is said to bo done etc. in consequence of what is previously narrated. () genr. Luke 15: 28 uQ/la^rj ds, xul ovx ij&ifav sifTEl&Elv' ovv naii]Q aviov e$s).&wv x. T. L John 9: 7. 19: 24. Acts 17: 20. Rom. 9: 19. Eph. 4: 1. 1 Tim. 5: 14. 1 Pet. 2: 7. al. So frequently, e^pec. in_ John, in the phrases tirtsv ovv, finov ovv, John 4: 33. 8: 13. 11: 12. 21: 7. al. But such pas- sages may often be referred to no. 1. a. Diod. Sic. 16. 91 sv&vg ovv dvo-la? x. T. L (fS) In exhortations founded on what precedes. Matt. 5: 48 ww&s ovv vuflg Te'Actoi. Mark 13: 35 -/^yogtlxB ol r. Luke 6: 36. Acts 3: 19. 13: 38. Rom. 11: 22. 1 Cor. 16: 11. Col. 3: 5. Heb. 4: 1. James 5:7. al. Eurip. Orest. 647 or 648. Luc. Conv.36. (y) Where the consequence is connected with a conditional or causal clause, e. g. tav ovv if therefore. Matt. 5: 23. Luke 4: 7. Rom. 2: 26. John 6: 62, see in 3 av I. 1. a. 1 1 o vv Matt. 6: 23. Luke 16: 11. John 18: 8. em ovv 1 Cor. 10: 31. So tnft ouv Heb. 2: 14. 4: 6. (Xen. Mem. 3.9.5.) Likewise with participles equiv. to ixil with a finite verb. Matth. 565. 2. Buttm. 144. 2. Acts 17: 29 ysvog ovv VTUXQXOVlfi; TOU &IOV, OVX CXptlkofAEV X. T. L Rom. 5: 1. 2 Cor. 7: 1. Heb. 4: 14. 1 Pet. 4: 1. b) illative, expressing an inference or conclusion from what precedes, (a) genr. Matt. 3: 10 ?) u$lvr] . . . xtljW nav ovv oivogov x. T. L Mark 10: 9. Luke 20: 44. John 3: 29. 8: 38. Rom. 6: 4. Heb. 9: 23. James 4: 17. 3 John 8. al. So in UQO. ouv, for which see in "Aqu. I. c. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 10. (/J) After an enumeration of particulars, express- ing the general result or conclusion ; comp. Passow ovv no. 2. a. Matth. 625. p. 1272. So Matt. 1: 17 nu.vui ovv al ysvsal ano 3 AfiQtttt[A x. T. L John 7: 43. 12: 17, comp. v. 9 sq. So Luke 3: Oum 596 18. John 20: 30. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 16. (/) Where the conclusion is connect- ed with a conditional or causal clause, e. g. ft ovv in the sense of eVm ovv, see in El I. 2. g. /5. p. 223. Matt. 7: 11 fl ovv vpfig oiSars x. T. A. John 13: 14. Acts 11: 17.' c) where a sentence has heen inter- rupted by a parenthesis or intervening clauses, and is again taken up ; equiv. to ' I say,' ' as before said,' etc. Passow olv no. 2. I). Matth. 1. c. p. 1273 s_q. Winer p. 372. So Matt. 7: 24 nag ovv ocm$ x. T. A. conip. v. 21. 10: 32, coll. v. 22. Mark 3: 31, coll. v. 21. John G: 24, coll. v. 22. 18: 12, coll. v. 3. 1 Cor. 8: 4, coll. v. 1. Gal. 3: 5, coll. v. 2. Heb. 4: 1 1, comp. v. 6. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 20, coll. 1. Cyr. 5. 1. 3, coll. 2. d) in interrogative sentences, refer- ring back to a previous assertion, sup- position, circumstances, etc. genr. Matt. 13: 28 &&hi$ ovv un&dovw; o-vUs^w^sv ovra; After iuterrog. particles: n ovv, Matt. 17: 10 tl ovv ol '/QU^uidiq U'/ov- ffiv x. T. L where ovv prob. refers to the circumstances of the transfiguration, comp. v. 3, 4, and see Olshausen's Conim. in loc. Malt. 19: 7. Mark 12: 9. Luke 3: 10. John 1: 21. Rom. 3: 1. 4: 1. 1 Cor. 14: 15, 26. al. -no&tv ovv Matt. 13: 27, 56. nag olv Matt. 12: 26. 26: 54. John 6: 42. 9: 19. Rom. 10: 14. TitiJs ovv Luc. D. Deor. 2. 2. Xen. Conv. 2. 10. AL. G: 14, 26, 32. 15: 13. a-roajia heavenly host, angels, Luke 2: 13, comp. in Ovoavo? d. Also as coming from heaven, oniaaia. ovg. Acts 26: 19. 2 Mace. 7: 34. Hdian. 1. 7. 9. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 3. , adv. (ov, enclit. no),) not even yet, not yet, comp. Ov init. Seq. pros. Matt. 24: 6 /U* OVJIM ecrrl TO rs),og. John 2: 4. 8: 57. Heb. 2: 8. Seq. praet. John 3: 24. 7: 39. 11: 30. Heb. 12: 4. ovnw Qvoiiq Acts 8: 16. c. pres. Hdian. 1.8.4. Xen. An. 1.5.12. c. praet. Xen. An. 1. 8. 8. In interrog. Matt. 15: 17 OI'.TW rotclrc ; on x. T. L 16:9. Mark 8: 17. Comp. in Ov g. AL. Ouoct, as, i], tail of an animal, Rev. 9: 10 bis, 19 bis. 12: 4. Sept. for n:7 Deut. 28: 13. Job 40: 12. Luc. D. Deor. 22. 1. Xen. Eq. 5. 7. Ouoavto?, a, ov, Alt. and in N. T. ovyavto?, o, ij, (ovqavos,) heavenly, celestial, i. e. duelling in heaven, as o ilQ 6 ov^rmoc, heavenly Father, Matt. , adv. (ovgnvog,) from heaven, Acts 14: 17. 26: 13. Horn. II. 1. 195, 208. Jos. de Mace. 4. Jarnblic. Pythag. 32. 216. Aeschin. 73. 5. A poetic form, used in prose only by lato writers, Lob. ad Phr. p. 93, 94. Ouoavoc, ov, o, plur. ovpavol, wv, oi, in imitation of Heb. C^TTUJ, heaven, the heavens. The plur. OVQUVOI- is thus used most frequently in Matthew, and always in the phrases o 7rT/o 6 sv rott; ovQotvolg, 77 fiaaifaia iwv ovga- ywv, and less often in Maik and the Epistles of Paul and Peter ; in Luke's writings only six times, Luke 10: 20. 11:2. 12:33. 21:26. Acts 2: 34. 7:56; and not at all in the writings of John including the Apocalypse, nor in James. Spoken pp. of the expanse of the sky, the apparent concave hemisphere above us, which was regarded by the Hebrews as solid, y^pn, Sept. cmoe'w^a, the firmament, Gen. 1:8, 14 ; and po- etically as resting on columns, 2 Sam. 22:8. Job 26: 11; but in common usage including also the regions above the sky, where God is said to dwell, Ps. 2: 4 ; and likewise the region underneath and next the firmament, where the clouds are gathered, the birds fly, etc. Gen. 1: 20, 26. In N. T. a) pp. and genr. as including the vis- ible heavens and all their phenomena ; so where heaven and earth are spoken of together, e. g. opp. 1 Cor. 8: 5 fl'rs iv oi'QuvM, ftis inl Tr t g yi]q. Heb. 12: 26. 2 Pet. 3: 5. Also o OVQatOf xat r\ yfj, heaven and earth, i. q. the universe, Matt. 5: 18. Mark 13: 31. Luke 10: 21. Acts 4: 24. Rev. 10: 6. 14: 7 tov OVQ. x* tr t v yiiv y.al tr\v &ukaa(T(xv. Col. 1: 16 T iv io/i$ OVQ. y.uii T sni ii<$ y. So Sept. and V>.N % rn C^tt^n Gen. 1:1. 2: 1. So TO ttKpo? ovyuvov, T xo ovga- vwv, the extremities of the heavens, where they seem to touch the earth, Matt. 24: 31. Murk 13: 27. vno iov ovyui>ov under heaven i. e. on earth Acts 4: 12. 397 o* wo iov OVQ. Acts 2: 5. Col. 1: 23. (Plato Tim. p. 23. D.) j we OVQUVOV sc. #w, i. q- the earth or region of the earth, Luke 17: 24 e lyg t^' ou^. ti TJ}V t'w ot. from one part of the earth to another. Further, ol vvv ovyavoi 2 Pet, 3: 7, and o TtQ&i&g vvgavog Rev. 21: 1, the present heavens, which are to be destroyed at the final consummation of all things, after which new heavens are to appear, x&ivol vvQotvol 2 Pet. 3: 13. Rev. 21: 1. Sometimes more than one heaven is spoken of, Eph. 4: 10. Heb. 4: 14. 7: 26 ; see more fully below in d, Horn, IL 18. 483. Hes. Theog. 517, Xen. Oec. 19. 9. Trop. Vv iov OVQ. 26: 64. Mark 14: 62j of rain and hail, Rev. 16: 21 ; of lightning or fire from heaven, Luke 9: 54. 17: 29. Rev. 20: 9 ; of signs, prodigies, Matt. 16: 1. Mark 8: 11. Luke 11: 16. 21: 11. Acts 2: 19. Rev. 12: 1, 3. So of birds, Matt. 6: 26 tig ia ntifivct iov ovqavov* 8: 20. Luke 8: 5. 9: 58. Comp. Gen, 1: 20, 26, 28, 30. - Thuc. 2. 77 vdup nolv ovgavov. Xen. An. 4. 2. 2. Cyr. 4.. 2. 15. Trop. xtalffat iov ovguvov to- shut up the heavens, i. e. to withhold rain, Luke 4: 25. Rev. 11: 6, i. q. ~}.y C^a^n Sept. ffwsxftv ibv OVQ. Deutl 11:" 17? 2 Chr. 6: 26. 7: 13. Comp. Gen. 7: 11. Is. 24: 19 et ibi Gesen. Comrn. d) of the upper or superior heaven, beyond the visible firmament, the abode of God and his glory, of the Messiah, the angels, the spirits of the just after death, and generally of every thing which is said to be with God. (a) genr. e. g. of God, Matt. 5: 34 /uijrs ev TO ou- QOLVM, on #Qovoq ivii, iov &eov. 23: 22. Acts 7: 49. Heb. 8: 1. al. Hence God is called 6 &eo<; 1011 OVQ. Rev. 11: 13. 16: 11. (1 Mace. 3: 18.) xvqtog iov OVQ. Matt. 11: 25. Luke 10: 21. (Sept. Gen. 24: 3.) x. iv lolg OVQ. Eph. 6: 9. Col. 4: 1. 6 Tiaii]Q o iv ro? ovQavolg in the first three gospels, Matt. 5: 16,45, 48. 6:1. 10:32. Mark 11:25,26. Luke 11: 2. al. o ntxiijQ o OVQUVOV Luke 11: 13. Of the Messiah, the Son of God, as corning from heaven, John 3: 13, 31. 6: 33, 38, 41. al. or as return- ing thither after his resurrection, Mark 16: 19. Luke 24: 51. Acts 1: 10, 11. al. whence he will again come to judge the world, IThess. 1:10. 4:16. 2Thess. 1: 7. Of the Holy Spirit, Matt. 3: 16. John 1: 32. 1 Pet. 1: 12. [1 John 5: 7.] Of angels, Matt. 18: 10. 24: 36. Mark 12:25. Luke 22: 43. Gal. 1:8. al. (Gen Oupavo? 598 Ous 21: 17. 22: ll.j Hence called ia Teipaia Ttt fV oi'QavM Rev. 19: 14, comp. Heb. tPararr N32 and Sept. of angels, 1 K. 22:~19.~ 2 Clir. 18: 18. Ps. 148: 2. Of the righteous after death, as the seat of their final and glorious reward, Matt. 5: 12 o [jtifffrog vpwv 7io\vg iv lolg OVQU- voig. 6: 20 &r)ffavQog iv QVQCLVM. Luke 10: 20. 12: 33. 2 Cor. 5: 1. Col. 1: 5. I Pet. 1: 4. al. In heaven also is the spiritual temple with its sacred utensils, Heb. 9: 23, 24. Rev. 11: 19. 14: 17. 15: 5. 16: 17 ; and there also the new Je- rusalem is prepared and adorned, Rev. 3: 12. 21: 2, 10. Hence to be or to be done fv iw oi'Qavtjj, i. q. among or by those who dwell in heaven, Luke 15: 7 u tcnctt iv TW OVQUVM. Matt. 6: 10 TO &ekr)[id GOV, at$ iv OVQCCVM xat inl ii]q yr\g. Matt. 16: 19. 18: 18. Luke 11: 2. iu iv Tolg ovQuvolq, i. q. the higher spiritual world, Eph. 1: 10. Col. 1: 16, 20 ; and so Eph. 3: 15 natra naiQia iv oi'Qarolg. So poetically, where the heavens are said to rejoice, Rev. 12: 12. 18:20. comp. Sept. and Heb. Is. 49: 13. Ps. 96: 1 1 . In various phrases etc. e. g. (1) to look up to heaven, as the abode of God, avafilsTisiv fig iov o. Matt. 14: 19. Mark 6: 41. 7: 34. al. fig iov OVQ. Acts 1: 10. 7: 55. tig iov OVQ. Acts 1:11. enai- Qag lovg ocpO: dg iov OVQ. Luke 18: 13. John 17: 1. (2) to ascend or be taken up into heaven, avafialvtiv elg iov OVQ. John 3: 13. Acts 2: 34. ava^^vai slg iov OVQ. Mark 16: 19. Acts 10: 16. avaynao'&ai Acts 11: 10. u7ieQ%fo~&ai, Luke 2: 15. noQfVfv&ui, I Pet. 3: 22. (3) to come or be sent from heaven, anoaiuMivat, an OVQ. 1 Pet. 1: 12. 0- XW&at, ix OVQ. John 3: 31. xaiafialvfiv ex v. OTT OVQ. John 6: 33, 38. 1 Thess. 4: 16. al. xa&Uv&at ix iov OVQ. Acts 11:5. So with ylvfa&ui expr. or impl. vov an ovoavojv Heb. 12: 25. qxavi] IK iwv oi'Qarwv Matt. 3: 17, coll. Murk 1: II cpwvi] f'/evfio ex i&v OVQ. Luke 3: 22. al. (4) Also heaven is said to be opened, so as to let pass in or out, to lay open the interior, etc. e. g. ol OVQ. wvfoi/^- aav, o OVQ. avtipyog, ol OVQ. avewypevoi, Matt. 3: 16. Luke 3: 21. John 1: 52. Acts 7: 56. 10: 11. Rev. 4: 1. 19: 11. ol OVQ. a%i%b[jiivoi Mark I: 10. (/?) i'ojg TQITOV OVQUVOV, unto the third heaven, 2 Cor. 12: 2, prob. in allu- sion to the three heavens as above specified, viz. the lower, the middle or firmament, and the superior ; hence i. q. the highest heaven, the abode of God and angels and glorified spirits, the spiritual paradise, v. 4. Comp. Eph. 4: 10. Heb. 4: 14. 7: 26. Comp. also Heb. G 1 ]^ 'm;, Sept. u ovQavog iov ovQavov,~I)eut. 10: 14. IK. 8: 27. Ec- clus. 16: 18. So the spurious Lucian makes a Christian say, eg IQIIOV ovQa- vbv atQofiaiviaag Luc. Philopatr. 12. Others suppose the apostle refers to the views of the later Rabbins, who describe seven heavens, of which the first is below the clouds ; the second is the region of clouds and tempests and the/ abode of evil spirits ; in the third are the hosts of heaven, the stars ; while the other four above this are assignee! to the saints, the various orders of an- gels, and the throne of God ; see Test. XII Pair, in Fabric, p. 546. Wetstein ad 2 Cor. 12: 2. But then o iQliog ol- Qavog could not well be i. q. 6 nagaSti- o~og in v. 4. (/) melon, and from the later Heb. oi'Qavog, oi'Quvol, like Engl. heaven, as being the abode of God, is often put for God himself; e. g. tivat I* OVQUVOV i. q. Ix iov &eov, Matt. 21: 25. Mark 11: 30, 31. Luke 20: 4, 5. dtdopsvov ix iov OVQ. John 3: 27. ypaQiov fig ibv OVQU- vov Luke 15: 18, 21. Also in the for- mula so freq. in Matthew ] Savifaiu Twy OVQ. Matt. 3: 2. 4: 17. 5: 3, 10. al. elsewhere ?/ (Sav. lov fisov etc. .see in Bao-dfla c. So Chald. frTauJ, Sept. f$ovffia ovQaviog, Dan. 4: 23 [26].' Comp. Buxtorf. Lex. Ch. 2440. Wetstein ad Matt. 21: 25. Luke 15: 18. AL. Uy o, Urban, pr. n. of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 9. , ou, 6, Unas, Heb. l-p- (flame of Jehovah) Uriah, pr. n. of the husband of Bathsheba, Matt. 1:6. Comp. 2 Sarn. 11: 3 sq. OuGy WTO?, TO, an ear, plur. 10, cora the ears, Mark 7: 33 I/?>1 lovg 8axi. aviov fig ia wia aviov. 8: 18. Luke 22: 50. Acts 7: 57. 1 Cor. 12: 16. Sept. Ovaia 599 Ouio? for IT>, tPZitf, Ex. 29: 20. Deut. 15: 17.' Hdian. 7*3. 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5. In phrases, e. g. 6 e^tuv WT v. a Tig fyfi oi'g uxovsir, ay.ovf.iw, i. e. whoever can hear and understand, let him hear and attend! Matt. 11:15. 13: 9, 43. Mark 4: 9, 23. 7: 16. Luke 8: 8. 14: 35. Rev. 2: 7, 11, 17, 29. 3: 6, 13, 22. 13: 9. iL&ivcti fig iu WTCC to let sink into the ears, to fix deep in the mind, Luke 9: 44, comp. Ex. 17: 14. Also to come tig ia WT itvog to or into the ears of any one, to be heard, Luke 1: 44. Acts 11: 22. James 5: 4. (Sept. Ps. 18: 7. Is. 5: 9.) \u\fiv v. uxoveiv tig 10 ovg, to speak or hear in the ear, i. e. privately, Luke 12: a Matt. 10: 27. (Ex. 11: 2.*) So to do any thing iv io1g ucrlv itvog, i. e. in his hearing, presence, Luke 4: 21. (Sept. Josh. 20: 4._Judg. 17: 2.) ojra fig di- yatv, i. q. wr iov &fov ianv fig 8. i. e. God listens to prayer, 1 Pet. 3: 12, quo- ted from Ps. 34: 16 where Sept. for CP:TN, comp. 2Chr. 6: 40. 7: 15. Neh. 1:'6. : ' For Matt. 13: 15 bis, and Acts 28: 27 bis, see in Baying. Rorn. 11: 8 see in M{\ I. d. ft. Acts 7: 51 see in *Axf(tl- ip,t]iog. Poetically, ovq as the organ of hearing is put for the person who hears, Matt. 13: 16 inc/ i]hxiag, ovis pexQi vyjiimv. But Mss. in Mark and Luke I. c. and later edit, in 1 Cor, 1. c. read ovds. AL. Qj CCVITj. louiOy gen. loviov, iaviT]g,ioviov, pron. demonstr. this, that, pp. for 6 aviog, i) aliy, TO ITO, this same, Buttm. 76. 2, and n. 1. a) pp. as referring to a person or thing before mentioned, i. e. to some- thing preceding; Passow oi'ro no. 1. Matth. 470. 1. () pp. to that next preceding, Luke 1: 32 'lyo-ovy oviog tffiat filyac. 2: 25. John 1: 2 &og r\v 6 Jioyog' oi'jog i]v iv UQ%J] x. i. A. 3:2. 6: 71. Acts 1: 14. 10: 36." Rorn. 14: 18 iv loviotg. 1 Tim. 6: 8. 2 Pet. 2: 20. 1 John 5: 6, 20. al. saep. Ildian. 4. 8. 11. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 28. Netit. plur. Ttxvta sometimes refers only to one thing; 3 John 4. Luke 12:4. [John 15: 17.] So JCT ictviu \. q. ovi(a Luke 6: 23, 26, where later edit, read xaia itxvid* Comp. Winer p. 140. Xen. An. 7. 6. 11. (ft) Sometimes oviog refers not to the nearest, but to another person or thing, as being the chief topic of discourse, Winer p. 138. Matth. 1. c. Matt. 3: 3 oviog "/UQ tTor TOLTO W.T/XO- IASVOL. (/?) In jidmiration, Matt. 8: 27 noiuno? cffTiv oi'Toc, OTI x. T. L 12: 23. Luke 4: 22. John 6: 14. (y) More usu- ally in contempt or aversion, i. q. Engl. ' this fellow,' etc. comp. Passow no. 4. Matt. 9: 3 OVTOC /ftwfrc^fi. 12: 24. 13: 54. Mark 6: 2, 3. Luke 5: 21. John 6: 42. Acts 7: 40. al. So zotTo 1 Cor. 5: 2, 3. Xen. An. 3. 1. 30. Cyr. 1. 3. 11. d) inserted for emphasis: (a) after the subject or object of a verb, i. e. be- tween this and the verb, Winer 23. 3. E. g. after a noun, Matt. 13: 38 TO ds y.a).ov ansQpa, oiTol HGIV ol wol x. T. L See below in k. 21: 42 M&ov or ... ol'TO eyevrj&t] x. i. L see in "0? no 1. c. /?. Luke 8: 21. Acts 4: 10. Rom. 7: 10. 1 Cor. 6: 4. 1 Pet. 2: 7. al. (Pol. 3. 20. 2. ib. 5. 111.2.) After a relative pron. comp. below jn e. Matt. 5: 19 o? V noirjvr) . . . ovTog ^eyug y.kr\&. x. T. I. where in the preced. clause OUTO? is omit- ted. Mark 3: 35. Luke 9: 24. John It 33. Rom. 8: 30. Phil. 4: 8. al. saep. (Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 8. An. 1.6. 6.) After a participle, comp. Matth. 472^ 2. Matt. 13: 20 o ds . . . anctQelg . . . ovTog tffrtv x. T. L Mark 12: 40. Luke 9: 48. John 6: 46. Acts 17: 6. Pol. 1. 67. 12. Dem. 522. 20. (/J) In apodosis after it, Rom. 8: 8 d de Tig nvtv^u XQ. oi'x t/M, ovTog ovx tffTiv avTOv. 1 Cor. 3: 17. Philem. 18. Jarnes 3: 2. 1 Pet. 2: 20. Comp. Winer 139. 3. Matth. 610 fin. (/) After a parenthesis or intervening sentence, when the writer again returns to the leading subject, comp. Passow no. 7. Acts 7: 35 bis, TO^TO? TOV Mu>v- ai]v . . . TOUTOV o #0 x. T. L comp. v. 31. So v. J37, 38. Ael. V. H. 3. 17 Zevoywv . . . omog exslvog rjv. e) where oinoc is followed by a rela- tive sentence, ovTog 05, i. q. this who y he who, that which, Luke 9: 9 ilg 8s WTIV ovTog, Titgl ol x. T. L 1 Pet. 5: 12. 1 John 5: 9. But both before and after a relative ovTog is frequently omitted, and the relative then implies it and stands for he who, that udk*dk,EngLt0taf; see in "0? II. 1. d. Matth. 473. b. Oviog 601 f ) jas strengthened by avtog, i. e. av- rol OVTOI these men themselves, dfixrixwg for they themselves,' Acts 24: 15, 20. Oftener neut. ocvio TOVTO, TOUTO ITO, tow ver?/ tonig- etc. e. g. as referring to what precedes, 2 Cor. 2: 3 Bygaya vfuv TOVTO airo. Eph. 6: 18. c. relat. o . . . airo roDro Gal. 2: 10, comp. Matth. 472. p. 881 sq. As referring to and introducing what follows, seq. TO c. inf. 2 Cor. 7: 11. O'T* Phil. 1: 6. c iV Eph. 6: 22. ^Col. 4: 8. onwg Rom. 9: 17. Also VTO TOUTO i. q. on this very account, for this very reason, i. q. dia tama, 2 Pet. 1:5. comp. Matth. 470.7. Greg. Cor. p. 29, 30. Xen. An. 1. 9. 21. avict ravta Plato Protag. p. 310. E. g) after xcu as xal ovTog, often genr. in the foregoing senses, e. g. and this man, and he, Luke 16: 1 ; he also 20: 30 ; SfixnxMg Luke 22: 56, 59. But spec. xat Giro?, xwt TOUTO, xal Taina, and he too, and this too, and that indeed, i. e. where a particular stress is to be laid upon the connexion of two circumstan- ces, OI>TO is thus joined to xctl, and then always refers back to the former ; see Passow no. 12. Matth. 470. 6. Buttm. 150. p. 436. Viger. p. 177. So 1 Cor. 2: 2 fl pi] 3 I. Xqunov, xal TOVTOV eo~fctv- QMfiivov. (Hdot. 6. 11. Xen. Ag. 1. 2.) Oftener neut. xot TOVTO, Rom. 13: 11 xctl ToDro sidoTtg, coll. v. 8. 1 Cor. 6: 6. Eph. 2: 8. xcu TUUTCX, 1 Cor. 6: 8 aA- Aa vptig adixflif, . . . xal ravia addcpovg. Heb. 11: 12. plur. Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 4. Luc. D. Deor. 8 med. Xen. Oec. 11. 3. h) in distribution, TOVTO fifv . . . TOV- TO dt, pp. as to this . . . as to that, i. q. partly . . . partly, Heb. 10: 33. Comp. in Miv c. /?. Matth. 288. n. 2. Passow no. 10. Hdot. 3. 106. Isocr. p. 44. D. Dem. 474. 25. _ i) Neut. Tavict ace. as adv. so, thus, i. q. oviwg, comp. Matth. 471.13. Pas- sow no. 14. b. So after xa&wg John 8: 28. c. oitTug altern. Mark 3: 8. xamot ilvai, to be thus, such, I Cor. 6: 11. As referring to what follows, Luke 18: 11 Tai'Ttt nQOffiyvxeio ' o frebg, x. T. L Soph. Ajax 1346. Horn. 11. 11. 694. k) In gender etc. the use of oinog ex- hibits some ^anomalies of syntax, e. g. () Where oinog refers in sense to a pre- ceding noun, it yet sometimes takes the 76 gender and number of a noun follow- ing ; comp. Matth. 434. 1. b, and 2. b. Matt. 13: 38 TO ds xaKov ffjiegfta, omoL (lo*iv ol viol x. T. L comp. above in d. Luke 8: 14, 15. So Matt. 7: 12. Gal. 4: 24. (/S) By Hebraism, the fern, avrr] stands twice for neut. TOUTO, Matt. 21: 42 et Mark 12: 11 Traoa xvglov sysvtTO afar), i. e. TOVTO, quoted from Ps. 118:23 where Sept. for Heb. nKT . For the Heb. idiom, see Gesen. Lehrg. p. 661. Stuart 436. AL. Ouico? ? also OUTCO before a con- sonant, demonstr. adv. (ovrog,) in this manner, on this wise, i. e. 50, thus, to which corresponds relat. ug etc. Buttm. 116. 7, and n. 7. On the moveable final g, see Buttm. 26. 4. Winer 5. 1. b. p. 42. a) pp. as referring to what precedes, and in complete sentences preceded by a relative adverb or adverbial word. () With a preced. relat. adv. as ... *o> e. g. xa&aiKp . . . ovrwg, Rom. 12: 5, coll. v. 4. 1 Cor. 12: 12 xa&dneQ ^ao TO ffupa IV io~n . . . OVTW xal o Xgiffrog. 2 Cor. 8: 11. (Plut. de Sanit. tuend. 10. T. I. p. 296. Tauchn.) xa#eo . . . ov- wg, Luke 11: 30. John 3: 14. 2 Cor. 1: 5. 1 Thess. 2: 4. al. wg . . . oviwg Acts 8: 32. Rom. 5: 15 ou/ ug TO 7rao7rTW- jua, OVTOJ xal TO %uQicrnct* 2 Cor. 7: 14. I Thess. 2: 7, 8. (Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 12.) cu'tmfp . . . ovTwg Matt. 12: 40. John 5: 21. Rom. 6: 4. 1 Cor. 11: 12. al. Fur- ther, xatf offov . . . ovioag Heb. 9: 27,28. ov TQOJIOV . . . ovTwg 2 Tim. 3: 8. XT TTJV odov . . . ovrwg Acts 24: 14. a [wg] . . . ovTwg Acts 3: 18, comp. Matth. 480. c. p. 899. (/5) Alone, and as referring generally to the preceding discourse. Matt. 3: 15 OI/TW /o KQSTIOV i xa&ug xat al yv- vnlxfg slnov. Rom. 11: 26. our to? ... <, John 7: 46 ovdsnors ovrug tidkyaev av&Qwnog, ug ovrog o av&g. 1 Cor. 4: 1. James 2: 12. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 3.) ovrug . . . waif c. inf. Acts 14: J. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 1.) ovrwg . . . ov rgonov Acts 1: 11. xov? ov TQ. 27: 25. (/5) Alone, e. g. as followed by direct narration or quota- tion, Matt. 1: 18 TO v '/. XQ. y ysvwig ov- TO> yv ' Mvi]ffTV&tiffr)g x. T. L 2: 5 OVTW yag yiyQunrai . . . Kal o~v Bri&fain. John 2J: 1. Heb. 4:4. Rev. 9: 17. Or seq. infin. 1 Pet. 2: 15. Also seq. 01* of quotation, Luke 19: 31. Acts 7: 6. 13: 34. comp. in "Or* no. 1. d. Seq. tV, 1 Cor. 9: 24 OVTW T^C/ETC, 'tva xarcdcipTjre. c) used dstxrtxug, see in Ovrog c. Acts 21: 11 TOJ> uvftgct . . . ouxw dijcrovatv tv'IsQWff.x.r.L Rom. 9: 20. With the idea of aversion, 1 Cor. 5: 3 rov ovroi TOvroxarfQyuvaiJ,rov,comp. in Ovrogc.y. d) inserted for emphasis: (a) af- ter participles, before the following verb, like o'vrog, see in OTTOS' d. a. Matth. 610. p. 1235. Buttm. 144. 11. 6. E. g. Acts 20: 11 oudrjaag a/gig uvyijg, oviug gfji#*i 27: 17. So prob. John 4: 6 6 otV 3 It t (fovg xsxoTTiaxw? . . . exa&d&io oviwg enl ii] m~t'/l}, for oviwg exa&e&o. Hdot. 6. 104 fin. Plato Gorg. p. 457. a. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 1. ( ( #) In apodosis, af- ter ft, oif, comp. Matth. 1. c. So af^er ^1 Thess. 4:^ 14. Rev. 11: 5 d' rig ay- rovg -delet, aSixytjui, OVTCO dst aviov But both these passages rnay be perhaps better referred to a. , above. JXen. Cyr. 8. 1. 3 in most edit.) With tm causal, Rev. 3: 16 oviwg, on Xharjog si, . . . (Us'AAw as ffitani ex T oD o-io^awg /uoi', for crt . . . oviwg /uf'A/to) x. T. L Hdot. 9. 6 c. Intl. e) spoken of degree, extent, so, so much, to such a degree, in such a man- ner; BO with adjectives and adv. Heb. 12: 21 ouro) cpofogov i]v TO cfavia^ofjiivov. Rev. 16: 1 8. oi^rto ra^e'ws Gal. 1: 6. In- terrog. Mark 7: 18 OVTW xal v^ftg avvvt- rol tars ; 4: 40 rl dsdoi taif ourco ; Gal. 3: 3. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 4. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 16. c. adv. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 7 __ With a verb, 1 John 4: 11 tt omiag 6 &sog yyanrjaav ^pag. Seq. ware c. in- die. John 3: 16. Interrog. Matt. 26: 40 OVTOJg OVX 10WT8 fllttV OtQCtV yW/OQTi}- aai i are ye thtn so unable t 1 Cor. 6: 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 11. seq. wore Luc. D. Deor. 2. 1. interrog. ib. 5. 2. AL. Ou*/ ? see in Ov. %i y adv. not, a strengthened form of ou, used espec. by the Attics for emphasis, Buttm. 117. 2. a) genr. John 13: 10 H 3 oii%l natvitg but not all, i. e. by no means all. v. 11. 1 Cor. 6: 1. ou/t . . . Uce 1 Cor. 10: 29. 2 Cor. 10: 13. Luc. D. Meretr. 12. 3. Xen. Athen. 2. 18. b) in neg. answers, no, nay, by no means, comp. in Ov f ; only seq. U Luke 1: 60 ?; [M]Ti}Q avrov slntv ol%l' attu x. T. L 12: 51. 13: 3. Rom. 3: 27. So Sept. for 13 Nb Gen. 18: 15. 19: 2. Xeri. Cyr. 1/3. 4. c) often in neg. questions, nonne? is nof? are noLw, pp. / ought, but used only in the implied sense of wish- ing, utinam, see Passow oqp/Aeo no. 2. b. In earlier Greek writers it is still a verb, seq. infin. and often preceded by ug, , fl'fo, Horn. II. 3. 173. Eurip. Med. 1. Plat. Rep. 4. P . 432. C. Xen. An. 2. 1. 4. See Matth. 513. n. 3. Herm. ad Vig. p. 756 sq. Buttm. 114. p. 295. 150. p. 437. In later writers and N. T. oqp>Lov is an indec. particle of wishing, or interject. Othat! would that! utinam, c. c. indie, see Winer 42. 5. n. 2. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 186. Buttm. 1. c. and 115. n. 7. So 1 Cor. 4. 8 xal oq>d6v ye e^aadevauTe. 2 Cor. 11: 1. Gal. 5: 12. Rev. 3: 15. Sept. for ]rp i Ex. 16: 3. ib Num. 14: 2. 20:3. ^il* 2 K. 5: 3. Arr. Epict. 2. 18. 15. comp. Luc. Philopseud. 1 fin. v O(jpfAog y cog, ovg, TO, (ocpsUoj to further,) furtherance, profit, advantage. 1 Cor. 15: 32 il fiot ocpdog ; James 2: 14, 16. Sept. for b^in Job 15: 3. Diod. Sic. 13: 53. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 9. ta, a?, f], (ocp- d~aJifi6g, dovfala,) eye-service, i. e. ren- dered only under the master's eye, Eph 6: 6. Col. 3: 22. Not found elsewhere. Q } ov y o, oi/JOfiai, part. aor. ocp&elg,) an eye, plur. o* ocp&alpol, the eyes. 604 a) pp. and (a) genr. Matt 5: 29 6 oqp#. ffov o ds$i,6g. v. 38. Mark 8: 25. Luke 24: 16. Acts 9: 18. 1 Cor. 12: 16. 15: 52 tv qmri oy&cdnov. Rev. 3: 18. al. Sept. for ]"3 Gen. 29: 17. 48: 10. Pol. 12. 27. 1. Xen. Menul. 4. 5. (/?) la phrases : o&. an\ov?, bcp&. novrjQog, i. e. sound, or unsound, diseased, Matt. 6: 22, 23 ; but oqp#. nov^oog see also be- low in /. For ace. TOU g oq>&atyoi>S in phrases after the verbs avoiyto, Sia- volya), l*opiWu, inuigw, xa/i/iiw, see under these verbs respectively. For 1 Pet. 3: 12, see in 'lni III. 1. b. p. p. 303. For 2 Pet. 2: 14, see in Moixahg. For Heb.4: 13, see rvpvos d. (y) Poet, the eye as the organ of seeing, is put for the person who sees, Matt. 13: 16 /u- XUQIOI ol ocfft. Luke 2: 30 eldov ol bq>&. /uou x. T. L 10: 23. Rev. 1: 7. Sept. and Heb. Dent. 3: 21. Is. 30: 20. saep. Further, as affections of mind are manifested through the eyes, hence that is attributed to the eyes which strictly belongs only to the person, e. g. envy, as Matt. 20: J 5 6 oqp#. aov novyQog fatty, on lyat aya&og sifii; Mark 7:22 ocp&. novriQog, evil eye, i. e. envy. So Heb. Y.?_ Jn, Sept. fiuffxavog, Prov. 23: 6. 28: 22. Comp. Gesen. Lex. ]^y no. 1. h, sq. Ecclus. 14: 10 bcp&. novrjgbg b) trop. eye of the mind, the power of perceiving and understanding ; so oqp#. trig Siavolag Eph. 1: J8 in text. rec. others bLv ejiidoiffft aviM ; Mark 16: 18 et Luke 10:19, comp. Ps. 91: 13. Luke 11: 11. 1 Cor. 10: 9. Rev. 9: 19. Of the brazen serpent, John 3: 14. Sept. for izrr: Gen. 3: 1. Ex. 4: 3. Luc. Tim. 29.' Dem. 786. 4. Hdot. 8. 4. 1. As the emblem of wisdom or cunning, e. g. in a good sense, Matt. 10: 16; in a bad sense, 23: 33. Comp. Gen. 3: 1. Psalt. Salom. 4: 11 tag o TO, dimin. only in form from TO oyov, Lat. opsonium, i. e. any thing cooked and eaten with bread, as meat, etc. Tob. 7: 8. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 4 ; later espec. fish, Sept. for 37 Num. 11: 22. Pint. Syrnpos. 4. qu. 4. 2, nol- kwv OVTUV oifjwv. exvevivrjxfv o i%&vg po- vov, rj fiuhfftu ye, DJ//OV Thuc. 1. 138. Hence in N. T. o o fish, John 6: 9 fli'o oyaQiot (comp. Luke 9: 13.) John 6: 11. 21: 9, 10, 13. Plut. de tuend. Sanit. 7. VI. p. 478. 15. Reisk. Athen. IX. p. 385. B, l x &vos . . . xal dnoviog Tivbg r}dio~iov o\l>a.Qiov x. T. L ? adv. (oTiig, oVrKre,) late, i. e. after Jong time, Horn. Od. 7. 155. ib. 23. 7. Hesych. oye [mn no^iiv XQOVOV, figadsag. Seq. gen. GJ//S yhxlag late in life Ael. V. H. 2. 23. oy/ trjg ijpeQag Thuc. 4. 93. Absol. also late sc. in the day or evening, late evening, Dem. 1303. 14. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 3. Ammonius p. 108, k(nisga, y [tETa ir\v dwiv yUov wga' oye de, y peia nolv irjs 8vaiwg, xal xa^o^ov wsra noJivv yoovov. Henco in N. T. a) absol. late evening, Mark 11: 19 x2 OTC otfje lyevfro. Put for the evening watch, Mark 13: 35, see in frvlaxri. Sept. for S-VP n Gen. 24: 11. Comp. above. b) seq. geuit. i. q. at the end of, at the close of, after. Matt. 28: 1 oy>e de (7/5/?TO)>', TTJJ eniqxaffxovffr] fig play x. T. L at the end of the sabbath, i. e. after the sabbath, the sabbath being now ended, towards the dawn, i. q. Mark 16: 1 diaysvopwov tov (nrjyvvfii,) pp. * whatever makes fast or holds fast ;' hence a snare, trap, gin. a) pp. Luke 21: 35 wg naylg yug ini- fawcTtw, as a snare shall it come upon them, i. e. suddenly, unexpectedly. Sept. for fie Ecc. 9: 12. Am. 3: 5. Ecclus. 27:~20. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 38. Aristoph. Av. 194, 527. b) trop. naylg iov dicxfiolov, snare of the devil, i. e. wile, stratagem, 1 Tim. 3: 7. 2 Tim. 2: 26. absol. 1 Tim. 6: 9. Also by impl. for cause of destruction, Rom. 11: 9 yfvrj&rjtw ?/ JQOCTT^OC auiwv tig naylda, quoted from Ps. 69: 23 where Sept. for ns , as also Josh. 23: 13. Is. 24: 18. tpia Prov. 18: 7.1 Mace. 5:4. TO, TTWO-^W, net- frtlv,) pp. ' what is suffered,' suffering, i. q. nd&o$. a) pp. evil suffered, affliction, distress ; once sing. Heb. 2: 9 dia TO nd&ima tov frardiov, i.e. suffering, even unto death, the genit. being explanatory. Xen. Hi. 1. 36. Elsewhere only plur. ia nct&i]- [tona, sufferings, calamities, Rorn. 8: 18. 2 Cor. 1: 5 T na&r^aia tov XQIGTOV, i. e. the sufferings which Christ endured are renewed abundantly in us ; see Wi- ner p. 158. marg. v. 6, 7. Phil. 3: 10. Col. 1: 24. 2 Tim. 3: 11. Heb. 2: 10. 10:32. 1 Pet. 1:11. 4:13. 5:1,9. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 2. Xen. Eq. 9. 4. b) meton. passion, i. e. affectionof mind, emotion. Gal. 5: 24 tr]v auQy.cn avv rolg na- fiijuaffi xat Taig fTii^v(j.laig. Rom. 7: 5. Plato Phaedo43.p.94.E. Xen.Cyr.3.1.17. ^roc, ov, o, y, adj. flv,) liable to suffering, as TKX&IJTCC O-O>//T Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 501. 10. In N. T. destined to suffer ; Acts 26:23 Uytov ...si na&rjibg b XQiawg, i. e. that Christ must needs suffer, sc. according to the prophets; comp. Luke24:26. Winer p.86. lld&og 607 Haidiov Ha frog, 0? y oug, TO, ( Tra'crjw, Tia&tlv,) tufcring, e. g. affliction, calam- ity, Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 2. Xeu. Mem. 4. 2. 33. In N. T. passion, i. e. affection of mind, emotion, espec. Zusf, concupiscence. Rom. I: 26 nady aiiuius infamous lusts, comp. Buttm. 123. n. 4. Col. 3: 5. 1 Thess. 4: 5. Test. XII Pair. p. 610. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 5. genr. Hdian. 5. 4. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 8. naidaycoyo?j ou, o, (naig, ayw, ayojyi],) a pedagogue, i. e. usually a slave or freedman to whose care the boys of a family were committed, who trained them up, instructed them at home, and accompanied them to the public schools, i. q. ercirgonog q.v. Plut. de puer. educ. 7. VI. p. 11. ed. Reisk. Xen. Lac, 2. 1,2. ib. 3. 1. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 37, 511. In N. T. genr. an in- structor, school-master, with the idea of authority, 1 Cor. 4: 15. Trop. of the Mosaic law, Gal. 3: 24, 25. Uaiddpiov, iov, TO, ( dimin. of nous,} a boy, lad, John 6: 9. Matt. 11: 16 in text. rec. Sept. for *vf Gen. 42: 22. 2 Sam. 12: 18. -|*3 Gen. 22: 5, 12. 1 Mace. 2: 46. Poi'lO. 47. 7, 9. of a servant boy Ael. V. H. 2. 2. IJctdlttoj a? ? >], ( Tiaidtixa, ) pp. training of a child, and hence genr. education, discipline, instruction, as con- sisting in teaching, admonition, rewards, punishment, etc. a) genr. Eph. 6: 4 cxrpe'qpsTg avia iv ncudsln . . . XVQIOV, i. e. such training as the Lord approves. 2 Tim. 3: 16 n. t] iv dixuiovvvij. Hdian. 5. 7. 13. Dem. 938. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 6. b) by synecd. of part for the whole, correction, chastisement, Heb. 12: 5, 7, 8, 11. So Sept. and -iD'173 Prov. 3: 11. 22: 15. Ecclus. 18: 14' /Zaicfcfr^Cj ov, o, (natdtvw,) an instructor, preceptor, master, pp. of boys, Plut. de puer. educ. 7. VI. p. 13. 1. ed. Reisk. In N. T. a) genr. Rom. 2: 20 ncudsviyv ayyo- vwv. Ecclus. 13: 19. b) by synecd. a corrector, chastiser, Heb. 12: 9. So Sept. for "10153 Hos. 5: 2. Psalt. Salom. 8: 35. , f. suo-w, (na1g t ) pp. to train up a child, and hence genr. to edu- cate, to discipline, to instruct, trans. comp. above in IlaMa. a) genr. c. dat. of thing, Acts 7: 22 c. xctTtt 22: 3, see in ' Jos. c. Apion. 1. 4 yQaf drpav. c. ace. rei Diod. Sic. 1. 81. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 23. In the sense of to teach, to admonish, by word or deed, 2 Tim. 2: 25 cV TT^KOTTJTI natdtvovra. Tit. 2: 12. Pass. c. inf. 1 Tim. 1: 20 tV 7iai8sv&uo~t pi) flJuxffqtijfiBiV) comp. Sept. Ps. 2: 10. Wisd. 6: 25. Ael. V. H. 1. 34. Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 11. b) by synecd. of part for the whole, to correct, to chastise, to chasten, e. g. as children, Heb. 12: 7, 10. So Sept. and nO^ Prov. 19: 18. 29: 17. Spoken of chastening from God by afflictions, ca- lamities, 1 Cor. 11:32. 2 Cor. 6:9. Rev. 3: 19. Heb. 12: 6, comp. Prov. 3: 12. So Sept. and iD^ Lev. 26: 18. Jer. 10: 24. Hence of prisoners, to scourge, Luke 23: 16, 22 Tftudtfottf oiiv otvicv a.ToXww. Comp. Acts 16: 22. This use of the word seems to occur only in Sept. and N. T. So Phavorin. ncti 8tvsiv ' ctvrl TO? xoAa^ftv ovdflg TUV zoi'To tfyfoxnttti Thorn. Mag. sub :ru/./.r. and genr. e. g. of a child or children recently born, a babe, infant, Luke 18: 16, 17 TM nuidlct, comp. v. 15 where it is T fl^W' Matt. 19: 13, 14. Mark 10: 13, 14, 15. John 16: 21. Also of those more advanced, Matt. 11: 16 in later edit. 14:21. 15:38. 18:2,3,4,5. Mark 7: 28. Luke 7: 32. 9:47,48. 11:7. Hcti&iaxn 608 So Sept. for ^ Gen. 30: 26. 1 Sam. 1:2. S)t3 Gen. 45: 19. Hdian. 7. 9. 19. Luc. D. Mort. 10. 12. Spec, of a male child, boy, e. g. recently born, Matt. 2: 8, 9, 11, 13 bis, 14, 20 bis, 21. Luke 1: 59, 66, 76,80. 2: 17,21,27,40. Heb. 11: 23. (Sept. for n*3 Ex. 2: 8, 9.) Also more advanced, Mark 9: 24, 36, 37. John 4: 49, comp. v. 47. So Sept. for 1* Gen. 21: 14, 15. 123 Gen. 21: 17, 18. Ael. V. H. 1. 34. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 10. Of a female child, girl, maiden, sc. partly grown, Mark 5: 39, 40 bis, 41. b) trop. 1 Cor. 14: 20 pr) ncudlu yl- vta&e (fQtalv, be not babes in understand- ing, i. e. weak, puerile. As an endear- ing appellation for the followers of Christ, Heb. 2: 13, 14, comp. Is. 8: 18. So in direct address, i. q. carissimi, John 2J: 5. 1 John 2: 13, 18. IlatdiGXy, r]g y */, (dim. from >; not;,) g""*J> young maiden, free-born Sept. Ruth 4: 12. Pol. 14. 7. 6. Xen. An. 4. 3. 11. In N. T. o, bond-maid, female slave or servant, Matt. 26: 69. Mark 14:66, 69. Luke 12: 45. 22:56. John 18: 17. Acts 12: 13. 16: 16. Gal. 4: 22 IV a x tijg noudiaxrjg, xal iva x Tfc tkv&eQas. v. 23, 30 bis, 31 . So Sept. for HEN Gen. 21: 10. 30: 3. tthDtt Gen. 16: 1, 2. 25: 12. espec. 1 Sam". 25:41. Dem. 1351. 3. Hdot.1.93. See Phryn. et Lob. p. 239. fiasco f. nai^ofjiat, (noitg,) aor. 1 enataa, later form &nai$a, Buttm. 114; pp. to play or sport as a child, Luc. D. Deor. 4. 3. Xen. Mag. Eq. 5. 10. In N. T. to play, sc. with singing, leaping, dancing, as connected with worship ; 1 Cor. 10: 7 ly.a&io*V o /Lao? qp aysiv xui nitiv, xai avlcnrjffav naluv, quoted from Ex. 32: 6 where Sept. for ph2 . See also Sept. forpfrto Judg.l6:25.' 2 Sam. 6: 5. 1 Chr. 13:" 8'. 15: 29. Horn. Od. 23. 147. Hes. Scut. 277, 282. Aristoph. Ran. 407 or 410. IIcus > naiftog, o, ^, a child, male or female ; a boy, youth ; a girl, maiden ; plur. ol ncudts children etc. Spoken of all ages from infancy up to full grown youth ; comp. Matt. 2: 16 with Acts 20: 12, coll. v. 9. a) pp. and genr. Matt. 2: 16 g naldag tovg iv nno dierovg xcu xarwTepw. 2!: 15. Sing. o Jicug Matt. 17: 18. Luke 2: 43. 9: 42. John 4: 51 6 nalg crov gg. Acts 20: 12, coll. v. 9 where it is vmvlag. Also ^ ndlg Luke 8: 51, 54, comp. v. 42 where it is &vya\riQ wg h Is. 41: 8, 9. 44:1,2. 45:4. Also of Jesus the Messiah, Matt. 12: 18 i'dov o ncug pov, in allusion to Is. 42: 1 where Sept. and -qy. So Acts 3: 13, 26. 4: 27, 30. Sept. and 13* Is. 49: 6. 50: 10. 52: 13. , f. Tra/ffw, to strike, to smite, c. ace. e. g. with the fist, a rod, sword, etc. Matt. 26: 68. Luke 22: 64. Mark' 14: 47 et John 18: 10 incuvs tov dovkov. Sept. for J-On Num. 22: 28. 2 Sam. 20: 10. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 12. Hdian. 4. 13.11. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 6. ib. 8. 5. 12. Of a scorpion, to strike, to sting, Rev. 9: 5. riaxmtavy, rj? ? i], Pacatiana, i. e. Phrygia Pacatiana, the western part of Phrygia as divided by the Romans, see in &Qvyla ; only in the spurious sub- scription 1 Tim. 6: 22. See Rosemn. 609 ndltv Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 202. Cellarii Notit. Orb. Ant. II. p. 172. flceAai, adv. long ago, of old, for- merly. a) pp. and genr. Matt. 11: 21. Luke 10: 13. Heb. 1: 1 ndJiai o &fog laJLyirag TolgnaTgdffiv. Jude 4. Hence oi -notion, as adj. old, former, 2 Pet. 1: 9, comp. Buttm. 125. 6. Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 1. Hdian. 1. 1. 1. Xen. Vect. 4. 2. c. art. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 14. b) spoken relatively to the present moment, now long, already long, a while, Mark 15: 44 o ds Ildonog . . . envjQunw- o*fv ainov ft ndkai ant&avfv. Hdian. 7.5.1. Plat. Phaedo27.p.79.C. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 1. ffaActlOg, d, OV, (TTcrAciw,) old, not new, viz. a) in age or time, old, former, not re- cent, e. g. oivog Luke 5: 39 bis. 1^*77 1 Cor. 5: 7, 8. 8ia&i]xr t 2 Cor. 3: 14. fVTo/U? 1 John 2: 7 bis. o nal. y#ow- nog Rom. 6:6. Eph. 4: 22. Col. 3: 9; see in "Av&gwnog no. 1. b. /5. Sept. for Wi" Lev. 25:22. 2 Mace. 6: 21. Hdian. 5/5. 16. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 33. b) from use, old, worn out, e. g. ( u- Ttov Matt. 9: 16. Mark 2: 21 bis. Luke 5: 36 bis. aaxoi Matt. 9: 17. Mark 2: 22. Luke 5: 37. genr. Matt. 13: 52. Sept. for ri^2 Josh. 9: 4, 5. Jer. 38: 11. Soph. Oed* R. 290. Lys. 179. 37. 1. q. to abrogate, Heb. 8: 13 nmcdalwxs Tt]V 7iQum]v sc. dia&rixrjv. Comp. Lat. antiquare legem Liv. 5. 30. Cic. de Off. 2. 21. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 93. oldness, antiquatedness, Rom. 7: 6 [Iv] na\ctiorri*i ygdpuaiog, i. q. ev ygd^uTi TW nalaiM, comp. in I'Qotfjpa a. d. Spoken of extreme old age, second childhood, Eurip. Helen. 1062 or 1065. Aeschin. 33. 34. IlaAaiOCOy co, f. (avu, (nakaiog,) to let grow old, Pass, to wax old, to be- come old, pp. in age, Act. Sept. Job 9: 5. Pass. Athen. I. p. 33. A, oivog nfnakat- (opivog. Luc. Philopat. 22. In N. T. from use, Pass, to wax old, to be worn out, Luke 12: 33 ficduvna p) naluiov- pfva. Heb. 1: 11 quoted from Ps. 102: 27. Heb. 8: 13 TO 8s najicuovfisvow xcu yrjQdffxov, comp. Sept. Lam. 3: 4. So Sept. Pass, for nbra Deut. 29: 5. Josh. 9: 13. Ps. 102: 27.' is. 50: 9. Metaph. [to make antiquated, to render obsolete, 77 ), ye, $, (naUw to vibrate,) a wrestling, pp. Ael. V. H. 4. 15. Xen. An. 4. 8. 27. In N. T. trop. for struggle, combat, Eph. 6: 12. Ilahiyyevfoicty a? 9 y, (ndhv, yi- vecrig,) regeneration, reproduction,renewal. a) in a moral sense, regeneration, new birth, i. e. change by grace from a carnal nature to a Christian Jife, Tit.3: 5. Comp. in 'Avaxalvwig, ' h) in the sense of renovation, restora- tion, restitution, sc. to a former state, equiv. to ctTioxaTcuTTCHTtg q. v. in N. T. spoken of the complete external mani- festation of the Messiah's kingdom, when all things are to be delivered from their present corruption and re- stored to spiritual purity and splendour; comp. in Baailiia c. Matt. 19: 28 V i i " n' e ' " Tfl ncdiyyevtffta, orav tta&urr) o viog TOV avfrg. enl &QOVOV Sotyg aviov, comp. Acts 3: 21. See Olshaus. Comm. in loc. Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 9 nahyy. rfg naiQl- dog i. e. the re-occupation of Judea after the exile. So Cicero ad Alt. 6. 6 calls the restoration of his dignity and for- tune , adv. back, back again, again, pp. as implying return back to a former place, state, act, etc. like Lat. and Engl. insep. panic, re. Comp. Passow s. voc. a) pp. e. g. of place, espec. after verbs of motion. Mark 2: 1 x* nal.iv ila)^&fv fig Kan. 5: 21. John 6: 15 avExugyo-sv nakw fig TO 000$. 11: 7. 14: 3 nahv eQ%opai i. q. I will return. Acts 18: 21. 2 Cor. 1: 16. 13: 2 lav IW-ea fl? TO nuhv. Phil. 1: 26 dia rfg tyrig nag- ovfflag ndhv ngog vpag. Gal. 1: 17. 4: 9. al. Horn. II. 18. 138. Ceb. Tab. 29. Dem. 346. 19. Xen. An. 4. 3. 20. So jLapfidvtiv nukiv to take back again John 10:17,18. Acts 10: 16. (Xen. An. 4. 2. 13.) Also Acts 1 1: 10. olxodopiiv ndhv Gal. 2: 18. b) of time, again, another time, once more, (a) genr. Matt. 4: 8 ndhv naga- UVH avibv o 5t/?oAo?. 20: 5. Luke CIO 23: 20. John 4: 13. 16: 1C. Acts 27: 28. Rom. 8: 15. Heb. 5: 12. 6: 6. James 5: 18. al. saep. Pleonast. nuhv ex dsns- QOV, Engl. again the second time, Matt. 26: 42. Acts 10: 15. Ael. V. H. 1. 4. Hdian. 6. 7. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 15. In the sense at another time, genr. John 1: 35. 8: 12, 21. Acts 17: 32. Including also perhaps the idea of place, i. q. 4 again in another place,' Matt. 4: 7. John 12: 39. Rom. 15: 10, 11, 12. Heb. 2: 13. (/5) Hence as a coutinuative par- ticle, connecting circumstances which refer to the same suhject, erg-tun, once more, further, Matt. 5: 33 nahv jjxoiaa- T*. 13:44sq. 18:19. Luke 13: 20. John 12: 22. 1 Cor. 12: 21. Heh. 1: 5, 6. 2: 13. al. Diod. Sic. 13. 25. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 18. So where there is an implied opposition or antithesis, again, on the other hand, contra, Matt. 4: 7. 2 Cor. 10: 7. Gal. 5: 3. 1 John 2: 8. Hdian. 4. 8. 10. Pol.10.9.1. Xen.Cyr.2.3.18. AL. adv. ( pp. dat. of ?/, fr. nag, ntf&og,) the whole multitude together, all at once, Luke 23: 18. Suid. nauTtly&sl xat nafiTi^&sg, avrl TOU 7roAv. Comp. nuun^^g 2 Mace. 10: 24. Dem. 347. 8. Xen. Vect. 4.7. llcefj.TtoA.vc, Tra^TroUjy, nannokv, (nag, nolvg,} very much, very great, vast, Mark 8: 1 na^mo^ov b'/Jiov ovrog. Jos. Ant. 7. 5. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 3. a?, ?j, Pamphylia, a district of Asia Minor, bounded E. by Cilicia ; N. by Pisidia; W. by Lycia ; and S. by a part of the Mediterranean here called the Sea of Pamphylia. Of its cities only Perga is mentioned in N. T. Acts 2: 10. 13: 13. 14: 24. 15: 38. 27: 5. pp. ' place where all are received,' i. e. an inn, in the East a menzil, khan, car- avanserai, Luke 10: 34. See Calmet p.lO,273sq. Jahn110. Harrner's Obs. II. p. 194. Epict. Ench. 11. Luc. Philopatr. 9. Plut. de Sunit. tuend. c. 15. Tom. VI. p. 495. 12. ed. Reisk. The better Attic form was nuvdoxuov, see Phryn. et Lob, p. 307. V, ceo?, o, (ndvdoxog, from nug, d^o^cxt,) pp. one who re- ceives all,' i. e. the keeper of an inn or caravanserai, host, Luke 10: 35. See in Havdoxiiov. Pol. 2. 15.6. Plut. de San. tuend. c. 15. Tom. VI. p. 495 ult. ed. Reiske. ^ The more Attic form was nardoxwg, see Phryn. et Lob. p. 307. UotVijyuQi?, tdoG, y, (nag, ayvgig, ayoQa,} pp. an assembly or convocation of the whole people in order to cele- brate any public festival or solemnity, as the public games, sacrifices, etc. hence genr. a festive convocation, joy- ful assembly, Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 3. Diod. Sic. 2. 55. Xen. Hi. 1. 11. In N. T. only Heb. 12: 23 xt pvQtatnv ayy&uv narrjyi'Qti, xal exxlyalrf Tr^wiOToxwy x. x. L and to countless throngs [even] the joy- ful assembly of angels sc. as hymning the praises of God around his throne; comp. Rev. 5: 11 sq. Ps. 148: 2. Dan. 7: 10. Sept. for nsi E Ez. 46: 11. Hos. 2:11. fns Am." 5: 21. i, adv. (nag, olxog,) with all one's household, Acts 16: 34. So Sept. Cod. Vat. for rp2 Ex. 1: 1. 3 Mace. 3:27. Jos. Ant.' 4. 4. 4. Philo de Vit. Mos. p. 603. C. Aeschin. Dial. Soc.2. 1. This is a later form instead of the ear- lier nu.vmv.ia and navoixrjffln, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 514 sq. IldVonhiCCy cec y T/, (navonlog, from nag, oTilov,) panoply, complete armour, offensive and defensive, Luke 11:22. Trop. of spiritual armour, Eph. 6: 11, 13, Sept. 2 Sam. 2: 21. Jos. Ant. 20. 5. 3. Ael. V. H. 3. 24. Thuc. 3. 114. shrewdness, cunning, craftiness, Luke 20: 23. 1 Cor. 3: 19. 2 Cor. 4: 2. 11: 3. Eph. 4: 14. Sept. for ~70ny Josh. 9: 4. Luc. D. Deor. 7. 1. Xen. ! Xn. 7. 5. 11. In late writers also in a good sense, Sept. for rp:-]5? Prov. 1: 4. 8: 5. Ael. V. H. 2. 40. ' , ou t o, i], adj. (nag, pp. 'doing every thing,' and hence shrewd, cunning, crafty, 2 Cor. 12: 16. Sept. for CW Job 5: 12. - Luc. D. Deor. 2. 1. Xen. An. 2. 5. 39. In late writers also in a good sense, 611 llaga wise, Sept. for t33h Prov. 13: 1. Prov. 14: 8, 15. Ecclus. 21: 12, 20. y adv. (nag,) from all sides, from every quarter, Mark 1: 45. Hdian. 2. 8. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 25. ) adv. (nag,) in all places, every where, Mark 16: 20. Luke 9: 6. Acts 17: 30. 21:28. 24:3. 28:22. 1 Cor. 4: 17. Jos. B. J. 1. 8. 4. Cebet. Tab. 7. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 2. ? } o, ty adj. (nag, r&og,) wholly ended, all complete, i. e. genr. perfect, entire, Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 3 TiavTftiis uiuofala. Diod. Sic. 15. 17. In N. T. only adv. dg TO navidsg, wholly, entirely, i. e. as referring to time, always, Heb. 7: 25. py fig 10 it. i. q. not at all Luke 13: 11. Comp. in Elg no. 3. b. Jos. Ant. 6. 2. 3. Ael. V. H. 12. 20. IIavir) t adv. (-nag,) every where, Xen. H. G. 1. 3. 21. Venat. 4. 5. In N. T. of manner, in every way, in all things, Acts 24: 3 xro#w^urwv ywo- fuvwv . . . diet T/j? aijg ngovolag navrtj xal nanaxov. Pol. 25.5.9. Xen. H. G. 4. 7. 5. Comp. Buttm. 116. n. 5. lldviofrtv, adv. (nag,} from every side or quarter, and hence on every side, round about, Luke 19: 43. Heb. 9: 4. John 18: 20 in text. rec. Mark 1: 45 in Mss. Ecclus. 51: 10. Jos. B. J. 4. 10. 1. Xen. Hi. 6. 8. flaviOXpdioop, Opo$, o, adj. (TTMC, xpaie'w,) the Omnipotent, the Almighty, spoken only of God, 2 Cor. 6: 18. Rev. 1: 8. 4: 8. 11: 17. 15: 3. 16: 7, 14. 19: 6,15. 21:22. Sept. where Heb. rrifiOS 2 Sam. 5: 10. 7: 26, 27. for VTIJ Job' 5: 17. 8: 5. Wisd. 7: 25. 2 Ma'cc. 1: 25. Anth. Gr. IV. p. 151. Ilavioif, adv. (nag,) always, at all times, ever, Matt. 26: 11. Mark 14: 7. Luke 15: 31. 18: 1. John 6: 34. 2 Cor. 2: 14. ill. saep. Wisd. 19: 18. Dion. Hal. Ant. 11. 14. Hdian.3.9.13. Found only in later writers, instead of the earlier CXUOTOT?, Sturz de Dial. Maced. p. 187 sq. Lob. ad Phr. p. 103. AL. g, adv. (nag,) wholly, alto- gether, entirely. a) pp. 1 Cor. 5: 10 xal ov ndv-cwg. 9: 10. 16: 12. Ael. V. H. 5. 14. Hdian. 2. 10. 11. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 13. b) genr. by all means, at all events, assuredly. Luke 4: 23 nuvrwg Igtlie pot. Acts 18: 21 del (j,s Tidviaig ri\v koQtr]v noiijffou it; 'ifQoo-. 21: 22. 28: 4. 1 Cor. 9: 22 \va ndviwg Tivag crtoffeo. So in a neg. reply, emphat. Horn. 3: 9 ou ndv- -uog, not at all, not in the least. Tob. 14: 8. Ael. V. H. 1. 32. in a reply, Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 10. llapdi prep, governing the geni- tive, dative, and accusative, with the primary sign if. near, near by ; express- ing thus the relation of immediate vi- cinity or proximity, which is differently modified according to the force of the different cases. Comp. in 3 An6 init. See Passow in Traoa. Buttm. 142. n.3. Matth. 588. Winer 51. p. 313. I. With the Genitive, where as com- bined with the force of the genitive it- self, it expresses the sense from near, from with, Fr. de chez, comp. Buttm. 132. 2, 3. It is found in prose writers and in N. T. only with a gen. of person, implying a going forth or proceeding from the near vicinity of any one, from the presence or side of any one, and thus takes the general sense from ; comp. Viger. p. 580. Winer 1. c. p. 314. a) pp. after verbs of motion, as of coming, sending, etc. Mark 14:43 na- Qaylvnai, 'lovdag . . . x* b'^Xo? nolvg . . . naQa TWV a^tf^fiW. Luke 8: 49. John 15: 26. 17: 8." So after tlvai, to be from, i. q. to come from, John 6: 46. 7: 29. impl. 1: 14. ^ Of things, Luke 6: 19 dvvafjig nag avrov |j?Axhv a vir- tue went out from him, was diffused around him. Sept. Is. 57: 16. Luc. D. Deor. 24. 2. Xen. An. 2. 2. 1. b) tro p. after verbs of asking, receiv- ing, or those which imply these ideas ; e. g. after verbs of asking, seeking, etc. Matt. 2: 4 snvv&dvsTO nng amotv. v. 7. 20: 20 aiiovffd 11 nag avrov. Mark 8: 1 1. Luke 12: 48. John 4: 9. Acts 3: 2. 9: 2. James 1: 5. al. Ael. V. H. 7. 2. Xen. An. 1. 3. 16. After verbs of hear- flagd 612 Haga ing, learning, etc. from any one, John 1: 41 dxovo-dviwv nagd 'iwdvvov. Acts 24:8. 28:22. Gal. 1: 12. 1 Thess. 2: 13. 2 Tim. 1: 13. 2: 2. 3: 14 nagd uvog fpa&eg. 2 John 4. al. saep. Luc. D. Mort. 13. 4. Hdian. 1. 1. 4. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 6. After verbs of receiving, ob- taining, buying, being promised, and the like, from any one. Matt. 18: 19 yiin](jnui a vrolg nagd tov najgog. (Xen. An. 7. 2. 25.) Mark 12: 2 'ivn nagd twv ycwo/wV A ( #/; x. T. L Luke 6: 34. John 5: 34. Acts 7: 16 w a'jaTO 'Apgaan . . . Tiaott zoiv wwv 'EftpoQ. 9: 14. 26: 12. Rom. 11: 27. Eph. 6: 8. 2 Pet. 1: 17. Rev. 3: 18. al. saep. Luc. D. Deor. 5. 2. Ael. V. H. 9. 25. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 25. After that, expr. or impl. to be from any one, i. e. to come, be given, be- stowed, from or by any one, John 17: 7 ndna ova dedwxdg pot,, nagd aov . Corn p. Buttm. 134. 3. Winer 1. c. p. 314. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2. Plato Symp. p. 175. E. Xen. An. 1. 9. 1. II. With the Dative, both of person and thing, expressing rest or position near, hard by, with, and c. dat. plur. among. See Passow, Buttm. Matth. 1. c. Winer 52. p. 337. a) pp. of place, after verbs implying rest or remaining in a place, (a) genr. and c. dat. of thing, John 19: 25 swrnj- xtiaav de naga TW aiavgoj tov 'lyvov. Seq. dat. of pers. as indicating place, Matt. 6: 1 (jua&ov ovx t/srs nagd TO" naigl t'/uwv x. T. L 22: 25 i]o~av de nag ^l^juv kmd dddcpol, i. e. with or among us. 28: 15. John 1: 40. 8: 38. 14: 17, 23. 17: 5 bis [bVra] nagd o^avTw . . . y tixov naga crol. Acts 10: 6. 1 Cor. 16: 2 nag taurai ridiiw, with himself, Fr. chez soi, i. e. at home. Col. 4: 16 nag vfuv among you, in your presence. 2 Tim. 4: 13. Rev. 2: 13. al. Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 2 'xa#tTO naga ti] &vgn. Luc. D. Deor. 23. 2. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 15, 26. (/?) Rarely after verbs of motion, and only when subsequent rest is alsonm- plied, comp. in 3 Ev no. 4 ; so in Engl. by, with. Luke 9: 47 'irjffovg . . . Inda- fiopBVog naidlov, fVr^ffcv avio nag kav- xw. 19: 17. Comp. Passow nagd B. 2. Matth. 588. b. Xen. An. 2. 5. 27 si sana lect. b) seq. dat. of person, the reference being to the person himself without regard to place. () pp. and genr. with, among, Matt. 21: 25 ol ds didoyl- OVTO nag eavrotg. Luke 1: 30 svgsg yag %ugw nagd TW #fti5. 2: 52. 2 Cor. 1:17. 1 Pet. 2: 20. Luc. D. Deor. 22. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 6. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 28. (/5) Metaph. with or before any one, i. e. in his sight, presence, judgment, he be- ing judge, etc. Acts 26: 8. Rom. 2: 13 dlxaiot nagd TW #cw. 11: 25. 1 Cor. 3: 19. Gal. 3: ll/ James 1: 27. 1 Pet. 2: 4. 2 Pet. 3: 8. So 2 Pet, 2: 11 nagd xvglw before the Lord, sc. as judge. (Jos. Ant/ 7/4. 2. Ael. V. H. 10. 15 nag 6|i/ot x^tT?;. Hdot. 3. 160.) Also of what is in the power of any one ; Matt. 19: 26 bis, TTO tolg dv&gunoig TOUTO ddvra- iov Iffrt' nagd ds #w ndvra dwaid. So of moral qualities which are with any one, i. e. belong to his character, Rom. 2: 11 ov ydg ecru ngoffwnokrjyia nugd TO) #w. 9: 14. Eph. 6: 9. James 1: 17. Sept! Job 12: 13. Dem. 318. 13 si 5' ovv fffn xai nag fuol rig epnsigla toiaviT]. (y] Trop. 1 Cor. 7:24 Ixaoroff iv M txlrj&i], cV Torrw ptvirw nagd TW #ew, with God i. e. in union and fel- flagd 643 lowship by faith with him, devoted to him as Christians, i. q. iv xvqiM v. 22. III. With the Accusative, pp. ex- pressing motion near by, near to a place etc. See Passovv, Buttm. Matth. 1. c. Winer 53. p. 342. a) pp. implying motion along or by the side of any thing, i. e. near, by, along, after verbs of motion, c, ace. of thing, Matt. 4: 18 niQincriwv 8s o I. naQcc ii\v duikuaaaV) i. e. by the sea, along the sea-shore. Matt. 13: 4. Mark 2: 13. 4: 15 ol naga ir\v odov sc. 07m- Qovxat, i. e. by the way-side. Luke 8: 5. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5 nagu noia^tov @a8i- wy. Xen. An. 6. 2. 1, 18. b) as expressing motion to a place, i. e. place whither, near to, to, at, after verbs of motion, and so equiv. to ngog or tig c. ace. Matt. 15: 29 [mafias - fljivfrs naga rrjv frdlctaaav, he came near to the sea, approached the sea. v. 30 tgyityav avTovg nagu tovg nodas tov 'lyffov, at his feet. Luke 8: 41. Acts 4: 35. 7: 58. Horn. II. 1. 347 TW o*' avng liqv nagu vi]a<; y A%aiwv. Luc. D. Deor. 9. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14 ^ nag fas ela- odoq. c) sometimes also expressing the idea of rest or remaining near a place etc. near, by, at, i. q. nttnt't c. dat. Here however the idea of previous motion or coming to the place, is strictly im- plied ; comp. in hlg no. 4. Passovv nagu C. 3. (a) pp. after verbs of rest or re- maining, Matt. 13: 1 exctthjTO nagu TTJV &dkao*ffav, i. e. he went and sat by the sea-side. Mark 5: 21. Luke 5: 1. 7: 38 OTttcrrt nagu TOI' nodag ai'iov onlo~(a. 10: 39. Ellipt. with a verb impl. Mark 4: 1. Acts 22: 3. Heb. 11: 12. Ael. V. H. 8. 16. Hdot. 8. 140. Thuc. 7. 39. (fi) Metaph. of the ground or reason by or along with which a conclusion fol- lows, by reason of, because of, Lat. prop- ter, e. g. nay a TOVTO, i. q. thereby, there- fore, on this account, 1 Cor. 12: 15, 16 ol nagu TOVTO owe BVTLV ex TOV atapaios; comp. Matth. Winer 1. c. So Sept. for -D~-by Deut. 23: 5. n. TOUTO Pluf. Camill. 28. Xen. Mag. Eq. 1. 5. nag o Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 5. genr. Pol. 1. 32. 4. Dem. 545. 22. d) as denoting motion by or past a place, i. e. a passing by, going beyond, Thuc. 7. 13. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 29 nag aviijv jrjv Baftvlwva. del nagiwai,. In N. T. only trop. as implying a failure to reach the exact point of aim, a want of coincidence with any thing, either from passing aside of it, or falling short, or going beyond. Comp. Passow C. 4. 5, 6. Winer 1. c. Hence the general sense, other than, viz. (a) i. q. Engl. aside from, not coincident with, not conform- able to, i. e. contrary to, against. Acts 18: 13 nttQa lov vo^iov pp. aside from the law, i. e. contrary to law. Rom. 1: 26 nag** cpvo-iv. 4: 18 rcao' Ifatda. 11: 24. 16: 17. Gal. 1: 8, 9. Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 2. Hdian. 6. 3. 6. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 18. (/5) i. q. Eugl. beside, in the sense of except, save, pp. failing r falling short. 2 Cor. 11: 24 TnraoaxovTct nagtt pla.v forty stripes save one, 5. e. falling short by one, failing of one. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. . Dem. 688. 25. Hdot. 9. 33. (y) i. q. Engl. past, in the sense of be- yond, besides, more than ; so genr. Heb. 11: 11 7iu xatpov ifiixiag I'TCXCV, past the proper age, failing the usual age. Jos. Ant. 14. 14. 3. Thuc. 3. 54 naga dvvapiv. More commonly i. q. wore than, above, beyond ; so genr. Luke 13: 2 juaoTO)Aot TiaQu nuvTag. v. 4. Rom. 1 : 25. 12: 3 7ia^' o dti tpgovtlv. 14: 5 see in A>Va> a. Heb. 1: 9. (Diod. Sic. 12. 13init. Plato Ion. p. 539. E. Xen. Mem. 1.4. 14.) So after comparatives, where TTttou' c. ace. is equiv. to ?/ XCCTW' c. ace. Matth. 588. p. 1174. E. g. Luke 3: 13 [trjdiv nliov TTO TO diaieTa/f^evov. Heb. 1:4. 2:7,9. 3:3. 9:23. 11:4. 12:24. (Esdr.4:35. Hdot. 7. 103. Thuc. 1. 23.) After Uo?, 1 Cor. 3: 11 #que- Jaov attov . . . naga IQV xslptvov. Comp. Matth. 1. c. Plato Phaed. 42. p. 93. A, ovds pi}? noieiv it, olds 11 ndfjitlg nagajSalvne T?)V ivio^v io\) dtoi. absoj. 2 John 9. Praegn. Acts 1: 25 t$ r,g [7rocrroAiJ$] naqifir\ *Iovdag i. e. from which he by transgres- sion fell away, which he deserted by transgression. So Sept. seq. ex for fa -110 Ex. 32: 8. Sept. genr. for -OS Num. J4:41. Josh. 7: 11, 15. Jos. Ant'. 9.7.4. Dem. 624.1. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 21. IIctpaftaMco, f. fain, (pdUw,) pp. to throw near, to cast before, as food to animals, Luc. D. Deor. 12. 1. Pol. 1. 84. 8. In N. T. 1. to throw or place side by side, trop. to compare, il IV TIVI Mark 4: 30. il itvt Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 21. Hdot. 1. 198. TI og ti Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 5. 2. intrans. or c. eavrov impl. pp. to throw oneself near, i. e. to betake oneself any whither, to go or come to a place ; see Buttrn. 130. n. 2. 113. n. 2. Matth. 496. Winer 39. 1. Espec. by ship, as a nautical term, seq. els Acts 20: 15 naoEfidlopev fig 2apov. Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 44. Hdot. 7. 179. j f. dv/? exposing himself in, respect to his life, i. e. regardless of his life ; for the dat. comp. Winer 31. 3. Matth. 400. 6. Chrysost. 1 Thess. Horn. 9. Ilesych. Troroa/JoAcwrajUsvos &dv(XTOv eavrov txdovg. Comp. Wet- stein N. T. in loc. g, ;, ( transgression, e. g. IQV vopov Rom. 2: 23. absol. 4: 15. 5: 14. Gal. 3: 19. 1 Tim. 2: 14. Heb. 2: 2. 9: 15. Sept. for tPfcO Ps. 101: 3. 2 Mace. 15: 10 n. iwv OQXUP. Jos. Ant. 18. 8.2. absol. Plut. Pomp. 81. T. III. p. 872. 2. Reisk. an accompanier, companion, sc. as one of the warriors in a chariot, Diod. Sic. 20. 41. Xen.Cyr.7.1.29. InN.T.atoms- gressor, sc. lov ropov Rom. 2: 25, 27. pp. a placing side by side, as of ships in battle, Pol. 15. 2. 13. Diod. Sic. 14. 60. In N. T. trop. comparison, similitude. a) genr. Mark 4:30 ev noln avii\v ; Heb. 11: 19 iv net- ifi, i. e. figuratively. Ael. V. H. 3. 33. Pol. 1. 2.2. In the sense of image, figure, symbol, i. q. ivrtog, Heb. 9: 9 ?/Tt [7}^] nagafiotii tig lov xctiQOV ior evfffTrj- XOTW, i. e. a symbol or type of spiritual things in Christ, comp. v. 11. b) spec, a parable, i. e. a short dis- course, usually a narrative, under which something else is figured, or in which the fictitious is employed to represent and illustrate the real. This is a favour- ite mode of oriental teaching, and was much employed by our Saviour ; so often in the first three Gospels, but not elsewhere in N. T. So Matt. 13: 24 flt/UT/v naQa^o\i]v naQi&rpiv. v. 31, 33. 15: 15. 21: 33, 45, 53. Mark 4: 10, 13 bis. 7: 17. 12: 12. Luke 5: 36. 6: 39. 8: 9, 11. 12: 16, 41. 13: 6. 15: 3. 18: 1, 9. 19: 11. 20: 9, 19. 21: 29. ev naoa- Poloug i. e. through or by means of par- ables, Mark 4: 11. Luke 8: 10. lodtiv, \iytiV) tlniiv ev Tictgctftoloiig, Matt. 13: 3^ 6 1 5 10, 13, 34. 22: J. Mark 3:23. 12:1. c. lv impl. Mark 4: 33. didaaxsiv ev lg Mark 4: 2. tins diet nagn- Luke 8: 4. X***QL? naQa^o^g ovx aviolg Matt. 13: 34. Mark 4: 34. ano ii]g ffvxijs ua&ne TIJV naga^o^v i. e. drawn from the fig-tree, Matt. 24: 32. Mark 13: 28. Seq. gen. of the ob- ject whence the parable is drawn, Matt. 13: 18 n. TOU aniigovios. v. 36 n. TWJ/ iuviwv. Once of a series of compar- isons, including also a parable, Luke 14: 7, comp. v. 711, 1214, 1624. Sept. and Heb. rilja Ez. 17: 2. 24: 3. c) in a wider se'nse, figurative dis- course, a dark saying, i. e. obscure and full of hidden meaning, Matt. 13: 35 uvol$w tv naQapolcitg TO (noua uov, quoted from Ps. 78: 2 where Sept. for VvLft a sententious or didactic poem ; cornp. Prov. 1: 6. Ecc. 12: 9. Hence also i. q. proverb, adage, Luke 4: 23. vSo Sept. and b'a 1 Sam. 10: 12. Ez. 18:2. f. (/Soi'Afi'w,) to misconsult, a doubtful form in text. rec. Phil. 2: 30, where other editions and Mss. read jro.5ox,f i'oi q. v. Not found elsewhere. announcement, declaration, by authority, Xen. H. G. 2. 1. 4. In N. T. command, charge, precept, e. g. from magistrates, Acts 5: 28 oi> naquyytMn nuQriyytika- pev vulv , comp. in 'Ayulhoua b. Acts 16: 24. Or as pertaining to religion, 1 Thess. 4: 2 nttQuyydiag Iduxotuev vulv dta iov XVQIOV 3 I^(Tov. 1 Tim. 1: 5, 18. genr. Pol. 6. 27. 1. pp. to bring or send word near to any one, i. e. to announce to any one, Hdian. 1. 5. 3. Xen. H. G. 2. 1. 4. Hence in N. T. and comm. to direct, to command, to charge, and nctQayy&U.a) ui], to forbid, seq. dat. of pers. expr. or impl. the thing commanded being put in the accus. or infin. or with iW etc. () seq. dat. et accus. 2 Thess. 3: 4 Tiagayytttoutv \iulv. v. 10 rouro naqotyy. vulv, bit x. t. L c. dat. impl. 1 Cor. 11:17. 1 Tim. 4:11. 5: 7 ravia nuQayydfa, IVa x. T. A. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 19. Lac. 13. 5. (ft) seq. dat. et infin. comp. for the use of the infin. aor. as well as inf. pres. Lob. ad Phryji. p. 747 sq. Winer p. 274. E. g. infin. aor. Mark 8: 6 nctQir/ysile. Tcj5 b^ko) avansffuv Inl Tr t q yi]q. Luke 5: 14. 8: 29, 56. Acts 10: 42. 16: 18. 23: 22. 1 Cor. 7: 10. Inf. pres. Luke 9: 21 aiTolg naqriyytdf uydsvl keytiv TOVTO. Acts 1: 4. 4: 18. 5: 28 see in flaQayys- tiu. v. 40. 16: 23. 17: 30. 23: 30. 2 Thess. 3:6. 1 Tim. 1: 3. 6:17. c. ace. et inf. pres. 1 Tim. 6: 13. c. dat. impl. Acts 15: 5. Aor. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 26. Hdian. 6.8.15. Xen. Ag. 1.31. Pres. Luc. Nigr. 34. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 4. inf. c. ace. Xen. An. 1. 2. !.(/) Fur- ther, seq. dat. et iVa, comp. in "Iva no. 3. a a. Mark 6: 8. 2 Thess. 3: 12. Seq. dat. c. xa&ug 1 Thess. 4: 11. c. Af/w* before the express words, Matt. 10:5. f. ytvyvouai, (yl- ro^ucu,) pp. in pres. to become near, to become present, i. e. to come, to approach, to arrive, thrice Matt. 3: 1,13. Mark 14: 43. imperf. once John 3: 23. Else- where only aor. 2 nceofytvof^rjv to be near, to be present, i. e. to have come or arrived ; see in Fivouai. a) genr. and absol. John 3: 23 na- Qtyivovto xal tfianilZovro. Luke 19: 16. Acts 11: 23 o$ naQotyivoptvos xctl i'duv. 25: 7. 1 Cor. 16: 3. al. Sept. for &n2 Gen. 26: 32 Ex. 2: 16, 17. saep. Ael. V. H. 12. 1 init. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 3. With an adjunct of place whither, e. g. seq. ds c. ace. of place, Matt. 2: 1. John 8: 2. Acts 13: 14. 15: 4. (Sept. Josh. 24: 11. Hdot. 2. 4.) seq. tnl c. ace. of place, Matt. 3: 13. (Plut. Mor. II. p. 35. Tauchn.) c. ace. of pers. to come upon or against any one, Luke 22: 52. (Sept. Josh. 10: 9. Thuc. 2. 95.) seq. ny6$ c. ace. of pers. Luke 7: 4. 11: 6. Acts 20: 18. Sept. Ex. 2: 17. 18: 6. Diod. Sic. 2. 13. With an adjunct of place whence, e. g. ano c. gen. Matt. 3: 13. e j odov Luke 11: 6. ntxya TIVO? Mark 14: 43. b) i. q. to come or appear publicly, e. g. John the Baptist, Matt. 3: 1. Jesus, Luke 12: 51. Heb. 9: 11. 1 Mace. 4: 45. Test. XII Pair. p. 745. c) i. q. to come back, to return, Luke Ilapayco 616 14: 21. So Sept. for zw Josh. 18: 8. Num. 14: 36. Philo. Leg. ad Cai. p. 1010. B. AL. Jlagayco, f. aw, (uyw,) to lead along near, to lead by or past, Xen. H. G. 4. 5. 11. Hence a) Mid. TictQayofAal, to pass along, to pass away, absol. 1 John 2: 8 f\ ffxoila nuguytiai. Trop. i. q. to disappear, to perish, 1 John 2: 17 o xoV/*o? naQayeiat. Comp. below in b. Only in N. T. b) intruns. nuydyoj, to pass along, to pass by, comp. in "A/a no. 3. Matt. 20: 30 axovvavreg on 'lyvovg nagayst,. Mark 2: 14. 15:21. John 9:1. So Sept. for -15* 2 Sam. 15: 18. Ps. 129: 8. In the sense of to pass on further, to pass away, Malt. 9: 9 xal nagdywv o 'itjo'ovg txti&sv. v. 27. John 8: 59. Trop. i. q. to disappear, to perish, 1 Cor. 7: 31 TO (r/^ua toil x6ff[j.ov TOVTOV naguyti. So Sept. and -O3? Ps. 144: 4. , f. law, (nagu- example, from TiaQadelxvv^i,) to make an example of, lo expose to public shame, c. ace. Matt. 1: 19 pi &ilwv av- vi\v naQadsiypaTlaai. Heb. 6: 6 where it is coupled with avaffjctvyou. So Sept. for ypin Num. 25: 4. Plut. de Curiosit. 10. T. VIII. p. 65. 1. Reisk. Pol. 29. 7. 5. >p, ov } o, paradise, a word which seems to have had its ori- gin in the languages of Eastern Asia ; comp. Sanscr. paradesha and paradisha a land elevated and cultivated, Armen. pardes a garden around the house planted with grass, herbs, trees, for use and ornament, see Schroeder Dissert. Thesaur. Ling. Arrnen. praemiss. p. 56. In the Heb. form OT"i9 and Gr. nugu- dfiaog it is applied to the pleasure gar- dens and parks with wild animals around the country residences of the Persian monarchs and princes, Neh. 2: 8. cornp. Ecc. 2: 5. Cant. 4: 13. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14. H. G. 4. 1. 33. Oec. 4. 13. Diod. Sic. 16. 41. In like manner of the parks and gardens of the Jewish kings, Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 14. ib. 8. 7. 3. Hence the LXX employ it of the garden of Eden, nagadeiaog for Heb. ]X Gen. 2: 8 sq. Jos. Ant. 1. 1. 3. See Gesen. Heb. Lex. O^S . Rosernn. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 173 sq. Hence in the later Jew- ish usage and in N. T. paradise is put for the abode of the blessed after death, viz. a) the inferior paradise, or the region of the blessed in Hades, Luke 23: 43. See"Aidr)s i. e. adt]g p. 13. Comp. Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 3. b) 7i. tov &tov, the paradise of God, the celestial paradise, where the spirits of the just dwell with God, 2 Cor. 12: 4, i. q. o iglxoq ovgavoq in v. 3, see in Ougavog d. ft. So Rev. 2: 7, where the- imagery is drawn from Gen. 2: 8 sq. Psalt. Salom. 14: 2. Test. XII Patr. p. 586 ctvwg [o vibg tov #.] uvol&i TCI? frvguq tov nagadslffov crov, xal . . . 5w( io?g ayloig p. from the hands of any one, Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 1. In N. T. trop. to receive, to admit, to ap- prove, c. accus. e. g. things, Mark 4: 20 lov tiyov. Acts 16: 21 B&IJ. 22: 18. I Tim. 5: 19. Sept. for a tin Ex. 23: 1. Arr. Epict. 1. 7. 6. Luc. D. Mort. 28. 2. Of persons, by Hebraism, to delight in, Heb. 12:6 viovovnaga^ixntti., parall. with ayaTiuw, quoted from Prov. 3: 12 where Sept. for n!"n I la pad tai pi fir], ijg } i}, (naga, di- ctigtfiri pastime, employment, fr. dLcngl- /?w q. v.) mis-employment, q. d. idle occu- pation, 1 Tim. 6: 5 in text. rec. This is the better reading, instead of dtana- gangifti], see Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 233, arid in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 61. Winer p, 88 sq. o give near, with, to any one, to give over, to deliver over or up, sc. into the possession or power of any one, trans. Spoken a) of persons delivered over with evil intent into the power or authority of others, e. g. to magistrates for trial, condemnation, seq. ace. et dat. Matt. 5: 25 firjnoTS O~E TtotQudw o avtldtxog TW y. Mark 15: 1 nagedrnxav avtov TW Luke 20: 20. John 19: 11. c. dat. impl. Matt. 27: 18. Acts 3: 13. 617 Dem. 515. G. To lictors or soldiers for punishment or ward, Matt. 5: 25 xt o xotiTJs ere nctQctdw TW wn^99fj. 18: 34 TiuQtdwxev avTov rolg fiaffavio-iulg. 20: 19 et Luke 18: 32 rolg t&vtffiv i. e. the Roman soldiers. Acts 12: 4. c. tig final, Matt. 20: 19. Seq. ace. c. tig final, Luke 24: 20 Trao. aviov tig x(jl/.iu fiavonov i. e. to be punished with death, c. iVa, iMatt. 27: 26 > />jo'oDv naytdwxfv, 'ivu oravpwv^. Mark 15: 15. Dem. 1327. ult. Xen. An. 4. 2. 1. So in general to the power and pleasure of one's enemies ; c. accus. et dat. Matt. 26: 15 x/w vftiv naqctow- ,) paradoxical, strange, i. e. aside from re- ceived opinion , Luc. D. Deor. 9. 2. Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. 19. In N. T. by impl. strange, wonderful, Luke 5: 26. Ecclus. 43: 25. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 2. Hdian. 1. L 5. delivery, i. e. the act of delivering over from one to another, Thuc. 1. 9. sur- render of a city, Jos. B. J. 1. 8. 6. Thuc. 3. 53. In N. T. ' any thing orally de- livered,' precept, ordinance, instruction, i. e. a) of oral precepts delivered down from age to age, tradition, traditional law, Matt. 15: 2 TtaQafialvovo't, ir,v Traoa- doffiv TOJV nQtfffivTSQwv. v. 3, 6. Mark 7: 3, 5, 8, 9, 13. Gal. 1: 14. Col. 2: 8. See Jos. Ant. 13. 10. 6. Jos. Ant. 1. c. Pol. 12. 6. 1. b) genr. precept, doctrine, 1 Cor. 11:2 7ro'5wx vpiv, rug Ha oo CIS xifc/m. 2Thess.2: 15. 3: G. Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 1. Arr. Epict. 2. 23. 40. Pol. 11. 8.2. gccfyyAocOj a), f. oicrai, (Jftio pp. ii'f(') } ( } f. e'aeo, (ulvta,) pp. to praise near, before, to any one ; hence to exhort, to admonish, seq. inf. c. ace. of pers. Acts 27: 22 naouirw vuixg tv&v- fiftr. absol. v. 0. 2 Mace. 7: 25. Jos. Ant. 9. 7.2. Lnc. Pise. 51. c. inf. Pol. 1. 80. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 8. depon. Mid. (aiisot,) to ask near any one, i. t 1 . at his hands, to obtain by asking, f. /o-w, (xaxh'w no. 2,) to sit down near, to seat oneself near, seq. naqn c. ace. Luke 10:39. Sept. for n-vl" 1 Job 2: 13.. Arr. Epict. 2. 6. 23. Mid*. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 7. laeph. 41. 3. IfapaxaAe'a), co y f. e' to call near, to call for, trans. Not found in John's writings. a) pp. i. q. to invite to come, Acts 28: 20 Siu imwtp TJJV alilav nctQsxaho'a i'fiu?, idtlv x. T. L Ael. V. H. 3. 37. Dem. 1265. ult. Xen. An. 5. 6. 16. b) i. q. to call for or upon any one, as for aid, to invoke, e. g. God, Jos. Ant. 13. 5. 8. Arr. Epict. 3. 21. 12. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 17. Hence in later usage and N. T. genr. to beseech, to entreat, c. ace. Matt. 18:32. Acts 16:39. 2 Cor. 12: 18. With the accus. expr. or impl. are also put other adjuncts, e. g. part. Uywv or the like, Matt. 8: 5 ycnv. v. 31 ol ds daiuovtg aviov, tiyov-itg. Mark 1:40. 5:23. Acts 16: 15. 25:2. Also c. inf. aor. Mark 5: 619 17 ij()$avto naoaxahlf CIVTOV otnd&tiv x.j.L Acts 8: 31. 9:38. 19:31. inf. aor. c. ace. Acts 24: 4. c. TOU 21: 12. (1 Mace. 9: 35. Arr. Epict. 1. 10. 10. inf. pres. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 53.) c. 'ivct, Mark 5: 18. Luke 8: 31. 1 Cor. 16: 12] 2 Cor. 12:8. c. O'TTW? Matt. 8:34. (Pint. Demetr. 38 pen.) c. Tistti Tivoq Philem. 10. comp. Jos. Ant. I.e. Coirip. Suid. jiuoaxahHv . . . cixygov '/UQ TO Sstff&ai. Thorn. Mag. p. 084. H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 685. c) i. q. to call upon any one to do any thing, i. e. to exhort, to admonish, c. ace. of pers. Acts 15: 32 3 Iovdag xal 2Uf( . . . nuosxti^fasv rolg addcpovg. 1 Cor. 14: 31. 2 Cor. 10: 1. 1 Thess. 2:11. 1 Tim. 5:1. Heb. 3:13. 1 Mace. 12: 50. Pol. 1. 61. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 15. Also c.acc. and with further adjuncts, e. g. with the express words, 1 Cor. 4: 16. 1 Pet. 5: 1. c. inf. pres. Acts 11: 23 nagfxuJiet nuvrag . . . ngoafjiivnv TO! xvgltp. Phil. 4: 2 his. 1 Pet. 2: 11. (Plut. Mor. II. p. 22. Tauchn.) c. inf. aor. Acts 27: 33 nttQtxulfi o If. ununug /- lala^lv ^go(pi|g. Rom. 12: 1. 2 Cor. 2: 8. Eph. 4: 1. Heb. 13: 19. (Hdian.6. 9. 10.) c. iV 1 Cor. 1: 10. 2 Cor. 8: 6. 1 Thess. 4: 1. Absol. c. ace. of pers. impl. Luke 3: 18. Rom. 12: 8 o nagctxu^Mv. 2 Cor. 5: 20. 13:11. Tit. 1: 9. Heb. 10: 25. seq. JU'/wv Acts 2: 40. c. inf. pres. 1 Tim. 2: 1. c. inf. et ace. 2 Cor. 6: 1. So ravra didao'xf, xcti na- Qctxakt, 1 Tim. 6: 2. Tit. 2: 15. d) by impl. to exhort in the way of consolation, encouragement, etc. i. q. to console, to comfort, c. ace. of pers. Matt. 2: 18 Pct%iil xkuiovcru . . . xctl ovx il&de ntXQixxlri&ijvai. 5: 4. 2 Cor. 1 : 4 ter, 6 nag(jixa\wv ypug Inl navy T/J &MyEi x. i. L v. 6. 2: 7. 7: 7. 1 Thess. 3: 7. 4: 18. Seq. TOTS xctfidlag vuwv, Eph. 6: 22. Col. 2: 2. 4: 8. 2 Thess. 2: 17. comp. in Kctgdia a. /. So Sept. often for Dh? Gen. 24: 67. 37: 34. Deut. 32: 36. a"f. In the sense of to make glad, Pass. Jo be glad, to rejoice, Luke 16: 25. Acts 20: 12. AL. Mid. id. Plut. Pomp. 60. In N. T. trop. Luke 9: 45 (TO tyu) TJV nugaxsxviKv^.- un avTwv, comp. in "AUV I. 2. b. ,} a deposit f, trust, something committed to one's charge, 1 Tim. 6: 20 and 2 Tim. 1: 14 in text. roc. where la- ter edit, have the later form TraoaibjxT/ q. v. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 312. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 5. Diod. Sic. 15. 76. Thuc. 2. 72. Xen. An. 5. 3. 7. ), f. y/w, to cover over, to hide, pp. by putting any thing near or before an object, e. g. zot's v; Sept. for tPbsn Ez. 22: 26. f. ibj<7t. Comp. 2 Mace. 8: 11. b) i. q. to follow out closely in mind, to trace out, lo examine, c. dat. Luke 1: 3 nagax. nufft axgifiwg. Pol. 1. 12. .7. Dem. 285. 21. c) i. q. to conform unto, to compare, c. dat. e. g. T/] didatntaUtf 1 Tim. 4: 6. 2 Tim. 3: 10'. 2 Mace. 9: 27. IIuQCtxouco, f. O~M, (axouw,) to mis- hear, i. e. to hoar slightly, inattentively, Ael. V. H. 5. 9. Pol. 7. 11. 9. In N. T. to neglect to hear, i. e. not to obey, c. gen. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Matth. 362. Matt. 18: 17 bis, iuv de nagaxova)] uviwv x. T. L Sept. for 573 r b Is.' 45: 12. nt>> "pi* I'^th. 3: 8". Tob. 3: 4. Jos. Ant. 1.10.4. Pol. 26. 2. 1. f. y>w, (xvmu,} to atoop down near by any thing, to bend a) pp. absol. Luke 24: 12 fiKinti* TOT o&oi'La. John 20: 5. /'? Tt, John 20: 11 nugexvyfv tig TO uvyn&ov. Sept. for SpEUJn Prov. 7: 6. 1 Chr. 15: 29. Ecclus. 21 : 23 fig olxlav. Act. Thorn. 52. Luc. Tim. 13. absol. Aris- toph. Pax 983. Arr. Epict. 1. 1. 16. b) metnph. to look into, to find out, to know, c. ?, James 1: 25. 1 Pet. 1: 12. IlapctAccfifiavcdj f. h'jyopai, (kuu- ^oa'w,) to take near, with, to oneself; and also semi-pass, io receive with or to oneself; coin p. in Au^avw. 1. to take to oneself, e. g. a city, i. e. to take in possession, to seize, Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 11. In N. T. only of persons, to take unto or with oneself, sc. as an as- sociate, companion, c. accus. Matt. 1: irjv yvvuixd aov. v. 24. (Sept. Cant. 8: 2.) Matt. 17: 1 nagahaufiuvsL o 'iqaovg tov niigov x. i. I. 20: 17. 26: 37. Mark 4: 36. 5: 40. 9: 2. 10: 32. Luke 9: 10, 28. 11:26. 18: 31. Acts 15: 39. Also seq. iig c. ace. of place, Matt. 4: 5, 8. 27: 27. seq. uT c. gen. of pers. Matt. 12: 45. 18: 16. Mark 14: 33. seq. ngog c. ace. of pers. John 14: 3. Sept. for npb , c. fig Num. 23: 14. c. unot Gen.22:3.~Hdian. 3.14. 17. Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 15. c.c^Ael. V. H. 2. 18. Part. 7ipaAa/?wi/ is some- times used by partial pleonasm before other verbs, in order to express the idea more fully and graphically, cornp. in > no. 1 . a. Acts 16: 33 xal na- ai'Tovg . . . fkovffsv nno ifav 21:24,26,32. 23:18. So also the verb itself with xnl before another verb; Matt. 2: 13 nxgdlafis TO naidlov xal (f>fv/e. v. 14,20,21. John 19: 16. So Sept. and njpb 1 Sarn. 17: 31, 57. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. n[?b . Trop. of those whom Christ wilf fafre with him, or receive into favour at his com- ing, Pass. Matt. 24:40 o fig nagcdotfifid- vfiat, YM\ o fig acplfcai. v. 41. Luke 17: 34, 35, 36. Also of a teacher, i. q. to receive, to acknowledge, to embrace and follow his instructions, John 1: 11. Comp. in AUU*UVM no. 1. e. 2. to receive with or to oneself, sc. wluit is given, imparted, delivered over, 621 q, d to take from another into one's own hands, Xen. Cyr.7.2.14. InN. T. a) pp. to receive in charge, as an office, dignity, e. g. diaxovictv Co). 4: 17. (nlHWHeb.l2:28. Sept. for C bald. b3p_ Dan. 5: 33. Jos. Ant. I*** Diod. Sic. 11. 68. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. <3o. b) metaph. to receive into the mind, i. q. to be taught, to learn, c. ace. of thing, Mark 7: 4 nagtitfov xoamv. 1 Cor. 15: 1,3. Gal. 1:9. Phil. 4: 9 xt tya&ne xul naodafaxe. Col. 2: 6 TO* Xoio-iov rnetou. for the gospel of Christ. Seq. ace. c. *o >o S 1 Cor. 11:23. c.Traoa Tiro? Gal. 1:12. IThess. 2: 13. 4: 1. 2 Thess. 3: 6. Routh Fragrn. Pair. I. 464, ivp nl 8: a 9. 2 bis, 6. Mark 2: 3, 4, 5, 9, 10. Act. Thom ^ 12 Comp Celsug de M edic. 3 ^^ Reso!utio nerv orum interdum tQta corporo> intei .duni partes infestat. y eteres auclores i|| ud ^ n0 n^lav, hoc ^ v, (U-co,) to loosen at or /rom Me siJe, i. e. things joined side by side, to disjoin, Sept. for Ens Lev. 13: 45. Pol. 8. 6. 9. Diod. 13. 106i craxxi. In N.T. to dissolve, i. e. to relax, to enfeeble ; only Perf. part. lay near, and Mid. to lie near or with any one, Horn. II. 2. 515. ib. 14. 237. In N. T. only Mid. -nctQaXtyonai, as a nautical term, to lay one'* course near, 1. e. to sail near, by, along a place or coast, i. q. TraoctTT/U'w q. v. seq. accus. depending on naya in composit. Buttm. 147. n. 12. Matth. 426. Winer 5(5. 2. c. Acts 27: 8, 13 TrapfAe'/ovTo ir\v /..Diod. Sic. 13. 3 w, 6, */, adj. _ e,) elsewhere also naodhog, , or, near or by the sea, maritime. Luke 6: 17 T71C TfttQttkloV [jfWOBjl TvQOV, i. C. tllC sea-coast. Sept. for B^ Ppn Gen. 49: 13. Deut. 1: 7. D^ Josh*. 11: 2, 3. Job 6: 3. Jos. c. Ap.* 1. 12 il\v nayahov Thuc. 2. 56. to change side by side, to alternate,) change, alternation, vicissitude, James 1: Plotin. Enn. 6. 6. 3 fmtgwv ngoq vvxiag Tj naQaMayi}. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 214. 2.* ^uat,) to misreckon, Luc. D. Mort. 4. 1. Dem. 822. 25. In N. T. pp. to deceive by false reasoning, and henco genr. to deceive, to circumvent, c. ace. of pers. Col. 2: 4. James 1: 22. Sept. for ITS-; a) pp. Heh. 12: 12 e, in allusion to 18.35:3 where Sept. for r3- Sept. for nfij? Gen. 19: 11. Ecclik 25: 23. Arr. Epict. 2. 18. Pol. 20. 10. 9. Diod. Sic. 20. 72. b) in the sense of paralytic, i. q. nct- Qalvitxcx; q. v. Luke 5: 18, 24. Acts 9: 33. _ 1 Mace* 9: 55. Aeschin. Dial. HajNtfUvm, f. vw, (piM),} to remain 1 Cor. 16: 6 noog v^iag os "iv%uv nctQU m-nn. Absol. Heb. 7: 23 xcoAiW^at the priest's office. Judith 12: 7. Pint. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 3. 1 : 25 ._ Diod< Sic> 2. 29 7T. V TOT ( UCe^/|UaTt. Haoa^v^ofJiat, otfiai, f. ijiro- d >Qn Mif] ( ^ to )eak ^ IQ k neflr Qr ^.^ Qn j ^ J.^ ' soo j hi r , K fo 500}. Luc. Cynic. 17. absol. Thuc. 7. 19. IIaganJir)o[(O? 9 adv. (THXQanb'jo-i- o?,) pp. near to, nigh by, and hence like, in the like manner, Heb. 2: 14. Jos. Fit. 37. Dem. 36. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 25. j f. evo-opai, (no- to go near or by the side of any one, i. q. to accompany, Pol. 6. 40. 7. ib. 10. 29. 4. In N. T. to pass by, to pass along by, intrans. Mark 11: 20 xal TiQiai' nctQanoQf-voiJiivoi, eldov ii\v o-vxijv x. i. L Part, ol naganoQ^vo^voi the passers-by Matt. 27: 39. Mark 15: 29. Seq. dux c. gen. of place through which, Mark 2: 23 diet TWV anogl^wv. 9: 30. Sept. for -OS Gen. 37: 27. Josh. 6: 7. c. did for a Deut. 2: 4. Pol. 2. 27. 5. Arr. Indie. 3. 14. Uapa/?ttofJia, aiog, TO, (ncxQa- Trmxw,) a misfall, mishap, Diod. Sic. 19. 100. In N. T. a falling aside or away, sc. from right, truth, duty, a lapse, error, fault, viz. a) pp. as committed unintentionally, as arising from ignorance or inadver- tence. Matt. 6: 14 eav /o uq>i]TS rolg av&gwtotf 10. nctQariKauura aviatv. v. 15 bis. Mark 11: 25, 26. So Matt. 18: 35. Rom. ll: 11, 12. Gal. 6: 1. Sept. for n^a-jj Ps. 19: 13. Chald. fipsOlj. Dan - 6: 22. Pol. 9. 10. 6. b) by Hebraism genr. for transgres- sion, sin. Rom. 4: 25 o? naQedo&i] dux TWV TraocOTTO^uara i]^wv. Rorn. 5: 15, 16, 20. 2 Cor. 5: 19. Eph. 1: 7. 2: 1, 5. Col. 2: 13 bis. James 5: 16. Of Adam's first transgression or fall, Rom. 5: 15, 17, 18. (Wisd. 10: 1.) Sept. for b^n Ez. 623 14: 13. ?;y Ez. 3: 20. yrcS| Job 36: 9. Ez. 14: li. Act. Thorn. "38, 56. JJagaQQf'co, f. oti'aouai,($Bw,)i\or. 2 nayiQqi'ip in Act. signif. Buttm. 114. p. 300 ; tojlow near, to flow by, pp. of a river, Hdian y 1. 11. 7. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 4. trop. to glide away, to escape sc. from the mind, Luc. Disp. c. Hes. 5 H it fv TO* T/JS nonjfftmg SQOUM nagaQyviv Id&y. Of a person, to glide along, sc. by stealth, as a thief, Plut. de Solert. Animal. 13 rned. T. X. p. 40. 5. Reisk. TuxQttQyi'eig '/Q av&Qcanog fig tov viwv ?ov 3 A(ndr)niov. In N. T. once of per- sons, trop. to glide aside from, to swerve or deviate from any thing, e. g. the truth, law, precepts, etc. (comp. absol. Heb. 2: 1 dtl ijuii uxov&kiffi, Honors nctQUQ^vut^sv, i.e. lest we glide aside from them, i. q. lest we transgress ; being thus parallel with 7ra0a/3 povlyv, for Heb. t-.r id. Prov. 3: 21. Clem. Alex. Paedag. III. p. 24G p) Eupol. ap. Slob. Serm. 4. p. 53 /uatVrrat TS xat Ttaoaooil zwv (fQtvtav TW ( UtTfuouj&yg, TiaQUTilarjg. Id. naQUQQva)- (Afv i$o).iff&(afj.iv. Others here prefer the sense to glide aside, i. q. to stumble and fall, to perish, so that then the ques- tion TTWS fjptig txfv$6{4e&a in v. 3 is parallel. So Chrysost. but this sense is not supported by classic or other usage. IJapdoijfJlOS, on, o, ?j, adj. ((n^ua,) by-marked, i. e. having a particular mark or sign, e. g. in a good sense, trop. no- ted, distinguished, Plut. Brut. 2. Hdian. 5. 8. 15 ; also in a bad sense, of false stamp, base, counterfeit, e. g. VO'/UKT^CC Dem. 766. 6. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 239. 7. trop. of pers. notorious, of ill fame, e. g. ttrjTUQ Dem. 307.26. Plut. de Lib. educ. c. 7. T. VI. p. 12. 12. Reisk. Neut. TO 7ictodnrif.iov, sign, mark, badge, plur. insignia, sc. by which any thing is dis- tinguished from others, 3 Mace. 2: 29. Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1005. Diod. Sic. 3. 3. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 67. Espec. spoken of a ship, Lat. parasemon, Ike sign, badge, designation of a ship, com- monly a picture or image on the prow, and distinguished from the tnttla or figure of the tutelar god of the ship upon the stern ; though sometimes the para- semon and tittela would seem to have been the same. Comp. Potter's Gr. Ant. II. p. 128 sq. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 401. Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 18 pen. VI. p. 616. Reisk. nv&ouevov TOV TE vav- xiiijQOV TolVo/ucc ... xat TJfc ycu? TO na- Qaffyuov. Hence in N. T. adj. having a sign or badge, Acts 28: 11 iv nkoUo . . . TTtf^affJ/f/ti) Jioaxi'QOig in a ship badged with the Dioscuroi. llapctoxtva^G); ao-w, (ctt}xeurj, TJCj y, (o-xi'/,) a ma- king ready at hand, i. e. preparation, M Mace. 15: 21 iatv oTiAwv. Jos. B. J. 1. llj 8 TOU bdnvov. Hdian. 8. 5. 7. In N. T. in the Jewish sense, preparation, i. e. the day or hours before the sabbath or other festival, when preparation was made for the celebration, eve of the sabbath etc. Matt. 27: 62. Mark 15: 42. Luke 23: 54. John 19: 14, 3J, 42. Jos. Ant. 16. 6. 2 iv adftpaaiv i] T/J ngo iav- -ryg TTttoaffxfvJ. The same is also called 7iooo-$STov Mark 15:42. Judith 8: 6; and Troofo^Ttov Philo de Vit. contempl. p. 616. Comp. Jahn 348. Bibl.Repos. IV. p. 115 sq. Hapaifivco, f. eVo), (TE/VW to stretch,) to stretch out near, by } to ; to extend near, Sept. Gen. 49: 13. Plut. Pyrrh.20. Xeu. An. 7. 3. 48. In N. T. trop. to extend, to prolong, to continue, sc. in time, trans. Acts 20: 7 naQSisive TS TOV loyov /ue/ot peffovvmlov. Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 9 lov %QO- vov. Polyaen. 3. p. 265, TOV xoo/3oAi- oyioy a/oi dtlfoigiiuQsrtive. Intrans.Diod. Sic. 2. 18. Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 309 pen. 024 , w, f. /no avspuv nagcKpsgo- [tsviu, i. e. driven rapidly along. Plut Arat. 12 ngog ds ps/a nvevpct . . . naga- cpsyopwog polls r^axo T% Adglag. Metaph. to be borne or carried away in mind. Heb. 18: 9 dida%alg noix&aig. . . fir] naoacpsafa&t, where for the dat. with the Pass. comp. Buttm. 134. 4. Plut Timol. 6 omwg ai xalvsig . . . udovrak %ul nagu} nagovffy dkrj&sicf i. e. the truth which is with you, which ye have received. Seq. iv c. dat. of time Luke 13: 1. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4.) Seq. lig c. ace. of pers. Col. 1: 6, comp. in Elq no. 4. ini c. gen. of pers. before whom, Acts 24: 19. tcp o v. tcp 3 oj of 79 * purpose Matt. 26: 50. Ivwntov nvog Acts 10: 33. TIQO? c. ace. Acts 12: 20. 2 Cor. 11: 8. Gal. 4: 18, 20. Sept. for in2 Num. 22: 20. Lam. 4: 18. Diod. Sic. 17. 8. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 23. c. fe Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 4. Xen. An. 1. 2. 2. tnl c. ace. Xen. Ag. 1. 32. Part. TO TIUQOV the present sc. time, Heb. 12: 11 ngo? TO nagov. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 29. Spoken of things, seq. dat. of pers. to be present with or to a person, i. e. the person has the thing, 2 Pet. 1: 9 w ydg pi] Trw'ofort TDr, i. e. he who has not these things. (Wisd. 31: 1.) Hence T TiaQOvru things which one has, i. e. property, fortune, condition, Heb. 13: 5 uQxovpwoi iol<; Tiagoicriv. Pho- cylid. 4 dgxelo'&ctt nageoi'ai, xcu Mo- 7T/o-#at. Xen. Conv. 4. 42. yoj, f. w, (tiffdyo),) to lead in by the side of others, to introduce along with ethers, Diod. Sic. 1. 87, 06. In N. T. to lead or bring in by stealth, to smuggle in, trans, e. g. T? aigsasi? into the church, 2 Pet. 2: 1. Pol. 1. 18.3. Pint. Pyrrh.29. Diod. Sic. 12.41. I/api(Saxio? y ov, o, r h adj. (nag- ttadyta,) brought in by stealth, smuggled in, sc. into the church, Gal. 2: 4 8iu rot's TT. dddcpov?. Hesych. naguffctx- TOV uMoTQIOV. IJfxgeiGdvG), f. ww, (dvw, 8vv(a, intrans. to go in, see Btittm. 114. Pas- sow dvco B,) to g-r> or come in by stealth, to creep in unaware?, sc. into the church, Jude 4. Jos. B. J. 1. 24. 1. Hdian. 7. 9. 18. trop. ib. 1. 6. 2. aor. 2 &ov, (tgxof^ai,} intrans. I. to go or come in near to any thing, to enter in unto or with any thing, i. e. so as to be present along with or by the side of it. Rom. 5: 20 vopo? di nag- tiff~j)i&v sc. s xoffuov, but the law enter- ed in thereujito, viz. unto or upon the nagdmwua in v. 18, comp. v. 12 T) upag- Tt'a eivriJi&e, i. e. the law supervened upon the state of transgression from Adam to Moses. Test. XII Patr. p. 608 //vT4 pt&rj, xal TrwoEto-so/fTftt ^ avcti- ff X Wfla. Philo de Temul. p. 243. C, ayvoia . . . JUTJTS cpug jU/;rs loyov nagsia- ewcra. id. de Opif. p. 34. D. 626 Here Loesner and others falsely take nuQiiaigxouai as being i. q. ilvtoxofiai. Loesn. Obs. p. 252. 2. to go or come in by stealth, to enter unawares, sc. into the church, intrans. Gal. 2: 4 o'iitvsg naQfiaril&ov xaraaxo- Tiiiffat. Pint. Coriolan. 23. Pol. 2. 55. 3. Diod. Sic. 12. 27. aor. 2 v, see in Klivot b. Rev. 20: 9. So Sept. for n:n*2 Ex. 14: 24. Judg. 4: 16. 7: 1. 1 Mncc. 5: 45. Pol. 3. 73. 8. Ael. V. H. 14. 46. b) in late usage, encampment, i. e. pp. juxta-arrangement in n camp, Pol. 6. 28. 1. ib. 6.31.7. Hence genr. a camp, spoken of a standing camp, castra sta- tira, i. q. Engl. quarters, barracks, viz. the quarters of the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem, in the fortress Antonia, which was adjacent to the temple and commanded it, Acts 21: 34, 37. 22: 24. 23: 10, 16, 32. Spoken also of the en- campments of the Israelites in the des- ert, Hob. 13: 11 ; and in the same con- nexion trop. v. 13. Comp. Lev. 4: 12, 21. 16: 27, where Sept. for rntya . So Sept. genr. for !Ti3n?3 1 Sam.' ~4: 5, 6. 2 K. 7: 5, 7. Jos. Am. 7. 4. 1. Pol. 3. 74.5,9. Plut. Caes.45. Galb.27. Phry- nichus pronounces this use of the word to be dtivwg Mnxedovixcv, ed. Lob. p. 377. Comp. Sturz de Dial. Maced. p. 30 sq. ]J(X()VO%&C0 9 CO, f. 7jw q. v.) to hold near to any one, Horn. Od. 18. 317. II. 18. 556. In N. T. to hold out near or towards any one, i. q. to present, to offer, etc. a) pp. c. ace. Luke 6: 29 nuQs^s xcu iip aMyv, sc. via/ova. Luc. I). Deor. 4. 5. Ael. V. H. 13. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.54. b) trop. i. q. to be the cause, source, occasion of any thing to a person, i. e. to make or do, to give or bestow, to shew, to occasion, sc. in one's behalf, c. ace. et dat. expr. or impl. E. g. xoTror v. xoJiov? 7ictQf%eiv Tivl, to give one trouble, i. q. to trouble, to vex, see fully in Konog fin. Matt. 26: 10. Mark 14: 6. Luke 11: 7. 18:5. Gal. 6: 17. (Pol. 1. 20. 10 dvo~xto,ilav TinQs/tiv.) Al- so e^yctalav 7rf/fiv rm, to make or oring gain to any one, Acts 16: 16. (Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 6 iff&ov. Acts 17: 31 nianv a?, , virginity, virgin age, Luke 2: 36 til) pnu uvdoos emu anb TittQ&tvictq av- iilS. i. e. with the husband whom she had married as a virgin. Sept. for Q^y : Jer. 3: 4. Ecclus. 15:2. Jos. Ant. 4. 81 23. Diod. Sic. 3. 69 or 70. HctQfrwo?, ov, o, /, adj. virgin, e. g. '/vfij nuQ&ivog lies. Theog. 514. TJJ Trao^fiVw &vya?al Aiyvmov Sept. for JlbnnS Jer. 46: 11. 7] nctQ&ivoq ^Jj Jos. Ant. 1.1. 2. 7iao#. ny/i'i Aeschyl. Pere. 612 or 615. In N. T. a) Fern. TJ naqSivw; as subst. a virgin, maiden, (a) pp. one who has not known man ; e. g. Luke 1:27 bis, TIQOS nay&i- vov [*fuvrio~ievpivT)v . . . Maguxv x. T. Z. comp. v. 34. Sept. for n^nB Gen. 24: 16. 1 K. l:2.-Hdian. 1. li. 12, 13. Plut. Romul. 22. So Matt. 1: 23 ^ THXQ- divoq h yao-rgl ?*H, quoted from Is. 7: 14 where Sept. for n^by, apparently r>28 referring however to the youthful spouse of the prophet, comp. Is. 8: 3, 4. 7: 3. 10: 21. So n^ns, Sept. vvnyv, Joel 1:8. Sept. also vluvtg for nttbs? Ps. 68: 26. So Ivog for yo utiful spouse, bride, Horn. II. 2. 5 14 ovg rsxfv *Aair6%i], nao&etog aidolr}. Soph. Trach. 1221. The sense then in Matt. 1. c. would be: 'Thus was fulfilled in a strict and lit- eral sense, that which the prophet spoke in a wider sense and on a different oc- casion.' Coin p. Gesen. Lex. H73b?. Trop. 2 Cor. 11:2. (/9) Genr. of a mar- riageable maiden, damsel, Matt. 25: 1, 7, 11. Acts 21:9. 1 Cor. 7:25, 28, 34 ps- fii()i(Tifti i) yvvi] y.ai i] naq&ivoq, i. q. t] ayauog ibid. v. 3i>, 37 7; nay&tvog KVTOV, i. q. his virgin daughter, marriageable but unmarried. So Sept. and ri73b>', Gen. 24: 43. for rn?: Gen. 24: 14,' 55. 34:3 of Dinah after she was defiled. 3 Mace. 1:18. Diod. Sic .5.73. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 9. Mem. 1. 5.2.^ b) Masc. Rev. 14:4 ovrol tiaiv, ol juaia yi'vaixwv ovx ipokvvd'naav ' TKXQ&S- vot yaQ flaw, i. e. chaste, pure, who have not known women ; or else i. q. ayapoi, unmarried, sc. for the sake of greater devotedness to Christ, co?np. 1 Cor. 7: 32,33. Suid.'l'lfoi oviog nctg&evog xal dlxntog vnijgxf. Photii Amphil. Quaest. 188. p. 785, Tov nuQ&ivov xal svay/eh- aiov 'fwuvvov. Ucepfroc, ov, o, a Parthian, Acts 2: 9, spoken of Jews born or living in Par- thia. Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 7. Hdian. 6. 5. 15. Parthia proper was a large region of Persia, described as bounded N. or N. W. by Hyrcania ; W. by Media; E. by Aria; and S. by Carmariia deserta; and wholly surrounded by mountains. In the later period of the Roman repub- Irc, the Partisans extended their con- quests and became masters of a large empire. They were esteemed the most expert horsemen and archers in the world ; and the custom of discharging their arrows while in full flight, is pe- culiarly celebrated by the Roman poets ; comp. Hor. Od. 2. 13. 17. Virg. Geor. 3. 31. See Strabo 10. p. 354. Q. Curt. 6. 11. Cellar. Notit. Orb. lib. 3. c.'18 sq. lIczOi'rjfA.tj f. 7iagri nfaiovg x. T. L Acts 23: 24 xTtjvrj. Luc. D. Mar. 6. 2. Pol. 30. 9. 3. c) in the sense to commend, 1 Cor. 8: 8 PQWUU ds t]uaq ov Tiaqivtrio'i TW #W. Jos. Ant. 15. 7. 3. Arr. Epict. 1. 16 d) rnetaph. to set forth by arguments, i. e. to shew, to prove, Acts_24: 13 ovta 7ra^ffTJcrat dvvavtai, myl wv x. i. "k. Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 5. Arr. Epict. 2. 23. 47. Xen. Oec. 13. 1. 629 II. Intrans. in the perf. plupf. and mor. 2 of the Active, and in Mid. to stand near, to stand by. a) genr. i. q. to be present etc. c. dat. expr. or impl. Acts 1: 10. 9: 39 xcu TT- gsffiiicrav allot Tiaffai at XW al i * e - sto d around him. 27: 23. Mark 15: 39 6 na- Qtffiqxcjg e&vavilag, who stood by over against him. John 18: 22. 19: 26. So part, ol TTftpfdr^xorf?, contr. ol rcaQE- fftwTf?, (Buttm. 107. II. 2, 3,) the by- standers, Mark 14: 47, 69, 70. 15: 35. Acts 23: 2, 4. c. evwniov nvog Acts 4: la Sept. for SSi Gen. 45: 1. 1 Sam. 22: 6, 7. 1722? Gen. 18: 8. Judg. 3: 19. Jos. Ant." L 21. 2. Hdinn. 8. 3. 6. Xen. Mem. 3. 1 1. 2. Trop. in a friendly sense, to stand by, to aid, c. dat. Rom. 16: 2 xal nagaaii]iB avifj. 2 Tim. 4: 17. Epict. Ench. 32. Dem. 366. 20. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 33. Trop. and by impl. in a hostile sense, absol. Acts 4: 26 Ttage- inrjaav ol fiaadiig rij? y ijg, quoted from Ps. 2: 2 where Sept. for asnn . Ec- cltis. 51: 3. Spoken of time, a season, etc. i. q. to be present, to have come., Mark 4: 29 naqiarrixtv o &fQi:sb 1735 Deut.l:38. ISatn. 16: 21, 22. " rnilf Gen. 40: 4. Ex. 24: 13. Luc. D. Deor. 24. 1 3ti . . . nags- wtavai TW Au. flng^vag 9 My o, Parmenas, pr. n. of one of the seven primitive deacons, Acts 6: 5. Vy fi, (086? q. v.) a way by, passage-way, in place Jos. B. J. 1. 1. 5. Thuc. 3.21. Xen. An. 1.7. 16, 17. In N. T. in action, a way by, a passing by. 1 Cor. 16: 7 Iv nafwdw by the way, in passinff. Luc. D. Deor! 24. 2. Pol. 5. 68. 8. Thuc. 1. 126. cOy (o y (olxeu,) to dwell near, to be neighbour, Luc. D. MorL 2. 1. Xen. Vect. 1. 5. In N. T. to be a by-dicelter, to sojourn, to dwell as a stranger, c. V, Luke 24: 18 ffv povog nccQoixiig iv '/- JrtfeM&ijpj Seq. tlq, Heb. 11: 9 Trw^w- xr t aev tig ii]V yr\v, i. e. he came and so- journed, comp. in Elg no. 4. Sept. for lia Gen. 20: 1. 26: 3. asr Gen. 24: 37. _ Dio Chrysost. 46. p. 521. D, nolv yaQ xgtiTTOv cpw/ada sivai, xul notQoixeir Inl Sevqg, i loiaira nu&slv. Isocr. Paneg. c. 43. p. 74. D. Comp. in /7- 01X0$. Ilapotxltc, a?, ^, (nagoixew,) a dwelling near, neighbourhood, Psalt. Sa- lom. 12:3. In N.T. a sojourning, resi- dence in a foreign land without the right of citizenship, Acts 13: 17 Iv TTJ Tittooixm Iv yfi Aiyvrnw. Sept. for nb 1 -J Ezra 8: 34. Wisd. 19: 10. Metaph.'of human life, 1 Pet. 1:17; comp. Heb. 11: 13. So Sept. and 11^73 Ps. 119: 54. flagoixoQy ov y o, /, adj. (olxog,) dwelling near, neighbouring, c. dat. Plut. Pyrrh. 10. Hdot. 7. 235. In N. T. o Tidgoixog subst. a by-dweller, sojourner, sc. without the rights of citizenship, a foreigner, Acts 7: 6, 29 Trw'poixoc ev yfi Maduxv. So Sept. for -|5 Gen. 15: 13. Ex. 2: 22. Ecclus. 29: 26, 27. Trop. of human life, 1 Pet. 2: 11, comp. 1:17. Also in respect to the church and king- dom of God, Eph. 2: 19. Ila^otfJLLCfy a?y n, (naoot,uog by or on the way, fr. olpog,) pp. * something by the way ;' hence a by-word, by-speech, i. e. a) pp. a proverb, adage, 2 Pet. 2: 22 TO -iijg aty&ovg naQOipiag. Symmach. for y^Tj Ez. 12: 22. Luc. D. Mort. 8. 1. Ael. V. H. 12.22. Soph. Ajac. 664 or 673. b) in John's Gospel, i. q. Traoc^o/b/, which word is not used by John, comp. in naQa^o\r\. E. g. (a) genr. ^/zjg-ura- tive discourse, dark saying, i. e. obscure and full of hidden meaning, John 16: 25 bis, i Ttattoiplaig lahlv. v. 29. Comp. in 77o/?o>Uj c. So Sept. and ^70 of short and sententious maxims, Prov. 1: 1. 25: 1. Ecclus. 6: 35. 39: 3. (/?) a parable, in the usual sense, John 10: 6. Comp. in /7^>/5oAr/ b. ndgoivoQy ovy o, ?/, adj. (olvog,) by wine, i. e. spoken of what takes place 630 ly or over wine, revelry, as TU ndgotva sc. p&ri, drinking-songs, Boeckh Find. Fr. p. 555. In N. T. of persons, i. q. given to wine, pp. sitting long by wine, 1 Tim. 3: 3. Tit. 1: 7. Luc. Tim. 55. Lysias 101.20. llagofyofictij f. x^o-opou, perf. naq- Mfflpai, (oi'xopcu to go,) to go along by, to pass along, Horn. 11. 4. 272. In N. T. only of time, to pass away, intrans. Acts 14: 16 iv iai$ naQtpxijfMvcus yevevlg. Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 3. Xen. An. 2. 4. 1. Hcx^OfJLOLa'C.cOy f. aVw, (ououxfa q. v.) pp. to be nearly like, i. e. genr. to be like, to resemble, c. dat. Matt. 23: 27. Comp. n /fapO/IOIOSj OVy o, i}, adj. pp. nearly like, i. e. genr. like, similar, Mark 7: 8, 13 naQouoia, TOHXVTCI jro/Uw. Poll. On. 9. 130 naQOfioiog ' nag oUyov cpoio?. Diod. Sic. 4. 26. Dem. 12. 8. Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 13. rtapo^vvco, f. wu, (o|iW, ot$,) to sharpen by or on any thing, sc. by rub- bing, to whet, e. g. t^y fidxaiQav Sept. for "}: Deut. 32:41. to sharpen by or along with, thereby, i. e. with and for some other act or purpose, e. g. trop. TOV rj%ov Plut. Marcell. 20. Metaph. to sharpen the mind, temper, courage of any one, to incite, to impel, Jos. Ant. 15. 3.5. Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 13. Hence in N.T. metaph. to provoke, to rouse, sc. to anger, indignation, only Pass, or Mid. Acts 17: 16 Traowl-i'VfTo TO nvtv[Au at'Tovx. i. L 1 Cor. 13:5. So Sept. for O^prt Deut. 9: 18. q Deut. 1: 34. 9: 19. jo's. Ant. 8. 8. 5. Dem. 10. 24. Thuc. 6. 56. pp. a sharpening, i. e. trop. a) incitement, impulse, sc. to action or feeling. Heb. 10: 24 fig nago*. aya- jiijs xal x. tqyav. b) paroxysm of anger, sharp con- tention, angry dispute, Acts 15:39. Sept. for q^p. Deut. 29: 28. Jer. 32: 37 __ Dem. ii05. 24. Zco, f. Iff (a, (oQ/ifr,) Att. fut. nagogyiiHi Buttm. 95. 7 sq. Winer 13. 1. c ; to make angry by or along with, some other act or thing, to provoke thereby, therewith, etc. c. ace. Eph. 6: 4 ur) -naQogyl&Ts ta w'xva vpuv. Rom. 10: 19 quoted from 'Deut. 32: 21 where Sept. for OVSn, as also Judg. 2: 12. 1 K. 14: 15 Ecclus. 3: 16. 4: 2, 3. The Act. is found in profane writers only Triclin. ad Soph. Antig. 350. comp. Passow s. v. Pass. Dem. 805. 19. e, o, o, provocation, Sept. for 023 1 K. 15: 30. 2 K. 23: 26. In N. T. anger provoked, indignation, wrath, Eph. 4: 26. So Sept. for P)^J^ Jer. 21: 5. Not found in the classic writers. f. vroj, (OTQWW,} to urge on by or along with some thing else, to stir up, to incite, sc. thereby, therewith, c. ace. Acts 13: 50. Jos. Ant. 7. 6. 1. Luc. Tox. 35. Plut. de sui Laud. 15. T. VIII. p. 153. 6. Reisk. Hapovata, a? f %, (nu^i^i,} pp. the being or becoming present, i. e. a) presence, 2 Cor. 10: 10 ^ ds nagov- ala, tov vwfitajos aa&wr t <:. Phil. 2: 12. Hdian. 1. 3. 13. Dem. 674. 24. b) a coming, advent, genr. 1 Cor. 16: 17. 2 Cor. 7:6 iv ifj naQOvala Tlrov. v. 7. Phil. 1:26 nagovffla ndhiv n^ogv^aq, a coming again, return. 2 Mace. 15: 21. Pol. 23. 10. 14. Diod. Sic. 1. 29. Spoken of the final coming of Christ to judgment, Matt. 24: 3. 1 Cor. 15: 23. 1 Thess. 2: 19. 2 Thess. 2: 8. 2 Pet. 3: 4. 1 John 2: 28. nctQ.iovvlovxovav&Q. Matt. 24: 27, 37, 39. nag. rov ttvylov 1 Thess. 3: 13.4:15. 5:23. 2Thess.2:l. James5:7, 8. 2 Pet. 1: 16 coll. Matt. 24:30. In a like sense, 2 Pet. 3: 12 nctg. Tr^q TOV &eov i^s'oa?. Also of the coming i. e. man- ifestation of the man of sin, 2 Thess. 2: 9. comp. v. 3. ffapotyig, idog, i], (oipov,) a by- dish, side-dish, consisting of dainties set on as a condiment or sauce, Athen. 9. 2. p. 367. B. p. 368. A. Pollux Onom. 6. 56. Comp. Sturz. Lex. Xenoph. s. v. In later usage and N. T. a side-plate, i. e. a plate, platter, dish, pp. in which some dainties are served up. Matt. 23: 25 TO xa T?;? v. 26. Arr. Epict. 2. 20. Plut. de ad- ulat. et Amic. 9. T. VI. p. 197. 3 Reisk. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 4. The grammarians 631 lias condemn the word in this sense, Phryn. et Lob. p. 176. IlctQQrjvici, C(Q y T\, (nag, qrjffig,) pp. 4 the speaking all one thinks,' 5. q. frce- spokenness, as characteristic of a frank and fearless mind ; hence metou. and genr. freeness, frankness, boldness, as of speech, demeanour, action, etc. a) pp. and genr. Acts 4: 13 tffwooDv- Tf? ds T7/v ToO Ileigov naQrjo*lav, i. e. his free-spokenness, boldness. 2 Cor. 3: 12. [7: 4.] Sept. Prov. 13: 5. Diod. Sic.l. 53. Ael.V.H.8.12. Dem. 1397.1. So in adverbial phrases, e. g. nagyr]- o/, i. q. freely, frankly, boldly, John 7: 13J 26 ; or i. q. openly, plainly, without concealment or ambiguity, Mark 8: 32. John 10: 24. 11: 14. 16: 25, 29 ; also of actions, openly, done in the sight of all, not privately, John 11: 54 oi'xm naggr\- o7 nfQtindifi x. T. A. 18: 20. iv nttQr ()t]Gia in or with boldness, i. q. freely, boldly, comp. 'iV no. 3. b. . Eph. 6: 19. Phil. 1: 20 ; also i. q. openly, pub- licly, op p. Iv xQvnw, John 7: 4. Col. 2: 15 edit'/udiifffv tv na^rpin. (Wisd. 5: 1.) (.Kia 7ja{)()t)Oia icith boldness, i. q. freely, boldly, Acts 2: 29. 4: 29, 31. 28:31.! Mace. 4: 18. Luc. Hermot. 51. Dem. 95. pen. b) by impl. i. q. license, authority, 1 Tim. 3: 13 fta&ubv lawolg xwiov TT- Qtnoiovvjai, xai noMijv naQt^ffiuv iv nltnti x. T. L Philem. 8. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 12 ol vbuoi TTO/UTJ*' ngbg afjaoidvoviag f*ovffi naQQrjo-lav. Zosim. 3. 7. p. 255 oux fyfiv 8s naQur t aiav, ola vopov utjSsvbg TOUTO nottiv entTQsyanog. c) as implying frank reliance, confi- ding hope, i. q. conjlde.nce, assurance. 2 Cor. 7: 4 noMrj uoi naqqrivia. ngbg i'uag x. T. L but referred by some to a above. Eph. 3: 12. Heb. 3:6. 4:16. 10: 19,35. 1 John 2: 28. 3:21. 4:17. 5: 14. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 13 naoyrpiav lau- pdvfi ngbg ibv &(6v. Diod. Sic. 14. 65. ricxQ()rj(3icc' > o[J.cti, f. ffOiuc,depon. Mid. (naQyijffla,) to be freespoken, to speak freely, openly, boldly, i. q. to be free, frank, bold, in speech, demeanour, action, etc. E. g. joined with verbs of speaking, Acts 13: 46 nuQuriaiaauuivot, fyovTt navti Matt. 25: 29. Without the art. where the participial sense then re- mains, as Matt. 13: 19 navibg axovovtog every one hearing. 2 Thess. 2: 4. On Luke 11: 4 see in Winer p. 105. (d) Absol. Mark 9: 49 nag yag nvyl uha&t]- (TJT*. Heb. 2: 9. dta nuvio$ sc. %QOVOV, continually , see in diajiavvoq. So tv navTi in every thing, in every respect, 1 Cor. 1:5. 2 Cor. 4:8. 6:4. 7:5, 11, 16. 11:9. Eph. 5:24. Phil. 4:6, 12. 3. all, i. e. of all kinds, of every kind and sort, including every possible vari- ety, i. q. naviodanog, navtolog, Herm. ad Vig. p. 728. Passow nag no. 6. a. a) genr. Matt. 4: 23 -d-sQaneviov nd- vav voffov xal nuaav pulaxlav. Acts 7: 22 ndffrj vocpia Aiyvmiwv. Rorn. 1: 18, 29. 2 Cor. 1: 4. Col. 3: 16. 1 Pet. 2: 1. al. Xen. An. 3. 2. 8. ib. 6. 4. 6. b) in the sense of all possible, i. q. the greatest, utmost, supreme. Matt. 28: 18 cdo&i] fiot ndaa Qovaia iv ovqavoi xal Int yrjg. Acts 5: 23. 17: 11 find ndcryg nQod~vv.iag. 23: 1. 2 Cor. 12: 12. Phil. 1: 20. 2: 29. 1 Tim. 2: 2. 2 Tim. 4: 2. James 1: 2. 1 Pet. 2: 18. Jude 3. Hdian. 3. 8. 6. Pol. 1. 39. 3. Plut. Timol. 5.^ Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 22 tig ndna xivdwov yl&ov. 4. With a negative, e. g. o J nuj, ov ndvitg, not every one, not all, the nega- tive here belonging to nag and merely denying the universality, see in Ov e. y. Matt. 7: 21 ov nag o tiyuv. 19: 11. Rom. 9:J3. 10: 16. 1 Cor. 15: 39. al. But 7itx$ . . . ov, where ov belongs to the verb, is by Hebr. i. q. ovdsig, not one, no one, nothing, none, see fully in Ov a. y. Luke 1: 37. Rom. 3: 20. Gal. 2: 16. 1 John 2: 21. Rev. 22: 3. So Acts 10: 14 ovdtnois scpayov ndv xoivov. 2 Pet. 1: 20. So -nag . . . w, 1 Cor. 1: 29 onwg pi] xavxijarjiai naaa ao. Eph. 4: 29. Rev. 7: 1. Also nag . . . ov ^n] Rev. 21: 27. See Ov 1. c. Winer 26. 1. Coinp. Heb. bb tf'b Gesen. Lehrg. p. 831. Heb. Lex. art. bb no. 3. c. /wj, 1 Mace. 5: 42 (jir t dcpiJTS ndvia av&Qomov . Ecclus. 30: 20. AL. Tlctaycx, TO, indec. i. q. Heb. HCD, Aram. NhQE, thepassover, i. e. a sparing, 80 immunity, from ttOS to pass over, to spare. So Sept. usually for HOB, as Ex. 12: 11, 21. al. but also in 2 Chr. cpaaex, 30: 15. 35: 1, 11. qpaorxtx Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 4. The passover, the great sacrifice and festival of the Jews, was instituted in commemoration of God's sparing the Hebrews when he destroy- ed the first-born of the Egyptians ; it was celebrated on the 14th day of the month Nisan, which began with the new-moon of April, or, according to the Rabbins, of March, between the evenings, see in'Cty/a b. For the in- stitution and particular laws of this fes- tival, see Ex. c. 12 sq. Lev. 23: 4 sq. Num. 9: 1 sq. The later Jews made some additions; in particular they drank at intervals during the paschal supper four cups of wine, the third of which was called t-D'T2M DTD the cup of ben- ediction, TO non'jQiov rfg mho/lag 1 Cor. 10: 16, comp. Matt. 26: 27. See espec. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26:26,27. Bibl. Repos. IV. 113 sq. Jahn 354. Jn N. T. ro 7ido%u is spoken both of the victim and the festival. a) i. q. the paschal lamb, i. e. a lamb or kid of a year old, slain as a sacrifice (Ex. 12: 27) between the evenings of the 14th of Nisan; see in '0///a b. According to Josephus the number of lambs provided at Jerusalem in his time, was 256.500, which were slain between the 9th and llth hour, i. e. from 3 to 5 o'clock, in the afternoon before the evening or commencement of the 14lh day of Nisan, B. J. 6. 9. 3. (o) pp. (f,u f /Hv TO ndff%a to eat the passover, i. q. to keep the festival, Matt. 26: 17. Mark 14:12,14. Luke 22: 11, 15. John 18: 28. Sept. Ex. 12: 43. Ezra 6: 21. comp. 2 Chr. 30: 18. iioiiAU&iv TO ndri UhUJ Ex. 12: 21. 5H nqt Deut. 16: 2~ 5, 6.' Jos. Ant. 3. ] 0. 5 ii]v Overlay nda^a l(yo^itvr t v. (/?) Metaph. of Christ, 1 Cor. 5: 7. b) i. q. the paschal supper, the festival of the passover, on the eve of the 14th of Nisan, which was also the com- mencement of the seven days' festival Ifao'/o) 634 1 lai a a o co of unleavened bread, T uty*a, Ex. 12: 15 sq. Lev. 23: 6 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 5. See Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 120 sq. () pp. of the paschal supper alone, Mark 14: 1 yv ds TO miff/a xal ia iyza. Matt. 26: 18 TTOOS L. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 3 aya&d. So sv nd- 7i^o"/5. x. T. L Mark 8: 31. Luke 9: 22. vno Matt. 17: 12 //sAAff. nuo%iv VTI Mark 5: 26. 1 Thess. 2: 14. dice Matt. 27: 19. dtdrt 1 Pet. 3: 14. (2 Mace. 7: 32.) v7rV rwog Acts 9: 16. Phil. 1: 29. 2 Thess. 1: 5. Seq. adv. 1 Pet. 2: 19 udlxwg. 4: 15. 5: 10. Spoken of the suffering and death of Christ, Luke 22: 15 TT^O tov [is na&elv. 17:25 7roU. 24: 26 ravia. v. 46 ovitag. Acts 1:3. 3: 18. 17:3. Heb. 9:26. 13: 12. 1 Pet. 2: 21 snct&fv vntQ r^tiav. 3: 18 Ticot a^uaoTt- wv. 4: 1 VTCSQ fipwv. genr. Diog. La- ert.5.61. Hdian. 5. 7. 1. Isaeus 35. 19. / Ifdiapa, coVy id, Patara, a mari- time city of Lycia, Acts 21: 1 ; celebra- ted for an oracle of Apollo, who was hence called Patareus, Hor. Od. 3.4.64. Virg. Aen. 4. 144, where comp. Heyne Excurs. II. Strabo XIV. p. 980, 981. HcrtaootO, f. |w, pp. intrans. to strike, to beat, Lat. pulso, e. g. as the heart, Horn. II. 7. 216. Later and in N. T. trans, to strike, to smite, e. g. a) gently, i. q. to touch, to tap, c. ace. Acts 12: 7 ii)v TtfovQctv lov IlifQov. Diod. Sic. 1. 67 iolg xoviolg idg dvnl- 8ag TtaTal-avTfg. b) with violence, so as to wound, c. ace. Matt. 26: 51 naid^ag lov dovlov lou o;^W. Luke 22: 50. c. iv of in- strurn. v. 49. So Sept. for n3n Ex. 21: 12, 18 sq. Pol. 11. 18. 4. Thuc. 8. 92. Xen. Eq. 7. 5. Hence by irapl. and by Hebr. to smite, i. q. to kill, to slay, to destroy, Acts 7: 24 naid^ag lov Ai- yvniLov. Rev. 19: 15. (Ex. 2: 12. j Matt. 26: 31 et Mark 14: 27 7rT|w tov noi- /ieV, quoted from Zech. 13: 7 where Sept. for ri3n, as also Ex. 12: 12. 2Chr.33:25. ' Comp. Gesen. Lex. rD3 Hiph. no. 2. c) trop. and from the Heb. to smile, L e. to inflict evil, to afflict with dis- ease, calamity, etc. spoken only of God or his angel, Acts 12:23 endia$tv avibv ciyydog xvgiov. Rev. 11: 6. So Sept. for n3ri Gen. 19: 11. Num. 14: 12. Mai. 4: 6. [3: 24.] 5)3; Ex. 12: 23. Comp. 635 Gesen. Lex. fDD Hiph. no. 1. c. 2 Mace. 9: 5. co, coy f. rjffca, (nuiog trodden path,) to tread with the feet. a) trans, c. ace. i. q. to tread down, to trample under foot, i. q. to profane and lay waste. Rev. 11: 2 T}V nohv Ti]vayiavTiaTTjo'ovffL. Luke 21:24. Sept. for 073*1 Is. 1: 12. Luc. de Merc. cond. 17! Hdian. 8. 5. 24. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 37. In the sense of to tread out, e. g. grapes, Tr t v kyvov, Rev. 14: 20. 19: 15. Comp. in ^irjvog. So Sept. and ?p4 Neh. 13: 15. Is. 16:10. Lam. 1: 16. jinacr. Od. 17. 14. Xen. Oec. 18. 4 tbv aliov. b) intrans. to tread, to set the foot, etc. seq. indvw, Luke 10: 19 natiiv tndvo) oyeuv, to tread upon serpents, i. e. without harm. So Sept. for nb'> >l Is. 32: 20. Also for *brt i. q.'to walk, Is. 42: 5. IlaTijp, jfpoe, Tpo?, b, a father, comp. Buttm. 47. Spoken genr. of men, and in a special sense of God. A) Genr. a) pp. father, genitor, hy whom one is begotten, Matt. 2: 22 mil 'Hgtadov rov nctJQog avrov. 19:5. Mark 5: 40. Luke 2: 48. John 4: 53. Heb. 7: 10. al. saep. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 14, 15.) Plur. ol Tiait'ofS, parents, both father and mother, Heb. 11:23 M&vaijg exyvfir) TQipyrov VTIO TWV TIUIEQMV amov. Eph. 6: 4, coll. v. 2. Comp. Passow no. 5. b. Parthen. Erot. 10 -nagu tuv nariquv alTvjffafASvog, aviTivyyayrroywouxct. Luc. Tox. 8. Of a reputed father or step- father Luke 2: 48. b) of a remoter ancestor, i. q. fore- father, progenitor ; also as the head or founder of a tribe or people, a patriarch. Sing. Matt. 3: 9 ;raito fyouw tov'A- /V^. Mark 11: 10. Luke 1: 32, 73. John 4: 12. Acts 7: 2. Rom. 4: 17, 18. a), saep. Trop. in a spiritual and moral sense, e. g. of Abraham, Rom. 4: 11 tig 10 Hvai alnbv naiiqa nuvTow TWV m- OTfuoyTwv. v.12,16. So of Satan as the father of wicked and depraved men, John 8: 38, 41, 44 bis. Sept. for SN Gen. 17: 4, 5. 19: 37. (trop. 1 Mace'. 2: 54.) Plur. ol ncatpfg, fathers, i. e. forefathers, ancestors, Matt. 23: 30 iv taig TWV 7i t'/ucSv etc. e. g. Matt. 6: 4 o Traujp aov b (ftsTKav iv TW XQvmw. v. 6, 8 o n. vuuv. v. 15, 18. 10: 20, 29. 13: 43. Luke6:36. 12:30,32. al. Once in John, c. 20: 17. So with the further adjunct vuwv b iv ioig ovqavolg Matt. 5: 16, 45, 48. 6: 1, 9. 7: 11. Mark 11: 25,26. Luke 11: 2. al. 6 ovqdvtog Matt, 636 6: 14, 26, 32. o tnovgdvios Matt. 18: 35. 6 e OVQUVOV Luke 11: 13. Comp. in OvQavog d. So the apostles speaking for themselves and other Christians call God noni)Q i^wv etc. Rom. 1: 7 tigr^vri ano -frtov TTctTQos TJ^WV. 1 Cor. 1: 3. 2 Cor. 1: 2. Gal. 1: 4. Eph. 1: 2. Phil. 1: 2. 4: 20. al. saep. Hence also ahsol. in the same sense, Rom. 8: 15 &dflne Mtv^a vio&ffflas, iv w xQ(xo[*fV $3, 6 HUV'IQ. Gal. 4: 6. Eph. 2: 18. Col. 1: 12. James 1: 27. 3: 9. 1 John 2: 1, 15, 16. 3:1. al. saep. Comp. Ps. 89:26. So Heb. 12: 9 TO> nargl iwv nvtvpaiwv [j\H, OV, O, Attic 7TT- aAotaeo,) a smiter of his father, a parricide, 1 Tim. 1: 9. Corn p. in MyrQttlwag. Thorn. Mag. p. 695. Pollux Onom. VI. 152 ncnQaiwaq xal naTQcdolag. Attic form, Aristoph. Nub. 1327. Dem. 732. 14. Plato Phaedo 62. y dec, ?/, (TTWT?^,) paternal descent, lineage, Hdot. 3. 75. a family, race,caste,lldot. 1.200. In N.T. family, Heb. nilS'JJE , as the subdivision of a Jewish tribe, qpt/A?/, E3Q, which 'family' comprehended several households, oi- xoi, rhacj rPI2; see Gesen. Lex. no. 10. a) pp. Luke 2: 4 ' ol'xov xal Jafild. Trop. Eph. 3: 15. So Sept. andnrtD'rE. Ex. 6: 15,17,19. 1 Sam. 9: 21. al Judith 8: 2. Jos. Ant. 6.4. 1. ib. 7. 14. 7. b) in a wider sense, i. q. tribe, peo- ple, nation, like yvb]. Acts 3:25 naactb ul TiaiQial xfis yijg, in allusion to Gen. 12: 3 where Heb. finDUJE , Sept. \iv ' na- . Hdian. 8. 3. 2. , a, o, Patrobas, pr. n. of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 1G: 14. Ucnponapcrdato$) ou, o, ^, adj. (rcaujo, nctQadidwpt,} delivered down from one's fathers, handed down from ances- tors, hereditary. 1 Pet. 1: 18 avaaiyoyl] nctTQOTt. i. e. a way of life derived from one's ancestors. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 8. ib. 5. 48. Diod. Sic. 17. 2, 4. o*ct, coov, naii^, pa- ternal, i. e. pertaining to one's father, e, g. qpUoi Luc. Tim. 12. Hdian. 3. 15. 13. patrimonial, transmitted from fa- ther to son, Xen. An. 1. 7. 6. Jn N. T. received from one's fathers, handed down from ancestors, hereditary, e. g. vopog Acts 22: 3. t&og Acts 28: 17. 24: 14 ittipsi'cu TW TTT^WW #EW i. e. our pater- nal God, the God whom our fathers worshipped and made known to us. vofio? 2 Mace. 6 : 1. &eo$ Jos. Ant. 2. 13. 1. Thuc. 7. 69. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 17. IfavAog, ov, o, Paulus, Paul, pr. n. of two persons in N. T. 1. Sergius Paulus, a Roman procon- sul in Cyprus, residing at Paphos, Acts 13: 7. See in 'Avdinaios. 2. Paul, the apostle of the Gen- tiles, originally called Zavloq q. v. He was of the tribe of Benjamin and of purely Hebrew descent, Phil. 3: 5 ; but born at Tarsus in Cilicia, Acts 21: 39. 02 : 3, where his father enjoyed the rights of Roman citizenship, of which privilege Paul several times availed himself, e. g. Acts 16:37. 22: 27 sq. At Tarsus, which was a celebrated seat of learning (Strabo 14. 5), he probably gained that general acquaintance with Greek literature which appears in his writings, and which was so important to him as a teacher of the Gentiles or nations^of Greek origin. His Jewish education was completed at Jerusalem, where he devoted himself to the se- verest discipline of the Pharisaic school, under the instructions of Gama- liel, Acts 22: 3, comp. 5: 34. Accord- ing to the custom of learned Jews, he appears also to have learned a trade, viz. that of a tent-rnaker, axrjvonoio?, by which he afterwards often supported himself, Acts 18: 3. 20: 34. See Pirke Aboth c. 2. 2. comp. Neander Gesch. der Pflanz. d. chr. Kirche, I. p. 228. Paul, in the fierceness of his Jewish zeal, was at first a bitter adversary of the Christians ; but after his mirac- ulous conversion, he devoted all the powers of his ardent and energetic mind to the propagation of the gospel of Christ, more particularly among the Gentiles. His views of the pure and lofty spirit of Christianity, in its wor- ship and in its practical influence, appear to have been peculiarly deep and fer- vent; and the opposition which he was thus led to make to the mere rites and ceremonies of the Jewish worship, ex- posed him to the hatred and malice of his countrymen. On their accusation, he was put in confinement by the Ro- man officers, and after being detained for two years or more at Cesarea, he was sent to Rome for trial, having him- self appealed to the emperor. Here he remained in partial imprisonment two whole years, Acts 28: 30. Later ac- counts, mostly traditionary, relate that he was soon after set at liberty, and that after new journies and efforts in the cause of Christ, he was again im- prisoned and at last put to death by or- der of Nero. Comp. Clem. Rom. Ep. ad Cor. 5. Neander 1. e. I. p. 390 sq. Planck Gesch. des Christenthums u. s. w. II. p. 80 sq. See also genr. Ne- auder 1. c. p. 99 sq. and in Bibl. Re- J lav co 638 flei&al pos. IV. p. 138 sq. For the chronolo- gy of Paul's life and the probable dates of his epistles, see in Calmer, p. 731, 732. Neander I. c. passim. Acts 13: 9, 13. 18: 5. 19 : 11. 23: 1. Rom. 1: 1. 1 Cor. 1: 1. AL. fOy f. navata, Engl. to pause, i.e. a) Act. trans, to make pause, to make leave off, to restrain, sc./rom any thing, seq. ace. et uno c. gen. 1 Pet. 3: 10 iiavaa- TW ii)V yluffaav aviov ano xaxov, in al- lusion to Ps. 34 : 14 [13] where Sept. c. OTTO for ]73 ^223 . c. & Eurip. Electr. 987 naixrov ix xaxuv ljue. The usual Greek construction is c. ace. et gen. e. g. Jos. Vit. 19. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 2. Comp. Matth. 845. 4, and n. 1. b) Mid. intrans. to pause, to leave off, to refrain, sc./rom any thing. E. g. seq. gen. of thing, 1 Pet. 4: 1 nsnaviai /uo- tlaf hath ceased from sin. Buttm. 132. 4. 1. Winer 30. 6. For this use of the perf. pass, see Buttm. 136. 3. So Sept. c. gen. for ST Ex. 32:11. Josh. 7:26. Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 3. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 36. Seq. particip. in- stead of infin. Buttm. 144. n. 3. Wi- lier 46. 1. Luke 5:4 dig ds inavaono iulfav, as in Engl. when now he left speaking. Acts 5: 42 ovx snavaavw di- ddaxoyitg, they ceased not leaching. 6: ] 3. 13:10. 20:31. 21:32. Eph. 1: 16. Col. 1:9. Heb.lO:2. c. part. impl. Luke 11 : 1. So Sept. forblft Gen. 11:8. nb3 Gen. 18: 33. 14: 18~ 22. Luc. D. Deor! 6. 4. Hdian. 1. 6. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 2. Absol. i. q. to cease, to come to an end, Luke 8:24. Acts 20: 1. 1 Cor. 13:8 sirs y/twcrcrcu, navffovTou. So Sept. for bin Ex. 9:34,35. Hdian. 1. 16. 6. Xen. Conv. 4. 10. Vy f), Paphos, a maritime city of Cyprus near the western ex- tremity, the station of a Roman pro- consul, Acts 13: 6, 13. About 60 stadia from the city was a celebrated temple of Venus, hence called the Paphian god- dess, Horn. Od. 8. 363. Hor. Od. 1. 30. 1. Strabo p. 1002 sq. only Pass, to become gross, dull, callous, as if from fat, Matt. 13: 15 et Acts 28: 27 BTtaxvv&ri yay ?/ xaodla toil /laoD TOVTOV, quoted from Is. 6: 10 where Sept. for nb rUJn , comp. Deut. 32: 15. Comp. Tittm. cle* Syn. N. T. p. 185. Philostr. Vit. Apollon. 1. 8. naxvveiv vovv. So 7ia%ig TTJV dtavolav Ael. V. H. 13.15. Hdian. 2.9. 15. My f. tW>, (naxvg fat, gross,) to make 'fat, Xen. Oec. 12. 20. Pass, to become fat and thick, Luc. Ver. Hist. 32. Xen. Conv. 2. 17. In N.T. metaph. jGy ff, (nt&,) a fetter, shackle for the feet, Plur. nedai, fetters, Mark 5: 4 bis. Luke 8: 29. Sept. for trrilph? 2 Sam. 3:34. 2 K. 24:37. bi3 Psflbs; 18. Ecclus. 6: 26. Pol. 3. 82.' 8. Xen. An. 4. 3. 8. llfdlVOQ, I], OV y (nidiov, nldov,) plain, level, e. g. land, Luke 6: 17 E'OTTJ enl tonov nedivov, he stood upon a level place, i. e. upon the plain. Sept. fqr "ri'iPtt Deut. 4:43. rtbD'iJ Josh. 9: 1. 2 Chr. 1: 15. 1 Mace." Sf: 40. Pol. 1. 84. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 43. IJ&&VG), f. ww, (nea foot,) to foot it, to travel on foot, i. e. by land and not by water, intrans. Acts 20: 13. Pol. 16. 29. 11. Xen. An. 5. 5. 4 ps- Xgiq Ivtav&a Ine&Vffsv r\ OT^WT/W. IJeZljy adv. (pp. dat. fern, of adj. ntbq on foot, pedestrian,) on foot, Matt. 14: 13. Mark 6: 33. For this dat. as adv. see Buttm. 115. 4. Jos. B. J. 4. 11. 5. Dern. 1046. 13. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 22. fhifrap/ta), co, f.rjff(o,(ntl&agx<>S, from nei&opai; agxt,) PP- to obey a ru- ler, one in authority ; hence genr. to obey, c. dat. e. g. magistrates, ag%alg Tit. 3: 1. TW &$ Acts 5: 29, 32. Jos. c. Ap. 2. 41 rots vopoi?. Pol. 1. 45. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 19. So to obey or fol- low one's advice, c. dat. of pers. Acts 27: 21. Pol. 3. 4. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 27. ffei&OS, ??', ov 3 (nel&w,) a form else- where unknown, i. q. nd&avog or nl- &avoq, persuasive, winning, 1 Con 2: 4 ovx iv nei&olg av&QOJnlvr]? aocpla? loyoiq, U 5 x. i. L Some suppose it to be a contraction or corruption of nd&ctvos; others read ovx iv nu&ot wfy. ffocplag [loyuv], U J x. T. L as if from subst. q. v. y oo? y ovy ^, (i&(o,) pp. Ihifrco 639 pr. n. Pitho, Lat. Suada, the goddess of persuasion, Hdot. 8. 111. Pollux On. 4. 22, 142. In N. T. persuasion, persua- sive discourse, in Mss. 1 Cor. 2: 4, see in /7a#o?. Pol. 2. 1. 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 7.5. Ihifrw, f. 7rW, perf. 2 &a, perf. pass. TIKTKHTUCU, aor. 1 pass. C7ro-#7jv, fo persuade, pp. to move or affect by kind words and motives. I. Act. to persuade, a) genr. e. g. to the belief and reception of the truth, L q. to convince, and in this sense mostly de conatu ; pp. c. ace. of pers. Acts 18: 4 tnsi&e toi'g 'lovdalovg x. i. L i. e. he sought to persuade and convince them. 2 Cor. 5: 11. Also c. dupl. ace. of pers. and thing, Acts 28: 23 nd&wv is aiiovg TU Ttsgl TOV '/ijorov. Comp. Buttm. 131. 6, and n. 4. So the^acc. of pers. being impl. Acts 19: 8 ntl&wv [aviovg] iu nigi x. T. L Also to alleged error, absol. Acts 19: 26. nva Wisd. 16: 8. Ael. V. H. 3. 16. ib. 9. 14 ipe juev ovv TO P.c/#- ov nd&ti. Diod. Sic. 4. 26. Ttv T Xen. Oec. 20. 15. il Thuc.^3. 43 ntiaai T dnvoiaia. Xen. Mag. Eq. 3. 5. Seq. ace. of pers. c. infin. to per- suade to do any thing, to induce, Acts 13: 43 tnu&ov aviovg ijtmtnt* ir\ *aotTt TOV #tov. 26: 28 see in *Ev no. 2. a. Jos. B. J. 5. 13. 1. Diod. Sic. 11. 15. Xen. An. 1. 3. 19. In the sense of to instigate, c. ace. of pers. et iVa, Matt. 27: 20. c. ace. impl. Acts 14: 19. b) i. q. * to bring over to kind feel- ings,' to conciliate. (a) genr. i. q. to pacify, to quiet, e. g. an accusing con- science, iag xagdlag 1 John 3: 19, comp. v. 20. See in "OTt no. 2. c. y. Sept. 1 Sam. 24: 8. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 7 TOV drlpov, comp. 4, 5, (/?) i. q. to win over, to gain the favour of, to make a friend of, c. ace. of pers. Gal. 1: 10 v- f in ' k ' f~V A tit &o(anovg nsi&d), i] TOV -trsov ; ^A.en. Atn. 2. 11.) Prob. by presents, bribes, etc. Matt. 28: 14. Acts 12: 20 ntiaavitg TOV Bluunov. 2 Mace. 4: 45. Jos. Ant. 14. 16. 4 'llQudyg itottolg xQ 1 IP affl nei&ii lov l^vioviov. Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 4. II. Pass, and Mid. to let oneself be persuaded, to be persuaded, i. e. a) genr. e. g. of any truth etc. i. q. to be convinced, to believe, absol. Luke 16: 31 ovda eav iig ix vexowv 1 nsiv&rio'oviai. Acts 17: 4. Heb. 11: 13 in text. rec. Seq. dat. of thing Acts 28: 24. c. inf. 26: 26. (Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 5. Luc. D. Deor. 21. 1. c. dat. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 3.) Perf. pass. nintiafiat as pres. lam persuaded, convinced, comp. Buttm. 113. 6. So c. inf. et ace. Luke 20: 6. seq. em, Rom. 8: 38. 14: 14. 15: 14. 2 Tim. 1: 5, 12. c. ace. id Heb. 6: 9, comp. Buttm. 134. 6. c. inf. 2 Mace. 9: 27. c. oTt Xen. Oec. 15. 6. c. TOVTO Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 19. So to be persuaded to do any thing, to be induced, absol. but c. inf. impl. Acts 21: 14 py nst&o- uivov di aviov sc. pi] vaptvftv x. T. A. c. inf. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1 . 8. b) i. q. to assent to, to obey, to follow, seq. dat. of person, Matth. 362. n. 2. Acts 5: 36,37, 40. 23: 21. 27: 11 o ds Ix. TO) Xl'.?fOV7JT7? . . . lllti&BIO /ittUoV. Rom. 2:*8. Gal. [3:1.] 5:7. Heb. 13: 17. James 3: 3. Ael. V. H. 3. 23. Hdian. 3. 12. 13. Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 8. III. Perf. 2 7T*Vr(Hx>a, intrans. to be persuaded, to trust, comp. Buttm. 113. n. 3. a) i. q. to be confident, assured, seq. ace. c. inf. Rom. 2: 19 ninoiSdq is as- avTov oSrjyov slvat x. T. L c. OTt Heb. 13: 18. Phil. 2: 24. TOVTO OTt Phil. 1: 6, 25, comp. in OVTO? b, f. "OTt no. 1. a. Seq. im TIV OTI, in respect to any one, 2 Cor. 2: 3. 2 Thess. 3: 4. iig iivot OTt, id. Gal. 5: 10. With the further adjunct Iv xvo/o) in or through the Lord, Gal. 5: 10. Phil. 2: 24. 2 Thess. 3: 4. Sept. genr. for nt?a Prov. 10: 10. Deut. 33: 28. comp. Job 12: 6. b) i. q. to confide in, to rely upon, seq. dat. Phil. 1: 14. Philem. 21 **0ft*l( T?5 vnaxovy aov. 2 Cor. 10: 7 VTW. Sept. for npa Prov. 14: 16. 2 K. 18: 20. nprn? Is. 28": '17. (2 Mace. 8: 18. Dion. Hal/Ant. 3. 50. Hdot. 9. 88.) Seq. Iv c. dat. to trust or have confidence in any thing, Phil. 3: 3 iv o-ox/. v. 4. Seq. tnl Ttva id. Mark 10: 24. Luke 11: 22. 18: 9. 2 Cor. 1: 9. Heb. 2: 13. (Sept. for a nea Ps. 25: 2. Prov. 11: 28. a ndn Ps/2: 12.) So c. inl Tiva id. JViatt.*27: 43. Sept. for nt:3 2 K. 18: 21, 22. to), a), f. tt'o-w, aor. 1 Inelvava. 640 For the later mode of contraction into a, as nfivn, instead of the Attic manner into 77, as neivjj, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 61, 204. Winer 13. 3. comp. Buttm. 105. n. 5. To hunger, to be hungry, intraris. a) pp. Matt. 4: 2 vriartvaai, ^uigaq itffffaodxovia . . . iffifQov tnfivaas. 12: 1, 3. 21: 18. 25: 35, 37, 42, 44. Mark 2: 25. 11:12. Luke 4: 2. 6:3. Rom. 12: 20. (Prov. 25:22.) 1 Cor. 11: 21, 34. Rev. 7: 16. So Sept. and n?n Prov. 25: 22. 2 Sam. 17: 29. ntivtfv Jos. Ant. 10. 1 1. 6. Plut. Aristid. 25. nwjjv Luc. D. Mort. 17. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.30. b) meton. to famish, to be without food, i. q. to be poor, needy, Luke 1: 53 nfivtovjag ivinlr}(Ttv aya&wv, 6: 21, 25. 1 Cor. 4: 11. Phil. 4: 12. So Sept. and 35-} Ps. 107: 9. lyy Jer. 31: 12, 25. -Ecclus. 4: 2. c) metaph. to hunger after any thing, to long for, c. ace. TTJV dixaioavvyv Matt. 5: 6. Comp. in Jiydw b. Winer 30. 7. Absol. of longing after spiritual nour- ishment, aliment, John 6: 35. Ecclus. 24: 21. c. gen. Xen. Oec. 13. 9 n. TOV enauvov. Conv. 4. 36. trial, in N. T. only in the phrase ufiQctv Aa/u- pdvdv TWOS, PP- to take a trial of any thing, i. q. neigd^w, comp. in Aunfiavw l.f. E.g. a) i. q. to make trial of, to attempt, ii]g -Oaldwrig Heb. 11: 29. So Sept. for nD: Deut. 28: 56. Hdian. 2. 2. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 18. b) i. q. to have trial of, to experience, TWV lunaiypojv Heb. 11: 36. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 1. Pol. 28. 9. 7 ft Xen. An. 5. 8. 15. Ilfipccfyoj f. daw, (neiga,) to make trial of, to try ; spoken a) of actions, i. q. to attempt, to assay, seq. infin. Acts 16: 7 lntlgaov eig tr^v Bi&wlav nogtvfff&ai. 24: 6. Sept. for ttO 3 Judg. 6: 39. 2 Mace. 2: 23. Jos. B.'J. 1.8.4. b) of persons, i. q. to tempt, i. e. to prove, to put to the test, seq. ace. (a) genr. and in a good sense, in order to ascertain the character, views, feelings of any one. Matt. 22: 35, comp. Mark 12: 2834. John 6: 6 rovro ds thye aviov. 2 Cor. 13: 5 . Rev. 2: 2. So Sept. for I 1 K. 10: 1. Ps. 26: 2. qns Ps. 17: 3.' Jos.B. J. 1. 10. 4. Plut'cleom. 7. (ft) In a bad sense, with ill intent, Matt. 16: 1 7iigdovi(g Inrjguirjffav avrov. 19: 3. 22: 18. Mark 8: 11. 10: 2. 12: 15. Luke 11: 16. 20:23. John 8:6. Hence by jmpl. to try one's virtue, to tempt, i. q. to solicit to sin, genr. Gal. 6: I Vva JUT/ TTeigaff&yg xal av lest thou also be tempted, yield to temptation. James 1: 13ter,14. Rev. 2:10. Espec. of Satan, Matt. 4: 1 nfigctadiivat vnb TOV 3ta/?oiov. v. 3. Mark 1: 13. Luke 4: 2. 1 Cor. 7: 5. 1 Thess. 3: 5 bis. (y) From the Heb. usage, God is said to try, to prove men by adversity, to try their faith and confidence in him. 1 Cor. 10: 13 og ovx eotffti Vfictg nngaa^^vai vnig o dv- vaafo. Heb. 2: 18 bis. 4: 15. 11: 17,37. l(ev. 3: 10. So Sept. and rrS3 Gen. 22: 1. Ex. 20: 20. Deut. 8: 2. ' ( Wisd. 11: 9.) Vice versa, rnen are said to prove or tempt God, by doubting, dis- trusting his power and aid. Acts 5: 9 Ttsigaffcu TO Tivtvfiu XVQIOV. 15: 10 il 7rapT wv &tov ; 1 Cor. 10: 9. Heb. 3: 9 ov Inflgaadv ps ol narsgeg v^wr, quoted from Ps. 95: 9 where Sept. for n03 , as also Ex. 17: 2, 7. Is. 7: 12. Wisd. 1: 2. TZs IQ a a \uog, ov, o, (7m0a,) trial, proof, a putting to the test, spoken only of persons. a) genr. trial of one's character etc. 1 Pet. 4: 12 ngog ituQtttT^bv vulv, i. e. to try or prove you. Ecclus. 6: 7. 27: 5 nsigaffpbg dv&gwjtov V diodoyio-pM aviov. v.7. By impl. trial of one's vir- tue, temptation, i. e. solicitation to sin, espec. from Satan, Luke 4: 13. 1 Tim. 6:9. b) from the Heb. trial, temptation, comp. in Iltiga^a b. y. E. g. (a) a state of trial into which God brings his people through adversity and affliction, in order to excite and prove their faith and confidence in him. Matt. 6: 13 et Luke 11: 4 p; tiaevsyxyg ffuug si? ntiga- ffuov, i. e. bring us not into a state of trial, lay not trials upon us. Matt. 26: 41. Mark 14: 38. Luke 8: 13. 22: 40, 46. 1 Cor. 10: 13 bis. James 1: 2, 12. 1 Pet. 1: 6. 2 Pet. 2: 9. So Sept. and 641 HOE Deut. 7: 19. 29: 2. (Ecclus. 2: 1. 36: 1.) Hence melon, i. q. adversity, affliction, sorrow, Luke 22: 28. Acts 20: 19 dovkevwv TM xvotw ^UCTM daxQicuv xal 7T0tto-uwv. Gal. 4: 14. Rev. 3: 10. See Tholuck Bergpred. on Matt. 6: 13. p. 434 sq. ((3) Vice versa, temptation of God by man is distrust in God, com- plaint against him, comp. in 77oao) b. y. Heb. 3: 8 XT TT)V rjutgav ^ov neiQUffuov sc. TOV -&sov, quoted from Ps. 95: 8 where Sept. for MOE , as also Ex. 17: 7. Deut. 9: 22. the fifth, Rev. 6: 9. 9: 1. 16: 10. 21: 20. Sept. for '"iJ^n Gen. 1: 23, Dem. 260. 20. Xen. An. 4. 7. 21. , co, f. affo), to try-, more usually and in N. T. Mid. neiQuopoti, to try for oneself, for one's own part, to attempt, to assay, sc. to do any thing, seq. infin. Acts 9: 26 IntiQ&To xoMao^at lolg uad^cug. 26:21. 2 Mace. 10:12. Hdian. 2. 11. 13. Xeu. An. 4. 3. 5. Act. Luc. Hermot. 36. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 29. 77?, T, rmtfa),) persua- sion, i. e. the being easily persuaded, credulity, Gal. 5: 8 ilq vuug Mxo&9 TIJ alrj&elu pi] Ttti&w&ai / i] rtfiffuovf) oi-x & TOU x>L. x. T. A. On the paronomasia see Winer 62. 1 fin. Others refer it to Judaizing teachers, i. q. effort at per- suasion. Eustath. ad Iliad, it, p. 21. 46. Odys. z, p. 785. 22. C, (og, OUQ, TO, the sea, pp. the high sea, the deep, the main, re- mote from land. Matt. 18: 6 iv TW ndd- yei iTf\g &a).(xo-o~r]q. Comp. Winer p. 492. Aristot. Probl. sect. 23. qu. 3, iv TW lipsvt oMyr) icnlv f} dakaaaa, iv di TW ndayti, /5#*m. Apoll. Rhod. 2. 608 niL rfj? -&a\aa;V xf(pa>Ujv. Pint, de puer. educ. 14 fin. VI. p. 37. 10. Reisk. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 5. Spoken of teachers, ambassadors, sent from God or in his name, e. g. John the Baptist, c. inf. John 1:33 6 nsuyag us pami&iv. J esus as sent from God, John 4: 34. 5: 23, 24. 6: 38 sq. 7: 16,28. Rom. 8: 3. al. saep. The Spirit, John 14: 26. 15:26. 16:7. Apostles as sent out by Jesus, John 13:20. 20:21. b) of things, to send, to transmit, (a) pp. c. ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Rev. 11: 10 doioa neunovaiv wUijioi?. So c. ace. of thing impl. tivl [ti\ ti'g T* Acts 11: 29. Phil. 4: 16. Hdian. 3. 7. 2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 42. (/5) trop. to send 642 upon or among, c. ace. et dat. 2 Thess. 2: 11 nipyet aviolg o #os Ivfyyeiav Tr/laV^?. So c. ace. simpl. to send forth, e. g. TO dQtnavov, i. q. to thrust in, Rev. 14: 15, 18. Wisd. 12: 25. Horn. II. 15. 109. AL. Ilf'vq?, i}*o? y u, ?/, adj. (nivopai to work for a living,) poor, needy, 2 Cor. 9:9. Sept. for j'rriN Ex. 23:6. Ez. 18: 12. ^:y Deut. 25: : ri. Prov. 31: 20. Hdiaii/2. 1. 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 3. 2 Cor. 11: 24. Sept. 2K. 13: 19. Plut. Marcell. 1 init. ag } ij, (nsvdtyog,) a mother-in-law, e. g. the wife's mother, Matt. 8: 14. Mark 1: 30 5 Si n. Ziuuvoq. Luke 4:38. Also the husband's mother, in antith. to vvucpt], Matt. 10:35. Luke 12:53 bis. Sept. for niEil Ruth 1:14. 2:11. 3:1. Dem. 1123. 1.' frcgo?, ov } o, a father-in-law, John 18: 3. Sept. for tn Gen. 38: 13, 25. ]nn Ex. 3: 1. 18: 1 sq. Tob. 10: 7, 10. Pollux On. 3. 3. 2. Horn. II. 6. 170. TfevfrfOJ, fo, f. 770-6), (nsv&og,) to mourn, to lament, i. e. a) trans, c. ace. of pers. to bewail any one, to grieve for him, 2 Cor. 12: 21 ntv&i'}vw noU-ovg. More cotmn. for one dead, Sept. for b3wV Gen. 37: 33. nsa Gen. 50:3. So I'Macc. 12:52. Lu'c' D. Deor. 14. 1. Xen. H. G. 2.2.3. b) intrans. to mourn, etc. e. g. at the death of a friend, c. xAat'w, Mark 16: 10. Sept. for 7722 Gen. 23: 2. So genr. i. q. to be sad, sorrowful, Matt. 5: 4 fiaxuQioi ol nsvdovvrtg. 9: 15. Mid. for oneself 1 Cor. 5:2. c. xAa/w Luke 6:25. James 4: 9. Rev. 18: U, 15. 19. snl nvi IS: II. So Sept. for rnN Neh. 8: U. Ez. 7: 27. Aesohin v 84."l4. Isocr. p. 213. C. //eV/oc, fog, oug, TO, (kindr. with Tidttog,) mourning, grief, sadness, genr. .fames 4: 9 o yi).(ag vpwv tig Tciv&og ps- iaan)ttfft]i(,}. Rev. 18: 7 his, 8. 21: 4. So Sept. and b2tt Lam. 5: 15. naiP Prov. 14:13. Wisd. 19:3. Dem. 1399. 12. More comrn. for one dead, Luc. D. Deor. 25. 2. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 6. IfeiT/yn*-, t'( y ('>, (nivonai,) poor, needy, i. q. nt'^c, Luke 21: 2. Sept. for **z Ex. 22: 25. r~ Prov. 28: 15. Pol. 6. r 21.7. Dem. 422. 19. xiz, adv. (vim,) Jive, times j ai, a, (%ihog,} Jive thousand, pp. five times one thou- sand, Matt. 14: 21. 16: 9. Mark 6: 44. 8: 19. Luke 9: 14. John 6: JO. Sept. Ezra 2: 69. 2 Chr. 35: 9. Xen. H. G. 1. 2. 1. tj ((I, a } five hundred, Luke 7: 41. 1 Cor. 15: 6. Sept. for n ; ,N73 cnn. Num. 1: 21, 33. Luc. Icarom. L "'Xen. II. G. 1. 4. 21. Illvit, ol, al, T, indec./ve, Matt. 14: 17, 19. 16: 9. 25: 2. Luke 1: 24. Acts 4: 4. al. As an indef. small num- ber 1 Cor. 14:19. Sept. for EOh, r73372.tr , Gen. 18: 28. Ex. 22: 1 __ Luc. Herrnot. 48. Xen. Ag. 1. 36. AL. ffsi>i:Xaiff6XTOG, 7], ov, ord. adj. (nfVT(xatdfy.a,) the fifteenth, Luke 3: 1. Sept. Num. 28: 17. 2 K. 14: 23. ffffTfjICOyTlU) ol, al, T, indcc.jifly, Mark 6: 40 et Luke 9: 14 aru ntvri]Y.ov- iu biff flies. Luke 7: 41. 16: 6. John 8: 57. 21: 11. Acts 13: 20. Sept. for EM^t 1 . Gen - 6: 15 - Ex - - G: 5 - Luc. D. Marin. 6. 1. Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 21. IJfVfT)XO<)TTJ t rj2 } ij, (pp. fern, of TierTTjxovTog fiftieth,) a fiftieth part, a species of impost, Dem. 568. 12. ih. 738. 5. See Boockh Staatsh. d. Ath. 1. p. 337. In N. T. Pentecost, the day of Pentecost, one of the three great Jewish festivals, in which all the males were required to appear before God ; so called because celebrated on \.\\u fjtieth day, TI Tttvir]y.offii} fiueya, counting from the second day of the festival of un- leavened bread or passover. i. e. seven weeks after the 16th day of Nisan ; com p. Lev. 23: 15 sq. Deut. 16: 9 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 6. Hence called in Heb. nTSO'Jj 3n , Sept. sogit] 3do[.taSwv, fes- tival of weeks, Deut. 16: 10. It was a festival of thanks for tlie harvest, which began directly after the passover, Dent. 16: 9 sq. and was hence called also D^nTDzn CT 1 , Sept. yus0a TOJV vi- MV, day of the first-fruits, Num. 28: 26. Joseph us relates that in his dcsy great numbers of Jews resorted from every quarter to Jerusalem to keep this festi- 643 val, Jos. Ant. 14. 13. 4. ib. 17. 10. 2. B. J. 2. 3. 1. Co in p. Jalm 353, 355. In N. T. Acts 2: 1. 20: 16. 1 Cor. 16: 8. Tob. 2: 1. 2 Mace. 12: 32. Joseph. II. cc. yins, niqac. Sept. for J-jSp Nah. 3: 9- Jos. B. J. 7. 5. 6. Pol. T. 41. 2. Xen. Vect. 4. 26. ,) trust, confidence, only in Paul's writings, 2 Cor. 1:15. 3: 4." 8: 22. 10: 2. Eph. 3: 12. IV tivt Phil. 3: 4. Sept. for ]i HJ32 2 K. 18: 20. Aquil. et Theod. for nt2? Hos. 2: 18. Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 1. ih. 3. 2~."2. Philo de Nobil. p. 910. A. Sext. Empir. Pyrrb. 3. 24. Found only in late writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 294 sq. 77fp, enclit. part, (from nsol adv. very, i. q. ntQiavwq, Buttm. 117. n.*3. Matth. 594,) pp. very, wholly, ever, in N. T. found only as joined with a pro- noun or particles for greater emphasis and strength ; see Herm. ad Vig. p. 793. Buttm. 149. p. 432. Passow s. voc. Cornp. *Eavjitq, QCtv } adv. (obsol. nign i. q. ni- ?,) beyond, over, on the. other side, as prep, governing the genii. Buttm. J46. .1, 2. So TIBQUV iov 'looddvov Matt. 4: 15, 25. 19: 1. Mark 3: 8. John 1: 28. 3: 26. 10: 40. Ttiqav rij? #ia', pp. that beyond, the other side, i. e. the region beyond, comp. Buttm. 125. 6, 7. So did TOU niynv ^ov 'logdtxvov Mark 10: 1. ti<; TO TT. TT)? #a- Idaarig 5: 1. fig TO n. TJ/C lluvr^ Luke 8: 22. absol. Matt. 8: 18, 28. 14: 22. 16: 5. Mark 4: 35. 5: 21. 6: 45. 8: 13. So Sept. for -a? Num. 21: 13. 32: 19. Deut. 1:4. Pol." 2. 32. 9. Diod. Sic. 3. 64 or 65. c. gen. Xen. An. 3. 5. 2. Iff 'pa?, CCTOZ, TO, (obsol. nlga,) end, extremity, e. g. of the earth, T]? yijc, i. e. the remotest regions, Matt. 12: 42. Luke 11: 31. Rom.^10: 18. So Sept. for ynat 'sea Ps. 2: 8. y>\;n nxpja Ps. 61: 3. : comp. 19: 5. Dibd. Sic.U 53 init. T n. TJJ Acts 21: 21, 24. e^hin^m Acts 26: 26. yvuHTiov tan, 28: 22. axoi'w Plut. Mor. JI. p. 40. Tauchn. Plato Phaedo c. 58 init. Xen. An. 6. 6.34. After verbs of inquiring, deliberating, doubting, and the like; e. g. frr&w, John 16:19."l Pet. 1: 10. tSiTu&i Matt. 2: 8. nvv&uvoficu Acts 23: 20. tfm'ch'w'oia* Acts 10:19. dialoyl&utn Luke 3: 19. So after 3ia- nogio^at, Luke 24: 4. Acts 5: 24. Soxtl pot Matt. 22: 42. After like nouns, as tfrrjo-ig John 3: 25. Acts 18: 15. nvv&. Luc. Alex. 33. Ceb. Tab. 33. doxti pot Luc. D. Deor. 6. 4. crxonew Xen. Mem. I. 1. 15. b) where the genit. expresses the ground, motive, occasion of the action, i. q. on account of, because of, in Engl. often for. (a) genr. e. g. after verbs of reproving, accusing, being tried, and the like, c. gen. of thing; as iliy/M, Luke 3: 19 '//^w^? . . . tfayxopwog vn aviov Ttfgl 'l/Qtadiotdog x. T. L John 8: 46. 16: 8. Jude 15. eyxaMw Acts 19:40. 26: 2. xaiyyoQf w 24: 1 3. xylvoucu 23: 6. al . xarrjyoQEd) Xen. H.G.I. 7. 2. x(nVo,uu ib. 3. 5. 25. After verbs signifying an af- fection of the mind, e. g. ajilnyxvlouat, Matt. 9: 36. ayavnxrw Matt. 20: 24. Mark 10:41. #tti^cuLuke2:18. xat^tto^ut2 Cor. 10: 8. Spec, ei'/wo/cma) and the like, 1 Cor. 1: 4. 1 Thess. 1: 2. 2 Thess. 2: 13. fi'xaQLO~iluv ctnodidovai 1 Thess. 3: 9. (XUQLV anodidovcti, Diod. Sic. 1. 88.) Also ^ucAtt /iot Matt. 22: 16. Mark 12: 14. al. (AtQifivuat Matt. 6: 28. Luke 12:26. So genr. after various verbs and nouns, e. g. John 10: 33 ntyl xaAou tg- yov ov ki&aoptv crs, x. i. L John 19: 24 >L^o)|UfK ntgi aviov, rlvog OTt. Matt. 16:11. Mark 1:44. Luke 2: 27. Acts 15: 2. 19: 23 TUOU^O? neyl ing odov. Col. 2: 1. Hdian. 1. 11. 4. Dem. 10: 16. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 22 (pdovsixlai negl Tivog. ( ( 5) Where the action is exerted in fa- vour of the person or thing denoted by the genitive, i. q. on account of, in be- half of, for, e. g. Matt. 4: 6 tolg ayy&oig aviov evTfXfl-fui ntgl croD. Luke 22:32 fyw 8s edtr)0"r)v TifQi o*ov, 'ivct, x. T. A. John 16:26. Eph. 6:18. Philem. 10. Heb. 11:40. 1 Pet. 5: 7 on ITW U&H TifQi tfmv. After verbs of offering sa- crifice, one's life, etc. in behalf of any one, Matt. 26: 28 TO a\uu (J.QV ... TO ntyl TroAAojv ixxwofttrov. Mark 14: 24. Gal. 1:4. Heb. 5: 3. Comp. Winer p. 328 rnarg. Eurip. Phoeniss. 534 or 527, comp. Cic. de Off. 3. 21. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 13. ib. 3. 3. 44. (/) Where the action is exerted against a person or thing ; so c. gen. of pers. after words of accusing, Acts 25: 18 TT.^* ov . . . ol Iltfi 645 ovdffjilav atrtW comp. v. 27 tag XT aviov uliiaq. ib. v. 15 7Tt ou . . . tvfcpdvtaav ol ctoxifQfl?, comp. v. 2 xara ra'os. Comp. Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 12. So in the phrase neyi zJ? tt/iapr/a, Trt^t t uaoTtaj', o?i account of sin, ybr sm, i. e. for doing away or cx- piating sin. Rom. 8: 3 TOV wov nsuyag . . . TifQt /j0T/a. 1 Pet. 3: 18 XQ. ana* nigl uuctQiiuv tna&e. Also TIQO(x, they about Tyre and Sidon, i. e. dwelling in and around these cities. Acts 28: 7 iv ds tolg nfQt ^ov TOTIOV Ixflvov i. e. in the parts around, environs. Jude 7. (Strabo 12. p. 571. Ael. V. H. 12. 44. Hdot. 6. 105.) Seq. ace. of pers. ol nfpl TIV&, of a person and his followers. Mark 4: 10. Luke 22:49. John 11:19. Acts 13: 13. See fully in '0, fj, TO, E. p. 555. 2. Trop. of that about which an ac- tion is exerted, about, concerning, re- specting, i.q. TTfot c. gen. Winer, Matth. 1. c. (a) of a matter or business about which one is occupied, Acts 19:25 101*5 Tifot roLcti'iu l(jydia$, lit. workmen about like things, of like occupation. Luke 10: 40 17 ds Mdo&a ntQieffnaio nfQt 7roUji diaxovlav. v. 41. 1 Tim. 6:4. Comp. Viger. p. 656. l/ctv ntQl 11 Luc. D. Deor. 19. 2. Ael. V. H. 3. 42. 646 Hvm ntgl 11 D. Sic. 1. 74. Xen. An. 3. 5. 7. (P) genr. i. q. as to, touching, 1 Tim. 1: 19 7Tf(u T/> nluiiv tvavdyrpav. 6: 21. 2 Tim. 2: 18. 3: 8. Tit. 2: 7. Jos. A tit. 5. 7. 8. A el. V. H. 3. 31. Plato Phaedo 13. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 2. (/) c. art. neut. iu. B6pi f)ufi, wy circumstances, affairs, state, Phil. 2: 23. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.54 TO ;rft TOI/S nvfyovy. Comp. above in I. c. y. 3. Of time, i. e. of a point of time not entirely definite, about, Matt. 20:3 Tttql iijv iQiirjv (jj yv- vcilxa ittQiaytiv. Sept. for ?pbin Am. 2: 10. Dem. 958. 15 rgtis noiidag wxo- jiov&ovf nsgidytig. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 3. b) intrans. or c. eaviov impl. see^/w no. 3, to go about, to go up and down, absol. Acts 13: 11. Seq. ace. of place, depending on ntgl in composit. Buttm. 147. n. 12. Matth. 426. Winer 56. 2. c. Matt. 4: 23 7teQtijy& o).ijv TTJV J'(ddnlar, he went about all Galilee. 9: 35. 23: 15. Mark 6: 6. absol. Cebet. Tab. 6. Comp. ntofttyov eaviov Pint. Solon. 3. t'a}, (o, f. rjcru, aor. 2 ns- to take away what is round about, trans. a) pp. Acts 27: 40 rug u/xvgag nsgi- tJiovTtg taking up the [four] anchors round about the ship, comp. v. 29. So of a veil, 2 Cor. 3: 16 ntQiaiqiiiui TO XWAV/I- fia, in allusion to Ex. 34:34 where Sept. for "ppn.,as also Gen. 41: 42. Esth. 3: 10. 'for -pn- Jon. 3: 6 2 Mace. 4: 38. Jos. Ant. 19. 2. 3. un\a Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 47. T m/?? Dem. 125. 26. Xen. H. G. 2. 2. 22. b) troj). to take away wholly i. e. all around. Heb. 10: 11 nsgiffalv uuag- iia$, wholly to take away sins, to make complete expiation for sins, comp. v. 4. Pass. Acts 27: 20 TitQiyotlio nucru So Sept. for *Vpri Zeph. 3: 16. Ps. 119: 39. "Dion. Hal. Ant.' /; 2; 61. Dem. 942 ult. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 21. f. l>U ojlash around, to shine arounrf,seq. ace. of pers. Acts 9: 3, comp. above in /Teptft/co b. Seq. neol rtva Acts 22: 6, see Buttm. 147. n. 12. Winer 57. 2. , f. /5;.w, (jffaUoi,) to cast or throw around, to put around any person or thing. a) genr. c. ace. et dat. Luke 19: 43 nfQifiukovcriv yixQaxd aoi. See Matth. 402. d, comp. 426. 3. So Sept. for Ez. 4: 2. Pol. 5. 20. 5 ol'i T- OVTS %(XQuxa ty . Ael. V. H. 6. 12. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 14. b) spec, of clothing, i. q. to put on, to clothe, e. g. (a) Act. c. ace. of pers. expr. or impl. Matt. 25: 36 yvpvos, xal TifQifpahie /ue. v. 38, 43. (Sept. Is. 58: 7.) Seq. dupl. ace. to put a garment around or upon any one, to clothe with any thing, Luke 23: 11 nfQipedwv avibv w&jJTa IrtfjiTiQav. John 19: 2. See Buttm. 131. 5. Comp. also above in /7fpt/ca b. So Sept. for MS3 Ez. 18: 7, 16. i,va 11 Test. XII Pair. p. 648. Hdian. 2. 8. 10 ir { v fiav. noQcpvQav [av- ibv] nsQifialovTtg. (/5) Mid. and Pass. to put on one's own garments, to clothe oneself, to be clothed, absol. Matt. 6: 29 olds 2o\ou.wv . . . 7ra^./5aAfTO enclose, embrace. a) to clasp around, to seize, c. ace. 6T pers. trop. Luke 5: 9 &uufioQ ntgiia%iv MvroV 2 Mace. 4: 16. Jos. B. J. 4. 10. 1. pp. ib. G. 3. 1. Luc. Tox. 14. b) i. q. to contain, as a writing, c. ace. Acts 23: 25 /'/; tniaroti]v Ttsai- i%ovffav tov TVTIOV Tot'iov. 1 Mace. 15: 2. Philo de Confus. Ling. p. 358. 'D. Diod. Sic. 1. 4. Impers. or with subj. impl. 1 Pet. 2: 6 dioTt, nfQis%et ev rp /5 Idoi' x. t. L where supply '* 648 *] or the like ; see Buttm. 129. 8, 9. Jos. Ant. 11. 4. 7 /Sot-Ao/jcu yl- UO.VT.O. xa&wg iv avifj ly f. W(TW, to gird around, Sept. for "1TN trop. Ps. 18:40. 30:12. In N. T. o'nly Mid. or Pass, to gird oneself around, to be girded around, spoken in reference to the long flowing garments of the orientals, which ^re girded up around them while en- gaged in any business ; see in 'Avawv- vvfjn, Mid. absol. Luke 12: 37 nt.Qito- ffBTai xal ttvax\ivii alrovg. 17: 8. Acts 12: 8. c. ace. trop. trv bacpvviv akij&ficf Eph. 6: 14. Sept. c. ace. for *iah Is. 32: 11. -ITN Jer. 1: 17. c. iv for 3~Sept. 1 Chr. 15:27. 1 Mace. 3:58. Pol. 30. 13. 10. Pass. perf. part. nl**C, (XOV;TTW,) to hide all around, to hide wholly, carefully, e. g. 10. 8. IftptAvnos, ou, o, i), adj. (nfQl intens. JLVTIIJ,) pp. environed with grief, i. e. wholly grieved, very sorrowful, Matt. 26: 38 H9ott.vn6$ io*xiv f) yvp] uov twg davaiov. Mark 6: 26. 14:34. Luke 18: 23,24. Sept. for n hi Pirn Ps. 42:6, 12. 43: 5. Esdr. 8:71^72. : Aristot. Eth. 4. 3. Plut. Thes. 20, 26. Vr,i, f. yoi, (ntqi intens. us- vta,} pp. to wait around, about any thing, 1. e. fo wait for it, to await in earnest expectation, e. g. ^r ! v btajrytfJ** Acts 1: 4. Sept. for nip Gen. 49: 18. Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 2. Dem.'l314. 6. Xen. An. 2. 1. 3. Uf$>i$, (pp. i- q- TTf?* strengthened,) round about, c. gen. Pol. 1. 45. 8. In N. T. as adv. c. art. o, f}, TO nsQtS, sur- rounding, circumjacent, comp. liuttm. 125.6. Acts 5:16 TO ntf$o?v Trt'otS Tioifwy. Jos. Ant. 11. 2. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1.5.2. gerir. Xen. An.4.4. 7. Luke 1: 24. Luc. D. Deor. , CO, f. W(7W, to encircle round about, to surround, e. g. a city as besiegers, Luke 19:43. So Sept. for Spjjn 2 K. 6: 14. 32D Josh. 7: 9. Aristo'pii. Av. 346. Xeu. An. 6.3. 11. j f. y, (kauno},} to shine around, c. ace. see in UfOKxyto b. Luke 2: 9. Acts 26: 13. Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 3. Plut. Cainill. 17. Diod. Sic. 3. 12. tco, a), f. jo-w, to dwell around, c. ace. see in Hfoiuyta b. Luke 1: 65 iovg ntQtotxovvTctq avrovg, i. e. their neighbours. Xen. An. 5. 6. 16. Mepi'oixoe, ov, o, i], adj. (otxo?,) one dwelling around or near, a neigh- bour, Luke 1: 58. Sept. for -j^ Dent. 1: 7. Jos. Vit. 14. Ael. V. H. 3. 1. Thuc. 8. 6, 22. fftplOVOlOGj ou, o, f\, adj. (nfQiov- ala what is over and above, abundance, property laid up, from Ttfota/u,) having abundance, superabundant, Hesych. ne- Qioi'viov ' noli>, ntgniov. In N. T. by im pi. one'.* own, special, peculiar, as ia- o neqiovffiog Tit. 2: 14, i. q. Ao? tig ntgmo'u]0 Ex. 19: 5. Deut. 7: 6. 14:2. 26: 18. T 'Hesych. . . . nsQiTioirjiov. Theophylact. ovffiog ' utoj, f. y/w, UWTTW,) to leave over, Pass, to be left over, to remain over, i. q. -jifQiylvopat, comp. in Iltgl note. Part, ol nfQtltmofifvoi those remaining over, the survivors, 1 Thess. 4: 15, 17 2 Mace. 1:31. Hdian. 2. 1. 16. Pol. 1.37.2. 82 . v. cr- cumference, circuit, compass, Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 91. contents of a writing, argument in general, Hesych. TTCOIO/^' xal V7i6&fai$. Hence in N. T. the argument or contents within certain limits, a period, section, passage, Acts 8: 32 i\ di ntqioxn ifo yQ(*) ? f. 7J(T6, (7rT0),) pp. to tread about, i. e. to walk about, and gonr. to walk, to be walking, intrans. a) pp. and penr. Matt. 9: 5 tynQtu xal TitQiniiiti. II: 5 %M).ol -JifQtJianoiai. Mark 2: 9. 8:24. 16:12. Luke 24: 17. John 1:36. Acts 3:8,9. 1 Pet. 5: 8. Rev. 9:20. nl. Sept. for VrH Prov. 6: 22. Ael. V. H. 2. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 5. Conv. 9. 7. With an adjunct of place or manner: c. adv. Luke 11:44. John 21: 18 onov ij&eJifg. c. adj. yvpvog as adv. Rev. 16: 15. So with preposi- tions, e. g. did rov (pwibg ctvTijg Rev. 21: 24. fV c. dat. of place, Mark 11: 27 Iv TM w<>w. John 10: 23. Rev. 2:1. (Sept. Gen. 3: 8. Cehet. Tab. 1. Dem. 1258. 22.) John 7: 1 ntQisnaiu o '/. iv TT? raJidaiff, i. e. went about, remained in Galilee; and so by imp]. John 11:54. iv c. dat. genr. Mark 12: 38 iv tnoJuxtg. John 11:9 iv ?),(>. v. 10 iv IT/ vvxil. 12: 35 iv ty axo^in. So trop. John 8: 12. 1 John 1:6, 7. 2: 11. tnl c. gen. as Inl rife dalaaayq Matt. 14: 25. Mark 6:48,49. John 6:19. (Sept. 2 Sam. 11: 2. Ecclus. 9:13.) im c. ace. as inl r^v &d\avaav Matt. 14:26, 29. pud c. gen. of pers. i. q. to accompany, to asso- ciate with, John 6:66. Rev. 3: 4. (comp. Job. 34: 8. Prov. 13: 20.) napd c. ace. as nuQot TJJV -Odlaaaav Matt. 4: 18. Mark 1:16. b) trcp. and from the Ileb. to live, to pass one's life, always with an ad- junct of manner, circumstances, etc. comp. lie!). ^Vrj Gesen. Lex. no. 2. E. g. c. adv. Rom. 13:13 la^ijuovMg 7ifQinuTi]ffM. 1 Cor. 7: 17 aV Eph. 4: 1, 17. 5: 8, 15. Phil. 3: 17 oliaiff. Col. 1: 10 $?. 2Thess. 3:6, 11. So Sept. for ij'-r: 2 K.20:3. Seq. dat. of rule or manner, Winer 31. 3. b. comp. Buttm. m 3. 2. Acts 21: 21 rolg t'fo- fft TifQintntiv. 2 Cor. 12: 18 TW nviv- pan. Gal. 5: 16. So with prepositions, e. g. dta c. iron. ;is dta Tiiaiftac 2 Cor. 5: 7, sec in Jiu I. 4. b. tv c. dat. e. g. of state or condition, as iv vuqxl 2 Cor. 10:3; also of rule or manner, Rom. 6: 4 Iv xuivojr t Ti '^>n^ T. 2 Cor. 4: 2. Eph. 2:2. Co). 3: 7. Hub. 13: 9. iv ti.r 2 John 4. 3 John 3, 4. iv XQKJTM Col. 2: 6. See in 3 v 3. b. ^5. So Sept. for 3 ^rn Prov. 8: 20. Ecc. 11: 9. xara c. ace. implying manner or rule, Mark 7: 5 ov TT. xara T;)V nagctdoaiv x. i. L Rom. 8: 1, 4 XT atxoxa. 14: 15. 1 Cor. 3:3. Eph. 2:2. 2 John 6. Comp. in XOTM no. 4. a. AL. j f. 7rfo5, (ntQi intens. ndqta to pierce,) to pierce quite through, to transfix, pp. so that the weapon is wholly surrounded and covered ; c. ace. Jos. B. J. 3. 7. 31 noUol de iotg idiot? TifQiFJidgovro Slywiv. Luc. Zetix. 10 bis. Diod. Sic. 16. 80. In N. T. metaph. 1 Tim. 6: 10 eavrovg ntQiinn- QUV odvvcus noUalf. Philo in Flacc. init. p. 965. A, [aliovg] avrjxiffioig ntyi- xaxolg. moiy aor. 2 ntgiintaov, (nl- TTTW,) to fall around any one, to embrace him, Xen. An. 1. 8. 28. In N. T. to fall into the midst of any thing, so as to be wholly surrounded by it, i. q. to fall into or among, seq. dat. Luke 10: 30 lij,) to draw from around any one, to draw ojf, as TifQiffnaffug TO dtadyua Pint, cle Gar- rul. 12. T. VIII. p. 24. 7. ed. R. TI/V Ttuoav Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 13. to draw about or away, e. g. a stream into other chan- nels, Plut. Camill. 4 ; persons to another object, Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 33. Diod. Sic. 19. 10. In later usage and N. T. Pass. TifQiantioftut, w/zcu, trop. to be drawn about in mind, to be distracted, over-occupied, sc. with cares or business, seq. Tifql c. ace. Luke 10: 40 T) ds MUQ&U negitffnaio nfQl noMr]v diaxovlav. c. Tifgl Ecclus. 41:2. Pol. 3. 105. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 74 ISfiv tor* rovg texvliag nfgl TroAAw T7J diavolff TifQtaTKaf^&vovg. c. Tigog 11 Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 15. B. J. 5. 6. 2. c. dat. ib. B. J. 1. 11. 7. In this sense found only in late writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 415. a? more than enough, superabundance. Rom. 5: 17 Ti)v ntqiaadav Tijg #OITO, i. q. TTJV ZUQIIOL TTJV nfQtaffflav, superabounding grace. 2 Cor. 8: 2. 10: 15 fig nv adv. superabundantly, exceedingly. James 1: 21 TISO. rijg xx/?, i. e. super- abounding wickedness. Comp. Buttm. 123. n. 4. Winer 34. 2. So Sept. for -| rili Ecc. 0:8. -p-in" 1 Ecc. 1:3. 5:8. more than enough, i. e. a) what is left over, remainder, resi- due, Mark 8: 8 nfQiffffEifAUTtx iwv xAacr- . b) what is laid up, superabundance, i. e. wealth, affluence, 2 Cor. 8: 13, 14 y.al to exe/i'oiy TTfQiffvsvuu /srijTixt fig TO iiuuv WTSO^/W. Trop. Matt. 12: 34 et Luke 6: 45 fx TOV nfgiao'tvuaiog ing xaodlag. ffeptoofuco, f. ciVo), (nfQtffffog,) to be over and above, to overgo, to exceed in number or measure, Xen. An. 4. 8. 11. Conv. 4. 35. In N. T. to be more than enough, i. e. a) to be left over, to remain, intrans. John (3: 12 iu neyio'O'si'O'avTU xAao/mra. c. dat. v. 13 u ntQiao-evas rotg /5f/5(wx6- v. 8:2. Absol.2Cor.l:5. 6V32 So with the idea of increment, to abound more and more, i. q. to increase, to be augmented, c. Hat. Acts 16: 5 tntr>la- fffvov TW ot#p(j. e. IV Tm Phil. 1: 9. dia nvoq 2 Cor. 9: 12. Phil. 1: 26. (y) Causat. to make, superabundant, to cause to abound, see Buttm. 113.2sq. Miitth. 496. 2. So of persons, 1 Thess. 3: 12 t'// l I. d, com p. note,) over and above, more than enough. a) pp. as exceeding a certain measure, c. gen. i. q. more than, Matt. 5: 37 TO de Tityiacrcv TOVTMV lit. 'the overplus of thesr,' what is beyond or more than these ; comp. Matth. 334. Sept. for -U-P Ex. 10: 5. 2 K. 24: 31. nni: 1 Sam. 30: 9. Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 2 10 nt- ntaffov Toll' ^o?j ( uM ron*. Ael. V 7 . H. 14. 32. Xen. Cyr. 8." 3. 21. In the sense of superfluous, 2 Cor. 9: 1 TTfoto'o'oj' uoi tort TO /orxqpFfv luli: 2 Mace. 12: 44. Hdian. 5. I. 3.^ Xen. Oec. 18. 2. For the adv. i'n(ia nfQ. tig fytac, sc. than others have, etc. 7: 15. 1 1: 23 bis. 12: 15. Gal. 1: 14. Phil. 1: 14. Also the more abundantly, the more, 1 Thess. 2: 17. Heb. 2:1. 13:19. c. puttov 2 Cor. 7: 13, cornp. in MixUov c. Test. XII Pair. p. 721 Trfo/aaoTCOO)^ ?)/7r7/o-ay al- jCy adv. (-jifqivaog,} abun- dantly, exceedingly, vehemently, Matt. 27: 23 nsotffo-wg txon$nv. Mark 10: 26. (15: 14.) Acts 26: 11. Sept. for -irp Dan. 8: 9. 2 Mace. 8: 27. Pint. Con- 653 ml. ad Apoll. 28 fin. Tom. VI. p. 443. 3. Reiske. //0t0fpa, a? } %, a dove, pigeon, Matt. 3: 16. 10: 16. 21: 12. Mark 1: 10. 11: 15. Luke 3: 22. John 1: 32. 2: 14, 16. Luke 2: 24 5vo veoffvovg nefjio^f- qtiv two young doves, the offering of the poor, cornp. Lev. 5: 7. 14: 22, where Sept. for n:v ^:2 . So Sept. for Si:^ Is. 38: 14, Neh. 2: 7. Jos. Ant. 3. 9*3. Ael. H. A. 3. 15. Xen. An. 1. 4. 9. f. aor. 2 i,) to cut around, to circum- cise, Mid. to let oneself be circumcised, comp. Buttin. 135. 8 ; only in the Jewish sense, ' to remove the prepuce.' a) pp. c. ace. of pers. Luke 1: 59 i}).&ov nfoiTfuuv TO noudloi'. 2:21. John 7:22. Acts 7: 8. 15:5. 16:3. 21:21. Mid. Acts 15: 1, 24. 1 Cor. 7: 18. Gal. 2: 3. 5: 2, 3. 6: 12, 13 bis. Pass. part. perf. neQiTeruyusvos 1 Cor. 7: 18. Sept. for bTO Gen. 17: 27. 21: 4. Mid. ib. 34: 15, 17. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 5. Diod. Sic. 1. 28. Hdot. 2. 36. b) tnetaph. in a spiritual sense, i. q. 'to put away impurity.' Col. 2: 11 m- Qiflpr)\tr)is ntQiiouf) uxfiQOTioir\irw ntQis&rjxsv. Mark 12: 1. Matt. 27: 28 7iiQi(\}i]Xfv auioii /Aa- Hv9u. 27:48 7tfQt&fl$ [xov vnoyyov] xa- A ( uq), i. c. putting it around the end of a rod. Mark 15: 17, 36. John 19: 29. Sept. for ova Ruth 3: 3. 3*3 Lev. 8: 13. -arabr: Gen. 27: 16. "Ecclus. 6: 31. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 1. Hdian. 1. 3. 7. Xen. Eq. 5. 1,3. Trop. to bestow upon, to give, } Cor. 12: 23 lovToiq tiui}v ns- QiacroTeQav nsQni&fusv. So Sept. for jn: Esth. 1: 20. Job 39: 19. Hdian. 5.T.11. Dem.1417.2. Xen. Athen. 1.2. ?c_, TI, ntQiiuvw, cr- cumcision, in the Jewish sense, the re- moval of the prepuce, as the distin- guishing sign of the Jewish nation from Abraham onwards; practised al- so by several ancient oriental nations, and by all the Mohammedans of the present day ; see Gen. 17: 10 sq. Lev. 12: 3. Jos". Ant. 1. 10. 5. c. Apion. 1. 22. Barnab. Epist. c. 9. Comp. Luke 1:59. a) pp. e. g. () the act or rite of cir- cumcision, John 7: 22, 23 nfgnourjv kaufiuvnv to receive circumcision, to be circumcised. Acts 7: 8. Rom. 4: 11. Gal. 5: 11. Phil. 3:5. So Sept. thrice for b^n, ln;in, Gen. 17:12. Ex. 4: 26. Jer. 11: 16. (/J) The state of circumcis- ion, the being circumcised, Rom. 2:25 bis, 26, 27 comp. in Jia I. 4. b. Rom. 4: 10 bis, iv Tic^tiOjufJ coV, i. q. being cir- cumcised. 3:1. 'l Cor. 7:19. Gal. 5: 6. 6: 15. So oi ex niQnopffa those of the circumcision, \. e. the circumcised, put for the Jews, Rom. 4: 12 ; for Jewish Christians, Acts 10:45. 11:2. Gal. 2: 12. Col. 4:11. Tit. 1: 10. (/) Meton. and collect. TJ ntQnop] for the circum- cistd, i. e. the Jews, the Jewish people, Rom. 3: 30 og dixctMaasi neQnoprjV ex 7Tmw?. 4: 9, 12. 15: 8. Gal. 2: 7, 8, 9. Eph. 2:11. Col. 3:11. b) Metaph. in a spiritual sense, i. q. 'the putting away of impurity from the heart.' Rom. 2: 28, 29 nfQi Col. 2: 11 bis /f(007IO/7TW . . . e T/ 7Tf(>tTO// TOl/ Qlff- tov, i. e. the circumcision which has Christ for its author and object. Collect. and emphat. Phil. 3:3 ?j/m yug iapiv j\ ntoiTour\, i. e. we are the true spirit- ual circumcision, the true people of God. IJfQllgt.KJt), f. V*, (-IQS71W,) tO turn about, as a person, Plato Axioch. in it. j). 364. A. p. 370. B. to turn upside down, to overturn, Wisd. 5: 24. Pint. Marcell. 7. Luc. Contempt. 7. In N. T. trop. to turn about into any state etc. 1. q. to cause to become any thing, to make, seq. fi$, Acts 26: 24 as fig uuvlctv TifQiraenti, i. e. turns thee about into madness, makes thee mad. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 1 ti? OQyrjv THQITQUTISV. Comp. Lys. 210. 2. ffaptrp/X&j aor. 2. 7ictQsdgauov f (T/W,) to run around in a circle, Xen. Oec. 13. 8. In N. T. to run about in a place, c. ace. Mark 6:55 niQidQa^ovifs , comp. for the ace. 654 in Utoiaya b. Sept. for El'I? Pol. Jer. 5: 1. Am. 8: 12. Cebet. Tab. 14. Lys. 185. 13. Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 15. ]IfOi(ff)Cjf) y f. Tifgioiffo), (yepew,) , Gen. 1: 20. Is. 31: 5. Palaeph. 13"2. Luc. Soloecist. 7. Xen. An. 1. 5. 3. A later present form nfiuoftai, i- fiai, whence part. nfTCOfttvos, is found in text rec. in the four passages above quoted. Comp. Buttm. 114 under G55 Lob. ad Phr. p. 581. Diod. Sic. 4. 77 fin. comp. Luc. Dial. Marin. 15. 3 , a?, i], a rock, pp. a pro- jecting rock, cliff. a) pp. Rev. 6: 15 fig rug Tisrgag iwv OQSWV. v. 16. In such, sepulchres were hewn, Mark 27:51,60. Mark 15:46; see in Mvyptiov. On such also houses and villages were built for security, Matt. 7: 24, 25. Lnke 6: 48 bis. Spok- en of a rocky soil, i. q. nfiQudrjg, Luke 8:6, 13. Sept. for y'rO 1 Sam. 13:6. Is. 2:21. Ps. 40:3. nni Pro v. 30: 19. Is. 2: 10. Ceb. Tab. 15. Hdian. 8. 1. 13. Xen. An. 4. 7. 4. b) trop. of a man of firmness and en- ergy, one like a rock, Matt. 16: 18. So Sept. and y 3$ 2 Sam. 22: 2. Of Christ, in allusion to 'the rock whence the wa- ters flowed in the desert, 1 Cor. 10:4 bis, comp. Ex. 17:6. Num. 20: 8 sq. where Sept. for IIS, bp.. Also as ?/ TiETQa o~xav8dlov, a rock of offence or stumbling, i. e. Christ as the occasion of destruction to those who reject him, Rom. 9: 33 et 1 Pet. 2: 7, quoted from Is. 8: 14 where Sept. for "nix. Comp. in b. and to have preached the gospel in tho Parthian empire, whence prob. his first epistle was written ; and a still lat- er legendary account makes him to have been the first bishop of Rome, and to have suffered martyrdom in that city along with Paul. See Neander Gesch. der Pflanz. n. Leit. d. Kirche etc. II. p. 443 sq. 457 sq. AL. fIei(XOag a rock q. v. the surname of Simon one of the Apostles, son of Jonas, and brother of Andrew, a fisherman of Bethsaida, Matt. 16: 18. John 1: 43, 45. He afterwards lived at Capernaum, and was married, Mark 1: 29, 30, comp. v. 21. Luke 4: 38. This name was given him by Jesus at the first interview, John 1:43, prob. on ac- count of the boldness and usual firm- ness of his character. He was of an ardent but unequal temperament ; at one time expressing unbounded devot- edness to Jesus, and then denying him ; Matt. 26: 33 sq. 69 sq. al. Although the first to preach the gospel directly to the Gentiles, Acts 15: 7, 14, comp. c. 10, yet he wavered in respect to the intro- duction of Jewish observances among them, for which he was openly re- proved by Paul, Gal. 2: 11 sq. in later years he is said to have gone abroad, , ov, to, (nrjyvvpi,) rue, a plant, ruta graveolens of Linn. Luke 11:42. Theophr. H. Plant. 1. 15. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 563. 3. Ihffri) rj? ? 5i a fountain, source. a) genr. James 3: 11, (12). Sept. for pj? 1 K. 1:9. Hdian. 1. 6. 5. Xen. An. 1. 2. 7. From the Heb. nyyalvda- i , LOVy TO, (nr\8ov, ne a helm, rudder, Acts 27: 40. James 3: 4. -Ael. V. H. 9. 40. Xen. An. 5. 1. 11. xoCj i], (', pron. correl. how great, qunntus, corresponding to fjtixog, irjUxos, Buttm. 79. G. Gal. 6: 11 t<5c- TC TiijJU'xotc ip.lv yQu^iuftaiv tyQuy/ot tfj (py *?*> ' e ' either with what large let- ters, implying a stiff and unpractised hand which made the Greek letters large like the Hebrew ; or i. q. with how large a letter I have written etc. The former sense is given by Chrysost. Theophylact, Jerome and other fathers; the latter by Erasmus, Bengel, etc. Trop. of dignity, Ileb. 7: 4. Sept. for 11733 Zeph. 2: 6 [2]. Luc. Haley. 2. Pol'l. 2. 8. Others in Gal. 1. c. take nyliixos as i. q. ndloc, what, of what kind, qualis ; and render, ye see with what letters I write with my own hand, i. e. with what characters, what a hand, perhaps i. q. OUTW /oqpw in 2 Thess. 3: 17. Hesych. TtrjMxov ' olov, onolov, noTanov, dtdcpOQOv. J/rjAuz, ou y o, clay, mire, mortar, John 9: G his trnvas %a[ivtl xai moirjvs nrikov ex iov rnvfrpaios x. T. L v. 11, 14, 15. So Sept. for -i/JJn Job 30: 19. ta^B 2 Sam. 22: 43. Pol.'3. 79. 9. Xen. An'. 1. 5. 7, 8. Spec, potter's day, Rom. 9: 21. Sept. for -sen Is. 29:16. tTB Is. 41:25. Ecclus. 33 [36J : 13. Pol.' 12. 15. 6. Dem. 313. 17. qpGfr &?, i\, a bag, sack, wallet, Lnt.pera, of leather, in which shepherds and travellers cnrried their provisions. Matt. 10: 10 ju) nijQav ? odov. Mark 6: 8. Luke 9: 3. 10: 4. 22: 35, 36. Judith 13: 10. Luc. D.Mort. 10.2. Plut. Quaest. Gr. 13. T. VII. p. 179. 3. ed. Reisk. < ecoc, o, (kindr. with gen. plur. n^^v, later form contr. nrj- X uv John 21: 8. Rev. 21: 17. Xen. An. 4. 7. 16; comp. Lob. ad Pbr. p. 245 sq. Buttm. 51. n. 5. Winer p. 61 ; pp. the fore-arm t from the wrist to the el- bow, Ael. V. H. 5. 19. Horn. Od. 17. 38. In N. T. a cubit, the common an- cient measure of length, equal to the distance from the elbow to the tip of the middle finger, and usually reckoned at 1J foot; comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 503. Matt. 6: 27 nijxw & ^ uke 12: 25. John 21: 8. Rev. 21: 17. Sept. for J-I73N Gen. 6: 15, 16. Jos. B. J. G. 2. 9. Xe'n. An. 4. 7. 16. Iha^cjy f. (7w, (Dor. for ntiw, q. v.) pp. to press, to hold fast ; hence to lay hold of, to take, to seize, trans. a) persons, (o take one by the hand, c. ace. et gen. of the part, Acts 3: 7 ni- aaag ainov r^g dt$ici<; ^ft^o?, comp. Buttm. 132. 6. 3. (Theocr. Id. 4. 35.) In u judicial sense, to take, to arrest r John 7:30 i'C,-i]iovv ovv aviov nuiavti. v.32,44. 8:20. 10:39. 11:57. Acts 12: 4. 2 Cor. 11:32. Ecclus. 23:21. b) animals, to take in hunting or fishing, to catch, c. ace. John 21: 3 iv *y VVXTI entaaav ovdev. v. 10. Rev. 19: 20 tTtiaa&i] TO -dr^lov. So Sept. for tn&t Cant. 2: 15. , f. ', (TIMQOS,) pp. to make sharp ; hence of taste, to make bitter, acrid, trans. n) e. g. water, pass. Rev. 8:11; comp. Ex. 15:23. Melon, of the pain caused by bitter and poisonous food or drink, i. q. to make painful, to cause bitter pain, c. ace. Rev. 10: 9 mxQuivti aov v]v xoiUccv. v. 10. Comp. Sept. and -HE Hiph. Job 27: 2. b) trop. of the feelings, to embit- ter, Pass, to be or become bitter, 5. e. to be harsh, angry, Col. 3: 19. So Sept. pass, for 5)'4p 'Ex. 16: 20. Jer. 37: 14. Esdr. 4:3~l. T Dem. 1464. 18. llixgtit, etc, ri, (mxQO?,) bitterness. a) pp. and with the accessory idea of venom, the two being often connected in the mind of the Hebrew, comp. Ileb. fftxpog 657 Deut. 29:17. 32:24. Am. 6: 12. Rev. 8. 11. So in place of an adj. comp. Button. 123. n. 4. Winer 34. 2. Heb. 12: 15 yl^a nixolu$ i. q. qla mxQU. (comp. Deut. 29: 17.) Acts. 8:23 tig %oti)v ni- . q. /. nittgav. Anthol. Gr. III. 208. b) trop. bitterness of spirit, of speech, Eph. 4: 31 7ictffu nixQict xal -&vuog. Rom. 3: 14 xxpalijVTOv'ludvvov. v. 11. Mark 6: 25, 28. Luke 11: 39. Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 8. Athen. 6. 3. Horn. Od. 1. 141. IIivco, f. mo^ai Buttm. 114. 95. n. 18 ; 2 pers. nitaai Buttm. 103. III. 1 ; aor. 2 ? niov, perf. nenwxa ; to drink. ^ 8)^ genr. of persons, absol. Matt. 27:34 ovx li&ds nitiv. Luke 12: 19. Acts 9: 9. 1 Cor. 11:25. trop. John 7: 37, comp. in z/iy/a'w b. Infin. final, e. g. dovvai, nitiv to give to drink, Matt. 27:34. John 4:7, 10. Rev. 16:6. ahflv niuv John 4: 9. Sept. for rrnu Gen. 24: 14, 18 sq. Luc. D. Deor. f. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18. infin. final Antiph. 114. 15. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8. With adjuncts: () Seq. *x c. gen. of the drink, or melon, of the vessel containing the drink, i. e. to drink of any thing, a part of it, see in J* h, and^comp.'/xrtfi'wb. Matt. 26: 27 mm t* aiToi- sc. TOV nor^lov. v. 29. John 4:12,13,14. 1 Cor. 10:4. Rev. 18:3. 14: 10 xal nirrbg nliTau ey. TOV oi'~ rov TOV dvftov TOV &toi>, see espec. in Ovfiog. So Sept. for ]72 nnr Gen. 9: 21. 2 Sam. 12: 3. Ael. V/ H. 1.4. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 4. (/J) Seq. and c. gen. of the drink, see in 'Ano no. 7. Luke 22: 18 ov pi) nlta ano toil yew. Ti t g ufji- n&ov. Sept. for Tltyti Jer. 51: 7. (y) Seq. accus. of the thing drank, to drink any thing, to use as drink, Luke 1: 15 alxtQa ov pi nlrj. Rom. 14:21. 1 Cor. 10: 4 ; to drink of Matt. 26: 29. Trop. John 6: 53, 54, 56, see in Alpa a. ft. SoSept. for nnx Ex. 7:18, 21. 1 K. 13:18, 16 sq. Is/ 5: 22. (Luc. D. Deor. 4. 3 xt VBXTUQ nit}. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 10.) Meton. TO UOTTJQIOV nlveiv, to drink a cup e. g. of wine, pp. 1 Cor. 10: 21 ; trop. of suffering, to drink the cup which God presents, to submit to the al- lotments of his providence, Matt. 20: 22, 23. 26: 42. Mark 10: 38, 39. John 18: 11. See in HoTrjQiov. -- For the phrase lotftfiv v. yayf'iv xul nivfiv, in its various senses, see in 3 JEa&l(>) c. For TQwytiv xal nlvuv Matt. 24: 38, see b) trop. of the earth, to dnnk in, to imbibe, c. ace. Heb. 6: 7 17 yij y Tcioiaa TOVVSTOV. So Sept. and Jimz; Deut. 11:11 Hdot. 3.117. Xen. t'onv. 2. 25. Comp. sat prata biberunt Virg. Eel. 3.111. AL. 1), (niuv,} fat, fat- ness, Rom. 11: 17 TJJJS n. ir\<; ftctlaq. So Sept. for -j^ Judg. 9: 9 where see. Job 36: 16. ^f^ Zech. 4: 14. y perf. TreVroaxa, perf. pass. ninQupui, aor. 1 pass, fofritfrpi (TTfoato,) pp. to traffic away, pp. beyond sea, in other lands ; hence genr. to sell, c. ace. Matt. 13: 46 ntngaxs navra oact HXK. Acts 2: 45. Pass. Matt. 18: 25 exshvaev al'Tov . . . nQd^vai, Mark 14:5. Acts 4: 34. 5:4. Seq. gen. of price, Matt. 26: 9 ngadiivui nollov. John 12: 5. Buttm. 132. 6. 2. Sept. "DO Gen. 31: 15. Lev. 27: 27. c. gen. De'ut. 21: 14. 2 Mace. 8: 14. Hdian. 2. 6. 22. Xen. Conv. 4. 1. c. gen. Xen. An. 7. 7. 26. Trop. pass, to be sold to or under any one, i. q. to be his slave, seq. t'.To c. ace. Rom. 7: 14 nenootpevos vno ir\v ttjUaoi/av, i. q. to be the slave of sin, devoted to it. Comp. Sept. and "IDE 1 K. 21:25. Is. 50: 1. 1 Mace. 1: l"5T Dem. 215. 6. ), f. Tctaovfjitti, aor. 2 aor. 1 snto-a, Rev. 1: 17. 5: 14 ; comp Hill 1(0 659 JJiaieuco Buttm. 96. n. 9. 114. Winer 13. 1. a. p. 68. Lob. ad Phr. p. 724. To fall, intrans. Sept. for Heb. bB2. a) pp. to fall, se. from a higher to a lower place, spoken of persons and things ; in N. T. always with an ad- junct of place whence or whither ; e. g. seq. goro, to fall from, Matt. 15:27 uno tfg TQotne&g. Luke 16: 21. Acts 20: 9. Matt. 24:29 see in Ovgavog b. Seq. *x, to fall from, Luke 10: 18 ex TCOV OVQUVOV. Acts 27:34. Rev. 8:10 et 9: 1, see in Oitgavog b. (Sept. and bC2 Job 1: 16.) tv [.i tow TWV axav&tov, among, Luke 8: 7. en I c. ace. to fall upon any pers. or thing, Matt. 10:29 enl TJJV yijv. 13: 5, 7, 8. 21: 44 bis. Mark 4: 5. Luke 8: 6, 8. 20: 18 bis. 23: 30. Rev. 6: 16. 8: 10. Rev. 7: 16 ovde ur) niffy f.n avrovg o jii- og i. e. the burning sun shall not injure them. Trop. i. q. to seize, Rev. 11: 11 xal (pofiog fjiiyug enevtv enl rovg x. i. L Seq. eig n to fall into, among, upon, any thing, Matt. 15: 14 tig PO&VVOV. 17: 15. Mark 4: 7, 8. Luke 6:39. 8:14. John 12:24. Rev. 6:13. (Diod. Sic. 4. 77 fig ddlaaaav. Xen. H. G. 4. 7. 7.) Seq. napd c. ace. of place, to fall at, 6y, near, Matt. 13:4. Mark 4: 4. Luke 8:5. b) of persons, to fall down, to fall prostrate, absol. Matt. 18: 29 neawv ovv o avvtiovlog, in later edit. Acts 5: 5. Joined with nQoaxwilv, Matt. 2: 11 TTS- aovreg nQoaexvrrjaav. 4: 9. 18: 26. Rev. 5:14. 19:4. So Sept. and bC3 2 Sam. 1: 2. Dan. 3:5, 6. (Anthol. Gr. I. p. 92.) More usually with an adjunct of place or manner, e. g. seq. evwniov TWOS Rev. 5: 8 ; c. ngoffxvvtlv 4: 10. Seq. tig c. ace. tig edayog Acts 22: 7, comp. 9:4. fig tovg nodag iivog John 11:32. Matt. 18:29 in text rec. (Diog. Laert.2. 79.) Seq. em c. gen. of place, Mark 9: 20 tnl trig yrjg. 14: 35. c. ace. of place or manner, enl TT\V yr,v Acts 9: 4. enl Tovg nodag Jivog 10: 25. (Sept. 1 Sam. 25:24.) enl npoounov on one's face Matt. 17: 6. 26: 39. Luke 5: 12 ; with naqa Tovg nodag Luke 17: 16. c. nQovxv- vtiv 1 Cor. 14:25. Rev. 7:11. 11:16. (Sept. and bB3 1 Sam. 25: 23. enl v]v oyiv Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 5. Inl aioua Xen. Venat. 10. 13.) Seq. nagct xovg nodag itvog Luke 8: 41. Acts 5: 10. comp. Luke 17: 16. ngdg iovg nod. Mark 5: 22. Rev. 1:17. tpjiQoa&ev *&* m&*v t c. TrooaxiWw Rev. 19:10. 22:8. Seq. Zaual John 18:6. (Sept. Job 1:20.) Spoken of those who fall dead, i. e. to die, to perish; Luke 21:24 nsaovvrat ffiopan fiaxalQag. 1 Cor. 10: 8. Heb. 3: 17. Rev. 17: 10. comp. Acts 5: 5, 10. Cornp. Sept. and bDD Num. 14:43. Ex. 32: 27. Num. 14: 19/32. Hdian. 3. 7. 10. Xen. An. 1. 8. 28. Trop. to fall from any state or dignity, c. no&tv Rev. 2: 5. c) of edifices, walls, etc. to fall, to fall in ruins, Matt. 7:25,27. Luke 6: 49. 13: 4. Heb. 11: 30. Trop. Luke 11: 17. Acts 15: 16 comp. in .Stqyq. So in prophetic imagery, Rev. 11: 13. 14: 8 IWe, sn&rs Bafivltav. 16: 19. 18: 2. Sept. for irDD Is. 21: 9. Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 5. d) of a lot, to fall to or upon&ny one, seq. enl c. ucc. Acts 1: 26. See in 'Lnl III. 1. a. ft. So Sept. and bD3 Jon. 1:7. Ez. 24:6. e) Metaph. of persons, to fall into or under any thing, e.g. condemnation, vno xglffiv James 5: 12. (Diod. Sic. 19. 8 n. vn Qovviav TWV e'x&lo~i(av.) Absol. to fall into sin, i. q. to transgress, to sin, Rom. 11: 22. 14: 4. 1 Cor. 10: 12. Hence also to fall from happiness, i. q. to be made miserable, to perish, Rom. 1 1: 11 jur; tniaiffav, 'tva nwuffi; Heb. 4: 11. So Sept. and bD3 Prov. 11:28. 24: 16. Ecclus. 1:27." T 2:7. comp. Hdot. 8. 16. Diod. Sic. 13. 37. Of things, i. q. to fall to tfie ground, to fail, to become void, Luke 16: 17 ?/ IQV vopov play xfQai- uv neffsiv. So Sept. and ?D3 Josh. 23: 14. 1 Sam. 3: 19. Plato 'Euthyphr. 17. p. 14. D, ov %afial noxe nEcrsiiai O,TL uv tlnyg. Comp. Liv. 2. 31 ' irrita ca- dunt promissa.' 1 hold fa, a?, ;> Pisidia, a district of Asia Minor, lying mostly on Mount Taurus, between Pamphylia, Phrygia, and Lycaonia. Its chief city was An- tioch. Acts 13: 14. 14: 24. lIiOTfvcOj f. svvw, (nl&itg,) aor. 1 enlo~ctvffa, perf. ntniffTtvxa, plupf. neni- aievxetv without augm. Acts 14: 23, comp. Buttm. 83. n. 6. Winer 12. 12. To have faith, to believe,to trust, pp. to have a firm persuasion, a confiding IJurifvco 660 IJtOTfVCO belief, in the truth, veracity, reality of any person or thing. a) pp. lo be firmly persuaded as to any thing, lo believe, seq. infin. Rom. 14: 2 oc ftiv niaitvti cpceytiv ndvnt. seq. ou Mark 11: 23. Rom. 10: 9. James 2: 19. absol. ibid. (c. inf. Hdian. 5. 4. 5. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 45.) So with the idea of hope and certain expectation, c. inf. Acts 15:11. c. on Rom. 6: 8. Xen. An. 7. 7. 47. More commonly of words spoken and things, e. g. seq. dat. of a person speaking, whose words one be- lieves and confides in, Mark 16: 13 ov- ds txflvoig tniaitvactv. John 5: 46 d yog inurrtvtTe jl/awa//, litunwttt av tuoi. Acts 8: 12. 1 John 4: 1. c. on John 4:21. Hdian. 2. 1. 23. Luc. Hermot. 17. With an adjunct of the words or thing spoken, e. g. seq. dat. Luke 1: 20 otx sniffTtvaag volg koyoig /uou. John 4: 50. Acts 24: 14. 2 Thess. 2: 11. (Hdian. 4. 9. 10.) Seq. inl c. dat. Luke 24: 25 Inl naaiv. Seq. iv c. dat. Mark 1: 15 iv TM tvayytUoi in the glad tidings, i. e. believe and embrace the glad tidings announced ; so Sept. c. iv for 3 pCKr-f Jer. 12: 6. Ps. 78: 22. Dion. HaK'd'e Comp. verbor. p. 150. ed. Schaef. With an adjunct of the thing believed, e. g. seq. dat. Acts 13: 41 eo/or, oi ov urj jiMrnWtyfa. (Hdian. 8. 3. 10.) Seq. accus. of thing, John 11:26 TtKTisvfig rovio ; 1 Cor. 13:7. 1 John 4: 16. Hence Pass. 2 Thess. 1: 10 On IjTHJTtV&'t] TO UUQTVQLOV t]U.MV l(f r-|Uc, cornp. Winer . 40. 1. (Hdian. 8. 3. 22. Pass. ib. 2. 9. 4.) Seq. fig rt, 1 John 5: 10 fig TTJV (/utqttQtm. Seq. on, i. q. ace. et infin. John 14: 10 ov m- ffjfi'fig of i lyw Y.. r. L Rom. 10: 9. ntoi Ttvos, on John 9:18. c. on Hdian. 1. 14. 10. Xen. Hi. 1. 37. Absol. where the case of pers. or thing is im- plied from the context, Matt. 24: 23. Mark 13:21. John 12:47. Acts 8:13 xou avrog lniffifi'ffs, sc. TW (PtAiTrTrw TO ivayyth^auivw, comp. v. 12. Acts 15: 7 xt TUffTttacu, sc. TO) Ao/w TOU tvuyy. 1 Cor. 11:18. Hdian. 4. 4. 10. Thuc.l. 1. b) of God, to believe on God, to trust in him, e. g. as able and willing to help, to listen to prayer, etc. seq. dat. of pers. c. oTt, Acts 27: 25 jriortvad -/an lot &ftn on oiT&'S terra*. Seq. HC, John 14: 1 itMTtevm fig tov &tov. Absol. Matt. 21: 22 nuntvovttq, i. q. fl nicrrtmTS. 2 Cor. 4:13. (c. dat. Ecclus. 2:6, 8.) Also as faithful to his promises, c. dat. Rorn. 4: 3 inianvat 'A^gaafj. TW ^cw, xal tloyia&ri *. T. L quoted from Gen. 15:6 where Sept. for "pENr?. Gal. 3: 6. James 2: 23. Rom. 4: 17 xdisvavn ov -5-fov, by attract, for xar. TOV , w InlffifVfff. absol. Rom. 4: 18. Heb. 4: 3. Or genr. to believe in the declarations and character of God as made known in the Gospel, c. dat. John 5: 24. Acts 16:34 oi nsjnffTevxoTsg TW &foi. 1 John 5: 10. Seq. elg c. ace. pp. praegn. i. q. to believe and rest upon, to believe in and profess ; see Winer 31. 2. p. 173. 1 Pet. 1:21 rovg di aliov nKTisvovnxg fig &sov. Seq. tni c. ace. id. Rom. 4: 24, comp. Winer 1. c. Absol. Luke 8: 12, 13, comp. v. 11. Acts 13: 48. c) of a messenger from God, to be- lieve on and trust in him as coming from God and acting under divine au- thority, (a) Of John the Baptist, c. dat. eeirw, Matt. 21:25, 32. Mark 11: 31. Luke 20: 5. (/?) Of Jesus as the Messiah ; e. g. as able and ready to help his followers, c. fig John 14: 1 ; or to heal the sick and comfort the af- flicted, c. on Matt. 9: 28. absol. 8: 13. Mark 5: 36. John 4: 48. Genr. as a teacher and the Messiah sent from God ; seq. dat. of pers. John 5: 38 ov 7tf!(TTft/lv txtlvog, lovtat vf/uStfovntntv- (Te. 8:31. 10:37,38. Acts 5: 14. 2 Tim. 1: 12. Seq. on, John 11: 27 e/w nsTil- arivxa, on av no Xgiffiog. 20:31. 1 John 5: 1, 5. John 8: 24 lav yag ui] Tr/orrcw^TE, or* / flui. 13: 19. 16: 27, 30. 17: 8, 21. al. saep. So c. yivwaxeiv John 6: 69. 10: 38. Seq. fi$ c. ace. of pers. pp. praeg. i. q. to believe and rest upon, to believe in and profess, comp. Winer p. 173. Matt. 18:6 TOJV uiy.Q&v loviwr, TWV niffTfvovTwv tic FUG. Mark 9:42. John 2: II. 3:15,16. 4:39. 6: 35. 7: 5, 38. 8: 30 nollol tifltnswrotP fig avrov. 17:20. Acts 10: 43. 19:4. Rom. 10: 14. Gal. 2: 16. 1 Pet. 1:8. trpp. (is TO cpwg John 12:36. So c. it? TO ovo- fja 'hjnov in a like sense, see \n"0vouct d ; i. q. * to believe on Jesus and invoke or profess his name.' John l:12To7? l/iauxog 661 IflOlt? fig TO ovoun avrov. 2: 23. 1 John 5: 13. seq. TW ovouait aiiiov, id. 1 John 3: 23. Seq. tnl c. ace. of pers. i. q. tig Ttvcr, comp. Winer p. 173. Acts 9:42. 11:17, comp. v. 21. So tm c. dat. 1 Tim. 1: 16. (Matt. 27: 42.) trop. Rom. 9:33 et 1 Pet. 2:6 TI&IJUI ev ZLOJV Jii&ov . . . xou nag o JIUTTEVWV eV aviat x. T. L quoted from Is. 28: 16 where Sept. for ^asn. Pass. 1 Tim. 3:16 tnurtsv&y iv ioapp Dem. 464. 20. Xen. An. 7. 6. 33. Hence absol. to be- lieve, i. e. to believe and profess Christ, to he or become a Christian, Mark 15: 32. Luke 22: 67. John 1: 7. 12: 39. Acts 4: 4. 14: 1. 17: 12, 34. Rom. 4: 11. 1 Cor. 1: 21. al. saep. Part, ol niffffv- OVTCS, ol niffiewavTeg, believers, Chris- tians, Acts 2: 44. 4: 32. 19: 18. Gal. 3: 22. 1 Thess. 1:7. 1 Pet. 2: 7. al. d) trans, i. q. to entrust, to commit in trust to any one ; Luke 16: 11 TO a^vh- vov tig rulv jncrisvcrsi, ; John 2: 24. Wisd. 14:5. Luc. D. Deor. 25. 2. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 17. Pass, -nioifvo^ai Tt, to be entrusted with any thing, to have committed to one's charge, seq. ace. comp. Buttm. 134. 7. Winer 40. 1. Rom. 3: 2. Gal. 2: 7 nmiaitvpat TO f v- ayysliov. 1 Cor. 9: 17 oixovouiav ntnl- 1 Thess. 1: 8. slg -frsov. c. #71/5, 1 Pet. 1:21. c. gen. -&BOV Mark 11:22. Col. 2: 12. Absol. Matt. 17: 20. 21: 21. Luke 17:5, 6; comp. Mark 11:22. Heb. 4: 2. 10: 22, 38 6 ds dixvuog tx nla- Tfw? ^t]aciai in allusion to Hab. 2: 4 where Sept. for rnittN. fidelity, v. 39. James 1: 6 GUIHTCD 8s Iv niatfi, i. e. in filial confidence, nothing doubting. 5: 15 ; ei'xt) nlffitwg. Spoken analogi- cally of the faith of the patriarchs and pious men under the Jewish dispensa- tion, who looked forward in faith and hope to the blessings of the gospel ; comp. Gal. 3: 7 sq. Heb. 11: 13. So of Abraham, Rom. 4: 5, 9 elo/wr#7? TW t) nlffiig fig dixuioffvvtjv. v. 11, 662 12, 13, 14, 16 bis, 19, 20. Heb, 6: 12. Genr. of others, Heb. 11:3, 4,5,6,7 bis, 8, 9, 11, 13, 17, 20, 21, 22. 23, 24, 27,28,29,30,31,33,39. Also Luke 18:8. b) of Christ, /aftA in Christ, e. g. (a) as able to work miracles, to heal the sick etc. absol. Matt. 8: 10 olds iv TW 9 /(7tn/l Tovaviyv nlanv tvqov. 9: 2, 22, 29. 15:28. Mark 2: 5. 5:34. 10:52. Luke 5: 20. 7: 9, 50. 8: 48. 17: 19. 18: 42. Acts 3: 16 bis. So mediately, Acts 14:9. (ft) Of faith in Christ's death, as the ground of justification before God, i. q. saving faith, only in Paul's writ- ings, Rom. 3: 22 dixaiovvvrj ds &eov dia ni(TTf(ag '/. Xp. v. 25 diet nlaitwg iv TW auiOL 1 ttijuart. v. 26 fa n. 'ir^ov. So from the connexion, absol. v. 27, 28, 30 bis, 31. 1 Cor. 15: 14, 17. So genr. Rom. 1: 17 bis. 5: 1, 2. 9: 30, 32. 10: 6, 17. Gal. 2: 16 bis, 20. 3: 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 14, 22, 24. 5: 5, 6. Eph. 2: 8. 3: 12 diet T. nlaiioaq aviov. Phil. 3:9 bis. So of the faith of Abraham, see above in a. Others in Rorn. 1: 17 take $ nhrtiv by melon, as i. q. el? Tovg nwrsv- oviag, comp. 3: 22. (y) Genr. as the Messiah and Saviour, the Head of the gospel dispensation, c. slg, Acts 20: 21 nlauv TTJV fig rov x. /. XQ. 26: 18. Col. 2: 5. iv XQiaiot Gal. 3: 26. Epb. 1: 15. Col. 1: 4. 1 Tim. 1: 14. 3: 13. 2 Tim. 1: 13. 3: 15. xoii XVQLOV'I.XQ. James 2: 1. Eph. 4: 13. c. gen. pov Rev. 2: 13, i. e. thy faith toward me. 14: 12. Absol. Mark 4: 40. Luke 8: 25. 22:32 ; Acts 6: 5 avdga Jih'iQi] 7r/i&o)>) pp. worthy of belief, trust, confidence, i. e. faithful. a) pp. in the sense of trust-worthy. 1 Cor. 7:25 rfaquivog vno xvqiov TUOTO? elvai,. 1 Tim. 1: 12. 2 Sam. 2:2 IfiaroS 663 niatolg av&qwnoiq. 1 Pet. 4: 19. Rev. 19: 11. Sept. for]N; 1 Sam. 3: 20. -J172J* Prov. 20: 6. 1 'Mace. 14: 41. Ael. V.'H. 8. 6. Thuc. 3. 10. Xen. An. 1. 6. 3. Hence i. q. true, sure, ve- rax, worthy of credit, as o uagmg o jrtoro? Rev. 1:5. 2:13. 3:14; see in Maqivg. So Sept. for ^a Prov. 14: 5. ]CN: Ps. 89: 38. Is. 8:2. "(Ael. V. H. 3. 18 fin. TW nunog o Xlog Mynv. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.42.) Of things, true, sure, verus, e. g. "koyoq 1 Tim. 1: 15. 3: 1. 4:9. 2 Tim. 2:11. Tit. 1:9. 3:8. Rev. 21: 5. 22: 6. So Acts 13: 34 T oaia /Jafild tu Trtortf, see in "Oviog b. Dern. 377. 27. Thuc. 5. 14 ttnlg b) faithful in duty to oneself and to others, of true fidelity. Col. 4: 9 et 1 Pet. 5: 12 addyos nunog. Rev. 2: 10. Of God as faithful to his promises, lCor.l:97rtoTo?6#o$. 10:13. IThess. 5: 24. 2 Thess. 3: 3. Heb. 10: 23. 11: 11. 1 John 1: 9. Of Christ 2 Tim. 2: 13. So Sept. for nSIEN Deut. 32: 4. 773JS Deut. 7: 9. Once nunoq ds o xhd? as an obtestation or oath, a* God is faithful, 2Cor. 1: 18 ; comp. Heb. Tl V2 J73N Is. 65: 16. Espec. of servants, ministers, who are faithful in the per- formance of duty. Matt. 24: 45 o niatog Sovlog. 25: 21, 23. Luke 12: 42 o n. olxovouog. 1 Cor. 4: 2. Eph. 6: 21. Col. 1: 7. 4: 7. Heb. 2: 17. So c. lii bUya Matt. 25:21,23. Iv iivi Luke 16:10 bis, 11, 12. 19: 17. 1 Tim. 3: 11. Heb. 3: 5. c. dat. of pers. Heb. 3: 2. So Sept. for ]EN: Num. 12: 7. 1 Sam. 22: 14. 2 MaccTl: 2. Hdian. 2. 8. 8." Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 23. c) Act. faithful, i. e. firm in faith, confiding, believing, i. q. o nwTtvwv. John 20: 27 fii] ylvov anunog, /U nunoq. Gal. 3: 9. Theogn. 283. Soph. Oed. Col. 1031. Seq. dat. TW xvgiw Acts 16: 15 ; also (v xt^i'w, i. e. faithful to or in the Lord, believing in him, i. q. a believer, Christian, 1 Cor. 4: 17. Eph. 1: 1. Col. 1: 2. Absol. id. Acts 10: 45. 16: 1. 2 Cor. 6: 15. 1 Tim. 4: 3, 10, 12. 5: 16 bis. 6: 2 bis. Tit. 1: 6. Rev. 17: 14. Adv. nunbv noitiv to (Jo faithfully, in a believing manner, as a Christian, 3 John 5. So Sept. for -J73N: Ps. 101: 6. Ecclus. 1: 14. IMacc. 3: 13. OCOy co ? f. (offw, (niffiog,) pp. to make one faithful, trust-worthy ; hence to make one give security, pledges, e. g. by an oath, TCIVTOVV TIVU oo.xoig, Jos. Ant. 15. 7. 10. Thuc. 4. 88. Pass, or Mid. to make oneself or be made trust- worthy, i. e. to give security, to pledge oneself, Pol. 18.22. 6. Horn. Od. 15. 436. In N. T. tniaTto&rjv to be made con- Jiding, believing, to be assured, comp. in Uunog c ; hence i. q. to believe, 2 Tim. 3: 14 juc've iv olq tua&fi; xat IniaTta&r]?, by attract, for Iv TOVTOI? . So ntaiia- &dg Soph. Oed. Col. 1039, i. q. nunog ib. 1031. FlAavaa), co, f. ^o-w, (nlotvri,) to make wander, to lead astray, c. ace. Pass, to wander, to go astray. a) pp. e. g. persons, Heb. 11: 38 Iv fyrjuiaig nlttvupevoi. Of flocks, 1 Pet. 2: 25 w; 7i^d/?oT TrAavw/ifj'tt. Matt. 18: 12 bis, 13. Sept. for r^n Gen. 37: 14. Ex. 23: 4. Cebet. Tab. 6. Ael. V. H. 5. 7. Xen. An. 1. 2. 25. b) trop. to mislead, i. e. (a) to de- ceive, to cause to err, Pass, to err, to mis- take, to form a wrong judgment. Matt. 24: 4 et Mark 13: 5 ^C'TTSTC ^ tig vpag TilavfiffT). Matt. 24: 5, 11,24. Mark 13: 6. 1 John'l: 8. 3: 7. Rev. 13: 14. Pass. Matt. 22: 29 nlavaa&t. Mark 12: 24, 27. Luke 21: 8 p\ Tr/UmjvHJTe. John 7:47. 1 Cor. 6: 9. 15:33. Gal. 6: 7. Heb. 3: 10. James 1: 16. So Sept. and f?n Prov. 12: 27. Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 4. MoscV. Id. 1. 25. Plut.Thes. 27. (ft) to seduce, e. g. a people into rebellion, John 7: 12 nlavu tovoxiov. Rev. 20: 8, 10. Also to seduce from the truth, Pass, to be seduced, to go astray ; 1 John 2: 26 nspl twv nha- VUVTUV Vftag, comp. v. 21, 22. 2 Tim. 3: 13. Pass. James 5: 19 lav rig iv vfj.lv nlavr\^ri uno ri]g aky&eict?. 2 Pet. 2: 15. Part. 01 nkavwutvot those seduced, gone astray, Tit. 3: 3. Heb. 5: 2. Spec, to seduce to idolatry, Rev. 2: 20. 12: 9. 18:23. 19:20. 20:3. Sept. for M3TPI 2 K. 21: 9. Ez. 44: 10, 15. Ec- clus. 9: 8. IlAavt), yc, i], (perh. nla&,) a wan- dering, Sept. Ez. 34: 12. Ael. V. H. 5. 7. In N. T. only trop. error, i. e. a) genr. delusion, false judgment or 664 flAcm/s opinion, 1 Thess. 2:3 f\ ovx Ix nldrtjg. 2 Thess. 2: 11. Sept. Jer. 23: 17. Diod. Sic. 2. 18. b) Act. deceit, fraud, seduction to error and sin. Epli. 4: 14 ue&odela TT]S nJiuvrjg. 2 Pet. 3: 17. 1 John 4: 6 TO nvsvua TTJS niidvi]g a spirit of error, i. e. a deceiving spirit, a teacher who seeks to seduce. So a deception, fraud, Matt. 27: 64. Sept. for rtana Prov. 14: 8. Hesych. nldvr) ' dnujr). c) of conduct, perverseness, wicked- ness, sin, Rom. 1: 27. James 5: 20. 2 Pet. 2: 18 lovg iv nldvy avaffigtyo- fisvovg. Jude 11. Sept. for S'liE Ez. 33: 10. Wisd. 1: 12. 12: 24. ?, ov, o, (nlurdw,) one wandering about, a wanderer, Sept. for part. -ins Hos. 9: 17. ^Xen. Yen. 5. 17. In N. T. a xaqdittg actQxlvutg, cornp. Rom. 2: 15 et Heb. 8: 10. So Sept. and hlb Prov. 3: 3. Jer. 17: 1. Cy arog, TO, (nldo-au,) a thing formed, e. g. by a potter, Rom. 9: 20|ur/ tqii TO nkdffua TW nbuffavTi; quo- ted from Is. 29: 16 where Sept. for Artem. 1. 56. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 4. Trop. a figment, Dem, 1110. 18. IJAaanG), Att. TTOJ, f. nkdaw, comp, Biittm. 92. n. 2. 95. 3 ; to form, to fashion, to mould, e. g. any soft sub- stance, as a potter the clay; absol. Rom. 9: 20 see in Irtdauu. Pass. 1 Tim. 2: 13 'ASap yo TTOWTO? inlaff&i}. Sept. for -i^ Gen. 2: 7, 8. n&y Is. 29: 16. Wisd. 15: 7, 8. Luc. D! Deor. 1. 1. Xen. Mag. Eq. 6. 1. lIAamoCj r) y ov, (nluaa (a,) formed, fashioned; metaph. feigned, false, de- ceitful, 2 Pet. 2: 3 nlaaTolg loyoig. PI tit. Thes. 20 YQauuctrct nkouna, TTOOO*- Ta, see in Iftaiig b. HAa log, fog, TO, (nkctTvg,} breadth, Rev. 21: 16 bis. Trop. Eph. 3: 18. Sept. for ShH Gen. 6: 15. Ex. 37: 1. Hdian. 8. 4."2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 8. Rev. 20: 9 TO nJidiog r^g yr\g the, breadth of the earth, i. q. wide plain, such as the earth was supposed to be. So Sept. for Hab. 1: 6. vvcOj f. ww, (nJiarvg,) aor. 1 pass. enJiafvv^v, perf. pass. nejiJidTV- uai, 3 pers. sing. nsnlaTvvTai 2 Cor. 6: 11, see in Buttm. 101. n. 7 ; to make broad, to enlarge, trans. a) pp. Matt. 23: 5 rtlcnvvovvi 8s q>v- AaxTTjoiw aviwv. Sept. for ^il'HJl ^ Xt 34: 24. Hab. 2: 5. 1 Mace. 14:' tf. *Plut. M. Anton. 36. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 34. b) trop. i. q. Heb. ^ ^ft-in to make broad or large to or for any one, i. e. to give him enlargement, deliverance from straits ; so Sept. and Heb. Ps. 4: 2, comp. Ps. 1 8: 20. Hence in N. T. pass. to be enlarged, i. e. to have enlargement, to rejoice, opp. o"Tvo/woo), see Buttm. 134. 5. 2 Cor. 6: 13 nlarvvd^t xat vpei$, comp. v. 12. So of the heart, xagdla, ib. v. 1 1 . Comp. Sept. and Heb. 5b ^h")!! in a somewhat different sense, Ps! Il9: 32. Ilkaiu?, ia y v, broad, wide. a) Matt. 7: 13 nlontia r\ nv^rj. Sept. for nhn Neh. 9: 35. Jos. B. J. 3. 2. 2. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 36 o<5o$ TiAcaaa. b) Subst. ?; n\a.ifla, sc. odog, a broad way, wide street in a city, see Jahn 41. 665 Matt. 6: 5 & icug yavlaig TO)* 12: 19. Luke 10: 10. 13: 26. 14: 21. Acts 5: 15. Rev. 11: 8. 21: 21. 22: 2. So Sept. for nrT) Judg. 19 : 15, 20. Zech. 8: 4, 5. y^n Is. 15: 3. Tob. 13: 17. Ecclus. 23: 21. Artemid. 3.62. , aiog, TO, (nttxw,} pp. any thing plaited, braided, woven, e. g. ntiypu fivfihvov, the ark or basket in which Moses was exposed Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 4 ; a net, toil, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 28. In N. T. a braid of hair, braided hair; 1 Tim. 2: 9 py iv nUypaviv, comp. 1 Pet. 3: 3 ev ifinloKri TQIXWV. Aquil. and Theodot. for rtn^DS diadem, Is. 28: 5. g y 7], ov, (nfolwv,) the most, the greatest, very great, the usual super- lative to nolvq, Buttrn. 68. G ; in N. T. only of number, Matt. 11: 20. 21: 8 o nhlaiog ox^og, i. e. a very great multi- tude. Jos. Ant. 5. 1.24. Xen. Ag.3. 1. II. G. 7. 1. 23. Neut. TO nh~ujiov adv. at most 1 Cor. 14: 27. Comp. Buttm. 128. n. 4. Ilteicov, ovog, o, y, neut. Tr/UIov Matt. 5:20. 6:25. Thuc. 7. 63. Xen. Oec.7.24,25 ; more usually neut. ntiov Luke 3: 13. Acts 15: 28. Luc. Parasit. 5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 7 ; comp. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. 68. 6. Matth. 135. Plur. contr. nlclovg, also nliiovtq Heb. 7: 23. Xen. H. G. 4. 2. 11 ; accus. nfalovg, also 7iAtov?Matt.21:36. Thuc. 2. 37. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 5 ; neut. nfalova Matt. 20: 10. Xen. Apol. 22. More, the usual comparative to nokvg, comp. Buttm. 68.6. a) pp. of number, but also of magni- tude and in comparison expr. or impl. E. g. seq. gen. Matt. 21:36 nldovaq ToV nqufoiv more than the first or former ones. Mark 12: 43. Luke 21: 3. John 7: 31. Diod. Sic. 12. 21. Seq. 7; than, Matt. 26: 53 nfalovg rj dudexa. John 4: 1. (Diod. Sic. 1.79. Xen. An. 4. 8. 27.) Before a numeral, ^ is regularly omit- ted, Acts 4: 22 6Twv nktiovwv TEOxra^a- xoyra. 23:13,21. 24:11. 25:6. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 410 sq. Matth. 455. n. 4. (Plato Apol. Soc. p. 17. D.) Once ntiov f t nivw Luke 9: 13. Comp. Lob. 1. c. Matth. 1. c. and 437. n. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 5,6. Seq. 7ia,Luke 3: 13; 84 see in 77oa III. d. Once seq. c. gen. Acts 15: 28. So when the ob- jectof comparison is implied, Matt. 20: 10. Luke 11:53. John 4:41. 15:2. Acts 2: 40. 18: 20. 28: 23. Luke 7: 43 TO nhiov the more i. e. the greater debt. Hdian. 8. 3. 11. Xen. Vect. 4. 32. Hence genr. and emphat. i. q. many, very many, Acts 13: 31 og wqp^/y sni rifi^ag nhlovg. 21: 10. 24: 17. 25: 14. 27: 20. So Heb. 7: 23 ol ph nteloreg eio-i IsQtlg, in opp. to one. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 1. Comp. Xen. Venat. 5. 7. b) plur. c. art. ol nleloveg, ol n\tiovq, the more, the most, the many, comp. Matth. 266. Acts 19: 32 ol nteiovg oi'x ydsi- aav x. T. L 27: 12. 1 Cor. 9: 19 Vv ^ovg nhiovag XFO^^CTW, i. e. that I may gain, if not all, yet the greater part. 10: 5. 15: 6. 2 Cor. 2: 6. 4: 15. 9:2. Phil. 1: 14. Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 3. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 34. c) trop. of worth, importance, digni- ty, more, greater, higher ; seq. gen. Matt. 6: 25 i] \^\}'/T\ TfyUiov eVrt tr t g T^oqpiJ?. 12: 41,42 nlnov ^oAo^wyo? w<5e. Mark 12: 33. Luke 11: 31, 32. 12: 23. Heb. 3: 3 nfaiova riprjv %%et tov oixov. Rev. 2: 19. Pleon. c. nsQiavtvfiv Matt. 5: 20. Seq. THXQU Heb. 3: 3. 11: 4. absol. Hdian. 8. 4. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 43. Ag. 2. 24. d) Neut. nltlov as adv. more, (a) c. gen. John 21: 15 ct/anag pe nhlov TOV- TOJV ; impl. Luke 7: 42. Hdian. 5.2.7. Xen. Cyr. 8.2.7. (/5) tni nlf7ov, fur- ther, longer, comp. in 3 Eni III. 2. a ; spoken of space 2 Tim. 3: 9. Acts 4: 17 ; seq. gen. affffolag, i. e. further as to or in ungodliness, 2 Tim. 2: 16; comp. Matth. 340, 341. Winer 30. 4. (Xen. Eq. 1. 9.) Spoken of time, Acts 20: 9. 24:4. Pol. 3. 58. 8. , f. w, to plait, to braid, to weave, trans. Lat. plico, plec.to. Matt. 27: 29 nU$avtts vieyavov ' axav^wv. Mark 15: 17. John 19: 2. Sept. Is. 28. 5. Xen. An. 3. 3. 18. see n , f. aVw, (nhl(ov, to be more than enough, intrans. a) of persons, to have or do more than enough, to have an overplus. 2 Cor. 8: 15 6 TO no\\), ovx enhovaat, quoted from 666 Ex. 16: 18 where Sept. for Trop. to be immoderate, excessive, Dem. 117.5. Thuc. 1. 120. b) of things, i. q. to be abundant, to abound more, to increase. Rom. 5: 20 bis 'iva Ttfaovaffr) TO nagdnttaua x. T. A. 6: 1. 2 Cor. 4:15! 2Thess. 1:3. 2 Pet. 1:8. Seq. el's it, to abound unto any thing, i. q. to redound, to conduce, Phil. 4: 17. Sept. for in 2 Chr. 24: 11. rqn 1 Chr. 4: 27. Ecclus. 23: 3. Pol. 4. 3. 12. Diod. Sic. 1. 40. ib. 3. 49. c) trans, to cause to abound, to in- crease. 1 Thess. 3: 12 vpag dl o xvgiog nleovdaai [Opt.] . . . TiJ aydnrj x. T. L So Sept. for n2"]n Num. 26: 54. Ps. 71:21. lMacc:4:35. co, rj, f. 7Jaw, (ntiov, #&>,) intrans. to have more than another, i. q. iilflov t#w, Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 21. to have an advantage, to be superior, Jos. B. J. proem. 5. Xen. An. 3. 1. 37. to be o nltovsxTqs, to covet more, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 18. to take advantage, to seek un- lawful gain, Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 31. In N. T. trans, to take advantage of any one, to circumvent for gain, to defraud., c. ace. 2 Cor. 7: 2 ol- bivainfaovwiTiaantv. 12:17,18. IThess. 4: a Pass. 2 Cor. 2: 11. Test. XII Pair. p. 625. Act. Thorn. 12 x^gag nlioviKiovvTtg. Plut. Marcell. 29. Pass. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 2. IJ/.GOVGXI)]?, ov, o, (nliov, /&>,) pp. 'one who will have more,' i. e. a covetous person, a dffrauder for gain, 1 Cor. 5: 10, 11. 6: 10. Eph. 5: 5. Ecclus. 14:9. Pol. 15.21.1. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 3. f etc, 'a having more/ i. e. a larger portion, advantage, superiority, Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 20. Pol. 2. 19. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 12. In N. T. pp. ' the will to have more,' i. e. covetousness, greediness for gain, which leads a person to defraud others. Mark 7: 22 nltovstfai, i. e. covetous thoughts, plans of fraud and extortion. Luke 12: 15. Rom. I: 29. Eph. 4: 19. 5: 3. Col. 3: 5. 1 Thess. 2: 5. 2 Pet. 2: 3, 14. 2 Cor. 9: 5 oviug ug svloylav, Mctl uq o>g nteovf>$iuv, as bounty and not as covetousness, i. e. an bounty on your part and not as covetousness on ours, not as extorted by us from you. Sept for 2S2 Jer. 22: 17. Hab. 2: 9. Ael. V. H.~3. 16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 28. T/jUvfttj <*Sj *li the side, pp. of the body, John 19:34. 20: 20, 25, 27. Acts 12: 7. Sept. for 3r3E rib Gen. 2: 21. IS Num. 33: 55. 2 Sam. 2: 16. Ecclus. 30: 11. Pol. 5. 26. 6. Xen. An. 4. 1. 18. y f. nhvaouai, usually un- contracted, see Buttm. 105. n. 2 ; to sail, absol. Luke 8 : 23. Acts 27 : 24. Seq. fig c. ace. of place, Acts 21:3 lnti- outv tig 2vqlav. 27: 6. seq. inl c. ace. Rev. 18: 17 in later edit. Seq. ace. of place by or near which, i. e. of the way ; Acts 27: 2 Tihlv vovg XT -tr}v ' Aolav lonovg, i. e. to sail along or by the coast of Asia Minor ; see Matth. 409. 4. Xen. An. 5. 1. 4. c. elg Jos. Ant. 9. 10.2. Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 8. c. Inl Luc. Alex. 54. c. ace. Pol. 3. 4. 10 nleiv T ndd'/rj. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 6. rQ y TJ, (n^o-o-ca,) a streke, stripe, blow. a) pp. Luke 12: 48 /. TrA^wv. Acts 16: 23. 2 Cor. 6: 5. 11: 23. Sept. for rOB Deut. 25: 3. D3X Prov. 29: 15. _. 2~Macc. 3: 26. Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 2. Luc. D. Deor. 24. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 16. b) melon, a wound, caused by a stripe or blow, Luke 10: 30. Acts 16: 33 down* [ainoiig] uno iwv nhrjywv, i. e. from the blood and filth of their wounds; comp. v. 23. Rev. 13: 14. v. 3, 12 ?j 7i>L^/} TOW -fravdiov 5. e. deadly wound, comp. Buttm. 123. n. 4. Wi- ner 34. 2. So Sept. and Ji273 1 K. 22:35. Is. 1:6. Jos. Ant. 10." 5. 1. Luc. D. Deor. 14. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 20. c) from the Heb. like fOD, a plague, i. e. a stroke or blow inflicted from God, calamity. Rev. 9: (18), 20. 11: 6. 15: 1 TT^rjyag emu wg tcrzonug. v. 6, 8. 16: 9, 21 bis. 18: 4, 8. 21: 9. 22: 18. So Sept. and !n273 Lev. 26: 21. Deut. 28: 59, 61. 29:21. 1 Mace. 13:32. Philo de Vit. Mos. p. 624. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6. ib. 14. 13. 8. frog, (O?, ou?, TO, pp. fulness, hence a multitude t a great number. 667 a) genr. Luke 5: 6 ntf&og i nolv. John 21: 6. Acts 28: 3. Heb. 11: 12. James 5:20. 1 Pet. 4:8. So Sept. and an Gen. 27:28. Is. 1: 11. Hdian. 7.10.3. Xen.An. 4. 7. 26. b) of persons, a multitude, throng ; seq. gen. of class etc. Luke 2: 13. Acts 4: 32. 6: 2 TO ntfj&og TW? /ja^Tw*. Acts 5: 14 nb'i&r] avSgStv x. T. L i. e. multitudes. C. gen. impl. Acts 2: 6 coll. v. 5. 23: 7. (Ceb. Tab. 1.) So nolv ntf&o? c. gen. Luke 6: 17. 23: 27. John 5:3. Acts 14:1. 17:4. nav ntij&og c. gen. Luke 1: 10. Acts 25: 24 ; c. gen. impl. Acts 15: 12 coll. r. 6. 15: 30 coll. v. 22. Acts 6: 5 coll. v. 2. anav TiJi^og c. gen. Luke 19: 37; c. gen. impl. Luke 23: 1 coll. 22: 66. Seq. gen. of place, Luke 8: 37 anctv ntij frog rfg TISQIXWQQV. Acts 5: 16. Collect, with a verb plur. Mark 3: 7, 8. Sept. for jinn 2 K. 7: 13. Is. 17: 12. Hdian. 4. 6. li. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 12. c) i. q. the multitude, i. e. the people, populace, Acts 14:4 TO ntf frog xiig TroAf- ag. 19:9. 21:22,36. So Sept. and -pan Ez. 30: 15. -Hdian. 2. 7. 5. Xen. Mem! 1. 2. 42. one apt to strike ; trop. one contentious, a quarreler, 1 Tim. 3: 3. Tit. 1: 7. Plut. Marcel!. 1. Pyrrh. 30. 9 f. vvw, (nlrj&vg i. q. pp. to make full ; hence to multiply, to increase. a) trans. 2 Cor. 9: 10. Heb. 6: 14 bis, nlri&vvwv Tr^vh/vw o~f, quoted from Gen. 22: 17 where Sept. for Heb. fQnrr fJ3"^N , of which Hebrew idiom th'is'is an'imitation ; comp. Gen. 3: 16. 16: 10. Winer 46. 7. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 778. Pass. n\ri\}vifOnat, to be multiplied, in- creased, e. g. in number, Acts 6: 7 xal t7ilr)&vvno o agi&uog. 7: 17. 9: 31. Sept. for ni-} Deut. 11:21. Also in magnitude, eVtent, Matt. 24: 12 nlrj&w- &TIVCU iijv avoplav. Acts 12: 24. Sept. for ran Gen. 7: 17, 18. Seq. dat. of person i. q. to abound to any one, 1 Pet. 1:2 0i fyuv xi tiQijvr) njuiv&vv&fir). 2 Pet. 1:2. Jude2. b) intrans. to multiply oneself, to in- crease. Acts 6: 1 n).y&vv6vib/ot?$ aya&wv I'o/tov. 11: 24. J3: 10. 19: 28. Sept. and r Is. 51: 20. Jer. 5: 27. Ez. 28: 12. Ec- clus. 19: 26. Dem. 1445. 13. Xen.Cyr. 7. 2. 13. c) trop. full, i. e. complete, perfect. Mark 4: 28 oiwg ntfyng. 2 John 8 fita&og 7ib')QT]g. So Sept. and tfbtt Gen. 41: 7, 22. Ruth 2: 12. Philo de'Migr. Abr. p. 399. Dem. 776. 9. Xen. An. 7. 5. 5 utff&ov TiL cOj co, t]aw, (n^Qtjg, pp. to bear or bring fully, and hence to give full assurance, to persuade fully, trans. a) of persons, Pass, to be fully as- sured, persuaded. Rom. 4: 21 71:^770 oqpo- Qij&elg on x. i. L 14: 5. Sept. for tfb.73 Ecc. 8: 11. Clem. Rom. Homjl. 11. 17. Ctesias Excerpt. 38 noMoiq ovv koyoig xt b'oxo/s TilrjQocpOQriaavTfg Msyapv&v. Isocr. Trapez. 6. p. 626. ed. Lange. b) of things, to make fully assured, to give full proof of, to confirm fully ; c. ace. 2 Tim. 4: 5 ir\v diaxoviav aov n^t]- QocpoQiiaov, sc. by fulfilling to the utmost all its duties. Pass, to be fully assured, confirmed, to be fully established as true, Luke 1: 1. 2 Tim. 4: 17. fall assurance, ftrm persuasion. J Thess. 1: 5 iv nh]oo(f>OQia noM.y. Col. 2: 2. Heb. 6: 1 1 nL 77"}? &*&*. 10: 22. Not found in profane writers. IJjiqpOCDj w y f. ftiorw, (n^Qrjg,) to make full, to fill, to fill vp, trans. a) pp. a vessel, hollow place, etc. Pass. Matt. 13:48 i]v, ois 7r>U?owth7, sc. TJ ffayrjVT]. Luke 3: 5 naffa qpa/| nkrj- Q(ad-i](Tiai, quoted from Is. 40: 4 where Sept. for Nip: . Trop. Matt. 23: 32. TrAjjocuo'fm TO uiiQov Tbtv naiiqwv vuuv i. e. the measure of their sins ; comp. in 'Avantyyoo) a. Sept. pp. for ttb*2 Jer. 13: 12. 2 K. 4: 4. Hdian. 3. 9. 10* Diod. Sic. 2. 39. Xen. Eq. 1. 5. Genr. of a place, to fill, by diffusing any thing throughout; c. ace. Acts 2: 2 7)^0? . . . InJiyQOHTEV okov iov olxov. Seq. ex c. gen. of thingyVom or with which, John 12: 3 77 ds otx/w en^Qwd-r] sx rrjg offfirjg, comp. in *Ex no. 3. f. Winer p. 165. Matth. < 574. p. 1133. Trop. c. ace. et gen. Acts 5: 28 TtSTdrjQwxais rr\v c /ou- o~cd,rjn tr^q dtda^i]? vnatv, comp. Winer p. 164, 165. So Sept. and Nb.7: 2 Chr. 7: 1. Hagg. 2:8. Comp/ Liban. Epist. p. 721 naaotg [noktig] lve Twy VTISQ yuwv loywv. Trop. ii\v xagdlav rivog, to fill the heart of any one, to take possession of it, John 16: 6. Acts 5: 3. b) trop. to fill, i. q. to furnish abun- dantly with any thing, to impart richly, to imbue with, seq. ace. often also with an adjunct of that with which any one is filled or furnished. E. g. (a) c. ace. et gen. Matth. 352. Acts 2: 28 TT^CO- ffBtg us svygovvvvg. 13:52. Luke 2: 40 TilrjQovusvov aofplag. Rom. 15: 13, 14. 2 Tim. 1: 4. So Phil. 1: 11 in text rec. see in <5 fin. Hdian. 4. 5. 17. Plut. Fab. Max. 5. (/3) Seq. ace. et dat. in Pass, c. dat. Rom. 1: 29 TtSTi^Qfausvovg naffjj adtxla. 2 Cor. 7: 4. Comp. Matth. 352. n. 2 Mace. 7: 21. pp. Diod. Sic. 2. 39. Eurip. Here. Fur. 372. (/) Seq. iv c. dat. instead of the simple dat. Matth. 396. n. 2. Winer 31. 5. Eph. 5: 18 nlwgovff&s Iv Tivsvfiaii. (d) Seq. ace. simply, e. g. uaauv zQtlav vpwv, i. q. to supply fully, Phil. 4: 19. Also nL ia nuvxa Eph. 1: 23. 4: 10, spoken of Christ as filling the universe with his influence, presence, power. Hence Pass. TI^OOL^UI, absol. to be filled, full, m be* fully furnished, to abound ; Phil. 4: 18. Col. 2: 10 Iv aviy i. e. in Christ, in his work. Eph. 3: 19 iVa nhrjQM&ijiE elg nav TO Tifo/'ow^ua ToD &sov, into or unto all the fulness of God, i. e. either, that ye may fully par- ticipate in all the rich gifts of God; or, that ye may be received into full com- munion of the whole church of God. Also pass. c. ace. Col. 1: 9 iva n^- Tt Tjf Enlyvuffiv x. i. A. Phil. 1: 11 669 court t xctQnov dixaioavvrig in la- ter edit. comp. in 'Avacpalvw. Text re- cept. xaorrwy. c) i. q. to fulfil, to perform fully, c. ace. () spoken of duty, obligation, etc. Matt. 3: 15 TT^OWOW nuauv dtxai- offvvyv. Acts 12: 25 nJirjQMTuvTsg TT)V diaxovlav. Rom. 8: 4. 13: 8. Gal. 5: 14. Col. 4: 17. 1 Mace. 2: 55. Hdian. 3. 11. 9. n. iviolug. Pol. 4. 63. 3. (0) Of a declaration, prophecy, to fulfil, to accomplish, c. ace. Acts 13: 27 tag cpa- vag TWV TrooqpTjTwv . . . CTrJU/owo-av. 3: 18. Oftener Pass, to be fulfilled, accomplished, to have an accomplishment ; Matt. 2: 17 TOTS feltyfttoq TO yrj&BV. 27: 9. 26: 54. Mark 15: 28 7d7?Qaj#7? 7] yQctcp^. Luke 1:20. 4:21. (21:22.) 24:44. Acts 1: 16. James 2: 23. Here belongs the fre- quent phrase I'va Ti^pan'hJ, for which see in "/va no. 2. d. Matt.' 1: 22. 2: 15. 4: 14. 21: 4. 26: 56. 27: 35. Mark 14: 49. John 12: 38. 13:18. 15:25. 17:12. 18: 9, 32. 19: 24, 36. Also onwg nlr]- Qta&fi, see in "O? II. 2. Matt. 2: 23. 8: 17. 12: 17. 13: 35. Sept. for b I K. 2:27. 2 Chr. 36:21. Hdian. 2." 7. 9 pov iJ\v ^aov. 2 Thess. 1: 11. Pass. to be made full, complete, perfect, e. g. 77 X u Q d John 3: 29. 15:11. 16:24. 17:13. 1 John 1: 4. 2 John 12. TO naff/a Luke 22: 16. wrxo7; 2 Cor. 10: 6. eg/a Rev. 3: 2. Of persons, Col. 4: 12 iVa CTTT^TS Tfi'^EtOt Xttt TTSTrA^OW^UsVot iv TlCtVll ST. tag d) i. q. to fulfil, i. e. to bring to a full end, to accomplish, to complete, (a) Pass. of time, to be fulfilled, completed, ended. Mark 1:15 TICTTJITJOMTGU o xatgog. Luke 21:24 w/oi nlrjow&wo'i xaiQol. John 7. S. Acts 7: 23, 30. 9:23. 24:27. Once Act. Rev. 6: 11 in some edit. I'otg ov TT^O WCrOVTtti SC. 10V XrtfOOV V. XQOVOV, comp. also in /. So Sept. and Nrtt Oen. 25: 24. 29: 21. Tob. 8: 20! Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1 nlyQw&eviog ainov sc. lov XQOVOV. (/?) Of a business, work, etc. to accomplish, to finish, to complete. Luke 7: 1 lust ff In^QUffs ndvra TC* QTjuoiTa airov. 9: 31. Acts 13: 25. 14: 26 tig TO %/ov, o eTT/Ujowaav. 19: 21. Rom. 15: 19 TrsnvU^wxeVat TO svayy&iov, 1. e. the preaching of the Gospel. Col. 1:25. So Sept. and tfVja 1 K. 1:14. Comp. Lat. implere messem Pallad. Jun. 2. So Rev. 6: 11 in text rec. !co$ n\r\- ^w^cufft xal ol ffvvdovJioi, i. e. until their number is full, is completed. Xen. Mag. Eq.l. 3. (/) By impl. to Jill out, to com- plete, to make perfect, c. ace. Matt. 5: 17, opp. xcncdvaou. Phil. 2: 2 n j aio?, TO, ( fulness, filling, pp. that with which any thing is filled, of which it is full, the contents. a) pp. 1 Cor. 10: 26, 28 4 7^ T nJ*.r)Qwua in%, i. e. all that it contains ;, quoted from Ps. 24: 1 where Sept. for tfbJ3, as also Ps. 50: 12. 96:. 11. So Mark 8: 20 noawv oTri'oroW TiArjoo'^aTa xlao-ponwv T/OTC; how many basket-fulls- of fragments ? i. q. noaag anvQidag nh)- QBig how many baskets full ; see Buttra- 123. n. 4. Winer 34. 2. Philo Quod omnis prob. p. 871. c, of a ship's bal- last. Vit. Mos. p. 451, of the animals in Noah's ark. Philostrat. Heroic. 10. 12 r of the Greeks in the Trojan horse. Also ajilling up, supplement, that which fills up ; and hence i. q. Du/ftlqpof, a patch, Matt. 9: 16. Mark 2: 21. b) trop. fulness, i. e. full measure, abundance, (a) genr. John 1: 16 ex TOV n\i]owumoq aiiov. Eph. 3: 19 see in T/Arjooeo b. 5. Col. 2: 9 TO xfcfpMpta xijg dtoiyiog i. e. the fulness, plenitude of the divine perfections ; and so ahsol. Col. 1: 19. Rom. 15: 29 Iv n^Qwuan tvkoylctg rovsvctyy. i. e. in the full, abun- dant blessings of the gospel ; comp. Buttm. Winer 1. c. So of a state of fulness, abundance, opp. i}TTt][tct, Rom. 11: 12. (/9) Of persons, full number, complement, multitude. Rom. 11: 25 TO nfa'iQwua iwv idv&v, i. e. the full num- ber, all the multitude of the Gentiles. So of the church of Christ, Eph. 1: 23 ^tig Ian, TO aw^iot, avrov, TO rov x. T. L see in TT^ooeo b. d. [3: 19.] In Greek writers often for a ship's complement, crew, Hdot. 8. 43. Luc. Vera Hist. 2. 37. Pol. 1. 21. 1. Xen. H. G. 5. 1. 11. Also for the in- habitants of a city, Aristid. Iliyl tov ^ dilv xoptpfaiv, ed. Cant. p. 282 naldag di xt yvvoilxag xal UOLVTK T 670 IJAovoiog a. p. 374 TO n\i]Qb)ua no |tov i. e. cives Roma digni. Liban. Orat. ed. Reisk. I. p. 301. c) i. q. fulfilment, a fulfilling, full per- formance, i. q. q nlrjouKTii;, e. g. TOU vo- pov Rom. 13: 10. Comp. n^ow c. a. Philo de Abr. p. 387 Tr/b/ow^a ilrcl- dwv. ' d) i. ({.fulfilment, i. e. full end, com- pletion, (a) of time, full period, Gal. 4: 4 y)i&e to nb'jowpa rov xQovov. Eph. 1: 10 nL TWV xeuowv. Hdot. 3. 22 oyduxovicc <5' or; nli]ni>}uit avdol f.itey.ooT(aoy 7roox'r#at. (/?) By impl. completeness, perfectness, comp. in Tftn- ow d. /J. Eph. 4: 13 fig av8qa r&uov, tig ftngov fjhxlag tov n^owfiiarog TOV XQ. as adj. i. e. to the full and perfect stature of a man in Christ, to full ma- turity in Christian knowledge and love ; comp. Buttm. Winer, 1. c. IlArjoioVj adv. (ntyvlog, n&ug, TTC- i'^(u,) near, near by. a) pp. and seq. gen. John 4: 5 n. TOV Xtoqlov. comp. Buttm. 146. 2. Sept. for bSK Deut. 11: 30. ^iE Deut. 1: 1. Jos:' Ant. 5.6.5. Hdian.1.7.4. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6. Trop. slvcu n\v\viov Tivog, to be near any one, to be neighbour to him, Luke 10: 29, 36. Comp. in b. Winer p. 115. b) c. art. o nlrjatov subst. one near, a neighbour, fellow, another person of the same nature, country, class, etc. (a) genr. a fellow-man, any other mem- ber of the human family; so in the pre- cept, ayanrjffsig rov n^alov aov wg o~s- avrov, quoted from Lev. 19: 18 where Sept. for an, Matt. 19: 19. 22: 39. Mark 12: 31, 33i Luke 10: 27. Rom. 13:9,10. Gal. 5:14. Eph. 4: 25. James 2: 8. Also Heb. 8: 11 in text. rec. So Sept. and y~\ also Ex. 20: 17. Deut. 5: 19 sq. Luc."Contempl. 15. Pol. 12. 4. 13. Xen. Mem. 2.6.2. (/?) One of the same people or country, a fellow-coun- tryman. Acts 7: 27, comp. v. 24, 26. (y] One of the same faith, a fellow- Christian, Rom. 15: 2. (d) From the Heb. a friend, associate, like ?} , opp. o fX&QW, Matt. 5: 43. So y n , Sept. gn- ioff, Job 2: 11. 19: 21. Prov. 17: 17. Iltyo privy, rj?, 4 (TT^TX^I,) a filling, satisfying, sc. with food ; also fulness, satiety. Col. 2: 23 TTOO$ ntyv- fiovijv ffctoxog. So Sept. for 2iiB Ex. 16: 8. y^ia Ex. 16: 3. Ecc!us.~45: 28. Ael. V. H" 9. 26. Xen. Ag. 5. 1. Mem. 3. 11. 14. v. TTft>, f. $w, to strike, to smite, Palaeph. 12. 2. Xen. An. 5. 8. 2, 4. In N. T. from the Heb. to plague, to smite, i. e. to afflict with disease, ca- lamity, evil, Pass. Rev. 8. 12 en^yr) TO jolrov tov yttov. So Sept. for rrSJl Ex. 9: 32, 33. Ps. 102: 5. Comp. Ila- c. j ov y TO, (dimin. from n\oiov,} a small vessel, boat, spoken of the fishing vessels on the sea of Galilee, Mark 3: 9 coll. 4: 1. Mark 4: 36. John 6: 22 bis, 23. 21: 8. Aristoph. Ran. 139. Diod. Sic. 2. 55. iov, ov } TO, (nUw,} a ship, ves- sel, genr. Acts 20: 13, 38. 21: 2, 3. 27: 2, 6, 10 sq. James 3: 4. al. Spoken in the Gospels of the small fishing vessels on the sea of Galilee, Matt. 4: 21, 22. Mark 4: 1, 36. Luke 5: 2,3. John 6: 17, 19. al. Sept. for JT:N Gen. 49: 13. Deut. 28: 68. Jon. 1: 3,' 4, 5. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 2. Xen. Oec. 8. 11. ahev- Ttx nloia Xen. H. G. 5. 1. 23. AL. contr. TiAouC, Gen.oov, ov; but in later writers also Gen. nkoog Acts 27: 9. Arr. Peripl. Erythr. p. 176 ; see Winer 8. 2. Lob. ad Phr. p. 453 sq. comp. in Novg; sailing, navigation, voyage, Acts 21: 7. 27: 9, 10. Wisd. 14: 1. Ael. V. H. 2. 14. Xen. An. 6. 1.33. riAouaioGj la, OV 3 (nlovtog,) rich, wealthy, in N. T. only in rnasc. a) pp. Matt. 27: 57 av&Qomog nlov- ffiog ano 'Aoipa&cdttg. Luke 12: 16. 16: 1, 19. Luke 14: 12 ^trjdi ytliovat, nlov- alovg. 18: 23. 19: 2. Trop. happy, prosperous, wanting nothing, 2 Cor. 8: 9. Rev. 2: 9. 3: 17. Sept. pp. for -)*np3? 2 Sam. 12: 1, 2, 4. Prov. 28: 11. Pa- laeph. 35. 2. Hdian. 1. 8. 10. Xen. Ath. 2. 18. Subst. o nlovatog, plur. ol nJioixnot, a rich man, the rich, Matt. 19: 23, 24 jj nlowiov tig T. /?o\ tov &. *HT- sl&siv. Mark 10: 25. 12: 41 nottol Luke 6: 24. 16:21,22. 18:25. 671 21:1. 1 Tim. 6:17. James 1: 10, 11. 2: 6. 5: 1. Rev. 6: 15. 13: 16. So Sept. and -Pi;* Prov. 22: 2, 7. Jer. 9: 22 -- Luc.Kron. 15. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 37, 39. b) trop. rich in any thing, abounding in, $eq. iv c. dat. Eph. 2:4 &ebg TiAotat- og wv V &'. Jatnes 2: 5 ?rA. ? nlain. adv. (TuLouriog,) ricfc/y, i. e. abundantly, largely, Col. 3: 16. 1 Tim. 6: 17. Tit. 3:6. 2 Pet. 1: 11. Di- on. Hal. de Demosth. 38. p. 186. 8. Sylburg. UAovifco, co, f. tjffw, (nlomog,) to be rich, intrans. a) pp. Luke 1: 53 nloinovnag ani- OTEtAe xsvovg. 1 Tim. 6: 9. Seq. uno of source, Rev. 18: 15 ; In Rev. 18: 3, 19. Sept. for Try Jer. 5: 27. Hos. 12: 8. Judith 15: (x Ael. V. H. 2. 11. Xen. An. 7. 7. 28. c. ano Luc. D. Deor. 16. 1. Trop. Luke 12: 21 ^ nlovwv elg &eov not rich toward God, i. e. lay- ing up no treasure in heaven. Also i. q. to prosper, to be happy, 1 Cor. 4: 8. 2 Cor. 8: 9. Rev. 3: 17, 18. b) trop. to be rich in any thing, to abound, seq. et>, 1 Tim. 6: 18 nlwitivh t'0/o< uyuSols. Absol. Rom. 10: 12 xvuios TcJiomuv eig Tiuvraq, i. e. rich in gifts and spiritual blessings towards all. Ilkovit^co, f. law, (nloviog,) to make rich, to enrich,trans. in N. T. only trop. i. q. to bestow richly, to furnish abundantly ; 2 Cor. 6: 10 w? Tnrw^ot, nottovg ds nlovil&vitg. Pass, to be enriched, i. e. richly furnished, seq. iv nocvil 1 Cor. 1: 5. 2 Cor. 9: 11. Sept. Prov. 13:7. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 9. pp. Sept. for Twr? Gen. 14:23. Xen. Ag. 1. 17. IlAouiog, ou y o, (jrAe'os, or notit ITOJ an abundant year,) also TO nloviog in Mss. see Winer 9. n. 2; riches, wealth, a) pp. Matt. 13: 22 % aTtarr) tov nlov- lov. Mark 4: 19. Luke 8: 14. 1 Tim. 6: 17. James 5:2. Rev. 18: 16. Melon. as a source of power and influence, in ascriptions, Rev. 5: 12. Sept. for IIL'3? 1 K. 3:11. Prov. 8:18. tin ProV. 28: 8. b?h Is. 30: 6. Hdian. 3. 14. 13. Luc. Tini.'S. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 44. Trop. 6 nlovios tou &eou v. TOV XQI- OTOU, i. q. the rich gifts and blessings imparted from God or Christ, Phil. 4: 19. Eph. 3: 8. Also i. q. good, welfare, happiness, Rom. 11: 12 bis. Heb. 11:26. b) trop. riches, i. q. richness, abun- dance, usually before the genit. of an- other noun, i. q. adj. rich, abundant, pre-eminent; comp. Buttm. 123. n. 4. Winer 34. 2. Rom. 2: 4 TOV nJiovtov TOU xgrjoTOTTjTog, i. q. his rich goodness. 2 Cor. 8: 2. Eph. 1: 7 nL ri]g ^aotTo?. 2: 7. Col. 2: 2. So nloinos Tifc doty? i. e. the abundant, pre-eminent glory of God, as displayed in his beneficence, Rom. 9: 23. Eph. 1: 18. 3: 16. Col. 1: 27. Comp. in J6$a b. y. Rom. 11: 33 ci fia&og TTJLovrov xcu ffoylcti; xctl yvw- ffttag, O the deep richness both of wisdom and knowledge ! Plato Euihyphr. 13. p. 12. A, iqvcpcig i'Tio nlovvov i^ ao~ IIAvvco, f. ww, to wash, to rinse, espec. clothes, trans. Rev. 7: 14 linkway rag violag aiiwv. 22: 14 in Mss. Sept. for 023 Gen. 49: 11. Ex. 19: 10. Horn. II. 22! 155. Artemid. 2. 4. Comp. Theocr. 27. 5, 6. Xen. Eq. 5. 7. HvtvfjLa y awe, 16, ( nviu to breathe, to blow.) 1. breath, a) of the mouth or nos- trils, a breathing, blast, 2 Thess. 2: 8 nvtvua ToD (no/uorro?, breath of the mouth, here spoken of the destroying power of God ; so Sept. and DT1D2J nil Is. 11: 4; comp. Ps. 33: 6." T bf"the vital breath, Rev. 11: 11 nvmua wfje breath of life; so Sept and Heb. D^h hlT Gen. 6: 17. 7: 5, 22. Hdian. 2."l3^ 9. Diod. Sic. 2. 12. Thuc. 2. 49. Xen. Venat. 7. 3. b) breath of air, air in motion, a breeze, blast, the wind. John 3: 8 TO nvtii^u, onov #&, nvtt. Heb. 1: 7 6 noiuv TOV? otyy&ovg etviov nvevuctTct, quoted from Ps. 104: 4 where Sept. for frn ; as also Gen. 8: 1. Is. 7: 2. Jos". Ant. 2. 16. 3, 5. Hdiao. 5. 4. 22. Dem. 48. 24. Xen. An. 6. 1. 14. ib. 6. 2. 1. 2. spirit, i. e. a) the vital spirit t life, soul, Lat. aninia, the principle of life residing in the breath, breathed into man from God and again returning to God, comp. Gen. 2: 7. Ece. 12: 7. Ps. 104: 29. Matt. 27: 50 aqp^xe TO nvtvpu llrtuua 672 he gave up the ghost, expired. John J9: 30. Luke 23: 46 as ^HO$ ffov nnQct- xhja > o i u/ TO Tmi/m [tov, comp. Ps. 31:5. Acts 7: 59. Luke 8: 55 iniaiQtys TO nvti>na otviijg y.ul aviaTV}. James 2:26. Rev. 13: 15. So Sept. and rm Gen. Ecc. Ps. II. cc. Gen. 45: 27. jndg. 15: 19. a!. Ecclus. 38:23. Eurip. Hec. 571 .. i. e. as the spirit in man giveth life to the body, so my words are spirit and life to the soul. Also 1 Cor. 15: 45 f/lvno . . .'Adaf* tig \yv%Jiv aiactv ' o ds &/. 'Adufi [lo~Ti] tig nv&itfia frooTTototv, a quickening spirit, i. e. a spirit of life, as raising the bodies of his followers from the dead into im- mortal life; comp. Phil. 3:21. b) the rational spirit, mind, soul, Lat. animits. (a) genr. as opp. to the body and animal spirit. 1 Thess. 5: 23 TO nvsvfia xat 7] J^f/?/ xal TO o'w/ja, as a periphrasis for the whole man. Luke 1: 47 fifyctlvvfi r) yv%r} pov TOV XVQIOV, xoi t)'/a,\\La(jB TO nvevfia fiov. Heb. 4: 12 UXQI niQiffnoij yvx*i? *<*l nvsvfia- Tog. Rom. 2: 29. 8: 10 TO auua VMQOV ... TO <5e nvfvfia w7j. 1 Cor. 5: 3 iyw (ag unwv TW awftan, naywv ds TW nvev- fian. v. 4, 5 / ofo&Qov T?7? ffotQxog tva TO nvfVfia (Torty. 6: 20. 7: 34. 2 Cor. 7: 1. Phil. 3: 3. Col. 2: 5. 1 Pet. 4: 6. Heb. 12: 9 o 7raT?/o TWV nvsvfionwv, opp. ol iijg xo. (Comp. Sept. and Num. 16:22. 27:16, also Zech. 12: 1.) So where yv%r\ or o^ua are not expressed ; Rom. 8: 16 amo ic nvevfia (TOV -&(ov} av^naQTvgfl TW nvsv^an TJH&V the divine spirit itself testifieth to our spirit, mind. Gal. 6: 18. 2 Tim. 4: 22. Philem. 25. Also Rom. 1: 9. John 4: 23, 24 TiQoaxvvsiv TW TKXJQI iv Tivsvfia- rt xal odr)&fla in spirit and in truth, i. e. with a sincere mind, with a true heart, not with mere external rites ; comp. Phil. 3: 3. Wisd. 2: 3 opp. aupa. 16: 14 opp. VW () As the seat of the affections, emotions, passions of vari- ous kinds ; e. g. of humility, Matt. 5:3 TTTW^O* TW nvEvpaTt, poor in spirit i. e. lowly of mind. (Comp. Sept. and ^TH Ps. 34: 19.) So of enjoyment, quiet, 1 Cor. 16: 18 wvinavvav yag TO fyov nvsv- l*a. 2 Cor. 2: 12. 7: 13 : of joy, Luke 10: 21 JiyaMniaaro TW nvtv^icnt, o *Ii]vovg. Of ardour, fervour, Acts 18: 25 et Rom. 12: 11 eW TW nvevfian. Luke 1: 17 iv nvsvpcm xai dvvufisL 3 Httov, i. e. in the powerful, energetic spirit of Elijah ; comp. Ecclus. 48: 1 uvsffTi) 3 HUag ngo- cpijirjg ug nvg t xt o Ao/o? WUTOI; wg inpTictg 6x/To, and v. 12 xat 3 Eho*ous ivmKya&t] nvsvparog UVTOV. Of per- turbation^, g. from grief, indignation, Mark 3: 12 avaffisvu^ag TW nvevpaTi, av- TOV. John 11: 33. 13: 2L Acts 17: 16 nixQwSvvflo TO nvsvfia aiiiov iv avTw. Comp. Sept. and mi Gen. 26: 35. Is. 65: 14. Wisd. 5: 3." (y) As referring to disposition, feelings, temper of mind, Engl. spirit. Luke 9: 55 otx ot'<5T 01- ov nvtvpaiog io~Te vufig. Rom. 8: 15 nvtvfia dovfalag a slavish spirit, opp. TO nv. viofrsalag q. v. infr. no. 3. D. b. e. Rom. 11: 8. 1 Cor. 4:21 et Gal. 6: 1 nv. ngnorrjTog i. e. a mild, gentle spirit. 1 Cor. 14: 14 TO nvsvud pov nQOffsixsiai, o ds vovg IJLOV ixxagnog lo*ii my spir- it prays, i. e. my own feelings thus find utterance in prayer, but what I mean is not understood by others, v. 15 bis, 16. 2 Cor. 4:13. 11:4. 12:18. Eph. 2:2 see below in no. 3. A. b. Eph. 4: 23. Phil. 1: 27. 2: 1. 2 Tim. 1: 7. 1 Pet. 3: 4. So James 4: 5, comp. Prov. 21: 10, 26. Ecc. 4: 4. Comp. Sept. and JTH Ez. 11: 19. 18: 31. Num. 5: 30. Soph. Oed. Col. 612. (d) As implying will, counsel, purpose. Matt. 26: 41 et Mark 14: 38 TO ph nvsvf ds dff&evyg. Acts 18: 5 to) nvsvfj.an in text rec. 19: 21 Jlavhog iv TW nv. 20: 22 see in /4e'w, c. /?. So Sept. and nil 1 Chr. 5:26. Ezra 1: 1. Esdr. 2:2^ () As including the understanding, intellect, Mark 2: 8 eniyvovg TW nvKvpaxi. Luke 1: 80 et 2: 40 TO ds Tictidlov ijv^uve xat ex^aTcuovTO nvEV^axi, nlrjQovftevov aoylag. 1 Cor. 2: 11, 12 nv. TOV x6o*i*ov, as compared with nv. TOV OCV&Q. in v. 11. So Sept. and ITH Ex. 28:3. Job 20: 3. Is. 29: 24. () For nvsvpa as signifying the mind or disposition as affected by the Holy Spirit, see below in no. 3. D. b. . 3. a spirit,\. e. a simple, incorporeal, immaterial being, possessing higher 673 capacities than man in his present state. A) Spoken of created spirits, viz. a) of the human soul, spirit, after its departure from tlie hody and as exist- ing in a separate state, Lat. umbra, manes. Heb. 12: 23 nQOffdijlv&ais . . . nvfiifiocffi, Stxalwv Tmlaw^sVwv, i. e. to the spirits of the just advanced to per- fect happiness and glory. 1 Pet. 3: 19 tv w xt jolg iv (pvlaxjj nvfvfiaffi nogtv- -frfl? txrjQv&v, in which [spiritual nature] also he once preached [through NoahJ to those spirits now in prison, cornp. 2 Pet. 2: 4, 5. Others refer this to the supposed descent of Christ into Sheol after his crucifixion, and his there preaching the gospel. Acts 23: 8. So of the soul of a person re-appearing after death, a spirit, ghost, Luke 24: 37, 39. Acts 23: 9. b) of an evil spirit, demon, i. q. datpo- viov, dalptov, q. v. mostly with the epi- thet dxaduQTov, see in *Axd&aQtog b. E,g. nvei'pa dxu&. Matt. 10: 1. 12: 43. Mark 1: 23, 26, 27. 3: 1 1, 30. 5: 2, 8, 13. 6:7.7:25.9:25. Luke 4:36. 6: 18. 8: 29. 9:42. 11:24. Acts 5: 16. 8:7. Rev. 16: 13. 18: 2. Also nv. daiftovlov dxd- frctQiov Luke 4: 33. nvevpct-ta daipoyl- wv Rev. 16: 14. nvfv^cc TroyTjodv Acts 19: 15, 16, and T nvtvparct novyqd v. 12, 13. Matt. 12: 45. Luke 7: 21. 8:2. 11: 26. nvt\(ia alalov Mark 9: 17, 25. nvevpa dff&tvsiai; a spirit of infirmity, i. e. causing disease, Luke 13: 11, cornp. v. 16. nv. nv&wvo? a spirit of divina- tion, soothsaying demon, Acts 16: 16, 18. Absol. Matt. 8: 16. Mark 9: 20. Luke 9: 39. 10:20. Eph. 2: 2 TOV a^/ovTW TTJS t$ovffiag tov degog, rov nvtvfiaiQg tov ivigyovviog x. T. L i. e. Satan, the gen. nvsvpctTog being an Anacoluthon for TO nvsiifia. Or TOV nvevponog may here be taken in the sense of disposition, as above in no. 2. b. y. See Winer 65. p. 465. Test. XII Patr. p. 657 onto TOW 2uruva xal iwv nvfvfiurojv avioi. p. 729 T nv. TOV the seven archangels, see in * Rev. 3: 1. 4:5. 5: 6. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 3 XT c) less often in plur. of angels, as God's ministering spirits. Heb. 1: 14 ov%i nuvTtg flat fauovgyixct nvevpcna ; Rev. 1: 4 dno TWV emd nvtvpctKav a eVo>,T(ov TOV &QOVOV amov, i. e. 85 nvsvpa. B) Of God in reference to his im- materiality ; John 4: 24 nvevpa o &so?. C) Of Christ in his exalted spiritual nature, in distinction from his human nature. 1 Pet. 3: 18 &ctvai(a&tl$ psv (raoxt, ^wonoirj&slg Ss nvsvftmt, referring to the spiritual exaltation of Christ af- ter his resurrection to be Head over all things to the church, comp. Eph. 1:20, 21, 22 ; in which spiritual nature also he is said (in v. 19) to have preached through Noah, see above in A. a. So Rom. 1: 4 XT nvtvpct dyioxrvvrjg^ opp. 1 Tim. 3: 16, comp. in In the same manner Storr and others take nv(i>^a aluvtov in Heb. 9: 14, in opposition to the perishable beasts in v. 13, comp. 7: 16, 24 ; while others understand here a divine spirit, influence, see in D. b. /?. For 1 Cor. 15: 45 see in no. 2. a. 2 Cor. 3: 17 see in D. a. y. D) Of the Spirit of God, Heb. D^rrV^n v. rnrn hii, in N. T. TO nvevpci TOU -thoD v! xvqiov ; also TO nvfv- |U TO ayiov the Holy Spirit, and absol. TO nvtv^a the Spirit, XT l$o%rjv ; called likewise the Spirit of Christ as being sent or communicated by him after his resurrection and ascension, e. g. TO nv. 3 Irjaov Acts 16:7. X(jio~iov Rom. 8: 9. 1 Pet. 1: 11. 'Irjaov XQ. Phil. 1: 19. TOU XVQIOV 2 Cor. 3: 17. TOU vlov &eov Gal. 4: 6. For the Heb. usage, see Gesen. Lex. art. frn no. 4. In N. T. this Spirit is everywhere represented as in intimate union with God the Father and Son, as proceeding from and sent forth by them, as possessing the same attributes and performing the same acts with God the Father and Son. The passages in N. T. in which nvtvpa is to be referred to this signification, may be divided into two classes, viz. those in which being, intelligence, and agency are predicated of the Spirit ; and me- lon. those in which the effects and con- sequences of this agency are spoken of. a) The Holy Spirit, as possessing be- ing, intelligence, agency, etc. (a) joined with 6 #*o$ v. o and 6 Xotoro?, etc. with the same or 674 with different predicates. Matt. 28: 19 (JunilovTfg ai/TOUf el? TO ovoua TOU na- TQcg xat TOU rtou xat TOU aylov nvsv^a- TO?, see kn >r Ofr0pa d. 1 Cor. 12: 4, coll. 5, 6, TO ds UTO nvsvpa xat o auTO$ xv- (uo o ds aviog &tog. 2 Cor. 13: 13 f\ XUQig TOU xvglov '[yaov XQUJTOV, xat 7; ayanrj TOU #fou, xat?/ XOIVMVIU TOU aylov nvfvpmos jUfia naviwv fyuwV. 1 Pet. 1: 2 xara Trpo/ywo'n' r^cou nargog iv ayia- fffito Tmi'jUGCToc, fig vrtaxoifV xat gavn- ffpbv atjuaroc YTJO-OU A'orrou. Jude 20 iv nvfvpaTi aylct ngoasixofievoi, eavtovg iv tity any &sov TjjoTjo'aTf, ngoadf^o^svoi TO thog TOU xuot'ou ij/JwV 'fqffov Xgiffiov fig MI}V iiu'it'iu)'. [1 John 5: 7.] (/?) spoken in connexion with or in reference to God, 6 xhoc, o nav]g. E. g. where intimate union or oneness with the Father is predicated of TO Tivfv^ia. John 15: 26 TO nvsvpa ii]g alr)&elag, o TTO TOU ncciQog exnoQfV?t(*i, comp. be- low in 5. Where the same omniscience is predicated of TO nvfv^a as of o &eog. 1 Cor. 2: 10 TO yaq nvri\uct nccvra eocv- y, xt T fia&ri lov &sov, v. 11 ot'TD) xt T TOU -&fov oi'delg oldsr, ft /u?) TO nvsi'i-ia TOU -frfov. Where the same things are predicated of TO nvsvpa which in other places are predicated of 6 #*os, e. g. Ananias and Sapphira are said to lie to the Holy Spirit, etc. Acts 5: 3 ytvffaa&ul as TO wtKVfta TO ciyiov, and so v. 9 ; comp. v. 4 ovx lytvaw IIV&QM- 7roj, AA TW &tM. As speaking through the prophets of the O. T. Acts J: 16 ygot(ft]V . . . i]v nQOine TO nvsi'fia TO ayiov diet oroyuaToc z/cf ( <5/(5, comp. 4: 24, 25 (TV o &f6g ... 6 di,u OTO ( WTOC /iufild . . . ilnwv, and corn p. 3: 21 et Heh. 1: 1. Acts 28: 25 xttAwi; TO TivEvpu TO ayiov fk(i).rj(TS 8tu 'Jlffu'iov, conip. Is. 6: 8, 11 where it is "31^ bp. Heh. 3: 7 xa&Mg A/ft TO nvti'f.ux TO nywv, comp. Ps. 95: 7 where it is QTlbN bp. Heh. 10: 15 jUOTVOH 8i TIIUV xwi TO nvsvptx TO (iyiov, comp. Jer. 31: 31 where it is mr:" 1 . So Heb. 9:8, comp. 1: 1. Also genV. as speaking ami waming men through prophets and apostles, Acts 7: 51, cornp. v. 52. Where a person is said to be horn of the Spirit, spoken of the moral renovation, the new spiritual life im- parted to those who sincerely embrace the gospel. John 3: 5, 6, 8 o x TOU nvtvpcttoft comp. John 1: 13 ex TOU #fou lytvr)&r)ffctv. Where TO Jivfi'fia etc. is said to dwell in or be with Chris- tians, as Rom. 8: 9 el'Tie^ nvsv^ia olxfl If vplv. v. 11 bis, fl ds TO TOU fytlyavTog fqaovv ex vfXQwv olxfl fv I'fuv . . . dia TO Votxou> UTOU nvtvpa Iv vfuv. 1 Cor. 3: 16 oux old are OIL vaog &BOV eVrs, xt TO nvV(j,a TOU 5-ou otxft iv vfjuv ; 6: 19 TO a&fia ifiaiv vaog TOU iv rfitv aylov nvtvpaTog iaiiv. 2 Tim. 1: 14 dia nvfi'jjiaiog //ou, TOU eVotxouvTo? Iv rjfuv. Compare 2 Cor. 6: 10 vptig yag vaog ^cou corf 'Cfavtog ' xadug fintv &iog' on cVotxTJcrw iv aviotg x. T. I. cornp. John 14:23. Eph. 2:22. Where TO TTWu^utt and 6 $f0f are interchanged ; as 1 Cor. 12: 11 navia ds ravia ivsgyti TO tv xal TO WUTO Tivsiifia^ spoken of mi- raculous gifts, comp. v. 7 where it is 6 &sog o ivtgywv T ndvra iv nuffiv. So Eph. 6: 17 paxaiga TOU nvfVfjiaiog, o ICFTI gtjfta &tov. (y) spoken in connexion with or in reference to Christ; e. g. joined with o XQiaiog in a form of swearing, Rom. 9: 1 cdr)&eiav ksyo), iv Xgurim ' ov ytvdo- fiai . . . iv nvEvpaii. In a solemn ob- testation, Rom. 15:30 7roxA&> ds vfiug . . . diet TOU XVfJlOV 7J|UW1' 3 /7JO'OU XQlffTOVj xal diu iqg aydnr]? TOU nvfiipaiog. In the renovation and sanctification of Christians, 1 Cor. 6: 1 1 U ujifhovaacr&t, k Idixaiw&TjTf, iv TW TOU xi'otou 3 Irj(rov xal iv TW TOV #sou yfi&X* 2 Cor. 3: 17 bis, 6 ds xi'Qiog TO wwpn tvuv (comp. v. 8), ou ds TO nvtupa xvglov, ixfi ehv- ^fo/w. v. 18. Heb. 10:29. So TO nvtv- [*a and o Xgiaiog are said to be or dwell with men ; compare the exam- ples cited above in /5, with John 14:23. 15: 4. 2 Cor. 13: 5. Eph. 3: 17. Also where TO nvsv^ta TO ttyiov is said to de- scend, (rci> ( uTfzJ5 H<5, upon Jesus after his baptism, Luke 3: 22. Matt. 3: 16. Mark 1: 10. John 1:32,33. (d) as coming to and acting upon men, Christians, exerting in and upon them an enlightening, strengthening, sanctifying influence. Thus where the H. S. is represented as the author of revelations to men, e. g. through the prophets of the O. T. see above in /?; or aa communicating a knowledge of IIvU(JlCt 675 future events, Acts 10: 19 etnfv (UsiQoi} 10 nvfvpa ' Idov uvdgsg lotig grovel as. 20: 23. 21: 11. 1 Tim. 4: 1. Rev. 19i 10 see in MnorvQia b. Or as directing or impelling to any act, Acts 11: 12. As communicating instruction, ad- monitions, warnings, invitations through the apostles ; Rev. 2: 7 6 EXWV oig axoi 1 - (TTw il TO itvivfta AE/H icug fatJufritUG* v. 11, 17, 29. 3: 6, 13, 22. 14: 13. 22: 17 xt TO nvtv(.ia xt / vvpcprj JtfyoWTl* ' BQXOV, i. e. the Spirit and the whole Church. So 1 Cor. 2: 10, comp. above in /?. As speaking through the disci- ples when brought before rulers etc. Matt. 10: 20. Mark 13: 11. Luke 12:12. As qualifying the apostles powerfully to propagate the Gospel, Irnpsff&t ovva- fuv lrts)i\)6viog iov ay. nv. icp VfAoig Acts 1:8; or aiding in building up and com- forting the churches, 9: 31 ; or direct- ing in the appointment of church-offi- cers, 20: 28 ; or assisting to speak and hear the Gospel aright, 1 Cor. 2: 13 iv didaxTolg nvtvftaiog uylov (koyoig) in words taught, suggested by the Holy Spirit, v. 14 ipvxtxos os uv$Qwnog ov dsztiat T TOU nvfVfiaioq 1011 #foO. Emphat. as the Spirit of the Gospel, 2 Cor. 3: 17, see above in y, and comp. in b. y, below. Also as corning to Christians and remaining with them ; imparting to them spiritual knowledge, aid, consolation, sanctification ; making intercession with and for them, and the like. John 14: 17, 26 6 8s naQuxlrjio?, TO Ttviv^iot TO uytov, . . . ittuvog vpag di8d!-ti ndvia. 15: 26 6 nctQdxlrjTog . . . TO nvtvpa iijg aty&elag, i. e. that divine Spirit who will impart the knowledge of divine truth ; as 16: 13 TO nvtvpa irjg ooiiyyvu i'fiug fig nuvuv iyv . Rom. 8: 14 ocroi yag &iov uyovicci, ovrol to~iv viol v. 16 auro TO TTvevpa x. T. X. v. 26 bis, 27. 14:17. 15:13,16. 2 Cor. 1: 22 et 5: 5 aoqafiwv TOV nvfi'(j,(XTog. Eph. 3: 16. 6: 18. 1 Thess. 1:6. 2 Thess. 2: 13. 1 Pet. 1: 22. So where any one is said to grieve the Holy Spirit ; Eph. 4: 30 pi] tonsils TO nvti'(j,tt TO uyiov tov &toi>, iv J) foVfj.a ay LOV enfjisvfftiai 7T4 as, where it is i. q. dv- vapig iylffTov in the next clause. Matt. 1: 18, 20. So in respect to the con- ception of Isaac out of the course of nature, Gal. 4: 29. (/9) of that special divine influence, inspiration, energy, which rested upon and existed in Jesus after the descent of the Holy Spirit upon him at his baptism. Luke 4: 1 'irjffovg ds nvevfia- log uylov nJi^orjc, comp. 3: 22. John 3: 34 ov yag ex /uhaov dldwaiv o &eog 10 nvei'fAce, i. e. the divine influence, ener- gy, resting upon Christ was not meas- ured and occasional, like that of pro- phets and apostles, but ever abundant and constant. Acts 1: 2. Matt. 12: 18 ayanrjiog ftov . . . i]ao) TO avrov, quoted from Is. 42: 1 where Sept. for VT'n Luke 4: 18 nvsvpa xvolov in Ips, quoted from Is. 61: 1 where Sept. for rnrv "^"IN Irn Acts 10: 38 Iqaovv . . . wg txyiffsv avrov o &og nvevfian uylut xat dvvdpft. 1 John 5: 6 bis, 8 TO nvevpa, xai TO vdcao, xat TO atpa, i. e. that divine spirit, energy, which was in Jesus ; by which al- so he was sealed as a spotless victim for his atoning sacrifice, Heb. 9: 14 ; comp. above in C. As prompting him to various actions, e. g. to go into the desert to be tempted, Matt. 4: 1. Mark 1: 12. Luke 4: 1 i'lysio iv TO> nvsvfAccTt ilg it]v egrjftov, and afterwards to return into Galilee Luke 4: 14. As enabling him to cast out demons ; Matt. 12: 28 ft ds iv nvfv^taTt -frsov eya x/SaMw ia daipovta, comp. Luke 11: 20 where it is et ds iv dwxTi'Aw &tov J x/9a>Ua) ia dai- (j,6via. In this connexion TO nvsvfta TO ayiov is said to be blasphemed, Matt. 12: 31, 32. Mark 3: 29. Luke 12: 10. comp. Matt. 12: 28. (y) of that divine influence by which 676 prophets and holy men" were excited, when they are said to have spoken or acted ev nvsvuvtii v. diu nvsv^iuiog, in or through the Spirit, i. e. by inspira- tion. Mutt. 22: 43 nug ovv 4afil8 iv Ttvsvpan XVQIOV aviiv xuJUt; Mark 12: 36. So 2 Pet. 1: 21 vno nvtv^aiog uyi'ov ytyoptiOL s^u^auv. I Pet. 1: 11 TO Iv uviolg Tivsvpu Xyiaiov. Of John in the Apocalypse, as being li> nrtvpaii, i. e. rapt in prophetic vision, Rev. 1: 10. 4: 2. 17: 3. 21: 10. Of ihe inspiration rest- ing upon John the liaptist, Luke 1: 15 ; Zucharias 1: 67 ; Elizaheth 1:41 ; Sim- eon 2: 25, 20, 27. So of that divine influence and inspiration imparted to Christians, by wtiich they are taught, enlightened, guided, in respect to faith and practice. John 7: 39 bis, TOUTO 8s ilnt Ttfyi iov nvtvpuTog, . . . oinna yuQ i}v nvsvpa ixyior, oil o 'fijffovg oi'dtnu) ido$uff&i], comp. John 16: 13, 14. So Luke 11: 13. Rom. 5: 5. 1 Cor. 12: 3 his, ovdtig iv nvsvfian &tov AaAeov, Ae/et uvutffpa 'fqffoi'v xal ov8tlg ovvaicti lintiv y.i'Qiov 'lijaoiv, si pj iv nvsvpari> uyloj. 2 Cor. 3: 3 sjiiaiolr] . . . syys- /(m/jpcvq ov (M^uvi, Ua nvsi'^iaiL &tov wyioc. Gal. 5: 5. Tit. 3: 5 tawatv ^pug dia /.oi'ioof' Tiahyysvsfflug xal wyaxcu- Vtoffsug nvsi'fjiaTog ay Iov, ov |/tv ecp rjpixg TrAoi-fftw?. Heb. 6: 4. 1 Pet. 4: 14. So when the disciples of Christ are said to be baptized wth the Holy Spirit, i. e. to be richly furnished with all spiritual gifts, see in Baml^w no. 2. b. Matt. 3: 11 aviog VfAag fiuTiilffei iv nvevpaii, ajfloj xalnvQi. Mark 1:8. Luke 3: 16. John 1: 33. For Acts 1: 5 et 11: 16, see be- low in d. So TO ayiov nvevutt Wisd. 9: 17. Emphat. as the Spirit of the Gosptl, put for the Gospel in opp. to the letter of the Mosaic law, 2 Cor. 3: 6 bis, 8 ; comp. v. 17, and above in a. 8. (8) of that influence of the Spirit by which the apostles were originally qualified to act as founders and direc- tors of the church of Christ ; John 20: 22 (vtL/5T nvevpa ayiov, comp. v. 23. Spec, of that powerful energy and inspiration imparted by the Holy Spirit on the day of Pentecost and afterwards, by which the Apostles and early Christians were endowed with high supernatural quali- fications for their work ; e. g. a full knowledge of Gospel truth, the power of prophesying, of working miracles, of speaking with tongues, etc. E. g. where they are said to be baptized with this Holy Spirit Acts 1:5 et 11:16, comp. 1:8. 1 Cor. 12: 13 bis. comp. v. 8, 9. Acts 2: 4 bis, xal unavifg nvtvparog vtylov xat y Aw/Lai' kregaig ykwaaaig, xa&wg TO pa tdiSov aviolg anocp&iyyw&ou, \. e. as the Spirit impelled them. 2: 17, 18, quoted from Joel 3: 1, 2, [2:28,29,] where Sept. for h=n . Acts 2: 33^/q- aotg . . . TJJV is Inayydiav IQV uyiov 7mi'/UTO /Ux/SwV TTtt^tt 10V TtttTQOg, C|/f8 toDio. v. 38. 5: 32. 8: 15, 17, 18, 19. 9 : 17. 10:44,45,47. 11:15,24. 13:9.^15. 8. 19: 2 bis, sins ngog aviovg ' i nvivpfit uyiov sKaftfis maitvffavitg ; ol 8s tmov ngug aviov ' aH* ov8s si nvsv^in aytov forty, r]xovff(*nev, i. e. they did not know that the Holy Spirit had yet been given, that the time foretold by Joel had arrived ; comp. Acts 2: 17, 18. Acts 19:6. Rom. 15: 19 sv Swapei ffy- (.islwv y.al itgniwv, iv dwa^fi nvsvpaiog uyiov, i. e. through the power of the internal influences and revelations of the Spirit. lCor.2:4. 7:40. 12:7,8bis, 9 bis. 14: 2, 32 xou nvsvpaia nQOCf.i)iikurnov, i. e. the divine influence, afflatus, which rested on Philip, hurried him away, comp. Matt. 4: 1 ; so Acts 13: 2, 4. 15: 28. 16: 6, 7. As prompting to holy boldness, energy, zeal, in speaking and acting. Acts 4: 8 TOTS Tlhgog nkr t a&slg Tivsi'iuxioc uyiov, fins novg aviovg, v. 31. 6: 3 avdyag tnia, nh'jQsig nvtv^ctiog uyiov y.al o~o(plag. v. 5, 10, comp. v. 8. As the medium of divine communi- cations and revelations, Acts 11:28 "Ayafioq fojjfiave 8iu TOV Tivsvpaiog x. T. L 21: 4. Eph. 3:5. As the source of Iheupia 677 support, comfort, Christian joy and tri- umph, Acts 7: 55. 13: 52. Eph. 5: 18. Phil. 1: 19. Plur. TivtvuaTct, spiritual gifts, 1 Cor. 14: 12. (e) spoken of that divine influence by which the temper or disposition of mind in Christians is affected ; or rath- er, put for the spirit, temper, disposition of mind produced in Christians by the influences of the Holy Spirit, which cor- rects, elevates, and ennobles all their views and feelings ; fills the mind with peace and joy, arid is the pledge and foretaste of everlasting happiness. E. g. (1) as opposed to T) ffaQ$, which in- cludes the idea of that which is earthly, grovelling and imperfect. John 3: 6 TO ysy(vvr t ut>ov ex Tyg aagy.bg, vugS Ivtt ' xal TO yf/BWTjUBvov ex TOV nvtvpcnog, nvtupa ton,, put for nvtvpauxov ta- Tt, is spiritual, i. e. has those dispo- sitions and feelings which are pro- duced by the Spirit of God. Rom. 8: 1 pi] XT o-ox ntQina-fovffiv U xaitf nvivua, i. e. not indulging the de- praved affections and lusts of our phy- sical natures and unrenewed hearts, but following those holy and elevated af- fections and desires which the Spirit imparts and cherishes, v. 2, 4, 5 bis, 6, 9 iv nvivpan. v. 13. 1 Cor. 6: 17 ol dvo fig o-tt'oxtt piav ' o <5s xoUw/wyo? Toi xv- qiot, tV Tiviiuii tffiiv, i. e. through the influence of the Spirit of God, they have the same disposition and the same temper of mind with Christ. Gal. 5: 16 jrveu/uftTt n^Qinoneiif, xal iTu&i'piav v/ixo the animal body. v. 46 bis. Eph. 6: 12 T nvevpotTixa jijg novelet?, i. q. T TiveujuaTo Tiovrjoa, comp. Matth. 445. 5. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 242. Winer 34. n. 3. p. 193. So ttt Ar/ortxa' for vovg lyffidg Polyaen. 5. 14. b) pertaining to or proceeding from the Holy Spirit, TO nvivpa TO ixytov, see in Ilvfvpa no. 3. D. (a) Of persons, spiritual, i. e. enlightened by the Holy Spirit, enjoying the influences, graces, gifts of the Holy Spirit. 1 Cor. 2: 13 TtvwuatTixolg. v. 15. 3: 1 i'ulv w? nvtv- fianxolg. 14: 37. Gal. 6: 1. (0) Of things spiritual, i. e. communicated or imparted by the Holy Spirit, Rorn. 15: 27. 1 Cor. 2: 13 nvsvpctTixd, i. q. T TOU nvsvuaiog in v. 14. 1 Cor. 9: 11. Eph. 1: 3. Col. 1: 9. 1 Cor. 12: 1 et 14: 1 T nvevuanxct spiritual gifts, mi- raculous powers. Eph. 5: 19 et Col. 3 : 16 o)doug nvsvpatixalg in spiritu- al songs, i. e. composed in the Spirit, on spiritual and religious subjects. Rom. 7: 14 6 vouog nv. Ivnv, i. e. is ac- cording to the mind and will of the Spirit. Rom. 1: 11 /0toyi nvEv^uri- xov a spiritual gift, i. e. a gift relating to the mind or spirit of Christians as enlightened and quickened by the Ho- 678 Tfoilco ]y Spirit ; comp. in v. 12, and see in Tlvtiua no. 3. D. b. f. Also spoken of things in a higher and spiritual sense, i. e. not literal, not corporeal, including also a reference to the Holy Spirit. 1 Cor. 10: 3, 4 bis, Pgtnpa nvfVftvtTtxbv tyuyov, noiicc nv. i'xiov. x. T. L 1 Pet. 2: 5 bis oixog nvsvpa-ttxog x. T. P.. S % adv. spiritually^ i. e. in accordance with the Holy Spirit, in or through the Spirit, 1 Cor. 2: 14. So Rev. 11:8 ijiig xixhlrat nv. 2oflo ( u xcu Al'/vniog, i. e. speaking in the Spirit, prophetically, allegorically. Clem. Rom. Ep. ad Cor. 1. 47 nvsvpmtxug fctoriJJUl' 'n^"iv t sc. IlavXog. '(>), f. nvtwropAt, aor. 1 Buttm. 114; not usually contracted, see Bnttm. 105. n. 2. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 220 sq. to breathe, to breathe out, Horn. II. 17. 447. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 129. 2. trop. Pint. IX. p. 588. 4. Reisk. In N. T. to blow, intrans. only of the wind, Matt. 7: 25, 27 xal envsvcrav ol arepoi. Luke 12: 55. John 3j 8. 6:18. Rev. 7: 1. So Acts 27:40 T/} nvfowrij sc. auyn. Sept. for a-j): Ps. 147: 18. ppc: Is. 40: 24. Ecclus/43: 19, 24. Palaeph. 47. 2. Xen. An. 4. 5. 3. fJvtyfOy f. |w, to choke, to strangle, by stopping the breath, trans. Matt. 18: 28 xQurijffag avrov snviys, where it is i. q. '/ /a^av (jityuknv nafft T. foAqpo?. 24: 12 iniavaicujiv noiovvin o/Aoi 1 . Rom. 16:17. 1 Cor. 10:13. Eph. 2: 15 noiuv tiyfivr t v. 4: 16. Heb. 8: 9. Mid. Rom. 15: 26. Heb. 1: 3. Horn. Od. 1. 250. Xen. An. 1. 8. 18. Ag. 1. 7 d^]vi]v. Mid. Hdot. 5: 30. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 14. (/5) IJoitiv with its accus. like Engl. to make, often forms here a periphrasis for the cognate verb. E. g. Active, t x- dr/.t](Jiv noiiiv to make defence of one's cause, i. q. exdixuv to defend, to right, Luke 18: 7, 8. Acts 7: 24 5 comp. Luke ib. v. 3, 5. Sept. for Cj?2 nius Mic. 5: 15. (Pol. 3. 8. 10.) tvtdyuv now to make an ambuscade, i. q. evtdyeveiv to lie in wait, Acts 25: 3. (Palaeph. 1. 10. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 35.) TO ixavov noielv to make satisfaction, i. q. Ixavovv to sat- isfy, to gratify, Mark 15: 15. (Pol. 32. 7. 13.) fioifi]i> notfiv to make one's abode, i. q. pevstv to abide, to dwell, John 14: 23. (Jos. Ant. 13. 2. 1.) odov noitiv to make one's way, to go, i. q. o<5o- noiovfiai, Mark 2:23, comp. m'Odog U. a. TioAf/uoj/ Tioiflv to make battle or war, i. q. 7roAf|Uf7v to war, to fight ; construed by Hebr. seq. penx uvo$ instead of the dat. Rev. 11: 7. 12: 17. 13: 7. 19: 19. comp. MCT I. 2. c. So Sept. for fitoy naj rrarVra Gen. 14: 2. wppovltov noitiv to make a consultation, i. q. crv/u- /Sor>UiW#t to consult together, Mark 3: 6. 15: 1. (Plato Protag. p. 313. B.) (ivvMi*QVtoii' noiiiv to make a conspiracy, i. q. avvouvvui to conspire, Acts 23: 13. (lldian. 7. 4. 7. Pol. 1. 70. (5.) (luaiyo- ijv noiiiv to make a combination, i. q. (f>eo-&ai to combine, Acts 23: 12. Sept. for 1\L : J5 Am. 7: 10; comp.au- ffiQtcpofuxi, for 'p 2 Sam. 15: 31. 2 K. 21: 22. Also the Middle, often with only a remote reference to the subject ; comp. above under no. 1 init. E. g. UtHxfioltjv noitiff&cu to make delay, pp. on one's part, i. q. avapaMwdai, to de- lay, Acts 25: 17. (Polyb. V. p. 44. ed. Schweigh.) dfrjatis noiua&ui to make prayers, i. q. dtivfrcu to pray, Luke 5: 33. Phil. 1: 4. 1 Tim. 2: 1. *x/?oA^V noitio'&vu to make a casting out, i. q. exfiuKhiv to cast out, Acts 27: 18. (Pol- lux On. 1. 99.) xoTifioV noislfftiiu to make lamentation, i. q. xomEa&aL to la- ment, Acts 8: 2. (nsv-9-og n. Sept. Gen. 50: 10. Hdot. 2. 1.) Ao'yoy noitia&ui, to make account of, i. q. hoyi&fffrai, Acts 20: 24. (Diod. Sic. 20.36. Pol. 25. 1. 3.) i-ivtiav iioiiicF&iti,, i. q. niuvr\0xw, see in Mvda. f4vrjf4T]if noiua&ai, see in Mvyui]. nOQtiuv noitia&ai to make progress or a journey, i. q. noQfwo~&at to journey, Luke 13: 22. (2 Mace. 3: 8. 680 Xen. An. G. 2. 11.) -ngovoiav TTO//J? UOJOTOV x. T. A. v. 13, 16. c. dat. of pers. to whom, i. e. in honour of whom, Matt. 22: 2. Mark 6: 21. John 12: 2. Sept. n. do%i]v ftty. for Heb. bil3 MlTOJg nte* Gen. 21: 8. (c. dat. Esdr. 3:1. ' dunvov noieiff&ai Xen. Cyr. 3.3.25.) Hence of a festival, i. q. to hold, to keep, to celebrate ; Matt. 26: 18 TIQOS (re noiw to nctcrxa. Acts 18: 21. So in the sense of instituting, Heb. 11: 28. Sept. and Jitjy Ex. 12: 48. Josh. 5: 10. Jos. Ant. 2/15. 3 n. tag Xen. H. G. 7. 4. 28 noiflv 10, ' c) i. q. to make exist, to cause to be, pp. spoken of generative power, to beget, to bring forth, to bear ; as Tialdag noi- tia&ai Dem. 1312. 7, i. q. ncudonoiii- ? xoxjpoi 1 ? noiu, ctxovtiv. 8: 25. Luke 5: 34. John 6: 10. Acts 17: 26. Rev. 13: 13. inf. c. 1011, Acts 3: 12 7ie7i:(w;xoOT ? fr. (Ael. V. H. 14. 32. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 22.) Once to make by supposition, i. q. to suppose, to judge, to JJoifco 681 JfotfO) assume. Matt. 12: 38 ] non]aait TO xwAov, xal iov xagnov ctviov oy x. T. i. i. e. either assume the tree to be good and its fruit good, or the contrary. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 761. Hdot. 7. 186. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 6. Xen. An. 5. 7. 9 KOI& 8 vuug e- anaiij&tviag . . . vri euov yxtiv tig <1>u- (riv. In this construction also noitlv, with the ace. of the adj. often forms a periphrasis for the cognate verb ; e. g. dyKov noitlv to make manifest, to betray, i. q. dyJiovv to manifest, Matt. 26: 73. (Xen. An. 3. 5. 17.) tx&ftov noislv, i. q. fant&tvcHp to expose infants, Acts 7: 19. tvi}fia$ noitlv rag igifiovq to make straight and level the ways, i. q. evdvvtiv, Matt. 3: 3. Mark 1: 3. Luke 3:4 ; com p. John 1: 23. favxov v. (*t- \uv noitlv to make white or black, i. q. Ifvxaivttv v. [tdulveiv, Matt. 5: 36. vyirj noitiv to make whole, to heal, i. q. vyia- &iv, John 5: 11, 15. 7: 23. (Palaeph. 27. 3.) quviyov noitlv to make known, to betray, i. q. cpavtyovv, Matt. 12: 16. Mark 3: 12. (Hdian. 2. 8. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 34.) Mid. ffifiaiov Tioitia&at to makejirm, sure, i. q. fiffiuiova&ui, 2 Pet. 1: 10. (/) c. Adv. as predicate, noitlv nva ew, to make one he or go out, to cause one to go out, i. q. to put forth ; conip. Viger. p. 233. Acts 5: 34 txutv- atv ec0 Qtt%v 11 iovg ttJiomolovt noty- ffcti. Ael. V. H. 10. 3 iu iwv ntydlxuv vtonia, tntiduv laxiaia iovg nodug e|oi noti]ay lov Muuaioq. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 3 Elfw fitl.iwv il]v la^iv noii'io*ag. 2. to <&>, expressing an action as con- tinued or not yet completed ; what one does repeatedly, contimiedly, habitually ; like 7roa<7ihjua 1011 naiQog IJLOV. v. 24, 26. Luke 6:46. 8:21. John 7: 19 iov vopov. Acts 13: 22. Rev. 22: 14. Of that which one asks, entreats, promises; John 14:13 o,Tt uv ctiii]o*r)ie . . . lyw noiM. v. 14. Rom. 4: 21 o Inrj/ydTcti, dvvaiog i. id. (3) Of evi| T deeds or conduct, to do, i. q. to commit, lo practise, e. g. W.UM^T^CIM 1 Cor. G: 18. T^V upngiiuv John 8: 34. 2 Cor. 11:7. 1 John 3: 4. Matt. 13:41. 1 John 3:4. ajta Luke 12: 48. L-T Rom. 1: 32. 2: 3. pd&vj'ij-ix Rev. 21: 27. TO tyyov TOUTO 1 Cor. 5:2. 3 John 10. TIX pi] xa&ijxovra Rom. 1:28. older tvavnov iivi Acts 28:17. xxov Matt. 27:23. Luke 23: 22. xxu Rom. 3: 8. 1 Pet. 3: 12. TTO- Luke 3: 19. (povov Mark 15: 7. g Rev. 22:15. genr. John 7:51. 18:35. Acts 21:33. 1 Tim. 1:13. al. So Sept. and r.fty Ps. 51:6. Gen. 34: 7. al. Hdian. 1. 1(5. 13 fii]dsv ava^iov. Luc. Pise. 9 TroA/lu adixa. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 48 nla%Qov n Ttoitlv. b) intrans. to do, i. q. to act, e. g. (a) ahsol. i. q. to be active, to work, Matt. 20: 12 ovioi ol $0j Ijtoliprotf Tragaysvofisvog. Phil. 4: 14. 3 John 6. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 13 xaAo) eJTolrjvus; TIQO(IXMV.) c. xQilff- aov 1 Cor. 7:38. ovica John 14: 31. 1 Cor. 16: 1. (fQovl^Mg Luke 16: 8. a Matt. 1: 24. 28: 15. So XT n noislv Matt. 23:3. Luke 2:27. nQog Tt Luke 12: 47. Dem. 17. 9 wi> xAw? noLovvcsq x5XT?;vTt. 141. 19. Luc. D. Mort. 11.3 ev enotrfffav. c) HOIBW, like Engl. to do, is often used in the latter member of a sentence, instead of repeating the verb of the pre- ceding member; see Passow no. 2. f. E. g. seq. ace. of thing, Matt. 5: 46 tav yag a/mui(Tr]Te rovg u/ajiuving Vfjiuq, rivet pia&ov l/eifi ; ov/i xal ol idwvut, TO al- ib noiovffiv ; Luke 6: 10. Rom. 12: 20 iav dityci, nonius avTov ' TOITO '/UQ HOL- wv x. T. L Heb. 6: 3. With an adv. as OVTOJ, Matt. 5:47 ear uanaO)? 1 Tliess. 5: 11. c. ace. Dem. 1148. 13 V 7TOt7J(7a Ol'dsV. An. 1. 9. 11. Mem. 2. 1. 19 rovg yttov? iv noiwai. (/3) Seq. dat. of pers. see Matth. 415. n. 1. Viger. p. 289. n. E. g. to or for any one, in his behalf, c. ace. of thing. Matt. 20: 32 il -frshis noiyffo) 1'f.dv. Mark 5: 19 oo~a naiiqwv. 10:37. Acts 14: 27. 15:4. So Sept. for ny nto? Gen. 24: 12, 14. Ps. 119: 65. To'b. 12: r 6. Judith 8: 26. e) Seq. accus. of time, pp. intrans. to do or act for a certain time, or as in vulg. Engl. to do up a certain time, i. q. to spend, to pass ', com p. Lat. transigere vitam Sail. Cat. 2. Acts 15: 33 noir\uavttq ds XQOVOV. 18: 23. 20: 3 noiyaag re rj^s^ag Tet. 2 Cor. 11: 25 vvxfrrj[tsQov iv TW PV&M 7T7Tot7jx. James 4: 13. Perhaps Matt'. 20: 12. Rev. 13: 5; see above in no. 2. b. a. This usage appears to be- long to the later Greek, see Sturz de Dial. Maced. p. 189. Viger.p.281; con- tra, Stallbaum ad Plat. Phileb. p. 158. Sept. for nte* Ecc. 6: 12. Sept. Prov. 13: 24. Jos7Ant. 6. 1. 4 n. fiijvug xeV- g. Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 5. Gr. An- thol. III. p. 67. 1.^ Dem. 392. 18 OL' Gen. 32: 17. Ael. V. Jl. 1. 29. Dem. 1155. 5. church, John 10: 16. Comp. Uol^viov. Act. Thorn. 25. JIf>i\ui'if>y y ou } TO, (sync, for noi- pii'iov from noi^>]v, Opp. Cyn. 4. 2. 69,) a jlock, i. q. nol^vi), Sept. for ~n:? Gen. 29: 2, 3. -jvN^ Gen. 31:4. 1 Sairu M: 32. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2, 3. Hdot. 2. 2. In N. T. only trop. the. flock of Christ, his disciples, church, Luke 12:32. Acts 20: 28, 29. 1 Pet. 5: 2, 3. Comp. Sept. TO TT. xi'o/oi' for TI? Jer. 13: 17. Zecli. 10: 3. Psalt. Salom. 17:45. Themist. Orat. 23. p. 289, i. q. disciples. Gj TTO/CX, TTO?OI/, correl. pron. interrog. corresponding to oioc, Totoc, Uuttm. 79 ; pp. what ? of what kind or sort? Lat. qualw. a) pp. Mark 4: 30 tv noin nnqapolri TKtou^ii^otuFv avTr)t>. Luke 6: 32 noia vplv xnqiq tail ; v. 33, 34. 24:19. John 12: 33 noioj davuiw. 18: 3'4. 21: 19. Acts 7: 49. Rom. 3: 27. 1 Cor. 15: 35. James 4: 1 4 nola yi*Q y co?} i^aiv ; comp. in IIoio, ; 24: 42 noire wgn. v. 43. Mark 12: 28. Luke 12:39. John 10:32 M nolov wv Vy. Acts 23: 34. Rev. 3: 3. So Sept. for rTT ^N 2 Sam. 15: 2. 1 K . 13: 12. Jonah 1: - 1 Mace. 2: 10. Ceb. Tab. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 5. war, to make war, to fight, seq. XT c. gen. Rev. 12: 7 6 3ii/a?;>l . . . TOV nolis XT lov Sgaxovroc, (later edit. T. <5.) see in 0, TJ, TO, G. c. /9. 3. p. 557. By Hebr. seq. find c. gen. Rev. 2: 16 7ioAfjU7J(rw fiex ainuv. 13: 4. 17: 14. So Sept. peia for Heb. E9 Grrr2 Judg. 11:5,20. 2 K. 14:15. a '3 Judg. 11: 25. See in 7kfcT I. 2. c. /5. : The usual Greek construction is c. dat. Matth. 12: 7 ; once joined with xQ/yw, 19: 11 ev dixuiovvvr) y.nivu xal noJ.f[isi, i. e. he makes war upon those whom he has condemned, i. q. to avenge, to punish ; comp. Jer. 21:5, also no^ffiog &fuv Xen. An. 2. 5. 7. c. dat. Jos. c. A p. 1. 29. Hdian. 2. 11. 7. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 10. Hyperbol. once i. q. to contend, to quar- rel, James 4: 2. So Sept. and part, nnp Fs. 56: 2, 3, corn p. v. 6. Diod. Sic. 13. 84. Of/, o, (n&opcu, kindr. pp. 'the agitation and tumult of battle ;' hence fight, battle, war. a) pp. fight, battle, 1 Cor. 14: 8 ik 7roao-xfuo-T Af 1. John 11: 54. 2 Cor. saep. f. to . Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 1. In various con- structions: () c. art. 1} nohf, the city, 685 i. e. before mentioned, as Matt. 21: 17, 18, coll. v. 10. Mark 11: 19, coll. v. 1. John 4: 8, 28, 30, coll. v. 5. Acts 8: 9, coll. v. 5. al. Or XUT i$o%i]V, the city, i. q. the chief city, metropolis, e. g. Jeru- salem Matt. 26: 18. Luke 7: 37. 24: 49. Acts 12: 10. (Jos. Ant. 10. 3. 1, 2.) So of Gadara Matt. 8: 33 coll. v. 28. Mark 5: 14. Luke 8: 34. (/J) c. adj. or a like adjunct, Matt. 10: 14, 15 TJJJ nofat txelvrj. Acts 19: 29 77 n. cwlrj. 26: 11 fig rag e$o) nofatg. Rev. 16: 19 77 nohg 77 fic/a'li? sc. Bapvlw. 18: 10, 21. So 7] 18 la noktg out's own city, i. e. in which one dwells, Matt. 9: 1, comp. 4: 13 ; or, the chief city of one's family, Luke 2: 3. r\ uyla, no).ig the Holy City, i. e. Jerusa- lem as the public seat of God's worship, Matt. 4: 5. Rev. 11: 2. So Sept. and cnpn -p* Neh. 11: 1. Is. 52: 1. Called also 77 nokig e j JiyanrjulvT] in a like sense, Rev. 20: 9. (/) Seq. gen. of pers. the city of any one, i. e. one's native city, n. z//5/<5 Luke 2: 4, 11. (2 Chr. 8: 11.) or in which one dwells, Luke 4: 29. John 1: 45. Rev. 16: 19. TT. TOV ^tya- Aou ftuffiJisug, i. e. where God dwells, Matt. 5: 35, comp. Ps. 48: 2. Tob. 13: 15. Seq. gen. of a gentile name, Matt. 10: 5 f? nokiv auaQfnwv. v. 23. Luke 23:51. Acts 19: 35. 2 Cor. 11: 32. (5) With the pr. n. of the city subjoined ; e. g. in apposit. in the same case, Luke 2: 4 ex nohwg 2VaapeT. v. 39. Acts 11: 5. 27: 8 ; or in the genit. Acts 16: 14. 2 Pet. 2:6 nohig 2od6uwv xt J\ comp. Winer 48. 2. Apollon. Argon. 2. 654 or 656 mol.iv 3 OQ/o^ifvolo. (c) Seq. gen. of region or province, Luke 1: 26 fig nohv tifc Adda/at. John 4:5. Acts 21: 39. impl. Matt. 14: 13. Luke 5: 12. So Luke 1: 39 fig nohv 'lovda, i. e. a city of Judah ; where others suppose it to be i. q. the city 'loina, Heb. nBP or nUV Josh. 15:55. 21: 16. See Reland Paiaest. p. 870. Rosen rn. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 317. b) meton. for the inhabitants of a city, Matt. 8: 34 nacra fj noJitg f$ifi&fv. 21:10. Mark 1:33. Acts 13: 44. 21: 30. al. Hdian. 2. 11. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.25. c) symbol, of the celestial or spiritual Jerusalem, the seat of the Messiah's kingdom, described as descending out of heaven, Rev. 3: 12. 21: 2 ri]v nohv T.i]v Mylar, 'legovv. xaivyv, tldov xr/5t- vovvuv fx TOV ovQtxvov. v. 10, 14 sq. 22: 14,19. Heb. 11: 10, 16. 12:22. See Schoettgeu's Dissert, in Hor. Heb. I. p. 1205 sq. AL. a city-ruler, prefect, magistrate, Acts 17: 6, 8. Greek writers use the form noU- tao/og ^Eneas c. 26 ; or better noUotg- ^o?Pind.Nem. 7. 152. JfoAiiti'a, <*?, 7y, ( nohtsvca, ) pp. ' the being a free citizen,' the relation of a free citizen to the state; hence a) citizenship, the right of citizenship, freedom of a city, Acts 22: 28. 3 Mace. 3: 21, 23. Jos. B. J. 1. 9. 5. Dem. 161. 16. Xen. H. G. 1. 1.26. b) the state itself, a community, com- monwealth, Eph. 2: 12 TT. rov Vo^cojA. 2 Mace. 4: 11. Pol. 6. 14. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 13. any public measure, administration of the state, Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 15. Dem. 107. 25. In N. T. the state itself, community, commonwealth, trop. of Christians in ref- erence to their spiritual community, Phil. 3: 20. pp. 2 Mace. 12: 7. Jos. Ant. proocm. 3. Pol. 2. 41. 6. COf f. fi>ff(a, (7ioMrr]g,) to ad- minister the state, Thuc. 2. 37, 65. to live as a free citizen Pol. 4. 76. 2. Xen. H. G. 3. 1. 21. Oftcner and in N. T. depon. Pass, nohrfvoftai, to be a citi- zen of a state, to live as a good citizen, to conduct oneself according to the laws and customs of a state, pp. Dem.. 665. 20. Hence in N. T. genr. to live, to order one's life and conduct, sc. accord- ing to a certain rule, c. adv. Phil. 1: 27 a^ltag TOI tvayydlov nokiTBiKff&s. c. dat. Acts 23:1 nsnoUrevpai IM #$, i.e. to or for God, according to his will ; comp. in Osog a. y. 2 Mace. 6: 1 jo"ig ^ov &eov vopoig. 3 Mace. 3: 4. Jos. de Vit. 2. de Mace. 4 TW Qy ov, o, (nolig,) a citizen, an inhabitant of a city. Acts 21: 39 oux avi'juov nohwg noklvrfi. Luke 15: 15. 2 Mace. 5: 23, 24. Jos. B. J. 2. 18. 6. Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 14. Seq. gen. etvtov, JloUd 686 i, q. felloic-citizen, Luke 19: 14 ; also Heb. 8: 11 in later edit, where text. rec. rov nkt]ffiov. Sept. for "73y~]Sl Gen. 23: 11. yn Jer. 31: 34. Prov. 24: 28. Hdian. 3. Y6. 11. Xen. H. G. 6. 3. (J. IIoAAa, see Holvg. xiCy adv.(7ro/lu,) many times, often, Matt. 17: 15 bis. Mark 5: 4. 9:22. John 18:2. Acts 26: 11. Rom. 1: 13. 2 Cor. 8: 22. 11: 23, 26, 27 bis. Phil. 3: 18. 2 Tim. 1: 16. Heb. 6: 7. 9: 25, 26. 10: 11. Xen. Mem. 3. 12.6. foVj ovoc, o, $, adj. i'g,) manifold, many times more, Luke 18: 30. Test. XII Patr. p. 640. Pol. 35. 4. 4. The form noMarddaiog is more usual, Jos. B. J. 5. 13. 5. Xen. Mern. 2. 2. 7. Comp. Buttm. 71. 3. :y see in llolv- 's, tiyoi,} much speaking, loquacity, Matt. 6: 7. Sept. for f-p-7 in Prov. 10: 19. Plut. de Curiosit.V ink. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 3. adv. (nolvufQiig con- sisting of many parts, manifold, Wisd. 7: 22. Anthol. Gr. II. p. 214 ; from Ttolvg, psQog,) in many parts, in mani- fold ways, Heb. 1: 1. Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 9 nvra o xa fig TIJV &sov xare ?? Max. Tyr. Comp. Diss. 37. p. 363. IIoAvTioixiAog, ov ? o, 77, adj. (no- Ivg, noixihog,} much variegated, n. (paosa Soph. Iph. Taur, 1155. In N. T. very various, manifold, multifarious, e. g. % n. aocpla lov &eoi> Eph. 3: 10. floAvg, 7ToMJ, TioAi;, Genit. nol- lov, %g, ov, see Buttm. 64. 1. Compar. nfalwv, Superl. nhiiffiog, see in their order. Many, much, pp. of number, quantity, amount. For the usual con- struction with the article, see in C 0, t], TO, II. A. 2. b. a) Sing. pp. many, much ; and with a noun implying number or multitude, great, large, (a) Without artic. c. Subst. John 6: 10 #0010? nolig. 15: 5 xagnbv Acts 15: 32 din hoyov with much discourse, many words. 20: 2. 16: 16 tyyaaiav noUyv. 22: 26. Matt. 13: 5 yi]v nokh'jv much earth, soil. So with a noun of multitude, Acts 11: 21 n. otQi&inog a great number; 18: 10 Ao$ nolvg. Mark 5: 24 6/Ao? n. John 6: 2. Acts 14: 1 TTO/LW nKi}&og. 17: 4. trop. Matt. 9: 37 6 piv fitQiapog noKvg, cornp. v. 36. al. (Xen. Cyr. 4.2. 1.) _ Absol. nolv, much, e. g. Luke 12: 48 w tdo&i) TTOhv, TTOAV ^7JT7J^7J(TTCfi X. T. L 16: 10 bis fv TroHw 7iio~iog, Iv TroAAoI adixog. Acfs 26: 29. Matt. 2(x 9 nQu&r t vai TroHou to be sold for much. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 60. (/?) With the art. c. Subst. Heb. 5: 11 neyl ov nokvg i]^Clv o loyog of whom we have much to say, many things. Mark 12:37 6 nolvg ox^og, i. q. Engl. the great multitude, the common people. (Hdian. 1. 1. 1 6 nohvg o^iJiog. Xen. An. 3. 2. 36 o n. ox^og. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 193, 390.) Absol. TO TroAv, the much, 2 Cor. 8: 15 6 TO nolv sc. avM.!;ag, quoted from Sept. Ex. 16: 18, cornp. v. 17. See Winer 66. 3. p. 472. Xen. An. 7. 7. 36 6 OQ%WV TO b) Plur. jroUo/, a/, a, many, and with nouns of multitude, great, large. (a) Without artic. c. Subst. Matt. 8: 16 daipovi^opsvovg noMovg. 24: 11. Mark 2: 15 TroUot Tdwyat. Luke 7: 21. 12: 7, 19 TroUa uya&a. v. 47 see in z/s'ow. John 3: 23 vdaia noUd. Acts 2: 43. Heb. 2: 10. al. So with a noun of multitude, Matt. 4: 25 b'^ot. TroA/lot. Luke 14: 25. (Xen. An. 4. 7. 14.) With another Adj. tif^ot nolloL Matt. 15: 30 ; fern. Luke 8: 3 ; neut. 22: 65. aUai noUai Mark 15: 41 ; neut. 7: 4. John 21: 25. nottovg attov? Mark 12: 5. Coupled by xal, as n. xal tifQct Luke 3: 18. TT. xt atta &) natty. 2 Cor. 8: 4. Eph. 2: 4. al. saep. Sept. for biia Gen. 41: 29. Dan. 11:44. Ecclus. 15: 18. Hdian. 7.1.2. Dem. 23.31. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.25. Mem. 2. 1. 6. d) of time, much, long, plur. many. Matt. 25: 19 USTOC ds XQOVOV nolivv. Mark 6: 35 oioas noUr t g yivousvyq. Luke 8: 29. John 5: 6. Luke 12: 19 IT/; no).- \u many years. Acts 24: 10. Rom. 15: 23. e'jit noli) for a long time Acts 28: 6. IUET ov nokv not long after Acts 27: 14. /m' ov TroHa? f t ueQceg Luke 15: 13. Acts 1: 5. Sept. fjfusQtti TT. for Heb. Hos. 3: 3, 4. Xen. An. 5. 2. 17 nottov XQOVOV. Plato Apol. Socr. 2 TroAAw Hirj. e) Neut. TioJtt;, noM.ot, adverbially, Buttm. 115. 4. Matth. 446. (a) Sing. TIO\V, much, greatly, Mark 12: 27 noli) Tilavuff&e. Luke 7: 47 ^yunri- ae no),v. Acts 18:27. Rom. 3:2. James 5: 16. c. cornpar. 2 Cor. 8: 22 noKv vnovdaioifQov. Dat. TroAAtu id. c. corn- par. John 4: 41. TroA/loJ pattov Matt. 6: 30. Mark 10: 48. Sept. Dan. 6: 14, 23. Hdian. 2. 3. 4. Xen. Mern. 3. 5. 11. c. compar. Luc. D. Deor. 2. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 10. 2. TioUw c. compar. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 9. Comp. Passow no. 4. a, b. (ft) Plur. TioAAa without artic. many times, often, Matt. 9: 14 vrjffievoptv 7ro/U. Jarnes o: 2. (Luc. D. Deor. 19. 2 fin. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 14.) Also much, greatly, Mark 1: 45 T^J-OCTO wjovirffeiv 7roAA. 3: 12. 5: 10 TictQtxtxJiti ctviov TioJilu. 1 Cor. 16: 12. Rev. 5: 4 Zxlaiov noUa. Sept. 2 K. 10: 18. Is. 23: 16. Hdian. 1. 16. 11. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 47 fin. With the art. ra TioAAa, this many times, for the most part, greatly, Rom. 15: 22. Luc. D. Deor. 16. 1. Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 30. AL. iActyxvo?, ov, o, T|, adj. anluyxvov,) very compassionate, of great mercy, James 5:4.1, where some Mss. read noivtvanluyxvoq. Not found elsewhere. toe, ov? ? o, f{, adj. vg, rc'Ao?,) very expensive, very cosily, sumptuous, e. g. vdydog Mark 14:3. ^m- tio-uog 1 Tim. 2: 9. Sept. for np" 1 Prov. 1: 13. Hdian. 6. 4. 7. Xen. AnVl 5. 8. Trop. very precious, excellent, 1 Pet. 3: 4. Diod. Sic. 14. 30. y o,i), adj. T//i/},) of great value or price, very costly, very precious, e. g. uaqyaQlTriq Matt. 13: 46. vaqooq John 12: 3. 1 Pet. 1: 7 in later edit. Hdian. 1. 17. 5. adv. from 7roAi', T^OTTO?, T^C'TTW,) in many ways, in diverse manners, Heb. 1: 1. Hesych. TtoJiVigonug ' diacpogfag, noixl- e, 7OC, TO, (nivw, drink, 1 Cor. 10: 4. Heb. 9: 10. Sept. 688 for tPljSti? Ps. 102: 10. fTi-riE Dan. 1: 16. Ceb. Tab. 6. Xen. Mem.'4.7.9. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 455 sq. a ) ere, f], (novvjQog,) evil nature, badness, pp. in a physical sense, Sept. for y'-i Jer. 24: 2, 3, 8. In N. T. only in a moral sense, tvil disposition, wickedness, malice. Matt. 22: 18 yvovg St o 3 Ir l ffoi'g rtjv 7iovr)Qlav aviwv. Luke 11: 39. Rom. 1: 29. 1 Cor. 5: 8. Eph. 6: 12 T JivfVft. TIJ? Tiorr^Qtag i. q. T no- vrjQoc, Buttin. 121. n. 4. Winer 34. 2. Plur. at novriQiai, wicked counsels Mark 7: 22 ; wicked deeds, iniquities, Acts 3: 26. Sept. for fisp Ex. 32: 11. ri Ps. 28: 5. plnr. for* ni:n Jer. 32: 3~2. 33: 5. Luc. D. Mort. 12/6. Plut. de aud. Poet. 4. T. I. p. 49. Tauchn. Xeri. Oec. 1. 19. plur. Dem. 521. 6. S, a y ov } novw, novog, Comparnt. novygoTfoog Matt. J2: 45. Luke 11: 26; pp. 'causing or having labour, sorrow, pain ;' hence genr. evil, act. and passive. a) Act. evil, i. e. causing evil to oth- ers, evil-disposed, malevolent, malignant, wicked, (a) Of persons, Matt. 5:45 Inl ig xal aytx&ovg. 7: 11 u Vfislg, ovrtq x. T. L 12: 34, 35. 13: 49. 18:32. Luke 6: 35, 45. 11:13. Acts 17: 5. 2 Thess. 3: 2. So Sept. and 5n Esth. 7:6. Job 21: 30. Ecclus. 14:5. Hdian. 5. 2. 5. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 20. So TTVSV- [taia novrjQa evil spirits, malignant de- mons, Matt. 12: 45. Luke 7: 21. 8: 2. 11: 26. Acts 19: 12, 13, 15, 16. (Sept. and 5-i 1 Sam. 16: 14 sq. 18: 10.) Hence o 7ioi>?;po? the Evil one, xar ,i-0jj>, i. e. Satan, Matt. 13: 19, 38, coll. 39. Eph. 6: 16. 1 John 2: 13, 14. 3: 12. 5: 18. Others also refer here Matt. 5: 37. 6: 13. Luke 11: 4. John 17: 15. 1 John 5: 19; see below in ft, and in b. . Act. Thorn. 45. Barnab. Ep. 21. (/3) Of things, e. g. oqp#A/uos novygog an evil eye, envy, Matt. 20: 15. Mark 7: 22. Comp. in 0(p&ct}.uog n. y. So StcdoyLO'iiol novr\- Qol Matt. 15: 19. James 2: 4, see in Jtcdoyiauog. 1 Tim. 6: 4. Matt. 12: 35 et Luke 6: 45 ex ^ov novrjgov dyvavgov trig xaod/a?, i. q. dyaavg. r^g novrjQiag. Hdian. 1. 8. 5. Ael. V. H. 2. 1 1 nov. delnva q. d. Thyesteae epulae. So pp. as causing pain or hurt, hurtful, e. g. words, injurious, calumnious, nuv novi\- QOV yriua Matt. 5:11, Acts 28: 21. 3 John 10. So Sept. and sn Gen. 37: 1. Ps. 64: 6. (Judith 8: 8.) Also painful, grievous, Rev. 16: 2 ftxo? xaxov xal no- vyoov. So Sept. and 5?n Deut. 28: 35, 59. Ecclus. 28: 23. Hdian. 2. 12. 11. Neut. TO nOt^J^OV, evil, i. e. tvil intent, malice, wickedness. Matt. 5: 37 TO de Tisgiffffov toviwv, ex rov jiovrjqov eviiv. v. 39. John 17: 15. 2 Thess. 3:3. Also evil as inflicted, calamity, affliction, Matt. 6: 13 QVffcu quag ano rov novrjQov. Luke 11:4. b) Pass, evil, 5. e. made evil, evil in nature or quality, bad, ill, vicious, (a) In a moral sense, e. g. of persons, wick- ed, corrupt, an evil-doer, 1 Cor. 5: 13 |iOftT lov noryyov c| vfiwv. 2 Tim. 3: 13. So ysvsa novygoi Matt. 12: 39, 4p. 16:4. Luke 11:29. ctiwv novrj^og Gal. 1: 4. So Sept. for y-\_ Deut. 21: 21. y-ia Is. 1: 4. 9: 17. (Hd'ian. 5. 2. 5. Xen. Ath. 1.1.) Of a servant, i. q. re- miss, slothful, Matt. 25: 26. Luke 19:22. Ecclus. 42: 5. Hdian. 1. 13. 6. Xen. Oec. 7. 41. Of things, wicked, corrupt, Jlagilious, e. g. T toyoc, John 3: 19 r\v yuo novyoa aviuv iu tgya. 7: 7. Col, 1: 21. 2 Tim. 4: 18. 1 John 3: 12. 2 John 11. Qadiovgyrjua nov. Actsl8: 14. 1 Thess. 5: 22 ano nuvtog fl'dovg novr[- QOV, see in C 0, 7^, TO, A. 2. b. p. 553. Heb. 3: 12. 10: 22. James 4: 16. So Sept. and n Deut. 17:5. 2 K. 17: 13. Prov. 26: 23. "(Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 1. Hdian. 3. 6. 9.) Also of times, pp. as full of sorrow arid affliction, evil, sorrowful, calamitous, e. g. ijusQtxt, novr)Qal Eph. 5: 16. 6: 13. So Sept. and 3n Gen. 47: 9. Ps. 94: 13. Neut. TO TIOIHJQOV, evil, wickedness, guilt, Luke 6: 45. Rom. 12: 9. 1 John 5: 19. Plur. id nov^a evil things, wicked deeds, Mark 7: 23. norriqa Matt. 9: 4. 12: 35. Luke 3: 19. So Sept. for :n, e. g. TO n. Deut. 17:2. Judg. 2:11. Ecc. 8:12. saep. tan. Gen. 6: 5. 8: 21. 7ro>^ Ps. 97: 10. Hos. 7: 15. (/?) In a physical sense, or rather of external quality and condi- tion, evil, bad, e. g. xctynol novr]Qol bad fruit, Matt. 7: 17, 18. ocp&atyog novrj- $6g i. e. ill, diseased, Matt. 6: 23. Luke 11: 34. Comp. Sept. and an Lev. 27: 10. 2 K. 2: 19. Once of persons in 689 ITopfv CO reference to external state, dress, etc. Matt. 22: 10 novygovg TC ttal (xyu&ove, bad and good, q. d. high and low, rich and poor, a periphrasis for all. So Luke C: 22 ex/frxAom TO ovoua ^pM? w novriQov, i. e. as a disgrace, reproach ; see in llovoQ, ou, o, (nivw, nsvouai,) la- bour, toil, travail, Col. 4: 13 in Mss. for $lov. Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 3. Hdian. 2. 10. 17. Xen. Mem. 2.1.3. Hence, sorrow, pain, anguish, Rev. 16: 10 euaavuvio Tag /AoWs ai'Too? & TOU Tioyou. v. 11. 21: 4. Sept. for a3 Is. 65: 14. com p. Gen. 34: 25. r?fcb Job 4: 5. Ael. V. H. 5. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 5. lloviixogy YI, oy, belonging to Pon- tus, a Pontian, Acts 18: 2. Hoviioc, ov 9 5, Pontius, the prae- nomen of Pilate, see 77/Acrioe. Matt, 27: 2. Luke 3: 1. Acts 4: 27. 1 Tim. 6: ia See Adam's Rom. Anu p. 32. ?, ou, o, Pontus, the north- eastern province of Asia Minor, Acts 2: 9. 1 Pet. 1: 1. It was bounded N. by the Euxine ; VV. by Paphlngonia and Galatia ; S. by Cappadocia and part of Armenia ; and E. by Colchis. The kingdom of Pontus became celebrated under Mithridates the Great, who waged A long war with the Romans ; in which he was at last defeated by Pompey, and his kingdom made a Roman province. IIonAioc, ou ? o, Lat. Publius, pr. n. of a wealthy inhabitant of Malta, Acts 28: 7, 8. flopet'ce, mre, ij, (noQivw,) a going, way, journey. Luke 13: 22 noQftav noi- orptvog making his way, \.e.journeying. Sept. for ^-73 Jon. 3: 3, 4. 2 Mace. 12:10. Jos T .de Vit. $52. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 5. From the Heb. in Plur. go- ings, ways, journey of life, James 1: 11. So Sept. for *tt Prov. 2: 7. Cornp. m'Odog c. y. IfopSUCOy f. ti'ffo), (nooog a passing, passage, from nt'iQWfntgnw,} to cause to pass over by land or water, to transport, trans. Eurip. Med. 180 or 182. Pind. Ol. 1. 185. Ael. V. H. 8. 2. Oftener and in N. T. only depon. Mid. 87 pat, f. fi'ffouat, aor. 1 pass, as Mrd. InoQtv&riv Buttm.S 136.2 ; pp. to trans- port oneself, to betake oneself, i. q. to pass from one place Jo another, intrans. Hence a) pp. to pass, to go, implying mo- tion from the place where one is, and hence often i. q. to pass on, to go atcay, to depart ; found chiefly in Matt. Luke, John, and Acts. E. g. absol. Matt. 2:9 ol de axovaavttq -iov fiaaikitoi;, tnoQtv&yaav. Mark 16: 10. Luke 4: 30. Acts 5: 20. 1 Cor. 10: 27. (Xen. An. 3. 4.41.) Once c. ace. Acts. 8:39 erro?. ir\v o8ov aviov, see in'Odug b. . Seq. inf. of object, Luke 2: 3 inooevovTO nav- Tf? anoyQaytff&ai* John 14: 2. Comp. Buttrn. 140, 2. Usually with an ad- junct of place whence or whither ; e. g. with a Preposition and its case: ;iO c. gen. Matt. 24: 1 enogevtio anoiov UQOV. Luke 4: 42. Acts 5: 41. (Xen. An. 4. 4. 17.) din c. gen. Matt. 12: 1 diet TWV OTTO^COV. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 24.)^ ffcc. ace. of place, Matt. 2: 20 ii$ yi]v 3 fffQai}L Mark 16:15. Luke 4: 42. al. (Xen. H. G. 7. 4. 10.) also c. ace. of state or con- dition, Luke 22: 33 ? &UVOHOV. 7:^50 tlq flgi'ivi]v, see in itj no. 4 fin. *^i- TiQoaQev c. gen. of pers. John 10: 4. tv c. dat. of state or manner, Acts 16: 36, cotnp. in Ei$ no. 4 fin. fnl c. ace. of place, Matt. 22: 9 inl tag SisSoSovg x. T. A. Acts 8: 26. 9: 11. (Xen. Ag. 1. 16.) c. ace. of pers. Acts 25: 12 ; also c. ace. of thing sought, object, Luke 15: 4 TT. ITII TO uTjo/Lwylo?. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 16. H. G. 7. 4. 10.) tug c. gen. of place, tug KatangsLag Acts 23: 23. xara c. ncc. of place towards which, Acts 8: 26 ; of way along which, 8: 36. oniao) c. gen. of pers. by Hebr. to go after any one, to follow, Luke 21: 8. Sept. for rn Judg. 2: 12. 1 Sarn. 6: 12. o s c. acc. of pers. Matr. 10: 6 TTDOI? T 7roOj5T x. T. L Luke 11:5. Acts 27: 3. al. Sept. for bi$ ^rH Gen. 26: 26: (Xen. H. G. 7. 3/6.) " ovv c. dat. of pers. Luke 7: 6 Inootvtxo avv uvrolg. So with Adverbs : extl&tv Matt. 19: 15. tvuv&sv Luke 13: 31. ov for onoi Luke 24:28. nov John 7: 35. By a sort of pleonasm, nogtvouou is often prefixed, espec. in the participle, to verbs which already imply the idea of going, in or- f(0 690 der to render the expression more full and complete ; cornp. in'^'^Ojuat no. 2. a. "Avlan^u, II. d. So Parr. Matt. 2: 8 TiOQfv&ivifc, xu/3(W t&iaffau. 9: 13. 10: 7 nogtvoptvoi, ds xT^iWm. Luke 7: 22. 14:10. 22:8. 1 Pet. 3:19. Jmperat. Luke 10: 37 nogevov, xcu (TV noUt opol- ,) a seller of purple cloths, a purple-dealer, Acts 16: 14. Comp. in y adv. interrog. how many times') how often 1 ? Matt. 18: 21. 23: 37. Luke 13: 34. Ecclus. 20: 17. Comp. Buttm. 71. 2. Hoot?, fcog, fit (nlvM)} a drinking, Luc. D. Deor. 18. 2. In N. T. drink, John 6: 55. Rom. 14: 17 /%wifiT Gen. 41: l! Ex. 1: 22. Hdian. 7. 1. J3, 17. Xen. An. 4. 1.2. Spoken of a stream as swollen, overflowing, i. q. a torrent, flood, Matt. 7: 25, 27. Luke 6: 48,49. 2 Cor. 11: 26. Rev. 12: 15, 16. Comp. Sept. and -yi Is. 59: 19. ?, ov > o, ?;, adj. og, cpoQ(a, B(}0),) borne away by a flood, Rev. 12: 15. Hesych. n Touie'cm TTOT ( U oqpd^roi' Ifoia;iog, i] t ov y interrog. adj. what? i. e. of what kind, sort, manner? spoken of disposition, character, quali- ty, i. q. Trolo?. Matt. 8: 27 norctnos V- iiv oviog ; what manner of man is this ? Mark 13: 1 his n. >U# ysrcw umvTog, tug TTOTC lao^uat jus#' t'n&v x. T. L Mark 9: 19 bis. Luke 9: 41. Sept. TTOTS for V)?? Job 7: 4. tag nors for ''na-IS Ps."80: 5. Jer. 4: 14, 21. Xen." Mem. 4. 2. 32. tug n. 1 Mace. 6: 22. Comp. in "iag II. 1. c. Indirect, Mark 13: 33 ovx oldvne y^Qi noie o xcuQog fVn. v, 35. Luke 12: 36. Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 1 psvsiv, nor in av- IJf>i( } indef. and enclitic, correl. to TOTS, oie, Buttm. 116. 4: pp, whtn y whenever, i. e. a) at some time, one time or other, once, both of time past and future. E. g. of the past, once, formerly, John 9: 13 rov HOTS TvqpAoV. Rorn. 7: 9 #wot vopov nore. 11: 30. Gal. 1: 13, 23 bis. Eph. 2: 2, 3, 11, 13. 5: 8. Phil. 4: 10 o'u ydy 7TOT8 that now once, i. e. now at length. (Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 32, 51.) Col. 1: 21 vpug 7TOT8 ot'Tctg x. T. A. 3: 7. Tit. 3: 3. Philem.li. lPet.2:10. 3:5,20. 2 Pet. 1: 21. Ceb. Tab. 2. Hdian. 1. 15. 11. Xen. Mem. 1.4.2. Of the future, once, one day, at last, Luke 22: 32. Rom. 1: 10 ti'n(ttg iidrj TTOTS fcuo^WLb/cro/icu. Hdian. 2. 2. 18. b) at any time, ever, Eph. 5: 29 ov- dflg '/CCQ rtoxf TJJV saviov ffdgxot e^u/Vjjo-ev. 1 Thess. 2: 5 OVTS /o TIOTS. 2 Pet. 1: 10. With the negat. JMJ it takes the form pjTtore, which see in its order. Luc. D. Dcor. 10. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 19. Intens. in an interrogation, like Engl. ever, now, expressing surprise, Buttrn. 149 fin. p. 432. 1 Cor. 9: 7 rig aiQ- TcutTat id low uifHtivlois 7ioT ; Heb. 1:5, 13. Indirect, Gal. 2: 6 ojiotol noie yo-av. Gel). Tab, 2, 3. Xeu. Mem. 1. 1. 1_,2. indir. Ael. V. H. 2, 8 offilg TTOTC OUTO? ? o)', interrog. pron. which of two ? Buttm. 78. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 4. * In N. T. only Neut. noiftjov aa Adv. whether? ulnim? indirect, and followed by ?j, or. John 7: 17 Tro'rs^oi' tx JQU &eov ftTJiv, i] 6/tu x. T. h Sept. for n Job 7: 12. Jos. Ant, 6.5. I. Xen. Mem, 2. 7. 4. , ov y 10, ( neut, of adjr 693 I/oS ?, from TTOT?JO, TTOTO?, TuVw,) a drinking vessel, a cup. a) pp. Matt. 10: 42 nofi'iQiov yi'XQoii uovov. 23: 25 TO I'i-wfov tov TTOT^O/OU. v.26. 26:27. Mark 7: 4, 8. 9:41. 14:23. Luke 11: 39. 22: 17, 20. 1 Cor. 11: 25. Rev. 17: 4. Sept. for ois Gen. 40: 11, ]3, 21. 2Chr. 4: 5. Ceb. Tab. 5. Luc. Jup. Trag. 42. Plut. Mor. II. p. 13. Tauchn. b) ineton. cup for the contents of a cup, cup-full, e. g. cup of wine, spoken of the wine drank at the eucharist. Luke 22: 20 et 1 Cor. 11: 25 toino TO TtoTTjotov ?*) HUM] dt,ad^xrj. 1 Cor. 10: 16 TO n. TT/S fvkoyiag, see in 7/aa/u. So nivnv TO non'iQiov to drink the cup ; 1 Cor. 10: 21 bis TO notr\Qiov xrot'ov . . . xcu TO n. dotiuovlwv, i. e. consecrated to the Lord or to idols. 11: 26, 27. v. 28 nivtiv ex rov TTOTTJO/OI', com p. John 4: 14. c) metaph. from the Heb. lot, portion, under the emblem of a cup which God presents to be drank, either for good, as Ps. 16: 5. 23: 5 ; or also for evil, Ps. 11:6. 75:8. Ez. 23: 31 sq. In N. T. cup of sorrow, i. e. the bitter lot, which awaited the Saviour in his sufferings and death, Matt. 20: 22, 23. 26: 39, 42. Mark 10: 38, 39. 14: 36. Luke 22: 42. John 18: 11. Spoken also of the cup of which God in his wrath causes the nations to drink, so that they reel and stagger to destruction, see espec. in Ovpog. Rev. 14: 10. 16: 19. 18: 6. Arabian writers use the same figure, e.g. 'cup of death' Hamasa ed. Schult. p. 440 ; ' cup of destruction' Abulf. Ann. 1. 352. See Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. Comment, on Is. 51: 17. ), f. /(Tw, (TIOTO?, nlvu,) to let drink, to give to drink. a) pp. e. ace. of pers. Matt. 25: 35, 42 dnoiioms jue. 27: 48. Mark 15: 36. Rom. 12: 20. ace. impl. Matt. 25: 37. Luke 13: 15. Trop. Rev. 14: 8. Pass. trop. 1 Cor. 12: 13. Sept. for Hp'JSn e/w tcpirevva, 'AnoMus enojifftv. v. 7, 8, pp. Sept. for r?pxn Gen. 2: 6. Ez, 17: 7. Xen. Conv. 2. ^5. Trop. 1 Cor. 3: 2, So Sept. and np\rn 4jn. 1& 32 sq. Judg. 4: 19. Job 22:V. ij oiv y ol, Puteoli, now Puzzuoli, a maritinic town of Italy on the northern shore of the bay of Naples not far distant from the latter city. Its ancient Greek name was z/ixota^cta. It was a favourite place of resort for the Romans, on account of the adjacent mineral waters and hot baths ; and its harbour was defended by a celebrated mole, the remains of which are still to be seen. Here Paul landed on his way to Rome. Acts 28: 13. IIoio?) ou y o, (nivo),) pp. a drink- ing, act of drinking, Xen. An. 2. 3. 15. Oftener and in N. T. a drinking togeth- er, a drinking-bout, 1 Pet. 4: 3 iv xuuoig xal noioig. Sept. for nRL : 73 Gen. 19: 3. 40: 20. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 6. Ael. V. H. 3. 23. Xen. Conr. 8. 4. 1. Ifnu f indef. particle, enclitic, (cor- rel. with nov, ov,) somewhere, in some place or other; see Buttm. 116. 4. 149 fin. p. 432. Viger. p. 446. Heb. 2: 6 dtfuuQii'qiTo ds nov tiq. 4: 4. Jos. B. J. 6. 3. 3. Xen. Conv. 4. 7 etnt yd<) 7iov"Ofir}QOf. Joined with numerals, somewhere about, nearly, Rom. 4: 19 ExarovTaerT?? nov unayxuv. Ael. V. H. 13. 4. Xen. Oec. 17. 2. IIou f interrog. adv. (correl. to nov indef. and ov,) where ? in what place ? Buttm. 1 16. 4. Matth. 611. 3. a) pp. and genr. () in a direct question, seq. indie. Matt. 2: 2 nov effnv o -ifx&tlg /SaoiAci-?. Mark 14: 14. Luke 17: 17, 37. 22: 11. John 1: 39. 7: 11. 8: 10, 19. 9: 12. 11:34. 1 Pet. 4: 18. Seq. &&HV c. Subj. Matt. 26: 17 nov #'- faig eioiuuuwijiv aoi yayiiy TO nua%a. Mark 14: 12. Luke 22: 9. Sept. for \N Gen. 4: 9. rrN Gen. 18: 9. Luc. D.'Deor. 4. 4. Xe"n" Mag. Eq. 7. 14. (P) Indirect, often in N. T. see Wi- ner 61. 2. p. 426. Seq. indie. Matt. 2: 4 snvv&uvno nag aviotv, nov o X. /swartxt. Mark 15: 47. John 1: 40 xai 694 flovg fidov nov fisvst. 11:57.20:2,13,15. Rev. 2: 13. Seq.Subj. Matt. 8:20 nov rr t v xtya- A/v y.Ury. Luke 9:58. 12: 17. (y) In a di- rect question implying a negative, i. e. that a person or thing is not present, does not exist; cornp. Matth. 611.3. Luke 8: 25 nov etniv ^ nlang fyiwv / Rom. 3: 27. 1 Cor. 1: 20 ter. 12: 17 bis, 19. 2 Pet. 3: 4: 1 Cor. 15: 55 bis, quoted from Sept. Hos. 13: 14, where Heb. ^rrN. So Sept. and rpN Judg. 9:38. Job' 17: 15. Joel 2: 17. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2. Eurip. Phoen. 558 or 562. b) by attract, after verbs of motion, where ? i. q. whither ? to what place ? as often in English ; comp. Buttm. 151. I. 8. So in a direct question, John 7:35 nov ovtog peJihi noQtvta&ai; 13: 36 xi'Qte, nov vnaystq; 16: 5. Sept. for H3N Gen. 16: 8. Deut. 1: 28. Cant. 5: 18. ' T (Luc. D. Mort. 3. 2.) Indirect, John 3: 8 ovx oidag . . . nov vnayft. 8: 14. 12: 35. 14: 5. Heb. 11: 8. 1 John 2: 11. Ilovdr}?, dfVWQj o, Pudens, pr. n. of a Christian, 2 Tim. 4: 21. Ilou?, no dog } o, the foot, e. g. of men, Matt. 10: 14. 18: 8 bis vj o novg kl&i as . . . ?/ 8vo nodag %%ov- ia. 22: 13. Luke 15: 22. 24: 39, 40. John 20: 12. Acts 21: 11. Rev. 2: 18. al. saep. Of animals, Matt. 7: 6. An- thropopoth. of God Matt. 5: 35. Acts 7: 49; comp. Is. 66: 1. Sept. for ban Gen. 8: 9. Judg. 1: 6, 7. saep. Luc! D. Deor. 19. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 19. of anim. Hdian. 1. 15. 11. Xen. Venat. 4. 1 fin. For the accent novg instead of novg, see Lob. ad Phr. 453, 765. Buttrn. Ausf. Sprachl. 41. 7, and Addend. II. p. 398. The following special uses of novg may be noted: (a) nayd rovg nodag nvoq, spoken of what is at one's feet, e. g. to cast or lay at one's feet, i. q. to give over into one's care and charge, as sick persons, Matt. 15: 30 ; money, property, Acts 4: 35, 37. 5: 2. 7: 58. Also to sit at the feet of any one, as disciples were accustomed to sit on the ground before their master or teacher, see Schoettgen Hor. Heb. I. p. 477. Luke 8: 35. 10: 39 ^ nayaxa&lo-ao-a na- Qa iovg n. iov'1. Acts 22: 3 nagon. n. JTa/ua/Uri/l nenaidevptvog. But Luke 7: 38 ffiuffa nttQO. iovg nodag aviov onl- CTW, i. e. standing behind the triclinium at the feet of Jesus as he reclined upon it. See also in y below. (ft] vnd iovg nodag iivcg, i. e. to put or subdue under one's feet, i. q. to make subject to any one, iu allusion to the ancient manner of treading down or putting the foot upon the necks of vanquished enemies, see Josh. 10: 24. Lam. 5: 5, comp. Ps. 8: 7. So Rom. 16: 20 6 &tog . . . 9, 5 Melon, to /Tie /eei as the instrument of going is sometimes ascribed that which strictly helongs to the person who goes, walks, etc. comp. in 'Oqp^afyios a. /. Luke 1: 79 xoniv&vvui, TOI'? Trover? i)ptnv tig udov tigyvw- Heh. 12: 13. (Ps. 119: 110. Prov. 4:26.) Acts 5: 9 ol node? TWV &ay>dvr()v x. T. L Rom. 3: 15. 10: 15 o/ uQctloi ol nodeg iwv siictyy. x. T. L quoted from Is. 52:7, where see Gesen. Comment. Corap. 1 K. 14: 12. Prov. \: 16. Job 31: 5. AL. y tziOQ 9 TO, a thing done or to be done, e. g. a) thing done, deed, act, fact, matter. Luke 1: 1 diyyrjaw ne^l TWV . . . ev r^iiv HQaypdawv i. q. events. James 3: 16 nav (pavlov nya/pct. Heb. 6: 18. 10: J. 11:1. So Sept. for W Gen. 24: 50. Deut. 17: 5. Judg. 6: 29. 1 Mace. 7: 3. Hdian. 7. 5. 8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 7. b) thing doing or to be done, matter, business, affair. Matt. 18: 19 iav dvo t'juwv a\}^(f.wvriU'Tat * TJ] ds v(moi' ftilfjux TIQO ainuv frepevog Ma&e&iou x. T. L comp. ib. 2. 9. 3. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 373. John 18: 28 bis, 33. 19: 9. In Matt. 27: 27 et Mark 15: 16, it seems to refer to the court or part of the palace where the procurator's guards were stationed. Act. Thorn. 3 nQttnwQia paadtxot. ib. 17, 18, 19, where it al- ternates With TO TTttAaTtOV. b) of the palace of Herod at Cesarea, perhaps in like manner the residence of the procurator, Acts 23: 35. c) of the praetorian camp at Rome, i. e. the camp or quarters of the praeto- rian cohorts, Phil. 1: 13. These were a body of select troops instituted by Augustus to guard his person, and to have charge of the city ; see Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 563. Comp. in doer, Soph. Trach. 862 or 864. Anti- phon. 121. 39. In N. T. an exactor, collector, i. e. a public officer who col- lected debts, fines, penalties, taxes, Luke 12: 58 ; comp. vn^iiriq in Matt. 5: 25. Sept. for vti Is. 3: 12. Dem. 778. 18. ib. 1337. 26. Comp. Boeckh. Staatsh. d. Ath. 1. p. 167, 403. Also i. e. avenger Aeschyl. Eu- 696 men. 315 or 320. no. cpovov Soph. El. 953. pp. a doing, action, i. e. a) something done, an act, deed, prac- tice; plur. acts, works, conduct. Matt. 16: 27 anoSuffd ixdarw XT tyv n^a^iv av- tov. Luke 23: 51. Acts 19: 18. Rom. 8. 13. Col. 3: 9. So UQa^ag TUV 'Anoaio- Iwv as the title of the book of Acts. Sept. for ?pyj 2 Chr. 13: 22. 27: 7. Ecclus. 32: 19. Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 5. Hdi- an. 2. 15. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 1. b) something to be done, business, office, function. Rom. 12: 4 ta 8e atiy ndvta ov TIJV avir t v yet nQtt2-LV. Ecclus. 11: 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 6. Oec. 5. 4. Qy neut. jrpaoi/ ; also written , oi', without fern. Buttm. 64.2, (i. q. ngavq,} meek,mild, gentle, Matt. 11: 29 TIQUGS ilui. 2 Mace. 15: 12. Plut. Mor. II. p. 13. Tauchn. Xen. Ag. 11. 10. On the Iota subscript see Passow s. v. The form nqavg is earlier, but not better ; see Passow in nyavq. Lob. ad Phr. 403. ? or TJpao'r^?, T^roff, ?/, meekness, mildness, forbearance. 1 Cor. 4: 21 iv nvsi'uml re nQctoiyiog. 2 Cor. 10: 1 8ia trig xr^aoiTjio? TOU XQL- arov. Gal. 5: 23. 6: 1. Eph. 4: 2. Col. 3: 12. 1 Tim. 6: 11. 2 Tim. 2: 25. Tit. 3: 2. Sept. for m :? Ps. 45: 6. Ecclus. 1: 24. Jos. B. J. 6 T .'8. 2. Dem. 1405. 15. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 41. icCy ac, 4 a bed in a garden, Ecclus. 24:31. Theophr. H. Plant. 4. 4. 3. Horn. Od. 7. 127. In N. T. an area, square, like a garden-bed ; Mark 6: 40 nQttffiul KQacrial, i. e. by squares, like beds in a garden. The repetition with- out the copula denotes distribution, i. q. ava nQaatug, comp. Sept. and Heb. Ex. 8: 10 [14]. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 668. Wi- ner 58. 1. See also in Jvo. So pv- yla puyla Aeschyl. Pers. 915 or 981, i. q. xaitt ftVQtddag. npctaoco v. ii(o y f. w, aor. 1 sTiQa$a, perf. ninQaxn, to do, expressing an action as continued or not yet com- pleted; what one does repeatedly, con- linuedly, habitually ; like TTOW'W no. 2. Found John 3: 20. 5: 29 ; elsewhere only in the writings of Luke and Paul. a) seq. ace. of thing, without refer- ence to a person as the remote object ; comp. below in c. (a) Spoken of par- ticular deeds, acts, works, done repeat- edly or continually, to do, i. q. to per- form, to execute. Acts 19: 19 ixctvol <5a iwv TO nstsa HaSdvrwv. v. nyonniq. 26: 26. 1 Thess. 4: 11 ffftv T idiot. Once put instead of re- peating a preceding verb, 1 Cor. 9: 17 ft kxtav loirto nqdaaa), comp. v. 16 ; see in /7oi6w no. 2. c. Hdian. 3.6. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 1 i i;roi;. Cyr. 5. 4. 11. (ft) Of a course of action or conduct, espec. of right, duty, virtue, to do, i. e. to exercise, to practise. Acts 26: 20 a$ia Titf ufTuvolu? l(0/a Tiguffffovrotg. Rom. 2: 25 vouov, i. e. T vov vouov. 7: 15. 9: 11. 2 Cor. 5: 10. Phil. 4: 9. So Sept. and Hto? Prov. 21: 7. Dem. 310. 19. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 17 xA. (/) Oftener of evil deeds or conduct, to do,i. q. to com- mit, to practise. Luke 22: 23 o roDro (ue'A- Jicav nQiiaffSiv. 23: 15 olds a$iov tfavdrov tail nengayusvov UTW, comp. Buttm. 134. 6. Luke 23: 41 bis. John 3: 20 o Ps. 45: 6. Ecclus. 3: 17, 4: 8. //pe'/r&j 1>P- to be eminent, distin- guished, to txcd, Horn. 11. 12. 104. Od. 8. 172. Usually and in N. T. irnpers. TiQtntt, it becomes, it is right, proper ; part. 7t7ror tori it is becoming, etc. Gonstr. pp. seq. dat. of pers. et infin. as subject, see Buttm. 129. 10 ; e. g. Heb. 1& 10 yxg crvraJ Matt. 3: 15 nsnov x. T. (Luc. Inwg. 22.) Seq. dat. simpl. Eph. 5: 3 x- &w$ itQsnfi ayloig. (Xen. An. 1.9.6.) Seq. accus. et infin. 1 Cor. 11: 13. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 16. Also in the personal construction with a nominative, Buttm. I. c. 1 Tim. 2: 10 o nqsmiywttgiv. Tit. 2:1. Heb. 7: 26 totoDioj ^iu> tnymtv ag/te- <>svg. So Sept. for ni3 Ps. 33: 1. 93: 5. Luc. Nigrin. 15. * Ael. V. H. 12. 1 penult. seniority, primogeniture, Aescbyl. Pera. 4. Pausan. 3. 1.4. In N. T. an embas- sy, for coricr. ambassadors, e. g. nQtafai- av ttnwni&tiv Luke 14: 32. 19: 14. 88 an aged man, elder, nteo an ambassador, Buttm. 58. p. 100,) to le uged, elder, Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 70. Hdot. 7. 2. In N. T. to be an ambassador, to act as am- bassador, in trans. 2 Cor. 5: 20 vnig XQI- crrov ovv itQffffevoftW' Eph. 6:20. Jos. Ant. 12,4.2, Dem. 421. 16. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1.1. IfpeofiuTfpiov, iOVy TO, (ngto-pv- T80os,) an assembly of aged men, council of elders, senate ; whence Engl. pres- bytery. Spoken of the Jewish senate, Sanhedrim, trwifyiov q. v. Luke 22:66. Acts 22: 5. Of the elders of the Chris- tian church, 1 Tim. 4: 14. ffptofiviepOSj ct, ov } pp. a com- parat. form from nqiafivg an old man, see Buttm. 69. 3 ; older, elder, i. e. a) pp. ns compar. adj. Luke 15: 25 o vlo$ aviov o nQtfffivTfQog, Sept. for *li33 Job. 1:13, 18. -jpt Job 32: 4. Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 2. Ael. 'V. H. 9. 42. Hence as Subst. an older person, senior; plur. old men, seniors, the aged; 1 Tim. 5: 1 nQtapirisQtp py ewmlij|/j?. v. 2. Acts 2: 17 ol IIQ. fyw* 1 Pet. 5:5. So Sept. for pT Gen. 18: 11, 12. 24: 1. (Jos. c. Apioii/2.27. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2.) Also ol npfapvityoi the ancients, the fathers, ancestors ; Matt. 15: 2 al nctQadoffeigTwv nQiafiviiQr*c, idoQ, r}, (fern, to TtQtafii'Trjs,) an aged woman, Tit. 2: 3. Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 2. Hdian.5.3.6. Aeschyl. Eum. 718. ffprjfrco, see nlfino^i. IfgrjVijQj fbg y ovc y o, ?;, adj. (prob. from noo,) Lat. promts, i. e. bending for- wards, prostrate, headlong. Acts 1: 18 TCQTjviig ytv6fievo$ falling headlong ; see more in 'Anayxw. 3 Mace. 6: 23. Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 6. Horn. Od. 5. 374. The form is Ionic, for Alt. n^nvr\q Xen. An. 1. 5. 8. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 431. llgi^fo or 7rp/co, f. lu(ji, to saw, to saw asunder, Pass. Heh. 1 1 : 37, Here spoken of a cruel punishment inflicted on captives in war, see 2 Sam. 12: 31. 1 Chr. 20: 3. Comp. in z/i/oro/u'w. Sept. for ui'n Ana. 1:3. Susann. 59. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. p. 1088. genr. Diod. Sic. 3. 27, Plato Theag. p. 124. A. Ugh', adv. of time, ( kindr. with 7100,) pp. before, formerly, in independent clauses, opp. vvv, Horn. II. 2. 112. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 36. Usually and in N. T. in a relative qr conjunctive sense, connec- ting the clause before which it stands with a preceding one, and having the force of a comparative, before, sooner than. Comp. Passow nglv no. 1, 2. Buttm. 149. p. 430. Matth. 522. 2. Viger. p. 442. a) simply, seq. infin. aor. c. ace. when something new is introduced, not be- fore mentioned ; comp. Passow no. 2. d, Matt. 26: 34, 75 nolv (xkexroQU cptav^aai. Mark 14: 72. Luke 22: 61. John 4: 49 XKTM^^I nojiv ano&ttviiv TO nniSlov uov. 8: 58. 14: 29. So Sept. for -:Db Ez. 33: 22. Joel 2: 31. Hdian. 1.9. 7.' ' Plato Eurhyphr. 4. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 4, 10. b) with y, i. e. nylv r\, sooner than, 1. q. before, a usage unknown to the earliest Attic writers, as the tragedians and Thucydides, but current in the middle Attic and later ; see Passow no. 2. e. Elrnsley Eur. Med. 179. Reisig Comm. Crit. de Soph. OC. 36. Con- strued : (a) Seq. infin. aor. c. ace. where something new is introduced ; comp, Passow no. 2. d. Matt. 1: 18 TIQIV ?/ avvd&tlv aviovg si'os&r) x. T. L Mark 14: 30. Acts 2: 20. 7: 2. Tob. 14: 15, Ael. V. H. 1. 5, 21. Plut. Crass. 29 fin. Plato Rep. VI. p. 501 fir t $e yodyeiv vo- (tovg, Tiolv ?/ TtttQodafielv xa&agixv, % nliiol noi^ffctt. (/5) seq. Subjunct. aor. where the reference is to something future. Luke 2: 26 pt\ louv duvarov, TI(HV T\ i'Si] TbvXQiffT6v. 22:34. Hdot. 1.19. ny'lv Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 7. Plato Phaedo 6 fin. (y) seq. Opt. where the preceding clause contains a negative, Passow no. 2. c. Acts 25: 16 oi-x IW/r t&og . . . nolvi] . . . xtxjct nQovwnov c^ot rovq XMT- yyogovg. Comp. Winer 42. 3. p. 245. Matth. 522. 2. b. nylv Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 14. , Tjg, i), Prisca, 2 Tim. 4: 19. Rom. 16:3; and dirnin. 77pax//Ua y W, f}, Prisdlla, Acts 18: 2, 18, 26. (Horn. 16: 3.) 1 Cor. 16: 19 ; pr. n. of the wife of Aquila, see m^Axv^txg. IIpiGXiAAoCj see in Uglaxce. Ilptco, see in nql^ot. ffyoy prep, governing the genitive, with the primary signif. before, Lat. pro, prae, both of place and time. Conap. Matth. 575. Passow s. v. 699 Ilgoayco 1. Of place, before, i. e. in front of, in presence of, in advance of; opp. to jueiu c. ace. behind. E. g. seq. gen. of place, Acts 5: 23 tatwiag ngo tuv &VQWV. 12: 6, 147rpo TO v n uAwvoc. 14:13. James 5: 9. Jos. Ant. 10. 1. 2 HQO ^wv TE^WV. Ceb. Tab. 15-Troo rfg -frvgag. Xen. H. G. 2.4. 33 TIQO TUV nvl&v. Of person, from the Heb. Tipo ff00t*OV Tio~Tov. 21: 12. John 17: 24 TIQO xaTafto^ijg xoffpov. Eph. 1 : 4. Heb. 11:5. 1 Pet. 1: 20. So Sept. nqo for >2Dr Is. 18: 5. Plato Phaedo init. TIQO TOV &a- votiov. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 21 TT^O TOU Ql~ o~tov. By Hebr. Acts 13.24 JIQO ngoo-u- irov TTjg tio*6dov avrov, i. q. HQO sivodov octroi, see above in no. 1. Comp. ^25b , Sept. TT^O, Am. 1: 1. (y) Seq. gen.' of pers. or thing, before one in time. John 5: 7 Trpo spoil xttTctfiulvei, before me, i. e. sooner than I. 10:8 oorot ^o e/uoD ifi&ov. Col. I: 17. ol TIQO Tivog those before any one, who preceded him, were ear- lier than he, Matt. 5: 12. Rorn. 16: 7. Gal. 1: 17. Palaeph. 53. 2. Hdian. 1. 5. 13 ol TIQO tyov. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 11 TIQO fiiiuv. (d) Seq. TOU c. infin. ex- pressing an event. Matt. 6:8 ngo TOU v[iag cthrjaai. Luke 2: 21. 22: 15. John 1: 49. 13: 19. 17: 5. Acts 23: 15. Gal. 2: 12. 3: 23. So Sept. for Tsb Gen. 13: 10. 27: 7, 10. Ael. V. H.2 : . 34. 3. Trop. of precedence, preference, dignity, before, above, HS Ttoo notvjwv before all things James 5: 12. 1 Pet. 4: 8. 3 Mace. 2: 21 #c6$ TT^O THXVTWV viyiog. Hdian. 5. 4.2. Plato Menex. fin. TTOO /a a'Uwv. Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 3. NOTE. In composition TTQO implies: 1. place, fore, before, forward, forth, as Trooa/o), ngopalva), 7TQoftdM.(o, etc. 2. time, fore, before, beforehand, Lat. prae as ngofinov, nqo).iyw, nofiivaa) etc 3. preference, as yf,), f. |w, (ay a.) 1. trans. to lead foith, to bring forth, e. g. a pris- oner out of prison, c. ace. Acts 16: 30 Tiqoayayuv avrovg !'w. So in a judicial sense, Acts 12: 6 OTS 8e IjurUs avrov nqootyfiv 6 'ifgwdrig. 25: 26 dio nQor\yu- yov fti'iov l(f vuuv, i. e. before you as judges. genr. 2 Mncc. 5: 18. Jos. Ant. 4. 6^4. Xen. Oec. 11. 15. In a judicial sense, c. etc, Jos. Ant. 16. 11.6. B. J. 1. 27. 2. Arr. Exp. Alex. 4. 14. 3. 2. intrans. to go before, cornp. in 14/w no. 3 ; referring either to place or time. a) of place, to go before, i. e. in front, in advance ; nbsol. Matt. 21: 9 ol TTQOOI- yovrtg xal ol axokovdovvTeg exga^ov. Mark 11: 9. Luke 18: 39. Seq. ace. of pers. depending on the force of TTOO in composit. although by itself it governs only the genitive ; see Matth. 426 pen. comp. Buttm. 147. n. 11, 12. Matt. 2: 9 o affti]Q . . . nqoriysv WUTOUC. Mark 10: 32. Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 6 Troo 6* b) in time, i. q. to go first, to precede ; absol. Mark 6: 45 xal nQoaysiv tig TO n&gav. Trop. 1 Tim. 5: 24 see in Kons b. ft. Seq. ace. of pers. depending on "/GO n QO, see above in a. Matt. 14: 22 xt Ttoodytiv avrbv tig 10 TtsQav. 21: 31. 26: 32. 28: 7. Mark 14: 28. 16: 7. Jos. c. Apion. 2. 15 ngouytiv aQxottoiyri. Par- ticip. Tiyodyajv, ovffa, ov, foregoing, former, previous. 1 Tirn. 1: 18 xarw rag TiQoa/ovaag inl as nQoyriislug. Heb. 7: 18. Hdian. 8.8. 8. eo, co^ f. Jl7ra),) to fore- see, Sept. for run Ps. 37: 13. In N. T. Mid. ngoffttnopait to provide, Lat. provideo, c. ace. Heb. 11:40. n^oylfOfjicxiy perf. 2 nqoyiyova, (yiv9(Acu q. v.) to be done before, to have been before. Rom. 3: 25 zwv nqoytyovo- ivtv o^iagmuurtav sins before done, for- mer sins. 2 Mace. 14: 13. Hdian. 1. 14.4. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 9. axw, q. v.) to know before, trans. a) genr. i. q. to know already, to be before acquainted with, c. ace. Acts 26: 5 Tipo/tvwffxoyzeV pi Vcu#v, comp. for the pleonast. adv. Lob. ad Phr. p. 10. impl. 2 Pet. 3: 17. Wisd. 18: 6. Hdian. 1. 8. 13. Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. 12. b) i. q. to foreknow, to foresee, pp. z uiUovra Xen. Apol. 30. In N. T. by impl. to fore-determine, to fore-ordain ; e. g. Pass. part. 1 Pet. 1: 20 XQKTTOV ngotyvuffutvov ngo xz/?oAiJs xovuov. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 11 in some edit. comp. in Avwtrxw fin. Here belong also Rom. 8: 29 ozt ovg ngoiyvw, xal nQougifff, and Rom. 11: 2 Aaov avrov, or Tigoiyvw, i. e. whom he hath fore-determined, of old ; comp. Tittm. de Synorn. N. T. p. 227, and in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 55. Others here render, whom he hath fore-approved, loved of old ; comp. rlvwo-xw no. 2. c. fore-knowledge, sc. of future things, Tiqoyv. zwv laouivwv Jos. c. Apion. 1.26. Hdian. 2. 9. 4 ; of a prophetic gift, Judith 11: 19. Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 5. f. to write before, e. g. a) in reference to time past, in the praeter tenses, to have toritten] before, at a former time, Eph. 3:3 x#w$ nqo- sygaya iv oA//M. Rom. 15: 4 bis. Pa- laeph. 53. 6 w nQoyiyqctmai. b) in reference to time future, to post up beforehand in writing, to announce by posting up a written tablet, Aristoph. Av. 450 or 452 yxonttv d O,TI uv TIQO- ygdfptausv iv jolg nivaxiot?. Dem. 1257. 5 cfjQVoig nO'aysiffrtf. Aeschin. 35 pen 8vo XT iovs vopovs. Plut. Camill.ll. Hence in N. T. genr. to announce, to promulgate, Gal. 3: 1 oi? XT 6Greek writers to give forth, i. q. to give over, to betray, Jos. c. Apion. 2. 37 init. Hdian. 7. 2. 14. Xen. H, G. 1. 3. 16, 19. Ilqodo irjQ, ot>, o, ( nqodldupi, ) a betrayer, traitor, Luke 6: 16. Acts 7: 52. 2 Ti ik-3: 4. 2 Mace. 5: 1 5. Ceb. Tab. 34. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 23: see tiv,) adj. running before, qtvydda . Antig. 108. Hdot. 9. 14. In N. T. -Subst. a fore-runner, precursor, spoken of Jesus as entering before his followers into the celestial sanctuary, Heb. 6: 20. Of light troops sent for- ward as scouts, Diod. Sic. 17. 17. Xen. Mag. E,) to hope before ; perf. to have hoped before, i. e. beforetime, of old. Eph. 1: 12 ^$ . . . jovg nQorjlnixoxsg Iv TW XQKTTW, i. e. the Jews as having of old had the hope and promise of the Messiah ; in opp. to the Gentiles who have noi*r first heard of him, vpti$ (xxovffavTsg v. 13. Comp. Rom. 3: 1 sq. 9: 4 sq. For the con- struction with tV, see 3 JEv no. 3. c. y. So HQoxaTdnl&iv Pol. 2. 4. 5. ib, 14. 3. 1. Ilpofvap'/ofjiaiy f. $opai, (SVUQXO- fini q. v.) to begin before ; Aor. to have begun before, already, 2 Cor. 8: 6, 10. Not found elsewhere. y f. do), (inayyil- Aw q. v.) to promise before; Aor. 1 Mid^ Rom. 1: 2 o [tvayyihov o dioq] nQont- qy/dkuTO diet luv nQocpyruv x. T. L i. e. aforetime, of old. 2 Cor. 9: 5 in Mss. Dio Cass. p. 19. A. ed. Hanov. &m 5i ai Jlgoenco, see iy f. devaoucu, aor. 2 , depon. Mid. see in^/o/iat. 1. to go forward, to go further, to pass on, intrans. Matt. 26: 39 et Mark 14: 35 Tr^oc/l^wv fiLXQov. Seq. ace. of way, Acts 12: 10 nqotydov yvurjv ulctv, comp. Matth. 409. 4. Buttm. 131. 6, 8. Wi- ner 32. 6. Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 5. Plut. Thes. 11 fiixoov nQod&uv. Xen. Eq. 7. 9. c. ace. Ti)v od6v Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 18. 2. to go before' any one, as referring either to place or time, e. g. a) of place, to go before, in ad- vance of any one, as a fore-runner, messenger, c. tvumov ttvog Luke 1: 17 ; or as a leader, guide, c. ace. Luke 22: 47 '/ot<5a? TT^OT^ETO avTovg sc. tov bx~ JLOV. For this accus. see in Ilgoayo) no. 2. a. Ecclus. 35: 10. Comp. Sept. c. tUvqoffSb TWOS for ^30 5 ^W Gen. 33: 3. b) in time, i. q. to gojirst, to precede, to set off before another, Acts 20: 5 OVTOL nQoeh&ovTtg fyevov fipag iv Tgwddi. 20: J3 ngod&ovTsg Inl TO TiAotov. 2 Cor. 9: 5 tig vuag. c. gen. Luc. D. Mort. 6. 5 artavieg nQodtvffOVJCti alrcov. In the sense to outgo> to arrive Jirst, Mark 6: 33 in text. rec. see f. to prepare beforehand, Wisd. 9: 18. Pau- san. 4. 22. 1. Hdot. 8. 24. In N. T. i. q. to predestine, to appoint before, trans, c. tig, Rom. 9: 23 nQoyiolpafftv fig 86$av. So c. dat. Eph. 2: 10 olg 703 iV 7 nmdig ns- . Philo de Opif. p. 17, o tot ev xoauM nuvTot t no&ov aviov. , f. iaoucu, (ci 1 - q v.) o announce g7arf tidings beforehand, to foretell joyful news, c. dat. Gal. 3: 8 TtQOtvayydlffa-to TW 'Apqaau, w x. T. *. Cornp. Gen. 12: 3. 18: 18. rigof'/co, f. c|o>, (e/w,) *o hold forth or forward, e. g. the hands Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 10. Mid. *o hold before oneself, Hdot. 2. 42 ; and trop. Jo use as a pretext, to allege, Hdot. 8. 3. Thuc. 1. 140. Also in time, to have beforehand, already, Hdot. 9. 4. Soph. Antig. 208. Trop. to have before another, i. q. to have preference or pre-eminence, to excel, to be superior, better, Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 2 Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 41 . Hence in N. T. Mid. , to excel, to be superior, bet- ter, sc. on one's own part. Rom. 3: 9 il QVV; nQOfxout&a ; i. e. can then we Jews claim for ourselves to be better off than the Gentiles? sc. in respect to being sinners before God. 1 fpoyyfo/uaij ovfjiaiy f. jo-opai, (fjyiouai,) to lead forward or onward, to go on before, to take the lead, 2 Mace. 11: 8. Diod. Sic. 1. 87. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 27. In N. T. trop. to lead on by exam- ple, c. ace. and dat. of that in or as to which, Rom. 12: 10 r>J iiuy aiUqAovs TtQoriyovutvot, in mutual respect taking the lead of each other. For the accus. comp. in nyodyw no. 2. a. For the dat. com p. Winer 31. 3. Matt. 400.6. setting before or forth, a setting out, ex- posure, exhibition, e. g. of a dead body Dem. 1071. 21. Plato Legg. p. 959. A. In N. T. a) pp. as of food, spoken only of the shew-bread, as being set out bifore Jeho- vah on a table in the sanctuary, Heb. fTDH Cn^r bread of presence, later crfc roi^Tsn bread of rows or piles, Vulg. panes ' propositionis ; see Lev. 24: 5 9. Jahn 331 -- So in an adjective sense in the phrases : ol txyioi ify nQo^lfffon; Matt. 12:4. Mark 2: 26. Luke 6: 4, and iuv '0TO)y Heb. 9: 2, both equivalent to ol agroi ei see Buttm. 123. n. 4. Winer 34. 21 Gesen. Lehrg.p,643sq. So Sept. cfozot ir\q nQO&s(re(o$ for C^SH Shb Ex. 35: 12. 39: 36. 1 K. 7: 48* " 2 Chr. 4: 19. nDHSJtt 'b 1 Chr. 9: 32. 23: 29. KQO-- 6*nt tftaif for Uh^. 'nSChr. 13: 11.- Also Sept. aqntoi iov nyoownov for n*>:D'b 1 K. 21:6; and once u^oi Vcu- jiiuEx. 25: 30. Comp. 2 Mace. 10: 3.. b) trop. of what one sets before his mind, proposes to himself, Lat. propos- ition, i. q. purpose, counsel, resolve. Acts 27: 13 dot-avTtg xijg HQO&efff(a$ xotQairj- xevai. So offrm purpose, firm resolve, Acts 11: 23. 2 Tim. 3: 10. Elsewhere of the eternal purpose and counsel of God, Rom. 8: 28 iotg xcmi nQoftwiv x).i)To1$. 9: 11 see in 3 J!x)ioyy c. Eph. 1:- 11. 3: 11. 2 Tim. 1: 9. 2 Mace. 3: 8. Pol. 1. 54. 1. Diod, Sic. 20. 102 init. i,) set beforehand r appointed, spoken of time, whence ^ nQO^io^lu sc. ^us'- qa, a set day, appointed time, Gal. 4: 2. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 7 rijg TIQO&. viffiauvr)$. Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 36. Aeschin. 6. 14. disposition, i. q. readiness, alacrity of mind. Acts 17: 11 e'Jc^crxro TOV Jio/ov peia ndffrjg KQo&vulag. 2 Cor. 8: 11, 12, 19. 9: 2. Ecclus. 45: 23. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 5. Dem. 1457. 8. Xen. Venat. 2. 1. Vy 0, ij, (&VUOq q. V,) predisposed, i. q. ready, willing, prompt, e. g. TO nrfv^ia TIQO&VUOV Matt. 26: 41. Mark 14: 38. Sept. for 3^3 1 Chr. 28: 21. 2 Chr. 29: 31. 2 Mace. 4: 14. Pol. 4. 7. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 22. Neut, TO Tiooftvuov, readiness, alacrity, Rom. 1: 15 TO xa/ ^ue nqo&vpov i. q. there is readiness on my part, I am ready. $ Mace. 5: 26. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 13 TO TISQC ctviovg iTQo&Vfiov ToD -&eov. Eur. Iph. Taur. 989 or 996. adv. (TtQo&vfiog,] read- ily, willingly, with alacrity, 1 Pet. 5: 2. Tob. 7: 8. Hdian. 1. 5. 24. Xen. Conv. 4.50. rigohnrjfJii, f. nQoar^o-o aor. 2 nQoewrjv, perf. part, contr. Trans, to cause to stand before^ 704 7/ipoxJ to set ever, Hdian. 5. 7. 13. Pol, 1. 33. 7. See m"lffrnfu, comp. Buttm. 107. II. In N. T. only in the intrans. tenses, e. g. aor, 2 and perf. of the Active, and pres. Mid. or Pass, to stand before, e. g. a) i. Hti>o, announced beforehand, i. q. promised, 2 Cor. 9: 5. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 4 rolg nQoxcnyyytlfitvoig vno ToD &eov nlanv naQtlxe- ib. 1. 12. 3. r/poxatapiic0j f. la w, (xTT/- w q. v. ) to make ready beforehand, trans. 2 Cor. 9: 5. 1/poxfiju.ceij part, ngoxelpwog, (xsi- fiai,) to lie before, (o be laid or set before any one, inirans. pp. Sept. Lev. 24: 7. Luc. Nigr. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 25, 27. In N. T. only trop. a) to lie or be before the mind of any one, i. q. to be present to him. 2 Cor. 8: 12 si yag r) nqodvpia zr^oxftiot. Philo de Vit. Mos. p. 626. A, TTQOVXILTO "v uv-ita T&OS. Diod. Sic. 20. 43. Xen. Conv. 2. 7. b) i. q. perf. pass, of TTQOTI&TJUI, comp. in Ktlftcu b; to be laid or set before one's mind, e. g. a duty, reward, exam- ple. Heb. 6: 18 r^q xpaTTjow. J2: 1, 2. Jude 7 ug xat r6ftof$a . . . ngoxttvroct dsly^ia. Jos. Ant. 15. 8. 1. Diod. Sic. 3. 26. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 2, 8. v. TTW, f. |w, (xi}~ to proclaim beforehand sc. by a herald, Jos. B. J. 6. 8. 2. Pol. 5. 60. 3. Xen. Lac. 11. 1. In N. T. genr. to an- nounce or preach beforehand, and in the past tenses, to have before announced, preached, trans. Acts 3: 20. 13:24 TTO- xyyi'Sanog 'ludrrov . . . ^u-nriff^o, fjtfict- volag. Jos. Ant. 10. 5. 1 'fegsulag T Sfiva jCy TI, (ngoxomoj,) pp. a going forward, only trop. progress, advancement, furtherance. Phil. 1:12 fig ngoxonyv TO v svocyytUov. v. 25. 1 Tim. 4: 15. 2 Mace. 8: 8. Jos. B. J. 1. 10. 1. Pol. 2. 37. 10. Diod. Sic. 16. 6. A word of the later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 85. , f. yu. (XOTTTW,) to beat or drive forwards, as if with repeated strokes ; hence to forward, to further, Thuc. 4. 60. ih. 7. 56. Also intrans. or c. kaviov impl. see in y Ayw no. 3 ; to beat forward, as in Engl. a ship is said to beat ahead ; hence genr. i. q. to go forward, to make progress, to proceed, pp. on one's way, journey Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 13. B. J. 4. 2. 4. Comp. in Engl. the similar verb * to push forwards/ both trans, and intrans. In N. T. only trop. a) to make progress in any thing, to advance, to increase ; e. g. c. dat. of that in or as to which, Luke 2: 52 xou y /q- aovg TiQoexoms aoyln, comp. Winer 31. 3. Matth. 400. 7*. Seq. iv c. dat. Gal. h 14 Iv TO! 'lovdaiffuti, comp. y v3. b. y. Matth. I. c. note. Seq. ini c. ace. e. g. fnl TO xngov q. d. to grow worse and worse, 2 Tim. 3: 13. tnl nltlov fur- ther 2 Tim. 2: 16. 3: 9. comp. in Ititf- w d c. dat. Diod. Sic. 11. 87. c. tv, 705 as jigoxsxoqxag iv naidsla Diod. Sic. T. IV. p. 50 Bip. T. VI. p. 30 Tauchn. Arr. Epict. 2. 10. 30. 7ri TO xaxov Test. XJI Patr. p. 614, comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 1. STU Triaoy Diod. Sic. 14. 98. b) spoken of time,aor. to be advanced, i. q. to be far spent, Rom. 13: 12 T) vv$ TiQosxoyev. Jos. 13. J. 4. 4. 6 TT/S VVXTO$ ngoxomovar}?. Arr. B. Civ. 2. p. 781 i]us- Qa nyovxoms. CtlO?, TO, a fore-judging, i. q. prejudice, prepos- session, 1 Tim. 5: 21. IJpoxupfjco, co y f. wo-w, (xvpow,) fo establish or confirm before, previously, Pass. perf. Gal. 3: 17. a), aor. 2. ngo&afiov, to take before, trans. a) i. q. to take before another, to an- ticipate another in doing any thing, c. ace. 1 Cor. 11:21 fxaoro? TO I'diov dtiTi- vov 7rpoA|U/5am, i. e. the rich man eats the provisions he has brought, without waiting for the poorer members to come in ; comp. in 3 Aydnrj no. 2. Diod. Sic. 20. 107 nQolappavfiv TO xQyaiuov. Dem. 32. 27. ib. 79. 2 /SovArrcu yag i' t ua,v TOU- ro TTooAo/Stlv. Intruns. to take up be- forehand, to anticipate the time of doing any thing ; c. inf. Mark 14: 8 npoe'Aa/Se fivglaai fiov TO rroJua x. T. L i. e. she hath anointed my body by anticipa- tion against my burial. Comp. Winer 58. 4. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 823. Aristot. de Gener. Anirn. 4. 1 xcu nQoKa^a- vovrsi; w? OVTOX; c^ov, nglv yivoutvov oi;- TWS tdfiv. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 3 o* de HtQGixol rouoi TTOoAa/JoWts exiu&ovTat, onus x. T. L Comp. xatQov? 7roo/ta ( u.5- vtiv Diod. Sic. 14. 63. Oftener in a journey, course, Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 5. Xen. Ven. 7. 7. b) of persons, aor. 1 Pass, ngodriq)- &r]v, to have been before taken, overtaken, caught; Gal. 6:1 elxal Troo/l^qpLHj co^ow- noq iv iivl nctQamuuctTi, if or although one have formerly been overtaken by a fault. Others, if one have been caught forth, hurried away, by a fault. Comp. Wisd. 17: 17. , f. w, (AE'/W,) to say be- forehand, to foretell, to forewarn, 2 Cor. 13:2. Gal. 5:21. IThess. 3:4. Sept. 89 for YJjn Is. 41: 26. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. T Diod. Sic. 1. 50. Xen. An. 7. 7. 3. pp. to call to witness beforehand ; found only in N. T. to testify beforehand, i. q. to declare beforehand, \ Pet. 1:11. Comp. co, f. q. v.) to premeditate, c. inf. Luke 21: 14 Hy TiQouflnuv UJio).oyr,&fjvai. Comp. Mark 13: 111 Aristoph. Eccl. 117. Xen. Ath. 1. 20. cO) to, f. /Jaw, to care or take thought beforehand, Mark 13:11. ro, do, f. 'o no. 1. So Sept. for ^:cr ^bn Xen. G, prep, governing the genitive, dative and accusative ; and correspond- ing in its primary signif. to the primary force of these cases themselves, viz. with the gen. implying motion or di- rection from a place hither ; with the dat. rest or remaining by, at, near a place; with the accus. motion or direc- tion towards or to a place. Buttm. 147. 2. comp. 132. 2. I. With the Genitive, pp. from a place hither, Horn. Od. 8. 29 *Ivo? . . . IX6T tflbv dw, rj TTQOg TjOtWV, % ffKQl(aV avd-QWTiwv. Then, in the direction of a place, e. g. nqot; Boqiao, TIQOS IVoiov, Od. 13. 110, 111 ; pp. from the north etc. in Engl. at or towards the north. TIQOS TOV noiafiou Xen. An. 4. 3. 28. Comp. Heh. -J73 Gen. 2: 8. 13: 11. Ge- sen. Lex. ^73 no. 3. c. Trop. of the source, agent, cause, from which any thing comes or proceeds, e. g. A/57v rt TIQOS tivog Hdot. 2. 139, 152 ; and so after neuter or passive verhs, from, of, by, Luc. D. Deor. 14. 1. Hdian. 1. 2. 5. Xen. An. 1.9.20. Buttm. 134. 3. Also expressing dependence or relation of any kindyrom or with any one, i. e. the pertaining or belonging in any way to a person or thing, e. g. n^oq dly.rjg ac- cording to right Soph. Oed. T. 1014. Hdot. 7. 153. TOTT Jii/ng xal ot'5c^uw? ngbs aov Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 15. Hence in N. T. once, trop. pertaining to, i. e. for, for the benefit of, Acts 27: 34 Cornp. Passow A. 4. Matth.590. Buttm. 147. p. 411. Winer 51. p. 321. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 3. Diod. Sic. 18. 50 fin. Plato Gor. p. 459. C. Thuc. 3. 38. II. With the Dative nyos marks a place or object by the side of which a person or thing is, by, at, near ; as if in answer to the question where ? in N. T. only five times, e. g. Mark 5: 11 rcqoq TO! oysi, where text. rec. Tiyog T o'f n- Luke 19: 37 nQog 777 xara/5a> uvd^a aviiig. Acts 13: 36. After verbs and words implying mere direction, as a turning, reaching, look- ing, and the like. Luke 7: 44 viQCKpflg jigbg ir t v yvvcuxa. Acts 9: 40. 2 Cor. 3: 16. Rom. 10: 21 e&x&Taffa rag X">- qdg fiov ngbg /Laov x. T. L Eph. 3: 14 XK'^TITW T yovaiu. pov nQog tov ^are'^a. trop. James 4: 5 see in 'Ejimo&iw. (Hdian. 6. 4. 3.) So by Hebraism, e. g. fii-insiv 11 TiQoaovtov agog 7i()6ff(aJiov,f(tce to face, 1 Cor. 13: 12, as Sept. for tr:$ bN 2^:53 Gen. 32: 31. Deut. 34: 10. lahtv 'a-topa Ttgbg ffioua, mouth to mouth, 2 John 12, as Sept. for n? b HD Num. 12: 8. Cornp. Matth. 427. b. b) with all verbs and words which include the idea of speaking to anyone, mostly c. ace. of pers. see below in a fin. Comp. Passow C. c. Matth. 1. c. (a) genr. e. g. after tinov Matt. 3: 15. Luke 1: 13, 18, 34. saep. AaJU'w Luke 1: 19, 55. 2: 18, 20. saep. Uyu Luke 5: 36. 7. 24. Acts 3: 25. saep. ynui, Luke 22: 70. Acts 2: 38. al. So with verbs of answering, as ujioxoivopcu Acts 3: 12. 25: 16; of accusing, as xctrTj/ope'w John 5: 45; of praying, entreating, as /?oaw Luke 18: 7. (Sept. I Sam. 12: 10.) dtopcu Acts 8: 24. forjcrig Rom. 10: 1. *r^ouai 2 Cor. 13: 7. ngovtvxn Acts 12: 5. Rom. 15: 30 ; so by Hebr. OUQUV qxavriv rcgbg to? &tov Acts 4: 24 ; comp. Heb. bp NiZJ: Is. 24: 14, and Gesen. Lex. art. N^3 nol'l. e. With words of de- claring,' making known, as avadil$tg Luke 1:80. yvwyifa Pliil. 4:6. >f>a- r/fcW Acts 23: 22 ; of command and the like, e. g. tvioh] Acts 17: 15, anoJioyia Acts 22: 1. etc. Sept. 1 Sam. 14: 19. 2 Chr. 10: 16. Hdian. 3. 6. 2. Plato Hipp. Min. p. 370. D. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14. Mem. 1. 3. 2 tv^o^on, ngog. Once c. ace. of thing, as kalitv ngbg TO ovg i. e. to speak to one in his ear, privately, Luke 12: 3. () Of mutual words and sayings, etc. Acts 2: 12 rittog nqbg Uov Jityovcsg. So ngbg a^h'jlovg to one another, one to another, Mark 8: 16. 9: 31. 15: 31. John 6: 52. 16: 17. Acts 2: 7. 4: 15. (Ceb. Tab. 2. Hdian. 5. 2. 14.) Tree? taviovg id. Mark 1: 27. 9: 7/po'c 708 Ifpo? 16,33. 14:4. 1G:3. Luke22:23. Comp. in 'Ectvrov c. (/) AftW verbs of swear- ing to any one, i. q. to promise with an oath, comp. Passow 1. c. Luke 1: 73 OQXOV ov wpoffe TIQOZ 'Afiouuft. Horn. Od. 14. 331. ih. 19.288. c) trop. after verbs and words im- plying direction of the mind or will, an affection or disposition towards any one; e. g. () favourable, implying good- will, confidence, etc. 2 Cor. 3: 4 TTC- ptvnQbgibv&fov. 7:4 nn(j- nyoq vfjug. v. 12. Gal 6: 10 0- TO uyn&ov ngbg Tuxvtag. Eph. fir D. Phil. 2: 30. 1 Thess. 1: 8 7] nlatiq 77 nQog -lov &fov. 5: 14. 2 Tim. 2: 24. Tit. 3: 2. Philem. 5. So Col. 4: 5 iv o-oqpttt TifomamTe nqbg jolg E$O). 1 Thess. 4: 12. Jos. Vit. 25 ij ngog fis nhnq. Plut. Demet. 39 nigl cpitictg TTOOC avrov. Tidian. 8. 6. 12. Xeu. Mem. 2.3. 10. (/5) Unfavourable, i. q. against. Acts 6: 1 yoyyvapbg ngbg lolg 'Efaniovg. 23: 30 Uynv T ngbg ai'iov. 24: 19. 25: 19. 1 Cor. 6: 1. Eph. 6: 11 uEQav. (/?) As forming with the accus. a periphrasis for an adverb of time, i. q. at, for ; as TTOOC XCCI-QOV, for a season, a while, briefly, Luke 8: J3. 1 Cor. 7: 5. ngbg y.aifjbv opc 1 Thess. 2. 17. ngbg WQOIV John 5: 35. Gal. 2:5. So Heb. 12: 10 ngbg ottyng rjfAEQag. v. 11 Tigbg TO nctQovfor the present, at present. James 4: 14 nobg btiyov sc. XQ OVOV ' Comp. Passow C. 4. Winer 1. c. Pol. 1. 61. 4 TTQog y.aiQov. Luc. D. Deor. 18. 1 TiQog oU/ov. Ael. V. H. 12. 63. Hdian. 1. 3. 13 TTQog TO noiQov. Thuc. 2. 22. 3. Trop. as denoting the direction, reference, relation, which one object has towards or to another. Comp. Pas- sow C. 3. a) towards, i. e. tn reference to, in res- pect to, as to, implying the direction or remote object of an action. () c. ace. of pers. Mark 12: 12 l/vcotrav cm ngbg rtviovg TIJV nuQafiob)* ilns. Acts 24: 16 any. vvvtldrjaiv fyftv ngbg rbv &tor x. T. L Rorn. 4: 2. Heb. 1: 7 ngbg ftit> rovg ay- y&ovg llyei. v. 8. nl. So il TiQog (re; il nQog iiuug ; Matt. 27: 4. John 21: 22, 23. Comp. Passow C. 3. a. Matth. 591. y. Winer p. 343. Ael. V. H. 12. 64. Xen. Metn. 4. 2. 15. Dem. 232. 7 ovdev fffTi TOUTWV .dr)nov Tipbg ipt. (/?) Seq. ace. of thing, Heb. 9: 13 ayiu&i, ngbg rijv rfg o*ox6? xct&aQoirjTi. Luke 18: 1 e>lf/ 7r^/?oi^v aviolg, ngbg TO dslv Jidviore ngoasvxto'&cu x. T. L 2 Cor. 4: 2. So after verbs of replying, Matt. 27: 14 oi'X acTifXQl&r] a\nw ngoq ovds tv QijfKx. Rom. 8: 31 ngbg TUVTH. genr. Plato Hipp. maj. p. 295. C. Xen. Mem. 1.3.3. ngbg TWUTW Hdian. 3.12.23. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 12. Here belongs the construction z Trpo? uvu v. Tf, things relating or pe.rtaining to any person or thing, e. g. T ngbg nqt]vriv i. e. either pp. conditions of peace Luke 14: 32, or trop. Luke 19: 42. TOT ngbg ir\v /ociW i. q. things necessary Acts 28: 10. T jiQog &)7jv 2 Pet. 1:3. T ngbg ibv &EOY things pertaining to God, divine things, Rom. 15: 17. Heb. 2: 17. 5: 1. etc. Cornp. in C 0, tj, TO, E. /J. ]>. 555. Sept. Ex. 18: 19 TM Tigbg dtov. Diod. Sic. 1. 72 T TiQog ri]v iuwg, i. e. at or towards the fire. Luke 22; 56. John 20: 11. So c. ace. of person, i. q. ivith, by, among, Matt. 26: 18 TTOO? as TTOtW TO 7T(7/. V. 55 7TOO? VfAUg Ixa&S- ^o^rjv didaffxuv, pp. I set myself to or among you. Mark 14: 49 ?J^v TTOOJ Iaq . . . dtdaaxwv. Acts 12: 20. 13: 31 ouvig vvv tffi fjUXQivgig aviov ngg tov Jiaov, i. e. to or towards the people. 1 Cor. 2: 3. 16: 7 elnifa xgovov iivv. CTU- fAtlvai ngbg ifttxg. 2 Cor. 1: 12. 5: 8. Gal. 1: 18. 2: 5. 4: 18. Phil. 1: 26. 2 Thess. 2: 5. Sept. for b^N Is. 19: 19. Aeschyl. Prorn. 347 or 351 bg nobs tanigovg tonovg f'or^xs. Eurip. Ion. 916. Orest. 468 or 475 ngbg de$tav ainov (nag. Soph. Elect. 931. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 8 iTio to 71005 MavTivfiav Tilxog. ih. 2. 1. 25. Here belongs the construction in Luke 18: 11, 6 ftagaffalog o~ta&elg ngbg tavibv TVT ngoayvxero, i. e. either ora- &elg ngbg taviov standing by himself, as in Eurip. Orest. above ; or, TTOO? tavxbv TVT ngoarjvxrio he prayed thus to or with himself; comp. Luc. Contempl. 18 ngbg tpaviov ye ivvow. Isocr. de Per- mut. 203 ngbg avtbv diavouff&at. (/S) Rarely and only in later usage is the idea of previous motion or direction wholly dropped, and ngog c.acc. is then i. q. Traoa c. dat. Passow 1. c. Mark 2. 2 T Tioo? -fijv -frvgav, i. e. the space at the door or gate, vestibule. 4: 1. Matt. 13: 56 al adfkcpal avrou oi>xl ncio*(u ngbg fftf Mark 6: 3. John 1: 1 o Ao/o? ngbg TOV &s6v. Philern. 13 ngbg epavibv x/6iv. See in Bruuck ad Apoll. Rh. 2. 496. NOTE. In composition ngog implies: 1. motion, direction, reference, towards, 710 to, at, etc. as nQocrayu, e'p/o/icrt, TiQoadoxdta. 2. accession, ad- dition, thereto, over and above, more, fur- ther, as Troocram'w, TTQOffcmedto), comp. Herrn. ad Vig. p. 863. no. 426 ; hence intens. as nifovneivog, n^offqit^g. 3. nearness, a being or remaining near, at, by, as ngoatdgiiKa, nqoauivw. AL. npoadfificnov, ov, TO, (nqo, ',) fore-sabbath, eve of the sabbath, i.q. Traoao-xsv?/, which see. Mark 15: 42. Judith 8: 6. IJpooayoatvWj f. zww, (a/opcwu,) to speak to any one, to address, to salute, Luc. Asin. 4. Hdian. 1. 16. 7. to call by name, to name, Jos. Ant. 15. 8. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 1. Hence in N. T. to name, to appoint, to declare, Pass. Heb. 5: 10 -JiQoanyogtv&tlg tmo &tov aQx t ~ qtvg. Comp. Matth. 420. Winer 32. 4. b. comp. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 1 yv o vouog ayvtiav nqoaayoQWii. Ilooaayco, f. |w, aor. 2 nQO- 16$. Diog. Laert. 6. 56. Plut. Quaest. Gr. 13. II. p. 308 Tauchn. , aor. 2 to go up further, higher, c. pleon. Luke 14: 10 qpt'/U, TT^OO-- avafir)-d-t UVU'HEQOV, i. e. take a higher seat, a more honourable place. Sept. pp. for !-? Ex. 19:23. Josh. 11:17. Judith 13! 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 37. of a stream, to rise, Pol. 3. 72. 4. IJpoaaraMoxco, f. Awo-w, (uvaU- , (avail- ,) pp. to lay up in addition ; Mid. to take upon oneself besides, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 8. In N. T. only Mid. aor. 2 nQoaavf&tprjv, trop. to lay before in addition, to impart or communicate fur- ther, sc. on one's own part. a) genr. c. ace. et dat. Gal. 2: 6 ruol yaQ ol doxovvreg ovdsv ngoaavidsvio. Comp. aviSiuiiv in v. 2. b) by way of consultation, i. q. to confer with, to consult, c. dat. Gal. 1: 16 oi 1 TTOoiravffteuyv vaQxl xloi'$ nyoudt/eiat. Sept. for ris-i Mai. 1: 8. Ez. 43: 27. Diod. Sic. 1 T 8.*54. Thuc. 2. 12. Xen. H. G. 1. 5. 9. So in hospitality, to re- ceive kindly, to entertain, as a guest, Rom. 16: 2. Phil. 2: 29. Sept. for ^ 1 Chr. 12: 18. c) of things future, i. q. to wait for, to expect, c. ace. Luke 12: 36 aj#ow7roi$ TTQoadi^ofisvotg TOV xt'ota* avxuv non n. T. L Acts 23: 2J. So a future good, with the idea of faith, confidence, as T>)V (jnaiXflav tov &eov Mark 15: 43. Luke 23: 51. naQaxlrjo'iv Luke 2: 25. AI'TOOWM' 2:38. irjv fiaxagLav t^nLSa Tit. 2: 13. TO thos TOV xvylov Jude 21. 2 Mace. 8: 11. Pol. 21. 8. 7. Hdian. 3. 1. 2. Xen. Apol. 33. flpoodoxcecOj (O 9 f. t/ffw, (doxei'eo, Soxd^M,) pp. to u?rtJc& toward or for any thing, i. q. to look for, to expect. a) absol. or c. inf. i. q. to think, to suppose, Matt. 24: 50 iv iipign T) ov rtQoadoxa. Luke 3: 15. 12: 46. Acts 28: 6. c. inf. ibid, ol 8e ngoffsdoxtav ctiiov t. c. inf. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 5. Hdian. 2. 2. 9. Xen. An. 7. 6. 11. In the sense of hope, Acts 27: 33, c. inf. 3:5. c. inf. Hdian. 2. 1. 21. Xen. An. 6. 1. 16. b) c. ace. i. q. to wait for, to await, e. g. persons, Matt. 11:3 al d o ^o/if- vog, i) fTsqov nQoadoxtopsv ; Luke 7: 19, 20. 1: 21 KQOGOOXWV TOV Zaxaglctv. 8: 40. Acts 10: 24. Ace. of thing, 2 Pet. 3: 12 T?JV naQOVffitxv. v. 13, 14. Sept. Ps. 119: 165. 2 Mace. 15:8, 20. Jos. B. J. 5. 13. 1. Hdian. 4. 11. 7. ffpoadoxt'a, as, $, (nooadoxuta,) a looking for, ejcpectaiion, in N. T. only of evil, Luke 21:26 ano cpofiov xal n. sVwv. Melon. Acts 12: 11 T/) ; itQoadoxlag tov laoi, i. e. the evils which the Jews look for to corne upon me. Sept. meton. for Heb. HMJ^ Gen. 49: 10. pp. Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 4*. : Pol. 1. 31. 3. of good, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 19. see 770ooToc/. , to, f. affta, (caw,) to per- mit or suffer further, c. dat. Acts 27: 7 fjirf 7roo(TwKro5 TJ/HV avtftov, i. e. the wind not suffering us to proceed fur- ther on that course. f. , f(>/^w,) to come near unto any one, c. dat. Mark 2: 4. Sept. for }: Gen. 33:6, 7. Josh. 3: 4. Pol/39. 1.4. rfpootfigfUCOj f. two), sitting by, from efya,) to sit near, by, Lit. adsideo, e. g. by other persons Dem. 313. 11 ; by a city as besiegers, c. dat. Jos. B. J. 7. 2. 1 init. In N. T. to wait near, to attend, to serve, c. dat. 1 Cor. 9: 13 ol TW ^iwaoTTjo/w rtQoo'fdQWOVTEg, i. q. ol T icqa Igya^opevot. Comp. in HaQs- flosrw. Jos. c. A p. 1. 7 Ti) &toanuu rov #ou ngoasdQtvoviag. Diod. Sic. 5. 46 n. lalg tuv ^wv -frtganelcug. Ifpoacpya&fiai, f. do-opai, de- pon. Mid. ('o/o/uat,) to work out there- to, to gain more by labour, Hdot. 6. 61. Xeu. H. G. 3. 1.28. In N. T. genr. to gain thereto, besides, in addition,*Luke 19: 16 TI pvu ffov TiQOfffQ/ucrono d&xa ftvag. 17poop/of*ai, f. dwffouai, de- pon. Mid. (fQzoucci q. v.) to come to or 712 near Jo any place or person, to approach^ intrans. a) pp. and seq. dat. after TIQOI; in comp. see Matth. 402 ; e. g. dat. of place, Heb. 12: 18 ou yug nqoffdTjlv&a- T y/?;Jla(pw ( ueVw oqei. v. 22. (Hdian. 2. 6. 11.) Seq. dat. of pers. Matt. 4: 3 xeu ngofffji&uv avro) 6 7retwj', fins. 8: 5. Mark 14:45. Luke 23: 52. John 12:21. Acts 9: 1. Absol. or c. dat. impl. Matt. 4: 1 1 ayy&oi ngoai\^ov xcet x. T. L Mark 1:31. Luke 8: 24. 10:34. Acts 7: 31. 28: 9. al. Sept. usually seq. ngog, for J3 Gen. 29: 10. 43: 19. anp Num. 9:6'. Deut. 1:22. c. dat. Ael.'tf. H. 9. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27. In the sense of to visit, to have intercourse with, Acts 24:23. 10:28. b) trop. (a) of God or Christ, to come to God, to draw near unto, in prayer, sacrifices, worship, devotion of heart and life ; seq. dat. Heb. 7:25 rovg 7tQOfffQ%OfASVOVg $L CtVlOV TW #W. 11: 6. c. TW #co> impl. Heb. 10: 1, 22! So 4: 16 7T0 tig ntiQaa^ov. James 5: 17 c. TOI-, see in C 0, ij, TO, G. c. ft. p. 556. The subject or person for whom one prays is put with a proposition ; as Titgl c. gen. Col. 1: 3 ntol rfiwv nQowxoptyoi. Heb. 13: 18. ntQt Jtrog 'ivu Col. 4: 3. 2 Thess. 3: 1. ntql rtvog oruog Acts 8: 15. Sept. Gen. 20: 7. Jer. 42: 20. VTJIQ c. gen. Matt. 5: 44. VJISQ jivog IVa Col. 1:9. Sept. Jer. 42: 4. tnl c. ace. James 5: 14 7iQow f ; pp. to hold to any person or thing, i. q. to apply oneself, to give or devote oneself to any thing ; e. g. seq. dat. of thing, otVoj jroAAw 1 Tim. 3: 8. T/J uvctyvuffst 4: 13. TW &vo~itto~ji]- Qtu) i. q. to give attendance, to minister, Heb. 7: 13. Polyaen. 8. 56 ^9/7 xal fiK&t]. Hdian. 2. 11. 6 /cwo//. Xen. Mern. 4. 1. 2. Seq. dat. of pers. i. q. to adhere to, to follow, Acts 8: 10, 11. 1 Tim. 4: 1 TtQOffsxorisg nmvfUHn nluvoig. oOO, CO, f. WffW, (jjAdw, 7 to nail to any tiling, to affix with nails, c. ace. et dat. Col. 2: 14 Trooo-^waa? av- TO TW crittvow. 3 31acc. 4: 9. Diod. Sic. 4. 47. Dem. 549. 1. ,, OUy b, 17, (7IOOt7SO/0- /zcu,) pp. * one who cornes to another country or people,' a stranger, sojourn- 714 er, Sept. for na Ex. 12: 48, 49. 20: 10. In N. T. only in the later Jewish sense, a proselyte, a convert from Paganism to Judaism, Matt. 23: 15. Acts 2: 11. 6: 5. 13:43. The same are called ol affiop- tvot, IQV &e6r Acts 13: 1C, 50. Jos. Ant. 14. 7. 2 ; also 'lortatfrmt Jos. B. J. 2. 18.2. comp. B. J. 2. 20. 2. Tac. Hist. 5. 5. The Rabbins distinguish two kinds of proselytes, viz. pT.n n ^.a proselytes of right, i.e. complete, perfect proselytes, who embraced the Jewish religion in its full extent, and enjoyed all the rights and privileges of Jewish citizenship, comp. Ex. 12:48. Jos. Ant. 20. 2. 5; and also i'ljin n H3 proselytes of sojourning, called also nsjsjfl n< 7^ proselytes of the gate, i. e. foreigners dwelling among the Jews, who with- out being circumcised conformed to certain Jewish laws and customs, es- pec. those which the Rabbins call the "seven precepts of Noah," viz. to avoid blasphemy against God, idolatry, homi- cide, incest, robbery, resistance to mag- istrates, and the eating of blood or things strangled. See Buxtorf Lex. Chald. col. 407 sq. Jahn 325. Michae- lis MOB. Recht IV. p. 12 sq. or Com- ment. on the Laws of Mos. III. p. 64 sq. On the baptism of proselytes and its probable antiquity, see Buxt. I. c. Light- foot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 3: 6. Selden de Jure Nat. et Gent. II. 2. Stuart in Bibl. Repos. IIL p. 338 sq. $j ov, 6. ?/, adj. for a season, i. e. transient, temporary, enduring for a while, Matt. 13:21. Mark 4: 17. 2 Cor. 4: 18 opp. altovioq. Heb. 31: 25. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 4. Act. Thorn. 15. Hdian. 1. 1. 6. >j Co, f. iaw, ( to call to, to summon, to send for, Sept. Esth. 8: 1. Xen. Lac. 13. 5. In N. T. only Mid. 7iQoaxuA.tOfj.ut, ofyuwt, to call any one to oneself, to call for, to summon, c. ace. of pers. Matt. 10: 1 xcu nyovy.ulov- jucvo? TOI'? <5w<5*x [Att&T}iag aviov. 15: 10, 32. 18: 2, 32. 20: 25. Mark 3: 13, 23. 6:7. 7:14. 8:1,34. 10:42. 12:43. 15:44. Luke 7:19. 15: 2G. 1G:5. 18: 16. Acts 5: 40. 6:2. 13:7. 20:1. 23:17, 18, 23. Jarnes 5: 14. Sept. for K-O Gen. 28: 1. Esth. 4: 5. 2 Mace. S: I. Luc. Pise. 39. Xen. An. 7. 7. 1. Trop, of God, to call, to invite, sc. men to em- brace the gospel, Acts 2: 39. Also to call one to any office or duty, i. q. to appoint, to choose ; so in perf. Pass. 7iooo*x'x>l7jjuea as Mid. Buttm. 136. 3. Acts 16: 10. 13: 2 fig TO I'oyov [tig] o TiQOffXBxJiiintti avrovg, where for fig omit- ted see in *0g II. I.e./. p. 582. Sept. and fin Joel 3:5 [2:32]. y f. Tfos'w,) to be strong or firm towards any thing, to endure or persevere in or with, i. q. to be continually in, with, near any person or thing, intrans. E. g. of a work, business, to continue in, to persevere in, to be constantly engaged, occupied ; seq. dat. as irj Trooom^jj Acts 1: 14. 6: 4. Rom. 12: 12.' Col. 4:2.' rf didaxy Acts 2: 42. Seq. fig avjo TOVTO for this very purpose Rom. 13: 6. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 6. Pol. 1. 55. 4. Xen. H. G. 7. 5. 14. Of place, iv to) itQty Acts 2: 46. Susann. 6 iv TJJ oixfa. Of person, i. q. to re- main near, to wait upon, so as to be in readiness, c. dat. Mark 3: 9 iV nloidgi- UTw. By impl. to at- tend upon, to adhere to any one, c. dat. Acta 8: 13 TW toillnntp. 10: 7. Pol. 24. 5. 3. Dem. 1386. 16. " For the dat. after TTOO? in comp. see Matth. 402. perseverance, continuance in any thing. Eph. 6: 18 cV naffr) TIQOG- jtDcQTtQ^ffei xt dtyffti, i. q. nQOffxaQTZ oovvtsg if) (Jcijffct. y.(cp. 6. )3. 4 buaioacpevTos di TOU 7roo(rxvxTrai avTov nsawv Inl a>g B&og. Ael. V. H. 1. 21. Pol. 10. 17. 8. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 14. From the Heb. construed seq. ivumiov nvog Luke 4: 7, fvuntov ibiv rtodwv jivog Rev. 3: 9. So* Sept. for T25 m^n % i;n Ps. 22: 30. 86: 9. b) spoken of those who pay rever- ence and homage to the Deity, reivder divine honours, etc. to worshrpffo rrdore r primarily with the idea of prostration, which however is often dropped j comp. Sept. and ninruprr Gen. 47:31. I K. 1; 47. () OrGo'oVabsoL John 4: 20 bis, ol nuisgtg rjfAMv sv TO> OQH rourw TiQoa- exvvrjffav x. T. L v. 24 del ngoffxvvtlv. 12: 20. Acts 8:27. 24:11. Rev. 11:1. Sept. and 'risn Ps. 95:6. 138:2. (Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 4.) Prae^n. Heb. 11: 21 xt TTQOO-- txvvrjvav Inl TO SXQOV Tijg jjajSdov aviov, he worshipped [leaning] upon the top of fas staff, in allusion to Gen 47: 31 where Sept. for nihnpn, comp. 1 K. 1:47. Seq. dat. see above in a ; so with words expressing prostration, 1 Cor. 14:25 ntauv tnl ngoffMnov nQGay.vvr\acu, TW ^w. Rev. 4: 10. 5: 14 in text. rec. 7:11. 11: 16. 19: 4. Simply, John 4:21 ngoff- xvvrifftTe TW naryl. v. 23. Rev. 14: 7. 19: 1 TW xhw 7iQoaxvvr]0'ov. 22 : 9. So Sept. 'and 'rriin Gen. 24: 26. 1 Sam. 1: 19. Is. 27: 13. (Jos. Ant. 6. 7.5 TW #w.) Seq. accus. see above in a. Matt. 4: 10 toy ^eov ffov nQoo*xvvr'iffig. Luke 4: 8. John 4: 22 bis, 23, 24. (Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 2 TOV #oY Xen. An. 3. 2. 9 ibv &eov.) Seq. svuniov vov Rev. 15:4, see above in a, fin. (/3) Of the Messiah, c. dat. Heb. 1: 6. (/) Of angels, with inwov fyngoff&tv, c. dat. Rev. 19: 10. absol. 22: 8 __ (8) Of false gods, idols ; seq. dat. see in a. Acts 7: 43 oi-c enoir ( ffersons, to continue with any one, c. dat. Matt. 15: 32. Mark 8: 2. Trop. to remain faithful to any one, to adhere to, Acts 11:23. For the dat. after nqog, see Matth. 402. Wisd. 3: 9. Jos. Ant. 14. 2. 1. Metaph. to con- tinue in any thing, i. q. to be constant in, to persevere, c. dat. 1 Tim. 5: 5 tat? ds- i. Acts 11: 23 in later edit, for ini- in text. rec. 718 Dem. 1393. 15. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 28 q>l- lyv Aiapov r7 ito'ku. Usually depon. Mid. TipOGTioit'ofACu, ovpat, to make to oneself, to acquire for oneself, Hdot. 9. 37. Thuc. 1. 8. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 28 Xa\x^ovlovg yttovc;. Also to make to oneself or make pretension to be so and so, i. q. to claim or arrogate to oneself, Xen. An. 2. 1. 7. Hence in N. T. de- pon. Mid. to make as if, to make a show of being or doing any thing, to feign, seq. inf. Luke 24: 28 nQoanoitito noygoj- -IBQU noQtvtff&at. Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 1 vo- aelv. Pint. Timol. 5 //v. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 5, 12. i 9 ovpai, f. ewo- /uou, depon. Pass. (noQsvw q. v.) to go or come to any one, c. dat. Mark 10: 35. Comp. Matth. 402. Sept. for ;zJ2 3 Ex. 24: 14. Ecclua. 12: 18, Pol. 4. 3.~13. ty f. ?iiw, (^/wfit q. v.) to break or burst towards or upon any thing, to dash against, as waves, intrans. c. dat. Matth. 402. Luke 6: 48, 49 nQOffeqqri&v o noTctfjibg ty otx/a. Trans. Aquil. Ps. 2: 9. Jos. Ant. 6.9. a ib. 9. 4. 6. ?;, q. v. ) fern, to n^oo^ajrjg a presider, prefect, magistrate, Sept. 2 Chr. 8: 10. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 32 ; a curator, guardi- an, patron, Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 2. Dem. 199. 21. Xen. H. G. 5. 1. 36. espec. Plut. Romul. 13. Hence fern, npoorcmff, genr. a patroness, helper, succourer, Rom. 16: 2. Luc. Charid. 10 ^ . . . ow. Bis ace us. 29. . TCCO, to arrange or set in order towards, to any person or thing; hence i. q. to order towards or to any one, to command, to prescribe to ; seq. dat. of pers. Matt. 1: 24 wff nqoviiaStv atrw o ay 7 'dog. 21: 6. impl. Luke 5: 14. Seq. accus. et dat. in Pass, constr. Acts 10: 33 navia. to, TiQOffTsruy fiBva trot vno lov &sov. c. dat. impl. Matt. 8: 4 o TtgoffsTa^s Mwvaijg. Mark 1: 44. Seq. inf. c. ace. Acts 10: 48. Sept. for rfl X c. dat. Gen. 50: 2. Num. 5: 2. ace. et dat. Lev. 10: 1. Deut. 17: a c. inf. Esth. 3: 2. c. dat. Dem. 363. 26. c. ace. et dat. Xen. Lac. 6. 2. c. inf. 2 Mace. 15:5. inf. et dat. Plut. Galb. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2. Spoken of times or seasons, to prescribe or appoint to any one, c. dat. impl. Acts 17: 26 oglcrag ngoaTsra/^st'ovg xalgovg. Text. rec. [ y f. #?;crw, imperf. nQoatTl&riv Acts 5: 14, also 3 pers. TiQoarii&n Acts 2: 47. Ael. V. II. 3. 18. comp. Buttm. 106. n. 5. To set, put, lay unto or with any thing, trans. a) pp. seq. ngog c. ace. Acts 13: 36 xul TiQOffsre&r) ngog rovg nmegag ctviov, sc. Jafild. So Sept. for p)OK Judg. 2: 10. 1 Mace. 2: 69. Comp. Winer 58. p. 364. Buttm. < 147. n. 12. b) genr. i. q. to join unto, to add unto, e. g. persons, c. ace. et dat. Acts 2: 47 o ds xvgiog nQovzil&si tovg ffto. x# J fj[i. TJJ Ixxlyvlct. 5: 14 et 1 1: 24 TW XVQIM. impl. 2:41.' Sept. for nib: Num. 18: 2. Is. 14: 1. (1 Mace. 2: 43! ' Jos. Vit. 25.) Of things, c. ace. et dat. Luke 17: 5 TiQOG&sg yulv nlaTiv. Pass. c. dat. Matt. 6: 33 xal lotvxa nana nQO$ *n v (pdlayya.) So to bring or conduct to or before any one, c. ace. et dat. Matt. 18: 24. Luke 23: 14. inl iiva 12: 11. b) i. q. to offer, to present to any one, c. ace. et dat. e. g. o|o$ Luke 23: 36 ; XQripuTci money Acts 8: 18. Suga gifts Matt. 2: 11. So Sept. nqoay. dupa for tfvs- Gen. 43: 26. Judg. 3: 7. Xen. Mern. 3. 11. 14. Of things offered to God, oblations, sacrifice, etc. seq. ace. et dat. TOI &e &CM or nQog tov x^cov irnpl. seq. ace. simpl. Matt. 5: 23, 24 TT^OO-- (ffQf TO 8&QOV o-ov. 8: 4. Heb. 8: 3 bis, 4. 9:25. 10:1,11. 11: 17 bis. Pass. Heb. 9: 9, 28. 10: 2, 8. The person or thing for or on account of which offering is made, is put with VTM'O v. negi, e. g. unip TWO? c. ace. Heb. 5: 1 Trooaqp. dwooe TS xcu &valag vntq w/zaoTiwv. 9: 7. 10:12. c. ace. imp). 5: 3. Pass. Acts 21: 26. nfpi iivoq c. ace. Mark 1: 44 yrooam/xe TlfQt TOU Xa&ttQlffftOV ffOV U X. T. 1. C. ace. impl. Luke 5: 14. Heb. 5: 3. So Sept. genr. for N^3n Lev. 2: 8. Mai. 1:13. y-lpn Lev. "2: 11, 12. Num. 15: 4. 31: 50. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 3 nqoa(f. iw #ew tl'xfp* A nt< 3. 9. 3 (Qtcpov. c) Mid. c. dat. trop. to bear oneself towards any one, i. e. to conduct towards, to deal with any one so and so. Heb. 12: 7 wj viol? vplv Trooffqpe'ocTat 6 &eog. Jos. B. J. 7. 8. 1. Hdian. 7. 4. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 11. IIgO(j(fi/.rj y to?, ouc, o, 77, adj. (nQog, qptJU'w,) pp. dear to any one, be- loved, Jos. Ant. l._18. 1 '/xw/3o 8s vy prjTtQi 7iQOffq>ilrig r^v. Hdot. 1. 163. In N. T. of things, acceptable, grateful, pleasing, Phil. 4: 8. Hdian. 5. 1. 7. Pol. 22. 5. 7. Xen. Oec. 15. 4. lIgoG(poga y a? 9 f], (7tgoff(p{()(a,) an offering, oblation, i. e. a) pp. the act of offering to God. Heb. 10: 10 diet if t $ Trooo-qpooof? TOU ffw- fj.cnos I- Xq. v. 14. trop. Rorn. 15: 16. Ecclus. 46: 16 iv b) rneton. for the thing offered, an of- fering, oblation, strictly without blood, opp. to &valu and oloxttVJWfAaia, Eph. 720 llpoaconov 5:2 TtQoay. xal &vala, Heb. 10: 5, 8. So Sept. for nh:n Ps. 40: 7. Song of 3 Child. 14. 'Also a sacrifice, with blood, i. q. #wr/a, Acts 21: 26 itog ov 7lQOl upnniittg Hob. 10: 18; eomp. Lev. c. 4. c. 9. Ecclus. 31: 18, 19. tO), co, f. jjVw, pp. to utter sounds towards uny one, i. e. to speak to or address nny one. a) genr. c. dat. expr. or irnpl. Luke 13: 12 7igofffqxavi]fff xal ftitsv aviy. 23: 20. Acts 21: 40. 22: 2. Esdr. 2: 21. Diod. Sic. 4. 48 init. In the sense to call out to uny one, to exclaim, c. dat. Matt. 11: 16. Luke 7: 32. The earlier constructioti wasnQoaqxavtlvriva, Matth. 402. b, note. Diod. Sic. 4. 48 pen. b) i. q. to call any one to oneself, seq. ace. Luke 6: 13 TiQoo-fyuvrjffs lovg ua- &T)idg. Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 4 i'va itav i?, coc, t, nqoaxw to pour out towards or upon, to sprinkle towards, Sept. Ex. 24:6,) a pouring out towards, i. q. affusion, sprinkling, n. io\> ai]uoTo$ Heb. 11: 28. Comp/ Ex. 12: 7,22. Ilgooyccucd, f. avow, (yavm,) to touch to or upon any thing, intrans. c. dat. Luke 11: 46 ov Ttgoayavfis ^o'ig ioig. Soph. Philoct. 1054 or 1068. fcOy co, f. fao), (no trou, tct/Ti or i7i thy presence, i. q. tpiffc thee, Acts 2: 28, quoted from Ps. 1C: 1 1 where Sept. for ^:B ruV . npo TigoGtonov rivog before the face of any one, i. q. simpl. TTQO rivog, before any one ; so of place, Matt. 11: 10 anotnsJi- Aft) 10V ayyt.).OV pOV 7TOO TlQOfftottOV (TOV. Mark 1: 2. Luke 1: 76. 7: 27. 9: 52. 10: 1 ; once of time, Acts 13: 24. See fully in 77^0 no. 1, and 2. /5. Winer p. 488. Comp. genr. Gesen. Lex. n:s lett. A, B, C, etc. (ft) In construction with verbs, with or without an inter- vening preposition, and with a genit. of pers. expr. or implied ; here too it forms a periphrasis for the person designated hy the genitive. So in the phrase o'pai/ v. I3t7v TO TiQonomov nvo$, to see the face of any one, i. q. to see him face to face, to see and converse with any one, Acts 20: 25,38. Col. 2: 1. 1 Thess. 2: 17. 3: 10. So Sept. o V. OQCfV TO 7l()6(JWTl6t> TOII &tOV, to be- hold the face of God, i. q. to have access to God, to be admitted to his presence, Matt. 18: 10. Rev. 22: 4; see fully in ZUeVrcu no. 2. a. 'Opaw a. /5. In a like sense, Heb. 9: 24 i^avia&r\vai TM ngov- WTTW tov &eov VTISQ ^/zwv, q. d. before God ; see more in 'fc'/uqpavt^w a. Else- where including the idea of external condition and circumstances ; so fikt- 7i fiv fig Tip. T/ros, to regard the person i. e. the external appearance of any one, Matt. 22: 16. Mark 12: 14 ; see in 91 no. 2. h. Jude 16, see in Octv t ua(o b. TTOOffmTTo't/ Tiros, Luke 20: 21 . Gal. 2: 6 ; see fully in ^tn^avm no. 1. e. /?. (y) Once ahsol. as in the later Greek, a per- son, 2 Cor. 1:11 ex irol.\b)v nQOffwnwv TO ft? jyw^jfiifu^uc, the gift to us from many persons. Pol. 5. 107. 3 ttfrovv fi/ffiovot xal nyoffwrtov. 15. 25. 8. Longin. 14. Artemid. 2. 36. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 380. c) of things, face, surface, Luke 21: 35 7il nQoawnov naar t g tr t q yrjg. Acts 17:26. So Sept. and p:s Gen. 2: 6. 11: 4, 8. Hence i. q. the exterior, exter- nal appearance, Matt. 16: 3 TO ftsv T*Q. TOV ovQavov. Luke 12: 56. James 1:11. So Sept. and Q^S Ps. 104: 30. v. TTCOy f. ?w, to arrange or set in order before, in front, Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 3. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 15. In N. T. of time, to appoint before, Pass. perf. part, xatoot ngornctyfievoi times be- fore appointed, prescribed, Acts 17: 26 in text. rec. Comp. in Tlooorao'O'w fin. 2 Mace. 8: 36. , f. evw, (mVw,) to protend, to stretch forth or out, e. g. the hand, Dem. 332. 9. Xen. 7. 5. 39. to stretch forward, to prolong, e. g. a bridge, Pol. 3. 46. 2. In N. T. to stretch out or ex- tend before any one, e. g. a person bound with thongs in order to be scourged, c. ace. et dat. of instr. Acts 22: 25 wj Ss avrov tolg paffiv, see n Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 272. Soph. Aj. 1270. Xen. Eq. 6. 11. g, ce, ov, comparat. form- ed from 7T00, Buttm. 69. 2. Matth. 132 ; before, fore, forward, of place Horn. Od. 19. 228 nods? ngottQOi, the fore-feet. In N. T. and comm. of time, before, former, prior. a) pp. Eph. 4: 22 XT ir\v ngo-rsQav uvtt Neh. 13: 5. iUKn Deut. 9: 18. 10; 3, Jos. 722 Ant. 7. U.l. Pol. 2. 55. 5. Xen. An. 1. 3. 18. (/J) With the art. o, 1} TTOO- Tfgov as adj. former, Buttm. 125. G. Heb. 10:32 tag Trooifoov fjusQaq. 1 Pet. 1: 14 taig nq. em&vuloug. Sept. Num. 6: 12. Luc. 7; q- v.) pp. #o oe#tn fee/ore, to do first, Dem. 314. 9. Thuc. 3. 40. to be or exist before, to precede in time, Hdian. 1. 14.4. Thuc. 1. 138. In N. T. only with a participle of another verb, thus forming a peri- phrasis for a finite tense of that verb ; comp. in '/Vra^w, and Matth. 551. e. 559. a. _Viger". p. 308._ So Luke 23: 12 Troot/7r%rov tv *Z&(>fi'oa,) to bear or bring forth, sc. out of any place or thing, seq. ace. et Ix c. gen. Luke 6: 45 bis. Sept. Prov. 10:4. Tob. 9:5. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 211 fc yavfQov. p. 11. E, MffTltQ X TttUUOV 7TOO- i'a, a?, i}, (ngocfrjievta,) a prophesying, prophecy, i. e. a) pp. a foretdling of future events, prediction, but including also from the Heb. the idea of prophetic revelations, declarations, exhortations, warnings, ut- tered by the prophets while acting un- der divine influence ; see in JtyofTOfr E. g. of the prophecies of the O. T. Matt. 13: 14 avcmlrjQOViai, avwlq f} UQO- yrjTela 'Hooi'iov. 2 Pet. 1: 20 nu TTQOCprjTsluv 'jgptyoTOVg B/OVTO?, i. c. hav- ing Echecrates as prophet, sc. of Apol- lo. Luc. Alex. 60. c) melon, a prophesying, the exer- cise of the prophetic office, the acting as an ambassador of God and the inter- preter of his mind and will, Rev. 11: 6. So Sept. and inNto: Ezra 6: 14. Ec- clus. 46: 20. Spec, the exercise of the prophetic gift or Charisma in the prim- itive church, 1 Cor. 14: 6. 1 Thess. 5: 20. lfpO(f)t]TCUfO) f. tvffd), (nooyriirjs,) to act as prophet, to prophesy, intrans. a) pp. to foretell future events, to pre- dict ; but often including also from the Heb. the idea of exhorting, reprov- ing, threatening, or indeed the whole utterance of the prophets while acting under divine influence as ambassadors of God and interpreters of his mind and will ; see in y/^oqpTju;?. Sept. every- where for N23, ttzrn.T, see Gesen. Lex. So of the prophets" of the O. T. Matt. 11: 13 7IVT "/OtQ Ol nQO(f1]Tnt X O VO~ ftog Bwg^Iwiivvov ngofcprjTsi'irav. 15: 7 et Mark 7: 6 nsol vpwv. 1 Pet. 1: 10. Jude 14. In a like sense, of persons acting by a divine influence as prophets and ambassadors of God under the N. T. Rev. 10: 11 del as no.\iv 71^09771? t'ow enl laols x.T.L 11:3. Also Acts 2:17, 18, quoted from Joel 3: 1 [2: 28] where Sept. for soa . So Sept. genr. for K2: , Nz:nri, 1 K. 22: 12, 18. Ezra 5: 1. Je'r. 11: ali Ex. 11:4. saep.- Ecclus. 47: 1. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 5. ib. 10. 2. 2. Once of the high priest, with whose office the gift of prophecy was supposed to be connected, John 11: 51. See Jos. B. J. 1. 2. 8. comp. Ant. 3. 8. 1. As includ- ing the idea of praise to God accompa- nied by prediction, Luke 1: 67 ; comp. Sept. and KB: , aornrr, 1 Sam. 10: 5, 6, 11. 19:20/21. Of false prophets, Matt. 7: 22. Sept. and 833 Jer. 14: 14, 15. So of heathen prophets, Diod. Sic. 17. 51 o [.lev 7i$o(pr]Tsv(ov uvij^ i. e. the prophet or interpreter of the god. Hdian. 5. 5. 21. Plut. de Def. Orac. S'JB^sx^a- TOV? nootpttivovio?, T. HI. p. 141. Tauchn. Spoken in mockery by the soldiers to Jesus, q. d. to divine, to give a response, c. dat. Matt. 26: 68. Mark 14: 65. Luke 22: 64. Comp. ngoyyTela Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1, spoken of the response of the prophet to Saul respecting the lost asses. b) spec, of the prophetic gift or Cha- risma imparted by the Holy Spirit to the primitive Christians, Acts 19: 6 ?]/l#e TO nv. it/, in* aiiTOVc, lldlow re /Awcr- aau$ xt TiQosyriTsvov. 21: 9. 1 Cor. 1 1: 4, 5. 13: 9. 14: 1, 3, 4, 5 bis, 24, 31, 39. See in //oopjrg c. to foretell,) a prophet, pp. a foreteller of fu- ture events; so in Greek writers, Anac. 43:11. Plato Charmid. 46. p. 174. C, TOl'ff 5s M$ >lj?#WJ /uavTS . . . 7f0(jpJTS twy (jtttoi'icov. Hence i. q. ftdvti?, pp. one who utters raving the responses of an oracle, as Plato 1. c. Luc. D. Deor. 13. 1. Hdot. 8. 36, 37. comp. Diod. Sic. 16. 26. Also an interpreter of the gods or of o puvrii;, i. e. one who explains the obscure oracles uttered by 6 pavns, Dion. Hal. Ant. 2.73; espec. Plato Tim. p. 72. B, or VII. p. 76. Tauchn. comp. Diod. Sic. 1. 2. In Sept. and N. T. 7tgo(pt]T^ corresponds to Heb. iO33 , pp. one who speaks from a divine influence, under inspiration, whether as foretell- ing future events, or as exhorting, re- proving, threatening individuals or na- tions, i.e. as the ambassador of God and the interpreter of his will to men ; comp. Ez. c. 2. Gesen. Lex. art. iOS:. With the Jewish use of fiO^D and' 7r(>og)>j- tr\q was connected the idea, that the prophet spoke not his own thoughts, but what he received from God, re- taining however his own consciousness and self-possession ; see Philo Opp. IV. 724 116. Pfeiff. tdiov i tregov. Cornp. Ex. 7: 1. 2 Pet. 1: 20, 21. espec. 1 Cor. 14:32. In a wider sense Heb. KT3D , Sept. ngoyi)- Ti]S, is put for any friend of God, to whom God makes known his will, e. g. of Abraham Gen. 20: 7 ; of the patri- archs Ps. 105: 15. Hence in N. T. a) of the prophets of the O. T. (a) pp. as Isaiah, Matt. 1: 22. 3: 3. Luke 3: 4. John 1: 23. al. Jeremiah, Matt. 2:17. 27:9; Joel, Acts 2:16; Micah, Matt. '-': :> ; Jonah, Matt. 12:39. Luke 11:29; Zechariah, Matt. 21: 4 ; Daniel, Matt. 24:15. Mark 13:14. So of Samuel, Acts 13:20; David, Acts 2:30; Elisha, Luke 4: 27 ; Asaph, Matt. 13: 35 ; also of Balaam, 2 Pet. 2: 16 ; comp. Num. c. 22. Plur. genr. Matt. 2: 23. 5: 12. 23: 29 sq. Mark 8: 28. Luke 1:70. Rom.l: 2. Heb. 1: 1. James 5: 10. 1 Pet. 1: 10. al. So Sept. and tfvqa 1 K. 16:7, 12. Is. 38:1. Jer. 1: 5. saepJ Ecclus. 48:1, 22. 2 Mace. 15: 14. Jos. Ant. 6. 2. 1. ib. 6. 3. 1 6 de TiQocprjTtjg Zapovifiog. ( a0 > #t at \tivai\ vnrjQ&irjv. Perf. pass, in pas- sive sense, c. dat. Acts 3: 20 in later edit. comp. Buttm. 113. n. 6. Sept. for npb Josh. 3: 12. 2 Mace. 3:7. Pol. 1.11.3! Diod. Sic. 12. 27. Perf. pass. Pol. 3. 40. 14. flpo'/ipojoi>f'(0, to, f. Tjo-w, Qm- (JOTovsw, q. v.) to choose before, first, Dem. 703. 18. Aeschin. 4. 11. In N. T. to choose beforehand, Pass. Acts 10: 41 itaQtvffi idlq nQoxtzEiQoiovrjuevoig i'Tio TOV &eov, i. e. fore-chosen. flgo%ogo?, ov } o, Prochorus, pr. n. of one of the seven primitive dea- cons at Jerusalem, Acts 6: 5. IlgVfJLVa, ye, y, (pp. fem. vos, i], 6v, last, hindmost,) i. q. T/ vcu'c, the hindmost part of a ship, the stern, Mark 4: 38. Acts 27: 29, 41. Pol. 1. 49. 11. Xen. An. 5. 8. 20. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 331. fiscal, adv. (TTOO,) early, in the morn- ing, Lat. mane. a) pp. and absol. Matt. 16:J3. Mark 1: 35. 1 1: 20. 16: 2, 9. John 20: 1. So Sept. for -ip v a 1 K. 3: 21. Is. 5: 1 1 ; of- tener TO ngoi'C Ex. 8: 20. Is. 37: 36. al.- Jos. Vit. 17. Ael. V. H. r 3. 23. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 10. TO TTQ. H. G. 1. 1. 30. With prepositions: '/( TT^&H Matt. 20: 1, see in X ua D - a>JI ' "^w* Acts 28: 23, see in 3 Ano II. c. tm TO ngw'i' Mark 15: 1, comp. Buttm. 125. 7. So Sept. els TO 7T0. Ex. J6: 19. Lev. 7: 5. ev TW nQ. Ecc. 11:6. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 46 sq. b) melon, for the morning watch^ which ushers in the dawn, Mark 13: 35. See in Ifgcot'a, see in 7/owto?. //(poijuoCj i], OV y (nqta'C,) early, spoken of the early rain, vsjogng. Jamea 5: 7 ; see in "Oyifiog. So Sept. v. TTQ. for mi^ DTpJ Deut. 11: 14. Jer. 5:24. Arr. Peripl/Eryth. p. 157. Xen. Oec. 17. 4. A poetic and later form instead of Att. Troono?, Lob. ad Phr. p. 52. morning, Rev. 2: 28 TOV woreoa Toy nqn- 'ivov. Rev. 22: 16 in later edit, for oo- &QIVOS in text. rec. Sept. for np : s Ex. 29:49. 1 Sam. 11:11. Hos. 6:4. Athen. 1. 41. Plut. Symp. VIII. qn. 6. 5. p. 899 Reisk. A late form, Lob. ad Phr. p. 52. IlgauoGj ('a, I'oVy (Trow't,) early i morning, Aristoph. Pax 1001, 1164. Hdot. 8. 6. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 52. In N. T. only ?J TIQWIO. sc. woa, the morning hour, morning, Matt. 21 : 18 TTOou'a? 5g enuvdywv tig ryv nokiv. 27: 1. John 18: 28. 21: 4. Sept. for nna2Sam. 23: 4. Lam. 3: 23. Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 1. fully Luc. Amor. 39 ngoSi'ag woaf. flgcopa, C oia q. v.) pp. Me first place of reclining at table, the chief place at a banquet, usually the middle place on the middle triclinium, Matt. 23:6. Mark 12:39. Luke 14: 7, 8. 20: 46. See in 'Avdxsi- /icu no. 2. Gal met art. Eating. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 436. Jahn 146. 9, OP, superlat. from TT(O, compar. ngoTtyog q. v. Buttm. 69. 2 ; pp. foremost, hence/rsf, the first. 1. Geur.asadj. a) Spoken of place, order, time; (a) pp. and without art. Mark 16: 9 TTOWTJ? actpfiaiov sc. i](*t(>(f. Phil. 1: 5 ano TtQamjg i^usoa?. Luke 2: 2 see in Kvtfvios. Eph. 6: 2. 1 Cor. 15: 3 iv 7iQ(aroig, i. q. first of all. Seq. dev- tfQog Acts 12: 10. So Sept. for pdan , Ex. 12: 15. Josh. 21: 10. iv nQuiotg Gen. 33:2. 1 Chr. 11:6. Hdian. 4: 15. 10. Dem. 328. 25. With theart.comp. in 'O, i TO, A. 2. h. U'/eu. Luke 15:22. (Sept. Jer. 52:21. Pol. 11. 10. 2.) So 6 TtQUTOg, 01 TIQMIOI, the first, the chief, seq. gen. of a country or people ; Acts 28: 7 TW TTOWTO) 1%$ vi\- trov. Mark 6: 21 jolg ngwioig rijg /'it- Jiotlug. Luke 19:47 ol TTOWTO* roD AaoD. Acts 13:50. 25:2. 28:17. So Sept. for U, ; *n Neh. 12: 45. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 8. ib. 10. 4. 5. Pol. 1. 31. 5. Xen. Veri. I. 9. In the proverbial phrase: tvonai TroojTot, tcr^ttTot* xat TTOWTOt, also tffOVTCU Ok tV/TOt, 7TOWTO* * Ktxl ol Trowiot, I'o^ttTot, the first shall be last, and the last first, etc. i. e. those who seem or claim to be first, shall be last, Matt. 19: 30. 20: 16. Mark 10:31. Luke 13:30. 2. Neut. Tipwrot/ as adverb, Buttm. 115. 4. a) pp. of place, order, time, usually without the article, (a) genr. Matt. 17: 27 TOV avaftatvTa ITQUTOV }x&i)v. 17:10, 11. Mark 7:27. Luke 9:59, 61. John 18: 13. Acts 15: 14. 1 Cor. 11: 18. 1 Pet. 4: 17. 2 Tim. 2: 6, comp. Winer 65. p. 458. So Acts 7: 12 i. q. the first time. Pol. 1. 43. 2. Hdian. 1. II. 3. Xen. An. 3. 4. 32. (/J) Emphat. 1. q. first of all, before all, Matt. 23:26 xa&otQicrov TTOWTOV TO evtog iov TIOT^O/OV. Acts 13: 46. Rom. 1: 8 TTOWTOV piv eu/a- QUKU IM &fM. 1 Cor. 11:18. Hdian. 2. 1. 8. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 2. (y) In di- 727 vision or distribution, as referring to a series or succession of circumstances and followed by other adverbs of order or time expressed or implied ; here some assign to it a comparative sense, i. q. nQOKQov, but unnecessarily ; see Herrn. ad Vig. p. 718. E. g. seq. dsv- ttgov 1 Cor. 12 : 28. CITW, Mark 4 : 28 TTOMTOV zog-tov, elia crTeyav, ma x. i. L tjifiin 1 Thess. 4 : 16. James 3: 17. pnu lavia Mark 16:9, coll. v. 12. xal TOTS Matt. 5:24. 7:5. Mark 3:27. Luke 6: 42. John 2: 10. In a like sense, TTOWTOV . . . xal, Rom. 1: 16. 2:9, 10. 2 Cor. 8: 5. TT^WTOV ... (5s Matt. 13: 30. Luke 10: 5. 2 Tim. 1: 5. Seq. iiia Hdian. 2. 1. 22. I'/mra Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 24. Hi. 11.8. jucia lavia Xen. An. 6. 1. 5, coll. 7. ds Cyr. 8. 1. 16. (8) Rare- ly c. art. TO npatTOv, first, at first, for- merly, cotnp. Huttm. 126. n. 5. John 10: 40 onov rjv 'iifftypip TO ngwrov flant- TI>V. 12: 16. 19: 39. Hdian. 6. 3. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 1. b) trop. of dignity, importance,//^, i. ({.first of all, chiefly, especially, Matt. 6:33 Rom. 3:2. 2 Pet. J: 20. 3:3. nguiov naviwv 1 Tim. 2: 1. AL. uicci!}?, ou y o, (TTOWTOC, pp. one who stands first, in the first rank of an army, Sept. Job. 15:24. Pol. 18. 12. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 57. In N. T. trop. a leader, q. d. ringleader, 11 & Acts 24: 5. xo?,) the rights of the first-born, birth- right, Heb. 12: 16. Sept. Vatic, for rns)D3 Gen. 25:32, &3, 34. Other copies 7TOGiTOToxa. On the rights of the first-born son, see Jahn 165. UptOTOlOXOg, OU, o, 7], (nguiog, T ixi(i),) first-born, i. e. a) pp. the first-horn of a father or mother; Matt. 1:25 vibv nvii]g lov TTOW- TOTOXOV. Luke 2: 7. Including also the first-born of animals, Heb. 11:28. Sept. for -riDa Gen. 27: 19, 32; also of ani- mals Ex! 1: 5. 12: 12, 29. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 236. Isidor. 3. 31, in Wetstein N. T. II. p. 282. On the rights of the first-born, see Jahn 165. b) trop. first-bom, i. q. the first, the chief, one highly distinguished and pre- eminent ; so of Christ, as the beloved Son of God before the creation, Col. 1: 15, coll. v. 16. Heb. 1:6, coll. v. 5. Or in relation to his followers, Rom. 8:29 ilq TO livut, aviov TT^WT. iv noMol$ adek- cpolg, comp. Col. 1: 18. Or as the first to rise from the dead, the leader and prince of those who shall arise, Col 1: 18. Rev. 1: 5. So Sept. for ^33 of the Messiah, Ps. 89: 27. Of the saints in heaven, prob. those formerly most distinguished on earth by the favour and love of God, as patriarchs, prophets, apostles, etc. Heb. 12: 23 exxtyalu TIOWTCTOXWV TTO- ^fyQctf.ifj,Kav fv lots; ovQavoIg. So Sept. lor -p3a of Israel Ex. 4:22 ; of Ephra- im Jer. Si: 9. Psalt. Salom. 13: 8. 18:4. flicti'co, f. tVw, to stumble, to fall, intrans. Hdian. 5. 6. 18. Sept. for Pp3 1 Sam. 4: 2. 2 Sam. 18: 7. In N. t' only trop. to stumble, i. e. a) to err, to fail in duty, to ojfcnd, seq. b c. dat. James 2: 10. 3: 2 iig iv ).6/o) ov Tiialsi. Absol. Rom. 11: 11 /u?) iniaicrav, tV niaoxn ; c. TroUa adv. James 3: 2. Sept. for uip 12 Deut. 7: 25. Ecclus. 37: 12. M. Antonin. 7. 15 18 1- ov av&QUTiov (piltiv xal tovq maiovias. b) i. q. to fail, to fail of success and happiness, 2 Pet. 1: 10. Pol. 1. 35. 3. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 26. IJte'gVCt, ?}?, ", the heel, John 13: 18 inygiv *TT' i^s n]v migvav, see in 'EnctlQu, quoted from Ps. 41: 10 where Heb. up? , Sept. nifQviffpov. Sept. for spy Gen! 3: 15. 25: 20. Horn. II. 22. 3971 Dem. 86. 2. ffifpvyior, LOV, 16, (dimin. from Tfu'oi'S wing,) a little wing, tvinglet, Sept. for 5j:3 1 K. 6:23 ; and so of the feath- er of Vn arrow Pol. 27. 9. 4. Then of any thing shaped like a wing, running out to a point, e. g. a fin, Sept. for "VS:q Lev. 11:9, 10, 12; the corner or skirt of a garment, Sept. for ^23 Num. 15: 36. 1 Sam. 24: 5. In N. T.' a pin- nacle, spoken of the highest point of the temple, proh. the apex of Solo- mon's porch, see in 'isgov d. Matt. 4: 5. Luke 4: 9. JIrpvJ~ y vyos, /, a pinion, wing, Man. 23:27. Luke 13:34: Rev. 4:8. 9: flirpog 728 9. 12: 14. Sept. for ^Stf Ps. 55: 7. S|:3 Ex. 19: 4. Ez. 1: G. ? Dem. 1259. 21. * Xen. An. 1.5. 3. 1], (JV, Jlying, winged, Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 11 xi at fiiv i).acpoi, aiansQ mtjvai. In N. T. neut. plur. TU nir^'U, \. e. birds, fowls, 1 Cor. 15: 39. lldian. 3. 9. 10. Xen. 11. G. 4. 1. 16. tcOy (o, f. i'jo-0), to terrify, to put in trepidation ; Pass, to be terrified, to be in trepidation, Luke 21:9 ^ nTondiin. 24: 37. Sept. for -nri Ex. 19: 16. nnh 1 Clir. 28:30. Jer.'l: 17. 1 Mace. 7: 30 T . Jos. B. J. 1. 30. 4. Pol. 10. 42. 4. lfiot)(jL? 9 (*)?, J, (rrroc'w,) terror, trepidation, fear, 1 Pet. 3: 6 p) cpojSov- fitvoi fijjdffunv TiTorjffiv, i. e. doing well, and fearing not ; i. q. qpo/5. yofiov ps'/av in Mark 4: 41. Comp. Buttm. < 131. 3. Sept for 1112 Prov. 3: 25. 1 Mace. 3: 25. Diod. Sic. 20. 66. Qy i()oc, r t , Ptolemais, a maritime city of Palestine belonging to Galilee, on the bay north of Mount Carmel, Acts 21:7. Heb. T33?, Sept. 'yfrtfw, Judg. 1:31 ; called also by the Greeks'!^ Diod. Sic. 19.93. Strabo 16. 2. 25. The name Ptolemais was prob. introduced about the time of the Romans ; Strabo 1. c. Jos. B. J. 2. 10. 2. Now Acre, St. Jean d> Acre. See Reland Palaest. p. 534 sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Geog. II. ii. p. 60. fhvov, ov } TO, (ntva),) a fan, win- nowing shovel, with which grain is thrown up against the wind in order to cleanse it, Matt. 3: 12. Luke 3: 17. Hesych. nivav #0/j>!, vlov iv M di- axtaglovai, tov altov ano tov (tjfVQOV. Artemid. 2.24. Theocr. 7. 156. IJivpco, f. QU, (kindr. with moiw,} to terrify, to put in trepidation, Pass. Phil. 1:28. Plut. Fab. Max. 3. Diod. Sic. 17. 34, 57, 58. flrvajLta, cno?, 16, (mixa,} spittle, what is spit out, John 9: 6. Pol. 8. 14. 5. IJruaaco, f. w, to fold, to fold or roll together, e. g. TO fiifttiov q. v. Luke 4: 20. Jos. Ant. 10. 1.4. Hdian. 1. 17. 1. y f. o-ft), to spit, to spit out, ab- sol . Murk 7: 33. tl'g ti 8: 23. ^^ut John 9:6. Sept. c. d'g ti for pn^ Num. 12: 4. tl's n Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 4. Luc. Navig. 15. absol. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 42. y 16, (nlmta,) a fall, Ael. V. H. 9. 31. trop. downfall, ruin, Sept. Job 18:12. Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 4. Plut. Agesil.33. Meton. any thing fallen, ruins, e. g. of a wall, building, Pol. 16. 31. 8. Diod. Sic. 18. 70 bis. In N. T. a body fallen, i. e. a dead body, carcass, corpse. Matt. 24: 28 OTTOV yag iav y TO TTTw/itt, exfl o*vvc(xdrjo'o*Tai ol atrol. Mark 6: 29. Rev. 11: 8, 9. Sept. for "US Ez. 6: 5. Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 3. Hdian. 4. (3. 2. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 39. Etirip. Orest. 1195. Phryuichus snys this word was used absol. in this sense only in late writers, instead of the earlier TTTW- pa vtxgov, comp. Phryn. et Lob. p. 375 sq. Thorn. Mag. p. 765. IIiWGiQ, tcac, I], (TT/TITW,) a fall, downfall, crash, e. g. of a falling^build- ing, Matt. 7: 27. Diod. Sic. 3. 57. Pol. 2. 16. 3. Trop. downfall, ruin, Luke 2: 34 (1? mwcriv i. e. a cause of fall and ruin, comp. in ^Avdataaig no. 1. Ec- clus. 1: 21. 5: 13 yk&aaa av&gwnov muaiq OIVJM. So genr. Sept. Jer. 6: 15. Ecclus. 3: 31. Anth. Gr. III. p. 130, 137. , arc, ^, (TTTO^OC,) begging, beggary, Lys. 898. 9. In N. T. poverty, want ; 2 Cor. 8: 2 ?/ xaTei a&og jiTW/e/a ?/ xaTei fta&og i. e. deep poverty. So of a state of poverty and humiliation, 2 Cor. 8: 9. Rev. 2: 9. Sept. for ni:3pa Deut. 8: 9. ^:s 2 Chr. 22: 14. Ecc.'lO: 31. 11:14. Test. XII Patr. p. 619. UrcoyfvcOy f. EWW, (TTTW^O?,) to beg, to be a beggar, Aeschin. Dial. Socr. 2. 7. Plut. Apothegm. Lac. II. p. 169. Tatichn. In N. T. to be or become poor, to be in a state of poverty and humiliation, intrans. 2 Cor. 8: 9 ; comp. Phil. 2: 7. Sept. for ^7 Ps. 79:8. tfn Ps.34:ll.-Tob.4:21. fhro'/o?, r), ov, (rcTaWw to cower, to crouch,) begging, beggarly, poor, pp. crouching, cringing in the manner of beggars. a) pp. and often as Subst. (a) o TTTCO- %6?, a beggar, mendicant, Luke 14: 13, 729 21. 16: 20 7n(xog Ss vtg yv ovopuii .//- oo?. v. 22. John 9: 8 in some edit. Trop. Rev. 3:17. Luc. Somn. s. Gall. 14. Dem. 574. 19. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 29 ol jiroj^o/, the poor, i. e. needy, desti- tute of the necessaries of life and sub- sisting on the alms of others. Matt. 19: 21 dog nTwxoig. 26: 9 do&ijvat, voig mw- Xoig. v. 11. Mark 10:21. 14: 5, 7.' Luke 18: 22. 19: 8. John 12.- 5, 6, 8. 13: 29. So Sept. and ]^3fiJ Estb. 9: 22. Prov. 31:20. --j Pro v. 28: 27. (y) Genr. poor, needy, i. q. nsvyg, spoken of lionest poverty as opp. to the rich, without the idea of mendicity ; e. g. ula xw<* TTTW/TJ Mark 12: 42, 43. Luke 21: 3. So Rom. 15: 26. 2 Cor. 6: 10. Gal. 2: 10. James 2: 2, 3, 5, 6. Rev. 13: ia So Sept. and b^ Lev. 19: 15. Prov. 29: 14. un Prov. 22: 7. Ecclus. 13: 3. 30: 14. b) by impl. and from the Heb. poor, i, e. /ojo, humble, of low estate, including also the klea of being afflicted, distressed. Luke 4: 18 e^Qiffefis tvayyeliiffaa&ui TITW- jfolg, quoted from Is. 61: 1 where Sept. for D^;? So Malt. 11:5 et Luke 7: 22 9tT/ot tvayydiortat. Sept. for "p^SfiJ Ps. 109: 16. i:y Ps. 69: 33. Is. 29: If)! Trop. Matt. 5: 3 ol mw^ot TW nvev- uun, the poor in spirit, those who feel themselves spiritually poor, the lowly in rnind and heart. Luke 6: 20. Comp. ^y , Sept. -lomnvog, Is. 66: 2. c) trop. of things, beggarly, poor, im- perfect, Gal. 4: 9 , 99, T/, (7$,) thejist, Sept. Ex. 21: 8. Is. 58: 4. Horn. 11. 23. 669 ; also fisting, boxing, i. q. Tivyuaxla, Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. 7. In N. T. Mark 7: 3 tuv jU?) nvyufi rlyovjai T Xiigotg, lit. unless they wash their hands (rubbing them) with thejist, i. e. ad sen- sum, sedulously, carefully, diligently ; so the Syr. Version, using the same word by which it expresses enipdug in Luke 15: 8. Vulg. has crebro, as if from a reading nvxvfj i. q. nvxvd or nvxvug, of which there is no other trace. An early interpretation makes it i. q. to the elbow, Theophylact. ad loc. vlnTeo&cn, nvypi}, fovrlanv a/p* TOV ayxwvog. Euthym. ad Matt. 15: 1. Comp. Fritzsche IV Evarig. Vol. II. ad loc. 92 y (OVQQ 3 o, Python, in Greek mythology the name of a serpent or dragon slain by Apollo, Ael. V. H.3. 1 ; then transferred to Apollo himself, An- thol. Gr. I. p. 55 ; later, spoken of di- viners, soothsayers, held to be inspired of the Pythian Apollo, Pint, de Defect. Ornc. c.*9. T. VII. p. 632. 14. Rcisk. toi'g {//affTQiuv^ovc, EvQVxkeag 7rAcu, vvvl nvd-wvag ngoffa/OQevo^ievovs. These Ilv&ttVfg, i. e. ly/ctffiQiuv&oi or ventrilo- quists, were so called, because the god or spirit was supposed to be in them and to speak from their bellies without any motion of the lips ; Plutarch 1. c. toy ^soy UVTOV . . . evdvoptvov eig T ffw- uatu TWV TrooqpTjTwv Galen. Glossar. Hii)poc. vo^, diet TO doxtlv Ix TTJQ yao~TQog yfff&at. Comp. Aristoph. Vesp. 1014 or 1020. Hence Sept. ty/ao'TQiuv&og for Heb. ni Lev. 19: 31. 1 Sam. 28: 3, 8, 9. al. com p. Gesen. Lex. art. 3TN. In N. T. Acts 16: 16 s/ovau nvevua nv&wvot; having a spirit of Python, i. e. of a diviner, i. q. a soothsaying demon. ) } oVj (kindr. with thick, firm, solid, 3 Mace. 4: 10. Horn. Od. 14. 12. thick, dense, close together, Hdian. 8. 1. 13. Xen. An. 2. 3. 3. In N. T. frequent, often, 1 Tirn. 5: 23 8ia T? nvxvttg aov uafriveiag. Thuc. 1.^23. Xen. Eq. 9. 6. Neut. plur. nvntvn as adv. frequently, often, Luke 5: 33 vi\- tmi'oiw nvxva. Cornparat. TIVAVOTI- QOV adv. Acts 24: 26. Comp. Buttm. 115. 5. nvxva Ael. V. H. 2. 21. Xen. Conv. 2. 26. TIVXVOTSQOV 2 Mace. 8: 8. Dem. 1035. 14. fluxiGUCO, f. evffw, (nv$ the fist,) to fist, to box, to fight as a boxer, intrans. 1 Cor. 9: 26 ourto TIVXTKIIW, ug olx weoa dsQot, i. e. as a boxer I strike no blow in vain ; comp. in 3 Ai'iQ. Dem. 51. 24. Xen. Lac. 4. 6. ?C, i a door, gate, pp. the large door or entrance of an edifice, city, etc. difF. from ^ frvqa a common door. E. g. of the temple, Moalet nvly TOU IfQov Acts 3: 10; of a prison, 12: 10; of a city, Luke 7: 12 ty nlly Tijg nohag. Acts 9: 24. Heb. 13: 13. Sept. of a 730 llv? building, for ring Jer. 43: 9; of a city, for n;.l Josh. 6? 26. 2 Chr. 8:5. y$ Gen. 34: 20, 24. So of an edifice" Hdian. 7. 10. 9. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 27 ; of a city Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 50. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 7. Symbol. Matt. 7: 13 bis, 14. Luke 13: 24. Comp. Cebet. Tab. 15. Also TU'Aa/. (tdoVj the gales of Hades, by melon, for Hades itself, see m"Atdify i. e. Hades with its powers, Satan and hi boats. Matt. 16: 18 ii\v itodiffflKV, xcu Trivial. ridov ov xauo'/vo'oi'O'iv avtr t g, The Ht'hrrws, as well as the Greeks and Komans. ascribed gates to Sheol or Hades; so Hcb. biNSJ "'l^j SeP 1 - Tivkcti ndov, Is. 38: 10, conip. Ps. 9: 14 ; also Wisd. 16: 13. 3 Mace. 5: 51. Horn. II. 5. 046. Ewrip. Alcest. 124 or 126. Luc. Necyom. 6. com p. Diod. Sic. 1. 96. So Lucret. 3. 67 Lelhi portas. HuAcor, djroCj o, (nvh},) a large door, gate, sc. at the entrance of a build- ing or city. a) genr. e. g. of a house, Acts 10: 17 tnt, go?, to, fire, a) pp. and genr. Matt. 3: 10 xat a? TTVQ ftaUncxi. v. 12. 7:19. 13:40. 17:15. Mark 9. 22. Luke 3: 9, 17. 22: 55. John 15: 6. Acts 28: 5. Heb. 11: 34. James 3: 5. 5: 3. 1 Pet. 1:7. 2 Pet. 3: 7. Rev. 3: 18. 8: 5 x TOU nvQog tov vffiaarrjQiov . e. upon the altar, v. 8. 9: 17, 18. 11: 5. 14: 18. 15: 2. 16: 8. 17: 16. 18: 8. Sept. for JiN Gen. 22: 6, 7. Ex. 32: 19. Jos. B. J. 3. 4. 1. Pol. 5. 8. 9. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 7. Genit. TIVQOS often takes the place of an adj. Buttm. 123. n. 4. Winer 34. 2. So (f>ko$ nvgog flame of fire, i. q. fiery flame, Acts 7: 30. Heb. 1: 7. Rev. 1: 14. 2: 18. 19: 12. Once vice versa V nvql (ployoq id. 2 Thess. 1: 8. Sept. for N nnb Is. 29: 6. Brib K Ps. 104: 4. So ftv&Qttxas nvgog burning coals Rom. 12: 20, comp. mjA*9f*J: and Sept. Lev. 16: 12. /Aoxro-fu wy? tov nvQogRev. 19: 20. 20: 10, 14, 15. 21:8. Sinipl. Kev. 14: 10; and so Matt. 3: 11 et Luke 3: 16, see in BamlW Is. 5: a. Comp. Jahn 67. b) melon, of any building with one or more towers, a castle, fortress, palace, Germ. .Burg-, Luke 14:28. Horn. II. 22. 447, coll. 440. Pol. 26. 4. 1. So Lat. turns Liv. 33. 48. ^ ou, o, (nvo,) fiery heat, as of Sirius, Horn. 11. 22. 31. In N. T. a fever, Matt. 8: 15. Mark 1: 31. Luke 4: 38, 39. John 4: 52. Acts 28: 8. Sept. for nlT-p Deut. 28: 22. Jos. Vit. 11. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 3. llvoivo?, r) y oVy (nvQ,) Jiery, burn- ing, Sept. for w\vt Ez. 28: 14, 16. 'innuv Tri'OfcVwv Ecclus. 48:9, comp. 2 K. 2: 11. In N. T. by impl. Jiamin^, glittering^ Rev. 9: 17 #oj>x nvylvovg. Comp. nenvfjwpdvot Hdian. 8. 4. 27. fluooco, hi, f. G'HTW, (nvQ,} to Jire, i. e. to set on fire, 2 Mace. 10:3. Eurip. Phoen. 584. Hdot. 8. 102. In N. T. only Pass, nvyoojuut, ovftai, to bejired, set on Jire, kindled, i. q. to burn, tojlame. a) pp. Eph. 6: 16 see in B&oq. 2 Pet. 3: 12 OVQCtVOl TlVQOVptVOt, Iv&riffOVTtXl. Rev. 1: 15. A polled. Bibl. 2. 4 p&rj nfTfVQotueva. Aesehin. Dial. Socr. 3. 21. Trop. to burn, to be inflamed, e. g. with anger, i. q. to be incensed, 2 Cor. 11:29. (2 Mace. 4: 38. 14: 45.) With lust, 1 Cor. 7: 9 xQtlaaov '/ctfj,i](T(xt i} nv- Qoi'tT&ui, So fxnv(jovff&(xi ilg TO fioi- XfVfiv Sept. Hos 7:4. edit. Vatic. Cornp. ni-Q Ecclus. 23: 16. q>lsyopai Dion. Hal. Ant. 11. 28. Lat. uror Virg. Aen. 4.68. b) by impl. to be tried icithjire, puri- fied, as metals, Rev. 3: 18. Sept. for nM2 Prov. 10: 20. jqnS Zech. 13: 9. Ps" 11:7. lIuQQCt^co, f. o-w, (n-ugqoq,} to be fire-coloured, fire-red, intrans. Matt. 16: 2 TT. 6 ouoayoj. v. 3. Not found else- where. , a, ov y (nvQ,) fire-colour- ed, fiery-red, red, Rev. 6: 4 VTTTTOC. 12:3 douxwv. Sept. for DIN Zech. 1 : 8. Num. 19: 2. Diod. Sic. 1/88. Xen. Venat. 4.7. ff, ou, o, Pyrrhus, pr. n. m. UL-QOOV Sopater [ son ] of Pyrrhus Acts 20: 4 in later edit. Text. rec. omits llvgcaei? 732 IJvptoGte, &)?, y, (Ttvoow,) a being on firt, framing", conflagration, Rev. 18: 9, 18. Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 4. Trop. fiery trial, calamity, suffering, 1 Pet. 4: 12, romp, in Zm^uj no. 2. Sept. pp. for furnace, tining-pot, Prov. 27: 21. 7/0), enclit. panic, ye/, eren, only in composition ; see Mijiita, Mydsnta, OUTUO, Oi'dinw, also to, <; ai>am. 12: 4 ovx avi- /VWT6 . . . 7IWNEl(rq/lihj tig T tfeov x. T. L Mail; 5: 16. 12: 41. Luke 8:18,36.12:27.14:7. Acts 9-, 27. ]li: 13. 12: 17. 15: 36. 1 Cor. &: 10. 1 Thess. 1:9. Rev. 3:3. Palaeph. 21.3. Plut. de Pueror. educ. 8. Toim I. p. 12.. Tauchn. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 16. Mem. 1. 2. 36._ (p) With the Subjunct. where any thing is expressed as objectively- possible, see Winer 1. c. Henri, ad Vig.. p. 741. Matt. 10: 19 p) fK^tfivriarjiK nag TJ il Jl/lij(rrjT. Mark 14: 1 tCfiiwv . . . niag aviov unoxitivwaiv.v. 11. Luke 12:11. 22:2,4. Acts 4: 21. (/) With. the future Indie, instead of the Sub- junct. as above, Matth. 516. n. 2L Herm. ad Vig. p. 747. Mark 11: 18 'h loiiv nug aiiiov uno\iaovaiv. 1 Cor. 7: 32, 33, 34. Hdian. 5. 4. 16 i\yv6ovv re, nug xQnig ^ao'iJiflctg aov ; quoted from Ps. 45: 7, where Sept. for 132'Jp . Rev. 2: 27. 12: 5. 19: 15. So Sept. aiid t33'$j Ps. 2: 9. fits a Ps. 110:2. } ov, o, pp. a rod-holder, i. e. a liclor, an officer or sort of sergeant who attended on the magistrates of Roman cities and colonies and executed their decrees; so called as bearing the Roman fasces or bundle of rods; comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 178. Acts 16: 35, 38. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 5. Plut. Marcell. 29. Hdian. 7. 8. 10. y o, indec. Rngau, Heb. Reu, pr. n. m. Luke 3:35. Comp. Gen. 11:18 eq. , cnofy TO, og, from qudiog, pp. ' what is done easily,' light-ivork, levity ; hence in a bad sense, wicked- ness, crime, Acts 18: 14. Luc. Calumn. non tern. cred. 20. Plut. Pyrrb. 6. , cxCy f], (comp. ^- case or lightness of doing, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34. levity in doing, in- dolence, effeminacy, Xen. Ag. 11. 6. Lac. 14. 4. In N. T. wickedness, profligate cunning, subtilty, Acts 13: 10. Pol. 12. 10. 5. Diod. Sic. 5. 11. Plut. Cato Min. 16. , indec. Raca, a word of contempt, prob. from Chald. Np" 1 "} used in the same manner, i. q. Heb. p^T , empty, worthless, foolish, Matt. 5: 22." See Tholuck Bergpred. ad loc. Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. 2254. Pctxo?, fog, ouCy TO, ($r,ffff(>>, (JTj- yvvpt,) a piece torn off, a rag, torn gar- ment, Sept. Is. 64: 6. Ceb. Tab. 10. Aristoph. Plut. 540. In N. T. genr. a piece, remnant, sc. of cloth ; Matt. 9: 16 et Mark 2:21 inlfilrma $t*y.ov$ uyva- qpov, i. q. Intpkrjpa l^iuilov xtxiyov in Luke 5: 36. , y, indec. Ramah, Heb. !173^ fa height), pr. n. of a city of Ben- jamin, a few miles north of Jerusalem between Gibeah and Bethel. Matt. 2: 18, quoted from Jer. 31: 15. See in 'Paxi'jL Comp. Josh. 18: 25. Judg. 4: 5. 19: 13. Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 3 'Ptt^u^uv, ffrudlovg vuiixovaa 'ifgoaohvpaiv 4. Miss. Herald, 1826. p. 254. Paytl(O 9 f. i indec. Rachab, Heb. inn Rahab, the wife of Salmon, Matt. 1: 5. Most probably she is the same with Rahab of Jericho, see in f Paa{l ; since Nahshon the father of Salmon was the leader of the tribe of Jtulah at the breaking up from Mount Sinai, Num. 10: 14, comp. v. 11 sq. and there- fore his son would be contemporary with the fall of Jericho about forty years later. The express mention of ij'Pnxdp in the genealogical table, as afterwards of rj c Pov&, is in favour of this supposition. PrtX'jAj f), indec. Rachel, Heb. bft~? (ewe-lamb), the younger wife of Jacob, and mother of Joseph and Benjamin. Matt. 2: 18 epoavr} iv Pauu T)XOW#I? . . . ji xitt/ovcra ia lexva avrfg, quoted from Jer. 31: 15 where'Rachel, whose sepulchre seems to have been not far from Raman (Gen. 35: 17, 19. 1 Sam. 10: 2, 3), is introduced as bewailing the captivity of her descendants, i. e. of Ephraim, as the representative of the ten tribes. tj? t ^, Rebecca, Heb. Jlprn ( a noose, snare, ) the wife of Isaac, Rom. 9: 10. Pfrfa v. ptdt], r,g, ?/, Lat. rheda, i. e. a carriage with four wheels for travelling, a chariot, Rev. 18: 13. So rheda Cic. pro Mil. 10. The word is of Gallic origin, Quinctil. 1. 5. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 554. PffjL(lpay v. *Ptquv, o, indec. Rem- phan, Rephan, Acts 7: 43, quoted from Amos 5: 26 where Sept. 'Pcticpav for Heb. {^3 Chiun, a name for the planet Sat- urn, i. q. Molox where see more. The forms 'PctKfuv^PffKfav, are the Egyptian or Coptic name for the same planet, Gesen. Lex. art. JT3 . Jablonski Opusc. II. p. Led. te Water. 'Pf'ro, f. Qtvfftii, instead of Att. fut. (JaVo^uat, Winer 15. p. 80. Buttm. 114. p. 300. comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 739; tojlow, intrnns. John 7: 38 rrojctfiol . . . yivvovaiv vduToi; o1vro. Sept. for 31T Lev. 15: 3. bt: Jer. 9: 17. Hdian. 7. 1. 17. Xen. AnVl. 2. 7, 8. Pfco obsol. to speak, see in Etnov. 'Pyyior, ov y TO, Rhegium, a city on the coast near the S. W. extremity of Italy, now Rheggio, opposite Messina in Sicily. Acts 28: 13. Comp. Diod. Sic. 4. 85. 'Pijyua, a roc, TO, (Qtyvvpt,) a rending, breach, ruin, Luke 6: 49. Sept. for D^i-ps Am. 6: 11. Pol. 13. 6. 8. Dem. 294. il. f. $w, also pres. a poetic and later form, Mark 2: 22. 9: 18; also Sept. 1 K. 11: 31. Horn. II. 18. 571. comp. Moeris p. 337. Thorn. Mag. p. 788. To rend, to tear, to break. a) of things, to rend, to burst, e.g. leather bottles or skins, c. ace. Mark 2: 22. Luke 5: 37 QT'&I o vioq olvos o-xot'. Pass. Matt. 9: 17. Sept. 736 for 22 Num. 16: 31. Josh. 9: 13. Job 2: 12. Luc. D. Deor. 17. 1. Diod' Sic. 12. 59. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 16. b) of persons, to rend, to tear, to la- cerate, e. g. as dogs, Matt. 7: 6. Also i. q. to tear down, to dash to the ground, as a demon one possessed, Mark 9: 18. Luke 9: 42 tQ$i)$cv ainbv TO dai^oviov xal avvejjcu tvcpQoo-vrrjv for !lSn n^D Is. 49: 13. 52: 9. ffiou qpcovTjV Lat. rumpere vocem, Hdot. 5. 93. Artemid. 2. 12. Aris- 4oph. Nub. 960 or 963. 'Pijfice, nro? > TO, (psw, see in i7- Ttov,} pp. ' that which is spoken,' word. a) pp. a word, as uttered by the liv- ing voice, plur. TOE yyficna, words. Acts '6: 11 ^T (ttdffcprina. v. 13. 10: 44. 26: 25. Heb. 12: 19. Sept. for W Gen. 27: 34, 42. -|7?.fc* Ps. 5: L Hdian. 1.8.12. Dem. 1457. 18. Xen. Mem. 2.1. 34. b) collect, word, also plur. words, i. q. saying, speech, discourse. (a) genr. Matt. 12: 36 nav f;/u aoyov, see in *Aqyb<; c. 26: 75 xal tfiv^ff^-rj 6 II. 1011 QWctTog TOV '/qo-ou. Mark 9: 32. 14: 72. Luke 1: 38. 2: 17, 19, 50, 51. 7: 1. 9: 45 bis. 18:34. 20:26. 24:8,11. John 8:20. Acts 2: 14. 11:16. 16:38. 28:25. 2 Cor. 12: 4. Rom. 10: 18 quoted from Ps. 19: 5 where Sept. for tPjB . So Sept. and -DT Job 15: 3. 31: 40. Palaeph. 50. 1. Dem. 1462. 2. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 15. Hence, in the N. T. usage, often like Heb. ^l 1 ! , in special senses depending on the adjuncts or context ; com p. in JSlnov b. E. g. (/S) i. q. charge, accu- sation, Matt. 5: 11. 27: 14. So Matt. 18: 16 et 2 Cor. 13: 1, in allusion to Deut. 19: 15 where Sept. for li'r . Comp. Num. 14: 36. (/) i. q. predic- tion, prophecy, e. g. ^T^CCTCC nQotigr^iiva, % Pet. 3: 2. Jude 17. So ^T TOU &tov Rev. 17: 17 in text. rec. (S) prom- ise, e. g. from God, Luke 2: 29. Heb. 6 5 x/Lo*' ytvadfjttvot <&eov (Ji^uu. So Sept. and "O7 1 K. 8: 20. 12: 16. (t) command, Luke 5: 5. ^/ua toy word of God, his omnipotent decree, Heb. 11:3. impl.Heb. 1:3. Also Matt. 4: 4 et Luke 4: 4 ofx iri agioi fiovoj ?j- , cUX* 7il nuvrl ^r\^iUTt diu CTTO/UWTOC &tov, i. e. me- lon. upon every thing which God decrees, quoted from Deut. 8: 3 where Sept. for !"lJn^""MD aM2ia-r3-i > y, spoken in ref- erence to the manna. Sept. for "1^7 Josh. 1: 13. 1 Sam. 17: 29. comp. Ex' 34: 28. ri]S73 Prov. 3: !.() Spoken of a teacher, word, i. e. teaching, precept, doctrine, e. g. T ^rifiaru rijg ^toJJ? Acts 5: 20, see in Zw?j c. /?. Acts 1 0: 22 xov- aai ^JUT jro ffov. 11: 14 ^j/iara TTOO? as. 13: 42. So (J rfg nlffTtojg, ^^a -freov v. xvglov, the word, word of faith, word of God, i. e. the doctrines and promises revealed and taught from God, the Gospel as preach- ed, Rom. 10: 8 bis, (comp. Deut. 30; 14 where Sept. for na^ of the Mosaic dis- pensation.) Acts 10:*37 coll. 36. Rom. 10: 17. Eph. 6: 17. 1 Pet. 1: 25 bis ; so prob. Eph. 5: 26. Of Jesus, T ^aia, John 5: 47 nw$ TO!? spots QijfjLctfft x. T. I. 6: 63, 68. 10: 21. 12: 47, 48. 14: 10. 15: 7. TO (j^/rtra TOU &eov, words or doctrine received from God, John 3:34. 8: 47. 17: 8.(7 ? ) Luke 3: 2 tyiveio tf- pa &eov enl 'itoavrrjv, the word of God, i. q. an oracle, effalum, from God, cor- responding to Heb. nirp "O*] vrp bN, Sept. ^a, Gen. 15:1. Jer. 6: lb", comp. 1: 1 ; oftener Sept. Ao/o$ Jer. 1: 4, 11. Ez. 3:16. 6: 1. c) melon, from the Heb. thing spo- ken of, i. e. genr. thing, matter, affair. Luke 2: 15 Idcafisv TO ^TJ^ua TOTO TO ysyo- vog. 1: 65 didafalio ndvra T ^fjiara tairta. Acts 5: 32. So Sept. and "OT Gen. 21: 11. 1 Sam. 4: 17. 12: 16. pluV. Gen. 20: 8. 40: 1. Ezra 7: 1. 1 Mace. 5: 37. So oi/ . . . nav y^urx, ihe neg. ov being joined with ihe verb, see in Ov a. /, equiv. lo nothing at all, nolhing whalever. Luke 1: 37 ovx ddvvonijasi, TTO TW ^coJ nf*v yjjpct. Comp. Sepl. Gen. 18: 14. Deut. 17: 8. 'Pyoa, b, indec. Rhesa, pr. n. m. Luke 3: 27. see n 'Pyrcog, opo$, o, (obsol. ^ew,) a 737 speaker, orator, advocate, Acts 24: J . Ael. V. H. 9. 19. Dem. 303. 15. Xen. Mem. 4. G. 15. adv. ( gyros said, expressed in words, obsol. &),) in express words, expressly, 1 Tim. 4: 1. Sext. Empir. adv. Log. 1.8o evo, $oiog noise, rushing, as of winds and waves, Pint, de aud. Poet. 3. VI. p. 63. Reisk.) with great noise, q. d. with a crash, 2 Pet. 3: 10. Hesych. yoi&dov trcpo- dgoig jjxyTixov. Hero ap. Musaeum 339 yoifydbv 7TooxdQi}vo$ an* yhfiaTov niot nvqyov. ' Po/LKfceiCfj ac y ij, a sword, sabre, pp. a long and broad sword used espec. by the Thracians, and carried on the right shoulder, Pint. Paul. Aemil. 18 8s ol Oqaxeg . . . oq&aq di QOU- ano ruv $i$iwv entaflorrfg. In N. T. genr. Rev. 1: 16 fjouqaiit diffio^og o$tifx. 2: 12, 16. 6: 8. 19: 15. 21. Trop. Luke 2: 35 crou di avrrtf itjv yi'zyv disfai'ffttcu Q0[.icpuia, i. e. anguish of soul shall come upon thee. Sept. for anrt Ex. 32: 26. Ez. 5: 1. Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 4 ij I'ohd&ov. 7. 12. 1. jV, o, indec. Reuben, Heb. , pr. n. of the eldest son of Ja- cob, born of Leah, Gen. 29: 32 sq. In N. T. the tribe of Reuben, Rev. 7: 5. ' Povfr, r\, indec. Ruth, Heb. n^ (beauty or friend), pr. n. of a Moabitess, afterwards the wife of Boaz, Matt. 1: 5. ?, ou, o. Rufus, pr. n. of a Christian, Mark 15: 21. Rom. 16: 13. 'JPtjgeift T]?, r\, (obsol. yw, i. q. fQvco,) impetus, impulse, onset, i. q. o^pj, Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 2. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 15. Thuc. 7. 70. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 31. In the later usage and N. T. a street, lane, alley of a city, in distinction from 77 niartia q. v. Matt. 6: 2. Luke 14:21 Big Tag nlcntlag xal gvpag trjg nohoig. Acts 9: 11. 12: 10. Sept. for n'm Is. 15:3. Tob. 13: 18 coll. 17. Ecclus. 9: 7. Pol. 6. 29. 1. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 404. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 29. Wet- stein N. T. 1. p. 319. PVOJUCCL, f. yvaopcu, depon. Mid. (obsol. QIHO i. q. loixo,) pp. to draw or snatch to oneself; hence genr. to draw or snatch from danger, i. q. to rescue, to deliver; see Passow sub v. Buttm. 114. p. 281. Aor. 1 tQgva&rjv as Pass. Luke 1: 74. al. see Buttm. 113. n. 6. E. g. seq. ace. simpl. Matt. 27:43 vo-o-#o> vvv avrov. 2 Pet. 2: 7. Absol. Rom. 11: 26 o yvofitvog the deliverer, quoted from Is. 59: 20 where Sept. for bfija. Sept. genr. for ^N-3 Is. 48: 20. b^n Ex. 2: 19. Is. 5:30T' Ael. V. H. 4. 5/Hdian. 1. 15.12. With an adjunct/rom whence e. g. seq. ano c. gen. comp. in AJIO I. 2. d. Matt. 6: 13 (5 Dow quag ano rov novriqov. [Luke 11: 4.] Rom. 15: 31. 1 Thess. 1: 10. 2 Thess. 3: 2. 2 Tim. 4: 18. So Sept. for -j*2 r^Jl 2 Sam. 19: 9. Prov. 11: 4. -J33 ytBiVl Ez. 37: 23. Comp. Matth. 35372, note. p. 665. Seq. tx c. gen. comp. Matth. 1. c. Rom. 7: 24 rig fie jjvanai *x iov o-wfiarog x. t. L 2 Cor. 1: 10 ter. Col. 1: 13. 2 Tim. 3: 11. 2 Pet. 2:9. Pass. Luke 1:74. 2 Tim. 4: 17. So Sept. for 173, b3 Gen. 48: 16. ]73 b^rr Judg. 8: 34. ~2 Sam. 22:49. c. e'x Jos'. Vit. $ 15. Diod. Sic. 12.53. Hdot. 5.49. 739 'Pu7iapcvu t uaiy depon. Mid. ($v- TtctQog,) to be filthy, trop. Rev. 22: 11 in later edit. Of doubtful authority, see Passow. 'Pimaoi'a, a?y */, (QvnctQo?,) filth, fillhiness, trop. in a moral sense, James 1: 21. Plut. Precept, conjug. 28. VI. p. 536. 13. Reisk. ' Puna oo?, a, ov, (gvno?,) filthy, foul, James 2:2 JITW^OS iv ^vnagn eV#f/- it. Trop. in a moral sense, Rev. 22: 11 in later edit. Sept. for ttis Zech. 3:3,4. Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 3 yvjiotQav da&fjra. Ceh. Tab. 10. Ael. V. H. 14. 10. Trop. Act. Thorn. 13 fvnaga eni- Sy ov, o, filth, pithiness, I Pet. 3: 21 ov aaoxos ano&tffig yvnov. Sept. for NEU Job 14:4. nttk Is. 4: 4. Luc. AnachYr. v. Gymnas. 29. Pol. 32. 7. 8. f. wow, (poet, for $v- co 7i aw, fr. Qvnog,) to be filthy, in text. rec. Rev. 22: 11 bis o qujiuv, (tvnwcrutw tu. Horn. Od. 6. 87. Aristoph. Av. 1271 or 1283. Act. Thorn. 52 Pvat?, tcog, y, (co) q. v.) a fiow- ing, fiux, e. g. tov afyarog Mark 5: 25. Luke 8: 43, 44. Sept. for nit Lev. 15: 24 sq. Ael. V. H. 6. 6 ii}v (obsol. ^i'oi i. q. tgvo),) a wrinkle, sc. as drawn together, contracted ; trop. Eph. 5:27. Aristoph. PJut. 1051. Diod. Sic. 4.51. ' Pcofiai'xog, ^ ov y (Pwpij,) Ro- man, Luke 23:38. Jos. de Vit. 71. Hdian. 5. 5. 6. PcofjLOio?, ovy o, ( e Pw,u?j,) a Ro- man, a Roman citizen, Acts 2: 10. 16:21, 37, 38. 22: 25, 26, 27, 29. 23: 27. Genr. ol c Pe)/zatot the Romans John 11: 48. Acts 25: 16. 28: 17. Sing. Hdian. 4. 10. 11. Plur. Jos. Vit. 71. Hdian. 1. 12. 11. Plut. Pomp. 1. adv. fPw^,) in the Roman tongue, in Latin, John 19:20. On the signification of adverbs in -urti see. Buttm. 110. 15. c. y, Rome, the city, Acts 18:2. 19:21. 23:11. 28:14,16. Rom. 1. 7, 15. 2 Tim. 1: 17. Hdian. 2. 14. 10. Plut. Pomp. 27. 'Pcowvpi, f. w(rco, to strengthen, to make firm, Plut. Camill. 37 $(ao-^. id. Romul. 25. More usually perf. Pass. tQAtoptu as present, to be strong, well, 3 Mace. 3: 13. Luc. Somn. s. Gall. 23. Xen. Oec. 10. 5. Comp. Buttm. 113. 6. 114. p. 300. In N. T. only irnperat. to0a00j as a formula at the end of epistles, like Lat. vale, EnzLfareivell. Acts 23: 30 I'^owro. 15: 29r$p. c. ace. Luke 6: 48. Heb. 12: 26 ov i] cpwvt] TJ]J> "/ijv Iffdhtvfft. Pass. Matt. 11: 7 et Luke 7: 24 ^a^a^ov VTIO avtpov vahvousvov. Matt. 24: 29. Mark 13:25. Luke 21: 26. Acts 4: 31. 16:26. Luke 6: 38 peiQov awa^v^ivov i. e. shaken down. Sept. for 33 Ps. 18: 18. tra 1 Chr. 16:30. Ps782: 5. Ecclus. 16: 19. Test. XII Patr. p. 548. Jos. Ant. 8. 5. 2. Diod. Sic. 12. 47. in- trans. Xen. Oec. 8. 17. Trop. of things ready to fall and perish, Heb. 12: 27 bis T ffttAf vofAfva things shaken, perishable, i. e. the Mosaic dispensation, while T (jLi] ffcdtvopsva i. q.the Christian dispen- sation. Comp. Plut. Dion. 8 i^v ivgav- vida aafai'ovtfctv. Hdian. 5. 1. 7. b) metaph. to move in mind, to agi- tate, to disturb, c. ace. Acts 17: 13 iovg o%).ovg aufoiitiv, to excite the people, to cause a tumult. Pass. 2 Thess. 2: 2. Acts 2: 25 quoted from Ps. 16: 8 where Sept. for tii . 1 Mace. 6:8. Ecclus. 29:18. 48:19. ^a^fJL, i], indec. Salem, Heb. B Vjj , the ancient name of Jerusalem, Heb. 7: 742 J' 10. ln e Js- Ant. I. , o, indec. Salmon, Heb. (clothed), pr. n. of the father of Boaz, Matt. 1: 4, 5. Luke 3: 32. Comp. Pa X a P' the wife of Zebedee, the mother of the apostles James and John, Mark 15:40. 16: 1. Comp. Matt. 20: 20 et 27: 56. Sa^n^tcXy etc, j, Samaria, Heb. Jl-tfcfc (watch-height), pr. n. of a cele- brated city situated near the middle of y, Salmone, pr. n. Palestine, built by Ornri king of Israel of a promontory, the eastern extremity " a mount ain or hill of the same name. of the island of Crete, Acts 27: 7. It was the metropolis of the kingdom of Strabo X. p. 727. B. Israel or the ten tribes 5 and after being V ' j , several times destroyed and restored, it Za* t), a trump, trum- Bibl. Geog. II. ii. p. 1 12 sq. In. N. T. pet, 1 Cor. 14:8. Rev. 1: 10. 4:1. 8:2, n ) PP- the city Samaria, Acts 8:5. 6,13. 9:14. As announcing the ap- Meton. for the inhabitants, Acts 8: 14. proach or presence of God, Heb. 12: 19, b) in a wider sense, the region of Sa- comp. Ex. 19: 13, 16, 19, coll. 1 K. 1: maria, the district of which Samaria 34, 39; or also the final advent of the was tne chief city, lying between Judea Messiah, Matt. 24:31. 1 Cor. 15: 52 Iv and Galilee or the plain of Esdraelon ; T$ tazaTii aalmyyi. 1 Thess. 4: 16 o*. see Jos - B - J - 3 - 3. 4. E. g. Luke 17: &IOV, see in Oiog a. /5. Sept. for noli? ** J nn 4: 4, 5, 7. Acts 1: 8. 8: 1, 9. Ex. 1. c. 1 Sam. 13: 3. n""^!ih2'K 9:31. 15:3. So Sept. and "p-ift'iJS K. 17: 26. 23: 19. Jos. Ant. 13. 2. '3. sea, billows, Luke 21: 2o. Sept. for S] ? T Jonah 1: 15 ; for U173 of an earthquake R 24: 20. - Luc. Tox. 19. Plut. Thes. 20. Diod. Sic. 20. 74. 12:14. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 6. Ael.'V. H. 2.44. Xen. An. 4. 2. 1. f. IfffO, ov } 6, a Samaritan, aor. 1 an inhabitant of the city or country of laaknHTa, earlier fut. and aor. o-alnly$a, Samaria ; spoken in N. T. of the de- laakntySct Xen. An. 1. 2. 17; comp. scendants of a people, sprung originally Lob. ad Phr. p. 191. Buttm. p. 300. from an intermixture of the remnant of Winer p. 80. To trumpet, to sound a the ten tribes with the heathen colonists trumpet, to sound, intrans. Matt. 6: 2 ^ sent into the country by Shalmanezer, vain iff rjg tpngoa&ev o*ov. Rev. 8: 6, 7, 2 K. 17: 24. Jos. Ant. 9. 14. 1. ib. 10. 8,10,12,13.9:1,13.10:7.11:15. Of 4.7. This mixed people, although they angels sounding the trumpet before the retained the books of Moses, and al- Messiah, the subject (o aaiiiurrijg) being though priests were sent to teach them implied, 1 Cor. 15: 52 aalnian yug. the Jewish religion, soon fell away into Comp. Buttm. 129. 8. Winer p. 207. gross idolatry, and were regarded almost Sept. for Sjpn Num. 10:3 sq. Is. 27: 13. as Gentiles by the Jews even before the Joel 2: 1. Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 6. Ael. V. exile, 2 K. 17: 2641. When the Jews H. 1. 26. Pol. 12. 4. 4. after their return from exile, began to rebuild Jerusalem and the temple, the Samaritans also laid claim to a descent from Ephraim and Manasseh, and re- quested permission to aid the Jews in g their work ; but this being refused, they turned against them and calumniated them before the Persian kings ; Ezra 4: i, ye, r, Salome, pr. n. of 1 sq . N e h. 4: 1 sq. Jos. Ant. 11.4. ov, o, (>$ la . 10: 4 on\a ov ffciQxtxd, utta . A. Heb. 7: 16 ov xaia vopov txTye, i. e. frail, transient, temporary, opp. XT duv&piv (oijg xcr- TwAvrov. In 1 Cor. 3: 1 et Heb. 7: 16 some read odgxivos in the same sense. c) as implying sinfulness, sinful pro- pensity, carnal, e. g. of persons, Rom. 7: 14 >o> di o-a^mxo'? p, i. e. under the influence of carnal desires and affections. Of things, 1 Pet. 2: 11 TWV tra^xixwv Ini-^v^taiv carnal desires, i. e. having their seat in the carnal nature. Comp. in 2aq$ no. 2. c. ] y ov y ( ffaQ^, ) Jleshy, corpulent, Pol. 39. 2. 7. In N. T. Jleshy, ofjlesh, and therefore soft, yielding to an impression, opp. U&ivoSy 2 Cor. 3: 3 iv 7iA xagdlag auQulvaig. Comp. Sept. xap<5/a aaQxivi'i, Heb. "tt!p, Ez. 11: 19. 36: 26. Plut. adv. Cofot. 27 init. On 1 Cor. 3: 1 et Heb. 7: 16 see b. vg*, (perh. ffaiQM, avgo). to strip off,) Jlesh, sc. of a living man or animal, in distinction from that of a dead one, which is xgeag. 1. pp.^esA, Sing, as one of the con- stituent parts of the body, Luke 24: 39 nvevua vdyxa x* bffisa ovx e/t. 1 Cor. 15: 39 quater. So Sept. for -pua Gen. 2:21. 2K.5:10,14. (Horn. OdJ9. 450. Ael. V. H. 4. 28. ib. 9. 1 3.) More com- monly Plur. at odpxtg, q. d. fleshy parts, comp. Passow s. v. Rev. 19: 18 quinq. 'iva (pdyrjTS cra^xaj /SafftAeW x. T. L v. 21 ; trop. and hyperbol. i. q. to con- sume, to destroy, James 5: 3 : to mal- treat Rev. 17: 16. So Sept. for "to Gen. 41: 2, 3. 2 K. 9: 36. Ael. V. ft* 9. 13. Diod. Sic. 3. 16. Plato Phaedo 45. 2. melon. Jlesh, i. q. the body, corpus, the animal or external nature, as distin- guished from the spiritual or inner man, 745 TO nvsvpa. This usage of aa0| is far more frequent in N. T. than in profane writers, prob. in imitiition of Heb. ~lt33. a) genr. and without any good or evil quality implied, (a) opp. to nvsv- jwa expr. 1 Cor. 5: 5 fig ole&QjV T]C craQ- xoc, iVa TO nvsvfitx o-co^/J x. T. L 2 Cor. 7: 1 . Col. 2: 5. 1 Pet. 4: 0. Comp. Sept. and T^2 opp. \rc: Is. JO: 18. Job 14: 22. Also auy$ xt /u as a periphrasis for the whole animal nature or man, Heb. 2: 14. (Ecclus. 14: 18.) Simply, John 6: 52, corn p. below. 2 Cor. 12: 7 trxoAoi// TJJ aaoxt, prob. external trials. Col. 1: 24. 2: 1 7i(j6ub)n6v [Aov Iv T/J angxi. v. 23. Heb. 9: 10, 13. 1 Pet. 3: 31. Jude 8, 23. Acts 2: 20, 31 f] o^S {.tov, my 6orf?/, i. e. /, quoted from Ps. 1C: 9 where Sept. for "KD3. Metaph. John 6: 51 xcu o WOTO? . . *. / o-o$ (lov CO-T/V, i. e. Jesus himself is the principle of life and nutrition to the regenerated soul. v. 53, 54, 55, 56. Comp. Matt. 20: 20 et parall. where it is aoijua. Sept. genr. for "r3 Ez. 26: 36. Prov. 14: 30. Jos. B. J.' 6. 1. 5. Arr. Epict. 3. 7. 2 sq. Plut. adv. Colot. 20. T. VI. p. 249. Tmichn. /!* ruv Tifoi ffox Tr,g yi'xii? Svt'difitotv. Spec, mor- tal body, in distinction from a future and spiritual existence. 2 Cor. 4: Hi) o/ . . . iv TJ #V>;T] aagxl r^atv. Gal. 2: 20. Phil. 1: 22, 24. 1 Pet. 4: 2. (/*) Put for that which is merely external or only apparent, in opp. to whnt is spiritual and real. John 6: 63 TO TIVSV- /uu tan TO ZWOTTOIOVV, ?; ovio ovx tuqpftat ovd&y. 8: 15. 1 Cor. J: 26 aoqpot XT O-M'OXU. 2 Cor. 5: 16 bis. Eph. 6: 5 et Col. 3: 22 xvgloig XT (rox, i. e. ex- ternally, as to outward circumstances. Philem. 16. So of outward affliction, trials, 1 Cor. 7: 28 &Uyiv ds rtj angxl Qovaiv. 2 Cor. 7: 5. Gal. 4: 13, 14. 1 Pet. 4: 1. Spec, of circumcision in the Jlesh, i.e. the external rite. Rom. 2:28 ovSi )] iv TO) epai'fQw, Iv o^aoxJ, nsQitop) ' aXti . . . 7i(tnofiij xaqdlag, iv nvsvpart x. T. A. 4: 1 t'Qrj%BV(Xt XT o"oxa, i. e. in respect to circumcision. 2 Cor. 11:18. Eph. 2: 11 7ifQno/nri$ iv crctoxl. Gal. 3: 3 vvv ffcxoxl fTiiTdtia&s; i. e. by circum- cision, external rites, Judaism, comp. v. 2. Gal. 6: 12, 13. Phil. 3: 3, 4 bis. Col. 2. 13. (/) As the medium of ex- ternal or natural generation and descent, 94 and of consequent kindred. John 1: 13 oi'ds x crav. Rom. 9: 8 T le'xm rij Heb. 12: 9. Eph. 5: 29, 30 *x rfg Ua xat tov ovQctvov, in allusion to Hagg. 2: 6 et Joel 3: 16 where Sept. for 'J3n . Luc. Bacch. 2. Pausan. 3. 5. 8. Xen. H. G. 4. 7. 4. b) trop. to move in mind, to agitate, to put in commotion and perturbation. Matt. 21: 10 fofbT&q t/ nohg. 28 : 4. Sept. for un Is. 14: 16. Ez. 31: 16. Pind. Pythn 484 n6hr. Helidor. X. p. 484. Antiph. 146. 22. uSfeatoiAJ'd'off, ov 9 6, Lat. Secundus, pr. n. of a Christian, Acts 20: 4. a city 748 of Syria, situated west of Antiocli on the sen-coast near the mouth of the Orontes ; called sometimes Sekucia Plena, from the neighbouring Mount Pierius, and also Seleucia ad mare, in , order to distinguish it fronrsevernl oth- er cities of tlie same name in Syria and the vicinity, all so called from Seleucus Nicanor. *Acts 13: 4. 1 Mncc. 11: 8. Jos. Ant. 18. 9. 8. Pol. 5. 59. 1. SbAtyYfy >/*, ?], (a&aq light, bright- ness,) the moon, Matt. 24:29. Mark 13: 24. Luke 21: 25. Acts 2: 20. 1 Cor. 15: 41. Rev. G: 12. 8: 12. 12: 1. 21: 23. Sept. for n-T Gen. 37: 8. Jer. 31: 37. Joel 2:31. 'lldian. 5. G. 11. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 4. SthfHLCtZpglCU) f. uaouai, (crdrivr],) to be moon-struck, lunatic, in . Greek usage i. q. to be epileptic, to be afflicted with epilepsy, the symptoms of which were supposed to become more aggra- vated with the increasing moon ; cornp. Luc. Tox. 24 where a certain woman iliytio Ss y.al y.aimiinTsiv TTJJOI; x^v fffXrjrrjv (ti^avouivr^v. This disease in N. T. and elsewhere is ascribed to the influence of unclean spirits, demons, see in daiftonov, /taifAovi^o^ai. See also Luc. Philops. 1G. Act. Thorn. 12. Isidor. Origg. 4. 7 "cadens aeger spas- mam patiatur. IIos etiarn vulgus luna- flees vocat, quod per hunc cursutn comitetur eos insania daemonum." Matt. 4: 24. 17: 15 on a&rivid^nvu teal y.cty.to$ nua%si, com p. v. 18 et Mark 9: 17 et Luke 9: 39, where it is referred to a duiuovior, Tivttfjia. Act. Thorn. 12. Manetho 4. 81, 216. q>Qon. Diog. Laert. 2. 24 awa t]v zul a f pvo$ sc. Socrates. ~{ILI/J o, indec. Semei, Heb. V727? Shemei, pr. n. rn. Luke 8: 2G. 2?fJudaAlC, eroQ, %, fine flour, Rev. 18: 13. Sept. oft for n;b Ex. 29: 2, 40. Lev. 2: 1. Ecclus. 38: 11, Jog. Ant. 3. 9. 4. ib. 8. 2. 4. Poll. Otiom. I. 247. ^gftyfPfy i), ot' } (aspoucu,) venera- ble, reverend, Lat. venerandus, 2 Mace. 8: 15. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 37. In N. T. of things, honourable, reputable, Phil. 4: 8 ; of persons, grave-, dignified, 1 Tim. 3: 8, 11. Tit. 2: 2. Lur. D. Mort. 12. 3. Hdian. 1. 2. 6 atuvy jj xer* fily aw- y ;, o-suvog, ven- erableness, sanctity, 2 Mace. 3: 12. Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 1. In N. T. gravity, dignity, probity, 1 Tim. 2: 2 V nuay evas^ln y.al fftuvoiwi. 3: 4. Tit. 2: 7. Jos. Vit. 49. Ael. V. H. 2. 13 aeuvoTvg ftlov. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 1. ^Vjp/fO^ ou 9 o, Sergius, i. e. Ser- gius Paulus, a Roman proconsul in command at Cyprus, converted under the preaching of Paul and Barnabas, Acts 13: 7. See in o, indec. Seruch, Heb. to Serug, pr. n. of the father of Na- hor, Luke 3: &5. Cornp. Gen. 11: 20. In text. rec. Z fy&j o, indec. Seth, Heh. n % ^ (re- placing,) pr. n. of the third son of Adam, Luke 3: 38. 2>}tA, o, indec. Sem, Heb. Cu; (name, renown) Shew, pr. n. of the eldest son of Noah, Luke 3: 36. Comp. Gen. 5: 32. 10: 1 sq. ^rjfjiaivcOy f. arw, (aqua sign, sig- nal,) aor. 1 io^uuLva Acts 11: 28. ah instead of the more Attic lirrjfirjva, as also Esth. 2: 22. Judg.7:21. Xen. H. G. 2. 1. 28. Comp. Buttm. 101. n. 2. Lob. ad Phr. p. 24. Winer p. 81. To give a sign or signal, i. e. public, Sepf. for yi-jnNum. 10:9. Jos. Ant. 7. 11.6. Xen". An" 5. 2. 12. In N. T. to signify, i. e. to make known, to declare, seq. oral. indir. John 12: 33 mjftalvotv, noun &a- 'TM yp&ixv cuio&vijv'/.siv, 18:32. 21:19. seq. ace. et inf. Acts II: 28. c. aco. simpl. Acts 25: 27 rag xcti ni'iov aliiaq ariuavou. absol. Rev. 1: 1. Sept. for -pa.n Esth. 2: 22. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 3. Pol'. 2. 27. 3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 4. ^fyUetOVj ou } TO, ( i. q. ai]un, } a sign, signal, Hdian. 4. 1 1. 8. an ensign, standard, Sept. for 0: fs. 11:12. Hdian. 8. 5. 22. Xen. Cyr." 7. 1. 4. sign of something past, a memorial, monument, Sept. for m'tf Josh. 4: 6. Jos. B. J. 1. 10. 3. In N. T. a sign, mark, token, e. g. a) pp. a sign, by which any thing is designated, distinguished, known. Matt. 749 26: 48 kdwxev uvrotg of^t/flox x. T. L Rom. 4: 1 1 cnyu. t'Aectfe TrfOtTOjufjc, i. e. circumcision as TO arjfislov ii)g Sia&r)xr t g, comp. Gen. 9: 12,13. 17: 11, where Sept. and n ; ,K. Thuc. 6. 31. ib. 4. Ill bis. Spec, a sign by which the character and truth of any person or thing is known, a token, proof. Luke 2: 12 Torre vfuv TO ffyu&ov. 2 Cor. 12: 12 T aqpiict TOV anoviokov. 2 Thess. 3: 17 o IffTi o~i]u. ev navy eniffro^. So Sept. and rritf 1 Sam. 14: 10. 2 K.' 19: 29. 20: 8. Jos. B. J. 1. 9. 5. Aeschin. 67. 42. Pol. 3. 30. 2. Xen. Conv. 8. 34. b) a sign by which the divine power and majesty is made known, i. e. a supernatural event or act, a token, won- der, miracle, by which the power and presence of God is manifested, either directly or through the agency of those whom he sends. () As wrought of God, 1 Cor. 14: 22 worf al ykwcraai, tig (T7j/iftov fivlv, ov rolg morevovviv, M tolg unlffioig, i. e. a token to the unbe- lieving of God's presence and power, comp. v. 25 ; or perhaps a sign of the divine displeasure, comp. v. 21. So TO vrjutiov J /wi' Hie sign of Jonah, i. e. which God wrought in the case of Jonah, Matt. 12: 39, comp. v. 40. Matt. 16: 4. Luke 11:29. Melon, of persons sent from God, whose character and acts are a manifestation of the divine power, Luke 1 1: 30 x#w$ eysvtro 'lava? ,) moth-eaten, James 5: 2 lua~ via vpiav cnjro^taia. So Sept. for Job 13: 28. oo?j oy f f. wtrci), (wula, a, 6, Silas, pr.n. of a dis- tinguished Christian teacher, the com- panion of Paul in his journies in Asia Minor and Greece. The former name is found only in the Epistles ; the latter only in Acts; e. g. 2dovdvog, 2 Cor. 1: 19. 1 Thess. 1: 1. 2 Thess. 1: 1. 1 Pet. 5: 12. 2ttag, Acts 15: 22, 27, 32, 34, 40. 16:19,25,29.17:4,10,14,15. 18:5. ^lAeoCtf*, o v. TO, indec. Siloam, Heb. 1T5SJ (sent, a sending sc. of water,) Shiloah, 'Siloah, pr. n. of a fountain in d*e valley by Jerusalem, John 9:7, 11 xoU'/i/Sijtfoa TOV 2iL Luke 13: 4 o nvg- yog iv TW 2iL see in Ilvgyog. So Sept. for Heb. trbtzi Is. 8: 6. Josephus usu- ally j Ziljodjji, once lov 2dudp B. J. 6. 7. 2, and once tot; 2dwa ib. 2. 16. 2. Ancient tradition and the testimony of all travellers unite in placing the fountain of Siloam on the south-eastern part of Jerusalem, near the foot of Mount Zion, having Moriah on the north. Here, at the present day, a fountain issues from the rock, at first twenty feet or more below the surface of the ground, into a reservoir, to which there is a descent by two flights of steps ; from this place it makes its way several rods under the mountain, and then appears again as a beautiful rill winding its way down into the valley towards the south-east. The water is soft, of a sweetish taste and pleasant; according well with the description of Josephus, ykvxfla xal nol.\i] nyyv), B. J. 5. 4. 1. See Miss. Herald 1824. p. 66. Calrnet p. 854, 565. Several modern critics, as Gesenius, Tholuck, and oth- ers, assign the location of Siloam to the south-western side of Mount Zion, in the valley which runs northward from the upper part of the Valley of Hinnom ; comp. Miss. Herald 1824. p. 40. This opinion is founded chiefly on two pas- sages of Josephus, which may indeed be so understood, but not necessarily ; and no traveller makes mention of any fountain on this side of the city. Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 2. ib. 5. 12. 2. comp. B. J. 6. 7. 2. ib. 6. 8. 5. See Gesen. Lex. art. rfyD . Comment, on Is. 7: 3. Tho- luck "Bey tr. z. Erkl. des N. T. p. 123 sq. comp. Relandi Palaestina p. 858. Contra, Rosenrn. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 250. J. OJshansen zur Topogr. des alten Jerus. p. 4 sq. 46 sq. ^inixiv&iov, ov, TO, Lat. semi- cinctium, i. e. an apron, prob. of linen, worn by artisans, etc. Acts 19: 12. Comp. Wetst. N. T. ad loc. , COVOQ, o, Simon, Heb. (a hearing) Simeon, pr. n. of sev- eral persons. 1. Simon Peter, the apostle, see in TJgTooc, Matt. 13: 55. 17: 25. Luke 4: 38. 22: 31. al. Elsewhere he is also called Zlfjiwv o fayopevo? v. cTuxaAo^vo? nboog, Matt. 4: 18. 10: 2. Acts 10: 18. 11: 13. -Zfyiwv ovopa JJsrQog Mark 3: 16, comp. Luke 6: 14. Zlpwv nhgog Matt. 16: 16. Luke 5: 8. John 1: 41. 752 G: 8. J3: 6, 9. nl. Zlpuv o vio? 3 Io)va John 1: 43. ZijiMv Bag-Twit Matt. 16: 17. 2ipw Vwrfi John 21: 15, 16, 17. 2. Simon Zdotes Luke 6: 15. Acts 1: 13, or o KfxyavLnjg Matt. 10: 4. Mark 3: 18, also an apostle ; see in Zylwris and KavaviT^c. 3. Simon, brother of the apostles James the Less, and Jnde, and a kins- man of Jesus, Matt. 13: 55. Mark 6: 3. See in 3 fdx(aflog no. 2. Perhaps the same with Simon Zelotes above. 4. Simon, the father of Judas Iscariot, John 6: 71. 12: 4. 13: 2, 26. 5. Simon a Pharisee, who invited Jesus to his house, ^Luke 7: 40, 43, 44. 6. Simon 6 Ae^o'?, i. e., formerly a leper, Matt. 26: 6. Mark 14: 3. 7. Simon the Ci/renian, KvQrivaiog, who was compelled to aid in bearing the cross of Jesus, Matt. 27: 32. Mark 15: 21. Luke 23: 26. 8. Simon o payevt#t>, a sorcerer in Samaria, Acts 8: 9, 13, 18, 24. 9. Simon o /Jt'oan'c, a tanner at Joppa, Acts 9: 43. 10:6, 17,32. AL. petr. Arabien, 1829. Also fully in Bibl. Repos. If. p. 765 sq. Calmet p. 412 sq. Acts 7: 30, 38. Gal. 4: 24, 25. ~U'C- ance, portion, ration, Luke 12: 42. Greg. Naz. Oral. 2. 29. Basil. Ep. 393, 404. A word of the later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 383. So vaotsiia Diod. Sic. 2. 41. OV, O, pur. T at tt, and genr. for grain, corn. Matt. 3: 12 #. o-ou mav8uUti vs. v. 30. 18: 6 c$ 5' V ffxavScdwy tva TMV ^uixoo/v TOV- TWV. v. 8, 9. Mark 9: 42, 43, 45, 47. Luke 17: 2. Psalt. Salom. 16: 7 ywai- xbg novriQag ffx]. Of things done, hard, i. e. difficult, grievous ; Acts 9: 5 et 26: 14 itQog xerrgct So Sept. for t-j^p Ex. 1:14. 6:9. Deut. 26: 6. Pol. 4. 21/1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 20. c) of persons, i. q. harsh, stem, severe. Matt. 25: 24 cm axJujgbg tl av&Qwnog. So Sept. for !TZ:p 1 Sam. 25: 3. Is. 48: 4. Luc. Somn.6. 'Aristot. Eth.4. 8 U/QI- ot, xal axJiTjgol doxoiffiv tivou. Athen. II. p. 55. E. Q, 9 roc, , dryness, hardness, TJJ? yijg Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 1. hardiness of the body, Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 497. 11. In N. T. trop. U yuQ tivaq arganovg. b) trop. crooked, i. e. perverse, wicked, as yevfa vxohd Acts 2: 40. Phil. 2: 15. So Sept. ysv. vxoL for nnb Ps. 78: 8. iBjy? Prov. 32: 5. Wisd."l: 3. Of musters, i. q. perverse, unjust, peevish, opp. iniux->]<;, 1 Pet. 2: 18. Comp. Sept. for nssnn Prov. 16: 28. y ono?, o, pp. ' any thing pointed, sharp,' e. g. a stake, palisade, Xen. An. 5. 2. 5. point of a hook Luc. Merc. cond. 3. a thorn, prickle, Sept. for -pq Hos. 2: 6. Luc. Ver. Hist. 2. 30 did Tivog uxctv&wdovg xal crxoionwv fj,t- oT?5c T7ioD. Ael. H. An. 10. 13. In N. T. 2 Cor. 12: 7 axcUo(/> ir\ crapx/, a thorn in thejlesh, i. e. something which excites severe and constant pain, prob. some bodily infirmity, dff&eveicc, comp. v. 10. Artemid. III. 33 axav&ai, xal odvvag frrjualvovo*!, did TO ojy. ^XOiiftt), co y f. i](rw, (axonog,) to look, to watch, to reconnoitre, absol. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 5. Xen. An. 5. 1. 9. In N. T. to look at or upon, to behold, to regard, c. arc. 2 Cor. 4: 18 /*?'] ffxonovv- TWV lipav T /SAcTro/ucva. Phil. 2: 4. r Seq. ace. of pers. i. q. to mark, to note, Rom. 16: 17. Phil. 3: 17. 2 Mace. 738 4:5. Dem. 148& 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 18. With a negat axontiv ^77, pp. to look to it lest, to take heed lest, Luke 11: 35. Gal. 6: 1. Xen. Mag. Eq. 7. 15. OV; o, ffxejiioftai, pp. 'an object set up in the distance, at which one looks and aims ;' e. g. a mark, goal, Phil, 3: 14 XT axonov SIMXM. Sept. for rnt273 Job. 1C: 13. Lam. 3: 12. Jos. Ant/6. 11. 8. Hdian. G. 7. 18. Xen. Cyr. ].a2i). ~xogntfo 9 f. /aw, to scatter, to dis- perse, trans. A Inter word for the ear- lier ffxidawvfju, Phryn. et Lob. p. 218. H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 680. Passow sub voc. a) pp. c. ace. John 10: 12 olvxo? . . . 7z/s>t T 7Too'/5Ta. 16: 32. Sept. for -pcrr 2 Sam. 22: 15. Ps. 18: 15. 1 Mace. 6: 54. Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 3. Ael. V. H. 13. 46. Pint. Timol. 4. In the pro- verbial expression, Matt. 12:30 et Luke 11:23 o p) ffvvdywv fin' /4oD, axoynl- , he that gathereth not icith me, scatter- eth, i. e. wastes, acts against me. b) i. q. to scatter one's gifts, to dis- tribute largely, to be liberal, bountiful, absol. 2 Cor/9: 9 quoted from.Ps. 1J2: 9 where Sept. for TTS . v y o, a scorpion, Linn. Afer, a large insect, sometimes several inches long, shaped somewhat like a small lobster, and furnished with a sting at the extremity of its tail. Scor- pions are found only in hot countries ; where they lurk in decayed buildings and among the stones of old walls. The sting is venomous, producing in- flammation and swelling ; but is rarely fatal unless through neglect. See Rees' Cyclop, art. Scorpio. Luke 10: 19. 11: 12. Rev. 9: 3, 5, 10. Sept. for mp$ Deut. 8: 15. 1 K. 12: 11, 14. Ecclus". 26:7. Jos. Ant 8. 8. 2. Ael. H. An. 6. 20. ib. 10.23. ] f ov } (O-XOTO?,) dark, without light ; Matt. 6: 23 oAoy TO o-w> 1 1 ~ ~- comp. Thorn. Mag. p. 800. a) pp. John 6: 17 oxou'o i. q. it was now dark. 12: 35 o TWV iv if] axoT/nc. 20: 1. Sept. for' b^N Job 28: 3. Eurip. Phoeniss. 346. So iv i]} o-xoTia in darkness, r. e. in a dark place, in private, Matt. 10:27. Luke 12: 3. b) trop. of moral darkness, the ab- sence of spiritual light and truth, igno- rance, blindness, including the idea of sinfulness and consequent calamity, John 8: 12. 12: 35 fra p\ ro&j ft), f. iao~(a, (O^XOTO?,) to darken, to cover with darkness ; Pass. Rev. 16: 10 xa* tyivno y fiaadsla av- TOV tffxojw^Bvr), i. e. emblematic of distress, calamity, destruction. Sept. pp. for *jajn P. 105-.28. Ecclus. 25: 17. Of vertigo PoL 10, 13. 8. Plut. ed. R. VII. p. 908. 8. , QV, TO, (Si-rid. xvo~t- il ov, TO tolq xvffi fiaMoufvov,) dregs, refuse, recrement, q. d. what is thrown to the dogs as worthless; spoken of the refuse of grain, chaff, Philo de Carit. p. 712. A ; of the refuse of a ta- ble, slaughtered animals, etc. offal, An- thol. Gr. II. p. 180. Philo de Ab. et Cain. fin. firjdiv l'|co r^oqpjjs om^aAwv xat dsfjpaiog. Of excrement, dung, Jos. B. J. 5. 13. 7. Artemidor. 1. 69. Plut. de Is. et Osir. 4. Trop. filth of mind, Ec- clus. 27: 4. In N. T. once Phil. 3:8 ra navia . . . yyovfAai axvfiulai tivai, i. e. as dregs, refuse, things worthless. ZZxvfhfi, ov > o, a Scythian. Col. 3: 11. The name Scythian in ancient geography is applied sometimes to a people, and sometimes to all the no- madic tribes, which had their seat on the north of the Black Sea and Caspian, stretching indefinitely eastward into the unknown regions of Asia ; having much the same latitude as the modern names Mongols and Tartars, and like them synonymous with barbarian, /?>- fiaQoq. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 272. 2 Mace. 4: 47. Jos. c. Ap. 2. 37 2xv&ou 8e cpovoig Tiot, xat /?0a/u TWV TCJ. Luc. Tox. 5 sq. ^xi/t^pw/roc, ov y o, i), adj. (vxv- &Qog grirn, stern, fr. axv^oficn, w//,) pp. grim-visaged, i. e. of a stern, gloomy, sad countenance ; either affected Matt. 6: 16 ; or real Luke 24: 17. Sept. for 3n Gen. 40: 7. Ecclus. 25: 23. Luc. D.'Deor. 14. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 12. f. vAco, pp. to strip off the skin, to flay, to lacerate, whence TO ], Gov y pron. poss. Buttm. 72. 4,; thy, thine ; tuus, a, um ; spoken of what belongs to any one, or is in any way connected with him ; e. g. by pos- session, acquisition, Matt. 7: 3 iv TW ntQi aocpiu*. Lys. 198. 11. Coinp. Heb. nE^n Sept. aocpla Ex. 28: 3. 36: 1, 2. *In*N. T. wisdom, i. e. a) skill in theufliiir.3 of life, practical wisdom, wise management, as shown in forming the best plans and selecting the best means, including the idea of judgment and sound good sense. Acts 6: 3 uvdgctg STTTU TiX^oa? TTV. txy. y.ul aocpla?. 7: 10. Col. 1: 28. 3: 16. 4: 5 coll. 6. Luke 21: 15 ato^ct, xai aocplav (|. (1. wise utterance. Sept. for n/:2n 1 K. 2: 6. Hdian. 1.5. 23. Plut. Thes. s 3 T . Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 4, 5. b) in a higher sense, wisdom, i. q. deep knowledge, natural and moral, m- sight, learning, science ; implying culti- vation of mind and an enlightened un- derstanding. Jos. de Mace. 2 crocpla dij loivvv fffnv yvuviq -frfiwv xt uvQ-qtanl- Vtitv TtQuyiiitTwv y.ifi TMV IOVTQW uulwv. Cio. de OlT. 1. 43 "sapiemia, quam CTO- Ex. 13: 21, 22. 14: 24. _ Pol. 1. 22. 4." Trop. of any firm support ; e. g. persons of au- thority and influence in the church, Gal. 2: 9 ol doxoiivitg ortvlot elvai sc. iv ir\ xx^o-/. Rev. 3: 12. Of a doctrine on which the Christian religion spe- cially rests, 1 Tim. 3: 15. Ecclus. 36: 24. Eurip. Iph. Aul. 57 arvloi yaq ol'xwv tlal Tialdsg O?, i] y ov, Stoic, and ol ixol the Stoics, a sect of philosophers founded by Zeno, and so called from the , (ffl'V, fo call together, to convoke, trans. Mark 15: 16 ovyxalovatv o^v t^v aTttigav. Acts 5: 21. Mid. pp. to call together to oneself, Luke 9: 1 i\(f>ov implied, to deposite one's vote with others in the urn, to give one's vole with others, i. e. trop. to assent to, to accord with, to agree with or to, c. dat. Luke 23:51. Hist. Sus. 20. Jos. Ant. 20. 1. 2 avyxu&lurjv ty yvuuy lavirj. Pol. 3. 98. 11. Plato Gorg. p. 501. c. ' ^vyxcciccwncpL^cOy f- ivw, (&vv, xct- Tay>7qp/(u pp. to reckon or countdown,) to count down with, i. q. to reckon or number with others, Pass. Acts 1 : 26 ffvyxcnayr](f>to'&i] UETU iwv tvutxa UCTIO~- oro/ltov. Etymologically it might aso here signify to be allotted or voted with the apostles. Comp. in Wijyog, fijqp/- w . Not found in this sense in classic 111 2 vy xv n*t to writers, with whom Mid. is i. q. * to give one's vote against, to condemn,' Dem. 790. 15. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 38. q. v.) to mix together, to intermingle with, 2 Mace. 15: 39 oivogvdaTiffvyxfQaff&slg. Anthol. Gr. I. p. 15. 2. In N. T. trop. to join together, to temper, i. q. to mix together so that one part qualifies an- other, c. ace. J Cor. 12: 24 6 &ebg ffvvs- xeQaae 10 o-Wjtm. Pass. c. dupl. dat. Heb. 4: 2 o koyog . . . p,r) crvyxMSQctpevog TJ? Trial EI xdlq uxovffuffw, comp. in 2vy- xa'vfyjuat. Buttm. 133. n. 2. Menand. ap. Stob. Serm. 42. p. 302, TT\V tov \oyov . Pint. Non poss. suav. viv. 20. ed. R. X. p. 529. Thuc. C. 18. c. dat. pers. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 1. cco, (o ? f. jjo-w, (XWEW,) trans. to move with; Mid. intrans. to move one- self with, to move together with others, Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 7. ed. R. VI. p. 190. 10. Epict. Ench. 33. 10. Trop. to move in mind with any one, to incite, to rouse, sc. to like exertion, to sympa- thy, etc. Plut. Galb. 1. Pol. 2. 59. 8. ib. 15. 17. 1. In N. T. spec, of a popular commotion, to move together, to stir up at the same time, trans. Acts C: 12 ibv laov xcu Tovg TiQEfffivretJOvg x. T. L Comp. Kiviw. ia); f. ro), (xAstw,) to shut up together, to enclose together, trans. Luke 5: 6 avvixkuvctv nkij&og ix&vwv nolv. Sept. for -|$o Ex. 14: 3. 1 Mace. 5:5. Pol. 1. 17.' 8. Hdian. 7. 10. 6. Trop. to include together, i. q. to make subject, to deliver over alike, c. fig Rom. 11: 32 ffwsxleiffs yag o -&sbg tovg Tiaviag elg and&eiav. c. vitb Gal. 3: 22, 23. Comp. Sept. for T3 l^pri Ps. 31: 9. Josb. 20: 5. ^ 'n Ps. 78:' 50'. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 41. ' Diod. Sic. 19. 19 tig mavrrjv d* a^rjxavlav crvyxfat- slg 'Avxlyovoq. y ) f. y rs'w,) to le partaker with others, to share with others in any thing, c. dat. Eph. 5: 11. Phil. 4: 14. Rev. 18: 4. c. gen. Dem. 1299.20 avyy.oivwvstv T?J ov, o, vouog,) pp. a co-heir, joint-heir, i. q. a joint-possessor, copartner, Rom. 8 : 17 ffvyxL lov XQKTIQV. Eph. 3: 6. Heb. 11: 9. 1 Pet. 3: 7. 98 Q y ou y o, j, a joint-partaker, copartner, seq. gen. Rotn. 11: 17 vvyx. ^r|g yi&g x. T. L 1 Cor. 9: 23. Phil. 1: 7. c. iv Rev. 1 : 9. 2vyXO/UlCO y f. IffM, (xopw q. v.) pp. to take up and bear together, to bring together, to collect, e. g. fruits Sept. Job 5:26. Xen. Mern. 2. 8. 3 ; children Xen. Ag. 1. 21 ; dead bodies on a field of battle for burning, Plut. Agesil. 19. Thuc. 6. 71. In N. T. of several per- sons, to bear away together sc. a corpse for burial, to bury together, transacts 8: 2 ffVfsxo^io-av ds rov ^xecpavov arfyifi evlapelg. Soph. Aj. 1048 or 1067. Phavor. avyxofjil'&iv uvil 1011 -frtxTtisiv, vcnb TWV avyuyopeviav xc^Trwv elg T? , f. tvw, (x^tVw q. v.) pp. 'to separate distinct things. and then bring them together into one ;' hence to join together, to combine, to compose ; opp. diaxQivfiv 'to separate between, to decompose;' Plut. Consoled Apoll. 15. ed. R. VI. p. 418, xcdws o y j , o&iv fade ntxhv, ya ptv slg yav, nvevpa 3* W Luc. Pseudosoph. 5. Plat. Phaedo 15. In later usage and N. T. to place together and judge of, i. e. to compare, to estimate by comparison, constr. c. ace. et dat. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 278. a) genr. 2 Cor. 10: 12 bis, avyxQlvai, eavtovg tiffl . . . o-vyxQwovTsg tavrovg euviolg.3o3. Ant. 5. 1. 21. Luc. Para- sit. 51. Pol. 6. 47. 9. c. nQog Diod. Sic. 2. 5. Mid. 1 Mace. 10: 71 ffvyxQt&wpev suvTolg. Jos. Ant. 13. 4. 3. b) by impl. i. q. to explain, to inter- pret, sc. by comparison of one thing with another. 1 Cor. 2: 13 nvsvucrti- xolg nvevpatixu avyxQlvovvsg. So Sept. for ^nD Gen. 40: 8, 16, 22. 41: 12, 15. "WJS Dan. 5: 12. Others in 1 Cor. 1. c. take : dat. nvevfiaxMolg as masculine. 9 f. V w > (X^TTTW,) to stoop 778 or bow together, as persons putting their heads together, Hdot. 3. 82. Luc. Bis accus. 4; of things inclining toward each other, Xen. An. 3. 4.' 19. In N. T. to be bowed together, cornp. Engl. to be bent double, intrans. Luke 13: 11 yv avy- xvnrovaa xctl pi) dvvauivy avaxvyat. Sept. Job 9: 27. Ecclus. 12: 11. 19: 26. Themist. Oral. 7 ad Valent. p. 90 em ws, asl avvvecpijq, q>dx6uivo$ ff, sc. Procopius. b) of the mind, to confound, to per- plex, e. g. a person in disputation, c. ace. Acts 9: 22. Of persons in amazement, consternation, Acts 2:6 avvfy&e TO n^- doq, xal avvfxv&r). 1 Mace. 4: 27. Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 25. Diod. Sic. 4. SuyXUpfaf etc, TJ, (avyxvoew to happen together, e. g. events Hdot. 8. 87. Pol. 5. 18. 6 ; persons Pol. 18. 33. 3,) 'a happening together,' i. e. coinci- dence, accident, chance, Luke 10: 31 XT avyxvqlav. So avyxvgrjaig Pol. 9. 12.6. ovyxvwua Pol. 4. 86. 2. Plut. ed. R. X. p. 713. 6. ~uy'/ccig(0 y aor. 2 avvfxdgi]v, (xotl- co q. v. ) to rejoice with any one, to sympathize in another's joy, c. dat. de- pending on avv in compos. Winer 56. 2, 4 fin. Buttm. 147. n. 1 1, 12. Matth. 405. Phil. 2: 17 avyxaiQw naaiv i'ulv. v. 18. Luke 1: 58. 15: 6, 9. Sept. Gen. 21. 6. Plut. Parall. 16 bis, ed. R. VII. p. 231, 232 %ot()ivT(i)v Si ndviwv, uovt] / addyi) ov avvfxaQr) 'Jlgcniu. Xen. Hi. 11. 12. Or in Luke II. cc. it can be i q. to congratulate, as 3 Mace. 1: 8. Dem. 194. 23. Pol. 29. 7. 4. Trop. of things, 1 Cor. 12: 36 ra ui^. 13: 6 ov %aiQti, [f\ ay any] enl ifi udixla, avyxalqei, 8s it] alri&iin, i. e. truth, uprightness, causes its followers to rejoice, and 1} rejoices with them. j (',) also (ivy/vva) a later form disapproved by the gramma- rians, see in *x'o); impf. avvi%tov and avvlxwov, Pass. perf. TT;, from vvxov, (palvw,) pp. to be a ffvxocpdviTjg, i. e. a fig-informer, one who watched and informed against persons who exported figs from Athens contra- ry to law ; see Suid. s. voc. Potter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 121 sq. Hence genr. to inform against, to accuse falsely, to ca- lumniate, c. ace. Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 3. Ael. V. H. 2. 13. Hdian.2.14.7. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 5. In N. T. by impl. i. q. to extort by false accusations, to defraud, absol. Luke 3: 14. iivoq 11 19: 8. So Sept. for pip* Job 35: 9. Ps. 119: 122. Prov. 22: 16. 'Comp. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 22. ^vAayaryfoy , f. T/O-W, (o-vKov prey, uyw,} to lead off as prey, to carry off as booty, e. g. captives Heliodor. X. p. 512. Aristaen. II. Ep. 22. In N. T. trop. of false teachers, Col. 2: 8. SuAaMy at, f. ?j#a>j/ avxa. Matt. 13: 28, 29, 30, 40 &&via. Genr. i* *V T/ Matt. 13: 48. r* lie TWO? v. 41. Sept. for ajjV Lev. 19: 9, 10. Ruth 2:3, 7 sq. 15 sq. Hdot. 1. 68. Luc. Tim. 23. Xen.^An. 2. 4. 11 XOQTOV. 4.3.11 cpgi/yava /. So avuimix % Mace. 5: 20. Xen. An 7. 8. 17. 2ufifA.t[irjT7jgy ov } 6, (/II^TT)?,) a co-imitator, joint-follower, Phil. 3: 17. On this kind of compounds, see Phryn et Lob. p. 471. f. urea, (cri'^uooqpo?,) to make of like form with, to conform, QVy o, 7;, adj. having like form with, conformed, like, c. dat. comp. in Svyxalqio. Phil. 3: 21 aviov. Seq. gen/ Rom. 8: 29 avpnogyovq iijg tixovoq lov viov ccvwv. For the gen. after words compounded with avv in classic writers; see Matth. 379 fin. cpog,) to make of like form with another, to conform, Pass. c. dat. trop. Phil. 3: 10. 2u[A7iafre(jOy a)y f. yaw, (ffvpna&rig,) to sympathize, i. e. to feel with another. to be affected in like manner, c. dat. see in 2vyxulQW. Heb. 4: 15 o'Vftna&rio'ai talq ao'&evElciig r^iwv. Praegn. i. q. to have compassion on any one, to afford sympathizing aid, Heb. 10:34. Symm. for *na Job/ 2: 11. Test. XII Patr. p. 536. Plut. Timol. 19. Isocr. p. 64. B. nd&og, navxw, ) sympathizing, feeling with another, like-affected; 1 Pet. 3: 8 ffVftTia&tig, i. e. the same in feeling, mu- tually compassionate. Jos. Ant. 19. 7. 3. Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 9. ed. R. VI. p. 196. 10. Pol. 15. 9. 3. q. v.) to come with any one, to be present with, Engl. to stand by any one r as a friend and advocate, c. dat. see in -SV/xaxfyuou. 2 Tim. 4: 16 Iv rf) TT^W- Ty pov omoloyla oiiSdq pot avpnaQtyi- . Sept. for rn^D Ps. 83: 9. Of a multitude, to come" together, to convene, Luke 23: 48. Thuc. 2. 82. ?, Gty f. iaw, (na- (a q. v.) to call for or invite with, at the same time, Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 38. to invoke with others, ib. 3. 3. 21. to ex- hort with another, e. g. an army, Pol. 5. 83. 3. In N. T. Pass. i. q. to be con- soled, comforted with others, i. e. to re- ceive solace and encouragement in the society of others. Rom. 1: 12 avp-naga- iv vfuv. Comp. nctQaxatio) d. POV, , aor. 2 -s'Ao- vui q. v.) to take along 783 with oneself, as a companion on a jour- ney, c. ace. Acts 12: 25. 15:37,38. Gal. 2: 1. Sept. Job 1: 4. Ael. V. H. 8. 7. Hdian. 2. 2. 2. fvflTiapaflfycOy f. uww, (naga- /uvw,) pp. to remain near with any one, to continue with, sc. hi life, c. dat. Phil. 1: 25. Comp. in 2vyxd&r)uai. Sept. Ps. 72: 5 q. v.) to be present with any one, c. dat. Acts 25: 24. Comp. in Zvyxct&rjpai. Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 3. Pol. 9. 25. 6. Xen. H. G. 4. 6. 1. f. ntlaoucu, to be affected with or as another, to sym- pathize with, to suffer with, absol. 1 Cor. 12: 26 si nda%u tv ^us'JLo?, ffV[j,n(Xff%ti, TIU.VIO. T ftiJn]. So Rom. 8: 17, i. q. to endure like sufferings. Pol. 15. 19. 4. Diod. Sic. 4. 11. f. ifico, (neunw,) to send with any one, c. dat. 2 Cor. 8: 22 ; comp. in 2vyxu(hiuai,. Seq. /utrra' c. gen. ib. 8: 18. Comp. Winer 56. 4 fin. c. dat. Plut. Artax. 24. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 31. c. /XCTW Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 21. vw to embrace,) pp. to take around with something else, i. e. to embrace with, to comprehend, to include, Dem. 235. 16. Diod. Sic. 14. 7. In N. T. to embrace withal, at the same lime, Acts 20: 10. ~u[.iiiivco, aor. 2 awsniov, (nivw,) to drink with any one, c. dat. as in 2vy- xcidyuau, trop. Acts 10: 41 oaivsg lav Ao/ov. Mark 4: 7, 19. Luke 8: 14. Hyperb. to suffocate by crowding, to crowd, to press upon, Luke 8: 42 ol o^/lo* avrov. Comp. Mark 5: 24 UVTOV. ov, o, (jioUirjg,) a fellow-citizen, trop. of Gentile Christians as admitted to the privileges of the gos- pel along with the Jews, Eph. 2: 19. Jos. Ant. 19. 2. 2. Ael. V. H. 3. 44. This form of compounds is disapproved by the grammarians; see Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 172, 471. ^ufjiTiogfvofAai, f. ei/ffouai, depon. Pass, (nogsvouai,} to go with any one, to accompany, c. dat. Luke 7:11. 14: 25. 24: 15. Sept. c. unu for Heb. nJ$ ^fbrr Gen. 13: 5. 14: 24. 'rt Gen. 18: 16! Tob. 5: 8. Xen. An". 1. 3. 5. Of a multitude, to come together, to assemble, c. HQO? av-iov Mark 10: 1. So Sept. for ^]bn Job 1: 4. Pol. 5. 75. 1. ib. 15. 6. 1. IZufJinoaior, QVj TO, (ffvunlva),) a drinking together, Lat. compotatio, Sept- for ]-n nrwjjq Esth. 7: 7. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 13." a banquet, feast, 1 Mace. 16: 16. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 6. Xen. Conv. 9. 7. Melon, a banqueting-hall, Luc. D. Deor. 24. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 10. In N. T. melon, a banqueting-party, table-party ; Mark 6: 39 aviwTivai nuvTa$ ffvpnoffta ffvpjioo-ia, i. e. adverbially and distribu- lively, by table-parties; comp. Gesen. Lehrg. 173. b. Stuart Heb. Gr. 438. Comp. in Kkiaia and espec. vTepoey ov, o, a fellow- presbyter, elder, 1 Pet. 5: 1. See in JTjoscr- b. '. see n aor. 1 Q(a,) to bear or bring together. aj pp. i. q. to collect, c. ace. Acts 19: 19 ffvveveyxavTn(pe- QOV, 1 Cor. 7: 35. Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 14. 9 ov, o, ?/,) pp. ' one of the same tribe or fra- ternity,' Lat. contribulis, Isocr. p. 263. A. Aristoph. Av. 368. In N. T. genr. a fellow-citizen, fellow-countryman,lThess. 2: 14. Hesych. ffvpyvfawv ' OUOE&VWV. Disapproved of by the grammarians ; com p. in ZvpnoUTw. ^vf.i(jpVTOg, 014, o, r\, adj. (ffvuyvw,) brought forth or grown together, Sept. Zech. 11: 2. Etymol. Mag. vuq>VTog- o avyysvrig. Trop. inborn^ innate, 3 Mace. 3: 22. Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 3. Plut. Pyrrh. 7. Lys. 118. 31. In N. T. grown together sc. into one, trop. conjoined, united, one with. Rom. 6: 5 o~vuuw. Philo de Vit. Mos. II. p. 174.12 ij yanpog xeu ?; anogag avrfg ovvla avuyvtiva rjvu&r). So o~ws, how that it is agreed upon by you. Sept. 2 K. 12: 8. c. nsqi Pol ; 2. 15. 5. c. inf. Diod. Sic. 12. 80. TIQOS wot Xen. H. G. 1. 3. 8. Seq. dat. of pers. et genit. of price, Matt. 20: 13 ov%l SrjvotQtov ffvvscpwvrjo'ag [tot ; Buttm. 132. 6. 2. Seq. fierce ii.vog et ex c. gen. of price, Matt. 20: 2 ; see in 'x no. 3. f. Act. Thorn. 2 ffWECpwvyffE [AST avrov ojy agyvylov. unison, accord. 2 Cor. 6: 15 rig de o-Vfjt- ywvrjffig XQHTIM ngog BshaJi. So avfji- (fcavict Jos. c. Ap. 2. 16 pen. lldian. 3. 13. 8. v[JL(pcoViCX } etc, ; symphony, i. e. concert of instruments, music, Luke 15: 25. Sept. Dan. 3: 5, 10. Pol. 26. 10. 5. 2u (JLCpoivoG y ov, o, jj, adj. ( avv, cpotvrj, ) symphonious, in unison, pp. of sounds, musical instruments, Luc. Har- monid. 1. Plut. Conjug. Praec. 11. ed. R. VI. p. 527. 4. In N. T. trop. co?wo- 785 nant, accordant, and Neut. ro av[4(p(o- vov subst. accord, agreement, 1 Cor. 7: 5 ex ffvpcpuvov. Pol. 6. 36. 5. genr. Di- ed. 6. 11. Epict. Ench. 49. 3. f>ieo 9 f. law, (j//7jqp/w q. v.) to reckon together, to compute, e. g. tag vipdg Acts 19: 19. Aristoph. Lysist. 142. yfjnfw%o$, ov,o, 7], adj. (avv, nn,} of one mind with others, like-minded, Phil. 2: 2. Comp. Tittm. Syn. N. T. p. 67. 2uv, prep, governing only the Da- tive, with, implying a nearer and closer connexion and conjunction than ^tu, much as in Engl. with differs from mid, amid, among. See Passow s. v. Matth. 577. Winer 52. p. 334. Tittm. Syn. N. T. p. 176. a) pp. of society, companionship, con- sort, where one is said to be, do, suffer with any one, in connexion and com- pany with him ; cornp. in Meid T. 2. a. So after verbs of sitting, standing, being, remaining, with any one, as avaxfifjat John 12: 2 in later edit, plvo^ai Luke 2: 13. diaTQlfia) Acts 14: 28. intrans. Acts 2: 14. 4: 14. intr. Luke 20: 1. Acts 23: 27. Acts 8: 31. /ufiVw Luke 1: 56. 24: 29. Acts 28: J6. Spec, fit/at auv iivi, to be with any one, i.e. present with, in com- pany with, Luke 24: 44. Phil. 1: 23. Col. 2: 5. 1 Thess. 4: 17 avv xvgln. 2 Pet. 1: 18. c. tivou impl. Luke 8: 1. Acts 21: 29. Phil. 4: 21. Or as accom- panying, following, Luke 7: 12. Acts 13: 7. 27: 2 ; as .a follower, disciple, Luke 8: 38. 22: 56. Acts 4: 13 ; as a partisan, to he on one's side, Acts 14: 4 his. (Xen. An. 1. 8. 26. H. G. 3. 1. 18 fin.) So ol GVV Tivt, OT, those with any one, his companions, attendants, followers; fully Mark 2:26. Acts 22: 9. Oftener c. part. wV, OVTS? impl. Luke 5: 9. 8: 45 in later edit. 9: 32. 24: 10, 24, a3. Rorn. 16: 14, 15.' Gal. 1:2. 2:3; spoken of colleagues, Acts 5:17, 21. 19: 38. Hdian. 5. 4. 11. Pint. Mor. II. p. 40. Tauchn. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 15. Anab. 2. 2. 1. After verbs of going with any one ; e. g. sQ/opat and its compounds, Luke 24: 1. John 21: 3. Acts 11: 12. 2 Cor. 9: 4. 99 Acts 5: 26. iio-sQzopat, Acts 3: 8. 25: 23. e&o X opcu Acts 10: 23. 14: 20. 16: 3. John 18:1. o-ws'^o^uat Acts 21: 16. Also noQsvopat Luke 7: 6. Acts 10: 20. 23: 32. 26: 13. 1 Cor. 16: 4. iunsvai Acts 21: 18. exTrAs'w 18: 18. naQayivo- pai 24: 24. o-wdyopat, 4: 27. Hdian. 2. 14. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 13. H. G. 3. 1. 18 init. Genr. with neuter and passive verbs, like Engl. with, where the verb refers to its subject as in company with others. Matt. 26: 35 xuv dey fis oly rf/ x- xlijfft'a. 17:34. 18:8. 20:36. 21:24,26. 1 Cor. 1:2. 11: 32. 2 Cor. 1:1. Eph. 3: 18. 4:31. Phil. 1: 1. 2:22 ; Col. 3:3, 4. 1 Thess. 4: 17 ^ce ffvv nvwlg UQTKX- /r t ao^d-a. 5: 10. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 30. An. 1. 9. 2. Also with transitive verbs, like Engl. urith, where the verb refers either to its subject or object as in com- pany with others ; e. g. to the subject, Mark 4:10 ^WTTJO-V ctvrov ol nfQt avibv, avv tolg dwdexa. Luke 5: 19. 19: 23. 23: 11, 35. Acts 5: 1. 10: 2. 14: 13. 21: 5. 1 Cor. 16: 19. To the ob- ject, Matt. 25: 27 MOftiadftrjv V TO fybv ffvv Toxo). M ark 8: 34. 1 5: 27 r.al vvv avw dvo )>rjo~idg. Acts 15:22 i. v. 25. 23: 15. 1 Cor. 10: 13. 2 Cor. 1: 21. 4: 14. Gal. 5: 24. Col. 3: 9. 4: 9. 1 Thess. 4: 14. obj. Palaeph. 31. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.7. I)) trop. of connexion, consort, as arising from likeness of doing or suffer- ing, from a common lot or event, with, i. q. in like manner with, like, Rom. 6: 8 si ds aTto&dvoftsv ffiiv XQUJTW. 8: 32. 2 Cor. 13: 4. Gal. 3: 9. svlo/ovviai yvv TW TiiffiM 'AfiQadfi, i. e. with and like Abraham, by the same acts and in the same manner. Col. 2: 13, 20. So D3>, Sept. find Ps. 106. 6. Ecc. 2: 16. c) of connexion arising from posses- sion, the being furnished or entrusted with any thing. 1 Cor. 15: 10 77 %dQig lov &tov TJ o-vv ifioi, i. q. r do&stad 786 pot, in Rom. 12: 3, 6. 2 Cor. 8: 19 avv- fTrspyjotpev tov ad depot* . . . avv if) %u- ^iTi ftxvtrj, i. e. who is entrusted with this gift. ( Psalt. Sal. 7 : 4 anomuJLyg Suvaiov avv fYio>l>/.) James 1: 11 uvi- TJU yctg o ijJUov avv TO xai'awvt. Honi. Od.24. 193. Xen. Conv. 2. 22. Cyr. 1. 2.4. d) implying a joint- working, co-op- eration, and thus spoken of a means, in- strument, with, through, by virtue of. 1 Cor. 5: 4 avv T/} dvvuftfi rov XVQIOV '/. X?. Xen. Cyr'. 8. 7. 13. Conv. 5. 13. e) implying* addition, accession, like Engl. with, i. q. besides, over and above, Luke 24: 21 juUUi ;' x. T. i. John 11:47. Acts 14: 27. 15:30. Also c. tTii iiva against any one Matt. 27: 27. Seq. tig lov tonov Rev. 16: 16. il$ jiolfpov Rev. 16: 14. 20: 8. Sept. genr. for S]DN Ex. 3: 16. 1 Sarn. 5: 11. HdianT i 3. 11. Ael. V. H. 3. 19. Xen. An. 1. 3. 9. an army Palaeph. 8. 4. Xen. Ag. 1. 25. (/?) Pass, or Mid. to be gathered together, to be assembled, to come together, Matt. 22: 41 avvrjyfifvwv de iwv uQiffuiwv. 27:17. Mark 2 : 2. Luke 22:66. Acts 13:44. 15:6. 20: 7. 1 Cor. 5: 4. Rev. 19: 19. Sept. for 5pN3 Deut. 33: 5. . Neh. 8:3. (Pint. Mor.il. p. 31. Tauchn.) With adjuncts of place, etc. tfjinQoa&iv iivoq Matt. 25: 32. ifil 10 avio, comp. in Ainos III. a. ft. Matt. 22: 34. Acts 4: 26. ri fiva to any one Mark 5:21 ; also against any one Acts 4: 2 (Sept. Gen. 34: 30.) ft? c. ace. of place, Matr. 26: 3. Acts 4: 5 ; ilg final Mutt. IS: 20. Rev. 19: 17. tv c. dat. of place, Acts 4: 27, 31. II: 26. fttra n- vog Matt. 28: 12. nyog nvu to any one, Mutt. 13:2. 27:62. Mark 4: 1. 6:30. 7: 1. IXH, onov, ov, Matt. 18:20. 26:57. John 18:2. 20:19. Acts 20: 8. Spoken alU'a), uA?;c, i. q. 6o?,) to gather together in a heap, e. g. things, Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 1 TU axevr] TiavTa ffvvodlaag. In N. T. of persons, /o ttiafo: throng together, to assemble, Pass. Acts ] : 4 (ri/vaJUad/uE vo$ Tiagyy/Bi- JUv i/ro7$. Jos. B. J. 3. 9. 4. Luc. de Luct. 7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 48. Act. Hdot. 1. 176. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 14. uor. 2 avvepiiv, q. v.) /o go u/> u>iV/i any one, sc. from a lower to a higher part of a country, c. dat. Mark 15:41. Acts 13: 31. Sept. for nb? Ex. 12:38. c. /T Gen. 50: 9. Ex. 33:3.-Esdr. 8:27. Ael. V. H. 3.17. Xen. Mem. 1.3. 18. lj f. slffouai, (uvdxti- uai q. v.) to recline with any one, sc. at table, i. q. (o eat with, to dine or sup with, see in Avdxetfiai no. 2 ; seq. dat. as in 2vywx&i]nai. Matt. 9 : 10 avv- tm'xfHTO TW 3 Ir]$ crwfcd^fiVoi, i. e. as fellow-prisoners. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 3 (rwd&depsvos TW olvoxow. Luc. D, Deor. 17. 2. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 8. o>, f. aVw, (do&&,) t& glorify with any one, i. e. to exalt in dignity and glory with or as another, Rom. 8: 17. >?, ov y o, (dovlog,) a fel- low-slave, fellow-servant. The Atticists prefer o^i6dov).og, Thorn. Mag. p. 649 ouodovhog 'ATTIXOV, ov avvdovkog. Poll. On. III. 82. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 471. a) pp. of involuntary service, Matt. 24: 49 -ivmeiv rovg uvvSovkovg otmov. Eurip. Med. 64. Aristoph. Pac. 745. Hdot. 2. 134. b) of voluntary service, spoken of the followers and ministers of Christ, as fellow-servants together of Christ, Rev. 6: 11. 19: 10. 22: 9 ; espec. of teachers, a colleague, Col. 1:7. 4:7. Comp. 4ov- Aoc b. Also of the attendants of a king, the officers of an oriental court, Matt. 18: 28, 29, 31, 33; comp. v. 23. See in JoDAos c. So Sept. for ni i:3 colleagues Ezra 4: 7, 9. 5: 3, 6. avv- ,) a running together, concourse, Acts 21: 30. Judith 10: 18. Pol. 1. 67. 2. Diod. Sic. 13. 87. f. fw, ( iyuQw, } to wake or raise up together with any one, sc. from the dead, as Christians spiritu- ally in the likeness of Christ's resurrec- tion, c. dat. Eph. 2: 6 xal awue sc. 790 Xquny as inv. 5. Col. 2: 12. 3: l. pp. to raise or lift up, Jos. de Mace. 3 roc ntnTtaxora. Phocylid. 132 or 134 xijjvos fx&Qolo. trop. Pint. Con- sol. ad A poll. 30 T hi/nag xal toi'g &QT/]- vovg iov, QUy TO, ,) pp. 'a sitting together,' i. e. an as- sembly, consessus, Sept. for DVlE Ps. 26: 4. Jos. Ant. 17. 3. 1 avvibQiov not- tlToti TWV cplltav. Pol. 2. 39. 1. a coun- cil, senate, Jos. B. J. 6. 4. 3. Plut. Pyrrh. 19. Hdian. 4. 3. 21. Xen. II. G. 7. 1. 39. In N. T. spoken only of Jewish councils, viz. a) the Sanhedrim, Talm. "P"nr?;0, the supreme council of the Jewish na- tion, composed of 70 members besides the high-priest, in imitation of the 70 elders appointed by Moses, Num. 11: 16 sq. comp. Jos. Ant. 9. 1. 1. The mem- bers were selected from the uQ%i(Qelg, i. e. former high-priests and the chief- priests or heads of the 24 courses ; -jigmftvTtQOi, elders ; and yQa^aTflg, scribes or lawyers. The high-priest for the time being was ex ojficio president, fiTJBJ princeps ; and a vice- president, called -pi rP3 3K, sat at his right hand. The Sanhedrim had cog- nizance of all important causes, both civil and ecclesiastical ; and appear to have met ordinarily in a hall not far from the temple, called by Josephus /?ov/Uj, Povfoviygtov, B. J. 5. 4. 2. ib. 6. 6. 3 ; though on extraordinary occasions they were sometimes convened in the high-priest's palace, Matt. 2t>: 3, 57. Under the Romans the right of capital punishment was takeu away, John 18: 31 ; though they might aid in carrying a sentence into execution, John 19: 6, 16. See Bust. Lex. Chald. 514, 1513. Lightf. Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 2: 4. 23: 2. Jahn 244. Genr. Matt. 5: 22 tvo x og tffTou TW rvrtdfly. 26: 59. Mark 14: 55. 15:1. John 11: 47. Acts 5:21,27,34 41 22:30. 23:1, 15, 20, 28. 24: 20. Me- ton. as including the place of meeting, the Sanhedrim as sitting j n its hall, Luke 22:66 avr'iyayov UVTOV fig TO avvs- dgiov eaviuv. Acts 4: 15. 6: 12, 15. 23: 6. Jos. Ant. 14. 9. 4. ib. 20. 9. 1. de Vit. 12. Including the idea of place, genr. Hdian. 2. 3. 5. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 23. b) a council, tribunal, i. e. the smaller tribunals in the cities of Palestine, sub- ordinate to the Sanhedrim, i. q. xowrt?. Matt. 10: 17. Mark 13: 9. See fully in y. tS> t<0?j ! (ffvvoida, ivat,} pp. 'a knowing with oneself,' consciousness ; and hence conscience, that faculty of the soul which distinguishes between right and wrong, and prompts to choose the former and avoid the lat- ter. John 8: 9 vno life efayxopwoi* Rom. 2: 15 aijg avjuv ii]g ffweidfafwc;. 9: 1. 13: 5. 1 Cor. 10: 25, 27, 28, 29 bis. 2 Cor. 1: 12. 1 Tim. 4: 2. Tit. 1: 15. Heb. 9: 9, 14. 10: 2, 22. So vvvtlSyvig aya&i] a good conscience, i. q. consciousness of right, rectitude, Acts 23: 1. 1 Tim. 1:5, 19. 1 Pet. 3: 16, 21. xab] Heb. 13: 18. x#0o 1 Tim. 3: 9. 2 Tim. 1 : 3. unQov- xonog Acts 24: 16. ffvvudqo'ig aa&evyg ovaa v. aff&wovffa, i. e. weak and hesi- tating in judging and deciding, 1 Cor. 8: 7, 10, 12. Also 1 Pet. 2: 19 avvddrj- fftg JQV -&KOV a conscience toward God, i. e. conformed to his will. 1 Cor. 8: 7 avvEldrjfftg tov tidulov a conscience to- ward the idol, i. e. a conscience over which the idol has sway, as if something real. Wisd. 17: 11. Test. XII Patr. 7} avveldrjffl:; ftov ffwe^st /u nsQt r^g u^iotg- tlag. Epict. Fragm. 97. Luc. Amor. 49. Diod. Sic. 4. 65. aw. aya&r\ Hdian. 6. 3. 9. Meton. judgment of the conscience, 2 Cor. 4: 2 VWIO-IMVIK; eaviovg ngog naactv o~vvldr)ffiv av&Qunwv, i. e. to the judgment of every man's conscience. 5: 11. ?, obsol. in the present, see I. Aor. 2 avvfldov, part, only trop. to see or perceive with oneself, sc. by the senses, to be aware, absol. Acts 12:12. 14: 6 avvidovTtg xaiscpvyov. 2 Mace. 4: 41. Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 4. Pol. 1. 23. 3. Dem. 1351. 6. Plut. Solon. 25. ffvvtldov ib. Pyrrh. 2. II. Perf. 2 auvoidu, part, o-wtidug, to know with any one, to be conscious of or privy to anything, absol. Acts 5: 2 ffvysidviag xal rijg ywaixog ctviov. Seq. dat. f'uaiTw, to know with oneself, to be 791 conscious of, I Cor. 4: 4 ovSev yotg /iv- TO) avvoida. c. iavrw Sept. Job 27: 6. Jos. Ant. 3. 9. 3. Hdian. 7. 1. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 6. I. 2,Vt>lflt f f. saopcu, (tlul,) to be with, to be present with, c. dat. as in 2vyxd$i]utxi. Luke 9: 18. Acts 22: 11. 2 Mace. 9: 4. Ael. V. H. 12. 52. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 10. II. o*lftti part. ffWiMv, (slftif) to go or come together, to convene, absol. Luke 8: 4. Hdian. 2. 9. 7. Xeu. Cyr. 5. 4. 19. aor. 2 - i,) /o go or come in u>iY/ any one, to enter with, c. dat. as in Ji/xct- &r]uai. John 18: 15 oa'mo-TJjylvh T '/*?- ffOL 1 . Spoken of a vessel, to embark with, c. dat. John 6: 22. Sept. for NTS Cy Esth. 2: 13. Act. Thorn. 12. Xen. An. 4. 5. 10. oUy o, 77, adj. Hog,) pp. aosen/ together from one'* ;>eo- p/e ; Subst. a fellow-traveller, Acts 19: 29. 2 Cor. 8: 19. Jos. de Vit. 14. Palaeph. 46. 4. Plut. de Virtut. et Vit. 2. ed. R. VI. p. 381 ult. z, ?], oy, fxTos q. v.) chosen with others, fellow-tied, like- beloved, 1 Pet. 5: 13. Others here take it as pr. n. fem. Syneclecte, and understand it of the wife of Peter, Neand. Gesch. d. apost. Zeitalters II. p. 463. upon or assail with any one, at the same time, absol. Acts 24: 9 avvms&WTO in later edit, com p. v. 2. Text. rec. awe'*- &SVTO. Comp. in 'Jtanl&iftu b. Sept. Deut. 32:27. Pol. 1. 31. 2. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 3. I j f. daw, ( llavvo), ) to drive together, sc. into one place, e. g. wild beasts, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 14 ; persons, 2 Mace. 4:26. Jos. B. J. 4. 9. 11. Pol. 28. 5. 6. In N. T. trop. to impel or per- suade together, c. ace. Acts 7: 26 crvvi]- Aaffev avtovg fig fiQijvrjv. Ael. V. H. 4. 15. gfCOy GO, f. 7/Vw. (enc- to bear further witness with any one. to attest with, c. dat. of man- ner, Heb. 2: 4, coll. v. 3. Sext. Empir. adv. Log. 2. 324 avveTiiuagTVQovaav TO> Pol. 26. 9. 4. i, depon. Mid. ( IViw, i,} to follow with, to accompany, c. dat. Acts 20: 4. 2 Mace. 15: 2. Apoilod. Bibl.3. 12. Xen. Conv. 1.2. to work together with any one, to coope- rate, absol. i. q. to be a co-worker, fellow- labourer,! Cor. 16:16. 2 Cor. 6:1. (Seq. dat. pers. Esd>\ 7: 2. Plut. de Sanit. tuend. fin. rfj yvxy wvtgyti TO awua not o~vyy.duvsi>.) Hence genr. i. q. to help, to aid, c. dat. expr. or impl. Mark 16: 20. James 2: 22 7} nlffiig awtgyfl rolg egyoig avwv.l Mace. 12: 1. Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 5. Diod. Sic. 4. 77. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 18. Of things, to work together for any thing, to cooperate, to contribute, sc. to any re- sult, seq. dat. com modi, et tig c. ace. Rom. 8: 28 ^o1g dyanwo'iv TOV &tov nav- T avvtgyii fig ctyu&or. Pol. 11.9. 1. Diod. Sic. 4. 76. c. ngog Plut. Romul. 21. ~'ur(pyo?j ov t o, i], adj. ( I'gyov, ) pp. ivorking with, cooperating, aiding, Diod. Sic. 13. 70. Pol. 1. 81. 10. Subst. a co-ivorker, fellow-labourer, helper, genr. 2 Mace. 8: 7. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 4. Pol. 1. 7. 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 3. In N. T. spoken only of a co-worker, helper, in the Christian work, i. e. of Christian teachers, c. gen. of pers. avvsgyol TOV &EOV 1 Cor. 3: 9 ; o~vvsf)yol (iov sc. Uav Aou, Rom. 16: 3, 9, 21. Phil. 2: 25. 4: 3. 1 Thess. 3: 2. Philern. 1, 24. c. gen. of object, 2 Cor. 1: 24 awegyol *%$ %a- Qug vpwv co-workers of your joy, i. e. labouring together for your happiness. Seq. dat. commodi, 3 John 8 avvsgyol r/J aXrj&ela. Seq. stg c. ace. for or in behalf of, 2 Cor. 8: 23 tig vpag Col. 4: 11. St/V&I tilth) fit j f. xbycrw, fit,} to put or lay upon together, at the same time, Sept. Num. 12: 11. Plut. Syrnpos. 8. 7 fin. In N. T. Mid. to set t) aor. 2 o-vvr\l&ov, to go or come with any one, to come together. a) c. dat. of pers. to go or come with, i. q. to accompany, see in 2 Luke 23: 55 a'iuvig ?] 792 otrw & rjjs raJuKatag. John 11: 33 coll. 31. Acts 9: 39. 10: 23, 45. 11: 12. 15: 38. Also to company or be conver- sant with, Acts 1: 21. Once seq. vvv iivi Acts 21: 16 ; comp. Winer 56 fin. Sept. for tfia Job 22: 4. Wisd. 7: 2. comp. Thuc. 1. 10. b) genr. and usually, to come together, to convene, to assemble, absol. Mark 3: 20 K Gen. 43: 32. absol. Ps. 101: 5. avvscp. for Qy 'tf Ex. 18: 12. ffvvt(r&. Plut. de occult. Viv. init. Luc. Parasit. 59. f, fcog ? r], avviTJui q. v.) a sending together, conjunction of streams, Si'veatg dvo TroTa^wv Horn. Od. 10. 515. In N. T. *a putting together in mind,' i. q. discernment, understanding, intelli- gence, Luke 2: 47 e$lo~tavTo de navies . . . 7i* Tijf (rvvecret {/Toi5. 1 Cor. 1: 19. Eph. 3: 4. Col. 1: 9. 2: 2. 2 Tim. 2: 7. Sept. for nra Deut. 4: 6. Is. 29: 14. Prtton Ex. 31: 3. Prov. 2: 2. ny? Job J5: 2.- Luc. Alex. 22. Diod. Sic.'l. 1. Dem. 1394. 4. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 23. Melon, as a faculty of the mind, under- standing, intellect, put for the mind itself; Mark 12: 33 TO ayanav avxbv [-&SOV] olrjg rijg xaodlag xctl | otyg T)$ vvvsaewg. Ecclus.47:23. Test. XII Patr. p. 538. * Ael. V. H. 12. 1. Pint. Vit. Thes. 6. q. v. ) pp. ' putting together in mind,' i. e. dis- cerning, intelligent, sagacious. Matt. 11: 25 arc&.Qvyjag tavja uno vocpuv xnl avvf- iwv. Luke 10: 21. Acts 13: 7. 1 Cor. 1: 19. Sept. for]->nrjlChr.l5:22. p33 Prov. 28: 7. Ecc/9: 11. t2DH Gen. 4ll 33. Is. 19: 11. Jos. c. Ap/2ll6. Luc. D. Deor. 26 fin. Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 12. ed R. VI. p. 206. 14. Oi ? co y f. 7/, (svdoxec* q. v.) to think well of with others, to take pleasure with others in any thing; hence i. q. to approve, to assent to, c. dat. of per&. pp. as in 2vy%alQw q. v. Rom. 1: 32 ffvvsvdoxovfft rolg nQaaaovcri. Else- where c. dat. of thing in or as to which, Luke 11: 48 avvevdoxelTe xolg soyoig VMV naxtowv. Acts 8: 1. 22: 20. 1 Mace. 1: 57. 2 Mace. 11: 24. absol. Demad. 180. 32. Diod. Sic. 4. 24. Seq. infin. i. q. to be like willing, like pleased to do any thing, 1 Cor. 7: 12, 13 xai avrog ffvvevdoxei olxelv [ifi avr^g, i. e. if both are mutually pleased. o ? f. 7J let be well fed, to feast, from ev, l^w, W>) to feast several together; Mid. or Pass, to feast with any one, to revel with t c. dat. as in 2vyxa&r t (iai. 2 Pet. 2: 13 ffwevaxovf^evoi, vfuv. impl. Jude 12. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 7. Luc. Philopat. 4. in N. T. only aor. 2 o-vveneo'irjv intrans. to stand upon together, to assail together ; c. XT, Acts 16: 22 ffvvsTTso~TV) o o%kog XCCT av- TWV, i. e. made an assault together against them. Sept. Num. 16: 3 ffvvsneaTrjo-av in some Codd. Comp. Thuc. 2. 75. 2vV"/co, f. w, ( %w, ) to hold to- gether, to press together, i. q. to holdfast, to shut up, trans. a) pp. as T WT to stop one's ears Acts 7: 57. Sept. TO o-topa, for yc Is. 52: 15. Of a city besieged, Luke 793 19: 43 ffvveSovffi at f/^ooroAi'/ua] nuvio- &tv. So Sept. and ^^ 1 Sam. 23: 8. (2 Mace. 9: 2.) Of a crowd, to press upon any one Luke 8: 45 ; of persons having a prisoner in custody, to hold fast, Luke 22: 63. Hdian. 2. 13. 8. Luc. Tox. 39. b) trop. to constrain, i. q. to compel, to press on, c. ace. 2 Cor. 5: 14 ^ yo/?w psyaJitp avvsi/ovxo. Matt. 4: 24 vocroig . . . avve- /o(jitvovs. Luke 4: 38. Acts 28: 8. Sept. Job 3:24. 31:23. Plut. ed. R. X. p. 788. 1 qpo/Sw. Diod. Sic. 3. 33 vovoig. Pass. spoken also of a person held fast, press- ed, occupied with a work or the like ; Acts 18: 5 ffWfixtTO TO! Ao^w 6 Hui'^og in later edit, cornp. above, i. e. Paul now gave himself wholly to preaching the word ; comp. v. 3. VVisd. 17: 20 Hdian. 1. 17. 22 ijdovcug. , depon. Pass, (ij to joy or rejoice with any one, c. dat. Ael. V. H. 9. 21. Hdian. 8. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 7. In N. T. c. dat. of thing, to delight in any thing with others ; Rom. 7: 22 (Tvvr]do t u(xi yap TO! vofiM, i. e. I loo delight in the law, 1 arn one of those who delight in it, etc. Others, to delight in altogether, wholly. ) tt? y ty (owijihjs dwell- ing together, wonted together, accus- tomed, from vi'V, fj&og q. v.) a dwelling or living together, Ael. H. An. 16. 36. Dem. 1467. 19. a being wonted together, familiarity, Jos. de Mace. 13 fin. Pol. 1. 43. 4. Diod. Sic. 14. 12. In N. T. a wont, usage, custom, John 18: 39. 1 Cor. 11: 16. Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 5 ?? ndngtog crwii&tcx. Arr. Epict. 1. 27. 20. Xen. Venal. 12. 4. age, Gal. 1: 14. Alciphr. Ep. 1. 12. Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 49. Diod. Sic. 1.53. On this species of compounds, disap- proved of by the Atticists, see Thorn. Mag. p. 207 sq. Lob. ad Phr. p. 172, 471. f. i//w, (dan,} to bury with any one ; in N. T. trop. with Christ, in the likeness of his burial, c. dat. as in ^"v/xa&rjpni. Pass. Rom. 6:4. Col. 2: 12 ffWTOKpdvifg avxtp V TO! ^amLff^att. pp. Hdot. 5. 5 i] yvvrj o-vv&dnjeTai TOJ avOL Plut. M. Anton. 85. Thuc. 1. 8. f. ao-w, ($iw to crush,) to crush together, to dash in pieces, Pass. Matt. 21: 44 et Luke 20: 18 o neaoov inl lov M&ov lomov, ovp&Jt,a]Tal uJ together, Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 4. Mem. 3. 1.7. Jo compose, ovouara Arr. Epict. 3. 23. 23. loyovg Dem. 277. 5. nqay- fia ib. 275. 26. Also to set or pu< with a person, fo deliver to any one, Pol. 5. 10.4. InN.T. only Mid. at/yr/tff/iWj to sef together with another, i. e. between oneself and another, i. q. to agree to- gether, to covenant together or with any one ; seq. inf. Luke 22: 5 xal awsdevio ttirrw agyvQiov dovvctt. Seq. inf. c. tov Acts 23: 20; see '0, */, TO, p. 556. c. Seq. tV John 9: 22; comp. in c '/v no. 3. a. c. inf. Sept. Dan. 2: 9. Jos. Ant. 13. 4. 7. Hdian. 1. 17. 16. Xen. An. 4. 2. 1. ToD c. inf. Test. Xll Patr. p. 707. Once in text. rec. i. q. to assent, absol. Acts24:9; comp. in 2vvs7inl&r)(j.i. So Philostr. Heroic, c. 5 fin. otiyoig iwv $j adv. ( avvtopog, ,) to run with others, in company, in- trans. pp. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 9 ; in N. T. only trop. ilg T, 1 Pet. 4: 4 p\ vvvTyt-- %6viwv vpuv slg TTJV a,vii]v jijg affWTiag uva%vaiv. Dem. 214. 7. Of a multi- tude, to run together, to flock together, Mark 6: 33. Acts 3: 11. Judith 6: 18. Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 8. Xen. An. 5. 7. 4. j f. yw, (IQL^O),} to rub together, c. g. sticks for kindling fire, T nvQfla, Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 32. Usually and in N. T. i. q. to break or crush to- gether, by rubbing or striking against, concussion, i. q. to break in pieces, trans. a) pp. Mark 5: 4. 14:3 see in ulia- paaiqov. John 19: 36. Rev. 2: 27 TU (rxsi'ij T xf/u Ex. 12: 46. Lev. 6: 28. 26: 13. AeK V. H. 12. 61. Diod. Sic. 13. 16. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 29. Of a reed, to break together, so as to have, a flaw or crack, but not en- tirely off; Matt. 12: 20 xu/a^uov avtrs- ov xTf, a reed broken to- gether shall he not break off, quoted from Is. 42: 3 where Sept. for y^"1. b) trop. to break together the strength or power of any one, to crush, to weaken, c. ace. Luke 9: 39 nvsi^a . . . vvvrQiSei, aviov, i. e. weakens him, breaks him down ; comp. Mark 9: 18 where it is fyQulvetat. ( Hdian. 5. 4. 20. ) So of Satan, to break or crush his power, Rom. 16: 20 ; comp. in Ilovg /9. Sept. for n:pn Josh. 10:10. Am. 3: 15. Pol. 26. 3. 6 ffWTQiyai iovq 3 Axalovq. Pass. Luke 4: 18 o-vvTSTQifjfisvovg ii]v xaydlav, broken in heart, 5. e. dispirited, afflicted, comp. Buttm. 131. 6. So Sept. and -D'j Ps. 34: 19. 51: 19. Pol. 21. 10. 2 . XT? divoln, Diod. Sic. 11. 78 rolg ,. 16. 81 icug yjv%alg. CCTO, TO, q. v.) a breaking together, a crushing, fracture, Sept. for ^ip Lev. 21: 18. Is. 30: 14. In N. T. trap." destruction, Rom. 3: l6, quoted from Is. 59: 7 where Sept. for 1 : 25 , as also 22: 4. 60: 18. for -q':> Jer. 8:21. 48: 3. Ecclus. 40:11/1 Mace. 2: 7. SuVlgOCpO?, OU y 0, Tj, adj. (ffVVTQS- qpw,) nourished or nursed together, Xen. Mem. 2.3. 4. In N.T. subst. one brought up or educated with another, a comrade, Acts 13: 1. 2 Mace. 9: 29. Jos. B. J. 1. 10. 9. Ael. V. H. 12. 26. Pol. 5. 9. 4. aor. 2 avvi-iv%ov, to fall in with, to meet with, to come to or at any one, c. dat. Luke 8: 19. Jos. Ant. 1.12.3 o~vviv%wv 5' avTrj frslog ayytikog. Hdian. 2. 14. 12. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 16. ^VVfVffl, T?C, ^, Syntyche, pr. n. of a female Christian, Phil. 4: 2. depon. Mid. aor. 1 Pass. avvvnsxQl&rjv in Mid. sense, Buttm. 136. 2 ; to play the hypocrite ivith any one, to dissemble with, c. dat. as in ^vy%aiQO). Gal. 2: 13. Pol. 8. 92. 5. ib. 3. 52. 6. Pint. C. Mar. 14. ytfOy O), f. ?](TW, (V ylw, I'jrovo/Js tinder-worker, helper, from vno, tgyov,) to serve, help, aid wit ft any one, together, at the same time, c. dat. of manner, 2 Cor. 1: 11. Luc. Bis ac- 797 cus. J7 ra notta j-wvnovgysi. f. iv w, (wSivw,) to be in travail together, to bring forth together, spoken of animals Porphyr. de Abstin. 3. 10. In N. T. trop. to be in pain to- gether, absol. spoken of ? e ; KIWI? collect. Rom. 8: 22. Enr. Helen. 733 or 736 Swwdlvti xaxolg. (y as, ?/, o-vyofivv^i, a swearing together, a conjuration, con- spiracy, Acts 23: 13 ffwcapofflav nsnoirj- xortg, comp. in /Zots'w no. 1. b. ft. Jos. Ant. 15. 8. 4. Ael. V. H. 14. 22. Thuc. 6.27. MVy al, Syracuse, now Siracusa, the celebrated capital of Sicily, situated on the eastern coast, with a capacious harbour. It was the birth-place and residence of Archimedes. Acts 28: 12. Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 29, 31. y see in S yoviaaa. vpict, a?, r h Syria, Heb. t]-%\ Aramaea, pr. n. of a large country of Asia, lying, in the widest acceptation of the name, between Palestine, the Mediterranean, Mount Taurus, and the Tigris ; thus including Mesopotamia, called in Heb. fc- in: EINf , i. e. Ara- maea of the two rivers : comp. Plin. H. N. 5. 15. 12. Mela 1. 11. Gesen. Lex. et Thesaur. art. 0*2$. Rosen m, Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 2#2 sq. For Code-Syria, see in Jot t uctffx6<;. At the time of the Jewish exile, Syria with Palestine was subject to the empire of Babylon ; and later, to the Persian monarchs and Alexander the Great. After the death of the latter, Babylon and Syria became a powerful kingdom under the dominion of the Seleucidae; of which at a later period Antioch was the capital. Syria was subdued by Pompey as far as the Euphrates, and made a Roman province; including also Phenicia and Judea. In the time of Christ it was governed by a procon- sul, to whom the procurator of Judea was amenable ; see in 'llysftuv no. 2. Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 3 rqv nakouffrwyv 2v- t>lav cdoi'AwffttTo. Matt. 4: 24. Luke 2: 2. Acts 15: 23, 41. 18:18. 20:3. 21:3. Gal. 1:21, 2vgOQy a ? oVy (Svqlu,} Syrian, e. g. ZVQOI, cpoQilu Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 3. Usually and in N. T. o 2^0?, a Syrian, Luke 4: 27. Sept. 2 K. 5: 20. Jos. Ant. 10. 15. 4. Hdian. 3. 11. 17. y a?y i], a Syro- Phenician woman, i. e. a Phenician of Syria, prob. in distinction from the ^d.i{3ocpolviy.$ Phenicians of Libya, or Carthaginians. Mark 7: 26 in text. rec. comp. Matt. 15: 21, 22. Pp. fern, to 2vQocpoivi$, as Cadmus is called, Luc. Deor. Concil. 4. Syrophoenix Juv. Sat. 6. 159. Comp. <&olvi:~, fern, ftolviaffu Horn. Od. 15. 417. Hdot. 8. 118. A later form is 2vQacpoivixKjav. v. 2vQo- cpoivlxio-ffa, in Mss. and some later editions ; also Clem. Rom. llomil. 2. 5. 19. SvpTic, tog v. fco? y syrtis, i. e. a sand-bank, shoal, quick- sands, dangerous to navigation, pp. so called as drawn together by currents of the sea, Acts 27: 17. Two Syrtes or gulfs with quick-sands on the northern coast of Africa, were particularly fa- mous among the ancients ; one, called Syrtis Major, between Cyrene and Lep- tis ; the other, Syrtis Minor, near Car- thage. See Sallust Jug. 78. Heyne Excurs. IV. ad Virg. Aen. 1. 108 sq. Wetst. N. T. II. p. 642. ~ Jos. B. J. 2. 16. 4. Luc. Dipsad. 6 i?V iifyg&ip -!VQ- ^LV. Diod. Sic. 3. 49. Strabo 17. p. 1192. C. y f. VQW, to draw, to drag, to haul, trans. John 2] : 8 avgovT?? TO dlmvan'. Rev. 12: 4. Sept. for SJjD 2 Sam. 17: 13. Luc. Merc. cond. 3. Hdian. 5. 8. 17. Of persons dragged by force before magistrates or to pun- ishment, Acts 8: 3. 14: 19. 17: 6. Jos. de Mace. 6 init. Arr. Epict. 1. 29 vv- grj slg TO dea^(aTi)Qiov. Luc. Lexiph. 10. v. TTOO^ f. |w, (avv, q. v.) pp. to tear or lacerate together ; in N. T. intens. to convulse altogether, to throw into strong spasms, spoken of the effects of demoniacal 798 possession resembling epilepsy, c. ace. Luke 9: 42. Cornp. in Z Uy TO, ( neut. of adj. vvcrarjuog signed or marked together, alike, from frtffr, fffjua,) a concerted sign, token, signal, sc. agreed upon with oth- ers; Mark 14:44 avaayuov, comp. Matt. 26: 48 armfior. Sept. Judg. 20: 40. Diod. Sic. 13. 45, 46. Strabo 6. p. 428. C. A late word, unknown to the ear- lier Greek writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 418, 421. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 196. 'u q. V.) 1. to deck together, i. q. to wrap to- gether, to envelope, to wind in a garment, robe, etc. Eurip. Troad. 376 or 382 ou Hence in N. T. of a dead body rolled up and swathed for burial, Acts 5: 6. So TrcDwrieUw Sept. Ez. 29: 5. Jos. Ant. 17. 3. 3 TTEOfo-Tg'AAety -davovTa. Hdot. 2. 90. 2. to send or draw together, to con- OQU TW *E(fQa'i'fi. Called also -Ixipct, Ipwv, Sept. 2 K. 12: 1. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44. ib. 11. 8. 6 ; Satijii Sept. Gen. 33: 18 ; la- ter MafioQ&d by the inhabitants, and NsotTtoJiig, Neapolis by the Romans, Jos. B. J. 4. 8. 1 ; also on coins, cphaovict vt- cbroAt?, Flavia Neapolis. For the name Sychar, see in 2vxa^. See fully in Wetst. N. T. I. p. 858. Reland Palaest. p. 1004 sq. The ancient Shechem was given to the Levites and was one of the cities of refuge, Josh. 20:7. 21: 21. It was destroyed hy Abimelech, Judg. 9: 45 ; but rebuilt by Jeroboam and made the seat of his kingdom, 1 K. 12: 1, 25. Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 4. At a later period it became the metropolis of the Samari- tans, and the seat of their worship, Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 6. John 4: 5, comp. 20: 21. Cornp. in ^a^aQsiir}?. At present it is an inconsiderable village, called JVa- blous or Naploos (Neapolis), and inhab- ited by the few remaining descendants of the ancient Samaritans. See Miss. Herald 1824. p. 310. Calmet art. She- chem. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 118. II. ^u'/eu, o, indec. Sychem, Heb. CD.'iJ (shoulder) Skechem, pr. n. of the son' of Hamor, slain by the sons of Ja- cob because he had defiled their sister Dinah. Acts 7: 16. Comp. Gen. c. 34. slaughter, sc. of animals for food or in sacrifice. Acts 8: 32 w$ nqofia-iov enl ffyuyyv tfx&w., quoted from Is. 53: 7 where Sept. for FOE Rom. 8:36 o^s nQofiaiot o-qpa^f, i. e. 'for slaughter, quoted from Ps. 44: 23 where Sept. for !~ih^t2 "j^^; comp. Sept. for !l^.rj Zech.'l'l: 4. Jarnes 5: 5 i&Qitpam rag xaQdlag rftajv to? iv ^fis- ga vqiayiig, i. e. like beasts in the day of slaughter, without care or forethought. Sept. Big fjft. acpct/^g for tianrt Dl^b Jer. 12:3. Of persons, 2 Mac."*5: 6.'' Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 6. Luc. Quom. Hist, conscr. 31. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 2. ^(jpaytor^ ou, TO, ayuvr] tig -fravaTOv. Sept. genr. for BrriJ Gen. 22: 10. 2 K. 10:7. Is. 57: 5. 1 Mace. 1: 2. Ael. V. H. 13. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 14. Scpoftpct, adv. (pp. neut. pi. of adj. acpodQog eager, vehement, comp. Buttm. 115. 4,) vehemently, greatly, very much, Matt. 2:10. 17:6,23. 18:31. 19:25. 26:22. 27:54. Mark 16:4. Luke 18: 23. Acts 6: 7. Rev. 16:21. Sept. for TKB Gen. 17: 18, 19. comp. Sept. Jon. 4:4', 10. Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 3. Ael. V. H. 2. 16. Xen. Mem. 2. 10. 2. adv. (gay\g paaAixf) axoW(m X.T. L Pol. 16. 22. 11. Hdot. 3. 41. b) a seal, as impressed upon letters, books, etc. for the sake of privacy and security, Rev. 5: 1 acpgaylo-iv emu. v. 2, 5, 9. 6: 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 12. 8: 1. Bel and Drag. 17. Hdian. 7. 6. 15, 19. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 39. Also a seal, impressed as a mark or token of genuineness, Rev. 9: 4 ; and so of a motto, inscription, 2 Tim. 2: 19. (Act. Thorn. 26 o t^coc dia ti)g avTOV ffcpyayldo? eniyvMffxu T I'Sia TiQofiaTix.) Trop. i. q. a token, pledge, proof; 1 Cor. 9: 2 ?/ vcpQaylg ^r^<; lp\g aTtoffTokijg vpelg to~is. Rom. 4: 1 1. Jos. de Mace. 7. 2Wo. 9: 16. 10: 19. 1 Cor. 1:10. 11:18. 12:25. 2*/oivtov, ov, TO, ((Txolfog bulrush,) pp. a cord made of bulrushes ; hence genr. a cord, rope, John 2: 15. Acts 27: 32 ret (j%owlv. Trjg ffxaqtiig. Sept. for >nh 2 Sam. 17: 13. 1 K. 20: 31. Theocr. Id. 21. 11. Dem. 1145. 6. ) to leisure, to be free from labour, vacant, idle, absol. Sept. for nDH2 Ex. 5: 8, 17. Pol. 11. 25. 7. Xen. Oe'c! 7. 1. Mem. 3. 9. 9. In N. T. a) c. dat. commodi, to have leisure for any thing, to give oneself to any thing, sc. free from other cares and hindrances. 1 Cor. 7: 5 'iva crxold&rce iy vrjaidu x. T. L Hdian. 1.9. 8. Dem. 594. 16. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 39. h) trop. of place, to be vacant, empty, absol. Matt. 12: 44 TOV olxo? . . . svQ 101 jg, fi, leisure, rest, free- dom from labour and business, vacation, Luc. D. Deor. 18. 1. Hdian. 1. 15. 13. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 9. leisure as applied to any thing, i. q. attention, devotion, study, Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 4 p^de nqog eV 'Mo axoXrjv noitlxui x. T. L In later usage and N. T. melon, a school, & place of learned leisure, where a teacher and his disciples came together and held discussions and disputations ; comp. Jahn 106. Acts 19: 9 dialeyo^evot, iv T?7 ffxokfj TVQUVVOV Tivog. Plut. Aral. 29 Toiig cpdoaocpovg iv Tolg axoluig /- rovvTccg. de audiend. Poet. 7. Strabo XIV. 5. p. 463 fv w ffxokal xcd dicnQt- j5f tS)V (pihoaocpwv. Aristot. Pol. 5. 9. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 401. Sco^cO; f. awtrw, (vwg, obsol. vaog,) perf. pass, ascrcao-ucci, aor. 1 pass. <7W- drjv, Buttm. 100. n. 1. 114 ; to save, to deliver, to preserve safe from danger, loss, destruction, trans. a) pp. e. g. persons, Matt. 8: 25 MQIS, o-wffov fjpag, 7roUi';U#a. 14:30. 24:22. 27:40, 42 bis. Mark 3: 4. 13:20. Luke 6: 9. Acts 27: 20, 31. al. So i^v yvxyv avTov (Ttaffat Matt. 16: 25. Mark 8: 35 bis. Luke 9: 24 bis. Sept. for ^sJin Judg. 6: 15. 1 Sam. 10: 27. oVa 1 Sam. 19: 11. Job 1 : 15 sq. b^fl 2 Chr. 32: 14. 1 Mace. 9: 9. Luc. *D. Deor. 3. 1. Pol. 6. 58. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 1. Seq. *x c. gen. of thing, to save from, to deliver out of any peril etc. John 12: 27. Heb. 5 : 7 af) iig yiivvav. 6: 25 bis. 26:12. Mark 5: 29. 14:8. Luke 12: 22, 23. John 2: 21. Rom. 1: 24. 4: 19. 1 Cor. 6: 13. 15 : 44 o-w^ua yvxixov . , . nvevpa-iixov. 2 Cor. 4: 10. 10:10. Col. 2: 23. Heb. 10: 5. 1 Pet. 2: 24. al. saep. Col. 1: 22 see in 2aQ$ no. 3. In antith. with rj yi'xh Matt. 10: 28. Luke 12: 4 ; or TO Tcvn/pa, Rom. 8: 10. 1 Cor. 5: 3. 7:34 ; or where aufta, yv%ri, nvev^ia make a periphrasis for the whole man, 1 Thess. 5:23. Sept. genr. for ^2 Lev. 6: 10. 14: 10. n* na Gen. 47: 18. * Dan. 10: 6. Q'i-a Dan." 4': 30. Ael. V. H. 2. 5. lldian. 1. 6. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 1. c. yvxn Jos. c. Ap. 2. 24. Hdian. 6. 5. 18. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 19. As the seat of sinful affections and appetites; comp. in 2(XQ$ no. 2. c. Rom. 6: 6 orw^ua TT)C apciQilctg. 7: 24 call. 23. 8: 13. Col. 2: 11. So in Plato Phaedo 10, 11, 27,30. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 20. (2) Of a dead body, corpse, genr. Matt. 14: 12 TJOKV TO CTWUW, xl !'#- yav alto. 27: 52, 58 bis yrijacno TO aw^ta ToD'ftjo-oi/ x. T. L v. 59. Luke 23: 52,55. 24:3,23. John 19:31. Acts 9: 40. Jude 9. al. Spec, of the body of Christ as cru- cified for the salvation of man ; Matt. 26:26 TOUTO iau TO awfiot pov, see in j:lul I. b. ft. Mark 14:22. Luke 22:19. Rom. 7: 4 diu rov awfjaiog XQIVIOV i. e. through Christ crucified. 1 Cor. 10: 16. 11:24,27,29. Sept. genr. for rpl-j 1 Sam. 31: 10, 12. Neh. 3: 3. ttbln/Josh. 8:29. 1 K. 13: 22, 24. 2 Mace" 12: 39. Jos. Ant. 8. 1. 4. Hdian. 4. 2. 2. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 25. -- (/J) Spoken of beasts, e. g. living, Jarnes 3: 3 xt oJiov TO awpa tti'Twv f^siuyofiev, sc. TWV VTTTTWV. (Pa- laeph. 7. 1 awfjia t/ov ug xvvog.) Also of the dead body of a beast, carcass, Luke 17: 37 OTTOU TO aw/u, fx x. T. L comp. Matt. 24: 28 mwpa. Of victims slain, Heb. 13: 11 ; comp. Ex. 29: 14. Num. 19: 3, 5. Horn. II. 23. 169 fyTti CTW- . Philo de Viet. off. p. 851. E. e j $ c) melon, to the body, as the external man, is ascribed that which strictly be- longs to the person, man, individual ; so with a gen. of pers. forming a peri- phrasis for the person himself. Matt. 6: 22 okov TO ffwpd aov qxaTtwov 0"Tt. v. 23. Luke 11:34, 36. Rom. 12: 1 naga- ffTrjcrat ra Gwpcna, vpuv -frvalav waav, i. e. your persons, yourselves, comp. 6: 13. *Eph.5:28. Phil. 1:20. Genr. and absol. 1 Cor. 6: 16 6 xo^/Lw^cvog TT/ TTOO- vy, sv acapu sent (antith. TO Tcvtvpa v. 17) in allusion to Gen. 2 : 24 where Sept. tig o-oxa fj,lav for Heb. "1^3 Comp. in ^ao no. 3. Xen. An. 1. 9. 12 xa* ^?/jUT xa nohig xa* T kamwv Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 10 803 x* naidlwv atu^aia. Absol. Sept. Gen-. 47: 12 xaia (rw^a i. e. according to the number of persons. Diod. Sic. 13. 14 naq o tonog e/que ffMudiuv. With an adj. Aeschin. c. Ctes. p. 470. Dem. 910. 13 &ev&tQa ffwjuwia. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 2 adv. (o-w/uw,) bodily, i. e. substantially, really, truly, Col. 2: 9, coll. v. 17. Comp. in (j> t uu e. ^/irpog, Of^ o, Sopater, pr. n. of a Christian at Berea, Acts 20: 4. See in &Q n. of a Christian, Rom. 16:21. a sa- viour, deliverer, preserver, who saves from danger or destruction and brings into a state of prosperity and happiness ; so in Greek writers of the deliverer and benefactor of a state, Sept. for 3*ttnB Judg. 3: 9. 15. Hdian. 3. 12. 4. Pint. Aral. 53 aotiriq T^J noktwg. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 6 (Tom}0? TTJS naiQidog. Also of the gods, as Zsig <70)T>j0 Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 10. Plut. Aral. 53. , to heap up, trans. Rom. 12: 20 tiv- *, , mtviuv Tit. 1: 3. 2: 10. 3:4. Jude 25 povw ffwi^t ^wv. Sept. for abstr. yu;: Is- 17: 10. Jlali. 3: 17. nrVi 1 ; Is. 12:2. yciia Is. 45: 15, 21. ~ Ecclus. 51: 1. f Mace. 4: 30. b) of Jesus as the Messiah, the Sa- viour of men, who saves his people from eternal death, from punishment and misery as the consequence of sin, and gives them eternal life and happiness in his kingdom. Luke 2: 11 m*#7] vfilv ai'i^qov (Twr^. Acts5:31. 13:23. Phil. 3: 20. 2 Pet. 1: J, 11. 2: 20. 3: 2, 18. awT^ 7^c5v 2 Tim. 1: 10. Tit. 1: 4. 2: 13. 3: 6. }Q rov awpaiog, sc. TJJ? txxkrplag, Eph. 5: 23. aoni]Q rov xoff- [tov John 4: 42. I John 4: 14. 2UT Hab. 3: 12. Ex.14: 13. 2Chr.20:17." P n^ttJn Prov. 11:14. Jer. 3:23. c. TTO for rfobD 2 Sam. 15: 14. 2 Mace. 3: 32. Jos' Ant. 7. 1. 1. Aeschin. 83. 38 o\ TTJS 7ro>Uw. Ael. V. H.9. 21. Thuc. 1. 65. Hence genr. welfare, prosperity, Phil. 1: 19 TOVTO fioi ajio^aeiai sis ffamjotav. 2 Pet. 3: 15. 2 Cor. 6: 2 bis, quoted from Is. 49: 8 where Sept. for rwittT' . Sept. for fclblB Gen. 28: 21. 44^17. Wisd. 6: 26. Hdian. 1. 9. 1. Diod. Sic. 16. 43. From the Heb. by impl. victory, Rev. 7: 10. 12: 10. 19:1. So Sept. and Heb. ny-ViP 1 Sam. 14: 45. Heb. 3: 8. ,wn i Sam. 19: 3. 2 K. 5: 1. b) in the Christian sense, salvation, deliverance from punishment and mis- ery as the consequence of sin, and ad- mission to eternal life and happiness in the kingdom of Christ the Saviour. Luke 1: 77 dovvcu yvucriv o^cui^o/as. 19: 9. John 4: 22 7; O'COTTJO/CC i. e. salvation by a Messiah. Acts 4: 12 ovx eariv iv aUw ovdevl */ o-wi7?o/a. 13: 26. 16: 17. Rom. 1:16. 10:1,10. 11:11. 13: 11. 2 Cor. 1: 6, in text. rec. bis. 7: 10. Eph. 1:13. Phil. 1:28. 2:12. 1 Thess. 5: 8, 9. 2 Thess. 2: 13. 2 Tim. 2: 10. 3: 15. Heb. 1: 14. 2: 3, 10. 5: 9. 6: 9. 9: 28. 1 Pet. 1: 5, 9, 10. Jude 3. Melon, a source or bringer of salvation, Saviour, Acts 13:47 vs&eixd ere . . TOV ilval ae (is awTTiglav tug eo^aTou TTJI? yr^g, quoted from Is. 49: 6 where Sept. for JTPTiZp . 2coTr}piog y ou, o, y, adj. ( O-WT^, ) saving, bringing deliverance and welfare, healthful, pp. 3 Mace. 7: 18. Diod. Sic. 14. 30 Ju ffurrjglw. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 4. Xen. Mem. 3: 3/10. In N. T. only in the Christian sense, saving, bringing salvation, Tit. 2: 11 qxQiS n VUT^QIO?. Hence Neut. TO OWIIJQIOV subst. salva- tion, Eph. 6: 17 ; also the doctrine of salvation by Christ, Acts 28: 28. Sept. for nyvfr Is. 12: 3. 51: 6. Melon, for the Saviour, Luke 2: 30. 3: 6. Test. XII Pair. p. 542 i$ 3 Iovda avardd vfuv TO ffQiTljQlOV 10V &eOV. p. 614. a) pp. to be sane, in one's right mind, compos mentis. Mark 5:15 ^cwooiw tov douuovi 6, r\, adj. (obsol. i/.<.j, r/;~(/<, and nugoq callus ; or perh. poet, for TotJiantlQtog, from obs. rAft>, ntlqa,} p[>. enduring toil and hardship, as from severe bodily effort ; comp. 7'aAt7rto^6w. In N. T. trop. afflicted, wretched, miserable ; Rom. 7: 24 Tcdal- Rev. 3: 17. Sept. for -mc Ps. 137: 8. Tob. 13: 11. 2 Mace. 4: T 47. Ceb. Tab. 28. Dern. 548. 12. ib. 425. 11. g, aia, ov, (idlaviov,} weighing a talent, a talent in weight ; Rev. 16: 21 //lu b ' ueydkr) w? -icdavTHxla, i. e. hailstones weighing each a talent. Jos. B. J. 5. 6. 3. Pol. 9. 41. 8. Plut. Demetr. 21. Comp. Diod. Sic. 19. 45. On adjectives of weight and measure as ending in into?, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 544. 806 TaAanor, ov } TO, (obsol. ticfw to bear,) pp. scale of a balance, plur. T rdlavTct scales Horn. II. 8. 69. Then, something weighed, a weight ; and hence a talent, as a certain fixed weight for gold, Horn. II. 9. 122. Theocr. 8.53 ; also for silver, Hdot. 7. 28 ; and later in commerce generally, though varying greatly in different states and countries. The talent every where contained 60 minae. or 6000 drachmae ; and the com- mon Attic talent, which wns the most usual, was reckoned equal to 80 Roman pounds, Pol. 22. 26. 19. Liv. 38. 38. According to Arbuthnot, the Attic talent was equal to 56 Ibs. 11 oz. 17^ grs. troy ; or according to Biester, to 55 Ibs. 9.6 oz. troy. The Jewish talent, "|33 , con- tained 3000 shekels of the sanctuary, Ex. 38: 25, 26, comp. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 7 ; and according to Arbuthnot, was equal to 113 Ibs. 10 oz. 1 pwt. 2~ grs. troy. Sept. for -)33 Ex. 1. c. Zech. 5: 7. Jos. Ant. 1. c. Diod. Sic. 2. 9. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 54. Further, the talent was also used as a denomination for money, which was anciently reckoned by weight ; and the value of the talent therefore varied in proportion to its various weight. The common Attic talent is usually es- timated at 225 . sterling, or about $ 1000; but the estimate of Arbuthnot is 193 . 15 s. or $ 860. 25 cts ; while Boeckh makes it equal to 1375 Conv. Rix dollars, or about $ 981. 50 cts. Comp. genr. Boeckh Staaish d. Ath. I. p. 15, 17. Jahn 117. Rees' Cyclop. art. Talent. So Luc. Navig. 13 5w<5ex J ./4mxtt TaAavTa. Ael. V. II. 1. 20. Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 2. In N. T. genr. a talent, put for an indefinitely large sum of money, Matt. 18: 24. 25: 15, 16 bis, 20 ter, 22, 24, 25, 28 bis. Ocfy Ararnaen fern. talitha, i. q. xogdaiov, a damsel, maiden, Mark 5: 41. See Buxt. Lex. Chald. Rabb. 875. iW, OU y TO, (TttfllfVM, a steward, manager,) pp. by sync, for tanittov, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 493 ; a store- chamber, store-house ; Luke 12: 24 olg owe tan, vatfjLtlov, sc. xopai-t. Sept. for DON Deut. 28: 8. Prov. 3: 10. Prov. 24: 4. Luc. Rhetor, praec. 17. Diod. Sic. 20. 58. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 2. Hence genr. any place of privacy, a chamber, closet, Matt. 6: 6 otav nyoasvxr], flfftl&E fig TO jauilov o~ov. 24: 26. Luke 12: 3. So Sept. for 11^ Gen. 43: 30. 2 K. 6: 12. Is. 26: 20. Test. XII Patr. p. 701 . Jos. Ant. 8. 15. 4. Trop. Psalt. Sal. 14: 5 rapeia Tavuv, see in Nvv no. 1. a. y ; (*Vaw,) pp. 'a set- ting in order ;' hence, order, airange- ment, disposition, Pol. 1. 4. 6. Xen. Oec. 8. 3 ; espec. of troops Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 6. An. 1. 2. 18. an order, rank, in a state or in society, Hdian. 5. 1. 10 in Ti]g Innd- dog Tu$(og i. e. of the equestrian order. Dem. 171. 17. rank, office, post, Jos. Vit. 71. InN. T. order, i. e. a) i. q. arrangement, disposition, series, Luke 1: 8 iv rr) Ta'i-ei, Ti]g Icprjufyltxg av- jov. '\ Cor. 14: 40 XMTW -ia$iv i. e. in proper order, orderly. Trop. good order, well regulated life, Col. 2: 5. Esdr. 1: 15. Dem. 32. 18 vaxtqov TJ; T| i. e. in order of time. Plut. Marcell. 5 nagcc id^iv not orderly. b) i.q. rank, quality, character; so in the phrase Itgsvg XT la^iv MiA/KT<5t ! x, i. e. a priest of the same order, rank, quality, as Melchisedek, Heb. 5: 6, 10. 6: 20. 7: 11, 17, 21 ; quoted from Ps. 110:4 where Sept. for Heb. Tinrn-^. Also Heb. 7: 11 ov XT trjv r|tv 'Actgwv. 2 Mace. 9: 18 tmviolrp txfr^oi? td^iv fyovcrav. Dern. 481. 21 iv in quality of a foe. 505. 17 lijv rov xctlov jd*iv. 313. 13. j y oi'j (perh. from T- 7177?, dunig, dctntdov floor,) low, not high, pp. of things, place, Pol. 9. 43. 3, 6 Ta/r. 7TOT ( uo. Strabo VI. p. 426 Tunfivov 8s xcu 10 ii}g nohwg tdutpog. Xen. Eq. 1.3. Mag. Eq. 5. 7. In N. T. trop. a) of condition, lot, low, humble, poor, of low degree. Luke 1: 52 vywot ia- nsivovg, opp. xavht/U dvvdo~Tag. James 1: 9, opp. 6 nkovcriog. Sept. Job 12:21. 1 Sam. 18: 23. Pol. 25. 8. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 52. b) of the mind, lowly, humble, modest, including the idea of affliction, depres- sion of mind. 2 Cor. 10: 1 tanuvbg. iv 807 _ r ._. 7 i. e. timid, modest, opp. Neut. Rom. 12: 16, see in Zwanayw. (Xen. Ag. 11. 11.) Elsewhere with the accessory idea of lowly piety towards God, like Heb. 1:2, comp. Gesen. Lex. s. v. James 4: 6 et 1 Pet. 5: 5 ictntivols ds [o &eb$] dldwai #w, opp. vnfQi]q>a- voig, quoted from Prov. 3: 34 where Sept. for i:y . 2 Cor. 7: 6. Matt. 11: 29 lansirbg T/J y.a^dtce. So Sept. for ITS Is. 11: 4. ib Ps. 'l8: 28. Is. 66: * 37 Ps. 34: 19'. eaviov. Luke 14: 11. 18: 14. So with the idea of contrition and peni- tence towards God, James 4: 10 ictmi,- vw&rps ivwniov tov &iov. 1 Pet. 5: 6. For the Aor. comp. Buttin. 136. 2. Sept. for bs;r Is. 5:15. 10:33. n:? Gen. 16:9. Is. T 58: 3, 5. yoqp^oiv,) lowliness of mind, humility, mod- esty of mind and deportment. Acts 20: 19 iotdt&rt TW xi'/&> |UT Ttdffrjg ranti- vo(f>Qoffvvr}g. Epli. 4: 2. Phil. 2: 3. Col. 3: 12. 1 Pet. 5: 5. As feigned, Col. 2: 18,23. So lannvoyQOviot Sept. for Ps. 131: 2. Tc<;ilVO(f{JCQV s OVOQ > 0, 1J, adj. (vaneivoi;, qpo?jv,) low-minded, dispirited, Pint. ed. R. VII. p. 329. 2. p. 857. 7. In N. T. of lowly mind, humble-minded, modest, 1 Put. 3: 8 in later edit, for (pdo- (fQovfg in text. rec. Sept. for r Prov. 29: 23. Tttftftyoaij fiiy f. W(TW, : 23. :? 2 Sam. 16: 12. NeV. 9: 9. Ecclus. 2^4, 5. Diod. Sic. 2. 45 rolg ds uv8gucn Tctndvtao'iv xi dovfalav ntQiunreiv. Plato Legg. VII. 123. 375. T. V1I1. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 352. '1'apaoofo v. UGJ, f. |w, to stir up, to trouble, to agitate, trans. a) pp. as water in a pool, TO vdwQ John 5: 4, 7. Sept. for nb^ Ez. 32: 2, 13. Horn. Od. 5. 291 noviov. Luc. Lexiph. 4 (jpa^iaxov. Plut. ed. R. VII. p. 242 uh. b) trop. of tin- mind, to stir up, to trouble, to disturb, with various emo- tions ; e. g. with fear, i. q. (o put in trepi- dation ; Pass, /o be in trepidation; Matt. 2: 3 o Pcunhvs haQax&T). 14: 26. Mark 6: 50. Luke 1: 12. 24: 38. 1 Pet. 3: 14. Act. c. ace. Acts 17: 8. Sept. for bM^3 Gen. 45: 3. Ps. 6: 2, 3. (Hdian. 2. 5~. 4*. Xen. An. 2. 4. 18.) With grief, anxiety, to disquiet, Pass. John 12:27 7; y>v%ri uov TiaexTt. 13:21. 14:1,27. So John 11: 33 i^)| kui'Tuv, i. q. tiaQu%&7) TW nvivumi, in 13: 21. (Sept. Gen. 43: 30. Ps. 55: 5.) With doubt, perplexity, c. ace. Acts 15: 24 liuj)ot*av vuag Ao/o/j. Gal. 1:7. 5: 10. Luc. Scyth. 3 TsraQcty- ji]v yvwurp. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 17. Pass. Matt. 23: 12. Luke 14: 11. 18: 14. Seq. ace. eawov and also Mid. to humble ones f If, to be humbled, to exhibit humility of mind and deport- ment, Matt. 18: 4. 23:12 xou oo~cig xwiu- c, 7;, ictQaaav),} a stir- ring up, troubling, agitation. a) pp. of water in a pool, etc. John 5: 4. Luc. Haley. 4 A7A// xat Ta^a^T] sc. of the elements. Comp. Sept. Is. 24: 19. b) trop. of popular excitement, a stir, commotion, tumult. Mark 13: 8 808 Tccutd hfiol jtal -ictQaxal.2 Mace. 3: 30. Jos. B. J. 1. 10. 10. Pol. 3. 9. 9. Xen. Vect. 5.8. , ov, o, (TttQctao-w,) stir, commotion, confusion, pp. i. q. aiaji'a Xen. Oec. 8. 10, coll. 9. In N. T. trop. e. g. from fear, i. q. consternation, trepi- dation, Acts 12: 18. Sept. for nT^JlD 1 Sam. 5: 9. Xen. An. 1. 8. 2. 'Also of excitement, tumult, contention, Acts 19:23. Tcegatuc, {cos, o, (Tetovo?,) a Tar- sian, a native or inhabitant of Tarsus, Acts 9: 11. 21: 39. Luc. Macrob. 21. App. B. Civ. 5. 7. Ja'gXJO?, ot>, /, Tarsus, a celebra- ted city, the metropolis of Cilicia in Asia Minor, on the banks of the river Cydnus, which flowed through it and divided in into two parts ; hence some- times in Greek writers called Ttiqaoi, comp. Xen. An. 1. 2. 23. Tarsus was a celebrated seat of Greek philosophy and literature; and from the number of its schools and learned men was ranked by the side of Athens and Alexandria ; so Strabo XIV. 5. p. 463 Casaub. Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 139. The city was made free by Augustus, App. B. Civ. 5. 7 jiaodixlag 8e teal TaQffsag ffav&fgovg ycplfL xat ctTfltlg cpoQwv. This seems to have implied the privilege of being governed by their own laws and magis- trates, with freedom from tribute ; but not the right of Roman citizenship ; since the Roman tribune at Jerusalem ordered Paul to be scourged though he knew him to be a citizen of Tarsus, but desisted after learning that he was a Roman citizen ; Acts 21: 39. 22: 24, 27 sq. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 43, 71. InN. T. Acts 9: 30. 11:25. 22: 3. Jos. Ant. 1.6. 1 TuQffog iwv n6\twv [Kt/Ltx/ac] 7; aioAo/a)TT77 xaAwTcu, prjigoTiohg oii- aa. Diod. Sic. 14. 20. Comp. Wetst. N. T.II. p. 511,608. TagTCrgoco, co, f. cucrw, a verb formed from TaQjagog, Tartarus, which in Greek mythology was the lower part or abyss of Hades, where the shades of the wicked were imprisoned and tor- mented ; in Jewish usage i. q. Fitvva, see m^'Atdrjg. Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 3. Corap. Horn. II. 8. 13, 16. Hes. Theog. 807. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll.36 dsaubnriQiov o ds TuyTotQOv xalovffiv. Hence in N. T. T>T(O, to thrust down to Tartarus, i. q. to cast into Gehenna, c. ace. impl. 2 Pet. 2: 4 (TtiQuig oqpov -taQvaQOicraq. Comp. tig TUQTUQOV Qlmiv Horn. II. 8. 13. iv 7'aQTUQCo dedyuevoi Jos. c. A p. 2. 33. So xwTarapTa^oeo, Sext. Empir. Pyrrh. Hyp. 3. 24 o de Zfvg lov Kgovov xaic- TafJTaQuo-f. Apollodor. Bibl. I. 1, 2. TccoGO) v. TTCO, f. w, to order, to set in order, to arrange, genr. Sept. 2 Chr. 31:2. Xen. Mem. 3. 1.7; spec. to draw up soldiers in ranks, array, 2 Mace. 15:20. Hdian. 8. 1. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 8, 11. In N. T. trop. to set in a certain order, to constitute, to ap- point, trans. a) genr. c. fig et dat. commodi, 1 Cor. 16: 15 fig diaxovlav rolg uyloig tia$av tavTovg, i. q. have set or devoted them- selves etc. [Xen. Mem. 2. 1.11 ovde sig ir t v dovhlav av tuawov TCOTW.) Pass. c. fig, Acts 13: 48 ocroi ^aav rerayuevoi, tig 01- rjv aiwviov. Seq. vno c. ace. Luke 7:8 avSgwrtoq flui vno H-ovalav Totaaouwog. Absol. Rom. 13: 1. Sept. for ]n3 Ez. 44: 14. IM 2 K. 10: 24. n^'IJ Jer. 3: 19. Jos. B. J. 7. 8. 2. Pol. 5. 63. 4. Arr. Epict. 2. 17. 25. vno iiva Pol. 5. 65. 7. Diod. Sic. 4. 9. b) i. q. to arrange, to appoint, c. ace. et dat. Acts. 28: 23 ra^a^voi ds VTW fjftsQctv, i. e. on their part. Seq. dat. c. inf. Acts 22: 10 wv TETuxtat erot noiijcrai. inf. impl. Matt. 28: 16. Seq. inf. c. ace. Acts 15: 2 tTM^av otvafialvsiv Ilavkov x. T. L Sept. for rT'p Job. 14: 13. iy> 2 Sam. 20:5. rtvl\i Ael. V. H. 11.9' Xen. H. G. 1. 5. 4. tivl c. inf. Xen. Lac. 11.6. c. inf. 1 Mace. 12:26. Xen. An. 3. 1. 25. Cyr. 4. 5. 11. Q, ou > o, a bull, bullock, Matt. 22: 4. Acts 14: 13. Heb. 9: 13. 10: 4. Sept. for -tf tu Ex. 21: 28, 29. Ec- clus. 6: 3. Hdian. 5. 5. 16. Xen. An. 2. 2.9. TVnPfOj by crasis for T avta, the same things, 1 Thess. 2: 14. XT tav- T after the same manner, thus, so, Luke 6:23,26. 17:30. Comp. in Amos III. a. Buttm. 74. 2. Tavict 809 Taviciy see in Ovrog. Td(py, rjc y /, ( tfaTTTW, ) burial, sepulture; c. dat. commodi, Matt. 27:7 slg Taqp^v tots |Voi, i. q. for burying strangers ; see Buttm. 133. 2, 3, and n. 2. Matth. 394. Winer 31. 1. Sept. for rrnwft Deut. 34: 6. Ecc. 6: 3. >-qp. Ez. 3& 23. 2 Mace. 9: 15. Jos, B'7. 1. 9. 1. Hdian. 8. 5. 18. Xeu. H. G. 3. a 1. Tcc(po?y ov y o, (ddirua,) burial, sepulture, Jos. Ant. 17. 8. 3. Lys. 190. 17. In N". T. and genr. a burial place, sepulchre, Matt. 23: 27, 29. 27: 61 , 64, 66. 28: 1. On Hebrew sepulchres, see in Mvyueiov. Sept. for "DP Gen. 23: 4, 20. 2 Sam. 2: 31. AeL V. H. 12. 7. Dem. 1393. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 13.-- Trop. Rom. 3: 13 letyoq avtwyuivoq o AotQvy!* avrwi/, quoted from Ps. 5: 10 where Sept. for ^3j3 ; see fully in ' a. adv. (raji;?,) quickly, speed- ily, i. q. soon, shortly, Pol. 18. 20. 9. Xeu. H. G. 7. 4. 34. In N. T. readily, lightly, and hence peradventure, perhaps, Rom. 5: 7. Philern. 15. Wisd. 14: 19. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 5. Xen. An. 5. 2. 17. Ta%ta>9 9 adv. ( taxvg, ) quickly, speedily, pp. Xen. Cyr. 1 . 4. 20 ; in N. T. i. q. soon, shortly, 1 Cor. 4: 19 elivaofiai ds Tttxiwg -nqog iuuc. Gal. 1: 6. Phil. 2: 19, 24. 2 Tim. 4: 9. Sept. for ^r??2 Judg. 9: 48. Is. 8: 3 Jos. Ant. 7. 13.~2'. Ceb. Tab. 31. Pol. 1. 61. 6. In the sense of hastily, Luke 14: 21 s*tl&g TO- Xtwg. 16:6. John 11:31. 2 Th ess. 2: 2. 1 Tim. 5:22. Sept. for -inn Prov. 25: 8. Wisd. 14: 28. quick, swift, e. g. nofag, Sept. for -|n33 Is. 59: 7. Wisd. 13: 2. mfyvytg Anth'. Gr. I. p. 168. In N. T. trop. swift, speedy, i. q. near at hand, impending, 2 Pet. 1: 14. 2: 1 inctyovitg savrolg in%i- vi\v anwteiav. Ecclus. 18: 26. Anth. Gr. II. p. 91 slg iaxivi]v TftioVy adv. pp. neut. of later comparat. to Tc*xvf> instead of the earlier Suaawv, comp. Buttm. 67. 3 ; disapproved of by the grammarians, 102 Lob. ad Phr. p. 77. Winer 11.2; more quickly, more swiftly, more speedily, seq. gen. John 20: 4 nQoedgaus ia%iov TOU niiQov, i. e. he outran Peter. Diod. Sic. 20. 92. Elsewhere i. q. sooner, the object of comparison being every where implied, e. g. sooner than one expected or intended; or better perhaps as in Engl. with the article, the more speedily, the sooner. John 13: 27 o noitl?, Ttofyo'ov ra%iov. 1 Tim. 3: 14 &&&v TTQOS as ia%iov. Heb. 13: 19, 23. See Matth. 457. Winer 36. 3. Wisd. 13:9. IMacc. 2: 40. Test. XII Patr. p. 628. Diod. Sic. 2. 5. Ta'/i(5fa y adv. (pp. neut. pi. of T- Xtffio?, superlat. to ^(xzvs,) most quickly, most speedily / e. g. cos Tcx'/tara the soon- est possible Acts 17: 15. Comp. Buttm. 115. 4, 5. Luc. Rhetor. Praec. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 14. quickness, sunftness, speed, Hdian. 1. 15. 11. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 4. In N. T. only in the phrase tv T(*%ti ndv. quickly, speedily, i. e. soon, shortly, i. q. Ta/'w?, see in 'iV no. 3. b. a. Luke 18: 8 noi- t]afi Jijv txdixr t fftv avruv iv in%u. Acts 25:4. Rom. 16:20. Rev. 1:1. 22:6. Rev. 2: 5 in text. rec. where later edit. TOJU. Also with the idea of haste, Acts 12: 7. 22: 18. Sept. for intt Deut. 9: 3. rnfitt 11: 17. 125733 Ps7 2: 12. Ecclus. 2^:3. Jos. AnVl7. 5. 1. Diod. Sic. 16. 35. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 12. eicty v y quick, swift, nim- ble, as -uxxvs 7i6dot$ Horn. II. 13. 249. mnog T. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 25. In N. T. a) Masc. T;KV$ tro{>. quick, swift, i. q. ready, prompt. James 1: 19 rce/i's tig TO oxoi-o-at. So Sept. and y Prov. 2!): 20. Ecclus. 5: 11. Luc. Somn.l. Hdian. 2.9.2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1.31. b) Neut. ia%v as adv. i. q. Ta^e'w?, comp. Buttm. 115. 4 ; quickly, speedi- ly, with haste, Matt. 28: 7 iw^i; nogtv- dtlaai. v. 8. Mark 16: 8 in text. rec. John 11: 29. Sept. for rnHB 2 Sara. 17: 16. Dem. 982. 17. Xen! An. 2. 2. 12. Also quickly, i, q. soon, sho tly, Matt. 5:25 ; and with the idea of sud- denness, Rev. 2: 5 in later edit. v. 16. 3:11. 11:14. 22:7,12,20. Sept. for TV 810 TV ^rr P. 102: 3. 2 Mace. 3: 31. Xen. An.'l. 9. 29. By impl. readily, lightly, Mark 9: 39 TW^U xaxoloyijaal [is. Ec- clus. 19: 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 4. TV an enclitic copulative particle, and, corresponding to xal as Lat. -que to et, Buttm. 149. p. 424 ; found in N. T. chiefly* in the writings of Luke and Paul, including the Ep. to the He- brews ; in Matt, only thrice, 22: 10. 27: 48. 28: 12 ; John thrice, 2: 15. 4: 42. 6. 18 ; James twice, 3: 7 bis ; Jude once, v. 6; in Rev. twice, 1:2. 21:12. In general, xal is used to couple ideas which follow directly and necessarily from what pre- cedes ; while TS is employed when something is subjoined which does not thus directly and necessarily follow; so that strictly speaking, xal connects and TS annexes. Hence is is the most general of all the copulatives ; serving merely to shew, that the word after which it stands is to be taken as in some connexion with another either preceding or following. The place of T is usually after the first word of a clause. See Passow s. v. Herm. ad Vig. p. 835. ad Eurip. Med. p. 331. Matth. 626. Winer 57. 3 sq. 65. 5. p. 461. a) Simply, i. e. without other parti- cles, where it then serves to annex, as above. Matt. 28 : 12 ffwax&wisg . . . (riyi/SoivUov IK lafiovifq. John 4: 42 TJJ is yvvaixl 'Atyov. 6: 18. Acts 2: 3, 33, 37 flnov is nQog lov IIsiQOV. 3: 10. 4: 13, 33. 5: 42. 8: 1, 3, 6. 12: 12 vvvidw IK fa&evx.i. L 18:11. 20:11. 23:10. 24: 27. Rom. 2: 19. 1 Cor. 4:21. Heb. 1:3. Jude 6. al. So in a parenthesis, Acts 1: 15 T)V is o%log ovofidi(av x. T. A. Once preceded by pjie . . . pyre, Acts 27: 20. Wisd. 8: 19. 3 Mace. 6: 32. Hdiau. 1. 2. 3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 19. c. uqis prec. Xen. An. 4. 4. 6. Also repeated as an- nexing several particulars, is is, and, and, Lat. que que. Acts 2: 46. 16: 11, 12. 24:23. Heb. 6: 2 sntfsaeug is X si- QWV, avaataatMS it vtxnwv, xal y.nl^uiog aiwvlov. Once i. q. both . . . and, Acts 26: 16. See Passow no. 2. Matth. 626 init. Viger p. 518. Wisd. 7: 13. Hdian. 1. 2. 6. Plato Phaedr. p. 267. A. Xeu, Cvr. 1. 3. 10. b) Most. freq. as strengthening x/, either directly before it, as TS xal, or with one or more words intervening, T . . . x/, i. q. Lat. que . . . et, imply- ing elose connexion, not only but al- so, both and ; see Passow no. 3. Buttm. p. 424. Matth. 626. So as connecting clauses ; Matt. 27: 48 U\T\- trag is oovg xal ntQi&slg xaAefyiw. Luko 24: 20. Acts 9: 18. 10: 2. Heb. 6: 4. al. Wisd. 4: 2. Jos. Ant. 17. 6. 2. Luc. D. Deor. 18. 1. Hdian. 6. 6. 1. Thuc. 4. 46. As coupling together infinitives depending on the same verb ; Luke 12: 45 xal a^i]iai . . . sff&lstv is xal nivtiv xal us&vo-xsa&ai. Acts 1: 1. Luc. 1). Deor. 19. 2. As connecting nouns, etc. e. g. IE xal, Luke 21: 11 (pofaiQa if xal ffrjfisla. Acts 2: 9, 10 3>gvyiuv is xal IlaucpvUav. 26: 3. Rom. 1: 12, 14. 1 Cor. 1: 2, 30. Heb. 2: 4. James 3: 7. al. Adverbs, Acts 24: 3 navvy is xal navia- Xov. (Sept. Job 9 : 4. Ceb. Tab. 2. Hdian. 1. 1. 1. Plato Legg. 7. p. 796. D. Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 15, 16.J So where one or more words come between re and xal, as Luke 2: 16 iijv is Magiap xal lov 'iwffrjcp. John 2: 15 T is nQofiara xal lov? p6a?. Acts 1: 8. 26: 30. Phil. 1:7. Heb. 9:2, 19. al. So Luke 21: 1 1 atiapoi is (itya^oi . . . xal hiuol. Rom. 1: 16 'lovdaiM is TIQWIOV xal "E\"h\vi. (Hdian. 1. 5. 24. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3.) Here sometimes the word next before ii is also implied after xal, i. e. the is marks it as belonging equally to both mem- bers ; e. g. Acts 2: 43 rcoHa it iByaiu xal [7ro/LA] arjfjiua. So the article, Acts 1: 13 O,T IliiQog xal 'idxwfioq x. i. A. 13: 1. Rom. 1: 20. Or a relative, Acts 26: 22 ovd&v CXTO? A/wy, wv is ol nqo- (f>r\iav skodr}(Tav . . . xal Muw^g. Espec. a preposition, Acts 28: 23 ano is lov vopov Mwufftwg xal [TTO] iwv nyocpr]- iwv. 25:23. Com p. Matth. 626. Wi- ner p. 461. Hdian. 6. 3. 2. Ael. V. H. 3. 1. Plato Legg. 7. p. 796. D, tl'g is nohtslav xal Idlovg oixovg. So two nouns of opposite signification are some- times connected by is xal, forming then a periphrasis for all ; Matt. 22: 10 novt}- Qoigis xal aya&ovg. Acts 24: 15. 26: 22. Heb. 5: 14. Comp. Matth. 1. c. comp. Xen. Hi. 1. 2. Rarely is xal is put in the sense of que etiarn, and also, Acts 19: Tefyog 811 Ttxvov 27 ; ctt TS xal and further also Acts 21: 28 ; o/uo/w? TS x/ anrf in Jte manner al- so Rom. 1:27. Here xal seems to be used merely to strengthen TS. Cornp. Winer 57.3. p. 369. Herrn. ad Soph. EIectr.8/3. c) Sometimes TS corresponds to ds in a following clause, where the con- nexion is then adversative or antithetic, nnd thus emphatic ; e. g. Acts 19: 3 ti- ns TS 7T0o ai'tov? . . . ol ds tinov. 22: 8, coll. 10. 22: 28. Com p. Passow no. 8. Matth. I. c. p. 1276. Stallb. ad Plat. Phileb. p. 36. Winer p. 370. Plat. Rep. 3. p. 394. C. Xen. Conv. 8. 2. d) With other particles: () re ya.y, where TC simply annexes and ydg assigns a reason, comp. above in a. Rom. 1:26 at is yap frtysiai aviuv. 7: 7. Heb. 2: 11. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3 ol- TOI T yuQ. (/?) tav Tf, pp. and if; re- peated lav TS . . . lav TS, i. q. ivhcther ... or, Rom. 14: 8 quater. lav TS yag xal, pp. for though also, 2 Cor. 10: 8 ; here the force of is cannot well be giv- en in English ; comp. above in b. fin. Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 6. (/) fhf, see in El III. #. (8) o^Tf, ij,if, io,i(, i. e. the art. with TS, so written to distin- guish it from the advorhs ore, TOTS, etc. and simply expressing the article in connexion with the usage of TS' as above given. E. g. where TS' merely annexes, Acts 19: 12 T re nvtvpaTa x. T. A. 26: 30. 27: 3, 5. Heb. 9: 1. Followed by xal after one or more intervening words ; see above in b. Acts 5: 24 O,TS ifQti'$ xal o ffT0T/?;'6V 17: 10, 14. Eph. 1: 10. Heb. 9: 2. Luke 23: 12. O,TS yaq . . . xal Heb. 2: 11. Rom. 1: 26 ; see above in a. AL. 'Af/oc, fog, ov?, TO, a wall, espec. of a city, Acts 9: 25 y.a&ijxav dia TO tfo?. 2 Co'r. 11: 33. Heb. 1 1: 30 T ni x ri ''TsQt X (a. Rev. 21:12, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19. Sept. for nain Deut. 3:5. Josh. 6: 5, 20. Jos. Am. 5. 1. 2. Hdian. S. 2. 13. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 7. v, ov, TO, (ifx^ua^o/uat, end, limit, goal ; also a fixed sign, proof, ) a fixed sign, certain token, infallible proof , Acts 1: 3. 3 Mace. 3: 24. Jos de Vit. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 10. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 2. Hesych. , ov, TO, (dimln. of rexrov,) a little child ; trop. as an endearing ap- pellation, rsxvia, little children, like Lat. jilioli, carissimi, etc. John 13: 33. Gal. 4:19. 1 John 2: 1, 12, 28. 3:7,18. 4: 4. 5:21. pp. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 44. no. 78. p. 48. no. 95. CO) CD, f. ^(Tft), (TXVO/0- vog child-bearing, from jexvov, obsol. yivw, fivojMUf} to bear children, or as in Engl. to be the mother of a family, in- cluding all the duties of the maternal relation, 1 Tim. 5: 14 ; comp. v. 10, and see in Tsxvo/ovla. pp. Anthol. Gr. II. p. 202. T&cvoyoYt'qj as, y, (itxvoyovtta,) the bearing of children, and so by impl. including all the duties of the maternal relation ; 1 Tim. 2: 15 atD&^o-fiai dia rriq vtxvoyovlat;, i. e. through the faith- ful performance of her duties as a mother, in bringing up her household unto God ; comp. 5: 10. Chrysost. ad h. 1. ftxvoyovlav

//, TCU/W, Tsxtlv fr. T/xTw,) pp. an arti- ficer ; spec, a worker in wood, a car- penter, joiner, etc. Matt. 13: 55. Mark 6: 3. Sept. TSXTWV liUwv for Heb. '>iinn 2 Sarn. 5: 11. 2 K. 12: 11. Is. 40: 20! TS'XT. aidygov 1 Sam. 13: 19. T. xcdxov 1 K. 7: 14. Luc. Vit. Auct. 11. Xen. Ag. 1. 26. Hesych. TO'XTW nag y ia, ecoVy ( T&O?, ) pp. 'what has reached its end, term, limit;' hence, complete, perfect, fall, wanting in nothing. a) genr. James 1: 4 egyov rthiov. v. 17, 25. 1 John 4: 18 T) iskla aydjin. Comparat. Heb. 9: 11 Tdfioxeyag ax^yijcr. Sept. ngopaTOV TsL for ETaFl Ex. 12: 5. Aquil. Prov. 11: 1 ora^pov jehtov. Horn. 11. 1. 66. Diod. Sic. 1. 7 l'a ai$i](ng. Pol. 1. 4. 8. Trop. in a moral sense ; of persons, Matt. 5: 48 bis, x&ti 01, wffmQ o nmriQ v(j,wv . . . T&siog IO~TI, comp. Luke 6: 36. So Matt. 19: 21. Col. 1: 28. 4: 12. James 1: 4 / yqa- qprj. Act. Thorn. 10. Tioovhtrtv Diod. Sic. lib. 3 fin. Coinp. TfhluHng. b) trap, fo wiafo perfect, i. q. to bring to a state of perfectness or complete- ness. (a) genr. John 17: 23 \va w/iEvU<7v 6 '/. T? 7rao/?o*oc. 19: 1 et 26: 1 TOU? tiyovg. Luke 2: 39. 2 Tim. 4: 7 do6>ov. Rev. 11: 7. Pass. Luke 12: 50 so)? ou Tf>U(7#/7 sc. TO ftuvniauu. John 19: 28, 30 TEwiforat tV w finished! i. e. the whole work, all things. Rev. 10: 7 fidso'&t] TO uvo~ff\giov. 15: 1, 8. Sept. for fibs, rr?3 Ruth 2: 21. Ezra 9: 1. ttt Ne'h. 6:15. Ecclus. 7:25. Hdian. 2/3! 25. Diod. Sic. 4. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 3. Oec. 1. 4. Seq. particip. in the participial construction, Buttrn. 144. 4. a. Matt. 11: 1 OTE hshvs o '/. dia- raffffcav, as in Engl. when Jesus had fin- ished commanding etc. So praegn. c. part. impl. Matt. 10: 23 ou ul] Tf.tim]is tag 7i6ltig iov 'icrpaijJl, ye shall not have finished the cities of Israel, i. e. ye shall not have finished fleeing or passing through them, for ov pj TcteVryre din- cpsvyovTfg v. diafialvovTeg tag noketg x. T. L So Sept. O-VVST&WS diapalvtav Josh. 3: 17. 4: 1. comp. Luc. Tox. 52 TQiTciiog m'Attre x Mct/lixav tg 2xv&ctg. Thuc. 4.78. Of time, Pass, to be ended, fulfilled, Rev. 20: 3 Tetarjj tot x iha ITT?. v. 5, 7. b) i. q. to accomplish, to fulfil, to exe- cute fully, e. g. a rule, law, c. ace. TO* vofiov Rom. 2: 27. James 2: 8. ir]v dvfilav -ir\g o-aQxog Gal. 5: 16. Act. Thorn. 5 tVa TO &&T]ua. TOU fiaunUwg T>U'(ra>. Luc. Piscat. 52 T&&HSV T TKXQ- riyytluivn. Of declarations, prophecy, etc. Luke 18: 31 Tf^f(r^7](rTat navxa. iu yiyygau^iva x. T. L Luke 22: 37. Acts 13: 29. Rev. 17: 17. So Sept. and rrb3 Ezra 1 : 1. Apollod. Bibl. 2. 4. 4. Diod'. Sic. 2. 27 vouiaag -ittdia&ai, tov xgi]- auov. ib. 20. 26. c) by impl. to pay off, to pay in full, sc. taxes, tribute, comp. T&og d. E. g. T dldgaxun Matt. 17:24. qpooou? Rom. 13: 6. Jos. Ant. 10. 1. 1 et Diod. Sic. 13. 59 yoqov. Dem. 1067. 27. Xeu. Mem. 2. 9. 1. Tf'Aog, OQ, ou? y TO, an end, term, termination, completion, pp. only in res- pect to time. a) genr. and c. gen. Luke 1: 33 rijg fiaai'kdng amov ovx wren, vekog. 2 Cor. 3: 13 fig TO tilog IQV xaraQyovfiivov, i. e. unto the end of the transient shining of Moses' countenance, comp. v. 7. Heb. 7: 3 [iTjTs &7? T&og. 1 Cor. 10: 11 roe TC'/IT? ToV altavoiv, and so 1 Pet. 4: 7 nav- TWV TO rsJiog. So Sept. and yp Is. 9: 7. Dan. 11: 13. (Soph. Trach. 166'.' T. TOU filov Dem. 1306. 25. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 6.) C. gen. impl. John 13: 1 fig T&O? [sc. ojj] rjydnrjfftv x. T. L Matt. 24: 6 OVTTO) eo~il TO T>Lo?, sc. TWV nnvtmv v. TOU alu- vog TOUTOU. v. 14. Mark 13: 7. Luke 21: 9. vnoudvag elg r&og sc. TOU w)g v. TWV iia&waTwv, Matt. 10: 22. 24: 13. Mark 13: 13. tang T&ovg sc. trig W7 1$ 1 Cor. 1: 8. 2 Cor. 1: 13. uixQt* r&ovg id. Heb. 3: 6, 14. >oi rilovg id. Heb. 6: 11. Rev. 2: 26. In 1 Cor. 15: 24 tha TO xsXog i. e. the end of the work of re- demption ; others melon, 'the last or rest of the dead.' Absol. r&0 t%sw to have an end, i. e. to be ended, trop. to be destroyed, Mark 3: 26 ou dvvaTat oTavHjjyae, Ma x&og l/st. pp. Xen. An. 6. 5. 2. Cyr. 2. 3. 22. Adverbially, ace. TO Tf'Xos finally, at last, 1 Pet. 3: 8. (Ael. V. H. 10. 16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 1.) ng -tilog pp. ' to the end,' i. q. continu- ally, perpetually, forever, Luke 18: 5. 1 Thess. 2: 16. So Sept. for na?? J h 14: 20. Ps. 79: 5. 103: 9. Luc/Navig. 27. Xen. Oec. 17. 10 Melon. ^ ao/q xt TO xelog, i. q. TTOWTO? ttal aluviov. 2 Cor. 11: 15. Phil. 3: 19. Heb. 6: 8. 1 Pet. 1: 9. 4: 17. Sept. for qiO Ecc. 7: 2. Wisd. 3: 19. Jos. Ant. . 4. 1. Philo de Charit. p. 717. Ael. V. H. 3. 43. Of a declaration, prophe- cy, i. q. accomplishment, fulfilment; Luke 22: 37 xtu yuQ ia negl f/4oD Tc'Ao; e#, i. e. have fulfilment, are fulfilled, i. q. the preced. Tehcr&iivat. Aeschyl. Prom. vinct. 13 ivToti] 4iog %-ct Ts'Aos. Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 19 T'Aos i%etv ayiai, ii #o- nQoniov vn&ufiov. ib. 9. J2 xou liKoq six* rolg TvQ$i]volg ia pttnu'iutnt. Athen. VIII. p. 341. C. So Tfi'Ao? iaupdvtiv Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 3. ib. 4. 6. 5. c) trop. end, i. q. final purpose, that to which all the parts tend and in which all terminate, the chief point, sum. 1 Tim. 1: 5 TO ds i&og iqg notQay- ydlctg iailv a'/anrj. So Rom. 10: 4 i&- Ao yug vouov Xgiffibg tig (Jixatoan /, navil TW nio~[fvovit, where others meton. i. q. 'the ender, aholisher. 1 So Sept. and J^p Ecc. 12: 13. Arr. Epict. 1. 12. 5 relog fail TO tTiea&ai, &soig. Diog. Laert. 2. 87. Cic. ad Alt. 12. 6. d) trop. a tax, toll, custom, tribute, pp. what is paid for public ends, for the maintenance and expenses of the state. Matt. 17: 25 T&T? J x7>aov. Rom. 13: 7 bis. 1 Mace. 10: 31. Jos. Ant. 12.3.3. Hdian. 3. 1. 11. Dem. 745. 15. Xen. Vect. 4. 19, 20. In a like sense among the Greeks public officers and magis- trates were called T Tg'A^, Xen. An. 2. 6. 4. Ag. 1. 36. Com p. Sturz Lex. Xen. art. T'Aos no. 5. ?, ov y o, (T&O? tax, wvio- /it,) pp. a farmer of the taxes or customs, one who pays to the government a cer- tain sum for the privilege of collecting the taxes and customs of a district, o nQiautvog r&og Dem. 745.15 ; Lat. pub- licanus, Cic. pro Plane. 9. The public revenues of the Greeks and Romans were usually thus farmed out ; and among the latter the purchasers were chiefly of the equestrian order, or at least persons of wealth and rank, like Zacchaeus 6 ao/adaiv^$ Luke 19: 2 ; comp. Cic. 1. c. Sueton. Octav.24. Dio Cass. p. 38 rovg Inning . . . nuaal Tt yag Tf/lawat 8t aviwv lyevovro. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 1, 3, 4 evffiuffrjg ds rfg i^SQccg, xatf- 1 TJV t'^eMc T Te'A^ TunQuvttsv&at, jwv ioy ol xolg a^i(afiaffiv iv lai diacpsQovifg. Comp. Boeckh Staatsh. d. Ath. I. p. &59, 360 sq. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 64. The farmers-general had also sub-contractors, or employed agents, who collected the taxes and customs at the gates of cities, in sea- ports, on public ways, bridges, etc. These too were called nkwvui, or also ixtiyovit g Dem. 745. 15, Lat. portitores ; and in countries subject to the Roman yoke they were objects of hatred and detestation, so that none but persons of the lowest rank and worthless char- acter were likely to be found in this employment. Comp. Xeno ap. Di- chaearch. nun eg Tfluivcti navxeg flffl uynaytq. Dio Chrysost. IV. p. 75. B, xanjjkovg xtu uJuovug xui not>vofioaxovg. Luc. Necyom. 1 1 fjoi/ol xal nogvoftoaxol xul iflwvat, xul xuluxeg x. T. L Artemi- dor. 1. 23. ib. 4.42, 57. See the nu- merous like passaged in Wetst. N. T. I. p. 314 sq. Comp. Jabu 242. In N. T. in the later sense, a toll-gatherer, collector of customs, publican, the object of bitter hatred and scorn to the Jews, and often coupled with the most de- praved classes of society. Matt. 5: 46 oiyl xc ol T(^o)vui TO avxu noifjffcu; v. 47. 10: 3 Murtaiog o TcAwyjj?, coll. 9: 9. Luke 3: 12. 5: 27, 29. 7: 29. 18: 10, 11, 13. TfAwvcu xcu u[AU(rt().ol Matt. 9: 10, 11. 11: 19. Mark 2: 15, 16. Luke 5: 30. 7: 34. 15: 1. l&vixog xt TfAcuyij? Matt. 18: 17. ol TfAo)yi xtu al nogvcu Matt. 21: 31, 32. , ov y TO, ( -cdwvrjg, ) a toll-house, custom-house, collector's office , Matt. 9: 9. Mark 2: 14. Luke 5: 27. 816 .Suid. rdoaviov ' 6 tonog iv w x Poll. On. 9. 5. 28 id , aiog, TO, plur. T rsgara uncontracted, contrary to Attic usage, Winer 9. p. 61. Buttm. 54. n. 1 ; a wonder, portent, prodigy, strictly as fore- boding something future ; in N. T. only plur. and always joined with TO aijfiela. a) pp. Acts 2: 19 <5euo-Uoc, ouy o, Tertullus, pr. n. of a Roman orator or advocate em- ployed by the Jews against Paul, Acts 24: 1, 2. TfGGGcpaxovia, ol, al, id, indec. forty, Matt. 4: 2. Mark 1: 13. Acts 1: 3. al. Comp. Buttm. 70. 4. Sept. for D^Z^N Gen. 5: 13. Ex. 16: 35. Luc. Ver. first. 2. 40. Xen. An. 2. 2. 7. AL. four, Matt. 24: 31. Mark 2: 3. Acts 10: 11. Rev. 4: 4. al. Comp. Buttm. 70. 4. Sept. for ya-jtf Gen. 11: 16. JiranN Gen. 2: 10 Hdlan. 6. 6. 1 1 . XenI Cyr~ 1. 5. 6. AL. 6, v\, adj. (%Tog,) of forty years, e. g. TSO*- aaQaxovrasirfg xgovog the time of forty years, forty years' time, Acts 7: 23. 13: 18. Comp. dixaerrjg xgovog Max. Tyr. 6. 89. dexatiqg noiqios Tbuc. 5. 26. On the flexion and accent of such com- pounds, see Buttm. 70. n. 2. Lob. ad Phr. p. 406 sq. Tf'aoapf?, oi, ai, ueut. -pa, Gen. cov, Attic TCTta^f?, ncut. -ga, card. adj. ov ordin. ad}, fourteenth, Acts 27: 27, 33. Sept. Gen. 14: 5. Ex. 12: 6. Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 12. Hdian. 6. 2. 2. Pint. Cat. Min. 3. On the form, comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 409. Buttm. 71. 1. a, ov, ( an adj. marking succession of days, used only adverbially, on the fourth day. John 11: 39 TeraQTalo? yny Vrt, i. e. he is now the fourth day dead, four days dead. See Buttm. 'l23. n. 3. Winer 58. 2. Comp. JmiEQaiog. Pol. 3. 52. 2 ydr) 5e Tsraoxalog wv. Xen. Cvr. 5. 3. 1. TsiagTog, 7},ov, ordin. adj. (iio-- p. tlie ruler of the fourth part of a district or province ; Strabo 12. p. 850. C, or p. 567 Casaub. exttorw 8tfl6t>Ttg [ol ralaTai] fig ft psol- 8i)-it!n] yfy^rt^tuiva, i. e. watching the fulfilment of the prophecy. 22: 7, 9. Sept. o ir\Q(av Svt^tov for H73T Ecc. 11: 4. nxa Prov. 23: 26. Ael. T V. H. 2. 17 6 piv erijjx(> TI^MV IOVIQ. Dem. 836. 5. tov avffiov Thuc. 1. 65. Hence trop. to observe, to keep, to fulfil, sc. a duty, precept, law, custom, etc. q. d. to perform watchfully, vigilantly, c. ace. lag Ivioiug Matt. 19: 17. John 14: 15, 21. 15: 10 bis. 1 John 2: 3, 4. 3: 22, 24. 5:2,3. Rev. 12: 17. 14:12. (Ecclus. 29: 1.) ii)v eviotijv aandov 1 Tim. 6: 14. loyov, loyovg, John 8: 51, 52, 55. 14: 23, 24. 15: 20 bis. 17: 6. 1 John 2: 5. Rev. 3: 8, 10 loyov lijg vnopovfig f*ov, see in 'Tnopovri. (Sept. 1 Sam. 15: 11.) vouov Acts 15:5,24. James 2:10. na- Qadoffiv Mark 7: 9. TO octfifiaiov John 9:16. Genr. c. ace. expr. orirnpl. Rev r . 2: 26 o lyguv ia egya fiov, i. e. the works which I require. Matt. 23: 3 bis. 28:20. Acts 21: 25. Rev. 3: 3. Sept. genr. for -|: Prov. 3: 1, 21. -|73U; Prov. 8: 34. 'Philo Legal, ad Cai.'p* 1033 TTJV &Qyo-xtlav. Arr. Epict. 2. 25. 15. Pol. 1. 83. 5 dixata. Hdian. 6. 6. 1 . b) to keep, to guard, e. g. a pris- oner, person arrested, c. ace. Matt. 27: 36, 54 Ti7ootVr rov "lyvovv. Acts 12: 5, 6 qpiUaxe? . . . ti^Qow iqv cpvlaxi'iv, corap. Buttm. 131. 3. Acts 16: 23. 24: 23. 25: 4, 21 bis. 1 John 5: 18 T^OH iavrov, i. e. is on his guard. Part. Matt. 28 : 4 ol lyQOvvifg the keepers, guards. Of things, T i par to, Rev. 16: 15. Sept. for ^iyjj Cant. 3: 3. ID: of things Cant. 8: if, 12. pers. TestT XII Patr. p. 636. Thuc. 4. 30. things 1 Mace. 6:50. Aristoph. Pac. 201. Pol. 3. 50. 7. Trop. to keep in safety, to pre- serve, to maintain ; c. ace. of thing simpl. Eph. 4: 3 UIQUV ir\v kvoiipu, lov nvsvpaiog. 2 Tim. 4: 7 ii\v nlaiiv is- it}i)i}xa. Jude 6 pr} ujg^ffansg x. i. L i. e. deserting. Sept. i. i^v tavrov y/v- %rii> for IB Prov. 16: 17. Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 4. vopovg i] tag Idlctg yvxag Diod. Sic. 11. 11. nlffuv Pol. 6. 56. 13. Hdian. 7. 9. 7. So trop. ace. with ad- juncts : c. dupl. ace. of pers. and pred- icate, 2 Cor. 11:9 bis, /507; Vfuv e/ucru- lov iiti^o-a xat TTJOTJO-W. 1 Tim. 5: 22. James 1: 27. (Wisd. 10: 5. M. Anto- nin. 6. 23 or 30 zijo^ffoy aictviov anlovv.) c. adv. 1 Thess. 5: 23. c. dat. of pers. Jude 1 TW Xotorw. Seq. cV c. dat. of state, John 17: 11, 12 eyw hriQOW ctv- tovg cV TW ovofionl ffov. Jude 21. seq. tx nvog John 17: 15, Rev. 3: 10. onto nvog James 1: 27. Sept. c. uno nvog for ^,72-Ij Prov. 7: 5. c. i. q. to keep hack or in store, to re- serve, c. ace. e. g. things, John 2: 10 au TCTJJOTJXW? lov xaAoy olvo*' l'w ott. 12: 7. it uvi, e. g. 6yog 2 Pet. 2: 17. Jude 13. (Sept. Cant. 7: 13.) n il'g nva 1 Pet. 1: 4. Of persons, 1 Cor. 7: 37 i^tiv iyv tawov TtctQ&evov i. e. to keep her at home, unmarried, opp. fayapiZw in v. 38. 2 Pet. 2: 4 et Jude 6 slg xo^W ir}- govpevovg. 2 Pet. 2: 9 et 3: 7 fig ^t'oav xo/o-60)?. Tost. XII Patr. p. 529 tig xo- laaw lov aiuvog iBii'ir]icu. c. dat. Jos. Ant. 1.3. 7. q. v. ) a watching, keeping, i. e. c) trop. observance, performance, sc. of precepts, eviolwv 1 Cor. 7: 19. Ec- clus. 35: 23. vonuv Wisd. 1: 18. b) i. q. guard, ward, 1 Mace. 5: 18. 3 Mace. 5: 44 ; in N. T. melon, place of ward, a prison, Acts 4: 3. 5: 18 K&evio aviovg Iv lygrjasi, dypocrla. Thuc. 7.86. Ttpfpias, ado?, ?;, Tiberias, a city of Galilee built by Herod Antipas and named in honour of the emperor Tiberius; now Tabaria. It is situa- ted on the S. W. shore of the Lake of 819 Gennesareth, nbout an hour's distance from the place where the Jordan flows out, John 6:23; and the lake itself is hence sometimes called the Sea of Ti- berias, John 6: 1. 21: 1. Comp. in Fev- vrjffotfjei:. The city was celebrated on account of the hot springs in its vicini- ty ; and after the destruction of Jeru- salem it became a famous seat of Jew- ish schools and learning. See Jos. Ant. 18. 3. 3. de Vit. 9, 16 sq. Relandi Palaest. p. 1036 sq. Lightfoot Opp. Posth. p. 71 sq. in Opp. T. II. Miss. Herald 1824. p. 308. Rosenrn. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 74 sq. Burckhardt's Travels in Syria etc. p. 320 sq. Tiftfyiog, ov } o, Tiberius, pr. n. of the third Roman emperor, the son of Livia and step-son of Augustus, r. A. D. 1437. John the Baptist commenced preaching in the 14th year of his reign; and the crucifixion of Je- sus took place 3 or 4 years later. Luke 3:1. Sueton. Vit. Tiber. Tac. Ann. 1. 3 sq. Tifrrjfjii, f. tfijVo), aor. 1 i&rpta, perf. Ts'tfttxtt, see Buttm. 106, 107; for irnperf. iti&ow Matt. 5: 15. 2 Cor. 3: 13. al. see Buttrn. 106. n. 5. 107. n. I, 6. To set, to put, to place, to lay, trans. Sept. for Slto, rP2J, also for 1 n -=- a) pp. to set, to put, where a person or thing is set erect, or is conceived of as erect, rather than as lying down. Act. e. g. a light, Ki'xvov vnb TOV uoftiov Matt. 5: 15. Mark 4: 21. vnoy.drto x>U- ryg Luke 8: 16. fig x^wmjv 1 1 : 33. So a title, snl TOV o~iavoov John 19:9; one's foot, nl rfg daiaavr)? Rev. 10: 2. Mid. to set or put for oneself, i. e. on one's own part or behalf, by one's own order, etc. Buttm. 135. 7, 8 ; e. g. to put persons in prison, tig qpiAcoojv Acts 12: 4, tig ii'igycriv 4: 3 ; also iv qpi'AaxiJ Matt. 14: 3. Acts 5: 25, iv T7j0/; ]H3 Sept. fdaxa. Mid. c. tv, 2 Cor. 5: 19 tfi^wo? [6 #os] fv ijfuv TOV loyov TJJ? xoTiA/%, i. e. placing in us, laying upon us, com- mitting unto us ; conrp. Sept.' for 3 BIJD Is. 63: 1 1. Mid. seq. ei? T wra vpuv, to /ay up in t/oitr ear*, i. q. to let sink in your enrs, minds, Luke 9: 44. Seq. tig ii] v xagdiotv, to lay to heart, i. q. to resolve, Luke 21: 14, comp. Sept. Ecc. 7: 22. 1 Sam. 9: 20. Seq. iv T/J y.ngdia, to lay up in heart, to lay to heart, i. q. to revolve in mind, to ponder, Luke 1: 66 ; (so Sept. and a^3 CliD 1 Sam. 21: 13 ;) also i. q. to resolve, to purpose, Acts 5: 4 ; Iv TW nvsvuan id. 19:21. Comp. Sept. Dan. 1:3. c) trop. to set, to appoint, to consti- tute, often i. q. Engl. to make ; e. g. of time, Mid. Acts 1: 7 xgovovg 77 xaigovg ovg o narrjg I'^rro iv ri) Idln ($ovo~ln, i. e. which the Father hath set by vir- tue of his own authority ; comp. in *Ev no. 3. c. fi, fin. (^us'ptty Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 57 pen. Dem. 1042. pen.) So the lot of any one, TO [tSQog, seq. /MTU nvog, Matt. 24: 51. Luke 12: 46. Of a decis- ion, decree, law ; Acts 27: 12 ol nlslovg s&evjo /9ovA^v, 5. e. made a decision, de- cided, determined. Gal. 3: 19 in later edit, o vefiog . . . ITE&TJ, the law was set, made ; text. rec. Trpotrm'^. So vopov -ti&ivai Jos. c. Ap. 2. 21. Dem. 732. 17. Xen. Lac. 1. 2. For the difference be- tween ti&Evai vouov and il&tv&tti vo~ juov, see Passow Tt#??/n A. 3. c. Bnttrn. 135. n. 3. Seq. dupl. ace. of pers. or thing and predicate, Winer 32. 4. b ; so 1 Cor. 9: 18 addnavov ^TJCTW TO ct'/- ^fAior, / may make the gospel without charge, free of expense ; comp. for the sense 2 Cor. 11:7, 8. (Luc. Gymnas. v. Anachnr. 16 TOV aorsoo? . . . TO? 'oa SqQovxal dtaxaij Ti#sVro.) Of persons, fiag civ &M Tore fX&QOvg aov vnonodiov TWV nodwv oov, Matt. 22: 44. Maik 12: 36. Luke 20: 43. Acts 2: 35. Heb. 1:13. 10: 13, all quoted from Ps. 110: I where Sept. for n v Z5 ; comp. in Jttovg fi. Acts 20: 28 vfioig . . . '#io e'juaxoTrorc. Rom. 4: 17 TTCtTSQfx noKMav i&vwv .Te^ftxa o~t, from Gen. 17:5 where Sept. for -jn:. I Cor. 12:28. Heb. 1:2. 2 Pet. 2:6. In the Pass, construction, c. slg o final, 1 Tim. 2:7. 2 Tim. 1:11. Buttm. 134. 2. Sept. for jn: Jer. 1: 5. Lev. 26:31. V3H Job 11: 13l Ael. V. H. 13:6 o ovo$ -iyai rag ywaxctg Xen. Cyr. 4 6. 3. Once by Hebr. c. ace. et tig T as predicate, Acts 13:47 T#X o- slg (pug s&vtav, see in filg no. 3. a. Winer 32. 4. b. So Sept. for V ]n: Gen. 17: 16. Jer. 9: 11. filto Is. <&: is! Nah. 3: 6. Seq. ace. et tig final, Mid. 1 Thess. 5: 9 ovx B&STO ^ftag o &tog sig ogyriv, i. e. hath not appointed us to wrath. 1 Tim. 1: 12. Pass. 1 Pet. 2: 8. Seq. ace. et iva, John 15 : 16 Ithjxa it pag, Iva vptig wa/ijr x. T. L TIMCO, f. To/uat, aor. 2 I'rtxor, Buttrn. 114 ; to bring forth, to bear, sc. offspring, trans. a) of females, Matt. 1: 21, 23 T^T <5 vlov. v. 25. 2: 2 6 rez&fig fiaadBi/g. Luke 1:31,57. 2: 6, 7, 11. John 16:21. Gal. 4: 27. Heb. 11: 11 in text. rec. Rev. 12:2, 4 bis, 5, 13. Sept. for lb^ Gen. 3: 16. 4: 1. Ael. V. H. 1. 29. Luc. D. Deor. 10. 1. Xen. Conv.5. 7. Metaph. of irregular desire as exciting to sin ; James 1: 15 im^v^ia, avMafiovact ilxrit ft^agiiav, i. e. produces, causes sin. Ecclus. 8: 18. Zenob. Cent. 3. 28 3/x^ dlxi)v rtxx x* /5A/?7jv |5Aa/5j. Anthol. Gr. II. p. 44 acpQOffVvu Ttxift n b) of the earth, Heb. 6: 7 T) yi) T/XTOV- o-a fioTavriv. Philo de Opif. p. 3Q. Eu- rip. Cyclop. 332 fj y^ . . . rlxTovan noiav. Of trees, Philo ib. p. 862. TVUyler, f. tiw, to pull, to pluck, to pull out or ojf, e. g. ears of grain, c. ace. Matt. 12:1. Mark 2:23. Luke 6: 1. Sept. nL T//? for 131*3 Ezra 9: 3. Psalt. Sal. 13:3. Arr. Epict. 3. I. 29. Diod. Sic. 5. 21 uoQ, ov, o, Timaeus, pr. n. of a man, Mark 10:46. Ti[JLC((O, CO, f. fjorw, (itp'j,) to hold worth, to estimate, trans. 821 a) i. q. to esteem, to honour, to rever- ence, c. ace. () genr. 1 Tim. 5: 3 /)- gag jiua. 1 Pet. 2: 17 navrnq. Spec, parents Matt. 15: 4, 5. 19: 19. Mark 7: 10. 10:19. Luke 18: 20. Eph. 6: 2 ; (So Sept. and 123 Ex. 20: 12. Deut. 5: 16.) Kings 1 Pet. 2: 17 ; God and Christ, John 5: 23 quater. 8: 49 ; also of feigned piety towards God, Matt. 15: 8 et Mark 7:6 loig xiifacri ue fiun, quo- ted from Is. 29: 13 where Sept. for 123; as also genr. Prov. 3:9. 14:33. Ecclus. 3: 3, 4, 6. Hdian. 4. 8. 19. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 12. rove &eovg Ael. V. H. 2. 31. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 13. (0) i. q. to treat with honour, to bestow special marks of honour and favour upon any one, c. ace. John 12: 26. Acts 28: 10 noUal? Ttudtg trtfjijcrav fjuag. Wisd. 14: 15. 2 Mace. 3:2. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8 vuag rtfinv Seviotg. Xen. An. 1. 9. 14 dugoig lilpa. b) i. q. to prize, to fix a value or price upon any thing ; Pass, and Mid. c. ace. Matt. 27: 9 bis, tr\v rtui]v TOV ren t ur}us- vov, ov luprio~avTO anb viwv Comp. Zecb. 11: 12, 13; see in $. Sept. for V^'H Lev. 27: 8, 12, 14. _ Jos. Ant. 5. I? 31. Dem. 183. 19. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 10. i)Q, r t , (T/W,) a holding worth, estimation, viz. a) i. q. esteem, honour, respect, rever- ence, (a) genr. e. g. as rendered or exhibited towards any person or thing. John 4: 44 nQocpyryg . . . nur\v ovx i%ei. Rom. 12: 10. 1 Cor. 12: 23, 24. Col. 2: 23 ovx iv rifjfi ILVI sc. iov auuarog. 1 Thess. 4: 4 iv iipjj i. e. reputably. Heb. 3: 3. 1 Pet. 3: 7. vxsvog tig n^v Rom. 9: 21. 1 Tim. 2: 20, 21. So as render- ed to masters, 1 Tim. 6: 1 : to magis- trates, Rom. 13:7 bis; to elders, 1 Tim. 5:17; to Christ, c. &>, 2 Pet. 1: 17. Rev. 5: 12, 13 ; to God, c. <5o, 1 Tim. 1:17. 6: 16. Rev. 4: 9, 11. 7:1 19:1 in text. rec. Sept. for 1133 Is. 14: 18. ^p- Dan. 4: 27. T. xvQta) for 7* Ps. '29:1. 96: 7. Ecclusl 10: 28. Jos. c. Ap. 2. 27 yovtwv nur}. Luc. Haley. 2. Hdian. 2. 15. 4. Xen. An. 6. 1. 20. TW #fo; Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 1. Ael. V. H. 3. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 3. (/5) Of a state or condition of honour, rank, dignity, joined with d6*ct, Ileb. 2: 7 dofy xal Tfju/J foieydvwaag amov, quoted from Ps. 8: 6 where Sept. for Tin . So as conferred in reward, v. 9. 'Rom. 2: 7, 10. 1 Pet. 1:7. 2:7. Once, an office of honour, Heb. 5: 4. Jos. Ant. 10. 8. 6. Hdian. 3. 10. 9. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 1. (/) Meton. honour, i. q. mark or to- ken of honour, favour, reward, etc. Acts 28 : 10 7ro/Uca ttjual? erl^o'ttv fipag. Sept. for nf^ Dan. 2: 6. Ec- clus. 38: 1. Jos. Ant/3. 2. 5. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 18, 20. b) i. q. value, price. Matt. 27: 6 at]uaro price of blood, v. 9 see in a. Acts 4: 34. 5: 2, 3. 7: 16 11^ aqyv- glov. 19:19. 1 Cor. 6: 20. 7:23. Sept. for ^-jy Lev. 5: 15, 18. 27: 2 sq. qps Job 31: 39. -pntt Is. 55: 1. Jos. Vit! 31. Ael. V. H. ^2. 7. Xen. An. 7. 5. 2. Meton. a thing of price, and hence collect, precious things, Rev. 21: 24, 26. So Sept. for -9^ Ez. 22: 25. G, oVy (ttpi,) held worth, estimated, vi/. a) i. q. esteemed, honoured ; estimable, honourable; Acts 5:34 I'apodiijk . . . iluioq navil TW iw. Heb. 13: 4. Sept. for -Pj^ Ezra 4: 10. -\jV Ps. 116: 15. JOH. B. J. 5. 18. 1 TW <5']juw iluiog. Hdian. 6. 9. 14. Xen. Oec. 9. 13. h) i. q. valued, prized, precious, (a) pp. of high price, costly, as M&og Tipiog a precious stone, genr. Rev. 17:4. 18: 12,16. 21:11,19; plur. 1 Cor. 3: 12. li'Aoy -ilpiov costly wood Rev. 18:12. Sept. for -ip 11 1 K. 10: 2. 2 Chr. 9: 1, 10. Hdian.' 5. 2. 10 i/^ot T. Ael. V. H. 7. 8. Xen. An. 1. 2. 27. (/?) trop. precious, dear, desirable. Acts 20: 24 ov- de c/w TJ]V yv%r\v uov nuictv tfiawM* James 5: 7. 1 Pet. 1: 7, 19. 2 Pet. 1: 4. Sept. for y!?.rt Prov. 3 : 15. 8:11. Wisd. 12:7. Jos. Ant. 17. 9. 4 yttuv T 'llQtoSr) jiui(aiarog. Hdian. 1. 16. 9. Ti[Jiioir]C, rjioG, T\, ( rlfiiog, ) prt- ciousness. costliness; melon, i. q. pre- cious things, magnificence, prob. costly merchandize, Rev. 18: 19. Liban. Ep. 1557 G, ov, o, Timotheus, Tim- othy, pr. n. of a young Christian of Der- be, the son of a Jewish mother and Greek father, selected by Paul as the TtfUOV 822 Tig chosen companion of his journies and labours in preaching the gospel, Acts 16 : 1, 3. He appears to have been with Paul at Rome, Heb. 13: 23 ; but his later history is unknown. Acts 16: 1. 17:14,15.18:5. 19:22. 20:4. 1 Cor. 16: 10. 2 Cor. 1: 19. Phil. 1:1. 2: 19. 1 Thess. 1:1. 3:6. 2 Thess. 1:1. 1 Tim. 6: 20. 2 Tim. 1: 2. Tipo&eog^ o tig t if any one, Matt. 21:3. Mark 11:3. Col. 3:13. James 2: 14. Rev. 22: 18. lav pi] rig, unless one, John 3: 3, 5. Acts 8: 31. Plur. civ iivtg if any, i. q. whosoever, John 20: 23 bis. Luc. D. Deor. 23. 1 r,v rig. (77) fi rig, if any one, see in % I. g. y. p. 223. In a hy- pothetical clause, the simple rig is some- times said to be i. q. d'-tig, but not ac- curately. 1 Cor. 7: 18 bis, TzeQnttnype- vog Tig etdr t -&rj, [*r\ inianda&to x. T. JL it one called being circumcised, i. e. be it so that one is thus called. James 5: 13, 14. Comp. Winer ^25. p. 144 sq. Athen. VI. p. 223 oqp#fy TI$. Plut. de Puer. educ. 4 a/U' eo~ii Tig dno- xQorog X.T. X. (&) Sometimes Tig, any one, is omitted where the sense requires it to be supplied ; comp. above in a. . Matt. 23: 9 xat naniga fir] [TIVCI] xa/UVqie vpuv enl TT)g yijg. 1 Pet. 4: 12. c) emphat. somebody, something, i. e. some person or thing of weight and im- portance, some great one ; Matth. 487.5. Winer 25. 2. Passow no. 3. (a) Simply, Acts 5:36 aye'on/ Oevdag, liymv (IvatTivaBavTov. (Theocr. 11.79. Dem. 150. 19 ffs ftsv iv Ty nohi dtl TIVU yai- vtff&ai. Epict. Ench. 13.) Neut. 1 Cor. 3: 7 OVTS o yvTsvwv i, i. e. a very fearful looking for of judgment. Eu- rip. ap. Stob. 173. 11 otivi] Tig oQyf\. Aeschin.Dial.Socr.3. tfyalwvogTigpiog. d) ro? oviog ,- 24:17. John 7: 36. 1 Cor. 15:29. e) Spec. c. Indie. Fut. its expresses: (a) deliberation, Matt. 11: 16 iln de oi- f40iwffm_ir]v x. T. A. Mark 6: 24. Luke 3: 10 il oiv noiijaopev / v. 12. 13: 18. Acts 4: 16. Comp. Winer 41. 6. In most of these examples, some Mss. have the Subjunctive. So rarely c. Indie. Pres- ent, John 11: 47. Acts 21:22. Comp. Winer 42. 3. p. 233. (/?) Hence im- plying the idea, shall, may, can. Matt. 5:13 iv ilvi othcr&yo-fjcti ; Luke 1: 18 xaia il yvMcrofjicxi lovio / Acts 8: 33. Rom. 8: 33, 35. Comp. Winer 1. c. (y) Sometimes put where a general truth is to be illustrated by a particular ex- ample ; comp. Herm. ad Soph. Trach. 451. Matt. 12: 11 ilq corou e$ vpwv uv- , o$ e'|fi x. i. K. Luke 14: 5. 11:5 104 where the Subjunct. alternates with the Fut. f) c. Subjunct. implying deliberation with the idea of possibility ; comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 729. Passow no. 2. c. Winer 42. 4. p. 235, 246. Matt. 6: 31 tiyovitq il cpdywpw, x. T. L Luke 12: 17 il TronjVw; 16:3. So Matt. 20:32 il d&fis non'io-w v(uv ; 27: 17, 21, 22 ; see in 0'A(u b. g) o. Optat. et v, implying doubt, uncertainty. Acts 2: 12 il V &&ot lov- 10 tivai; 17: 18. Comp. Herm. ad. Vig. p. 729. Passow no. 2. a. Luc. D. Deor. 7. 1. Vitar. Auct. 12. B) Indirect, where it is often equiv. to oort?, 0,11, see Buttm. 127. 4 and n. 6. Matth. 488. 1. Winer 25. 1. Passow no. 3. a) c. Indicat. after verbs of hearing, inquiring, shewing, knowing, and the like ; comp. Winer 42. 4. p. 246. Matth. 507. 2. So in various con- structions and uses : (a) genr. Matt. 6: 3 uij /VCUTOJ i\ agurtfQa o~ov il noift i] 8($id >,// x. T. A. Eph. 3: 18. Heb. 5: 12. Hdian. 2. 8. 8 ilva f/fts yvut^v. Xen. An. 4. 8. 5. Mem. 1. 6. 4. In a double ques- tion, Luke 19: 15 iVo yv$ 11$ il ditJiga- ypaievffccto, pp. that he might know, who had gained what ? i. e. who had gained and what he had gained ; comp. Matth. 488. 12 fin. Herm. ad Soph. Antig. 20. Aj. 1164. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 3 ilvaq ow vnb ilvwv tvQOi^iiv x. T. L (/5) i. q, TTO- , comp. in A. c. Phil. 1: 22 i t- ov yvo)()la). Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17. (y] i. q. noloq, comp. in A. d. John 10:6 ovx tyvwaav iV yv a elUct. Acts 17: 19. 24: 20. b) c. Subjunct. implyiog what may or can be done, i. e. possibility, Herm. ad Vig. p. 729, 741. Winer 42. 4. b. p. 246. Matth. 516. 3. Matt. 6: 25 p] I^&QIUVUTB il q>uyi)is. 10: 19. 15: 32. Mark 9: 6 o& yuQ fldei, il la.\r\ar^. Luke 12: 5, U 4 2& 17: 8. 19: 48, Rom. 8: 26. TtiAos 826 TotOVTOg 1 Pet. 5: 8. So in a double question, Mark 15: 24 Pattovieg . . . rig il ayy, comp. above in a. c) c. Optat. after a preceding prae- terite, and implying doubt, uncertainty ; Buttm. 139. 2, 3. Herm. ad Vig. p. 742. Matth. 518. Winer 42. 4. c. p. 247. () genr. Luke 8: 9 tJirjQUTuv de ainov . . . ilg fit] T\ nagapoJiii aiit] ; 15: 26 envv&avero, il fify TVT ; comp. in A. d. e. 18: 36. 22: 23. Hdian. 2. 8. 5 TiVw yvo'iur t v t^oirs. Xen. An. 4. 5. 10. (/5) YVitb iiv, as strengthening the idea of uncertainty, comp. Buttm. 139. 13. Winer 43. 4. Herm. ad Vig. 729. Luke 1: 62 to, il nv dslot xodcl- a&ai OVTOV. 6: 1 1 ftidalovv nqog >IA?;- lovg, T/ av noiijfffiav TM 'lijaov. 9: 46. John 13: 24. Acts 5: 24. 10: 17. 17:20. 21: 33. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 12. AL. uy o, Lat. titulus, i. e. a title, superscription, John 19: 19,20. Hesych. ilikog' mv^iov ejilyQvtpfta t%ov. TYrocr, ov, 6, Titus, pr. n. of a Christian teacher of Greek origin, a companion and fellow-labourer of Paul, Gal. 2: 3 ; sent by him to Dalmatia, 2 Tim. 4: 10 ; and also left in Crete to establish and regulate the churches, Tit. 1 : 5. Tradition relates that he was bishop of Crete, and died there at the age of 92 years. 2 Cor. 7: 6, 13, 14. 8: 6, 16. 12: 18 bis. ^Gal. 2: 1, 3. 2 Tim. 4: 10. T/TOV TOV addcpov uov 2 Cor. 2: 1O T ''>>> i<. i . y.oivwvog fuo$ xai tig vuag crvv- tQyog 2 Cor. 8: 23. T/TW vvt\(jm isxvu Tit. 1: 4. TtcOy f. Iff at, to hold worth, i. q. to respect, to honour, to reverence, e. g. &?- vov Hom. Od. 15. 542. -dtovg II. 8. 540. ib. 9. 238 ; also to estimate, to prize, Hom. II. 23. 703, 705. Hence in fut. and aor. 1 Act. and Mid. (and with Free. T/VW,) to honour sc. by making com- pensation, atonement, i. q. to atone for, to pay for, c. ace. of wrong done etc. e. g. vfyiv Hom. Od. 24. 352. yovov II. 21. 134. In N. T. to atone with, to pay, c. ace. of thing offered or suffered in atonement, as dlxrjv T/O-W to pay or suffer punishment, to be punished, Lat. solvere poenas, 2 Thess. 1:9. Hom. Od. 14.84. Ael.V. H. 1.24. 13.2. Plut. de sera Num. Vindict. 8 Mtfftv o Bwaog i^v dixyv. VIII. p. 191. Reisk. Tot, enclit. particle, pp. antique dat. for TO), by consequence, consequently, therefore ; which signification however is found only in the strengthened forms iotyd(), loiyctQovv, etc. while TO/ itself retains only a sort of confirmatory sense, indeed, forsooth, yet, etc. Buttm. 149. p. 431. Matth. 627. In N. T. only in the compounds xtmot/e, ToiyctQovv, 101- vvv. Toiyapovv, i.e. TO/ strengthened by the particles ^'o, ovv, i. q. by certain consequence, consequently, there- fore; see Buttm. 149. p. 431. IThess. 4: 8 toiyagovv o a&siuv x. i. L Heb. 12: 1. Sept. for ]3-^y Job 22: 10. 24: 22. _ Jos. Ant. 10.' 1. 2. Ceb. Tab. 20. Xen. An. 1. 9. 9. see xaiTolye in re II. . Toivuv, i. e. TO/ strengthened by vvv, i. q. indeed now, yet now, there- fore ; used where one proceeds with an inference, Buttm. 149. p. 431. Matth. 627. Usually put after one or more words in a clause, Luke 20: 25 aTrooWe toivvv ta xalaagog xalffagi. 1 Cor. 9: 26. James 2: 24 in text. rec. Wisd. 1: 11. Ceb. Tab. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 6. Xen. Oec. 10. 2. More rarely put at the beginning of a clause, Heb. 13: 13 Tolvvv e&Qxwfis&a nQog avxov. So Sept. for TS> Is. 3: 10. pb Is. 5: 13. Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 4. Ael. "H. An. 2. 6. Other examples see in Lob. ad Phr. p. 342. , Toictde, roiovdf, a strength- ened form of rolog demonstr. correla- tive to nolog, ologj see Buttm. 79. 5, 6 ; of this kind or sort, such, Lat. talis, 2 Pet. 1: 17 qpoyjjfg . . . loiaads. Jos. Ant. 17. 13. 3 ovag Toiovds. Hdian. 7. 4. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 1. s, TOiccvTij, Totovio and Matt. 18: 5, a strengthened form of lolog demonstr. correl. to nolog, olog, see Buttm. 79. 5, 6; of this kind or sort, such, Lat. talis, more frequent in Attic usage than lolog or -loiovde, Passow s. v. a) genr. e. g. (a) without art. or Totyog 827 Tonos corresponding relative, Malt. 18: 5 og mv defyiat ncudlov toioinov IV. Mark 4: 33. John 4: 23. Acts 16: 24. 1 Cor. 11: 16. James 4: 16. al. Hdian. 7. 8. 17. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 1. With a corresponding relat. e. g. olo$ 1 Cor. 15: 48 bis, oiog 6 %o'ixog, roiovroi xat ol ^foi'xo/, x. T. L 2 Cor. 10:11. onolog Acts 26: 29. ug Philem. 9. c. olog Ecclus. 49: 16. Xen. Mern. 2. 6. 12. og ib. 2. 8. 3. (/?) With the art. as marking something definite or already mentioned, Matth. 265. 7. Winer 17 fin. Comp. in C 0, 7, TO, C. ft. p. 555. Matt. 19: 14 TWV /o IOIOVKOV Iffilv r) flaai\f.la iuv ovo. Mark 9: 37. Acts 19: 25. Rorn. 1: 32. 1 Cor. 5: 11. Gal. 5: 21. 1 Tim. 6: 5. 3 John 8. al. Hdian. 4. 5. 4. Pol. 8.2. 5. Xen. An. 5. 8. 20. b) by impl. such, i. q. so great ; (a) without art. or relative, Matt. 9: 8 TOV noig. Mark 6: 2. John^J: 16. (Ceb. Tab. 4.) Neut. pi. TOiauia, such things, so great things, e. g. good Luke 9: 9 ; evil, 13: 2. Heb. 12: 3. With a relat. corresponding, oo~tig 1 Cor. 5: 1 ; og Heb. 8: 1. (/J) With the art. o rotourog, such an one, such a person, one distin- guished, e. g. in a good sense, 2 Cor. 12:2, 3,5. (Ael. V. H. 11. 9.) In a had sense, i. q. such a fellow, Acts 22: 22, coll. 21: 27. 1 Cor. 5: 5. 2 Cor. 2: 6, 7. Comp. Matth. 265. 7. 'O, i\, TO, p. 555. AL. Tor/og, ov, o, a wall, sc. of a house, paries, Acts 23: 3, see in Xovtuw. Sept. for -VP Ex. 30: 3. Lev. 14: 37. Ael. V. H. 14. 19. Pol. 5. 33. 5. Xen. Conv. 4.38. Kindr. with m^o?, which is spoken only of the wall of a city, etc. ToXOC, OV, Oj ( T/XTQf, TCTOXtt, ) a bringing forth, birth, Horn. II. 19. 119. thing born, offspring, child, Alhen. 4. 82 TOXOS xahlrai nag o ywopivog ncuq. Xen. Lac. 15. 5. In N. T. trop. gain from money put out, interest, usury, Matt. 25: 27. Luke 19: 3. Sept. for ?p: Ex. 22: 25. Lev. 25: 36, 37. Jos. c. Ap. 2. 27. Aeschin. 68. 26. Dem. 13. 20. ToAfiaco, co, f. yaw, (Tolua cour- age, boldness, from obsol. T/lo'w, taAatu to bear,) to have courage, boldness, con- fidence to do any thing ; to venture, to dare, intrans. c. infin. Matt. 22: 46 ov- 6s iio\^ai ng . . . fatptpjfffcu ainov. Mark 12: 34. 15:43. Luke 20: 40. John 21: 12. Acts 5: 13 old fig iioluu xoX- laa&ai avtotg. 7: 32. Rom. 5: 7. 15: 18. 1 Cor. 6: 1. 2 Cor. 10: 12. Phil. 1: 14. Jude 9. Sept. for ar b53 Esth. 7: 5. 2 Mace. 4: 2. Jos. Ant. 17. 13. 4. Dem. 1377. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10. Also to show oneself bold, to act with boldness, confidence, c. ini -twa against any one 2 Cor. 10: 2 ; c. IV TW tn any thing 11: 21 bis. , adv. ( comparat. ?, Buttm. 115. 5,) the more boldly, with greater confidence and freedom, Rom. 15: 15. Pol. 1. 17. 17. Luc. Icarom. 10. Toty^ws Xen. Conv. 2.12. Zo^!fJ9np9j ov, o, (ToAjua'w, ) one bold, a darer, enterpriser, Jos. B. J. 3. 10. 2. Thuc. 1. 70. In N. T. in a bad sense, one over-bold, audacious, presump- tuous, 2 Pet. 2: 10. ToflOC, 7], oV, ( lifivo), ) cutting, sharp, keen, Plat. Tim. p. 01. E. In N.T. only coinparat. rtyicfrtpo?, fy ov, sharper, keener, trop. Heb. 4: 12. Luc. Tox. 11. Phoryl. 116 or 118. Tvft&TpOj see in 7'oftoff. To^OV. ou, TO, a bow, sc. for shoot- ing arrows, Rev. 6: 2. Sept. oft for rrip. Gen. 27: 3. Ps. 7: 13- Luc. D. Deor. 7. 1. Hdian. 6. 5. 9. Xen Cyr. 1. 2.9. Totid^tov, Ol/, TO, (also i6nctog,) the topaz Rev. 21: 20; a transparent gem of a golden or orange colour; not the green topaz of Pliny, which seems to have been the modern chrysolite, H. N. 37. 8 or 32. Comp. Rees' Cyclop, art. Topaz. Sept. for trjps Ex. 28: 17. Ez. 28: 13. Diod. Sic.' 3. 39 where see. Strabo XVI. p. 1115. A, T TOTI- ds lo~fi> diacfuvrig, /OWOH$$ cpsyyog. Comp. VVetst. N. T. II. p. 845. 7o/ioe, ov, o, place, locus, e. g. a) as occupied or filled by any per- son or thing, spot, space, room, (a) pp. Tonos 828 Toaoucos Matt 28: 6 %ov TOTIOV onov txtiro_o xu- giog. Mark 16: 6. Luke 2: 7 oi'x r^v av- Tolf TOTiog it> TW xuiulvpuTt. (Sept. Gen. 24: 23.) Luke 14: 9, 10, 22. John 20: 7. Acts 7: 33. Heb. 8: 7. Rev. 2:5 xivi'iao) TI]V Ivxvlav aov ex TOV lonov av- Tijg. 6: 14. 20: 11. Sept. for nip 73 Gen. 24: 23. 1 K. 8: G, 7. Prov. 25: 6'. Luc. Necyom. 17 6 Alaxog anopeiQi'iffti cxaoro) TOV TOJIOV, ditiuxn tie TO fisyuriov ov nkeov Jtodog. Hdian. 2. 14. 10. So did or en TOJIOV Tivi to give place to any one, to make room, Luke 14: 9. Rom. 12: 19. Eph. 4:27 ; see fully in Jttwpt a. y. (P) Trop. i. q. condition, part, character ; 1 Cor. 14: 16 o avaml^v TOV TOTIOV TOV Idiuiov he who Jills the place of one unlearned, i.e. who is unlearned ; comp. in ' Avan^Qota d. Philo Somn. p. 600. E, TOV ayy&ov Tonov Im'cr/e. Jos. Ant. 16. 7. 2 avTog 5s noUdxig ovio- loyovfMvov TOJIOV lappavei,. (/) Trop. place, i. q. opportunity, occasion. Acts 25: 16 nplv j? . . . TOTIOV TC otnoloylas lapoi x. T. L Rom. 15: 23 pqxeTt TOTIOV txwv (sc. TOU evayyfM&ff&ai) iv Tolg xki- /uao-t TovToig. Heb. 12: 17. Ecclus. 4: 5. Pol. 1. 88. 2 T07TOJ ttsovg. Aeschin. 84.39. b) of a particular place, spot, where any thing is done or takes place ; Luke 10: 32 ofiolu? de xcei ./fi/7j?, ytvo^vog xior TOV TOTTOV. 11:1. 19:5. Jolin 4: 20. 5:13. 6:23. 10:40. 11:30. 18:2. 19:20,41. 2Pet.l:19. Pleonast. Rom. 9: 26 iv Twj' TTooVqpfOE x. T. L 12: 29. Mark 3: 27. John 2: 10. c. oiav, 2 Cor. 12: 10 orav yap aafoyw, TOTS dwotrog dpi. John 2: 10. Simply, Luke 11: 26. c. oiav Hdian. 2. 9. 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 17. b) of time past ; e. g. with a nota- tion of time preceding, c. ore, Matt. 13: 26 OTE ds f^\arnv\af,v b XOQTOS . . . TOTE tyun) xal rot idvia. 21: 1. John 12:16. c. w 'John 7: 10. 11: 6. fteja c. ace. John 13: 27. So after a participle as noting time, Acts 27: 21. 28: 1 xat 6*ta- ffw&svisg, ic it (Hfyvwaav x. T. L com p. Match. 565. 1 sq. Buttm. 144. n. 7. Also as opp. to vvv, Rom. 6: 21. Gal. 4: 8 coll. 9. v. 29. Heb. 12: 26. tvMwg TOTE Acts 17: 14. Simply, where the notation of time lies in the context, and TOTE, then, at that time, is often 5. q. thereupon, after that ; Matt. 2: 7 coll. 4. v. 17 TOTE dn^Qut&r) TO QTJ&SV x. T. L 3: 5, 13 TOTE naqaylvtiai b 'irjaovg, i. e. af- ter this, coll. v. 6, 7. Matt 3: 15. 4: 1. 26: 3. John 19: 1, 16. Acts 1: 12. 10: 46, 48. Heb. 10: 7, 9. al. c. OTE Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 14 coll. 13. w? Hdian. 3. 3. 5. Xen. Conv. 1. 14. c. particip. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 6. opp. vvv Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 8. Simpl. Sept. Gen. 13: 7. Ezra 4: 23, 24. Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 7. Ceb. Tab. 29. Xen. Conv. 1. 14 oi'fl*e TOTE. Also in later usage ano TOT t, from then, from that time, Matt. 4: 17. 16:21. 26:16, Luke 16: 16 ; see Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 461 . Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 211. Sept. for na [TN73] Ecclus. 8: 12. With the art.' as adj. 6 TOTE xovpog the then world 2 Pet. 3. 6 ; comp. Buttm. 125. 6. Hdian. 1. 14.10. Xen, An. 2. 2. 20. c) of a time future, e. g. c. OTUV pre- ced. Matt. 25: 31 orav de l/ltty o vlog TOU UV&Q. . . . TOTE X#i'cm *7lt &(fOVOV X. T. L Mark 13:14. Luke 14: 10. 21:20. John 8: 28. 1 Cor. 13: 10. 16: 2. 1 Thess. 5: 3. Pleonast. oTav . . . TOTE iv txtivaig veils flfifQixig Luke 5: 35. (comp. De.ru. 288. 21 TOTE XT fxtlvov rbv XCCIQOV.) c. TioeTTov, Luke 6: 42. opp. ayri 1 Cor. 13: 12. Simply, Mark 13: 21 xcc* TOT iuv TI? vfuv ?'T/; x. T. A. v. 26, 27. Luke 13: 26. 21: 27/1 Cor. 4: 5. 2 Thess. 2: 8. Sept. simpl. for TN Ex. 12: 44, 48. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 5 tHwue&u TB Cam. 5: 7. part. pass, for bbn Jer. 9: L Ez. 28: 23. 1 Mace. 16.- T 9l Luc. Episrr. 20. T. IV. p. 417. Tauchn. Xen. H. G. 4. 3. 23. t f - /( twist the neck, to throttle, as a wrestler his antagonist, Plut. de Curios. 12. ed. R. VIII. p. 69, o0T8 TOV a&hrjTJjv vno natdiaxaQiov i^ocx^^ofisvov, comp. Ael. V. H. 12. 58. Plut. M. Anton. 33. Also to bend back the neck, e. g. of an animal for slaughter, so as to expose the front or throat, Diog. Laert. 6. 61 Ids tov XQIOV cxyil*dv(ov, wg vno TOV tixovrog xogaalov TQaxTjU&Tai. Hence in N. T. trop. to lay bare, to lay open, Pass. part. Heb. 4: 13 navra ds yvpvct xt TiTQccxyhapsva Tolg oy&cdpo'ii; avrov. Hesych. TETQU- X^tfffiBra' nscfavsQtafieva. Comp. Welst. N. T. II. p. 398. 1'p&%yAo$ y ou 9 o, the neck, nape, Matt. 18: 6. Mark 9: 42. Luke 17: 2. Acts 15: 10 see in vyog a. Rom. 16: 4 TOV snvraJv TQa^ov VTis^xctv sc. under the axe, i. e. have exposed iheir lives to peril for my safety. Luke 15: 20 et Acts 20: 37 sTtsnwot' tnl TOV "tga%i]),ov nvTov, i. e. embraced him ; comp. Gen. 33:4 where Sept. for "iNTjE, as also 45: 14. Josh. 10: 24. qn>' Deut. 10: 16. Is. 48: 4. Hdian. 1. 17l 25. Dem. 744. 6. Xen. An. 7. 4. 9. G, fiC( y V) (kindr. with (>af'^a?, (TOS'W,) on 'y i P r es. and imperf. Passow s. v. Buttm. p. 472 ; to tremble, e. g. from fear, intrans. Matt. 5: 33 cpofiij&Hau xul iqifiovaa. Luke 8: 47. Acts 9: 6. Sept. for 'CSn Jer. 4: 24. Chald. SttT mn Dan. 5:Vl. 6: 26. Hdian. 6. 9. 2.' Dem. 314. 24. Hence, to tremble, at any thing, i. q. to fear, to be afraid, c. part. 2 Pet. 2: 10 ov igi- (jtovau ftkaff(pv}(AOVi>rtc;, lit. they do not tremble speaking evil, i. q. they do not fear speaking evil, are not afraid to speak evil ; comp. Buttm. 144. 4. a. Winer 46. 1. c. inf. Soph. Oed. Col. 128 os iQSfto^fv teyeiv. Sept. c. ace. for Tlh Is. 66: 2, 5. Just. Mart, de Resurr. p. 247 i)]v tov ovo^aiog TOV -freov UT%VV xocl tct daiftovia TOC'/ , f. -frqiyxa, comp. Buttm. 18. 2 ; pp. to make thick, firm, fast, as a fluid, yala. &Qiyai to curdle milk, Horn. Od. 9. 246. Genr. and in N. T. to make thick or fat, sc. by feeding ; and hence i. q. to feed, to nurse, to nourish, trans. a) pp. and genr. c. ace. Matt. 6: 26 o vftwv o ovqavtog Tpsqpst avra. *o: 37 noTE as d'dofifv nsivaJina, xt t&qs- V/a^ucy; Luke 12: 24. Acts 12:20. Rev. 12: 6, 14. Aslo i. q. to pamper, Tag xo- dlag James 5: 5, comp. in KctgSla a. y. Sept. for b^Sn Prov. 25: 22. bsbD 1 K. 18: 13. iiy-n Gen. 48: 15. "lluc. D. Deor. 20. 13. T Dem. 1358. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 2. ib. 2. 9. 2. b) i. q. to nurture, to bring up, Luke 4: 16 JVaT, ov j\v jf^QUfipevog. I Mace. 3: 33. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 2. Hdian. 1. 7. 5. Plat. Rep. 8. p. 558. D. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 1. Tpe'/co, f. &QK*oi4at, aor. Buttrn. 18. 2. 114. p. 304 ; to run, intrans. a) pp. and genr. absol. Matt. 27: 48 si&swg dgapuv slg e* auiwv. Mark 5: 6. 15: 36. Luke 15: 20. John 20: 2 T^e* ovv xal toxiTai. v. 4 tTQe%ov de ol dvo. Seq.e^/c.acc. loc. Luke 24:12. tig final Rev. 9: 9. seq. inf. fin. Matt. 28: 8. Sept. for y-n Gen. 24: 28. 2 Sam. 18: 19. r. inl Gen. 24: 20. Joel 2: 9. 2 Mace. 5: 2. Pulaeph. 22. 3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 9. So of those who run in a sta- dium or public race, I Cor. 9: 24 bis, ol iv o~rnSlo) Tp^fovief, ndntg piv T^e^ovatv x. T. i. (Hdian. 5. 6. 17. Plut. Mor. II. p.21.Tauchn. fyapav (nadiov.) Trop. in comparisons drawn from the public races and applied to Christians, as ex- pressing strenuous effort in the Chris- tian life and cause. 1 Cor. 9: 24 ovrat TQe%tTB Vvo xaTL spect, dread, 2 Cor. 7 : 15. Kph. ', : .">. Phil. 2: 12. Cornp. Sept. Is. 19: G. Ps. 55:5. h *?Sj rj> ( T ? 87rw to turn,) a turning, turning back, e. g. of the heav- enly bodies in their courses, at the sol- stices, etc. James 1:17 ovx svi nayaMa- yi], i] iQOJiTi\g anov*iuad. 16. 2 Mace. 15: 39. Hdian. 1. 2. 3. Xen. An. 6.3. 1. Mem. 2. 1. 23. opoiov JQOTIOV Luc. Ca- tapl. 6. (/) Dat. navil rporrco in every wail, Phil. 1:18. Comp. Winer 133. 3. 2. Winer 31. 4. Also c. to, as to navil T^OTTM 2 Thess. 3: 16 ; comp. in 'Jlv no. 3. b/ dut. 1 Mace. 14:35. Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 13. b) trop. turn of mind and life, dispo- sition, manners, mode of thinking, feel- ing, acting. Heb. 13:5 a^n^aqyvgog o iQonog. Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 7. Hdian. 2. 14.9. Xen. An. 1.9.22. 7 'fin;ift(fnfif(ii 3 d) y f. )j(j b, (Tooto), ) to bear with the turn of any one, i. o. with his disposition, manners, conduct, c. ace. Acts 13: 1H text. rec. iiQwnofpoyrptv aiuovg, from Deut. 1:31 ulicie Sept. AU-x. et Coinpl. for KUJ3 . Latt-r edit. JtQOocf>oQT)(jiv. Conetitu't. Apost. 7. 36. Cic.ad Alt. 13. 29. 7 W/ >'), ijc, ;, ( toecpw q. v. ) food, nourishment, sustenance, Matt. 3: 4 T; Job 36:31. Ps. 104:27. Dhb, Ps. 136:25. Prov. 6:8. Arr. Epict. L 11. 12. Hdian. 1. 17. 23. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 6. In the sense of stipend, hire, Matt. 10 : 10 |to? yuq o Igyuryg TTJ? Tpoqpijs uvrov, comp. Luke 10:7 et 1 Tim. 5: 18 where it is TOV IIHJ&OV av- Toi'. Xen. Oec. 5. 13. Tpocptiuoc, ov, o, Trophimus, pr. n. of a Christian of Ephesus, Acts 20: 4. 21:29. 2 Tim. 4:20. og y ov, o, y, (rgtcpoi,) a ntirjer, 834 Tpoodg nurse, 1 Thess. 2: 7. Sept, for np.r>) Gen. 35: 8. Is. 49 :23. Hdot. 6. 61. Pol. 16. 31. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 13. yoglw,) to bear as a nurse, to carry in the arms, as a nurse her nursling; trop. i. q. to cherish, to care for, trans. Acts 13: 18 in later edit, from Deut. 1:31 where Sept. Cod. Vatic, for Heb. KU33 . Comp. in TgonoyoQsw. 2 Mace. 7: 27. Macar. Homil. 46 avn\a^dvti> xcu TISQI- xi loojiocpogil fv TroMJ/ o~togyfi* X, d? y ^ ( igfaog, ) a wheel- track,' rut, Nicand. Theriac. 876 ^a- Syg Too^ta. Ilesych. jgoxictl' ai TO)? igox&v x> ns also Prov. 2: 15. 4: 11. Suid. dg ' nogslug, iglfioi p. a run- ner, i. e. any thing made round for roll- ing or running ; hence genr. a wheel, as of a chariot, Sept. for ]?> 1 K.7:32. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 30; of a' potter, Pol. 12. 15. 6 ; for torture, Luc. D. Deor. 6. 5. Plut. Phocion 35. In N. T. trop. a course as run by a wheel, or perh. circular course, circuit ; James 3: 6 igo- Xov rijg yevetrsoig i. q. course of life, see in rtveaig a. Comp. Anacr. 4. 7 -igo- Xog agpuTog yao ola, /5/oiog rgsx* 1 xvh- a&eig. Wetst. N. T. II. p. 670. The grammarians make a distinction be- tween rgoxog wheel, and rgoxog course ; see Passow in TOO/O? fin. ov, ov f 10, a dish, bowl, for eating or drinking ; Matt. 26: 23 6 inpayag /*' Iftov iv TW TQV@UM. Mark 14:20. On this mode of eating, see Calmet art. Eating, p. 365 sq. Jahn 147. Sept. for rn3>P Ex. 25: 39. Num. 4:7. Jos. Ant. 3. 8.' 10. Luc. Tim. 54. Ael. V. H. 9. 37. Tgvydco, (o, f. 1)0-0), ( -iQv/T] ripe fruits or grain, fruitage, vintage, har- vest,) to gather in ripe fruits or grain, to harvest, genr. Sept. for 1DJ5 Hos. 10: 12, 14. xijTrov tg. Long. 2. 4. T Oftener and in N. T. of vintagers, to gather grapes, c. ace. Luke 6: 44 ovSs lit fidiov ^ovY(aff^ v\^]V. Rev. 14: 18. 19. So Sept. for 12 2 Deut. 24: 21. Judg. 9: 7. Jos. Ant. ~L 6. 3. Dioscor. 5. 29 ii\v o-fa(pvti)v. Luc. Catapl. 20. Xen. Oec. 19. 19. Tgvywv, ovog, y, (rgv^a) to mur- mur, to coo, kindr. T@/CG q. v.) a tur- tle-dove, Luke 2: 24. Comp. in negitns- gd. Sept. for nn Lev. 5: 7, 11. Ael. V. H. 1. 15. H. A. 1.35,39. ' 9 tt, rj, (rgvpw, rgva to rub through,) a hole, eye of a needle, i. q. rgvnrj^u, Mark 10: 25. Luke 18: 25. Genr. -igvp. Tijg nsigag Sept. Judg. 15:11. Jer. 13:4. 16:15. Plut. dePuer. educ. 14. ed. R. VI. p. 36. 5. TguTirjiia, aiog y TO, (igvndu to bore, vgvna, rgvo),) a hole, eye of a nee- dle, Matt. 19:24. Genr. Aristoph. Eccles. 620 or 624. Etymol. Mag. 726. 55. Moeris p. 289, onr^v, *Amxwg igv- , r)Q y ?/, Tryphaena, pr. n. of a female Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 12. Tgvcpdco, cJ, f. ijo-w, (rgvyri,) to live delicately and luxuriously, to live in pleasure, intrans. James 5: 5. Sept. for T^ynri Neh. 9: 25. A3?nn Is. 66: n. Jos". Ant. 4. 7. 3. Ael" V. H. 2. 5. Xen. Ath. 1.11. to break,) delicate living, luxury, sc. as breaking down the mind and making effeminate. Luke 7: 25 ol sv . . . rgvqiy vndgxovifg. 2 Pet. 2: 13. Sept. for Jfo3*P! Prov. 19: 10. Cant. 7: 6. Test. XlfPatr. p. 701 o sv iQixpji diotywv. Hdian. 5. 2. 14. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 10. Tpvycooa, yg, y, Tryphosa,pi\n f of a female Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 12. Tp&dg, ddog, Troas, strictly Alex- andria-Troas, a city of Phrygia Minor in Mysia, situated on the coast at some distance southward from the site of Troy ; now Eski-Stamboul. Acts 16: 8, 11. 20:5,6. 2 Cor. 2: 12. 2 Tim. 4: 13. Ptolem. 5. 3. Plin. H. N. 5. 30. The 835 name Troas or the Troad strictly be- longed to the whole district around Troy. , ov, TO, Trogyllium, pr. n. of a town and promontory on the western coast of Asia Minor, opposite Samos, at the foot of Mount Mycale. Acts 20: 15. Strabo 14. 1. 13. f. Sopoti, aor. ETQU/OV, (TOWW, TQVW,} to eat, pp. fruits, nuts, raw beans, etc. which require cracking with the teeth, Hdot. 2. 37. ib. 2. 92 ; hence Tow/aAta, -iQwxrd, i. q. fruits, nuts, al- rnonds, and the like, set on as desert. Tn N. T. genr. to eat, i. q. fo&iio, absol. Malt. 24 : 38 TOCO/OJTCC xal nivovitg eat- ing and drinking, i. e. feasting, revelling, comp. in 'Ea&lw c. y. Bern. 402. 21 rgwytiv xal nlvfiv ii, to tympanize, i.e. to drum, to beat the drum or timbrel, Diod. Sic. 3. 59. In N. T. to scourge upon the tym- panum, to torture, to drum to death ; comp. Engl. 'to break upon the wheel;' Pass. Heb. 11: 35 aUoi 8s hv^navh^ri- o-av, comp. 2 Mace. 1. c. Luc. Jup. Trag. 19 ocvntcrxohoTiiZopfvovg ds, not TVfinuvi^ofisvovg. Aristot. Rhet. 2. 5. Pint, de Adul. et Amic. 17. T. VI. p. 220. 14. Reisk. So anoivfinavlfa, 3 Mace. 3 : 27 alff^iffToig fiao~dvoig ano- Tvpnavur&riaeuxi,. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 20. Plut. Galb. 8. TVJWQ, ov y o, (TVTITW,) a type, i. e. any thing caused, produced, made through the agency of strokes, blows. a) i. q. a mark, print, impression, John 20: 25 bis, TO rvnov TWV yluv. Athen. 13. p. 585. C, roig Tvnovg TWV nlrjyuv idovffct. Jos. B. J. 3. 9. 3. Pint. Symp. 8. qu. 7. 4. b ) ' ( \< figure, form, e. g. () of an image, statue. Acts 7:43 iovg ivnovg ovg 7ioiijffa-i nQovxvveiv amovg, quoted from Amos5:2(i where Sept. for t3^S . Hdian. 5. 5. 1 1 xov xvnov TOV &tov. Di- od. Sic. 1. 7. (/?) Trop./orm, manner, e. g. of the contents of a letter Acts 23: 25 ; of a doctrine Rom. 6: 17. 3 Mace. 3: 30 o fisv ifa IntaTotfg vvnog x. t. JL. Jambl. Vit. Pythag. c. 16. p. 58. c. 23. p. 89, xoy tvnov liig didaffxodlag. Pol. 22. 7. 9. (y) Trop. of a person as bear- ing the form and figure of another, i. e. as having a certain resemblance in relations and circumstances; Rorri. 5: 14 og Ian Timog TOV psUoviog. c) i. q. prototype, pattern, (a) pp. of a pattern or model after which any thing is to be made ; Acts 7: 44 noiijcrai, aim]v XT TOV rvnov x. T. L Heb. 8: 5. Comp. Ex. 25 : 40 where Sept. for rp:n)n -- Amhol. Gr. II. p. 72. (/?) Trop. an exemplar, example, pattern, e.g. to be imitated, followed, Phil. 3 : 17 TVKOV rjpag. 1 Thess. 1:7. 2 Thess. 3: 9. 1 Tim. 4: 12. Tit. 2: 7. 1 Pet. 5: 3. Hence also for admonition, warning, 1 Cor. 10:6, 11. Tumco, f. yw, to beat, to strike, to smite, pp. with repeated strokes, trans. a) pp. and genr. (a) in enmity, with a staff, club, the fist, etc. c. ace. of pers. Matt. 24 : 49 ivmew tovg o~vv8ov).ovg. Luke 12 : 45. Acts 18 : 17. 21: 32 rvn- rovrsg TOV Ilaikov. 23: 3. Tiva enl Trjv vtayova Luke 6: 29. fig ii\v xeyodyv sc. aviov Matt. 27: 30. il\v xfyodyv amov xaAft'^uw Mark 15: 19. amov TO ngoo-ca- TTOV Luke 22: 64. TO orO|ua Acts 23: 2. Sept. of pers. for Ji3ri Ex. 2: U, 13. 21: 15. Aeschin. 4. 42 TVHTHV TOV not- TEQCt,-i] T1]V [tTjTSQtt. Pol. 3. 53. 4. Xcn. Ath. 1. 8. Tiva tl'g TI Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 5. (/?) Of those who beat upon their breasts in strong emotion ; Luke 23: 48 TvmovTtg EUVTWV TOC tm^fy. 18:13 tTVTiTsv [eaVTov] sig TO ffTij&og. Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 5 TVJiTo^voq T ffTsgva. (y) Trop. from the Heb. to smile, i. q. to punish, to inflict evil, to afflict with disease, calamity, spoken only of God, c. ace. Acts 23: 3 TVTITSIV o- /u'U o fa6g. So Sept. and In3n 2 Sam. 24: 17. Ez. 7: 9. 2 Mace. 3:39. Comp. in 837 b) trop. to strike against, i. q. to of- fend, to wound, e. g. the conscience of auy one, tijv avvn5r} io's, from ri'qpw q. v.) Hind, Matt. 9: 27, 28. 11:5. 12:22. Luke 7:21, 22. John 9: 1 sq. Acts 13: 11. al. Sept. for H*? Lev. 19: 14. Job 29: 15. Ceb. Tab."?! Luc. Tim. 20. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 3. Trop. in rrspnct to the mind, blind, ig- norant, stupid, dull of apprehension; Matt. 15: 14 odrj/ol FIGI Ti/cpAoi Ti'qpibm 23: 16, 17, 19, 24, 26. Luke 4: 18. John 9: 39, 40, 41. Rom. 2 : 19. 2 Pet. 1:9. Rev. 3: 17. So Sept. and -fly Is. 42: 16,18, 19. 43:8. Luc. Vitar. Auct. rvqpAos YUQ rijs ^V/TJ? iov o Is. 42: 19. Test. XII Pair. p. 534 lov vovv. Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 2 n? diavolfx TtrvqpAw^usVwv. Plato Phaedo 48 T? TvopocOy (D > f. wcrw, (Tvcpog smoke, vapour, trop. conceit, pride, from ivcpw,) to smoke, to fume, to surround with smoke, Jul. Caesares. jvcpov[j.e&a VTIO TOV xanvov. Trop. to make conceited, proud, to inflate, Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1015 6 ds Faiogtavibv hsrutpwrtv. Jos. B. J. 2. 17. 9. Hdian. 6. 5. 24. In N. T. only Pass, to be conceited, proud, arro- gant, lifted up with pride ; 1 Tim. 3: 6 /*17 Tvcpu&tis tig xqlpa. epnlffy. 6: 4. 9 Tim. 3: 4. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 5. Ael. V. H. 3. 28 TCii/qpw^sVog fat TW nloviw. Pol. 3. 81. 1. Tvyco, f. dvyw, Buttm. 18. 2 ; to make a smoke, fume, vapour, xanvbv Hdot. 4. 196. to smoke, to sur- round or Jill with smoke, vapour, ivcptiv iijv noliv Aristoph. Vesp. 457, 1079. to let burn out in smoke, i. e. slowly nnd faintly, Diod. Sic. 3. 29 iv- (fovai toy sv T$ %a()d8()rf XOQTOV. In N. T. Pass. Matt. 12 : 20 Uvov TV(jpo/uc- vov, a smoking wick, i. e. burning faint- ly, dimly, quoted from Is. 42 : 3 where Heb. n!"73 , Sept. xmivlZflnai. See fully in Alvov. Chariton. Aphrod.6. 3 Tvcpopsvov nvgog. Anth. Gr. I. p. 7. Pint. Solon. 1 nagscfv^a^s TV(po[Atvr)v otdyov nvQo$ ^t> &crav qp^o/a. Tv(jpCOVtXOgy r], ov, (ivqpwj/typhon, whirlwind,) typhonic, i. e. like a whirl- wind, violent, tempestuous, e. g. avtpo? Acts 27: 14. Tv%lXP$, ov, o, also 7'f^txo?, ov, Tychicus, pr. n. of a Christian teacher, the friend and companion of Paul, Acts 20: 4. Eph. 6:21. Col. 4: 7. 2 Tim. 4: 12. Tit. 3: 12. For the accent- uation, see Winer 6. 1. p. 49. ,) see in Tvy%uva no. 2. b. /5. r. ?, ij, ov, ( va hyacinthine, having the colour of the hyacinth, Rom. 9: 17. Sept. for UJhn Ex. 25: 5. n^ft Ex. 26: 4. Horn". Od. 6. 231. Luc. pro Imag. 5. *lTaxLvfroQ, ov, o, q, a hyacinth, a flower of a deep purple or reddish blue, Horn. II. 14. 348. Ael. V. H. 13. 1. In N. T. a gem of like colour, nearly re- lated to the zircon of mineralogists, Rev. 21: 20. Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 10 or 41. Rees' Cyclop, art. Gem*. )Cj r] y ov } (rct/loc,) of glass, glassy, transparent, Rev. 4: 6 xhx/lao'O'a vattvr). 15: 2 bis. XaAog, ov, y, (i'w,) PP- * an y thing transparent like water,' e. g. any trans- parent stone or gem, as rock-salt Hdot. 3. 24; crystal, Sept. for rTDlDt. Job 28: 17 ; a burning glass or mirror,' prob. of crystal, Aristoph. Nub. 766 or 768 M&og diacpavrjg, qp rjq TO ni>Q UTiiovfft, . . . ii}v valov. In N. T. glass, llev. 21: 18, 21. Antiphil. 6 in Anth. Gr. II. p. 155. Luc. Quom. Hist. 25. Diod. Sic. 2. 15. The grammarians prefer the form vcxJi.og to the more Ionic vdo? in Hdot. et Diod. 11. cc. Lob. ad Phr. p. 309. On the history of ancient glass, see Strabo XIV. p. 758. Rees' Cyclop, art. Glass. , f. rw, (vpQig,)toact with insolence, wantonness, wicked violence, intrans. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 1. Xen. Cyn 3. 1. 27. c. el's iwu towards any one, Luc. D. Deor. 12. 1. Dem. 212. 23. In N. T. c. accus. expr. or impl. to act 839 insolently as to or towards any one, i. e. to treat with insolence, contumely, i. q. to injure, to abuse ; comp. Matth. 411. 2. Winer 32. 1. n. p. 182. Matt. 22: 6 vfiotaav xcu omexjetvav sc. aiioig. Luke 11:45. 18:32. Acts 14: 5. 1 Thess. 2: 2. Sept. for bprr 2 Sam. 19: 43. 2 Mace. 14: 42. Pol/10. 7. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5. , ecoc, i), (perh. vnsg,} pride, haughtiness, arrogance, as an affection or disposition of mind, Sept. for JTiNa Is. 9: 9 (p vfati xcu vy>ritf] xagdlct T /U- yov-ffg. Prov. 29:23. ]iN3 Prov. 16: 19. Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 4. Thuc.'l. 38. In N. T. as shown in external acts, inso- lence, contumely, injurious treatment. a) 2 Cor. 12: 10 iv vfataiv in contu- melies, sc. as heaped upon one. Sept. for jitfa Is. 16:6. Nah. 2: 2. Aristot. Rhet. 2/2. Dem. 296. 11 tov davdiov cpoftefjonsgag i}yi}if*ov, see in "Oy/^uo?. Sept. for &ya Gen. 7: 12. 2 K. 3: 17. -oc Ex. 9:'33, 34. 2 Sam. 1: 21. Luc. Icarom. 25. Xen. Venat. 5. 3. , arc, , vog, pp. * tbe placing as a son,' adop- tion, Hesych. vlo&tala ' oiuv tig &frov vlov iMpfiavu. comp. Hdian. 5. 7. 1 &eff&at vlov. Diod. Sic. 4. 39 &ETOV vlov noieiff&ai. In N. T. trop. adop- tion, sonship, spoken of the state of those whom God through Christ adopts as his sons and thus makes heirs of the promised salvation ; comp. in fiog B. b. E. g. of the true Israel, the spiritual de- scendants of Abraham, Rom. 9:4, comp. v. 6, 7. Espec. of Christians, the fol- lowers of Jesus, (elsewhere called viol tov deov, as Rom. 8: 14. Gal. 3: 26. comp. John 1: 12 ;) Rom. 8: 15 nvsv- fia vlo&wlas, see in Ilvei'pa p. 677. col. A. Rom. 8: 23. Gal. 4: 5. Eph. 1: 5. Tin$, ou, c, a son, Sept. for -jz . A) Genr. a) pp. 5072, a male child : (a) strictly spoken only of man ; Matt. 1: 21 T'*Ti ds vlov. v. 25. 7: 9. Mark 6: 3. 9: 17. al. saep. Once pleonast. vlog uQi}v Rev. 12: 5. Emphat. opp. vo&og, Heb. 12: 8. Sept. for fa Gen. 4: 16, 24. saep. Hdian. 3. 6. 11." Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 14. Spoken of one who fills the place of a son, John 19: 26 /iWt r Idov o vlog ffov. Also of an adopted son, Acts 7: 21 et Heb. 11: 24, in allu- sion to Ex. 2: 10 where Sept. and 73 . Hdian. 5. 7. 1, 10, 11. Diod. Sic. 4. 39. Often the case of i r lug is omitted before a genitive, the article remaining in its place ; comp. Buttm. 125. 5. C r //, TO, p. 551. col. B. a. Matt. 4: 21 TOV TOV Zifodalov sc. vlov. 10: 2. John 21: 15. al 1 Mace. 2: 1. Jos. Ant. 14. 13. 3. Xen. An. 3. 3. 20. (/J) By Hebr. of the young of animals, e. g.foal of an ass, Matt. 21: 5 Trw/lov vlov vnofrylov, quoted from Zech. 9: 9 where Sept. for ni 3inw\-]5. Sept. Ps. 29: 1 vlovg XQIUV. Comp. 'Heb. ^j?2 J3 son of the herd, i.e. a calf, Gen. 18: 7/8. b) by Hebr. in a wider sense, son, i. q. a descendant, Plur. descendants, pos- terity ; comp. in Tsxvov b. (a) Sing. Matt. 1: 1 'TTJO-OV XOKTTOV, vlov Jafild, vlov ApQuan. v. 20 '/wff/jqp, vlog dctfiid. Luke 19: 9 nut uviog vlog 'AfiQuaft. m. So the Messiah, as descended from the line of David, is said to be viog /Jaftid, Matt. 22: 42, 45. Mark 12: 35, 37. Luke 20:41,44. Hence vlog Jaftld, Son of David, i. q. Messiah, Matt. 9: 27. 12: 23. 15: 22. 20:30, 31. 21: 9, 15. Mark 10: 47, 48. Luke 18: 38, 39. Comp. Sept. and ]3 Geri. 29: 5. Ezra 5: 1 coll. Zech. 1: !.(/?) Plur. Acts 7: 16 viol *EWOQ, Heb. i-a Gen. &3: 19. Heb. 7: 5 viol AEV'C sons of Levi, i. q. the Levites ; Sept. Num. 26: 57. Gal. 3: 7 viol 'Aftoot- etp, emphat. the true or spiritual pos- terity of Abraham. Espec. ol viol 3 Iff- il, the sons, descendants of Israel, i. q. Tlos 841 the Israelites, Matt. 27: 9. Luke 1: 16. Acts 5: 21. 7:23,37. Rom. 9: 27. 2 Cor. 3: 7, 13. Rev. 21: 12. al. So Sept. for iri$-}\zr ^:2 Ex. 13: 19. 14: 2. saep. rP3 Ex/lbS 31. : Lev. 17: 3, 8, 10. (/) viog tiv&QtoTfOV, i. q. man, and also of Jesus as the Messiah; see fully m^'Av>imog no. 4. c) trop. and from the He)), of one who is the object of parental love and care, or who yields filial love and reve- rence towards another, e. g. a pupil, disciple, follower, ihe spiritual child of any one, 1:0111]). in TEXVOV c. /?. Hen. 2: 10. 12: 5 his, iulv x)u]&)io~or7ai. So of one who is like God. e. g. in eternal life, Luke 20: 36 ; in disposition, benev- olence, Matt. 5: 45. Luke 6: 35 viol 7ov vylffiov. Sept. and ]2 Ps. 73: 15. Deut. 14:1. Wisd. 2: 18".' 5: 5. Ecclus. 4: 10. Psalt. Sal. 13: 7. (/?) Spec, of the Israelites, Rom. 9: 26. 2 Cor. 6: 18. So Sept. and D^ Is. 1:2. 43: 6. Jer. 3: 14. Sing. Ex/4: 22, 23. Ho3. 11: 1. Tios 842 Tpvog (y) Of Christiuns, Rom. 8: 14, 19. Gal. 3: 26 navTfg yag viol &tov ears diit ti]S nlvTswg ev Xo. '/. 4: 6, 7. Heb. 12: 6 sq. Rev. 21: 7. Cornp. in Tsxvov c. /. c) Of Jesus Christ, as vlog TOV -d-fov, the Son of God ; also vlog TOV vif/lvrov Son of the Most High, Luke 1: 32, com p. Mark 5: 7. Luke 8: 28 ; and simply o vlog, the Son, xi f$oxt)v. (a) In the Jewish sense as the Messiah, the Anoint- ed, o XQio-Tog, the expected king of the Jewish nation, constituted of God, and his vicegerent in the world ; sec fully in Bturuitta c. So as joined with o XguTTog in explanation ; Matt. 16: 16 o~u d o XQiffio;, o vlog TOV \>sov. 26: 63. Mark 14: 6J. Luke 4: 41. John 6: 69. 11: 27. 20: 31. Also John 1: 50 ?, *5> (<, V7i,) a hear- ing atttntivfly, a listening, audience, Sept. for rn::j 2 Sam. 22: 36. Aquil. for nyrs/a '2 Sam. 23: 23. In N. T. obe- dience, Rom. 1: 5 tig VJIKXOIIV nlunwg, i. e. obedience which springs from faith. 5: 19 divt VTiaxoijg TOV kvog. 6: 16 bis. 15: 18. 16: 19, 26. 2 Cor. 7: 15. 10: 6. Philem. 21. Heb. 5: 8. 1 Pet. 1: 2. v. 14 see in Tixvov e. Seq. genii, of object, 2 Cor. 10: 5 vnrtxoijv TOV XQIGTOV, i. e. to or towards Christ. 1 Pet. 1: 22 vn. Tijg aty&tlug. Not found in the clas- sics. T/iaxouco, f. ovffdt, (vno, uxovta,) to hear, pp. with the idea of stealth, still- ness, or with attention, in order to answer, i. q. to listen. a) pp. of a porter or door-keeper who listens and replies to the knock or call of any one from without, absol. Acts 12: 13 xQoi'auvTog Se avrov . . , "Yncevdpos 844 naidlaxi] vnaxovaai. Dem. 1149. 27. Plut. de Gen. Socr. 31. Plato Crito 1. Xen. Conv. 1. 11 xgovvag ri]v &vgav tins T in txxova CIVIL elo-ay/sHai. b) trop. to listen to any one, to obey, seq. dat. expr. or impl. Matth. 362. no. 2. E. g. c. dat. of pers. Matt. 8: 27 et Mark 4: 41 6 avefiog xal 17 &dL vnct- xovowiv aiiTM. Mark 1: 27. Luke 8: 25. 17: 6. Eph. 6: 1, 5. Col. 3: 20, 22. Heb. 5: 9. 1 Pet. 3: 6. dat. impl. Heb. 11: 8. Seq. dat. of thing, Acts 6: 7 V7ir)xovov ty nivru. Rom. 6: 12, 16. 10: 16. 2 Thess. 1: 8. 3: 14. dat. impl. Rom. 6: 17. Phil. 2: 12. Sept. c. dat. for i>72 Gen. 39: 10. comp. Deut. 20: 12. c. dat. Jos. Ant. 5. 4. 1 rolg vouoig. Hdian. 3. 12. 15 TW ftaurdei Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 3. Mem. 1. 2. 30. The more usual con- struction is c. gen. Sept. Gen. 16: 3. Xen. Oec. 14. 3 ; comp. Matth. 362. 4. Tnavd()og 3 ou, 6, 77, adj. ( vno, uvi'ig,} under a husband, subject to a hus- band, spoken of a wife, Rom. 7: 2. Sept. for sptf nt-rn Num. 5: 29. Ec- clus.9:9. Plut. Pe'lopid. 9. Pol. 10. 26. 3. cOy Co, f. I] xTijroQsg . . . vmjoxov. 16:3,20,37. 17:24,29. 21: 20. 22: 3. 1 Cor. 11: 7. 12: 22. Gal. 1:4. 2: 14. 2 Pet. 2: 19. Hdian. 6. 7. 2. (/?) With an adj. as predic. Luke 9: 48. 11: 13 fl ovv vfttlg novrigol V7ia^x ovr ^' 16: 14. Acts 3: 2. 4: 34 ov8s yag tvdv'ig rig vniJQxfv- "*'> 55. 14: 8. 27: 12. Rom. 4: 19. 1 Cor. 7: 26. 2 Cor. 3: 17. 12: 1G. 845 James 2: 15. 2 Pet. 3: 11. Diod. Sic. 4. 11. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. !.(/) With a participle of another verb as predic. comp. Elftt II. f. So with part. pert'. pass, as adj. Acts 19: 36. As forming a periphrasis for a finite tense of the same verb ; Acts 8: 16 povov ds fitpa- miff^vot infiQzov x. t, A. only they wtre baptized, where rjv eTiinemuxog pre- cedes. Comp. Matth. 559. Winer 46. 8. Dem. 305. 23 xul to. utv trjg TioAewc ovTag vntJQzev /OJT. (<5) With an adverb as predic. Acts 17: 27 TOV &tov . . . ov /.Ktxouv . . . vjidg%ovTot. (c) With a prep, and its case as predic. e. g. tv c. dat. where wrao^n then irri|)lies a being, remaining, living in any state or place ; so tv c. dat. of state or condition, Luke 7: 25 ol iv . . . TOIKJP/} vnaqxortfg, 16: 23. Acts 5: 4. Phil. 2:*6. (Jos. Ant. 7. 15. 2.) Iv c. dat. of place, Acts 10: 12 Phil. 3: 20. ngo? c. gen. Acts 27: 34 TO tiro /ttQ TTOO? 71jg Vft. (TMTtjOing I'TUXQ- iXCOj f. w, (L'JJO, lutb),) to give way under, to give under, to yield, pp. to erase fighting, c. dat. I Minn. 1. 1">. liJ. Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 45. In N. T. to yMd, to submit to, c. dat. Ileb. 13: 17. Jos. de Mace. 6 TWV i/oWoJv xytttflv, fiydi avjalg vntixetv. Hdiun. 2. 13. 10. XcD. Cyr. 8. 1.33. fo?, , or, ( tvarriog, } opposed, contrary, adverse, pp. with the idea of stealth, covertness, clandestine- ness; corrtp. c 2Vro note. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 157. Seq. dat. Col. 2: 14 o rp vnexxvrlov r/iuy. Snbst. ol intvavTlot opposers, adversaries, Heb. 1 0: 27. Sept. 6 vn. for 3"fc Ex. 23: 27. Lev. 26: 16. nil Deut. 32: 27. Is. 26: 1 !. Ael. V. H. 13.' 40 vnivaviiov TI. Plut. Agesil. 24. Subst. Wisd.l8:18. Pol. 1.11.14. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 38. f'gy prep, governing the geni- tive and accusative, with the primary signif. over, Lat. super, Germ. t'/6er. I. With the genitive, pp. of place where, i. e. the place over or above which any thing is or moves, without imme- diate contact ; e. g. of rest over, Hdian. 5. 5. 20. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6 T i-neo TWV Of motion over, Hdian. 2. 6. 19. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 9 6 ri).iog fjiitwv xal rwv (m/euv noQtvopfvog. So a mountain or hill is said to be orcr a place, to overhang, Hdot. 2. 105. Xen. An. 1. 10. 12. Comp. Passow VJTSQ A. Buttm. 147. n.2. Matth. 562. Winer 51. p. 327 sq. In N. T. only trop. a) over, i. q./or, in behalf of, Jor the sake of, in the sense of protection, care, favour, benefit, i. e. m commodum ali- cujus : pj>. as if bending over a person or thing and thus warding off what might fall upon and harm it; comp. Buttm. Matth. Winrr II. cc. Passow A. 2. () Genr. John 17: 19 xal t'neo aviwvjyto ft'/ta^M euavrov. Acts 21 : '2(i f'wg ov nqoarivtx &i) VTTO evog exctffrov ui'iwv i] Trooorqpooa. 2 Cor. 13: 8. Col. 1: 7. 4: 12 nurroTS aywvt6ufvog i r .io VftA* iv Kiig nQOffti'xciig. Heb. 6: 20. 13: 17. al. Ael. V. H. 3. 25 VJISQ rf,? 'JMadog iv xal y.<(/.<->^ ot^tDvtffttfifvot. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 21 ftaxovvictt vnifj iwv ryttpovioiv. An. 7. 7. 21. Eapec. after verbs or words implying prayer for any one, comp. Engl. to pray over any one, James 5: 14. Seq. gen. of pers. as A^.j-.'^a vntu rno,- Arts 8: 24. ii'xta&ai, Jnmcs .">: hi. nQoati'xtff&at Matt. 5: 44. Luke 6: 28. Col. 1:9. (2 Mace. 12: 44.) So dcyaig t'/rs'o uvog Rom. 10: 1. 2 Cor. !': 14. Phil. 1: 4. Eph. 6: 19 where VTilq iivog and TTIQI tivog alternate, comp. \\ iner ^ 51. p. 328. TiQOVti'xi] Acts 12: 5. Rom. 15: 30. Genr. 1 Tim. 2: 1, 2 deijfffig, TiQOffm^ag, 4vtiv$tic, tiyaQio-iiug vrrio TIUVTWV x. T. L After verbs im- plying speaking, pleading, intercession for any one ; Acts 26: 1 vniy liyiiv. Rom. 8: 26 TO nvtifiu v ivyzdvfi, wig fjpwv. v. 27, 34. Heb. 7: 25. 9.24. (Aeschin. Dial. Socr. 1. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 13 T tinsiv vjifQ yuwv.) After verbs and nouns implying zeal, care, effort for any person or thing, 1 (Jor. 12: 25 Ax, TO avto I'TTCO ufaijlotv fUfjftvmrt la u&ij. So tfkog ITTO iivog 2 Cor. 7: 7. Col. 4: 13. onovdj 2 Cor. 7: 12. 8: 16. TO yqovtiv Phil. 4: 10. (Xen. Cyr. 1.^6. 12 4iiifjuJiua&at vnig Tivog.) So tivui vnt'p iivog, pp. to be ouer any one. sc. for protection, i. q. to be for him, to take his part ; Rom. 8:31 6 #o? vnfQ ijpuv [eort], rig xa^ ; Mark 9: 40. Luke 9: 50. Often 846 nfter verbs or words implying the suf- fering of evil or death for, in behalf of any one ; c. gen. of pers. as avd&ffia i'nsQ Tivog Rom. 9: 3. TO^VJ- John II: 50, 51, 52. Rom. 5: 6 vnig afftfiwv uni&avt. \. 7 bis, 8. 14: 15. 2 Cor. 5: 14, 15 bis. 1 Thess. 5: 10. nnotta&ai, John 18: 14. ytvea&ui ftnvarov Heb. 2: 9. Sidovai tavrijv v. TO o-w/m Luke 22: 19. Tit. 2: 14. 1 Tim. 2: 6. tx%vveiv TO alpa Luke 22: 20. -&VHV TO naax a 1 Cor - 5: ? xctTtxoa yivw&ai Gal. 3: 13. xAav TO ffupa 1 Cor. 11: 24. naQadtdorat, iau- TO* v. Tty Rom. 8: 32. Gal. 2: 20. Eph. 5: 2, 25. nuffxitv rt 1 Pet. 2: 21. 3: 18. 4: 1. noiiiv nvu auctQiiav 2 Cor. 5: 21. t 1 Cor. 1: 13. n&svai rrjv 10: 11, 15. 13:37, 38. 15: 13. 1 John 3: 1C bis. Seq. gen. of thing, John 6: 51. Rom. 16: 4. 2 Cor. 12: 15. Ecclus. 29: 15. Xen. An. 7. 4. 9 anoSviiffxuv vnsg TWO?, (fi) Closely allied to the above is the sense for, i. ]. in the stf.ad of any one, in place of, romp. Winer p. 328. Passow a. no. 5. Philem. 13 \vct vnig aov fioi diotxovfj Iv rolg dta- poig TOU evttyy. Perh. 2 Cor. 5: 20 bis, UTTCO Xgtaiov ovv Ti^sa^vofiev, x. T. L Eph. G: 20. Here too some refer the passages cited above in fin. Palaeph. 41.1. Eurip. Alcest. 701. Pol. 21. 14. 9. Thuc. 7. 13. b) i. q./or, causal, i. e. in the sense because of, on account of, propter, imply- ing the ground, motive, occasion of an action ; comp. Matth. Winer, II. cc. John 11:4 f\ ota&evsla oi'x eioru ngog dctvaiov, /U' u/reo TJ)J do$r t g TOV fitov, i. e./or the glory of God, in onler to manifest his glory. Acts 5: 41 VTIIQ TOV oi'0//To? avrovfor his name, for his honour. 9: 16. 15: 26. 21: 13. Rom. 1: 5. 15: 8. 1 Cor. 15: 3 XQ. anifrartv vnig "iwv rx//^r/w' i)^oJv. v. 29 bis. 2 Cor. 1: 6. 12: 10, 19 VTISQ -iyg vpuv ol- xodows. [Gal. 1:4.] Eph. 3:1,13. Phil. 1: 29 bis. Col. 1: 24 bis. 2 Thess. 1: 4, 5. Heb. 5: 1 bis, 3. 10: 12. 7: 27. 9: 7. 3 John 7. So after do$d&v Rom. 1 5: 9. fvxnQurislv Rom. 1: 8. 1 Cor. 10: 30. 2 Cor. 1: 11. Eph. 1: 16. 5: 20. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 6 wig ufiaQidd&v. Isocr. 301. C. Xeti. An. 1. 7. 3 TTJ? . . . vneg ij$ Vfioig f/to iv Once i. q. by virtue of; Phil. 2: 13 6 #o? yug iaiiv o ivsgy&v iv vplv . . . WISQ TJJI; tldoxlag, by virtue of his own good-pleasure, because it is his will ; comp. Winer p. 329. c) orer, after verbs of speaking and the like, i. q. upon, about, concerning ; comp. Engl. to talk over a matter, to boast over; Passow A. no. 3. Matth. Winer, Jl. cc. Rom. 9: 27 c //o-t? di xo vneo TOV 'fooMjL 1 Cor. 4: 6. 2 Cor. 5: 12. 7: 4 7roAA/j ^ot xai>xr]o~ig VKSO vftuv. v. 14. 8: 23, 24. 9: 2, 3. 12: 5, 8. Ael. V. H. 12. 52. Pol. 1. 13. 7 iffioqiiv VTISQ TM'o?. Hence i. q. as to, in respect to ; 2 Cor. 1: 6 i] tinls ?; / UWK VKSO vno|t T0t V7ts() 'EM.i'iffJiorrov oixovcn. Cornp. Passow vniq B. Matth. 582. b. Winer 53. c. p. 341. In N. T. only trop. over, above ; comp. Winer 1. c. a) implying superiority in rank, dig- nity, worth ; Matt. 10: 24 bis, oi'x fcrit (Aa&rjTyg vnig TUV 8iSaijy.o&ov, x. T. L Ltike 6: 40. Eph. 1: 22 xnpctA?^ VTTS^ nuvTM. Phil. 2: 9 orofttt TO VTIEQ TI&V ovofia. Philem. 16. Luc. Vit. Auct. 2 ii$ i'nso av&Qwnov fii'ai fiovkf.Tattf Ael. V. H. 12. 1. p. 159. Tauchn. 'Ao-netalvt . . . V7if.Q lag yvvouy.ctg /?crtAtxw$ x. T. L b) implying excess beyond a certain measure or standard, and spoken com- paratively, i. q. beyond, more than, (a} genr. and simply; Matt. 10: 37 bis, o *Iovdvtiffuw vntQ nol\ovg x. T. L Eph. 3: 20. TTO o, above what, more than what, 1 Cor. 4: 6. 10: 13. 2 Cor. 12: 6. 847 Philem. 21. Sept. 1 Sam. 15: 22. Ec- clus. 7: 1. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 68. Epict. Ench. 31 et 37 imfy Svvaptv. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 8 TTW,* ov% VTISO koyov ; (/5) Pleonast. after comparatives; e. g. after an adj. in the comptirat. degree, Luke 16: 8 (pQovofj,a>ifQOt, VIIIQ voig vlovg TO? qwxog. Heb. 4: 12. Comp. in Haqa III. d, fin. With a verb, 2 Cor. 12: 13 11 yoiQ tffllV, O tlTttjfrtfti L'TTfO IU$ Aot7lU fxxJirjvlag ; comp. Winer 53. e. So Sept. ov xftfawf fl t ul vjreo Tovg 7ire'oc uov, for Mel). "{73 comparat. 1 K. 11): 4 ; also J ud g. 11:25.' Ps. 19: II. (;) With- out case, where it then stands as an adverb, i. q. more, muck more ; comp. Biniiri. 147. n. 8. Matth. 594. I. Winer 54 fin. p. 357. 2 Cor. 11: 23 tfwxovoi XQiffiovfiffif vjiift tyo't. Comp. Kypke Obss. ad loc. For the adver- bial forms unco Jiluv, ivrto ixjifo i ivo*ou, see f TntQ\iav, t $mtf&astQt9in& NOTE. In composition vxfy implies: 1. motion or rest over, above, beyond a place ; as vrrfQaloat, I-TUO. :?*, VJUQJgtt* 2. protection, aid, for, in behalf of, as vntQtvivyxdvw. 3. cxr-vs, a surpass- ing, ovtr, above, more than, often will) the idea of c-iisurr ; us r rjo.SwJUw, VTtfpsxTfiVw, I'TifQTisifiaaii'O). Unicr in- tens. as i>.Tf0ai'i'yw, v 'TjltpttlpfOj f. o&", (afow,) fo /(/? u;? oi'er or above any thin if, Lur. Amor. 54 0(701 TIJV (pt)iO(TO(flttif Ot/OI'*' t T>O f- TOLV TOt^ x(>ora(fot's' L p ,T0ijoxo*t. In- trans. of water overflowing, Dem. 1274. 20; of persons passing over walls, moun- tains, Pol. 2. 23. 1. Xeu. Mag. Eq. 8. 3. In N. T. only Mid. vnfQtuQQftai, trop. /o /?/? up oneself overmuch, to over-exalt oneself, to become conceited, arrogant, insolent ; absol. 2 Cor. 12: 7 bis, iVo ju; vntQulgoficu x. T. A. Seq. 7i/ rtv 2 Thess. 2: 4. 2 Mace. 5: 23. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 11. no. 22. TntfpaXftOCj on, o, /, adj. (x;U7J point, acme, flower of life,) beyond the flower of life, past the proper age ; 1 Cor. 7: 36 lav fj vniQuxpoq sc. vog. Suid. wrKQax^og irjv woav. Found only in N. T. Tkfpayw, adv. (VJIKQ, avw,) intens. over above, Engl. up above, high above ; of place, c. gen. Eph. 4: 10 v TiavTwv oiQnvuv. absol. Heb. 9: 5. Sept. for nrsar Ex. 8: 2. nby':r73 Ez. 11: 22. -1'c. gen. Jos. Ant. 3. ; 7.2. Ael. V. H. 9. 7. absol. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2. Trop. of rank, dignity, c. gen. Eph. 1: 21 vntQavw nd::? Deut. 26: 19. 28: 1. , f. IJJO-M, q. v.) intens. to over-grow, i. e. trop. to increase exceedingly, in a good sense ; inirans. 2 Thess. 1: 3 v n la 11$ vuwv. Tnf(J^ftiyco 3 f. fiij trans, to make go over, Xen. Eq. 7. 2. Intrans. to go or pass over, e. g. a wall, mountains, c. ace. depending on vney in cornposit. Sept. 2 Sam. 22:30. Hdiari. 3. 2. 11. Xen. An. 7. 3. 43. Trop. to overgo, to overpass, sc. certain limits, i. q. to transgress, c. ace. TO I'crov xat TO dlxaiov Diog. Laert. 8. 18. vo^ov Diod. Sic. 17. 34. Aeschin. 58. 30. In N. T. trop. and absol. to overgo, to go too far, i. e. to go beyond right, 1 Thess. 4: 6. r.if( > J l jn-/./.orif,)C y adv. (vnf^u^- lutv,) exceedingly, above measure, 2 Cor. 1 1: 23. Sept! Job 15: 1 1. Pol. 5. 43. 8. Xen. Ag. 1 f. /? AA or? pettoi [luav] Uynnv vnt(>paki?iv, i. e. Sisyphus. II. 23. 843. Of a kettle, to throw ovtr, to hoi! over, Hdot. 1. 59. Intrans. to throw oneself over a mountain etc. i. q. to pass over, Xen. An. 4. 4. 20. Also to throw beyond or farther than another, to sur- pass in throwing a weapon, c. ace. of pers. Horn. II. 23. 637. Hence genr. to surpass, to exceed, to excel, Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 1 nlovrw 11 yac> I'TTFosfittlfa roig im- /wotoi-?. Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 6. In N. T. only Particip. pres. vnf()pa\\uiv, ovaot, ov, surpassing, exceeding, super-eminent. 2 Cor. 3: 10 tvfxtv T/J? i7Tf( ( 5ce>l/louo p ij' d6*Tjg. 9: 14 diet T?}V vntq^ullovauv /crotv ToD >D. Eph. 1: 19. 2: 7. 3: 19. 2 Mace. 4: 13. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 2. Hdian. 3. 10. 12. Xen, Hi. 11. 2. 848 v.) a throwing, casting, shooting beyond, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 1 196 x#' vntrfolav TO^evffag. Then, a passing over, e. g. a rive]-, mountain, Pol. 10. 1. 8. Xen. An. J. 2. 25. In N. T. trop. excess, super- eminence, excellence, 2 Cor. 4: 7 ?/ t7Tf()- /5oA/y TTJIC ffwapeatg. 12: 7. Jos. B. J. 6. 7. 3 oV vTisyfioJ.rjv W/ZOTTJTO?. Ant. 1. 13. 4. Dem. 97. 3. Pol. 3. 99. 4. With a prep, in an adverbial sense : %a&' vnfp- fio).i]i>, i. (j. eattetd&tgiy, ntper-emincntty, Rom. 7: 13. 2 Cor.' l': 8. Gal. 1: 13. 2 Cor. 4:17 see below. Also i. q. par excellence, 1 Cor. 12: 31 xcu tit xa& i i ^o).i t v udov, a way par excellence, i. e. a far better way. Cotnp. in Konu II. 1. d. (Luc. Luct. 12. Pol. 3. 92. 10. Diod. Sic. 17. 47.) fig vntyfiokriv id. exceedingly ; hence iniens. by Hebr. xa#* LTifo/SoAr/v fig vn(Qftofa')V q. d. ex- ceeding exceedingly, in the highest pos- sible degree, 2Cor.4:17. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 693. 2. Stuart 456, coll. 438. Ael. V. H. 4. 20. ib. 12. 1. p. 160. Tauchn. Tilt pt da?, (d'doi q. v.) aor. 2 to to see or look out over, e. g. Hdot. 7. 36 fin. In N. T. trop. to overlook, not to regard, i. q. to bear with, not to punish, c. ace. Acts 17: 30 XQOVOVS TT;? ayvolug unfQidwv o #to'?. Sept. for trbsn Lev. 20: 4. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 9 [8] TO negl fwtfth /- (jiKauarojv ucpeivai Tovg n^ufiflrfffavTac, tnaivor ?;Vf/x rolg vntytdovcri. So i. q. to neglect, Tob. 4: 3. Ael. V. H. 3. 22. to despise, Xen. Ag. 8. 4. &j adv. (exsivos, Buttrn. 115. n. 5,) pp. 'beyond those ;' hence beyond, over beyond, c. art. T viraffxiiva iuwv sc. HEQT], the parts beyond you, 2 Cor. 10: 16. Comp. Buttrn. 125. 6, 7. Bos Ellips. ed. Schaef. p. 289. Thorn. Mag. p. 336 Insxiiva yfaoQtg Uyovviv ' 8e, povoi ol o~v(j, ( E/W, ) trans, to hold over, e. g. any thing over the fire, Horn. II. 2. 246 ; also for protection, T?)V ^ta' tivi v. Ttvog Anth. Gr. I. p. 193. Jos. Ant. 6. 2. 2. Pol. 15. 31. 11. In trans, pp. to hold oneself over, i. q. to be over, to be prominent, to jut out over or beyond, Sept. Ex. 26: 13. 1 K. 8: 8, Ael. V. H. 9. 13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 8. Comp. itT'jfctfw f. In N. T, trop. to hold oneself above, i. q. to be superior, better^ to surpass, to excel, intrans. a) genr. pp. c. gen. of pers. also c, dat. of manner, Phil. 2: 3 uMfyovg yyov- (j-svoi vniQs^oviag eavTMv. Comp. Matth. 358. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Hdian. 4. 15. 11. Diod. Sic. 17. 77. Xen. Venat. 1. 11. Seq. ace. Phil. 4: 7 ?] fto?p?j TOU &ov f) vnsQS/ovo'a ndvivt vovv. Comp. Matth. 358 note. Diod. Sic. 3. 22. Plat. Phaedo 50. p. 102. D. Xen. H. G. 6. 1. 4. p. 236. Tauchn. Parr. TO vntyt- %ov as subst. excellence, super- eminence, i. q. V7if^o%rj, Phil. 3: 8 dia TO VTISQSXOV Tijg yvufftcag. See Matth. 570. Lob. ad Soph. Aj. p. 277. Schaef. ad Greg. Cor. p. 139. b) in rank, dignity, part, vrcfptyajv, c, ov, superior, higher, Rom. 13: 1 P et - 2: 13. Wisd. 6: 5. Pol. 28. 4. 9. Hdian. 4. 9. 4. ore, 17, 849 vog q. v.) arrogance, haughtiness, pride, Pol. 6. 18. 5. Dem. 577. 16. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 27. In N. T. from the Heb. ar- rogance, pride, with the accessory idea of impiety, ungodliness, Mark 7:22. So Sept. for rna Ps. 31:24. Is. 16:6. liCM Ps. 59:J3'."Prov. 8:13. T ; ,1T Deut. 17: 12. Tob. 4: 17. 1 Mace, l":' 23. Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 1. Cj ov, o, '], adj. (VJIBQ, lvw, ) appearing over, conspicuous above other persons or tilings; so pp. i'TifQijCparyg, Xen. Mng. Eq. 5. 7 lovq uiv oQ&a TU doQcnct fytiv, rovq <5' uk- Aor? -fanavu xal pr] VTtfQyqxxvij. Else- where trop. conspicuous, distinguished, splendid, as ptxlag reuv Tro/UtS? vntQV]- ifxrrorttyas Dem. 175. 10 ; usually of per- sons, with censure, arrogant, haughty, proud, Ael. V. H. 12. 63. Diod. Sic. 4. 13. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 25. In N. T. from the Heb. arrogant, proud, with the accessory idea of contemning God, impiety, wickedness. Luke 1: 51 die- axoQntarev vntQriyuvorQ diavola xugdiag. Rom. 1:30. 1 Tim. 3:2. James 4:6. 1 Pet. 5: 5. So Sept. for rrfija Ps. 94: 2. 140: 6. -IT Ps. 119: 21. '' Jer. 43: 2. B-l Job 38: 15. Is. 2: 12. Wisd. 14: 6.' Ecclus. 23: 7. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 17. '/Jltp^Ubry, adv. (JUW,) over-much, i. e. very exceedingly, super-emincntly ; c. art. o imigklav adj. the most eminent, the very chief, ivtv vntyMav unovjoXoiv 2 Cor. 11: 5. 12:11. Coinp. Buttm. 125. 6. On such compounds, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 4548. So iniQrtyav 2 Mace. 10: 4. vnsgtv Dem. 228. 17. Xen. Mi. 6. 9. , co, f. 7;(7\v t Matt. 8: 8. Luke 7: 6. im- avvayuv vnb tug megvyag Matt. 23: 37. Luke 13 : 34. So Mark 4 : 82. James 2: 3. Palaeph. 10. 2 kvxvovq xaraqpe'oeov vnb ri]v yrjv. Diod. Sic. 13. 51. Hdot. 7. 88. Xen. An. 1. 10. 14. Trop. of what is brought under the power of any one, e. g. vnb ictg nodag rivog Rom. 16: 20. 1 Cor. 15: 25, 27. Eph. 1: 22 ; comp. in Hovg /?. Rom. 7: 14, comp. in ninydffxw. Gal. 3:22, 23, comp. in 2vy- x/Lf/oi. James 5: 12, cornp. in fllnTta e. 1 Pet. 5: 6, see in Taniivbw b. /5. Ael. 852 V. H. 6. 11. Isocr. p. 142. B, unaayg iijg c Mddog vno iJ]v nohv i}uwv vno- nwovayg. b) of place where, after verbs imply- ing a being or remaining under a place; e. g. c. elvai, John 1: 49 ovra vno TT\V avxriv. 1 Cor. 10: 1. impl. Luke 17: 24 bis. Acts 2: 5 i&v vno tov ovoavov. 4: 12. Rom. 3:13. Col. 1:23. Jude 6 vno ocpov TenjoTjxEy. Sept. 1 K. 19: 5. Pa- laeph. 10. 1 T vno yyv. Hdian. 2. 1. 9. Dem. 33. 31. Trop. of what is under the power or authority of any person or thing ; gen. Matt. 8: 9 bis, av&Qtanog (tut vno Qowiav, s/wv vn 3 tuaviov ,) pp. to give judgment under a cause or matter, to give a judicial answer ; hence genr. to answer, to reply, used by the earliest writers instead of the later and more usual anoxQlvouctt, Horn. II. 7. 407. Hdot. 1. 78. Thuc. 7. 44. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 1. to interpret dreams, sc. in answer to inquiries, Horn. Od. 19. 535,555. Artemid. 1.9. Then in Attic usage, to answer upon the stage, to play a part, to act, Luc. de Merc. cond. 30. Ael. V. H. 14. 40. Diod. Sic. 13. 97 . Hence genr. and in N. T to play the hypocrite, to dissemble, to feign, c. ace. et inf. Luke 20: 20 vnoxQivofje- vovq eaviovq dixalovg eJvat. 2 Mace. 6:21,24. Jos. Vit. 9. Epict. Ench.17. Pol. 2. 49. 7. Dem. 878. 3. ?c, ?;, (vnoxQtvoucti q. v.) pp. answer, response, e. g. of an oracle Hdot. 1. 90, 116. Thorn. Mag. p. 874 vxoxQivouiXi xal TO aTiox^ivo^iai, xal vnoxQLcnq TO avro. Genr. stage- playing, acting, the histrionic art, Luc. Fiscal. 32. Artemid. 3. 13. Anth. Gr. IV. p. 284 ult. Toa/txijs el8o$ VTtoxglaewq. In N.T. hypocrisy, dissimulation, Matt. 23: 28. Mark 12: 15 6 de tldug avTwv TIJ* vjioxQiaiv. Luke 12: 1. Gal. 2: 13. 1 Tim. 4: 2. 1 Pet. 2: 1. 2 Mace. 6: 25. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 10. Pol. 35. 2. 13. ou, o, a stage-player, actor, Luc. Piscut. 33. Ael. V. H. 3. 30. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 9. In N. T. a hypocrite, dissembler, sc. in respect to religion, piety, Matt. 6: 2, 5, 16. 7: 5. 15: 7. 16: 3. 22: 18. 23: 13, 14, 15, 23, 25, 27, 29. 24: 51. Mark 7: 6. Ltike 6: 42. (11: 44.) 12: 56. 13: 15. Sept. for q:h Job 34: 30. 36: 13. So Aquil. et Theod. Job 15: 34. 20: 5. Not found in this sense in classic wri- ters; Eustath. in II. i], p. 564. 8, vno- xQiTT)? naga io1q vaisgoytvivi QTIIOQVW o fiij ex yti'Xij? teywv 77 nqunwv, (fQOVtl. 'TnoJ.ee/ii/3afe0, f. AT /5vw,) to take under any person or thing, i.e. to take up by placing oneself under- neath, trans. a) pp. to take or receive up, c. ace. Acts 1:9 ve(p&r) v;rsha{3sv OVTOV uno rwv o(f&a\(jto)V. Hdot. 1.24 rov de ^Aqiovd] ddcpiva teyovai, VTio^a^ovra $tvuxat tnl Taivaqov. Comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 48 fin. b) trop. to take up the discourse, to con- tinue; jience to answer, to reply ; absol. Luke 10: 30 vnokufitov de o '/?/o-oi'? tine. Sept. for rr:3> oft in Job, c. 2: 4. 4: 1. 6: 1. Dan. 3:^. Ael. V. H. 14. 8 vno- Aa/Swy i'cpy. Pol. 15. 8. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.29. c) trop. to take up in thought, to sup- pose, to think, comp. in comm. Engl. / take it ; absol. Acts 2: 15 ov ya^, tu? vftelg vnoJLapfiavete, x. T. L Seq. on, Luke 7: 43. Sept. Job 25: 3 c. ort. Jo.s. Ant. 12. 2. 3 init. Dem. 623. 5. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 4. LJicOy f. yw, (Af/^w,) to leave behind, see in 'Tno note no. 3 ; Pass, to be left behind, to remain ; Rom. 11: 3 xayw vneJiflcp&Tjv fiovog, quoted from 1 K. 19: 10, 14, where Sept. for -pmn, ^nia. Sept. for "nN'ih Ex. 10: 19. Judg. 7: 3. Jos. Ant/ 6. 4. 2. Luc. Mort. Peregr. 14. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27. , ov, TO, ( lyvog, ) the undcr-vat of a wine- press, into which the juice of the grapes flowed ; see in Ariroq b. Mark 12: 1. Sept. for 3D^ Is. 16: 10. Joel 3: 13. Hagg. 2: 17. j a lengthened form for ^TTOJU/TTW q. v. found only in pres. and irnperf. Buttm. 112. 13 ; to leave behind, trans. 1 Pet. 2: 21 vnohunuvuv cv. In the sense ' to fail par- 855 tially,' Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 23. Act. Thorn. 43. ), f. cycu, ( |UVw. ) 1. in- trans. /o remain behind, after others are gone ; see in 'Tno note no. 3. Luke 2: 43 luisusiviv 'lyvovg o nctig iv 'ifgovtra- fo'lH. Acts 17: 14 exft. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 2. Ael. V. H. 5. 5 auiog vnsuuvs ol'xoi. c. & Dem. 671. 15. absol. Xen. Conv. 9. 7. 2. trans, fo remain under the approach or presence of any person or thing, i. q. to await, Tob. 5: 7 vnopsivov us. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 2. Xen. An. 4. 1. 2.1 ; espec. a hostile attack, to await, to sustain, Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 1 inoftsvfiv TWV Ttolepltov qpa'Aa//fc. Hdian. 5. 3. 26. Xeu. An. 6. 5. 26. Hence in N. T. trop. to bear vp under, to be patient under, to endure, to suffer, (\ ace. 1 Cor. 13: 7 navta vno- ftivtt. 2 Tim. 2: 10. Heb. 10: 32 nott>]v a&).7)fftv i'TifuslvaTf. 12:2,7. v. 3, corn p. in 'TTIO I. b. James 1: 12. Sept. for bar 3 Mai. 3: 2. Diod. Sic. I. 3 TOV novov. Ael. V. H. 1. 34. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 17. Absol. or ntut. i. q. to endure, to hold out, to persevere, e. g. nug 8e o vnoptlvug tig fttog Matt. 10: 22. 24: 13. Mark 13: 13. So c. OpOlOV tffTt, TW OVldl&lV. b) Mid. i. q. to call to mind, to recol- lect, to remember, c. gen. Luke 22: 61 v-Jif^vriy&ri o IliiQog IQV Xoyov TOL x. Comp. Mattb. 347. b. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Luc. Catapl. 4. Ael. V. H. 5. 19. , /, ( I ffxo),) a putting in mind, a reminding, remembrance. a) trans, iv vTiouvijffti by putting in mind, by way of remembrance, 2 Pet. 1: 13. 3: 1. 2 Mace. 6:16. Thuc. 4. 95. b) intrans. recollection, remembrance; so VTiopt'rjfftv )M[A@avetv to take remem- brance of, i. q. to remember, 2 Tim. 1: 5 ; comp. v. 4. So vnouvyffiv noififf&ai, Act. Thorn. 38. Genr. Wisd. 16: 11. Jos. Ant. 4.3. 4. Pol. 1. 1. 2. ) ?}?, y, maining behind, abode, Sept. 1 Chr. 29: 15. Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 44. In N. T. trop. a bearing up under, patient endu- rance, cornp. in 'Tnousru no. 2. a) pp. c. gen. of thing borne, as evils etc. 2 Cor. 1: 6 Iv vnopovfj TWV CIVT&V . Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 1 novav i]. Pol. 4. 51. 1 vn. tov nolsuov. Diod. Sic. 5. :M. b) genr. i. q. patience, perseverance, constancy, sc. under suffering, in faith and duty ; absol. Luke 8: 15 xa^Troqpo- (fovffiv iv vnouovy. Rom. 8: 25. 2 Cor. 6: 4. 12: 12. Col. 1: 11. Heb. 10: 36. 12: 1. James 1: 3, 4. 2 Pet. 1: 6 bis. Rev. 2: 3. Seq. gen. of thai in or as to which one perseveres, Rom. 2: 7 uatf \no^ovi]v tQyov uya&ov. 1 Thess. 1: 3 T?]? VTiouovijg rfg elnldog. Comp. Winer 30. 2. Seq. gen. of pers. Luke 21: 19 iv ifi vnopovfi vuwv xT?Jcrao > ^8 rag yvxct? ifjwv. 2 Thess. 1:4. 3: 5. James 5: 11. Rev. 1: 9. 2: 2, 19. 13: 10. 14: 12. 3: 10 TOV loyov rfg vnouovrjg fitov, i. e. the precept of constancy to- wards me. Psalt. Salorn. 2: 40 z^o-iog o xi'Qiog TO*? Inixa^ovfidvoig avrov Iv vnouovf). Diod. Sic. 11. 9 TI;X iv role xivdvvoig vnopoviiv. Spec, patience as a quality of mind, the bearing of evils and suffering with tranquil mind, Rom. Tnovocco 856 'Tnoaiaatg tg {"nouovrjv xocifQyaficti. V. 4. Horn. 15: 4, 5 b &tbf iijg vnouovyg, i. e. who bestows" patience. 1 Tim. 6: 11. 2 Tim. 3: 10. Tit. 2:2. Sept. for patient hope, Heb. rripa Ezra 10: 2. rrijSn Ps. 9: 19. coni p. 'Ecclus. 2: 13. l&'l'S. 'Yjiovoeco, co, f. t'jffd), (voao,) Lai. suspicere, suspeclare, \. r\. to suspect, to surmise, Hdot. 9. 99. Diod. Sic. 20. 42. Thuc. 7. 73. In N. T. i. q. to conjec- ture, to suppose, to deem, c. ace. impl. Acts 25: 18 cov [i. e. TOUTWV ] vntvoovv iyw. c. ace. et inf. Acts 13: 25. 27: 27. Judith 14: 14. Pint, de Garrul. c. 14 ov% VTiovooiviog, ttiJt* tldoTog iyaiviio. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 20. 'TnOVofa, a?, y, dnovoia,} under- thought, i. e. suspicion, surmise, 1 Tim. 6: 4 vnovoiai novrjQaL Ecclus. 3: 24. Jos. B. J. 1. 11. 5. Pol. 5. 15. 1. Dem. 1178. 2. ' Tjionia^fOy Dor. for vnoni^o), (nif^o) q. v.) to press under, to suppress, to oppress, in Mss. for VTIMTIKX^W, Luke 18: 5. 1 Cor. 9: 27. So vnoni^w Ciem. Alex. Paed. 3. 16. Plut. IX. p. 647. 17. Reisk. 1.246. Chares ap.Athen.12. 9. Athen.5. p. 192. E. Eustath. ad Od. d', p. 1482. 3. Hesych. &Qavlov vnonodiov. A late word, found in no early writer ; comp. Sturx de Dial. Alex. p. 199. O), f. svo-ouat, (nlsu) q. v.) (o sail under, i. e. under the lee or shel- ter of an island or shore, seq. ace. de- pending on vjio in composit. Acts 27: 4, 7 vjim\tio~(o, (TIVKW q. v.) to blow gently, soflly, of the wind, Acts 27: 13. Comp. in c Tno note. 'Xnojiofhov, ov y TO, (pp. neut. of adj. {nojiodiog under foot, from Trot 1 ?,) a footstool, James 2: 3 x#ou ads vnb 10 vnonodiov pov. Anthropopath. of God, whose footstool is the earth, TO vnonodiov TWV nodwv aviov Matt. 5: 35 et Acts 7: 49 ; com p. Is. 66: 1 where Sept. and Din. For the phrase iidi- vou TOVS IX&QOVS vnonooiov TWV nodajv vivog, quoted from Ps. 110: 1 where Sept. for Din, see in Ilovq /?. Matt. 22: 44. Mark 12: 36. Luke 20: 43. Acts 2: 35. Heb. 1: 13. 10: 13. Sept. genr. for Uin Ps. 99: 5. Lam. 2: 1. ^53 2 Chr. 9: 18. Sext. Empir. adv. Math! g, fcog, h vcpanipi to underset,) pp. ' what is set or stands under,' a foundation, substructure, Sept. Ez. 43: 11 vn. -lov ol'xov. Diod. Sic. 1. 66 vn. TOU Taqpov. 13. 82. Then of any thing which subsides, sediment, Pol. 34. 9. 10. a'l'uaiog vnoaiaau; v.al Uvg Ga- len. de Temper. 2. 5. Tom. III. p. 66. F ; a thick broth or sauce, xotQvxtvua , Athen. IV. p. 133 ; also lees, dregs, ex- crement, r\ iv Tii&M 1011 olvov vnoaiaaiq, evedga, Pacat. in Lob. ad Phr. p. 73. Trop. foundation, origin, beginning, Jos. c. Ap. 1.1. Diod. Sic. 1. 3 vn. it]q eni- poliig. ib. 15. 70. purpose begun, under- taking, Diod. Sic. 16. 32, 33. In N. T. a) melon, well-founded trust, firm ex- pectation, confidence, pp. foundation or ground of trust and confidence. Heb. 3: 14 ir\v TCQWTOV, fl\? v Luke 5: 16, see in *Ev no. 4. Sept. Judg. 20: 37. Jos. Vit. 29 VTIB- Ig trjv olxlav. Isaeus 58. 19 fig Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 2. yCOy f. ccffta, (vTiumiov part under the eyes, the face, from VTTO, w/>,) to strike under the eyes, to beat the face black and blue, Engl. to give a black eye, Aristoph. Pac. 539 or 541, et ibi Schol. Plut. de Fac. in Lun. 4 eteyev, in &iv [al. VTIOTIIS&W] avrovg it]v cm\ Comp. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 779. In N. T. genr. i. q. to maltreat, trans, spoken of the body, to subject to hardship, to mortify, TO awpa fiov 1 Cor. 9: 27. Trop. to weary with prayers, entreaties, Engl. to beat out, c. ace. Luke 18: 5. Comp. Lat. obtundo Ter. Adelph. 1. 2. 33. See C 2*;io7riaw. r Ts } vo?, o, %, a swine, 2 Pet. 2: 22 ; see in JBoQfloQog. Sept. for "Ptn. Deut. 14: 8. Ael. V. H. 10. 5. Xen/Mem. 4. 3. 10. ToGC07io$y QVy fi, (Heb. iiTN,) hyssop, a low plant or shrub, put in an- tith. with the cedar as growing out of the wall or rocks, 1 K. 5: 13 [4: 33.] Dioscor. 3. 30. Plin. H. N. 14. 16. The Hebrews, under the names iiTKand vffffunog, appear to have comprised not only the common hyssop, hyssopus ojfi- cinalis, but also other similar aromatic plants, as lavender and espec. origanum or wild marjoram, origanum cretense, called by the Arabs Zattar, (ocimum zatarhendi,) and found in great abun- dance around Mount Sinai and on Mount St. Catharine ; see Burckhardt's Travels in Syria etc. p. 572. R. Tanchum of Jerus. "HIM* nomen est origani (satu- reia, savory) et Kornith, i.e. stoechadis, quae est species origani." See fully in Gesen. Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 57. Hyssop was much used in the ritual 859 purifications and sprinklings of the Hebrews, comp. aitt* Sept. vaatanoq Ex. 12: 22. Lev. 14: 4," 6. Num. 19: 18. Ps. 51: 8. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6. In N. T. of & stalk or stem of hyssop, John 19: 29, i. q. xotlapo? in Matt. 27: 48 et Mark 15:36. Also of a bunch of hyssop for sprinkling, Heb.9:19 ; comp. Sept. and 31TN Lev. U: 4, 6, 49, 51, 52. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 6 vaadmov xofiag. 13:4. (y) Intrans. of things, to fail, to be lacking, wanting, absol. John 2: 3 vffTBQTjffavTo? olrov. c. dat. Mark 10: 21 IV jot vffTtQit, comp. Luke 18:22. Sept. for -|h Neh.9:21. Ps. 23:1. Dioscor. 5. 87 vffTEovff crnodov. j C0j f. 7j0- $rj- yaytv avrovs t$ Alyvnrov, with a high arm, with the arm up-lifted as if about to destroy the enemy ; thus emblematic of threatening might. So Sept. for Heb. ! li:3 yi-iT Ex. 6: 6. Deut. 4: 34. Ez. 20: 33^ 34. Comp. Sept. x^Q t-y^/ for Cn "T Ex. 14: 8. Num. 33: 3. For the force of the figure, see Is. 5: 25. 9: 12. 14: 26. b) trop. high, i. e. highly esteemed, regarded with pride, Luke 16: 15 TO iv av&Qwxoig viyqlov, fidskvyfta IVWTUOV io\> &ov. Rom. 12: 16 /u?) T vyji]ha cpQOVovvxfg, high things, pride, opp. T TrtTrctva humility ; comp. in Syvtatayu. So Sept. lalflv vynjlid, Heb. nlaa , 1 Sam. 2:3; comp. Ecc.7:8. Is. 9:8. Theocr. Id. 16. 98 vynylov xttoq. Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 49 koyov viprjlov. Luc. Her- mot. 'toj co r f rjo-ca, (v 6?, cpyovsoj,) to be high-minded, to be proud, arrogant, intrans. Rom. 11: 20. 1 Tim. 6: 17. Comp. Rom. 12: 16. "Tyi6lO$, I], ov 9 ( vifji, vyog, ) a defect, superlat. Buttm. 69. n. 1. Matth. 133; highest, most elevated, loftiest. a) pp. as vywiov oQog Hdian. 3. 3. 2; in N.T. only from the Heb. TO, vtytara, the highest places, the heights, put for the highest heavens, comp. in Oi'Qavog d. /?. Matt. 21: 9 oxretwa iv lolq vyla- toiq. Mark II: 10. Luke 2: 14. 19: 38. So Sept. for ^731^53 Job 16: !9; for sing. Bl-iJD Ps. 71: 19." Eccltis. 43: 9. b) trop. o vifftQTOS, the Most High, spoken of God as dwelling in the high- est heavens, and as f;ir exalted above all other beings ; comp. in Ovgavos d. Mark 5: 7. Luke 1: 32, 35, 76. 6: 35. 8: 28. Acts 7: 48. 16: 17. Heb. 7: 1. So Sept. for Heb. "pV^ Deut. 32: 8. 2Sarn. 22:14. Ps. 9: 3. 21:8. Chald. nx$y Dan. 4: 14, 21. 7: 25. Ecclus. 41*: '8*. 2 Mace. 3: 31. Philo Leg. ad Cai. If. p. 569. 8. Diog. Laert. 8. 1. So of Jupiter, Pind. Nem. 1. 90. Theocr. fd. 25. 159. Q, 0$, OVS, *6, (tty*,) height, elevation. a) pp. Eph. 3: 18 xcu /5#oc, xal vifjog. Rev. 21: 16. Sept. for H35 1 Sam. 17: 4. nTDip Gen. 6: 15. Hdian. 4. 2. 3. Xen. An. 3. 4. 7. From the Heb. the height, on high, put for heaven, the high- est heaven, the abode of God, comp. in OvQCtvog d. So e| vyovg from on high, from God, Luke 1: 78. 24: 49. ? vyog to on high, to God, Eph. 4: 8, quoted from Ps. 68: 19 where Sept. for tilTS^. Sept. ivyovg, Heb. QT^r, Ps. 18: 17. 144: 7. genr. Ecclus. 17: 26. 43: 10. Act. Thorn. 10. b) trop. elevation, dignity, James 1:9. Sept. for tri^E Job 5: 11. nb^^ 2 Chr. 1: 1. 17: 12. IMacc. 1: 4. LuV. Tim. 5. Hdian. 1. 13. 12. YijJOCOj co ? f. wffw, (vyog,) to heighten, i. e. to raise high, to elevate, to lift up, trans. a) pp. of the brazen serpent and al- so of Jesus on the cross, John 3: 14 bis, M.i>)vcrriG vipcoffs rov ocpiv, oviwg Stl lov vibv tov av&Qwnov. 8: 28. So Test. XII Patr. p. 739 inl vkov vyjoj&iifftTcu. Genr. Sept. for tr^tt Gen. 7: 17. Dan. 12: 7. n^an 2 Chr. 33: 14. Anth. Gr. I. p. 241 T- cpov vywaavto. IV. p. 18 &QOVOV<:. Hence Jesus is further said vifxa^ijvnt iv. -iTjg yijg, i. q. to be lifted up from the earth and exalted to heaven, with allu- sion to the death of the cross, John 12: 32, 34. Also, TJ <5f|m rov &6ov vya)- 9-flg, exalted to [at] the right hand of God, Acts 2: 33. 5: 31. Comp. Heb. 7: 26 in 'Tyrjtig a ; see also Mark 16: 19. 1 Pet. 3: 22. Heb. 1:3. 8: 1. 12: 2. Oth- ers render trop. exalted by the right hand of God, as in b ; but see Winer 31. 2. p. 174. For this dative of place whither, comp. tQX&ff&ai, r>J notei Fa- 861 &CCIVCO brie. Pseudep. V. T. I. p. 594. 6fo tftavrov, to exalt oneself, to be proud, arrogant, Matt. 23: 12. Luke 14: 11. 18: 14. So Sept. Pass, or Mid. for PT23 Is. 3: 16 ; comp. vyxa&r] 77 xaqSlct Ttvog for TSb nS3 Ps. 131: 1. Prov. 18:12. 2Chr.'26:~16. Tipoiiiia, jo?y TO, ( viftoca, perf. pass. t'j//o)|itat,} pp. ' something made high, elevated,' i. e. a high place, height, elevation. Rorn. 8: 39 ovrs vywpa, OVTS , prob. put for heaven, comp. in ( Epiph. adv. Haer. 1. 1. 1. ) Trop. of a proud adversary, under the figure of a lofty tower or fortress built up proudly by the enemy, 2 Cor. 10: 5 nay vy/w^a (Jiatgojufvov xara rijg yvaxjswg rov &fov. Pint. Sept. Sap. Conv. 3. ed. R. VI. p. 564, Iv roig roTioig ovg die$laffi. Trop. ex- altation, Judith 10:8. 13:6; pride, Sept. Job 24: 24. see n y ou, o, ( qra/aV, ) an eater, glutton, Mutt. 1 1 : 19 av&Qtonog cpayog xul otvoTroTTjc. Luke 7: 34. Eustath. in 11. p. 1630. 15. ib. 1737. 50. Written also cpayog, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 434. ?, ou, o, by metath. for , Lat. penula, a cloak or great coat with a hood, used chiefly on jour- nies or in the army, 2 Tim. 4: 13. See Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 419. For the metathesis see Buttm. 19. n. 2. Matth. 16. 2. c. Written also in Mss. and edit. qpatAwyr^, (pfA.6vrjg, qpf/law/?. Athen. III. p. 97. E, 01 av a, o xul rov xaivov q>sJi6v7jv (fl'grjTai yuQ, to ftefaicrTF, xal o cpaivohrjg) tlnwv ' TICU stsvxs, do? [tot lov axgrp-ior cputvotyv, where comp. Sch weigh. So cpaivolr] Artemid. 2. 3. Arr. Epiet. 4. 8. Others suppose it to be a travelling-case for books etc. Hesych. qxxtlovrig ' VOV, 1) /AwcTffOXOjUO*'. tyctiVGOy f. qpaycu, aor. 2 pass, tcpd- vrjv, (qpww, . Luc. Calumn. 9.) iv qpa- vfQfo, adverbially, comp. in 'J&V no. 3. a. a ; manifestly, openly, Matt. 6: 4, 6, (18); also i. q. externally, outwardly, Rotn. 2: 28 bis. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.31. (pctVfpoco, co y f. wo-w, (cpavEQog,) to make apparent, manifest, known ; to man- ifest, to show openly, trans. a) of things, Act. c. ace. John 2: 11 IqxxvsQWffe tr\v doav UVTOV. 1 Cor. 4: 5. 2 Cor. 2: 14 iv navil TOTIW. Col. 4: 4. Tit. 1: 3. c. ace. et dat. John 17: 6. Rom. 1: 19 6 yap <&sbg avrolg [TOVTO] IcpcxvtQGHjf. Pass. Mark 4: 22 ov yag earl xi X^UTTTOV o iuv ^r\ cpavsgw&r]. John 3:21 'iva (pavsQw&ii T tgya. 9:3. Rom. 3: 21. 16:26. 2 Cor. 7: 12. Eph. 5: 13 bis, T de navta . . . cpavegoviai ' notv yctg TO (pavigoi'itsvov, cpojg lart- Qwg tig nol.iv eivd&tiv. John 7: 10. Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 2. Hdian. 7. 11. 7. Xen. An. 1. 9. 19. manifestation, a making known, f f. o-w, ((jp/V&>,) strictly a frequentative, implying oft repeated ac- tion, Buttm. 119. 5. 2 ; to make ap- pear, to make visible, to show, rare in the Act. Callistr. Stat. 14 cpaviot&v ii}v aiff&yo'iv. Alex. Aphrod. TOUTO cpavrd- COVTW ug xar* cdrj&eiav. Usually and in N. T. Pass. (pccvTot^Oftcii, to appear to be seen, to be visible ; hence Neut. part. TO (pavra^of^svov i. q. TO (fuav6(j.f- vov, the phenomenon, i. e. the sight, the spectacle, Heb. 12: 21 ; corn p. Ex. 19: 16 sq. See Buttm. 128. 2. Winer 46. 4. Wisd. 6: 16. Hdian. 8. 3. 21. Diod. Sic. 1. 12 rovg &toi'g qpVT^o//e- vovg Tolg av&Qumotg iv ItQ&v (awv ftoo- (fatg. Eurip. Androm. 877. ice, ?, ri, ( an appearing, appearance, Pol. 11.27. 7. Diod. Sic. 20. 11. In N. T. appear- ance, show, pomp, Acts 25 : 23. Sept. for D^Th Zech. 10: 1. Pol. 10. 40. 6. Elsewhere also i. q. phantasy, fancy, Sept. Hab.2:18, 19. Epict. Ench. 1.5. Luc. Vit. Auct. 21. t, aio? y TO, ( qpavTao- ^uou,) a phantasm, phantom, apparition, spoken of a spirit, spectre, ghost, Matt. 14: 26. Matt. 6: 49. Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 2. ib. 5. 8. 2. Artemid. 1. 2. Of phan- tasms in dreams, Wisd. 17: 15. Jos. B. JO Q O . O. O. O. 5, ctyyos, i), ( kindr. with a gorge, ravine, valley, a narrow and deep pass or valley be- tween high rocks; Luke 3:5 7rao- ctQaio fiuo-dewg Alyumov. v. 13, 21. Rom. 9: 17. Heb. 11: 24. Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 2 o ftaQctwv xort Alyvml ovg fiaaiMa tr^a/vft. The Heb. SiiPiS is strictly from a Coptic word signify- ing the king; but is so inflected as to ap- pear to corne from the Heb. root 213; whence also 3>nD a leader, prince. See Gesen. Lex. in ni>")D . Bibl. Re- pos. I. p. 581. (breach), pr. n. of one of the sons of Judah by Thamar, Matt. 1: 3 bis. Luke 3: 33. Comp. Gen. c. 38. r, ov, o, a Pharisee^ 864 one of the sect of the Pharisees, Heb. U^IS, S'"lJ : nB, the Separate, see Bux- torf Lex. Chall Rabb. J851 sq. This was a powerful sect of the Jews, in general opposed to the Sadducees (2a88ovmuoi, q. v.) first mentioned by Josephus as existing under Hyrcanus about B. C. 130, and already in high repute ; Jos. Ant. 13. 10. 5, 6. The Pharisees were rigid interpreters of the Mosaic law, and exceedingly strict in its ceremonial observances ; but often violated the spirit of it by their tradi- tional and strained expositions ; comp. Matt. 5:20 sq. 12:2sq. 19:3sq. 23: 13 sq. They also attributed equal au- thority to the traditional law, or unwrit- ten precepts, relating chiefly to exter- nal rites, as ablutions, fastings, prayers, alms, and the avoiding of intercourse with Gentiles, publicans, etc. Matt. 9: 11. 23: 2 sq. Mark 7: 3 sq. Luke 18: 11 sq. Jos. Ant. 17. 2. 4. Their pro- fessed sanctity and adherence to the external ascetic forms of piety, gave them great favour and influence with the people, and especially with fe- males; Jos. Ant. 13. 10. 5, 6. ih. 17. 2. 4. B. J. 1. 5. 2. They believed, with the Stoics, that all events are controlled by fate ; but yet did not wholly exclude the liberty of the human will. They held to the separate existence of spirits and of the soul, and believed in the resurrection of the body ; both of which the Sadducees denied; Acts 23:8. They are sometimes said to have ad- mitted the transmigration of souls; but this was only partially the case ; since they merely held that the souls of the just pass into other human bod- ies; Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 14. See genr. on their character and tenets, Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 2 sq. B. J. 2. 8. 14. Jahn 316 320. In N. T. Jesus is often represent- ed as denouncing the great body of the Pharisees for their hypocrisy and pro- fligacy, e. g. Matt. 23: 13 sq. Luke 16: 14. al. Yet there were doubtless ex- ceptions, and individuals among them appear to have been men of probity and even of genuine piety ; e. g. Ga- maliel Acts 5: 34 ; Simeon Luke 2: 25 ; Joseph of Arimathea Luke 23: 51; Nicodemus John 7: 50, coll. 19: 39. AL. a medicine, poison, magic potion or formula,) the preparing and giving of medicine, Engl. pharmacy, Di- od. Sic. 17. 31. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 17. a poisoning Pol. 6. 13. 4. In N. T. magic art, sorcery, enchantment, Gal. 5. 20. Rev. 9:21. 18:23. Sept. for C-'Dnb , troV , Ex. 7: 1 1, 22. EPB-JiS Is. 47: : 9, 12.'-L-Wisd. 12:4. 18:13. Luc. Merc. cond. 40. So qpa^uuxci'to Hdot. 7. 114. comp. Aristoph. Plut. 302. Lat. venejicium Cic. Brut. 60. Pliii. H. N. 18. 6. a pharmacist, apothecary, one who pre- pares and uses medicines, Luc. D. De- or. 13. 1. a poisoner, Jos. Vit. 31. Plut. Artax. 19. In N. T. a magician, sorcerer, enchanter, TIOQVOI? xat (faQfia- yevtri Acts 21: 8 in text. rec. Others q. v. Luc. Merc. cond. 40 a^juaxsa vs. Comp. in ?Pag- fj.ay.elu. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 316. g, ov, o, ?/, i. q. qxxQfiaxev$ Lob. ad Phr. p. 316 ; a poisoner, Jos. Ant. 17. 4. 1. Dem. 794. 4. In N. T. cc magician, sorcerer, enchanter, Rev. 21: 8 in later edit. 22: 15. Sept. for tnt2in Ex. 9: 12. J)jZJDJ3 Ex. 7:11. Dent. 18: '10. Dan. 2: 2. Jos! Ant. 9. 6. 3 TTjv pyTSQct avtov cpaypaxov ttal TIOVTV cijioxcdscroti. f], ( ff>^ t ul, ) speech, word, report, Acts 21: 31. So of private report, information, Dem. 793. 16. Poll. On. 8. 6. 47 xowwj ds qpo'unvy xvvoc. Xen. Eq. 4. 1 TOV VTTTTOV o*7i ex Ti Cor. 9: 6 bis. Plut. Alex. M. 25 roig f yyo? y eoc } ov? y TO, (kindr. brightness, shining, espec. of the moon, see Passow s. v. whence in Mod. Gr. cpiyyaqiov the moon. Matt. 24: 29 et Mark 13: 24 a^vt] ov daasi TO yiyyog avT^g, comp. Is. 13: 10. Of a lamp, Luke 11: 33. Sept. for n33 of the stars Joel 2:10 ; of the sun 2 Sam. 23: 4. Of fire, 2 Mace. 12: 9 ; of the moon Xen. Venat. 5. 4. genr. Jos. Ant. 2. 14.5. Xen. Con v.l. 9. } f. etaopcti, depon. Mid. to spare, e. g. to abstain from using, to use sparingly, to save, c. gen. Hes. Op.603or606o-/Tov. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 22. Jowr/a$ Plut. Cato Maj. 8. In N. T. also a) to spare, i. q. to abstain from do- ing any thing, to forbear, absol. 2 Cor. 12: 6 (ptldouut de sc. TOU xavx. for tf tea Ez. 34: 29. 36: 15. genr. Gen. 36: 7/ Deut. 1: 12. Jos. Ant. 17. 13. 2. Ael. V. H. 9. 33 ogyfy. Hdian. 4. 13. 4 tag vfaus. Xen. Metn. 4. 8. 1. (/S) to bear up any thing, to uphold, i. q. to have in charge, to direct, to govern, c. ace. Heb. 1: 3 cpsgwv re tu KKVTCI TG QT)- /ucm x. T. L So Sept. and Nu;a Num. 11:14. Deut. 1: 9. Chrysost:. ad h. 1. XvfttQVUV, 8l(X7liTlTOVT(X ffVyXQU- . Plut. Lucull. 6 Ki&riyov av&ovv- T Tt) Sol-t) TOTS xai ipfgovra Ti]V nohv. A late usage, comp. Passow cpegot no. 2. b) to bear, with the idea of motion, i. q. to bear along or about, to carry. Luke 23: 26 TOV oravpov cpsQfiv onia&tv tov J /T;O-OV. Sept. for Nt53 Is. 30: 6. 40: 11. Ael. V. H. 3. 22*[^tva$] TOV TiotTSQa . . . Tolq upon; tysysv. 10. 21 TOV Jlkonuva f\ flfQixTiovr) tcpegev ev Tctlg ayxdlaig. Hdian. 4. 15. 8. Xen. An. 3. 4. 32. Pass. ytQOnat,, to be borne along, e. g. as in a ship before the wind, to be driven, Acts 27: 15, 17. (Test. XII Patr. p. 670 ^s^ua^o/ucvot eni TO nslayog tcpt- Qwpt&a. Diod. Sic. 20. 16.) Trop. i ; q. to be moved, incited, 2 Pet. 1 : 21 VTIO nvevucnos viyiov (peyoutvoi. Sept. Job 17: 1 nvevfimi cpfooptvog. Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 2 cptgoptvoi Tolq ^v^olg. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 487. 8. Mid. qtoof-iai, to bear oneself along, i. q. to move along, to rush, as a wind, Acts 2 : 2 wantQ qxgousvyg nrotfg. Trop. i. q. to go on, to advance, in teaching, Inl TJJV Tt^eioTrjTa Heb. 6:1. Sept. .pp. vdwfj pialwg tiv 3 vuwv. Seq. / x out of, Acts 27: 30 tx TOV 7r>lo/ov. Seq. tig c. ace. Matt. 2: 13 (psvye fig Al'yvmov. 10: 23. Mark 13: 14 tig T OQT). Luke 21: 21. Rev. 12: 6. tnl T OOTJ Matt. 24 : 16. Sept. for m3 Ex. 14: 5. D12 Gen. 39: 12. Josh. 10 : 16. c. WTTO Ex. 4: 3. 'x Jer. 51: 6. tig Gen. 14: 10. Jer. 50: 16. Hdian. 3. 2. 20. Dem. 33. 7. Xen. An. 1. 10. 11. c. ano 1 Mace. 4: 5. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 4. x 2 Mace. 5: 8. Palaeph. 43. 3. ilg Luc. Asin. 18. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 24. inl Hdian. 3. 4. 11. Xen. Ag. 2. 11. Poet- ically of death, c. ano Rev. 9: 6. Also of heaven and earth etc. to Jlee away, i. q. to vanish suddenly, c. 7ro Rev. 16: 20. 20:11. Comp. Ps. 114:3,5. b) i. q. to flee from, to escape ; seq. ano c. gen. Matt. 3: 7 et Luke 3: 7 cpv- yeiv ano rfg udhovvyg ogyrig. Matt. 23: 33. __ c . ex Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 4. Trans. c. ace. Heb. 11: 34 tcpvyov ffiouara /u- . impl. 12:25. Horn. 11.2.401 Hdian. 2. 1. 23 xivdvvov. 867 c) trop. to flee, i. q. to avoid, to shun, seq. uno c. gen. 1 Cor. 10: 14 qp. ano rijg fldcaJittrQtlag. Ecclus. 21:2 qp. ano Til$ aftaoiiug. Trans, c. ace. 1 Cor. 6: 18 qp. rr\v noqvdav. 1 Tim. 6: 11. 2 Tim. 2: 22.- Ael. V. H. 13. 1 post init. inq TUV avdQwv ouiUag Iqpsv/t. Dem. 498. pen. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 31 ia f 1x0$, Felix, pr. n. of the eleventh Roman procurator of Judea, about A. D. 51 58, after Cumanusand before Festus ; see Bibl. Repos. II. p. 382. He was a freedrnan of the emperor Claudius and his mother An- tonia, and hence is called Claudius and also Antonius. He first married Dru- silla, a grand-daughter of Antony and Cleopatra; and afterwards another Drusilla, the daughter of Herod Agrip- pa I, (see /JgovalMa,} by whom he had a son who perished in an eruption of Vesuvius. Suetonius calls him the husband of three queens, irium regina- rum maritus, Suet. Claud. 28. His ad- ministration in Judea was cruel and vindictive; and Tacitus says of him: jus regium servili ingenio cxercuit, Hist. 5. 9. 6. He was recalled by Nero, and escaped punishment only through the influence of his brother Pallas, the em- peror's favourite. Comp. Tacit, et Sue- ton. II. cc. Jos. Ant. 20. 7. 1 sq. ib. 20. 8. 59. B. J. 2. 13. 2, 7. Paul was brought before Felix, and left by him in prison ; Acts 23: 24, 26. 24 : 3, 22, 24, 25, 27 bis. 25: 14. &wt> w> t> Dor - vV ( iv yiygajiiai x. T. A. 13:29. John 1: 23. Acts 2: 38. al. With anoxQt-&st$ added, Matt. 8: 8. Luke 23: 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 41 sq. (/) Emphat. i. q. to affirm, to assert, Rom. 3:8. 1 Cor. 7:29. 10:19. 15:50. Hdian. 2. 8. 8. Diod. Sic. 1.90. Xen. Cyr. 4. 4. 2. AL. (pfjoio?, ov, o, Festus, i. e. Porci- us Festus, the twelfth Roman procura- tor of Judea, about A. D. 58 62; sent by Nero to supersede Felix ; comp. Jos. Ant. 20. 8. 9 sq. B. J. 2. 13. 7. ib. 2. 14. 1. Bibl. Repos. II. p. 382. Fes- tus sent Paul to Rome as a prisoner, on his own appeal. Acts 24: 27. 25:1, 4, 9, 12, 13, 14, 22, 23, 24. 26: 24, 25, 32. jj f. trw, aor. 1 K(p&ao~cc, to go or come before, first, sc. in being or doing any thing. a) pp. c. ace. i. q. to precede, to an- ticipate ; 1 Thess. 4: 15 ov uij qD^aaw-' ufv TGI;? xoiuq&svTotg, 5. e. in being ad- mitted into the divine kingdom.. For the accus. comp. Matth. 412. 4. Plut. Pyrrh. 3. Hdot. 7. 161. Thuc ; 3. 5 cp&ucrai ds ov dvvuusvoi IQV i&v jl&ii-' valwv enlnJiOVf. In Greek writers y&ct- vo) with the participle of another verb may often be rendered adverbially, be- fore, sooner than ; Buttm. 144. n. 8. On the construction of (p&avco general- ly, see Buttm. 150. p. 440 sq. Matth. 533. Herm. ad Vig. p. 763 sq. b) genr. aor. 1 ty&cwu, to have come first, already, by anticipation ; seq. / c. gen. 2 Cor. 10 : 14 o^t yuq 868 iv TW tvayytMoi, for even as far as to you have we already come in preaching the Gospel, comj>. v. 16. Seq. fig TI, trop. i. q. to have already attained unto, Rom. 9:31. Phil. 3: 16. Seq. tnl Tiva, to have already come to or upon any one, Matt. 12:28 et Luke 11:20 atQct e'cpfrttffav i(f> 3 vpcig 7} /5(r. tov &tov. 1 Thess. 2: 16 TJ oQyt}. Sept. for Chald. Nt373 , c. twg Dan. 4: 8. 7: 13. tig Dan. 4: IS, 19. inl Dan. 4:21. yn Ecc. 8: 14. Seq. fiag c. gen. Test. XII Patr. p. 530. tig pp. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 9. (fi&aQTO?; 77, ov } ( av- &QUTIOV qpwyfj (f&sy&tievov 2 Pet. 2: 16. c. ace. vnsQoyxa 2 Pet. 2: 18. Hdian. 4. 6. 12. Xen. Conv. 2. 7. Uoi^/ /AUTTI? Philostr. Vit. Soph. 1. 16. 13. c. ace. Ecclus. 13: 22. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 6. frfiga)^ f. tgw, aor. 1 pass, tcp&d- qi\V) to spoil, to corrupt, to destroy, genr. to bring into a worse state, trans, c. ace. 1 Cor. 3: 17 bis, ting ibv vaov TO? "freov cp&siQfi, cp&tQti TOVTOV o &tog. 2 Cor. 7:2. Mid. Jude 10. Sept. for nfts: Gen. 6: 11. Is. 54: 16. Jer. 13: 9. Wisd. 16: 27. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 10, see in ft&ctQTog. Xen. H. G. 5. 3. 3. Of a virgin dishonoured, Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 67. Trop. in a moral sense, to corrupt, to deprave, c. ace. 1 Cor. 15: 33 qn#i- QOVffi 7/vh; %Qri. 187, (f&tlQovff xaxat. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. -j. Q, OVy b, ( cp^iyyo^ni, ) a sound, espec. of a musical instrument, 1 Cor. 14: 17. Poet, for the voice Rom. 10:18, quoted from Ps. 19:5 where Sept. for np. Wisd. 19: 18. Arr. Epict. 3. 6. Plut.~Conjug. Praec. 11 cp&oyyoi dvo '(0, CO, f. ^(TW, ( lis, still farther east. Comp. Diod. Sic. 16. 8. Strabo VII. p. 511. B. Dio Cass. 47. p. 232. See also Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 393. For its site and the present state of its ruins, see Miss. Her- ald 1836. p. 334 sq. (pi'Auirioc, ov, o, Philip, pr. n. of several persons. 1. Philip, one of the twelve apostles, a native of Bethsaida, John 1: 44, 45, 46, 47, 49. 6: 5, 7. 12: 21, 22 bis. 14: 8, 9. Matt. 10: 3. Mark 3: 18. Luke 6: 14. Acts 1: 13. 2. Philip the Evangelist, o svvtyyeh- ffTijg, one of the seven primitive deacons at Jerusalem, but residing afterwards at Cesnrea, Acts 6: 5. 21: 8. After the death of Stephen he preached the Gos- pel at Samaria, Acts 8: 5, 6, 12, 13 ; comp. v. 14. It was he also who bap- tized the Ethiopian treasurer, Acts 8: 26, 29, 30, 31, 34, 35, 37, 38, 39, 40 ; comp. v. 5 sq. 3. Philip, tetrarch of Batanea, Tra- chonitis, and Auranitis, Luke 3: 1. He was a son of Herod the Great, by his wife Cleopatra, and own brother of Herod Antipas ; at his death, his tetrar- chy was annexed to Syria. From him the city Cesarea Philippi took its name, Matt. 16: 13. Mark 8: 27 ; see in Kai- vaQSia no. 1. Comp. in c //^w3ij? no. 1 fin. Jos. Ant. 17. ]. 3. ib. 17. 11. 4. ib. 18. 4. 6. B. J. 1. 28. 4. ib. 2. 6. 1, 3. 4. Philip Herod, called by Josephus only 'ifywdyg, also a son of Herod the Great by Mariamne the daughter of Simon the High Priest. He was the first husband of Herodias, see in f low- dlag; and lived a private life, having been disinherited by his father. Matt. 14: 3. Mark 6: 17. Luke 3: 19. See Jos. B. J. 1. 28. 4, comp. Ant. 17. 1. 2. Also Ant. 17. 4. 2, comp. B. J. 1. 30. 7. Ant. 18. 5. 1. g, ov, o, rj, (y'dog, &iog,} loving God, pious ; subst. a lover of God, 2 Tim. 3: 4. Poll. On. 1. 20. Luc. 871 Calumn. 14 ngog TOV waffi xal qpdo'- g, ov, o, Philologus, pr. u. of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 15. tCff C, r/, ( cpdovfixog, ) love of quarrel, eager contention, Dem. 1440. 22. Thuc. 1. 41. emulation, ar- dour, Pol. 4. 49. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 18. In N.T. quarrel, contention, strife, Luke 22: 24. 2 Mace. 4: 4. Ael. V. H. 12. 64. Pol. 5. 93. 9. Thuc. 8. 76. u, o, ?;, adj. vtixog,) loving quarrel, fond of strife, con- tentious, 1 Cor. 11:16. Jos. Ant. 15. 6. 2. Plut. Agesi. 2. Xen. Eq. 9. 8. , a? y f\, (cpdo&vog,) love to strangers, hospitality, Rom. 12: 13. Heb. 13: 2. Plut. Vit. Thes. 14, 23. Pol. 4. 20. 1. if>(j CfQy ri, ( qpiAoo"oqpo?, ) pp. love of wisdom, Hdian. J. 2. 6 ; then, philosophy, knowledge natural and moral, knowledge of things human and divine, comp. in ^oqp/a b. Aeschin. Dial. Socr. 2. 22. Hdian. 4. 5. 13. Xen. Conv. 1.5; spoken of the wisdom and learning of the Chaldeans, Diod. Sic. 2. 29. In N. T. philosophy, }. e. the Jewish theology or theological learning, pertaining to the interpreta- tion of the law and other scriptures, and to the traditional law of ceremonial observances, Col. 2: 8 ; comp. v. 16 et 1 Tim. 6: 20. Comp. Jahn 106. So Phi lo } TiaTQtog cpdoo~o(pla, i. e. Jew- ish theology, Leg. ad Cai. p. 1014. D. de Somn. p. 1125. D. l- ftoiffe Tovg -taddovxalovg. 1 Pet. 2: 15. Pass. Matt. 22: 12. Mark 1: 25 et Luke 4: 35 cpipu&rjTi. Jos. B. J. proem. 5. ib. 1.22.3. Luc. Mort. Peregr. 15. Sext. Empir. adv. Logic. II. 275. (/5) Of winds and waves, Pass, to be still, hush- ed; Mark 4: 39 nfcpluuvo. On this Perf. imperat. comp. Buttm. 137. n.ll. Jos. de Mace. 2 fin. &Jtfya>V. ovo? ? o, Phlegon, pr. n. of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 14. t^co, f. taw, (qp>lo|,) to inflame, to set on fire, pp. Sept. for Enb Ps. 97: 3. Sept. Dan. 3: 28. Ecclus. 3: 30. Soph. Philoct. 1199. In N. T. trop. to inflame, tojire with passion, discord, hatred ; spoken of the tongue, c. ace. James 3: 6 bis. , to, f. rjo- Sq&rjaav vyodgn Matt. 17: 6. 27: 54. etc. etc. Heb. 13: 6 xvgiog fftoi fior]&og xal ov cpoftr]&rio~ou(xi, quoted from Ps. 118:6 where Sept. for NT ; as also Gen. 15: 1. 50: 19. Ex. 2: 141 (Palaeph. 32. 2. Ael. V. H. 3. 43. Thuc. 4. 68. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 30.) Seq. accus. of a cognate noun ; comp. Buttm. 131. 3. Winer 32. 2. So 1 Pet. 3: 14 TOV de q>68ov , fear not their fear, 873 K e. which they would inspire, v. 6 fiy qpo/5. ftrjdtfilav morjviv. Emphat. Mark 4: 41 et Luke 2: 9 eyopyfyarav cpofov Hlyav.(p) Trans, c. ace. comp. Buttrn. 135. 3, 4. Winer 39. p. 208. E. 5. c. ace. of person, Matt. 10: 26 ui] ovv yoprj&rjTe avioig. 14: 5 s(poftrj&i] iov o%- iov. Mark 12: 12. Luke 20: 19. John 9: 22. Acts 9: 26. Rom. 13: 3 n]v e$ov- vlav concr. Gal. 2: 12. al. So Sept. for K-V Num. 21: 34. Deut. 3: 2. (Luc. D. De'or. 16. 3. Xen. Hi. 2. 18.) Seq. ace. of thing, TO duxTctypa Heb. 11: 23. iov dvpov lov pcunUwg v. 27. prfisv Rev. 2: 10. Luc. D. Deor. 19. 2. Plut. Galba 22. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 8. il Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 22. (y) Seq. onto c. gen. to J "tar from, to be afraid of any one ; Matt. JO: 28 firf (poStiff&t TTO i, some- thing fearful, a fearful sight, terrible por- tent ; Luke 21:11 6fiov peyav, see in *o/5w a. 8: 37. 21: 26. Rorn. 8: 15. 2 Cor. 7: 5 cpofioi fears. v. 11. 1 Tim. 5: 20. 1 John 4: 18 ter. Seq. gen. of pers. or thing feared, i. e. which inspires fear, Matt. 28: 4 nro de iov ofti(a a. Heb. 2: 15 (p. iov &ava- lov. Rev. 18: 10, 15. Melon, a terror, an object of fear, Rom. 13: 3. Sept. for nap." Gen. 9: 2. Jon. 1: 10, 15. ihS Deut'. 11: 25. Ps. 53: 6. yofioi for tJWK Job 20: 25. Hdian. 1. 14. 19. Dem/798. 3. Xen. An. 2. 2. 19, 21. Including the idea of astonishment, amazement ; Matt. 28: 8 juei cpofiov xal Xf*Qn$ jUF^Aij?. Mark 4: 41. Luke 1: 65. 5: 26. 7: 16. Acts 2: 43. 5: 5, 11. 19: 17. Rev. 11: IK b) in a moral sensf,/ear, i. q. rever- ence, rttpect, honour; e. g._of persons, Rom. 13: 7 bis, ?ro5oT6 ov nuvi lag ofpfdug . .. TO* iov (pofiov, cp6fiov. Else- where of God or Christ, cpoftog iov &sov v. XVQIOV, i. e. a deep and reverential sense of accountability to God or Christ; 2 Cor. 5: 11 fl'dorsg ovv iov yofov iov xvglov x. i. L 7:1. Eph. 5:21 vnoiaa- aousvoi ctl.fa'ii.oig Iv q>6fia> XQiaiov. Sim- ply, c. TOU &iov etc. impl. 1 Pet. 2: 18 coll. Eph. 5:21. Jude 23. In tens. V 6vog, ) to kill a person, to slay, to murder ; absol. ov (fovsvo-fig Matt. 5: 21. 19: 18. Rom. 13: 9. [iij yovwayg Mark 10: 19. Luke 18: 20. Jarnes2:il. (Sept. for rj2") Ex. 20: 13. Deut. 5: 17.) Gerir. Matt. 5: 21. James 2: 11. 4: 2 see in Zrfrow b. Seq. accus. Matt. 23: 31 T&V (fovfvvuvTwv Toig nQO(pr)iag. v. 35. James 5: 6. Sept. for nsn Deut. 4: 42. Josh. 20: 5, 6. :nn Neh. 4: 11. Hdian. 1. 17. 25. Diod. Sic. 20. 22. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 11. . /ua/a/^ce? for nnn '3 Ex. 17: 13. Deut. 13: 15. 2 Mace.' 4: 35. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 16: Ael. V. H. 2. 17. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 65. &0pf6!), CO, f. fjffW, ( CpSQG), ) pp. a frequentative form implying the repeti- tion or continuance of the simple action expressed by cpsgw, Passow s. v. Lob. ad Phr. p. 585; to bear about sc. with or on oneself, to wear, trans. Matt. 11:8 ia jUaXcexor cpogovvieg. John 19: 5 ariya- vov. Rom. 13: 4 TJ\V potxougav. 1 Cor. 15: 49 bis. James 2: 3 rrjv tad foot. Ecclus. II: 3. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 2. Pol. 6. 22. 1. Xen. Oec. 17. 3. (fiopoVj ov } TO, Lat./orwm, only in pr. n. OQOV ^Arnilov, Forum Jlppii, a small town on the Appian way, accord- ing to the Itinerary of Antoninus 43 Roman miles from Rome, in or near the Pontine marshes. Acts 28: 15. Comp. Wetst. N. T. II. p. 654 sq. Hor. Sat. 1. 5. 3. Cic. ad Att. 2. 10, see in ov } o, pp. 'what is /, Phoenix, u borne, brought ;' hence, a tax, tribute, 875 imposed upon persons and their prop- erty annually, in distinction from ti\oq toll, which was more usually levied on merchandize and travellers. Luke 20: 22 (foQov doivai. 23: 2. Rom. 13: 6 (poqovg TfAmf. v. 7 his. Sept. for 073 Judg. 1: 30. 2 Sam. 20: 24. rPTB Ezra 4: 20. 1 Mace. 3: 31 cp. TWJ> ^wowy. Jos. Ant. 17. 11. 2 cpoQOvg empattousvovg kxctvToig TO TI ITOS. Hdian. 6.2.3. Xen. Conv. 4. 32. f. tVw, (opoQTog,} to bur- den, to load, to lay a burden upon any one, pp. Anthol. Or. IV. p. 289. ult. In N. T. trop. as of the burden of the Jew- ish ritual, c.dupl. ace. Luke 11: 46 qpoo- T/ETS Tovg dvd"Q(a7iovg qpo0T/ce dvo~fia- oraxTa, comp. Buttrn. 131. 5. Winer 32. 4. Pass. part. Matt. 11: 28 ol xo- TttMvrsg xal TiECpogriffuevoi,, ye iceary and heavy laden, sc. with the burden of sin and sufferin. , ov 9 TO, (yoQTog,) a bur- den, load; a dimin. in form but not in sense, comp. Butlm. 119. n. 15. p. 330. a) pp. and as spoken of a ship, lading, freight, cargo, Acts 27: 10 in later edit. for qpo^TOi, 1 in toxt. rec. Of a ship Jos. Ant. 14. 14.3. Xen. Oec. 8. 12. Genr. Sept. Is. 46: I. Ael. V. H. 9. 14. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 6. b) trop. (a) of the Jewish ceremo- nial law as o burden upon its followers, Matt. 23: 4. Luke 11: 46 bis, comp. in (flooTioK Of the precepts and requisi- tions of Christ, in antithesis, Matt. 11: 30. Comp. in Zvyog. Act. Thorn. 28. Diog. Laert. 7. 5. 4 avibg uovog dvvaff&ai ficccr'fUffcu Zi,v(avoq qpooT/ov. - (@) Of the burden of one's faults, sins, Gal. 6: 5. Comp. Sept. and Ktttt Ps. 38:5. (pdpro?; ov, 6, (qps'oco,) pp. 'what is borne,' i. q. a burden, load ; e. g. of a ship, lading, freight, cargo, Acts 27: 10 in text. rec. Comp. in ftogrlov a. Luc. Navig. 18 TO nkoiov . . . xal 6 qpdo- T0. (fiogTOuvaiOGj ov } o, Fortunatus, pr. n. of a Christian, 1 Cor. 16: 17. tpgctysMiov, ou, TO, Lat. flagel- lum, i. e. a whip, scourge, John 2: 15. Schol. in Aristoph. Acharn. 724, tjuav- rag ds, Awooi'?, cpQay&ha. Hesych. TWV o/suv ygay&lia, a), co, f. waw, hov,) Lat. fiagello, i. e. to flagellate, to scourge, c. ace. Matt. 27: 26. Mark 15: 15. - Test. XII Patr. p. 728 (^a^Uwaas us. TW TiBQis&rjxe. Mark 12: 1. The language is here bor- rowed from Is. 5: 2, 5, where Sept. for pir and IrD^toE. Comp. Jahn 67. Harmar's Observ". III. p. 179 sq. Luke 14: 23 fig rag o8ovg xal cpgayuovg, into the highways and hedges, i. e. the narrow ways among the vineyards. Trop. Eph. 2: 14, see in MWOTOIXOV. Sept. also for -I'l.a Num. 22: 24. Ecc. 10: 8. Plut. Cimon.10 TCUV a/guv xoi/g qpoce- yuovg aqpatav. Xen. Venat. 11. 4. (/Jpnr^M, f. ctyto, q. d. to phrase it, i. e. to say, to speak, to tell, to declare in words, trans. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 2. Plut. Theseus 12. Xen. Mem.1.4.15. In N. T. to tell, i. q. to explain, to inter- pret, ii}v Traott^oirjv Matt. 13: 36. 15: 15. Sept. for rqrr Job 6: 24. rtnin Job 12: 8. Jos.' Vit. 59. Ceb. tab. 33. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 11. (pguoGCO v. Tfca, f. |w, to enclose with a fence, hedge, wall, for protec- tion, to fence around, to hedge in, trans. Sept. for ^-,tJ Hos. 2: 6. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 25 ; a city with walls, to fortify, Hdian. 8. 2. 13 ; a defile with troops, to shut up, Pint. Cato Maj. 13._^ So the ears with wax etc. to stop, T wra Sept. for E'ON Prov. 21: 13. Luc. Nigr. 19. InN. Tlonly in reference to the mouth, qyaoativ 10 GIO^CX, to slop the mouth, viz. a) pp. as of wild beasts, Heb. 11: 33 I'qpottSav ffiouara faoviwv, i. e. rendered them harmless, powerless; comp. Dan. 6: 22. M. Antonin. 12. 1 o ds TO)' qpOfi T TO Diog. Laert. 5. 5. b) trop. i. q. to silence, to put to silence; 876 Rom. 3: 19 iVa nav . Hesych. cpgtvctTiaTa ' %favd- . Not found in profane writers. (figtV Of notice, ov, o, ( cpgevocrra- rcfw, ) a mind-deceiver, i. q. genr. a de- ceiver, Tit. 1: 10. Etymol. Mag. 811. 3. Not found in profane writers. tfigiyv, fvo?, ;, pp. the diaphragm, midriff, praecordia, often in plur. Horn. II. 10. 10. Od. 9. 301. Hence, as the supposed seat of all mental emotions and faculties, usually and in N. T. me- lon. the mind, the soul, including the intellect, disposition, feelings, etc. 1 Cor. 14: 20 bis, ^UT) naidlot yivta&s icuq CPQS- alv . . . raig ds (pgwl rd^siot ylvsu&s. Sept. for nb Prov. 7: 7. 9: 4. Chald. 5>-n:3q Dan. 4:' 31, 33. Hdian. 3 ; 11. 17. Dem. 780. 21 vov xnl cpQsvwv aya&wv xal ngovolag nottij?. Xen. Conv. 8. 30. piOGco v. ri(Oy f. ^co, (9^/1,) to be rough, uneven, jaggy, sc. with bristling points, to bristle, intrans. e. g. a field with ears of grain, Horn. II. 23. 599 : an army with spears, II. 13. 339. Spec. of hair etc. to bristle, to stand on end, Hes. Op. 538 or 542 ; also of animals, to bristle up the hair, mane, etc. Hes. Scut. 391. Plut. Aristid. 18. In N. T. of persons, to shudder, to quake, from fear or aversion, in which the skin becomes rough and pimpled, and the 'oy ) co, f. ;(r(tovi]fff i. Sept. for ns^a Prov. 1: 2. 7: 4. I-jD-inri Prov. 3: 138: 1. !-p?Dn 1 K. 3: 28. 4: 29. Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 5. : Luc. Haley. 6. Xen. Me.ri. 1. 2. 10. Cic. de Off. J . 43 " pru- dentia enim, quam Graeci (poovq&iv di- cuur, est reruin expetendarum fugien- daruiriqiic scientia." j rf, ov } (CPQOVSM,) having mind, thinking, prudent, wise ; Matt. 7: 24 ouoiuait) uvrov uvdftl (poovtu(>). 10: 1G. 24: 45. 25: 2, 4, 8, 9. Luke 12: 42. 1 Cor. 4: 10. 10: 15. Comparat. cpoovi- ftn'tifQog Luke 16": 8. Also nay savrolg tpooviuot, i. e. wise in their own con- ceit, Rom. 11: 25. 12: 16. irnpl. 2 Cor. 11: 19. Srpt. for DDh I K. 3: 12. Is. 44:25. nntf iuvnZ P'rov. 3: 7. ]TS3 Prov. 14: 6. 18: 15. Ecclus. 20: 27' Ceb. Tab. 3. Pint. Cato Maj. 9. Xen. Me.n. 2. 3. 1. ib. 4. 8. 11. Gj ndv. ( cpQoviuog, ) with mind, thinkingly, 5. e. prudently, wisely, Luke 16: 8. Xen. Ag. 1. 17. 0paKl*/i0j f. lo~io, ( cpgovrlg fore- thought, care, from qp^ovsw, cpgi'jv,) to be thoughtful, provident ; to take care, to be watchful ; seq. inf. Tit. 3: 8 'iva cpoovil- w(/t xaAwv tQywv uQo'i'crTaa&ai. Sept. c. gen. for 3zJn Ps. 40: 18. 2 Mace. 2: 26. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 12. c. Iva Pol. 2. 8. 8. c. onta? Xen. Mem. 2. 4.2. c. gen. Ael. V. H. 14. 11. Xen. Mern. 1. 4. 11. f)ovQa> ? to, f. i/'o-w, ( (poovyog a watchman, guard, from nQoogaw, ) to watch, to keep watch, absol. Thuc. 8. 35. In N. T. and genr. seq. accus. to watch, to guard, to keep. a) pp. as of a military watch, 2 Cor. 11:32 6 s&vaoxqg . . . scf^ovgrjffs i\\v no- hv. Trop. as of a prisoner, Gal. 3: 23. Judith 3: 6. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 1. Hdian. 2. 13. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 12. b) trop. to keep, to preserve in any state ; Phil. 4: 7 rag xagdlag vuav ev M. Pass. 1 Pet. 1: 5 tovg cpoovQov- uevovg tig o~a)Tr](jlctv. v. TTOO, f. w, ( kindr. in profane writers only Depon. Mid. q^vaooo^ai v. TTOUOII, to rage, to be fierce, pp. of animals, as of horses fierce for contest, Callirn. Hyrnn. in Lav. Pall. 2. Plut. Lycurg. 22 KHTTCSQ Tovg ayuvaq. Of persons acting with pride and insolence, 2 Mace. 7: 34. 3 Mace. 2: 2. Diod. Sic. 4. 74. In N. T. once Act. aor. 1, to rage, to make a noise* and tumult, intrans. Acts 4: 25 Ivttvi ecpavct$av K&vv, quoted from Ps. 2: 1 where Sept. for Z?yi. j, fj? y f], (g>u/w,) fight, Matt. 24:20. Mark 13:18. Sept. for 0=13 Jer. 49: 23. &1 3E Jer. 25: 35. 2 Mace. 12:22. Hdian.7.12. 10. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 28. tpuAccxt], rj?, fi t (qpi'JUxoxro).) watch, guard, i. e. a) pp. the act of keeping watch, guarding ; Luke 2 : 8 yvJuxvorovTsg qpv- Aaxu?, keeping watch or guard, excubias agentes ; comp. Buttin. 131. 3. Sept. for rnTTtfjq -)Ep Num. 1 : 53. 3: 7, 29 sq. (pivlaxttf cpvkcmfiv Xen. An. 2. 6. 10. Cyr. 8. 0. 14. genr. Jos. Ant. 14. 7. 1. Pol. 6. 35. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 3. b) melon, of persons set to watch, a ivatch, guard, collect, guards ; Acts 12: 10 difl&orrig ds ngwryv vlqg :. 7:9. 11: 9. 13: 7. 14: 6. So Sept. for nhEpa Gen. 12: 3. Ex. 20: 32. Am. 3: 2. 'Mic.' 2: 3. Ecclus. 16: 4, coll. 6. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 25 xara (pvidg, others xta qpuia. ib. 8. 5. 7. Comp. Sturz. Lex. Xen. j no. 4. b) spec, a tribe, clan, spoken of the tribes of Israel, as subdivisions of a whole nation. Matt. 19: 28 et Luke 22: 30 xglvovTsg rag dwdtxa yvhug TOV ' laga- ijL Luke 2: 36 ex (pvtf? ^Affi]g. Acts 13: 21. Rorn. 11:1. Phil. 3: 5. Heb. 7: 13,14. James 1:1. Rev. 5: 5. 7:4, 5ter, 6 ter, 7 ter, 8 ter. 21 : 12. Sept. for ntttt Ex. 31:2, 6. saep. tmj Ex.24: 4. Deut. 1: 13. saep. Jos. Ant. 7. 2. 2 x -tilg'lovda (pvKiig. ib. 10. 1. 1. So of tribes, classes, orders in a state, Plut. Romul. 20. Dem. 556. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 5. Vect. 4. 30. Vy TO, ( , } a leaf, Plur. T 9vU leaves, foliage, Matt. 21: 19. 24 : 32. Mark 1 1 : 13 bis. 13 : 28, 880 Rev. 22:2. Sept. for j-fc* Gen. 3: 7. 8: 11. Neh. 8 : 17. - Ael. V. H. 9. 24. Diod. Sic. 2. 49. Dem. 615. 10. u pallet, a toe, TO, (cpi'Quw et (pv- QW to mix by stirring or kneading, to stir or knead together, Plat. Theaet. 4. p. 147. C. Hes. Op. 61,) a kneaded mass, genr. a mass, lump ; e. g. of potter's clay prepared for moulding, Rom. 9: 21. So a mass of dough, proverbi- ally, 1 Cor. 5: 6 et Gal. 5: 9 ; see in Zv- fjtrj. Trop. Rom. 11:16 see in 'Anagx^ a - 1 Cor. 5:7. Sept. for nO""}? Num. 15: 20, 21. rnatttB Ex. 8 : 3.' 'J2: 34. M. Antonin. 7. &?. ' Of a kind of cake Athen. 9. p. 402. vo-i6(a trop. to puff up, to in- flate with pride and vanity, absol. 1 Cor. 8:1 i) yvwviq cpvatol. Pass, or Mid. 1 Cor. 4: 18, 19. 5: 2. J3: 4. VTTSQ Tivog 1 Cor. 4 : 6. vno Ttvog Col. 2: 18. Test. XII Patr. p. 579 XOLTU TOJV sv- ToAa/v roi; &fov (fvaioiifffvoi. Ignat. ad Magnes. 12 oiSa on ov (pvaiovvSz p.i\ iiQoaextiv tolg gnxnovciv ps. Hesych. (pvo~ioi>iJf&a ' fnctiQOfie&ct, -ivcpovui&a. In the classic writers ) yirsicu. Sophocl. An tig. 346. Oed. R. 869 &vmtt OI. Phi- lo Log. Spec. II. p. 806. 17 o Ss nuidt- . . iiiv nctQit fpvfftv ijdovijv 5tcu- Xen. Hi. I. 22. \PUGlCOl3lGy fCO? y ri, ( Cpl'fflOO) q. V. ) a puffing up, inflation, trop. with pride and vanity, 2 Cor. 12: 20. Hesych. . absol. 17:28. Pass. Luke 17: 6. Sept. for 2D: Gen. 9: 20. Deut. 6: 11. bnUJ Ps. 1: aDi- ed. Sic. 3. 62. Dem. 1275. 9. Xen. Oec. 4. 21. ib. 20. 4. Trop. Matt. 15: 13, see in (pvitla. So of a teacher planting the word of divine truth, absol. 1 Cor. 3: 6, 7, 8. &vco, f. qpi'o-w, to generate, to pro- duce, to bring forth, to let grow, e. g. plants, etc. Horn. II. 1.235. Luc. Epist. Sat. 20. Diod. Sic. 1. 10. xaojiov Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 1. Hdot. 9. 122; persons, avdgng cpi'eiv to beget, to bear, Hdot. 9. 122. Eurip. Phoen. 34. Pass, tpvouat, also Act. aor. 2 tcpw and perf. nscpvxa as intrans. to be generated, produced, to spring up, to groiv, e. g. plants, etc. Ill Sept. Prov. 26: 9. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 10. liqpw Xen. Oec. 19. 8. nlcpvxa Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 1 1 ; of persons, to be born, to grow up, to be by nature, Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 234. 1. I'qpi'v Luc. Gymnas. s. Anarch. 20. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 4. necpv- xa Hdian. 4. 9. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 7. Trop. Xen. Mem. 1.1. 11 axon&v, onus o xotruoi; !'vd$ Philo de Vit. Mos. II. p. 174. 12 ; comp. in ^vuffixa. b) Act. intrans. to spring up, to grow up. Heb. 12: 15 la nixQtas Vw cpvov- rro, quoted from Deut. 29 : 17 where Sept. for Heb. Irns . Ecclus. 14: 18. v?, ou y o, a hole, burrow, lurking-place of animals, Matt. 8:20. Luke 9: 58. Act. Thorn. 31. Ael. H. An. 6. 3. Plut. T. Gracch. 9. cOj cOy f. ijffcu, (cpoivy,) to sound, to utter a sound, voice, cry. a) pp. and absol. (a) of animals, e. g. a cock, to crow, Matt. 26: 34, 74, 75. Mark 14: 30, 68, 72 bis. Luke 22: 34,60, 61. John 13:38. 18:27. Aesop. Fab. 1 19. Tauchn. Of other birds, Sept. Jer. 17:11. Is.38:14. Of beasts, to cry, Zeph.2: 14. Of a trumpet, Sept. for 3HJB Am. 3:6. 1 Mace. 9: 12. (ft) Of persons, to cry out, to exclaim, to call out ; Luke 8: 8 fcpuvfi ' o t%wv WT x. i. L v. 54 f(f)ion'io-s ),iywv. 16:24. Acts 10: 18. So c. dat. of cogn. noun, Luke 23: 46 (pwvi]G(xg (pwvy ufyahrj. Acts 16: 28. c. dat. pers. to whom, Rev. 14: 18. Sept. for NHJ5 Dan. 4:11. y^attJn I Chr. 15:16. Esdr. 8: 92. Luc,' : Jup. Trag. 17. Xen. Conv. 3. 13. b) trans, to cry or call to any one, i. q. to speak to, to address, to call, c. ace. (a) genr. with the words spoken, as a title etc. i. q. to call, to name, John 13: 882 13 i/fttlf (poweiie us ' 6 tiidavxalog xat o xV- Comp. Horn. Od. 4. 77. (/5) As implying invitation to approach or come, Matt. 20 : 32 icpuvyae avTovg. Mark 3: 31. 9: 35 Icpuvrjat Tovg ddiSsy.a. 15: 49 ter. Luke 1(5: 2. John 1:49. 2: 9. 4: 16. 9: 18, 24. 11: 23 bis. 18:33. Acts 9: 41. 10: 7. c. dat. at'T<5 Luke 19: 15, i. q. nQog otvTov, comp. Winer 31. 2. p. 174. Mattb. 401. 3. (c. TiQog Tob. 5: 8.) Seq. tx, to call one out of any place, John 12: 17 ; cornp. 11: 43. Al- so, to invite to a feast, Luke 14: 12; to call out to any one for help, Matt. 27: 47 et Mark 15: 35'7/A/ay qpwm. Soph. Aj. Atuvia q}iot. 543. Theocr. Id. 2. 109. c f ?/, (ohsol. qprc'w, kindr. qpy/*t',) a sound, tone, as given forth or uttered. a) genr. and spoken of things ; e. g. of a trumpet or other instrument, Matt. 24: 31. 1 Cor. 14: 7, 8. (Sept. for bto Ez. 2: 6, 13. Dan. 3: 5, 7, 10.) Of the wind, John 3 : 8. Acts 2: 6 coll. v. 2. Sept. 1 Sam. 12: 18. Of rushing wings, chariots, waters, etc. Rev. 9: 9. 14:2. 18: 22. 19: 6. (Sept. and bip E/. 1: 24. 3:13. 26: 10. Nab. 3:2.) Of thunder, qpwWj fiyovrfg Rev. 6: 1. 14:2. 19:6. qpwj'cu xat figovial Rev. 4: 5. 8: 5. 11: 19. al. (Sept. and bip Ex. 19: 16. 20: 18. 1 Sam. 7: 10. Ecclus. 43: 17.) So (?o>- vi) ^uaiwr, i. e. the thunders in which the words of the law were proclaimed, Heb. 12: 19. Comp. Ex. 19: 19. Poll. On. 4. II. p. 397 sl'noig d* uv TO cp&sy- [ia Trig aukmyyog cptovyv. Jos. Ant. 12. 2. 1 T&V Svq&v yQauudrow %aQMXTi]Q xat qpwj'?;. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6 Tyv axoijv dezsff&ai nuaag cpwvdg. b) spec, a voice, cry, spoken of per- sons, (a) pp. and genr. as in phrases, with verbs of speaking, calling, crying out, . (psQSTal TIVI 2 Pet. 1:17, comp. in SQia c. Seq. Ix c. gen. as qpwvTj iyivsio v. e'^erai v. i*EQ%etai ix nvog, e. g. | OVQUVOV v. txToJv OVQUVMV, Matt. 3: 17. Luke 3: 22. John 12: 28. al. T*J? vf.o/AoD. 19: 6. Sept. Gen. 27: 22. 1 Sam. 24: 17. Palaeph. 7. 1. Xen. Apol. 12. So of song, c. gen. qxovr) xi&otQojduv Rev 18: 22. qp. vvu(piov xat vv^icpi]g v. 23. So Sept. Jer. 16: 8. 25: 10. Of salutation, f] qp. TOV txcmao'nov cov, i. q. thy saluting voice, Luke 1:44. To the voice as the instrument of speech, is sometimes ascribed that which strictly applies on- ly to the person ; comp. in 'Ocp&aluog a. /. Thus, axot'ew Tijg qpwrjj? Tivog, to hear [and obey] one's voice, i. e. to obey the person himself, John 10: 16, 27. Heb. 3: 7, 15. 4: 7. So Sept. Gen. 3: 17. 16: 3. 27: 13. Trop. Gal. 4: 20 aUc&x* Ti]v cpMvi'iv fjtov, to change my voice, i. q. Engl. to change one's tone, to speak in a different manner and spirit. Comp. Xen. Conv. 1. 10. (/?) Melon, what is uttered by the voice, word, saying, Acts 13: 27 Tag cpwvctg TWV n^ocfijTuv. 24: 21. Ael. V. H. 4. 8. Plut. Timol. 5. Diod. Sic. 20. 30. Xen. Venat. 13. 16. (y] Melon, manner of speaking, speech, language, dialect, 1 Cor. 14: 10 883 Toaavra ywrj (pwvuv iv TW xooyia). v. 11. Sept. and -n? Gen. 11: 1. Jos. Ant. 8. 5. 3 i] f^m/'tfJUijvt** Ceb. Tub. 33. lidian. 5. 3. 8. Xen. An. 4. 8. 4. AL. , grwro'c, TO, (contr. for y oj, from (paw,) light, pp. with the idea of shining, brightness, splendour. a) pp. and genr. () Of light in it- self, 2 Cor. 4: 6 6 tlnuv ex axoiovg qpw hifji/'ixi. Matt. 17: 2 JUuxa ug TO qpw. v. 5 v. qpwrav?;. So Sept. and ^TN Gen. 1: 3, 4, 18. Luc. Philoptr. 13. Xen. Conv. 6. 7. (/?) As emitted from a luminous body ; e. g. a lamp, etc. $ oixwv a/roo- anov sc. o thoc. Rev. 21: 24. Comp. Ps. 104: 2. Is. 60: 1, 19, 20. Wisd. 7: 26. See in Jo$ unb tov oi'Qarov, coll. v. 5. 22: 6, 9, 11. 26:13; of angels Acts 12:7. 2 Cor. 11:14; of glorified saints, Col. 1:12 xAiJooj TWV ayluv iv TW cpatil. Comp. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 15. b) meton. a light, a luminous body, e. g. (a) a lamp or torch, Acts 16: 29 aln'](jaq ds qpwTa. Sept. and IT 5* Ps. 119: 105. Xen. H, G. 5. 1. 8. (/J) A fire, Mark 14: 54 &sg}iaiv6}iivQq JTQOS TO g>G)OTyp, ??pO, o, ( (pUHJTriQtq Iv xoo/iw. So Sept. of the heavenly luminaries, for -HNB , Gen. 1: 14, 16. Wisd. 13: 2 qp. ovQavov. Psalt. Sal. 18: 12. Theoph. ad Autol. 2. p. 94. Melon, brightness, shining, spoken of the divine glory, w$ c. pp. Plut. de Placit. Philos. 2. 15. cpwffcpoqog affTijQ Aristoph. Ran. 346. JJ nv } (wg, ) to light, to lighten, i. e. 1. intrans. to give light, to thine, c. I'TU, Rev. 22: 5 xt'^to? 6 &tog cponti ere' aiTovf, where for the Attic fut. see Buttm. 95. 7, 9. Text. rec. K>g c. John 1: 9 o [h. 3 : 9 cpamVa* ndviag, Tig T) olxovofilu x. T. L So Sept. for rrVin Judg. 13. 8. 2 K. 12:2. 17: 27. T Diod. Laert. 1. 57. ib. 4. 67. Hesych. ecpwTto'tv ' fdida$tv. c) seq. ace. of thing, i. q. to bring to light, to make known ; 1 Cor. 4: 5 o? xJ (jpom'erc/ T XQvma iov axoTOvg. 2 Tim. 1: 10 ywilvttviog 8e (arjv x. T. L Arr. Epict. 1.4.31 T)y atf&eiav. Pol. 23. 3. 10. CQTi(3(jLO<5, ov y 6, ((JPWT/^W,) a light- ing, giving light, shining, pp. Sept. for *"!")& , ?v cpMTifffAw nvQog Ps. 78: 14. 44: 3. Job 3: 9. Hesych. (jpomcr^oc ' civyr], rykavysg, xuiavya^wv. In N. T. trop. of moral and spiritual light, illumina- tion, comp. in ftwg c. E. g. seq. gen. of that which illumines, 2 Cor. 4: 4 tig \ \ > r \ \ M > TO fifj avyuffoti TOV qp&mt^t/o)' TOV tvay- yiUov. Seq. gen. of that which is il- lumined, 2 Cor. 4: 6 ngog cpb)Tiff[j,bv Tijg yv(oatag.Sei>\. for ni Ps. 27: 1. Test. XII Patr. p. 578 TO cpwg TOV xotr/uov, TO 8o&sv iv vfuv TiQog 885 X. j f. #cuo7jffco, later and in N. T. x^ffo^ai Luke 1: 14. John 16: 20, 22. Phil. 1: 18. Sept. Hah. 1: 15. Zeph. 10: 7 ; aor. 2 exdorjv from the Passive ; see genr. Bnttm. 114. p. 307. Matth. 225. Winer 15. p. 81. To joy, to rejoice, to be glad, in trans. a) pp. in various constructions : () absol. Matt. 5: 12 X^QSTS teal dycdhaff&s. Luke 6: 23. 15: 32. 22: 5. 23: 8 I X UQT] llav. John 4: 36. 8: 56 xea iidt, xcu e X ci- qri. 16: 20, 22. Acts 11: 23. 13: 48. Rom. 12: 15 his, %alofiv pera xaloovrcav. 1 Cor. 7: 30 bis. 2 Cor. 7: 7. 13: 9, 11. Phil. 2: 17. 1 Thess. 5: 16. 3 John 3. Rev. 19: 7. Once seq. V, to the end that, 1 Pet. 4: 13 ; comp. \n"lvcc 1. A. b. Part, yatpwv, joying, rejoicing, 2 Cor. 6: 10 utl ds %aiQovit$. (Sept. for f"lTZ) 1 K. 4:20. 8: 67.) Joined with another verb or participle, Part, ^a/^wv may often be rendered joyfully, gladly; as Col. 2: 5 %ntQwv xat fitinuv, i. (\.joyfully beholding, by Hendiadys. Luke 15: 5. 19: 6 VTTf&lwTO UVTOV /tf/owv. v. 37. Acts 5: 41. 8:39. Comp. Bnttm. 144. n. 8. Sept. for b^n Joel 2: 21. Hub. 1: 15. HEtt 1 Sam."l9: 5. Zech. 4: 10. Ceb. Tubl 8. Luc. Philopatr. 24 bis. Dem. 437. 7. ^a/owv adv. Luc. Tim. 34. Xen. An. 5. U. 32. (/?) With the cognate noun XUQU, e. g. in ace. intens. Matt. 2: 1 Ixaorjo'nv /aoav [ttydkijv. So Sept. for nb'-U finJDiJ n\Z3 Jon. 4:6. comp. 1 K/l: 40. 'See Buttm. 131. 3. In the dat. John 3: 29^aoa /a^a, intens. he rfjoiceth greatly; and so with- out emphasis 1 Thess. 3: 9. See Winer 58. 3. Matth. 408. n. (y) Seq. dat. of cause, i. e. of that in or over which one rejoices ; Rom. 12: 12 T/? il.nloi #a/oovT. Comp. Buttm. 133. 3.3. Matth. 399. c. This is the usual Greek construction. Sept. Prov. 17: 19. Ael. V. H. 9. 4. Hdian. 1. 17. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 4. (d) Seq. ace. of cause; Phil. 2: 18 TO d 3 avio xal vpelg xaigzit, for the same cause also do ye joy. Rorn. 16: 19 xutow TO Icp {fur. Comp. Matth. 414. Passow in /a/ow no. 3. Horn. II. 21. 347. Dem. 323. 6 TO rama Xv- nuo-frai, xcel TtT zaiqsiv. (e) With a particip. in nominal, expressing the occasion of joy ; also a freq. construc- tion in Greek writers ; comp. Buttm. 144. 4. a. Matth. 555. Herm. ad Vig. p. 776. Mark 14: 1 1 axovvavrEg exuQrjffav. John 20: 20 e^o7jffv ovv ol pa&r)Tctl Idovreg rbv XVQIOV. Phil. 2: 28. Horn. II. 19. 185 #/< axovaa<;. Luc. D. Mort. 2.1. Hdian. 1.5.8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 12. Once c. part, of a kindred verb intens. imitating the Heb. infin. absol. 1 Pet. 4: 13 iV . . . ^^T a/a>l- liwpsvoi. Comp. Winer 46. 7. () Seq. on, marking cause or occasion, that, because. Luke 10: 20 ^w/oerg de, on roc cH'opccta x. T. L John 14: 28. Acts 5: 41. 2 Cor. 7: 9 viv *a/0w, oi'% oTt . . . aAA,' oTt x. T. L v. 16. 2 John 4. (Sept. Ex. 4: 31.) So eV TOVTM on, Luke 10: 20. iv xvytw OTI Phil. 4: 10. dt vpaf on Jolm 11: 15. Comp. below. (r)) With prepositions expressing the cause or occasion of joy ; e. g. Int c. dat. comp. *Enl II. 3. c. . Matt. 18: 13 Xuloii in nvru} /uwXAov ?; x. T. >L. Luke 1: 14. 13: 17. Acts 15: 31. 1 Cor. 13: 6. 16:17. 2 Cor. 7: 13. Rev.ll:10. (Sept. Prov. 2: 14. Hab. 3: 17. Diod. Sic. 1. 25. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 35.) iv c. dat. to rejoice in, comp. *Ev no. 3. c. y. Phil. 1:18 bis, iv TOVTOJ ^w/^w y.ui x^^^OfAai. Col. 1: 24. iv Toi-ro) OT* Luke 10: 20, comp. above in (Sept. Zech. 10: 7. Jacobs Epigr. Gr. I. 60, iv ds ydkaxTt, Xctlgwv.) Also iv UVQIW %alQt.iv, to rejoice in the Lord, i. e. in union and com- munion with him, Phil. 3: 1. 4: 4 bis. iv xi'^/w OTt 4: 10. Comp. in KVQIO$ b. /5. did c. ace. John 3: 29 ^o Xalgsi dia rrjv qpwW/v ToD vvpcplov. 1 Thess. 3: 9. 3i vpS? OTI John 11: 15. Seq. CXTTO c. gen. 2 Cor. 2: 3 'ivct py IvTirp 8/co acp wv edsi ps %uLgtiv, where it is strictly for x a Q^ v %X IV corresponding 886 to lvnr]v e^w, coinp. 3 John 4. Comp. *Ano III. 2. b. b) Imperat. and Infin. as a word of salutation or greeting. () Imper. jful- p? , %ul()T, in a personal salutation, pp. joy to thre ! joy to you ! i. q. hail ! Lat. salve ! Matt. 2(5: 49 x n W 'Pufrll. 27: 29 zuiyt b ftaffdsvf. 28: 9. Mark 15: 18. Lnke 1: 28. John 19: 3. Luc. D. Deor. 22. 1. Ael. V. H. 4. 17. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 18. (/?) Infin. ynlyiiv, p|). fully ^'/ w Xotlgtiv to tvish joy, to ^ l ^ ^ at ' ' i. q. to salute, 2 John v. 10, 11. Absol. Xalgftv, like Engl. greeting! i.q. to send greeting, at the beginning of an epistle, Acts 15: 23. 23: 2t>. James 1: 1. Sept. absol. for cVrr Is. 48: 22. 57: 21. So finwv xulgtiv Anthol. Gr. II. p. 182. aeldia XIUQUY ib. IV. p. 279. absol. 2 Mace. 1: 10 xalgeiv xal vyictlvsiv. Jos. Ant. 11. 1. 3. Ael. V. H. I. 25. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 27. Comp. Artemid. 3. 44, in *Pi*vvvpi. Xf*Aa&, a?, T?, Ofaiaoi,) hail, pp. ' something let go, let fall.' Rev. 8: 7. 1J: 19. 16: 21 bis. Sept. for -na Ex. 9: 18, 19 sq. Jos. Ant. C. 5. 6/ 'Plut. Timol. 28. Xen. Oec. 18. co, f. do~, (^aAxoc,) of copper or bruss, brazen, Rev. 9: 20. Sept. for n-rn: Ex. 26: 11, 37. ^-n: 2 Sam. 22: 3a. Hdian. 6. 4. 6. Xen'. An. 5. 2.29. Xa^xtu?, f *)?, o, (/Axo?,) pp. a brasitr, copper-smith; then genr. of any worker in metals, a smith, 2 Tim. 4: 14. Sept. 0$xai$ %a.\y.Qv y.cu ffidt'jQov, for d-?h Gen. 4: 22. "dnh 2 Chr. 24: 12. AIT. Epict. 4. 11. 13 o ^iff ^aAxciv l&toffet TO ffidrjyiov. Luc. D. Deor. 17. 2, of Vulcan. Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 17 yul- xt, corn p. Ag. 1. 26 where it is ffidt}- g, i], v } pp. heavy, diffi- cult, i. e. a) of things, hard, burdensome, peri- lous, connected with toil, suffering, ?, o, chalcedony, a gern including several varieties, one of which is the modern carnelian; Rev. 21: 19; later edit, xa^do)? carbuncle. Epiphan. UV&QU$ . . . ylvtrni de ev y.ao/rjdovi i^q Aipvyq ' tan di o xcdxrj- S6vo$ xa).ovu?.vos \L&oq natQanhiffios TOVTM. Plin. H. N. 37. 8 or 15. Comp. Rees' Cyclop, art. Chalcedony and Gems engraved. Xctfalov 887 Xapct ou, TO, ( ^a^xo?, ) i. q. , a brazen vessel, Mark 7: 4. Poll. On. 6. 109. Xen. Oec. 8. 19. j ou, TO, Rev. 1: 15. 2: 18, Vulg. aurichatcum, i. e. M?/uVe brass, fne brass, a factitious metal among the ancients, formed of the same ingredients as brass, but in other pro- portions ; see Rees' Cyclop, art. Ori- chnlcum. Suid. ^aAxoA//?yov " tidos /ovoov ' I'ort . *ttVL : n, burnished brass, Sept. and Vulg. V/ifxrpov, electrnm; but in Ez. 1: 7 it is rbj: rTJJn: id. Sept. $uixnTb)t> xcdxog. Hence Gesenius PUL r ir<'sts, that /rt/lxoA/fJfti'or may be ex- pltiined from /Axov JLinaguv, i. q. r'-~~; Ilrb. Lx. s. v. Others regard it as from Greek jjuntxof and Juflavog pp. whiteness, from Nub. ]2r to be white, L qf. feAtfo or ttnmng brass; so Borliart Ilieroz. 0. 10. Tom. II. p. 883 sq. Eichhorn in Apoc. 1: 15. ou, o, pp. ore, metal, of any kind, llesych. /Axo'c 6 crldrjoog. Id. /a/txo? ' Tot'to eTil lov /QVCFOV xt ctgyvfjov i'foyov. Comp. Passow s. v. Cbnr. and in N. T. oo/>/?. 4. I. b) rneton. any thing made of copper or brass ; e. g. 1 Cor. 13: 1 %cdxog r^ v t sounding brass, i. e. a trumpet or cym- bal. Also brass or copper coin, money, Mutt. 10: 9. Mnrk 6: 8. 12: 41. Liban. Ep. 1211. Luc. Contempl. 11 olda yay xov? Pol. 5. 26. 23. Dem. 1283. 4. i, adv. Lat. hunn, to or on the ground, John 9: 6 wives gaffoU. 18: 6 CTTcaw xapnl. Sept. for M^")N Job 1: 20. Dan. 8: 12. Judith 12: 14 : ." Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 1. Lnc. D. Mort. 20. 2. Xen. Ag. 2. 14. j o, indec. Canaan, Heb. 1^-3) lne ancient name of Judea or Palestine, pp. ' the lowlands,' in dis- tinction from the highlands of Liban us and Syria; comp. the like distinction in Scotland. Spoken genr. of the coun- try on this side Jordan, in antith. to GHead, Num. 33: 51. Josh. 22: 9. Jos. Arit. 2. 15. 3. Also spec, of Phenicia, the northern part of Canaan at the foot of Mount Lebanon, whose inhabitants call themselves ]33 on coins, Is. 23:11 in Heb. and Sept?" 'So too the Cartha- ginians, as a colony of the Phenicians, called themselves Chanani, August, in Expos. Ep. ad Rom. See Gesen. Lex. art. ]":3. Rosenm. Bibl. Gengr. II. i. p. 09." In N. T. genr. Acts 7: 11. 13: 19 tdvt] evict lt> yy Xavauv, see in Dent. 7: ]. Jos. Ant. 1. 0. 2 Xctvavalav n]t> vvv 'fovSciinv s 9 a, ov, ( Xavaav, ) Caiiaanitish, Plur. ol Xuvavcuot the Ca- naanilts, Heb. *:y~.3 collect, pp. ' the lowlanders,' as inhalJiting the plains of the Jordan and sea coast, opp. to the inhabitants of the highlands, Num. 13: 29. Josh. 11: 3 ; comp. in Xavuav. Then, as a general name for the inhabi- tants of Canaan or Palestine, Gen. 12: 6. 24:3. 34:30. Josh. 17: 12. Judg. 1:27 sq. Also spec, of the Phenicians, ^Judg. 1: 32, coll. v. 31 ; see in Xixvwav. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. i. p. 251 sq. Calmet art. Canaanites. In N. T. of a Phenician woman, yvvr, Xotvavaia Matt. 15:22; comp. Mark 7: 26 where it is ZvQoyolvixHjau q. v. Sept. UV&Q. Xa- vavalog for ' 1 33>:3 Gen. 38: 2. oy, reoc- ing, gladness. a) genr. Matt. 2: 10 e^Qr^av xagav (Afyakrjv, see in X/^w a. ft. Luke 1: 14 e'oTttt XUQU O-Q< xt uyattlao-tg. 15: 7, 10. John 3: 29 bis * */? x. T. i. 888 see in Xaigw a. /3. John 15: 1 1 bis. 16: 20, 21, 22, 24. 17: 13. Acts 8: 8. 13: 52. 15:3. Rom. 14: 17/a^/d eV nveituaii a/ lot joy in the Holy Ghost, i. e. the joy which the Holy Spirit imparts by his influences ; and so 15: 13. 2 Cor. 1: 24. 2: 3. 7: 4, 13. 8: 2. Gal. 5: 22. Phil. 1: 25 / T?Je nlo-rswg joy of faith, i. e. in and arising from the faith of the Gospel. 2: 2, 29. 1 Thess. 1: 6 uwx Xotyag rov nvevuocrog, cornp. Rom. 14: 17 above. 1 Thess. 3: 9. 2 Tim. 1: 4. Philem. 7 in some edit. James 4: 9. l^Pei. 1: 8. 1 John 1: 4. 2 John 12. (trio x ujiocmwffoc; TOU nurgog, i. e. the express image or counterpart of God's essence or being ; coinp. in 'r/ro- aTctffig c. Hesych. /w^axTTJp o ( uotw(n. Philo Quod del. potior. p. 170 ivrtov rivu y.al /^XT^ &6?ag dvvdufug. de Pl;mt Noe p. 217. Luc. Amor. 38, 44 . (>(av uygdapovg fixovag. Sexl. Empir. adv. Log. I. 251. Trop. Plut. Thes. 7 >- (pccvi) xnQctxrijQa T?/ svysvtlag. Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 80. Comp. VVetsl. N. T. II. p. 387. Eisner Obs. in N. T. II. ]). 333 sq. Xaya^, C(%oc, o, ( xagixao-M, ) a pointed stake, pale, e. g. for vines Geo- pon. IV. 12. 289 ; in which sense it is oftener fern. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 61 sq. a pale, palisade, Lat. vallus, in fortifica- tion, Pol. 18.1.1. Thuc.3.70. In N. T. a rampart, mound, Lat. vallum, i. e. a military rampart around a camp or a besieged city, formed of the earlh thrown out of a trench and stuck with sharp stakes or palisades, Luke 19: 43. Corn p. Adam's Rorn. Ant. p. 373. Sept. for nV- : b Is. 37: 33. Ez. 4: 2. Jos. Vit. 43 ftct'Mousvog ;w0axa noo Tijg IlTole- juat'cov nofowg. Arr. Exp. Alex. M. 2. 19.9. Pol. 1.29.3. .j f. Iffouoti, depon. Mid. (x<*Qig,) pp. to gratify, to do what is grateful and pleasing to any one, c. dat. of pers. Ael. V. H. 14. 45. Hdian. 7. 1. 23. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5. In N. T. seq. ace. c. dat. of pers. to gratify one with any ihing, i. e. to give, to grant, to be- stow, sc. as a mailer of graiificalion, fa- vour. Aor. 1 Pass. ixagiv&i]v in pass. sense Acts 3: 14. 1 Cor. 2: 12. Phil. 1: 29 ; also fut. 1 Pass. x (X Q l v&i] Philem. 22 ; see Buttm. 113. n. 6. a) genr. Luke 7: 21 ivykoiq nottoig exaQlvaxo TO fitt-rifir, i. e. he gave them si^ht. Rom. 8: 32. 1 Cor. 2: 12. Gal. 3: 18. Phil. 1:29. 2: 9. 2 Mace. 7: 22. Jos. Anl. 7. 8. 4. Hdian. 1. 17. 3. Pol. 16. 24. 9. b) i. q. to give up any thing to any one. (a) Of persons, i. q. to deliver up 889 or over, in answer to the demand or prayer of any one ; Acts 3: 14 ^TJOT- cr#f uvdoa (fovea zuQia&ijvni v^lv. 27: 24. Philein. 22. Also to the power and malice of any one for harm or destruction, Acts 25: 11, 16 tig vntwln- av. Jos. B. J. 1. 27. 5. Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 6 init. (/?) Of things, e. g, a debt, i. q. to remit, to forgive, not to ex- act ; Luke 7: 42, 43 w 8s nkiiov e^ccQi- aaio. Genr. of wrong, sin, to forgive, not to punish, 2 Cor. 2: 7, 10 ter. 12: 13 xaQivttff&e pot- ryv uoiy.lav -HXVTIJV. Eph. 4: 32 bis. Col. 2: 13. 3: 13 bis. Dion. H. Ant. 5. 4 qpooW/ n fi^tv. In N. T. only of words, discourse, i. q. grateful- ness, agreeubleness, acceptableness ; Luke 4: 22 enl ioig loyoig TW<; xugnog, i. e. gracious words, Buttm. 123. n. 4. Eph. 4: 20 'iva du> ZUQIV iolg uxovovfft, i.e. that it may minister what is accept- able unto the hearers, dovimt, x<*, iv i. q. XctQUvra siren. Col. 4: 6 io/og fv XUQI- 11, i. q. loyog xayleig. So Sept. and 'jfr Ps. 45: 3. Ecclus. 21: 16. Horn. Od. S". 175. Dem. 51. 9. b) grace, i. e. in disposition, feeling towards any one, i. q. favour, kindness, good-will, benevolence, (a) genr. Luke 2: 40, 52 ngolxoms XO.QIII TIUQU. &SM xul av&Qwnotg. (Sept. Ex. 33: 12.) Acts 2: 47 s%ovTfg X^( HV Qog oAov tov ^.otov, having favour with all the people. 4: 33. 7: 10 cdwxfv auTtt) x^^ LV fvaviLov ftagaa. (Sept. Gen. 39: 21 .) So tvolo-xtiv x<*Qiv to find grace or favour, ncxou #fw Luke 1:30. ivwJiiov tot &eov Acts 7:46. impl. Heb. 4: 16. (Sept. Gen. 6: 18. 18: 3. Esth. 2: 16. al.) Also xuia&ea&ai, XotQiv in'L, to lay down [Engl. to lay up] favour with any one, to gain favour, Acts 25: 9. 24: 27 ^^ti$ xar$w#t ro7f 'fovdaloig, where for the plur. comp. 112 the Engl. phrase, ' to be in one's good graces. 1 Melon, object of favour, some- thing acceptable, 1 Pet. 2: 19, 20 roDzo X*? in a like sense, Eph. 6: 24. Col. 4: 18. 1 Tim. 6: 2i. 2 Tim. 4:22. Tit. 3: 15. Heb. 13: 25. Of Christ, genr. Acts 15: 11 diot 2 Cor. 8: 9. 1 Tim. 1: 14. Of God, genr. i. q. the gracious feeling of approbation, benignity, love, which God exercises toward any of the human race; comp. above in a. So c. TOV &6ov or th3 like, Acts 14: 3 TM IO/M TJ/J XoioiTog uvrov, the word of his grace, i. e. the gospel, i. q. TO evayy&iov TJ?/. TOU &s- ov 20: 24. Acts 14: 26 et 15: 40 jraQudo- #/? T/; %u(tin TOV &sov. Rom. 3: 24 dixaiovufvot dwQfuv T/} uinov ^uqin. 1 Cor. 15: 10 ter. 2 Cor. 1: 12. 9: 14. 12: 9 aoxfl pot, ij x^Q 1 ? ^ ov - G a ' 1: 15. Eph. 1: 6. Heb. 2: 9. 1 Pet. 4: 10. al. With TOU &ou or the like implied, Acts 18:27 Tot TitnLffivxa* r^g fig r^ug XVCQITO? nqo- o5. Gal. 2:21. Tit. 2: 11. 3: 7. J Pet. 5: 12. X uQig o>fc 1 Pet. 3:7. Simp), id. Rom. 1:5. 5:2, 17, 20, 21. 6: 1, 14, 15 ovx fffftsv t'/ro vo^iov, A>L vno XUQIV. Gal. 5:4. Eph. 2: 5, 8 #*/ core ffs y.ulol oixoropoi T^? nowi^g %doiTos -frtov. Jude 4. So espec. the gift of the Gospel, salvation by grace in Christ ; Acts 13:43 ^Qoapivfiv iJ X c. /?. (2 Mace. 3:3;3. Jos. Ant. 7.9.4. Pol. 5. 104. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 2.) So %aQig TW &oi Rom. 6:17. 1 Cor. 15: 57. 2 Cor. 2: 14. 8: 16. 9: 15, Dat. y/tqiti with thanks, thankfully, 1 Cor. 10:30. iv x^Qtn id. Col. 3: 16. genr. Diod. Sic. 1. 90 t^v a^ioi^r t v jij$ TIQO? TOU? lifgyvTag X<*QMO$. Luc. Tim. 36 aot IASV xal TW Aii nhflairi x^Q 1 ?- Asin. 4. Hdian. 5/1. 13. Xen. Mem. 4. 3.3. c) Accus. yototv as adv. or prep. c. gen. Buttm. 146. n. 2. 115. 4; Lat. gratia, pp. in favour of, in behalf of 9 hence i. q. on account of, because of, usually put like gratia after the case it govern?, Buttm. I. c. Luke 7: 47 ol #a- QW, on which account, wherefore. Eph. 3: 1 et 14 JOVTOV %<*t>iv, on this account, for this cause. Gal. 3: 19 TMV nctga^ao-f- vv X a(>iY. \ Tim. 5:14. Tit. 1:5,11. Jude 16. Once before its case in an interrogation, 1 John 3: 12 xal xQtvrl- rog to~q}ct$ev IXVTQV ; com p. Hertn. ad Vig. p. 700. Non. al. Ecclus. 35 [32]: 2. Hdian. 3. 2. 61. Xeu. Mern. 1. 2. 54. Before its gen. Ecclus. 37:5. Pol. 1. 64. 3. Eurip. Androrn. 1228 or 1235. AL. , (doc, TO, ( q. v.) a gifl, grant, benefit, a good con- ferred, Hesych. /agicruct ' SWQOV. In N. T. only of gifts and graces imparted from God, e. g. deliverance from peril, 2 Cor. 1:11; a gift or quality of the 891 mind, 1 Cor. 7: 7 ; gifts of Christian knowledge, consolation, confidence, Rom. 1: 11. 1 Cor. 1: 7 ; redemption, salvation through Christ, Rom. 5: 15, 16. 6:23. 11: 29. Spec, of the Charis- mata or miraculous gifts imparted to the early Christians and particularly to Christian teachers by the Holy Spirit, Rom. 12:6. 1 Cor. 12: 4, 9 ^^a/^T iapuTw. v. 28, 30, 31. 1 Pet. 4: 10. As communicated with the laying on of hands, 1 Tim. 4: 14. 2 Tim. 1: 6. Com p. Ilvfi'ua p. 676. <#. Xagtioa), w, f. wuw, (x<*Qt?i ) to grace, to supply with grace, i. e. to make gracious, grateful, acceptable, Pass, to be gracious, grateful, acceptable, Ecc.lus. 18: 17. Liban. IV. p. 1071. In N.T. spok- en only of the divine favour; Luke 1: 28 ??> xtxayiTvpevr], hail, thou fa- voured sc. of God. Also of spiritual graces ; Eph. 1: 6 eV % [*(>m] fyaQltu- vev fifiag with which [grace] he hath graced us, i. e. in which he hath richly imparted grace unto us, sc. in the for- giveness of our sins, comp. v. 7. Test^. XII Patr. p. 698 Iv qpvAaxg iiurjv, xvtl o ffwrijQ tyaijiiwri fis if 8tfffio~ig, xat fJiVffS flf. XceQQcev, rj, indec. Charran, Ileb. jnh Haran, also Xaqqav Jos. Ant. 1. 16! 1, pr. n. of a city in the northern part of Mesopotamia, where Abraham sojourned for a time on his way to the land of Canaan, Acts 7: 2, 4. Comp. Gen. 1 1: 31. 12: 5. Jos. Ant. 1. c. et 1. 19. 4. It was afterwards called by the Greeks and Romans Ka'^yat, Carrae, and became celebrated by the defeat and death of Crassus. See Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 149. ov, o, (xaQWffa,) paper, Lat. charta, a leaf of paper, made of the papyrus, 2 John 12. Ceb. Tab. 4. Dioscorid. 1. 116. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 506. Xaopa, aioc, TO, (xlv(a v. *- o-xto to yawn.) a chasm, gulf, Luke 16: 26. Sept. for DhD 2 Sam. 18: 17. Jos. Ant. 6. 2. 2. "Palaeph. 29: 5. Luc. D. Mort. 21. 1. Plato de Rep. II. p. 211 Bip. p. 46 Tauchn. ?, 0?, ov?, TO, a lip; Plur. T jt/b/, the lips. a) pp. Rom. 3: 13 log avnlouv vno ice /Ai? aviwv. Heb. 13: 15 xagnov /- Uwv, see in Kagnog b. d. I Pet. 3: 10. So as the instrument of speech, the lips, as speaking, Matt. 15: 8 et Mark 7: 6 o luog olio? Tolg ^filial fie Ttua, i. e. only with their lips, in words only, quoted from Is. 29: 13 where Sept. for riCip; as also Job 2: 10. Prov. 17: 4. saep. Ecclus. 1: 23. Palaeph. 48. 2. Luc. D. Deor. 5. 2. Xen. Conv. 5. 7. Meton. from the Heb. language, dialect, like tongue ; 1 Cor. 14: 21 iv /An krtQoiq, in allusion to Is. 28:11 where Sept. arid t-E3&. So also Sept. and rtDt: Gen. iT: 1, 6, 9. Heb. rt?iZ5, Sept. ylaJwa, Is. 19: 18. b) trop. xfdo? tils #aAW/;, lip of the sea, i. q. the shore, brink, bank, Heb. 11: 12. So Sept. and riD'f' Gen. 22: 17. Ex. 14: 31. al. %- T0 ^ nf*v Ex - 7: 15. So of a river, Jos. B. J. 3. 10. 7. Diod. Sic. 3. 10. Hdot. 4. 141. *. rf? -tuyov Thuc. 3. 23. see /ci- tuv,) to storm, to raise a storm, Xen. Oec. 8. 16 ; also to winter, to pass the winter, Diod. Sic. 19. 37. Xen. H. G. 1. 2. 15. In N. T. Pass. %(i[.t(xopai, to be storm-beaten, tempest-tossed at sea, Acts 27: 18 acpodQMt; de jpjpogqp"* ^wy. Jos. Ant. 12. 3. 3 /tiuu )'W. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 2 VUVTCU Diod. Sic. 4. 43. Thuc. 3. 69. Xfi^-CcQQQ?, ov, o, >;, adj. see /w/zwv, and yew,) pp. flowing in win- ter, wintry, as x- nota^oi; Horn. II. 5. 88. Soph. Antig. 712. Epict. Fragm. 1. ed. Sch weigh. In N. T. Subst. o XeipaQQOGt a storm-brook, wintry tor- rent, which flows in the rainy season or winter, but dries up in summer; spok- en of the Cedron, Kedqwv q. v. John 18: 1. So Sepr. and ^m of the Ce- dron, 2 Sam. 15:23. 1 K? 2: 38. 15: 13. Luc. Hermot. 86. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 7. Strictly poet, for #t/ua'^oo, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 234, 6C9. rain storm, from x to P our ') PP* ran ' 892 storm with rain, foul storm, tempesl weather. a) genr. Matt. 16:3 xal nor yttuaiv. Acts 27: 20 ^emwyog ie ovx 51 ' C? I' fc. "G* oiiyov tTitxjiusi'oi'. Sept. lor u'&x s^'L- ra 10:9. Job 37: 6. Jos. Ant. 6, 5. 6. Ael. V. H. 8. 5. Plut. Timol. 19, 28 rov X^i(M(AVog enixtifABvov. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 6. b) melon, season of rains and storms, the rainy season, winter; for the winter of Palestine see Jahn 21. Calmet p. 240, 242. John 10: 22 xal /f^wx fa. 2 Tim. 4:21. Genit. as time when, x fl ~ H&vog in trinfer, Matt. 24: 20. Mark 13: 18. Sept. for ->np Cant. 2:11. Ec- clus. 21: a DioJ. : Sic. 1. 41 init. Dom. 124. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 1. Genit. Xen. Conv. 2. 18. powerful hand of God ; e. g. 1 eV T([ rrjv X^9 U ffov ixidvnv at leg t- criv, comp. in 'Exrstvca a. Elsewhere to the hand of God as the instrument of action and of power, is ascribed that which strictly belongs to God himself; comp. in Oqp$AjUOxl f) X^fy / tou 7rayT / 1 Per. 5: 6. So ta see above in a, and in "Eqfrov c. Comp. Sept. and ^ Is. 66: 2 1 Ps. 103: 22. 8: 6. So i) Z$ xi'Qiov i]v /uei' airrov, the hand of the Lord was with him, for help, aid, i.q. the Lord was with him, Luke 1:66. Acts 11: 21. So Sept. and fiy rhm V 7 D 1 Sam. 22: 17. 2 Sam. 3: 12. . Fur- t ther, Acts 13: 11 Idol, x^Q xvyiov snl Xei'p, po?, r h the hand ; Plur. al ^ ; / the hand of the Lord is upon thee, for punishment. /*7(>fc, the hands. a) pp. and genr. aa of men, Matt. 3: 12 ov TO mvov iv iy %tiQl uvrov. 5:30 (I ?/ &ici aov ztlg axavdotU&i as. 8: 15. 12: 10 Tirfv x f ty u ^X l " Heb. 12: 12. James 4: 8. 1 John 1: 1. al. saep. So of angels etc. Matt. 4: 6 tTil x^Qwr ctgovai ae. Luke 4: 11. Rev. 1: 16, 17. 6: 5. 8: 4. al. Sept. saepiss. for T' , as Gen. 22:6. 24:2. Prov. 2(5: 15. Is/6:6. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 1. Hdian. 1. 9. 7. Xen. An. 6. 1.9. ib. 1. 10. l.In phra- ses ; e. g. tyya x fl (?wv Tivoq the works of one's hands, i. e. an idol Acts 7: 41 ; evil deeds or conduct, Rev. 9: 20 ; of God, the works of creation, Heb. 1: 10. 2: 7 ; comp. below in h, and also in "EQ-/OV c. txigfiv *r]v ^Jt^a Rev. 10: 5, see in Afya) no. 1. a. For other frequent phrases and constructions, see the fol- lowing articles: Ji$to$ a ; * Jfaitlvta a ; 3 Jtnu'inw a ; .E:rt f 5uAAa) a ; 3 JLtni&ia'ig, a. /? ; 'Enda^uyu a ; Kaia- a, b ; MTITW. h) anthropopath. of God, i. q. the So Sept. for 'D b:? "r Am. 1 : 8. b$ '-* Ez. 13: 9. 2 '-" 1 Sam. 7: 13. 12: 15.' Comp. Ge- sen. Lex. -p b, c. Non al. c) With prepositions, mostly by He- braism, where to x^Q as the instrument of action and power, is often ascribed what strictly belongs to the person him- self or to his power ; comp. above in b. E. g. () dta %tt$o$ v. %fiQ(uv n- yoc, by the hand or hands of any one, by his intervention, i. q. did Tiro$. Mark 6. 2 dvroi^fig TOtai/rat dia TWV x l Q^ y w- rov ylvovTcti, i. e. are done by him. Acts 2:23. 5: 12 dia iwv XMQUV TWV an. iyi- VSTO avjiUtlu y.al -reomct. 7: 25. 11: 30. 14:3. 15:23. 19: 11. non al. So Sept. and 'D vs Lev. 10:11. 2Chr.34:14. Sej)t. often cV %tiQl, 1 K. 2: 25. 12: 15 ; comp. below in y. See Gesen. Lex. "p aa. (ft] fig ^^?^? TLVO?, into the hands of any. one, i. e. into his power, i. q. il's r/y; so chiefly nixQaSidorut, tl? X . Matt. 17:22. 26:45. Mark 9: 31. 14:41. Luke 9: 44. 24: 7. Acts 21: 11. 28: 17. non. al. Comp. in /7aa<5/<5a>/u n. So Sept. for 'D T'Sl ]n: 1 Sam. 23: 4, 12, 14. Job 16: fll al." Sept. of- tener tv xttgi, Judg. 2: 14. 6: 1. al. Also with verbs of committing, didovut rt fig X. John 13: 3. jra^KT/ihftUi el? x- Luke 23: 46. Sept. and Heb. Gen. 42: 37. Pol. 3. 52. 7. Dern. 32. 1. Once ipnln- itiv elg /(;$ nvog, to fall into the hands o/any one, into his power, sc. for 893 punishment, Heb. 10:31. So Sept. for 'D "PS b?3 2 Sam. 24: 14. 1 Chr,21:13. Ecclus.*2: 18. 38: 15. Comp. eAtfuv dg Xtious, Luc. Gymnas. 25. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 15. (/) i/ %fipi tivog, i. e. once i. q. fig x&Q**? TIVOS, com p. 3 JEv no. 4. John 3: 35 nmrta deduxsv ev T/J xiigi av- tov. So Sept. for 'D TO ]n: Josh. 2: 24. Judg. 1:2. Elsewhere i. q. dia X*IQO$ tivoq, see above in , i. e. by or through the intervention of any one, Acts 7: 35 iv /. ayy&ov. Gal. 3: 19 eV *^. [tiaiiov. So Sept. for 'D "Tz Num. i5: 23. 2 Chr. 29: 25. Jer. 37:2.' Ec- clus. 48:20. 49: G. (<5) tx /f()0? nvog, out of the hand of any one, out of his power, after verbs of freeing, delivering, and the like. Luke 1 : 71 awrjylav ex %eiQog nuviotv x. T. JL. v. 74. John 10:28, 29, 39. Acts 12: 11. 24:7. So Sept. for T73 Gen. 32:11. Ex. 18: 9, 10. Jos. Vit*. 15 &eov comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 323. ov, o, a chiliarch, captain of a thousand, Sept. for fsba nip Deut. 1:15. 2 Sam. 18: 1. XenT 6yr. 3. 3. 11 owcxcularc xal loxayovg. In N. T. a chiliarch, i.e. genr. a commander, captain, a military chief, viz. a) genr. Mark 6:21. Acts 25: 23. Rev. 6: 15. 19:18. Jos. Ant. 7. 2. 2. b) spec, a tribune, a military tribune, an officer of the Roman armies, six of whom were attached to each legion and were its chief officers. In battle each tribune seems to have had charge of ten centuries ; whence prob. the Greek name %iJiiaQxos ', comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 369, coll. p. 193. In N. T. spoken of the tribune Claudius Lysias who commanded the garrison in the fortress Antonia at Jerusalem, Acts 2 1 : 31, 32, 33, 37. 22: 24, 26, 27, 28, 29. 23: 10, 15, 17, 18, 19, 22. 24: 7, 22. Hdian. 3. 12. 18. Dion. Hal. Ant. 6.4. c) spoken of the captain or prefect of the temple, John 13: 12. See fully in b, and 2nsiga b. doCy i], (xlhoi,) a chili- ad, a thousand in number, Luke 14:31 bis. Acts 4:4. 1 Cor. 10: 8. Rev. 5: 11. 7: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. 11: 13. 14: 1, 3. 21: 16. Sept. for P)!:K Gen. 24: 60. Ex. 12: 37. Luc. Hermot. 56. Cornp. Buttm. 71.4. ei) ct y num. adj. a thou- sand, 2 Pet. 3: 8 bis. Rev. 11:3. 12: 6. 14: 20. 20: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Sept. for 5)bfi$ Gen. 20:16. Ex. 38: 25. Hdian. 1.15.19. Xen. H. G. 1.4.21. Comp. Buttm. 70. 4. Xiog, oUy fj, Chios, now Scio, one of the larger Greek islands, lying near the coast of Asia Minor, between Samos and Lesbos, and celebrated for its mas- tix and wine. Acts 20: 15. Diod. Sic. 5. 81. Comp. Hor. Od. 3. 19. 5. XtTGov, &VOG, o, ( Heb. nah3 , ) a tunic, i. e. the inner garment, worn next the skin, mostly with sleeves, and reaching usually to the knees, rarely to the ancles ; see Gesen. Lex. art. n:;ri3 . Jahn 120. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 416. Matt. 5:40 xal rbv x 1 ** O-QV \afitiv. Luke 6: 29. John 19: 23 bis. Acts 9: 39. Jude 23. Sometimes two tunics seem to have been worn, prob. of dif- ferent stuffs, for ornament or luxury; Matt. 10: 10. Mark 6:9. Luke 3: 11. 9: 3. Hence is said of the high priest, SictQgi'i$ag TOV? %ii&vaq aviov Mark 14: 63 ; comp. 2 Mace. 4: 38. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 4, where /mw is spoken of the b^'IB or outer tunic. Sept. genr. for n:n3 Gen. 37:3. 2 Sam. 15:32. Cant. 5: 4.~ Ael. V. H. 1. 16 srdvvrn avrbv iov %t- nwva, xal doiftaTiovntyifialouevov. Luc. D. Deor. 13. 2. Diod. Sia. 4. 38. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 1, 2. XtMVy ovog y i), snow, Matt. 28: 3. Mark 9: 3. Rev. 1: 14. Sept. for jVU) Job 37: 6. Is. 1: 18. 55: 10. Ael. V. H. 7. 6. Hdian. 3. 3. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.30. XAajuvg, vdos } %, chlamys, a wide and coarse cloak, worn sometimes by kings, Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 10. Hdian. 7. 5. 895 Xoog 7 ; by military officers, 2 Mace. 12: 35. Ael.V.H. 14.10; by soldiers and others, Plant. Rud. 2. 2. 9. Xeu. Mom. 2. 7. 5; also hy a hunter, Luc. D. Deor. 11. 2. In N. T. spoken prob. of the Roman paludamentum, or officer's doakj usually of scarlet, Matt. 27: 23, 31. Cornp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 371. See in TZo^qptpa fin. ^co, f. ao-w, (/icvij jest, de- rision,) to jest, to deride, to scoff, absol. Acts 17:32. So Acts 2: 13 in text. rec. Others 5ta/Aei'ft> q. v. Wisd. 11: 14. Pol. 4. 3. 13. Aristoph. Ran. 37G. c. ace. Jos. B. J. 6. 7/2. Plut. Timol. 15. Dem. 78. 12. XAlttgOC, Cty OV, (/yUcrtVw, ^>l/o),) warm, lukewarm, Rev. 3: 1G. IJwp %L Athen. III. p. 12.3. E. Plut. de Fluv. 25. 3. ed. R. X. p. 805. 3. XAoi}, jpc, /, Chloe, pr. n. of a female Christian at Corinth, 1 Cor. 1: 11. XAcopo*, a, ov, (xlon, /Aoo?,) pp. pale-green, yellowish-green, like the col- our of the first shoots of grass and herbage ; hence a) genr. green, verdant, like young herbage ; Mark 6: 39 inl TW X^WQM %<>$- TW. Rev. 8: 7. 9: 4. So Sept. for p-r Gen. 1: 30. Is. 15: 6. py 2 K. 19: 20. Ael. V. II. 13. 10. PluY. Romul. 20. Thuc. 4. 6. b) i. q. pale, yellowish ; Rev. G: 8 'ITT- TTOS jAwpof. Arternid. 1. 77 or 79 *>lw- p6? '/UQ o xgmos. Anlhol. Gr. III. p. 11 xlo>W v ffuQxu. Horn. II. 11. 631. -^Q>5" y six hundred and sixty six, the number for which these letters stand, viz. x G 00 * * 60 ff 6 5 see Buttm. 2. u. 3. Rev. 13: 18. Xoi'xoc, r) y ov, ( zoog, ^ot-c, ) of earth, earth/, terrene, 1 Cor. 15 : 47, 48 bis, 49. Only in N. T. Xotn^ ixo?, f), a cheenix, an Attic measure for grain and things dry, equal to the 48th part of the Attic medirnnus, or to the eighth part of a Roman modi us, and consequently nearly equivalent to one quart English ; comp. in KoQog and Modiog. A choenix of grain was the daily allowance for one man, whether soldier or slave, Hdot. 7. 187. See Boeckh Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 99 sq. Rev. 6: 6 bis, %olvi* alrov dr,v(X(jlov, xal *Qfi? Xolvixsg y.(ii,&ijg 8r]vaQiov, implying excessive dearness, since the ordinary price of a medimnus of wheat in Attica and Sicily did not exceed five or six drachmae or denarii ; see Boeckh 1. c. p. 102 sq. Sept. Ez. 45: 10, 1 1. Ael. V. II. 1. 20. Diod. Sic. 19. 49. Xen. An. 1.5. 6. Z, ou y 6, ij, a swine, porker ; Matt. 7: 6, comp. in Kvwv b. Matt. 8: 30, 31, 32 bis. Mark 5:11, 12,13, [14,] 16. Luke 8: 32, 33. 15: 15, 16. Ael. V. H. 2. 11. Hdian. 5. 6. 21. Xen. An. 7.8.5. co, f. 7/o-w, (xoti\ bile, gall,) pp. to be bilious, melancholy, mad, i. q. |ucAa//oAw, Aristoph. Nub. 833. Later and in N. T. i. q. /oAofyeu, to be full of gall, to be angry, enraged, intrans. c. dat. pers. John 7: 23 quot O/UXT/ 3 Mace. 3: 1. Mosch. 1.10. Artemid. 1. 4. Diog. Laert. 9. 66. Schol. in Aristoph. Plut. 12, xo^nv' nuQct rdig 'Anwols, 10 ^ul- vto&at ' naqu toig xoivolg, TO a&ai. to pour out,) Hit bile, gall, Palaeph. 27. 2. Theophr. Char. 11 or 19. Tauchn. Then as the seat of anger, choler, wrath, Luc. Fugit. 19. Dem. 778. 8. In N. T. gall, bitter- ness, viz. a) i. q. poison, venom, trop. Acts 8: 23 fig yaQ y>oti\v nixglctg . . . UQW as ovja, i. q. fig xotijv nixgav, bitter gall, venom ; comp. Buttm. 123. n.4. Sept. pp. for UiNn poppy, poison, Deut. 29: 17. 32: 32. Plut. Rornul. 17 atvnsQ lov xal %o- Jiijg iviwv &")]Qi(t)v. b) from the Heb. bitter herbs, e. g. wormwood, pof>py, myrrh, etc. Matt. 27: 34 eduxav UVTM mslv o$og fifja xo^i}g utmyusvov, cornp. Mark 15: 23 ; see fully ii\"0$og. Sept. for 7723^ worm- wood, Prov. 5: 4. Larn. 3: 15 ; and for CN'n poppy, Ps. 69: 22. Jer. 8: 14. ooQy o, (xew, /ow,) contr. nominal. , gen. ^06?, dat. /o'/', ace. %ovv, comp. Passow s. v. Buttm. 58. p. 101 ; earth, as dug out and thrown up, heap of earth, mound, Hdot. 1. 150 o ;roi' o e$OQV X &elg. Pol. 4. 40. 7. Thuc. 2/76. In N. T. genr. loose earth, dirt, dust ; 896 Mark 6: 11 ixuvu$uis iov x^ v * * * i. q. xoviogiog in Matt. 10: 14 ; see in 'Zxiivuvau. (So Sept. for ^y Is. 52: 2.) Rev. 18: 19 tfialov xvv &* $ xfcpaAtt? aiTwv, sc. in token of grief, mourning ; see in 2noS6<;, and so Sept. for 1D3? Josh. 7: 6. Sept. genr. for ID? Gen. 2: 7. 2 Chr. 1: 9. Hdian. 8. 4. ijl .Xbpr/^tV, ;, iiulec. Chorazin, writ- ten also in Mss. Xoga&'iv, Xtogoc&v, or ZWQct Ziv, a place of Galilee mentioned in connexion with Betbsaida and Caper- naum, and probably near them, Matt. 11: 21. Luke 1O. 13. According to Eusebius in Onornast. Chorazin was a town (XWJUTJ) of Galilee, two Roman miles from Capernaum ; see Rosenm. Bibl. Gcogr. JI. ii. p. 72. Reland Palaest. p. 721 sq. chorus-leader, from #00, /cu,) to be chorus-leader, to lead a chorus of singers and dancers, Anthol. Gr. I. 73. trop. Luc. Necyom. 16. Plato Theaet. 27. p. 179. D. Then, to had out or furnish a chorus on public occasions at one's own expense, for which purpose at Athens persons called ^o^/ot were appointed from each tribe, Dern. 565. 1 1. Xen. Mem. 3.4.3,6. Xen, Ath.1.13 *o- Qr}/oixn ol nkovffioi. Comp. Sturz Lex. Xerioph. art. /O^TJ/O?. Potter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 86. Hence genr. and in N. T. to furnish, to supply, to give, c. ace. 1 Pet. 4: 11 IS Iffxvog rjg [ijv] xogyyti o &s6?. 2 Cor. 9: 10 o de ETT^O^T^WV an&ouot na iov ffTiogov vuwv, for the Opt. comp. Matth.513. Buttm. 139. n.7. Winer 42. 5. p. 236. Ecclus. 1: 10, 25. Ael. V. H. 4. 19. Hdian. 1. 6. 9. Diocl. Sic. 2. 35 /o7j/ov ^Aw^oJ /oTw. Luke 12: 28. John 6: 10. 1 Cor. 3: 12*. James 1: 10, 11. 1 Pet. 1: 24 ter. Rev. 8: 7. 9: 4. Also of spring- ing grain, Matt. 13: 26. Mark 4: 28. 897 Sept. for *V2h Ps. 38: 2. Is. 40: 7, 8. ntos; Gen. 2: 5. T Prov. 19: 12. Pint. Romul. 8. Xen. An. 1. 5. 5 ov /(> TJV XOQiog, ovdi a'Mo dsvdqov ovdev, aAAa Xova$ f or, o, Chuzas, pr. n. of the steward of Herod Antipas, Luke 8: 3. See in 'ETiirgonog a. c, see in Xoog. tf) 9 co, f. fjVw, contracted in i) instead of a, like a'w, Buttm. 105. n. 5. The root /w under different forms, has in prose four different significa- tions, viz. />ao) to utter an oracle, not found in N. T; xi/gypi to lend ; /^ao^uat to use ; ZQI] impers. it needs, behooves ; see in Buttm. 114. p. 307 sq. and more fully Passow in ^w. I. XiX@i]{4i, to lend, see in its order. II. Xydopat,, f. TjffOfiai, depon. Mid. to use, to make use of, seq. dat. Buttm. 133. 3. 1. Matth. 396. 1. So of things, Acts 27: 17 fiorj&eiaig ixq&rco. 1 Cor. 7: 21, 31. 9: 12, 15. 2 Cor. 1: 17. 3: 12. 1 Tim. 1: 8. 5: 23 oftoi lU/tf /?C 5. Wisd. 2: 6. Jos. Ant. *10. 2. 1. Ael. V. H. 5.1. Xen. Cyr.l. 4. 4. Mem. 3. 14. 4. Of persons, i. q-. to use well or ill, to treat, c. dat. Acts 27: 3 (pduv- \}Q(tf7i(ag TC o lov^iog TO> /ZavAw /Q^tra- H*vog. impl. 2 Cor. 13: 10. Sept. for 1: nfty Gen. 16: 6. 19: 8. 1 Mace. 13: 46. Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 1 xadtnwg. Ildian. 3. 13. 8. Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 5. III. Impers. ^gr\, imperf. i,, Buttrn. 114. p. 308 ; pp. 'there is use for,' i. q. it needs, it behooves, it ought, Germ, es braucht ; c. inf. James 3: 10 ov XQTJ . . . Ti'T ot/rai yivw&ui, i. e. these things ought not so to be. Comp. Buttm. 129. 10. Jos. Ant. 14. 13. 7 il xgn Ttoinv. Ael. V. H. 2. 12. Hdian. 1. 6. 18. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19. 24. Conv. 4. 47. 1. use, usage, employment, i. e. act of using, Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 25 ngog T?)V tov 'innov ^stv. ib. 2. 4. 1. In N. T. me- lon. thai in which one is employed, an employment, affair, business ; Acts 6: 3 oi)$ xcnaaTrjO'optv enl T?~jg XQ l ' ia< > ww fflf 2 Mace. 7 : 24. 15 : 5. Jos. B. J. 2. 20. 3 ovx iniwrivav [avrbv] rat 113 Pol. 3. 45. 2 Tot 7it il l$(xntia ' ^ e n. Mem. 3. 3. 3. ih. 3. 12. 6. b) of personal need, necessity, want ; Acts 20: 34 TT? X9^ ai ? l tov VTTIJ^ ir]U(xv oil xtiQf? avicti. Rom. 12: 13. Phil. 2: 25. 4: 19. ? iijv XQ^ av f or one's need or wants, Phil. 4: 16. fig rag XQuetS id. Tit. 3: 14. r nQog XQ s ' iav -> things for need, such things as were necessary to us, Acts 28: 10. Ecclus. 29: 2. Plut. Cato Maj. 3. Luc. de Merc, cond. 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 10. c) Elsewhere only in the phrase XQtiav t%w, to have need, i. q. to need, to want, e. g. () genr. and seq. genit. to have need of; Matt. 9: 120^ /'>> t/ovaiv ol iff/vovTsg imgov. 21: 3. 26: 65 TI tit xQtluv s'xofiff fiaQTVQwv ; Mark 2: 17. 11: 3. 14: 63. Luke 5: 31. 9: 11 Toi'C xQflav s/ovTai; &fQ(X7tflctg. 35:7. 19: 31, 34. 22: 7J. John 13: 29. ^1 Cor. 12: 21 bis, 24 ov ZQ&lav t/n sc. flff/rjuoffv- vriq. Heb. 5: 12 bis. 10: 36. Rev. 21:23 ; 22: 5. Seq. infin. act. Matt. 14: 16 01 XQtitxv t%oi'&iv (tTiEk&tiv. John 13: 10. 1 Thess. 1: 8. 4:9; also inf. pass. Matt. 3:14. 1 Thess. 5:1. Comp. Buttm. 140. 3. Matth. 535. n. Winer 45. p. 282. Seq. 'A>, see in "iva no. 3. a. e. John 2: 25. 16: 30. ] John 2: 27. Sept. c. gen. for yon Prov. 18: 2. Is. 13: 17. c. gen. Ecclus. 13: 6. Pol. 9. 12. ]. Diod. Sic. 18. 42. (/J) Of per- sonal need, want ; c. gen. Matt. 6:8 oiSs yuQ o 7TT)9 I'/iwy, MV xQtlav S^CTS. 1 Thess. 4: 12. Rev. 3: 17. Absol. to have need, i. q. to be in need) to be in want, Mark 2: 25 ii snolr,crs Jufild, ore XQtlav IO/F, Acts 2: 45. 4: 35. Eph. 4: 28 [tejadidovat, rw xQ tttV #om. 1 John 3:17. j ov, o, Cr?'o$, Att. 898 XQBois debt, u/], /oa'rt,) to need, to have need of, to want, to desire ;.scq. .TOIL Matt. ': 32 et Luke 12:30 ol8t yitQ O TiailjQ rUMV . . . Oil XQ ] l'lfTt rOl'TWV TtdvTcav. Luke 11: 8. Rom/Ui: 2. 2 Cor. 3: 1. Synirn. for ypr: Job 22: 3. lidian. 4.11. 10. X.MI. Cyi : .'4. 5. 22. usable, usrftd, what one can use, what one needs, Xeu. Oec. 1. 7 sq. Hence geur. and in N. T. profit, richts, wealth, usually Plur. lu %yi]uuia, Matt. 10: 23 ol r zifijfiuTu t/ovrts, i. e. the mi: Luke 18: 24. Sept. for SPOr: Josh. 22: 8. 2 Chr. 1: 11, 12. Hdinii.'S. 13. II. Plut.Vit.Thes.3. Thuc.1.8. Xeu. Spec, money; once Sing. Acts 4: 37 ^vt/xf TO %o,r,ua, i. e. the price, 5. q. tip] in 5: 2. Plur. Acts 8: 18, 20. 24: 26. Sept. for 5] 9.5 Job 27: 17. -1 Mace. 14: 32. Jos. B: j. 1. 8. 1. Hdian. 5. 4.4. Diod. Sic. 13. 106. In Greek writers also i.'q. thing, matter, business, nyu'/- IAU, Palaeph. 31. 8. Pol. 12. 15. 8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 34. XfHjfltCll$fQ) f. IffOl, (/QijflU,) to do business, to be engaged in business, either private or public, Sept. 1 K. 18: 27. Ael. V. H. 3. 4 TtVW dt]jUOffl(HV XKl Y.QIVMV Thuc. 1.87. Espec. in trade and money affairs, Mid. to do good business, to make projit, to gain, Jos. Ant. 16. 10. 1. Ael. V. H. 4. 12. Xen. Lac. 7. 3, 5. Mem. 2.6.3. Of kings and magistrates, fo do business publicly, i. e. to give audi- ence and answer as to ambassadors, pe- titioners, etc. to give response or decis- ion, Jos. Ant. 1 1.3. 2 o fittadtig . . . y.n- 8. 12! 2. ' Pol.' 4. 27. 9 o di pavihvc 'I'tiirniog, zorjuixrlffug lot^Axmolc. ib. 5. 81. 5. Luc. Tox. 44. Dem. 250. 10. Xen. Ath. 3. 2. Hence in N. T. n) spoken in respect to a divine re- sponse, oracle, declaration, i. q. to give response, to speak as an oracle, to warn from God, absoi. Heb. 12:25 rov inl Moses, who consulted God and deliv- ered to the people the divine responses, precepts, warnings, and the like. So Sept. of a prophet, for -13*7 Jer. 26: 2 ; of God, 30 : 2. 36: 4. Jos'. Ant. 10. 1. 3 6 tie nQOi]ri]g . . . XQrjuailffrtvrog avrvt tov -0~(oi!. ib. 11. 8. 4 i/QriUMTifftv UVIM y.aiu roug vnvovg u &tog. Diod. Sic. 3. 6 TOI^ &foi>g ttviolg ravin xf^7j ( uef7/xc- vai. Pass, of persons, to receive a divine response, warning, etc. to be warned or admonished of God, absoi. Heb. 8: 5 wj xL/Qijiidriffiai JMGH'trJjjC. Seq. inf. Matt. 2:12. A c t s 1 0: 22 vn o v.yyil o u. Seq . >. 1 1:7. c. v.ai bvao Matt. xrtXorjUauo'usvov vno rov t'ou.' Jos. Ant. II. 8. 4Tt> '', a divine oracle. b) In the later Greek usage, i. q. 4 to do business under ajiy name, as any one ;' hence genr. to take or bear a name, to be named, called, constr. with the name in apposit. Acts II:! rs HQbnov iv *Avr.io%dn roi'g XQiarictvovg. Horn. 7: 3 [101% uuriLft,. Jos. Ant. 13. 11. 3^ Ao? . . . ZQiifiarlffai; fjev f7>J.Hjjt ( . Plut. M. Anton. 54 fin. K\fonurQu . . . via "fo-ig (ZQ^an'^f. Diod. Sic. 1. 44. ib. 20. 53. Pol. 5. 57. 2. pp. 'the doing of business;' hence, business, projit, gain, Pint. Philopoem.4. Dem. 568. 18. the giving audience, re- sponse, decision, Ael. V. H. 9. 13. Pol. 28. 14. 10. In N. T. a response from God, oracle, Horn. 11: 4. 2 Mace. 2: 4. S l h oy > 0^/ lft '>) usa - '., useful, projiiable. 2 Tim. 2: 14 tig Sept. for yx.3 Gen. 37: 26. n'r^ Kx. 15: 4. -L VVisd. 8: 7. Xcn . Mein> t?, Cf>c, y, ( zguoficu, ) use, a using, Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 5. Hdian. 3. 14. 13. Xen. Lac. 7. 6. ' In N. T. spec, of the use of the body in sexual inter- 899 course, Rom. 1: 20, 27. Ocell. Lucan. 4 7T0 T^V'TWV aq>Qodial(av /o?;cw. Luc. Amor. 25 ^JJtr/c Trattfix?;, comp. 19. XpyoTtvOfAQtj depon. Mid. (XQH- OTO?,) to show oneself xQ^rog, i. e. to be good-natured, gentle, kind ; 1 Cor. J3: 4 / uyunri paxQo&vnei Only in N. T. Aoytcr, ae, ?/, ( good-natured discourse, good words, kind address; Rom. 16: 18 fltw TJ]J /o^oroAo/ia? xat ctAo//a?. The- ophyl. ad h. 1. jifijffToloyia ' xolaxflct, otttv ra jUEr yrjuaTct cpdiag r\, ij # <5i- yota ddiov yi^iovaa. Eustnih. in II. , p. 1437. 55. Comp. Hdian. 8. 3. 10. 22 ter, Ide ovv yor^i. &tov . . . 1* 8s as fiU, profitable, fit, good for any use, e. g. a) of things ; Luke 5: 39 o nn\aiog [dlvog] 0prrovifO$ Am, if better sc. for drinking. Comp. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 689 sq. So Sept. of figs, for 31 D , Jer. 24: 2, 5. Athen. XIII. p. 585. E, olvor xQWtov P*v, oUyov da. Theophr. Char. 2. 4. genr. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 7. Hdian. 3. 13. 3. Dem. 183. 22. Trop. good, gentle, easy to use or bear, Malt. 11: 30 6 yuq 170? uov /^oro?. So in a moral sense, useful, good, virtuous, in the proverb 1 Cor. 15: 33 cpf>(l(>ov(Tiv i)&i] xQijVTot ttfjutui xaxal, quoted from Menand. in Poet. Gnorn. p. 187. Tauchn. So TI&I] XQ. Aristoph. Nub. 956 or 959. rjfro; %Q. Luc. Phalar. pr. 7. tqyu XQ. Hdian. 2. 4. 11. Xen. Ath. 1. 5 axyifisict 7iistWy tc T ^jjffT. b) of persons, useful towards others ; hence good-natured, good, gentle, Kind. Luke 6: 35 aviog [6 &fo?] zQijtnoc *errt inl TOI? u%ttuiffTOig y.al novi^ovs. Eph. 4: 32. 1 Pet. 2: 3. Neut^ r^ yorjorot', goodness, kindness, i. r^ >j* /(/Tjcmmjc, Rom. 2: 4. Sept. genr. f6/ i*t3 Ps. 34: 9. 86: 5. 1 Mafic. 6: 1L Jos? Ant. 8. 8'. 1. Hdian. 2. 6. 3. Dem. 145. 10. Xen. Mern. 1. 2. 20. pp. usefulness, sc. of persons towards others, i. q. goodness, gentleness, kind- n>ss. a) genr. Rom. 2: 4 i] ^ov nXovtov T?Js CfUTOU . . . XaTaOViT/ 11: i. e. ifihon continue in his kintfness, if thou continue worthy of it. 2 Cor. 6: 6. Gal. 5: 22. Eph. 2: 7. Col. 3: 12. Tit. 3: 4. Sept. for 3353 P. 25: 7. 31: 20. 145: 7. Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 2. Ael. V. H. J. 30. Hdian. J. 4. 11. Pint. Aristid. 27 fin. b) trop. in a moral sense, goodness, i. q. good, righteousness, uprightness, comp. in X^triog a, fin. Rom. 3: 12 oix eon noioJv ^^(TTor7jr, quoted from Ps. 14: 1, 3, where Sept. for nit3. Hdian. 2. 10. 7. XpMflCf, ctioc, TO, ( x$iu> } PP. 'something rubbed in, ointed,' e. g. oil for anointing, ointment, unguent, Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 3. Ael. V. H. 3. 13. Xen. Anab. 4. 4. 13. Meton. chrism, an anointing, unction, Sept. for rilrriO Ex. 29: 7. 30: 25. In N. T. trop. ofChris- tians, an anointing, unction from God, in the gifts and graces of the Holy Spirit imparted to them ; 1 John 2: 20 ^o TOU uyov, xa ol'dars ndvra. v. 27 bis. The allusion is to the anointing and consecration of kings and priests, 1 Sam. 10: 1. 16: 13. 1 K. 1: 39. Ex. 28: 41. 40: 15. Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 1. comp. Jahn 223, 367. This was emblematic of a divine spirit de- scending and abiding upon them from God ; as was afterwards the laying on of hands ; Dent. 34 : 9. Joel 3:1 [2 : 28]. Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 2. Comp. Matt. 3: 16, 17. Acts 2: 1 sq. 8: 15, 17. 1 Cor. c. 12. XptOTiaroe, fWj o, ( XQKTTOS, ) a Christian, Acts 1 1: 26. 26: 28. 1 Pet. 4: 16. Act. Thorn. 22. Luc. de Mort. Peregr. 12. Xpitnv?, ?], ov, (XQW>) anointed, as Sept. o ifQtis o /oio-iog for "JHSPr iT'72n, the high-priest, Lev. 4: 3, 5, ll5 ;*also 2 Mace. 1: 10 ; comp. Ex. 28: 41. 40:15. Subst. o xQtviog sc. rov xv- QIOV, the anointed of the Lord, spoken of the Hebrew kings, comp. in Xylcruot fin. 1 Sam. 12: 3, 5. 16: 6. 2 Sam. 1: 14. Ps. 18: 51. 28: 8; once of Cyrus, Is. 45: 1. In N. T. o Xymioi;, the Christ, the Anointed, i. q. hMTTan , the Messiah, the King constituted* of 900 Xpovog God ; pp. as an appellative of Jesus the Saviour, but often passing over into a proper name or cognomen. For the character of the Messiah and his king- dom, pee fully in Baadtia c. a) pp. as an appellative : () Ahsol. 1 t> XQtffiog, the Christ, the Messiah ; Mark 15: 32 6 XQiaiog, 6 fictffihvg lov *IaQ(tr,L John 1:42 TO? Mtwinv, o fffit fte&fQ- ftrfVtvofttrov 6 XQimog. 4: 42 o fc>Tr ^ Xen. Venal. 5.7. c. juera Hdian. 5. 6. 2. Xen. Venat. 1. 2. (/?) Accus. %QQvov, ygovovs, marking duration, time how long, Buttm. 131. 8. Mark 2 : 19 ovov XQOVOV . . . e/owt TOV vv[t(flov. Luke 20:9 uTCEdrj- uT)ff XQ OVOV $ ixttvovg. John 5: 6 nokvv Xoovov. 7: 33 [UXQOV XQOVOV. 12: 35. 14: 9. Acts 13: 18. 19: 22. 20: 18. 1 Cor. 16: 7. Rev. 6: 11. 20: 3. So Sept. for fjr Deut. 12: 19. 22: 19. Josh. 4: 14. Xg. fitxQov for 3?;n Is. 54:7. Ceb. Tab. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 4 nhlw XQ OVOV ' P^ 3. 64. 4 roffovioi's /Qovovg. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 13. (/) Dat. xpo'ftw, /poVo^, marking time when, in or during which, etc. comp. Matth. 406. a. Winer 31. 3. p. 176. Buttm. 133. 3. 4. Luke 8: 29 TioA/LoIc yotQ /Qovotg vvvctQndxti av- TOV, i. e. in, during, since long time. Acts 8: 1 1. Rom. 16: 25 xQovoig aiwvloi?, comp. l>elow in b. Hdian. 5. 3. 5 /uax^w XQoro). Soph. Trach. 599. b) Spec, by the force of adjuncts XQovo? sometimes stands for a cA^Au^w? xgovog TOV /3/ou. With an adjective, pronoun, or the like ; Matt. 2: 16 xara TOV XQOVOV ov iixgifitaffs. Acts 1: 6 iv x^ovoj TOUIW. Jude 18 Iv lffx<*T 'ffx a ' to ? b. ft. 2 Tim. 1:9 et Tit. 1: 2 nyo XQO- vwv aioavlwv, see in Aiwvioq b. 1 Pet. 4:2 TOV eitiiioinov Iv atxgxl x^vov. So Sept. for pT Ecc. 3:1. Palaeph. 52. 1. Ael. V. H. Vl. 3. Dem. 399. 9. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 12 TOV %Tovg XQ OVOV > ib- 2. 1. 34 TOV oj, w, f. IJO- to wear away time, to spend time, to delay, intrans. Acts 20: 16. Aristot. Rhet. 3. 3. Eustath. in II. ^. 1447. 11. ib. 1450. 38. Xp uoeo?, fr) 9 cov, contr. ypvoovg, ^, oi~v, (xQvao?,) golden, of gold; 2 Tim. 2: 20 ffxsvr) xQVffSi. Heb. 9:4 bis, (TT,U- voq xQvan. Rev. 1: 12, J3, 20. 2: 1. 4: 4. 5: 8. 8: 3 bis. 9: [7,] 13, 20. 14: 14. 15: 6, 7. 17: 4. 21: 15. Sept. for Srn Gen. 41: 42. Ex. 3: 22. Jos. Ant. 11. 1. 3. B.J.7.1.3. Hdian. 5.5.20. Xen. Mern. 3. 8. 6. Xpvaiov, ou, TO, (dim. of XQv o, ( a leek,) chrysoprase, a precious stone of a greenish golden colour, like a leek, i. e. usually apple-green passing into a grass-green. Rev. 21: 20. Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 20, 21. Rees' Cyclop. art. Chrysoprase and Gems. Xguao?) ov 9 o, gold, a) genr. Matt. 2: 11 /01'ffov, xat Ufiavov. 23: 16, 17 bis. Acts 17: 29. 1 Cor. 3: 12. Rev. 18: 12. 9: 7 in text. rec. Sept. for nnt 2 Chr. 3: 7. Ezra 1: 6. Prov. 17: 3. Luc. Contempt. 4. Hclian. 8.7. 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 27. b) melon. () i. q. golden ornaments, 1 Tim. 2: 9 1\ /grow, % (.laoyaqliuig. Rev. 17: 4 et 18: 16 in text. rec. Luc. de Dom. 8 TW XQ v c> TOr] /gww v. /gim'o), com p. Engl. 'togild with gold.' 18:16. So Sept. /gwow zgvalvf for irV fJS Ex. 26: 32,' 37. 36: 34. 'simpl. 2*K. 'l8: 16. Luc. Philops. 19. Plut. Philopoem. 9. Diod. Sic. 4. 47. o, (kindr. pp. surface of a body, espec. of the human body, the skin, Sept. for -n? Ex. 34: 29, 30. Xen. Oec. 10.5; also colour, complexion, teint of the skin, Diod. Sic. 2. 6. Genr. and in N. T. the body, Acts 19: 12 TTO iov /gwTo? o-ovduQia, i. e. which had been on his body. Sept. for -ita Lev. 13: 2 sq. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9.' 50. Xen. Conv. 4. 54. oc, t) 9 ov, (obsol. /aw, /aAtt,) lame, halt, crippled in the feet, spoken of pej-sons ; Matt. 11: 5 xat /coAot Tifpt- natovtri. 15:30,31. 18:8. 21: 14. Luke 7: 22. 14 : 13, 21. John 5 : 3. Acts 3: 2, [11]. 8:7. 14 : 8. Trop. Heb. 12: 13, see in '/ixT^grrw a. Once, lame from the loss of a foot, for avnTtygog, maimed, Mark 9: 45 ; comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 474 marg. Sept. for rj3S Lev. 21 : 17. Deut. 15 : 21. Ael." V.' H. 11. 9 fe/|? X TaAa- ii,M}v /a>>y, the Galatian country, the region or province of Galatia. 26: 20. c. gen. avTwv Matt. 2 : 12. So genr. Matt. 4: 16 iv XuQff xai axtu -Savdiov, cornp. in Oavaroq d. (Is. 9:1.) Opp. to the sea, Acts 27: 27. Sept. for yn Gen. 42:9. Job 1:1. Jon. 1:8. nD'Hfc 1 K. 20: 14 sq. Jos. Ant. 11. 1. 1 tv \'^ 'lovdaln /o'^. ib. 17. 2. 2. Hdian. 6. 7. 10 ri]v '/TttAwy ZMQUV. Xen. An. 5. 6. 25. Vect. 1. 3 wvntQ 8s 1} yv), OVTOJ xat 7] negl irjv /w^wv ^ATT napcpogbnaTij Iffil. (/5) Melon, for the inhabitants of a country or region ; Mark 1: 5 |TIO- Qvero TiQog alibr nttffa y 'lovduia /o>^a. Acts 12: 20. Ecclus. 47: 18. b) put with the name of a town or city, etc. a district, territory, around and belonging to that city ; Malt. 8: 28 tig rrjv /w^v iuv rfQ/foyvuv. Mark 5: 1. Luke 8: 20. imp!. Mark 5: 10. Luke 2: 8. Hdian. 3. 9. 5,6. Diod. Sic. 1. 56. Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 7. c) spec, the country, the open country, fields ; as opp. to the city, Luke 21: 21 ol Iv -twig /wgat?, opp. r\ < /^ot'0 1 aA//i in v. 20. Dem. 255. ult. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 903 43. As sown, tilled, harvested, Luko 12: 16. John 4:35 dfaaotff&e tag /w^a?, OTI Ai>xat (iff i TiQog &fQiauov. James 5: 4. Ecclus. 43: 3. Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. Hdian. 6. 4. 11. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 11. r, see Xogatyr. 'tD, w, f. 2 dvr. uij ^OMOVfisvrjif iw -[OHM. Ael. V. H. 1. 3. Th'uc. 2. 17. (/?) Trop. to receive, e. g. a doctrine, matter, to admit, to assent to, c. ace. Matt. 19: 11 ov navifg ^tooowt ibv ioyov IOLIOV. impl. v. 12 bis. Act. Thorn. 50. Plut. Cuto Min. 64 ovde TO Kaiarog (f>^6vi]un Xwyovfft. Also persons, to receive to one's heart, affection ; 2 Cor. 7: 2 x M Q*r crait i}(4ug, in allusion to c.6:ll, 12, 13. So Chrysost. ad h. 1. (fi^auis ue. pt"a)j f. IffM, ( ^w^tV, ) to put apart, to separate, to sunder, trans. n Act. Matt. 19: 6 et Mark 10: 9 Rom. 8 : 35 iig 7//.ta? ^wotVft ano ifa otydrtijg TOV XQ. v. 39. Pass. Heb. 7:26. Pol. 6. 31. 4. Plut.CatoMaj.2. Pass. Hdot, 1.4. c. UTIO Wisd. 1: 3. /wt- 0-^105 ano Plato Phaedo 12. b) Mid. (up/bj*ttt, and aor. 1 pass. i%w()ia&Jiv as Mid. to separate oneself, to depart, e. g. from a person, c. ano, 1 Cor. 7:10 yvvtxlxa unb avdyog ui] %WQI- a&ijvat.. absol. v. 1 1, 15 bis. Philem. 15. Of a wife, Isaeus 73. 2. genr. Sept. for bW Neb. 9: 2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 8. From a place, i. q. to go away, to de- part, c. JTO, Acts 1: 4 TTO c /?ow. /it; XWQl&ff&ai. c. , Acts 18: 1 /wota^ft? 6 TIwtAos x Toil' A&yrwv. v. 2. c. tx, Pol. 3. 90. 2. c. ?, 2 Mace. 5: 21. Pol. 5. 2. 8. Diod. Sic. 19. 65. ovv u a, Seq. ano c. gen./rom any thing, v, ou } 10, dimin. in form but not in sense, comp. Buttm. 119. n. 15. p. 330 ; place, spot, Hdian. 2. 9. 8. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 26. a country, region, Luc. D. Deor. 20. 5. Xen. H. G. 5. 1.7. In N. T. like Engl. place, i. q. a fold, farm, possession; Matt. 26: 36 et Mark 14: 32 dg ;rw0tW Af/o- (jifyov I'e&ff quart), comp. John 18 : 1 where it is XJ/TIOC. John 4 : 5. Acts 1: 18 fxTiLOV ' v. 19 bis. 5: 3, 8. Plur. T /c.)^/, possessions, estates, Acts 4: 34. 28: 7. Sept. for D^ 1 Chr. 27: 27. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 12. Ael. V. H. 14. 44. Thuc. 1. 106. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 1. Xcopi'c, adv. and prep, (obsol. /aw, kindr. with x&Qog, ^w^a,) apart, sepa- rately, asunder ; comp. Buttm. 146. 2. Winer 58. 6. a) Adv. John 20: 7 x^S Ivreivh- yulvov.Jos. Ant. 17. 11. 2. Pol. 6. 26. 3. Xen. An. 6. 6. 2. b) Prep. c. gen. corn p. Buttm. and Winer I. c. apart from, i. q. without. (a) genr. Matt. 13:34 et Mark 4:34 ^w- Qig naQufioliig. Luke 6: 49 /Wu? ot$ auaQilac, yet without sin. 7: 7, 20, 21. 9: 7, 18, 22,' 28. 10: 28. 11: 6, 40. 12: 8, 14. James 2: 20, 26 bis. Luc. Parasit. 17 ovis Inntmiv x w Q^$ VJITTOV. Diod. Sic. 3. 34 bis, /wot? vnodecrtws . . . Xcopog 904 Xojglg nvQog. Xen. An. 1.4. 13. (/5) i. q. X+gO?, ov, o, Lat. Corns, Caurus, besides, exclusive of; Matt. 14: 21 et 15: lhe Latjn name of the north . west wind . 38 X wQlg yvvctixuv xal nmoiwv. 2 Cor. y- Georg 3 27gj 356 Caes g G 11: 28. So Sept. for najpa Gen. 46: 5 7 Comp> Adam , s Rom Ant p 54g 26. Num. 16: 49. -ja ~l& 1 K. 5: 16. In N T meton ^ north-west, the Pol. 6. 56. 13. Diod. Sic. 2. 9. Xen. quarter whence Corus blows, Acts 27: Cyr. 1. 5. 5. jg f. y/aAw, (yw,) to touch, to twitch, to pluck, e. g. the hair or heard, yaU' s&siQctv Aeschyl.Pers. 1062. Suid. y/aAXojueVi}* nlKofisvr]. Espec. a string^ to twang, e. g. a carpenter's line in order to make a mark, Phil. Thess. Ep. 15 ; the string of a bow, TOOV VSVQUV yuMfiv Eurip. Bacch. 784; and so /5t'Aoc ex xtgctog i/;/uv Anthol. Gr. II. p. 240 ; of a stringed instru- ment of music, Aristot. Probl. %oydi}v yaMnv to touch or strike the chords ; Anacr. Fr. 16. 3. ed. Fisch. yuMa ni\- xilda. Hence oftenest absol. yaMs iv, to touch the lyre or other stringed instru- ment, to strike up, to piny, Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 9. Pint. Pericl. 1. Luc. Parasit. 17 OVTS yaq cti'ktiv IW xwolq ctvhwv, ovie yaUeiv ocvev kvqag. More general than xi&agl&tv and distinguished from it, Hdot. 1. 155. Dion. Halic. de Comp. Verbor 25. penult, p. 30. 43. ed. Sylhtirg. So Sept. yaMtiv iv // for p3 1 Sam. 16:23. 18:10. 19: 9. In Se'pt. and N. T. to sing, to chant, pp. as accom- panying stringed instruments; absol. James 5: 13. c. dat. pers. to or in hon- our of whom, Rom. 15: 9 TW ovofiarl . Eph. 5: 19 ^GuUoyTe? iv ijj xaqdltx i t uwv TU xvglin. So c. dat. of manner, 1 Cor. 14: 15 bis, iftulw TW nvti'uuii . . . TW vo'L'. Sept. oft c. dat. pers. for b "1737 Judg. 5: 3. 2 Sam. 22: 50. Ps. 9: : 3. 18': 50. 30: 5. 47: 7. Psalt. Sal. 3: 2 vfivov S, ou, o, (iftaMuo,) a touch- ing, twang, e. g. of a bowstring, TO|OV Eurip. Jon. 173 or 175; of stringed instruments, a playing, music, Anthol. Gr. II. p. 73, 74. IV. p. 257 ; tone, mel- ody, measure, as played, yulpbv 4v8tov Find. Fr. epinic.4. T. HI. p. 17. Heyne. In later usage, song, pp. as accompany- ing stringed instruments, Jos. Ant. 6. 11.3 TW i//aA//w xou Tolg vuvot$ t$a8eiv aliov. ib. 7. 4. 2. Pint. Alex. M. 67 uovaa avqlyymv xal avXaiv, wdii? IB xat yatyov. ib. Pomp. 24. In N. T. a psalm, a song, in praise of God. a) genr. 1 Cor. 1 4: 26 sxao-TO? vpuv y/od- pbv e^st. Eph. 5: 19 ya}.uo"i$ xal vfAVolg xa* Mdai? TtvsvfiotTixcug. Col. 3: 16. So Sept. for m73T Ps. 95: 2. 1173T33 in super- script. Vs. 3, 4, 5, sq. Ps4lt. Sal. 15:5 ifja/.uov xal ixlvov. b) spec, of the Psalms, the book of Psalms, as a part of the O. T. Luke 20: 42. 24: 44. Acts 1: 20. So Acts 13: 33 iv TW yi(jd(.iM TW deweQ(p. Comp. in /5, and Nouog c. /5. }i(]pOS 9 ov ? o, ( ysvdyg, a false brother, i. e. a false Christian, hypocrite, spoken apparently of Judaizing professors of Christianity, 2 Cor. 11:26. Gal. 2: 4. ov y 6, ( ymdi'jg, a false apostle, a pretended minister of Christ, 2 Cor. 11: 13. tPeudy?, fo? y ovg, o, i], adj. (i//v- doucu,) false, lying, deceiving ; Acts 6: 13 fiaQTVQag ysvdiig. Rev. 2: 2. Sept. for -0$ 1 K. 22: 22, 23. Prov. 12: 23. 19: 5, Arr. Epict. 3. 7. 15. Plut. de Adul. et Amic. 24. Thuc. 4. 27. By imp], false towards God, wicked, ungod- ly, Rev. 21: 8 fidwlolidiQaig xal 905 rolg yfvdwi. Sept. for "ipy Prov. 28: (>. yen Prov. 8: 7. g, ou y o, y/ev- a y*ase teacher, one who teaches false doctrines, 2 Pet. 2: 1. As'/w,) speaking falsely, lying, spoken of false teachers, 1 Tim. 4: 2. genr. Luc. de Electr. 3 y/. av&gTOV Mark 14: 56, 57. Absol. fir) VsvdoiuxgTvgijvyg bear not false wit- ness Mark 10: 19. Luke 18: 20; also ov ifjevdoiAttg-rvQT/lffftg tliou shall not bear false witness Matt. 19: 18. Rom. 13: 9 ; all quoted from Ex. 20: 16 et Deut. 5: 18 where Sept. for -ij:uj is tt3*n tfb. For the difference, comp. in Mi] I. f./; espec. Ov a. /?. Jos. Aut. 3. 5. 5. 851. J3. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 11. etc, i, ew,) false witness, Matt. 15: 19. 26:59. Dem. 846. ult. Aridocid. 10.22. OV, o, g, ) a false prophet, i. e. one falsely professing to come as a prophet and ambassador from God, a false teach- er, comp. in //iooqp^T??? b. Matt. 7: 15. 24:11,24. Mark 13: 22. Luke 6: 26. Acts 13: 6. 2 Pet. 2: 1. 1 John 4: 1. Rev. 16: 13. 19: 20. 20: 10. So Sept. for araa Jer. 6:13. 26:8, 11, 16. Zech. 13:2. al." Test. XII Patr. p. 614. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 1. ib. 10. 7. 3. B. J. 6. 5. 2. c, oe, ov?, TO, (kindr. with yg,) falsehood, lying, a lie ; John 8: 44 oxav AaAi? TO yevdog. Eph. 4: 25, comp. Col. 3: 9. ' 2 Thess. 2: 9 cr. xoi rsgcKTt, yfvdovg, i. q. ymSwi, false, de- ceiving ; Buttm. 123. n. 4. v. 11. 1 John 2: 21, 27. Sept. for 373 Ps. 5: 7. ^DU3 Is. 44: 20. Jer. 5: 2. Ecclus. 51: 3/Ael. V. H. 5. 21. Pol. 12. 7.4. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 17. By impl. falsehood toward God, wickedness, ungodliness ; 114 so TTOttlv ipfvdog, to practise wickedness, Rev. 21: 27 noitlv fideh'/nn xal ysvdog. 22: 15. Comp. in Hoidw no. 2. a. d. Rev. 14: 5 in later edit, for <5oAo?. So Sept. and -h3 Hos. 7: 3. 1: 12 [11: 12]. Melon, of 'false religion, idolatry ; Rom. 1: 25 jum/AAttlav try ab'i&tuxv TOU &sov ev TO/ ifjevdei. Comp. in 'Adtxta no. 2. So Sept. of false gods, for Jer. 3:10. 13:25. ov, a false Christ, a pretended Messiah, Matt. 24: 24. Mark 13: 22. udco, f. o*w, f yevdos, ) to speak falsely, to lie to any one, to deceive, nva Soph. Oed. Col. 628, 1512. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 13. Pass, to be deceived, disap- pointed, c. gen. Thuc. 4. 108. Usually and in N. T. only depon. Mid. tyfvdo- Hai, f. si'cropcu, to speak falsely, to lie, to deceive; absol. Matt. 5: 11. Rom. 9: 1 ahrj&fKXV Jisyw, lv XQIOIM ' ov ysvdo- pai. 2 Cor. 11:31. Gal. 1: 20. 1 Tim. 2:7. Heb. 6:18. James 3:14 XT i^q alrj&elag. 1 John 1: 6. Rev. 3: 9. c. ace. pers. Acts 5: 3 yevaaa&al as TO nvevpn TO ayiov. Seq. fl'g iwa towards any one, Col. 3: 9. Sept. for 373 ab- sol. Prov. 14: 5. c. ace. Is. 57: 11. *25rl3 absol. Lev. 19: 11. c. ace. Deut. 33: 29! absol. Hdian. 1. 4. 21. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 36. c. ace. Hdian. 2. 11. 12. Xen. An. 1. 3. 10. ngog tiva Xen. An. 1. 3. 5. Also in N. T. and Sept. c. dat. of pers. to lie to any one, Acts 5: 4 ovtt tyfixroj otv&gwnoig, AA TW ^sw. So Sept. for ^ 373 Ps. 78:*36. 89:36. b 'tZJrro Ps.' 18: 45. Comp. Winer 3 S 1 . 2.' ' Q, ov 9 o, ?/, adj. falsely named, falsely so caled, 1 Tim. 6:20.- Philo de Vit. Mos. II. p. 161. 6 tovg ysvdatvvftovg sc. deovg. Pint. Rep. ger. Praec. 14. Aes- chyl. Prom, vinct. 716. a TO?, TO, ( yevdopai, ) a being false, falsehood, Symm. for "^|5'j5 Job 13: 4. 37 r 3 Ps. 61:3. Prov. 23:3. Luc. Tim. 55' T Plut. Artax. 13. In N. T. by \mp\. falsehood toward God, wick- edness, ungodliness ; Rom. 3: 7 a yag f\ 11 /A tov &eov tv tot tu~ ---' 906 , comp. v. 3, 4, 5. Comp. in Wei/doc, 3 AS win no. 2. IPevotlfG, oUy o, (yevdw,) one false, a liar, deceiver, John 8: 44, 45.- 1 Tim. 1: 10. Tit. 1: 12. 1 John 1: 10. 2: 4. 4: 20. 5: 10. So of a false teacher, im- postor, 1 John 2: 22, coll. v. 18. Ecclus. 25:2. Diod. Sic. 1. 76. Dem. 404. 5.- By imp!, one false toward God, an apostate, w icked person, Rom. 3:4. Cornp. in Wfixrua. So Sept. for SJ3 Prov. 19: 22, opp. dlxaiog. Ecclus. 15: 8 uvdgtg i, parull. avdgfs uuvtQTulol in v.7. rjAatfaco, , f. yaw, (yaw, i//Uw, to touch, to feel, to handle, trans. Luke 24: 39 lyqloKprjcraiG ps. Heb. 12: 18. 1 John 1: 1. Trop. to feel after, Acts 17: 27 el ixguye yyltx&i'jaeiav UVTOV xal tvoouv. Sept. pp. for "IJITS Gen. 27: 12, 21, 22. Judg. 16: 27. Aristoph. Eccles. 315 OTS d* yd* Ixslvo j//;;A(jpav ovx Idwaluyv (VQslv. Pol. 8. 31. 8. Xen. Eq. 2. 4. WypCyCo, f. Iff w, (y/ijiatv j ^amx?/, Heyne Aj>ollodor. 3. 10. 2. 9. p. 274. Most freq. a vote, spoken of the black and white stones or pebbles anciently used in voting, viz. the white for ap- proval or acquittal and the black for condemnation ; Ael. V. H. 13. 37 or 38 SITU rJ)V u&vuvav iufiuK'r) avtl iijg tatxTjs yijyov. Luc. Harmonid. 3 TWV aMwv kxcto"iov ulctv ifjijcpov (jpe^ovTwv, extivoi uovoi txaTegog aviwv dvo scptgov . . . (TV ye ttnl udhiffia 00*01 TIJV favxyv uel xai au'Qovaav cplgsig. Aeschin. 57. 10. Comp. Potter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 119. Hence in N. T. a) melon, vote, voice, suffrage ; Acts 26: 10 xT?jve/x j/^qpov I gave my vote, sc. with alacrity, zeal ; see in KaracpeQto no. 2. Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 2 TO psy &iiov r t dr) XT' avitav yycpov yvfyxe. Ael. V. H. 1. 34 T!)V xtxiadixciovffav ayaytiv y^cpov. Dem. 362. 1. Thuc. 1. 40. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 18. b) perh. i. q. tessera, a die, token; Rev. 2rl7 bis, TW vixavii . . . dwaw av- TW yi](f>ov fovxyv xal inl jyv yiiyov ovo- uu V.ULVOV yf/Qctuuevov. This some re- fer to a custom of the Roman emperors, who in the games and spectacles which they gave to the people in imitation of the Greeks, are said to have thrown among the populace dice or tokens in- scribed with the words 'frumentum, discus, servi, vestes,' etc. and whoever obtained one of these tokens received from the emperor's family whatever was thus marked upon it; see Xiphi- lin. de surnt. Titi ludis, p. 228 sq. So Eichhorn Comm. in loc. comp. Aretas in Eichhorn 1. c. Others suppose allu- sion to be made to the mode of casting Jots, in which sometimes tesserae or dice, tokens, with names inscribed up- on them were used, and the lot fell to him whose token first carne out ; comp. Eisner Obs. in N. T. II. p. 442. Potter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 333. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 302. In any case, the Asi/x?) i//>}- cpog was a symbol of good-fortune and prosperity; He*sych. JUtdrtj j/^qpo?' na- QOiULCt fJll TMV fvSctlUOVWg . . . (i)VT(t)V. In Greek writers nlso persons of dis- tinguished virtue are said to receive a y>ij(pos from the gods, i.e. an approving testimonial to their virtue ; Plut. Corn- par. Cirnon et Lucull. fin. wore xt T?}V nagut ioijt> &tuv yijcpov wi'ioiq 907 &> aya&olg xcei &doig tr\v cpixnv u^uqpo- isgoig. Comp. further in Eisner 1. c.p. 443. Wetst. N. T. II. p. 758. Cy ou y o, yivyCw to whisper, Sept. 2 Sam. 12: 19. Pol. 15. 27. 10,) a whispering, Plut. de rect. Rat. Audiendi 13 fin. Luc. Arnor. 15. In N. T. i. q. secret slander, detraction, 2 Cor. 12: 20. Plut. Conjug. Praec. 40. ed. R. VI. p. 543. 8. fyifrvgiaTrjc;, oJ, o, (ifn&V($u,} a whisperer, and by imp), a secret slan- derer, detractor, Rom. 1 : 30. Dem. 1358. 6 nctQu tbv yjt&vQt&Ti]v ' /cov, ou y TO, (dim. of yl a bit, crumb, from ylw, yaw, ) a little bit, crumb, of bread, meat, etc. Matt. 15: 27. Mark 7: 28. Luke 10: 21. Found only in N. T. q. v.) pp. the breath, Sept. for % Q: Job 41: 13. Gen. 1: 30. Usually and in N. T. vital breath, Lat. anima, through which the body lives and feels, i. e. the principle of life manifested in the breath, the soul, Heb. do: . a) pp. the soul as the vital principle, Lat. anima, i. e. the animal soul, the vital spirit. () genr. Luke 12:20 TU- ry tri vvtnl ti]v yvxi'jv aov aTiairovaiv ano aov. Acts 20: 10 f) yaq y/i'/>) aviov iv aviw eVm. Of beasts etc. Rev. 8: 9 T [xTto/jaToc] SXOVK* yvxag. So Sept > and tE.3 Gen. 35: 18. 1 K. 17: 21 Wisd. 15:8. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 8." Hdian. 2. 13. 16. Plut. Roraul. 28. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 19 sq. Mem. 1. 2. 53 jrjg yi#ifc d&Ji&ovffyg sc. TOU ffwparog. (/5) Melon. life itself ; Matt. 6:25 bis, ^ur/ papAttm ty yv%y . . . ov%l 77 yvxn nfalov sort tijg ffiyfc; Luke 12: 22, 23. Matt. 20: 28 et Mark 10: 45 dot/van irp yvjpp avtov . Mark 3: 4 et Luke 6: 9 o-uaai rfv. Luke 14: 26. 21: 19 see in i. Acts 15: 26. 20: 24. 27: 10, 22. Rom. 16: 4. Phil. 2: 30. 1 Thess. 2: 8. Rev. 12:11. So xi&svat, \rp yvxyv to lay down one's life John 10: 11, 15, 17. 13:37, 38. 15: 13. 1 John 3:16 bis; comp. in T/vfyju b. /5. tyft&v tip V W" itvog to 'seek one's life Matt. 2: 20. Rom. 11: 3 ; so Sept. and ^03 UJ^a Ex. 4: 19. 1 Sam. 20: 1. So Sept. genr. for ije: Gen. 19: 17, 19. 44: 30. Ex. 21: 23. Ael. V. H. 13. 20. Pol. 28. 9. 4. Eu- rip. Heracl. 551 ii]v i^.r\v yi'xvv f/w 81- dwfi' txovaa. Xen. Au. 4. 6. 4. ib. 3. 3. 44. In antithetic declarations of Jesus, yji'X*i refers not only to natural life, but also to life as continued beyond the grave ; John 12: 25 bis, 6 qpdwv iyv yv- X*]v avTov, wTro^e'cm amr t v xcd o (Jiiatnv ir t v yjv%riv (xirtov ev TW xoo-^uw TOUTW, sig ^wi]v aiwviov cpvhd&i, avri]v, where av- ii\v (for ii]v yi'xijv) refers to eternal life. So Matt. 10: 39 bis. 16 : 25 bis. Mark 8: 35 bis. Luke 9: 24 bis. 17: 33. So as including the idea of life or the spirit both natural and eternal, Matt. 1G: 26 bis. Mark 8: 36, 37 ; comp. Luke 9: 25. (y) Of a departed soul, ghost, shade, separate from the body ; spoken in Greek mythology of the shades, manes ghosts, inhabiting Hades ; comp. Passow no. 2. Rev. 6: 9 T yn#ae TCUV eVqpa/^- rwv diu tov loyov TOU &tov. 20: 4. Acts 2: 27, 31, oux eyxuTodslyiEtg fijv yvxi)v pov etc; adov, quoted from Ps. 16: 10 where Sept. for UJBJ. Wisd. 3: 1 di- Kulrnv ds ifjvxal iv xMQi&eov. Act. Thorn. 22. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 2 yvvaiov . . . TS TWV Tstf-y^xoTwy yv%uc exxalovfAWOV. ib. xthvsi IT\V Sctfiavrjlov yvxyv avayayelv. Horn. II. 1. 3. Luc. de Mort. 16. 4. ib. 17. 1. ib. 10. 11. b) spec, the soul as the sentient prin- ciple, Lat. animus, (a) As the seat of the senses, desires, affections, appetites, passions, i. e. the lower and animal na- ture common to man with the beasts ; distinguished in the Pythagorean and Platonic philosophy from the higher rational nature, 6 vovg, TO nvtvpux, be- longing to man alone ; see espec. Loes- ner Obs. e Philon. p. 381, 503. This distinction is also followed by the LXX, and sometimes in N. T. comp. in JJvsv- /u no. 2. b. So 1 Thess. 5: 23 TO nvtv- (j,ot xal 7 C / yvxn xcti TO aoffAix, i. e. the whole man. Heb. 4: 12 ^t pegiffpov Tfi xce * TivsvuaTog. Luke 1: 46 et, y ifi'xn l*ov * MQIOV, xal aya)Mctff TO nvsvpa [AOV. As distin- guished from diavoia, Matt. 22 : 37. Mark 12: 30. Luke 10: 27 ; from vvvs- v%ijv. ib. 3. 11.2. Simpl. the soul, i. q. Me mind, feelings ; Matt. 11:21) cvpfjffcre uvanavaiv TCHJ yi'Zuls vpiov. Luke 2: 35 aoD de wiwjs T^JV \l>v%i]v AiaUwr0feU $o(t(f>alu. John 40:24. Acts 14: 2, 22. 15:24. He!). 12: 3. 1 Pet. 1 : 22. 2 Pet. 2: 8, 14. So Sept. for 'I'D: Ex. 23. 9. 1 Sam. 1: 15. sb 1 K. 1 1: 8. Prov. 20 : 25. Is. 44 : 10. a!. (Arr. Epic-.t. 4. 1 1. 6 to/a yvyjiS, OQH&V, aqpo^jtittv, oQB/fG&ni, x. T. L lldiui). 2. 1. 15. *Xeiil Mem. 1. 2. 4.) So iv olr\ ir) yvxfl with all out's soul M*tt. 22: 37, and t* olrjg ir t g J/n'/fc id. Mark 12:30, 33. Luke 10: 27. So Sept. and u:3: Deut. 20: 10. 30: 2, G, 10. 3^ 2 Clirl 15:15. 31:21. (tS'olrjg y/i^M.Antonin. 3. 4. ib. 4.31. 1% T/J y/i^/j Epict. Ench. 20. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 11/10.) ex yi^s from the sou/, heartily, Eph. 6:0. Col. 3: 23. (Theocr. 8 : 35. Xen. An. 7. 7. 43.) plot ifJi'xn slvai to be of one soul, unanimous, united in affection and will, Acts 4: 32. Phil. 1: 27. Diog. La- ert. 5. 11 tQWiij&eig ti iffTt (pikog ; s \i>v%i]v ^ dvvapev(ov ' qporatyn ^ofAAoy TOV 8vv. xat (jTw^ta unokiaat, tv yssvvy. 1 Cor. 1: 23. 12: 15. Heb. 6: 19. 10: 39 eg ntQinorjcrtv yvxy?, opp 13: 17. James 1: 21 tov loyov, xbv dv- votfjitvov auaat tag yv%a<; vpwv. 5: 20. 1 Pet: 1: 9 awiriQiuv yvx&v. 2: 11, 25. 4: 19. Wisd. 1: 4, 11 oro/ice xij/^v- doptvov avaigsl yvxr t v. 9: 15. Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 3 a&dvcaov icr/vv roilg r//u^al$ ti- vcu. B. J. 2.8. 14. Hdian. 3. 14/5. Di- od. Sic. 16. 20. Plato Phaedo 9, 28 V * dwrtO&lV . . . 7j flV HlVX 1 !] TW toixs x. T. L Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 13, 17. ib. 4. 3. 14 UV&QWTIOV yt. yii'xi] toil &tloV |UfT/6t X. T. L c) melon, a soul, i. e. a living thing, animal, in which is fj Jp/?/, life ; like Hel) v *L"C2. () genr. and from the Heb. 1 Cor. 15: 45 eyevtio o TIQWTOS UV&Q. tig yvxw ?tuo->', i. e. a living soul or animal, in allusion to Gen. 2: 7 where Sept. for ?-pn XBSb Rev. 16: 3 y.ul nciffot /;v^?; ^w% (for w(ra) Ini&a- vfv iv ifj fralaffffr). So Sept. and UJ^3 rpn Gen. 1:24.' 2: 19. 9: 10, 12, l Cotnp. Gesen. Lex. art. CB3 no. 4. (/?) Oftener of man, a soul, i. q. a living person, man, naaa yvxy every soul, every person, every one, Acts 2: 43. 3: 23. Rom. 13: 1. So in a periphrasis, nuffct y. av&Qa'hiov i. q. every man, Rom. 2:9. /n'/s UV&QWJIWV, men, Luke 9: 50 in text. rec. Sept. and*B3 genr. Gen. 17: 14. Deut. 24: 7. Lev. 5: 1, 2. yvxy UV&QWTTOV for G"1N ': Num. 19: 11, 13. Eurip. Phoen. 1315 qpoviat yvxctl. So in enumerations ; Acts 2: 41 yvxai wo-ft -iQurziJuai. 7: 14. 27: 37. 1 Pet. 3: 20. Sept. and B?. Gen. 46: 15, 18, 20, 27. Ex. 1:5. Deut. 10:22. 1 Mace. 2:38. Pol. 8. 5. 3 pa yv;p}. Eurip. Hel. 52 yt^at ds noMal. Comp. Plut. Sympos. 6. 7. 1 \\>V^Y\V xul xcqpa- ti\v tov av&Qwnov slw&apsv ano iwy xv- QioTUTwv V7roxo/7#ttt. (y) Spec, for a servant, slave ; Rev. 18: 13 />!#? av- &Qmjiwv, here prob. female slaves, in distinction from the preced. a-cu/jara. Comp. in "Av&Qatnog no. 1. c. s. So Sept. y. av&Q. for n*ii$ ^S^ Ex. 27: 13. Simpl. yvxn an( ^ '-ZJB3 Gen. 12: 5. 1 Mace. 10:33. Test. XII Patr. p. 715 xlemeig ifjvxag ex yi]g 'Eftgotliov. Epict. Fragm. 33. ed. Sch weigh. III. p. 77, , ov (yvxh} breathing, animal, possessing animal life. a) pp. of the body, aufict yvxtxov, animal body, having breath and animal life, 1 Cor. 15: 44 bis, 40; opp. TO crw^ua nvevpaTixov, see in IZvivuaiixog a. Di- od. Sic. 1. 12 ah 10$ lo- b) spoken of the soul, mind, animal, 909 natural, i. e. pertaining to the animal or natural mind and affections, swayed by the affections and passions of human nature, not under the influences of the Holy Spirit, opp. nvEVfiaiDtog ; corn p. in Vi^ij b. . and nvEvpaTixog b. 1 Cor. 2: 14 yvxixog V#. ov ds%tTai, T iov TtvevpaTog iov -&(ov. Jude 19 i//v#txoi, Tfvei>fj,a ny l^ovTfg. So James 3: 35 7] aoyict yn^tx?]. Comp. yv%ri Ecclus. 5: 2. So yvxixog as distinguished from crwfiUTixog, Jos. de Mace. 2. Pol. 6. 5. 7. AIT. Epict. 3. 7. 5 ; Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 2. yos, eog, ou? > TO, frigus, John 18: 18 or* i/>i^o ^ Acts 28: 2. 2 Cor. 11: 27. Sept. for ip Gen. 8: 22. nnp Ps. 147: 17. Song of 3 Childr. 40*. T Pol. 5. 56. 10. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 8, 9. a y ov, (yv* w j) cold, cool, fresh, refreshing, e. g. noTrjgiov yvxQOv BC. vda-iog Matt. 10: 42. So Plut. de Garrul. 17 ug'H^axhnog . . . lafiwv yv- XQOV xvhxa. Epict. Ench. 29. 2 py i//u- XQOV nlvuv. Fully, I^VXQOV vSwg The- ocr. 11. 47. Ael. V. H. 13. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 3. Trop. cold, cold-hearted, spoken of a person inconstant and fluc- tuating in his affections, OVTS yvXQSi oilie wiog. Rev. 3: 15 bis, 16. Comp. Jos. B. J. 1. 10. 4 \yvxQaiq brrt. yjca 9 f. v$(a, aor. 2 pass. Buttm. 100. n. 8 ; to breathe, to blow, Horn. II. 20. 440. c. ace. to blow upon, to cool, Sept. Jer. 6:7. Plut. Sympos. 6. 6. Hdot. 3. 104. In N. T. Pass, yv- ^o,, fut. 2. y/iyr/ao^uai, to be cooled, to grow cold, trop. of affection, Matt. 24: 12 yvyrjcrKTUi 7; a/anij rwv noktiav. pp. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 3. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 47. Plut. de Sanit. tuend. 2. Zco, f. law, (y>wp6?a bit, mor- sel, mouthful, from j^wo), i/^w,) to feed by morsels, Jamblich. Vit. Pyth. 13. 60. p. 46. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 21. In N.T. genr. to feed, to supply with food, c. ace. pers. Rom. 12: 20. Seq. ace. of thing, to feed out, 1 Cor. 13:3 ear yupi- w^ut^o),) a bit, morsel, mouthful, John 13: 26 bis, 27, 30. Diog. Laert. 6.37. ycOy f. w, (i/>ww, i//ao>,) to rub in pieces, e. g. ears of grain, c. ace. Luke 6:1. Ely m. Mag. ifj(a%ovTeg' tsg, Jurnvfovreg. Comp. Ion. Hdot. 4. 75. SI. J2, O mega, the last letter of the Greek alphabet ; henceg poet, for the last, i. q. o wxanog and v&og, Rev. 1: 8, [11]. 21:6.22:13. Comp. in A. *J2, interj. O ! before the Vocative in a direct address ; Matt. 15: 28 w yv- vai. 17: 17. Mark 9: 19. Luke 9: 41. 24: 45. Acts 1: 1 w Osotptte. 13: 10. 18: 14. 27:21. Rom. 2: 1, 3. 9:20. Gal. 3: 1: 1 Tim. 6: 20. James 2: 20. Sept. Jer. 4: 10. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 3. Ceb. Tab. 2, 3, 4. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 16. Once in admiration, Rom. 11: 33 o> fiu&og x. T. A. O the depth ! usually in this sense writ- ten itf Is. 6: 5. 'in Nah. 3: 1. Zeph. 3: 3. Soph. Ajax 372. 'Jlfirjd, o, indec. Obed, Heb. nr& (serving sc. God), pr. n. of the son of Boaz and Ruth, Matt. 1: 5 bis, Luke 3: 32. Comp. Ruth 4: 13 sq. 9 demonstr. adv. (ode, comp. 910 liuttm. HG. 7, and n, 7,) pp. thus, so, in this way or manner, Horn. II. 1. 181. ih. 18, 392. Palaeph. 1. 3. Luc. D. Mort. 16. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 1. In poetic and later usage and in N. T. al- so adv. of place, hither, here, i. e. to or "in this place, viz. a) hither, to this place, after verbs of motion ; Matt. 8: 29 yl&eg <5. 14: 18 et 17: 17 qDeoere pot, avioig w#e. 22: 12. Mark 11:3. Luke 9: 41. 14:21. 19:27. John 6: 25. 20: 27. Acts 9: 21. Rev. 4: 1. 11: 12. w wfcLuke 23: 5. So Sept. for tri btt Ex. 3: 5. Ruth. 2: 14. Ceb. Tab. 14,~'22. Theocr. Id. 25. 35. Horn. Od. 1. 182. b) here, in this place, after verbs im- plying rest and the like : () pp. Matt. 12:6 em rou ISQOV psl(ov lo*Tlv o5e. v. 41, 42 nUlov Solon&voq ude. 14: 8, 17. 16: 28. 17: 4 bis. 20: 6 tl aids oT?;x i. q. qps'ow, ) a shoulder, Matt. 23: 4. Luke 15: 5. Sept. for tp/tf Gen. 21: 14. Is. 9: 6. S]n3 Num. 7: 9.' Is. 49: 22. Jos. Ant. 3. 8.'9. Hdian. 7. 10. 15. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 13. iy ovfiaij f. ?jtro/uat, de- pon. Mid. Aor. 1 tovjjo'a^v a form con- demned by the Atticists, instead of 911 which Attic writers used comp. Phryn. et Lob. p. 137 sq. Buttm. 114 fin. To buy, to purchase, c. ace. et gen. of price, Acts 7: 16 o wvi\acno pjs aqyvglov. Aor. fa , Luc. D. Mort. 4. 1 iwv TreVrc 6g, x. dtthvug, x. tffJifQog, Sturi Lex. Xenoph. wo no. 3, So Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 4 bis, 6 yhog cpmisivog tav o o/o- /lw'. ib. Hermot. 81. c. ace. Jos. Ant. 2.4.1. Ael. V. H. 3. 27. Hdian. 2. JO. a Pres. Dem. 123. 21. Xen. An. 3. 1.20. ov 3 ov > TO, an egg, Lat. ovum, Luke 11: 12. Sept. for HS"? Deut. 22 : 6. Job 39: 14. JEsoy. Fab. 47. Tauchn. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 14. Diod. Sic. 1. 87. r, cc? 9 77, whence Lat. fcora, Engl. hour, pp. a /{me, season, a definite space or division of time recurring at fixed intervals, as marked by natural or conventional limits ; e. g. a season of the year, woa lov #e0ovg Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2. Ael. V. H. 3. 1. Xen. Venat. 9. 20. cjQa x* l !*<*>vog Jos. B. J. 3. 4. 2. Ael. V. 7. 13. Thuc. 4. 6. x si ^> &fyos . . . lag di iiMus wgag Xen. Yen. 6. 13. An. 1.4. 10. o*. tov novg Hdian. 8. 4. 3. Ael. V. H. 1. 15. itl XOT Iviawov wgai Diod. Sic. 1. 16. Trop. of a season of life, the fresh full bloom and beauty of youth, the ripeness and vigour of man- hood, i. q. bloom, beauty, vigour ; Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8 woa TOV (Twpcnog. 15. 2. 6 wo T xtt/U/orov ovia Tov*AQiU xal wo. Thuc. C. 54 wqa fjltxiag. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 22 iffdyia , e| T)$ V fidJiio~ia woa dialvtpjioi. In N. T. of shorter in- tervals, a time, season, hour, viz. a) of the day generally, day-time, day; Matt. 14: 15 i] WQO, rfiri nagijlde. Mark 6: 35 bis, "fir) MQCH; nol^q ytvop- ivr]q, x. T. L 11: 11 oy//$ 7J(57/ oiVr/? T^? ^ a? ._ Pol. 5. 24. 1. ib. 5. 8. 3 nottyg wQug. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 54 of^ot no\- tfg Zgag. Dem. p. 541. Thuc. 7. 39. Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 22 7> /iv Tifr w ? ? OV TIQO dvviog 7jA./ov. b) of a definite part or division of the day ; in earlier writers used only of the greater divisions, as morning, noon, evening, night, tug, (iiffrj^Qla, ivniya, vv$, Passow woa no. 2 ; or also morn- ing, noon and evening, oydgog, xcugbg tag TS {target, a fifjflv rug wgag T% vvxrog f/u- 2 Sam. 24:15. Dan. 9:21. Diod. Sic.' 13. 94. c. inf. Sept. Gen. 29:7. Ael. V. H. 1. 21.) Seq. gen. of pers. one's time, i. e. appointed to him, in which he is to do or suffer, ? Luke 22: 53. John 16 : 21 ; elsewhere of Christ, John 2: 4. 7:30. 8:20. 13: 1. (/3) Simply, the time, i. e. spoken of, or otherwise understood ; Matt. 26: 45 yyyixsv y . Mark 14:41. John 16: 4. 1 John 2: 18 bis, see in "jSffxwog b. /9. (Xen. Mem. 2. J. 2.) Emphat. John 17: 1 ; and so by impl. time or hour of trial, sorrow, suffering, Mark 14: 35. John 12: 27 bis. Spoken of a gate of the temple, Acts 3: 2 T? y a, ov, (a/pa,) timely, seasonable, lempestivus, as fruits, like Engl. * fruits of the season,' Ael. V. H. 1.31. Diod. Sic. 3. 69 or 70. Xen.Conv. 8. 25. Trop. of a virgin ripe for mar- riage, Ael. V. H. 4. 1. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 9. In N. T. only trop. fair, comely, beautiful, spoken of things; comp. in "Jlga init. Matt. 23: 27 raqioig . . . ohivtq I'Swfoi' psv cpalvovrai wpatot. Rom. 10: 15, see in Uovg e. Sept. of things, for ItthD Gen. 2: 9. 3: 6; of persons for tttn' Gen. 24: 17. 39: 6. Of things, nJioog s [8o!~(xv] povoywovg v.. i. \. Jos. Ant. 9. 8. 2. Ceb. Tab. 40 bis. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.21. ( ) Once before an Infiu. apparently with a participle implied, or perhaps instead of the participial con- struction ; 2 Cor. 10: 9 'iva (jir\ 86$(a Stdxovoi. 11: 15. Eph. 5: 1, 8 u>g TBXVCI qxarog nsQinaritTs, i. e. as it becomes children of the light, as they are supposed to walk. 6: 6. Col. 3: 12, 22, 23. Heb. 3: 5, 6. James 2: 9. 1 Pet. 1: 14. 2: 2, 5, 16. 4: 10. Rom. 3: 7 tl ii xayu &$ u^uQuaog xgvo^Ui; i. e. as though I were a sinner. 2 Cor. 6: 8, 10. 13: 7. I Pet. 4: 15, 16. Once preced. of.otTo;, Philem. 9 TOIOVTOJ ear, tag TTav- iog ^^o-/3uTj?, being such an one as Paul the aged, i. e. such an one as thou knowest Paul to be, thine aged teacher and friend. Esdr. 8: 7. Act. Thorn. 39. Hdian. 8. 1. 6. Hdot. 3. 156. c. TOioDro?, Andocid. in Alcib. TO 8s Sttvo- TWTOV Ian, rotoviog wy, wgsvvovg TW 3]- I*M rovg koyovg noiuiai. (fi) Genit. as referring to a preceding noun ; 1 Pet. 2: 12 vpwv w? xaxortoinv. 3: 16. With a genit. absol. comp. above in a. /?. (/) Dat. as referring to a preceding noun ; 1 Cor. 3: 1 ter, vplv wg nvsvfjct- rtxolg x. T. L 10: 15. 2 Cor. 6: 13. Heb. 12: 5, 7. 1 Pet. 2: 13. 3: 7. 4: 19. 2 Pet. 1: 19. Irapl. 1 Pet. .1: 19 g tq> kvog sc. lAywv. Matt. 26: 55 w$ enl tycrnjv as though against a robber. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 25 wg iv XU'IUM. Hdot. 8. 101 Ay$r]g wg iv. xctxwv f/uyij. Philo de Joseph, p. 545 crjiivdovifg wg in utya&GJV xJirjQOvoplav. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 8 avibg ut&vvxfTO . . . atg STI t'zr//. An. 4.3.11. (/?) Before a prep, imply- ing motion to a place, wg qualifies the force of the preposition, as if to, i. q. towards, in the direction of, leaving it undetermined whether one arrives at the place or not ; comp. Buttm. 149 init. Matth. 628. 3 fin. Winer 67. 6 fin. In N. T. only once c. ini, Acts 17: 14 noevw&ai <*>s snl ri 'Jls 915 */2c Arr. Exp. Al. M. 3.1. 6 xaienfot xaia lov noiapov wg enl ^a'Aofo-o-wv. Diod. Sic. 14. 49. Thuc. 5. 3. Xen. H. G. 1. 6.5. d) before Numerals, i. q. as it were, about, marking a supposed or conjec- tural number; cornp. Buttm. 149 init. Passow w? D. III. Mark 5: 13 r^aav ds Ua- yijg, tug OIL &tbg i}v ev XQIO-TW x. i. >t. ll:2lxara mrt^aat As'/a), we OT- fjuflg ?;o-^v7/o-a l f, I speak as to the reproach [cast upon us], how that we are weak, i. q. as though we were weak. 2 Thess. 2: 2 ui'jie di fjciffiokijg . . . ug oil eve- ffirjxsv 7) fjusga io\) XVQIOV, nor by letter . . . as that etc. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 14 Iniyvovg, ojg OIL iv taxttioig tlvlv. Di- narch. 109. 17. Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 14. b) before an objective clause in a stricter sense, how, how that, that, with the Indie, equiv. to cu; comp. "On no. 1. c. Buttm. 1. c. Matth. 628. 2. Pas- 918 aaissivat vylai, xaiacpvyrjv. An. 3.4.21. b) seq. Indicat. c. o'inwg preced. John 3: 16 ourw yuo fyanrpiv o &fbg ibv XOVy GUy TO, (dimin. of ovg,) an ear, one of the ears ; condemned by the Atticists, but used in the language of common life, which often employs diminutives for the parts of the body, just as we do in speaking with chil- dren ; comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 211 sq. Malt. 26 : 51 ucpuktv ccviov TO turtov. Mark 14 : 47. Luke 22 : 51. John 18 : 10,26. Sept. for -JT& 1 Sam. 9: 15. 20: 2. Am. 3: 12. Ecclus. 43: 29. An- thol. Gr. III. p. 31 tU' 1.6, after the ref. to Buttmann, add : Winer 15. Loh. nd Phryn. p. 287, 735. P. 12. art. 'Ayuvl^opat 1.1, read: depon. Mid. P. 13. A, par. g, read: one of the same nature, a fellow-man. P. 22. art. Alndonai 1. 1, add : depon. Mid. P. 25. art. l4xo7J 1. 3, dele 2 Pet. 2: 8. Then in no. 2. 1. ult. after Heh. 4: 2, add : So 2 Pet. 2: 8, see in BU^a. P. 26. B. 1. 3 from bolt, after al. add : Seq. oft, Matt. 20: 30. Mark 2: 1. 10: 47. John 14: 28. al. P. 29. art. 3 Aldyu \. 15, after Ps. 23: 5, add: 45:8. P. 34. A, 1. 11, add : c. dat. Hdot. 7. 152. iv c. dat. Soph. Ant. 945. P. 35. art. 'Aloaa 1. 1, read : pp. to beat, to thresh, see Passow ; in N. T. to drive round etc. P. 40. art. *Ai*cpljtol(.tg ult. dele the ref. to Calmet, and add : Liv. 45. 29 'capita regionum, ubi concilia fie- rent, primae regionis Amphipolin.' Wetst. N. T. II. p. 559. P. 42. B. 1. 13, read : as if I would ter- rify you. P. 61. B. 1. 34, end of no 4. a, add : Plur. Sept. for rnttn ^3 Gen. 11:5. Ecc. 2: 8. 3: 18, 19. 8: 11. _ ^ ^ Ps. 4: 2. Comp. the freq. vhg 'A^aiuy of Homer. Matth. 430. p. 799. P. 67. art. ^AvTikanfiavw 1. 3, read : to take hold of in one's turn, to take part in, etc. P. 68. A. mid. no. 2. I. 4, after Nicanor, add : Its site and ruins were ascer- tained in 1833 by Mr. Arundell, near the Turkish town of Yalobitz or Gialobitch. P. 70. A. 1. 7 from bott. dele the ref. to Dem. and read: Comp. ctl-iovv 'ivot Dem. 279. 8. P. 85. art. 'AnoxQivopai 1. 10, read : But Mid. anoxalvouui, is pp. to give a ju- dicial answer, and hence genr. to an- swer, etc. P. 97. A. 1. 6 sq. read : The Attic drachma was equivalent to 16^ cents nearly, Boeckh Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 16, 17. II. p. 349 ; which would make the shekel to be worth 66f cents ; but etc. P. 103. B. 1. 17, before Tatian. insert: Jos. c. Ap. 2. 22. -- Also 1. 19, add : Comp. in Tf'Aoj b. P. 117. B. 1. 3, for 14: 3, read 11: 15. In 1. 5, add at end : Dem. 378. 12. P. 132. B. 1.4 from bott. after 'gallons/ add : According to Ideler and Boeckh it was about ll^ gallons ; see in P. 134. art. B&og, instead of the last two lines, read: Apollodor. Bibl. 2. 4. nvQyoga fi&i] A IT. Exp. Al. M. 2. 18. 12. TiVQyoQoi oiffiol ib. 2. 21. 3. Thuc. 2. 75. comp. Xen. An. 5. 2. 14. P. 149. B. 1. 6 from bott. after 399, add: Luc. D. Deor. 17. 2. P. 162. art. J% 1. 5, after 16, add : 'Luc. Pise. 15. P. 167. art. Jai^ovi^oftcd,, add at the end : Plut. de Fluv. 16, de Nilo 2. T. X. p. 722. Reisk. P. 173. art. Jsopai, 1. 1 , add : depon. Pas, 920 ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS. P. 178. A. 1. 20, 19, from bott. read: as if passing through tire, I Cor. 3: 15; see in II vg b. P. 202. art. z//y/w 1. 1 1, add : Rev. 7: 16. P. 203. B. c, 1. 2, read : (u) i. q. pers. to think, etc. P. 215. B. I. 18 from bott. after 12: 11, read : Once &&uv el<; tnvjov id. Lnke 15: 17. P. 220. A. 1. 14 from bott. before AL. insert : Air. Epict. 2. 19,. 16. ib. 1. 1. 16. P. 225. A. ult. add : See in C 0, */, 10, p. 553. col. A. P.261. B. I. 16. For all the article after 1 Pet. 2: 16, substitute the fol- lowing in a new paragraph : b) metaph./ree from the slavery of sin, John 8: 36. Rom. 6: 20 &ev- &SQOI, TJJ Qixaiooivtjj free AS TO righteousness, cpmp. v. 18. For the dat. see Winer 31. 3. Mattb. 400. 6. Buttm. 133. 3. P. 262. art. ' lt

i(av jiojit TI/VWV, i. . not living as other men, comp. Matt. 3: 4, etc. Matt. 11:19 rfi&tv o mo? lov av&g. la\H: 1. Hence in antith. with vTjormtv, it signifies not to fast, Luke 5: 33. But with a neg. ov cpayflv ovds niflv, not to eat or drink, to abstain from food, to fast, Acts 9: 9. 23: 12, 21. So Sept. Ex. 34: 28. 1 K. 13: 8, 9. (y) by impl. to feast, to banquet, Luke 12: 19 [uvanavov, cpu- yf, nts, tvcpgalvov. 1 Cor. 10: 7. 15: 32. With the idea of luxury, revelling, etc. Matt. 24: 49. Luke 12: 45. 17: 27, 28. 1 Cor. 11: 22, coll. v. 21. So Sept. for rrnun b^N 1 Sam. 30: 16. 1 K. 1: 25. Job'l: 4, 18 T . al. (d) seq. ivwniov iivog, to eat and drink in the presence of any one, i.e. to live in acquaintance and inter- course with him, Luke 13: 26. So trop. Luke 22: 30 'iva lo-Slyis xal ntvrjts tnl T7JJ TOa7TJ [iOV fV 11] fluff. flOV, 1. C. that ye may feast at my table, live in familiar intercourse with me, etc. comp. in 'Aveatltvto b. d) trop. to devour, to consume, trans* 330 of fire, Heb. 10: 27. of rust, James 5: a So Sept. and b?N of fire, Is. 10: 17. and Sept. xaiacpaytlv Dent. 32: 22. Horn. 11. 23. 182. AL. o, indec. Esli, pr. n. of a man, Luke 3: 25. "EaomgoVy QVy to, (i.q. fi'aoniQov, fr. tig, oyopni,} a looking-glass, mirror ; James 1: 23 toixtv aydgt xaravootVn - iv tffoniQO). 1 Cor. 13: 12 pUnopsv 3i Iffonroov ev alvLy^uii, i. e. we now see only a reflected image, obscurely, and In an ad- verbial sense, Mark 12: 6, 22 ^O*TIJ nuviwv ani&avf, xat f] yvrt], comp. Buttm. 123. n. 3. Of things, the last, and in reference to two the later, latter, e. g. T to*T nvog, the latter state or condition of any one, Matt. 12: 45. Luke 11: 26. 2 Pet. 2: 20. Sept. and Job 8: 7. 42: 12. So ^ to*. Matt. 27: 04. iu to*, t'oya Rev. 2: 19. Iff/, rc^/at Rev. 15: 1. 21: 9. Also, ev ifi Iff/, o-akntyyi, 1 Cor. 15: 52, i. e. the trumpet of the last day. Neut. / i i r* IPO" not face to face as we shall hereafter. ta%aiov as adv. 1 Cor. 15: 8 to*. nav- Ecclus. 12: 11. Anacr. 11. 3. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 528. 8, 12.The mirrors of the ancients were usually made of polished metal, see Ex. 38: 8. Job 37: 18. Plut. 1. c. comp. Gesen. Comm. zu Jes. 3: 23. 'Uanf'pa, a?, y, (pp. fern, of r- Titooc,) evening, Luke 24: 29. Acts 4: 3. 28: 23. Sept. for 3"j^ Gen. 1: 5, 8. al. Hdian. 3. 12. 23. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17. ' Eo^cofiy o, indec. Esrom, Heb. p-^tl (walled in) Hezron, pr. n. of the grandson of Judah,Matt.l:3bis. Luke3: 35. comp. 1 Chr. 2: 5. "Ea'/aio?, air), iov, (prob. t*w, io~xov,) the last, the extreme, uttermost, spoken of place and time, viz, a) of place. () pp. extreme, remotest, and neut. as subst. TO |'O*TOV, the ex- tremity. Acts 1:8 et 13: 47 tw? Deut. 28: 49. Is. 48: 20. Ael. V. H. a 18 med. Diod. Sic. 1. 60. Xen. Vect. 1. 6. (/5) trop. implying rank or dig- nity, the last, lowest, least. Luke 14: 9, 10 tl? lov to*. iQTiov. So genr. Matt. 19: 30 bis, Tro^Uot taovittL TIQMTOL !'O*TO/, xal taxaroi TIQWIOI. So genr. Mark 9: 35. 10: 31 bis. Luke 13: 30 bis. John 8: 9. 1 Cor. 4: 9. Comp. homines With a noun of time, as 77 the last day y e. g. of a festival, John 7: 37. or of the world, the day of judgment, John 6: 39, 40, 44, 54. 11: 24. 12: 48. Further, in the phrases tv loytxTccig T^pcus, in the last or latter days, Acts 2: 17. 2 Tim. 3: 1. James 5: 3. lit eaxaiov iwv r^i- QUV, Heb. 1:1. 2 Pet. 3: 3. iv xaiooi to*Tw, in the last lime, 1 Pet. 1: 5. iv to*io) XQOVM, in the last time, Jude 18. In fff/at(av TWV /ooVwy 1 Pet. 1: 20. tffxiri Moa cor/, it is the last hour, 1 John 2: 18 bis, all winch refer to the last times of o aluv ovioc, the times since the coming of Christ, in which the power of this world is in part broken, but will be wholly destroyed only at his second advent, i. q. T i&ij ibiv ai(ov beginning and the end ; comp. Heb. TinhN ^tfi TVtt-i : Is. 44:6 et 48:12'."coii:"ls. 41: '4. "See Gesen. Comm. ad Is. 41: 4. 48: 12. Others, the only One, the Supreme, I r. tho JP- 331 ginning and end, the source and sum of all things ; comp. Heb. and Sept. ylo/ot ol TIQWTOI, xal ol fff/enoi, first and last, i.e. all, 2 Chr. 9: 29. 12: 15. al. Test. XII Patr. p. 617. See also Clem. Alex. Strom. 4. 25, as quoted under art. A, p. 1. JKa%u TCOCy adv. extremely, i. e. in ex- tremity, as Iff/uTug t/tiv, Lai. in extremis esse, to be at the last gasp, at the point of death, Mark 5: 23. Artemidor. 3. 61. Diod. Sic. Excerp. Vales, p. 242 nv&outvog lov l^av. So i(d?, adv. (titoog,) otherwise, Phil. 3: 15. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 5. Horn. Od. 1. 234. Eli, adv. yd, still, viz. a) implying duration, e. g. () spok- en of the present time, yet, still, hitherto, Lat. adhuc, Matt. 12: 46 sit aviov Jiu^ovvTog. 27: 63 tinsv Itt wv. Luke 9: 42. 24: 6. John 20: 1. Rorn. 5: 6. al. Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2. Luc. D. Deor. 2. 1. Plut. Mor. II. p. 39 ult. ed. Tauchn. Xen. An. 1. 6. 8. Cyr. 4. 2. 9. Of the present in allusion to the past, yet, still, even now, sc. as before. Mark 8: 17. Luke24:41. Acts 9:1. Rom. 3: 7. Gal. 1: 10. al. So ixi vvv, yet now, even noto, 1 Cor. 3: 2. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 6 vvv m. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 16 vvv <5' in. In the sense of even, already, Luke 1: 15 sit in xodlag ^H^TQO?. Ileb. 7: 10. (/S) Of the future, yet, still, still further, longer. Luke 16: 2 ov yu$ dwyati tn oatovofulv. Mark 5: 35. John 4: 35.' 7: 33. 14: 19. Rom. 6: 2. 2 Cor. 1: 10. al. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 20. Apol. Soc. 33 iov in Qiv. Espec. with a negative, not fur- ther, no more, no longer, Lat, non ampli- us. Matt. 5: 13 tig ovdsv lo^uet iu. Luke 20: 40. John 14: 30. Gal. 4: 7. Ileb. 8: 12. Rev. 3: 12. 7: 16. al. Comp. Buttm. 149. p. 430. Luc. D. Deor. 3. 1. Hdian. 3. 11. 13. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 26 ovdiva m. Comp. Ovxeti. b) implying accession, addition, etc. yet, more, further, besides, (a) genr. Matt. 18: 16 7r^A ( 5 umu trov i'u tva TJ 8vo. 26: 65. Heb. 11: 32, 36. al. Hdian. 5. 2. 13. Xen. An. 6. 6. 13. So tti, dl y.cxi, and further also, moreover also, Luke 14: 26. Acts 2: 26. 21: 28. Hdian. 3. 5. 4. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 14. (3} With a comparative, intens. yet, muclijfar. Phil. 1: 9 tu (mV.ov y.ul ft. Heb. 7: 15. Comp. Winer 36. 3. n. 1. IT* n'UMov Jo?. Ant. 20. 4. 2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 18. Hi. 2. 18. AL. Eioif-iff'^fOy f. a'erw, (troiuog,) to make ready, to prepare, trans. a) pp. e. g. iijv odov, the way, sc. of a king, as was customary before oriental monarchs in their journey?, pp. Rev. 16: 12. trop. of the Messiah, Matt. 3: 3. Mark 1:3. Luke 1: 76. 3:4, nil quoted from Is. 40: 3 where Sept. for n2s. See Jos. B. J. 3. 6. 2. Arr. A!. M. 4. 30. Diod. Sic. 2. 13. Of a meal, banquet, etc. Matt. 22: 4. Luke 17: 8. TO Trao^ee Matt. 26: 17, 19. Mark 14: 12, 15, 16. Luke 22: 8, 9, 12, 13. So Sept. for ^D- Gen. 43: 16. Horn. II. 19. 197. Of a place, domicile, etc. lonov John 14: 2, 3. Rev. 12: 6. n6hv Heb. 11: 16. &viav Philem. 22. Luke 9: 52. Sept. for "p^n. 1 Chr. 15: 3. So ei. xvyioj Aaov Luke 1: 17. Comp. Sept. 2 Chr. 27: 6. Ecclus. 2: 18. Of persons, to prepare, to put in readiness, e. g. soldiers, Acts 23: 23. a bride, iavrijv Rev. 19: 7. 21: 2. a servant or minister, iai'ioy, Rev. 8: 6. 9: 15. Luke 12: 47. Pass, particip. qiot[*aaf4lvo$ t prepared, i. e. trop. apt, ready, 2 Tim. 2: 21. pp. of horses, rjr. tig noktfjiov, Rev. 9: 7. genr. 'JEaoiftaofa 333 1 Mace. 13: 22. Pol. I. 38. 3. Thuc. 6. 95. In the sense of to provide, e. g. W|Ut Luke 23: 56. 24: 1. aya&ct Luke 12: 20, coll. 19. So Sept. and 2 Chr. 26: 14. b) of God, as having in his counsels prepared good or evil for men, i. e. to destine, to appoint, Matt. 20: 23: 25:34, 41. Luke 2: 31. Mark 10: 40. 1 Cor. 2: 9. So Sept. for -pirn. Ex. 23: 20. Is. 41: 21. rpD'n Gen.' 24: 14, 44. Tob. 6: 17. iCCj ag y y, (Iroruoc,) prep- aration, i.e. readiness, alacrity, Eph.6: 15 V7io5rjo'a[j.evoi tovg nodag Iv tioiuuaiu rov ti'uy/().lov, shod as to your feet with readiness, alacrity, in behalf of tho gospel, i. e. let your feet be ever ready to go forth to preach the gospel, comn. 2 Tim. 2: 21. For the gen. see Winer 30. 1. Sept. for pan Ps. 10: 17. Jos. Ant. 10. 1. 2. Artemid. 2. 57. I, or, also o, TJ, Matt. 25: 10, in the classics some- times hotyog, r], ov, Winer 6. p. 49. ready, prepared, vix. of things, e. g. a banquet, Matt. 22: 4, 8. Luke 14: 17. a chamber, Mark 14: 15. a contribu- tion, 2 Cor. 9: 5. of time, John 7: 6. of things done, rot troika, 2 Cor. 10: 16. (Thuc. 1. 70.) Seq. inf. ready sc. to be done, ffwirjolav irotfirjv anoxalvy {J^t m, 1 Pet. 1: 5. Wisd. 16: 20. Hdian. 2. 12. 1. Xen.Cyr. 2. 1. 10. ib. 7. 5. 31. Of persons, Matt. 25: 10 al trouoi tiov. seq. ngog it, ready for any thing, Tit. 3: 1. 1 Pet. 3: 15. seq. infiu. ready sc. to do etc. Luke 22: 33. Acts 23: 15. c. inf. impl. v. 21 . troiuog ylvofiai, to become ready, be prepared, Matt. 24: 44. Luke 12: 40. So Sept. for ]iD: rnn Ex. 19: 15. 34: 2. c. ngo$ Xen. Mem' \. 5. 12. c. inf. Luc. Asin. 23. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 1. So V lTot>w /v, to be in readiness, seq. inf. 2 Cor. 10: 6. Pol. 2. 34. 2. ' EioifjLGog, adv. (itoiuog,) ready, in readiness ; hence holfnog tyftv, to be ready, Acts 21: 13. 2 Cor. 12: 14. 1 Pet. 4: 5. Sept. for Tny WN Dan. 3: 15. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 2. T Ael.'V. H. 4. 13. Eio+j fo^y ovCy TO, a year, Luke 3: 1. Acts 7: 30. Heb. 1: 12. al. Sept. for ni'tf 1 K. 15: 1. Jer. 1: 2, 3. Hdian, 1. 16/5^ Xeu.Mem.1.4.12. Dat. plur. as marking a period in or during which, John 2: 20. Acts 13: 20. Accus. plur. of time how long, Matt. 9: 20. Luke 2: 36. John 5: 5. al. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 9. In the phrase tlvat \. -/ivofiui tnar, to be of such and such an age, Matt. 5: 42 TJV yaQ tTtav dudfxu, i. e. twelve years old, Luke 2: 37, 42. Acts 4: 22. al. (Sept. Gen. 5: 32. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 40.) So John 8: 57 nn'Trjy.ovTtt ITTJ ovnta t'^eig, thou hast not yet 40 years, i. e. art not 40 years old. Km I'TOC, year by year, every year, Luke 2: 41. Jos. Ant. 7. 5. 1. AL. Ev, adv. (pp. netit. of r$,) well, good, vix. a) pp. with verbs:, iV fv . Acts 15: 29 t v nQaaaeir, to do tcell, i. e. to do right, to act well. So yon 1 K. 8: 18. 2 K. 10: 30. Jos. Ant."4. 8. 38. Arr. Epict. 4. 6. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 14. Others in Acts 1. c. to do well, i. e. to be prospered, comp. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. I. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 8. b) in commendations, i. q. tvyt, Lat. euge, well ! well done ! Matt. 25: 21 eu dovle otya&s. v. 23. Luke 19: 17. Xen. Yen. 6. 20, coll. 19 tv Taitra. 2: 10. Eph. 2: 17. 1 Thess. 3: 6. So Sept. for "tea I Chr. 10: 9. c. BV Titn 1 Sam. 1: 20.' Ps 40: 10. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 5. Luc. Icarom. 34. Aristoph. Eq. 643. Tivl jrcot Tivog Jos. Ant. 15. 7. 2. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 9. With an ace. of thing impl. Lnke 4: 18, comp. Is. 61: 1. Dem. 332. 9. Seq. ace. both of thing and of person in later Greek, pp. Al- ciphr. 3. Ep.12. Heliodor. II. 16. p. 64. Euseb. Vit. Const. 3. 26 ; in N. T. by attraction before cm Acts 13: 32, comp. Buttm. 151. I. 6. Lob. 1. c. b) spoken of the annunciation of the gospel of Christ and all that pertains to it, to preach, to proclaim, the idea of glad tidings being of course every- where implied, viz. () evayy. TIJV T. &. to preach the kingdom of God, etc. Luke 8: 1. Acts 8: 12. c. dat. of pers. Luke 4: 43. So with TJJV fiacrdilav impl. absol. Luke 9:6. 20: 1. c. ace. of pers. Luke 3: 18. (/?) tvayy. 3 Ir)aovv XQ. v. TOV XVQIOV 'fyffovv, etc. Acts 5: 42. 11: 20. 17: 18. c. dat. .of pers. Acts 8: 35. seq. Iv Tolg t&vtai, Gal. 1: 16. So Eph. 3: 8 TOV nlomov TOV XQ. iv Tolg t&vto*i. (y) genr. ivayy. TO svayy&iov, TOV \6yov, TIJV nlariv, etc. Acts 8: 4 TOV loyov. 15: 35. Gal. 1: 23 Tyv nurtiv. seq. dat. of pers. 1 Cor. 15: 1, 2 dov xcu TOU ivay- ydiov. 16: 15. Acts 15: 7. 1 Pet. 4: 17. Hence later, gospel, in the sense of a history of Jesus' life,' etc. as in the titles of the first four books of the N. T. b) in the writings of Paul, the gospel, i. e. () genr. 'the gospel scheme,' its doctrines, declarations, precepts, prom- ises, etc. Rom. 2: 16 XT TO ivuyy&iov ftov, i. e. the gospel which I preach. 11: 28. 16: 25. 1 Cor. 9: 14 TOI? TO tvay. tunayyittowiv. v. 18. 15: 1. 2 Cor. 4: 3,4. 9: 13. 10: 14. Gal. 1: 11 TO flay. TO tvayythadiv i'Ti. tpov. 2: 2, 5, 14. Eph. 1: 13. 3: 6. 6: 19. Phil. 1: 5, 7, 16, 27 bis. 2:22. Col. 1:5,23. 1 Thess. 1: 5. 2: 4. 2 Tim. 1: 10. 2: 8. So 10 tvuy. TOV XQIGTOV, the gospel of Christ, made known by him as its founder and chief corner stone, Rom. 15:19,29. 1 Cor. 9: 12, 18. Gal. 1: 7. 1 Thess. 3: 2. 2 Thess. 1: 8. way. TOV &tov, i. e. of which God is the author through Christ, Rom. 15: 16. 2 Cor. 11: 7. 1 Thess. 2: 2, 8, 9. 1 Tim. 1: 11. By antithesis, i'rtyov tvuyyit.iov, a different gospel, including other pre- cepts etc. 2 Cor. 11: 4. Gal. 1: (J. genr. Barnab. Ep. 5. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13. (/?) Melon, the gospel-work, i. e. the preaching of the gospel, labour in the gospel, etc. Rom. 1: 1 < tig ivctyyihov dtov. \. 9, 16. EuOCgfGTfCQ, C0 y f.l'tffO), (tl'ttf. perf. fi'Tjoe'cmjxa, for the augrn. see Buttm. 86. 2, to please well, c. c. dat. Heb. 11: 5, 6. Comp. Matth. 393. 5. - Sept. Gen. 5: 22, 24. Ecclus. 44: 16. Diod. Sic. 14. 4. Mid. to take pleasure in, to be pleased with, c. c. dat. Heb. 13: 16. Comp. Matth. 411. n. 2. Diod. S. 20. 79. Diog. Laert. 4. 6. T-T ' ' e ,. , T iVCtQOTO?y GV, o, i], adj. (ci/j oofo-xo),) well-pleasing, acceptable, ap- proved, c. c. dat. expr. or impl. Rom. 12: 1 (vaQio-fov TO* x^foJ. v.2. 14:18. 2 Cor. 5: 9. Eph. 5:'lO. Phil. 4: 18. Tit. 2: 9. Wisd. 4: 10. Seq. tvumov tivog in- stead of a dat. Heb. 13: 21. cornp. in '.EVWTUOV c. Seq. iv c. dat. of pera. iv xi'o/o) Col. 3: 20, where text. rec. has TW xvQlw. Cornp. in 3 y 1. e. Wisd. 9: 10 TlttQU ffOl. Evapt'aTcoc, adv. (tlugfaiog,) so as to please, acceptably, Heb. 12: 28. Arr. Epict. 1.12. 21. EvfiovAoc, QVy o, Eubulus,pr.n. of a Christian, 2 Tim. 4: 21. '?} o, fi, adj. (n/, yivog,) well-bom, noble, of high rank,. Luke 19: 12. 1 Cor. 1: 26. Sept. for bin-J Job 1: 3. Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 1. llditin. 1. 8. 10. Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 7. fiaaia. Phil. 1: 12. 4:3,15. 2 Thess. 2: 14. 2 Tim. 1: 8. Philem. 13 iv lolg dtvpolg TOU Evay. in bonds on account of labours in the gospel. Gal. 2: 7 ntnto'iiVfj.ai TO fvay. iilg axQoftvffTiag, i. e. I was entrusted to preach the gos- pel to the Gentiles. So Rom. 10: 16 ov ndvifg vnrjxovffav TO evayytttoj, all have not obeyed the preaching of the gos- pel, i. e. the gospel as preached. EuayythiGir)?, ov ? o, (eiiayydi- o/*t,) pp. 'a messenger of good tidings;' in N. T. an evangelist, a preacher of the gospel,' not located in any place, but travelling as a missionary to preach the gospel and found churches, Acts 21:8. Eph. 4: 11. 2 Tim. 4: 5. See Nean- der Gesch. d. Pflanz. u. Leit. d. chr. Kirche, I. p. 185. in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 259. Theodoret. ad Eph. 4: 11, J x- vot ntQiioviu; *x^^VTTOr. 17: n. _ Jos. 12. 5. 4 lag ifw X as eu- yivtig. Cic. ad Alt. 13. 21 penult. EudtCCy as, ij, (tvdiog, fr. tv and Ji6g gen. of Ztvc;,) serene sky, fair weather, Matt. 16: 2 ivdla sc. corou. Ecclus. 3: 15. Pol. 1. 60. 8. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 14. Evdoxeo), co, f. 7/o-w, (iv, doxtM,) aor. 1 sv86xr]ffa, also r}vd6xr)ffct Luke 5: 22, see Buttm. 86. 2 ; pp. to seem good, by impl. to think good, see in ^/oxew a, found only in the later Greek, Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 168. Hence genr. to be well-disposed sc. towards any person or thing, seq. dat. e. g. of pers. to favour, Diod. Sic. 17. 47. ib. 14. 61. of thing, to assent to, 1 Mace. 1: 43. Diod. S. 4. 23. ib. 14. 110. In N. T. to think good, i. e. to please, to like, to take pleasure in, viz. a) genr. to view with approbation, Evdoxla 336 seq. v c. dat. of pers. Matt. 3: 17 o vlog pov, ev to fv8ffo~ovffiv. By impl. desire, longing, Rom. 10: 1. Comp. Ecclus. 18: 31. b) in the sense of good-pleasure, will, purpose, the idea of benevolence being included, spoken of God, Iph. 1: 5 XKTCC T7;v ei'Soxlctv tot d'sJujfia'to? aviov. v. 9. Phil. 2: 13. 2 Thess. 1: 11 71*77- , f- fa**, (w&vpott) to be of good cheer, to be of cheerful mind, Acts 27: 22, 25. James 5: 13. Symm. for nb-nta Prov. 15: 15, Sept. *igra*. Plut. "de tranquil!. Anim. 2 et 9. VII. p. 822, 837. ed. R. Mid. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 19. r,. Sft/t/^MOC V&V{IO$J OVy O, f], 337 ?, OV ) o, ri, adj. (tv, tpOfc) wtll-minded, i.e. well-disposed, benign, Horn. Od. 14. 63. In N. T. of good cheer, cheerful, Acts 27: 36. -2 Mace. 11: 26. Xen. Ag. 8. 2. Hence neut. of comparat. tu&ufAOTfoov as adv. the more cheerfully, Acts 24: 10 in text. rec. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 27. EvfrufJiGdQy adv. (iv&i'uog,) cheer- fully, Acts 24: 10 in Griesb. and Mss. See in Lv&vpos.Pol 3. 34. 9. Evfrvvco, f. vvw, (ci'$T,) to make straight, trans. a) pp. of a way, to make straight and level, trans. irp> oSov, John 1:23. Comp. Matt. 3: 3, and see in < Lrot i ua^w a. tmp. Ecclus. 2:6. 37: 19. b) genr. to guide straight, i. e. to di- rect, to steer, sc. a ship, and hence v tvd-i'vwv, a steersman, pilot, James 3: 4.' Luc. D. Mort. 10. 10. Eurip. Hec. 39. horses, Philo de Abr. p. 360. B. Eufrv?, ice, v, straight, viz. a) pp. as adj. Matt. 3: 3 et Mark 1: 3 et Luke 3: 4, cvfreictg noisii* Tag iqifiovg avjov, i. e. make the ways straight and level before the king, quoted from Is. 40: 3 where Sept. for "TP ; see in 'JTroJpa- w a. So Luke 3: 5, from Is. 40: 4 where Sept. for -ri^C. Acts 9: 11. Luc. Zeux. 10. Xen'. Cyr. 1. 3. 4. Trop. of the heart and life, right, true ; Acts 8:21 f\ xaqdla. 13: 10 oSovg xvqiov fl'0-flag. 2 Pet. 2: 15. So Sept. and YL^ 1 Sam. 12:23. Hos. 14:10. 1 K. 11: T 33. b) ev&vQt as adv. of time, straight, immediately, forthwith, i. q. sv&ttag, Matt. 3:16. 13:20,21. Mark 1:12, 28. (11:2.) John 13: 32. 19: 34. 21: 3. Comp. Buttm. 115. n. 4. 117. 1. Lob. ad Phr. p. 144 sq. Jos. Ant. 11. 6. 9. Hdian. 1. 7. 12. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 2. EvO-V It)?, ITjlOC, 1), slraightness, trop. rectitude. Heb. a just sceptre, quoted from Ps. 45: 7, where Sept. for "ri SPO. Comp. Buttm. 123. n. 4. Evxcctgfco, co, f. 7J o, fi, (ri 1 , xcetgog,) well-timed, opportune, Mark 6: 21 ytvo- utvr t g i]usQcxg tvxaifOV, coll. v. 19. Heb. 4: 16. 2 Mace. 14: 29. Hdian. 1. 4. 7 1 ti'xaiQog. Diod. S. 2. 48. jxceiQCoc, adv. (tXixtugog,) in good f, opportunrly, Mark 14: 11. 2 Tim. 4: 2 see in \4xaiQwg. Ecclus. 18: 22. \. n. Ag. 8. 3. JEl/XO/lOf) oUy 6, T), (ei-, xoTiog,) tasy, facile, Ecclus. 22: 15. Pol. 18. 1.2. In N. T. ouly neut. of comparat. rvxo- nuTfQov, easier, lighter, Matt. 9: 5. 19:24. Mark 2: 9. 10:25. Luke 5: 23. 16:17. 18: 25. EuActfifiCi, ctQy ij, (fvJLafirjg q. v.) caution, circumspection, Dem. 1403. 1. timidity, fear, Wisd. 17: 8. Hdian. 5. 2. 5. In N. T. fear of God, reverence, piety. Heb. 5: 7. 12: 28. Philo de Cherub, p. 113 ti'L &eov. Plut. Camill. 21 TO &BIOV ti'L Diod. Sic. 13. 12 ult. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 146. EuAafieofjicti) ov/uoet, f. depon. Pass, (si'^a^g q. v.) to act with caution, to be circumspect, Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 8. In N. T. to fear, seq. pij, Acts 6 llui'log. Sept. for &O^ 1 Sam. 18: 29. 1 Mace. 3: 30. Jos. "Ant. 1. 19. 1. Diod. Sic. 16. 22. In reference to God, to fear, to reverence, Heb. 11: 7. Sept. for rtDH Zech. 2: 13. HOh Nab. 1: 7. See Tlttm. de Synom. N/f. p. 146. See 338 JSvAoyfa uAccfirjGj fOGj ov$ 9 o, 77, adj. (cf, /?',) pp. ' taking well hold,' i. e. carefully, circumspectly, comp. Ael. H. An. 3. 13; hence, cautious, circum- spect, Arr. Epict. 2. 1. 2. Hdian. 2. 8. 2. timid, fearful, Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 2. In N.T. spoken in reference to God, God-fear- ing, pious, devout, Luke 2: 25. Acts 2: 5. 8:~2. Sept. for Tph Mic. 7: 2. Clem. Alex. Strom. 4. 21.' Euloy^CO, (O, f. 7)0-0), (fV, Ao imperf. ^I'Ao/oi'v, aor. 1 svloyrjffa, for the diff. nugm. see Buttm. 86. 2 ; pp. to speak well of, to commend, ^Isocr. 191. 13, Toi's ayn&ovg tivdyug tiikoytlv. ib. Archid. 43. Polyb. 1. 14. 4. i.q. iv AE/W, which is preferred by Thorn. Mag. p. 389. comp. Lob. ad Phr. \r. 200. In N. T. to bless, trans, spoken a) of men towards God, to bless, i. e. to praise, to celebrate, sc. with ascrip- tions of praise and thanksgivings ; Luke 1: 64 euloytov tov &tov. 2: 28. 24: 53. 1 Cor. 14: 16. James 3: 9. So Sept. and ^- 1 Chr. 29: 10, 20. Ps.16: 7. al. saep. 2 Mace. 3: 30. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 11. b) of men towards men nnd things, to bless, pp. ' with praise and thanks- giving to invoke God's blessing upon,' viz. () c. ace. of pers. expr. or impl. i. q. to pray for one's welfare, etc. Matt. 5: 44 t'Ao/tr rovg %(xiuo(a t uvovg VfAug. Mark 10: 16 Tt#a? [Tijffovf] rug %i(tag in auTtt sc. T naiSla, 7/i'Ao/Et IT. Luke 2: 34. 6: 23. 24: 50, 51. Rom. 12: 14 bis. 1 Cor. 4: 12. 1 Pet. 3: 9. So Melchisedee Abraham, Heb. 7: 1, 6, 7. Isaac and Jacob their descendants, II: 20, 21. So Sept. for ^2 G<:n. 14: 19. 27: 23, 27. 48: 9, 15, 20." Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 3 penult. (/5) c. ace. of thing expr. or impl. in N. T. only of food, a rneal, etc. to bless, i. e. to ask God's blessing upon, genr. e. g. uQiovg Luke 9: 16. impl. Matt. 14: 19 ci-Ao'/Tjore, xt xAwaa? x. T. A. Mark 6: 41. 8: 7. So of the Lord's supper, where we may render by impl. to consecrate, Matt. 26: 26. Mark 14: 22. Luke 24: 30. 1 Cor. 10: 16 TO TioiijQiov o svkoyov/ufv. So Sept. and 7H2 of a sacrifice and feast, 1 Sarn. 9: 13. For the Jewish formulas of bene- diction at the paschal supper, see Light- foot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26: 26. Comp. Jahn 354. c) of God towards men, to bless, i. e. to distinguish with favour, to prosper, to make happy, c. ace. Acts 3: 26 ane Aty avibv ['iqvovv] tvhoyovvta Eph. 1: 3 o &tbg, o evkoyyvag rifiag iv 7r(r/7 evhoyla nvevfittrixfi. Heb. 6: 14 fvhoyuv tikoyriffw at, quoted from Gen. 22:17 where Sept. for Heb. ^D^2 ^j-ia, of which this is an imitation ; Winer 46. 7. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 778. Stuart 514. Pass, to be blessed sc. of God, Gal. 3: 8, 9. Sept. genr. for ^na Gen. 24: 1, 35. Ps. 45: 3. 67: 2, 7. Pass. Is. 61: 9. Hence Puss, particip. perf. iiUop^juV- i/o?, blessed,favoured, sc. ofGod,happy; so in joyful salutations, etc. e. g. of the Messiah and his reign, ctAo/. o fQ%6- fisvog iv ovofimi XVQIOV, Matt. 21: 9. 2* 39. Mark 11: 9, 10. Luke 13: 35. 19: 38. John 12: 13. So Matt. 25: 34 61 evloyijfMVOt: lov ncngog. Luke 1: 28 svAo/^sV^ (ru iv yvvui$lv, i. e. blessed above all women, v. 42 bis. So Sept. and rp-i:: Deut. 28: 3. Ruth 3: 10. 1 Sam. 26: 25. oc, ov, o, ], adj. (evAo- /so),) blessed, in N. T. only of God, i. e. worthy of praise, adorable, Lat. vene- randus, Mark 14: 61. Luke 1: 68. Rom. 1: 25. 9: 5. 2 Cor. 1: 3. 11: 31. Eph. 1:3. 2 Pet. 1: 3. So Sept. and ^na Gen. 9: 26. Ex. 18: 10. al. Tob. 8: 5,' 15. In Sept. spoken of men, for "Tp^S Deut. 33: 24. Ruth 3: 10. jElMOy/tt, C, //, (f^o/eco,) eulogy, commendation, Lycurg. 153. 35. Thuc. 2. 42. In N. T. in a bad sense, fair speech, adulation, Rom. 16: 18. Else- where in N. T. blessing, viz. a) from men towards God, blessing t praise, in ascriptions, implying also thanksgiving; Rev. 7: 12 ?] evloyia xcu ?; 86$a x. i. A. TW #fw TJjuoJy. 5: 12, 13. Jos. Ant. 11. 4. 2. b) from men towards men and things, blessing, i. e. benediction, invocation of good sc. from God; upon persons. II* i'. 12: 17. James 3: 10 siloyla xal xara^a. So Sept. and MD-12 Gen. 27: 12, 35 sq. Ecclus. 3: 8, 9'. Yos. Ant. 4. 8. 44, 48. Also upon things, 1 Cor. 10: 16 TO tAo//? o ft'Ao/ofyfv, the cup of blessing, i. e. of benediciion, conse- cration, in allusion to the rD"13n DT3 drunk at the paschal supper ; ' comp. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26: 27. Jahn 354. c) nieton. blessing, i. e. favour con- ferred, gift, benefit, bounty, viz. (a) from God to men, etc. Rom. 15: 29 Iv n^rj- Qw t uan, svlo/lag rov evoty. i. Xo. i. e. in the full, abundant, blessings of the gos- pel. Gal. 3: 14 T) tvlofta rov 'AfiQctuu, the blessing promised of God to Abra- ham and his seed, Eph. 1:3. 1 Pet. 3: 9. Sept. and rO-i2 Gen. 49: 25. Is. 65: 8. Act. Tho'm. : 26. So Heb. 6: 7 ?/ yfj jUfroiUxju/ftmc tvJiofla$ anb IQV &eov. Comp. riD'HZ "WIT 3, Sept. vnog evloylag, Ez. 34: 26.' (|3)' from men to men, gift, bounty, present: 2 Cor. 9: 5 TJJV TTOOX. evloylav i'uwr, i. e. your gift, contribution. So Sept. and nD"^2 (Jen. 33: 11. 1 Sam. 25: 27. 2 K*. ! 5: 15. Hence by impl. for liberality, generosity, 2 Cor. 9: 5 ug tvloyiav, ttal uy tag nfao- vf$lav. v. 6 bis, in tvloyiag as adv. liberally, generously, comp. in *jii II. 3. C. rj. EufificcAoios, on, o, T/, adj. (ev, utiadidupi,) ready to impart, i.e. liberal, bountiful, 1 Tim. 6: 18. M. Antonin. 3. 14 TO Evunadoroy xul iinoirjxitKOv. Euvixtj, i), Eunice, pr. n. of the mother of Timothy, 2 Tim. 1: 5. EvvofCD) f. fffftw, (evvoog fr. tv, voiv,) to be well-minded, to be well-disposed, c. c. dat. Matt. 5: 25 t'ff&t ivvouv TW amdixo) aov T/U, i. e. be reconciled. Hdian. 8. 8. 11. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 1. Euroi'a, a, fj, (svvoEw,) goodwill, willing mind; Eph. 6: 7 UST tvvoiag dovJitvovTe?. By euphemism, 1 Cor. 7: 3 in text. rec. 1 Mace. 11: 33, 53. Diod. Sic. 1. 54. f. to-fo, (svvovxog,) to tunuch, to make a eunuch ; Pass, to be made a eunuch, pp. Matt. 19: 12. Jos. Ant. 10. 2. 2. Trop. nvotgu9 savior, to make oneself a eunuch, i. e. to live like a eunuch in voluntary abstinence, Matt. 19: 12. Evvov'/oQyOVy o, (svvri bed, !/,) pp. 'bed-keeper,' keeper of the bed- chamber ; hence eunuch, one who has been emasculated, such persons only being employed as the keepers of ori- ental harems. In N. T. a) pp. a eunuch, Matt. 19: 12 svvov/oi> oi Tivt$ tvy. VTIO ia>v ctv&g. Sept. for 0->-jO Is. 56: 3, 4. Esth. 2: 14: 15. Luc/Eun. 6, 7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 60. Trop. Matt. 19: 12 bis, of those impo- tent from birth, and also of those who live like eunuchs in voluntary absti- nence. Clem. Alex. Paed. 3. 4. Strom. 3. 1. b) by impl. a minister of court, Acts 8: 27, 34, 36, 3S, 39. Eunuchs often rose to stations of great power and trust in eastern courts ; so that the term apparently came to be applied to any high officer of court, though not emasculated; so prob. Gen. 37:6. 39:1, (comp. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 1,) where the Targum renders Heb. D"HD by JOi prince, Sept. svvov^og. See G< Lex. Heb. art. 0^"lO. Comp. Hdot. 8. 105. Test. XII Pair', p. 716 ao X isv^ov- %o$ naya TW f&agaM, l'%uv yvvcilxvtg xJ xal TE'X'. Evodia, a?, r t , Euodia, pr. name of a female Christian, Phil. 4: 2. EvofioGD, (O, f. oitrw, (evodog, fr. v, odog,) to lead in a good way, to prosper one's journey, pp. Sept. for nfT3 Gen. 24: 27, 48. Theophr. de Caus/Plant. 5. 6. Trop. to make prosperous, to give success to, Sept. for trb22n Gen. 24: 21,40. Neh.2:20. InN.T! only Pass. to be led in a good way, i. e. a) pp. to have a prosperous journey. Rom. 1: 10 ttTiug ?jdq Trots suodw&i'iao- uui> &&siv noi; vucig. Others trop. as below. b) trop. to be prospered, 1 Cor. 16: 2 xhjo'ai/o^wv, 0,11 ivoduiai. 3 John 2 bis. Perhaps Rom. 1: 10, if I shall be pros- pered, permitted, to come unto you. So Sept. for rprsn 1 Chr. 22: 13. 2 Chr. 32: 30. Prov.^B: 13. Test. XII Patr. p. 684. Hdot. 6. 73. ov } o, r\, v, nags- dgog assessor, Dem. 1332. 14,) pp. 'sit- ting diligently by,' i. e. assiduous, c. c. dat. 1 Cor. 7: 35 ngoq to fvnagsdgov rca , i. q. assiduity, devotedness. Text. 340 rec. has wnQofftdgov q.v. Hesych. et Suid. svnuQsdQov' xodoi? Tcaoa^itvov xul _ i'ov, ou? } o, 5, adj. (iv, TTfl&oucu,) easily persuaded, compli- ant, James 3: 17. Hdian. 3. 8. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 5. EviiegitfiaioGy oVy o, ^, (tu, mgi- 'i'ffTtt^aL to stand around,) pp. 'standing well around,' i. e. easily besetting, as fVTtfQ. otuagiia, Heb. 12: 1. So Chry- sost. T)/v frxoAfic 7ifQiiata^.ivi]V T^WS*. Comp. Eisner Ohss. Sac. in loc. Oth- ers, since neQiviucrtg sometimes signifies impediment, calamity, e. g. 2 Mace. 4: 16. Max. Tyr. Diss. 20. p. 207, translate BWifQiffiajov uuagilvtv by the sin so full of peril, which so easily subjects one to calamity. See Kypke Obss. Sac. in loc. etc, r t , (eL'Tio/ew,) well- doing, i. e. a doing good, beneficence, Heb. 13: 16. Jos. Ant. 7. 15. 1. Arrian. Alex. M. 7. 28. 8. Luc. Abdic. 25. This word is disapproved of by Poliux 5. 140, coinp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 353. nogtfOy co, f. ^, and as de- pon. Pass. iinoof'o(.iai, Ovpai, imperf. rjvTioQovfirjv, (svnogot; well to live, pros- perous,) to be well to live, to be prosper- ous, absol. Acts 11: 29 xa&wg t]vnoQtl'io rig. For the augm. see Buttm. 86. 2. Sept. for jpfcn Lev. 25: 26, 49. Pol. 1. 66. 5. Luc. bis Accus. 27. Active, Diod. Sic. 4. 98. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 4. a? 3 i}, (vnoyw.) pros- perity, genr. Xen. An. 7. 6. 37, coll. 38. In N. T. abundance, wealth, Acts 19: 25. Diod. Sic. 1. 45, 55. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3.7. ac } ^, (evjigm^? well- becoming, fr. ev, HQSTIEI,) gracefulness, beauty, James 1: 11. Sept. for ^iln Lam. 1: 7. bbStt Ps. 50: 2. Jos. Ant* 1.11.3. Thuc/6 : . '31. ?, ov, o, y, adj. (w, i,) well-received, i. e. accept- able, approved, c. dat. Rom. 15: 31. 1 Pet. 2: 5. absol. Rom. 15: 16. 2 Cor. 8: 12. Pint. ed. R. IX. p. 196. ult. By imp], favourable, as xaiqoq tvng. 2 Cor. 6: 2, i. e. a time of favour, from Is. 49: 8 where Heb. "pn D, Sept. Vy o, ?;, adj. (tv, pp. i. q. tvndgtdQoi;, assidu- ous ; hence also TO ti'nQocrsdQov, assi- duity, devotedness, c. dat. 1 Cor. 7: 35 in text. rec. See in EvnaQfdQog. Comp. nQOfffdyeiHa Jos. c. Apion. 1. 7. Diod. Sic. ]. 63. tDy CO) f. yea), (tv- well-faced, beautiful, Sept. Gen. 12: 11. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10. spe- cious, Hdot. 7. 168. Dem. 277. 4,) to make a fair shew, to strive to please, Gal. 6: J2. Not found in the classics. y f. evQr t o(o, aor. 1 unus. Rev. 18: 14. Aesop. Fab. 131. comp. Winer 15. p. 79. Lob^ ad Phr. p. 721. perf. ivgyxa, aor. 2 SVQOV, aor. 2 puss. (VQS&ijr, aor. 2 mid. later tvyd- fiijv once Heb. 9: 12. Pausan. 7. 11. 1. Andocid. 9. 7. see Buttm. 96. n. 1. tnarg. Winer 13.1. Lob. ad Phr. p. 139. For the augm. not found in N. T. and rarely elsewhere, see Buttm. 84. n. 2. 86. 2. Winer 12. 3. Lob. ad Phr. p. 140. To find, trans. a) geiir. to find, sc. without seeking, to meet with, to light upon, (a) pp. and seq. ace. of pers. Matt. 18: 28 svytv tva IMV avvdovkbyv. John 1:42,44,46. 2: 14. Acts 9: 33. 28: 14. Heb. 11: 5. al. Seq. ace. of thing, Matt. 13: 44. Luke 4:17. 18:8. John 12: 14. Acts 21: 2. Sept. for 8S73 of pers. Gen. 4: 13. 1 Sam. 10: 2/3. of thing Gen. 44: 8. Jon. 1: 3. Hdian. 3. 2. 7. of thing, ib. 3. 8. 12. Xen. An. 4. 4. 13. (/J) Trop. to find, i.e. to perceive, to learn by ex- perience, sc. that a person or thing is or does so and so; the accusative usu- ally having with it a participle or ad- jective, viz. (1) c. c. accus. et particip. comp. Buttiru 144. 4. b. Matt. 12: 44. Mark 7: 30 IVQS TO duipoviov e&lrjlv&os. Luke 8: 35. 24: 2. John 11: 17. Acts 9: 2. 2 John 4. al. So in the I 1 construction, Matt. 1: 18 VQ&&r} iv /aoTot E/OW. Luke 17: 18. Hdian. 8. 5. 2. Plut. Lucul. 13. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 14. (2) c. c. accus. et adj. or other adjunct, the ace. of wV being implied ; Acts 5: 10 ol veavLaxot fvgov 341 <*v. 24: 5. Rom. 7: 18. 2 Cor. 9: 4. Rev. 2: 2. So in Pass, construction, Luke 9: 36 tfydfrq povog. Acts 5: 39. Rorn. 7: 10. 1 Cor. 4: 2. 2 Cor. 5: 3. 1 Pet. 1: 7. Rev. 5: 4. al. Hdian. 2. 1. 8 ovdlvct ovnag eTrm'jdsiov vtiQuniw. Xen. II. G. 7. 4. 2. Mem. 4. 3. 14. b) to find, sc. by search, inquiry, etc. to find out, to discover, trans, (a) pp. and absol. Matt. 7: 7 /?Tcm xal ZVQIJ- ffsre. v.8. (Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 51 ^rct xal tVQr\ffei$.) Seq. ace. of pers. expr. or impl. Mark 1: 37 xaifdlu^av avtbv, xal tvgovTfg al'Tov. Luke 2: 45. John 7: 34, 35. Acts 5: 22. 3: 40. 2 Tim. 1: 17. al. Se<}. accus. of tiling expr. or impl. Matt. 7: 14 uMyoi flalv ol evQiaxovrtg avrrjv sc. il\v nvbp. 12: 43. 13: 46. Mark 11: 13. Luke 15: 4. John 10: 9. Acts 7: 11. al. So of a judge, after examination, John 18: 38 iyw oi'dfplav air lav (VQivxa) iv UVTU,. 19: 4, 6. Acts 13: 28. 23: 9. al. SoSept. and tf7D of pers. Josh. 2: 22. 1 Sam. 9: 13. lS4l. of things, 1 Sam. 9: 4. 2 K. 12: 10, 18. comp. 1 Sam. 29: 3, 6, 8. Luc. Asin. 45. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 21. of things Xen.H. G. 5. 3. 23. Vect. 4. 4. (/?) Trop. in different senses, viz. (1) tvQi'ny.ftv -frtdv, to find God, i. e. to be accepted of him on humbly and sincerely turning to him, comp. in '/,'x^Ttw c. Acts 17:27 '/m*' iov &sov fl ao/ airtov xal tvgoitv. Pass. Rom. 10: 20, quoted from Is. 65: 1 where Sept and NE:, as also 1 Chr. 28: 9. (2) spoken 'of computation, measurement, etc. to find, to make out, Acts 19: 19 fvoov ay/VQiov fivgiddag ndvtf. 27: 28 bis, BVQOV oQ/vidg fixoai x. T. L Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 18. H. G. 3. 2. 10. (3) to find out mentally, i. e. to in- vent, to contrive, before an indirect clause with TO expr. or impl. Luke 19: 48 ovx fi'Qiffxov TO, rl notiifffaaiv. Acts 4: 21. Luke 5: 19 pi] iigovitg nolctg sio*- tviyxmaiv ctviov. Test. XII Patr. p. 637 evgov, iL unapty. c. ace. Palaeph. 16.2. c) Mid. to find for oneself, 5. e. to ac- quire, to obtain, once c. ace. Heb. 9: 12 aiwviuv kiTQwaiv ti'Qdpwog. Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 1 do^av agtir^g fv^dpsvog. Arr. Alex. M. 1. 7. 16. Xen. An. 2. 1. 8. So also the Act. in N. T. but less often in classic writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 140, to acquire, to obtain, to get, for oneself or another ; Matt. 10: 39 6 tv- QWV ti]v \yi>xr,v x. T. L Luke 9: 12 xat tvgwffiv 7iiffrti>) pp. 1 well-marked,' trop. of good omen, PJut. J. Caes. 43. In N. T. distinguishable, sc. by certain marks ; trop. of speech, easy to be understood, distinct, 1 Cor. 14: 9. _ Pol. 10. 44. 3. Porphyr. de Abstin. 3.4. Hesych. tatHnyW evdrjlov, (pavs- QOV. JSvanAayxvoSj ou, o, i], (sv in- tens. V7i)itt/x vov 9- v< ) tender-hearted, full of pity, compassionate, Eph. 4: 32. 1 Pet. 3: 8. Prayer of Manass. 6. Test. XII Patr. p. 537. EvO'/T)pL9Va)Q t adv. (cuo/ijjtia))',) be- comingly, decorously, in a proper man- ner, Horn. 13: 13. 1 Cor. 14:40. 1 Thess. 4: 12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 8, 9. Mem. 3. 12.4. becomingness, decorum, e. g. of dress etc. 1 Cor. 12: 23. Diod. Sic. 5. 32. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 5. EuaXq/Moy, OVO?, o, ;, (v, o^- pa, fr. l#w,) well-fashioned, well-formed, comely. a) pp. 1 Cor. 12: 24 T svff/^pova j][iD3> Ex. 8: "219," 30. c. dat. Demosth. 22%. 1. Xen. An. 4. 3. 13. c. nQ6g 2 Mace. 9: 13. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 2. vnig Act. Thorn. 9. b) by impl. to pray for, i. e, to wish for, to desire earnestly, c. accus. et infin. Acts 27: 29 yv/ovTo ^iguv ysvsff&ai,. Rom. 9: 3. 3 John 2. c. ace. TOVTO, 2 Cor. 13: 9. Sept. for yen Jer. 42: 22. Aeschin. Dial. 3. 6. Xen. An. 1. 4. 7, 17. Conv. 4. 33. Eu%QijoiOQy OVy o, 77, adj. (ev m- tens. xQuofiai,) very usefid, 2 Tim. 2: 21. 4: 11. Philem. 11. Sept. Prov. 11: 16. Diod. Sic. 5. 40. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 5. yv/ri,) to be animated, to be in good spirits, Phil. 2: 19. Anth. Gr. IV. p. 275. So tvyv/la good spirits, cour- age, Dem. 1408. 15. Plut. ed. R. VIII. 318. 2. Ev cod let, dec, ?/, ($&% fr. ow, pf. odfadce,) good odour, sweet savour, fragrance, pp. Ecclus.24:15. Xen. Conv. 2. 3. In N. T. only trop. of persons or things well-pleasing to God, 2 Cor. 2: 15. Eph. 5: 2. Phil. 4: 18. Comp. Sept. and rrirp: mn Lev. 1: 9, 13, 17. Num. 28: 13. *afso" Test. XII Patr. p. 547. Ev&WpiOGy QVy o, r t , (sv, ovoua,) pp. of good name, honoured, lies. Theog. 409. Piud. Ol. 2. 13. Hence, of good omen, used by way of euphemism in- stead of aQiffTSQog, the left, which was a word of ill omen, since all omens on the left were sinister or regarded as unfortunate by the Greeks, and in part by the Romans; see Potter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 323. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 301. Viger. p. 92. In N. T. the left, spoken chiefly of the left hand, in opp. to the right, Matt. 20: 21, 23. 25: 33, 41. 27: 38. Mark 10: 37, 40. 15: 27. of the left foot, Rev. 10: 2. So adverbially, Acts 21: 3 xcnahTtovTfg avriiv evwvi'ov i. e. on the left hand. Sept. for bNJ Josh. 23: 6. Neh. 8: 6. Hdot. 7. 1 Pol. 5. 7. 11. Xen. Ven. 10. 12. i, f. aZofy, (inl, aA- to leap or spring upon, i. e. to assault, seq. inl c. ace. Acts 19: 16. Sept. for nbi of TO nvBii(j.u rushing upon Saul, f Sam. 10: 6. 11: 6. 16: 13. Horn. II. 11.421. of mounting a horse, c. dat. Plut. ed R. VI. p. 526. , adv. (inl, in antith. with ayanrjioL Wisd. 15: 18. tolq v^olf f X &<>6s Ael. V. H. 2. 23. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4.35. 2. Act. inimical, hostile, a) pp. as adj. Matt. 13: 28 (x&Q<*S <*v&Qwnog, i. e. an enemy. Rom. 5: 10 /xfyot bW?. Col.l: 21. Sept. Esth.7:6. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 15. ib. 4. 4. 17. b) as subsl. o ix&qos, an enemy, adver- sary, Buttm. 123. 3. (a) genr. and 346 seq. gen. of pers. Matt. 5: 43, 44. 10: 36. 13: 25. Luke 1: 71, 74. 6: 27, 35. 19: 27, 43. Rom. 12: 20. Gal. 4: 16. 2 Thess. 3: 15. Rev. 11: 5, 12. c. gen. of thing, Acts 13: 10. So Sept. for y fc Gen. 49: 8. Lev. 26: 7. al. saep. Dem. 1121. 12. Thuc. 6. 18. (/?) of the ad- versaries of the Messiah, seq. gen. Matt. 22: 44 ewg uv #&> Tovg &x&Q v $ ffov vno ~ n68iov x. i. L 'so Mark 12: 36. Luke 20: 43. Acts 2: 35. 1 Cor. 15: 25. Heb. 1:13. 10:13. also 1 Cor. 15:26. Phil. 3:18 Toixrtavgov. So//, lou&tov James 4: 4. (/) spec. o ex&gog, the adversary, Satan ; Luke 10: 19 inl naauv il]V 8v- vnuiv TOV ex&gov, comp. v. J8. So Matt. 13: 39. Test. XII Patr. p. 657, 658. Act. Thorn. 29, 30. vper, Acts 28: 3. Diod. Sic. 2. 43. Luc. Alex. 10. Trop. of wicked men, yw- vijuaia tyidvuv, progeny of vipers, Matt. 3:7. 12:34. 23:33. Luke 3: 7. Eu rip. Ion. 1262. [1276.] *J%&) f- ** w > a ' so Wnwi imperf. sixov, aor. 2 IV/ov, perf. io/qxa, see Buttm. 114 sub voc. to have, to hold, i.e. to have and hold, implying continued having or possession, trans. a) pp. and primarily, to have in one's hands, to hold in the hand ; Rev. 1: 16 l^wy iv ly del-lit OIVTOV %eiQt aenre'^ag kn- T. 6: 5.' 10: 2. 17: 4. Horn. II. 1. 14 iv xsQfflv BXWV. al. saep. Luc. D. Deor. 11. 2 T/J Aam [iev SXMV. comp. Hdot. 7. 16. So by irapl. Matt. 26: 7. Heb. 8:3. Rev. 3: 1. 5: 8. 6: 2. 8: 3, 6. 9: 14. al. b) genr. and most frequently, to have, to possess, sc. externally. () c. accus. of things in one's possession, power, charge, control, etc. (1) genr. and simply, e. g. property, Matt. 13: 12. 19: 21, 22. Mark 10: 22, 23. Luke 18: 24. 21:4. al. prjdsv \%uv,lo have nothing, to be poor, 2 Cor. 6: 10. (Horn. II. 2. 282. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 9.) Hence in later usage, t^av simply, with T fifjuora or the like irnpl. to have sc. much, to be rich etc. and ou v. (.it] i%fiv, to have not, to be poor, Matt. 13: 12. 25:29. ICor. 11: 22. 2 Cor. 8: 11, 12. James 4: 2. Palaeph. 49. 1. Dem. 1123. 25. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 44, coll. 45 So of flocks, Matt. 12: 11. (Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2 ult.) of produce, estates, etc. Luke 12: 19. 13: 6. x^govo^Lav trop. Eph. 5: 5, and peQog peia tivog John 13: 8, comp. Gen. 31: 14. Num. 18: 20. Deut. 12: 12. Of arms, utensils, etc. Luke 22: 36 bis. Rev. 18: 19. (Luc. D. Mort. 11. 1.) garments, Luke 3: 11. 9: 3. provisions, Matt. 14: 17. Mark 8: 1, 2, 5, 7. John 2: 3. I Tim. 6: 8. (Hdian. 3. 9. 17. Xen. An. 2. 3. 27.) a home, place, etc. Malt. 8: 20. Mark 5: 3. Luke 12: 17. members or parts of the body, am* Matt. 11: 15. oqptfeU- (iovq Mark 8: 18. (Palaeph. 32.1.) Luke 24: 39. Rev. 9: 10. Acts 11: 3 axgofiv- ffilav fyovifg, uncircumcised, gentiles. xagdlav heart, trop. Mark 8: 17. 2 Pet. 2: 14. power, faculty, dignity, etc. John 4: 44. 6: 68. 17: 5. Heb. 2: 14. 7: 24. Rev. 9: 11. 16: 9. 17: 18. Pa- laeph. 29. 3. Plut. Cat. Min. 16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 11. So of any good, advan- tage, benefit, etc. iua&ov Matt. 5: 46. XUQW ngog tov JLVOV, i. e. favour with, Acts 2: 47. (Sept. for K^D Ex. 33: 12.) Acts 24:16. Rom. 4: 2/5: 2. 9: 10. nlvi iv faith, as a gift etc. 14: 22. 1 Cor. 13: 2. James 2: 1, 14, 18. o>i)V aluviov John 3: 36. 6: 40, 47, 53, 54. al. Of a law, etc. John 19: 7. 1 Cor. 7: 25. 1 John 4: 21. So of age, years, John 8: 57. 9: 21. Jos. Ant. 1. 13.2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34. Of a ground of com- plaint, etc. seq. XT rivog or ngog ttva, Matt. 5: 23. Acts 19: 38. 24: 19. 25: 19. 1 Cor. 6: 1. Rev. 2: 4, 14, 20. or a ground of reply, 2 Cor. 5: 12. Of a definite beginning and end, Heb. 7: 3 jUTjxg aQxyv r t piQ(av ^UIJTC aijg rilog e/wy. (2) With an adjunct qualifying the accusative, e. g. an adj. or particip. in the accus. Acts 2: 44 sixov anavra xoivn. Acts 20: 24 ovde BXOJ xyv yvxyv /uov iifjilav nor do I hold my life dear. Luke 19: 20. So with a noun in apposit. 1 Pet. 2: 16 py wg enwalvufia %omff Tr t g xx/? T7;v itev&tgiav. Luc. D. Deor. 9. 1 toxdda yag TIJV xfcpalyv !/. (3) By impl. with the notion of charge, trust, etc. Rev. 1: 18 t#w ittg vikiig TOV &avdiov. 12: 12. 15: 1, 6, fyovrag n'kriyag kma x.i.L Dem. 1 153. 4. (4) In the sense of to have at hand, to have ready, 1 Cor. 14: 26 exao~iof 347 *E%< (/5) c. accus. of person, Implying some special relation or connexion, viz. (1) genr. and simply, e. g. of a husband or wife, Matt. 14: 4 ov I'j-eoT* aoi t%(tv avii]v sc. as a wife. 22: 28. Mark 12: 23. al. John 4: 17 r\ ywrj tinsv' ovx yet uvdga. v. 18. Comp. Schaef. ad Greg. Cor. p. 931. Schol. Yen. ad 11. 6. 398 r t yctg ywr] I/STO, o ds avi}Q t^ct. Odyss. 4. 569. Luc. D. Mort. 16. 1. So adfkcpoig B%iv Luke 16: 28. o#i- toe'a Heb.4:14. (vncnov Plut. Cat.Min. 21.) SsvTioTctg 1 Tim. 6: 2. oixovopov Luke 16: 1. rixva Tit. 1: 6. viov$ Gal. 4: 22. yttov Luke 11: 5. mpag 1 Tim. 5: 16. etc. etc. Matt. 9: 36. 27: 16,65. Luke 4: 40. John 5: 7. Rev. 2: 14, 15. al. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 11. An. 3. 4. 13. (2) With an adjunct qualify- ing the accus. e. g. a noun in apposit. Matt. 3: 9 notTega fyofttv tov 'Afyaup. John 8: 41. Acts 13: 5 elfov <5e xal 'la- avvtjv VTiTjQsiyv. Phil. 3:17. Philem. 17. Heb. 12: 9. (Diod. Sic. 4. 61.) With an adj. or particip. in the accus. Luke 17: 7 doi'lov t'/wv ut)oi(}u~>vit(. 14: 18, 19 c^ fis naQt]Tt]fisvov. 1 Cor. 7: 12, 13. Phil. 2: 20, 29. (Hdian. 1. 1& 9.) So with a prep, and its case, Acts 25: 16 nglv 7J XT nqoffUTiov i'xoi rovg xatqyo- Qovg. Matt. 2(J: 11 mca^ovg #m pttf lavrwv. Johu 12: 8. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 17.) So >v vji lavrox Matt. 8: 9. Luke 7: 8. i, see in Baml(o 2. b. Of sin, guilt, etc. v John 9: 41. 15: 22. /- Acts 23: 29. xglpct 1 Tim. 5: 12. But y.oiuara fysiv, to have lawsuits, 1 Cor. 6: 7. (Lat. lites habeo, Hor. Sat. 1. 7. 5.) v. 4. Acts 28: 29. So T*Ao? t%fiv, to have an end, i. e. pp. to come to an end, be destroyed, as o ^TV, Mark 3: 26. or trop. to h:ive an ac- complishment, be fulfilled, as prophecy, Luke 22: 37. pp. Diod. Sic. 16. 91. trop. Horn. I!. 18. 378. Of effects or results depending on the subject as a cause or antecedent ; Heb. 10: 35 /JT< t%(i iiiafrajtodoffiav jUf/eU^v, i. e. which has or brings with it great reward. 1 John 4: 18 o qpo ( 3os xokacriv ^H. (/?) of any condition or affection of body or rnind, where .one is said to have such and such an affection, etc. (1) Of the body, as fiaarlyag v. otff&svtiag ftv, to have disease, infirmity, etc. Mark 3: 10. Acts 28: 9. Heb. 7: 28. wounds, Rev. 13: 14. dcupoviov v. nvsvfiu uxu>orov *xtiv, to huvc a devil, etc. to be possessed, Matt. 1 1: 18. Mark 3: 22, 30. 9: 17. Luke 13: 11. Acts 16: 16. 19: 13. (2) Of the mind, as uyami]v *Xtiv, John 5: 42. 13: 35. avuyxrp Luke 14: 18. 23: 17. (Jos. Ant. 16. 9. 3. Plut. Cat. Min. 24 fin.) avajiavviv Rev. 4: 8. eW John 16: 33. Acts 9: 31. (comp. Dem. 13. 12.) llniSct Acts 24: 15. (Hdian. 2. 3. 4.) bu&vplav Phil. 1: 2:J. dXiyiv 1 Cor. 7: 28. d-vpov Rev. 12: 12. vovv XQKTTOV 1 Cor. 2: 16. Tra^r/o-tav Eph. 3: 12. nurrw, as an affection of mind, Matt. 17: 20. Trvei'jua Xgicnov Rom. 8: 9. nv. uyiov 1 Cor. 6: 19. nveiipa Jude 19. novov Col. 4: 13. ytfov 1 Tim. 5: 20. ^a^av 3 John 4. %aQiv iivl, to have favour towards any one, Lat. gratias habeo, i. q. totfumA-,Lukel7: 9. 1 Tim. 1: 12. (Dem. 12. 11. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1.1.) %Qciuv t%ttv, to have need, to be in want, seq. gen. Matt. 6: 8 wv xgtlav ^ers. Luke 5: 31. 1 Cor. 12:21. Heb. 5: 12. genr. Mark 2: 25. Acts 2: 45. 4: 35. seq. in- fin. Matt. 3: 14. 1 Thess. 1: 8. seq. iVo, John 2: 25. 16: 30. 1 John 2: 27. 'E'/co 348 Arr. Epict. 1. 29. 27. Pol. 9. 12. 1. By an inversion of the subject and predicate such an affection or emotion is in Greek writers often said to have, to possess a person ; in N. T. only Mark 16: 8 cT/e 0" aviag TOOJUO? xcu e'x- ffiuo-ig. Horn. II. 18. 247 nuviag yaQ %X* TOO>O?. 3. 342 &urfog. 1. 82 *o- log. Hdot. 4. 115 g>6> ? . Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 9 xhttvalydwg. See Passow in 'V^w 1. b. (7} PP- f things which one /iors 171, on, or about himself, including the idea of to bear, to carry ; e. g. in oneself, as V yao-iQl e/eiv, Jo be pregnant, Matt. 1: 18 et Rev. 12: 2; see in Jao-njo. Trop. 2 Cor. 1: 9. 4: 7. Phil. 1: 7. So on oneself, of garments, arms, ornaments, etc. i. q. to bear, to wear ; Matt. 3: 4 f?/c TO svSvfjta. John 12: 6 TO yhwaao- xopov ttx*. 18: 10 (U/fv. Rev. 9: 17 #o>0xa?. So seq. ini expr. or impl. 1 Cor. 11: 10. Rev. 9: 4. 13: 17. 14: 1, 14. 16: 2. 19: 16. Luc. D. Deor. 2. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26. ib. 7. 5. 29. c. inl Luc. D. Deor. 26. 1 med. 1 Cor. 11: 4 s/fiv XT x(jpA%, to have upon the head, pp. so as to hang down from it, like a veil, toga, etc. Comp. Pint. Quaest. Rom. 14 Idcav XT xfqpaA?]? TO Ifjuxtiov. Trop. of persons wearing an appear- ance, etc. Col. 2: 23. 2 Tirn. 3: 5. Rev. 3:1. (Hdot. 7. 138.) Of a tree hav- ing leaves, Mark 11: 13. (d) in the sense of to contain, i. e. to have within oneself, Heb. 9: 4 bis. Rev. 21: 11. Trop. % Acts 7: 1. 12: 15. al. nwg 15: 36. attoig 1 Tim. 5: 25. Xen. An. 3. 1. 32 ovroig. Ael. V. H. 2. 36 nu$. Acts 24: 25 TO vvv 349 "Ems t%ov TTOOEVOV, as it now is, as tiie matter now stands, i. e. adverbially, for the present. Com p. Viger. p. 9. Tob. 7: 11. Plut. Amator. 1. Luc. Anachar. 40 ult. Seq. iv c. dat. adverbially ; John 5: 5, 6, Iv uff&tvtlcf tyfiv. 2 Cor. 10: 6. So of place, f/av ev, to be in a place, John 11: 17 t^ovia iv TM pvrjpeiw. Jos. Aut. 7. 1. 1. comp. Arr. Al. M. 6. 17. 9. g) Mid. t%0ficu, to hold oneself upon or to, to adhere to, Horn. II. 7. 248. seq. gen. of person, Sept. for p^T Dent. 30: 20. Theogn. Sent. 32. to ~6e near to, adjacent, contiguous, seq. gen. Diod. Sic. 2. 49 init. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 20. In N.T. only particip. tyofntvo?, t], ov, near, next, e. g. of place, Mark 1: 38 fig rug fyoutvag xw^OTToActc, i. e. next, adjacent. Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 10. Of time, trj IfO/MHrf? sc. yuiqn, the next day, in 'full Acts' 21: 26. absol. Luke 13: 33. Acts 20: 15. TW di i x . ffappaw Acts 13: 44. Sept. 1 Chr. 10: 8. 2 Mace. 12: 39. Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 2. Pol. 3. 112. 1. Trop. Heb. 6: 9 T ^/o- psva ffmyQiag, things pertaining to sal- vation, conjoined with it. Luc. Her- mot. 69 TOUT' tJmidog ov ftixQag ixoptva tiynq. Plat. Euthyd. p. 213. A. comp. Xen. An. 6. 3. 17. AL. jE(*)? } adv. and later also as prep, c. gen. I. As adv. a) until, i. e. so long as until, marking the continuance of an action up to the time of another action, and followed by the Indicative, Sub- junct. or Opt. according as the latter action is certain or uncertain ; lint tin. 146. 3. Matth. 522. 1. Winer 42. 3. () Seq. Indie, of a past action ; Matt. 2: 9 tug tt&uv t /Jaflld, fc it}? ptroixfffia$ Baft. au TOU Xqurtov. Luke 16: 16. Matt. 28: 20. Luke 11: 51. al. Diod. Sic. 1. 4 lw ? ifa ItlkSMwy ttfaviriq. Dion. Hal. de Demosth.24.T.lI.p.l78.26.ed.Sylburg. b) seq. gen. of a pronoun, e. g. (a) i'co<; ov sc. /oovoi-, until what time, until when, i.e. simply, until, c. c. Iiidic. or Subjunct. like ?w nfQi atTTj'y. 15:8 coll. v. 4. 22: 16. 18. "ECO? 350 Zceco c) seq. adv. of time, with or without TOW, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 45 sq. So f'wg iov vvv, until now, Matt. 24: 21. Mark 13: 19. (Sept. for nny T? Gen. 46: 34.) tag til? mifitgov Matt 27~: 8. Rom. 11: 8 ; but tag ayufgov 2 Cor. 3: 15. So genr. without iov, more usually in later writers, but sometimes thus found in earlier ones, Lob. 1. c. Winer 58. 6. p. 395. i'ojg aQTi, until now, see in Matt. 11: 12. John 2: 10. al. to>? , until when ^ i.e. how long ? Matt. 17: 17. Mark 9: 19. John 10: 24. al. Sept. for rr:tf *iy Ps. 13: 2. Tltt *l 2 Sam. 2: 26" T Comp. to? ore, ZosimT Hist. 1. 5. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 25. 2. Of place, as far as to, unto, etc. a) pp. in various constructions, (a) seq. gen. of place, Matt. 11: 23 tea? iov ovQctvov, to, up to, heaven. 24: 31. 26: 58 tug iijg avlrjg iov ^/. Luke 2: 15 tag Byd-tesii. 4:29. Acts" 1: 8. 11: 22. 23: 23. 26: 11 tag xal tig Tag eo) notetg, to and even into foreign cities, the con- struction being here adapted to elg and not to too?. So c. gen. of pers. as marking a place, Luke 4: 42. Diod. Sic. 1. 27 tag uxmvov. Ael. V. H. 3. 18 med. (/?) seq. adv. of place, e. g. aw? avw, to the brim, John 2: 7. i'wq xarw, to the bottom, Matt. 27: 51. twg I'cro) Mark 14: 54. tag uSe Luke 23: 5. (y] seq. prep, and its case, e. g. tug fig Brj&aviav, as far as into Bethany, i. e. quite thither, Luke 24: 50. Diod. Sic. 1. 27 tug fig lovg aoittrJTovg lonovg. Ael. V. H. 12. 22. So tug *'w rfg no- tao)?, as far as to without the city, i. e. quite out of the city, Acts 21: 5. b) trop. seq. gen. of a term or limit marking extent ; Matt. 26: 38 tag -#wa- TOV. (Sept. for 13> Jon. 4: 9. Test. XII Patr. p. 520. Jos. de Mace. 14 ult.) Mark 6: 23. Luke 22: 51 BUTE tug iov- tov. Seq. gen. of pers. in a like sense ; Matt. 20: 8 tug iuv TCQUHWV. John 8: 9. Acts 8: 10. Rom. 3: 12 ovx laiiv twg evog, not so much as one. Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 37 I'ws ixyovwv. AL. z. {dwelling), pr. n. of the tenth son of Jacob, born of Leah, Gen. 30: 20. In N. T. melon, the tribe of Zabulon, Matt. 4: 13, 15. Rev. 7: 8. Za%%a7oQ, ov y o, Zaccheus, Heb. prob. ^3T (pure), pr. name of a chief publican, Luke 19: 2, 5, 8. Comp. Jahn $242. ZiCf^dy o, indec. Zara, Heb. FHT (dawn, rising,) pr. n. of a son of Judah by Tharnar, Matt. 1: 3. Comp. Gen. 38:30. Zci%aQi(X? y loVy o, Zacharias,Heb. n^^ST (God-remembered), Zechariah, pr^n. of two men in N. T. 1. The father of John the Baptist, a priest of the class of Abia ; see 'Apia. Luke 1: 5, 12, 13, 18, 21, 40, 59, 67. 3:2. 2. A person killed in the temple, Matt. 23: 35 et Luke 11: 51 Zaxotglov vlov Baguxlov. The allusion is prob- ably to Zechariah the son of Jehoida (prob. also called Barachias), who was stoned by order of Joash, 2 Chr. 24: 20 sq. Others refer it to the prophet Zechariah son of Barachiah, Zech.l:! ; but history gives no account of his death. Others again make the refer- ence to Zacharias the son of Baruch, who was slain by the Zelotae in the temple just before the destruction of Jerusalem,^ Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 4 ; but the aor. ecpovtvffais is against this supposi- tion. See Olshausen on Matt. 1. c. Zaco y co } Js, g, infin. $?, Buttm. 105. n. 5 ; fut. &<*< R m - 6: 2 ' Heb ' 12:9. Aristoph. Plut. 263. Plat. Rep. V. p. 465. D. X.p. 591. C. also later fut. Matt. 4:4. al. Dem. 794. 19. Zctco 351 Zda, aor. 1 tfract Rev. 2: 8. Ael. V. H. 3. 23. Hdian.3.12.26. The Attics rarely employed this verb except in pres. and imperf. supplying the other tenses from /Jtdoi, Buttm. 114. Matth. 236. Wi- ner 15. p. 79. To live, intrans. a) to live, to have life, spoken of physical life and existence, as opp. to death or non-existence, and implying always some duration, (a) genr. of human life etc. Acts 17: 28 Iv av-rti yctQ &[uv. 22: 22. Rom. 7: 1, 2, 3. 1 Cor. 15:45. Heb.9:17. m &v Matt. 27: 63. w*Tf$ xl vtxQoi Acts 10: 42. Rom. 14: 9. 1 Pet. 4: 5. TO i)v, subst. life, Phil. 1: 21, 22. 2 Cor. 1: 8. Sept. for ^ Gen. 2: 7, 9. 43: 7. !Th Gen. 42: 2. "Ex. 19: 13. Xen. Cyr. Y. 3. 3. ib. 8. 7. 8. TO gfv Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 21. Of persons raised from the dead ; Matt. 9: 18 fj &vy. ftov agn hsJt-tirfijaev aUa el&tav xal tj- o-cTttt. Mark 16:11. Luke 24: 23. John 5: 25. Acts 1:3. 9: 41. Rev. 20: 4, 5. al. So Sept. and rp n 2 K. 13: 21 . Spoken also of those restored from sickness, not to die, by impl. to mend, to be well ; John 4: 50 6 vlog o~ov ij. v. 51, 53, comp. 52. So Sept. and rpfj 2 K. 8: 8, 9. (/?) In the sense of to'exist, abso- lutely and without end, now and here- after, to live forever ; so of human be- ings, Matt. 22: 32 oint lor/v 6 #eo? vat- QUV, attu WVTWV. Mark 12: 27. Luke 20: 38. (Jos. de Mace. 16 ult.) John 11: 25. 14: 19. 1 Thess. 5: 10. 1 Pet. 4: 6. by irnpl. Heb. 7: 8. Of Jesus, John 6: 57. 14: 19. Rom. 6: 10. 2 Cor. 13: 4. Heb. 7: 25. Rev. 1: 18. 2: 8. Of God John 6: 57 6 wv Traujo, i. q. 6 1/wv b)Tjv sv kainM 5: 26. also in an oath by Hebr. Rom. 14: 11 eu iyw, Uyn xv- Qiog, as I live; so Sept. and "ON ^ Num. 14: 21, 28. comp. Judg. 8: 19^ 1 Sam. 17: 56. Part. wv, ever living, eternal, o &tog o &v, Matt. 16: 16. Rom. 9:26. 1 Tim. 6: 17. Heb. 3:12. 12:22. Rev. 4: 9, 10. 10: 6. and as opp. to idols, which are dead, non-existing, Acts 14: 15. 2 Cor. 6: 16. 1 Thess. 1: 9. So Sept. and ->n Deut. 5: 26. 2 K. 19: 16 Bel and Drag. 5. (/) Trop. of things, only in particip.^wi/,^ouaa,Cwf, living, lively, active, also enduring, opp. to what is dead, torpid, inactive, and also transient; e.g. 1 Pet. 1: 3 ttnlg lively enduring hope. Rom. 12: 1 . living and constant sacrifice, opp. to the interrupted sacrifice of slaughtered victims. Heb. 4: 12 o Ad/o? T. xhoD, the divine threatnings are living, sure, never in vain ; also 1 Pet. 1: 23 6 loyog . #. the living, efficient, enduring word. 1 Pet. 2: 4 M&og &v, of Christ as the corner-stone of the church, not inactive and dead, but living and efficient ; so of Christians in v. 5. So vdotQ djv t living water, i. e. the water of running streams and fountains, opp. to that of stagnanfcisterns, pools, marshes, John 4: 10, 11. 7: 38. Rev. 7: 17. So Sept. and tph 73172 Gen. 26: 19. Lev. 14: 5, 50. Zech. 14: "8. By impl. and also by Hebr. part. (ov, life-giving, like Pi. 5"Pty e. g. John 6: 51 6 agjog o ^wy, living, i. e. life-giving bread, which imparts eternal life, comp. the foil, clause. Acts 7: 38 A6> WVT. Heb. 10: 20 oflo? o>(ra. Comp. below in d. So Sept. trans. ijo*dv ^ue x. T. A. for J"l*n Ps. 19: 25, 37, 40, 50. al. E/. 13: 22. ' b) to live, i. e. to sustain life, to live on or by any thing. Matt. 4: 4 ovx in a'oTM juovo) tfianai o iiv&Q. 1 Cor. 9: 14 in TOU wotyydiov yv. Dem. 1309. 26. c. did Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 11. c) to live in any way, to pass one's lift in any manner ; Luke 15: 13 c5v aTO?. Acts 26: 5 t&iva qpa^uo-ttloc. Gal. 2: 14 ^nxw? $v. 2 Tirn. 3: 12 tvatpus f/v. Tit. 2: 12 . x. T. L Luke 2: 36 tycracra errj ay#oo. Rom. 7: 9 l^wv #wt$ vopov. Wisd. 11:28. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 7. Xen. Ag. 11. 8. Cyr. 8. L 33. Hence yv TIVI, tv iivt, xara iivct, to live to, in, according to any one, i. e. to be devoted to, to live conformably to the will, pur- pose, precepts, example, of any person or thing ; e. g. TM #fiT, Luke 20: 38. Rom. 6: 10, 11. Gal. 2: 19. T&J xt/o/w, Christ, Rom. 14: 8. 2 Cor. 5:*15. TW nvsi'naii, Gal. 5: 25. kawoi Rom. 14: 7. 2 Cor. 5: 15. rfi dixcuoavvr) 1 Pet. 2: 24. Alciphr.1.37. Dem. 80. 26 iUn- So iv ttfittQila, under the power of sin, Rom. 6: 2. iv niaru, full of fuith, un- der the power of faith, Gal. 2: 20. iv XGO-//O), in conformity to the world, Col. Zefiedcuog 352 '<>: 20. lv aviolg 3: 7. Ael. V. H. 3. 13 . lv olVw. Comp. vivo in litteris, Cic. ad Div. 9. 26. Kara anoxa ,yv, to live after, according to, Ihejlesh, Rom. 8: 12, 13. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44 p) XT rovg vopovg. d) by imp], to live and prosper, to be bles- sed, genr. Rom. 10: 5 et Gal. 3: 12 6 noi riaag ttliTa &]ffTai, lv avrolg, comp. Lev. 18: 5 where Sept. for ^h. 1 Thess. 3: 8 lof,) zeal, fervour, viz. a) genr. and in a good sense, ardour, for any person or cause, e. g. seq. gen. r\& *!...- /*,.. .,.!."]. "!_!__ C\ 1 l*t C **- have eternal life, to be admitted to the bliss and privileges of the Redeemer's kingdom ; Luke 10: 28 TQVTO nolsi, xal ^O-TJ. John 6: 51, 58. Rom. 1: 17. Gal. 3: 11. Heb. 12: 9. 1 John 4: 3 5V fij- '6>ov. (2 Mace. 4: 2.) Acts 22: 3. Gal. 1:14. Comp.Num. 25: 13. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 22. In the age of Christ the name Zriltmai, Zelotae, was applied to an extensive association of private per- sons, who professed great attachment to the Jewish institutions, and undertook to punish without trial those guilty of violating them ; under which pre- text they committed the greatest ex- cesses and crimes. See Jos. B. J. 4. 3. 9. in. 4. 5. 1 *q. ib. 4. 6. 3. ib. 7. 8. 1. 2. Zelotes, a surname of Simon one of the apostles, probably so called from his having been one of the Zelotae. Luke (i: 15. Acts J: 13. See more in i'a, a? } y, damage, loss, detri- ment, Acts 27: 10, 21. Phil. 3: 7, 8, fiytlff&at tyftlav, to count as loss. Test. Xll Patr. p. 651. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 29. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 6. Z>)f.uoco, co, f. wtrw, (jjju,) to bring loss upon any one, Ael. V. II. 3. 23. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 30. pp. with two accus. Matth. 411. 4. Buttm. 131. 4, 5. In N. T. only Pass, or Mid. to suffer loss, to receive detriment, I Cor. 3: 15. Iv fjrjdwl 2 Cor. 7: 9. Phil. 3: 8 T navja f^r]ui(o^r)v, I have suffered the loss of all things, where for the ace. re- tained in the pass, constr. see Buttm. 134. 6. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 16. Aor. 1 Pass. tf]i4iwO"t]v in Mid. signif. to b?~ing loss upon oneself, i. e. to lose, e. g. ir t v yv/jtv Matt. 16: 26. Mark 8: 36. eat-- IQV Luke 9: 25. See Buttm. 136. 2. y a, o, Zenas, prob. a Chris- tian teacher, Tit. 3: 13. 45 W, co, f. 7?Vw, to seek, trans. a) pp. to seek after, to look for, to strive to find ; (a) genr. e. g. absol. in the proverbial phrase, Matt. 7:7,8 fypsiTs x2 vvfijre. Luke 6: 19. Gal. 1: 10. c. inf. impl. John 5: 30 ov ;T TO -dttrjuct TO I^QV sc. noittv. Sept. for '^3 Deut. 13: 10. 1 Sam. 19: 10. Plut. Thes. 35 med. Xen. An. 5. 4. 33. (y) by impl. to de- sire, to wish, seq. infin. aor. Matt. 12: 354 46, 47, fyioivng avin latfiaai. (comp. Luke 8: 19.) Luke 9: 9 tfai Iduv au- Toy. 11:54. John 7: 4. Acts 27: 30. seq. accus. John 1:38 et 4:27 iL gijTctrc/ (Sept. and t]52 Gen. 37: 14.) 2 Cor. 12: 14 ou ^TW T t'/uwv, aM* x^uas. I Cor. 7: 27 p; jm Ai'fftv . . . . pj f^TSt yvvcaxa. Soph. Oed. R. 658 sq. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 5. b) to seek, for fo require, to demand, to expect, c. ace. of thing, 1 Cor. 1: 22 ol "EMrivtg voyinv fyioi-aiv. 2 Cor. 13: 3. Heh. 8: 7. seq. nagd nvog Mark 8: II t]Tovvifg nay avtov ar^utiov. Luke 11: 16. 12: 48. seq. IV TW 1 Cor. 4: 2 CtyTctra* fv TOI? oixoyo^uo/c iV x. T. A. c. ace. of pers. John 4: 23. Sept. for wJT.2 Neh. 5: 12, 18. Aristot. de Gen. et corrupt. 2. 5. c. TUXQU Dem. 374. 16. c) by impl. to inquire, to ask, c. c. ntgl, John 16: 19 nf^l TOVTOV IJT*TC ftn aMi'ifavt Ael. V. H. 2. 13 pen. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 13. AL. Zrfn^ifXy aloe, TO, (I?TC. ^l'^,X.T./l. Matt. 16: 12. Sept. for ^Nip Ex.' 12: 15. 13: 7. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 6. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 109. Mor. ed. Tauchn. II. p. 299. ed. Reiske VII. p. 164. Hence, as leaven causes to ferment and turn sour, spoken proverbially, 1 Cor. 5: 6 et Gal. 5: 9, nutlet vpy o'Aov TO yi'Qupa vuo?, a little leaven leavens the whole mass, 5. q. 'a few bad men corrupt a multi- tude.' Trop. for corruptness, perverse- ness of life, doctrine, heart, etc. Matt. 16:6,11. Mark 8: 15 bis. Luke 12: 1. 1 Cor. 5: 7, 8 bis. Zvfioco } co, f. wo-w, (vur],)to leaven, to make ferment, trans. Matt. 13: 33 et Luke 13: 21. Proverbially 1 Cor. 5: 6 >0 el Gal. 5: 9, see in Zvp/. Sept. for Ex. 12: 34, 39. Hos. 7: 4. $t(0, (0 } f. ij'/QUV, comp. v. 11, and see in Ll t uL II. f. Pass. part. perf. 2 Tim. 2: 26 l&ygijulvoi vn airtou, taken captive by him, Satan, in a moral sense, i. q. ensnared, seduced. ZcoJ], rj?, t/, (Jaw,) /1/e, i. e. a) genr. physical life and existence, as opp. to death and non-existence, (a) pp. and genr. of human life etc. Luke 16: 25. Acts 17: 25 Sidovg navi fai]v. 1 Cor. 3: 22. 15: 19. Heb. 7: 3. James 4: 14. Rev. 11:11. 16: 3 in later edit, yi'x*] W7 1? i- q V 1 '/ 11 ) sw} paffihi'aovai. v. 18. 7: 10. 8: 2,6, 10.' Phil. 2: 16. 2 Tim. 1: 1. 1 John 5: 12, 13, 16. 3: 14. al. For /9//5Ao? v. /?*/9A/W ft>;je, see in Bl3lo$. So 6 (TTc'qpuj'Oi' TJ/S Jo^, crown of life, reward of eternal life, James 1: 12. Rev. 2: 10. %noic TJJC w)f, gift ofeter* nal life, 1 Pet. 3: 7. Melon, for the au- thor and giver of eternal life, John 11: 25. 14: 6. Col. 3: 4. 1 John 1: 2. 5: 20. For the cause, source, means of eternal life, John 5: 39. 12: 50. 17: a AL. Zcovr], 7)? 9 r t , (Zwvviu,) a zone, belt, girdle, Malt. 3: 4. 10: 9. Mark 1: 6. 6: 8. Acts 21: 11 bis. Rev. 1: 13. 15: 6. Sept. for -ft 8 2 K. 1: 8. Jinan 1 K. 2: 5. Hdian. L 11. 13. Xen. Xn! 1. 4. 9. The girdle was worn by both sexes among the Jews, because of their long flowing dress ; it was often hol- low, and served as a pocket or purse for money, Matt. 10: 9. Mark 6:,8. In this sense the Rabbins call it K^: !js and NnriSN, see Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. 1753. Jabo 121. Plut. Symp. IV. qu. 2. 3, &vr)v />lxou fyovo-av. Liv. 33. 29 argentum in zonis habentes. V. ^COVVUCO, f. w<7W, to gird, to put on a girdle, John 21: 18 bie. Sept. for ^TN Job 38: 3. 40: 2. 15h Ex. 29: 9. ~2 K. 4: 28. Horn. Od. 18'. 76. Theocr. Id. 16. 81. Pausan.9. 17. oi, f. fr. o>o and obsol. yevw,) to bring forth alive, and Pass, to be born alive, Diod. Sic. 1. 7, 10. In N. T. to preserve alive, Acts 7: 19. Luke 17: 33. So Sept. and n;h Pi. Hiph. Ex. 1: 17. Judg. 8: 19. 1 K. 20: 31. Theoph. ad Autol. I. p. 74, ^ nvoij t. &tov Jwo/om to nuv. 356 'H ou, TO, fr. living thing, animal, beast, Heb. 13: 11. 2 Pet. 2: 12. Jude 10. Symbolical I v, Rev. 4: 6, 7 quater, 8, 9. 5:* 6, 8, 1 1, 14. 16: 1, 3, 5, 6, 7. 7: 11. 14: 3. 15: 7. 19: 4. Comp. Dan. 7: 3 sq. Ez. 1: 5 sq. Sept. for rph Ez. I.e. Ps. 68: 11. Xen. Mern. '4. 3. 10. aJ 9 f. i/'ffw, (wo7rotoc, fr. wo, noiew,) /o wafo a/we, Jv vH/). Phocyl. 77. Soph. Ajax 945 or 966. Diod. Sic. 11. 11. Thuc. 6. 21. Hdot. 9. 26. Cornp. Plant. Rud. 4. 4. 70, ' tacita mu- lier est L)ona semper, quam loqtiens.' See also Kypke ad Matt. 18: 9. 4. With otlii-r particles, viz. () AA' 17, unless, except, see in *AMa 4. (/?) /] xui, or also, or even ; Luke 18: 11 Oil OIX fl t ul WOTTfO ol JiOlTfOl ... 7*] XCU O> otros x. T. X. 1 Cor. 16: 6. 2 Cor. 1: 13. Interrogatively, Luke 11: 11,12. 12:41. Rom. 4: 9. 14: 10. non al. (/} than perhaps, than indeed, after [tu John 12: 43. non al. 2 Mace. 14: 42. Luc. D. Mort. 6. 3. (<5) ijroi, i. q. 7;, or, but stronger ; in N. T. only 7/10* T*;', whether indeed or, Rom. 6: 16. non al. See Herm. ad Vig. p. 787, 410. M- nand. XIII, in Poet. Gnom. p. 155. ed. Tauchu. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 2. ib. 4. 6. 13. AL. H } a particle of affirmation, truly, assuredly, certainty, in N. T. only in the connexion 7; ^r\v, the usual intensive form of oaths, most certainly, most surely. Heb. 6: 14 7] pip eyAo/wv ei-Ao/qVc.) Ao- yuv yytpuv o ( Egp]g. Luc. Psetidolog. 24. Spoken genr. of those who have influence and authority, Luke 22: 26. Acts 15: 22. of officers and teachers in the churches, Heb. J3: 7, 17, 24. of a chief magistrate, as Joseph in Egypt, Acts 7: 10. of the Messiah, a ruler, prince, Matt. 2: 6, quoted from . Mic. 5: 1 where Heb. Vjptt, Sept. UQXurov Phil. 2: 3. 1 Tim. 1: 12. 6: 1. Heb. 11: 11. ^ w? frflf" 2 Thess. 3: 15. Sept. for 3rt Job 19: II. 33: 10. Wisd. 1: 16. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 20. With an accus. and adverb, 1 Thess. 5: 13 riyiiaSau, aviovg vmg- Exnseurffov iv ayanri, i. e. to regard them as very highly deserving of love. 359 'Hdfco? y adv. (ijdtf,) sweetly, i. e. with relish, of eating Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 5. In N. T. trop. with pleasure, gladly, Mark 6: 20. 12: 37. 2 Cor. 11: 19. 2 Mace. 6: 30. Jos. Ant. 3: 8. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10. "jHdfy adv. now, even now, already, spoken a) in reference to time past and pres- ent, marking an action as completed ; Matt. 3: 10 rfir] de xal i] a$lvr) xtlnn X.T. A. 5: 28 ijdrj fuolxtvfffv avu'iv. 24: 32. Mark 15: 42, 44. Luke 7: 6. John 3: 18. 4: 35. al. saep. 1 John 4: 3 vvv ;<57? now even already. Phil. 4: 10 r,dij note, now at length. Tob. 3: 6. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 13. Hdian. 1. 9. 10. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 4. jj7 TTore evodw&iiffopfxt, X.T. A. if perhaps I may shortly or at length be prospered to come etc. See Viger. p. 413 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 14. 1 T7jv piv i}di) ejm, ti\v Si I'iSrj Irnptff&f. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2 bis. Thuc. 8. 69. AL. , adv. pp. ace. plur. neut. of 7J<5toTo$ super!, of ytivg, Buttm. 115. 5, lit. most sweetly, i. e. with high relish, of eating and drinking Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 5. In N. T. trop. most gladly, 2 Cor. 12:9, 15. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 10. Comp. )S, i), (?)$<>$, ,} pleasure, gratification, enjoyment, in N.T. only of the pleasures of sense, Luke 8: 14 1-710 fjdovuv roD filov. Tit. 3: 3. James 4: 3. 2 Pet. 2: 13. Test. XII Patr. p. 605. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 4. Melon, desire, appe- tite, lust, James 4: 1. Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 6. o$jOu?y TO, (Ion. fr. f^ouai,) accustomed seat, haunt, dwel- ling, of animals and men, Horn. II. 6. 511. lies. Op. 169. Hdot. 1. 15. In N. T. wont, custom, usage, Plur. ia r]&r], manners, morals, character, 1 Cor. 15: 33, quoted from Menander in Sentent. Comicor. Gr. p. 248 ed. Steph. p. 78 ed. Cler. Sing. Ecclus. 20: 26. Luc. Phalar. pr. 7 ^JJOTOV TI&O?. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 3. Plur. Hdian. 2. 6. 1. , ov y TO, (neut. of adj. sweet-scented, fr. y8v?, oaui],) mini, mentha viridis Linn, garden or spear mint, i. q. (j.lv&r), Matt. 23: 23. Luke 11: 42. The Rabbins call it KDI'Va ; it was strewed by the Jews on the 'floors of their houses and syna- gogues, Buxt. Lex. Rab. 1228. Dioscor. 3. 41, ?]flvoy, ol ds ftlv^r t v, y f. i'^u, later aor. 1 ?'/ Rev. 2: 25. 3: 9, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 743 sq. Winer '15. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. 114. p. 146 ; to come, i. e. to have come, to be here, in the sense of n preterite, Buttm. 1. c. p. 155. Gram. 137. n. 8. Matth. 504. I. 2. Genr. of persons, seq. OTTO c. gen. of place whence, Matt. 8: 11 et Luke 13: 29 ano uvaicdwv teal dvff^btv Jjloi'ori. Mark 8: 3. seq. ex c. gen. John 4: 47, and in the sense of to come forth, to arise, Rom. 11: 26. seq. 7io? c. ace. of pers. Acts 28: 23 ?^xov 7iqb$ avtov tl$ T7;v Jfy/av. (Sept. for ^12 Ex.20:24. Ael.V.H.3.19pen.) trop. John 6: 37. seq. Inl viva, to come upon one, in a hostile sense, Rev. 3: 3 bis. (Sept. for Nia 2 Sam. 17: 12. Dem. 319. 7.) absol. Matt. 24: 50 i/'fet 6 XVQIOS iov dottov txtivov. Luke 12: 46. 15: 27. John 8: 42 x tov &iov i^l&ov xai 7Jxw, i. q. i*tJi&cu iil? ijfjsQag. Acts 2: 15. 21: 26. Rom. 14: 5, 6. al. Luke 9: 28 uatl ij^s- qai, OXTW, as a parenthetic clause, see Winer 64. 1. p. 436. So Matt. 15: 32. Mark 8: 2. (Comp. ovrmigai, Arr. A. M. 3. 26. 3. also Luc. D. Meretr. 10. 1, ov yctg ew^cexa, nokvg ijdrj /yovog, avrbv nag rjulv.) Luke 24: 21 tg'nriv rawrjv yuegav a/si, see in ^/w 2. a. 2 Pet. 2: 13 ii]v iv r^ign iQvcpijV, daily riot ; others under b below. Rev. 2: 10 &U(fJig ijptQwv dixa, affliction of or for ten days, Buttm. 132. 4. 4. Luke 1: 23 al i][A.igai> xyg I.eiTovQyictg UVTOV, the days of his official duty. James 5: 5 w? iv as for the day of slaugh- ter. So seq. gen. of a festival etc. r, vptQa TWV adpfiaTwv v. TOU vtxftftutov, the sabbath-day, Luke 4: 16. John 19:31. Sept. for nr^n tri 1 * Jer. 17: 24, 27. fj(i. TUV av(j,wv, day or days of unleav- ened bread, the passover, Acts 12: 3. 20: 6. Luke 22: 7. see in ^i^o? a. yptQa ij]q TTtvTfxoorT^, day of Pentecost, Acts 2: 1. 20: 16.- Often in specifica- tions of time, viz. in the Genitive, of time when i. e. indefinite and continued, e. g. T?/ ijitigag, in a day, every day, Luke 17: 4. comp. Buttm. 132. 6. 4. (Xen. An. 1. 7. 18.) In the Dative, of time when i. e. definite ; Matt. 16: 21 TJ) iQ'ny ijfiBQn e/fQ&ijvcu. Mark 9: 31. Luke 9: 22. 13: 14. John 2: 1. Acts 7: 8. al. Buttm. 133. 3. 4. (Xen. An. 4. 7.21.) By Hebr. 2 Cor. 4: 16 f^a xctl i](iBQ(f, day by day, every day, daily ; so Heb. DVT DV, Sept. x#' kxuairp flfisgav, EsthJS: 4. tn" 1 C'p, Sept.TJ^e'- gav x^ ijfisgar, Ps. 68: 20. See Gesen. Lehrg. p. 669. Stuart 438. c. In the Accusative, of time how long, implying duration. Matt. 20: 6 otyv TIJV r^iqctv cfQ/ol. 28: 20 naaag tag ^igug i. e. always. Mark 1: 13. John 1: 40. Acts 9: 9/Gal. 1: 18. Rev. 11: 9. So Matt. 20: 2 rjpsQav, for a denarius the day i. e. for a day's work. Acts 5: 42 nao-dv guv, every day, i. e. the whole time. 2 Pet. 2: 8 i^igav 1$ r^igug, see in 'x 2. See Buttm. 131. 8. Matth. 425. 2. (Xen. An. 6. 4. 1.) In these and similar specifications of time, r t uiga is very often construed with a preposi- tion, viz. in the gen. after ajro, (*'/$(>, did, i'cug, TIQO ; in the dat. after iv ; in the ace. after fig, tnl, xara, ptid, TTpoV; for which constructions see these prepositions respectively. (/?) Emphatically, a certain day, set day. Acts 17: 31 Sioii to-iyffsv r^sgav iv rj ^ue'Uct xglvnv x. T. L Heb. 4: 7. 1 Cor. 4: 3 see in 3 Av&gbmivog b. Dem. 1072.27. (/) Spec, ^f'pa tov xvpfov, day of the Lord, when the Saviour will return to judge the world and fully establish his kingdom, 1 Cor. 1: 8 coll. v. 7. 5:5. 2 Cor. 1:14. lThees.5:2,4, coll. 4: 13 sq. 2 Pet. 3: 10. al. Luke 17: 24 o vibe rov av&Q. iv ^gct at-rov, 361 comp. v. 30 fj yfteqct o viog TOV i. absol. 1 Cor. 3: 13. So 77 i]iiQtx, that day, the great day of judgment, Matt. 7: 22. Mark 13: 32. 2 Thess. 1: 10. With a gen. of what is then to take place, e. g. rjpdgu xqifffO)? Matt. 10: 15. 11: 22, 24, 36. al. comp. Rom. 2: 16 iv VpsQif ois y.gtvii o x. T. L and Jude 6 eig xglaiv ypsQtxg. Also iip. oQ/ijg Rom. 2: 5. Rev. 6: 17. ^u. uTco^vTQ Rev. 16: 14. prob. Heb. 10: 25, comp. v. 27, 31. b) day, day-light, from sunrise to sun- set, e. g. in antith. with vi>$, as in Gen. of time when, ijutyug xul XUXTO? or vvx- TOV xt ijptoug, by day and by nighi, Luke 18: 7. Acts 9: 24. Mark 5: 5. lThess.2:9. comp.above in a. (Xen.Cyr. 2.3.23.) or in Jlccus. of time how long, Matt. 4: 2 WjtrtsvaagijfMQtitg Tiaa. xai vi'x- T ttaa. and so vvxtct xal >,ui(>tn\ night and day, i. e. continually, incessantly, Mark 4: 27. Luke 2: 37. Acts 20: 31. 26:7. comp. above in a. (Xen.An.6.1.14.) genr. Rev. 8: 12 y fa. pi] l#an o '/. John 14: 20. Eph. 6: 13 iv ifj 7^u. 111 notion. (Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 17.) 46 Seq. gen. of pers. Luke 19: 42 iv iy 7/ i ue'^ aov Tavrtj, in this thy time, whilst thou yet livest etc. So John 8: 56 iVa I'dt] Ttjv IIJUSQUV f ( u/])', my lime, the time of my manifestation. Seq, gen. of thing, e. g. tiw? jjpsgag uvndfl^fug Luke 1: 80. 1]^. (rwTijQiac: 2 Cor. 6: 2. 7^u. TOV TifiQacrpov Heb. 3:8. iju. faurttortw 1 Pet. 2: 12, see in * Eniaxom]. 2 Pet. 3: 18 i)u. altovog i. q. ^M. cuwvioq, time eternal, for ever ; Buttm. \J 123. n. 4. b) from the Heb. plur. r^toou, days, i. e. time, (u] genr. Matt. 9: 15 ehv- ffovrcti di fjfUQat. Mark 2: 20. 13:20. Luke 17: 22. c. adj. Acts 15: 7 qp ^ Acts 2: 17 et James 5: 3 , see n Acts 3: 24 XT//. i? tjpfQct? 11: 27. al. Matt. 3: 1 iv ralg ijp. txsi- vai?. Mark 13: 24. Rev. 9: 6. al. also Heb. 10: 32. 12: 10. Seq. gen. of pers. Matt. 11: 12. Luke 4: 25 iv iui<; r,u. V/JU'oi'. Acts 7: 45 i'w? TWV i\n. dafiiS. Seq. gen. of an event, e. g. Luke 2: 6 al rjft. jot 1 lixtiv avn'fv. Acts 5: 37 iv idig 1,11. n'tfunoyQucp)'!?. Heb. 5: 7. Matt. 24: 38. Si llrb. ffin-i and Sept. Ex. 2:11. J.ulg. 18: 1. "2 Sam. 21: 1. 1 K. 10: 21. Jer. 1:2. Gen. 25: 24. (/?) spec, the time of one's life, i. e. one's days, years, age, life, e. p. fully, Luke 1: 75 ndaag T? ii t uioag i^g Jowj/f, comp. Gen. 47: 8, 9. Absol. Luke 1: 7 nQofiifirjxoje? iv Toils i, it t nit i ^ aiiwv, advanced in years, in age, nd so v. 18. 2: 36. genr. Heb. 7: 3. So Sept. and Heb. tT72^ Gen. 6: 3. Job32:7. ^73*3 J2 Genl24: 1. Josh. 13: 1. AL. i)ossess. pron. of first pers. plur. our, our oum, Acts 2: 11. 24: 6. 26: 5. Rom. 15: 4. 1 Cor. 15: 31. 2 Tim. 4: 15. Tit. 3: 14. 1 John 1: 3. 2: 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 4. Comp. Buttm. 72. 4. 'oCy ovg, 6, 7}, adj. (i)ui for ypujv, &vr t (TX(a,) half-dead, Luke 10: 30. Diod. Sic. 12. 62. "HfJLiavQ, fia, v, Att. gen. swf, plur. c, half, dimidius, a, urn, Xen. H. G. 5. 3. 21. In N. T. only neut. TO rjpiav, as subst. a half, gen. jpfemfe Matt. 6: 23, plur. TO r/p/tnt Luke 19: 8, both being forms of the later Greek> 362 Buttm. 51. n. 5. Winer 9. 1. a, and 2. d. Lob. ad Phr. p. 246 sq. Mark 6: 23 sw r/fiiffovg TT]? fiaunfaiag. Luke 19: 8. Rev. 11: 9 fjusQag rytig xnl retail. v. 11. 12: 14. Sept. for ^cn Ex. 24:6. Zech. 14: 2. Tob. 8: 21. ' Jos. Ant. 7. 6. 1 z fjulfff) i&v ytvslwv. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 10. gtOV, ov 9 TO, (f/ t ut for ?]jut- , (>>>,) a half-hour, half an hour, Rev. 8:1. flvtxa, correl. adv. when, when- ever, Buttm. 116. 4. constr. c. indie. 2 Cor. 3: 15. c. subj. et v v. 16. c. indie. Sept. Gen. 31: 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27. c. subj. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2. , see in "// no. 4. /. c, ov, o, r\, adj. mild, gentle, kind, 1 Thess. 2: 7. 2 Tim. 2: 24. Hdinn. 2. 6. 3. Hdot. 3. 89. , o, in dec. Er, Heb. 15? (awake), pr. n. of a man, Luke 3: 28. s, ou y o, ?), adj. placid, quiet, tranquil, 1 Tirn. 2: 2 iJQfpov y.al fiai'xtov filov. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 63 ?;$>- tjiiaitqoi '/iyvoviai sc. ot ctV&QOJTiOL. Comp. Passovv in ijgsua. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 65. '//jpfcKJ^C, oi/, o, Herod, pr. n. of four persons in N. T. Idumeans by de- scent, who were successively invested by the Romans with authority over the Jewish nation in whole or in part. Their history is related chiefly by Jo- sephus, as cited below ; comp. also Noldius de vita et gestis Herodum ap- pended to Joseph. Opp. Tom. II. ed. Haverc. Relandi Palaest. p. 174 sq. Schlosser Gesch. der Familie Herodes Leipz. 1818. 1. Herod, surnamed the Great, Matt. 2: 1, 3, 7, 12, 13, 15, 16, 19, 22. Luke 1: 5. He was the son of Antipater an Idutnean in high favour with Julius Caesar, and at the age of fifteen was made procurator of Galilee, in which he was confirmed by Antony with the title of tetrarch, about B. C. 41. Being driven out by the opposite faction, he fled to Rome, where by the influence of Antony he was declared king of Ju- dea ; he now collected an army, recov- ered Jerusalem, and extirpated the Maccabean family, B. C. 37. After the battle of Actiurn he joined the party of Octavius, who confirmed him in his possessions. He now rebuilt and deco- rated the temple of Jerusalem, built and enlarged many cities, especially Cesarea, and erected theatres and gym- nasia in both these places. He was no- torious for his jealousy and cruelty, having put to death his own wife Mari- arnne and her two sons Alexander and Aristobulus. He died A. D. 2, aged 70 years, after a reign of about 40 years as king. See Jos. Ant. 14. c. 9 sq. 15. c. 6 sq. 16. c. 5sq. et al. Jos. B. J. lib. 1 passim. It was near the close of his life that Jesus was born, and the mas- sacre of infants took place in Bethle- hem, Matt. 2: 16, comp. Maorob. Saturn. 2. 4. At Herod's death, half his king- dom, viz. Idumea, Judea, and Samaria, was given by Augustus to his son Ar- chelaus with the title of ethnarch, see in u4fgttft the remaining half being divided between two of his other sons, Herod Antipas and Philip a with the title of tetrarchs, Jos. Ant. 18. 5. 1, the for- mer having Galilee and Perea, and the latter Batanea, Trachonitis, and Aura- nitis (now Haouran.) Luke 3: 1. Jos. Ant. 17. 11. 4. 2. Herod Antipas, "Avrlnuq, often called Herod the tetrarch, Matt. 14: 1, 3, 6 bis. Mark 6: 14, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22. 8: 15. Luke 3: 1, 19 bis. 8: 3. 9: 7, 9. 13: 31. 23: 7 bis, 8, 11, 12, 15. Acts 4: 27. 13: 1. He was the son of Herod the Great by Malthace, and own brother to Archelaus, Jos. Ant. 17. 1. 3. After hi-s father's death, Augustus gave him Galilee and Perea with the title of tetrarch, Luke 3: 1, comp. above ; whence also he is called by the very general title fiavifavg Matt. 14: 9. Mark 6: 14. comp. in Bacrdevg b. He first married a daughter of Aretas, whom he dismissed on becoming enamoured of Herod ias ; see in 3 Aqiiaq. This latter, his own niece and the wife of his brother Philip Herod, he induced to leave her husband and live with him ; and it was for his bold remonstrance on this occa- sion that John the Baptist was put to 363 Hi laopai through the arts of Herodias. (Mark 6: 17 sq. al.) Herod went to Rome at the instigation of Herodias, to ask for the title and rank of king; but was there accused before Caligula at the instance of Herod Agrippa her own brother, and banished with her to Lug- dunum (Lyons) in Gaul, about A. D. 41. ! His territories were given to Herod | Agrippa. Jos. Ant. 18. c. 5. c. 7. In | Mark 8: 15 'jfQudyg is put collectively for c HQb)8iavoi q. v. 3. Herod Agrippa, the elder, called by Josephus only ' AyqlrtJiag, Acts 12: 1, 6, 11, 19, 20, 21. 23: 35. He was grandson of Herod the Great and Ma- riamne, and son of Aristobulus. On the accession of Caligula he received with the title of king the provinces which had belonged to his uncle Philip and to Lysanias, see above in no. 1, and in 'j^ubptj. To these were added those of Herod Antipas, see in no. 2 ; and Claudias afterwards gave him in A. D. 43 all those parts of Judea and Samaria which had belonged to Herod the Great. He died suddenly and mis- erably at Cesarea, A. D. 44. Acts 12: 21. Jos. Ant. 18. c. 5sq. 19. c. 4 sq. 4. Herod Jlgrippa, the younger, called in N. T. and by Joseph us only Agrippa, 'AyqiTmag, Acts 25: 13, 22, 23, 24, 26. 26: 1, 2, 7, 19,' 27, 28, 32. He was the son of the elder Herod Agrippa, and at his father's death received from Clau- dius the kingdom of Chalcis, which had belonged to his uncle Herod, he being then 17 years old. In A. D. 53 he was transferred with the title of king to the provinces which his father at first pos- sessed, viz. Batanea, Trachonitis, Aura- nitis, and Abilene, to which other cities were afterwards added. It was before him that Paul was brought by Festus. Jos. Ant. 19. c. 9. ib. 20. 5. 2. ib. 20. c. 6. c. 7. granddaughter of Herod the Great and sister of Herod Agrippa the elder. She was first married to her uncle Philip (Herod), but left him to live with Herod Antipas; see in 'jfywdtis no. 2. Matt. 14: 3, 6. Mark 6: 17, 19, 22. Luke 3: 19. Cy o, Herodion, a Christian whom Paul calls his kins- man, vvyywrjg, Rom. 16: 11. *JjT 9 f. ao-co, (%<(VZQb} to be quiet, tranquil, still, intrans. spoken of life, 1 Thess. 4: 11. Sept. for ttptt Judg. 3: 11, 30. Thuc. 1. 12. ih.'ti. 38. By irnpl. to rest, sc. from labour, Luke 23: 56. (Hdian. 7. 5. 5.) from further cavil, discussion, etc. to hold one's peace, to be silent, Luke 14: 4. Acts 11: 18. 21: 14. Sept. for -^rrr Neh. 5: 8. Jos. Ant. 1. 21. 1. BfdfanM, 3. 7. ' Hou'/ta, c, q, (r\avx$i} quiet, tranquillity, stillness, e. g. quiet life, 2 Thess. 3: 12. 1 Mace. 9: 58. Ael. V. H. 3. 17. Dem. 145. 20. In the sense of stillncs3 t silence, Acts 22: 2. 1 Tim. 2: 11, 12. Sept. Job 34: 29. Jos. Ant. 3. 4: 1. Hdian. 3. 12. 13. 21ou'/io?y OV 3 o, ?/, adj. i. q. r t av- Xoq, quiet, tranquil, undisturbed from without, 1 Tim. 2: 2. 1 Pet. 3: 4. Sept. Is. 66: 2. Horn. II. 21. 598. Dem. 150. 11. "Ilioi see in "// no. 4. d. i, cov, ol, Herodians, Matt. 22: 16. Mark 3: 6. 12:13. Prob. partisans of Herod (Antipas) and there- fore supporters of the Roman domina- tion, which the Pharisees were not. Hence prob. in general i. q. Sadducees ; comp. Mark 8: 15 with Matt. 16: 6. ?, ado?, n, Herodias, iy f. ifO-opai, de- pon. Pass. (J/TTWV,) to be inferior, genr. 2 Cor. 12: 13 T/ ... o ^TTij^ie vntQ T 1. exxL Ael. V. H. 2. 30. Xen. An. 2. 3. 23. Hence, to be overcome, to be vanquished by any one, c. dat. 2 Pet. 2: 19 w yct() iig r,nr)Tai x. T. L Buttm. 134. 4. absol. 2 Pet. 2: 20. Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 4 e^om tjTTTj^e/j. In war, Hdian . "HlTTffJHX 364 5. 4. 10. Xcn. Cyr. 3. 1. 24. An Act. 7;iTa), to subdue, is found in a few late writer?, Sept. Is. 54: 17. Pol. 1. 75. 3. ib. 3. 18. 5. Passow s. voc. Buttm. Ansf. Sprachl. II. p. 146. '. aioQ y TO, /TTwo/iwt, a inferior, a ivorse slate, PC. as com- pared with any other or former state, duty, etc. Rom. 11: 12 IJTTT^UW UVTWV, i. e. their being brought into a worse state, i. q. diminution, degradation. Hence, failure, fault, 1 Cor. 6:7. Sept. Is. 31: 8 defeat. Ilti&v or Tfaotoy^ ovo? } o, ?], used as an irreg. comparative to xxo, viz. worse, inferior, weaker, see Buttm. $ 68. 2 f In N T. only neut. fj e. . 1 Cor. 11: 17 fig TO r,nov for the worse. Luc. Somn. 18 n rig nyog TO 7JTro 7ToxAfc'm. Adv. 2 Cor. 12: 15 i]nov (xyctTiwucti,, the less am I loved. Dem. 104. 13. Thuc. 1. 8. ff%{'ro, ro 3 f. 7JO-W, (?/0,) to sound, to resound, intrans. 1 Cor. 13: 1 x f dxog r,Xuv. Sept. Ex. 19: 16. Hes. Theog. 42. Of the sea, to roar, Luke 21: 25. Sept. for J-jEn Jer.50:42. 51:50. Horn II. 1. 157. ' H%OQ, ov y o, (i. q. j)x*},) sound, noise, Acts 2: 2. Heb. 12: 19. Sept. for yppi Ps. J50: 3. Jos. Ant. 11. 4. 2. Hdian. 4. 8. 19. Metaph.yame, rumour, Luke 4: 37, comp. Mark 1: 28 axoj. y ou, o, Thaddeus, a surname of the apostle Jude, also called Lehbeus, the brother of James the less. Matt. 10: 3. Mark 3: 18. Comp. Luke 6: 16. QaAaaoa, Att. TTCC, IJQ, 7], (prob. ate,) the sea, a sea, viz. a) gerir. and as implying the vicinity of land, Matt. 13: 47 ffnyqrj) |fiU^Ar5 dg ii]v &dlaU>7ro? HI)? fanirQV sorrowful even unto death, comp. Eugl. 'to grieve one- self to death.' Rev. 13: 3 ug ddvarov. ib. nJujyij \tuvaiov, deadly wound ; Buttm. 123. n. 4. John 12: 33 TTCH'M &avdiM iljj,fM.fv aTTOvh'Tjo'xm', by what death he should die. 18: 32. 21: 19. comp. Buttm. $133. 3. 2. Epict.Ench. 5. Xen.Ag. 10.3. vhmxTw -&avu* Horn. Od. 11. 412. noiaj davdiM Act. Thorn. 21. Plur. &UVCITOI, deaths, i. e. ex- posures to death, 2 Cor. 11: 23. Plut. Romul. 24, ).oi/*og Qctvatovs /uev aiyvi- dLovg av&Qomots tivtv voffiov InicpsQcw. Hence melon, for plague, pestilence, Rev. 6:8. 18:8. So Sept. and Ex. 10: 17. Jer. 18: 21. Sept. for J K. 8:37. Jer. 21:7. al. b) spoken of a violent death, e. g. a$ a punishment, tvo^og -fravdrov, Matt. 26s 66. Mark 14: 64. a$io? &av. Luke 23r 15. Acts 23: 29. al. xaiaxQivsiv iivct dnvdjoi Matt. 20: 18. Mark 10: 33. &dvato? ffrai'Qoi Phil. 2: 8. genr. Matt. 10: 21. Mark 13: 12. Luke 23: 22. 24:20. Acts 22: 4. 2 Cor. 1:9, 10. Rev. 2: 10. al. So of the death of Jesus, 1 Cor. 11: 26. Phil. 2: 8. Heb. 2: 9. 5: 7. as piacular, Rom. 5: 10. Col. 1: 22. Heb. 2: 14. 9: 15. Also by Hebra- ism, Matt. 15: 4 et Mark 7: 10 &avam* TfAerraTw, quoted from Ex. 21: 17 where Sept. for najp nitt, comp. v. 17. Rev. 2: 23 if* Texrot titvtjjjs ernroxrmS Iv &ava- TW, and so Sept. for nft:p nift Ex. 22: 18. Hdian.2.2.14. Xen. An. 2. 6. 29 bis. c) Heb. n|73 and Sept. -frcivaiog often have the sense of destruction, perdition, misery, implying both physical death and exclusion from the presence and favour of God, in consequence of sin and disobedience, opp. to C">*h Sept. fan; life and happiness ; so Deut. 30: 19. Prov. 11: 19. 12: 28. Is. 25: 8. Ps, 16: 11 coll. Acts 2: 28. In N. T. thi notion is applied with more definiteness to the gospel scheme ; and as gonj is used to denote the bliss and glory of the kingdom of God, including the idea of a joyful resurrection, (see Zowj c. /?,) so xhtvaio? is put for the opposite, viz. rejection from the kingdom of God, in- cluding the idea of physical death as aggravated by eternal condemnation ; the idea of physical death being some- times more prominent, and sometimes that of subsequent perdition. John 8: 51 -&OLVUIOV ov jU>; fow^jo^ fig TOV aluvu. Rom. 6: 16 dovkoi a^iaQilag tig -frdvcnov. v. 21 to yotQ -tHog iy.dvwv, duvet-cog. v. 23. 7: 5, 10. 8: 2, 6. 2 Cor. 2: 16. 3: 7. 2 Tim. 1: 10 xTp^o'a'TO$ psv lov -&dvaiov, (pwirjaaviog ds (aijv . . . did lov way/diov. Heb. 2: 15. James 5: 20. l c John3:14. 5: 16, 17. al. Called also o dtVTtpOQ i>t/ttro?, the second death, Rev. 2: 11. 20: 6, 14. 21: 8. Comp. in 'A-no&vijffxo) e. In this sense 6 ddvctTog is used in a species of half-personification, the idea of physical death being prominent, Rom. 5: 12, 14, 17, 21. 1 Cor. 15: 26, 54, 55, 56, coll. Is. 25: 8. Hos. 13: 14. 366 d) poet. . r^. quoted from Ps. 118: 23 where Sept. for DNrDD NTi, comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 661.* 'Stuart 436. Sept. for -V^N Ps. 8: 1. aoi: Ex. 15: 11. 34: 10. Luc. Somn. 9, 10. Hdian. 2. 4. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 7. In the sense of strange, unusual, 2 Cor. 11: 14 xcu ov &ai\uao-f6v, no ivonder. John 9: 30. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 17. Cyr. 4. 6. 4. 0Ct } a?y f], (fern, of &t6?,) a god- dess, e. g. Diana, Acts 19: 27, 35, 37 in text. rec. Xen. Ven. 1. 6. iy f. aaopat, depon. Mid. xhxo/iou,) aor. 1 pass, t&ed&rjv in pass, sense, Btittm. 113. n. 6 ; to see, to look at, to behold, trans. a) pp. including the notion of desire, pleasure, etc. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. Ill, 120. So Matt. 11: 7 et Luke 7: 24 ti c|>;A^m #f'(ra 2 Chr.22:6. Jos. Ant. 16. 1. 2. b) simply to see, to perceive with the eyes, i. q. idflv, c. accus. John 8: 10 fir,dva ^fao-c^eyo?. Acts 21: 27. 22: 9. 1 John 4: 12. Pass. Idid&i] vn avrf? Mark 16: 11. Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 2. Xen. Oec. 8. 11. Seq. ace. and particip. Mark 16: 14. Luke 5: 27 tSsaamo if- ).Mvr]v . . . xu&rinwov x. r. A. John 1: 32, 38. Acts 1: 11. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 17.) Seq. on John 6: 5. Acts 8: 18. tfa). f. io-w, (&ectTQOv,) to be an actor in the theatre, Suid. sub v. jj&o- \oyoq. Also to bring upon the theatre, to present as a spectacle, trans. Hence in N. T. genr. to make a public spectacle of, to expose to public scorn, Pass. Heb. 10: 33. Criminals were sometimes ex- posed and punished in the theatre, se Philo in Flacc. p. 977. ffc'orpWj ov y TO, (freuopai,) thea- tre, i. e. place where dramatic and other public spectacles were exhibited, Ael. V. H. 3. 8. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 3. Here too the people were accustomed to convene on other occasions, to hear harangues, to hold public consultations, etc. see Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 7. Diod. Sic. 16. 84. Pol. 29. 10. 2. Jos. Ant. 17. 6. 3. B. J. 7. 3. 3. Cic. pro Flacc. 7. comp. Kypke II. p. 100. Wetstein II. p. 585. So Acts 19: 29, 31. Melon. a spectacle, public shew, trop. 1 Cor. 4: 9. comp. Heb. 10: 33. Aesch. Dial. Socr. 3. 20 &scnQir)Q y Tj*o?, ri, (#c'' WS- 1 Cor. 369 ]0: 30, (Palaeph. 39. 3.) c. inf. pres. Rom. 1: 13. 1 Cor. 10: 1. 2 Cor. 1: 8. (Luc. D. Mort. 2. 1 ult.) absol. c. inf. impl. John 21: 18. Seq. fl, Luke 12: 49 ii #'Aw, tl ?/'<5// avijfp&r] ; some- times with an accus. simply, where however an infin. is strictly implied, e. g. Luke 5: 39 ovdtlg nuav ncdaiov, tv^ew? &&ti viov sc. nlvftv. 2 Cor. 11: 12 iwv tidovitov ucpOQftrjv sc. WQtiv. Seq. iVa c. subjunct. Matt. 7: 12 oV V &&TJTS iVa noiuffiv Vfuv ol av&o. Mark 6: 25. John 17: 24. So in interroga- tions, seq. fut. indie, or more properly aor. subjunct. pp. with iVa implied; e.g. Matt. 20: 32 il &thie [IVa] Troiijow vftiv f as in Engl. what will yt [that] / should do unto you ? 26: 17. Mark 14: 12. 15: 9, 12. Luke 9: 54. al. (Anacr. 12. 1. Soph. Oed. R. 651. c. fut. Luc. Navig. 4 et 26.) Once with ?/, i. q. to choose rather, to prefer, 1 Cor. 14: 19, sec in "// 3. a. Sometimes 4&&siv (but not &&tiv) when followed by an infin. is to be rendered as an adverb before a finite verb, wittingly, gladly, as John t>: 21 ij&tHov ovv laflflv uirov tig TO nlolov, they gladly received him into the vessel. See Buttm. 150. p. 440. Winer 58. 4. Xen. Hi. 7. 9. Cyr. 1. 1. 3. ib. 5. 1.20. c) by impl. to be disposed, inclined to any thing, to delight in, to love, i. q. q> Ju'w / so seq. infin. Luke 20: 46 TWV mguiartilv fv oroAa/?, xcu a!: ^ t Sept. o fifos o &to? /uov. Seq. gen. of thing, i.e. God as the author and giver, the source of any thing, e. g. &tbg TTJ? V7io[iovi}<; xal rr\g na(}axhj(rs(0? Rom. 15: 5. &. ii]g iknidog v.13. &. W 16: 20. Phil. 4: 9. Heb. 13: 20. 1 Cor. 14: 33. &. 1 Pet. 5: 10. (/?) Genit. after other nouns, e. g. as active or sub- jective, denoting what comes forth, is sent, given, appointed from God, Matt. 3: }6nvfi>iJ.aTov-fr. Luke 11:49?; aoylu TOV #. 3: 38 (vlog) TOV #sov. 9: 20 o Xgunbg TOV ^-. Acts 23: 4 TOV ao/tfos'a TOV &. Matt. 6: 33 y {Hao-dela TOV &. 2 Tini. 3: 17 o UV&Q. TOV #sov the man of God, taught, furnished of God. 1 Thess. 4: 16 i] crakniyl- &EOV trump of God, which sounds by command of God, i. q. r\ effxctir) ffakmyS 1 Cor. 15: 52. See Winer 37. 3. Also in a passive or objective sense, Winer 30. 1. Luke 11: 42 r] ay any TOV &ov love TO God, see more in I^/MTTT; b. Luke 6: 12 TTOoaev^?} TOV #ov prayer to God. Mark 11: 22 nfatiq TOV &. faith in God. So olxo? TOV #. i. e. consecrated to God, Luke 6: 4. 1 Cor. 3: 9. Rev. 15: 2 *l- fragat, x. &ov harps for the praise of God, comp. I Chr. 16: 42. Winer 37.3. Further, ra TOV ftiov, the things of God, e. g. his counsels, purposes 1 Cor. 2: 11, or things pleasing to him Matt. 16: 23. Mark 8: 33, or things belonging, per- taining, to him, Matt. 22: 21. Mark 12: 17. Luke 20: 25. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 20.) In this last sense also we find ^a 7106? xbv &wv, things pertaining to God, his service and worship, Rom. 15: 17. Heb. 2: 17. 5: 1. (y) Dat. &t$, e. g. after 371 adjectives, as acntiog TW -&s(a Acts 7: 20, and (Jt'vaza TW ^sol 2 Cor. 10: 4, as an intensive from the Heb. exceedingly, see in 3 A(ncio$ and Jvvaiog. Winer 37. 3. Elsewhere after verbs etc. TO or FOR God, e. g. Rom. 6: 10 et Gal. 2: 19 jjv TW #, i. e. to his honour and praise, in accordance with his will, 2 Cor. 5: 13. 9: 11. al. b) spoken of Christ, the Logos, who is declared to be o &eos t e. g. John 1: 1. 20:28. Rom. 9:5. Phil. 2: 6. 1 Tim. 3: 16. Heb. 1: 8. 1 John 5: 20. Rev. 19: 17 coll. v. 7. 22: 6. So the Saviour is called o fao? in Test. XII Patr.Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. Vol. f. p. 542, 6 &eog ffwuce Att^wv taaxrev aviovg ' vtva- ) &tVTf? T 3TaVT xt xciaag vouitq sl%ov. So Clem. Alex. Strom. I, dsog de TIUQU Plato derives it from e'w to run, re- garding the deity as having been first recognized in the sun and moon and earth and stars and heavens, UTS yovv avict oQwvrtg ntxvia otfl lovra dgopw x* rtno rumrjg T?J$ cpvvecag r^g tov 1 6. p.397. D. This idea is paraphrased by Theophil. ad Autol. I. p. 71, i. q. T^IS- %ttv, xiviiv, IvfQ'/tlf, rglytiv, TIQOVOSIV x xvfieQvctv, xal ^coorrota* 1 r/< ffatTflt, But more prob. -^foc is of the same family with Zsvg,Ji6g, .Eol. Jevg, Lat.deus. AL. fiCt y af t i), oat, rev- erence towards God, godliness, 1 Tim. 2: 10. Sept. for t3^nb n^^.* 1 Gen. 20: 11. Baruch 5: 3. Xen. An.' 2. 6. 26. o, r,, adj. (&tog, ffefto(Aai,) reverencing God, godly, ii worshipper of God, John 9: 31. Sept. for fnbN Nn- Ex. 18: 21. Job 1: 1, 8. Judith'll:'l'7. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 25. ye'w,) pass, hitled of the gods, Eurip. Troad. 1243 or 1221. In N. T. act. noting God, impious, Rom. 1: 30. Eu- rip. Cycl. 395 or 396. Suidas, diotnv- yiiq ' deopiaTfioi, ol vnb &ioi uHrovptvot xai ol ?, it] 10$, TI, (frog,) deity, Godhead, the divine nature and perfec- tions, i. q. &tt,oTtiq, Col. 2: 9. Luc. Icarom. 9. (JzofpiAog, ov y o, Theophilus, pr. n. of a person of distinction, xQariffiog, to whom Luke inscribed his Gospel and the book of Acts, Luke 1: 3. Acta 1: 1. Elsewhere unknown. iCc, ag, 77, (digantva),} vol- untary service, attendance, ministry, genr. Diod. Sic. 1. 21. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 29. In N. T. a) care of the sick, and by impl. re- lief, healing, Luke 9: 11 %oiictv fyovrag dfQctntlag MXTO. Rev. 22: 2. Jos. Ant. 19. 1. 16. Palaeph. 2. 4. Xen. Hi. 8. 4. b) melon, and collect, attendants, do- mestics, retinue, Matt. 24: 45. Luke 12: 42. Sept. for B^ias Gn. 45: 16. 372 Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4 avv -d-tQantla /5- (rdixfi. Hdiau. 7. 1. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4. 06QCtTiVCO } f. svaca, (&fga7iMV,) to wait upon, to minister unto, i. e. to ren- der voluntary service and attendance ; see Passow sub v. a) pp. Pass. Acts 17:25 olds (b -f>tbg) vno %ugwv ttV&QMJtwv tfeyanevsiai. Diod. Sic. 2. 20. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 7. ib. 5. 5. 29. b) to take care of the sick, to tend, genr. Xen. An. 7. 2. 6. Hi. 8. 4. In N. T. by impl. to relieve, to heal, to cure, absol. Matt. 12: 10 et Luke 6: 7 iv TW ffafifiotTto &EQcmevfiv. c. ace. of pers. Matt. 4: 24 nagnlvuxoi'g' xal e&tQa- Ttswsv al'Toi'g. Mark 1:34. Luke 10:9. Acts 4: 14. al. Seq. ace. et ano, Luke 7: 21 l&fQouin'o's noMovg anb voffaw. 8: 2. Tob. 12: 3. Palaeph. 2. 4. of a physician, Thuc. 2. 47. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 12. Seq. ace. of disease, Matt. 4: 23 nuffnv voffov. Rev. 13: 3 AL. ply % ten , one)?, o, (prob. degw to cherish,) an attendant, minister, im- plying always voluntary service and at- dance and therefore different from dovkog; once of Moses, Heb.3:5. Sept. for in^ also of Moses Ex.14: 31. Num. 12: 7, 8. of Job, c. 1: 8. 2: 3. Hdian. 3. 10. 7. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 16. Com p. Passow sub v. f. fa to, (&e()og summer, harvest-time,) to summer in trans. Xen. An. 3. 5. 15. In N. T. to harvest, to reap, viz. a) genr. and absol. Matt. 6: 26 ov antlQOvcriv, ovdi &()lovffiv. Luke 12: 24. James 5: 4 ol dtqlaavrtg the reapers. Sept. for ^p Ruth 2: 3sq. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 422. 4. Xen. Oec. 18. 1. Hence in proverbial expressions, e. g. &Qi(t)v OTIOV ovx l'o-7ro i. e. turning the labours of others to one's own prof- it, Malt. 25: 24, 26. Luke 19: 21, 22. In a like sense John 4: 37 (iMog ie'ei),) a be- holding, viewing, Diod. Sic. 1. 94. Thuc. 6. 16. In N. T. a sight, spectacle, Luke 23: 48. 3 Mace. 5: 24. Arr. Epict. 1. 2. 12. pp. place to put or set any thing, repository, re- ceptacle, e. g. for a sword, a sheath, John 18: 11. Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 7. cell, chamber, Xen. Oec. 8. 17. sepulchre, Cyr. 7. 3. 5. SrjAa^co, f. (xo-ot, (fhfai breast.) 1. pp. causal, to suckle, to give suck, absol. Matt. 24: 19 oval talg -fryJiagov- ffctig. Mark 13: 17. Luke 21: 23. 23: 29. Sept. for p^n Gen. 21: 7. Ex. 2: 7. Ael. 13. 1 init. " 2. immed. to suck at the breast, for which more usually -^rjla^of-Kxi,, Lob. ad Phr. p. 468. Seq. ace. Luke 1J: 27 ovg e^Aao-ffc. Part. ^Zafwr 374 Qiyyctvat stickling, Matt. 21: 16, quoted from Ps. 8: 3 where Sept. for pp/p. So Sept. t uao~iovg J #?/Aar r xa, to have died, i. e. to be dead, in a present sense, Buttm. 113. 6. Matt. 2: 20. Mark 15: 44 el 7^ li&wpte- Luke 7: 12. 8: 49. John 11: 21, 39, 41, 44. 12: 1. 19: 33. Acts 14: 19. 25: 19. 1 Tim. 5: 6 wo-a ic'dy^xe, though living is dead i. e. as good as dead. Sept. for nifc 2 Sam. 12: 18. 1 K. 21: 15. Hdian. 8. 8. 19. Xen. An. 2. 1. 3. Ovrjiog, Tj y ov } (#y/,'Qr t vog,) to weep aloud, to wail, to mourn, viz. a) intrans. John 16: 20 xAauo-T v.ttl &Qi]vrio'i8 vpflg. Sept. for blntf Ez. 7: 12. b^n Joel 1: 5. Zeph.'l: 12. Ael. V. II. 3. 18. Hdian. 4. 13. 14. Of hired mourners wailing for the dead, Matt. 11: 17. Luke 7: 32. Sept. for !-TnD Mic. 2: 4. pip Jer. 9: 16. comp. 2 Sam. 1: 17. 3: 33. Horn. II. 24. 722. b) trans, in later usage, to bewail, Luke 23: 27 xal t&Qijvow UVTQV. Sept. for b^H Jer. 51: 8. ttip Ez. 32: 16. Hdian."3. 4. 13. 0^rjvog ? cjVy 6, (-fresco, dgsopou,) loud weeping, wailing, Matt. 2: 18. Sept. for nrp 2 Sam. 1: 17. Am. 8: 10. V73 Jer. 9 T : 17. Diod. S. 1. 72. Xen. Ag. 10.3. Lw TO) nuQctiTovfiEvo) vfj,ag. So of a severe mode or form of worship, Acts 26: 5. Wisd. 14: 27. Luc. Sacrif. 10. Hdian. 5. 3. 12, 17. Genr. of the worship of God, and hence religion, piety, James 1: 26, 27. Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 1. ov, o, ?;, adj. &gso[i(xi-, see I* nssov?,) fearing God, pi- ous, religious, James 1: 26. Hesych. ' v. f. aw, (-^ hymn in honour of Bacchus, also tri- umph, Diod. Sic. 4. 5 bis,) to triumph, to hold a triumph, Pint. Marcell. 4. Hdian. 1. 6. 16. In N. T. a) to lead in triumph, to triumph over, c. accus. Col. 2: 15. Pint. ed. H.I. p. 153. 1, @aadelg i&giaiipevas xul 7//s^o- vag. b) causat. to cause to triumph, c. ace. 2 Cor. 2: 14. Qgi^y TQl%0$, %, plur. rgl/fg, dat. pi. &(Ji,!;l, a hair, plur. the hair, sc. of the head, sing. Matt. 5: 36. Luke 21: 18 et Acts 27: 34, comp. 1 Sarn. 14: 45 et - 1 K. 1: 52. Plur. Matt. 10: 30. Luke 7: 38,44. 12:7. John 11:2. 12:3. 1 Pet' 3: 3. Rev. 1: 14. 9: 8. Sept. for -|y& Num. 6: 5, 18. Judg. 16: 23. Ezra'ih 3. Hdian. 4. 8. 13. Thuc. 1. 6. Of the hair of animals, Matt. 3: 4. Mark 1: 6. Rev. 9: 8. Sept. for tTT2> Ex.25: 4. 35: 6, 24. Xen. Yen. 4. 6.' 'ib. 5. 10. /~\ ? ** 9 / t to make a clamour, tumult, Aeschyl. Prometh. 608 or 612. Jos. Ant. 19. 1. 16. In N. T. and late usage trans, to disturb, to trouble, to tenify, Pass. Matt. 24: 6 w &$ofuT&e. Mark 13:7. 2 Thess. 2: 2. Sept. for riEn Cant. 5: 4. Test. XII Patr. p. 651. T 0po/Lij3oCj QVy o, a large drop, clot, Luke 22: 44 t5^>w? wrct -&QO^OL u'lparog, his sweat was^as it were clots of blood. Dioscor. 1. 44, 102. Hdot. 1. 179. QQOVOG, ov y o, (obsol. ^w to seat, comp. dguvog, -d-Qiivog,) a seat, pp. a high seat with a footstool, Horn. Od. 1. 145. ib. 3. 389. ib. 16. 408. Xen. Conv. 9. 2, 3. Comp. Horn. Od. 10. 414 sq. 466 sq. ib. 8. 422. Later and in N. T. a throne, as the emblem of re- gal authority. a) pp. as attributed to kings, Luke 1: 52. Acts 2: 30. Sept. for ass 1 K. 10: 18. Job 36: 7. al. Hdian'.' 1. 8. 8. Xen. An. 2. 1. 4. Also to God, as the sovereign of the universe, Matt. 5: 34. 23:22. Acts 7: 49. (comp. Is. 66: 1.) Heb. 4: 16. 12: 2. al. Sept. and 03 Ps. 47: 9. 103: 19. al. To Jesus as the Messiah, Matt. 19: 28. 25: 31. Rev. 3: 21. 20: 11. al. To the apostles in the kingdom of God, see in Baadfio) b. Matt. 19: 28. Luke 22: 30. Rev. 20: 4. also symbolically to the elders around Ouctictpct 377 God's throne, Rev. 4: 4. 11: 16. Fur- ther, to Satan Rev. 2: 13. 13: 2. (Act. Thorn. 32.) Symbolically to the beast Rev. 16: 10. b) melon, for dominion, Luke 1: 32 xal ducr ft UVTM TOV &QOVOV /Jctfiid. Heb. 1: > quoted from Ps. 45: 7 where Sept. for ND3, as also 2 Sam. 3: 10. 7: 13,16. -.Wisd. 7: 8. Also for a potentate, higher power, Col. 1: 16 fl'is -&Qovoi,x.T.L where &QOVOI is spoken generally of earthly or of celestial potentates i. e. archangels. So too Test. XII Patr. p. 548, where the seven heavens and classes of angels are described, in the seventh are said to be &QOVOI, l^ovalui, b> M (ov(javii>) ufl vuvoi TM &IM nooaqiB- QOVTOCI. AL. vct~iLQCty cov y TU, Thyatira, a city of Asia Minor, anciently called Pelopia and Euhippia (Plin. 5. 29), now Ak-hisar, situated on the confines of Lydia and Mysia, near the river Lyons, between Sardis and Pergamus. Acts 16: 14. Rev. I: 11. 2: 18, 24. It was famous for the art of dying purple; comp. the inscription found there, in Kiiinoel on Acts 1. c. See Rosenm. Bib!. Geogr. I. ii. p. 17H, 221 sq. Miss. Herald 1821. p. 251. Buttm. 47,) a daughter. a) pp. and genr. Matt. 9: 18. 10: 35, 37. 14:6. 15:22,28. Mark 5:35. 6:22. 7: 26, 29,30. Luke 2: 36. 8: 42, 49. 12: 53 bis. Acts 2: 17. 7: 21. 21: 9. Heb. 11: 24. Sept-for n? Gen. 5: 4, 7. Ex. 2: 5. al. saepiss. X'en. Cyr. 3. 3. 3. Trop. as expressing a relation of kind- ness and tenderness. 2 Cor. 6: 18 fig 1'ioi'c xcu d'vyaTBQttg sc. &fov, comp. Jer. 31: 1, 9. Also voc. in a direct address, Matt. 9: 22 &CIQO~W, (&i>n6g,) to provoke to anger, Pass, to be angry, to be wroth, Matt. 2: 16. Sept. for m h Judg. 14: 19. 1 Sam. 20: 29. for rrEfi Kb*?: Esth. 3: 5. 5: 9. Xen. Cvr. 5.' 5. 11* : QuQCC, a?, 77, a door, plur. at doors, i. e perhaps double-doors. a) pp. and genr. Matt. 6: 6. 25: 10. Mark 1: 33. Luke 11: 7. 13: 25 bis. John 18: 16. 20: 19, 26. Acts 5: 9. 12: 13 TIJV &VQVIV TOV nvMavog i. e. a small door or wicket within a larger. So door of a prison Acts 5: 19, 23. 12: 6. 16: 26, 27. of the temple Acts 3: 2. 21: 30. of a fold or enclosure John 10: 1, 2. Mark 1 1: 4. Symbolically Rev. 3: 20 bis. 4:1. Sept. for nb 1 ^ Gen. 19: 6, 9, 10. nnB Gen. 18: 1, 2, ''10. al. Diod. S. 18. 7T. Xen.Cyr.7.5.22. Ag. 8. 7. Hence T ngog Ti]v &VQOIV, i. q. TO TIQO&VQOV, vestibule, porch, Mark 2: 2. (r nQo&vQa Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 22.) So tm ftvQaits tivai to be at the door, i.e. near at hand, Matt. 24: 33. Mark 13: 29. also James 5: 9 ngo b) by impl. entrance, e. g. of a cave or sepulchre, mouth, Matt. 27: 60. 28: 2. Mark 15: 46. 16: 3. Jos. Ant. 10. 11.6. Horn. Od. 9. 243. Metaph. access, op- portunity, as avol/Eiv ti]v &VQUV, to set open a door, i. e. to give access, to pre- sent opportunity, Acts 14: 27. 1 Cor. 16:9. 2 Cor. 2: 12. Col. 4: 3. So Rev. 3: 8 &VQM ctvecaypsvij, free access to one- self. See in 'Avolyw a. Meton. one who is the medium of access to any thing, John 10: 7, 9, /w upi r\ &VQct Ktv nyopaxwv. Ignat. ad Phi lad. 9 &VQM TOV AfiQau[i xal ol 7/C *U 9 6, (&VQU,} pp. a door, i. e. a stone for closing the entrance of a cave, Horn. Od. 9. 240, 340. In later Greek and in N. T. a shield, sc. large and of an ohlong shape like a door, trop. Eph. 6: 16 TOV -&VQEOV T^g niffTeug. Sept. for J3E 2 Sam. 1: 21. fr^ 1 Sam. 17: 42/2 Chr. 9: 15. Jos. Ant'. 8. 7. 2. Pol. 6. 23. 2. Diod. S. 5. 30. See Lob. ad Phr. p. 366. 0UQtC } (doc, r), (dimin. of &vga,) a little door, aperture, Pol. 12. 25. 3. In N. T. a window, Acts 20: 9 xafrrjftsvog inl rfg -frvgldog, where in Eng. IN a window. 2 Cor. 1 1: 33. Sept. for jiVh Josh. 2: 15, 18, 21. Judg. 5: 28. Diod. S. 20. 85. Plut. Cato Min. 2. 379 c, oVy 6, ?;, (#v0rt, ovoo?,) a door-keeper, porter, male or female, Mark 13: 34 6 &vg. John 18: 16, 17 1} &VQ. Of a shepherd keeping watch at the door of a fold, John 10: 3. Sept. 2 Sam. 4: 6. Luc. Navig. 22. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 20. Quota, ac } ?/, (vh'w,) sacrifice, i. c. a) pp. the act and rite of sacrificing, mactation, Matt. 1): 13 et 12: 7 e'Aeov &t- Aw xal ov Overlay, (comp. Sept. and rnv Hos. 6: G.) Heb. 9: 26 & ti^ dwrtag ai'Tov. 11: 4. So 10: 5, 8, quoted from Ps. 40: 7 where Sept. for Hi J Hdian.5. 6.21. Luc. de Sacrif. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 34. Of an expiatory sacrifice for sin, Eph. 5: 2. Heb. 5: 1 #. imsy atiaonuv. 7:27. 8:3. 9:9,23. 10:1,11, 12,26. Heb. ntftin, comp. Lev. c. 4. c. 9. b) melon, the thing sacrificed, victim, the flesh of victims, part of which was burned on the altar, and part given to the priests, see Lev. c. 2. c. 3. Mark 9: 49 nava -frvvla /U aJUo^f/crfTeu. (comp. Lev. 2: 13 where Sept. for n^:*:.) Mark 12: 33. Luke 13: 1. Acts 7*: 11, 42. 1 Cor. 10: 18 ol fo&iovifs T? 9v- aiaq icho eat of the victims, as was done by the priests and persons offering the sacrifice, see Lev. 8: 31. Deut. 12: 6, 7, 18, 27. 1 Sam. 2: 13 sq. So Sept. and rDT Deut. 12: 27. Ex. 34: 15. So of birds as a sin-offering, Luke 2: 24. comp. Lev. 12: 6. Hdian. 8. 6. 14. Luc. de Sacrif. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3. Metaph. 1 Pet. 2: 5 nvtvpcrctxal &v- vlcti, comp. Ps. 51: 19. Rom. 12: 1 na- Qauniivcu 10. ffwuaia &vfflav uffav, see in Z'o) a. y. c) trop. of service, obedience, praise, offered to God, offering, oblation, Phil. 2: 17 -d-wia ifo nlo-iwg. 4: 18. So &vffla ttli't(Tto)$ offering of praise, Heb. 13:15,16. Sept. for rnin rDT Ps.107: 22. 116: 17. comp. 50': 23. " QvGiaoirjgioVyOu, TO, (#i'a- ytiv x TOU -d-va. i. e. of the victims laid upon the altar. Symbolically in heaven, Rev. 6: 9. 11: 1. 14: 18. 16: 7 ^'xorcnx g i. e. a voice from the altar. Sept. and h3T73 Ex. 30: 27. 35: 15. Of the altar of incense in the temple, made of gold, comp. 1 Chr. 28: 18. 1 Mace. 1: 21. pp. Luke 1: 11. symbolically in heaven, Rev. 8: 3 bis, 5. 9: 13. Sept. and H2773 Ex. 30: 27. 35: 14. f. vffot, port*, pass, ic'ih^ou, aor. 1 pass, fivfiqv, (Buttm. 18. n. 2. 95. n. 4,) In sacrifice, to kill and offer in sacrifice, /o immolate, absol. Acts 14: 13 7/'xh>U ifvstv. c. dat. v. 18. c. ace. et dat. 1 Cor. 10: 20 bis. Sept. for mt Gen. 46: 1. Ex. 3: 18. 8: 26. al. saep! Hdian. 2. 13. 4. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 1., Xc-u. Mem. 1. 3. 3. ib. 2. 2. 13. So TO :iua%u ftvtiv, to kill the paschal lamb, sc. as a species of sacrifice, Mark 14: 12. Luke 22: 7. 1 Cor. 5: 7. So Sept. and Heb. nD^n rnt Deut. 16: 2, 4, 5, 6. also Sept' for nbjgrr Bird Ex. 12: 21. Hence, as sacrifices were con- nected with feasting, (see in Ovffla b, and comp. Gen. 31: 54. 1 Sam. 9: 12, 13, 22 sq.) &vnv is also simply to kill, to slaughter, sc. animals for a feast, Matt. 22: 4. Luke 15: 23 TOV p6 own, one's own, i. e. a) as pertaining to a private person and not to the public, private, particular, individual, opp. to dypiog Horn. Od. 3. 82, to <%iotno? Xen. Vect. 4. 21, to xot- vog Jos. B. J. 4. 4. 1. Xen. Hi. 11. 1. Hence in N. T. adverbially (a) iditf, individually, severally, (opp. to drjpoffia Xen. Hi. 11. 9, to xotvf/ Mem. 2. 6. 38,) 1 Cor. 12: 11 dtaigovv Idla COTW xa#os patina*. See Buttm. 115. 4. Luc. Tox. 49. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 34. ib. 8. 1. 2. (/?) xar* Idiav t privately, by oneself, apart from others, e. g. of an individual, alone, Matt. 14: 13, 23 avlfa HI; TO oQog XT Idiar. 17: 1. Mark 6: 31. al. Of several as apart from all others Matt. 17: 19. Mark 4:34. 9:2,28. Acts 23: 19. Gal. 2: 2. al. Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 5. Pol. 4. 84. 8. opp. to xotv/J 2 Mace. 4: 5. b) as belonging to oneself and not to another, own, proper, peculiar, viz. (a) denoting ownership, that of which one is himself the owner, possessor, pro- ducer, my own, thy own, his own, etc. Of things, Matt. 22: 5 ilg tov I'dtov aygov. 25: 15 exuoTO) XT TIJV Idlav dvvapiv. Mark 15: 20 wtdvaav aviov ra ipa-iiot roc i'dicx. Luke 6: 41,44. John 5: 43 iv m-nnmi iw I8lwvi) IK TMV OVQUVWV. Luke 5: 12. John 19: 26, 27. Acts 8: 27, 36 idov vdwy. 2 Cor. 6: 2. Rev. 6: 2. So Sept. and nsil Josh. 9: 25, and so n:n Num.23: 17. 'Gen. 47: 1. al. where Sept. inserts slvai. Seq. ly 2 K. 11: 18. 2 Chr. 23: 17. Hdiaii. 1. 9. 6. Xen. Conv. 8. 40. Of the Jewish priests, the descendants of Aaron, genr. Matt. 8: 4 asaviov 8tl$ov IM leQfl. 12: 4, 15. Mark 1: 44. 2: 26. Luke 1: 5. 5: 14. 6: 4. 10: 31. 17: 14. John 1:19. Acts 6: 7. Heb. 9: 6. They were divided into 24 classes for the service of the temple, 1 Chr. c. 24, and the heads of these classes were some- times called tfgMptfe, see in U^ffMffVC b. These seem to be meant Acts 4: 1. Sept. everywhere for -jHS, as Lev. 1: 5 sq. Spoken of the high priest, 6 ItQtv?, or isgei's /**'/$ (Heb. 10:21), Acts 5: 24. Heb. 7: 21, 23. 8: 4 bis. 10:11. So Sept. and frp Ex. 35: 18. 38: 21. o 1. o i*iyag for V-J3 'JHS Lev. 21: 10. Num. 35: 25, 28. So of Melchisedec as a high priest of God, Heb. 7: 1,3. Of Jesus as a spiritual high priest, Heb. 5: 6 coll. v. 5. 7: 11, 15, 17, 21. 10: 21. Trop. Christians also are called IfQflg IM vhw, priests unto God, as yielding him spiritual sacrifices, Rev. 1: 6. 5: 10. 20: 6. Comp. 1 Pet. 2: 5, and see in TO, priesthood, melon, and collect, for priests, i. e. Christians, who are said avcvlyxai nvsvuanxug &v, ^, indec. Jericho, Heb. -p, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Benjamin, about 20 miles east of Jeru- salem and 5 from the Jordan, situated at the foot of the mountains which bor- der the valley of the Jordan and Dead Sea. It was destroyed by Joshua, Josh. 6: 26, but was afterwards rebuilt 1 K. 16: 34, and became the seat of schools of the prophets 2 K. 2: 5, 15. The land around Jericho was exceed- ingly fertile, abounding in palm-trees and roses, (Q^nTSn "py, nohg qpotvtxwv, city of palm-trees, Deut. 34: 3. w$ q>v- ict $6dov ev'lsgtxM Ecclus. 24: 14,) and yielding large quantities of the opo- balsam, or balsam of Gilead, so highly prized in the East. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 1, w nohg evdalptav ai'iy, cpowlxag T comp. Calmet art. Balsam. Its site is now occupied by an inconsiderable vil- lage called Richa. See Reland Palaest. p. 829. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 153 sq. Calmet art. Jericho. Matt. 20: 29. Mark 10: 46 bis. Luke 10: 30. 18:35. 19: 1. Heb. 11:30. 384 Vy o, /, adj. (legog, offered in sacrifice, sacrificed, spok- en of the flesh of victims, 1 Cor. 10: 19, 28, in Mss. for the common tldwlo&vtov. Aristot.Oec. 2. 20. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 909. 14. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 159. oVy TO, (pp. neut. of ifgog,) a temple, i. e. a consecrated place, in- cluding the proper temple or fane, veto?, and all its courts and appurtenances, comp. Diod. Sic. 1. 15. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 178 sq. Spoken of a heathen temple, Acts 19: 27 3 Agti^8oq Itgov. 1 Mace. 10: 84. Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 32. Xen. Ag. 11. 1. Elsewhere only of the temple in Jerusalem, Heb. fhrT rpa Sept. oTxo? xvolov 1 K. 6: 1, 37. 7:l. Is" 66: 1. tPnbttn rPa Sept. olxo? toil #eov Ezra's:"^! In'N. T. always in reference to the temple as rebuilt by Herod the Great, and minutely de- scribed by Josephus, Ant. 15. 11. 3 sq. B. J. 5. 5. 1 sq. According to him the whole circuit of the temple, to Isoov, consisted of three parts or enclosures, neQipohoi, viz. the proper temple or vaog (B. J. 5. 5. 1, 4) in the midst, and two circular courts or areas around it, one exterior to the other. The first or outer court or enclosure, neyifiokog, which was also the lowest and sur- rounded the whole temple, was open for all, and contained the porches, piazzas, where the people collected, and where things and animals pertaining to the sacrifices were bought and sold, and also money exchanged, ni^tl Buxt. Lex. Chald. 793 ; it is often called by Christian writers the ' court of the Gen- tiles,' Lightfoot Opp. I. p. 415, 590. ed. Ultraj. From this to the second or in- ner court or enclosure, TO dwtegov Itgov Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 2, was an ascent of four- teen steps, and then of five more ; this was divided into the court (or separate place) of the women and the court of Israel or of the priests ; it is called by Josephus 1. c. uyiov, and none but such as were dean were permitted to enter it; here too the sacrifices were prepared and offered, for here stood the altar of burnt-offerings before the entrance of the vaog, Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 1. ib. 15. 14. 5. comp. Matt. 23: 35. The third and highest enclosure, TKol^olog, was the temple itself, vaog, to itgov tQitov Jos. Ant. 15. 11. 5, into which only the priests might enter, comp. Luke 1: 9, 10, and which was divided into two parts, the sanctuary, to ayiov, and the holy of holies, TO ayiov a/ltav. The whole temple therefore consisted strictly of two parts, 6 vaog, and TO ngovaov or the courts and appurtenances. Hence TO IEOOV is put for the whole, and also for the nQovaov, but not for the vaog. E. g. a) genr. and for the whole, Matt. 24: 1 bis, tag olxodouag tov ISQOV. Mark 13: 1. 3. Luke 21: 5. 22: 52. b) of the courts, ngovaov, Matt. 12: 5 ol IsQslg ev tw legy to ffafiftatov /3/5j- lovai. Mark 11: 11. Luke 2: 27, 37. 18:10. Acts 2: 46. 3:lsq. 21:26sq.al. c) of the outer court, where things were bought and sold, Matt. 21: 12 tovg n(aXovvtag xal ayoQa&vtag iv toj IfQM. v. 14, 15. Mark 11: 15, 16. al. Here too Jesus disputed and taught, Matt. 21:23. 26:55. Mark 11: 27 b tM Ifgw nsQiTiatovvtog ai'tov. Luke 2: 46. John 5: 14. 7: 14, 28. al. So the apostles Acts 5: 20, 21, 25, 42. d) Matt. 4: 5 et Luke 4: 9 TO ntegv- yiov tov leQov, the pinnacle of the temple, i. e. prob. the apex or summit of Solo- mon's porch, which Josephus describes (Ant. 20. 9. 7) as being exterior to the vaog on the east side, and built up to the giddy height of 400 cubits (?) from the foundation in the valley of the Ce- dron below ; comp. Ant. 15. 11. 3. AL. c,ovg y o, 7}, adj. pp. becoming to a sacred place or person, hence becoming to re- ligion. Tit. 2: 3 ev xatcccm'juati ityo- TiQETifig i. e. in their conduct adorning the Christian profession, comp. 1 Tim. 2: 2. Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 5. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 37. 12. Xen. Conv. 8. 40. IfpoQ, a, ov } sacred, consecrated to God, Hdian. 5. 5. 5. Xen. An. 4. 7. 21. In N. T. a) 2 Tim. 3: 15 tut ttow /oa^ata, the sacred writings, holy scriptures, i. e. the O. Test. comp. v. 16. 2 Mace. 8: 23. Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 5 iv talg Itqctlg 335 b) ret it get, sacred things, sacred rites, I Cor. 9: 13 ol T Zfo tQyot&uwoi, those performing the sacred rites, ministering in holy things. Luc. Pseudol. 12. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 1. Jerusalem, see in ?, ov y o, a Jerusa- lemite, one from Jerusalem, Mark 1: 5. John 7: 25. Jos. de Vita sua 65. to rob temples, to commit sacrilege, trop. to rob God of due honour, worship, obedience, Rom.2:22. pp.Pol.31.4. 10. 'IfgoauAog, ov, o, ?;, (Isgov, av- Aaw,) robbing temples, sacrilegious, as subst. temple-robber, Acts 19: 37. 2 Mace. 4: 42. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 62. IfpoupyecOy co, f. 7yo-w, (u fr. leQov and obsol. %>/w,) i. q. T iega *'(>/ w > ' perform sacred rites, espec. sacrifice, to officiate as priest, Jos. Ant. 6.6.2. Hdian. 5. 3. 16. In N. T. trop. in the Christian sense, Rom. 15: 16 ItQOvqyovYia TO tvayyihov ministering as a priest [in respect to] the gospel. Buttm. 131. 6. 4 Mace. 7: 8 oy vouov ttilw tj y, indec. Jerusalem, Chald. Elb/tfsn?, Heb. pbyil^^ (for fi^UJIT; dwelling of peacepn tile ear- lier books ; so once in Matt. 23: 37 and Mark 11: 1, often in the writings of Luke and Paul, and usually in Sept. Also Vfpooo'A^a, coi/, T, Heb. dual Q"^l^"V in the later books, perhaps in aliusfon to the two parts of the city, ^ Vw a/ooa xa* % xazw n6h$; so in all the Gospels, in Acts, and thrice in Gala- tians ; also in Josephus. Further Vf- MMWlVfW, */ indec. only Matt. 2: 3. 3: 5, melon, for the inhabitants. This celebrated city, the capital of Palestine, was the seat of true religion under the Jewish theocracy, and also the chief scene of our Saviour's ministry and the central point from which his gospel was promulgated. Hence it is often called the Holy City, and among the Arabs of the present day its cur- rent name is El Kods, the Holy. It is situated near the middle of Palestine, 49 among the mountains, nearly 40 miles distant from the Mediterranean, and some 25 from the Jordan and Dead Sea. It lay on the confines of Judah and Benjamin, mostly within the limits of the latter, but was reckoned to the for- mer. Its most ancient name was Sa- lem, Heb. Db/f, Gen. 14: 18. Ps. 76: 3; then Jebus, DO* as belonging to the Jebusites, Judg. 19: 10, 11. David first reduced it, 2 Sam. 5: 6, 9, and made it the capital of his kingdom, whence it is also called the city of David, Tn "YV. It was destroyed by the Chaldeans, 2 K. c. 24, 25, but rebuilt by the Jews on their return from exile ; and at a later period Herod the Great expended large sums in its embellishment. Jeru- salem as it existed in the age of Christ, is described by Josephus, B. J. 5. 4. Isq. The city was built chiefly on three hills: Sion on the south, which was the high- est, and contained the citadel, the pal- ace, and the upper city, called by Jose- phus % iivai ayoQU ; Moriah, on which stood the temple, a lower hill on the northeast quarter of Sion, and sepa- rated from it by a ravine ; Acra, lying north of Sion and covered by *; xaiw 7ro>l(, the most considerable portion of the whole city. After the destruction of Jerusalem by the Romans about A. D. 70, they endeavoured to root out its very name and nature as a sacred place, from the hearts and memory of the Jewish nation. In A. D. 136 the emperor Adrian caused all the remain- ing buildings to be demolished, and erected a new city which he called Aelia Capitolina ; and it was only in the beginning of the fourth century, af- ter Constantine had embraced Chris- tianity, that the name Jerusalem was again restored. See Josephus 1. c. Reland Palaest. p. 832 sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 202 sq. 235 sq. Miss. Herald 1824. p. 40. In N. T. a) pp. the city itself, as w 'leyow. Mark 11: 1. Luke 2: 25, 38. Rom. 15: 19, 25. al. ia 'Iig. Matt. 2: 1. 4: 25. Mark 3: 8. Gal. 1: 17, 18. 2: 1. al. b) meton. for the inhabitants of Jeru- salem, only in fern, q ' Isgoffokvpa. Matt. 2: 3 Traaa 'ho. 3: 5. ?j '/soow. MatU 23:37. Luke 13: 34. 306 c) rnetaph. Jerusalem for Me Jewish state, church, dispensation, spoken (a) of the former or Mosaic dispensation, Gal. 4: 25 r t vvv 'ifgovaaJLiip. (p) of the latter or Christian dispensation, the Re- deemer's kingdom, of which the spirit- ual Jerusalem is the seat. Gal. 4: 26 t] Vw c IsQOVffulrju. Heb. 12: 22 'Itg. fTiovQuviog. Rev. 3: 12 ^ xtr) c /fo. 21: 2, 10. AL. , rjc } //, (iegog,) priesl- hood, priest's office, Heb. 7, 11, 12, 14, 24. 1 Mace. 2: 54. Jos. Ant. 5. 10. 4. Plato de Leg. 6. p. 759. B. iy 6, indec. Jesse, Heb. "^ (rich), pr. n. of the father of David Matt. 1: 5, 6. Luke 3: 32. Acts 13: 22. Rom. 15: 12. * Iscp&afi o, indec. Jephthah, Heb. riftS^ (he delivered), a leader, C22UJ, of Israel, whose rash vow fell upon his daughter, Heb. 11: 32. See Judg. c.11, 12. iaG, ov } u, Jechonias, Heb. pp. 'pD'nrp (Jehovah appointed) Jeho- iachin, also written fp;D n and 'in" ^5"] Jechoniah, a king of Jiidah about T 6(x) B. C. son of Jehoiakim and grandson of Josiah, Matt. 1: 11, 12. Comp. 1 Chr. 3: 15, 16. 2 K. 24: 8 sq. 2 Chr. 36: 8 sq. 2 K. 25:27. In Matt. I.e. he is said to be the son of Josiah ; the name of Je- hoiakim, 3 Iwaxtln, being omitted in the genealogy in text, recept. though found in Mss. Qj o, gen. and dat. ' ace. 3 Ii]aovv, Jesus, Heb. y^irs* (Jeho- vah his help), contr. ysjizr Neb'. 8: 17, pr. n. of three persons in N. T. 1. Jesus, the Christ, the Saviour of men, Matt. 1: 1, 16. al. saepiss. AL. 2. for Joshua, the successor of Moses and leader of Israel, Acts 7: 45. Heb. 4: 8. non al. 3. Jesus, surnamed Justus, a fellow- labourer with Paul, only Col. 4: 11. ' J/xavoQ, r} y ov, (Sew, Ixuvw,) pp. coming to, reaching to, and hence suf- ficing, i. e. a) sufficient, () of things, enough. 2 Cor. 2: 6 Ixavov TO TOIOVTW ^ fjii- la ami], where for the neut. see Buttm. 129. 6. Luke 22: 38 ixavov fan it is enough, desist. Sept. for ? Is. 40: 16. Ex. 36: 5. t32fc Gen. 30": 15. Diod. Sic. 1. 60 ult. ^Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 38. Hence TO IY.V.VQV satisfaction, e. g. TO ix. Tioitlv iivi, to make satisfac- tion, to satisfy, Mark 15: 15. (Pol. 32. 7. 13. App. de Reb. Punic. 74.) TO ix. laflnv, to take satisfaction i. e. security, Acts 17: 9. (P) Of persons, adequate, competent, seq. nqog 11, 2 Cor. 2: 16 nqo<; javra rlq Ixavog / (Pol. 23. 17. 4.) Seq. infin. aor. 2 Cor. 3: 5. 2 Tim. 2: 2. (Jos. Ant. 1.1.1. Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 10, 15.) 50 in the sense of competent, worthy, seq. infin. aor. Matt. 3: 11 ov ovx a/u ixavog tot, VTI. /Saoraom. Mark 1: 7. Luke 3: 16. pres. 1 Cor. 15:9. (Hdot. 8. 36. Dio Chrys. VII. p. 117. D.) seq. iVo, Matt. 8: 8. Luke 7: 6. b) spoken of number or magnitude, abundant, great, much, plur. many. Matt. 28: 12 ayyvQia ixavd. So o/kog ixavog a great multitude Mark 10: 46. Luke 7: 12. Acts 11: 24, 26. 19: 26. Aao? . Acts 5: 37. also Luke 7: 11. 8:32. 23: 9. Acts 12: 12. 14: 21. 19: 19. 20: 8, 37. 22: 6. 1 Cor. 11: 30. Sept. for 51 Ez. 1: 24. 1 Mace. 13: 49. Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 4. Xen. An. 4. 8. 25. So of time, ixavat yuEQai, many Jays, Acts 9: 23, 43. 18: 18. 27: 7. l^avog ZQOVO?, a long time, genit. Acts 27: 9. dat. Acts 8: 11. ace. 14: 3. ace. xgovovg ixa- vovg Luke 20: 9. So tx XQOVMV ixavuv of a long time Luke 8: 27. e$ ixavov id. Luke 23: 8. Icp Ixavov a long while Acts 20: 11. Palaeph. 28. 2. Aristoph. Plut. 1093. Jy.avoi^? } ijTO? y ?/, (ixavo?,) suf- ficiency, competency, ability, 2 Cor. 3: 5. Lysias Frag. 27. 35. Hesych. Ixavo- co } f. wffw, dxavog,} to make sufficient, to render competent or worthy, c. ace. 2 Cor. 3: 6. Col. 1: 12. Pass, to be satisfied Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 74. ' Ixsrypia, a?, i), (fern, of JXCTJJ- gtog fr. IxBTrjg,) pp. the suppliant-branch i. e. the olive-branch which suppliants held in the hand, c'A/ or yapdog being impl. Hdot. 5.51. Diod. S. 17. 22, 102. In N. T. supplication, Heb. 5: 7 deij- 387 afig xal ixtiygiag. 2 Mace. 9: 18. Pol. 3. 112. 8. Ix ( uaQj ado?, 7], moisture, damp- ness, Luke 8: 6. Sept. for rS'P Jer. 17: 8. Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 3. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 738. 9. IxoVlOVj ou. TO, Iconium, a large and populous city of Asia Minor, now Konieh. It lay near the confines of Phrygia, Lycaouia, and Pisidia, and is assigned to Phrvgia Xen. An. 1.2. 1, to Lycaonia Straho 12. p. 385. Plin. II. N. 5. 27, to Pisidia Arnm. Marc. 14. 6; probably on account of the shifting boundaries of these provinces. Acts 13: 51. 14: 1, 19, 21. 16: 2. 2 Tim. 3: 11. 'lAapog, cf } ov, ('tiaog,} Lat. hila- ris, 5. e. cheerful, joyous, e. g. IL dorijg 2 Cor. 9: 7. Sept. for m fs 3it3 Prov. 22: 8. Luc. D. Deor. 18. 2." Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 12. ?;, (Hugos,) cheer- fulness, alacrity, Rom. 12: 8 iv ttctQOTijn, i. q. Ua>w, cheerfully. Sept. for pun Prov. 18: 22. Act Thorn. 14. DiodI Sic. 16. 11 init. 'lAceaxojuai, f. aaopat, (Stoj,) a Middle verb without an Active form except in a later age, see Passow s. voc. Buttrn. 114. 113. 3. to reconcile to oneself, sc. by expiation, to propitiate, TO? &eov Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 5. tovg xhoi'v Xen. Oec. 5. 20. In N. T. c. ace. T? auctQiias to propitiate AS TO sins, to make propitiation for sins, Heb. 2: 17. So Sept. c. dat. for 1B3 Ps. 65: 4. 79: 9. Aor. 1 imperat. Ua'a#i;ri in the pass, sense, be propitious, be merciful, c. dat. Luke 18: 13. Comp. Buttrn. 113. n. 6. Sept. for nrO Ps. 25: 11. Dan. 9: 19. Phavorin. iloH ysvoio. ov y o, c(TxO|Ut,) pro- pitiation, expiation, for concr. propitia- tor, 1 John 2: 2. 4: 10. pp. Sept. for Ps. 130: 4. tP-jB3 Num. 5: 8. . 44: 27. 2 Mace. 3: 33. a) inasc. 6 tAa(rz)otoc, propitiator, one who makes propitiation Rom. 3: 25. b) neut. TO UaoT^oiov, mercy-seal, Heb. 9: 5, pp. the lid or cover of the ark of the covenant, Heb. rp'SS i. e. simply cover, but rendered by Sept. iJLaaiijgiov in allusion to Pi. 123 to make expiation, and because the high priest was accustomed once a year to sprinkle upon the lid of the ark the blood of an expiatory victim, see Lev. 16:llsq. Sept. for rn'53 Ex. 25: 1722. Lev. H>: 1:3 *, (>), o, ?/, adj. (Attic for tl:t? gods, appeased, propitious, Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 1. of men cheerful, Ael. V.'ll. 2. 10. In N. T. of God, propitious, merciful, c. dat. Heb. 8: 12 D.fo>? taouai Tcilg udixiai^: i. e. I will pardon them. So Sept. V>Ueo dpi for nbO 2 Chr. 6: 25, 27. Jer. 31: 34, 36. c. dat. pers. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 3. Mem. 1. 1. 9. From the Heb. i/Uw oot sc. forw 6 -&tog, God be merciful to thee, God forgive thee, i. q. God forbid, p] ysvono, far be it from thee ! as an ex- clamation of aversion, Matt. 16: 22. So Sept. for b rrb^rrt 2 Sam. 20: 20. 23: 17. 1 Chr. 11: 19. 1 Mace. 2: 21. Comp. in rlvouut I. c. lAAuptxov, ov, TO, lllyricum, now lllyria, a country of Europe on the eastern shore of the Adriatic gulf, north of Epirus and west of Macedonia. Dalmatia formed a part of it. Rom. 15: 19. ?, a, or, (ilnaxouat,) propitiatory, expiatory, e. g. IL uvijua Jos. Ant. 16. 7. 1. In N. T. It-lac^ aviog, o, a thong, strap, of leather, genr. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 32. In N. T. spec. a) plur. thongs with which the hands of captives or criminals were bound and then drawn up into the position for scourging, Acts 22: 25 TIQOBTSIVBV airtov idlq ipaai. Ecclus. 30: 26. 4 Mace. 9: 11. Luc. Asin. 23. Others, a scourge. b) a shoe-latchet, the thong by which a shoe or sandal was fastened to the foot, Mark 1: 7. Luke 3: 16. John 1: 27. Sept. for rplu) Is. 50: 27. Plut. Symp. IV. qu. 2. : 3. Xen. An. 4. 5. 14. 388 'Ira l^COy f. /(TO), ('(HXUOV,) to clothe, in N. T. only Pass. perf. part. IfiaTiff^svog, clothed, Mark 5: 15. Luke 8: 35. Suid. Ifunuruiyof ipdrta lv~ y ov } TO, (i/ua, ti garment, e. g. a) genr. any garment, Matt. 9: 16 inl Ifiaritf naiuiti. 11:8. Mark 2: 21. Luke 5: 36. 7: 25. Heb. 1: 11. al. saep. Plur. T ijuar/a, garments, clothing, rai- ment, including the outer and inner gar- ment, mantle and tunic, Matt. 17: 2 T 8i t,ucma aurou eydvero tavxw. 24: 18. 27: 31, 35. Mark 15: 24. John 13: 4, 12. James 5: 2. Rev. 4: 4. al. saep. So in the phrase Jo rend the clothes, l\Iatt. 26: 65. Acts 14: 14. 16:22. 22:23. Sept. sing, for 15.3. Ps. 102: 27. Is. 50: 9. Plur. Gen. 27: 27. 38: 19. also 2 Sam. 1: 2. 3: 31. 2 K. 5: 8. Luc. Dial. Meretr. 8. 1. Aeschin. 26. 14. Xen. An. 7. 5. 5. b) the outer garment, mantle, pallium, different from the tunic or %nwv and worn over it, comp. Acts 9: 39. Ael. V. H. 4.22. Diod. Sic. 4. 38. It seems to have been a large piece of woollen cloth nearly square, which was wrap- ped around the body or fastened about the shoulders, and served also to wrap oneself in at night, Ex. 22: 26, 27 ; hence it might not be taken by a creditor, though the tunic could be, comp. Ex. I.e. Matt. 5: 40. Luke 6: 29. See Jahn 122. So Matt. 9: 20, 21. 14:36. John 19:2. Acts 12: 8. al. saep. Plur.iw i^anla, outer garments, which were often laid aside, Acts 7: 58. 22: 20. Matt. 21: 7,8. al. Sept. for nbaip and fiTabi!) Ex. 22: 26, 27. 1 Sam. 21: 10. Is/3: 6, 7. Luc. D. Mort. 10. 8. Palaeph. 52. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 5. AL. clothing, raiment, i. e. genr. clothes, garments, Luke 7: 25 ol kv IpanafMu BV- 86$oj vjKXQzovrBg. 9: 29 coll. Mark 9: 3. Acts 20: 33. 1 Tim. 2: 9. So Matt. 27: 35 et John 19: 24 quoted from Ps. 22: 19 where Sept. for sitob. Sept. also for D-naa 1 K. 22: 30. 2 K. 7: 8. Pol. 6.' 15. 4. Plut. Alex. M. 39 pen. also ifJLfL^ofJLai de- pon. (ipego?,) a defective verb, see Pas- sow in voc. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 156. to long for, and hence to have a strong affection for, c. c. gen. 1 Thess. 2: 8 in text. rec. I^BLQO^JLIVOI, vpuv. Others o^nQo^tivoi q.v. Sept. for n3h Job 3: 21. Pol. 1. 66. 8. Dem. 422/6'. ty conjunct, that, construed usu- ally with the Subjunctive, seldom with the Optative, often with the Indicative, pp. TcAtxws or final, as marking the end, purpose, cause for or on account of which any thing is done, TO THE END THAT, IN ORDER THAT it might or may be so and so ; but also x/3Ttxd>, ecba- tic, as marking simply the event, result, upshot of any action, that in which the action terminates, so THAT it was, is, will be, so and so. Some late writers have denied this echatic use of iV, e.g. Fritzsche Comm. in Matt. p. 836. Beyer in Winer's Neue krit. Journ. IV. 418. Lehmann ad Lucian. T. I. p. 71. On the other hand it has been amply estab- lished by Steudel in Bengel's Neue Arcliiv IV. p. 504 sq. and especially by J. A. II. Tittrnann De usu Particularum in N. T. subjoined to his work De Sy- non.m A*. T. Lib. II. Lips.1832. p.32sq. translated in Bibl. Repos. for Jan. 1835. See genr. Matth. 620. Herrn. ad Vig. p. 850 sq. p. 556 sq. Winer 42. p. 237. 57. p. 382 sq. Still, these two signi- fications are often so nearly related, that the distinction then consists rather in a different mode of conception than in any thing essential. 1. pp. TfAtxtus, as marking the final end, fJurpose, cause, to the end that, in order that, and 'fact f.ir h in order that not, lest. A) With the Subjunctive, a) pre- ceded by the present or an aorist of any rnood except the Indicative, or by the perfect in a present sense, John 6: 38. Here the Subjunct. marks what it is sup- posed will really take place, comp. Winer 42. b. p. 237. Matth. 518. Herm. ad Vig. p. 791, 850. Matt 9: 6 r iva ds tidilxe . . . Tors keysi, to the end that ye may know, .comp. Mark 2: 10 et Luke 5: 24. Matt. 18:16. 19:16. Luke 8: 10. 12: 36. John 1: 7 ovrog f Iva 389 fig paQivglav, 'iva /ua^Ti^rJovj nt^l x. T. A. 5: 34 ictiiia Ac/cu, iVa -I'/ift? awx^T?. 6: 38 xaTa/5'vNJT8 x. T. L John 7: 3. 1 Cor. 7: 5 bis. Eph. 4: 28. 6: 3. 1 Tim. 5: 7. al. 'iva f.n\ Matt. 7: 1. John 5: 14. 1 Cor. 11: 34. al. After an imper. aor. Matt. 14: 15 unokvaov rovg o^ovg, 'iva aTtfAv^oVTf? a/oowo'wo'tv x. T. A. Mark 15: 32. Luke 16: 9. 1 Cor. 3: 18. Eph. 6: 13. al. 'ivu /tr// Matt. 17: 27. John 4: 15. Heb. 12: 13. al. So after an ex- hortation, e. g. of/tt/uy Mark 1: 38. also Luke 20: 14. Rom. 3: 8. After an im- perat. implied Matt. 26: 5. John 1: 22. 1 Pet. 4: 11. Sept. for TSfcb Josh. 4: 6. Horn. Od. 1. 302. ib.5.1u. : c) preceded by the future, the Sub- junct. as above in a. Luke 16: 4 tyvwv \l noii'ivo), 'iva df$(avral ps x.t.L I Cor. 16:6. 2 Cor. 12:9. Eph.6:21. 2Thess. 2: 12. al. interrog. Matt. 19: 16. John 6: 5. 'iva. jut? Luke 18: 5. Hom.Od. 2. 307. \va pi Luc. de Dom. 21. d) preceded by a past tense ; here the Subjunct. strictly stands instead of the Opt. and marks an action which in itself or its consequences is still con- tinued, or which the speaker regards as certain, oomp. Winer 42. b. p. 237 sq. Matth. 518. 1. Herm. ad Vig. p. 850. () genr. Mark 3: 14 enolr]tai. Himer. 15. 3. comp. Act. Ignat. p. 358. ed. Ittig. 2. 'x/?mxw, ecbatic, as marking simply the event, result, upshot of an action, 50 that, so as that, in N. T. only with the Subjunctive implying some- thing which really takes place ; in 'Iva 390 ' r Iva classic writers oftener with the Indica- tive of a past tense, see Tittmann 1. c. p. 37. a) preceded by the present etc. Luke 22: 30 xcu dicnifrsftat vftiv .... 'iva IG&ITJTS xal TtlvtjTE Inl -lys jQane&jg fiov iv Tij /?(r. fiov. John 6: 7 woTot ovx aQXOVcriv aviolg, 'iva ixaoro? avrwv figa- %v ti Aa/fy. Rom. 3: 19 6 vopog rolg iv TW yojuw AAn, 'iva nav oro/ua qpoot/ij. 6: 1. 7: 13. 15: 6, 16, 31, 32. Rev. 14: 13 xt, he/ft TO nvEVfjta, [dno&vriffxovcri] 'iva dvanavffwvrat x. T. L comp. Winer 57. p. 386. Iva ^ Acts 2: 25. Gai. 5: 17. Sept. for 13 Josh. 4: 6. Horn. Od. 13. 157. Jos. B.'J. 4. 3. 10 (p. 276 ult. ed. Haverc.) ngbg TOVOVTOV 7Jxo ( a> , 'iva ijfiag &&]), Matt. 7: 12 ndvia oaa av &&7)ie 'iva nolwffiv vfuv x. T. i. Mark 6: 25. Luke 6: 31. 18: 41. John 17: 24. al. saep. &&r}pa lo~ti 'iva, Matt. 18: 14. John 6: 39, 40. 1 Cor. 16: 12. &T- TCU 'iva 1 Cor. 4: 2. With #>lw etc. imp). Gal. 2: 10. to'Aw iVa Test. XII Fair. p. 704. Arr. Epict. 1. 18. 14. So fiovlncu 'ivu Dion. Hal. de Comp. Verb. p.296sq. tTii&i'ntlv 'iva Teles ap.Stob. 95. p. 524. Comp. Schaefer Melet. p. 121. (8) After TIOII'UJ in the sense of to cause, to effect, etc. where in earlier Greek the infin. is used, Matth. 531. 1. Herm. ad Vig. p. 761, or also onwg Hdot. 1. 209. ib. 5. 109. comp. Passow in noie&t no. 1. c. John 11:37 oi'x Idv- vctTO OUTOJ Tionjjcrat, 'iva xcu ovioq JUT) dno&dvy , Col. 4: 16. and so in an attraction Rev. 3: 9. 13: 12, 15, 16. comp. Buttm. 151. I. 6. In Rev. 3: 9 the future also is joined with the Subj. after iva. (e) After words imply- ingjitness, sufficiency, need, and the like, e. g. a*i6g, John 1: 27 eyw ovx dl-tog tipk 'iva Ai'crw x. T. L After Ixavog Matt. 8: 8. Luke 7: 6. doxnog Matt. 10: 25. XQflav yew 'iva John 2: 25. 16: 30. 1 John 2: 27. Rev. 21: 23. For the construction of all these with an infin. see Matth. 533. 3, and in 3 A$io$, c /xvo, "-fc#w c. /5. Also after impers. Matt. 5: 29 avpcp. ydo voi, iva unoiiiiat, Iv x. T. A. v.30. 18: 6. John 11:50. 16:7. c. infin. see in ZvpyeQW. After h'aiTdn Luke 17: 2. c. infin. Tob. 3: 6. Comp. Matth. 532. d. () After a word or phrase followed by a defining or explanatory clause, this latter is sometimes introduced by tW, where the classic construction would be with the infin. see Matth. 532. d. comp. 280. E. g. John 4: 34 ipov ftQufid itni, 'iva Tiotcu TO -O-sJirjiia TOV TI ( U/'VTO? fjif. John 18:39 I'ort de crwi/- &sia vfiiv, 'iva tV v^ilv dnoJiixro). 1 Cor. 4: 3 f/uot de si? Qmjpthov lariv, 'iva v< i'^ihJv dvaxot&w. So especially after ouroc, avir), tovio, used emphatically or dfiy.nxu? in reference to a following clause, comp. Winer 45 penult, p. 282. Luke 1: 43 no&ev pot TOUTO, 'iva c'Avh? r\ pirr)Q i. x. nQog /ue; more usual in John e. g. 6: 29 TOVTO t 'Jovdaio?, as adj. see be- low ; mostly as subst. a Jew, pp. one of the tribe or country of Judah Sept. 50 2 K. 16: 6, but in later usage applied to all the inhabitants of Judea or Palestine and their descendants, Esth. 3: 6, 10. Dan. 3: 8. 2 Mace. 9: 17. So in N. T. John 4: 9. Acts 18: 2, 24. al. Usually plur. ol 'lovdouot, the Jews, Matt. 2: 2. 28: 15. John 19: 21. Acts 10: 22. 20: 19. al. saep. 'lovdaloi xui"lA).i]Vfg Acta 14: 1. 18: 4. 19: 10. 1 Cor. 1: 23, 24. See in "l^r t v b. By synecd. ol Jov- dulot, is put in John for the chief men, leaders of the Jews, John 1: 19. 5: 15, 16 sq. 7: 1, 11, 13. 9: 22. 18: 12, 14. Acts 23: 20, comp. v. 14 sq. Once in- cluding Jewish proselytes Acts 2: 5 coll. v. 10. As adj. joined with a noun, e. g. avi)Q 'lovdalo? Acts 10: 28. plur. 2: 14. 22:3. yfvdoTTQocpijTiw Acts 13:6. txo/t- (Qivg Acts 19: 14. Esth. 2: 3. Jos. B. J. 3. 7. 31. AL. , oVj o, Judaism, the Jewish religion and institutes, e. g. as opposed to heathenism 2 Mace. 2: 21. 14: 38. In N. T. aa opp. to Christianity, Gal. 1: 13, 14. loufiac, a y o, Judas, Heb.Fnitt 1 ] (renowned), Sept. 'lovda, Judah, pr. n. of eight persons in N. T. 1. Juilnh, the fourth son of Jacob and head of the tribe of Judah, Matt. 1: 2, 3. Luke 3: 33. Melon, for the tribe or posterity of Judah, Matt. 2: 6 bis. Luke h39. Heb.7:14. Rev. 5: 5. 7:5. So o7xo? 'lovda, the house, i. e. kingdom of J mlal i, opp. to that of Israel Heb. 8: 8. 2. Judas or Judah, two of the ances- tors of Jesus, elsewhere unknown, Luke 3: 26, 30. 3. Jude, an apostle, called also Leb- beus and Thaddeus, brother of James the Less and cousin of our Lord, see in 3 /'xw/3os 2. He also wrote the Epistle of Jude. Matt. 13: 55. Mark 6: 3. Luke 6:16. John 14: 22. Acts 1: 13. Jude 1. Comp. Matt. 10: 3. 4. Judas surnamed Iscariot i. e. man of Kerioth, an apostle, and the traitor who betrayed our Lord. He seems previously to have been dishonest, though he enjoyed the confidence of the other apostles, comp. John 12: 6. On the manner of his death, see in 9 Amxy X UT'TW /UT ( nday. So in prayer or sacrifice Matt. 6: 5. Heb. 10: 11. With an adjunct implying place where, e. g. an adv. Matr. 12: 46 l'|w. Mark 11: 5 e'x. 13: 14. Luke 9:27. 17: 12. 18: 13. al. Seq. eis c. ace. see in Elg 4, fig to pd- ffov John 20: 19. tx ds$iur Luke 1:11. (1 Chr. 6: 39.) Iv c. dat. of place, Matt. 20: 3 iv rf t ayoQu. John 11: 56. Acts 5: 20. 7: 33. impl. Matt. 20: 6 coll. v. 3. John 7: 37 coll, v. 28. (Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 17.) iv ainolg among i. e. before them Acts 24: 21. Ivwntov rtvog Acts 10: 30. Rev. 7: 9. Inl c. gen. of place Luke 6:17 0777 enl lonov nedwov. Rev. 10: 5. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 66.) and so ini in the sense of before, Acts 25: 10 inl toil (trinaTOS. 24: 20 inl tov awttyiov. 396 Mark 13: 9. c. ace. of place Matt. 13: 2. Rev. 7: 1 . (2 Chr. 23: 19.) also Int TOI- noSag to stand upon the feet, Acts 26: 16. impl. Acts 3: 8. (Sept. 2 Chr. 3: 12.) pud iivog John 18: 5. naoa c. ace. Luke 5:1. 7:38. (2Chr.9:J80 vtoav rilg &aL John 6: 22. nyo TWV &vouv Acts 5: 23. nfjog T// &VQK John 18: 16. (Judg. 9: 35.) c. ace. Tifjog TO uvi]- [itlov 20: 11. ovv ctvrolg Acts 4: 14. Also xtxAfr) rirog round about any one Rev. 7: 11. fisffog vuuv tcriyttsv John 1: 26. Without an adjunct of place ex- pressed, but in the sense of to stand by, near, there, according to the context, i. q. to be present, Matt. 26: 73 fi^OVTf? ol ivTWlEg tiTlOV TO? Luke 19: 8. 23: 35. John 1: 35. 3: 29. 18: 18. Acts 2: 14. al. Joined with an adj. or particip. Acts 9: 7 HOT7/xH(rav iv- vioi. Eph. 6: 14. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8.) So of persons standing before a judge, either as accusers Luke 23: 10, or as accused Acts 26: 6 sbwjxa y.Qivouwog. Matt. 27: 11 enngoo'&e.v rov yyfparog, comp. also above in constr. with int. Also before Christ as Judge, where it is by impl. to stand erect, firm, in the con- sciousness of acquittal and final ap- proval, Luke 21: 36. Spoken of fishing- boats, to stand, to be stationed, in Engl. to lie, Luke 5: 2. b) trop. to standfast, i. e. to continue, to endure, to persist, e. g. of things, 7] Matt. 12: 25. Luke 11: 18. 2 Tim. 2: 19. Of persons, Acts 26: 22 &ZQI T% f]/j.EQag TUVTIJ? IOTTJ- y.a. 1 Cor. 7: 37 ior^xcc edgalo?. Col. 4: 12. John 8: 44 iv TT; cdrj&thf ov% ', to stand still, to stop, e. g. of persons, Matt. 20: 32 xl vraso'hpovs. Mark 10: 49. Luke 7: 14. 18: ^0. Of things, Matt. 2: 9. Acts 8: ;K to cease Luke 8: 44. Sept. for 1C2> Hah. 3: 11. Jon. 1: 15. Jo*h. ,'}: 13;l_Udum. 1. 13. 10. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 3. An. 1. 3. 2. AL. o 9 f. i]vw, ('iarwQ fr. - to ascertain sc. by inquiry and personal examination Ftol. 9. 14. 3. ib. 10. 7. 1. to know, to have seen person- ally Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 5. In N. T. to see, to visit a person in order to make his acquaintance, Gal. 1: 18 ImoQijaai IliiQov. Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 8. Arr. Epict. 2.14.28. Hesych. IffioQsi' OQU. Comp. Winer's Comm. in Gal. 1. c. More usually to narrate Pol. 1. 37. 3. Hdian. 3. 7. 15. [()'/v$6s, d, ov, (Iff/ixa,) strong, mighty, powerful. a) of persons, spoken of the powers both of body and mind, physical and moral. Matt. 3: 11 Icr^vQotsQog ftov ivtiv. Mark 1: 7. Luke 3: 16. Heb. 11: 34 iff/vgol Iv noUfiM, and so Matt. 12: 29 bis siffsk&iv dg TIJV oixlav rov Iff/i'QOV. Mark 3: 27 bis. Luke 11: 21,22. 1 Cor. 10: 22. So 1 Cor. 1: 25. 1 John 2: 14 slro?ig, i. e. firm in faith. Of angels Rev. 5: 2. 10: 1. 18:21. of God Rev. 18: 8. So Sept. for niaa Judg. 5: 13. Josh. 10: 2. of God Deut. 10: 17. rN of God Neli. 1: 5. 9: 32. pin Num.13: 19. Josh. 17: 18. Ael. V/IL 2. 24. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 7. Trop. strong in in- fluence and authority, mighty, honour- able, 1 Cor. 4: 10. Rev. 6: 15 in later edit. 19: 18. 1 Cor. 1: 27 T laxvyd for concr. ol icr%i'Qol. Sept. ol Iff/. 7i\q yr\<; for tr^N. 2* K. 24:15. also for -^23. 1 Chr. 7i'7, 40. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 9. b) of things, strong, i. e. vehement, great, as uveftog Matt. 14: 30. Luke 15: 14. xqavyii Heb. 5: 7. Rev. 18: 2 in some edit. Pgortai Rev. 19: 6. Sept. Gen. 41: 31. Ex. 19: 19. Dan. 6: 20. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34, 39 *- fiwv.} Also firm, sure, as la%. nuga- >dr}. 2(J: 40. Mark 5: 4. 14: 37. Luke 6:48. 8:43. 14:6,29,30. 16:3. 20:26. John 21: 6. Acts 6: 10. 15: 10. 25: 7. 27: 16. c. inf. impl. Mark 9: 18. Luke 13:24. Phil. 4: 13 ndvia iffxvu i.e. / can do or endure all things etc. Better perhaps nuvin as ace. of manner etc. Buttm. 131.6. Sept. 2 Chr. 2: 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 83 nit c) i. q. to have efficacy, to avail, to have force and value, Gal. 5: 6 et 6: 15 oi;- tc TMotiop/ it, icrxvei. Heb. 9:17. James 5: 16. slg ovdiv ifrV8i it has no value, is worthless, Matt. 5: 13. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 3. Ael. V. H. 2. 38. Diod. S. 2. 33. d) i. q. to prevail, seq. XT TWO?, against or oner any one Acts 19: 16. absol. Rev. 12: 8. So Sept. c. ngoq for Vb; Dan. 7: 21. Ps. 13: 5. 1 Mace. 10: 49. Comp. iffxveiv ITISQ Luc. Navig. 42. Trop. i. q. to spread abroad, to acquire strength and efficacy, as Acts 19: 20 o Ad/o? 7ov x. iji'Savs xul I'crxvev. ' loro? adv. (wo?,) pp. equally, alike, Dem. 35. 26. - In N. T. it may be, per- haps, doubtless, Luke 20: 13. Sept. for VriN Gen. 32: 21. jn Dan. 4: 24 [27J. Ael. Y. H. 11. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 13. i'a, cudiov, Gen. 19: 8. ' 107. 10. Xen. Oec. 15. 3. a pulling down, demolition, e. g. of a for- tress, 2 Cor. 10: 4. Pol. 23. 7. 6. Xen. H. G. 2. 2. 15. Trop. of religious knowledge and experience, demolition, destruction, opp. to oixoflop/, 2 Cor. 10:8. 13: 10. Comp. 1 Mace. 3:43. Hdian. 2. 4.9. 0y f- f/ffw, (XT, ai- '&),) aor. 2 x#e7Zoy, to take doicn sc. from a higher place, trans, e. g. from the cross, Mark 15: 36 a Ip/erai 'llilag xa^fhlv avrov. v. 46. Luke 23: 53. Acts 13:29. Sept. for Tnitl Josh. 8: 29. 10: 27. Philo in Place, p. 977. Pol. 1. 86. 6. With the idea of force, violence, e. g. to pull down, to demolish, as buildings Luke 12: 18. (1 Mace. 5: 65. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 20.) a people, to overthrow, to conquer, Acts 13: 19 xa$g- Iwy t&vr) ema. (Sept. for O^ft Jer. 24: 6. 42: 10. Hdian. 3. 4. 16.) princes, po- tentates, to cast down sc. from their thrones, to dethrone, Luke 1: 52. Ael. V. H. 2. 25. Hdot. 2. 152. Trop. to subvert, to destroy, as ij\v fisyahioirfia Acts 19: 27. loyiff^ovg 2 Cor. 10: 4. Sept. x#. ti]v vfaiv for m3 Zech. 9: 6. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 2 vi' Diod. Sic. 4. 8. , f. agta, (xa&ctQog q. v.) to cleanse from filth, trans. Luc. Necym. 7. grain by winnowing Sept. 2 Sam. 4:6. Xen. Oec. 18.6. In N. T. a) to cleanse a tree or vine from use- less branches, to prune, John 15: 2. Philo de Agric. p. 189. A. de Somn. p. 1 116. E. Comp. Loesner Obs. p. 155. b) trop. to cleanse from sin, to purify sc. by expiation, Heb. 10: 2. Sept. for intan Jer. 13: 27. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 14. Xen" An. 5. 7. 35. adv. i. e. x# strength- ened by neq, according as, i. q. as, even as, Rom. 4: 6 xa&anfQ xal /luftlS \iyti. 2 Cor. 1:14. 3:13,18. 1 Thess. 2: 11. 3:6,12. 4:5. Heb. 4: 2. 5:4. Seq. ovuog or oi/rw, so, Rom. 12: 4. 1 Cor. 12: 12. 2 Cor. 8: 11. Sept. for *rofiO Gen. 12: 4. Ex. 7: 6, 10. Jos. c. ApT 1. 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 29. , f. dyto, (XT, lima),) to adapt, to Jit down upon any thing, whence to bind or fasten upon, trans. Pol. 8. 8. 3. Xen. Yen. 6. 9. In N. T. intrans. or with tawov impl. i. q. Mid. xa&amonai, to fix oneself upon, to fasten on,seq.gen.Acts28:3 /ttfya . . . xa&ijye iij? Xfiqbg aviov, comp. Buttm. 132. 6. 3. See also in *'Ayu no. 3. This is a later Active to the earlier and more 400 usual depon. Mid. xa&aTvtouai, Passow sub v. f. iffw, (xa&ctQog,) a later verb instead of the earlier xn&ai- QW, to make clean, to cleanse, trans. a) pp. Matt. 23: 25 xatfaot&re TO e'Sw- &(V TOU noTrjQiov. v. 26. Luke 11: '39. - Sept. Ps. 12: 7. Spoken of lepers afflicted with a filthy disease and ac- counted as unclean, to cleanse i. q. to heal, Matt. 8: 2, 3. 10: 8. 11: 5. Mark 1: 40, 41, 42. Luke 4: 27. 5: 12, 13. 7: 22. 17: 14, 17. Praegn. Matt. 8: 3 xa* fv&euig Ixa&uylff&'q ainov y lingo, his leprosy was cleansed and removed, i. e. was healed, comp. Luke 5: 13 et Mark 1: 42. So Sept. and nnu Lev. 14: 7, 8, 11. 15: 27. b) trop. to cleanse, in a moral sense, i.e. (a) from sin or pollution sc. by expia- tion, to purify, Heb. 9: 22, 23. seq. anb nvog, 1 John 1:7 TO alua '/TJCTOU . . . xa&a.Ql,u ijfiag anb nucrrjg apagilag, i. e. from the guilt of sin and its conse- quences. v. 9. So Sept. for 773 ^intJ Ps. 51: 4. -133 Ex. 29: 37. So Tit.~2': 14 tV xa&ttQiffr] cat'Tw /.6v, that he might purify, sanctify, etc. (/?) genr. and without expiation, to cleanse, to pu- rify, to free from moral uncleanness, c. c. ano vivog, 2 Cor. 7: 1 xa&agLo-w^fv eaviovg unb navibg [Aolvo'uoii aagxog. Without WTTO, Acts 15: 9. Eph. 5: 26. Heb. 9: 14. James 4: 8. Ecclus. 38: 10. Jos. Ant. 11. 5. 4 ult. de Mace. 1. c) in the sense of to declare clean, i. e. Levitically, i. q. to make lawful, trans. Acts 10: 15 a 6 -&sog exa&agio'e, ffv ur t xolvov. 11: 9. So Sept. and ^Jit2 Lev. 13: 6, 23, 28, 34. So Mark 7:~ 19 nuv tv6(J.VOV .... fig 10V IXTIOQEVSTCU, xa&aQiCpv navTa T /SowjuaTcc, i. e. making lawful all meats, shewing them to be clean and lawful, where the part. xa&aQlov refers to the whole preceding context by way of apposition, comp. Buttm. 131. n. 5. Winer 48. 1. b. and see Lev. c. 14. Also of a woman after child-birth, Luke 2: 22, see Lev. c. 12. Sept. for ^rfc Lev. 14: 32. rnnU Lev. 15: 13. S0 of baptism as a rite of purification John 3: 25. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 6. b) metaph. purification from sin, ex- piation, Heb. 1: 3. 2 Pet. 1: 9. Sept. Ex. 30: 10. Job 7: 20. expiatory of- fering Luc. Asin. 22. see ?, ay, b, (xa#ao/,) a cleansing, purification. a) pp. e. g. of the Jewish washings before meals, John 2: 6, comp. Matt. 15: 2. Trop. of the ceremonial purifica- tion of lepers, Mark 1: 44. Luke 5: 14, a, ov, clean, pure, i.e. unsoiled, unalloyed. It is a primitive word having no affinity with al'gw, see Passow. Comp. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 26. ^a) pp. Matt. 23: 26. 27: 59 evxvh$uv nlib a-ivdovi xa&ctQci. Heb. 10: 22 v- SCITL XU&OLQW. Rev. 15: 6. 19: 8, 14. 21 : 18 bis, 21 . 22: 1 . trop. Luke 11:41, see in"yeijut. Sept. for nint: Ez. 36: 25. Ex. 25: 31, 36. Chald. Np3 Dan. 7: 9. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 5 oi'Qavog. ' Ael. V. H. 13. 1 rned. vdaTcc. Xen. Oec. 10. 7, 12. Trop. in the Levitical sense, Johnl3:10 m xa&otQog oJiog. By irapl. lawful, not forbidden, Rom. 14: 20. Tit. 1:1 5 bis, navTaxa&aQa., ovdsv xa&aQov. b) metaph. clean, pure, in a moral sense, i. e. (a) guiltless, innocent, Acts 18: 6 xa&agbg iya. Seq. ano rtvog, Acts 20: 26 x^. iyw anb lov cu^iaiog. So Sept. for ip: Gen. 44: 10. Job 4: 7. c. arco for ITD fljr: Gen. 24: 8. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 16.' Aei. V. H. 8. 5. Dem. 122. 17. (/5) sincere, upright t void of evil, Matt. 5: 8 or xct&aQol i]\ xctQolu. John 13: 10 vpsiq xa&agol eVif. v. 11. 1 Tim. 1: 5. 3: 9. 2 Tim. 1: 3. 2: 22. Tit. 1: 15 Tot? xa#aoot. James 1: 27. 1 Pet. 1: 22. So John 15: 3, the figure being taken from the vine, cleansed, pruned, see in Kct&alQta. Sept. for ~\3 Ps. 24: 4. lino Ps. 51: 11. t'n Gen". 20: 5, 6 Comp/Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 20,23. Ka&agou]?, rjTOQy fj, (xa#(>o'c,) cleanness, pureness, in the Levitical sense, Heb. 9: 13. pp. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 22. trop. Clem. Alex. 6. 6 ^ rov /?/ov x. KctO-cdpa, as, y, (xa&i&uai,) a seat, Matt. 21: 12 et Mark 11: 15 rag x. iwv nolovnuv. Matt. 23: 2 xa&i&v inl Mweug to sit in Mosei 401 seat, trop. to occupy his place as an ex- pounder of the law. Sept. for irritt 1 Sam. 20: 17, 24. n^ 1 K. S: 13. 10: 19. Ecclus. 12: 12? Pol. 1. 21. 2. Hdian. 2. 3. 17. m- perf. txa#e6^u7jv, for the augm. see Buttm. 86. n. 2, pp. to seat oneself, i. e. to sit down, to sit, Matt. 26: 55. Luke 2: 46. John 4: 6. 20: 12. Acts 6: 15. John 11: 20 iv TW ol'xw ixa&s&ro i. e. continued sitting, Buttm. 137. 4. Sept. for atp Ez. 26: 16. Act. Thorn. 39. Hdian" 4. 2. 5. Xen. Conv. 1. 8. Kafrtfs i- e. xa#' iig, see in 15 b. y. Jft$JJj adv. (xcnra, 1^?,) lit. * according to the order or succession,' i. e. successively, consecutively, in con- nected order. Luke 1: 3 x#f|>/? aoi ygayai, i. e. to write a connected nar- rative. Acts 11: 4. 18: 23. Ael. V. H. 8. 7. Test. XII Patr. p. 618. With the art. 6 xctftfSrjS, successive, i. e. subse- quent, following, spoken of order Acts 3: 24 xt TWV xvhJJ? sc< TT^O^TJTWV. of time Luke 8: 1. Among classic writers fU xa&evfiei. Mark 5: 39. Luke 8: 52. Hence spoken of those really dead, 1 Thess. 5: 10 sm ygrj/OQwusv flr xa&evdwusv. So Sept. for ]\p^ Dan. 12: 2. Heb. Dp Sept. ano&vf t c tie$iuv Matt. 22: 44. Acts 2: 34. comp. in 3 Ex no. 1. b. iv c. dat. of place Matt. 11: 16. Mark 4: 1. Luke 10: 13. (Sept. 2 K. 6: 32. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 3.) iv <5ft v. iv rolg dt^iolg Col. 3: 1. Mark 16:5. Indvco Jivog Matt. 28: 2. Rev. 6: 8. Ini c. gen. Matt. 24: 3. Acts 8: 28. Rev. 4: 2. 9:17. (Sept. 1 Sam. 1: 9. Esth. 5: 1. Diod. S. 1. 53.) c. dat. of place Acts 3: 10. (Sept. Is. 36: 12. Xen. An. 4. 2. 6.) c. ace. Matt. 9: 9. Mark 2: 14. John 12: 15. Rev. 6: 2. (Sept. Jer. 25: 30.) jufra c. gen. of pers. Matt. 26: .58. TiKOft c. ace. of place Matt. 13: 1. Mark 10: 46. ntgi c. ace. of pers. around whom, in whose circle one sits Mark 3: 32, 34. (Xen. An. 4. 2. 5 auyl HVQ.) 7igo TO (pug Luke 22: 56. vno TO vnonodiov James 2: 3. Sept. Judg. 4: 5. 1 K. 13: 14. (/) Spoken of any digni- 402 tary who aits in public, e. g. as a judge Matt. 27: 19. Acts 23: 3. a queen, pao-tturaa, Rev. 18: 7. Sept. Ex. 18: 14. Philostr. Vit. Apol. 8. 2. b) in the sense of to abide, to dwell, to be, seq. iv c. dat. of place Matt. 4: 16 bis, iolg xa&rj^isvoig iv #w xai trxta davdiov, quoted from Is. 9: 1 where Sept. xaTotxe'w for 2UJ\ Luke 1: 79. Acts 14: 8. (So Sept. fo'r SUP Neh. 11: 6, 25. Ecclus. 50: 26. sedeo Cic. ad Div. 16. 7.) Seq. inl c. gen. of place Rev. 14: 6 xu&. inl ii}g yqg, where text. rec. xaTotxowTtt?. c. ace. Luke 21: 35 xa&. inl nqoffanov ifa yi)$. Alciphi". I. Ep. 25 Inl iLVi. AL. & yj4t'p&y tf day by day, see in Kurtx II. 2. ,) daily, Acts 6: 1 iv rrj dtaxovla ly xa&. in the daily ministration sc. of alms. _ Judith 12: 14. Jos. Ant. 12. 5. 4. Pint. Pyrrh. 14. A word of the later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 53. ft) f. Matt. 25: 31 instead of fut. xavh^o-w or Att. xa-d-iw, see Buttm. 114 i'eo. Matth. 181. n. 3. Passow sub v. Aor. 1 ixa- &iaaj augm. see in Buttm. 86. n. 2. Trans, to cause to sit down, to seat, and in trans, to sit down, to sit. 1. Trans, to cause to sit down, to seat, e. g. c. iv of place, Eph. 1: 20 xal ixd- S-ivtv [aviov] iv dsSuji aviov. Sept. for yjJirt 1 K. 2: 8. 2 Chr. 23: 20. Diod. Sic. 2. 8. Xen. An. 2. 1.4. H. G. 5. 4. 6. So to cause to sit, to set, sc. as judges, 1 Cor. 6: 4 loviovg xa&l'Ceis. sc. xQiidg v. dixaaidg. Fully Luc. Tox. 62 ov yag ixu&laaiiiv nva dixaai^v 1011 Ao/or. Jos. Ant. 20. 9. 1, 6. Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 30 ult. ib. 11. 19. 2. Intrans. or with saviov impl. and also Mid. to seat oneself, i. e. to sit down, to sit, see in ^4/w no. 3, and Buttm. 113. n. 2. a) pp. and genr. Matt. 5: 1 avsfttj elg 10 ogog ' xat xa&l0uviog aviov x. r. A. 13:48. Mark 9: 35. Luke 4: 20. 5:3. 14: 28, 31. 16: 6. John 8: 2. Acts 13: 14. 16: 13. 1 Cor. 10: 7. Sept. for rwjn Gen. 37: 24. Neh. 1: 4. Xen. Cyr. S. ~4. 2. With an adjunct of place, e. g. v here Matt. 26: 36. sc. TW nwAw Mark 11: 7. c. ace. lq> ov Mark 11: 2. Luke 19: 30. John 12: 14. Rev. 20: 4. trop. Acts 2: 3. (Sept. Gen. 48: 2. Thuc. 1. 136.) tUtTtvarti nvog Mark 12: 41. ptia -uvog Rev. 3: 21 bis. ovv tivi Acts 8: 31. b) by impl. to abide, to continue, e. g. iv iff nofoi Luke 24: 49. absol. Acts 18: 11. Sept. for *\w Jer. 49: 32. 3" Ex. 16: 29. Judg. 9: 41. 1 Mace. 2: 7*, 29. Test. XII Patr. p. 644. comp. se- deo Cic. de Div. 16. 7. iy f. xa^o-ft), (xata, #,) aor. 1 xa\>ijxa, Buttm. 108. I. pp. to send or throw down, i. e. in N. T. to let down, trans, seq. eig Luke 5: 19 xa#rjxav amov . . . tig TO [isaov. Acts 9: 25 xa&. diu lov isl^ovg. (Palaeph. 13. 3.) Pass. or Mid. part, xa&iifitvog, seq. inl rijg yijg Acts 10: 11. ex lov ovgavov 11: 5. Sept. ] Sam. 2: 16. Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 4 c. fig. Xen. An. 6. 5. 25, 27. Mag. Eq. 8.3. also xa&iGTaa) Acts 17: 15 comp. in c '/or;^t init. fut. xTa- OT7J(Tft), aor. 1 xT(rT^(ra, to set down, i. q. genr. to set, to place, in N. T. found only in the trans, forms. Pass, or Mid. to be set, to be, etc. Comp. Buttm. 107. 2. a) to set, to cause to stand, pp. Sept 1 K. 5: 2. Xen. An. 7. 7. 22. Mid. or Pass, to stand, Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 1. In N. T. trop. xaSlcnttiiui to stand, to be set, i. q. to be, James 3: 6 omwg 7; yluff- GI\ xa&lffiaicu iv tolg (j.ihatv. 4: 4. Thuc. 4. 92 xa&lcTTaiai. Hence also Act. xa&lairinL, to cause to be, to render, to make, 2 Pet. 1: 8 ravra oix agyovf [vfjittg] xa&ij ael tnoiit, ctinotg, began to demand [that he should do] according as he had ever done to-them. John 6: 58. With tipl, i. q. such as, 1 Thess. 2: 13. 1 John 3: 2. comp. in El t ui II. g. So with orrw? responding, John 3: 14. 2 Cor. 1: 5. 1 Thess. 2: 4. al. 6/uotw? Luke 6: 31. Sept. for ]3 Ex. 10: 29, comp. 1 Chr. 24: 31. 26: 12. Palaeph. 52.7. Himer.Or.1.362. Plut. tie Pyth. Orac. 21. Vol. III. p. 124. ed. Tauchn. comp. Greg. Cor. p. 319. ed. Schaef. (j5) after verbs of speaking etc. how, Acts 15: 14 Svptwv ffy'/rjcrctTO, xa^bi; tr^wroy x. T. L 3 John 3. (/) in the sense of proportion, comparison, Mark 4: 33 xa&wg ijdvvano axovsiv. John 5: 30. Acts 11: 29. 1 Pet. 4: 10. Sept. Num. 26:54. Pol. 7. 9. 15. b) in a causal sense, as, i. c. even as, inasmuch as, John 17: 2 xa-^at? tduxag aviw x. T. L Rom. 1: 28. 1 Cor. 1: 6. 5: 7. Eph. 1: 4. Phil. 1: 7. c) of time, as, when, Acts 7: 17 xa#wc 8s iiw o WO* 2Macc.l:31. AL. 404 Kai copulative conjunction, and, also, a particle which occurs perhaps more frequently than any other word in the Greek language. Its significa- tions have been unnecessarily multi- plied, and may properly be reduced to the two above given. See Passow in KaL Winer 57. 2 sq. Buttm. 149. p. 424. Matth. 620. 1. And, copulative, a) as simply joining single words and clauses, e. g. nouns, Matt. 2: 11 xQ Vff v xa * Ufiavov xal xnl nokvrgonaig. So clauses, Matt. 7: 25 xal xai^r\ y /Sno/?;, xal tydov ol Tioiauol, xal trcvtvcrav ol - yquot, x. T. A. Matt. 1: 17. John 1: 1. Rom. 14: 7. al. Hence xal is mostly a simple continuative, marking the prog- ress of a continued discourse, e. g. Matt. 1: 23 iv yaffigl E&I,, xal TS'T. Heb. 3: 19 xa* fttinoiuv. 12: 9. (Sept. and -I Gen. 24: 40.) So after or inv in the protasis, then, James 4: 15 lav 6 xat tfffMfitv, xai Tioiijffca- ftcv x. T. A. (/* God will and we live, THEN we shall do this or that. Rev. 3: 20 lav . . . xat. So Sept. lav . . . xal for 1 . . . DN Lev.26:3,4. Deut.ll:13,14. ''... xat' Judith 5: 20. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 22. Once seq. imper. John 7: 52 e^tvvrjcroy xal I'ds, where the second imperat. is equiv. to a fut. and so thou shalt see. See Winer 44. 2. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 776. Stuart 505. a. Baruch 2: 21. comp. Luc. D. Deor. 2. 2 {Halve xal oyrei. Comp. Lat. divide et impera. (fi) Where the apodosis affirms what is or will be done in consequence of, because of that which is contained in the protasis, i. q. and so, and therefore, i. q. so that, wherefore. E. g. seq. fut. Acts 7: 43 xal jurrotxiw vfMf x. T. i. quoted from Amos 5: 27 where Sept. and ",. Rom. 11:35. Seq. pres. Matt. 11: 18, 19, xat Myawrtr. John 7: 22. Seq. praet. Rom. 4: 3. Gal. 2: 16. 3: 6. James 2: 23. Acts 10: 28 ? Sept. and 1 1 Sam. 15: 23. Xen. Oec. 7. 22. d) as an explicative copula, i. q. namdy, to icit, even, between words and clauses, see Viger. et Herm. p. 525 r 838. (a) Between nouns which are strictly in apposition, e. g. Matt. 21: 5 fnl ovov xal vraiAov vlov vno^vyiov. So in 6 &tog xal TTOTT/^ when alone, 1 Cor. 15: 24. James 1: 27. 3: 9. But in the phrase 6. #. x. nctiijQ iov xvylov T. X. it is merely copulative, 2 Cor. 1: 3. llr 31. Eph. 1: 13. al. Also Matt. 13: 41 nttvja ta uxuvdcda xal rovg x. T. L Rom. 1: 5. Comp. ] 1 Sam. 28: 3. 17: 40. Luc. Tox. 2!6. Xen. An. 4. 5. 9 yv- valxag xal xooag. (/5) Before a clause added by way of explanation, (xat ep- exegetic,) e. g. Matt. 1: 25 tnoiiyvsv wg ngoaha^fv afroi . . . xat Tra^e'Aa/Ss fr\v yvvalxa. Luke 5: 35 c/teiaovTat da ijuinui xctl oTctv anotQ&fi x. T. A. John 2: 16 xat x<*(>w ayrt ^apiToe. 1 Cor. 3: 5. Xen. An. 2. 5. 38 c/st t^v dlxyv xal ii&VT\xiv. Comp. Winer 57. note, c. Fritzsche Comm. in Matt. p. 56. e) as having an intensive force, viz^ (a) Where two or more words are con- nected by xal, and xal is then also in- serted emphatically before the first word, xat xat, Lat. et et, Engl. both and. Matt. 10: 28 q>o^r\&r^f rov dvvoi- ftfvov xal yvxyv xal ffwpuunoi.iffut: Mark 9:22. Acts26:29. Rom.l4:9bis. Phil.4: 12, 16. Hdian. 3. 6. 15. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 15. ib. 2. 3. 1. (ft) Before compara- tives, and even, Matt. 11:9 val, xal ne- giaaoTfQov noocptjrov. Luke 7: 26. John 10: 10. Comp. Passow xat no. 6. Matth. 620. p. 1258. d. Horn. 11. 10. 556. Xen. An. 6. 6. 35. (/} Before interro- gations, where in strictness it is simply copulative, and, but serves to add strength and vivacity to the question, and, and then, then, comp. Viger. p. 524. Matth. 620. p. 1258. c. So be- fore a pron. or adv. Mark 10: 26 JU- yovitq ' xat rig dvvaxai ffta&ijvai, ; and who, who then (in that case) can be saved ? Luke 3: 14. 10: 29. 2 Cor. 2: 2. xal no&ev Mark 12: 37. xat nag Luke 20: 44. John 14: 9. genr. Acts 23: 3. Kai 406 Kai 1 Cor. 5: 3. Luc. D. Deor. J. 3 xal *l nttov l'|w; Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10,11. xal nug Hi. 7. 11. (d) Before an im- perative xal is often intensive in the classic writers, see Vigor, et Matth. I.e. Some apply this also to several pas- sages in N. T. as Matt. 23: 32. Mark 9:5. 11:29. Luke 12: 29. 20:3. Eph. 4: 26. But in all these xal is simply copulative, without any intensive force, and may be referred to some of the significations above given. See Winer 57. 2. note, a (c) Where a part is subjoined to a whole by way of em- phasis, xal may be rendered and espe- cially, inprimis. Mark 1: 5. 16: 7 ttnaxi rdlg (ta&yToig UVTOV xal TW nirgw. 1 Cor. 9: 5. Matt. 8: 33. Comp. Pas- sow xal no. 6 ult. Aeschyl. Pers. 747. Vice versa, where a whole is sub- joined to a part, as in a summing up of particulars, i. q. and in a word, yea. Matt. 26: 59 ol a^xiegelg xal ol nQso-fiv- *QOi xal TO avved^iov okov the chief priests and the elders and [in a word, yea,] the whole Sanhedrim. Mark 15: 1. See Winer 57. 2. note, d. Fritzsche Comm. in Matt. p. 786. Dem. 36 ult. Comp. Plato Phaedo. 13 xal avdyda xal ffWCpQOffvvr) xal dixatoavvrj xal ivl- f) apparently adversative, but only where the opposition or antithesis of the thought is sufficiently strong in it- self without the aid of an adversative particle. E. g. (a) and yet, and never- theless, Matt. 6: 26 ozt ov vudgovaw .... xal o Ttairjg iiftwv T^g'qpst avid. 10: 29. 12: 5 ol itQeig TO Gafifiaiov /?e/??j- \ovai, xal avaluol slfft. John 1: 10. 6: 70. 7: 19. 9: 30. 17: 25 xal o xovpog as ovx eyvw and yet the world hath not known thee, i. e. notwithstanding all thy love, comp. v. 23, 24. Winer 57. p. 372. Gal. 4: 14. 1 John 2: 4. Rev. 3: 1. So Sept. and n 2 Sam. 3: 8. Mai. 2: 14. Xen. Cyr/7. 5. 45. Mem. 1. 2. 32. So Heb. 3: 9 Idoxlpatrav fie, xal ddov ta ty/a pov, they proved me, and yet i. e. although they saw my works, quoted from Ps. 95: 9 where Sept. xal for U2 , comp. Gesen. Lex. Qa no. 4. (/J) Where it connects a negative anti- thetic clause with a preceding positive one, where we often though not neces- sarily use but, o. g. Matt. 12: 39 smgyrfi ' xal ffijutlov ov do&ijfferai, av- xg. 13: 14, 17. 17: 16. 26: 60 xal ov x fVQov. Mark 9: 18. 14: 55, 56. John 10: 25. al. saep. In all these passages the rendering but is admissible but not necessary ; in others it would destroy the true sense, e. g. I'yUov xh'Aw xal ov frvalav i. e. / will have mercy and not [merely] sacrifice, Matt. 9: 13 et 12: 7, quoted from Hos. 6: 6 where Heb. i and Sept. ad sensum, thog -fo'ylw [^ai- lov] T/ fivfflav. See Passow in xal no. 13. Winer 57. note, b. (/) Rarely in a strong antithesis without a negative xal may be given by but, though not neces- sarily, e. g. Acts 10: 28 xal tpol o #co? tdEt$s, but see above in c. /?. Mark 12: 12 S&JTOVV avTov xgairiaai, xal eqpo/S?/- -frrivav rov o%kov, where we may also render and yet, and nevertheless, as in a. 1 Cor. 12: 5, coll. v. 6. Comp. \Viner I.e. 2. Jllso, too, not merely copulative but likewise emphatic, implying in- crease, addition, something more, e. g. always so in the connexion <5 xai or xal ds, and also, i. e. and in addi- tion, and likewise, see in M d. Buttm. 149. p. 425. Comp. Passow xal no. 3. a) genr. Matt. 5: 39 o-cgtyov UTW xal ii)va^v. 6:12. Mark 2: 16, 28. Luke 1: 35. 6: 16 og xal. John 8: 19 el spi ydeiTe, xal TOV naiiga pov ydsns av. Rom. 1: 15. 1 Cor. 14: 12. al. saep. Hdian. 1. 1. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 2 J xai tr]v oToljjv Ixdvg (5wx. Mem. 2. 3. 1. For TroUa xal v. see b) in comparisons, e. g. OVTCO xai, so also, after as opp. to old or former TO TraAatoV, TO Tiowroy, and hence imply- ing also 6eer, e. g. xatv?; <5ia^?]x^, a new and better covenant, see in Aia&J\M\ b. y. Matt. 26: 28. Mark 14: 24. Luke 22: 20. 1 Cor. 11: 25. 2 Cor. 3: 6. Heb. 8: 8, 13. ^9: 15. (Sept. for tinh Jer.31:31.) SootVov nivsiv xaivov,to drink wine new, in its best state according to the Hebrew taste, Matt. 26: 29. Mark 408 14: 25. >'&7 xcuvy a new song, i. e. nobler, loftier strain, Rev. 5: 9. 14: 3. Sept. and tthfi Ps. 33: 3. 40: 4. Is. 42: 10. Also for renewed, made new, and therefore superior, more splendid, e. g. xaivol ovgavol xal xctivi) yj\ 2 Pet. 3: 13 bis. Rev. 21: 1. (Sept. Is. 65: 17. 66: 22.) ri xuivr] ' legovvcdrip Rev. 3: ]2. 21: 2. So Rev. 21: 5 xotivu naviu 7ioi(o. Metaph. of Christians as renewed and changed from evil to good by the Spirit of God. 2 Cor. 5: 17 bis xaivij XTiffig. Gal. 6: 15 x. av&Qwnoq. Eph. 2: 15. 4: 24. Sept. xagdla xaivr) for t1h 3> Ez. 18: 31. 36: 26. T T J KCCIVOVJQ, rjrog ? %, (xatvog,) new- ness, e. g. in a moral sense, Rom. 6: 4 sv xaivoTyri ow; i q *V w?5 xuivfj, corn p. ZWT? b. Buttm. 123. n. 4. So also Rom. 7: 6. pp. Thuc. 3. 38. conjunct. (xal, nfg,) al- though, comp. Buttm. 149. p. 432. Matth. 566. 3. Seq. particip. Phil. 3: 4. Heb.5:8. 7:5. 12:17. 2 Pet. 1:12. Seq. fin. verb Rev. 17: 8 xalntQ nuQivrai, where later edit, read xal. c. part. Xen. Ag. 1. 11. Conv. 2. 12. &Cct()OQy QVy o, pp. right propor- tion, just measure, Theogn. 401. Xen. Mem. 1.3. 6, 7. Conv. 2. 19. InN.T. only of time, season, i. e. a) Jit time, proper season, viz. (a) genr. i. q. opportunity, occasion, Acts 24: 25 xaiQOV ds {letodapwv. Rom. 12: 11 y.aioM dovfavoviBg see in dovfavw b. 2 Cor. 6: 2 bis. Gal. 6: 10. Eph. 5: 16 et Col. 4: 5 see in a ' E$ccyo(}d(o. Heb. 11: 15. xociQog i>fj>sTfQog John 7: 6. 1 Mace. 15: 34. Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6. Pol. 1. 36. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 8. (/?) ap- pointed time, set time, certain season, i. e. a fixed and definite time or season. E. g. seq. gen. Matt. 13: 30 iv xaigm lov -frtQifffiov in the time of harvest, i. e. the usual season. 21: 34, 41. Mark 11: 13 xaigbg vvxwv. Luke 1: 20. 8: 13. Acts 3: 20 xctiqol ava- yv&ojg times of refreshing sc. appointed of God. Luke 19: 44. 2 Tim. 4: 6. Heb. 9: 10. 11:11. (Sept. for n3> Ecc. 3: 1 sq. Xen. Apol. Socr. 7.) Seq. gen. of pers. or a prou. as o xcugog fiov v. 6 fy6$, my time, as appointed of God, e. g. in which 1 am to iuffer Matt. 26: 18, or accom- plish any duty John 7: 6, 8. Luke 21: 24 xaiQol e&vuv. 2 Thess. 2: 6. Rev. 11: 18. So I'diog xcugog one's oivn due time, Gal. 6: 9. 1 Tirn. 2: 6. 6: 15. Tit. 1: 3. With a^ demonstrative art. or pron. as 6 vvv, OVTOS, ixiivoq, this pres- ent time, that time, definitely marked out and expressed, Matt. 11: 25. 12: 1. 14: 1. Mark 10 : 30. Luke 13: 1. 18: 30. Acts 12: 1. Rom. 3:26. 8:18. 11:5. 2 Cor. 8: 14. Eph. 2: 12. Also xa^o? Comoro? 1 Pet. 1:5. x. ZffieQot 1 Tim. 4: 1. x. eVcoTTjxws Heb. 9: 9. Genr. Acts 17: 26 n^orsxa/^vovg xaiQovg. Gal 4: 10. 2 Tim. 4: 3 tcrjai yug xaiQog sc. appointed of God. Rev. 12: 12. dat TW XOUQW at the proper season, Mark 12: 2. With prepositions, e. g. a%Qi xat- Qovfor or during a certain season Luke 4: 13. Acts 13: 11. (fu X gi Diod. Sic. 1. 3.) ev xaiQw in due time Matt. 24: 45. Luke 20: 10. 1 Pet. 5: 6. iv w y.aiqu Acts 7: 20. (Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 8.) xari xaiQov at the set time John 5: 4. Rom. 5: 6. xaia tov x. JOVTOV Acts 19: 23. Rom. 9: 9. (Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 32.) jipo xaiQov before the proper time 1 Cor. 4: 5. 7ipo xaiQov for a season Luke 8: 13. 1 Cor. 7: 5. nyog x. otqag i. e. for a short time 1 Thess. 2: 17. So in allusion to the set time for the coming of the Messiah in his kingdom or for judgment, Matt. 8:29. 16:3. Mark 1:15. 13:33. Luke 12: 56. 21:8. Acts 1:7. Rom. 13: 11. 1 Cor. 7:29. Epb.l:10. 1 Thess. 5:1. IPet. 1:11.4:17. Rev. 1:3. 22: 10. Plur. xaiqoL absol. times, circumstances, ap- pointed of God, 2 Tim. 3: 1. b) genr. time, season, i. q. XQOVO$. (a) pp. Luke 21: 36 iv navrl xaiyo) dso- fifvot. Eph. 6: 18. (/?) a season of the year, as natQol nugnoyo got, fruitful sea- sons Acts 14: 17. (y] in the prophetic style put for a year, Rev. 12: 14 ter xt- Qog xal xociQol xal yuurv xaigov, i. e. three years and a half, (comp. v. 6,) in allusion to Dan. 7: 25 where Sept. for Chald. 'py, and where xaigol stands as here for the dual, two years, comp. Wi- ner 27. 2. p. 150. So XQOVOS in later writers for a year, see Passow in x(>6vos no. 4. jKaiaap, apog, o, Caesar, pp. surname of the Julian family at Rome, but applied, after Julius Caesar, to his successors of the same family as the usual title of dignity. At a later peri- od, it became the title of the heir appa- rent. In N. T. the title Caesar is ap- plied to Augustus Luke 2: 1. Tiberius Luke 3: 1. 20: 22,24,25. al. Claudius Acts 11: 28. Nero Acts 25: 8 sq. Phil. 4: 22. Caligula who succeeded Tibe- rius is not mentioned. AL. 409 ccQy i], Caesarea, pr. n. of two cities in Palestine. 1. Caesarea Philippi, a city of Upper Galilee near the sources of the Jordan at the foot of Mount Herrnon, called also Paneas. Matt. 16: 13. Mark 8: 27. It was rebuilt and enlarged by Philip the tetrarch, and named in honour of himself and Tiberius, Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 1. It bore afterwards for a time the name of JVeronias, in honour of Nero, Jos. Ant. 20.9. 4. It is generally supposed to have occupied the site of the ancient city called Laish or Leshem Judg. 18: 28. Josh. 19:47, and Dan Judg. 18: 2. At present the village Banias occupies the site of its ruins. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. i. p. 197. ii. p. 13. Burck- hardt Travels in Syria etc. p. 38 sq. Reland Palaest. p. 918 sq. 2. Caesarea of Palestine, on the coast of the Mediterranean, southward from Mount Carmel. Its ancient name was EtQUTtovof nvqyoq Jos. Ant. 15. 9. 6. Strabo 16. 2. 27. Stratonis turns Plin. H. N. 5. 13. Herod the Great rebuilt it with great splendour and strength, created an artificial harbour, and named it Caesarea, in honour of Augustus, Jos. 1. c. and 16. 5. 1. Josephus calls it one of the largest cities in* Palestine, and says the inhabitants were mostly Greeks, B. J. 3. 9. 1. It was the seat of the Roman procurator, and after the destruction of Jerusalem became the capital of Palestine. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 326 sq. Reland Palaest. 670 sq. Acts 8: 40. 9: 30. 10: 1, 24. 11:11. 12:19. 18:22. 21:8,16. 23: 23, 33. 25: 1, 4, 6, 13. KctLioi or xal 101, and yet, never- theless, although. Heb. 4: 3 c/o-fAct 1 - :UL tiq ii]V xaianavaiv uov xaliot tnyow vino xaTafiotfs xoffuov 52 , they shall not enter into my rest, the works nevertheless having been fin- ished at the foundation of the world, i. e. the rest here spoken of, MY rest, could not have been God's resting from his works, Gen. 2: 2, for this rest, the sab- bath, had already existed from the cre- ation of the world. Luc. D. Deor. 12. 2. Xen. Ag. 8. 8. Comp. Buttm. 149. p. 431. Herm. ad Vig. p. 840. sec in r II. . J\C(LCO, f- xavo-M, aor. 1 pass, Ixav- &r t v, comp. Buttm. 114, to burn, i. e. a) causat. to make burn, to kindle, to light, e. g. a fire, lamp, etc. Pass. part. xrtioufrot; burning, flaming. Matt. 5: 15 olds xalovffi Jiv^vov. [Mark 4: 21.] Luke 12: 35. Heb. 12: 18 xexavuevM nvgl Jlaming fire. Rev. 4: 5. 8: 8, 10. 19: 20. 21: 8. Sept. Lev. 24: 3, 4 where Heb. rp3>. Pass, for -i*3 Deut. 4: 11. 5: 23. comp. Dan. 3: 6sq/ - Thuc. 7. 80. Xen. An. 7. 4. 18. Trop. ti> X vo<; xaiouevos xal qpcuVcuv, a burning and shining light, spoken of John the Bap- list as a distinguished teacher, John 5: 35. comp. Ecclus. 48: 1. Metaph. xaiouat to bum, i. e. to be greatly moved, of the heart, Luke 24: 32. Test. XII 1'atr. p. TtwT7j?. 4: 5. Jos. Ant. 10.1 1.1. Hdian. 8. 7. 14. Comp. Sept. for 139 Jon. 4: 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 17. J^axoJWUCOj co, f. ?; ( for xaxo- fr. xaxo?, obsol. f'gyu,) an evil- worker, malefactor, genr. 2 Tim. 2: 9. Sept. for JJN ^'3 Prov. 21: 15. Xen. An. 1. 9. 13*. Of robbers, lymai, Luke 23: 32, 23, 39, comp. Matt. 27: 38. Ael. V. H. 3. 44. Diod. Sic. 20. 81. Kct*OV%&D, CO, f.i]: 3. Sept. for n:? 1 K. 2: 26. II: 39. Diod. Sic. 3/23 ult. Plut. VI. p. 436. 2. ed. Reiske. Aaxow, (o } f. werw, (xaxo$,) to af- fect with evil, i. e. a) physically, to do evil to any one, to maltreat, to harm, to afflict, c. ace. of pers. Acts 7: 6, 19 foaxwcre iovq ncnsgus fjpwv. 12: 1. 18: 10. 1 Pet. 3: 12. Sept. for prn Judg. 2: 18. ann Ex. 5:22. nsy'Gen. 15:13. Numr24:24. Horn. 6d. 4. 754. Hdian. 6. 6. 10. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 23. b) in N. T. and Josephus in a moral sense, to make evil-affected, to exasperate, e. g. rag yvxdg Acts 14: 2. Jos. Ant. 16. 1. 2. ib. 16. 7. 3 c /^w% exaxoiiTo vnoylcu?. ib. 16. 8. 6. See Krebs Obs. e Jos. p. 224. s, adv. (xaxog,) badly, HI, evil. a) physically, e. g. in phrases : () xaxwj fyeiv, to be sick, see in '^w f. Matt. 4:24. 8:16. 9:12. 14:35. Mark 1: 32, 34. 2: 17. 6: 55. Luke 5: 31. 7: 2. Ael. H. An. 11. 34. Xen. Oec. 3. 11. (/?) xaxw? naffxtiv, to suffer badly i. e. grievously, Matt. 17: 15. Horn. Od. 16. J275. Pol. 3. 90. 13. (y) xaxoi/? xaxw? anotiffou malos male perdere, i.e. to destroy miserably, utterly, Matt. 21: 41. For the paronomasia see Winer 62. 1. Jos. Ant. 12. 5. 4 ult. xxo xaxw aTr&UovTO. Ceb. Tab. 32 7ioA- At'Tcu xxo xaxoi;. Xen. Oec. 5. 18. (d) genr. in the sense of grievously, Matt. 15: 22 xaxwj daipovlZmxi. Hesych. xaxa)?. dsivwg. b) morally, e. g. () xxwc lysiv, to speak evU of any one, to revile, seq. ac- cus. Buttra.]31. 4. Acts 23: 5 uyxovxa TOU laov aov oux tyfig xaxw?, quoted from Ex. 22: 28 where Sept. for "n, as also Is. 8: 21. Luc. Pise. 6. Xen. Ath. 2. 18. Comp. in Elrtov a. . (ft) genr. xxw Idfoiv absol. to speak evil, i. e. amiss, John 18: 23. So James 4: 3 xrtxois aiTflo-df, ye ask amiss. Luc. Merc. cond. 5 xaxw? fa Kccxcovtc, ceo?, fi, (xaxow,) evil condition, affliction, Acts 7: 34 tidov rip x. TOU iov //ov, quoted from Ex. 3: 7 where Sept. for *>::?, as also v. 17. Hdian. 6. 6. 11. Th'uc. 7. 82. c y ri, the stalk of grain, Xen. An. 5. 4. 27. In N. T. stubble, straw, after the ears are removed, 1 Cor. 3: 12. Sept. for izip Ex. 15: 7. Joel 2:5. Theocr. Id. 5. 7 et ibi Schol. Xen. Ven. 5. 18. , ou, o, a reed, i. e. a plant with a jointed hollow stalk grow- ing in wet grounds. a) pp. the plant itself Matt. 11: 7. Luke 7: 24. Matt. 12: 20 xa'Aa^ov wv- irtQiUlJiivov, quoted from Is. 42: 3 where Sept. for n:;:, as also 1 K. 14: 15. Job 40: 16. Luc. Hermotim. 68. Xen. An. 1. 5. 1. b) of the stalk as cut for use, a reed, i. e. (j as a mock sceptre, Matt. 27: 29, 30. Mark 15: 36. (/?) a rod or staff Matt. 27: 48. Mark 15: 19. (y) a meas- uring reed, measure. Rev. 11: 1. 21: 15, 16. Sept. and n:j5 Ez. 40: 3, 5, 6. (5) a reed for writing, calamus, 3 John 13. Sept. for E3> Ps. 45: 2. Lat. cala- mus, see Adam's Rom. Ant. 508. The- mist. II. 31. C. Liban. Ep. 849. Plato Phaedr. p. 1241. D. Comp. Wetstein in loc. Katico 412 ), f. <[(rw, Buttm. 95. n. 3, nor. 1 ixdjitva, perf. xs'xA^xa, aor. 1 pass, ixtf&riv, Buttm. 114. 110. 11. To call, trans. 1. ca/Z to any one in order that he may come or go any where. a) pp. with the voice, as a shepherd his flock, John 10: 3 T Wia 7roo/?Ta xahti tun OVOfUt. Luke 19: 13 xcdtvag ds dtxa dov),ovg taviov i.e. calling them together. Matt. 20: 8. Matt. 4: 21 et Mark 1: 20 txdhfftv aviovg sc. to follow him and become his disciples. 1 Mace. 1: 6. Hdian. 3. 11. 20. Xen. Conv. 2. 12. b) genr. to call sc. in any way, to send for, to direct to come. Matt. 2: 7 Xd&ga xodtvag rovg Mayovg. Seq. ex c. gen. of place Matt. 2: 15 e Aiyvnxov. c. ex irnpl. lieb. 11: 8. Comp. NHJ5 Hos. 11: 1, Sept. /uiaxaAe'w. Xen. An. 1. 3. 4. Mem. 2. 10. 5. c) to call with the idea of authority, to call forth, to summon, e. g. before a judge etc. Acts 4: 18. 24: 2. (Hdian. 7. 3. 5. Xen. Apol. Soc. 1 tig ri\v dlxyv.) Trop. of God, Rom. 4: 17 xalovvrog Tot JUT) oVia wg OVTCI calling forth and dis- posing of things that are not, even as though they were, i. e. calling them in- to existence etc. So Sept. and tf-\p Is. 41: 4. 48: 13. Philo de Great'. p. 728 T (j,r) ovTa txdho-tv tig TO tivai. d) in the sense of to invite, pp. to a banquet, as tig roi/g ydfiovg Matt. 22: 3, 9. tig rov yup,ov John 2: 2. absol. Matt. 22: 8. Luke 7: 39. 14: 8 bis, 17. 1 Cor. 10: 27. Dem. 402. 15. Luc. Jov. Trag. 15. tnl ounvov Xen. Men). 2. 3. 11. Metaph. to call, to invite, sc. to any thing, e. g. of Jesus, x. tig [itidvoiuv to call to reptntance, to exhort, Matt. 9: 13. impl. Mark 2: 17. Of God, Rev. 19: 9 tig TO delnvov xov ydpov iov - vlov xexA?j|UeVoi, see in I'dpog a. 1 Tim. 6: 12 tig xi]v wj]v aiwviov. 1 Cor. 1: 9. 2 Thess. 2: 14. 1 Pet. 2: 9. 5: 10. So xodtiv tig xi)v fiuaddav rov &tov, to the duties, privileges, and final bliss of the Christian life here and hereafter, 1 Thess. 2: 12, and so by impl. Rom. 9: 24. lCor.7:15,17sq. Gal. 5:8,13. 2 Tim. 1: 9. Heb. 9: 15. 1 Pet. 2: 21. al. saep. e) in the sense of to call to any station, j. q. to appoint, to choose. Heb. 5: 4 Gal. 1: 15. Comp. Sept. and jop Is. 49:1. 51:2. 2. to call, i. e. to name, to give name to any person or thing. a) pp. and spoken () of a proper name or surname, e.g. of persons, seq. TO ovopa and the name in apposit. Matt. 1: 21 Ntei&tff to ovofia avToii ' Irjffovv, thou shalt call his name Jesus, v. 23, 25. Luke 1: 13. 2:21. Rev. 19: 13. Pass. with T* sc. ovoua Luke 1: 62. Comp. Matth. $ 420. b. p. 769. So Sept. and *n Gen. 27: 36. 29:34. comp. Plato Cratyl. init. Seq. ace. of pers. and the name in apposit. Matt. 10: 25 tl tov o\- xodto-Jiojrjv Btd&fiovl ixdltauv in text, rec. others IntxdL In the passive con- struction Luke 1: 60 U xfy&ijanat 'ludvvrjg. Acts 1: 23. Rev. 12: 9. So of places, Matt. 27: 8. Luke 2: 4 ring xaJitlTut, Brj<tp. Acts 3: 11. 28: 1. Rev. 1: 9. So Sept. for jop Gen. 31: 47. 2 K. 18: 4. Jos. B'. J. 1. 1. 1. Hdian. 4. 12. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 26. With TU TW ovouau added, i. e. afler the name of any one Luke 1: 59, see in Eni II. 3. c. 77. Pass, with dat. TW ovo- luaTt, by name, Luke 1: 61. 19:2. So c. iv, Rom. 9: 7 et Heb. 11: 18 tv' frame xkw&yatral crot 3. d. . (/9) Of an ep'ithet or appella- tion, e. g. of persons, Matt. 2: 23 TVa^w- gaiog xJ.rj&rjO'tTai. 22: 43 nug ovv z/a- /3ld XVQIOV avibv xafot; 23: 7, 8 p) xhr)- #i>s $atfL v. 10. Luke 6: 15. 15: 19, 21. Acts 14: 12. Rom. 9: 26. James 2: 23. 1 John 3: 1. Of things, Acts 10: 1. Palaeph. 1. 8. Xen. Oec. 7. 2, 3. Cyr. 1. 2. 13. Hence b) Pass, in the sense of to be regard-- ed, accounted, i. q. to be, Matt. 5: 9, 19 bis Ux/urrog xXt]&i'jo~ti(u tv rjj fiao: TWV ofy. x. T. L Luke 1: 32, 35/36, 76. 2: 23. 15: 19. 1 Cor. 15: 9. Heb. 3: 13. Matt. 21: 13 et Mark 11: 17 olxog ngoa- tvxijg xXfj&rifftTai, quoted from Is. 56: 7 where Sept. for M"lj53, as also Is. 35: 8. 47: 1, 5. 48: 8. See Gesen. Lex. N^p r Niph. no. 2 ult. Passow in xatiw no 2 ult. Horn. II. 4. 61. Od. 7. 313. Pind. Pyth. 3. 119. AL. XaU KaXhifkaioQ log, hence pp. 413 Q, ov, 6, 4 adj. (x- M in the 6ense of honourable, dislin- < yielding fine oil,' and *JM. 1, Tim. 1: 18. 3: 7. James 2: 7 ._Xen. Cyr 7. 3. 11. infl " " sc. olive-tree, i. e. cultivated and yielding fine oil, opp. ,o &**, Rom. 11: 24. r^/** -, , M " k 9 i 5 ?' Aristot. de Plant. 1. 6. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 15. KaAAicov, oyo? y o, 77, (compar. of xoio?,) better, once neut. as compar. of et j nn - n . Matt. 17: 4 et Mark 9: 5 el xaAwc, Buttm. 115. 4, 5. Acts 25: 10 L u k. e 9: 33 xcdov wit quag udt flvcxi. ot 1 Pet. 4: 10. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 13. aiog^ TO, a covering, veil, 2 Cor. 3: 13. Comp. Ex. 34: 33 sq. where Sept. for n}D73. Trop. for impediment, 2 Cor. 3: 14* 15, 16, see in 'AvanaJiwttoi. Act. Thorn. 34 ov xal TO xahvpua nQOi]ysliai axorog. , f. yw, (kindr. with x- ;, XOVTTTW, xyLsTrrw,) o cover over or around, to envelope, trans. a) pp. Matt. 8: 24. Luke 8: 16 xcdv- 7TT amov axswi. 23:30. Sept.for nOD Gen. 7: 19. Ex. 8: 6. al. Lycurg. p T - 159. 7. Xen. Eq. 12. 5. Cyr. 5. 1. 4. b) by impl. to hide, Matt. 10: 2. 2 Cor. 11: 4. Ael. V. H. 1. 16. In the sense of honourably, James 2: 3 av xa&ov d)8s xaAa>. b) as to effect, tendency, etc. well, i. e. justly, aptly, as of declarations etc. Matt. 15:7 xaAcT/c ngo(priTSVo~s ntgl vpwv. Mark 7: 6. 12: 28 fat, xP.w? ajrcxotxb;. v. 32. Luke 20: 39. John 4: 17. 8: 48. 13: 13. Acts 28: 25. Rom. 11: 20. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 11. c) in phrases, e. g. (a) xaAws djisiv to speak wctt of, to praise, seq. ace. Luke 6: 26. Comp. Buttm. 131. 4, a. . (/S) xaAois txuv, to be well, to re- cover sc. from sickness, Mark 16: 18. See in "E x to 6em ^ e - brother f James and Jucle, Matt. 13: Horn. II. 4. 486. In N. T. spoken only 55 - Mark 6: 3 - of the knees. J\czrdaxr) y r]Q 3 ?], Candace, a name a) trans, seq. 10 yovv, to bend the knee commO n to the queens of Ethiopia or sc. in homage, worship, seq. dat. Rom. Meroe in the age of Christ, Acts 8: 27. 11:4, and so Sept. for ^r 3ns 1 K.19-.18. This country was then governed by fe- Seq.7r^o$c.acc.Eph.3 ! :14. genr.Hom. ma les, Strabo lib. XVII. p. 1134. B. II. 7. 118. comp. Xen. Eq. 1. 6. p. 1175. D. Dio Cass. lib. 54. p. 335. b) intrans. nav yovv x^//, every knee pjj n> jj. N. VI. 29. shall bow, i. e. bend itself, in homage, worship, seq. dat. Rom. 14: 11 quoted from Is. 45: 23 where Sept. for xsb 2^3. Seq. iv Phil. 2: 10. Kctv crasis for xat edv, and if, also ' f o, (xa'7?,xan'a,reed,} a reed, rod, staff, employed to keep any thing stiff, erect, asunder, Horn. II. 8. 103. ib. 13. 407. a measuring rod or , Test. XII Patr. p. 662. Aeschin. if, sometimes written xv but improp- p . 8 2. 5. Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 67. In erly, Buttm. 29. n. 2. b, and n. 7. N. T. trop. canon, i. e. a standard, rule, a) and if, c. Subj. aor. or perf. and e> g> o f iif e and doctrine, Gal. 6: 16 o in the apodosis the fut. or ov pr) c. Subj. James 5: 15. Mark 16: 18 xv fravaffi- juov it niuffiv x. T. L Luke 13: 9 xv uiv noway XUQJIOV, sc. xaiw?. Xen. An. j n t h e sense of limit, sphere of action or Phil. 3: 16 te xt. rec Eurip. Hec. 602 xavwv ioD Dem. 327. 25. Xen. Ag. 10.2. 3. 1. 36. b) also if, even if, although, c. Sub- junct. (a) genr. c. Subj. aor. and the apodosis with fut. Matt. 21: 21 xV TO* oQfi Totio) x. T. L John 11:25 xuv ajio&avr], fyfffiai. Heb. 12: 20. Also c. Subj. pres. and the apodosis with pres. or fut. or Subj. aor. Matt. 26: 35. a town or cit y of Galilee in the confines John 8: 14. 10:38. Luc. D. Deor. 20. of Zebulon and Naphtah and on the duty, assigned to any one, 2 Cor. 10: 13 XttTtt TO fW5TOV TOl/ XCtv6vO$ X. T. A. V. 15, 16 Jos. c. Ap. 2. 17. JCccnfQvctov^y /, indec. Caper- naum, written also Kaqagvaov^, Heb. prob. tJITW ^D3 (village of Nahum), 12. (/S) if even, if but, at least, where N. W. shore of the sea of Tiberias not xeu' is intens. by way of diminution, very distant from the confluence of the Passow in xcu no. 8. Herm. ad Vig. Jordan, comp. Matt 4: 13 w Kan. TVV p. 839. Seq. Subj. aor. and in the apodosis the fut. Mark 5: 28 xav TCUV luailwv aviov aifjwuai, ffta&ycrouiti. El- lipt. without apodosis, Mark 6: 56. Acts 5: 15. 2 Cor. 11: 16. Hdian. 4. 4. 15. Luc. D. Deor. 5. 2. y i), indec. Cana, Heb. J1DJ5 iv ogioig Zmflwb* x It was for a time the resi- dence of Jesus ( Matt - l C and was much frequented by him ; hence called 7; Idla no\iq, Matt. 9: 1 coll. Mark 2: 1. Capernaum is not mentioned in the O. T. and only once by Josephus, de Vit. sua 72; it was probably there- a village of Galilee a few miles N. E. fore built after the exile. The exact of Nazareth. John 2: 1, 11. 4:46. 21:2. site is at present uncertain, but is sup- Jos. B. J. 1. 17. 5. posed to have been at a place called Tel Hum between Tabagha and the Jordan. Comp. Reland Palaest. p. 682. Rosen m. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 68. Matt. 4: 13. 8: 5. 11: 23. 17: 24. Mark 1:21. 2:1. 9:33. Luke 4:23,31. 7: 1. 10:15. John 2: 12. 4:46. 6:17,24,59. f. fvffta, from o oz/, o, in some Mss. for KavavlTf]? q. v. Act. Thorn. 1. Kavaviir)?, ov, o, Cananite, an epithet derived from Heb. N3J3, Aram. jNrjD, zeal, and signifying i. q. ^Jlamjs q. v. Hence 2lu(v o xy>/r?j? is the same as 2ipv>v b ^(air^q, Matt. 10: 4. Ao$ a retailer, huckster, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. Mark 3: 18. comp. Luke 6: 15 et Acts 1: 42. a vintner, inn-keeper, Ael. V. H. 13. Perhaps the same with Simon the 10. 9. For the difference between 416 xanifiog and tpnooog, see in The xaTTTjAot were notorious for adul- terating their commodities, Sept. Is. 1: 22. Luc. Hermot. 59 uorop ol xdnyloi, XSQCKTUflEVOt XCtl doluffUVTfg Xttl XXO/i- TQoiivifg. Hence xajny/Ut/cu is pp. to be a retailer, vintner, Hesych. xanrfavet ' /usiaTTwAfZ, olroTKahl xal T ngog Tag rgocpug xal Jiovfig. In N. T. trop. Jo adulterate, to corrupt, trans. 2 Cor. 2: 17 y.aTTrjfavovieg tov ioyov TOV &fov. Phi- lostr. Vit. Apollon. 1. 13. ib. 5. 36. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 130 ngiy xcavqAfVOtwfc ndvTa TOV filov. cornp. Philo de Carit. p. 707. C. Leg. ad Cai. p. 1021. D. KcntVOG, ov, u, smoke, Acts 2: 19. Rev. 8: 4. 9: 2 ter, 3, 17, 18. 14: 11. 15: 8. 18: 9, 18. 19: 3. Sept. for -j^y Ex. 19: 18. Josh. 8: 20.-Ael. V. H/12. 37. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 5. JKccTinaftoxia, a? 3 /, Cappadocia, a province of the interior of Asia Minor, bounded N. by Pontus, W. by Lycao- nia, S. by Cilicia, and E. by Syria and Armenia Minor. Acts 2: 9. 1 Pet. 1: 1. The country was celebrated for the production of wheat, for the excellence of its horses, and for the dulness and vice of the inhabitants. Hence the virulent epigram : Vipera Cappadocem nocitura momordet ; at ilia Gustato periit sanguine Cappadocis. fLotgdioCy a?j i), (kindr. with xe'ao, x?;a,) the heart, as the seat and centre of circulation and therefore of life in the human system, Horn. II. 10. 94. ib. 13. 282. In N. T. only trop. a) as the seat of the desires, feelings, affections, passions, impulses, etc. the heart, the mind, (a) gen r. Matt. 5: 8 ol xa- tfuQol ii] xaydla. v.28. 6:21. Mark 4:15. Luke 1: 17. John 14: 1. Acts 11: 23. Rom. 2: 5. 1 Cor. 4: 5 Tag poi'lag TWV xaqdiuv. Si Tim. 2: 22. Heb. 3: 8, 12. 10: 22. al. saep. So Sept. for ab Ps. 51: 12. Prov. 31: 11. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 314. 4. Xen. Conv. 4. 28. (0) In phrases : *x v. ccno xap^/a?, from the heart, i. e. willingly, Matt. 18: 35. Rom. 6:17. (Luc.Jov.Trag.19.) i* olw -ify x. and iv olr) rij xo<5/a, with the whole heart, Matt. 22: 37. Mark 12: 30. Sept. for ab-'rOS Deut. 6: 5. Ps. 119: 34. (Luc. Philopatr. 18. Theocr. Id. 29. 4. M.An- tonin. 2. 3.) ?/ xagdla xal ij ifJi'/r] pla one heart and one soul, i.e. entire una- nimity Acts 4: 32. eV^iymcrtfeu v. 8ia- hoyl&ff&ai, ev rf] xagola OCVTOV, to con- sider with oneself, to reflect, Matt. 9: 4. Luke 3: 15. avpfiaMfw fV r/J x. to pon- der in mind Luke 2: 19. avafialvsiv ev ty x. v. iru ri]v x. to come vp in or into one's heart, Luke 24: 38. Acts 7: 23. (Sept. Is. 65: 17. Jer. 3: 16.) /3Ufo> fig ti)v x. to put into one's heart, to sug- gest, John 13:2. didtvvu tnl xaodlag to place upon the hearts, i. e. put into them Heb. 10: 16 coll. 8: 10. Rev. 17: 17. (Sept. Neh. 7: 5.) B^EIV iv x0%, to have in one's heart, i. e. to love, to cherish, Phil. 1: 7. iivnu Iv T?/ x. rlvog to be in one's heart, to be the' object of his love, 2 Cor. 7: 3. arr,() xma tip xagdlav nvog a man after one's own heart, i. e. like-minded and therefore ap- proved and beloved, Acts 13: 22. o xov/rro? vijg xagdlag av&QfOTtog i. q. o IVw ttv&ownog 1 Pet. 3: 4. (/) By sy- necd. put for the person himself, in cases where various affections, passions, etc. are attributed to the heart or mind, comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 752, 753. Stuart 475. 2. John 16: 22 x^QWnai, vpwv 7; xagdla. Acts 2: 26 ntcpQav-frr] y x. fiov. 14: 17. Col. 2: 2. 2 Thess. 2: 17. James 1: 26. 5: 5. So in urtuv v. ti- yuv iv T/J xa^dln to say in one's heart, i. e. to think, see in Etnov a. . Matt. 24: 48. Rom. 10: 6. Rev. 18: 7. See Gesen. Lex. ^ifttf no. 2. b) as the seat of the intellect accord- ing to the Heb. views, the heart, mind, understanding. Matt. 13: 15 bis, xai rj x(><5/ ffvviojffi. Mark 6: 52. Luke 24: 25. John 12: 40. Rom. 1:21. 2 Pet. I: 19. Eph. 1: 18 in lat. edit, where text. rec. diavola. So Sept. and nb. Is. 6: 10. Job 12: 3. 34: 10. comp. Gesen. Lex. nn:: no. 1. e. Horn. II. 21. 441. So &0'&ai, v. diaTrjoeiv Iv T^ xagdia to lay up or keep in one's mind Luke 1: 66, 2: 51. In the sense of conscience, Rom. 2: 15. 1 John 3: 20 bis, 21. c) trop. the heart of any thing for the middle, midst, the central part, e. g. x. tijg yijg Matt. 12: 40. So Sept and ab. Ez. 27: 4. Jonah 2: 4. AL. 417 Kara ov o t-knower, searcher of hearts, Acts]: 24. 15:8. Found only in N. T. fCagJioQ, oVy o, fruit, produce, both of trees and plants and of the earth. a) pp. Matt. 3: 10 dlvdgov pi] noiovv xctgnov xalov. 13: 8. Luke 12: 17 oi'x I/w nov ffvvu$6) ^ovg xagnovg fiov. 13: 6, 7, 9. John 12: 24. 2 Tim. 2: 6. al. Allegor. John 15: 2 ter, 5, 8. Also anodidovai xagnovg to pay over the fruits sc. a share of them as rent, Matt. 21: 41. Luke 20: 10. Sept. for --}B Ps. 1: 3. Jer. 12: 2. Diod. S. 2. 36, 49 init. Xeri. Oec. 4. 8. Vect. 4. 6, 9. By Hebraism of children, offspring, as xagnog ii\<; xodlag fruit of the womb Luke 1: 42. x. iijg oacpvog fruit of the loins Acts 2: 30. So Sept. and "HD Gen. 30: 2. Mic. 6: 7. al. b) metaph. fruit, i. e. (a) for deeds, works, conduct, Matt. 3: 8 Troirjaare xaq- nov a$iov Ttjg ftejavoiag. 7: 16, 20. 21: 43. Luke 3: 8. al. Sept. for nfinan Prov. 10: 16. (ft) for effect, result, Rom! 15: 28. Gal. 5: 22 6 xagnog rov nvevuu- Tog. Eph. 5:9. Heb. 12: 11. James 3: 17. Sept. and ^D Jer. 17: 10. Mic. 7: 13. (/) by impl. for profit, advan- tage, good. John 4: 36 xal awayu XCIQ- nov tig w\v aiwviov. Rom. 1: 13. 6: 21,22. James 3: 18. al. So Sept. and <-)D Ps. 58: 12. Hdian. 8. 3. 15. Xen. Cy r.7. 2.11 . ( d) xaynbg TWV / AcW/ruft of the lips i. e. praise Heb. 13: 15, in allusion to Sept. Hos. 14: 3 xctyTiog %u- teuv for IHE, where the Heb. now reads CPHD calves, bullocks. Comp. Sept. and Heb. Prov. 12: 14. Is. 57: 19. AL. Kccgno?, ov y o, Carpus, pr. n. of a man 2 Tim. 4: 13. } (o, f. fjcrw, (XCCQTTO- ,} to bear fruit, intrans. a) pp. Mark 4: 28 auTO^arr) yaq r { yij xaQKOCpopti. Sept. for nnD Hab. 3: 16. Diod. Sic. 2. 49. Xen. Vect. 1. 5. b) rnetaph. of life and conduct, genr. Col. 1: 10 xagTioqiOQOvvTfg iv nctvxl %/w aya&M. Matt. 13:23. Mark 4: 20. Luke 8: 15. Seq. dat. commodi et incom. e. g. TW xhw Rom. 7: 4, TOI ^yTw v. 5, i. e. to live worthy of God or of death. 53 c) Mid. to bear fruit to oneself, i. e. to propagate oneself, to increase. Col. 1: 6 xal , o, ?;, adj. nog, cpsQQ),) fruit-bearing, fruitful. Acts 14: 17 xaiQol xngn. Sept. v\ov x. for >-)S Ify Ps. 148: 9. yii Ps. 107: 34. D'iod. Sic. 1. 74 zuQa. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 22 (polvixtg. , f. 7JO-W, (xag-ctQog fr. i. q. xgdrog,) to be strong, firm, to endure, to persevere, intrans. Heb. 11: 27 lov aoyuiov w? OQWV exa(3iQr)* tva one by one 1 Cor. 14: 31, see in ffig b. /, as also for ol xa\? eVo, xa\f iv, tig xa\f iig, etc. Also xara duo two and two 1 Cor. 14:27. Cornp. Passow xaia II. 2. Matth. 1. c. Winer 1. c. Ael. V. H. 2. 1. Xen. An. 4. 7. 8. 4. Tropically as expressing the rela- tion in which one thing stands towards another, thus also every where imply- ing manner. Spoken a) Of accordance, conformity, etc. E. g. (a) of a norm, rule, standard of comparison, etc. according to, conform- ably to, after, secundum, see Passow II. 4. Matth. 1. c. p. 1153. Winer 1. c. p. 340. Matt. 9: 29 XT T?)V nla-nv vpwv yEvrj- vfuv. 23: 3 XT T toy a aviwv pi Mark 7: 5. Luke 2: 22 XT tov vouov M. v. 39. 23: 56. John 8: 15 XT xT]v ffotQxa xQivriK i. e. from exter- nal circumstances. 19: 7. Acts 22: 12. 23: 31. 26: 5. Rom. 2: 2 tail xaia a^- &eiav i. q. lo~ii akrj&qg. v. 6, 7. 8: 4, 5, xwTce ffaoxa, XT nvevpa, i. e. con- formably to the will of the flesh or of the Spirit. 10: 2. 14: 15. Eph. 4: 22. Col. 2: 8. al. saep. Sept. for 3 Ps. 7: 9. al. Palaeph. 32. 11. Diod. Sic. 1. 73. Kcnd 420 Xen. Qyr. 1. 6. 3. ib. 2. 3. 15, 16. So c. ace. of person, i. e. according to the will of any one, Rom. 8: 27 xora -freov. 2 Cor. 7: 9, 10, 11. 1 Pet. 4: 6. Rom. 15: 5. 1 Cor. 12: 8. by command of any one 2 Cor. 11: 17. according to the narrative or writing of any one, only in the inscriptions of the gospels. (2 Mace. 2: 13. Plat. Phaedr. 1 xr nlvdvtQov as Pindar says. Cratyl. 18.) Gal. 1: 11 ovx I'? Luke 1:18. (/5) of an occasion, by virtue of, be- cause of, /or, by, through, where the idea of accordance, adaptedness, still lies at the bottom, comp. Winer 1. c. p. 341. Matth. 1. c. Matt. J9: 3 anokv- ffai tTf\v ywaixa UVTOV xajce naaav ai- tlav for any cause. Acts 3: 17 xcna nyvoictv because of ignorance, ignorantly. Rom. 2: 5. 2 Cor. 8: 8. Gal. 1:4. 2:2. Eph. 1:5 sq. 3:3. Phil. 2: 3. 4:11. 2 Thess ; 2: 9. 1 Tim. 1: 1. Philem. 14 xai ctvayx7]v. Heb. 2: 4. al. saep. 2 Mace. 6: 11. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 23 XT aUijv alilav. Diod. Sic. xea* ardyxqv. Xen. An. 7. 3. 39. (y] of any general reference, allusion, etc. in respect to, as to, Winer and Matth. 1. c. Rom. 1:3 ex OTTE'^U. Jafild xaTcc o-ocQxa. 9:5. 11:28. Phil. 3:6 xr rr,v dixaioo-vvrjr. Tit. 1: 4. Heb. 9: 9 XT ffvvsldrjffiv. I Pet. 4: 14. Jos. B. J. 4. 4. 3 XCCT efiavrov. Palaeph. 32. 5 y.ma yivoq Al&lonfg. Hdot. 1. 49. ib. 2. 3. Hence seq. ace. with a preced. article it forms a periphrase for the cognate adjective, e. g. Rom. 11: 21 ol xrcia cpvo-iv natural sc. branches. Col. 3: 22 TOt XttTOt ff(XQX(X XVQioi?. So TU XaTOf tov Ilttvkov PauVs affairs, his cause, Acts 25: 14. T XT tps my affairs Eph. 6: 21. Col. 4: 7. 2 Mace. 3: 16. Diod. Sic. 1. 10 ^ xarti qptcrtv Ael. V. II. 2. 42. Thuc. 1. 138. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 16 -tot xa#' ^$. Also in phrases, e. g. xara Tiatra t'n all respects, in all things, Acts 3: 22. Heb. 2: 17. (Thuc. 4. 81.) XT ndvxct rgonov in every respect, every way, Rom. 3: 2. c. neg. 2 Thess. 2: 3. Buttm. 147. p. 412. (2 Mace. 11: 31. Pol. 1. 88. 11.) xa#' oaov by how much, i. e. inasmuch, quatenus, Heb. 3: 3. 7: 20. xata TO- ffoi>Tov insomuch 7: 22. ro xar' *jiit, lit. ' as to what concerns me,' so far as in me lies, Rom. 1: 15. 1 Cor. 15: 32 see in (^to/ua/s'w. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 5 T xat |U8. Comp. Matth. 283. Buttm. 125. n. 5. b) Of likeness, similitude, etc. like, after the manner of. 2 Cor. 1: 17 et 10: 2 XT coquet i. e. like a frail and feeble man. Heb. 5: 6, 10 XT TJJV T|W Md- Zio-sdex i. e. of an order like that of Melchisedec. Acts 13: 22 see in KUQ~ diet a. /5. Sept. for 3 Deut.4:32. Lam. 1: 12. (Luc. Muse. Enc. 1. Hdot. 2. 92 peya&og xctia pfiov.) So c. ace. of pers. Gal. 4: 28 XT '/ Rev. 3: 12 in an anacoluthon. So genr. from the heavens, the clouds, to fall, e. g. 7; PQOXI] Matt. 7: 25, 27. (Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 3.) >L/A// Luke 8: 23. KVQ ano TOV oio. Luke 9: 54. nvq ex rov OVQ. Rev. 13." 13. So Sept. and TV 2 K. 1: 10, 12. Also in the general sense of to fall, to drop, e. g. of sweat, oicm ^QOftfiot, a'iftaTog xara/3. inl TIJV yi)v Luke 22: 44. ^cclus. 32 or 35: 15 daxgva inl aia- yova xctia@aivEt. AL. , f. /9Aw, (/fa'Uw,) to cast down, trans, e. g. from heaven,. Rev. 12: 10 xT/?>bj#/ 6 xavjyogog. (Pol. 1. 24. 12. Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 41.) In the sense to prostrate, 2 Cor. 4: 9. Sept. for b^sn Ps. 73: 18. Luc. D. Deor. 14. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14. ib. 1. 4. 8. Mid./o lay down sc. a foundation, Heb. 6: 1. Jos. Ant. 15. 11. 3. Pol. 10. 27. 9. Kaittftctgico, w, f. tjo-a), (/?^6&> q. v. ult.) to bear doum, to weigh down sc. as a burden ; in N. T. trop. to bur- den in a pecuniary sense, c. ace. 2 Cor~ 12: 16. Comp. 2 Sam. 13: 25. genr. Diod. Sic. 19. 24. Pol. 18. 4. 4. vvcOj i. q. xTa/5(iw, to- weigh down, to oppress. Pass, of the eyes, Mark 14: 40 ol oqp#. xarapaQwo- fjitvoi, in later edit, for fopotQrjftdvoi in text. rec. pp. Sept. Joel 2: 8. 2 Sam. 14: 26. trop. Ecclus. 8: 15. ./Terror / a going doion, e. g. towards the coast Xen. An. 7. 8. 26. In N. T. descent, i. e. place of descending, declivity^ Luke 19: 37 xmafi. TOV oyovg iwv tlaiuv. Sept. for TV73 Josh. 10: 11. Mic. 1: 4. Pol. 11. 15. 8. Xen. An. 3. 4. 37. Kctrafttpa'^Oy f. a'erw, (/?t/9'w,) to cause to descend, to bring down, e. g. f(ag ridov Matt. 11: 23. Luke 10: 15. Sept.* for V-iin Ez. 31: 16, 18. 28: 8. Hdot. 8. 1 19. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 18. II. G. 4. 6. 5. 422 Kaictyco a casting doicn, i. e. a) a laying down, founding, founda- tion, in N. T. only in the phrase XT^. TO v xovpov foundation of the world i. e. the creation, beginning of the world, Matt. 13:35. 25:34. Luke 11: 50. John 17: 24. Eph. 1: 4. Ileb. 4: 3 see in Kal- *ot. 9: 26. 1 Pet. 1: 20. Rev. 13: 8. 17: 8. Pint. Aq. et Ignis Corap. 2. Mor. V. p. 422. Tauchn. aua rfj nQwry xT/9oA^ TWV v#tu7rwv. Diod. Sic. 12. 32. Pol.' 13. 6. 2. li) of seed, a casting in, trop. Heb. 11: 11 dvvauiv fknfifv fig xara($oti]V o*7tsQ- /uaxo?, lit. strength for the casting in (im- planting) of seed, i. e. strength for con- ception, procreation. Hippocr v Apho- rism. IV. T wavfuva sv fiiv TW TT^WTW XQOVW -II}? xaroc/SoATjiC TOU o-nsQuaiog. Arr. Epict. 1. 13. 3 vlbg ex -iwv am&v (mtguuTcov xal TT/ auijjf avca&tv xaia- fiotijg. So xarrt/SaLlaj' (mEQuonu, e. g. M. Antonin. 4. 36 (rnsypaToi fig yijv T/ Hi'lTQctv xata/SttMoiUSj'a. Galen, de Po- tent. I. This seems to have been a technical mode of expression, see the passages collected by Wetstein in loc. cOy f. tvo-m, ryv & vsxQwv. 13: 5. 15: 36. 1(J: 17,21. 17:3,13,23. 26:23. 1 Cor. 2:1. 9:14. Phil. 1: 16 XQIVTOV XKT/. v. 18. Col. 1: 28. /5s voj q. v.) to give the prize against any one, to deprive of the palm, Zonar. in Can. 35 Cone. Laod. TO [ty tov vwi}- aavia d^iovv TOV figafislov, ayU' kxigm didovai, avTO adixovftsvov TOV vixijo*ctvTog. In N. T. trop. to deprive of a due re- ward, to defraud, trans. Col. 2: 18. Dem. 544 ult. G, ccog, o, ACD,) an announcer } proclaimer, Acts 17: 18. Kcaayylkku), f. ydw, (xorce in- tens.) aor. 2 pass. xaTyyy&rjv Acts 17: 13, see Buttm. 101. n. 4 ; pp. to bring word down upon any one, i. q. to bring it home to him, trans. Hence a) to announce, to pi'oclaim, to publish. Acts 13: 38 Vfuv aqpfat? afiagxifav xat- a/^'Usrat. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 6. Pol. 4. 53. 2. Xen. An. 2. 5. 38. In the sense of to laud, to celebrate, Rom. 1: 8. 1 Cor. 11: 26. b) by imp!, to preach, to set forth, to inculcate. Acts 4: 2 xixcaf yehiv t;v otva- o, co y f. a'trw, (/daw,) I to laugh at sc. in scorn, to deride, seq. gen. Matt. 9: 24 xi xaity&wv amor. Mark 5: 40. Luke 8: 53. Comp. Buttrn. 132. 5. 3. Sept. for as?b Job 21: 3. Prov. 17: 5. phto Job 30: 1. - Ael. V. H.9. 37. Xen. T An. 2. 6. 23. IZaiaytvoHjxo), f. yvwaopai, (yt- VOHIXW,) to know or note against any one, to his disadvantage, Sept. for Ipfr Prov. 28:11. Xen. Mern. 1. 3. 10. Hence in N. T. fo think HI of, to condemn, to blame, seq. gen. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. 1 John 3: 20 iav xaTayivwffxr] ypuv ?/ xnydla. v. 21. Pass. Gal. 2: 11 on, xnTsyvavusvoi; r t v because lie had incurred blame ; others, * he deserved blame.' See Winer Comrn. in loc. Ecclus. 14:2. Jos. Ant. 4. 1. 1. Dem. 1402. 24. Hdian. 5. 2. 12. f. xai|w, aor. 1 xaieat-a, aor. 2 pass. xarEuyrjV, for the augm. see Winer 12. 2. Buttm. 114 ayvvpi. 84. n. 5. Anom. fut. Alt. XT- a|o) Matt. 12: 20, prob. to distinguish it from fut. of xoiTaya), Passow sub ayvvfu. Buttm. 114 ayvvpi. Matth.222. p. 429. To break down, to break in two. Matt. 12: 20 xaJictfj-ov avvx. ov xaTfd&i. John 19: 31 'iva xarsayuffiv uviwv ra crxt'^. v. 32, 33. Sept. for sn-3 Jer. 48: 25. Pol. 1. 37. 2. Xen. An/4. 2. 20. f. o>, (/w,) to lead down, trans. a) of persons, to bring or conduct down, sc. from a higher to a lower place, region, seq. slg Acts 9: 30 xar^yayov avTov el$ Kaio-dytiav. 23: 20, 28. seq. nQoq iiva 23: 15. absol. 22: 30. Rom. 10: 6. Sept. for V'-nn c. fig 1 K. 1: 33. ngog Gen. 44: 21. Hdian. 8. 1. 3 slg. Luc. D. Deor. 7. 4. Xen. Ag. 1. 18. b) as a nautical term, to bring down to land sc. a ship, Luke 5: 11 xa,Tayayovti<; T TiAota TU Tyv yi]v. Sext. Empir. A. Phys. 2. 68 vijtg fig ixigovq xardyoncti huivag. Xen. An. 6. 6. 3. Hence aor. 1 pass. xaTifrlh?!', to come to land, to land, to touch, Acts 21: 3. 27: 3. 28: 12. Kct jay 423 Kajctxcttco Jos. Ant. 14.14. 3 fig c. ace. for J for tt'3D2 Sam. 8:11. he (Herod) landed at Brun- Jer. 22: 3. c. gen. Diod. Sic. 13/73. dii si urn. KctlCtycovCCppLCti) f.iffopai, depon. Mid. (aywviouai,) to contend against, and by impl. to conquer, to subdue, e. g. ficcffihlctg Heb. 11: 33. Jos. Ant. 7. 2. 2. AeJ. V. H. 4. 8. .fiaiadfct), f. 5?;'(Tw, (fo'co,) to bind down, iv dsff^ot xccradiicmi Horn. Od.15. 443. Luc. Asin. 16. In N. T. to bind together, to bind up, sc. wounds, TOI'- juaTtt Luke 10: 34. Sept. for '253 ft Ez. 34: 4, 16. Ecclus. 27: 21. 'y ov, o, t], adj intens. dtjkog,) most evident, Heb. 7: 15. Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 14. give sentence against any one, to con- demn, in N. T. seq. ace. of pers. Matt. 12: 7, 37. absol. Luke 6: 37 bis. James 5: (i. So Sept. for r?nn Ps. 37: 33. - Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 3." Diod. Sic. 14. 4. More usually in classic writers seq. gen. of pers. Xen. H. G. 7. 4. 33. Comp. Passow sub v. sentence against, condemnation, Acts 25: 15 in sonif Mss. for dixy. Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 2. Hdian. 7. 4. 15. f. , (xaruc intens.) find, seq. ace. Mark 1: 36. So Sept. and pnn Ps. 23: 6. My f. pp. to slave down, i. e. to bring under bondage, to enslave, trans. 2 Cor. 11: 20. Mid. to make a slave for oneself, Gal. 2: might make us their slaves. Sept. for TSyrr Ex. 1: 14. 6: 5. 1 Mace. 8: 10. Thuc.'a 70. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 13. JFiaradwceaTfvcOy f. wov$ xcnatvxwij. 11:22. 2 Cor. 7: 14. 9: 4. 1 Pet. 3:'l6. Sept. for -JLTart 2 Sam. 19: 5. Luc. D. Deor. 22. 3! Xen. An. 3.1.30 (/?) From the Heb. by melon, of cause for effect, to frustrate one's hope, to disappoint. Rom. 5: 5 ij de eiiTilg ol xcnaiffxvvii. 9: 33 et 10: 1 1 et 1 Pet. 2: 6 naq o 7iio~ftvtav en avjw ov xaxcci- Ps. 22: 6. 44: 8. 119: 31, 116. Ecclus. 2: 10. 'Leo, f. xaww, (xalca,) aor. v, fut. 1 pass. xaTxca;ibj- Rev. 18: 8, and also in the later usage fut. 2 pass, xajaxai'iffopai, 1 Cor. 3: 15. 2 Pet. 3: 10. comp. Winer 15. p. 79. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 161. To burn down, to consume utterly, i. q. in Engl. to burn up, trans. Matt. 3: 12 TO /i'oov xttTaxaiVft nvol aa/JsoTw. 13: 30, 40. Luke 3: 17. Acts 19: 19. 1 Cor. 3: 15. Heb. 13: 11. 2 Pet. 3: 10. Rev. 8: 7 bis. 17:16. 18:8. Sept. for PHto Ex. 32: 19. Lev. 6: 30. 1 Mace. 5:68. Diod. Sic. 1. 59. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 1. 424 f. y> to cover sc. with a veil etc. which hangs down, comp. in Kara I. 1. a. hence to veil ; in N. T. only Pass, or Mid. to be veiled, to wear a veil, absol. 1 Cor. 11: 6 bis. seq. ii\v xcqpaybjv v. 7, com p. Buttm. 134. 6, or \ 135. 4. Sept. for rr&3 Gen. 38: 15. Is. 6: 2. Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 5. act. Xen. Cyr. G. 4. 11. Kmu%ctv%cco[jia(y to fiat, f. 7Jo-o- juat, depon. Mid. (xavxdouai,) to loast oneself against any person or thing, to glory over, seq. gen. Rom. 11: 18 bis, pi] xaxaxav^oj tuv xhddwv x. T. A. seq. XWTW James 3: 14. Hence James 2: 13 xaTaxav/arcti thog [for concr. 6 efoav] xQto-swg i. e. the merciful man glories over judgment, fears not condemnation. Comp. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Sept. Jer. 50: 10, 38. Aeschyl. Pers. 350 or 352. f. tlo-ouai, to lie down, i. e. to lie, to be recumbent, intrans. Comp. Buttm. 109. II. a) spoken of the sick, seq. part. Mark 1: 30 xcnsxsno irvgiaaovva she lay sick of a fever. Acts 28: 8. seq. inl c. dat. Mark 2: 4. Luke 5: 25. Acts 9: 33. seq. iv John 5: 3. absol. v. 6. Luc. Icarom. 31 xaiaxmat voawv. Demosth. an Conon. rjvlxa av&svwv iyw xarexflpyv. b) to recline sc. at lable in the ori- ental manner, see in 'Avaxsipat no. 2. Mark 14: 3. Luke 5: 29. c. iv Mark 2: 15. 1 Cor. 8: 10. Athen.1.19. p.23.C. Xen. Conv. 1. 14. c. iv Luc. Tox. 44. Xen. An. 6. 1. 4. co, co y f. do-ca, (xAa'w,) to break down, to break in pieces, e. g. rovg ag-covg Mark 6: 41. Luke 9: 16. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 4. Dem. 1251. 23. ), f. daw, (xhlw,) to shut to sc. a door, to close, Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 10. In N. T. of a person, pp. to shut down sc. in a subterranean prison, and genr. like Engl. to shut up, to confine, e. g. two, iv qpvAaxTjf Luke 3: 20. Acts 26: 10 where text. rec. c. dat. cpv).axaig. Sept. c. Iv for J&3 Jer. 32: 3. Wisd. 17: 2 c. dat. Hdian. 5. 8. 12 c. iv. Xen. An. 5. 2. 18 c. el?. and SldwfH,) to give by lot to to distribute by lot, trans. Acts 13: 19 in text. rec. Others xaTaxlygovontw. Sept. for b^ri Deut. 21: 16 et Josh. 19: 51 in ed. Aid. et Compl. 1 Mace. 3: 36. JKociaxtygovofifco, co, f. ^o-w, (XUTU distrib.) to distribute by lot, trans. Acts 13: 19 in later edit, for xonaxlr)- QodoTda. So Sept. for pbn Josh. 18:2. bVi:n Num. 33: 54. J'osh. 14: 1. - Used' by Greek writers only in the sense to inherit down sc. from an ances- tor, and construed with a genitive ; in later writers with an accus. Lob. ad Phr. p. 129. Sturz de Dial. Alex, p. 160. f. yw, (x>UVw,) pp. to make incline, i. e. to make lie down, genr. 1 Mace. 1: 3. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 11. In N. T. only of the oriental posture at meals, to make recline, trans. Mid. to re- cline sc. at a meal, see in ^ Luke 9: 14 xcnaxMvars amovg Mid. Luke 14: 8. 24: 30. Act. Ael. V. H. 8. 7. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 21. Mid. Xen. Conv. 1. 8. w, f. distrib. fr. 'C.co, f. ro-w, (xKw to dash,) to dash down upon, i. e. to over- Jlow, to flood, Pass. 2 Pet. 3: 6 6 TOTS xoafiog vdari xcnotx)ivo*&tlg anuhtTO. Sept. for p)t3j Job 14: 19. Jer. 47: 2. Diod. Sic.'l. 19. Xen. Ven. 5. 4. KaiccxAvoiAog, ou, o, (xaxaxlv- ,) a flood, deluge, spoken of Noah's flood, Matt. 24: 38, 39. Luke 17: 27. 2 Pet. 2: 5. Sept. for ^att Gen. 6: 17. 7: 6 sq. Jog. Ant. 1. 3. 6. Diod. Sic. 1.10. KcnaxoAou&ea), w, f. Jo-w, (xaia jntens. axolov&ew,) to follow closely, c. dat. Acts 16: 17. absol. Luke 23: 55. Pol. 6. 42. 2. trop. Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 4. Pol. 2. 56. 2. KcCTaxoTiTOJ, f. yw, (XOTTTW,) to hew or cut down, to cut in pieces, Pol. 5. 25. 3. Xen. H. G. 1. 5. 3. In N. T. genr. and intens. to beat, to cut, to wound, trans. Mark 5: 5 xcnaxomow eavxov II- &ois. Plut. Agesil. 36. Xen. Mag. Eq. 4.5. Kaiaxpir)ftviw 9 f- to-**, (x^invl- w fr. xQijpvos,) to cast down from a preci- 425 Kct i a A ctfjifta vco pice, to cast down headlong, trans. Luke 4: 29 tax; oqppi'oc rov ogovg .... axne xaraxgi] t uvlo-ai avjov. Sept. for *pbyri 2 Chr. 25: 12. Jos. Ant. 9. 9. 1. Diod! Sic. 4. 31. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 7. y #TOC, TO, yw,) judgment against, condemnation, Rom. 5: 16, 18. 8: 1. Hesych. XT- , xaradlxij. 'givto y f. vb), (xo/vw,) to give judgment against, to condemn, construed in Greek writers with a gen. of pers. and ace. of punishment, Matth. 378. p. 694 pen. a) pp. and in N. T. seq. ace. of pers. et dat. of punishment, Matt. 20: 18 XT- xQivoi'viv avTov davanw, they shall con- demn him to death. Mark 10: 33. 2 Pet. 2: (j. seq. ace. of pers. et infin. Mark 14: 64 xaiEXQtvov ctvtov ilvai lvo%ov fravcnov. Hist, of Sus. 41. Xen. Hi. 7. 10. Seq. ace. of pers. the crime or punishment being implied, John 8: 10 ovdslg as xcnixQivfv ; v. 11. Rom. 2: 1. absol. Rom. 8: 34. Pass. Matt. 27: 3. [James 5: 9.] of the last judgment Murk 16: 1& 1 Cor. 11: 32. Trop. Rorn. 8: 3 XCCISXQIVS rqv nuaqiiav fv TJ ffccQxl i. e. hath condemned, passed sen- tence upon, all carnal lusts and pas- sions, in antith. to v. 1 ; comp. 6: 1 sq. Hist, of Sus. 48. Hdian. 7. 6. 7. b) by impl. to condemn sc. by con- trast, i. e. to shew by one's good con- duct that others are guilty of miscon- duct and deserve condemnation, seq. ace. Matt. 12: 41, 42. Luke 11: 31, 32. Heb. 11: 7. Pass. Rom. 14: 23. tQj co?j ?/, (xmaxqivu),} condemnation, 2 Cor. 3: 9. In the sense of censure, blame, 7: 3. to lord it against i. e. over any one, i. e. a) genr. to exercise authority over, seq. gen. Matt. 20: 25 ol a^/oyif? TWV i&vwv xaTuxvQisvoi'o-iv aviuv. Mark 10: 42. 1 Pet. 5: 3. Sept. for b3 Jer. 3: 14. irjp73 Ps. 19: 14. Ecclus. 17: 4. Not found in classic writers in this sense. b) by impl. to get the mastery of, to overpower, to subdue, seq. gen. Acts 19: 54 16. Sept. for '^53 Gen. 1: 28. Num. 32: 29. Diod. Sic". 14. 64. w, co, f. jo-w, to speak against, i. e. to speak evil of, to slander, seq. gen. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. James 4: 11 ter, fii] xcnalahlTS aU^wv x. T. L 1 Pet. 2: 12. 3: 16. Sept. for 51-73 Ps. 44: 17. 1217 Ps. 78: 19. Luc. Asin. 12. c. ace. ' Pol. 3. 90. 6. , a?, x a speaking against, evil speaking, slan- der, 2 Cor. 12: 20. 1 Pet. 2: L Wisd. 1:11. Test. XII Patr. p. 678. A word of the later Greek, Thorn. Mag. p. 565. Kaid^aAog, ou, 6, *?, adj. (XT- >la>U',) speaking against, as subst. a slanderer, backbiter, Rom. 1: 30. KaiccActfjifiavG), f. lyyopcu, aor. 2 xl/9ov (XT intens.) to take, to re- ceive, sc. with the idea of eagerness etc. trans. a) pp. to lay hold of, to seize, with the idea of eagerness, suddenness, e. g. a criminal, John 8: 3, 4 aw] (Ael. H. An. 11. 15 quoted in QOS. Luc. Conv. 32.) So of an evil spirit which seizes, takes possession of a demoniac, Mark 9: 18. Ael. V. H. 3. 9. Trop. of darkness, evil, to come suddenly upon, John 12: 35 Vva p\ axo- tla vpu$ xTio/5//. 1 Thess. 5: 4 TJ/US'- 0. Sept. for prn Gen. 19: 19. N2E 1 K. 18: 44. jVs. Ant. 4. 4. 6. Am Exp. Alex. 1. 5. 17. Pol. 9. 18. 3. b) in allusion to the public games, to obtain sc. the prize, with the idea of eager and strenuous exertion, to grasp, to seize upon. Rom. 9: 30. 1 Cor. 9: 24 ovrco TQSXZTS, tv xaraAa/S/jre sc. TO /?oa/?tor. Phil. 3: 12 bis, tftcuxw ds, et xal xaTAa'/3w [TO ^Qct^flov v. 14], Icp a xal xotifhjcp&rjv vnb TOU Xgiotov, i. e. for which very end 1 also have been won as a prize by Christ, v. 13. comp. Hdot. 6. 39. Thuc. 3. 30. . c) trop. to seize with the mind, to comprehend, John 1: 57; ds vxoila ov xT>L5fv avro. Clem. Alex. Strom. 1. 16 xTAu/5vfiv TO ueys&og rijg ali]- frtlag. Hence Mid. to comprehend for oneself, to perceive, to find, seq. cm, Acts 4: 13 xcnalotpousvoi on, avdqwxot //*- 426 ettrt. 10: 34. seq. ace. et inf. 25: 25. it indie. Eph. 3: 18. c. OTI AIT. Epict. 1. 5. 6. c. ace. Pol. 1. 61. 3. KaxaXtycOy f. w, (leyoi,) to lay down, Mid. to lie down sc. to sleep. Horn. Od. 14. 520. ib. 19. 44. to lay 5:31. Matt. 16:4. 21:17. c. predic. Luke 10: 40. Of things, Luke 5: anavw. Acts 6: 2. 2 Pet. 2: 15. Sept. for ST5> Gen. 2: 24. 44: 22. Deut. 31: 17.- Jos!" Xnt. 8. 7. 5. Hdian. 3. 3. 12. Xen. An. 3. 1. 2. c) to leave remaining, i. q. to have left, down or out sc. apart from others, i.e. to reserv e, Rom. 11: 4 x. ipanrtta kma- to select, Xen. Ag. 1. 23. In N. T. to ^^ Mqag, quoted from 1 K. 19: 18 Ja?/ down to or among others, i. e. to w h er e Sept. for ^IN^H. Pass. Heb. reckon under or to a number, to enrol, 4. j _Xen Ag. 5. 1. ' Pass. ITim. 5:9. Pol. 2. 24.14. Xen. .7?., _,, , , , P 3411 JK.ajaAitraiyCOj f. UtjU/*a (rwvhjorrcu, quoted from Is. 10: 22 where Sept. for exchange sc. of money Dem. 1216. 18. f. y/w, (hlnw,) aor. 1 In N. T. reconciliation, i. e. restoration Acts 6: 2, a later form, Lob. to the divine favour. Rom. 5: 11 oY ov vvv ii]V XT. Ikafioiiev. 2 Cor. 5: 18, 19. Rom. 11: 15 ad Phryn. p. 713 sq. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. 114. II. p. 181. pp. to leave xoo/^ov, down to one's heirs, i. e. to leave behind i- e. the means, occasion of reconciling so as to descend to them, Horn. Od. 1. 243. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 10. Hence genr. and in N. T. to leave behind, pp. at one's departure, trans. a) pp. e. g. at death, Mark 12: 19 xal exchange for e. g. money Hdian. 2. 13. the world to God. genr. 2 Mace. 5: 20. Dem. 10. 15. KcciaMaoGG) v. iico, f. w, (ul- to change against any thing, to 12. In N. T. to change towards, i. e. one person towards another, to reconcile to any one, (thus differing from Sial- which implies mutual change, xfltT&me yvvalxa. Luke 20: 31. Sept. Deut. 28: 54. Palaeph. 32. 7. Epict. Fragm. 145 ed. Schweigh. Genr. in any place, trans. Mark 14: 52 xmtxktnMv i)\v aivdova. John 8: 9. Seq. iv c.dat. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 101 sq.) c. c. of place, Luke 15: 4 ov xarcdtlnti ia ace. et dat. 2 Cor. 5: 18, 19 xoa^ov XT- aMavawv eavrw. Pass. aor. 2 xarTyA- \a.vriv to be or become reconciled to any one, c. dat. Rom. 5: 10 bis, xcrn]Muyr)utif TW ## x. T. L I Cor. 7: 11. 2 Cor. 5:' 20. 2 Mace. 1: 5. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 8. Xen. An. 1. 6. 2. J^ctTccAotnog, ov } 6, ?], (komoq,) left over, remaining, Plur. ol xaxukomot the rest, the residue, Acts 15: 17 quoted from Am. 9: 12 where Sept. for rPnttd. So for ^NUJ Ezra 3: 8. nn 1 ; Deiit. 3: 13. Pol. : 2. 11.6. aiog y to, ivv. iv ir\ o?]/iw. 1 Thess. 3: 1 iv ^A&yvaig. Tit. 1: 5. seq. awov there Acts 18: 19. seq. tig ndov Acts 2: 31 see in Elq no. 4. So c. ace. and predi- cate of condition, Acts 24: 27 xaishns TOV IJavkov dsSsfisvov. 25: 14. Sept. for at? Gen. 39: 12, 13. Josh. 8: 17. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 5. c. iv Ael. V. H. 13. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17. c. pred. Hdian. 8. 8.16. b) in the sense of to leave, to quit wholly, to forsake, i. q. tat'Trw but stronger, (a) of place. Matt. 4: 13 xnra^ntajv ii]v Na^uQi-d-. Heb. 11: 27. So by impL Acts 21: 3. Sept. for at? 1 Sam. 31: 7. pp. a place where one puts up, lodging- Hdian. 8. 2. 10. Xen. 'An. 4. 2. 7. place, inn, in the East a menzti, khan, Hence of persons and things, to leave, caravanserai, comp. Cajmet p. 10. Jahn to forsake, sc. so as to have nothing 1.10. Luke 2: 7 owe v}v avtolg TOTTO? iv more to do with them. Matt 19: 5 x. IQV TW xaxakvuaTi. By synecd. Mark 14: noniga, xal ryv IIIJTSQU. Mark 10:7. Eph. 14 et Luke 22: 11 nov ian TO 427 Kaiavocco i. e. a room where we may sup and lodge. Sept. for -pbD Ex. 4: 24. M3\ZJb 1 Sam. 9: 22. Ecclus. 14: 25. T : Pol. 2. 36. 1. Diod. S. 14. 93. 18. Sept. for Tra Jer. 15: 17. Mic. 7: 14. 1 Mace. 12: 36. Thuc. li 32, 37. Comp. Buttm. 115. n. 5, and see in Kaid II. 1. d. /. f. vaw, (Ivw,} to loosen down, i. e. a) pp. to dissolve, to disunite the parts j of any thing ; hence spoken of build- i ings etc. to throw down, to destroy, c. ace. 1 Matt. 26: 61 xctia,\vacu, lov vaov, and so 27: 40. Mark 14: 58. 15: 29. Acts 6: 14. So Matt. 24:2. Mark 13: 2. Luke 21: 6. 2 Cor. 5: 1. trop. Gal. 2: 18. Sept. for Chald. nnD s Ezra5:12. Hdian. 8.4.4. Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 1.9 Metaph. to destroy, to put an end to, to render vain, e. g. tov vopov Matt. 5: 17 bis. igyov Acts 5: 38, 39. Rom. 14: 20. 2 Mace. 2: 22. Diod. Sic. 12. 80. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 14. Cyr. 1. 1. 1. b) to unbind, e. g. lovg fanovg from a chariot Horn. Od. 4. 28. Hence of caravans, travellers, etc. to halt for rest or for the night, to put up for the night, when the beasts of burden are un- harnessed and unloaded, Sept. for "pbE Gen. 42: 27. 43: 21. Xen. An. 1. 6. iT In N. T. genr. to lodge, to take lodg- ing, intrans. Luke 9: 12. 19: 7 ftoTJAfo xaialixrai,. Sept. for ]nb Gen. 24: 23, 25. Luc. Asin. 4, 17. Thuc. 1. 136. (xora intens.) to learn thoroughly, fully, Xen. Oec. 11. 6. In N. T. to note ac- curately, to observe, to consider, c. ace. Matt. 6: 28 x. id XQIVU ioi> d/gov. Sept. for JiN-l Gen. 34: 1. Lev. 14: 37. Ecclus^: 5. Arr. A. M. 5. 11. 2. Dem. 660.22. 'OfCOy Co* f. t]ff(a t to witness against, to testify against any one, seq. gen. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Matth. 378. Matt. 26: 62. 27: 13. Mark 14: 60. 15: 4. Sept. for bN YW 1 K. 21: 10, 13. i n:? Job 15: 6.-l-Hist. of Sus. 43. Dem. 1115. 26. K&TCffJievcO) f. yw, (xaid intens.) to remain Jixedly, to abide, to dwell, intrans. Acts 1: 13. Sept. for asi" 1 Num. 20: 1. Josh. 2: 22. Judith 16: 8.' Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 45. KcnafJiovaS) adv. (xaid, uovoq,} alone, by oneself, Mark 4: 10. Luke 9: y aio$, TO, (xcnd intens.) a curse against any one, i. q. dvd^f^a but stronger. Meton. accursed thing, for concr. one accursed Rev. 22: 3, in text. rec. See in KaTa&fpa. Kcaavctfrf[.iaua) ) f. Law, (xcnd intens.) to utter curses against, i. e. to curse, i. q. ay#qu(ma) but stronger, Matt. 26: 74 in text. rec. See in Kara- , f. Awo-w, (XT in- tens.) to consume sc. wholly, i. q. dva- JUVxw but stronger, e. g. of a fire, absol. Heb. 12: 29 HIIQ xaravcdlvxov. Sept. for b5N Lev. 6: 10. Deut. 4: 24. Diod. Sic. 177 108. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 22. o, f. J become torpid against i. e. to the detriment of any one, intrans. hence in Paul's writings i. q. to be bur- densome to any one, e. g. in a pecuniary sense, seq. gen. 2 Cor. 11: 8. 12: 13, 14 ov xuiitvitnxr,iTM vpuv, comp. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. 147. n. 12. Matth. 378. Hesych. xaiwa^xiyaa tflotQwa. ib. ov xctTfvuQXTjaa' ov xttTe/Japijo-a. In Greek writers found only in the pas- sive, Passow s. voc. According to Je- rome its use here is a Cilicism of Paul, Algas. Qu. 10. See Wetstein N. T. II. p. 206. Kaiavcvco, f. cw-w, (vwtg y AfTTT?. So in profane writers. But Sept. has the verb xarayiWw for Heb. J2^ to be silent, dumb, Lev. 10: 3. PsV4: 5. al. for &^: id. Dan. 10: 15, and for DTn3 to lie in deep sleep, stupor, Dan.'iO:9. Hence also Sept. jtardvv^ig for Heb. riE^nn deep sleep, stupor, Ps. 60:3 ancTlVSO: 10, which last passage Paul quotes in Rom. 11: 8 tdonttv avrolg o &fbg nvfvpa xaxaviJ-swg. Others derive it in this sense from V. TTfOy f. |ftJ, (xT intens.) to prick through, to pierce, Pass. metaph. to be greatly pained, to be deeply moved. Acts 2: 37 xaTvvyr]0~av tij xo- dla. Sept. for 3&p: Ps. 109: 'l6. ^ Ecclus. 14: 1. Hesych. seq. gen. TTJJS /9acrtta/ iot> r^coD 2 Thess. 1:5. seq. infin. Luke 20: 35. 21:36. Acts 5: 41. c. gen. Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 8. Diod. Sic. 2. 60. c. inf. Dem. 1383. 11. KctTCUiCtifco, cJ, f. tjff(a, (nmew,) to tread down, to trample down, trans. Matt. 5: 13. 7: 6 ^rjnoxf xaTa7ivm} viov rov -foot). 1 Mace. 3: 51. Horn. II. 4. 157. cOy CO; f. wffw, (xarcc intens. /u?. Luke G: 28. Rom. 12: 14. Jarnes 3: 9. So Sept. for "ntf Gen. 12: 3. Num. 24: 9. c. ace. Xen. An. 5. 6. 4. of- tener c. dat. Jos. Ant. 4. G. 2. Diod. Sic. I. 45. Xen. An. 7. 7. 48. From the Heb. to curse i. e. to devote to destruc- tion, comp. in Kardga b. So of a fig- tree Mark 11:21, comp. in Kardga b ult. Pass. part. xaTijpcxfttvos accursed, i. q. 7nxaTaTO,Matt.25:41. comp.Buttm. 113. n. 6. Sept. for n^ Dexit. 21: 23. Ecclus. 3: 16. Sept. for*>VPPl Job 24: 18. Wisd. 12: 11. KaiagyecOy co, f. fjo-w, (xza c. vi trans, agyeoi,) to render inactive, idle, useless, trans. a) pp. e.g. of land, to spoil, Luke 13: 7 IV- aiL xal TIJV yyv xaTagyel. Comp. xarag- ysivxelgag to let remain idle Eurip.Phoen. 760 or 765. Comp. agyog of land Aris- tot. Oec. 2. Diod. Sic. 19. 42. Trop. to make without effect, to make vain, void, fruitless, e. g. TI]V nlffTiv tov &eov Rorn. 3:3. vofiov v.31. Eph.2:15. enayytUav Rom. 4: 14. Gal. 3: 17. Hence by impl. to debase, 1 Cor. 1: 28. b) by impl. to cause to cease, to do away, to put an end to, 1 Cor. 6: 13. 13: 11 xaTr'igyrjxa xa tov vynlov I put away childish things. Sept. for jt33 to make desist, Ezra 4: 21, 23. Hence to abolish, to destroy, Rom. 6: 6 TO auua rrjg a xlag. 1 Cor. 15: 24 OTC*V nuo-ar agx^v x. %. L v. 26. 2 Thess. 2: 8. 2 Tim. 1: 10. Heb. 2: 14. Test. XII Patr. p. 731 v.a.ia.Qp\ati BtUag xal iovg vntgsiovvTag amw. Just. Mart, de Resurr. p. 242. Pass. xctTapytofAat, ovfiai, to cease, to be done away, 1 Cor. 2: 6. 13: 8 bis, &is ngotfrfiuai, xotTagyr]- dfaovuti x. T. L v. 10. 2 Cor. 3: 7, II, 13, 14. Gal. 5: 11. So xaTa^e'o^cu ano tLvog, to cease from, i. e. to cease be- ing under or connected with any person or thing. E. g. ano 1011 vopov to be freed from a law Rom. 7: 2, 6, i. q. IJitv- &tQ(t ifiea),) to number under or among, Pass. Acts 1: 17 xaT>]Qi&(j.i](idvog i]v iv f]u1v. Sept. for ^rpnn 2 Chr. 31: 19. Diod. Sic. 4. 85. Pfut. Solon, p. 84. D. ( t GJ 3 f. /aw, (XT intens. agrl^oj, aQTiog,) to make fully ready, to put in full order, to make complete, trans. a) pp. (a) espec. of what is broken, injured, etc. which is also the more usual classic sense, to refit, to repair, to mend, e. g. T dlxxva Matt. 4: 21. Mark 1: 19. Sept. for Chald. bbp*; Ezra 4: 12,13,16. Arr. Epict. 3.2~0.'lO. Diod. Sic. 12. 3. Hdot. 5. 106. Trop. of a person in error, to restore, to set right, Gal. 6: 1. Plut. Marcell. 10 __ (ft) By impl. and in the proper force of'xara, to make perfect, i. e. such as one should be, deficient in no part. Of persons, Luke 6: 40. 2 Cor. 13: 11 xT^f(r^6 be ye perfect. I Pet. 5: 10. seq. IV TIVI, in any thing, Heb. 13: 21 tcaiaQ-claat vpag iv n. sgyta aya&w. 1 Cor. 1: 10. Pol. 5. 2. 11 Maxedcveg Talg tQtalaig xairigncrfiEvot,. Of things, e.g. T wns- Qripaia, to Jill out, to supply, 1 Thess. 3: 10. b) genr. to prepare, to set in order, to constitute, in N. T. only in Pass, and Mid. Rom. 9: 22 73 Gen. 42: 9, 11. Pol. 14. 3. 7. Xen/Cyr. 3. 3. 25. J^CdCtvocpC^oiAGt) f. iaouaii, depon. Mid. (aoqp/o/4ttt, ffoy5D Js. 61: 3. Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 4. or f. j/^w, ((TTpcqpa),) /o egfyo), i. e. they were strewed as corpses in the desert, were destroyed. Sept. for C3h' Num. 14: 16. Judith 14: 4. Ael. ~H. An. 7. 2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 64 ol Usao-cu .... TroA- AOL' xaTtffTQKiVvvffav. Comp. Diod. Sic. 15. 80 tOV lOTTOV VSXQOJV XaT0"TOft)(r. Kcciaav^cOy f. QW, (tri'^w,) to drag down, to force along, e. g. as a torrent rot's A/tfws, I^Aa, trjv cifj^ov Test. XII Patr. p. 643. TO dlxrvov Alciphr. Ep. 1. 1. In N. T. of a person, to drag or haul along sc. TIQO<; x^mjv Luke 12: 58. Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1010 dia ^Effrjg xaTdavQOv ayogag. So detrahere in ju- didum, Cic. pro Milon. 14. f. a|w, ((TCpd'Ca) or O-^WTTW,) ttVTljV SC. T?)v ^T/y. V. 45 V T/y xTao^orci, see in '.fcV no. 4. So Sept. for piTilN Gen. 17: 8. Neh. 11: 3.- Ps. 2: a Judith 9: 13. Jos. Ant. 9. 1. 2. t, f. ^'o-w, (ildiifu,) to put or lay down, to deposit, trans. a) pp. e. g. in a tomb, Mark 15: 4(5 xone&rjxfv amov Iv (Avrjfielat. Ael. V. H. 13. 2. genr. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 2. Xen. Eq. 6. 7. b) Mid. to deposit for oneself, i. q. in Engl. to lay up for future use, genr. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 34. An. 7. 6. 34. In N. T. trop. xaTaTi&sff&cu XVIQIV v. ^ot- TS c. dat. to lay up favour with any one, to win his favour, comp. Engl. ' to cur- ry favour with.' Acts 24: 27 xh'Acuj' T %oiQuas xaTa&iff&ai xolg 3 lovd. o >J>U. 25: 9. 1 Mace. 10: 23. Diod. Sic. 15. 91. Dem. 416. 5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 26. licxiaiOfJLi^y 7)Q, y, (xaraiiuvw to cut through or off,) concision, i. e. a cutting off, mutilation. So Phil. 3: 2, contemptuously for the Jewish circum- cision in contrast with the true spiritual circumcision, v. 3. Comp. in *Ano- X07TTW. vcdy f. evvw, (TO^BVM,) to shoot down sc. with an arrow or dart, Pass. c. dat. polldt Heb. 12: 20, in allusion to Ex. 19: 13 where Sept. for m" 1 . Luc. D. Deor. 19. 2. Hdot. 3. 36. aor. 2 to run down sc. from a higher to a lower place, Acts 21:32 KOTftfyapa' 71* avTOvg he ran down to them sc. from the tower Antonia. Sept. for y^n 1 K. , 433 19: 30. Hdot. 7. 192. Xen. An. 7. 1. 20. In a hostile sense Sept. Lev. 26: 37. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 5. see n , f. xaToiorco, aor. 1 pass. 1. to bear or carry down from a higher to a lower place, Palaeph. 10. 2. Plut. M. Anton. 69. to bring down sc. with 1 violence, as a blow Luc. Tirn. 53. to throw down Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 7. Hdian. 4. 15. 9. Hence in N. T. only Pass. xaTaqtyfG&at, to be borne or thrown down, to fall. Acts 20: 9 xcntvsz&slg uno tov vnvov tTisffs, i. e. he sunk down from sleep, lost his balance and fell. Ael. V. H. 3. 5. Hdian. 1.11. 3. Trop. to be borne down, oppressed, sc. with sleep, VTIVOJ Acts 20: 9. Symm. for 0*7*^3 Ps. 76: 7. ecp vjiva) Dion. Hal. Ant! 4. 1 ult. fig vnvov Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5. Diod. Sic. 3. 57. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 409. 5. 2. xaraqpe'oo) y/TJfqpov, with xaru intens. to give a vote, to vote, i. q. qpc'oa; yAjjjqpov but stronger, implying alacrity, zeal. Acts 26: 10 xarijvfyxa yi]yov I gave my vote, assented, comp. 22: 20. So (psQM ^ijcpov Dem. p. 271 ult. Plut. Coriol. p. 220. C, T?JJ yusQCtg Iv j] TJ/V yriyov tdst cptQftv evvTuayg. Others, to give one's vote against any one, i. q. cpsQtiv iftricpov xcna vivog, e. g. Jos. Ant. 10. 6. 2 navTsg yvf/xav if>rj(povg xar f. fyuat, (cpfvya),) to flee down to any place etc. i. e. tof.ee for refuge, e. g. tig rag noteiq Acts 14: 6. trop. seq. inf. Heb. 6: 18. Sept. for D^2 Num. 35: 26. Deut. 4: 42. Hdian. 7.11.12. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 28. f. i tens.) to kiss tenderly, deosculor, stronger than cfiUtn, trans. Matt. 26: 49 coll. v. 48. Mark 14: 45. Luke 7: 38, 45. 15: 20. Acts 20: 37. Sept. for piTD Gen. 31: 28, 55. Ruth 1: 9, 14. Luc7 Asin. 51. espec. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 33. Kcnaygovf'cOy , f. t'jo-o), (o- viw,} to think against any one, i. e. to think lightly of, to despise, seq. gen. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Matt. 18: 10 ^ xara- (pQovrjfftjTf kvog ruv [IIXQMV lovtwv. Rom. 2:4. 1 Cor. 11: 22. 1 Tim. 4: 12. Heb. 12:2. 2 Pet. 2: 10. Wisd.l4:30. Diod. Sic. 1. 67. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 12. -In tho sense of to neglect, not to care for, Matt. 6: 24 et Luke 16: 13 opp. to dv&exfff&cu. 1 Tim. 6: 2. Hdian. 5. 4. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 3. VE'W,) a despiser, contemner, Acts 13: 41, quoted from Sept. Hab. 1: 5 where Heb. D'n-J?. Sept. for irna Hab. 2: 5. Jos. Ant? 6. 14. 4. Plut!' Brut. 12. , f. spa), (XT in- tens.) to spoil utterly, to corrupt, trans. Luc. Tim. 36. xaraqptf 1 . ir t v /co^av to lay waste, Diod. Sic. 1. 56. Pol. 2. 64. 3. Hence in N. T. a) trop. to corrupt, to deprave, e. g. rov vovv, Pass. 2 Tirn. 3: 8. Comp. Buttm. 134. 6. Sept. xT9#. il]v ooov for rPTOn Gen. 6: 12. b) by imp), 'to destroy, Pass, to perish, 2 Pet. 2: 12. So Sept. for ^: Ex. 18: 18. rprrijfi Gen. 6: 17. 2 Chr. 24: 23. 2 Mace.' 5: 14. Diod. Sic. 1. 16. 55 &O, f. rvo-w, (JEM,) to pour down upon, and so genr. Jo pour upon, e. g. (Til T/JV xtcp. Matt 26: 7. xar T>]C xy>. Mark 14: 3. Sept. Job 41: 15. Hdian. 8. 4. 26. Dem. 1123 ult. Ktnax&wtoSy tov, o, //, adj. (z&wv] under-ground, subterranean, put for ydjjg and its inhabitants Phil. 2: 10. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 257. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 10. Kcnct'/gctonat, co/uat, f. ^tro/ia/, depon. Mid. (XT intens.) to use over- much, to over-use, and so to misuse, seq. dat. I Cor. 7: 31 ol ZQUUWOI, TW xoauo) ug p] xaraxQw^svoi. 9: 18. Ael. V. H. 3. 13. Hdian. 8. 4. 22. Ka-taifsv*/(o, f. |w, (yvxta.) to cool down, to cool, i. e. to refresh by cooling, c. ace. ifa yluaaav Luke 16: 24. Sept. Ez. 26: 19. Diod. Sic. 3. 8 pen. .Atti fid c0 AoZy ov } o, fi, (XT in- tens. Ci'^wAov,) full of idols, given to idolatry, Acts 17: 16 xantidulov olaav ii]v nohv. Comp. the forms tonog xaiotdtvdgog Diod. Sic. 16. 31. ion. xcrra- yviog Pol. 18. 3. 1. jKaif'yaviij adv. (xaia, IVayit,) pp. down over against, i. e. at the point 434 over against, and hence genr. i. q. over against, opposite to, seq. gen. Mark 11: 2 xwp?v ii]v xaievccvTi vuwv. 12:41. 13: 3. Also c. art. 6,7), jcarevavri,, as adj. opposite, Luke 19: 30 dg ti]v y.a.iiva.v-11 xw^v. Buttm. 125. 6. Sept. for -q: Ex. 19:2. -u;b 1 Chr. 5:11. ^D-^ Zech. 14: 4. -JEcclus. 22: 18. Iri the sense of before, in the sight of, Rom. 4: 17 xarevavri, o'v fTutmwf &fov, by attract, for xcnevavTi -3-tov w inlartvat, comp. Buttm. 143. 4. So Sept. for "wD-ntf Ex. 32: 10. T:3b 2 Chr. 2: 6. Ex. '32:5; , adv. (XT, pp. down in the presence of, in the very presence of, and hence genr. before, in the sight of, seq. gen. 2 Cor. 2: 17 XT- tov &tov. 12: 19. Eph. 1: 4. , aor. 2 q. v.) to go or come down, to descend, e. g. of persons going from a higher to a lower region of country, to the sea-coast, etc. seq. si$ c. ace. of place Luke 4: 31. Acts 8: 5. 13: 4. seq. TIO c. gen. of place Luke 9: 37. Acts 15: 1. 18: 5. 21: 10. seq. si? et ano Acts 11: 27. 12: 19. seq. TTQO'S c. ace. of pers. Acts 9: 32. c. fig Ael. V. II. 4. 25. Hdian. 1. 16. 3. Of per- sons coming from the high sea down to land, seq. efe Acts 18: 22. 27: 5. - Hdian. 4. 8. 1. Trop. of divine gifts, James 3: 15 voyla avw&sv see in "Avu&ev no. 1. before, in the presence of. Sept. for >:s-HJ$ Lev. 4: 17. -"3B3 Josh. 21: 46. SDb Josh. 1: 5. ^co^ f. aVw, w,) Jo exercise authority against i. e. over any one, c. gen. Matt. 20: 25. Mark 10: 42. J^CfCf^'/cc^oftC(i ) f. orO|Ut, depon. Mid. (xaia intens. o/ao/za//,) aor. 1 pass. ttaxftgydo-^v with pass, sign if. 2 Cor. 12: 12, comp. Buttm. 113. n.6; to work out, trans, i. e. to bring about, to accomplish, Xen. Mem. 3.5.11. In N.T. a) to work out, i. e. to effect, to produce, to be the cause or author of, Rom. 4: 15 o vofiog oQyi\v tcaTEQyd'&Tcti. 5: 3. 7: 8, 13. 15: 18. 2 Cor. 4: 17. 7: 10 bis, 11. 9: 11. Phil. 2: 12. James 1: 3, 20. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 11. Lac. 9. 1. b) to work up, i. e. to make an end of, to vanquish, e. g. unavra Eph. 6: 13. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 2. Hdian. 1. 9. 3. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 4 TOV teovia. c) genr. to work, to do, to practise, the force of xara being not indeed lost, but still not easily expressed in English. E. g. of actions, Rom. 1: 27 T?)V WO-/TJ/ZO- (TVVT]V xaTfo/a^tyoi. 2: 9 x. TO xaxoV 7: 15, 17, 18, 20. 1 Cor. 5: 3. 1 Pet. 4: 3. (Xen. Hiero 1. 32.) Of miracles, ffr,fiilu, pass. 2 Cor. 12: 12. (Hdot. 9. 108.) In the sense of to make, to form, c. ace. et dat. 2 Cor. 5: 5. Sept. for bs>D Ex. 15: 17. comp. 35: 30. fricOj aor. 2 xcneyayov, (XT, q. v.) to eat down, to svwllow down, to devour, trans. a) pp. of animals, xaig'qp. Matt. 13: 4 7^5-fi T UEiuva Xttt xarsipaytv amo. Mark 4: 4. Luke 8: 5. Rev. 12: 4. Sept. for b^.N Gen. 37: 19. Ex. 10: 15. Pa- laeph. 4. 1 xaTr#. Of persons, e. g. pifftaQldiov xaiayaysiv, to devour a book, as emblematic of a perfect knowledge of its contents, Rev. 10: 9, 10. Comp. Ez. 3: 1, 3, where Sept. for bDN. Xen. Lac. 15. 4 xaiaqp. Diod. Sic. I. 90 xTff#. Trop. xcnayayfiv tov /5/ov, to squander one's substance, Luke 15: 30. Horn. Od. 15. 12. Aeschin. 13. 38 ir t v naiQcnav ovaiav. b) trop. () of things, e. g. of fire, to consume, Rev. 11: 5 xaxr#. 20: 9 xtm'qp. Sept. for b^N, XT*O-#. Is. 29: 6. Joel 2: 5. xj}.og amov xaro~&lei. Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 1. (ft) Of persons, e. g. Gal. 5: 15 AA7?Aot'5 xarta&letv, i. q. to consume or destroy one another, (trop. Sept. for rDN Is. 9: 12. Xen. An. 4. 8. 14.) In the sense of to pillage, to plunder, by extortion etc. XTT#. tivd 2 Cor. 11: 20. rag olxlag rajv ^owv Matt. 23: 13. Mark 12: 40. Luke 20:47. comp. Horn. Od. 2. 237. y f. ww, (XT, ev&v- vw,} to guide straight towards or upon any thing, i. e. genr. to guide, to direct , c. ace. e. g. one's way or journey to a ' 435 place, 1 Thess. 3: 11 o xvQtog xanvfrv- Acts 27: 40. Hdot. 7. 188 xcrreV/a . . . vat (optat.) Tyv odbv ypwv nqbg vuaq. eg TOV alyialov. Pol. 1. 25. 7. Pint. Thes. Pint. Alex. M. 33 init. Trop. rovg no- dag fig TJ;V odov i tag xctgdlag fl'g Luke 1: 79. 2 Thess. 3: 5. So Sept. x. rrjv oSov for ^TCP Hiph. Ps. 5: 9. x. T?}V xuQolav for T^fl/2 Chr. 12: 14. 19: 3. Plut. ed. R. VI." p. 71 ult. KcticcpioTrjUij f. oT?jl- Kac(%co } f. xa-&s$(o, aor. 2 xaiiv%ov, (xard intens.) to have and hold fast, to hold firmly, trans. a) genr. in various senses. () to re- tain, to detain a person ; Luke 4: 42 xal xarslxov avrov rov fiy nogevsa&at. Phi- lem. 13. Sept. for ihw Gen. 24: 56. nCN Gen. 42: 19. j'os. Ant. 7. 4. 1. Xen'. Mem. 2. 6. 9, 11. In the sense of to hinder, to repress, 2 Thess. 2: 6, 7. Some also Rom. 1: 18, see below. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 4 bis. (ft) to possess i. e. to hold in firm and secure posses- sion, 1 Cor. 7: 30 xal ol dyo^d^orrtg ug pj xTOVTf. 2 Cor. 6: 10. Rom. 1: 18 TWV it]V dhj&ttav iv ddixla xarf^ovruv, i. e. possessing a knowledge of the truth but living in unrighteousness. Sept. for Chald. Aph. "{CnN Dan. 7: 18, 22. Ael. V. H. 7. 1. Pol L 2. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 26. (/) trop. to holdfast in one's mind and heart, to keep in mind etc. e. g. TOV loyov Luke 8: 15. rag nagadoffeig 1 Cor. 11: 2. TO xaAdv 1 Thess. 5: 21. also Heb. 3: 6, 14. 10: 23. in memory 1 Cor. 15: 2. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 29. Theophr. Char. 26, or 8 ed. Tauchn. (d) Pass, to be held fast, i. e. trop. to be bound by a law, v oi xaT^OjU#a Rom. 7: 6. (comp. Sept. for ^Dtf Gen. _39: 20.) also of disease, John 5: 4 /7roT XT/TO voo^^an by whatever disease he was held bound. So Sept. and TftN Jer. 13: 21. Hdian. 1. 12. 1. ib. 1. 4". T 19. Aristid. II. p. 508 sq. comp. Xen. Conv. 1. 10. (e) As a nautical term, xaTt%siv [T?/V vavv] tig TOV aiyialov, to hold a ship firm towards the land, i. e. to steer towards the land, eg TOV alyiaJioj 21. Time. 8. 23. fully Horn. Od. 11. 455 lg nargida yaUccv vya xcma/f'^UEVfu. With 7r/ Xen. H. G. 2. 1. 29. b) by impl. to lay fast hold of, to seize, Matt. 21: 38 xardvxoipfv TT)V x^Tjoov. So to take eagerly, TOV taxarov Tortov Luke 14: 9. Sept. for ma 2 Sam. 4: 10. 20: 9. Diod. Sic. 12. 82. Xen. H. G. 2. 1.2. ft f / f to speak against sc. in public, before a court, etc. i. e. to accuse, e. g. a) pp. in a judicial sense, seq. gen. of person expr. or impl. Buttm. 132. 5. 3. Matth. 369. Matt. 12: 10 i'v xaTrjyogi]- ffiaaiv avrov. Mark 3: 2. Luke 11: 54. 23: 2, 10. John 8: 6. Acts 24: 2, 19. 25: 5. 28: 19. Rev. 12: 10. 1 Mace. 7: 6. Xen. An. 5. 8. 1. Seq. gen. of pers. et ace. of thing, Matth. 370. n. 2. Murk 15: 3 xarrjyoQOW avrov TroP.Aa. (1 Mace. 7: 25. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 14.) or c. gen. of thing by attract. Acts 24: 8. 25: 11. seq. Tifot c. gen. of thing Acts 24: 13. Isocr. ad Nicoc. p. 51. ed. Lange. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 2. Seq. xctra c. gen. of pers. also seq. gen. of thing by attract. Luke 23: 14. Pass, where the subject is a person, Acts 25: 16 o xariyyoQovfitvog. seq. vno nvog Matt. 27: 12. (Hdot. 7. 205.) Where the subject is a thing, seq. nraoa nvog, Acts 22: 30 TO it xaryyoQeirai nuou loiv'lovd. Thuc. 1. 95. b) genr. i. q. to complain of, seq. gen. of pers. John 5: 45 bis, p; doxelxs OTI eya) xaTT^oojjorw vfiuv x. T. L Rom. 2: 13. Hdian. 6. 9. 1. Xen. Hi. 1. 14. ', a?, n. accusation, e. g. judicial, Luke 6: 7. John 18: 29. 1 Tim. 5: 19. Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 3. Ael. V. H. 11. 10. Genr. i. q. complaint. Tit. 1:6 iv xaryyoQia dffcnlctg. comp. Dem. 319. 4. an accuser, John 8: 10. Acts 23: 30, 35. 24: 8. 25: 16, 18. Of Satan Rev. 12: 10 in text. rec. Comp. in Jidfiolog b. 2 Mace. 4: 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 9. an accuser i. e. Satan, Rev. 12: 10 in 436 later editions for xcm;/ooo?. Comp. in diafioloq b. Not found in profane Greek writers, but lit. i.q. Rabb. ~n;PUj} accuser, Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Ch. 2009. * Kcrrif(ptia 9 ac, r h (XT/Cj TO, from XT- OQ\>6w to set upright, to establish, Sept. 2 Chr. 33: 16. 1 Chr. 28: 7. to direct successfully, to achieve prosperously, Ael. V. H. 11. 9. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 3. Hence in N. T. xarGpi>co/w, any thing happily achieved, noble deed, Acts 24: 3 xctioQ&wpajMv yivoutvwv TCH t&VEt, lov- TW x. T. L many things having been hap- pily achieved for this nation, sc. in refer- ence to the government and institu- tions, epoken in flattery to Felix. Of military achievements Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 3. Diod. Sic. 17. 51. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 676. Not used by earlier writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 250 sq. Rot id), adv. (xaia,) dotcnwards, down. Cornpnrat. xarcu/Vpoj Matt. 2: 16, comp. Buttrn. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 270. n. 4. 1. Of place i.e. (a) of place whither, implying motion down, Matt. 4: 6 ftuls afctvTov xarw. Luke 4: 9. John 8: 6, 8. Acts 20: 9. Sept. for ntsab Ecc. 3: 21. Is. 37:31. Hdian. 3.Tl. : 5. Xen. An. 4. 8. 20. b) of place where, below, underneath, Mark 14:66 Iv T/} ai^J xarw. Acts 2: 19. Matt. 27: 51. Mark 15:38. Sept. for rraab Ez.l:27. Wri Ez.31:16. Hdian.S.kY. Xen. Mem.'i I. 7. So c. art. o, y, TO xwrw, as adj. that which is below, the low, i. e. earthly John 8: 23. Buttm. 125. 6. Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 1 7; xaia) nohg. Diod Sic. 1. 49. Thuc. 1. 120. 2. Of time, comparat. Matt. 2: 16 WTTO difiovg xal XUTMJEQM of two years old and under, i. q. lower down. So Sept. XTW for Hfcab 1 Chr. 27: 23. Diod. Sic. 1. 3 XOTWTEOW. Ael. V H 3. 17 XT^. >., , or, (comparat.fr. XCCTW,) lower down, i. e. lower. Eph. 4: 9 xctTsfii] fig T xaiwTfoa ftsQtj iijg yyg ht descended into the lower parts of the earth, i. q. f(Sr t $, bi&Mi, implying that Christ became subject 'to death, comp. 1: 20. So Sept. s/c lit XTCOTT irjg ytjg for yn,xn ni'Rnna i. e. Sheol, Ps. 63: 10. cornp. T Is. 44:'23 ! . Ez. 26: 20. ?, see in Kama. t y C(TO?, TO, (x/o),) burning, heat, Rev. 7: 16. 16: 9. Sept. for t'n Gen. 8: 22. Ecclus. 14: 27. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 9. Ji.C(Uf.i(Xii >r? ^ ftxA ^ ?>at . Matt. 3: 10. Luke 3: 9. feo to be laid y 2g ]g: 25 2? . 58> 64 Luke ]g . 4Q up, reposited, Luke 12: 1 -Xen. Oec. Acts4:15 8:38> 29.30. 23 : i . 25:6,17. 7: 36. Of a place, to KB, ft 6e situated, c acc im , Matt g . lg 14 . Q Actg 5 . Rev. 21: 16 noh? / 3 4. 12: 19. 21: 33. Judith 12: 1. Xen. 2 2 9 c flcc im , Diod Matt. 5: 14.-2 Mace 4: 3a Diod Sic. 1.30. Xen. An. 5. 4. 15 -Trop of per- 6 {.__ Seq . acc . et inf . pres . Acts 21: 34 tout, to be set appointed c. ^ final, /or .^^ , ^ {- T ^. 22:24. 23:3, any thing Luke 2: o4. Phil. 1: 16. 35. 24: g/ 25: 2 l. 27: 43. c. acc. impl. IThess 3:3 Of aws, to 6e gjwn, Acls 16: 22_Xen.Cyr. 1.4.17. c. acc. made c. dat. 1 l.m. 1: 9. -Xen. Mem. - impl3(8 . Xen.Cyr.2.2.2.-Seq. dat. et inf. aor. Matt. 15: 35 xou {X&IVVB g ^^^y. Absol. Acts 25: 23. _ c ^ 3 9> abgol ^ 4 lg ' * c) ,. q. to be sc. in any state or cond,- tion durably, c. iv, 1 John 5: 19 o xo^o? xctTt fv TW novijQot, is wholly given to wickedness. 2 Mace. 3: 11. 4: 31. com p. Horn. &iuv iv yovvaat xfttat va in-glory, empty pride, Phil. 2: 3. Od. 1. 267, 400. Pind. Pyth. 8. 107. Wisd . i 4: 14. Luc . D. Mort. 10. 8. Plut. Kcipta, ac, i band, bandage, for VIII. p. 164. 10. ed. R. swathing infants or dead bodies, Mos- KevofioltoQ, ov } o, ?/, (xtvo?, 86$a,) coph. xfiqiu o rwv vr t niw diffpog, i'yovv va i n . glorious, full of empty pride and i e , xotvw? ^atrx/a, xai /; fcpnfa lovq am bition, Gal. 5: 26. Pol. 27. 6. 12. yfx^oL'?. In N. T. only in the latter j^ 30^ j ^ sense. John 11:44, where it is nearly rr ' ' ' i.q. O&OVLOV John 20: 5._Origen ad Job. Kfvo $> V> oy > em P^ PP' to n ^~ W ^U, e. g. TTO^S avfyunw Hdian. 8. 1. 9. Xen. An. 1. 8. 20. In pp. to wear away to eat away, sc. by rubbing, gnawing, ' a )pp.as avrov . . . aTrcVrctiav cutting, etc. Horn. 11. 11. 560. ib. 21. i. e . with empty hands, having nothing, 204. Od. 11. 578; see Passow sub v. Mark 12: 3. Luke 20: 10< n 1: 53 Hence genr. and in N. T. to s/iear, trans. go Seplt for t p^ Ger)e 31 . 42 Deuu e. g. a sheep Acts 8: 32, from Is. 53: 7 15: i 3 ._j ud ith f: 11. Horn. Od. 10. 42. where Sept. for tta. Espec. the head, b) met aph. empty, vain, i. e. (o)/ruft- to cut o/the hair, Acts 18: 18 xdoupevo? ksS} wil hout utility or success, Acts 4: Tip x]paV having shorn his head, i. e. 25 xaj Aao > i^Uiriaav xiva. 1 Cor. 15: having had it shorn. 1 Cor. 11: 6 bis. 10 .U?. Ex. 5: 9. 3J3 Hos. 12: 1. (Dem. 19.' 11.) Of persons, empty, foolish, James 2: 20 -- Arr. Epict. 2. 19.8. Kevocprovict) aCy i], (xtvo?, cpwvii,) lit. empty rotce, i. e. vain words, fruitless disputation, 1 Tim. 6: 20. 2 Tim. 2: 16. Hesych. xcyoqpwy/a? y 0}y f. wo-w, (XEVO'?,) to emp- ty, o/o/. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 147. QVy TO, (pp. neut. of adj. xeoafuog earthen Xen. An. 3. 4. 7,) pp. an earthen vessel i. e. a pot, pitcher, amphora, e. g. xsyutfAiov vdctTos a water- pitcher, Mark 14: 13. Luke 22: 10. Sept. for yna Jer. 35: 5. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 2. Xen" An. 6. 1. 15. KsgccnoCj oil, o, (perhaps from xfQavvvui,) pp. potter's clay, Hdian. 3. 9. 10. any earthen vessel i. q. xfyauiov Hdot. 3. 6. In N. T. a tile sc. of burnt clay for covering roofs, Luke 5: 19. Hdian. 7. 12. 11. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7. ly f. xegdo-ia, perf. pass. Buttrn. 114. Lob. ad Phr. p. 582 ; to mix, to mingle, e.g. wine with water or spices Sept. for ^073 Is. 5: 22. Xen. An. 1. 2. 23. genr. Diod. Sic. 2. 26. In N. T. by impl. to prepare a draught, to pour out sc. for drinking, to 441 ill one's cup. Rev. 14: ixQoiTOV iv TO") TTOT;JO/&). 18: 6 bis. So Sept. for ^053 Prov. 9:* 2, 5. Is. 19: 5. Time. (J. 32 y.f()uo~ttvjfg xQar^oig. Kf'^a?, ajos, to, plur. T xsQcna unconnected, Buttrn. 54. n. 1, a horn, i. e. a) pp. of a beast, Rev. 5:6. 12:3. 13: 1 bis, 11. 17: 3, 7, 12, 16. Sept. for pa Gen. 22: 13. Dan. 7: 7,8. Ael. H. An. 12. 19, 20. Xen. An. 7. 2. 23. From the Heb. as the symbol of strength, power, Sept. and p t p % Jer. 48: 25. Ps. 75: 11. Eeclus. 47: 5,7,* 12 ; and hence melon. Luke 1: 69 xc'oa? o-amjo/w? horn of deliverance, i. q. strong deliverer. So Sept. and Heb. *sv* pjj Ps. 18: 3. 2 Sam. 22: 3. Comp. Gesen. Lex. jn|2 no. 1. b) trop. of any extremity, projecting point, resembling a horn, e. g. upon the four corners of the Jewish altars, Rev. 9: 13. Comp. Ex. 27: 2 sq. where Sept. and "pp. See Calmet p. 46. Of the teiiuf of an army 2 Mace. 15: 20. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 29. KtpC(J(OV t oUy TO, (dimin. fr. xi- oS,) pp. little horn ; in N. T. pod, carob- pod, Luke 15: 16, i. e. the fruit of the carob tree, Rabb. SIHiT, in Greek xoa- T' (horn-tree), the ceratonia siliqua of Linnaeus, Germ. Johannisbrod-baum. This tree is common in Syria and in the southern parts of Europe ; it pro- duces long slender pods shaped like a horn or sickle, containing a sweetish pulp and several brown shining seeds like beans. These pods are sometimes used as food by the poorer classes in the East, and swine are commonly fed with them. See Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. 821. Rees' Cyclop, art. Ceratonia. Galen, de fac. Aliment. II. KsgdaivcOy f. avw, (xsgdog,} later fut. and aor. 1, xf^dijaof^cti, ixEodyaa, Buttm. 114. Lob. ad Phr. p. 740 ; fut. 1 pass. xfQdy&t'jo-ofAcu, 3 plur. xfo&j- ^(Twvrat 1 Pet. 3: 1 see in"/y 1. C. a. To gain, to acquire as gain, to ivin, trans. a) pp. of things, e. g. IQV xocrpov olov, the wealth of the whole world, Matt. 16:26. Mark 8: 36. Luke 9: 25. In trade c. ace. Matt. 25: 17, 20, 22. ab- 56 sol, James 4: 13. Ael. V. H. 2. 19. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 4. Spoken of any loss or evil, to gain, i. e. to save, to be spared from, to avoid. Acts 27: 21 xfo<5j} M ie head, i. e. a) pp'. of man Matt. 6: 17. 8: 20. 27: 30. Luke 7: 38. al. saep. Matt. 14: 11. Mark 6: 27. of animals Rev. 9: 17, 19. 12: 3. al. Sept. for t*n Gen. 3: 15. 40: 19. Hdian. 4. 8. 4. Xen. An. 2. 6. 1. By synecd. as the pj). an enumeration of the people and valuation of property, see Adam's Rom. as cut off Ant. p. 79, 128 sq. in Greek u q. v. In N. T. tribute, poll-tax, paid by each person whose name was taken in the census, i. q. Inixscpakotiov. Matt. 17 25. 22: 17 et Mark 12: 14 dovvai xf,vaw principal part, put emphatically for the Xowropt. Matt. 22: 19 voptaua jov xyv- <">" * tribute-coin, i. q. 9 n vagiov^ in Mark 12: 15. Hesych. xijvvog' ?, eTiixfcpdkaiov. i?y of, 6, a garden, any plac planted with herbs and trees, Luke 13: 19. John 18: 1, 26. 19: 41. Sept. for ]3 Deut. 11: 10. Am. 4: 9. Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 4. Xen. Oec. 4. 13. OQy QVy o, (xi]7io?, whole person, Acts 18: 6 TO ctipct vuwv inl ii]v xecpatijv vuwv, your blood be on your own heads, the guilt of ^our de- struction rest upon yourselves. So Sept. and ten 2 Sam. 1: 16. 1 K. 2: 33, 38. So Rom. 12: 20, quoted from Prov. 25: 22 where Sept. and tpNf"^. Aristoph. Pint. 526 fig xsyahjv aoi> for tig as. comp. Horn. 11. 11. 55. Od. 1. 343. Ael. V. H. 12. 8. Trop. of things, the head, top, summit, e. g. xfyalr) ywias, garden-keeper, gardener, John 20: 15. the head of the corner, i. e. the top-stone Dlod - Sic - 1- 59 - Po1 - 17 - 6 - 4 - of the corner, the cope-stone, Matt. 21: KrjQiov, ov } TO, (XT^OO? wax,) a 42. Mark 12: 10. Luke 20: 17. Acts 4: honey-comb, sc, full of honey, Luke 24: Pet. 2: 7, all quoted from Ps. 42 . Sept. for n5D Prov. 24: 13. 19:11. 118: 22 where Sept. for nSD tan. __ Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 3. Diod. Sic. 5. 26. Comp. in 'Axgoywvialog. Sept. Gen. Xen An 4 8 20 8: 5. 11: 4. Xen. Oec. 19. 13. b) metaph. of persons, i. e. the head, the chief, one to whom others are sub- ordinate, e. g. a husband in relation to a wife, 1 Cor. 11: 3 xcqpwA^ yvvcuxoq o avr#. Eph. 5:23. Of Christ in relation to his church, which is his body, o~w t ua. and its members his members, uilT], (comp. 1 Cor. 12: 27,) 1 Cor. 11: 3. Eph. 1: 22. 4: 15. 5: 23. Col. i: 18. 2: 10, 19. Of God in relation to Christ 1 Cor. 11: 3. So Sept. and ujan Judg- 11: 8, 11. 2 Sam. 22: 24. AL. #be. pp. a little head, e. g. bulb of garlic Luc. Dial. Meretr. 14. 3. head, knob, of a column etc. Philo de Vit. Mos. II. p. 146. 50. Jos. Ant. 12. 2. 8. In N. T. prob. the head, knob of the wooden rod on which Hebrew manuscripts are rol- led, and hence moton. for a roll, volume. a i o?y TO by a herald, Hdot. 8. 41. Dem. 917. 24. edict thus proclaimed Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 57. In N. T. annunci- ation, preaching, spoken a) of prophets, e. g. the denunciation of Jonah against Nineveh, TO xygvyfitt '/am* Matt. 12: 41. Luke 11:32. So Sept. for J-UOIp Jon. 3: 2. b) of Christ and his apostles, preaching sc. of the gospel, public instruction, 1 Cor. 1:21. 2:4. 15:14. Tit. 1: 3. Melon, for the gospel preached, Rom. 16 [14]: 25. 2 Tim. 4: 17. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 5, 6. KijQV^y vxoQy o, a herald, public crier, Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 31. An. 5. 7. 3, 4. In N. T. a preacher, public instructor, e. g. of the divine will and precepts, as Noah 2 Pet. 2: 5. of the gospel, aa Paul 1 Tim. 2:7. 2 Tim. 1: 11. 443 V. TTW, f. to 6e a fceraM etc. Horn.: II. 17. 325. Luc. D. Deor. 24. 1. Jo make procla- mation sc. through a herald etc.^Diod. Sic. 17. 109. Xen. H. G.,7. 2. 23. In N. T. to proclaim, to announce publicly, to publish, trans. a) genr. Matt. 10: 27 x7/ouaT Inl TWV duuatuv. Luke 12: 3. Acts 10: 42. Rev. 5: : J. Sept. for JOJ} Ex. 32: 5. Esth. G: 9, 11. y-)n Joe'l 2: 1. Jos. Ant. 14. 15. 2. Hdian. 1. 7. 2. Aeschin. 75. 30. In the sense of to noise or blazen abroad, to laud publicly. Mark 1: 45 ygl-uio MjQvao-siv 7ro/Ua xal diacpr)(titiv. 5:20. 7:36. Luke 8: 39. Pol. 30. 20. 6. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 4. b) espec. to pr.each, to publish, to an- nounce, sc. religious truth, the gospel with its attendant privileges and obli- gations, the gospel dispensation. () genr. e. g. of John the Baptist, Matt. 3: 1 xqovffawv ev rij coJ/uw xal ktywv. Mark 1: 4' 7. Luke 3: 3. Acts 10: 37. Of Jesus Matt. 4: 17, 23. 9:35. 11:1. Mark 1: 14, 38, 39. Luke 4: 44. 8: 1. 1 Pet. 3: 19. Of apostles and teachers, Matt. 10: 7. 24: 14. 26: 13. Mark 3: 14. 6: 12. 13:10. 14:9. 16:15:20. Luke 9: 2. 24: 47. Acts 20: 25. 28:31. Rom. 10:8,14, 15. 1 Cor. /, (xidagii;,} whence Lat. cithara, Engl. guitar, though the modern instrument is different, the an- cient cithara or lyre being without a neck, and with the strings open like the modem harp ; hence genr. lyre, harp. See Rees' Cyclop, art. Cithara and Lyre, also the plates of .Musical Instru- ments. I Cor. 14:7. Rev. 5: 8. 14:2. 15: 2. Sept. for "pSS Gen. 31: 27. 1 Chr. 9: 11. Josephus describes the Heb. "piS, xivi'Qa, as having ten strings and as struck with a key, Ant. 7. 12. 3. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. "liSD. Ael. V. H. 14. 23. Luc. Imag. 14. ' KifrctQC^CO, f. /aw, (xi&UQtg,) to play upon the cithara, i. e. genr. to harp t to play the lyre, 1 Cor. 14: 7. Rev. 14: 2. Sept. for -J33 Is. 23: 16. Ael. V. H. 3. 32. Xeo. Mem. 3. 1. 4. , uotdo$ t b><5oi,',) a harper, lyrist, one who plays on the harp or lyre and accompanies it with song, Rev. 14: 2. 18: 22. Ael. V. H. 3. 43. Luc. Vit. Auct. 3. ice, ac, f\, Cilicia, a prov- ince of Asia Minor, bounded N. by Cappadocia, Lycaonia, and Isauria ; S. by the Mediterranean ; E. by Syria ; and W. by Pamphylia. The western part was called T^a^cta, aspera, and the eastern ntdivi], campestris. This coun- try was the province of Cicero when proconsul, and its chief town Tarsus was the birthplace of Paul. Acts 6: 9. 15:23,41. 21:39. 22:3. 23:34. 27:5. Gal. 1: 21. C, a } 6, Cephas, later Heb. (rock, Buxt. Lex. Ch. 1032,) a y ov } TO, cnnamon, the aromatic bark of the Lawrus einn& 444 momum, which grows in Arabia, India, and especially in the island of Ceylon. The ancients employed it in their in- cense and perfumes. Rev. 18: 13. Sept. for pn:p Ex. 30: 23. aiEr; n:p Jer. 6: 20. Diod. Sic. 2. 49. Comp.' Plin. H. N. 12. 19. f. ivffd), (xlvdwos,) to be in danger, in peril, in trans. Luke 8: 23. 1 Cor. 15: 30. Beq. inf. Acts 19: 27, 40. Ecclus. 31 [34]: 12. Jos. Am. 4. 8. 2. Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 15. KMuroc, ov, o, (prob. fr. xiyew,) danger, peril, Rom. 9: 35. 2 Cor. 1 1: 26octies. Sept. for 1SE Ps. 116: 3. Hdian. 3. 3. 6. Xen. Cyrfl. 4. 8. AfP/ai, (o y f. r t (T(o, (xuo,) to more, to put in motion, trans. Matt. 23: 4 ov dtioiffi xttijffcti ail a sc. ra (f 001 1 it. Sept. Pass, for o*a Is. 41: 7. qn: Job 13: 25. Xen. Conv. 2. 22. So'xmiv ri\v xf"** * xivovur&a. Sept. Gen. 7: 21. Ael. V. H. 1. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19. Metaph. to move, to stir up, to excite, e. g. , 6, indec. Kis, Heb. vp Kish, pr. n. of the father of king Saul, Acts 13:21. Comp. 1 Sam. 9:1. KiMWh f - WW ( . q. /?, see Buttm. 114. p : 307, 308,) to lend, trans. Luke 11:5 jr^]aox pot IOH$ M^TOIV. _ Sept. Ex. 12: 3a Ael. V. IL 14. 10 Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 18. A/ -.' -' -, ou, o, (xiaw,) o *fo>o/, sprout, branch, pp. young and easily bnkm M at. 24: 32 otav %fo) o tda- to$ uwtf yerr,iat analog xal la qpuUa txqir,. 13: :. 21:8. Mark 4: 32. 13: 28. Luke 13: 19. Sept. for nrb^ Jer. 11: 16. Ez. 31: 7- Ael V. H. 2. 14. Trop. and allegor. ol xAa'5ot branches for offspring, posterity, Rom. 11: 16, 17, 18, 19,21. Theophr. Char. 5 or 21 xiaflo? Comp. Sept. $3 Gen. 45: 2. Ezra 3: 13. Comp. Lob. ad' Phr. p. 325. KAacOy f. xlda<, to break, i. e. to break off or in two, Horn. II. 11. 584. Diod. Sic. 4. 35. Plut. Romul. 28 med. In N. T. only in the phrase xAaocu TOP afjTOf, to break bread, sc. for distri- bution as preparatory to a meal, the Jewish bread being in the form of thin cakes. Alsogcnr. Matt. 14: 19. 1">: -'M. Mark 8: 6, 19. Luke 24: 30. Acts 27: 35. So Sept. and Hen. c^r D^r Jer. It!: 7. comp. Is. 58: 7. So In the Lord's supper and agapae, Matt. 26: 26. Mark 14: 22. Luke 22: 19. Acts 2: 46. 20:7,11. 1 Cor. 10:16. 11:24. Act. Thorn. 27, 29. Metaph. of the body, trwim, of Christ, as typically broken in the eucharist. 1 Cor. 11:24 TO auua TO I-TTCO I'uojy xioiufi-ov, where the allu- sion is to the death en the cross. pp. Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 10. J^Affey (}o?y /, ace. xJUI* and da, ace. plur. xfaldac; and contr. Buttm. 44. 58. Winer 9. p. 61 ; a key, for locking and unlocking, in N.T. as the symbol of power and authority. Matt. 16: 19 <5o;aa) cro* ia$ x/U% li]? /5ao~iiHs ToD &foi, i. e. the power of opening or shutting, of admitting to or excluding from, the kingdom of God. Rev. 3: 7 o t^tov T}V xiav ioD Japld, in the same sense, in allusion to Is. 22: 22 where Sept. ir t v xltiSa ol'xov Jafilo for n"S ^nt?S. Rev. 1: lov udov. 9: 1. 20: 1. Metaph. Luke 11: 52 ii]v y.'/.uda ri]$ yvwffttag, key of knowledge, i. e. the means of attaining to true knowledge in respect to the kingdom of God, comp. Matt. 23: 13. pp. Sept. for nnSDE Judg. 3: 25. Ar- temid. 3. 54. Luc. Tim. 13. J^AfiCOy f. 0*6), perf. pass, xixhiauai, aor. 1 pass. cx/U/avhjv, for the o* see Buttm. 98. n. 6 ; to shut, to close, trans. a) pp. Matt. 6: 6 xJielaug T)V -frvgav aov. 25: 10. Luke 11:7. John 20: 19,26. Acte 5:23. 21:30. Rev. 20: 3. 21:5. Sept. for -OD Gen. 7: 16. Josh. 2: 7. Hdian. 2. 1. 13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 27. So of the heavens, 6 ovgavog, i. e. the windows of heaven so that no rain can fall, Luke 4: 25. Rev. 11: 6. Comp. Gen. 7: 11. 8:2. Job 38: 37. b) metaph. (a) Matt. 23: 13 xhlne irjv fluff. iuv oi>0. to shut up the kingdom of heaven, i. e. wilfully to prevent men from entering, comp. in XA. So of authority to exclude or admit, Rev. 3: 7 bis, 8. (/?) 1 John 3: 17 xhlaai tat anldyxva ano iivoz, to shut up one's bowels from any one, i. e. not to let one's compassion flow out, to be hard-hearted. Comp. in 2"; , CMO?, 10, (XJU'TTTOJ,) theft, Rev. 9: 21. Dem. 736. 5. Xen. Oec. 14. 5. thing stolen Sept. Ex. 22: 2, 3. Luc. Asin. 19. UaJCOrj a, c, Cleopas, one of the two disciples to whom Jesns ap- peared on the way to Emmaus, Luke 24: 18. Different from KJuonus q- v. C, tovQ, TO, (xic'w fr. xatiu,) pp. report, rumour, Horn. II. 2. 486. Od. 13. 415. In N. T. and genr. fame, re- nown, glory, 1 Pet. 2: 20. Sept. for ys-ii Job 28: 22. Ael. V. H. 2. 32. Thuc. 2. 45. Xen. Ven. 1. 6. a thief, Matt. 6: 19, 20. 24': 43. Luke 12: a% 39. John 10:1. 12:6. 1 Cor. 6:10. 1 Thess. 5: 2, 4. 1 Pet. 4: 15. 2 Pet. 3: 10. Rev. 3: 3. 16: 15. Sept. for 323 Ex. 22: 2. Joel 2: 9. Ecclus. 5: 147 Luc. Asin. 46. Xn. Mem. 3. 1. 6. Trop. of false teachers, deceivers, who steal men away from the truth, John ICh 8, 10. So Sept. and 3! a Ho. 7: 1. 446 f. Matt. 19: 18. Rom. 13: 9, instead of the more usual f. xllyioficu Buttm. 1 13. 4, and n. 7. \Viuer 15. p. 80. To $fea/, absol. Matt. U]oov tils 8iuxovictg,con}p. v.26. Hence genr. portion, possession, heritage, trop. Acts 26: 18 xtfjoov tv iolq rj'/iaff^svoig. Col. 1: 12. Plur. id. 1 Pet. 5: 3 pj<5' w? XT- uvQieiovifg i&v X^OGJV, not as lording it over the possessions, heritage, sc. of God or Christ, the church. Wisd. 5: 5. So pp. xJiiJQot estates, lands, Hdot. 1. 76. ib. 9. 94. sing. Ael. V. H. 12. 61. ~I7~ } f'-m , AX^pOO), Co, f. oiffh), (x^Qog,) to cast lots Hdot. 1. 94. Mid. to acquire by lot Xen. Cjrr. 1. 6. 46. In N. T. only Mid. xhiydofiai, ofyiat, genr. to obtain, to receive, absol. Eph. 1: 11 i* J xal kbffm&ya* . . . ilq TO elva ijfAng x. T. L i. q. through whom we have attained to be etc. through whom it has been granted us. Act. Thorn. 24 1V xAq- 0w#w n$iog ycvtff&at x. T. i. Ael. H. An. 1. 13. Alciphr. 3. ep. 49. Ktfat?, ecoc f i], (xcdew,) a call, i. e. summons Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 14. invi- tation to a banquet 3 Mace. 5: 14. Xen. Conv. 1. 7. Hence in N. T. trop. a call, invitation sc. to the kingdom of God and its privileges, i. e. that divine call by which Christians are introduced into the privileges of the gospel. Rom. 11: 29 i} tdijffig rov -frsov. Eph. 4: 1. Phil. 3: 14. 2Thess.l:ll. 2 Tim. 1- 9. Heb.3:l. 2 Pet. 1: 10. Eph. 1: 18 et 4: 4 i; &nl$ rfg X^O-E wg, i. e. the hope which the Christian's call permits him to cherish. Clern. Alex. Strom. 6. 17. So 1 Cor. 1: 26 (ttineie ir t v xtfffiv {puv, i. e. the manner of your call, how ye were called. So too 1 Cor. 7: 20 ixaarog iv TT? x*7J(m ^ xA?;^, tv ravrrj /umrw, i. e. as ht was called, so let him remain. Others here compare Dion. Hal. Ant. 4, 18 xlr[ ilfft x^Tjiot, obyoi de cxAfxrot. Also emphat. of those who have obeyed this call, i. q. saints, Christians, Rom. 1:6, 7 xATjTOt ' Irpov x. ... xA?/To* aytoi. 8: 28. 1 Cor. 1: 2, 24. Jude 1. Rev. 17: 14. Comp. Heb. an'pJS Is. 48: 12. In the sense of appointed', chosen, sc. to any office, see in Katiw no. 1. e. Rom. 1: 1 et 1 Cor. 1: 1 xAijroj anoffjolog, comp. Gal. 1: 15. ov y o, an oven, sc. for baking bread, Matt. 6. 30. Luke 12:28. Sept. for Heb. -|13Pl Ex. 8: 3. Lev. 26: 26. Hdot. 2. 92. A'rtemid. 2. 10. The Attic form was xoifiavog, Lob. ad Phr. p. 179. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 176. _ The Heb. -nsn, Gr. xUfiavog, was a large round pot of earthen or other ma- terials, two or three feet high, narrowing towards the top ; this being first heated by a fire made within, the dough or paste was spread upon the sides to bake, thus forming thin cakes. See Calmet art. Bread p. 208. Jahn 140. Harmar's Obs. I. p. 401 sq. JQ//U0J ttioc, TO, (xAtVw,) inclina- tion, declivity, Jos. Ant. 14. 15. 2. Pol. 2. 16. 3 y.).t\uu twv ootov. So of the supposed inclination of the heavens to- wards the poles in ancient geography, whence the northern hemisphere was divided into seven xUpcuct, climates, by lines parallel to the equator, Vitruv. 1. 1. Comp. Rees' Cyclop, art. Climate. Hence in N. T. and genr. climate, i. e. clime, region, Gal. 1: 21 $ T xttpma trjg 2vglaq. Rom. 15: 23. 2 Cor. 11: 10. Pol. 5. 44. 6. Jos. B. J. 5. 12. 2. Hdian. 2. 11. 8. jg y ?/, (xAtVw,) a bed, couch t any thing on which one lies, reclines, etc. For the Hebrew beds, see Jahn 40. Calmet art. Bed. In N. T. a) genr. and only of the sick, Mark 7: 443 30 et Rev. 2: 22 see in BaUu b. So Sept. and nE Gen. 48: 2. 49: 3. genr. 2 Sam. 4: 7." 'i K. 17: 19. Luc. Asm. 3. Diod. Sic. 4. 59. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 15. Of a bed in which the sick are borne, Matt. 9: 2, 6. Luke 5: 18. Acts 5: 15. Comp. Sept. and nt273 Cant. 3: 7. So of a bed or bier for the dead Jos. Ant. 7. 1.6. Hdian. 4. 2. 3sq. b) spec, a couch, sofa, divan, for sit- ting or reclining. Luke 17: 34 taovicu 9vo in* xlivag ftiag, i. e. two persons shall be sitting or reclining together; comp. the expression in Matt. 24: 40, and see below. Mark 4: 21. 7: 4. Luke 8: 16. So Sept. and HUE Am. 6: 4, comp. 3: 12. Or, in all th'ese passages juUxif may be taken in the sense of tri- clinium, i. e. the couch or sofa on which the ancients reclined at meals, see in J j4t'dxfiuai no. 2. So Sept. and fit273 Estb. 7: 8. Ez. 23: 41. Ael. V. H. 12. 51. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 16. vnb zj Luc. de Merc. Cond. 17. Tox. 28. , ov } 16, (dimin. fr. x>l/- nj,) a little bed, Luke 5: 19, 24, comp. v. 18 where it is xUvr). Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 68. Pint. Coriolan. 24. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 180. ), f. vu, perf. xsxhxa, to in- cline, trans, i. e. to bend any thing from a straight position, whether downwards or horizontally. a) genr. to bow, e. g. TO nqoffwnov tig Tr t v yf t v in reverence Luke 24: 5. n]v xufulyv as one dying John 19: 30, or genr. to recline or lay the head sc. for rest Matt. 8: 20. Luke 9: 58. Comp. Sept. and flD: Ps. 144: 5. 2 K. 19: 16. Diod. Sic. 15. 32. Xen. Eq. 5. 5. In- trans. to incline oneself, (comp. in "Ayw no. 3,) spoken of the day as declining, Luke 9: 12. 24: 29 xixhxfv i] I}USQ(X. So Sept. for TV Judg. 19: 11 nt23 Judg. 19: 8. r^s' Jer. 6: 4. Arr. Alex'. M. 3. 4. 4 i^Uvavioq de 1011 ijUov lg lontortv. 1 1 dot. 4. 181 anoxUvo). b) i. q. Lat. inclinare aciem, i. e. in military language, to make give way, to rout. Heb. 1 1: 34 nuQtufioiuq oJUoToiW Saint*. Jos. Ant 14. 15. 4. Horn. 11. 5.37. Pol. 1.27. 8. KAwfa, ag, i (xi/vw,) pp. 'place where one may recline or rest,' hence hut, tent, Horn. Od. 16. 1. II. 1. 322. triclinium, i. e. couches, for reclining at a meal Find. Pyth. 4. 237. a table-party, company reclining around a tahle, Jos. Ant. 12. 2. 11. Hence in N. T. accus. xlifflag adverbially, by table-parties, in companies. Luke 9: 14 xaiaxUvais av- lovg xhfflag ava Tisvirjxovnx. Comp. Buttm. 115. 4. Herm. ad Vig. p. 882. Kkonr), r}G y 7;, (xAsVrTw,) theft, Matt. 15: 19. Mark 7: 22. Sept. for inf. of i:a Gen. 40: 15. Ecclus. 41: 19. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 6. , coro?, o, (xKw to dash,) pp. a dashing of the sea, surge, billows, Luke 8: 24. James 1: 6. Sept. for -150 Jon.l: 4, 11, 12. Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2. Pol.'l. 27. 4. Diod. Sic. 3. 21. f. lo-oucei, depon. ,) to surge, to be tossed in billows, trop. tojluctuate. Eph. 4: 14 xkvdcavt- outvoi navil avsuo) Siff(xo*xcdlag. Sept. for --rj: Is. 57: 20. Jos. Ant. 9. 11. 3 6 dijuog laQuavouwoq xui x)ivd(ovi6- ufvog. Aristaen. 1. ep. 27. J^AconcfCy ct y o, Clopas, John 19: 25, elsewhere called Alpheus, see in 3 Analog no. 1. Kvrjfrco, Att. y.v(x(o, f. xvyo-(o, to rub, to scratch, Mid. xviiaav&cu TO ovg to scratch one's own ear Luc. bis Ace. 1. TIJV xfcpotfo'iv Plut. Pomp. 48 ult. Hence to tickle, Anthol. Gr. III. p. 86. 8, fig yap auoifiijv, ug ^.eyetai, xvij&eiv oldtv ovog toy ovov. In N. T. only Pass, to be tickled, to feel an itching, trop. 2 Tim . 4: 3 xvij&ouevoi iqv axo^v, lit. being tickled, itching, as to the ears, i. e. having an itching to hear something pleasing. So Hesych. XVTJ&OUWOI ii\v xo?;v gq- jovvrsg Tt axovvou xa& r^ovi'iv. For the accus. see Buttm. 134. 6. Winer 32. 5. On the form xvr t ^(o see Buttm. 112. 11. Lob. ad Phr. p. 254. So xviivig wW Plut. VI. p. 638. 4. ed. Reiske. Kvidoc, ov, y, Cnidus or Gnidus, a town and peninsula of Doris in Caria, jutting out from the S. VV. part of Asia Minor between the islands of Rhodes and Cos, celebrated for the worship of Venus. Acts 27: 7. Strabo XIV. p. 965. 449 Koivovtw C. PJin. H. N. 36. 15. Horn. Od. 1. 30. 1. KodgctvrrjSy ov y o, i. q. Lat. quad- rans, the fourth part of an as, acrvuQiov, q. v. It was a small brass coin, equal to two AeTrra, i. e. nearly to two-fifths of one cent. Matt. 5: 26. Mark 12: 42. See in 'AawQior. Jahn117. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 492. KotMa, a?, t?, (xoUog hollow,) the belly, e. g. the exterior, Sept. for rO3 Judg. 3: 21. Pol. 39. 2. 7. In N. . only of the interior, viz. a) genr. the belly, the bowels, as the receptacle of food, put as often in Engl. for the stomach, either in men or ani- mals, Matt. 12: 40 iv ii] xodut rov xr^ovt;. 15: 17. Mark 7: 19. Luke 15: 16 y^Ltrai rijv xodlav ai'iov. Rom. 16:18. 1 Cor. 6: 13 bis, fatfutta rfj xodla x. T. L Phil. 3: 19. Rev. 10: 9, 10. Sept. for fyjg Jon. 2: 2. Num. 5: 22. Ps. 22: 15. - Luc. Cynic. G. Hdian. 1. 17. 23. Thuc. 2.49. b) from the Hob. by synecd. for the tremk Matt. 19: 12 ix xodlag HTJTQOS. Luke 1: 15, 41, 42, 44. 2: 21. John 3: 4. Acts 3: 2. 14: 8. Gal. 1:15. As personified, put for the woman herself, Luke 1 1: 27. 23: 29. So Sept. and ]C^ Gen. 25: 24. Is. 44: 2 DT73 Gen. 25: 23. Ruth 1: 11. for fcfp Job 3: 11. 10: 18. c) trop. from the Heb. for the inward part, the inner man, as in Engl. the breast, the heart. John 7: 38 noTapol f'x Tift xodlag aitoD *. T. L So Sept. and ]p2 Job 15: 35. Prov. 20: 27. D^E Ps. ''40: 9. KoifJLC(co 9 fo t f. t'iffio, (kindr. with xttfiai,) to make sleep, to put to sleep, Horn. 11. 14. 236. trop. ib. 12. 281. - Hence in N. T. and genr. Pass, xotpd- Ottui, topou, with fut. Mid. -ijtro^uou, to fall asleep, to sleep, intrans, a) pp. Matt. 28: 13. Luke 22: 45 xot- /uo/ueVoi 1 ? ano if)? Ivjirji;. John 11: 12. Acts 12: 6. Sept. for jro* Is. 5: 27. nri) Ruth 3: 8. 1 Sam. 3': 15. Ael. V.'H. 9. 24. Xen. Mem, 4. 5. 9. b) spoken of the sleep ofdeath, for to die, to be dead. Matt. 27: 52, John 11:11. Acts 7:60 loino finuv exotpj#7?. 13:36. 1 Cor. 7:39. 11:30. 15:6,18,20,51. 1 Thess. 57 4: 13, 14, 15. 2 Pet. 3: 4. Sept. often for S3U3 1 K. 2: 10. 11: 43. Is. 43: 17. 2 Mace. 12: 45. Horn. II. 11. 241. Soph. Electr. 509. KoifA^aiCy coc, 7;, (xoi^a'w,) a sleeping, sleep, meton. rest, repose, John 11:13. Ecclus. 46: 19. 48: 14. Koivo? y r] } oVy common, i. e. a) pp. pertaining equally to all. Acts 2i 44 ft%ov vmuviu xotru. 4: 32. Tit. 1: 4. Jude3. Wisd. 7:3. Diod. Sic. 1. 1. Xen. An. 3. 1.43. b) in the Levitical sense, ' not per- mitted by the Mosaic precepts,' and therefore common, not sacred ; hence i. q ceremonially unlawful, unholy, pro- fane. Mark 7: 2 xomus /fp> pialvuv W/v XO/TTJV TOV 3 bis, xoivtava ' KoiVtoviXOG, r), OV 9 (xotvuvog,) communicative, i. e. social Pol. 2. 41. 1. In N. T. communicating, i. e. ready to give, liberal, 1 Tim. 6: 18. Luc. Tirnon. 56 nqbg avdqa, oiov as, avdo'ixov teal iwv ovuav xoivarnxov. M. Antonin. 7. 52. b) a lying with a woman, cohabitation, whether lawful or unlawful. Rom. 13: 13 TitQinuTi'iffwuEV . . . fir) xolictig, i. e. not in lewdness. Sept. for iD'^n Lev. 18: 22. Num. 31: 17, 18, 35. Wisd. 3: 13, 16. Pind. Pyth. 11. 39. Eurip. Hippol. 154. Hence from the Heb. meton. for seed, semen, as necessary for conception. Rom. 9: 10 s' tvog xolrijv l^owa, i. e. having conceived by one etc. So Sept. si l'5tox iig ii]v XO/TT?V avTov iv aol for Heb. nablp ^n: Num. 5: 20. Lev. 18: 23. more' fully Sept. dtdovai xohyv OTie'ojUttTO? for Heb. y"^?.b ni^'i? l^ 1 ^ Lev. 18: 20. Also Sept. XO/TTJ ffnegna- toq for 3>nt DilS'iJ Lev. 15: 16 sq. 31. 22:4. Koncov, covoc, o, (xolir),) a bed- chamber, Acts 12: 20 6 Inl TOV xonwvog tov /?o-t>l8w? i. e. the king's chamber attendant, valet-de-chambre ; see in Blao-iog. Sept. for ttDft Ex. 8: 3. i2\!J73 ^nn 2 Sam. 4: 7. T Luc. Asin. 2/ 'Died? S. 11. 69. Not used by the best writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 252 sq. >l/j o, r,, (xoivog,) a par- taker^partner, companion, absol. 2 Cor. 8:2ot7ieo Ttrov, xoivuvog Ifiog. Philem. 17. Ecclus, 41: 18. Hdian. 2. 8. 5. Seq. gen. of pere. of whom one is the companion, with whom he partakes in any thing, Matt. 23: 30. 1 Cor. 10: 20. Heb. 10: 33. (Sept for *Oh Is. 1: 23. Hdian. 4. 14. 4.) Seq. daL of pers. to or with whom one is partner, Luke 5: r), ov y adj. from xox- xog pp. grain, kernel, and also the coccus Hicis of Linn, or kermes, a small insect found adhering to the shoots of a spe- cies of oak, quercus coccifera, in Spain and western Asia, in the form of smooth reddish-brown or blackish grains, about the size of a pea. These grains or ber- ries, as they were thought to be, were used by the ancients for dying a crim- Koxxog 451 sou or deep scarlet colour; but have been superseded in modern times by the cochineal insect, coccus each', which gives a more brilliant but less durable colour ; see Rees' Cyclop, art. Coccus ilicis, and Kermts. Plin. H. N. 9. 41. ib. 16. 8. ib. 22. 2. Hence xoxx^o?, coccus-dyed, crimson, Matt. 27: 28 ^A- jurfla xoxxlvijv, for which in Mark 15: 17 noQcpiqav. Heb. 9: 19. Rev. 17: 3, 4. 18: 12, 16. Sept. for n?bin Ex. 25: 4. 28: 5. -rp Josh. 2: 18, ~21. Plut. ed. R. VI. p.' 546. 8. KoxxoQ, GUy o, a kernel, grain, seed. Matt. 13: 31 x. aivouiitaq. 17:20. Mark 4: 31. Luke 13:19. 17: 6. John 12: 24 x. roD aiiov. 1 Cor. 15: 37. Hdot. 4. 143. See also in Koxxivog. KoAcc^Cd) f. ao~0(*ai, (xo).og, xoAo/5o?, j. q. poet, xo/.oi'o),) pp. to mutilate, toprune sc. trees, xo\d&iv Hivtiqa Theophr. de caus. Plant. 5. 9. 11. trop. to cor- rect, to moderate, Ael. V. H. 11. 3. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 312. 8. Xen. Oec. 20. 12. Hence in N. T. and genr. to disci- pline, to punish, c. ace. Acts 4: 21 TTWJ xoAatfon'Tca avrovg. 2 Pet. 2: 9 xoia- Jo/icVoiv TT/ocIv i. e. to reserve as subject to punishment, see Winer 46. 5. p. 290. Kuttm. 144. 3. Matth. 566. 6. 2 Mace. 6: 14. Hdian. 3. 5. 13. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 4. Kohaxeicx, ccCy ;, (xr /w c. . Wisd. 16: 2, 24. Ael. V. H. 7. 15. Diod. Sic. 1. 77 pen. cOy to, f. 7/o-w, (xoAAa glue,) to glue together, to make cohere, Luc. quom. Hist, conscr. 51. Diod. Sic. 2. 58. In N. T. Mid. xoAAaOjuat, MUUI, aor. 1 pass. txoUrj&rjv with mid. signif. Buttiri. 136. 2, to adhere, to cleave to, pp. of things, seq. dat. Luke 10: 11 TO* y.onoojov IQV xoMrfiivia, vfuv. Rev. 18: 5 in constr. praegn. in later edit. Sept. for pn^r Ps. 102:6. Job 29: 10. Anthol. Gr. I. p. 231. Trop. of persons, to join oneself unto, c. dat. of thing, e.g. TO} aQuaii, to follow, to accompany, Acts 8: 29. TO! u/adw, to cleave to, Rom. 12: 9. Sept. and pn^' 2 K. 3: 3. Seq. dat. of pers. e. g. to become a servant to any one Luke 15: 15. to follow, to cleave to, e. g. TJ} noyvT) 1 Cor. 6: 16. (Ecclus. 19: 2.) TO* xi'^/w v. 17. Sept. and prrr 2 K. 18: (I. to follow the side or party of any one, to associate with, Acts 5: 13. 9:26. 10:28. 17:34. Sept. and pni 2 Sam. 20: 2. 1 Mace. 3: 2. 6: 2~L Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 355. 3. f. MTW, (xoAorqpo?, ,) to strike with the fist, to buffet, c. ace. Matt. 26: 67 et Mark 14: 65 txoJuxyivav ai'Tov. Hence genr. to buf- fet, to maltreat, 1 Cor. 4: 11. 2 Cor. 12: 7. 1 Pet. 2: 20. Test. XII Pair. 708 xo>laqp/ T rixva. Unknown to the Attics, who used xo*'5v/U'w, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 175. TO, (dimin. of xoJUi^a a coarse bread or cake,) pp. a small cake, cracknel, Sept. for D^p: 1 K. 14: 3 in Cod. Alex. In N.T. colly rium, eye-salve, resembling the dough of the xoJUi'^a, Rev. 3: 18. Arr. Epict.3. 21.21. Luc. Alex. 21 bis, xoyUuflt'oir axtvao~ibv 5s roiio iauv x TitTTty? Bgwiias, xal uao^aJirov, xal U- &ov TOU diacptxvovg leiQifJusvov, xal xrj- QOV, xal fiaailxvg, x. T. L Other kinds are described in Cels. de Med. 6, 2 sq. ib. 7. 4. Dioscor. 1. 2. KoAkv[3u}irjC 9 ov y o, from xo/l- yLt' ( 5o? a small coin, change, Aristoph. Pax 1196, 1200 oi8s xoHv/5ou, where Schol. iidog tlidov? voulauuiog uvil TOV' ov8i oftolov. Also agio, premium of exchange, 7} (XQ/VQIOV aUuyi'j Poll. Onorn. 3. 9. ib. 7. 30. Cic. Verr. III. 78. as also Rahb. "J^V^ Buxt. Lex. Chald. 2032. Hence money-changer, broker, i. q. Matt. 21: 12. Mark 11: 15. John 2: 15. They had their seats in the outer court of the temple, see in Xe^rmar);?. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 501. Lysias Fragm. 34 ult. The gramma- rians condemn this word, Lob. ad Phr. p. 440. 452 jfcoAofioeOy (Oy f. wo-w, (xoAo/So? mutilated, fr. xoAo?,) to mutilate, trans. Sept. 2 Sam. 4: 12. Diod. Sic. 1. 78 pen. In N. T. trop. of time, to cut off, to shorten, Pass. Matt. 24: 22 bis, et Mark 13: 20 xoioflwcbJcrovTat ctl i lt uinm. So Heh. -i|5 Prov. 10: 27, Sept. ohyo- JCoAooaai or fioAaaoai, (ov, alt Colosse, a city of Phrygia Major, situated near the junction of the Lycus with the Meander, and not far from Hierapoli* and Laodicea. With these cities it was destroyed by an earthquake about A, D. 65. A modern village near the site is called Konos. /See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 204, 228. Col. 1: 2. KoAoaaacuQy fco?, o, plur. ICoAoo-- aaii$, Colossians, only in the spurious subscription to the epistle. ")Vy o, the bosom, i. e. a) pp. the front of the body between the arms ; hence John 13: 23 avaxsl- utvoq iv TO) xoJtjiw 10 v 'lyvov, inclining on Jesus 1 bosom, i. e. next to him on the triclinium at supper, so that his head was opposite to Jesus' bosom ; cornp. in 'jfpMupMM no. 2. Adam's Rom. Ant, p. 436. Calmet art. Eating. Lat. in si- nu recumbo Plin. Ep. 4. 22. Trop. to be in or on the bosom of any one, i. q. to be in his embrace, to be cherished by him as the object of intimate care and dearest affection, comp. in Engl. bosom- friend etc. John 1: 18 6 &v elg lov xoA- TTOX TOU 7rT0o;, i. q. o [lovoysvi)? vlog. So Luke 16: 22 il$ tov xoknov rov ouftj and v. 23 Aaayov iv rolg xoA- [comp. Engl. embraces] avtov, i. e. in near and intimate communion with Abraham, as being one of his beloved children. So Josephus de Mace. 13 [4 Mace. 13: 16] OVTW yuo &atvdvtaq, oi^oviut, fif TOV xo/broi 1 ; aiiuv. Comp, Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in loc. Sept. 7; 711?', M r^xoA7rw(roi;forHeb. l ^p''nndN Deut. 13: 7. 28: 54, 56. comp.' 2~Sam! 12: 3, 8. Is. 40: 11. Ecclus. 9: 1. An- thol. Gr. II. p. 75. IV. p. 129. Plut. Cato Min. 33 ult. rafilviov, ix -tw nopnTji'ov xo^Trwy av&Qomov. Comp.Cic. ad Div. 14. 4 "tu vero sis in sinu sem- per et cornplexu meo." Others refer Luke 1. c. to a banquet in the kingdom of heaven, comp. Matt. 8: 11. Luke 13: 29, see in *Avaxttva) b. But the scene is here laid in ufyg, and not in the Mes~ siah's kingdom. b) the bosom of an oriental garment, which falls down over the girdle, and is often used for carrying things, as a sort of pocket. Luke 6: 38 Swaovai elg lov xolnov tyioiy. So Sept. and p^h Is. 65: 6. Jer. 32: 18. Horn. Od. 15. 469. Pol. 3. 33. 2. Hdot.6.125. Comp. Hor. Sat. 2. 3. 171. Liv. 21. 18 " tuuo Romanus, sinu ex toga facto, etc." c) put for a bay, gulf, inlet of the sea, Acts 27: 39. Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 5. Hdian. 8. 1. 12. Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 9. KoA.v[Jlfi(XCOj cOy f. fjtrw, to swim y Acts 27: 43. Hierocl. Facet. 1. An- thol. Gr. III. p. 41. 1. Moeris p. 267 . <*S> pp. swimming-place, hence pool, pond, any reservoir of water for swimming, bathing, fish, etc. e. g. genr. 17 xoL row -2Uw/i John 9: 7, 11. a healing bath or pool, see By&tada, John 5: 2, 4, 7. Sept. for ro-?. 2 2 K. 18: 17. Neh. 2: 14. Is. 7: 3. Jos T .Ant.l5.3.3. Diod. S.I 1.25. KoAcoviCCy #C, *;, Lat. colonia, i. e. a Roman colony, Acts 16: 12. Philippi is here so called, because Augustus had colonized thither many of the partizans of Antony, Dio Cass. 51. 4. p. 445. Kuinoel in loc. Comp. Adam's Rorn. Ant. p. 72 sq. jKoft&COj My f. new, (xojUT?,) to have long hair, to wear the hair long, 1 Cor. 11: 14,15. Jos. Ant. 4.4.4. Xeu.Lac.11.3. KofAiiy n?y %, hair, head of hair, 1 Cor. 11: 15. Sept. for 2n3 Num. 6: 5. ~ Hdian. 1. 7. 9, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 2. _ Oy f. /(TW, Att. f. tW, to take care of, to provide for, Horn. II. 24. 541 ; so of one fallen in battle, i. e. to take up and bear away Horn. II. 13. 196; hence genr. to take up, to car- ry off, e. g. as booty Horn. II. 2. 875. ib. 11. 738. In N. T. genr. 453 Konos a) to tear, to bring, trans. Luke 7: 37 KOfiiffuffa wArt/SaoT^ov [IVQOV. Esdr.4:5. Arr. Alex. M. 7. 22. 8. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 2. b) Mid. HOfttGofiai, Alt. f. xofitoi'uai, Jo /a&e ybr oneself, to bear or bring to oneself, i. e. to acquire, to obtain, to re- ceive, trans. Matt. 25: 27 Ixofiiau^v av TO f>o'v. ^ 2 Cor. 5: 10. Col. 3: 25 xop- arat o T\dixrpt. Heb. 10: 36 x. Wjv TT~ ttyydiav. 11: 39. 1 Pet. 1: 9. 5: 4. 2 Pet. 2: 13. seq. naya c. gen. Eph. 6: 8. 1 Mace. 13: 37. 2 Mace. 8: 33. Arr. Alex. M. 5. 27. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 10. In the sense of to receive again, to recover, trans. Heb. 11: 19. So Sept. for npb Gen. 38: 20. 2 Mace. 10: 1. Jos. AVt. 13. 4. 1. Diod. Sic. 12. 80. , adv. (coniparat. of elegantly, well, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 8,) better, in the phrase xofiyoTtgov t/ctv, se melius habere, to be better, to mend, John 4: 52. See in "%<& f. Arr. Epict. 3. 10. 13 xo^y/wf fytiv. Cic. ad Div. 16. 15 belle habere. fiovtotco, co 3 f. aaw, (xov/a dust, slacked lime,) lo while-wash, sc. with lime, trans. Matt. 23: 27 Tccqpoi? xcxowa- ptvoig, white-washed sepulchres, in ac- cordance with an annual custom of the Jews on the 25th day of the month Adar, see Jahn 207 and n. II. Wet- stein NT. in loc. Acts 23: 3 TO!/* xsxo- via^ivt thou whited wall, i. e. thou hypo- crite, fair without and foul within. Sept. for -Pip Deut. 27: 2,4. Diod. Sic. 19. 9. 4. Plut. Cato Maj. 4 pen. KoviogiOGjOU, o, (xovla, OQVVUI,) dust, pp. as excited, flying, Matt. 10: 14. Luke 9: 5. 10: 11. Acts 13: 51. 22: 23. Sept. for paN Ex.9:9. Nah.l:3. "1C? Deut. 9: 21/ Pol. 5. 85. 1. Xen. Aul 1. 8. 8. fCona^G), f. ao-M, (XOTTOS,) pp. * to be beat out, weary,' i. q. xoTuaw, hence genr. to relax, to remit, to cease ; in N. T. of the wind, to lull, intrans. Matt. 14: 32. Mark 4: 39. 6: 51. Sept. for ?p-:J Gen. 8: 1. pnti Jon, 1: 11, 12. Ecclus. 43: 23. Hdot. 7. 191. KoneioQj ov, 6, (xomopai q. v.) lamentation, wailing, sc. as accompanied with beating the breast etc. Acts 8: 2. Sept. for isqa Gen. 50: 10. Zech. 12: 10, 11. 1 Mace. 4: 39. Dion. Hal. Ant. 11.31. &O7UJ, 1]?, 77, (XOTITO),) slaughter, carnage, Heb. 7: 1, in allusion to Gen. 14: 17 where Sept. for inf. nisrr. Sept. for nrtt Josh. 10: 20. Judith ~15: 7. co, f. acrcw, (xonla i. q. pp. i. q. Engl. to be beat out, i. e. to be weary, faint, intrans. a) pp. Matt. 11: 28 Stvis ngog ^ue TTCU'- TC? ot xoTnwvTf?. Rev. 2: 3. seq. &e John 4: 6 x. x trjg odomoQiag. Sept. for W^ Is. 40: 41. Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 3 x. vnb TTJS odomoglctg. Aristoph. Thesm. 795. Athen. X. p. 416. b) in N. T. to weary oneself sc. with labour, like Heb. y^, i. e. to labour, to toil, absol. Luke 5: 5 6Y o'Aijs TT/J yi/xio? xoTrttt'o-avTf? ovdev fia'^Ojuev. Matt. 6: 28 et Luke 12: 27 T xglva . . . ov xonta ovds vri&ti. Acts 20: 35. 1 Cor. 4: 12. Eph. 4: 28. 2 Tim. 2: 6. Trop. of a teacher who labours in the gospel, John 4: 38 bis. 1 Cor. 15: 10. 16: 16. Sept. for Heb. sr Josh. 24: 13. b? Ps. 127: 1. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 134.~2 pi TOC/E, ^ut) xoTi/a. Seq. iv, to labour in, e. g. trop. iv Ao/w 1 Tim. 5: 17. iv xi OM ; i. e. in the work of the Lord Rom. 16: 12 bis. iv vfuv among you 1 Thess. 5: 12. (comp. Ecclus. 6: 19.) Seq. tig c. ace. of pera. upon or for whom, tig r^uaq Rom. 16: 6. tit; i'fiSf Gal. 4: 11. (Ecclus. 24:34.) c. ? final, as tig roDro on 1 Tim. 4: 10. eig o Col, 1: 29. tig xevov in vain Phil. 2: 16, Sept. x. tig xtvov for W Is. 65: 23. Jer. 51: 53. Konog, ov, a, (XOTTTOJ,) pp. a beat- ing, hence wailing, grief, sc. with beat- ing the breast etc. i. q. Koneiog q. v. Sept. for ]^jp Jer. 45: 3. Aeschyl. Choeph. Also the being beat out, weari- ness, Xen, An. 5. 8. 3. Hence in N. T toil, labour, i. e. wearisome effort, genr. John 4: 38 v^iiig tig TOV xonov UVTQJV eiffdyti&aif. 1 Cor. 3: 8. 15: 58 o XOTTO? vpuv iv XQIOTOI. 2 Cor. 6: 5. 10: 15. 11: 23, 27. 1 Thess. 1:36 xo^odQO<; tov 3 A%i,\litag idyov Iffieyd- ycuo-f. Trop. to honour, i. e. to make honourable, to dignify, Tit. 2: 10 ii}v oV oaaxaUav. 1 Pet. 3: 5 ul ayiai yvvai- xiq . . . exoffuovv eavtd?. Ecclus. 48: 11. Hdian. 6. 3. 5. Xen. Conv. 8. 38. Koopixoc, ty ov, (xoafioq world,) worldly, terrestrial, opp. to tnovgdvio?. Heb. 9: 1 aytov xovuixov, comp. v. 23. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 455. 3, xocuixj . Trop. worldly, as conformed to this world, belonging to the men of this world, Titus 2: 12 ejti&vuiai xo<"? o faffi- Aei'$ rwy Aiyvmloiv, XO^UOXOMFOJO yfyo- rw? x. T. L In N. T. of Satan as the prince of this world, i. e. of worldly men, phir. Eph. 6: 12 TTOO? roiv xofffioxQuioQag lov axojovs io\] ctiwvog IOVIQV, i.e. Satan and his angels. Comp. John 12: 31. 2 Cor. 4: 4. Ignat. 1. 1 didpolov, oV xcu xo(^uoxoa'TOaxaJlor o xoffuog i(v xQi]uni(av, iov oe anunov b) by synecd. M eari/t, this lower trur//f0-#at ft? TOV xocruov and the like, /o come or fee sen into the world, i. e. to be born John 1: 9 ; 7 or to go forth into the world, to appear be- fore men, John 3: 19. 6: 14. 1 Tim, 1: 15. Heb. 10: 5. also 1 John 4: 1. 2 John 7. John 3: 17. 1 John 4: 9. Hyperbolically, Matt. 4: 8 naffug rug {Saaduas iov xoffuov. Rom. 1:8. Comp. Luc. de Astrol. 12. (/?) meton. the world for the inhabitants of the earth, men, mankind. Matt. 5: 14 tpM< tore TO lav iov xoffftov okov xfQdt'jarr/ ; Mark 8: 36. Luke 9: 25. 1 Cor. 3: 22. 7: 31, 33, 34. Gal, 6: 14. James 4: 4. 1 John 2: 17. (/?) Meton. for the men of this world, worldlings, as opp. to those who seek the- kingdom of God, e. g. with otToc, John 12: 31 r t y.Qiffig iov y.. lovioV. I Cor. 1: 20 troqp/a iov x. loviov. 3: 19. Gal. 4: 3. Col. 2: 8. As subject to Sa- tan, John 12: 31 o o^tuv iov x. loviov. 14:30. 16: 11.^ Without ovio?, John 7: 7 ov dvvaiui o xovuo? fulo-flv vpug. 14: 17,19,27,31. 16:8. 17:6,9. 1 Cor. 1: 21. 2 Cor. 7: 10. Phil. 2: 15. James 1: 27. etc. AL, Q, ov, o, Lat. Quar/u*, pr. n. of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 23. KoufJii } cumi, i. e, Heb. imperat, fern. -^-p arise* expressed in Greek letters, Mark 5: 41. jkovarcofh'a, ac, ?;, Lat.custodia, i. e. custody, in N. T. meton. for concr. watch, guard, sc, of Roman soldiers at the sepulchre of Jesus, Matt. 27: 65, 66. 28: 11. Hesych. xovo~tu)dia Kov(fiC,03 } f. law, (xoixjpo?,) to le light, intrans. Hes. Op. 465. Soph. Phi- loct. 735. In N. T. trans, to lighten, sc. a ship by throwing things overboard, Acts 27: 38. Sept^for ^n Jon. 1: 5. Pol. 1. 39. 4 x. iag vavg. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 1. , see fully in Aluv no. 2. (a) genr. c. OITO?, John 12: 25 o piauv trjv yi'xnv airtoi tv TW xovfua TOI'TW, opp. el$ frijv aluviov. 18: 36 bis, ij paffdtia fj ipq ovx ivitv ex iov xovpov rovrov x. T. L 1 Cor. 5: 10. Eph. 2:2. 1 John 4:17. Without ovio?, 1 John 2:15, tc, oVy o, a basket, Lat. cophinus, wicker-basket. Matt. 14: 20 dudtxa xoylvovg n^gug. 16: 9. Mark 6: 43. 8: 19. Luke 9: 17. John 6: 13. Sept. for TH Ps. 81: 5. bs Judg. 6: 19. Suidas xocptvog ' ayyiiov nfexiov. Aris- toph. Av. 1310. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 6. The xocptvog was proverbially the Jew- ish travelling-basket, comp. Juv. Sat. 3. 15 " Judaeis. quorum cophinus foenum- que supellex." 6. 542. I^oafifiaTOGy OV) o, Lat. grab* batus, i. e. a small couch, which might easily be carried about, or for travelling etc. called by the Greeks oW/mo^f, 457 . Mark 2: 4, 9, 11, 13. G: 55. John 5: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. Acts 5: 15. 9: 33. Comp. Mark 1. c. with Luke 5: 18, 24. Act. Thorn. 50, 51. Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 74. Used only by very late wri- ters, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 62 eq. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 175 sq. Kpa^co, f. MNpogtyiflu, aor. 1 txQ xalteyuv Mark 5:7. Luke 4 : 41. xpovTf$ xal Uyowg Matt. 9: 27. 21: 15. x$a$ag xul fins Mark 9: 24. So c. (ftavf, peyalij Rev. 6:10. 7r 2, 10. 19: 17. c) of urgent urayer, imprecation, etc. Rom. 8: 15 ev w xpwo/ucr ' Afipa o na- Gal. 4:6. Metaph. James 5: 4 o fQ'/a^uv . . . x0a' sc. nqug , for vengeance. Sept. for p# Ps. 28: 1. 30:9. p?T 2 Sam. 19:28^ Jer. 11: 11, 12. AL." T aAr], TJQ, /, (as if for ^- or QctnaJir) from a7ia),) pp. seiz- ure of the head, and hence intoxication and its consequences, giddiness, head- ache, etc. Lat. crapula. Luke 21:34 ev 58 xct n&&r) }. e. in constant re- velling, carousing. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 227. ML Hdian. 1. 17. 7. , ov y TO, (dimin. of x^- vov,) a skull, Lat. cranium. Matt. 27: 33. Mark 15:22. Luke 23: 33. John 19:17. Sept. for n?a^ Judg. 9: 53. 2K. 9:35, Luc. D. Mortl 23. 3. Hdian. 7. 7. 8. _Kpcta7ifftoy y QVy TO, (kindr. with xgocrvog, xpoouat,) pp. the edge, margin, skirt, e. g. of a mountain Xen. H. G. 4. 6. 8. of a garment Theocr. 2. 53. In N. T. fringe, tassel, Heb. rPSpS Num. 15: 38 sq. where the Jews are directed to wear them on the corners of the out- er garment. Matt. 9: 20. 14: 36. 23: 5. Mark 6 : 56. Luke 8 : 44. Sept for Num. 1. c. a, OY) (x^crros,) strong, mighty, e. g. ij x. #tp TOW #eou 1 Pet. 5: 6. So Sept. and D7H Ex. 3: 19. Deut. 3: 24. Esdr. 8: 47.* I*ol. 2. 69. 8. , f. wffw, (xpctTato'?,) to make, strong, to strengthen, trans, a form found only in Sept. N. T. and later writers, for the earlier XOTVVW, Pas- sow s. v. Active, Sept. for DTh 1 Sam. 23: 16. 2 K. 15: 19. In N? ^. only Pass, to be strong, to grow strong, Luke 1 : 80 et 2 : 40 IxpctratoDro 7ivfi\uun. Eph. 3: 16. 1 Cor. 16: 13. Sept. for ptr] intr. 2 Sam. 10: 12. 2 Chr. 21: 4. y^' Ps. 31:25. 1 Mace. 1:62. AjpffT/aJ, a) f f. 7;o-,coinp. 1: 16 where it is txwv. Rev. 7: 1 x. tovg tew. avi- povg 'iva fir] x. t. L Pass. Luke 24: 16 ot oq>&akuol avtuv ixguiovvto. Of per- sons, to hold in subjection, Puss. Acts 2: 24 x#ou ovx i}v dvvatov xQattiff&at avjov V7t avtov sc. -fravdiov. (Aristoph. Av. 419. Xen. An. 5. 6. 7.) So to hold one fast, \. e. to hold fast to him, to cleave to him, e. g. in person Acts 3: 11 xQatovv- tog df avtov tov Ilitqov x. T. L or in faith Col. 2: 19 tyv xtcpab'iv i. e. Christ. Metaph. spoken of sins, to retain, not to remit, John 20: 23 bis. Also to keep to oneself, e. g. tov loyov Mark 9: 10. (Sept. NMrtMfjMMl for Chald. "jTMlN enigma Dan. 5: 12. Te.t. XII Patr. p.' 683.) Genr. to holdfast in mind, to ob- serve, Mark 7: 3 xQaiovrtfg tr t v 7iu<)udo- v/?j,) to cry out, to clamour, intrans. i. q. Matt. 12: 19 ovx fglvu, ovds see in 'Egl no. 3. c. o. Sept. xQfpaprvos for "^bn Deut.21:23. 2 Sam. 18: 10. trop. Deut'. 28: 66. Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 2. Hdian. 1. 14. 1. seq. & Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 13. trop. Philo T. II. ed. Mang. p. 420 uv al lov Zdvovg &Tti<5eg fXQeuano. KgTjfiVOS, ov > o, (xgeudvvvpi,) a steep place, precipice, pp. overhanging, Matt. 8: 32. Mark 5: 13. Luke 8: 33. Sept. for sbD 2 Chr. 25: 12. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 1. Dio< S. 1. 33. K^rfS, rjios, o, a Cretan, Acts 2: 11. Tit. 1: 12 KQrfisq usl yevo~cai, quoted from Calliin. Hymn, in Jov. 8. cornp. Pol. 4. 8. 11. Ael. V. H. 1. 10 ot Kgriiiq slat jo&veiv uya&oi. Xen. An. 1. 2. 9. o, Crescens, pr. n. of a Christian at Rome, 2 Tim. 4: 10. Kprjrr), r)Q y r h Crete, now Candia, a celel>rated island of the Mediterranean, opposite to the Egean Sea. It was anciently celebrated for its hundred cities, whence the epithet txaxopTiohg Horn. 11. 2. 649. The Cretans were celebrated archers, robbers, and liars, see in KQI}? and espec. Pol. 4. 8. 11. Here a Christian church was left by Paul in charge of Titus. Tit. 1: 5. Acts 27: 7, 12, 13, 21. KQiO-r), ij?, ^barley Rev.G:G. Sept. for rnr-TJ Deut. 8: 8. Xen. An.1.2.22. T], OK, (XQI&I'I) of barley, as uQTot xql&tvot barley-loaves John 6: 9, 13. Sept. for Q-nite 2 K. 4: 42. Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 4. Xen. An. 4. 5. 20, 31. K^ipa, aio? > to, (xgivw,) judg- ment, i.e. a) the act of judging, giving judg- ment, i. q. xqlviq, spoken only in re- ference to future reward and punish- ment. John 9: 39 tit; xqluct tyu fig IQV itoafAOV r\l.&ov for judgment am, I come in- to the world, i. e. in order that the righteous may be approved and the wicked condemned, as is figuratively said in the next clause. 1 Pet. 4: 17. So of the judgment of the last day, Acts 24: 25. Heb. 6: 2. Melon, for the pow- er of judgment Rev. 20: 4. So Heb. OBU3J3 Sept. xqtaig Lev. 19: 15. Deut. l:'J7.'Heb. Ez. 21:32. b) judgment given, decision, award, sentence. () genr. Matt. 7: 2 iv w yuo X(*/T/ xQweie, xQi&rjo'eo'&f. Rom. 5: 16. Plur. Rorn. 11: 33 ia xqlpaTa UVTOU, the judgments of God, his decrees. Sept. for BS'iia Zech. 8: 16. Ps. 17: 2. Plur. of God : Ps. 19: 10. 119: 75. ^Pol. 24. 1. 12 lyxalovvTfq iolq xqluao-iv ug nctQa- pspQctpwftsvoig. (/?) Oftener sentence sc. of punishment, condemnation, imply- ing also the punishment itself as a cer- tain consequence, Matt. 23: 13 dia TOVTO Ajji//(r# TKQivffOJfQov xQipa. Mark 12: 40. Luke 20: 47. 23: 40. 24: 20. Rom. 2: 2, 3 TO xo/,u TOV #ov. 3: 8. 13: 2. 1 Cor. 11: 29, 34. Gal. 5: 10. 1 Tim. 3: 6. 5: 12. James 3: 1. 2 Pet. 2: 3. Jude 4. Rev. 17: 1. 18: 20 see in J x no. 1. b. vov 460 So Sept. and EB'dE Deut. 21: 22. Jer. 4: 12. Ecclus. 21: 5. c) from the Heb. law-suit, cause, something to be judged, e. g. xoluctiM IXMV to have law-suits, to go to law, 1 Cor. 6: 7. So Sept. and BB3JB J b 23:4. 31: 13. , r*v y TO, a %, Matt. 6 : 28. Luke 12: 27. Sept. for YlJviJ Cnnt. 2: 16. 4: 5. Anthol. Gr. I* p. 254. Theocr. 11.5(5. XjptVm, f. iyw, aor. 1 Ixqivn, perf. xexpixn, nor. 1. paps. IxQi&rjv, i. q. Lat- rmo by transpos. of the vowel, pp. to separate, Horn. II. 2. 362. ib. 5. 501. to distinguish, to discriminate between good and evil, Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 9. 1b.4. 8. 11. to select, to choose out the good, Xen. An. 1. 9. 30. Hence genr. and in N. T. to judge, i.e. to form or give an opinion after separating and consider- ing the particulars of a case. a) to judge, sc. in one's own mind as to what is right, proper, expedient, i. e. to deem, to decide, to determine, seq. in- fin. Acts 15: 19 dio iyw xqlvta fir] TTCTO- eyo^Uty tolg x. T. L i. e. my decision is etc. 3: 13 xolvaviog txtivov anolvuv. 20: 16. 25: 25. 1 Cor. 2: 2. fr 3. Tit. 3: 12. Seq. TOU c. inf. Acts 27: 1 MJ oi ixql&ri lov anonhlv fipag x. T. L 3 Mace. 1: 6. Jos. Ant 7. 1. 5. Xen. An. 3. 1. 7. Seq. ace. et infin. Acts 21: 25 xgbavreg prjdev wiomov rrjoelv aviovg. With in- fin. slvcu impl. comp. Matth. 534. n. 1. Acts 13: 46 xal ovx ot^lovg xgivsrs sav- tovg iris at. &%$, and judge or deem your- selves unworthy of eternal life. 16: 15. 26: 8. Rom. 14: 5 bis, og utv xo/m^us- qav [ttvai] nay tiiiiqav, og da xgiW* TT- ootv yuiQav, one man judgeth, deemeth, one day to be above another,- another judgeth every day sc. to be alike, as we must supply from the force of the an- tithesis, comp. Matth. 634. 3. _ c. inf. Diod. Sic. 12. 20. Xen. Hi. 1. 17. inf. impl. VVisd. 2: 22. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2 xf i#?iV 'evdaiftovifficnoi. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. .'*4. Comp. Diod. Sir. 12. 13 T^V ygattfiariKTjv noon taq ooU; fjinO^atiq nQotxgiM o yo/uofo'rj^. Seq. ace. of thing, to. determine on, to decree, Rev. 16: 5 or* Trtt'ia ixotva$. Acts 16: 4 ia doy- l*aia TO xBCQiptva. (Isocr. Paneg. p. 50. A. Pol. 8. 6. 7.) Seq. accus. as introducing the infin. c. art. TO, Rom. 14: 13 AA roDro xotVaie //AAoy, TO /ztj TttfeWt x. T. L 2 Cor. 2: 1. 1 Cor. 7: 37 TOUTO xe'xoixcy, TOV irigtiv x. T. L So TOI/TO oTt, 2 Cor. 5: 14. b) to judge, 5. e. to form and express a judgment, opinion, as to any person or thing, more commonly unfavourable. Seq. ace. of pers. John 8: 15 iyw ov xotVw ovoiva. Rom. 2: 1, 3. 3: 7. 14: 3, 4, 10, 13. Col. 2: 16. Seq. ace. of thing, 1 Cor. 10: 15. (Xen. Vect. 5. 11.) Absol. Matt. 7: 1 bis, 2 bis. Luke 6: 37 bis. John 8:16,26. Rom. 2: 1 bis. 1 Cor. 4: 5. 10: 29. Seq. interrog. c. , Acts 4: 19. genr. 1 Cor. 11: 13. (si Thuc. 4. 130. TTOTCOOV Xen. Cyr.4. 1.5.) So with an adjunct of manner, e. g. xglvsw xo/- o-tv John 7: 24, comp. Buttm. 131. 3. xo. TO dlxaiov Luke 12: 57. oo#w? Luke 7: 43. xax' oyw John 7: 24. XTOI (raoxot 8: 15. By impl. to condemn, seq. ace. Rom. 2: 27. 14: 22. James 4: 11 ter, 12. So Sept. and ^nrr Job 10: 2. c) to judge, in a judicial sense, viz. (a) to sit in judgment on any person, to try, seq. ace. John 18: 31 XT Toy vo- uov v/iwy xglvaTe airrov. Acts 23: 3. 24: 6. 1 Cor. 5: 12 bis. (Pol. 5. 29. 6. Xen. An. 6. 6.18.) Pass. KQivofJiai, to be judged, to be tried, to be on trial. Acts 25: 10 ov us <5sl xglvKT&at. Rom. 3: 4. (Sept. for QDU3 Ps. 51: 6.) Seq. mgl nrosfor any" thing Acts 23: 6. 24: 21. Inl tirt for, Acts 26: 6. Ini iivoq before any one Acts 25: 9, 20. Dem. 407. 20. Xen.H.G. 1.7. 7. c. mql ib. 3. 5.25. c. &u iivog comp. Max. Tyr. 9. 4. Comp. Wetstein N. T. II. p. 120. Spoken in reference to the gospel dispensation, to the judgment of the great day, e. g. of God as judging the world through Christ, John 5: 22. 8: 50. Acts 17: 31 xolvtiv rr]v olxovfisvrjv. Rom. 3: 6 nug v.glvti o -&fbg tov xocrpov. 2:16T xgv- Ttia. 1 Cor. 5: 13. James 2: 12. 1 Pet. 1: 17. 2:23. Rev. 11: 18. 20: 12, 13. Of Jesus as the Messiah and judge, John 5: 30. 16: 11. 2 Tim. 4: 1 '/. Xo. TOU psttovrog xylvtiv $, ij, (xQiva),) pp. sepa- ration, trop. division, dissension, Hdot. 5. 5. ib. 7. 20. decision, i. e. decisive mo- ment, crisis, turn of affairs, Pol. 9. 5. 4. ib. 16. 4. 8. In N. T. judgment, i. e. a) genr. opinion formed and express- ed. John 7: 24 rl\v dixnlav XQICTIV xqi- yga xo&rsws Rev. 14: 7. xglffig fisydhyg rj(j.sQag Jude 6. So simply xglvig for xglvig psy. ?^u. Matt. 12: 41, 42. Luke 10: 14. 11: 31, 32. Heb. 9: 27. So John 12: 31 vvv XQiffig Iffu TOII xoffpov, now is this ivorld judged. 16: 8, 11. John 5:27 et Jude 15 xglaiv noiiiv i. q. xo/my, comp. John 5: 30 and in KqlvM c. a. Melon, for the power of judgment John 5: 22. Sept. for UDUJ73 Lev. 19: 15. Deut. 1: 17. Is. 28: 6.^Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 2. Hdian. 1. 11. 12. Xen. An. 6. 6. 20. (ft) judgment given, sentence pro- nounced, genr. John 5: 30. 2 Pet. 2: 11 xgiffiv, and Jude 9 xgiaig . (Dem. 322. 15.) Spec. sentence of punishment, condemnation, e. g. to death Acts 8: 33, see in Al'go) no. 4. a. Olshausen in loc. So Sept. and BS1ZJJ3 Jer. 39: 5. Ael. V. H. 13. 38. Diotl. Sic 1. 82 pen. Usually imply- ing also punishment, as a certain conse- quence, e. g. from God, dixaiat al xgl- ca, to hide, to conceal, Pass, or Mid. to hide oneself, to be hid" Aor. 2 pass. IxQvfitiv as pass, to be hid, Matt. 5: 14. Luke 19: 42 ; and with mid. signif. to hide oneself John 8: 59. 12: 36. Buttm. 136. 2. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 317 sq. Matt. 5: 14 ov dvva- 13: 35. v. 44 ov iv- Tim. 5: 25. Heb. 11: 23. of the hidden manna, as symbolical of the enjoyments of the kingdom of heaven ; in allusion perhaps to the Jew- ish tradition that the ark with the pot of manna was hidden by order of king Josiah, and will again be brought to light in the reign of the Messiah ; comp. 463 Wetstein N. T. and Schoettgen Hor. Heb. in loc. Seq. tv fivi, Matt. 13: 44 &r)ffav()w xsxQVfjifisvfa iv TW /&. 25: 25. trop. Col. 3: 3. Seq. iig 11 Rev. 6: 15. seq. dno rivog to hide from, John 12: 36 3 /7jaov U7id&oi)v IXQV^IJ cm av- TWV, hid himself from them. Luke 18: 34 % 19: 42. Rev. 6: 16. So John 8: 59 'irjffovg Ss txQvfir), xal t$ij1i&ev Ix TOV Itgov \. e. Jesus hid himself and [after- wards] went out of the temple ; or we may render EXOV/STJ adverbially, he se- cretly went out etc. comp. in ^TroTotyiaw. Perf. part, xtxyvpuivog, hidden, as adv. secretly, John 19: 38, see Buttm. 123. n. 3. Sept. for 6Tahn Gen. 3: 8, 10. Is. 42: 22. TPlOH Gen. 4: 13. lh3 Josh. 7: 19. IDS 'Prov. 1: 11. Hdian.' 1. 14. 7. c. iv Hd'ian. 3. 4. 14. c. dq Di- od. Sic. 4. 33. c. onto Horn. Od. 23. 110. yowr lives, procure your safety, comp. Matt. 10: 22 et 24: 13. Sept. for mp Gen. 4: 1. 25: 10. Ecclus. 51: 28' ' Ael. V. H. 5. 9. Xen. Mem. 1. 6.3. m > f. /(TO), . , log,) to be as crystal, clear and sparkling, Rev. 21:11. J\pVOTCcAAfjj OV 9 O, (xoi'oc, XQV- (nalvto to freeze,) crystal, pp. any thing congealed and pellucid, e. g. ice Sept. for rn Job 6: 16. Horn. II. 22. 152. In N. T. prob. rock-crystal, Rev. 4: 6. 22: 1. Diod. Sic. 2. 52 init. JtgvyciioSj cCy ov y (X^VTTTW,) hid- den, secret, in some Mss. Matt. 6: 18 iv Tft xQwpaloi for iv TW XOVTITW. Sept. for ^ROtt Jer. 23: 24. Xen. Hi*. 10. 6. J&Qvy?)) adv. (xpvjnoi,) secretly, not openly, Eph. 5 : 12. Sept. for nnOa Deut. 28: 57. Xen. Conv. 5. 8. Comp" Buttm. 115. n. 3. Mid. to get for oneself, to acquire, to pro- cure, by purchase or otherwise, perf. xfixr/^ucu as pres. to possess, see Buttm. 113. 6. Seq. ace. Matt. 10: 9. Luke 18: 12 navia oaa xrw^uat. 1 Thess. 4: 4 TO eavrov (rxBvog xracr&cii, to procure for himself a wife, in the oriental man- ner by purchase, see in 2xcvo?. With an adjunct of price, e. g. gen. Acts 22: 28. dia c. gen. 8: 20. ix c. gen. 1: 18 ovrog cxT7j, opog y o, (xro/it,) posses- sor, owner, Acts 4: 34 xr?JTOf? ^wotwv. Diod. Sic. X. p. 102. Bip. or VI. p. 196. Tauchn. KiiL^cOy f. MTU, (kindr. with XT- ouai,) pp. to bring under tillage and set- tlement e. g. a land Horn. II. 20. 216. to found a city Od. 11. 263. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 5. Diod. Sic. 1. 12. In N. T. to found, i. e. to create, to form, trans, of God as creating the universe or any of its parts, Mark 13: 19 yg S'XTMTS 6 -&eos. Rom. 1: 25. 1 Cor. 11: 9. Eph. 3: 9. Col. 3: 10. 1 Tim. 4: 3. Rev. 4: 11 bis. 10: 6. Of Christ Col. 1: 16 bis. Sept for fin2 Deut. 4: 32. Ps. 89: 13. Wisd. 11: 17. Ecclus. 17: 1. Trop. of a moral creation, renovation, Eph. 2: 10 xna&swsg iv X. '/. inl i'gyoig ocya- d-dtg. v. 15. 4: 24. So Sept. and fins Ps. 51: 12. tots, C0g, 7;, (xr/w,) a found- ing of cities Jos. c. Ap. 1. 2. Diod. Sic. 2. 4. Thuc. 1. 17. In N. T. creation, i. e. a) the act of creating, Rom. l:207ro XTifffwg xoauov. Psalt. Salom. 8: 7. b) genr. created thing, and collect. 464 .VjUlVOV created things. Rom. 1: 25 if) xilan Traoa lov xiUravra. 8: 39. Heb. 4: 13. _ Wisd. 2: 6. Ecclus. 49: 16. Collect, (a) creation in general, the uni- verse, e. g. an agxyg xrUrms Mark 10: 6. 13: 19. 2 Pet. 3: 4. Col. 1: 15 nqmo- TOXOS ndarjg tniafwg. Rev. 3: 14. Spec. the visible creation, Heb. 9: 11. Judith 9: 12. 16: 14. (/S) raeton. for man, man- kind, Mark 16: 15 xrjQvSars TO tvay/dh- ov ndcrr) TJ/ xiiatt. Col. 1: 23. So Rom. 8: 19, 20, 21, 22, creation for human crea- tures, all mankind; others creation in general. 2 Cor. 5: 17 et Gal. 6: 15 tcaivr) xn'f10,) to encircle, to surround, trans. John 10: 24. Acts 14: 20. ^ Of besiegers Luke 21: 20 xvxkovulvyv vno arpazoTreoW TTJV 'isgova. Heb. 11: 30. Rev. 20:9. Sept. for n^D 1 K. 7: 15. 1 Sam. 7: 16. n3h Is. 29:~3'. genr. Diod. Sic. 18. 59. in 'a hostile sense Pol. 1. 17. 13. Diod. S. 15. 65. , ov y o, a circle, in N. T. only in dat. xi'xAw as adv. around,round about, comp. Buttm. 115. 4. Mark 3: 34 ntQipfaydftsvos xvxlw. 6:6,36. Luke 9: 12. Rom. 15: 19. Seq. gen. Rev. 4: 6 xvx/lw TOU -&QOVOV. (5:11.) 7: 11. Sept. for n\3D Gen. 23: 17. Ex. 30: 3. seq. gen. forW. 5] KM Josh. 6:3. Hdian. 1. 15. 5. Xen. H.~G. 6. 5. 17. seq. gen. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 5. lcOy f. ATM, (later form for xv- to roll, trans, e. g. U&ov? Sept. for b^a Josh. 10: 18. nl&ov Luc. Quom. Hist." conscr. 2. In N. T. Mid. to roll intrans. to wallow, Mark 9:20 exviwro acpQlwv. Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 4. Arr. Epict. 4. 11. 29. Diod. Sic. 1. 87. LCCy CfTOp, TO, (xV/l/W,) pp. something rolled, a wheel, Syrnm. for ^3>3 Ez. 10: 13. In N. T. waUowing- place, i. q. xvUffiQa. 2 Pet. 2: 22 1? . . . tig xvho*pa (ioQ^oQov. See in Bogftogog. Poll. Onom. I. 183. So xvUa^ct Xen. Eq. 5. 3. KvXloQ, Tfj ov } (kindr. with xoTios,) pp. bent, crooked, e. g. the hand as held out in begging, Aristoph. Eq. 1083. Also of the limbs, and hence genr. and in N. T. crippled, lame, espec. in the hands, Matt. 15: 30, 31. 18: 8. Mark 9: 43. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 31. Aristoph. Av. 1379. /ou>,Matt.8:24. 14:24. Mark 4: 37. Acts 27:41. Jude 13. Sept. for Va Job 38: 11. Is. 48: 18. Luc. Navig. 8. Pol. 10. 10. 3. KvjufiaAov, ov, TO, (xi?ju/?o? ba- son,) a cymbal, I Cor. 13: 1. Sept. for 1 Chr. 13:8. Ezra 3: 10. Jos. . Xen. Eq. 1. 3. Vy TO, cumin, cuminum sativum of modern botany, Heb. "J733, 465 Kvoia Gertn. Kummel, an umbelliferous plant with aromatic seeds of a warm and bit- terish taste, very similar to caraway- seeds ; they were used by the ancients as a condiment, as they still are by the common people of German}'. Matt. 23: 23. Sept. for ]; 3 3 Is. 28: 25, 27. Theophr. Char. 19 or'lO. Cornp. Plin. H. N. 19. 8. ov, TO, (dimin. of a little dog, puppy, Matt. 15: 26, 27. Mark 7: 27, 38. Theophr. Char. 5 or 21. Plato Euthydem. 27 med. p. 298. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 20. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 180. fiujiptoc, ov, o, a Cyprian, Cyp- riot, from Cyprus, Acts 4: 36. 11:20. 21: 16. KVJIQO?, ov, fj, Cyprus, a large and celebrated island of the Mediterra- nean, not far from the coasts of Syria and Asia Minor, extremely fertile, and abounding in wine, oil, alhennn, and mineral productions. The in- habitants were luxurious and ellemi- nate. The presiding divinity of the island was Venus, who had a famous temple at Paphos, and is hence often called the Paphian goddess. Of the Cyprian cities, Salamis and Paphos are mentioned in N. T. Acts 11:19. 13:4. 15: 39. 2t: 3. 27:4. Comp. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 378 sq. J^vmoj, f. y>w, to sloop, to bow one- self, intrans. Mark 1: 7. John 8: 6, 8. Sept. for TijD 1 Sam. 24: 9. 1 K. 1: 16, 31. Plut'/Agesil. 12 med. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 7. KvorjVOioQ, ov, 0, a Cyrenian, from Cyrene, in N. T. spoken of Jews born or residing there, Matt. 27: 32. Mark 15: 21. Luke 23: 26. Acts 6: 9. 11:20. 13:1. Kvorjvr), T?C, ?/, Cyrene, a large and powerful city of Lybia Cyrenaica in northern Africa, situated in a plain a few miles from the Mediterranean coast. It was the resort of great num- bers of Jews, who were here protected by the Ptolemies and by the Roman power. See 1 Mace. 15: 23. Jos. Ant. 59 14. 7. 2. jb. 16. 6. 5. c. Ap. 2. 4. Ro- senm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 367. Acts 2: 10. ?, ov, o, Cyrenius, Lat. Quirinus, Luke 2: 2, i. e. Publius Sul- pitius Quirinus, a Roman senator, of an obscure family, but raised to the high- est honours by Augustus, Tacit. Ann. 3. 48. He was sent as governor or proconsul to Syria, in order to take a census of the whole province with a view to taxation ; and this census he completed in A. D. 8, according to the usual chronology, Acts 5: 37. Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 1. ib. 18. 2. 1. The census spo- ken of in Luke 1. c. was probably a mere enrolment of persons, (see in ^Anoygonf-f],} and is therefore mention- ed by no other historian ; but how could it have been made by Cyrenius, who first came as proconsul several years later? and when too at the time specified by Luke, Saturninus and not Cyrenius was proconsul of Syria ? Not improbably Cyrenius may have been at that time joined with Saturninus as his procurator, and is therefore called t]yi(ib)v, just as Volumnius had been before, Jos. Ant. 16. 9. 1. ib. 16. 10. 8 ; and just as Coponius afterwards was joined with Cyreuius himself, and so called fytfuov, Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 1. Pro- fane history does not indeed assert that Quirinus had thus been procurator of Syria at a period some years before he was sent thither as proconsul ; but neither does it assert any thing in contradiction to such an hypothesis ; which is favoured also by the mode of expression in Luke : This was the FIRST census under Cyrenius, etc. See in Calmet Act. Cyrenius p. 326. Kvptct, ac, ^, (fern, of mistress, lady, used as an honorary title of address to a female, as in English, 2 John 1, 5. Comp. in KVQIOS A. c. Epict. Ench. 40 at yvvcunt? xvQlcu xa- AouvTat ano TeacraQscrxttldexa ir&v. genr. Sept. for nnaa Gen. 16: 4. 2 K. 5: 3. Xen. H. G. 3*. V. 12. Others regard it as a pr. n. fern. Cyria, which was not unusual among the Greeks, comp. Gru- teri Inscript. Kuoiaxos 466 Kvgiog o?, r), ov, (xvQiog,) per- taining to the Lord, to the Lord Jesus Christ, as xvgiaxov SHTTVOV the Lord's supper 1 Cor. 11:20. XVQ. ^psQit tin- Lord's day Rev. 1: 10. Act. Thorn. 31. Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 10. KvOlfVCOf f. fixrw, (XVQ to?,) to le lord over any person or thing, to have dominion over, seq. gen. Luke 22: 25 o Rom. 14: 9. 2 Cor. 1: 24. Part. o xv- vbjv, a lord, potentate, 1 Tim. 0: 15 r xvQiti'ovttav Lord of lords, romp, iti lictffihvs a. Trop. of things, Rom. 6:9, 14 apotQilct ycto vuuv ov xv- Qtiivii. 7: 1. Sept. for yn Judg. 9: 2. Is. 19: 4. Pol. 5. 34. 6. Xen. Mem. 3. :>. n. KvQtQS, ou, 6, (XVQOS might, pow- er,) lord, master, owner. A) Generally a) as the possessor, owner, master, e. g. of property, Matt. 20: 8 6 xvQtog roii ot^ndtavog. 21: 40. Gal. 4: 1. Sept. 6 xiQiog tov IUVQOV lleb. b*2 Ex. 21: 28, 29, 34. Pol. 3. 98. 10. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 44. So the ma*ler or head of a house, Mark 13: 35 XVQIOS rfg olxlag. Matt. 15: 27. (Sept. and i~3>2 Ex. 22: 7.) The master or possessor of persons, servants, slaves, Matt. 10: 24. 24: 45 doi/log . . . ov xaiiairiatv 6 xvQiog avroii x. i. I. v. 46, 48, 50. Acts 16:16,19. Rom. 14:4. Eph. 6:5, 9. Col. 3: 22. 4: 1. al. So Sept. for tr:in$ Judg. 19: 11. Ex. 39: 7. Gen. 24: 9 sq! Luc. Charid. 19. Diod. Sic. 4. 63. Xen. Conv. 6. 1. Spoken ofahusband, 1 Pet. 3: 6 cu$ 2agqa vnijxovffs TW 'Apqaafr XVQIOV ainov xcdoicra. So Sept for -pitf Gen. 18: 12. Plut. Mor. II. p. 2JO. Tanchn. or VII. p. 32. 13. Reiske -- Seq. gen. of thing, and without the art. lord, master q/*any thing, as having ahsolnte authority over it, e. g. xvQiog ioD dtgiv^ov Matt. 9: 38. Luke 10: 2. x. zoD vappuiov Malt. 12: 8. Mark 2: 28. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 19 xv- to$ iivcu ia g>i/rct xaQ7iovo~&ai. Dem. 36. 27. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 22. b) of a supreme lord, sovereign, e. g. the Roman emperor Acts 25: 26. Phi- lo Leg. ad Cai. II. p. 587. 42. Arr. rpirt. 4. 1. 12. Plut. T. VI. p. 673. 13. ed. Reiske. Of the heathen gods, 1 Cor. 8: 5 wcnr^ dffl &eol nottol xal xv- QIOI nottol, i. e. prob. gods superior and inferior, i. q. demons. Find. Isth. 5. 67 ZEV$ o nuvjwv xvqiog. Diod. Sic. 1.65. c) as an honorary title of address, especially to superiors, as in Engl. Master, Sir, Fr. Siew, Monsieur, Germ. Heir. E. g. from a servant to his mas- ter Matt. 13: 27. Luke 13: 8; a son to his father Matt. 21: 30 ; to a teacher, master, Matt. 8: 25. Luke 9: 54, (comp. in 'Ti'Tifo-Tanjc:,) and so doubled Matt. 7: 21, 22. Luke 6: 46. comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 6/9; to a person of dignity and authority, Mark 7: 28. John 4: 11, 15, 19, 49 ; to the Roman procurator Matt. 27: 63. Also in the respectful intercourse of common life, John 12: 21. 20: 15. Acts 16: 30. Comp. Seneca Ep. 3, ' obvios, si nomen uon succur- rit, dominos appellarnus.' Sept. and pIN Gen. 19:2. 23:6, 11, 15. al. Arr/Epict. 2. 20. 30. ib. 3. 10. 15. Pol. 7. 9. 5. B) Spoken of God and Christ, a) of God a? the Supreme Lord and sove- reign of the universe, usually in Sept. for Heb. rirr Jehovah. With the art. xwpto?, 'Matt. 1: 22. 5: 33. Mark 5: 19. Luke 1: 6, 28. Acts 7: 33. Heb. 8: 2, 10. James 4: 15. al. saep. Without the art. xvpio? Matt. 27: 10. Mark 13: 20. Luke 1: 58. Acts 7: 49. Rom. 4: 8. Heb. 7: 21. 1 Pet. 1: 25. al. saep. So Sept. for rrin^ o XVQ. Job 1: 7. xvg. Gen. 11: 5. 18: b3. " I 3T1,N{ o XVQ. Is. 49: 14. XIQ. 1 K. 22: T 6. "rnrp ->:i^ 6 XVQ. Ps. 73: 28. xi:ins nin:. Is. 25: 8. Ez. 4:^ 14. (Judith 8~! 14, h'i.) xvpio? oa(3aoj{)- Rom. 9: 29. James5:4. Sept. and H eb. rnaOS rini^ 1 Sam. 15:2. Is. 1: 9. xupiog UUVTO- xrwrcop 2 Cor. 6: 18, and XVQIO? o &eo? 6 navTOXaiM Rev. 4: 8. 11: 17. al. Sept. for ni&ns nirP. 2 Sam. 7: 8. Nah. 2:14. Lord of lords I Tim. 6: 15, com- pare in Bao/o> see be- low. With adjuncts, e. g. c. art o xv- giog '/ijomv or 'iqaoi'g ox. 1 Cor. 5: 5. 11:23. Rom. 4: 24. 6 XVQ. tj.uwv 3 Ifjffovg Heb. 13:20. 6 x. yuuv Xg^nog once Rom. 16: 18. ox. 'iqaovg XQio~ioq, or 1 /. Xg. o xi'o. Acts 16: 31. Rom. 13: 14. al. Rom. 1: 4. 1 Cor. 1: 9. al. o XVQ. ripwv 'I. A> 1 Cor. 1: 2, 10. Gal. 6: 18. al. saep. '/. Xo. 6 xvo. r,^tav Eph. 3:11. 1 Tim. 1:2. 2 Pet. 1:2. So without the art. e. g. xvgiog ^lyvoig Rom. 10: 9. 1 Cor. 12: 3. Phil. 2:19. al. XQio~iog xvQiog i. e. the Messiah Luke 2: 11. xvQiog 'ftjffovg Xgivjog, or J /. XQ. xi-otoc, Rorn. 1: 7. 2 Cor. 1:2. Phil. 1: 2. al. 2 Cor. 4: 5. xvyiog ^tojv '/. XQ. Gal. 1:3. Further in the phrase iv xvpitp, in the Lord, without the art. found only in the usage of Paul except once Rev. 14: 13, and to be explained >Cj fi, (xi'Q tog,) lord- ship, dominion, for concr. lords, princes, rulers, Eph. 1: 21. Col. 1: 16. 2 Pet. 2: 10. Jude 8. Not found in classic writers. Kt/fOOt t (o, f. uo-o), (xvgof,) to give authority, to establish as valid, to con- 2 Cor. 2: 8 xuowo-at fig ctvibv ayanip. Sept. pass, for fi-p Gen. 23: 20. Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 6. Pol. 1. 11. 1. Thuc. 8. 69. Kvrov, xwog o, t'i, a dog, plur. o* xvvig dogs. a) pp. Luke 16:21. 2 Pet. 2:22. Sept. for nb^ Ex. 22: 31. Judg. 7: 5. Ael. H. An." 8. 9. Xem. Men. 2. 7. 13. In the East dogs are mostly without masters; they wander at large in the streets and fields, often in troops, and feed upon offals and even corpses ; comp. IK. 14:11. 16:4. 21:19. Ps. 59: 6, 14 sq. They are held as unclean, and to call one a dog is a stronger expression of contempt than even with us, 1 Sam. 17: 43. 2 K. 8: 13. The Jews called the heathen dogs, just as Mohammedans do Christians at the pres- 468 Aw yiov give not consecrated meat to dogs, i. e. genr. proffer not good and holy things to those who will spurn and pervert them. Also plur. for Sodomites, cat- amites, Rev. 22: 15. So Sept. and nr.3. Deut. 23: 19. ent day, comp. Schoettgen Hor. Heb. p. 1145. See Jahn 51. Calmet art. v iu a ge, hamlet, in the country and with- D8' out walls, cornp. Jahn 41. b) trop. for an impudent, shameless a j pp> e . g. Ja? -nol^ X al rag xw^a? person, Phil. 3: 2 where it is spoken of jyf att . & 35. IQ : 11. Luke 8: 1. 13: 22. Judaizing teachers, comp. Is. 56:11. ayQ ol xal xuuat fields and villages Mark (Horn. II. 6.344, 356. Od. 22. 35.) g. Luke 9. 12 . X c^ t % no ^ jj Matt. 7: 6 /*>} flwre to a/iov rot? xvffl, lit. fy^i Mark 6: 56. y xw'p?, al xupai, simply, Matt. 14: 15. 21: 2. Mark 6: 6. 11: 2. Luke 5: 17. 9: 6, 52, 56. 10: 38. 17: 12. 19: 30. 24: 13, 28. John 11: 1, 30. So John 7: 42 of Bethlehem, sc. before the time of Rehoboam who for- tified it 2 Chr. 11: 6. Melon, villages for the inhabitants of villages Acts 8: 25. Sept. for IS 3 1 Chr. 27: 25. Cant. 7: 12. Pol. 2. 17/9 otxow xara XM^iotq arfixiffrovg. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 28. Mark 8: 27 at xo>//t KaivaQelvtg, the villages of Cesarea, i. e. lying around and de- pendent upon it. Sept. plur. for DT23 Josh. 15: 45. 17: 11. -isft Josh. 15: 31 sq. 19:6sq. b) apparently of a large town or city, perhaps without walls or partly in ru- ins, e. g. Bethsaida prob. of Galilee, Mark 8: 23, 26 bis, comp. v. 22 et John 1: 45. Sept. for W Josh. 10: 37. 15: 9. Hdian. 3. 6. 19 o'f Byzantium, Tra- fftt TS 7; nolig xartcrxacpr)' xat . . . navrog TS xofffiov xat npyg acpaiQt&sv, TO Bv~ avnov xupr] dovhtwiv IleQiv&loig dti- y TO, ( perh. xs'Mw,) a limb, member, of the human body Eu- rij). Phoeniss. 1192 or 1201. Apollo- dor. Bibl. 3.5. of an animal l)io&m ex oV ylyovTcti x vi)g TTCOI TO oo? Genr. Hdot. 2. 95. Later Heb. and ttirn' 1 , Buxt. Lex. Rab. Chald. 1516, 927/342. geti. Kt5, ace. Xwv and Xtu Buttm. 37. n. 2, Cos or Co, now Stan Co or Stanchio, a small and fertile island of the Egean sea, near the coast of Caria in Asia Minor, almost between the promontories on which the cities Cnidus and Halicarnassus were situa- ted. It was celebrated for its wine, silks, and cotton of a beautiful texture. Acts 21: 1 a? ir]v 'Kwv. I Mace. 15: 23 fig KM. Jos. Ant. 14. 7. 2. 6, indec. Cosam, prob. He!). tO'p , pr. n. of a man Luke- 3:28. Kaxpo?, y } 6v y (XO'TTTQ),) pp. blunt- ed, dull, e. g. a weapon Horn. II. 11. 390. In N. T. trop. of the senses and faculties. a) blunted, lame, as to the tongue, as to speech, i. e. dumb, Matt. 9: 32, 33 ttdtyo-ev o xw^o'ff. 12: 22 bis. 15: 30, 31. Luke 1:22. 11:14 bis, daiuoviov xwqpcv, comp. in *'A\a\oq, Sept. for DKX Hab. 2:18. Hdot. 1.34. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 20. b) blunted, dull, as to hearing, deaf, Matt. 11: 5 xou xtuqpot wxovowt. Mark 7: 32, coll. v. 33. v. 37. 9: 25 nvtvua aAexAov xcu xwqpdv, see in^AaAo?. Luke 7: 22. So Sept. and snrt Ps. 38: 14. Is. 35: 5. 43: 8. Luc. Vitar. Auct. 27. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 19. f. aor. 2 /Of, to obtain by lot, to have fall to one- self, viz. a) pp. and seq. gen. Luke 1: 9 i'i.it/f TOU &i'/uUiJurui, the different portions of the daily service being assigned by lot, see Wetstein N. T. in loc. Comp. Matth. 328. Winer 30. 5 ult. c. gen. Thuc. 2. 44. absol. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 7. Diod.Sic. 4. 63. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 34. Hence by impl. to decide by lot, to cast lots, seq. negi c. gen. John 19: 24 Aw/v Trcot avTov, tivoq lorat. absol. Diod. Sic. 4. 63 t'Ka^ov, xal ffwsfir) TW xAiJpw Axftv Oycrea. b) genr. to obtain, to receive, c. ace. Acts 1: 17 I'Aa/8 tov xlygov, see in K\T/}- QO? b. 2 Pet. 1: 1. Cornp. Matth. 1. c. p. 637 -- 3 Mace. 6: 1. Luc. Hermot. 57. Xen. An. 4. 5. 24. jiaapoc t ov, o, Lazarus, pr. n. a) of the brother of Mary and Martha of Bethany, raised by Jesus from the dead, John 11: 1, 2, 5, 1 1, 14, 43. 12: 1, 2, 9, 10, 17. b) of the poor man in our Lord's parable, Luke 16: 20, 23, 24 r 25. Hence the modern Lazaretto. adv. (la&iiv, secretly, privately, Matt. 1: 19 aTroAwai. 2: 7. John 11: 28. Acts 16: 37. Sept. for -11333 Deut. 13: 7. Job 31: 27. U"!?2 1 Sam. 18: 22. Diod. Sic. 14. 75. 'Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 16. Sy ], tempest, sc. of wind with rain, ivhirlwind, hurricane, Mark 4: 37. Luke 8: 23. 2 Pet. 2: 17. Sept. for ^SO Jer. 35: 32. |-n3>0. Job 38: 1. nsnb'Job 21: 18. Pol/ 30. 14. 6. Horn. II. 17. 57. see , f. ra>, (adv. A,) to kick, to strike with the heel, e. g. nqbg xlv- TOW Acts 9: 5. 26: 14. See in KBVIQOV. Lue. Hermot. 33. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 7. An. 3. 2. 18. cdy co, f. yaw, to speak, to talk, pp. to use the voice, without any ne- cessary reference to the words spoken, 470 mid thus differing from ilnnv and ta'- ytiv ; see Tittrn. de Syn. N. T. p. 79, 80. Espec. of children, to talk much, to prattle, Genii, lallen, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 12 naiddqiov wi', 8tt,v6iaio$ laiuv itio- xovv iit'ui. Pint, de Garrul. init. Comp. lit I). "173K and "127 , Gesen. Lex. In N. T. genr. to fptofc, to talk ; less fre- quent in profane writers. a) pp. of persons, absol. Matt. 9: 33 Aoiqro' o xonpof. 12: 22. 15: 31. Mark 5: 35 T* aviov AaAoDvio?. Luke 7: 15. Acts 18: 9. James 1: 19. al. saep. Sept. for 127 1 Sam. 3: 9, 10. Is. 1: 2.Luc. de Do'nio 3 ult. Hdian. 2. 4. 14 lit, ).u- JLOVVTU lov . . . q:ovvov /. With adjunct of pers. to whom, e. g. dat. John 15: 22. 1 Cor. 3: 1 ; also c. nctQqrjffla John JS: 20. iv c. dat. of manner Matt. 13: 10 dicni iv nagafiokaig Atat? avidig ; 13: 34 id. et gaols 7iw^ ( 5oAf/?. c. inl iw ovopni jivog Acts 4: 17. 5: 40 ; see in ^E?il II. 3. c. . ntQl nvog Luke 9: 11. So 7i0o? Tiva Acts 11: 20. Seq. ace. of the thing taught, comp. in a. c, absoi. John 3: 11. 8: 30, 40. 18: 20. Acts 16: 14. 20: 30. Tit. 2: 1 ; and so in refer- ence to the doctrines of Jesus, John 8: 28, 38. 12: 50. Acts 5: 20. 17: 19. 1 Cor. 2: 6, 7. kahlv xt diduaxfiv Acts 18: 25. With pers. to whom, e. g. dat. Mark 2: 2 i).u).ti ctvjolg ^ov loyov. 4: 33. John 6: 03. Acts 8: 25 ; also seq. iv c. dat. of manner John 10: 25. U- yo)v Matt. 13: 3. 11 7100$ iiva Acts 3: 22. 1 Thess. 2: 2 lnti t aai ngbg vpag TO tvayy&hov. (ft) of those who tell, relate, declare, announce any thing, John 1: 37. ngoq ttva et adv. Luke 2: 20. ncqi Ttvog John 9: 21. (c. flat. Theophr. Char. 7 or 24.) Seq. ace. of thing, comp. ahove in a. e. Acts 4: 20. Matt. 26: 13 ; seq. ace. et dat. of j Acts 23: 28, and with tiywv impl. Matt. 13:33. comp. ahove in a. y. Also c. ntf)l iivog Luke 2: 17. Acts 22: 10. x#' uv iQQjfov 27: 25. naou rivog Luke 1: 45. (/) f prophesy, predictions, etc. for to foretell, to declare, 2 Pet. 1: 21. James 5: 10. Acts 3: 24. 20: 22. ngoq iivn Acts 28: 25. seq. ace. of thing, comp. ahove in a. c. Luke 24: 25 oig by attr. for . Acts 3: 21 . seq. ace. et dat. of pers. John 16: 1,4. So of a di- vine promise, Luke 1: 55, 70. (d) of what is said with authority, for to di- rect, to charge, to prescribe, seq. dat. Mark 16: 19. c. ace. et dat. John 15: 11. ace. et Big et nfyl Heh. 7: 14. For to publish, to promulgate, authorita- tively, Heh. 3: 5. 9: 19. () trop. to speak by writing, by letter, 2 Cor. 11: 17 bis. Heh. 2: 5. 2 Pet. 3: 10. Of one dead who speaks, exhorts, by his example, Heb. 11: 4. c) melon, of things, e. g. () of a law, i. q. to prescribe, Rom. 3: 19. (/5) of the expiatory blood of Jesus, Heb. 12: 24 xytinov AaAotTii naga, iov*'Aft&, speaking belter than [the blood of] Jlbtl, since this latter cried only for vengeance, Gen. 4: 10. (/) In the imagery of the Apocalypse, spoken of a voice, Rev. 1: 12. 4: 1. 10: 4; of thunders, which are said Icdilv T? eu- iwv (pavag Rev. 10: 3, 4 ; of a beast, Rev. 13: 5, 11, 15. So Heb. n72 of the serpent, Gen. 3: 1, 4, Sept. tlnfv. AL. jlaAia, a?, ?/ UwAt'w,) prattle, lo- quacity, Theophr. Char. 23 or 7. Aris- toph. Nub. 929 or 931. In N. T. speech, utterance, i. e. a) manner of speaking, e. g. a di- alect, brogue, Matt. 26: 73. Mark 14: 70. Sept. for 12172 Cant. 4: 3. b) melon, what' is uttered, words, talk, John 4: 42. 8: 43. Sept. for -q^ Job 33: 1. cornp. Sept. Is. 11: 3. Pol'. 32. 9. 4. ib. 1. 32. 6. ct or Acr^i/m, lama, i. e. ^ rittb or HTaV , why ? wherefore ? Matt. 27:*46et tfark 15:34, from Ps. 22: 2 where Sept. Ivotrl. f. bjifjofiai, aor. ftov, perf. dlrjcpct, to take, actively, and also in the partially passive sense to re- ceive, trans. 1. to take, a) pp. with the hand,. seq. ace. expr. or impl. () genr. Matt. 14: 19 xt \aftw rove; nsvrs uorovg. 25: 1 JLnfiovtftxi ^ag lafinadag. 26: 26, 52. 27: 6, 30, 48. Mark 9: 36. Luke 22: 17. John 12: 3, 13. 13: 4, 12,30. 1 Cor. 11: 23. Rev. 5: 8. 22: 17. c. Ix iivoq John 16: 14. Rev. 5: 7. Sept. for npb Gen. 18:8. Num. 16: 17, 18. Kr: Josh. 6: 4. Is. 2: 4. Hdian.8. 8. 15/Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 4. Trop. rtfirjv eatrw L Heb. 5: 4. dvva^uv Rev. 11: 17. Xiphilin. Galb. p. 187 vo[u(av otx o^j;v, AA dsdoffOcti LTW. Part. Aa- fimv is often used before other verbs by a species of pleonasm, in order to express the idea more completely and graphically, comp. in ' JiMfftryu II. d. avot 472 Viger. p. 352. Passow in lapftuvo) ult. Matt. 13: 31 ov Aa/3wv avvfyamo? eovrn- QCV. v. 33. Luke 24: 43. Acts 16: 3. Sept. Josh. 2: 4. Luc. Scyth. 6. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 6, 7. (ft) Of taking food or drink, c. ace. John 19: 30. Acts 9: 19 xai Act/Soil' Tooqptjv. 1 Tim. 4: 4. ab- sol. Mark 15: 23. So Heb. n^b, comp. Gesen. Lex. (/) In llie sense of to take to or with any one,e. g. Matt. 16: 5 ^AatfoxTO uoiovs lafttiv. \. 7. 25: 4. John 18: 3. /u*#' tavruv Maft. 25: 3. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 22.) So Innpavtiv yvvctixu, to take a wife, to take as a wife, Mark 12: 19, 20, 21, 22. Luke 20: 28 sq. Sept. for fljPb Gen. 6: 2. 11: 29. Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 3' Plato Crito 12. p. 50. D. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 16. (<5)/ to take upon oneself, to bear, trop. Matt. 10: 38 tov (TTavQov. 8: 17 tag aff&evflag V/CM , quoted from Is. 53: 4 where Heb. N ; :,Sept. (ftQtiv. (e) to take up, to gather up, Matt. 16: 9, 10 noo-ovg xoyl- vovg ttdpne, comp. Mark 8: 19, 20. Trop. Act^ay n}v WWi M PP- to */#if- /u, John 10: 17, 18. Xen. Oec. 8. 2. ib. 9. 10. b) to take out from a number, to choose. Acts 15: 14 Aa/Sety e| e^vaJy Aa- 6v. Heb. 5: 1. Sept. Amos 2: 11. Pol. 2. 38. 11. Xen. An. 1. 1. 6. c) to take, i. e. to seize, to lay hold of, with the idea offeree, violence, (a) pp. Matt. 21: 35 xul lafiovifg xovg dovlovg rtrioi, ov fiev edeigav x. i. A. v. 39. Mark 12: 3, 8. John 19: 1. absol. 2 Cor. 11: 20. Luc. D. Deor. 21. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 23. So in hunting or fish- ing, to take, to catch, Luke 5: 5. trop. 2 Cor. 12: 16 5oAw vpag I'Aa/Sov, comp. Matt. 4: 19 Palaeph. 28. 3. Xen. Cyr. .1. 4. 9. (ft) Trop. of any strong af- fection or emotion, to seize, to come or fall upon any one, e. g. accnrao-i? I'Aa/Sw ananaq Luke 5: 26. qtoftog 7: 16. TI- Qaffpos 1 Cor. 10: 13. Sept. for tlfK Ex. 15: 15. 2 Mace. 9. 5. Jos. Ant.Y. 6. 8. Xen. Conv. 1. 15. So of an evil spirit, demon, Luke 9: 39. comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 5. d) to take away, e. g. from any one by force, Matt. 5: 40 xal TOV /tzwva aov laftfiv. Rev. 3: 11 iVo ftrjdtls Jidftr) tor \aiApavtiv, i. q. to begin, Heb. 2:3. (Ael. V, H. 2. 28. Hdian. 7. 11. 1.) ttOQflli* A/w/?. to take occa- sion, Rom. 7: 8, 11. (Diod. Sic. 1. 60 xuinov.) -frapffO? A|U/?. to take courage, i. q. -fraggsb), see in <9o. Bos. Ell. Gr. p. 385 sq. b) of those who receive an office, station, dignity, either as committed or transmitted, e. g. intaxonyv Acts J: 20. v. 25. itQcntlav Heb. 7: 5. /5o- Luke 19: 12, 15. c. naqd nvog Acts 20: 24. Hdian. 3. 15. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 2. Also of a successor in office, Aa/Sflv dtddo%ov Acts 24: 27, comp. z/t(5/0|uat. Lat. successorem accipere Plin. Ep. 9. 13. c) of persons appointed to receive tribute, rent, etc. to collect, to exact. Matt. 17: 24 olid didQaxpa Ao^u/tfavovTtc, i. e. the receivers, collectors. 21: 34. Heb. 7: 8. c. dno iivog Matt. 17: 25. 3 John 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 3. c. nct- gd Luc. D. Mort. 22. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 5.6. d) trop. to receive instruction, i. q. to be instructed, to learn, llev. 3: 3 JUVTJ- fwvevs ovv TI w? eilrjcpag xal yxovvag. Diod. Sic. 2. 29 /Sf/Satw? txavra A^/3a- vovatv, i. e. pav&dvowiv. e) trop. in phrases, comp. above in no. 1. f. E. g. Iviofojv \&nficcvi,v, to 60 receive commandment, TKXQU iivo? John 10: 18. 2 John 4. ntgl iivog Col. 4: 10. KQogwa Acts 17: 15. (Act. Thorn. 36.) xaraUay/jY Ac^*/?. i. q. to Ic reconciled, Rom. 5: 11. xp/'/ww Aa^M/?. to receive condemnation, i. q. to be con- demned, Matt. 23: 13. James 3: 1. c. dat. reflex. Rom. 13: 2. ft/xotfo/lifi' lapp. i. q. to be edified 1 Cor. 14: 5. Tiaoay/ttiav L to receive a charge Acts 16: 24. TitQiTOitijv kuup. i. q. to be circumcised John 7: 23. AL. /, o, iudec. Lamech, Heb. 5, pr. n. of a patriarch, the father of Noah, Luke 3: 36. See Gen. 5: 25 sq. j see Ad pa. ?, f},(ldn7iwg Ittfufjat. Metaph. Matt. 5: J6. 2 Cor. 4: 6. Sept. for m': Prov. 4: 18. VnT- Dan. r.>: :J. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 9. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 7. Acevihavco, nor. 2 *&u&ov, to lie hiil, concealed, to be unknown, absol. Mark 7: 24 owe }JwJ^ Aatoly. Luke 8: 47. Ael. V. H. 4. 20 init. Seq. ncc. of pere. to be hid AS TO any one i. Q.from him, to escape his knowledge or notice, Acts 26: 26 ort ovx &ia&s yag aviov T* TOI/TWV. 2 Pet. 3: 5, 8. See Matth. 412. 5. comp. Buttm. 131. 4, 8. Hdian. 5. 8. 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 13. Joined with the participle of another verb it has the force of an adverb, i. e. secretly, unawares. Heb. 13: 2 tka&ov nveg Sn-ivavTss ayydovg. See Buttm. 144. n. 8. Winer 58. 4. Hdian. 5. 8. 6. Xen. An. 1. 1. 9. or, (Aa&wo, fr. la?, ,) stone-heum, rock-hewn, i. e. hewn in a rock, e. g. a sepulchre, Luke 23: 53. Comp. in AttTopiw. Sept. Deut. 4: 49. Aquil. Num. 21: 20. 23: 14. Attodbtticty ag } ?;, Laodicea, tlie chief city of Phrygia Pacatiana in Asia Minor, situated on the river Lycus a little above its junction with the Mean- der, and not far to the southward of Colosse and Hierapolis. Its earlier name was Diospolis ; it was enlarged by Antiochus II, and called by him Laodicea after his wife. About A. D. 65 it was destroyed by an earthquake, along with the two cities just named ; but was rebuilt by Marcus Aureliws. It is now in ruins, and the place bears the name of Eski-hissar. Comp. Ro- senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 205, 228. _ Col.2:l. 4:13,15,16. Rev. 1:11. (3:14.) Aao&tXCVSj eroc, 6, a Laodicean, Col. 4: 16. Rev. 3: 14. Aao? y QVy 6, people, viz. a) a people, nation, tribe, i. e. the mass of any people, and not like dijpog a community of free citizens. Luke 2: 10 i)Tig tortti Ttavil TW AaoJ. v. 31. Rev. 5: 9. Acts 4: 25 quoted from Ps. 2: 1 where Sept. for t&b . Sept. for c? Job 36: 31. Ez. 20: 41. Horn. Od. 6. 194 Hdot. 5. 42. Spec, of the Jews as the people of God's choice, absol. or c. TOU #o v etc. Matt. 1: 21. 2: 4, 6. Mark 7: 6. Luke 2: 32. John 11: 50. Heb. 7: 5. al. saep. So Sept. and B? Ex. 1: 20. 8: 1. Deut. 2: 4. al. saepiss. Trop. of Christians as God's spiritual Israel, Tit. 5: 14. Heb. 2: 17. 4: 9. 13: 12. b) genr. the people, i. e. the many, the multitude, the public, either indefinitely or of a multitude collected in one place. Luke 7: 29 xat nag 6 laog ccxovvag. 8: 47. 9: 13 slg navia tov Xabv rovxov for all this multitude. 18: 43. 23: 27 ntf- &og toil >LoD xat yvvaixwv. Acts 3.- 9, 11,12. 5:37. 18: 10. Horn. II. 18. 502. ib. 23. 728. Espec. the common people, the populace, the inhabitants of any city or territory, e. g. Jerusalem Acts 2: 47. 21: 30, 36 ; of Galilee Matt. 4: 23. 9: 35. So Sept. and Qy Gen. 19: 4. 23: 7, 12, 13. (Horn. Od" 13. 156.) As distinguished from magistrates etc. Matt. 26: 5 'iva pi] -froyvfiog yivrpai iv TolAaoJ. 27:25,64. Mark 11: 32. Luke 19: 48. 20: 6. 23: 13. Acts 6: 12. al. So Sept. and Q3? Ex. 18: 22, 26. Josh. 6: 8, 10. AL. vyyoz, 6, larynx, the throat, gullet, as an organ of the voice, Rom. 3: 13 quoted from Ps. 5: 10 where Sept. for "p-ia. Ecclus. 6: 5. Aristoph. Ran. 575 or 583. On the diff. between luQw/S and 9i7 see Lob. ad Phr. pp. 65, 470. ia, ac y i), Lasaea, a mari- time city of Crete, on the southern coast, not mentioned in profane wri- ters. Acts 27: 8. J) f. AaxJjcrfi), to crack, to knack, to snap, Hes. Theog. 694. Horn. II. 13. 616. In N. T. and later, to crack open, to burst, Acts 1: 18 e).dxi)o*8 psffog. Act. Thorn. 33 o ds dQaxwv cpvo-vj&elg ttatxyvs. Zonar. Lex. 691 ar- 475 , (O f. 7J. v. 36. Acts 4: 16. Rom. 9: 25. Heb. 1: 6. 8: 13. James 3: 23. al. sae- piss. (Xen. Conv. 4. 1.) So seq. OTV before the words quoted, Matt. 9: 18. Mark 2: 12 teyovjas' OIL ovdlnorK ov- zwg tl'dofiisv. 3: 21. Luke 4: 41. 23: 5. John 8: 33. Acts 2: 13. 6: 11. Rom. 3: 8. al. saep. Comp. Buttm. 149. p. 423. (Palaeph. 6. 7. Hdian. 8.3.4.) Hence particip. Af/toy, hfyovrtg, say- ing, is often put after other verbs or nouns implying speech, like Heb. SEtfr , as introducing the exact words, i. q. in these words, e. g. Matt. 5: 2 idi- 476 daaxtv ttvioi's, Ae'/wy Jkfaxuoo* x. T. A. 6: 31 p>} OL-V ptQipvi'iarjif, tiyovif?' %l iuv x. T. 1. 9: 30. 12: 38. 16: 7. Mark 1: 7, 24. 11: 31. Luke 4: 35, 36. 7: 39. 20: 5. John 4: 31, 51. Acts 2: 13, 40. 24: 2. Heb. 12: 26. Rev. 6: 10. al. saepiss. but not found in the ac- knowledged epistles of Paul. So Sept. and SBa? Gen. 1: 22. 2: 16. Lev. 1: 1. al. saepiss. Palaeph. 7. 7. (2) Seq. ace. of thing or person, e. g. the thing spoken, Matt. 21: 16 uxoveig il ovioi A- yowiv; Mark 11:23. Luke8:8 tavia As- yw. John 5:34. Roin.lO:8. Eph.5:12. al. sa.-p. Hence T k'yoptvu Luke 18: 34. Acts 8: 6. (Hdian. 4. 14. 8 &E*B loiade. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 12. An. 7. 7. 43.) Seq. ace. of person spoken of, but /only inuttraction with ott, see Buttm. 151.1. 6. Winer 63.3. a. John 8: 54 6 Ttcnrj^ . . . ov vpiiq A/crc, OTI &0? vfiwv &ru. 9: 19. Cornp. Xen. Couv. 4. 46 ttytiv TI Tovg (pilot's, oiTiveg eio~i. (3) Seq. ace. et inf. corap. Matth. 537. p. 1056. John 12: 29 eta/e fyoviijv ysyovevcu. Matt. 16: 13. Luke 11: 18. Acts 4: 32. 5: 36. Rom. 15: 8. 2 Tim. 2: 18. c. - vat impl. Rev. 2: 20. Hdian. 1.7.9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 1. (4) Seq. I'm, in- stead of the accus. and inf. comp. in "On no. 1. c. Buttm. 149. p. 423. Wi- ner 45. 2. Mark 9: 11. Luke 9: 7. John 4: 20 %al vpug AS/CTS, OTI iv 'hgoa. tailv o TOTTO? x. T. A. 1 Tim. 4: 1. So with OTI and the apodosis impl. in the phrase av li-yfi?, Matt. 27:11. John 118: 37. comp. Luke 22: 70 vfj^tg At/m, OTI tyu et/u. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17. (5) Seq. adv. oir adverbial phrase, John 13: 13 xl xAdJ$ IsysTs. (Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 11.) Rom. 3: 5 et Gal. 3: 15 L XT V- frgtanov. Metaph. Rev. 18: 7 iv ri] x- Sln aviiig Ac'/t, and Matt. 3: 9 ).sytiv iv 'nui. c. ace. impl. James 2: 14. 1 John 2: 6, 9. Seq. on instead of ace. et inf. Matt. 17: 10. Rom: 4: 9. With a dat. of pers. in the formulas Af'yco oo i v. I'fAiv, a\ii\v Ae/w vfiiv, etc. in solemn affirmations, genr. Matt. 11: 22. Mark 11: 24. Luke 4:25. c. apijv Matt. 5:18. 25: 12. al. up)v,a^v, John 1:52. 3:3. 8: 51. al. comp. in 3 Aui]v no. 3. So in the middle of a clause, Matt. 11: 9 val, At/w v^iiv, xal negiffffo- TSQOV nyocprjjov. Luke 7: 14. 11: 51. 15: 10. Seq. on for ace. c. inf. Matt. 3:9. Mark 9: 13. Luke 4:24. John 3: 11. (d) of teaching, for to teach, to in- culcate, e. g. with the proposition taught, Matt. 15: 5. c. ace. Acts 1: 3. c. ace. et infin. Acts 21: 21. ace. impl. 15: 24. c. ace. et dat. of pers. Matt. 10:27. John 8: 16. 16: 12. absol. Xen. Conv. 4. 13. (e) of predictions to fort- tell, to predict, c. ace. et dat. Mark 1 0: 32. c. ace. Luke 9: 31. c. dat. John 13: 19. () of what is spoken with au- thority, to command, to direct, to charge, ahsol. Matt. 23: 3 liyovvi yap, xal ov notovai. c. ace. Luke 6:46. c. ace. et dat. Mark 13: 37. John 2: 5. c. dat. of pers. et imperat. Matt. 5: 44 lyU/7rtt,) a rem- nant, what is left, meton. of pers. some remaining, Rom. 11: 5. So Sept. for -lir. Josh. 13: 12. rp-)K;,!J 2 K. 19: 4. 478 pp. Pint. ed. R. VI. p. 289. 13. Hdot. I. 119. ./fine, v.) public service, public office, i. e. such as in Athens and elsewhere were ad- ministered by the citizens in turn and at their own expense, as a part of the sys- tem of finance, Jos. Ant. 16. 5. 3. Ael. V. H. 6. 6. Dern. 1209. 2. Comp. Xen. Oec. 2. 6. Boeckh Staatshaush. dcr Atheuer* I. p. 480. II. p. 62. Pot- ter's Gr. Ant. I. p. 85. In N. T. genr. service, ministry, e. g. a) of the public ministrations of the Jewish priesthood, Luke 1: 23 at yuE- QCU rfg hiiovgyia? aviov. Heb. 8: 6. 9: 21. Trop. of the ministry of a Chris- tian teacher in bringing men to the faith, Phil. 2: 17 JUnttUfpfoi zijj nlvTeug vpuv. Sept. and may Ex. 38: 21. Num. 8: 22. Jos. B/J. "i. 1. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 21. b) by impl. friendly service, kind of- Jice, genr. Phil. 2: 30. Spoken of alms, i. e. public collections in the churches, 2 Cor. 9: 12. fo ov y pertaining to the public service e. g. of the temple, Sept. ffy.svt] A. for rrYvZJn ^3 Num. 4: 12. n*W ""rS Nutri. T 4F 26. In N. T. act. ministering, rendering service to others, Heb. 1: meMovy'/MunvfiuciTa, sc. el$ diattovlav etc. Comp. on the ministry of angels Ps. 34: 8. 91: 11 sq. Matt. 13: 49. 16: 27. Philo de Gigant. p. 286. AsLlOVgyUQ, 0V, O, ( A0, v. hlTo? popular, public, and a public servant, minister, such as in Athens performed or administered the itU at their own expense, comp. a, and Boeckh and Potter as there cited. In N. T. a minister, servant, viz. a) genr. e. g. tov &tov, Rom. 13: 6. Heb. 1: 7 b noiwv tovq hirovgyovg av- TOV nvQog cploya, quoted from Ps. 104: 4 where Sept. for m?2 , comp. 1 K. 10:5. Ecclus. 10. 2." 1 b) spoken of a priest in the Jewish sense, Heb. 8: 2 TWV aylav faiTovgyog. So Sept. and rrriJJa Neh. 10: 39. Jer. 33: 21. Of Paufas a minister of Christ, of the gospel, Rom. 15: 16. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 73 L ** f^ao~iQ(xm(t)v. Matt. 17: 2 Aeuxa ws TO o-&T)v tx ffiof^onos Aeoyro?, where some understand Nero, and oth- ers Satan ; comp. Ps. 7: 2. Prov. 28: 15. Ez. 22: 25. (Jos. Ant. 20. 6. 10, of Tiberius.) Also for a fiero, powerful deliverer, Rev. 5: 5 AW 6 wv ix (pvJifis 3 IovSa, corup. Neh. 2: 13. Jer. 49: 18. Alfthh TJC, ij, (iav&dvM,) forget- fulness, oblivion, e. g. iij^ip la^uv^iY i. q. to forget, 2 Pet. 1:9, comp. in AU(JL- parto no. 1. f. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 10. Ael. H. A. 4. 35. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 21. Arjvo?, ov, o et 77, a trough, e. g. for drinking, watering, Sept. for Brsn Gen. 30: 39, 42. Horn. Hymn, in Merc. 104. In N. T. wine-trough,wine-vat,\\z. 480 a) the upper vat or press, into which the grapes were cast and trodden by men, Rev. 14: 19, 20 bis. 19: 15. Sept. for na Neh. 13: 15. Is. 63: 2. Diod. Sic. 37 63. Anacr. 52. 4. It was some- times hewn in a rock, and had a gra- ted opening near the bottom through which the liquor flowed off into a low- er vat. See Jahn 69. b) the lower vat, dug in the rock or earth as above, i. q. vrcoh'jvtov, Matt. 21: 33, coll. Mark 12: 1 ; also Is. 5: 2 where Heb. aj^, Sept. nQo\i}viov. Sept. Ir)v6$ for ap t ; IVov. 3: 10. Joel. 2: 24. Anthol. Gr/IV. p. 259. 3. Schol. in Aristoph. Eccl. 154. Wetstein N. T. I. p. 466. g, ov y o, tattle, idle talk, Luke 24: 11. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 9. Xen. An. 7. 7.41. jfymjs, ou, o, (lips, WZopai, to plunder,) a plunderer, robber, Matt. 21: 13 ffni'i^aiov lycnatv. 26: 55. Mark 11: 17. 14:48. Luke 10:30,36. 19:46. 22: 25. John 10: 1. 18: 40. 2 Cor. 11: 26. Matt. 27: 38, 44 et Mark 15: 27, comp. Luke 23: 33 xaxoD^/o?. Trop. John 10: 8, comp. in KUmr\<;. Sept. oTnjAat- ox lr)(nuv for fi^nB m? Jer. 7: 11. Hdian. 1. 10. 3. T Xe'n/H. G. 6. 4.35. TI, ceiving, receipt, only Phil. 4: 15, for which see in Joatg. Ecclus. 41: 19. 42:7. dictv, adv. mucft, very, exceed- ingly, e. g. with a verb, Matt. 2: 16 i&vtiw&n liav. 27: 14. Luke 23: 8. 2 Tim. 4: 15. 2 John 4. 3 John 3. Sept. for n'73 Gen. 4: 5. 1 Sam. 11: 15. Xen. An. 6. 1. 28. With an adject. Matt. 4: 8 oQog v^lov Uav. 8: 28. Mark 9: 3. Sept. for n'Kfc Gen. 1: 31. - Palaeph. 28. 1. Xen. 'Ag. 5. 4. With other Adverbs, Mark 1: 35 nQait cvrvxov Uav, see in x vyi#o. 6: 51. 16: 2. Luc. Pise. 34. For ol vntg liav 2 Cor. 11: 5. 12: 11, see in ' Phryn. p. 187 sq. Comp. Plin. H. N. 32. 14 or 31. Theophr. H. Plant. 9. 1, 3, 4. Later and in N. T. frankincense, I. q. JU/9i>wro, a transparent and fra- grant gum which distils from incisions in the above tree, and was used by the ancients as incense, comp. Ex 30: 34. In modern times it is classed among drugs, and is sometimes called oliba- num. Matt. 2: 11. Rev. 18: 13. Sept. for Heb. n:h*5 Ex. 1. c. Lev. 2: 1. 5: 11. Diod. Sic.' 3. 41. Hdian. 4.8.20. See Rees' Cyclop, art. Frankincense. yftfiavcoTOC, oil, 6, (hfiavoq, q. v.) pp. frankincense, Ael. V. H. 11. 5. Hdian. 5. 5. 12. In N. T. melon, a censer for burning incense, thuribu- lum, Rev. 8: 3 e^wy "kifiavwibv v. 5. Q, Ol/, , pp. arbor thuri- fera, the tree which produces frankin- cense, growing in Arabia and around Mount Lebanon, Hdot. 4. 75. Lob. ad , ov t o, Lat. libertinus, a libertine, i. e. a freed-man of Rome, either personally made free or born of freed parents, see Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 34, 41 sq. In N. T. Acts 6: 9 TIVS? xwv ex Ti]<; avvaytayrtqiriq ls/o^Bvrjg Ai- foQTlvwv, certain of those belonging to the synagogue of the Libertines so called. These were probably Jews, who hav- ing been carried as captives to Rome, and there freed by their masters, had settled down as residents in that city, i. e. as Roman freed-men. Philo ex- pressly affirms that a large section of the city beyond the Tiber was occupi- ed by Jews of this character, Leg. ad Cai. p. 1014. C, or Opp. II. p. 568. Tacitus also relates, that under Tiberi- us 4000 freed-men who professed the Jewish religion were at once trans- ported to Sardinia, Annal. 2. 85. Comp. Sueton. Tiber. 36. See Loesner Obs. in N. T. p. 180. Kuinoel IV. p. 220. Others read by conject. jtifivo-ilviav, Libyans. Atfiur], T)Q y fi, Libya, Acts 2: 10, a region of Africa, west of Egypt along the coast of the Mediterranean, and ex- tending back indefinitely into the des- ert. The tract along the coast was di- vided under the Romans into two parts ; on the east Libya Marmarica, and towards the west Libya Cyrenaica, so called from its chief city Cyrene, 181 and called also Libya Pentapolis from the five cities which it contained, Apollonia, Arsinoe, Berenice, Gyrene, Ptolemais. In all these cities there dwelt many Jews. Plin. H. N. 5. 5. Jos. Ant. 14. 7. 2. Comp. in &C(*cO) f. OUTM, (ti&og,) to stone, to pelt with stones, in order to wound or kill, seq. ace. John 10:31,32,33. 11: 8. Acts 5: 26. 14: 19. 2 Cor. 11: 25. Heb. 11: 37. So Sept. and rpo 2 Sam. 16: 6, 13. Pol. 10. 29. 5. ], ov y (li&og,) stone, of stone, i. e. made of stone. John 2: 6 vfyiat lidivcu. 2 Cor. 3: 3. Rev. 9: 20. Sept. for ]SK Gen. 35: 14. Ex. 31: 17. Luc. Demon. 67. Xen. An. 3.4. 7, 9. ltO, (ft, f. 7JO-W, ),) to throw stones at any one, to stone, sc. in order to wound or kill, i. q. ;U#'w, seq. accus. Matt. 21:35. 23:37. Mark 12: 4. Luke 13: 34. Arts 7: 58, 59. 14: 5. As a Mosaic punishment, John 8: 5. Comp. Lev. 20: 10 et Dent. 22:22, coll. v. 21 where Sept. and rpD. Heb. 12: 20, comp. Ex. 19: 13 where Sept. and VpD. Also for D3n Lev. 20: 27. 24: 14J6. Comp. JnhV 257. Plut. X. p. 202. 15. ed. Reiske. jiLfroz, ov 9 o, a stone, a) pp. as of small stones, Matt. 4: 3 IV ol ll&oi OVTOI atg-coi ylvuvrai. v. 6. 7: 9. Murk 5: 5. al. Sept. and pN 1 Chr. 12: 2. 2 Chr. 1: 15. (Xen. Arh'5. 2. 14.) Of stones for building, Matt. 24: 2. Mark 13: 1 ids noTomol li&ot. v. 2. Luke 19: 44. For the size arid beauty of the stones with which the temple was built, see Jos. Ant. 15. 11. 3. B. J. 5. 5. 1 sq. Ezra 5: 8 where Sept. li&oi ttoUxtot for bra }!$. (Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7.) Of a mill-stone i. pvltxog Mark 9: 42. Rev. 18: 21. (Hdian. 3. 1. 14.) Of a stone for covering the door or mouth of a sepulchre, Malt. 27: 60, 66. 28: 2. Mark 15: 46. Luke 24: 2. John 11: 38. al. Sept. and ]3$ Gen. 29: 2, 3, 8, 10. (Luc. de Luctu 19.) Of stone tablets 2 Cor. 3: 7, comp. Ex. 31: 1, 4. Of idols carved in stone i. e. statues of marble Acts 17:29. So Sept. and n.N Dent. 4: 28. 28: 36. Of pre- 61 cious stones, ll&og ilfitog Rev. 17: 4. 18: 12, 16. 21: 11, 19. trop. 1 Cor. 3: 12. lido? itxo-mg Rev. 4: 3. 21: 11. Sept. and ]n^ L T/,U. 2 Sam. 12: 30. 1 K. 10: 2, liV L ap. Ex. 35: 25. Ez. 10: 1. Jos. Ant. 10. 2. 2. Hdian. 4. 8. 21. b) trop. .spoken () of Christ, as o ll&og axQoyuvialog, Eph. 2: 20. 1 Pet. 2: 6 ; see in *A%Qoy(aviai.og. As o ll- &og MJ> 1 Pet. 2: 4, see in Zaia a. y. As o llfrog nQOffxo t uuuvog, stone of stum- bling Rorn. D: 32/33. 1 Pet. 2: 7, i. e. the occasion or cause of fall, destruc- tion, to the Jews, since they took offence at his person and character, and thus rejected their spiritual deliv- erer. Comp. Is. 8: 14 et ibi Gesen. Comm. (/?) Of Christians as ll&ot 1 Pet. 2: 5, see in Ztxia a. y. AL. S, ov y u, T), adj. (II- &og, o-TQwvvi'fii,) stone-strowed, paved, App. Bell. Civ. 3. 26 iv /U^oorpomu TTO- l(i. Arr. Epict. 4. 7. 37 trot /uA n ^' Chrysost. XLVIII. p. 534. B, ov8e ol yovtig rolg vtxvoig avri twv avaJLw/iaTtov tag cu/aj loylovii. Ael. H. An. 3. 11 ult. comp. Thuc. 2. 40. Hence trop. to impute, to attribute, pp. seq. dat. of pers. and ace. of thing, but often in the pass. construction. () genr. Rotn. 4: 6 w o &(()$ koyl&jai dixaioavvrjv x o) QL$ *f~ ytav. v. 11. So of evil, to impute, to lay to one's charge, and with a neg. not to impute i. e. to overlook, to forgive, Rom. 4: 8 paxaQtog OCVIIQ w ov fty Koyi- ar)Tou xvQiog anctgriav, quoted from Ps. 32: 2 where Sept. for ^ aajrt . 2 Cor. 5: 19. (comp. Col. 2: 13.) " 2 Tirn. 4: 16. 1 Cor. 13: 5. So Sept. and Srh 2 Sam. 19: 20. (/J) Also seq ; t t'g ,V. g. Rom. 4: 5, 9 eAo/tV^ TW Afgauft 5 nlffng fig dixaiocrvvrjv, i. e. Abraham's faith was imputed to him as righteous- ness, he was treated on account of it as if righteous. So with ij 7ilo~ng or the like impl. Rom. 4: 3, 22. Gal. 3: 6. James 2: 23. c. fig impl. Rom. 4: 10, 23, 24. Comp. Gen. 15:6 where Sept. and b atn .1 Mace. 2: 52. o?, r), ov, (16 yog,) rational, pertaining to the reason, mind, under- standing, not material. Rom. 12: 1 Ao- yixt] lajQfla, comp. John 4:23 et Rom. 7: 25. 1 Pet. 2: 2 yala loyixov i. e. nu- triment for the mind. Test. XII Pair. p. 547 ngocrcpegovvi XVQIM ioytx^v TTQOV- (fogav. Opp. to ciloyog Arr. EpicU 1. 2. 1. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 87. Vy ov, 16, (neut. of Ao something uttered, effatum ; spoken of God, an oracle, a divine communication, e. g. of oracles in the O. T. Acts 7: 38. Rom. 3: 2. So through Christ, the doctrines of the gospel, Hen. 5: 12. 1 Pet. 4: 11. Sept. for rnfcN Ps. 12: 7. Diod. Sic. 2. 14. Hdot. 4.' 178. jloyioq, ov, o, ^ adj. (loyog,} Alt. learned, erudite, i. q. TroAv/ffiw^, Dion, 484 sloyog Hal. Ant. 1. 7. Hdot. 2. 77. In N. T. eloquent, an orator, i. q. Afxrtxo?, Arts 18: 24 cm)o Ao/to?. Jos. Ant. 17. 6. 2. Luc. Gull. >. Pint. Cicero 48. See Lob. ad Pliryn. p. 198. Aoytopo?, oijy o, (Aoyl&uatj) pp. reckoning i. e. the art, arithmetic, Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 8. In N. T. reasoning, thought, cogitation, e. g. of conscience Rom. 2: 15. -enr. Wis.l. !': 14. Jos. Ant 5. 1. 26. Dem. 127. 24. In the sense of device, counsel, 2 Cor. 10: 5 Ao- yia/uoif xatfcuooDvifj. Sept. for n2Xn72 Trov. 0: 18. Jer. 11: 19. Comp. 'in iut b, ult. X0$, fr. Adyos, juctf??,) to strive about words, to dispute about trifles, 2 Tim. 12: 14. -Joyofia%ta, ac, ], ( id. ) worrf- j/n/e, dispute about trifles, 1 Tim. 6: 4. Aoyo$, ou } o, (tiym,} word, as spo- ken, any thing spoken ; also reason, as manifesting itself in the power of speech ; hence both Lat. oraftb and ra- tio. Comp. Passow s. v. I. Word, both the act of speaking and the thing spoken, Lat. oratio. a) word, as uttered by the living voice, a speaking, speech, utterance, Lat. vox, Matt. 8: 8 povov tins Aoyov. Luke 7: 7. 23: 9. 1 Cor. 14: 9. Heb. 12: 19. al. Sept. for "U1 Gen. 44: 18. Hdian. 8. 6. 16. Hdot.Y. 61. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 5. So tlntiv Ao/ov XT iivoq, to speak a word against any one, Matt. 12: 32. ii'$ Ttva id. Luke 12: 10. Jos. Ant. 15. 3.9. Also o Aoyo? TOU -foot 1 , the word of God, his omnipotent voice, decree, 2 Pet 3: 5, 7. So Sept. and ^ Ps. 33: 6. comp. Gen. 1: 3. Ps. 148: 5.' b) word, einphat. i. e. a saying, dec- laration, sentiment uttered, Lat. dictum, tffatum. (a) genr. John 6: 60 o-xAijoos imiv ovrog o Ao'yo?. Luke 20: 20. Matt. 7: 24 oorif axotft pov Tot's Aoyov? TOU- TOVJ. v. 26. 10: 14. Luke 4: 22. al. Sept. and -q? Prov. 4: 4, 20. (Ael. V. H. 14. 15 tovq 2(axgdiov$ loyovg.) So in reference to words or declarations, e. g. which precede, Matt. 15: 12 ol aoj(7ttIoi nxoicram* TO? Ad/ox, sc. in v. 3 sq. 19; 2*2 coll. v. 21. Mark 7: 29 coll. v. 28. John 2: 22. 4: 50. 7: 40 coll. v. 37. 10: 19. Acts 5: 24. Tit. 3: 8. Rev. 19: 9. (Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 32.) Or which follow, John 12:38. Acts 20: 35. Rom. 13: 9. 1 Cor. 15: 54. 1 Tim. 3: 1. Sept. and -ttl 1 K. 2: 4. Seq. gen. of thing, e. g.* AO/OS eTUxyydiag Rom. 9: 9. A. TT}S oQJtM^oiTiag Heb. 7: 28. Also o Aoyo TOU 7tQO9)T.WJ etc. the word, declaration, of the prophet, i.e. prediction, prophecy, Luke 3: 4. John 12: 38. Acts 15: 15. 2 Pet. 1: 19. Rev. 1:3. In the sense of proverb, maxim, John 4: 37. Ael. V. H. 1. 19. Lys. 115. 29. (ft] In reference to religion, religious duties, etc. i. q. doctrine, pre- cept. Acts 18: 15 d ds ^T^fjui iffii moji Ao/ou x. T. A. 15: 24. Tit. 1: 9. Heb. 2: 2. Ao/ot TTJ? nlo-rswg 1 Tim. 4: 6. Aoyos av&Qwnwv 1 Thess. 2: 13. 2 Tim. 2: 17. of a teacher John 15: 20. So Sept. and W Ex. 34:27,28.--! Mace. 2: 33, 34. Espec. of God, Aoyo? tov fifov, word of God, divine declaration, oracle. John 10: 35 nyos ovg o A. TOU #. iytviro. 5: 38. As announcing good, divine promise, Rom. 9: 6. Heb. 4: 2. (Sept. and ^ Ps. 33: 4. 56: 5.) or evil, Heb. 4: l Rom. 3: 4 from Ps. 51: 6 where Sept. and "D? . Rom. 9: 28 from Is. 10: 22, 23, wheVe Sept. for ]1^3 (B ar - 2: 1.) In relation to du- ties, etc. precept, John 8: 55. 5: 24. Mark 7: 13. Sept. and -O 1 "! Ex. 35: 1. So of the divine declarations, precepts, oracles, relating to the instructions of men in religion, the Word of God, i. e. the divine doctrine, the doctrines and precepts of the Gospel, THE GOSPEL it- self. Luke 5: 1 axovfiv toy koyov TOU #coD. John 17: 6. Acts 4: 29, 31. 8: 14. 1 Cor. 14: 36. 2 Cor. 4: 2. Col. 1: 25. 1 Thess. 2: 13. Tit. 1: 3. Heb. 13: 7. c. TOU &tov impl. Mark 16:20. Luke 1: 2. Acts 10: 44. Phil. 1: 14. 2 Tim. 4: 2 w'jQvl-ov rov Ao/oy. James 1: 21. 1 Pet. 2: 8. Rev. 12: 11. So o AO/OS ifa abjftsia? Eph. 1: 13. 2 Tim. 2: 15. A. tijg Zwijg Phil. 2: 16. A. TiJ? ffoinj^iag Acts 13: 26. A. T?]? ^affdelag Matt. 13: 19, and with TT;C /?. impl. v. 20 sq. Mark 4: 14 sq. A. TOU tvuyydlov Acts 15: 7. A. TOU o-Ttti'^ou 1 Cor. 1: 18. o A. T^g /ctptTOff auTou Acts 20: 32. In the same sense of Christ, o Ao'yo? TOU XQ. 485 John 5: 24. 14:23,24. Col. 3: 16. A. TGI) xv^/ov Acts 8: 25. o A. TTJ? ^a^uo? auTov Acts 14: 3. c) word, words, i. e. talk, discourse, speech, Lat. sermo, the act of discours- ing, holding forth, harangue, etc. ^ () pp. and (1) genr. Matt. 22: 15 onwg aviov 7iayi8tvff(ao*iv iv Ad/w. Luke 9: 28. Acts 14: 12 6 yyoiutvog iov Ad/ov. 2 Cor. 10: 10. tv Ad/q> in word, in dis- course, James 3: 2. 1 Tim. 4: 12. iv Ad/w xoAx/? flattering words 1 Thess. 2: 5. diu Ad/ov by word, by discourse, orally, Acts 15: 27. 2 Thess. 2: 2, 15. In antith. \oyoq and tgyov, word and deed, Col. 3: 17. 2 Cor. 10: 11. comp. m^fyyov b. p. (Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 87 ult. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 59.) Ad/o? and dvvapig 1 Cor. 4: 19, 20. 1 Thess. 1: 5. Also nipt ov TroAi's iifuv 6 loyog of whom we have much to say, Heb. 5: 11. c. gen. 1 Tim. 4: 5 dia Ad/ou &sov xai tnsv$ius through prayer TO God and supplication, comp. in * Ayany b. /3. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 24. Palaeph. 21. 2. Hdinn. 1. 4. 1. Dem. 319. 9. (2) Of teachers etc. discourse, teaching, preach- ing, instruction. Matt. 7: 28 ott awtii- Arv o '/. iovg Ad/ov? TOVTOVJ. 26: 1. Luke 4: 32, 36. John 4: 41. Acts 2:41. 13: 15. 20: 7 na^nnvf iov loyov. 1 Cor. 1: 17. 2: 1, 4. 1 Tirn. 5: 17 iv Ad/o xi 1 Pet. 3: 1. So in antith. and soyov Luke 24- 19. Acts 7: comp. above. (Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 6.) og alrj&elag 2 Cor. 6: 7. James 1: o A. xTAA/7^ 2 Cor. 5: 19 coll. v. 18. (3) Of those who relate any thing, i. q. narration, story, John 4:39. Acts 2: 22. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.16, or 3. 1.) Melon, history, treatise, i. e. a book of narration nfgi nvog Acts 1: 1. Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 74. Ael. V. H. 7. 14. Xen. Ag. 10. 3. (4) In the sense of conver- sation, colloquy, Luke 24: 17. Ael. V. H. 13. 31 or 32. Xen. Ag. 3. 5. Hence answer, reply, Matt. 5: 37. (/5) rneton. for the power of speech, delivery, oratory, eloquence, 2 Cor. 11: 6 idtanyg TM Ad/o). 1 Cor. 12: 8. Eph. 6: 19. i. q. dvvafiig loywv Hdian. 7. 5. 10. comp. Passow Jioyog A. 10. (y) melon, for the subject of dis- course, topic, matter, thing, e. g. (1) genr. Matt. 19: 11. Luke 1: 4 'iva im- . Acts 8: 21 coll. v. 12. Sept. and saepiss. e. g. 2 Sam. 3: 13. 11: l Pol. 8. 14. 5. Hdot. 1. 21. (2) Spec, matter of dispute, discussion, question, e. g. judicial Acts 19: 38. (Dem. 942. 17.) moral, Matt. 21: 24 c'oamjfrw Vftug XM/W Ao/ov i'va. Diog. Laert. Stilpo II. 116 IOIOVTOV jiva Ao yov (QtoTijfftti. d) word, i. e. talk, rumour, report. Matt. 28: 15 xcu dttyyuia&T] o loyoq ov- tog x. T. A. Mark 1: 45. John 21: 23. seq. TifQi iivog Luke 5: 15. 7: 17. Acts 11: 22. So Sept. and ^v 1 K. 10: 6. J os. Ant. 15. 3. 7. Xeu. An. 1. 4. 7. c. ntyi ib. 6. 6. 13. Hence for mere talk, pretence, shew, Col. 2: 23 Jioyov ftiv l^ovTce aocplav. Diod. Sic. 13. 4, opp. to ab'j&sia. Dem. 93. 5 Ad/ot II. Reason, the reasoning faculty, as that power of the soul which is the basis of speech, Lat. ratio. Dem. 783. 2 jUTjflgTTOr 6X Ad/OU TttVTtt O-XOTTCtTfi. Arr. Epict. 1. 12. 26. In N. T. a) a reason, ground, cause. Matt. 5: 3ii nctQtxTog Ad/ou noyvslag. Acts 10: 29. Sept. inl loyov for Heb. *OT ^N 2 Sam. 13: 22. Pol. 28. 11.7." : Xen". An. 6. 2. 10. So xcua hoyov i. q. with reason, reasonably, for good cause, Acts 18: 14. 3 Mace. 3: 14. Luc. D. Mort. 30. 3. Thuc. 3. 39. In the sense of argument, Acts 2: 40 according to some, where however the sense of words, discourse, is more appropriate. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 1. b) reason, as demanded or assign- ed, i. e. reckoning, account, (a) pp. (rw- algftv Ad/ov juera Tivog to take up an account with any one, i. e. to reckon with, Matl. 18: 23. 25: 19. otnodidovai, Ad/ov, to render an account sc. t^g ol- xovouiag Luke 16: 2. So Phil. 4: 15, 17, see in Jovig. Diod. Sic. 1. 49. Pint. Apothegm. VII. p. 707. 17. ed. Reiske. (/?) trop. account, i. e. ihe re- lation and reasons of any transaction, explanation ; so unodidovuL v. didovat Ad/oy, to give account, e. g. Ti}g ffvcriQO- yijg Acls 19: 40. seq. ntql tivog Matt. 12: 36. Rom. 14: 12. ahsol. Heb. 13: 17. 1 Pet. 4: 5. So Ad/ov ctlitiv ntgl iivo? 1 Pet. 3: 15. Also Heb. 4: 13 486 slouios XQog ov r^lv o loyog. Sept. unodid. Ad- yov for Chakl. K'Oy'Q Dan. 6: 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 37 7ro(5i5. Ad/ov ?(>/. 3. 47. Dem. 227. 26 didovat, Ad/ov. Xen. Oec. 11. 22. (/) trop. Aoyo? noiovpai, to make account of, i. e. to regard, to care for, Acts 20: 24 oiidtvbg Ad/ov noiovfjai, i. e. I make account of none of these things, am not moved by them. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 3. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 50 Ad- yov ovdtvbg UVTWV noirjffaptvog. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 26 TWV AAo)r pdwv [.tot loyog. III. The Word, the Logos, in the writings of John, John 1: 1 bis, 14. 1 John 1: 1. [5:7.] Rev. 19: 13. It here stands for the pre-existent nature of Christ, i. e. that spiritual and divine nature spoken of in the Jewish wri- tings before and about the time of Christ, under various names, e. g. i, to rail at, to reproach, to revile, c. ace. John 9: 28 ehoidofjyattv aviov. Acts 23: 4. Pass. 1 Cor. 4: 12. 1 Pet. 2: 23. Sept. for S-n Deut. 33: 8. Diod. Sic. 20. 33. Xen. An. 3. 4. 49. Cornp. Matth. 384. n. 2. aCy r t , (Aoiflo^e'w,) rail- ing, reproach, 1 Tim. 5: 14. 1 Pet. 3: 9 bis, AonJoptW avil koidunitxg. Sept. for ^-} Prov. 20: 3. Ecclus. 22: 24. Xen. Hi.'l. 14. Cy ou 9 o, ^, adj. railing, reviling, as subst. a railer, reviler, 1 Cor. 5: 11. 6: 10. Sept. for ]ii53 Prov. 25: 25. Ecclus. 23: 8. Plut'. Apoth. II. p. 15 ult. Tauchn. jioipioz, ov, o, pestilence, plague, Matt. 24: 7 et Luke 21: 11 Aot^uot liroi'- Tt. Sept. for na.? Jer. 27: 6. 28: 8. Ael. V. H. 6. Id. Diod. Sic. 4. 42. Trop. of a malignant and mischievous person, a pest, Acts 24: 5 eiyovitg yag lov avdga TOVTOV Ao/^dv. So Sept. for V*"b3 1 Sam. 2: 12. 25: 25. yb Ps. l:"l.' ! yj3H Ez. 7: 21. 1 Mace. 10: 61. Dem. 791/5. So pestis Cic. in Catil. 2. 1. doinog, if, ov } ( AC/TIW, ) left, re- maining, other. a) plur. Matt. 25: 11 al Aomtw nay- &ivoi. Acts 2: 37 tovg lomovg anoaio- Aov?. Rom. 1: 13. 2 Cor. 12: 13. 2 Pet. 3: 16. al. Absol. ol komot the rest, the others, Matt. 22: 6. Mark 16: 13. Luke 18: 9. Rom. 11: 7. Rev. 2: 24. Neut. T loma Mark 4: 19. Luke 12: 26. 1 Cor. 11:34. Sept. for ^irp Josh. 13: 27. 2 K. 1: 18. ^ni2 Josh. 17: 2. law; Ezra 4: 7. Luc. Vit. Auct. 27. Hdian. 4. 2. 20. T A. Xen. Ag. 2.^22. b) adverbially, () rov homov sc. XQOVOV, in future, henceforth, Gal. 6: 17. Comp. Buttm. 150. p. 437. Herm. ad Vig. p. 706. Hdian. 8. 4. 17. Xen. Cyr. 4. 4. 10. (ft) TO Koinov, for the rest, e. g. of time, henceforth, hencefor- ward, comp. Buttm. Herm. 1. c. Matt. 26: 45 et Mark. 14: 41 xa&evSere ToAoi- nov ; i.e. sleep ye ever still ? 1 Cor. 7: 29. Heb. 10: 13. (Xen. An. 2. 2. 5. Cyr. 8. 5. 24. ) Also, as to the rest, fi- nally, Eph. 6: 10. Phil. 3: 1. 4: 8. 2 Thess. 3: 1. Xen. An. 3. 3. 8. (y) 487 jlvn (to ace. AotnOf, also o <5 JUuTrov 1 Cor. 4: 2, as to the rest, finally, few/, now, 1 Cor. 1: 16. 4: 2. 2 Cor. 13: 11. 1 Thess. 4: 1. 2 Tim. 4: 8. Acts 27: 20. Comp. Hi mm. ). c. Palaeph. 52.7. Arr. Epict. 1. 24. 1. Ael. V. H. 8. 14. AL. a dealer in purple, Acts 16: 14, 40. Also the name of a province on the western coast of Asia Minor, the form- er kingdom of Croesus, of which the cities Thyatira, Sardis, and Philadel- phia, are mentioned in N. T. ?) a, 6, Luke, contr. from Lat. Lucanus, the writer of the Gospel of Luke arid of the Acts of the Apos- tles. He was the companion of Paul in several of his journies, and came with him to Rome, comp. Acts 16: 10, 40. 28: 16. He is probably the same who is called o lar^og Col. 4: 14, but must not be confounded with jfo&uof Lucius in Acts 13: 1. 2 Tim. 4: 11. Philem. 24. Col. 4: 14. Q) ou, o, Lucius, the Latin name of a teacher in the church at Anti- och, a Cyrenian, Acts 13:1. Rom. 16:1. AOVIQOV, ou y TO, Uoi'w,) o bath, Hdian. 3. 6. 19. Xen. Ath. 2. 10. wa- ter for bathing, washing, Hdian. 7. 2. 12. Diod. Sic. 1. 84. In N. T. the act of bathing, washing, ablution, spoken of baptism Eph. 5: 2(3. Tit. 3: 5. Act. Thorn. 25. pp. Sept. for HSm Cant. 4: 2. Hdian. 1. 17. 19. Xen. 6yr. 7.5.59. , f. aw, to bathe, to wash, trans, spoken only of persons, etc. seq. ace. Acts 9: 37 lovaavvtq ds aiirjv. c. ace. impl. et seq. onto, Acts 16: 33 ilov- atv [avtoi'g] a no TWK nlr\y5)v. Pass. John 13: 10. 2 Pet. 2: 22. Heb. 10: 23 foAot/icvot TO aatfju vSmi XU&UOM, where for the ace. comp. Buttm. 131. 6. 134. n. 2. and for the dat. 133. 3. Sept. for frn Lev. 8: 7. Ruth 3: 3. Luc. Kronbs 17. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 3. Trop. to cleanse, to purify, c. ace. et 7TO, Rev. 1: 5 lovcravji r^iuq ano TWV auaoTi&v x. j. L Comp. Sept. and yrrn Is. 1: 16. jivfifta > T)Q y fi, Lydda, a large vil- lage not far from Joppa, Acts 9: 32, 35, 38. Jos. Ant. 20. 6. 2 Jvdda xajpi?, TTO- faotg tov uf'/&ov$ oi'x ctnodsovcra. Heb. prob. -ib Lod 1 Chr. 8: 12. Comp. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 334 sq. ^ludtoe, ore, *;, Lydia, pr. n. of a woman of Thyatira residing at Philippi, ict, a? y f\, Lycaonia, a re- gion in the interior of Asia Minor, bounded N. by Galatia, E. by Cappa- docia and Cataonia, S. by Cilicia and Isauria, and W. by Phrygia. It was adapted to pasturage ; and of its cities, Iconium, Derbe, and Lystra are men- tioned in N. T. Acts 14: 6 __ The Ly- caoniaris spoke a peculiar dialect (v. 11), which Jablonsky supposes to have been derived from the Assyrian, Opusc. ed. te Water III. p. 3 sq. Others re- gard it as corrupted from the Greek. adv. Lycaonice, in the Lycaonic dialect, Acts 14: 11, see in jivxotovla. Comp. Buttm. 119. 15. c., XG) /}, Lycia, a province- on the S. W. coast of Asia Minor,. bounded E. by Parnphilia, N. by Phry- gia, W. by Caria, and S. and S. W. by the Mediterranean. Of its cities only Patara is mentioned in N. T_ Acts 27: 5. _/uxoc, ov y o, a wolf, Matt. 10: 16. Luke 10:3. John ICh 12 bis. Sept. for 3N.T Is. 11: 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 14. Trop. of a rapacious and violent person, wolf-like, Matt. 7: 15. Acts 20: 29. Act. Thorn. 25. Comp. Sept. and 2Ntt Zeph. 3: 4. Horn. II. 4. 471. Cy depon. (kvui)) pp. to stain, to disgrace, sc. by insult, in- dignity, i. e. to insult, to treat with in- dignity, c. dat. Hdot. 9. 79. In N. T. to injure, to make havoc of, to destroy, c. ace. Acts 8: 3 -^ai'Aos 8i &vfuUvno vv\v txxkrplav. Comp. Matth. 415. . > 391. Sept. for ntT^ Jer. 48: 18. Am. 1: 11. Diod. Sic*.' 1. 60. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3.24. Avntcdy to, f. i'jff(a, (Ivnr),) to grieve, to afflict with sorrow, trans. Pass, or Mid. to be grieved, to be sad, sorrowful. Matt. 14: 9. 17:23 ilvni] &r\aav . 18: 31. 19: 22. 26: 22, 37. Mark 10: 22. 14: 19. John 16:20. 21: 17. 2 Cor. 488 2: 2 bis, 4, 5 bis. G: 10. 7: 8 bis, 9 ter, 11. 1 Thess. 4: 13. 1 Pet. 1: G. Sept. for 5?-p Detit. 15: 10. Jon. 4: 1. 3S3? 2 Sam.' 19: 2. lldian. 6. 7. 7. Xen' Mem. 2. 2. 8. In the sense of to ag- grieve, to offend, Eph. 4: 30. Rom. 14: 15 el dux /?0 ov y o, Lysias, i. e. Clau- dius Lysias, a Roman tribune, x^Q- %o?, commanding in Jerusalem, Acts 23: 26. 24: 7, 22. r )co, co, f. wcra), (Auroov,) to ransom, i. e. to let go free for a ransom, Diod. Sic.m 73 ult. In N. T. only Mid. kvipoopai, f. wo-opai,, ' to cause to let go free for a ransom,' i. e. to ran- som, to redeem, to deliver, sc. by paying a ransom oneself, trop. c. ace. Luke 24: 21 IvTQOVff&at lov '/o-oa?;^,, sc. from the power of the Romans and genr. from their present fallen state. Also seq. u.no, Tit. 2: 14 A. i^uug uno nuo'r)$ uvo- fila?, i. e. from the power and consequen- ces of iniquity. Aor. 1 pass. e/U'iow- a&riv in a pass, sense, c. ex 1 Pet. 1: 18. Buttm. 113. n.6. Sept. for ^a Is. 44: 22 sq. also for ]53 ^HS c. aTro'Ps. 119: 134. c. ex Ps. 130: S.l Mace. 4: 11. Act. Thorn. 15. pp. Plut. Cimon 9 ult. Diod. Sic. 5. 17. Av TQCO&lG, &?, ;, ( JiWQOOUCU, ) redemption, deliverance, Luke 1: 68. 2: 38. Trop. from sin and its conse- quences, Heb. 9: 12. Sept. for Si 2 Lev. 25: 48. rms Ps. Ill: 9. 130: 7.' AvTpcoTrjQ, ov, 6, (JLVTQOOUOU,) a redeemer, deliverer t Acts 7: 35. Sept. for b.N3 Ps. 19:15. 78: 35. Act. Thorn." 10,57. Av'/via, a?, ?;, (Ivxvog,} a light- stand, lamp-stand, candle-stick, a word of the later Greek for the earlier TO Ivxviov Lob. ad Phr. p. 313 sq. Matt. 5: 15 U' inl v\v lv X vlav. Mark 4: 21. Luke 8: 16. 11: 33. Heb. 9: 2. Sept. for nni3XJ Ex. 25:31. Lev. 24: 4. Ec- f, CCS, r), or (ov, in, Lys- c ] lls . %Q. } 7m Jos . Ant . a 8. 2. Luc, Ira, a city in the southern part of Ly- Asin.40. Emblematically in the Apoc- caoma in Asia Minor, now Latik. Acts alypse, of a Christian church Rev. 1: 4: 6, 8, 21. 16: 1, 2. 2 Tim. 3: 11. 12, 13, 20 bis. 2: 1, 5 ; of a Christian E'hny also refers it to Lycaonia, 5. 32; teacher or prophet Rev. 11: 4, in allu- but Ptolemy assigns it to Isauria, 5. 4. sion to Zech. 4: 2 sq. where Sept. and Comp. in Jxovtov. j^^^ 2a ', ov, TO, (Aw,) loosing-money t Ai>yvo$, ov, o, a light, i. e. porta- Avat?, fcoQy ;, (Avw,) a loosening, disjunction, pp. of or from any tie, con- straint, etc. spoken in N. T. of the conjugal tie, separation, divorce, 1 Cor. 7: 27. In the sense of liberation from, e. g. L tuv xaxwv Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 4. Pol. 15. 15. 4. Thuc. 2. 102. solution, interpretation, L TWV alviyuaiwv Wisd. 8: 8. Sept. for TS Ecc. 8: 1. co, _, f. ij fr. ivw, Te'Aos,) pp. 'to pay or make good expense incurred,' hence to make oneself useful, to be useful, projitable. Luke 17: 2 Xi-o-tidfl avroj . . . ?; x. T. i. i. e. it were belter for him . . . than etc. Eccltis. 29: 11. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 12. genr. Ael. V. H. 13. 39 or 40. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 15. 489 ble, as a candle, lamp, lantern, etc. Matt. 5: 15 oids xalovvi \v%vov. Mark 4: 21. Luke 8: 16. 11: 33, 36. 12: 35 lerrwo-ay vfiuv . . . ol \\)%voi xaiopsvoi let your lamps stand burning i. e. be ye ready, watch, comp. Matt. 25: 7 sq. Luke 15: 8. 2 Pet. 1: 19. Rev. 18: 23. 22: 5. So o kv%vo$ tov awuaioq for the eye, Matt. 6: 22. Luke 11: 34. Sept. for -i: Ex. 25: 37. Zech. 4: 2. Arr. Epict."2. 17. 37. Luc. Asin. 51. Diod. Sic. 3. 12 pen. Trop. of John the Baptist as a distinguished teacher, John 5: 35 ; of the Messiah, TO uqvlov, Rev. 21: 23. Comp. Sept. and ->: Ps. 119: 105. Prov. 6: 23. jivcOy f. vo* 3 Ii}vov. Plut. Vit. X Rliet. init. ecLR. IX. p. 307. p. 330. 5 Ifia&TjTtvffe $' fttiw xul Osonounog. b) in N. T. also trans, to train as a disciple, to teach, to instruct, Acts 14: 21 /uavfyTsucravTf? Ixctvovg. Matt. 13: 52. 28: 19. MafrrjiijCj ov y o, (fictv&dva),) a disciple, scholar, follower of a teach- er, genr. Matt. 10: 24. of the Phari- sees Mutt. 22: 16. of John the Baptist Matt. 9: 14. Mark 2: 18. Luke 5: 33. John 3: 25. of Jesus Matt. 5: 1. Mark 8: 27. Luke 8: 9. John 3: 22. al. sae- piss. Spec, of the twelve apostles Matt. 10:1. 11:1. 20:17. Luke 9: 1. Emphatic, for true disciples, John 13: 35. 15: 8. After Christ's death the term disciple takes the broader sense offolloiver, believer, i. q. Christian, Acts 6: 1, 2. Jl: 26. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 4. Luc. Tim. 51. Dem. 928. 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 27. AL. ? } t, fmvnc, a female disciple, i. e. a female Christian, Acts 9: 30. Diod. Sic. 2. 52. Moeris, ' fj,a&yiQia, ettyvtxtog. J, indec. Mathusa- la, Heb. nblpTDft (dart-man) Methuse- lah, the oldest of" the patriarchs, hav- ing lived 969 years, comp. Gen. 5: 21 sq. Luke 3: 37. .Naivctr, o, indec. Mainan, pr. n. in. Luke 3: 31. f. jjarorjuaf, depon. to Mctxaoi^t 491 be mad, to rave, intrnns. spoken of per- sons who so speak and act as to seem to others to be out of their senses, John 10: 20. Acts 19: 15. 20: 24, 25. 1 Cor. 14: 23. Sept. Jer. 29: 26. Hclian. 7. 8. 0. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 11. JlflwtagCCfOy f. iVrw, (uuxag,) Att. fut. ic5, Buttm. 95. 9, to call happy, to congratulate, c. ace. of pers. Luke 1:48. James 5: 11. Sept. for T^N Gen. 30: 13. Is. 3: 1 1. Ecclus. 11:' 28. Diod. S. 13. 58. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 9. Maxdpioc, a, ov, a prose form 1. q. poet. pdxnQ, happy, blessed, e. g. of God 1 Tim. 1: 11. 0: 15. Genr. Matt. 5: 3 sq. Luke 1: 45. 6: 20 sq. Horn. 4: 7. al. saep. With /utfJUo?, Acts 20: 35 nauMOW9 fan /uttMov more blessed is it etc. Compar. naxctQttoifQos 1 Cor. 7: 40. Sept. for '-T^tf Ps. 1: 1. Dent. 33: 29.-Ceb. Tab. li. "Hdian. 2. 4. 17. Xen. Cr. 1. G. 14. AL. a calling happy, declaration of hlessed- ness, congratulation ; hence Isysiv tov utc/.i'.niiTin'n' Tivog i. q. ftaxnoi^ftv, Rom. 4: (!, 9. Gal. 4: 15 rt'j ovv t]v o p. vpwv, how great then was your self-congratu- lation etc. For the later nouns ending in oyio$, see Lob. ad 1'hr. p. 511. J\'lccxdoVtCt } f*Cj >/, Macedonia, a country lying north of Greece proper, joining S. on Thessaly and Epirus, E. on Thrace and the ^Egean, W. on the Adriatic and lilyria, and N. on Dar- dania and Moesia. It was the original kingdom of Philip and Alexander; and was afterwards subdued by the Romans under P. ^Emilius, who divi- ded the country into four districts ; comp. in Osaffnlovlxrj, and Liv. 45. 29. The Romans afterwards divided the whole of Greece into two great prov- inces, Macedonia and Achaia ; see in 'Azai'a. Of the cities of Macedonia proper, there are mentioned in N. T. Amphipolis, Apollonia, Berea, Philip- pi, and Thessalonica. Acts 16: 9, 10, 12.18:5. 19:21,22. 20:1,3. Rom. 15: 16. 1 Cor. 16: 5 bis. 2 Cor. 1: 16 bis. 2: 13. 7:5. 8:1. 11:9. Phil. 4: 15. 1 Thess. 1: 7, 8. 4: 10. 1 Tim. 1: 3. i'y ot'octj o, a Macedoni- an, Acts 16: 9. 19: 29. 27: 2. 2 Cor. 9: 2,4. jH/Ory&Uov, ou y TO, Lat. macel- lum, i. e. a meat-market, shambles, where also all kinds of provisions were expo- sed for sale, 1 Cor. 10: 25. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 54. T. VII. p. 122. 5. ed. Reiske. See Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 509. , adv. (pp. ace. fern, of oc,) strictly for paxyav odov, a long way, Buttm. 115.4, as in Engl. a great way, far, far o/. Luke 15: 20 fiaxouv wTrs^oj'Toc. Acts 22: 21. seq. UJTO itvoc, Matt. 8: 30 qv de paxQav uri aiiuv. Mark 12: 34. Luke 7: 6. John 21: 8. Acts 17: 27. Sept. for pim Josh. 9: 22. Judg. 18: 7. Pol. 3. 45. 2! Xen. An. 3. 4. 42. With the art. ol uaxQuv, those far off, the remote sc. from God, i. e. the Gentiles as opp. to ol ly- yv$ the Jews, Eph. 2: 13, 17, coll. Is. 57: 19 where Sept. and pirn. Comp. in *yyvf a. So ol (i? puxQav Acts 2: 39, comp. in Li$ no. 4. See Buttm. 125. 6. jlctxgotffV, adv. (paxQo?,) from far, Mark 8: 3 [taxQo&fv i'ixov. seq. fiQ tiva 2 Pet. 3: 9. ini fivi, Luke 18: 7 fjtax- QO&VUOJV en i;iol? i. e. though he be on their account long-suffering,^ slow to punish. Matt. 18: 26, 29. np 492 1 Thess.5: 14. Sept. for tTBN , Prov. 19: 11. c. tni iivi 'Ecclus. 18: 11. 32 [35]: 18. absol. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 345. 14. b) to tvait patiently, to be patient, ah- sol. Heb. 6: 15 ovito /uaxoodrp'ffa; in- iivZ* *W innyyd.ia$. James 5: 7, 8. c. hil TW James 5: 7. Artemid. 4. 12 TTOKTrt IjaXQO&l'flUV Xfkflft, X U1] XIVO- trnovdtlv. jMaxpofrvftiCt, rtc 9 j, (uaxQO&v- piu,) longanimity, i. e slowness to an- ger, passion, etc. i. q. long-suffering, forbearance, patient endurance,^ genr. Rom. 2: 4 T>;; uaxoo&vulag iov &iov x\ Prov. 25: 15. Jr. 15: 15. Plut. Lucull. 33 nv UBV CTifdeixwro xal unxQO&vuiav ctya&oi'. Spec, patient en- durance of evil, patience, Col. 1: 11. Heb. 6: 12. James 5: 10. Sept. Is. 57: 15. jllaxpofrufico?, adv. patiently, 5. e. with indulgence, with clemency, Acts 26: 3. rooc, or, or, long, a) of space e. g. from one point to another, and hence far, far distant. Luke 15: 13 et 19: 12 tig %Moav uaxguv. Sept. odog nuy.ott for pinnD *)""!" Prov. 7: 19. Hdian. 6. 7. 10.' Xen) Cyr. 5. 5. 42. Adv. UUXQUV see in its order. b) of time, e. g. juctxocti XQOVM Hdian. 5. 3. 5. In N. T. only neut. pi. as adv. long, as UMXQC praying long, making long prayers, Matt. 12: 14: Mark 12:40. Luke 20:47. Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 10. Luc. Tim. 38. Ael. V. II. 5. 6. ov y o, i], adj. lit. 'long-timed,' i. e. long-tired, Eph. G: 3 'iva u, y&yy, quoted from Ex. 20: 12 et Deut. 5: 16 where Sept. for rpTr* -nD-iiO . VT > -i- JUccAaxut, c; TWV aTTOxay^fwy v. , . e. gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities sc. than in the abundance of the revelations. Also as intens. the more, the rather, still more. Matt. 27: 24 aJUci in interrog. 1 Cor. 5: 2. 6: 7 bis. e) intens. ^aAAoi/ ds before an anti- thetic clause, or rather, yea more, Rom. 8: 34 XQ. o ctno&uvwv ; pxAAov ds xal eysQ&sis; Gal. 4: 9. Eph. 5:11. Comp. Buttm. 150. p. 437. Passow //a'Aa no. 2. e. Ael. V. H. 2. 13. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4.49. JtfdAjpC, ov, o, Malchus, Heb. ^I^O (counsellor) Malluch, pr. n. of a servant John 18: 10. Eph. 5:4. ITim (i:2. 1 Cor. 7: 21 * ixM, si xal . . . Q } /, grandmother, 2 Tim. 1: 5. Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 2. Hdian. 5. 3. 7. Plut. Agis, 4. A word of the later Greek for the earlier T7J#77, Lob. ad Phr. p. 133 sq. of, o, aoi . . . Xtfivat. impl. Mark 15: 11 iV [sc. prj lov Irpovv uUku] fiuMov TOV B. mammon, i. e. wealth, riches, Chald. "Jiao, Nrf 3333, from < j^N,pp. that in whicti one trusts, see* Buxt. Lex. Chald. 1217 sq. So Luke 16:9,11; and personified like Gr. nloviog, Matt. 6: 24. Luke 16: 13. Suid. 7rAoi/io? yriivoq, /^woj. Jllavayv, o, indec. Manaen, pr. n of a Christian teacher at Antioch, Acts 13: 1. Mavawr)?, fj, o, Manasses, Heb. T>'&J3 (making forget) Manasseh, pr. n. L the son of Joseph, adopted by Jacob, Rev. 7: 6. 2. a king of Judah, son of Hezeki- nh, r. 699 644 B. C. noted for his idolatry and cruelty, Matt. 1: 10 bis. Cornp. 2K. c. 21. 2 Chr. c. 33. Dlav&ctvCQ) f. ^a^Tjo-o/ucM, aor. 2 l' t uu&ov, to learn. a) pp. intellectually, from others or from study, observation, etc. to learn, to be taught, absol. Matt. 9: 13 KOQSV- frevteg ds fia&ttti, ii 10, indec. manna, the mi- raculous food of the Israelites in the desert, Heb. "JE, Sept. TO pav Lev. 16: 31,35. TO ftavva Num. 11: 6. Jose- plms TI ndvva Ant. 5. 1. 4. In N. T. John 6: 31, 49, 58. Heb. 9:4 ; symboli- cally Rev. 2: 17 see in Kown*. Comj). Ex. 16: 31 sq. Jog. Ant. 3. 1. 6. Jose- phus relates that in his day manna was still found around Mount Sinai, Ant. 3.1.6; and the same fact has also been abundantly ascertained by mod- ern travellers. The modern manna, manna drabica, is a sweet resin like honey, which in the desert of Sinai and some other oriental countries, ex- udes in summer chiefly from the leaves of the tamarisk or tarfa. This the Arabs collect, and regard it as the great- est dainty which their country affords. Hut the quantity is trifling, not amount- ing, according to Burckhardt, to more than five or six hundred pounds each year. It has been ascertained within the last ten or twelve years, first by English naturalists and more fully by Ehrenberg, that the manna flows out from the leaf in consequence of the puncture of an insect nearly allied to the cimex genus. See Burekhardt's Travels in Syria etc. p. 599 sq. quoted in Calmet. art. Manna. Niehuhr's Descr. of Arabia p. 145. Germ. Asiat. Res. XIV. p. 182 sq. Gesen. Lex. art. f. eiffouai, depon. Mid. (pavrif diviner, prophet,) to utter responses as from an oracle, to divine, to foretell, Acts 16: 16. Sept. for CDp Deut. 18: 10. 1 Sam. 28 :8. Ael. V. H. 2. 17. Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2. lYlagaivco, f. ctvw, pp. to put out, to extinguish, e. g. fire etc. Horn. H. Merc. 140. Pass, to go out, to expire, II. 9. 212. Hence to make pine away, to dry up, cause to wither, Sept. for f 5P Job 15: 30. Anthol. Gr. I. p. 21. l" Pass, to wither, to fade away, pp. of ro- ses Wisd. 2: 8. of the body, person, Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 1. In N. T. trop. o n^oiiffiog James 1: 11. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 35. Plut. Marcell. 24 init. i d&a, maran-atha, Ara- maean nntf NnD . q. xip*o$ the Lord ivill come sc. to judgment, 1 Cor. 16: 22. ?, ov y o, pp. adj. sc. o Ar#o? [taQyctQiirfi, a pearl, Matt. 13: 45, 46 tva nolmiuov /m^/o- Qiirjv. 1 Tim. 2: 9. Rev. 17: 4. 18: 12, 16. 21: 21 bis. Trop. Matt. 7: 6 comp. in Kvav b. Ael. H. An. 10. 13 o iv toCiq yvvui$i d^av^aaToq [tag/agin]?. Theophr. Fragm. [de Lapidib.] 2. 36. ed. Schneid. Comp. Plin. H. N. 9. 35. ftl#p&(X, T)$ 9 !, Martha, a sister of Lazarus, Luke 10: 38, 40, 41. John 11: 1,5, 19,20,21,24,30,39. 12:2. indec. Maria, Mary, Heb. Q^~]tt Miri- am, pr. n. of several females. 1. Mary the mother of Jesus, Magia Matt. 1: 16, 18. 2: 11. Mark 6:3. Luke 1: 41. Acts 1: 14. Also MctQidp Matt. 1:20. 13:55. Luke 1: 27, 30, 34, 38, 39, 46, 56. 2: 5, 16, 19, 34. 2. Mary Magdalene, i. e. of Magdala, Magia, Matt. 27: 56, 61. 28: 1. Mark 15: 40, 47. 16: 1, 9. Luke 8: 2. 24: 10. John 19: 25. 20: 1, 11, 16, 18. 3. Mary, Mautu, the mother of James the Less and Joses, sister to Je- sus' mother and wife of Alpheus or 495 Clopas, see in "Analog no. 1, and Ywx- w/Jogno. 2. Matt. 27: 56, 61. 28:1. Mark 15: 40, 47. Luke 24: 10. John 19:25. 4. Mary, MaQivt, a sister of Lazarus and Martha, Luke 10: 39, 42. John 11: 1,2, 19,20,23,31,32,45. 12:3. 5. Mary, MotQi'a, mother of John surnamed Mark, Acts 12: 12. 6. Mary, Manioifji, a Christian female at Rome, Rom. 16: 6. Mctgxo?, ov } o, Marcus, Mark, the writer of one of the four Gospels, pp. John surnamed Mark, Acts 12: 12, 25. 15: 37 ; the nephew of Barnabas Col. 4: 10; the companion of Paul and Barnabas on their first journey, and of Barnabas on his second in opposition to Paul, Acts 15: 39 coll. 12: 25. He is later again mentioned among the companions of Paul, Col. 1. c. Philern. 24. 2 Tim. 4: 1 1 ; and is also affection- ately called son by Peter, 1 Pet. 5: 13, comp. Acts 12: 12. 2 Tim. 1: 2. ed by the words testified, after .._,,, fine, OTI of quotation etc. John 1: 32 x4. Hence in N. T. i. q. to pro- test, to make an earnest and solemn appeal, to exhort solemnly, 1 Thess. 2: 12. Comp. Sept. and -pj?n Gen. 43: 3. tcitness, testimony, as borne, given, romp, in Munii (iiuv. a) judicial, Mark 14: 56, 59 olds ov- tug ten) ijv i} pagTvgia avTuv. Luke 22: 71. John 8: 17. pag. xaioc Tirog Mark 14: 55. Sept. for T* Prov. 25: 18. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 15. Dem. 846. 24. b) genr. to the truth of any thing. John 19: 35 xal 6 twgaxug peuagTi/grjxs, xal akij-frivr) UITOV itniv ?} pagTvgia. 21: 24. 1 John 5: 9 ti]v p. TUV av^gdntav. 3 John 12. So of a poet Tit. 1: 13. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 21. Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 86. Diod. Sic. 3. 72 or 73. Elsewhere only in reference to Jesus and his doc- trines, i. e. to the truth of his mission and gospel, e. g. genr. John 5: 34 ov naga av&gwnov Trjv p. hapfidvta. 1 John 5: 10 p. iv eaimu. So from John the Baptist, John 1: 7, 19. 5: 36; from other teachers Rev. 11: 7. 12: 11 dia lov JLO/OV Trjg uagTvglag avTuv i. e. the word, gospel, to which they testified. Acts 22: 18 u. nsgl tfiov. Also from God, John 5: 32. 1 John 5: 9 bis, 10, 11. Of Christ's testimony respecting himself, John 3: 11, 32, 33. 5: 31. 8: 13, 14. So in the phrase jj (jtag^vQia, TOV lr}Oov,the testimony of Jesus, i.e. what he testified and taught respect- ing himself and his gospel, and hence equiv. to the gospel. Rev. 1: 2 og epag- Tvgijvt TOV \6yov TOV -&eov xal T^V pug. I. X. v. 9. 20: 4. 19: 10 t; yag pagrvgln TOV '/. eor TO nvfvpa rfg ngoyrjielag for the testimony of Jesus is [comes from, has for its author] the same Spirit of prophecy which acts in me. Hence i%ltv Ti]v p. Tof 'irjvov, to hold fast the testimony of Jesus, Rev. 12: 17. 19: 10. impl. 6: 9. Comp. John 14: 21. 2 John 9. c) emphat. honourable testimony, good report, 1 Tim. 3: 7. Ecclus. 31 or 34: 23. Jos. Ant. 6. 10. 1. ou, TO, witness, testimony, as borne, given, i. q. la. Thorn. Mag. a) genr. 2 Cor. 1: 12 TO //. tf t q o-vvst- . So historically, Acts 4: 33 TO^U. rijg avaffTdo~swg TOV XVQIOV i. e. of, con- cerning the resurrection etc. Heb. 3: 5 fig u. i&v kalrj&iio-oulvwv i. e. for giv- ing testimony, testifying. Ael. V. H. 2. 5.' Xen. Conv. 8. 34. So in refer- ence to Jesus and his doctrines, e. g. from teachers 2 Thess. 1: 10. Also TO u. TOV Xgiviov, the testimony of Christ, i. e. what he testified and taught re- specting himself and his gospel, and hence equiv. to the gospel, 1 Cor. 1: 6. 2 Tim. 1: 8. 1 Cor. 2: 1 TO u. TOV dsov id. Genr. in the sense of testimony, evidence, proof, e. g. fig [JI&QTVQIQV aii- xo7$ as a testimony unto them Matt. 8: 4. 24: 14. Mark 1: 44. Luke 5: 14. 21: 13 ; also against them Matt. 10: 18. Mark 6: 11. 13: 9. James 5: 3, and so in ^ avTovg Luke 9: 5. Also 1 Tim. 2: 6 TO uaTVQiov xaLgolg idloig, in appos. with avTlivTQOv. So Sept. for ~iy Deut. 31: 26. Josh. 22: 27. Hdot. 8. 120. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 4. b) from the Sept. 7; (rx/;v/ TOV [tagiv- glov, tabernacle of witness, put for taber- nacle of the congregation, Heb. bf1&, ^EJ , Acts 7: 44. Rev. 15: 5. So Sept. fbriyiO bn'K Ex. 29: 42, 44. 40:22, 24, deriving isntt from "J^ to testify, instead of from 12?^ to assemble. See Gesen. Lex. art. I! 73 no. 2. y depon. Mid. Tvg,) to call to witness, to invoke as witness, e. g. the gods Dem. 799. 6. Comp. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 184. Hence in N. T. to protest, to make an earnest and solemn appeal e. g. by way of af- firmation, protestation. Acts 20: 26 uagTVQouat vulv OTI> x. t. L i. q. I sol- emnly affirm, 1 call God to witness, that etc. Gal. 5: 3. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 3. Also by way of exhortation, to ex- hort solemnly, to obtest, seq. ace. et inf. Eph. 4: 17. Pol. 13. 8. 6. Thuc. 6.80. , o, v\, a witneit, 497 dal. naqiVQi, ace. juupn'pa, dat. plur. uaQTVffi. The nom. jucrptt^ belonged to the ^Eolic dialect, and is not found in N. T. In later ecclesiastical writers it became current in the sense of mar- tyr. See Buttin. Ausf. Sprachl. 53. 1. p. 235. a) [>]). in a judicial sense. Matt. J8: 16 ini ato^uToq tivo futqrvQW 1} T^IWV T. tfeoi' dnixaJitlv 2 Cor. 1: 23. So in allusion to those who witness a public game, Heb. 12: 1. So Sept. and iy Gen. 31: 50. comp. Sept. Is. 43: 10. Jos. Ant. 15. 5. 3. Luc. Pha- lar. prior 1. Xen. Ag. 4. 5. In a public game Longin. do Subl. 14. Espee. of those who witnessed the life, death and resurrection of Jesus, who bear wit- ness to the truth as it is in Jesus. Luke 24: 48 i'ptig <5t W t uuQivQtg TOVJUV. Acts 1:8, 22. 2:32. 3:15. 5:32. 10: 39, 41. 13: 31. 2: 1<>. 2 Tim. 2: 2 a ilxovaag nay ( t uou diet UOUMV fiuotv- QUV, i. e. confirmed by many other witnesses. Seq. dat. Arts 22: 15. 1 Pet. 5: 1. So of one who bears wit- ness for God, and testifies to the world what God reveals through him, i. e. a teacher, prophet, genr. Rev. 11:3; of Jesus, o fiaQTvg o niffiui; Rev. 1: 5. 3: 14. Comp. John 1: 9. 14: 6. c) a martyr, one who by his death bears witness to the truth. Acts 22: 20 2iscpdvov rov nctQTVQog trou. Rev. 2: 13. 17: fl. _ Euseb. H. E. 2. 1. Frequent in ecclesiastical writers, see Suicer Thes. Eccl. s. voc. JHaaaaoftat f w/w*, f. }o-o^t, al- so paffOO/uat, depon. ( ( u'o-<7w,) to chew, to gnaw, e. g. vug /AaWa$ in pain Rev. 16: 10. Sept. Job 30: 4. Jos. B. J. 6. 3. 3. Theophr. Char. 15 or 20. to scourge, trans, e. g. persona as crim- inals, Matt. 10: 17. 20: 19. 23: 34. Mark 10: 34. Luke 18: 33. John 19: 1. Sept. for n^rr Ex. 5: 14. Deut. 25: 3. - Ael. V. 1L 12. 62. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 18. Trop. of God, to chastise, to cor- rect, Heb. 12: 6 aatm/ol <5e notyra vlov ov Tiaoutdeztrai, quoted from Sept. Prov. 3: 12, where Heb. 3iO , i. e. as a father. Sept. and nSH Prov. 17: 10. Tob. 13: 2, 5. f. #w, (]U'(m, ) to scourge, trans, e. g. a person as crimi- nal Acts 22: 25. Sept. for r ( 3n Num. 22: 5. Wisd. 5: 1 1. Luc. 'Tim. 23. Plut. Alex. M. 42 ult. jUaoTfJ, tyoc, */, a whip, scourge, Acts 22:24. Heb. 11:36. Sept. for DTb 1 K. 12:11,14. Prov. 20:3. Luc. Asin. 44. Xen. An. 3. 4. 25. Trop. a scourge, from God, i.e. disease, plague, Luke 7: 21 uno voawv xal (.ia- cm/cuv. Mark 3: 10. 5: 29, 34. Sept. for 3Nr;2_ Ps. 32: 10. ys: Ps. 39: 12. 89: 33l Eccl us. 40: 9. 2 Mace. 9: 11. comp. Horn. II. 12. 37. J\J.CtmO$ t ov, o, the breast, pap. Luke 11: 27 fiaxuQioi ol (*uo~iol ovg tto'llairag. 23: 29. Rev. 1: 13. Sept. for n J Job 3: 12. Cant. 1: 12. Pol. 15. 3h 13. Xen. An. 4. 3. 6. ,) vain talk, empty jangling, 1 Tim. 1: 6. Porphyr. de Austin. 4. 16. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 21.9. ittctictLokoyoQ, Of, o, 11, (f^aiaiog, JU'/eu,) given to vain talking, subst. vain talker, empty wrangler, Tit. 1: 10. co > f. 63 a, oi'j fjuxTrjv, van, empty, fruitless, Tit. 3: 9. nuruq 1 Cor. 15: 17. ^TJO-XH'U James 1: 26. So 1 Cor. 3: 20, quoted from Ps. 94: 11 where Sept. for b^.H , as also Zech. 10: 2. for |i N Is. 3 1 : 2. Hdian. 6. 7. 24. Xen. Vect. 4. 41. From the Heb. 7 a jtjTO (p&tyyofitvoi. Sept. for p" 1 -) Ps. 4:3. In the sense of frail- ty, trajisientness, Rom. 8: 20 TJJ yag fia- Ttftoriju ^ xtlaig vntiayr]. So Sept. for b^n Ps. 39: C. 62: 10. Ecc. 1: 2, 14. from the Ileh. for folly, perverse- ness, wickedness, Eph. 4: 17. So Sept. and aerr Ps. 26: 4. 119: 37. 144: 8, 11. '.tatt*oy, r~>, f. wffCD, (udratog,) pp. to mae rain ; in N. T. from the Heh. only Pass, to frecome ram, i. e. foolish, perverse, loicked. Horn. 1: 21 tpvnaito- dyauv iv jolg dialoyiffpotg aviav, in reference espec. to idolatry, comp. v. 23, and see in Marouos ult. So Sept. and ban 2 K. 17: 15. Jer. 2: 5. Cotrip. Sept. fbr rso: 2 Sam. 13: 13. 26: 21. Mccirji'j ndv. in vain, to no pur- pose, fruitlessly. Matt. 15: 9 et Mark 7: 7 ju. <5 aifioviui ps. Sept. for tfi&b Jer. 2: 30. Hdian. 1. 4. 7. Xen. OecT 7.40. MaiO-ctioc, ov y o, Matthew, the writer of the first Gospel, one of the apostles, called also Levi, originally a publican, 6 idwwig, Matt. 10: 3. 9: 9. Mark 3: 18. Luke 6: 15. Acts 1: 13. Comp. Mark 2: 14. Luke 5: 27. jHflrrfory, o, indec. Matthan, Heb. IRE (gift), pr. n. m. Matt. 1: 15 bis. ]\IctTd(tT y o, indec. Malthat, pr. n. of two men, Luke 3: 24, 29. McttfrioeCy , o, Matthias, (prob. i. q. Mana&iag,) pr. n. of the apostle chosen in the place of Judas, Acts 1: 23,26. Maiiafrciy o, indec. MatlalJia, Heb. nnntt (gift of Jehovah), pr. n. m. Luke 3:' 31" i/, o, (i. q. preced.) Mattathias, pr. n. of two men, Luke 3: 25,26. MatplQV, ?, i (prob. pam,) a knife, slaughter- knife, worn l>y Homer's heroes along with the sword, II. 3. 271. Hdot.2. 61. Ael. V. II. 8. 3. In N. T. a sword, pp. for culling. Matt. 26: 47 /uiu /yu/u/pwv xcu Jriwv. v. 5] uvi- tr\v ( uci/jnuv uiioi. v. 52 ter, 55. Mark 14: 43, 47, 48. Luke 21: 24. 22: 36, 38, 49, 52. John 18: 10, 11. Acts 16: 27. Heb. 4: 12. Rev. 6: 4. 13: 10 bis, 14. trop. Eph. 6: 17. Sept. for inn Gen. 34: 25. Judg. 3: 16. Diod. Sic/16. 94. Xen. An. 1. 8. 6. So for the sword of justice, i. e. of the execu- tioner, Acts 12: 2. Rom. 8: 35. Heb. 1 1: 34, 37. Hence yogiiv puxaifjuv, to bear the sword, i. e. to have the power of life and death, Rorn. 13: 4. Aes- chin. 38. 11. Philostr. V. Apollon. 7. 16. comp. Sueton. Vitell. c. 15. Me- ton. sword for war, opp. fiQrjvr), Matt. 10: 34. So a-^n Sept. no^^iog Lev. 26: 6. Sept. and* Sn Jer. 14: 13. battle, Hdian. 8. 5. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 29. In N. T. genr. strife, contest, con- troversy. 2 Cor. 7: 5 sSta&tv /uw^ai. 2 Tim. 2: 23. Tit. 3: 9 fttx/ag vopixdg i. e. controversies respecting the Mosaic law. James 4: 1. Sept. for ^n Gen. 13: 7. 71173 Prov. 15: 18. Arr. Epict. 4. 5. 3. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 38. May op a i, f. eVoj/cu, ( /u^, ) to fight, pp. in war, battle, Hdian. 4. 15. 15. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 29, 30. In N. T. genr. to strive, to contend, e. g. physi- cally in a private quarrel, Acts 7: 26. So Sept. for fT22 Ex. 21: 22. 2 Sam. 14: 6. Also in words, to strive, to dis- pute, e. g. TiQcg uMrjlovg John 6: 52. recipr. 2 Tim. 2: 24. James 4: 2. Sept. for n-n Gen. 31: 36. Neh. 13:25. Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 146. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 16. McyaZccvxJfo, co y f. ^Vw, (//?, ai'^ttd to boast,) to boast largely, to play the braggart, James 3: 5. 2 Mace. 15: 32. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 6 pen. I. p. 243. ed. Tauchn. Diod. Sic. 15. 16. M#yaAltO$, a, ov, glorious, wonderful, e. g. T great things, wonderful works, Luke 1: 49. Acts 2: 11. Sept. for nib'^ Ps. 71: 19. Ecclus. 18: 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 5.2. tjioc y 7, Itlog,) greatness, majesty, glory, e. g. TOV &eoi Luke 9: 43. lov xvylov 2 Pet. 1: 16. TJJ? 'AQTSfiidog Acts 19: 27. Sept. for rnNEDn Jer. 33: 9. Esdr. 1: 5. Jos. Ant & 4. 3. 499 adj. (uiyag, nQsnta,} pp. 'becoming to a great man,' magnanimous, Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 5. In N. T. magnificent, most splendid, of things, 2 Pet. 1: 17 vno TT?? /tf/. 86$T]<;. 2 Mace. 15: 13. 3 Mace. 2: 9. Xen. Hi. 2. 2. MeyceAvycOy f. wu, ( /us/ae, ) to make great, to enlarge, c. ace. a) genr. e. g. T xotxoTrefla iwv ip. Matt. 23: 5. TO c'Aeo? /ifia rtyoc fo s/iettf one greaf mercy, do him great kindness, Luke 1: 58. So Sept. and Heb. b^-irr l^n Gen. 19: 19. comp. Ps. 57: 11.' Thu'c. 5. 98. b) i. q. to magnify, to praise, Luke 1: 46 TOV XVQIOV. Acts 5: 13. 10: 46. 19: 17. 2 Cor. 10: 15. Phil. 1: 20. Sept. for r^a Ps. 34: 4. 69: 31. 2 Sam. 7: 26. "Ecclus. 43: 31. Diod. Sic. 1. 20. Xeri. A p. Socr. 32. MtyccAoK, adv. (ftf/as,) greatly, much, Phil. 4: 10 ixa^v pey <&>$. Sept. 1 Chr. 29: 10. Xen. Hi. 4. 5. vrj, ??c, ), (fieyac,) ma- jesty, i. e. the divine majesty, melon. for God himself, Heb. 1: 3. 8: 1. Also in ascriptions Jude 25. So Sept. for ^a Deut. 32: 3. nb*na 1 Chr. 29: 11. Ps. 145: 6. Act. Thorn. 15. Test. XII. Patr. p. 586. melon, for God, Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. Cod. Ps. V. T. p. 187. The usual word in Greek writers is ?, fif/h], nt'ya, Gen. JM- yttlov, w,ov; Compar. peifav, Super!. (uyi?. James 4: 6. Sept. and Hl2 1 K. 8: 66. 2 Chr. 7: 8. Hdian. 7. 4. 9 ntf&os. (<5) in price, cost, great, costly, splendid^ Luke 5:29 (5o//. 14: 16 Selnvov. 2 Tim. 2: 20. Heb. 9: 11. Sept. and biia Gen. 21: 8. Jer. 52: 13. Of a day^ celebration, great, solemn, John 7: 37. 19: 31 ; elsewbere of the day of judg- ment Acts 2: 20. Jude 6. Rev. 6: 17. 16: 14. So Sept. and Vn-3 Mai. 4: 5. Joel 2: 11, 31. () trop. great in esti- mation, weight, importance. Matt. 22: 36, 38 MoAi Eph. 5: 32 et 1 Tim. 3: 16 1 1 \-un\nun: 1 John 5: 9 juaoTvp/ct. 1 Cor. 9: 11. So /tie^oiy greatei', more important, Matt. 23: 19. 1 Cor. 13: 13. Heb. 11: 26. //e/toro? 2 Pet. 1: 4. Sept. for VH2 r 1 Sarn. 22: 15. Dem. 1366. 22. Diod. Sic. 3. 72. Xen. An. 2. 6. 14. c) trop. great in force, intensity, ef- fect, e. g. (a) as affecting the exter- nal senses, great, vehement, violent, Matt. 8: 24 ffsia^og uiyctQ. Luke 21: 11. (Ael. V. H. 6. 9.) Mark 4: 37 la'day. v. 39 ya^vri. John 6: 18 avtfjiog. ( Dern. 1213. 27. ) Rev. 11: 19 X alafr. 16: 21. So likewise niwaiq Matt. 7: 27. Qvyitct Luke 6: 49. > I: -J I. Luke 21: 11. Acts 6:8. dwapgi$ Acts 8: 13. dvvccfiig fi. Acts 4: 33. 8: 10. So pn'ovu sc. tqya John 1: 51. 5: 20. 14: 12. Joined with #ar/i(TTo? Rev. 15: 1, 3. 2 Cor. JI: 15 tl piyu ovv what wonder thcnl comp. v. 14. So Sept. and 5 in a Deut. 6: 22. 10: 21. 29: 3. Dem. 1046. 10. Aeschin. 79. 13. d) trop. great in power, dignity, au- thority, e. g. ol [if/aloi, the great, i. e. nobles, princes, Matt 20: 25. Mark 10: 42. Matt. 5: 35 rov pty. fiaadlwg. (Ael. V. H. 12. 1. Hdian. 6. 4. 8.) Heh. 4: 14 aoxieQta p. 10: 21. 13: 20. Of God Tit. 2: 13. Rev. 19: 17. of Diana Acts 19: 27, 28, 34, 35. So jsrenr. great, dis- tinguished, Matt. 5: 19 OVTO$ (.dyuq xAt;- f-. Mark 10: 43. Luke 7: 1C ngo- . Acts 8:9. So fAtl^mv seq. gen. Matt. 11: U. Luke 7: 28. John 13: 16. 1 Cor. 14:5. simply Matt. 18:1. Luke 22: 24. 2 Pet. 2: ll[ In a had sense, great, noted, T) noQvr) Rev. 17: 1. 19: 2. Sept. and biia 2 Sam. 7: 9. Neh. 11: 14. Dem. 116. 8. Hdian. 1. 6. 17. Xen. An. 3. 2. 10. noovog Aeschin. 22.28. e) implying censure, i. q. too great, i. e. lofly, boastful, arrogant. Rev. 13: 5 amim lalovv jUf/wAtt xcu (j),a p^fo^jiiwv Ps. 12: 4. Horn. Od. 22. 288 pfya cixiiv. Sept. Ajax 384 or 386. Dem. 1 124. 25 lcduv, comp. 981. 25. AL. , fr>?, ouc, TO, greatness, ^trop. Eph. 1: 19 TO p. TT;C dv- viiptws avrov. Sept. for b'TC Ex. 15: 16. Aeschin. 82. 16. phys. Hdian. 8. 2. 10. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 12. chiefs, nobles, princes, Mark 6:21. Rev. 6: 15. 18: 23. Sept. for tr-\vjN Jer. 14: 3. Nah. 2:5. fi^V^a Jon." 3: 7. C--),5 2 Chr. 36: 18. Chald. "^l^l Dan/5: 1 sq. Act. Thorn. 7. 'jbs. Ant. H.3. 2. ib. 20. 2. 3. Artemidor. 1.2. ib. 3.9. Sueton. Calig. 5. It is a word of the later Greek, Phryn. ct Lob. p. 196 sq. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 180 sq. Sing, (ttyunav occurs once Ec- clus. 4: 7. C, see in Msyag iriit. and vro, f. ft'o-o), (/IT, 1^- translate over sc. from one language into another, / 'o interpret ; in N. T. only Pass. Matt. 1: 23 o lait pe- frtQpiivevvfielrov. Mark 5: 41. 15: 22, 34. John 1: 42. Acts 4: 36. 13: 8. Jos. c. Ap. 1.10. Diod. Sic. 1.11. ^c > i', (pidv mulled wine, Germ. Meth, mead,) drunkenness, drunk- en-frolic, Luke 21: 34. Rom. 13: 13. Gal. 5:21. Comp. in KQnt,na).T]. Sept. for Ji-Dtf Ez.23:33. 39: 19. Ael. V. H. 3. 14.' Xen. Ag. 5. 1. the great, Lat. magnates, i. e. , f. jUTo-Tt;(rw, (uern, /'(TT7; ( ui,) also f.if\)iaTai>o) I Cor. 13: 2, com]). Buttrn. 106. n. 5. 112. 12. To set or move over sc. from one place to another, to transfer, to remove ; in N. T. only in the transitive forms. a) pp. c. ace. 1. Cor. 13: 2 oum OQTJ (utiliffTv.rFiv. seq. tl$ Col. 1: 13. Sept. for TL--72 Is. 54: 10. Jos. Ant. 9. 11. 1 nit. Hdian. 6. 4. 14. Trop. to draw over to another side or party, to seduce, c. ncc. o'/Aov ly.avov Acts 19: 26. Sept. for -f OH Is. 59: 15. Xen. II. G.2. 2. 5. b) of persons, to remove sc. from of- fice, trans, e. g. a king, to depose, Acts 13:22, coll. 1 Sam. c. 16.; a steward, to dismiss, Luke 16: 4 oinv ^naffra&M 77j oixorofjlac:, whore for the genit. comp. Matth. 353. Winer 30. 6. So Sept. for ypn 1 K. 15: 13. Pol. 4. 87. 9, seq. TTO c. gen. %, from the verb ize, ((.ma, odos, fil&o- ooc,} i.'e. to trace out with method and skill, Diod. Sic. 1. 15, 81 ; to treat me- thodically, Philo Quod del ins. pot. p. 301 175. C. de Agric. p. 191. B ; to use art, to deal artfully, Sept. 2 Sam. 19: 27. Polyb. 38. 4. 16. Hence [tftiod'Ha, method, in the sense of ar/, uu'/e, only in N. T. Eph. 4: 14. 6: 11. Hesych. ue- frodelag' ti%vtt$. So anaTf] xal 0*0? Artemid. 3. 25. JkfffropioC; ov, o, ?], adj. ooof,) bordering upon, frontier, e. g. TIO- lff Jos. B. J. 4. 11. 2. //] Time. 2. 27. In N. T. neut. plur. ia ptQogia sc. ZMQin, borders, confines, iMark 7: 24 TM /*. 7'rpoi 1 xul ^tdon'og. Ildian. 5. 4. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 16. JYlffruoXfOy f. ro-ct), (ut&v, comp. in Me'#7j } ) l, t7 concerns, c. dat. of pel's, and usually to be rendered personally, i. e. to care for, to take care of, pp. seq. gen. of the ob- ject, Buttm. 132. 5. 3. 1 Cor. 9: 9 ul] TOW /9ow// u&ft -&IM ; i. e. does not God take care of oxen? c. gen. impl. 1 Cor. 7: 21. Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 6. Luc. D. Mort. 22. 3. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 30. Seq. -negi c. gen. Matt. 22: 16 ov u&ti o~oi TKQI ov- deros i. e. thou carestfor no one, art im- partial. Mark 12:14. John 10:13. 12:6. 1 Pet. 5: 7. I Mace. 14: 43. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 2. Xen. Hi. 9. 10. Once with a nominal. Acts 18: 17 ovdiv TOI'TCOV Pa),- Atoiyi i' t ufltv t i. e. none of these things was matter of concern to Gallio, he cared for none of them. See Matth. 348. n. 2. comp. Buttm. 129. 10. Horn. II. 5. 4!K>. Eurip. Hippo!. 104. Seq. OTI, Mark 4: 38 ov ft&si aot, on aJiollvfts^af Luke 10: 40 Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 13, c. wf. MfAtiaCO, My f. 7JCT(i), (u&G), U&Sl,) to care for, to take care for any thing, i. e. so as to be able to perform it, cornp. Tittrn.de Synon. N. T. p. 176; hence Lat. meditarc, to meditate, c. ace. of thing, Mark 13: 11. 1 Tim. 4: 15 rauia /tfAs'iff. Acts 4: 25 T/ f^f^srrjffav xfvd / quoted from Ps. 2: 1 where Sept. for nan, also Prov. 8: 7. Is. 59: 3, 13. rpton Ps. 119: 148. Dem. 1129. 9. Xek Mem. 1. 2. 21. jl/6/*, no?, TO, honey, Lat. mel, Rev. 10: 9, 10. Matt.jJ: 4 et Mark 1: 6 jUs'At a/Qiov, see in Aygioq. Sept. for in- Gen. 43: 11. Judg. 14: 8, 18. Di- od^ Bic. 19. 94. Xen. H. G. 5. 3. 19. MeAtoatoc, ou, o, r h adj. (^KT- aa bee,) of bees, made by bees. Luke 24: 42 TTO //. tniQioi' of bee-comb. 502 ?), Mdita, now Malta, an island of the Mediterranean, lying to the southward of Sicily, Acts 28: 1. Here Paul was shipwrecked, after being driven up and down for fourteen days in the Adriatic Sea, between Sicily and Greece, see 'Adqius and Acts 27: 27 sq. Hence he sailed again on a direct course by Syracuse and Rhegium to Puteoli, Acts 28: J 1 sq. There was another small island of the same name in the Adriatic Gulf, on the coast of Jllyricum, now called Meleda, which some have thought to be the place of Paul's ship- wreck ; but its position does not accord with the account of the subsequent voyage to Puteoli ; nor can we well suppose a vessel bound from Alexan- dria to Puteoli to have wintered in this island. Comp. Acts 28: 11. MtMo), f. ijffto, (kindr. with ^'Aw,) imperf. c/uuUov and ijueUov Buttm. 83. n. 5 ; to be about to do or suffer any thing, to be on the point of, seq. infin. of that which one is about to do or suffer, mostly the inf. future, (in N. T. least of all,) freq. inf. present, and rarely inf. aorist, which latter Phrynichus con- demns p. 336, though it is found in the earliest writers and even in Ionic and Attic prose, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 745 sq. Comp. Passow sub v. Winer 45. p. 276. For the force of the inf. pres. et aor. af- ter petto), as implying duration or tran- sientness, see Buttm. 137. a) pp. and (a) genr. seq. inf. present, Luke 7: 2 tudfo idtwav, was about to die, was at the point of death. John 4: 47. Acts 21: 27. 27: 33. Seq. inf. aorist, Rev. 3: 2 pc'iUet ano&avw. 12: 4. c. pres. 2 Mace. 9: 18. Ael. V. H. 1. 11. c. aor. Hdian. 2. 10. 9. Thuc. 6. 31. (/?) Also as implying purpose i. q. to have in mind, to intend, to will, seq. inf. pres. Matt. 2: 13 /w'Uft yaq 'HQudrjs fy- idv 10 naidiov. Luke 10: J. John 6: 6. Acts 3: 3. 12: 6. Rev. 10: 4. Seq. inf. aor. Rev. 2: 10 Idov utttti Pahlv. 3: 16. c. pres. Xen. An. 5. 7. 5. c. aor. Ael. V. H. 3. 27. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 16. b) i. q. ought, should, must, as imply- ing necessity, accordance with the na- ture of things or with the divine ap- pointment, and therefore certain, des- tined to take place. So seq. inf. pres. Matt. 11: 14 'Htiag o /uc'Uwv tgxta&at. 20: 22. Mark 10: 32. Luke 9: 31, 44. John 11: 51. Acts 28: 6. Rom. 4: 24. 8: 13. Heb. 1: 14. James 2: 12. Rev. 2: 10 u&foi? ntxffxeiv. Seq. inf. aor. Rom. 8: 18 ir,v pUowro9 do$av anoxa- lvijvai. Gal. 3: 23. Seq. inf. fut. Acts 11: 28 hubv ui'/av [tettuv wea^ou. 24: 15. c. pres. Diod. Sic. 2. 31. Xen. Lnc. 1. 3. c. aor. Xen. 6. 1. 40. c. fut. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 5. Hence particip. (.(iMwv, ovau, ov, impending, future, c. inf. impl. as ifftv&m, !o/f<7vh etc. Matt. 3: 7 ano 1% uEMovayg ooyr t g. 12: 32. Rom. 5:14. 1 Tim. 4: 8. Heb.9:U. 13: 14. T U&IOVTU things to come, Rom. 8:38. 1 Cor. 3: 22. elg to uettov, in future, hereafter, Luke 13: 9. 1 Tim. 6: 19. Luc. D. Mort. 3. ]. Hdiun. 1. 14. 3. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 13. c) i. q. may, can, will, imply- ing possibility, probability, what one hopes or fears, seq. inf. pres. Matt. 24: 6. Luke 22: 23 o tovio psUtav nyao- fftiv, who might or could do this. Acts 20: 38. 1 Tirn. 1: 16. Seq. inf. fut. Acts 27: 10 xhw^w OIL pera t^w? . . u&faiv taeff&cu ibv nlovv. c. pres. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 3. c. fut. Xen. An. 4. 7. 16. d) i. q. to be ever about to do a thing. 1. e. to linger, to delay. Acts 22: 16 x* vvv rl ulMei$; Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 3. Hdian. 2. 2. 21. Xen. Cyr. ]. 3. 15. AL. o?) ouQy TO, a limb, mem- ber, sc. of the body. a) pp. Matt. 5: 29, 30 ^tviwv udwv vov. Rom. 12: 4 bis. 1 Cor. 12: 12 bis, 14, 18, 19, 20, 22, 25, 26 quater. James 3: 5, 6. Horn. Od. 11.599. Hdot. 1.119. Ael. V. H. 14. 7. Plur. TCC [4th], the mem- bers, collect, i. q. the body, as the seat of the desires and passions, Rom. 6: 13 bis, T fi&r] vu&v oTTJla udixtu? \. dixaioffv- rr\q. v. 19 bis. 7: 5, 23 bis. Col. 3: 5. James 4: 1. 1 Cor. 6: 15 ter, TK awuonct vuwv u&t] XQiffiov fffTtv . . . noQWjS ui A>/, i. e. yoor bodies are Christ's bodies, they belong to Christ and not to a harlot. b) trop. member of the church, of which Christ is the head, 1 Cor. 12: 27. Eph. 5: 30. attificav u&n members of one another, i. e. as intimately united iu 503 Christian fellowship, Rom. 12: 5. Eph. 4:25. IMfA/i, o, indec. Melchi, Heb. prob. "2^73 (my king), pr. n. of two of Jesus' ancestors, Luke 3: 24, 28. 6, indec. Melchisc- dek, Heb. pns-^sbtt i. e. king of right- eousness, pr. n. of a king of Salem or Jerusalem, and a patriarchal priest of Jehovah, -^temporary with Abraham, comp. Gen. 14: 18 sq. Heb. 5: 6, 10. 6: 20. 7: 1, 10, 11, 15, 17. 21. Comp. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 2. see in c, ?;, Lat. membra- na, i. e. membrane, skin, parchment, 2 Tim. 4: 13. Comp. Plin. H. N. 13. 11 or 21. , f. y/0|ua,depon. Mid. to find fault loith, to blame, to censure, c.dat. Heb. 8: 8 utucpoutvog yuQ aviolg liyti. Absol. Rom. 9: 19. Mark 7: 2 in text. rec. c. dat. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 20. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 20. JUlcfMlfil'/ilOlpOS, OV 9 O, /, (uiuffO- uai, uolQa,) pp. ' finding fault with one's lot,' i. e. discontented, complaining, Judc 16. Plut. de cohib. Ira c. 13. T. III. p. 252. Tauchn. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 4. v 9 conjunct, implying affirma- tion or concession, indeed, truly, and at the same time pointing forward to some- thing antithetic, or at least different, which is then commonly subjoined with seq. de, Matt. 25: 33 ffii]aei> T pev nQofiaiu c 8t$iuv otvrov, zti de eolfpia x. i. L he shall stt the sheep on his right hand, but (and) the goats on his left. Luke 13: 9. 23: 56 coll. 24: 1. Acts 14: 12. Rorn. 8: 17. 1 Cor. 1:23. 2 Tim. 4: 4. JudeS. Comp. Buttm. p. 427. Matth. 622. 2 Muec. 3: 40 coll. 4: 1. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 10. ib. 4. 5. 15. (@) With ovv, i. e. jjtv oui>, in Engl. only therefore, then,e. g. (1) seq. de, Mark 16: 19 o piv ovv xvytog urdy- x. T. i. now assuredly there is wholly a fault among you, that etc. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 37. So JUa ^iv ovv Phil. 3: 8. c) In partition or distribution, (a) joined with the art. o, r\, TO^OI* the relat. oq, ?}, o, Buttm. 126. 2, 3. E. g. seq. oi, as o fiiv o &', the one the other, this that, Phil. 1: 16, 17. Heb. 7: 5, 6, 21 sq. also one another, and plur. some oth- ers, Matt. 22: 5, 6. Acts 14: 4. 17: 32. phu^og oi, one another, Matt. 16: 14. John 7: 12. So off ^V 6> oY, the one the other, Luke 23: 33. 2 Cor. 2: 16. og fj.lv o 8i uff&evwv, the one but the weak, Rom. 14: 2 ; also one another, plur. some others, Matt. 13: 8. Acts 27: 44. w Roin. 9: 21. Jude 22. 1 Cor. 12: 28 ovg fiev, where the writer falls out of the construction and proceeds with TtQuiov, 8svTtoov, TQiTov. Further, og pev 'Uo? 81, one another, Matt. 13: 4 sq. Mark 4: 4, 5. 1 Cor. 12: 8 sq. - Seq. x/, as og f*evy.al tiegog, one and another, Luke 8: 5 sq. (/J) Joined with other pronouns, as tyot (jev e/w de ter 1 Cor. 1: 12. Uo? fievuUog de 1 Cor. 15:39. rlg^efilg 8e Phil. 1:15. tov- 10 t*iv TOVTO 8s, partly partly, Heb. 10: 33, comp. Matth. 288. n.2. Herm. ad Vig. p. 702. Isocr. Pauegyr. p. 44. D. Hdor. 3.106. (/) Joined with an adv. as w<5c piv exit de Heh. 7: 8, comp. Buttrn. p. 427. Genr. John 16: 9 sq. AL. ) better pev OLT, see in Mev a, b. Later ecclesiastical writers place it first in a clause, contrary to earlier usage, Phryri. et Lob. p. 342. Comp. in Miv in it. IMsvouvys i. q. fnev ovv but strong- er, yea indeed, yea verily, comp. in Mev b. 0. 2. Luke 11: 28. Rom. 9: 20. 10: 18. Phil. 3:8. Comp. Viger p. 541.- Nicet. Annal. 21. 11. p. 415. In N. T. and ecclesiastical writers it is placed first in a sentence, contrary to earlier usage, Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 203. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 342. Comp. in Mtvovv. conjunct. (/^V, rot enclit.) pp. i. q. fiev affirmative or concessive, 505 but stronger, indeed, truly, certainly, for- sooth, espec. in negative clauses and an- swers, see Buttm. p. 431. Passow in uiv B. 12. Matth. 622. Herm. ad Vig. p. 843 sq. Plato Phaedon. p. 73. D. p. 82. C. Xen. Lac. J.I. Hence in N.T. a) though, yet, nevertheless, John 4:27 ovdelg uiviot, tine' Ttgqiclff/ 7: 13. 12: 42 ouwg pirtoi. 20: 5. 21: 4. 2 Tim. 2: 19. Jude 8. Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 6. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 5. ouug USVTOI Ceb. Tab. 33. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 22. b) once in the primitive sense of eacli particle, pp. uiv TO*, indeed there- fore, indeed then ; or, the force of uiv being lost in English, therefore, then, i. q. uiv ovv, see in Miv b. ft. 2. Seq. <5e, James 2: 8. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 5. iliero 1.25. y f. utvu, aor. 1 tunva, perf. utuevyxa, see Buttm. 101. ri. 9. 112. 5, 8 ; pluperf. 3 plur. utuvi)xiaav 1 John 2: 19, see Buttm. 83. n.6. Wi- ner 12. 12. 1. in trans, to remain, to continue, to abide, Lat. maneo, spoken a) of place, i.e. of persons remaining or dwelling in a place, seq. adv. Matt. 10: 11 xdxtZ uiivctif. -.Mi: 38, John 2: 12. Seq. iv c. dut. of place Luke 8:27 iv oi- x/ oi-x tutvfv. John 7: 9. 8: 35. Acts 20: 15. 27: 31. 2 Tim. 4: 20. c. iv ij oixict imp). John 8: 35. Acts 16: 15. Seq. U*TU c. gen. of person Luke 2-1:29, and with the notion of help John 14:16. Seq. Tiaydc. dat. of pers. John 14: 25. Acts 18: 3, 20, and with the notion of help John 14: 17. xt> tuvrov uivuv to dwell by oneself Acts 28: 16 coll. 30. Seq. ovv c. dat. of pers. Luke 1: 56. In the sense of to lodge, seq. nov John 1: 39, 40. seq. iv c. dat. of place Luke 19: 5. seq. TtctQa c. dat. of pers. John 4: 40. Acts 9: 43, coll. 10: 6. Sept. for SUP seq. uera Gen. 24: 55. c. adv. 1 Mace. 11: 40. Xen. An. 1. 3. 11. c. iv Hdian. 4. 3. 10. utrd Plut. Apoth. Imp. II. p. 25. Tauchn. naqa Ceb. Tab. 9. So of things, seq. ini c. gen. John 19: 31 tV pi] uflvrj inliov aiai'Qov T awuma. (comp. Hdian. 4. 4. 9.) Trop. seq. ini c. dat. 2 Cor. 3: 14. b) of a state or condition, seq. adv. 1 Cor. 7: 8, 40 iav OUTW purr). Seq. iv 64 c. dat. John 12:46 iv ij cntorlcc pi 1 Cor. 7: 20, 24. 1 John 3: 14. c. iv impl. Phil. J: 25 coll. 24. (Hdian. 2. 1. 15.) Seq. dat. of pers. to remain to one, i. e. in his power, Acts 5: 4. (Sept. Dan. 4: 23. comp. Hdian. 3. 7. 6.) With a subst. or adj. implying condition, char- acter, etc. 1 Cor. 7: 11 ue'verw ayauog. 2 Tim. 2: 13 Ixfivog nuriog uivu. Heb. 7: 3 uivfi ifQtvg. Also things, John 12: 24 ui'-fug [o xoxxo?] uovog uivti, i. e. ste- rile. Acts 27: 41 i] uiv ngwQot tuttvav avdJiti'Tog. With an adj. impl. e. g. aadhvrog, firm, stedfast, Rom. 9: 11. opp. to xTxto-^ot 1 Cor. 3: 14. Part. uivov opp. to TiQu&ev, i. e. remaining un- sold, Acts 5: 4 ov/l uivov, aol BJJ.SVB; comp. above. Luc. D. Deor. 8 pen. Soph. Trach. 176. Hdian. 8. 5. 1. With an adjunct of time during or to which a person or thing remains, continues, endures. 1 Cor. 15: 6 ol nhiovg pevov- vtv fwg UQTI. Matt. ll:23/uf^t ir t g cn'j- ptQov. John 21: 22, 23 lav avrov &&*) pivtiv iwg e^o^uat. (Xen. An. 2. 3. 24.) Rev. 17: 10 oAt'/ov avrov dfl nuvcui, i, e. retain his power, opp. 7ievsiv. John 12: 34 fig TOV aluva, and so 2 Cor. 9: 9. 1 Pet. 1: 25. (Sept. Ps. 9: 8. 112: 6, 9.) tig wr)v aiwviov John 6: 27. Hence absol. with the idea of perpetuity, i. q. to remain or endure forever, to be perpetual, e. g. Christian graces, rewards, insti- tutes, etc. 1 Cor. 13: 13 vvv de pevet n'urtig, IJiTilg, a/dnrj. Heb. 13: 1. John 15: 16. Heb. 10: 34. 12: 27. 2 Cor. 3:11. c) of the relation in which one per- son or thing stands to another, chiefly in John's writings; thus, to remain in or with any one, is i. q. to be and remain united with him, one with him, in heart, mind, will; e. g. seq. iv c. dat. of pers. John 6: 56 iv euol uivn, xdyw iv aviw. 14: 10. 15: 4, 5,6, 7. 1 John 2:6. 3: 24. 4: 15, 16. und nvog 1 John 2: 19. So to remain in any thing is i. q. to remain steadfast, to persevere in it, o. g. seq. iv c. dat. John 8: 31 iv TOJ Ao/w. 15: 9 et 1 John 4: 16 iv TJ] a/uny. 1 John 2: 10 iv TW cpani. 2 John 9 iv ifi Stdn^. So 1 Tim. 2: 15 cViv utlvowiv iv ntffTsi. (2 Mace. 8:1.) Vice versa, and in a like general sense, the same things are said to remain in a person, e. g. seq. iv r>06 c. dat. of pers. John 5: 38 TOV \6yov ou- TOU 01 x f;fTe Divorce* iv i'piv. 15: 11. 1 John 2: 14. 3: 17 TIW? ^ a/a*j TOU &eov pern V auToi ; 2 John 2. Comp. in '^i/w c. /5, ult. In a kindred sense, spo- ken of divine gifts, privileges, seq. inl tiva John 1: 32, 33 TO nvfi'fia xaiff/Seu- vov xat psvov in aviov. 1 John 3: 15 c. iv ai'Tw. So of evils, John 3: 36 J oo/i? TOU &. [tivei in auiov. 9: 41 } ovv ituuiiiltt i'M i^utt?, i. q. ye remain in your sin. 2. trans, to remain for any one, to wait for, to await, c. ace. Acts 20: 5 oi- TO* BfAtvov wag iv TQiaddt. v. 23 deftg psrowri. Sept. for rDft Is. 8: 17. 2 Mace. 7: 30. Dem. 50. 26. Xen. An. 4. 4. 20. AL. i*ou ii]v xbftovophsv. Comp. fi3J pbft and Sept. Prov.29:24. Dem. 913.1.~comp. Jos. Ant. 1. 8. 3. Hdian. 3. 10. 12. Pass. trop. to be divided sc. into parties and factions, to be disunited, Matt. 12: 25,26. Mark 3: 24, 25, 26. (Pol. 8. 23. 9.) Also in the sense to be distinct, to differ, e. g. 1 Cor. 1: 13 ^if^dQunai o XgiffToc ; is Christ divided ? i. e. are there distinctions in Christ, or are there different Christs ? 1 Cor. 7: 34 //*'- OKTTCtt ?; yvvi] xal T\ nag&svog. Hdian. 3. 10. 6. h) hy impl. to divide out, to distribute, e. g. Toi> l%&vac Mark 6: 41. Sept. for pbti Ex. 15: 9. Josh. 14: 5. Hdian. 1. 17. 3. Hence genr. to distribute, for to assign, to grant, to bestow, e. g. God Rom. 12: 3. 1 Cor. 7: 17. 2 Cor. 10: 13. genr. Heb. 7: 2. Sept. Job 31: 2. Ec- clus. 45: 20 or 28. co ? f. to care, to be anxious, troubled, to take thought, absol. Matt. 6: 27 -rig de 1$ v^wv fiegipvMV dvvuTUi x. T. L v. 31. Luke 12: 25. Phil. 4:6. seq. dat. for which, Matt. 6: 25 pj ^iQi^vuit ry y/t^jf u^wv. Luke 12: 22. seq. fig TO UVQIOV Matt. 6: 34. seq. Tifot c. gen. Matt. 6: 28. Luke 12: 26 ; also c. ace. Luke 10:41. seq. vniq c. gen. 1 Cor. 12: 25. seq. nwg Matt. 10: 19. Luke 12: 11. Dem. 576.23 ^- Qifivnv T dlxixia Hyuv. Seq. accus. of thing, pp. as to or for which one cares, JButtm. 131.6; hence by impl. to care for, to take care of. 1 Cor. 7: 32, 33, 34 bis [isgifAvif rot TOU xi'o/oi; . . . T Touxoo 1 - fiov. Matt. 6: 34 T saving. Phil. 2: 20 T Tifcot u^wv. Wisd. 12: 22. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 12 xat TO TtoA^fJ fttgipvitv. MepiS, tdoQ, ?/, (/ueoo?,) a part, e.g. a) of a country, i. e. a division, prov- ince, Acts 16: 12 ; see in MaxeSovla. So Sept. and p^.ft Josh. 18: 6. Comp. 1 Mace. 10: 65. Jos. Ant. 12. care, anxiety, as dividing up and dis- tracting the mind. Matt. 13:22 et Mark 4: 19 fttQiuvai TOU otMrof TOUIOU, i. e. for this world's goods, worldly cares, Luke 8:14. 21:34. 2 Cor. 11:28. 1 Pet. 5: 7. Sept. Ps. 55: 23. Ecclus. 31 [34]: 1. Hesiod. Op. 176 or 180. . . b) part assigned, portion, share, trop. Acts 8: 21 otx tim 001 /u?ot? . . . iv TW Ao/w Tovro). Sept. and pVn Gen. 31: 14. Dent. 12: 12. pp. Plut'Agesil. 17. Dem. 1039. 22. Also portion, lot, desti- ny, as assigned of God, Luke 10: 42 xr { v U/K&IIV juco/tfa ^eAs'laro. So Sept. and plrrt Ecc. 3: 22. 9: 9. Dan. 4: 12. c) as imply ing participation, fellowship. 2 Cor. 6: 15 tig p(Qig Tiiaih) [isiix anL- aiov ; Col. 1: 12 fig ii]v psQlda TOU xA?j- oou, i. e. so as to be partakers of the in- heritance etc. So Sept. for QJ? p^h Deut. 10: 9. Ps. 50: 18. Me^iGfJLOg, ov y o, f/uso/^w,) a la- ter noun of action, Thorn. Mag. p. 49. H. Plank in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 682 ; par- tition, division, i. e. separation, Heb. 4: 12. _ Tbeophr. Caus. Plant. 1. 12. 6. Also distribution, and so for gift, .Heb. 2: 4 nvtviunog uylov ^if^iff^dl?, comp. in MfQ&y b. Sept. for np.bntt division, class, Josh. 11: 23. Ezra 6V 18. Pol. 31. 18. 1. a di- ov y o, vider, distributor, Luke 12: 14. 507 ?, fog, ov?, TO, (kindr. with i,) apart, e. g. &)part of a whole, i. e. () a portion, piece, absol. John 19: 23 bis, TeWaoa fiegr) x. T. L Rev. 16: 19. Seq. gen. of the whole, Luke 15: 12 TO tnifidttov //'- Qog rijg ovffiag. 24: 42 i%&iiog OTTTOU [*B- qog. c. gen. impl. Luke 11: 36 ui] i%ov TI [ttgog ffxoifivov, sc. TOV auponog, and so Eph. 4: 16. (in full Hcliau. 8. 4. 27.) Acts 5: 2 supp. TTJJS nuijg. 23: 6 supp. TOV ffwtdglov coll. v. 1, and so v. 9 ; or it may here be rendered party. 19: 27 TOTO xtvSvvfvet TO pegog, this part i. e. this branch of labour, of our trade, etc. Diod. Sic. 1. 28. c. gen. Hdian 7. 12. 13. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 14. c. gen. impl. 8. 4. 29. Hence often in adverbial sig- nifications, e. g. accus. pt'yo? TI in some part, partly, 1 Cor. 11: 18." Buttm. 131. 6. (Thuc. 2. 64.) TTO [it'oov? in part, partly, in some degree, 2 Cor. 1: 14. 2: 5. Rorn 11: 25. 15: 15, 24. (Diod. Sic. 13. 108.) ix {tt'$ov<; in particular, individu- ally, 1 Cor. 12: 27 ; also in part, partly, i. e. imperfectly, 1 Cor. 13: 9 bis, 12. v. 10 TO ex nt'oovg this inpart, this piece- meal knowledge, xaia pf'yos particu- larly, in detail, Heb. 9: 5, see in Karu II. 3. Pol. 1. 4. 3. Thuc. 4. 26. (/?) Spoken of a country, the earth, etc. a part, tract, region. Mutt. 2: 22 ug TU pegy iyg raldaiaf. 15: 21. 16: 13. Mark 8: 10. Acts 2: 10. absol. 19: 1. 20: 2. So Eph. 4: 9 T mrrwupa ^17 iijg yijg, see in Km^iigog. Sept. for ^rr.D Neh. XCU TO jUOO? CfVTOV [llTt TWV -frrjo-Ei. Luke 12: 46. Rev. 21: 8. Sept. for plrh Ecc. 5: 18; comp. in Msglg b. Soph!' Antig. 147. Thuc. 1. 127. c) as implying participation, fellow- ship. John 13: 8 ovx t/a? psgog per luov. Rev. 20: 6. Comp. in Msglg c. 3: 15. Hdian. 2. 1 1. 8. ib. 6. 5 15. - So of a ship, part, i. e. side, quarter, John 21: 6 T depict /UC'OT? TOV nkolov. Sept. for -cy side Ex. 32: 15. ybs 26: 35. mnfa K. 19: 23. 1 Mace. 9: 12. (/) Trbp. of some part of a general topic, etc. a particular. Col. 2: 16 h flight BOQjijg $ vovfMjvlag x. T. L in the particular of a festival, i. e. in respect of. So eV TW ufgst zoiJrw, in this particular, in this respect, 2 Cor. 3: 10. 9: 3. 1 Pet. 4: 16. Philo in Flacc. p. 989. D. Ael. V. H. 8. 3. b) part assigned, portion, share. Rev. 22: 19 qpai07jo-ft o' &og TO pegog avrov. Adv. avu fj^gog pp. each in his part or turn, by course, one after another, 1 Cor. 14: 27. Pol. 3. 55.8. Also portion, lot, destiny, as assigned of God, Matt. 24: 51 comp. Buttm. 19. n. 1,) mid-day, noon, Acts 22: 6. Sept. for tT "irrs Gen. 43: 16, 25. Hdian. 1. 17. 1.' Xen. H. G. 5. 3. 1. Melon, the mid-day quarter, i.e. the south, Acts 8: 26. Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5. JWfai'aS ^ n some Mss - ** or Mtaala; q. v. MsatievcOy f. iVw, (jufcm^c.) to le a mediator, arbiter, Jos. Ant. 16. 4. 3 ult. Diod. Sic. 19. 71. ' to mediate for any one, to intercede, Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. In N.T. to intervene ivith any thing, i. e. to interpose. Hcb. 6: 17 oyxoj tuwlrfvas he interposed an oath sc. between him- self and the other party, by way of con- firmation, pledge. Comp. /UCO-/TI?? Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 7. Mftitirj?, ou y o, (uiaog, tt[*i logo,) a go-between, a mediator, one who inter- venes between two parlies, viz. a) as an interpreter, internuntius, a mere medium of communication, e. g. Moses, Gal. 3: 19, 20. Jos. Ant. 16. 2. 2. Diod. Sic. 4. 54. b) as an intercessor, reconciler, so^ of Christ, 1 Tim. 2: 5 uffflrrjg &sov xal av- fyunov. Heb. 8: 6. 9: 15. 12: 24. Sept. for Vrqift Job 9: 33. Pint. Is. et Osir. 46. III.' p. 44. Tauchn. The ear- lier Greeks used (iwog dtxaor?/? Thuc. 4. 83, or utffidiog Aristot. Polit. 5. 6. See Lob. ad Phr. p. 121 sq. MtOOVV^rior 3 tov, 10, (neut. of adj. pio-ovvxTLog, from psffog, ri'l,) mid- night, Luke 11: 5. Acts 16: 25. 20: 7. Put for the midnight watch Mark 13: 35, comp. in ftvlaxii. Sept. for nb*]b ^Sh Judg. 16: 3. Ruth 3: 8. Luc.' Merc. cond. 26. Diod. Sic. 20. 48. Used by the later prose writers, although Phryn- icus assigns it to poetry, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 53. ia, etc, t, (***, na- flh'ao; 508 vapog,) Mesopotamia, the fertile tract of country lying between the rivers Eu- phrates and Tigris, from near their sources to the vicinity of Babylon. Acts 2: 9. 7: 2. The Hebrew name WHS D^na tHN Syria of the two rivers Gen. 24:l67also~'a-ltf ]ID plain of Syria Gen. 25:20. 28:2." : It~now belongs to the Turkish dominion, under the name of El Djezirat, i. e. the peninsula. See Roscinri. Bihl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 133, 155. lllfooc, r), ov y (kimlr. with /USTW,) r/ifV, middle, midst. n) pp. as adj. e. g. ftstrij vipiqa mid- day, pear) vi'$ mid-night, Acts 26: 13. Matt. 25: G. This is a later form instead of the earlier uiaov yptQas (cornp. ^cts 27: 17), utaolaa fjftsQix, fAwyupQlot, com p. Lob. ad Phrvn. p. 53 sq. 465. Sept. Ex. 11: 4. 1 K. 3: 20. Esdr. 9: 41. In an adverbial sense, Buttm. 123. n. 3. Luke 23: 45 fo~xlafrr] TO xmansTccffua lov vaov uiaov. John 19: 18. Acts 1: 18. Seq. gen. John 1:26 peVro; 8s vfiwv tffrrjxs i. e. in the midst of you. Matt. 14:24 TO 8s nlolov ijdr] uiaov ir\q &a\aa- aqg i]v the vessel was now mid-way of the lake. Cornp. Buttm. 132. 4. 2. 6. Matth. 354. 77. Sept. for ryins Gen. 15: 10. Luc. Conv. 43. c. gen. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 1. Hdian. 3. 9. 5. Eurip. Rhes. 532. b) neut. TO [ti'aov as subst. the mid- dle, the midst, only with prepositions. (a) civa (Atnov, in the midst of, among, seq. gen. of pers. or thing, Matt. 13: 25. Mark 7: 31. 1 Cor. 6: 5. Rev. 7: 17. See more in \4vu no. 1 . (ft) dia ptaou through the midst of, seq. gen. of pers. or place, Luke 4: 30. 17:11. John 8: 59. Sept. for^ina Jer. 37:4. Plut. Solon. 14. Xen. An. '1.4. 4. (/) figf.it- aov, (i? TO uwov, into the midst, sc. of an assembly etc. Mark 3: 3 l/oat tig TO fUffov. Luke 4: 35. 5: 19. Also by at- tract, in Mark 14: 60. Luke 6: 8. John 20: 19, 26 ; see in Eig no. 4. Sept. for Vr-bJ$ Ex. 14:23. "pro Ex. 11: 4. Luc. adv. Indoct. 29. Xen. An. 1. 5. 14. (8) tx [tf'aov out of the midst, seq. gen. of pers. from among Matt. 13: 49. Acts 17: 23. SW: 10. 1 Cor. 5:2. 2 Cor. 6: 17. Sept. for fina Ex. 7:5. an.73 Ex. 31: 13. Absol. ulntiv ex 101 to take away from the midst, tollere e me- dio, i. e. to abolish, to destroy, Col. 2: 14; and so ylvev&eu ex uioov 2 Thess. 2: 7. Xen. An. 1. 5. 14 exrov UEO~OV$- i (two), in the midst, absol. Matt. 14: 6 WO^TJO-TO Iv TO> (jffo) i. e. before Herod and his guests. John 8: 9, coll. v. 2. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 46.) Seq. gen. of thing or place, Mark 6: 47 iv p. T^^Ao-o-^. Luke21:21. 22:55. Acts 17:22. Heb. 2: 12. Rev. 1:13. 2:1. [2:7.] 4:6. 5:6. 6:6. 22:2. Seq. gen. of pers. in the midst of, among, Matt. 18: 20. Luke 2: 46 ev /usVw iwv didaaxulwv. 22: 27, 55. 24: 36. Acts 1: 15. 2: 22. 27: 21. 1 Thess. 2: 7. Phil. 2: 15. Rev. 5: 6. Also by attract, in Matt. 10: 16. 18: 2. Mark 9: 36. Luke 8: 7. 10: 3. John 8: 3. Acts 4: 7 ; see in 'Ev no. 4. Sept. for ^in^ Gen. 1: 6. 23: 10. u-ips Deut. 29: il. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 8. ibYsl 6. 22. () xara (.ttaov TT}S vvxrog about mid- night Acts 27: 27. Sept. for in 2 Josh. 1: 11. Xeu. An. 6. 2. 17 xtira'^. tf t q comp. Cyr. 5. 3. 52. J\'l<3OTOt'/GVy ou, TO, (psvog, roi- %og,} middle-wall, partition, trop. of the Mosaic law as separating the Jews and Gentiles, Eph. 2: 14. Prob. in allu- sion to the wall between the inner and outer courts of the temple; see in 'itgov and Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 2. comp. Rev. 11: 1, 2. Clem. Alex. 6. 13. Athen. VII. p. 281 ed. Casaub. fita, aiog, TO, vQavo?,) mid-heaven, the midst of the heavens, Rev. 8: 13. 14: 6. 19: 17. Eu- stath. ad 11. 8. 68. Comp. nwovoavia Porph. de Abstin. IV. 8. Plut. ed. R. VII. p. 347, 467. Jlffoote, co } f. wo-w, (fieffoi;,) to be in or at the middle, in the midst, mid-way, intrans. John 7: 14 Ttjg toQTijg [Ascrovo'yg i. e. at the middle of the festival. Sept. Ex. 12: 29. Thuc. 5. 57. iaS, ov ? o, Messiah, Heb. i. e. the anointed, i. q. X which see. John 1: 42. 4: 25. s, >j, ov, full, filled, stuffed, seq. gen. of that of or with which a per- son or thing is full, Buttm. 132/542. John 19: 29 ax* log o$ovg nwiov. 21: 11. Mcaioco 509 ieia James 3: 8. Sept. for Nba Ez. 37: 1. Nah. 1: 10. Hdian. 5. 4. 4 Xen. An. 1. 4. 19. Metaph. Matt. 23: 28 prio* tare VTioxQifftw?. Rorn. 1: 29. 15: 14. James 3: 17. 2 Pet. 2: 14. Sept. Prov. 6: 34. Xen. Conv. 1. 13. Metnoco, co, f. tdo-w, (fuffTos,} to Jill, Pass, to be Jilted, to be full, seq. gen. Acts 2: 13 yltvxovf nepsffKaplvot fieri. Comp. Buttm. 132. 5. 2. 3 Mace. 5: 10. jfylsicc prep, (kindr. with /ufVoc,) governing the genitive and accusative, in the poets also the dative, with the primary signif. mid, amid, Germ, mil, i. e. in the midst, with, among, implying accompaniment, and thus differing from avv which expresses conjunction, union. See Passow s. v. Matth. 587. Winer 51. p. 323. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 170. I. With the Genitive, implying com- panionship, fellowship. E. g. 1. with, i. e. amid, among, in the midst of, as where one is said to be, sit, stand, etc. with or in the midst .o/ oth- ers, seq. gen. plur. of pers. or thing. Malt. 26:58 ixudifio ^urrti TWV t'Tzijosioiy. Mark 1: 13. 14: 54, 62 tQxopivov ^it TCUV vf(pt)iO)f tov ovqavov. Luke 24: 5. John 18: 5. Acts 20: 18. Rev. 21: 3. al. Coin p. Passow JUT A. 1. Matth. 1. c. Horn. Od. 10. 320. Eurip. Ilec. 209. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 16. 2. with, i. e. together with, e. g. a) pp. and seq. gen. of pers. (a) where one is said to be, go, remain, sit, stand, etc. with any one, in his company; so with a notation of place added, Matt. 5: 25 au? b'rou a iv T^ 6<5o per avrov. Luke 11: 7. 22: 21. John 3: 26. 11:31. Rev. 3:21. al. Often without notation of place, e. g. ftsvtiv, diauevuv, ntQinoriiiv, oixfiv /UCT ttvog, to abide, walk, dwell with any one Luke 24: 29. 22: 28. John 6: 66. 1 Cor. 7: 13. trop. psvsiv utra tivog, to continue on the side of any one, of his party, 1 John 2: 19. So tii'cti (.ttra Tti'O?, to be with any one, i. e. in his company, Matt. 9: 15 eq> oo~ov utT ai'iwv tffTiv o vvpcplog. Mark 5: 18. 'Luke 15: 31. John 7: 33. 2Tim. 4: 11 ; also yevsa&ai ftna nvog id. Acts 7: 38. 9: 19. c. ilvttt impl. Mark 9: 8. John 18: 26. trop. 2 John 2. Hence 04 ovjsg v. ysvopivoi psTot tivog, ol [((TCI Ttvog, those with any one, his companions, Matt. 12: 3, 4. Mark 16: 10. Luke 6: 3, 4. Tit. 3: 15 Ceb. Tab. 14. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 25. Trop. to be of one's side or party. Matt. 12: 30 6 ^ wv [At? epov, XCXT fuov lent. (Thuc. 3. 56. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 7.) to be present with any one sc. for aid, e. g. God John 3: 2 dav p) 17 6 &fbg uer alrou. 8:29. Acts 7:9. 2Cor.l3:ll. c. slvai impl. Matt. 1: 23. Rom. 15: 33. trop. i] xtlq xi'Qiov Luke 1: 66. Acts 11: 21. So of Jesus Matt. 28: 20. c. elvat impl. 2 Thess. C: 16. of the Holy Spirit John 14: 16. Also c. tivat, impl. to be ever with any one. i. e. to be ever be- stowed, given, e. g. the divine favour, blessing, as in the closing benedictions of the epistles, Rom. 16: 20, 24. 1 Cor. 16:23.24. Heb.l3:25. 2 John 3. Rev. 22: 21. (/S) Where one is said to do or suffer any thing with another, implying joint or mutual action, influence, suffer- ing, etc. Matt. 2: 3 c //flw<5jj hagd/ftr} Xt TTUfftt IfQQffukl'Ua (U5T ttUTOU. 5: 41. 12: 30 pi) avvuywv per fuov. v. 41. 18: 23. Mark 3: 6, 7. Luke 5: 29, 30. John 11: 16. 19: 18. Acts 24: 1. Rom. 12: 15 bis. 1 Thess. 3: 13. Heb. 13: 23. Rev. 3:20. al. saepiss. (Hdian. 3. 4. 12. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 12.) So, as often in English, where with is equivalent to and, i. e. where xai might stand. Matt. 22: 16 a7ioo~ie).lovo*iv UVTM vovg ita&rjiag UVTKIV jusiot TWV 'llQudixvuv, i. q. their own dis- ciples and the Herodians. 2:11. 19:10. 1 Cor. 16: 11. (y) Seq. gen. of a pers. pron. after verbs of having or taking with oneself. Matt. 15: 30 I/ovif? ^c^' eaviwy/wAot's x. T. L 25: 3. Mark 14: 33. 2 Tim. 4: 11. Diod. Sic. 20. 4. (8) Where the accompaniment implies only nearness, contiguity, etc. Matt. 21: 2 xcet aviijg. Rev. 14: 1. Acts 2:28 tov nqo- awrtov aov, i. e. in thy presence, near thy person; quoted from Ps. 16: 11 where Sept. for ^s-na*. (c) After the verb axoAoufo'o) to follow, Luke 9: 49 ovx xoAot'i>H pttf TJ^uajy. Rev. 6: 8. 14: 13. This is a construction of the later Greek instead of the dat. see Phryn. et Lob. p. 353. com p. Matth. 403. p. 738. Dem. 608. 13.() After verbs 510 compounded with avv, instead of the more usual dative, Matth. 405. Acts 1: 2 Cor. 8: 18. Gal. 2: 12. Matt. 17: 3. 20: 2. Diod. Sic. 13. 62. Dem. 330. 2. Aristoph. Acharn. 277. See Lob. ud Phryn. p. 353, 354. b) trop. seq. gen. of thing, e. g. () as designating the state or emotion of mind which accompanies the doing of any thing, with which one acts ^etc. Matt. 28: 8 t$d&ovxou w^oAo/^crv avTy. 24: 31 anoffrdti TOV? dyy&ovg avrov fit- id adlniyyog cpwvijg [itydhijg. 27: 66 to- gether with a guard. Mark 6: 25. 10: 30 comp. Winer p. 323. Luke 9: 39. 17: 20. Acts 5: 26. 13: 17. 14: 23. 24: 18. 2 Cor. 8: 4. 1 Tim. 4: 14. Heb. 5: 7. 7: 21. al. saep. (Hdian. 3. 6. 7. Thuc. 1. 18ult. 6. 28. Xen. Hi. 1.33.) Also often where it is equivalent to xat, as in English ; comp. above in a. /9, ult. Eph. 6: 23 tlyrivij . . . xat a/any pi-ict, nlvrscag x. T. L Col. 1: 11. 1 Tim. 1: 14. 2: 15. 3: 4. 2 Tim. 2: 10. Heb. 9: 19. al. (y) Seq. gen. of thing which one has or takes along with him, or with which he is furnished, comp. above in a. y. Matt. 24: 30 jUCTo dvvd t ufwg xat dotyg. Mark 14: 43 o%).og nolvq juera fiaxouQwv x. T. L John 18: 3. Acts 26: 12. comp. 9: 2 et 22: 5. Luc. Philops. 8. Thuc. 6. 28. Lys. 101. 17 /us? olVov &&tiv.(d) Af- ter the verb plyvvfu to mingle. Matt. 27: 34 ooc ftnd #oA?J? fiffttyfisvov. Luke 13: 1 wv TO alfia Zlddrog i/ut$ fisid iwv ainuv. Plato Tim. p. 35. A, di find rrjg ovaiag xat ex tStv Ttotrjffdptvog IV. The more usual construction is c. dat. Matth. 403. b. comp. Hdian. 5. 5. 16. c) from the Heb. usage, find is some- times put like ay, nJ$, etc. where the common Greek construction is differ- ent, cspec. after verbs and nouns imply- ing joint or mutual action, influence, suffering, etc. where in Engl. also we say with, e. g. (a) after words imply- ing accord or discord, Luke 23: 12 iyi- VOVTO 8s qpt'Aot . . . JUFT a/UUjiwv. (c. dat. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. a3.) Rorn. 12: 18 /ucra ndviMV ctv&guTiwv tlgyvsvovrtg. (Sept. 1 K. 22: 45. c. dat. Job 5: 23. Ecclus. 6: 6.) Heb. 12: 14. 1 John 4: 17 ayann] [tiff i) t u(av our mutual love. Corn]). Buttm. 133. 2. John 3: 25 r/T??(ri? . . . fifia rwv 'lovdaluv. 1 Cor. 6: 6, 7. Rev. 2:16 nofapjffca per aviwv. 11:7. 12: 17. 13: 7. Here the dat. is more com- mon, Matth. 404. c. (/?) After p,oi- Xevw, noQvsvo), etc. Rev. 2: 22 rovg ^uot- %svoviug ^UST avirig. 17:2. 18:3,9. al- so 14: 4. So Heb. H27 seq. nN Jer. 23: 17. seq. a Sept. ^'Ez. 16:17. See Gesen. Lex. ^3T no. 1. The common construction is c. accus. see under these verbs. (y] After words signifying par- ticipation, fellowship. 2 Cor. 6: 15, 16 tig fizgig maxw fisra unlffiov x. T. L John 13: 8 ovx t%?ig peQog peT Ifiov. 1 John 1:3,6,7. Commonly c. dat. as 11 aoi xat ifiol Matt. 8: 29. Comp. Matth. 389. i. a. So >lo// Gen. 40: 14. Also [ityahvvtiv ft f^ifrd tivog Luke 1: 58, for Heb. Q3? b^ian ; see in Meya- litvw. For the more usual dat. see in /Zotao. II. With the Accusative, find strictly implies motion towards the middle, into the midst of any thing, Horn. II. 2. 376 ; and then also motion after any person or thing, i. e. either so as to follow and Merc* 511 be with a person, or to fetch a person or thing, see Passow ^UT C. no. 1. Winer 53. f. Hence also spoken of succession either in place or time, after. In N. T. 1. of succession in place, after, be- hind, Heb. 9: 3 (tira TO devTtQOv xara- nhao-ffa. Horn. Oil. 2. 406. Pans. 3. 1. 1. Thuc. 7. 58. 2. of succession in time, e. g. with a noun of time, Matt. 17: 1 juc# J ?;//> i'$ after six days. 25: 19 /iax ds -/QOVOV notiv. Mark 8: 31. Acts 12: 4. 28: 11. Gal. 1: 18. So fisT ov noMug rjfiegag Luke 15: 13, ov /ma noM.ag Tctvrag iiusyag Acts 1: 5, comp. in Ov, and Winer 23. p. 140. Palaeph. 5. 3. Hdian. 5. 6. 2. Ael. V. H. 9. 21. With a noun of per- son, Acts 5: 37 utiu TOI'TOV avso~tij '/oi'- dag. 19:4. (Hdian. 6. 2. 18. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 4.) With a noun marking an event or point of time. Matt. 1: 12 una 8e T;V ftfTOixfffiav Bafivkwvoc;. Mark 13: 24. Luke 9: 28. John 13: 27. 2 Pet. 1: 15. Hdian. 4. 9. 3. Also find ravra v. tovfo after the.se things, afler this, Mark 16:12. Luke 5: 27. John 3:22. al. (Di- od. Sic. 1. 7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 22.) Seq. adj. Luke 22: 58 pnvc ftga^v, see in JlQaxvg. Acts 27: 14 (j.nu ov noli). (Jos. 1. 12. 2.) Seq. iufin. c. art. Matt. 26: 32 unu de TO ty(Q&ii]val [if, i. e. after that I am risen again. Mark 1:14. Luke 12: 5. Acts 1: 3. 1 Cor. 11: 25. Heb. 10: 26. Hdian. 2. 9. 6. NOTE. In composition /UT implies : 1. fellowship, partnership, as nfiudiSwut, (inlxw, unalnnpavw, etc. 2. proximity, contiguity, as ptdoQiov. 3. motion or direction after, as pB&odda, fifransuno- pcu. 4. transition, transposition, change, over, Lat. trans, as ptTafialvo), //fTat/xfy- (ni, (jLi^Lan/i^LL. Comp. Buttm. p. 414. Passow |UT F. no. 8. AL. 9. 15:29. 17: 20 bis. John 7: 3. Acts 18: 7. Horn. Od. 12. 312. Pol. 2L 10. 12. f. jS^ffoucti, (fiaivot q. v.) to go or pass over sc. from one place to another, to remove, e. g. c oixiag tig oixlotv Luke 10: 7. trop. John 5: 24. 1 John 3: 14. Luc. Vitar. Auct. 5 Ig >Uo [W;//a] |UTa/?jj(7 at. trop. 2 Mace. 6: 9, 24. Plut. Thes. 5. Hence genr. to pass ove.r or away, to depart, seq. ano Matt. 8: 34. seq. ex et ngog John 13: 1. seq. adv. Matt. II: 1 unifa txsidtv. 12: f. Aw, (/SaJUw,) to throw or turn over, e. g. with a plough Xen. Oec. 16. 13. to turn about Horn. II. 8. 94. to change Diod. Sic. 1. 12. In N. T. Mid. to change oneself, i. e. one's mind, Acts 28: 6. Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 1. Dem. 205. 19. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 31. ), f. ,) to take a part, share, of any thing, pp. witk others, i. e. to partake of, to share, seq. gen. 2 Tim. 2: 6 iwv xagnwv /maAap/Jmv. Heb. 6: 7. 12: 10. So rpoqpijs pnakappavtiv to partake of food, i. e. genr. to take food, Acts 2: 46. / 27: 33. Ael. V. H. 9.5. Xen. H. G.3.5.2. Hence genr. to take, to have, seq. ace. Acts 24: 25 xaioov di (AeTcdafiwv. Comp. Matth. 325. n. 2. Pol. 2. 16. 15. yw,) a partaking o/any thing. 1 Tirn. 4: 3 et? pndJuiyiv i. e. to be partaken of, enjoyed. Pol. 31. 21. 3 v. IT, f. |w, (A- /o exchange one thing for anoth- er, seq. ace. et cV, Rom. 1:25. fig v. 26. Sept. 2: 20. Test. XII. Pair. p. 666. seq. fig Diod. Sic. 4. 51. HfflCcflf'Aofiaiy f. rjaouai, (pdouai to let be for care or concern to oneself, to care for,) aor. 1 pass. pEiepfhj&rjv with mid. signif. Buttm. 136. 2, pp. to change one's care etc. Hence, to change one'* mind or purpose, after having done any thing, e. g. a) simpl. Matt. 21: 29 uortoov <3c ^us- Tct/idtjvhts. v. 32. Heb. 7: 21 quoted from Ps. 110: 4 where Sept. for Eft: . b) with the idea of regret, sorrow, to repent, to feel sorrow, remorse. Matt. 27: 3 of Judas. 2 Cer. 7: 8 bis. 1 Mace. 11:10. Diod. Sic. 15. 9. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6.5. Mf ICtftOpyoco, (o y f. eoo-w, fyiooqpow,) to transform, to transfigure, e. g. kavtov Ael.V.H.1.1. Athen.VlIIp.334.C. In N. T. Mid. to change one's form, to be transfigured, Matt. 17: 2. Mark 9: 2. Trop. to be transformed in mind and eco, (o y f. I'lvm, (yos'w,) pp. to perceive afterwards, to have an after- view, and hence to change one's views, mind, purpose ; Sept. for Dh3 Zech. 8: 14. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 5. Diod.~Sic.15.47. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 3. In N. T. to change one's miW, to repent, implying the feel- ing of regret, sorrow, intrans. a) genr. Luke 17: 3 xt iav /usrvo?j- 077, acpsg at'Toi. v. 4. seq. ini c. dat. 2' Cor. 12: 21. Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 3. Ep- ict. Ench. 34. Diod. Sic. 13. 53. b) in a religious sense, implying pious sorrow for unbelief and sin, and the turning from them unto God and the Gospel of Christ, absol. Matt. 3: 2 fKia- roflxs, riyywf, yctg 7; ftao-ihict TWJ> oi'pa- vwv. 4: 17. 11: 20. Mark 1: 15. 6: 12. Luke 13: 3, 5. 15: 7, 10. 16: 30. Acts 2: 38. 3: 19. 17: 30. 2G: 20 ^xavotiv xul Inio-jQtcpfiv Inl rov &fov repent and turn to God, i. e. from idolatry. Rev. 2: 5 bis, 16, 21. 3: 3, 19. 16: 9. Praegn. seq. ano, Acts 8: 22 ^fravorjffov ano rfg x- xlag repent [and turn] from this evil. Seq. ex, Rev. 2: 21 x jyg nogvumg. v. 22. 9:20,21. 16:11. Sept. c. ano for ^ Ch: Jer. 8: 6. Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 3 seq. ntgL As attended with acts of external sor- row, penance, Matt. 11: 21 av fv aaxxw xul anodw iiiav6t]ffav. 12:41. Luke 10: 13. 11: 32. Comp. Jonah 3: 510. For elg in Matt. 12: 41 et Luke 11: 32, see in Elg e. a. Test. XII Patr. p. 520, 607 ; called also [isittvoiot rfg p. 611. of mind or purpose, repentance. a) genr. Heb. 12: 17 fttravolag yag lonov ov% evgs, he found no place for a change of mind, i. e. in his father Isaac, cornp. Gen. 27: 34, 37 sq. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 1. Pol. 4. 66. 7. b) in a religious sense, repentance, penitence, implying pious sorrow for un- belief and sin, and a turning from them unto God and the Gospel of Christ. Matt. 3: 8 XUQTIOV ti$iov tilg unavolag. v.ll.9:13. Markl:4. 2:17. Luke 3: 3, 8. 5: 32 xaAeVcu . . . u^agrcalovg fig pnd- voiav. 15: 7. 24: 47. Acts 5: 31 dovvcu o-^a?> xat ccpsaiv wy. 11: 18 Tf utravoiav si? w]v. 13: 24. 19: 4. 20: 21 TIJV fig dtbv utidvoiav. 26: 20. Rom. 2: 4. 2 Cor. 7: 9, 10. 2 Tim. 2: 25. Heb. 6: 1, 6. 2 Pet. 3: 9. Wisd. 12: 19. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 10 fin. ]\Ietctv, adv. (furu t u&ffog,) also c. genit. Buttm. 146. 2, in the midst, i. e. betwixt, between, of place Wisd. 18:23. Horn. II. 1.156. See Buttm. p. 439. In N. T. a) absol. only of time, mean time, mean while, e. g. e'v TW JUET|U sc. /poVw, tn Me 7nean h'me John 4: 31, comp. Buttm. 125. 6. Xen. Conv. 1. 14. fully Ildian. 3. 8. 20. Also o fttraSv, intervening, intermediate ; put for next following, next, as Acts 13: 42 TO una*v tfappcnov, the next Sabbath. Buttrn. 1. c. Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 2 daftlSov is xa* 2o- , Tt 8i TWV (UT|l/ TOLTWV /9tt(Tt- Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 891. 17. p. 892.3. b) seq. gen. of place or pers. Matt. 23: 35 utia$v lov vaov xul tov &v. Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 4. Ael. V. H. 3. 1. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 10. Trop. of pers. Matt. 18: 15 futa^v arov xou avrov fiovov, Engl. between thee and him alone. Acts 15:9. Rom. 2: 15 f*nu*v aMrfiuv, be- ticnn one another, i. e. in turn, alter- nately. I'lut. de Discr. amic. et adul. 1 init. f. //w, (nf^Tia),) to send after, tn send for, Thuc. 4. 30. ib. 7. 15. In N. T. Mid. ^fiant'ftno- (Jtui, f. y>opai, to send for to oneself, to invite to come, Acts 10: 5, 22, 29 bis. 1 J: 13. 24: 24, 26. 25: 3. Pass. Acts 10: 29. Sept. for nh2n Num. 23: 7. 2 Mace. 15:31. Hdiaii.3.5.7. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 11. Mtt*|U 11]$ -ictntivucrstiig. Mid. seq. tig, to transform oneself into another shape, character, etc. 2 Cor. 11: 13 JUETCKT;^- uaTi6(jLtvoL tig aTTOoroJloi's. v. 14. seq. ug v. 15. Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 5 pen. Diod. Sic. 3. 12 pen. Mid. Test. XII Pair. p. 530. Trop. to transfer fguratively, to apply metaphorically", seq. ti'g TIVU 1 Cor. 4: 6. Metartihjfu, f. ^o-w, (T/xfyp,) to transpose, to put in another place, and hence to transport, to transfer, to trans- late, trans. Acts 7: 16 xt /zmte'vhjo'av [avtov] tig 2vxip. Heb. 11:5 bis, J i/w/ fjifiFie&r) sc. as TOV oi'^avov x. T. L Comp. 2 K. 2: 11. (Sept. Gen. 5: 24.) Heb. 7: 12 ^tiaii&t^ivrig rfc UfMrvr% the priesthood being transferred sc. to Christ or to the tribe of Judah, comp. v. 11, 14. (Others, being changed, as Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 14.) Sept. for nb^n Jer. 52: 25, 26, 29. Ecclus. 44: '16. Jos. Ant. 12. 9. 7 tr t v T/pjv. Diod. Sic. 17. 29. Mid. to transfer oneself, to go over from one side or party to another, seq. a Tid et tig to fall away from one to another, Gal. 1: 6. 2 Mace. 7: 24. A- then. VII. p. 281. E. Pol. 3. 111. 8. Metaph. to transfer to another use or purpose, to pervert, to abuse, Jude 4 T?;V ZIXQIV ioD -frtov utTcm&svat tig ua&yuav perverting the grace of God unto licen- tiousness. , adv. (intna,) lit. after then, i. e. thereafter, afterwards, Heb. 12: 17. Judith 9: 7. Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 6. Hdot. 1. 25. ib. 7. 7. , f. fit&l*w, aor. ,) pp. to have with another, i. e. to partake of, to share in, to be a partaker etc. seq. gen. Buttm. 132. 4. 2. 1 Cor. 9: 10, 12 tl ciUoi tijg VUMV e$ovffiag utiszovaiv. 10: 21, 30 impl. Heb. 2: 14. 7: 13 cpvlrig etlgag futfo)ppttyh6 had part in another tribe, belonged to another tribe. Seq. & 1 Cor. 10: 17, comp. in 'x 3. h. So to partake of food, i. e. to 514 take as food, e. g. ydhtxiog Heb. 5: 13. 2 Mace. 5: 10. Diod.Sic. J. 5. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 3. , f. iffu, (pneiago? high, floating in the air, from fitia and fwpa or i'ii)/og, ou, 6, 7j, adj. (/um/w,) partaking, snbst. a partaker, Heb. 3: 1 xb'fffstoq i-novqaviov /us'ro^ot. v. 14. 6: 4. 12:8. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 263. Hdot. 3. 52. In the sense of partner, companion, fellow, Luke 5: 7. Heb. 1:9 quoted from Ps. 45: 8, where Sept. for -DH. Dem. 1411.4. Mfipt'ro, to, f. i)ffo), (pliQov,) to measure, trans, e. g. of capacity, with an adjunct^ of manner, iu the proverbial phrase w v. 'r w jtwrow piTQii-tt, /uei^- Matt. 7: 2 bis. Mark 4: 24 bis. Luke 6: 38 bis. Sept. for VI 53 Ex. 16: 18. Dem. 918. 11. Pint. Marcell. 25 pen. Of length etc. as measured by the rule, y.ukauog. Rev. 11: 1 usiQijaov lov vaov lov faov. v. 2. 21: 15, 16, 17. Sept. and Tin Num. 35: 5. Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 10. Mem! 4. 7. 2. Trop. for to es- timate, to judge of, 2 Cor. 10: 12 iv eau- io1g eavrovg ^CTooDvTf?. Hdian. 1. 6. 2. Dem. 324. 24. Comp. metior Hor. Ep. 1. 7 fin. e y ou, o, t utrQ&(o,) pp. measurer, then metretes John 2: 6, i. e. the Attic amphora, a measure for liquids containing 12 ^of? or 144 xoiJAcu, and equal to J of an Attic medimnus or He- brew bath. Hence the uei^r^rjg was equivalent to about 33J English quarts, or to 8| gallons. See particularly un- der art. Koyog, and Boeckh Stautsh. der Ath. I. p. 107. The Roman amphora was smaller, being only equal to ^ of the (jLtiQt]it]q. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 504. Sept. for rG 2 Chr. 4: 5. Pol. 2. 15. 1. Dem. 1045.~6. Ms i g 10 n afr (!&,(#, f. ^o- ona&i]g of moderated passions, from phgiog, nd&og,) to be moderate in one's passions, to have one's passions mode- rated ; ' hence to be gentle, indulgent, compassionate, seq. dat. towards any one, Heb. 5: 2 ufiQtOTta&tiv dvvotfASvog ioi<; ayvoovffi y,. i. L Philo de Joseph. II. p. 45. 37. Jos. Ant. 12: 3. 2. comp. ib. 5. 7. 7. ico?, adv. (fifiQiog, mcasuredly, moderately, pp. with mod- eration, Pol. 3. 85. 9. Xen. An. 2. 3. 20. In N. T. little, and ov piigims not a little, i. e. much, greatly, Acts 20: 12. Hdian. 1. a 12. Xen. Mem. 4. 1. 1. 'y ov, 10, measure, a) pp. as of capacity, in the proverbial expression Matt. 7: 2.' Mark 4: 24. Luke C: 38 bis. Trop. measure of sins Matt. 23: 32. Sept. for r)2 2 Chr. 2: 10. ri2\V Lev. 19:36. Dent. 25: 14. (Hdot. 4. 198." Xen. An. 3. 2. 21.) Of length or surface, a measure, i. e. a measuring-rod, xccknuog, Rev. 21: 15 in later edit. 21: 17 uiigov av&gwnov, man's measure, i.e. common, ordinary. Sept. for n7E Ex. 26: 2, 8. Ez. 42:"l6 sq. 1j5 2 K. 21: 13, (Xen. 515 Mem. 4. 7. 2.) Genr. and adv. lit pt by measure, i. q. /USTOICDC, i. e. moderately, sparingly, John 3: 34. See in 3 x DO. 3. e. b) meton. measure, for portion as measured off or allotted, allotment, pro- portion. Rom. 12: 3 w? o #0$ epsgiffs (ilrgov nlffiewg. Eph. 4: 7, 13, 16. 2 Cor. 10: 13 bis, see in Kavwv. Luc. Imag. 7. Anth. Gr. I. p. 81 ult. Meiconov, ov, TO, V VT, oty/,) Me forehead, Rev. 7: 3. 9: 4. 13: 16. 14: 1, 9. 17: 5. 20: 4. 22: 4. Sept. for FJ22 Ex. 28: 33. 1 Sam. 17: 49. Hdian.'L 15. 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8. also Mf'xgi? sometimes before a vowel, Buttm. 26. 4. Winer 5. 1. b. Lob. ad Phr. p. 14 ; a particle serving to mark a terminus ad quern, both of place and time. It differs there- fore from UXQI, in that u%Qt fixes the at- tention upon the whole duration up to the limit, leaving the further continu- ance undetermined ; while Diod. Sic. 4. 19. c) Trop. of degree or extent. 2 Tim. 2: 9 xaxo7ra#o5 uixQi faap&v. Heb. 12: 4 [*&XQ 1 S afyunof. Phil. 2:8 jue/^t &ava- TOV.'V. 30. 2 Mace. 13: 14. Hdian. 1. 15. 16. Xen. Mem. 4. 7, 3. 11. As Conjunct, until, before a verb in the subjtmct. where the thing is either pres. or fut. and therefore uncertain, Buttm. 146. 3, comp. in '&)$ 1. a. Eph. 4: 13 pix9 t **Mtrt4**P& . . . ? avdga tehiov x. T. L Xen. H. G. 1.3. 11 ntguutvev . . . ^xgi? c'A^//. c. impf. indie. Thuc. 3. 10. My, a negative particle, not, imply- ing every where a dependent and condi- tional negative, i. e. depending on the idea, conception, thoughts of some sub- ject, and therefore subjective ; while ov expresses the direct and full negation idependently and absolutely^ and is therefore objective. That is, pi) implies that one conceives or supposes a thing not to exist, while ov expresses that it actually does not exist ; and hence p] refers to the predicate, ov to the copula. The same distinction holds good in all the compounds of py and ov. See Buttm. 148. Passow in pij. Winer 59. Herm. ad Vig. p. 796 sq. 804 sq. Matth. 608. 5. I. As a negative particle, not, where the following special uses all flow from the general principles above stated. E. g. fir], and not ov, is used : a) in all negative conditions and sup- positions, in N. T. after tuv and et t Buttm. 148. 2. 6. E. g. lav pi, Matt. 5: 20 iav p] nigiaatvffri % dwaioffwri vfiwv x. T. L Mark 3: 27. Luke 13: 3, 5. Tit. 1: 6. al. see in *Eav no. II. /?. So ei [*tj, Matt. 24: 22 d p] e'xoAo^wtb/- aav al yusoai. Mark 2: 7. John 3: 13. Acts 21: 25. al. see in El no. III. e. With lav or implied, Mark 12: 19. Luke 10: 10. John 12: 47. 1 Cor. 13: 1, 2,3. James 2: 14. Sometimes tl is fol- lowed by ov, but ou then refers not to the condition, but to the verb alone, which it renders negative, as Matt. 26: 24 xaAoy i]v avw, d oux tyanq&h ' e the not being born would have been bet- 516 ter for him ; here prj would have Im- plied doubt whether he hud been born etc. Mark 11: 26. Luke 14: 26. 18: 4 il xal &tov ov cpofiovpcu, i. e. to notftar i.q. to contemn. John 10: 37 il ov noiw tot / TOV nargog pov, i. e. to not do i. q. to leave undone. 11:8. James 2: 11. See Buttm. 148. 2. b, and marg. Wi- ner 5<>. 5. ^Ilerm. ad Vig. p. 833, 889. Comp. in Ou e. b) after particles implying purpose, nlso result anticipated or supposed, i. e. in N. T. after iva, oxag, wene, Buttm. 148. 2. c. Matth. 608. 5. a. Winer 60. 2. E. g. ivu nn, M utt - 26: 5 * pi] &oqvpog yivi]Ttti. Luke 8: 10. John 3: 16. Acts 5: 26. Heb. 13: 17. al. So Malt. 5: 29, 30. Mark 4: 12. John, 11: 50. al. see in "Iva no. 1, 2. So tin w$ /<;, Matt. 6: 18. Luke 16: 26. Acts 20: 16. 1 Cor. 1: 29. So before an infin. expressing purpose etc. either inf. sim- ply, or with wore, elg, ngog, Oid, etc. see below in d. c) after relative pronouns, as og, offng, offog, wherever they refer not to definite antecedents, but to such as are indefi- nite and general, or implied, Buttm. 148.2. e. Matth. 608. 5. c. Winer 59. 4. E. g. Matt. 10: 14 og lav pi] difyTai vpag. 11:6. Luke 8: 18. 1 Pet, 2: 9. Mark 6: 11 bW av pi) d^uvrat vpag. Luke 9: 5. Acts 3: 23 frig V ,uij axoi'ffr]. Rev. 13: 15. But ov is put after 6g, oaug, where these refer to a definite antecedent, as Luke 14: 33 ; or where any thing is said actually not to be or to be done, as Matt. 10: 38. 13: 12. Mark 9: 40. Luke 14: 27. d) with the Infinitive as being depend- ent upon another finite verb or word expressed or implied ; here the infin. may usually either itself be resolved in- to a supposition, or the verb on which it depends expresses supposition, con- dition, thought, purpose, etc. Buttm. 148. 2. . Passowpjl.3. Winer 59. 2. Herm. ad Vig. p. 806 ult. Thus (a) Inf. simpl. Matt 22:23 ol Uyovrig pi) el- vai avnaiaaiv, i. e. as they suppose and believe. Luke 2: 26. 20:7. 21:14. Acts 15: 19, 38. 23: 8. 25: 24,27 io/of poi doxu . . . pi] xru tag XKT avTov all lag i. Rom. 13: 3 TO,Rom.l4:13. 2 Cor. 2:1. 1 Thess. 4:6 coll. v. 3. So with the prepositions fig and nQog as marking purpose, sup- posed result, etc. e.g. tig TO pij Acts 7: 19. 1 Cor. 9: 18. 10:6. Heb.ll:3. 1 Pet. 3:7. 7iQ6giopt']2Cor.3:13. 1 Thess. 2: 9. 2 Thess. 3: 8. With dta as marking the probable or supposed cause of any thing, Matt. 13: 5 did TO pr) f.%tiv ftd&og yi)g. v. 6. Mark 4: 5. James 4: 2. Cebet. Tab. 24. e) with participles, when they stand elliptically for any of the above con- structions, or refer to an indefinite sub- ject, or in general where they imply supposition, condition, purpose, any thing subjective, etc. Buttm. 148. 2./. 144. 2. Winer 59. 3. E. g. () When the participle may be resolved into the construction with ti, edv, etc. comp. above in a. Buttm. 1. c. Luke 11: 36 ft ovv TO o-wud ffov b'Aoy qpcimivov, prj l/ov Tt UM)OV x. T. A. Rom. 5: 13. Gal. 6: 9 xcuooi yap t<5w tityluopfv, pij ixJivopf- voi. Col. 1: 23. 1 Pet. 3: 6. (ft) Where the part, either with or without the arti- cle, is equivalent to a relative referring to a general or indefinite antecedent, comp. above in b. Buttm. 1. c. E. g. o pr) c. part. Matt. 12: 30 6 pi} wV fin epov, i. e. whosoever, i. q. if any one, where ov would only have referred to some particular and definite individual. Luke 11: 23. John 3: 18 6 pr) nuritvtav, comp. Winer 59. 1. Herm. ad Vig. p. 805. John 10: 1. 12: 48. 1 Thess. 4: 13. al. Matt. 25: 29 cm 6 TOU pij i/oxro?. Luke 3: 11. 19: 26, 27. Rom. 4: 20. James 4: 17. 1 Cor. 7: 37. 7ia$ prj c. part. 1 Thess. 2: 12 ndntq ol pi) ni- Ui'(7v X.'T. A. Mark 2: 4. 12:24. Luke 5: 19. 9: 33. Acts 9: 26. 12: 19. 2 Cor. 3: 14. Heb. 4: 2. Eurip. Herac. 283 or 284. (d) Where the part, with pij expresses a supposed or apparent result, like wate pr) seq. in fin. comp. above in d. . Luke 7: 30. Acts 20: 29 dfff^tVffovTai . . . ivMt flctQtlg tic vpag, py (pfidopevoi ^ov noipvlov. 2 Cor. 4: 2. Phil. 1:28. So Acts 9: 9 fa JjpeQas tfyng pr] /?A7T(uv, Kal ovx l'qp/y, he was for three days apparently blind, so as not to see, i. e. he was supposed to be a blind man ; but ovx tcpaye relates a spe- cific fnct. Also with xcu as equiv. to WOT*, comp. m Kal no. 1. c. /?. Luke 1: 20 la? ffictnfjy, nal pr] dvvdpEVog A>l/j- aai. 13: 11. Acts 27: 15. f ) in all negative expressions of wish, entreaty, command, where prj then often stands at the beginning of a short inde- pendent clause, the idea of wishing etc. not being expressed, but retained in the mind. Buttm. 148. 2. c, and n. 5. Herm. ad Vig. p. 804. Matth. 608. n. 1. Thus to express a negative wish, pr\ is construed with the Optative ; in nega- tive entreaty and command, with the Imperative and Subjunctive, as follows: (a) With the Optative, implying a nega- tive wish, in the frequent exclamation pj] ytvoiTO, may it not be ! let it not happen ! Luke 20: 16. Rom. 3: 4, 6, 31. 1 Cor. 6: 15. Gal. 2: 17. So Gal. 6: 14. 2 Tim. 4: 16 pr\ ctvrolg loyw&dr}. Comp. Buttm. 1. c. Passow py no. 6. Horn. Od. 1. 386. ib. 20. 344. (ft) With the Imperative always, (which never takes ov,) usually with the Imp. present im- plying continued action and forbidding what one is already doing. Buttm. 148. 3. 137. 5. Passow pi) no. 5. a. Winer 60. 1. Matt. 6: 16 pi] ylvm&s WOTTCO ol vjtoxQnal. v. 19, 25. 17:7. 24: 6 O^T, pi) &()otlff&f, beware, be not troubled. Mark 9: 39. Luke 23: 28. John 2: 16. Acts 10: 15. 1 Pet. 4: 12. al. saep. Im- 518 perat. 3 pers. pres. Rom. 6: 12 p] ovv jSrtO-iAii'firoj i) (iuaqiia iv TW #i'jT(jJ ruwv WVIMTI. 14: 16. 1 Cor. 7: 12, Ifc Col. 2: 16. 1 Tim. C: 2. James 1:7. al. Also c. irnper. imp!. Luke 13: 14. John 18: 40. Gal. 5: 13. Rom. 12: 11, 16 r 11). (Luc.Tox.5G.) So in antithetic clauses, as Col. 3: 2 ra uvta cpQovflif, pj T Inl yi]q. James 1: 22. 1 Pet. 3: 9. 2 Cor. 9: 7. pri cc'AAd Luke 22: 42. John 6: 27. Phi 1. 2: 12. Very rarely p>j is found with the Imper. aorist, (in N. T. only 3 pers.) implying transient action, and forbidding that which one may be about to do, e. g. Matt. 6: 3 p] yvonw j agt- aifqa trov x. T. A. 24:18. Mark 13:15 pj xTK ( 5Tw ft? T}V oixlav. v. 16. Luke 17:31. Comp. Buttm. Passow, W/iner, I. c. Horn. Od. 16. 301. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.73. (y) With the Subjunctive in neg- ative entreaties, commands, exhortations, etc. where the action is to be expressed as transient and momentary, Buttm. I.e. and 139. n. 7. Passow, Winer, 1. c. E. g. in 1 pers. plur. Subj. present, where it stands in place of 1 pers. I m perat. comp. in ft. Gal. 5:26 uy yiridjptffrfe xs- vodotot. 6: 9. 1 Thess. 5: 6. 1 John 3: 18. aorist, John 19:24 pr) (rxlffwusv av- iov. Buttm. 139. n.7. Winer 43.4. In 2 and 3 pers. Subj. aorist, Matt. 1: 20 p] cpoftyftfig. 3: 9 fir] do^r)T^.syiv. 5: 17. 6:13. 10:5,9,10. Mark 5: 7. 14:2. Rom. 10:6. 1 Cor. 16: 11. Col. 2: 21. Heb. 3: 8. 10: 35. James 2: 11. al. sae- piss. So c. ytvri&ri or the like impl. Matt. 26: 5. Mark 14: 2. g) genr. in any construction, where the negation is from the nature of the case subjective, conditional, or matter of supposition. Matt. 19: 9 05 Sv ano- iwrif TJV yvvulxa aviov, pj Inl noQvtln, i. e. p] here either depends upon the preced. relative, or it expresses condi- tion, if not for fornication. Mark 12: 14 8uiuv t 7; ftn dwutv ; implying sub- jective uncertainty. John 3: 18 OIL p] nmiaiivxiv, because, by the very supposi- tion, ke has not fce/icrerf, comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 805. (Luc. D. Deor. marin. 5. 1.) Rom. 3: 8 il m xuyot ug uuaQTwkb? xnirnnui ; xcu p' h x. t. L hypothetical- ly, and why not rather ? i. e. and why should it not rather be the case etc. Col. 2: 18 a prj stuqaxtv fftflaitviov, i. e. into what he cannot possibly have seen, or be supposed to have seen ; here ov would have expressed that he had not seen them though he had the power. 1 Thess. 4: 4 p] iv nd&tt eni&i'niag, where pj refers to the preceding infill. xrff#ca. Rom. 14: 1. h) coupled with ou, in the order ov j>7, as an intensive negative, (p] ov is in N. T. only intcrrog. see no. Ill,) in emphatic assertions and assurances re- ferring to the future, not at all, by no means, construed pp. with the Indie, fu- ture, or more commonly with the Subj. aorist, Buttm. 148. n.6. 139.4. Pas- sow in ov p], p. 405 sq. Winer 60. 3. Herm. ad Soph. Oed. Col. 853. () seq. Indie, ftit. Matt. 16: 22 ov p] tviui 001 toino. 26: 35 ov p\ as UTTctQvrjaopai. Luke 2'2: 34. John 8: 12. 20: 35. Rev. 3: 5. 9: 6. al. So in emphatic interro- gation Luke 18: 7. John 18: 11. (ft) seq. Subj. aorist, e. g. aor. 1 pass. Matt. 24:2 ov ur] (pt^ w<5c U&og. Luke 22: 16, 18. Heb. 8: 12. 1 Pet. 2:6. al. Aor. 2 act. and mid. Matt. 5: 18, 20. 18: 3. Luke 1:15. John 6: 37. Rev. 3: 3, 12. al. Mid. Mark 13: 19. So as strengthened by orxm Matt. 14: 25. Luke 22: 16. ovds Matt. 24: 21. In emphatic inter- rog.John 11:56. 18:11. Further, con- trary to the doubtful rule of Dawes, seq. Aor. 1 act. Matt. 10: 23 ov p] -idffr,rs TS nolnq x. T. I. Mark 9: 41. John 4: 14, 48. Acts 13: 41. Heb. 8: 11. 2 Pet. 1: 10. c. ovxhi Rev. 18: 14. Mid. Matt. 16: 28. Rom. 4: 8. See Buttm. 139. 4 maro 1 . Passow in ov pj. Winer 60. 3. p. 423. II. As a Conjunction, that not, lest, Lat. ne, in N. T. only after verbs ex- pressing fear, anxiety, foresight, with which both the Greeks and Latins con- nect a negative implying a ivish that the thing feared may not be or happen ; Buttm. 148. 4. Passow p] II. 5. Herm. ad Vig. p. 797. Matlh. 520. Con- strued variously : a) with the Subjunct. where the pre- ceding or governing verb is in the pres- ent; see Buttm. Passow, 1. c. Winer 60. 2. So after verbs of fearing etc. Acts 27: 17 (poftovpyoi rs p] a? IT]V ZVQTIV IxnsffMffi. 2 Cor. 12: 21, coll. 20. c. (poftovuevos impl. 2 Cor. 12: 6. 519 Or, the preced. verb may be a preterite except in the Indie, as Acts 23: 10 tv- lafiq&ii? o / PI Siuffnaffdf) o Ilui'kog. Cornp. Plato Apol. Soc. init. XQ?]V tv- \ufiuff&Ul (.11} i'Tt (UOV t|rtT7J^]T. After verbs of foresight, or caution, the verb being in the present, Matt. 18: 10 oQure, pi xcacHjpooj'fjoTjTS evog x. T. A. Mark 13: 5, 36. 2 Cor. 8: 20. Gal. 6: 1. Heb. 12: 15, 16. Rev. 19: 10 et 22: 9 oqa pj sc. noirjoys TOITO. b) with the Optative, where the pre- ceding verb is in a preterite of the In- die. See Buttm. Passow, Winer, 1. c. So after a verb of foresight, Acts 27: 42 TWV de <7T0 fioij,ij r/evsio, iVa x. d. unoxitlvwri, pj Jig fxxoAi'/u/^aa? dia- (fvyoL, where however later editions read diatpvyy in Subj. see Winer 60. 2. c) with tiie Indicative, less often, and implying that the thing feared already exists or is about to happen, Passow p\ II. 5 fin. Winer 60. 2. b._ So c. indie, pres. Lnke 11: 35 tntonu ovv p] TO (pug TO iv aol ffxoiog imlv. c. indie, fut. Col. 2: 8 (ftlnsif pi) us i'ftag ifftai o Htt ly Mark 13: 11 p] ji/dfTTJ. Rom. 6: 13. Heb. 12: 5. pj- dflepids 1 Tim. 5: 22. Aor. 1 pass. 1 Pet. 3: 14. Seq. Subjund.pres. 1 pers. plur. in exhortations 1 Cor. 10: 8, 9. 1 John 3: 18. Aor. 2 and 3 pers. Matt. 7: 6 p] dam . . . pjdi ptityit. Mark 13: 15. Col. 2: 21. 2 Tim. 1:8. ^dsp^ds Mark 8: 26. pidfigp-fde Luke 3: 14. Seq. infin. depending on a verb of pro- hibition Acts 4: 18. 1 Tim. 1:4. Once in antithetic apodosis, seq. imper. 2 Thess. 3: 10 d' tig ov &s)ift b) in the middle of a clause, not even, Mark 2: 2 WOT p?x'u ^wojl^ p]d& T o? TJV &VQOIV. 1 Cor. 5: 11. Eph. 5: 520 3. Buttm. 149. p. 428. Passow no. 2. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 2. Xen. Hi. 4. 4. AL. e*?,) not even one, no one, i. e. no one whoever he may be, from the indefinite and hypothetic power of jiif, differing from ovdtlg as /*?/ from ot r , see in Mr) in it. a) getir. Matt. 16: 20 JVet py8evl el'na- aiv. Mark 6: 8 iva pjdev ai'Quatv tl$ o86v. John 8: 10. Acts 4: 21. 1 Cor. 1: 7. Heb. 10: 2. al. Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 20. With p'), ///;x*r*, oruydslg repeated, in a strengthened negation, comp. Buttm. 148. 6. 1 Pet. 3: 6 p] yofiovusvoi py- 8f(4iav moyoiv. Mark 11: 14 fiyxsn ex dy- dtiaa. Luke 4: 35. 2 Cor. 11: 5. Phil. 4:6. Comp. Passow in fiiySit?. (Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2. Xen. Oec. 11. 9.) So eV /ujjtfm in nothing, in no respect, 2 Cor. 7: 9. Phil. 1: 28." James 1: 4. (/J) Me- taph. fifjdtv wv, being nothing, i. e. of no account, no weight of character, Gal. 6: 3. Comp. Buttm. 129. 6. Dem. 562. 23. AL. 5, adv. (f*y8e, TTOT,) not even ever, never, 2 Tim. 3: 7. Xen. Cvr 1. 6. 10. Slqfte.'iroy adv. (fiyde, nta,) even not yet, not yet, Heb. 11: 7.-Luc. pro Lap- su 15. Jllijd'os, ov t o, a Mede, Acts 2: 9. - The country of Media, Mydla, lay between the Caspian sea on the north, and Persia on the south, extending on the North and West to Armenia. It was incorporated with the kingdom of Persia; and comprised the following provinces of modern Persia : Shirvan, Adserbijan, Ghilan, Masunderan, and Irak Adjami. See Rosemn. Bibl. Geoi?r. I. i. p. 276. Juyx[i 9 adv. (py, m,) no more, no further, no longer, in the general sense of pi, and construed in the same man- ner; seeJkfrJinit. E. g. after iW, comp. My 1. b^ 2 Cor. 5: 15. Eph. 4: 14 \va flaxen uuiv vyjiioi. With the infin. comp. Mi] I. d. Acts 4: 17. 25: 24 exi- fiouvTf? M dflv gfiv aiTov prjxeTt. Eph. 4: 17. (Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 8.) c. inf. af- ter WO-TS Mark 1: 45. 2:2. c. inf. etToD Rom. 6: 6. d<; TO ^ seq. inf. 1 Pet. 4: 2. With participles, as expressing a cause, comp. Mi] I. e. y. Rom. 15: 23 vvri 8s fiyxETi vonov c^wy x. T. A. I Thess. 3: 1, 5. (Hdian. 1. 15. 1.) As express- ing a result, Acts 13: 34, comp. My I. e. d. Luc. D. Mort. 6. 1 lu negative expressions. of wish, entreaty, command, see Mr\ I. f. Seq. Opt. implying a neg- ative tm/i, Mark 11: 14 ^xm lx aoufiy- 8el$ XUQJIOV cpdyoi. Seq. Imper. pres. John 5: 14 et 8: 11 ^xm aua^avz. Eph. 4: 28. 1 Tim. 5: 23. (Xen. Cyr.3. 2. 13.) Seq. Subjunct. pres. 1 pers. plur. Rom. 14: 13. Aor. 2 and 3 pers. Mark 9:25. Matt. 21: 19. Comp. in My I. f. y. ', CO?, ou? y TO, length, Rev. 21: 16 bis. Metaph. Eph. 3: 18. Sept. for rpVtf Gen. 6: 15 al. saep. Ael V H. 3. 1. Xen. Oec. 19. 2. j.\Lt^W(o f. fvw, (uyxog,) to make long Xen. Mern. 3. 13. 5. In N. T. Mid. [iqxuvouai, to lengthen oneself, spoken of plants, i. e . to grow up, Mark 4: 27. So Sept. in Act. for ^5 Is. 44: 14. fa ^ (pfiov a sheep,) a sheep-skin, as used for clothing, Heb. 11: 37. Sept. for n"V7fi8 spoken of a prophet's mantle 1 K.~19: 13, 19. 2 K. 2: 8, 13, 14. Comp. 'ipoaiov b, and "v- dvfia Poll. Onomast. 10. 45 or 176. Clem. Rom. Ep. 1 ad Cor. 17. Mijv a particle of strong affirma- tion, yea, assuredly, etc. Buttm. 149. p. 432. In N. T._only in the connex- ion 17 \nr\v t see in *//, and Buttm. 1. c. 521 j\b)V, ftqvog, o, a month, a) f)p. Luke 1: 24, 26, 36, 56. 4: 25. Acts /: 20. 18: Jl. 19: 8. 20: 3. 28: U. James 5: 17, Rev. 9:5, 10, 15. 11:2. 13:5. 22: 2. Sept. for -cnn Gen. 7: 11. 8: 4, 5, et saep. Hdian. 1. 14. 17. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 2. b) melon, for new-moon, which was the first day of the month and a festival, Gal. 4: 10. So Heb. ;znn Sept. vfo^tj- vla Num. 28: 1. Ps. 81: i Comp. Jahn 352. J\Ir)Vuaj, f. vaw, to make known, to show, to disclose, sc. something before unknown, trans. Luke 20: 37. John 11: 57 tdv Tt /rot nov ian, pr t vvcn^. 1 Cor. 10: 28. c. dat. Acts 23: 30. 2 Mace. 3: 7. Jos. Ant. 1. 11.2. Thuc. 2. 42. y see in Mi] no. 111. b. j neg. partic. (pj, TTOTE',) in the same general sense and uses as pj q. v. I. As a negative particle, not even, never, in no supposable case. Heb. 9: 17 tnel pjrrorf r/ra \8iudijXr)] oif /J o ^itt&ipivoq. Xrii. Mrm. 1. 4. 6. II. As a Conjunction, that not ever, that never, lest evtr, i. e. lest at some time or other, indefinite, i. q. hst per- haps, coinp. Mi] no. II. So after verbs implying purpose, seq. Subjunrt. and pre- ceded by a future, a present or aorist, or a pret. Indie, as in'/i'u 1. A. a, c, d. So c. fut. preced. Matt. 4:6apor0't ys, pr\- TioTf TT ooaxo >,<, x. T. A. Luke 4: 11. c. pres. v. aor. preced. Matt. 5:25 i'cr&i ft- vouy . . . pj/roTs ffs 7Tciya8(>) x. T. A. 7: 6. 13: 29. 27: 64. Mark 4: 12. Luke 12: 58. 14: 8, 12. Vv p/rrore Luke 14: 29. c. praet. preced. Matt. 13:15. Acts 28: 27. Seq. Indie, fut. Mark 14: 2 PJTOTC #o- i> ( 3o efficu Tot-ytwot 1 , comp. in Mr\ II. c. After verbs implying fear or caution, seq. Subjunct. Matt. 15: 32. Luke 21: 34 nQoai%if. SMi-ToIs, PJTTOTE fiuQTj&waiv x. T. /I. Heb. 2: 1. 4: 1. with prec. verb impl. Matt. 25:9. Acts 5:39. (Xen.Cyr. 1. 6. 10.) Seq. Indie, fut. Heb. 3: 12, comp. in 3/>j II. c. III. As an interrogative particle, comp. Passovv in noii, e. g. in a direct inquiry implying a negative answer. John 7: 26 pJTrora aAij#ug tyvwaav ol 66 ; do the rulers then certainly know ? do they perhaps know etc. In- direct, ichtther perhaps, if perhaps, seq. Opt. Luke 3: 15 dtaio/i^ousvtav TTUVTWV . . . fiijnors avwg nrj o XQWTOI;. Seq. Subjunct. 2 Tim. 2: 25. See Herm. ad Vig. p. 810. Matth. 514. c. JUq.ico, adv. (pj) t TTW,) not yet, Rom. 9: 11. Heb. 9: 8 Xen. Mem. 4. 4 23. J/>y/7ftK, conjunct, (pi, TIM?,) that in no way, that by no means, i. e. lest in any way, lest perhaps ; so after verbs implying purpose, seq. Subjunct. and preceded by the pres. comp. in Mi] II. a. 1 Cor. 9: 27 vmoniaZa pov TO adduce . . . firjTiojg u/./.ou' xijot|? auto? ot^oxi^o? ytvwuai. 2 Cor. 2: 7. 9: 4. c. Aor. pre- ced. Gal. 2: 2, comp. Winer 60. 2. p. 421. After verbs implying/ear or cau- tion, e. g. seq. Indie, comp. in Mi] II. c. Gal. 4: 11 qpo^oi'/iat fyiw?, p^nwg eixj xc- xoTitaxa ? v/itt?. Seq. Suhjunct. aor. Acts 27: 29. Rom. 11:21 [/JAwm*] /ij- TTW? olds ffov ope/ffijTot. 1 Cor. 8: 9. 2 Cor. 11: 3. 12: 20 bis, where supply at the end evpcvhucrt. Once construed with both Indie, and Subjunct. 1 These. 3: 5 trifftifja ris TO yvwvai fiff nlffiiv f^uwv, fit'inoig iniiQctaiv vpa$ o Titiqn&v xt ft? xf rov yivrjiut o xonog fipuv, i. e. [fearing] /c*/ pertiaps the tempter etc. see in Winer 60. 2. p. 421. Marios, ot> } o, the thigh Rev. 19: 1<, where comp. Cic. Verr. II. lib. IV. 43. Sept. for rp^ Gen. 24: 2, 9. Luc. D. Deor. 9. 1. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 6. Mi'jif, conj. (pj, Tf,) a continuative referring usually rather to a part of a proposition or clause, and not, also not ; hence neither, not even. See Buttm. 149. p. 427. Winer 59. 6. a) in continued negation, at the be- ginning of a subsequent clause, after pj, neither, nor. Eph. 4: 27 o r)ho? p; Ini- dmio) . . . IATJTS didots TOTIOV TO> 5t/3oAw. 2 Thess. 2: 2. Hdian. 4. 15*. 19. Re- peated, pJTf prJTf, neither nor, before different parts of the same clause, Matt. 5: 34 sq. p; ofi6o~(xi oAw?, pjT fv TO OVQttVO), . . . pJTf iv iy YT\, . . . jUjTC f*? c /f^oo-. x. T. A. Acts 23:' 8, 12, 21. 1 Tim, 1: 7. James 5: 12. al. Xen. Lac. 15. 3. b) alone in the middle of a clause, 522 not even, Mark 3: 20 oitra pi] dvvacr&cti ainoi'g flips SQJOV yaytiv. Xen. Lac. 10. 7. AL. f (? oc , I? cornp. Buttm. 47. ;a) pp. Matt. 1:18. 2:11,13,20. al.saep. Trop. of one in the place of a mother, Matt. 12: 49, 50. Mark 10:30. John 19: 27. Rom. 16: 13. Sept. for B Gen. 2: 24. 44: 20. Xcn. Mem. 2. 2. I. trop. Horn. II. C. 429. b) genr. for parent, ancestor, progeni- trix. Gal. 4: 26 77 ds avw ' C, ov y o, Attic loiug, (/UJ/TTJO, Aoteo5.q.Aoawtothresh, to smite,) a smiter of his mother, a matri- a mother, cide, I Tim. 1: 9. Comp. Rom. 1: 30. Thorn. Mag. p. 695. Attic form, Luc. Deor. Concil. 12. Lys. 116. 43. Plato Phaedo 62. Toir i it iii~iy, i. e. which represents Sarah our common mother, comp. v. 22, 24, 28. So Sept. and DN Gen. 3: 20. Oth- ers metropolis, as Ctf and Sept. (ATJTQO- noltg 2 Sam. 20: 19. Trop. of a city as the parent or source of wickedness and ahominations, Rev. 17: 5 Itafivlibiv ?] fttjvr^ ibiv TIOQVUV xal TOJV fiddw/ftdjwv. Test. XII Patr. p. 539. p. 735. AL. Jllrjri, neg. partic. (WJ,T* indef.) not at all, not perhaps, see Buttm. 150. p. 434. In N. T. a) as negat. only in the connexion a fj, if not perhaps, unless perhaps, Luke 9: 13. 1 Cor. 7: 5. 2 Cor. 1& 5. Also fiquyf i. q. jujrt but stronger, not at all then, i. e. for Engl. not to say then, much more then, 1 Cor. 6: 3. Comp. Buttm. 150. p. 434. Herrn. ad Vig. p. 803. b) as interrog. whether at all ? whether perhaps ? i. e. i* or has then, perhaps ? Buttm. 1. c. Matt. 7: 1G [tyri wMisyovcriv ano axav&w matpvfo'iv / 12: 23. 26: 22, 25. Mark 4: 21. 14: 19 bis. Luke 6: 39. John 4: 29. 7: 31. 8: 22. 18: 35. 21: 5. Acts 10: 47. 2 Cor. 12: 18. James 3: 11. pit* aoa 2 Cor. 1: 17. Sept. for n Mai. 3: 8. n Gen. 20: 9. see in Aftjrt a. pron. interrog. (ui;, rig in- def.) whether any one? i* or has any one? John 4: 33. 7: 48. Comp. Tkfi) III. c, ?/, (fvMQ,) matrir, womb. Luke 2: 23. Rom. 4: 19. Sept. for Dq-J Num. 3: 12. Jer. 1: 5. tfn 1 Sam.'l: 5, 6. Ael. V. H. 10. 3. HdotT 3.108. CMC, , (riryo, no- g,) metropolis, 1 Tim. 6: 23 in the spu- rious subscription. Xen. An. 5. 2. 3. jV/ar, see in Etg. f. avM, perf. pass, ao-f^cti Tit. 1:15, comp. Buttm. 101. n.8; perf. pass. 3 pers. sing. (if^larTai Tit.l: 15, comp. Buttm. 101. ri. 7 ; aor. 1 pass. ^uidv^v, comp. Buttm. 110. n. 3 ; pp. to colour, to tinge, Mom. II. 4. 141. An- thol. Gr. II. p. 153. to stain, to pollute, Hdian. 1. 15. Luc. Phalar. prior 12. In N. T. to defile, to pollute, trans. a) in the Levitical sense, John 18: 28 'iva ^i piav&wiv, U' 'ivct (puyuo-i TO TT'O^. So Sept. for KJD Lev. 5: 3 22: 5, 8.~Tob. 2: 9. b) in a moral sense, Jude 8 adqy.a ^eV luctlvovai. Pass, to be polluted, corrupt, Tit. 1:15 bis. Heb. 12: 15. Hdian. 2. 5, 10. Thuc. 2. 102. , aloe, TO, /umtVw,) pp. a colouring, staining, Suid. /5a Gen. 37:3. Lev. 26: 1?. Hdian. 1. 13/5. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.7. _By imp), i. q. to persecute, Rev. 17: 1C ouro* [tunjaovat ryv noyvriv. So Sept. and K: 2 Sam. 5: 8. 22: 18. b) seq. ace. of thing, i. q. to detest, to abher. John 3: 20. Rom. 7: 15 o /uiow, TOVTOTroiw. Heb. 1:9. Jude 23. Rev. 2: 6 bis, 15. 18: 2. Tob. 4: 15. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 37. c) spec, in antith. with ayanaw it is i. q. not to love, to love less, to slight, c. ace. of pers. Matt. G: 24 TOV tvct iuar\- an xat TO* iiegov ayanqffsi. Luke 14: 26. 16: 13. John 12: 25. Rom. 9: 13. So Sept. and :to Gen. 29:31. Deut.21: 16. Mai. 1: 3. "'See Tholuck Bergpr. in loc. ,) pp. 'full payment of wages;' hence recompense, requital, e. g. in the sense of reward Heb. 10: 35. 11: 26 ; also punishment Heb. 2: 2. Consiit. Apostol. 6. 1 1 . comp. uio-frodoo-icc Thuc. 8.83. JMtoO'anofoTqgj ov, o, (/uo-#o?, nno8ldo)fii,) pp. ov, o, hire, wages, recom- pense, a) pp. and genr. Matt. 20: 8. Luke 10: 7 a* tog yuQ o eoyaTijg TOU piadov avtov to-Tiv. Acts 1:18 /n(7#os ddixlag, i. e. the wages of bis crime. Rom. 4: 4. 1 Cor. 3: 8. 1 Tim. 5: 18. James 5:4. 2 Pet. 2: 15 iiiff&og adixtag, i. e. wages got by iniquity. Jude 11 pia&ov i. e.for hire or gain, comp. Buttrn. 132. 6. 1, 2. Sept. for -OU Gen. 30: 28. Mai. 3: 5. rqs'lJa Gen. T 31: 7. Ael. V. H. 8. 8. Xen. 'M'em. 1.6.5. b) in the sense of reward, Matt. 5: 12 o Hiff&og vpuv noki's iv rot? ovqavols. v. 46. 6: 1, 2, 5, 16. 10: 41 bisj 42. Mark 9:41. Luke 6: 23, 35. John 4: 36. 1 Cor. 3:14.9:17,18. 2 John 8. Rev. 11:18. 22: 12. So Sept. and -Di) Gen. 15: 1. Hdian. 1. 3. 5. Xen. An. 2. 2. 20. c) in the sense of retribution, punish- ment, 2 Pet. 2: 13 pia&og adixlag. 2 Mace. 8: 33. Callim. Hymn, in Dian. 264 ovds yuy 'AiDsldqg oAt/w ejitxo [inaas , (0, f. wo-w, (uiff&og,) to hire out, to let for hire, Ael. V. H. 6. 1. Diod. Sic. 12. 56. In N. T. only Mid. fj.i6tt6o t ucci>, ovf^ai, f. utffouai, to hire out to oneself, i. q. simply to hire, trans, see Buttm. 135. 8. Matt. 20: 1 iiia&wat- (r&ni igyaiaq. v. 7. Sept. for ^DiiJ Judg. 9: 4. 2 Chr. 24: 12. Ael. V. H. *14. 17. Xen. An. 6. 4. 13. CCTOCy TO, hire, wages, rent, Sept. for pn^f Deut. 23:19. Ael. V. H. 4. 12. H dot. '2. 180. In N. T. a thing hired or rented, e. g. a lodging, hired dwelling, Acts 28: 30. Jllw&COT(?C f ov, 6, (pur&oa, ) one hired, a hired servant, Mark 1:20. John 10: 12, 13. Sept. for -pS^ Ex. 12: 45. Lev. 19: 13. Luc. de Merc. Cond. 36. Bern. 1199. 21. Mi fv/.ip'J^ i]?, f), Milylene, the cel- ebrated capital of the island of Lesbos, Acts 20: 14. It was the birth-place of Sappho, Alcaeus, Pittacus, etc. and isT now called Castro. Roscmn. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 372. Afl%6t]Jij o, indec. Michael, Heb. rN3^q i. e. who as God ? pr. n. of an archangel, the patron of the Jewish na- tion, Jude 9. Rev. 12: 7. See in 'dqx- ayytloc. Mra 525 Jllra, ac: y ^, Lat. mina, pp. a Greek weight containing 100 dgax t uai, and larger than the Roman libra or pound in the proportion of 4 to 3. Hence as the latter is usually reckoned at about 12 oz. Engl. avoirdupois, the pva would be nearly equivalent to the Engl. pound avoirdupois ; see Boeckh Staatsh. d. Ath.I.p. 19. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 490. Rees' Cycl. art. Weights. Hdot. 2. 180. In N. T. ni>a is a silver coin, esti- mated by weight, containing 100 6*o;- fial, and being itself the 60th part of a talent. According to Boeckh 1. c. p. 1C, the Attic (tva was nearest equal to 16 dollars, comp. in jQctzfux. It varied however in different countries. Luke 19: 13, 16 bis, 18 bis, 20, 24 bis, 25. Dem. 1231. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 2 sq. l\lva<5(i>Vy (ovoQ y o, Mnason, pr. n. of a Christian, Acts 21: 16. nrc, 1, tion, remembrance, I'll i I. 1: 3 inl iy vpatv. So (Ai'ituv t%tii> to have remem- brance of, i. q. to recollect, to remember, 1 Thess. 3: 6. 2 Tim. 1: 3. Also /IM/- av Tiottlatfcu to make remembrance nf, i. e. to bear in mind, to make mention of, Rom. 1:9. Eph.l: 16. 1 Thess. 1:2. Philem. 4. Sej)t. genr. for 137 Is. 26: 8. p.v. noitlff&tti for *DT niDr Vs. Ill: 4. for -IDT Job 14: 13. Ael.'V. H. 6. 1. jur. i'zitr Aristoph. Eccl. 1154 or 1162. Isocr. ]>. 89. D. fiv. Aeschin. 23. 5. Isocr. p. 105. B. roc, TO, fufantn^ pp. a memorial, monument, intended to pre- serve the memory of any person or thing, Horn. Od. 15. 126; hence sepul- chral monument, cenotaph, Horn. 11. 23. 619. Dem. 1310. 15. In N. T. melon. a tomb, sepulchre, see in Mrrjfiiiov. Mark 5: [3], 5. Luke 8: 27. 23: 53 t&yxar av- 10 (TO awpa} iv uvrj^ari la^viM. 24: 1. Acts 2: 29. 7: 16. Rev. 1 1:9. Sept. for "op. Ex. 14: 11. Ez.37:12. rnttj^Ez. 32: 23 sq. Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 3. Diod.' Sic. 13. 86. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 11. J\lvi)fjiioVj oUy TO, (ui t uvi)o-y.w,} pj). a memorial, monument, i. q. ^vi]}iu, Xen. Ag. 6. 2 ; hence a sepulchral monument, cenotaph, Dem. 1125. 16. Thuc. 5. 11. In N. T. melon, a tomb, sepulchre, Matt. 8: 28. 27: 52 xal T pvrjfitla avtw- Z&yo-uv. v. 53. 28: 8. Mark 5: 2. al. So Matt. 23: 29 xoaptlTs T -ui/^fm, and Luke 11: 47 otxo<5o^uar T /uv^ufta, i. e. ye adorn or build up (repair) the sepul- chres of the prophels, see in Koapsw b, and Koviaw. Comp. 1 Mace. 13:27. Jos. Ant. 13. 6. 6. Sept. for 13,7 Gen. 23:6,9. 49:30. rn^p Gen!' 35: 20*. Xen. H. G.3. 2. 14| 15. The sepul- chres of the Hebrews were often cav- erns, Gen. 23: 9 sq. or were hewn by art out of rocks or in the sides of hills, in various forms and sizes, sometimes with several compartments. They were closed by a door or layer of stone, and the entrance was often decorated with -ornaments and whitewashed. See Cal- met Art. Sepulchre. Jalin 206. 207, and notes. AL. remem- brance, recollection, e. g. prfaip noitl- ffdai to call to mind, to bear in recollection, 2 Pet. 1: 15. Sept. for -pj Ps. 30: 5. - A.-l. V. H. 5. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 2 init. JUK. noiflff&ut Thuc. 2. 54. ud}, f. tvau, (nvTJpwv, (JLI- to remember, to call to mind, to bear in mind. a) pp. absol. Mark 8: 18. Seq. gen. cornp. Buttm. $ 132. 5. 3. Luke 17: 32 prqponvtfl ^ijg ywaixos AWT. John 15: 20 lov loyov. 16:4,21. Acts 20:35. Gal. 2: 10. Col. 4: 18. 1 Thess. 1: 3. lltb. 11: 15. 13: 7. So Sept. for >-qt Ps. 63: 7. 1 Mace. 12: 11. Luc. D! Deor. 4. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 21. Seq. ac- cus. comp. Matth. 347. n. 2. Winer 30. 7. c. Malt. 16: 9 rovg uyrovg. 1 Thess. 2: 9 TO* xonov. 2 Tim. 2: 8. So God is said to remember sin, i.e. to pun- ish it, Rev. 18: 5. Sept. for "IDT Ex. 13:3. Is. 43: 18. 2 Mace. 9: 21. Hdian. 6. 1. 16. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 7. Seq. on Acts 20: 31. Eph. 2: 11. 2 Thess. 2: 5. no&sv Rev. 2: 5. nug 3: 3. Cornp. 1)) l>y impl. to mention, to speak of, seq. Tifot, Hob. 1 1: 22 nsyi rij? e^odov . . . fpvT)uovevo-t. Hdian. 1. 1. 5. Xen. Vect. 4.25. , ou y TO, (pp. new, 526 of adj. ftvrjuoffwog commemorative,) a memorial, monument, i.q. uvyuslov, Hdot. 2. 136, 148. Jn N. T. genr. memorial, i. e. any thing causing or preserving the remembrance of a person or thing. Matt. 2G: 13 et Mark 14: 9 tig pvyuoffwov au- ii)$ for a memorial of her, i. e. in memo- ry of her, to her honourable remem- brance, fame. Acts 10: 4 al ngoffsvxai aov . . . avi^rjaav fig [tv. tvwniov t. &. thy prayers ... arc come up as a memo- rial, into remembrance,bffore God. Sept. for -151 Ex. 17: 14. Ps. 102: 13. ]i-|3T Ex. 12: 14. Mai. 3: 16. Ecclus. 10: 1?! 24: 20. JMvrjGJfUfO, f. fi'ffouai, (uvdouai,) to ask in marriage, to woo, trans. IJom. Od. 18. 276. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 37. Mid. id. Ael. V. H. 10. 15. In N. T. only Pass. pp. to be asked in marriage, hence to be betrothed, affianced, c. dat. of pers. Matt. 1: 18 ^vrjffisv&slo'rjg ii]g UTIIQOC av- tov MutQiaz TW '/wo^qp. Luke 1: 27. 2: 5. So Sept. for Pu. tn Deut. 22:23, 25, 27, 28. Artemid. 2." 12. Ae'ft),) speaking with difficulty, a stammerer, Mark 7: 32. Sept. for t&.N pp. tongue- tied Is. 35: 6. AetiusVIIL38. Phavor. O ydiyua diog&ovv dvvdusvog. adv. (uoyog labour, pains,) with difficulty, hardly, Luke 9: 39. 3 Mace. 7: 6. Xen. An. 3. 4. 48. c, ov, o, Lat. modius, a Ro- man measure for things dry, equal to one sixth part of the Attic medimnus, and containing therefore 1.916 gall. Engl. or nearly one peck ; comp. in Koqog. Boeckh Staatsh. d. Ath. I. p. 100 sq. Adam's Rorn. Ant. p. 505. Matt. 5: 15. Mark 4: 21. Luke 11: 33. Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 5. Dinarch. 95. 37. fe, L$OG, f), ( i. q. feni. to uoixog,) an adulteress, Rom. 7:3 bis. 2 Pet. 2: 14 ocp&cduol ufcrrol uoi- XaMdog tyts full of an adulteress, i. e. gazing with desire after such persons. Sept. for nCwX! Ez. 16: 38. 23: 45. Pint Plac. Philosoph. 1.7. Tom. IX. p. 493. ed. R. Tom. V. p. 245. Tauchn. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 452. Trop. from the Heb. one faithless towards God, as an adulteress towards her husband ; in O. T. spoken chiefly of those who for- sook God for idols, Hos. 3: 1. Is. 57: 3, 7 sq. Ez. c. 16. c. 23. In N. T. genr. of those who neglect God and their du- ty towards him, and yield themselves up to their own lusts and passions, James 4: 4. So ysvea novijQvt xal /H- XaUg, where uoixulls in apposit. expres- ses an attribute, adulterous, i. e. faith- less, idolatrous, Matt. 12:39. 16:4. Mark 8:38. c0j Co, f. 7)0-0), (uoixog,) to de- Jile a married woman, to commit adultery with her; trop. ii]v dakaffo-av, i. e. to get possession of the sea covertly and with- out right, Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 15. In N. T. only Mid. (noiyaofAai, w^ca, genr. to commit adultery, used both of man and woman, intrans. Matt. 5: 32 bis, noisi ai'iyr fioixcfff&cti' xal og . . . . /wot- Xarat. 19: 9 bis. Mark 10: 11, 12. Sept. for qjn Jer. 3: 8. 9: 2. Different is Thorn. Mag. p. 619, UOIX uovi}v nccQa TIVI, to make one's abode icith any one, i. e. to abide or dwell with him, trop. John 14: 23, comp. Rev. 31: 3. pp. Jos. Ant. 8. 13.7. Thuc. 1. 131. Jllovf ))>()>>]?, *0c, ov?, o, %, adj. (povof, yivos from yivoficu,) only bom, only begotten, i. e. only child, Luke 7: 12 fiovo/fvtig TO* [iTjryi. 8: 42 -frvydnjQ pov. Tjr. I): 38. Heb. 11: 17. Tob. 3: 15. 6: 9. Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 4. Diod. Sic. 4. 73. In John's writings spoken only of o Aoyoq, the only begotten Son of God in the highest sense, as alone knowing and revealing the essence of the Father, John 1: 14, 18. 3: 16, 18. 1 John 4: 9. Comp. Aoyo? III. Others here by impl. most dear, only beloved, as Sept. for "Pft n Ps. 22: 21. 35: 17. J\lovov } adv. see in Movog c. j y ov y onJy } alone, i. e. a) pp. without others, without com- panions, e. g. of persons, Matt. 14: 28 ftovoc ijv &. Mark 6: 47 xcu aviog uo- voq inl 11)$ ?%<;. 9: 2 xt Idlav povovc* v. 8. Luke 10: 40. John 8: 9. Rom. li: 3. 16:4. Heb. 9: 7. 2 John I. al. Sept. for I2> t Gen. 2: 18. 32: 23. (Hdian. 3. 5. 15." 'Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 36.) Trop. of one acting by his own authority, alone, John 8: 16; or as destitute of help from another John 8: 29. 16: 32. Ael. V. H. 9. 40. Of things, Luke 24: 12 T o#o'- vict KH^VU fiova, i. e. without the body of Jesus. John 12: 24 o xoxxos . . . fio- vo$ uivu, i. e. sterile, barren. Spoken in an adverbial sense, of persons and things, comp. Buttm. 123. n. 3. Matt. 4: 4 ovx In CHQIM juoyw ^i]anai o OLV&Q. John 5: 44 ir\v $6$av TKXQU iov ^LOVOV &fov ov r)TtiT(. Jude 4. Rev. 15: 4. (Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 9.) So after tl pr\ y Matt. 12: 4 ti pi] tolg tsgevo't povoig. (comp. Acts 11: 19.) Matt. 17:8. 24:36. Luke 5: 21. Phil. 4: 15. Rev. 9: 4. b) alone of many, one out of many, Luke 24: 18 av povog 528 Mo"/t>os x.T.L 1 Cor. 9: 6. 2 Tim. 4: 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27. Mem. 1. 4. 11. c) neut. HOVQV as ndv. only, alone, Buttm. 1 15. 4. E. g. simply, Matt. 5: 47 rovg adfJufovg vn&v povov. 9: 21 iav fiovov itit'diuHi mi 'tuttinn' ui KIT. IMark 5: 36. Acts 18: 25. 1 Cor. 7: 39. Gal. 1:23. Heb.9:10. (Hdian. 3.4. 19. Xen. Conv. 5. 2.) After ft />;, Matt. 21: 19 n pi (/ i'//.f< povov. Murk 6: 8. Acts 11: 19. With negatives, e. g. py ^ovou not only, simply Gal. 4: 18. James 1: 22; in ontith. or gradation, seq. aUu I'liil. 2: 12. seq. uUa xca but also, John 1M: 9 ftii TO i>f nodag ftov povov, H xul TO; {{$ * T - * (Hdian. 2. 5. 10.) 0V povov, not only, comp. in Ov c ; simply James 2: 24 ; in antith. or gradatipn, seq. attd Acts 19: 26. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 16.) seq. aJUw xcu bvt also, Matt. 21: 21. John 5: 18 em ou povov Slttt TO aaS- PUTOV, >Utt xal ncniqa i'diov *&r/f. rbv tffoV. 11: 52. Acts 21: 13. Rom. 1: 32. Heb. 12: 26. al. Hdian. 1. 12.14. Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 17. AL. ov, o, o,) one-eyed, having lost an eye, Matt. 18: 9. Mark 9: 47. Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 3. The earlier Greeks said er- c, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 136. TD, co y f. eocra>, (povog,) to leave alone, Pass, to be left alone, e. g. as a widow, to be solitary, proh. childless, 1 Tirn. 5: 5. Diod. Sic. 19. 39, Xen. Ven. 9. 9. jCy r t , form, shape, Mark 16:12ev krtgn /uo^qpT/. Sept. for rprSF) Is. 44: 13. Xen. Oec. 6. 16. Phil'. 2: 7 poQCfijv dovlov A/5cuj' i. e. appearing in a humble and despised condition. Comp. Test. XI 1 Pair. p. 744 rov /3- oitia TWV oi 1 ^. tov inl '/i t g f) av&QWTiov TttTTfivwcrfw?, i. q. p. 542 6 ^eo? aoijUK ),afiwv, and p. 644 sq. <&tov tv o^jpori atv&Qbinov. Hence al- so Phil. 2: 6 of iv /wo^xpjj &fov vna^wv who being in the form of God, i. e. as God, like God, where the force of the antithesis would seern most naturally to refer to the divine majesty and glory, as Sept. for VT Dan. 4: 33. comp. 5: 6, 9, 10. Orpooyi] may here have the sense of nature, , so that Iv would be i. q. being of that nature, of the same nature with God ; comp. Eurip. Bacch. 54 poQcpijv -i tuijv fteTeficdov tig uvdyog (pvatv. Plato Re- pub. II. p. 381. c, &fog yMMiffTog xat uQta-rog wv . . . fisva ud unJiug ev TJJ av- iov /uo^;;> Ex. 32: 4, 8, 19. -)9 Ex. 29: 10sq.'Lev.4:3sq. -ij"3 Gen. 12: 16. 24: 35. Ael. H. An. 14. if. Helot. 3. 28 of the god Apis, i. e. a young bullock. Is V> duoi'cr,) devo- ted to the muses, i. e. to the liberal arts and sciences, learned, Ael. V. H. 4. 15. In N. T. skilled in music, a musician, Rev. 18: 22 qpcuj'j) xi&ctQwdbiv xcu fjovffi- XMV xru aiZ^Twv, perh. here singers. 1 Mace. 9: 39, 41. Luc. D. Deor. 7. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 38. ~frlo%froCy QVy 6, wearisome labour, travail, including the idea of painful effort, sorrow ; in N. T. only as coupled with XO'TTOS. 2 Cor. 11: 27 iv XOTTW xcu 1 Thess. 2: 9. 2 Thess. 3: 8. . r )29 Mvgov Sept. for fty Deut. 26: 7. Ecc. 2: 18 sq. W'si. 16: 10. Xen. Conv. 8. 40. Aogj oiiy o, marrow, Heb. 4: 12. - Sept. Gen. 45: 18. Eurip. Ilippol. 255 or 257. Alciphr. I. 23. Jlfufu), 03, f. 7/Vw, (jaw to shut up,) to initiate, to instruct, sc. in tilings before unknown, Pass. Phil. 4: 12, parall. with (Atxv&avw in v. 11. Diod. Sic. 4. 7 uvtlv Toi-5 etr&Qvmov$' TOLTO 5' laity, TO oV dwntsw TM xA xttt ffvpqdoortet, xal vno ttijv cxjiuidevjwv nyvooi\ufya. Spec, to initiate into the heathen mysteries etc. Diod. Sic. 5. 48. Hdot. 2. 51. Cy QVy o, speech, discourse, Horn. Od. 11. 501. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 53. In N. T. fable, fiction, a mythic tale, mythic discourse, 1 Tun. 1:4. 4: 7 TOIV di flffiylovi; xctl /gaudus [ivftovg nctftui- tov. 2 Tim. 4: 4. Tit. 1: 14. 2 Pet. 1: 16. Ihiiaii. 1. 11.6. Diod. Sic. 1. 19. Dem. 12 19. 14. ^ t&fiai, f. r to moo, to low, pp. as the cow or ox, Horn. II. 18. 580. Luc. D. Deor. Mar. 15. 2. to bellow II. 21. 237. Transfer- red to other animals, Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 310 ult. Theocr. 26. 20. In N. T. of a lion, to roar, Rev. 10: 3 werrrfp >U- . Anthol. Gr. I. p. 246. jOy f. MM, (pvxn'iQ nose, ( wr s 'o),) to turn up one'* nose in scorn, and hence to mock, to deride, Pass. Gal. 6: 7 &ebg ov uvxTrjot^nai, i. e. God v.i'l not let himself be mocked. Sept. for *& Job 22: 19. Ps. 80: 7. Test. XII Pair. p. 700. Lys. Fragrn. 3G. ftlvltltOC) i], OV } (pvlr] mill,) be- longing to a mill, e. g. P./#o mill-stone, Mark 9: 42. l\lvA.o, qify o, (pi'lr) from (Aita,) pp. a grinder, hence a mill, a mill- stone. The mills used by the Hebrews are still common in the East; they were composed of two stones, of which the lower was fixed, and the upper was turned round upon it (Heb. 3D"} rider), having a hole in the middle for receiv- ing the grain. The grinding was most- ly done by hand by female slaves, and though exceedingly laborious was usu- 67 ally accompanied by song. Larger mills were turned by an ass ; whence the upper mill-stone was called ovtxog Matt. 18: 6 ; or also uVoc, licsych. oro?' o ttruitQog U&og jou pi-lov. Xen. An. 1. 5. 5. comp. Luc. Asin. 28, 42. See Jahn 138, 139. Calmet art. Corn. Hence in N. T. a) a mill, Rev. 18:22 v.cu 7: 4 ToD XQ. I Tim. 3: 9 rij Rom. 16: 25. 1 Cor. 2: 7. 4: 1. 13: 2. Eph. 3: 3. Col. 1: 27. So of particular doctrines or parts of the gospel, Rom. 11: 25. 1 Cor. 15: 51. Eph. 1:9. lTim.3:16. ds pi'QM -ijleuftd pov TOI- nooaq, comp. Xeu. below. Sept. for alt: ]7:^ Ps. 133: 2. 77?;J Prov. 27: 9. Cant/1: 2. Ael. V. H.9.9. Pol. 31. 4. 1. Xen. Conv. 2. 3, 4 opp. to tlaiov. MvGiCt, c, ;, JlfyjiVi, the north- western province of Asia Minor, lying tatween the Propontis and Lydia, and including the Trond, Acts 16:7,8. tfhe Mysian cities Assos, Pergamus, and Troas, are mentioned in N. T. Muairjpiov, LOV, TO, (/UI-OTT??, (JLV- so) q. v.) a mystery, I. e. something into which one must be initiated, instructed, before it can be known, something of itself not obvious and above human in- sight. In N. T. spoken of facts doc- trines, principles, etc. not fully revealed, but only obscurely or symbolically set forth. a) genr. Matt. 13: 11 vpiv dsdoiat yvatvai T fxwt^ta T?]? /5. Ildian. 8. 7. 8. Of the Eliisinian mystorio.s, e. g. the lesser, T iiixnit Diod. Sic. 4. 14; the greater DioH. l.25.Dem.29,ult.Xen.H.G.1.4.14. b) spec, of the Gosprl, the Christian dispensation, as having been long hid- den and first revealed in later times. Eph. 3: 9 et Col. 1: 26 TO pttm/pioy TO i\7ioxExyi'l.iutvov UTIO TWV aiuvuv iv TW \>ty. Eph. 6: 19 TO /u. tov ivayydlov. Col 2: 2 TO /*. tov &tov. 4: 3 et Eph. 3: j f. (rw, (//twi// from w//, ) pp. to shut the eyes, i. e. to contract the eyelids, to blink, to twinkle, like one who cannot see clearly ; hence by impl. to be near-sighted, trop. 2 Pet. 1:9. Aristot. Probf. Sect. 31. Suid. ' wxootg Tolg oqp#A//o7g TTOOO"- yctQ TO XttUfll'W. cono? 3 o, (/uaw, o-^uttw,) a stripe, weal, i. e. mark of a stripe or blow, trop. 1 Pet. 2: 24 ov T$ ^uoUwTr* iddrjTf, i. e. collect, stripes, quoted from Is. 53: 5 where Sept. for nn'lSn. pp. Luc. Philopseud. 20. Plut. Aem. Paul. 19 fin. ly f. ?/'iav tov xoff fwv. Pass. Rom. 1: 22 cpucrxovif? fivcti ffocpol tuMQav&r^crav, they became foolish, i. e. acted like fools. Sept. trans, for bSS Is. 44: 15. Pass, for ^Dp: 2 Sarn. 24: 10. n^aD Is. 19: 11. "in" profane writers /iwo/yw in this sense is intrans. 531 to be foolish, to act foolishly, Luc. D. Mort. 13. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 11. $ia, a?, J h (n00 no where else has this .- cnsr. Comp. Tholuck Bergpr. p. 173 sq. (Arr. Epiet. 3. 22. 85.) Of tilings, 1 Cor. 1: 25 TO /uwoov lou &ioi 5. e. what men count foolish in the ordinan- ces and proceedings of God, comp. v. 23, 24. v. 27 T |UG> iov y.6o*[j,ov. 2 Tim. 2: 23 et Tit. 3: 9 ^riftm? //. Sept. of pers. for ^: Deut. 32: 6. Is. 32:5,6. b^CS Ps. 94: *8*. Luc. Paras. 25. Xen. Cyr.''3. 3. 45. of things Luc. Epigr. 1. Xen. ib. JkfcoorjS or Mcouofu?, fcoc } o, al- so Afcouaijc, QUy and in some edit. J/iwojJv, ou, Matt. 17:4. John 5: 40. al. Moses, Heb. '3*3 (drawn out sc. from the water), pr. n. of the great Hebrew prophet and legislator. On the forms and flexion, see Winer 5. p. 44. 10. The form dSfoXtyff, gen. c'w?, comes from Heb. n' , and is found chiefly in the Evanselists, Matt. 8:4. 17:3. 23: 2. Mark 1:44. 9:4,5. Acts 3: 22. al. MowGi]Z and MoiJOfi'^:, also in Sept. and Josephus, and in some editions cvt -rywhere in N. T. are derived from the Egyptian form, set; Gesen. Lex. art. HM;.7D . Jos. Ant. 2. 9. (i TO yu() 'idwg (.to) oi Aiyvmioi xuloiaiv, i)o/7i' 8s ioi'<; e| vdaio? aw&svTu?, comp. c. Apion. 1. 31. . MMi-ffttf, pen. oy, Acts 6: 14. 7: 35, 37. Matt. 17: 4. al. MttvmvQ Acts !.">: 1,5. 2 Tim. 3: 8. al. Mcton. for the books of Moses, the Pentateuch, Luke 16: 29, 31. 24: 27. AL. N. Wj o, indec. JVactson, Heb. ^ViJri: (diviner), pr. n. of a chief of Ju- dah, whose sister was the wife of Aaron, Matt. 1:4 bis. Luke 3:32. Comp. Ex. 6: 23. Num. 2: 3. Nccyyai, o, indec. Naggae, pr. n. of a man, Luke 3: 25. JVor^apfL/- or 7VaCp*V, f t , indec. JVaz- areth, prob. Heb. ^SE3, Aram. nN^^3, (a twig,) see Hengstenb.Christol.Vol.il. init. Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 182 sq. pr. n. of a small city in lower Galilee, just north of the great plain of Esdraelon, and about mid-way between the lake of Tiberias and the Mediterranean. It lies at the foot and on the side of a hill facing the E. and S. E. along a small valley or basin entirely shut in by hills, except a narrow rocky gorge toward the south leading to the great plain. Here is now shewn the supposed place where the men of the city were about to cast Jesus down from the precipice, Luke 4: 29. See Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 85 sq. Jowett's Chr. Res. p. 128, and in Calmet sub. v. Miss. Her. 1824. p. 307. Matt. 2: 23. 4: 13. 21: 11. Mark 1: 9. Luke 1: 26. 2: 4, 39, 51. 4: 16. John 1: 46, 47. Acts 10: 38. 532 Naog Na'^agijVOG, ou, o, a Nazarene, i. e. an inhabitant of Nazareth, spoken of Jesus, Mark 1: 24. 14: 67. 16: 6. Luke 4: 34. Noc^cogciioQ, ov y 6, a Nazaracan, i. q. Nazarene, an inhabitant of Naza- reth, in some editions written A'ofapa?- o? in Matt. 2: 23. 26: 71. John 18: 7. Spoken of Jesus, Matt. 10: 47. 26: 71. Luke 18: 37. 24: 19. John 18: 5, 7. 19: 19. Acts 2: 22. 3:6. 4:10. 6:14. 22:8. 26: 9. Matt. 2: 23 ctt 2Va>?cuo? xJuflij- ffeiat he shall be called a Nazarene, i. e. looking to the etymology of the name (see in lYaZagsd-) he shall be called a shoot, branch, in allusion to such pas- sages as Is. 11:1. 53:2. Zech. 3: 8. 6: 12, etc. but here also implying 7 re- proach, from the contempt in which Nazareth was held. See Hengstenb. Christol. Vol. II. init. Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 186 sq. Once of Christians in con- tempt, as the followers of Jesus of Naz- areth, Acts 24: 5. NafrccVj o, \ndec. Nathan, Heb. ]n: (given sc. of God), pr. n. of a son of David, Luke 3: 31. Comp. 2 Sain. 5: 14. Not the prophet Nathan 2 Sam. 7: 2 sq. 12; 1 sq. NaftctVCCtjA, o, indec. Nathanael, Heb. V$*na (given of God), pp. i. q. 0o'<5M0? 'Th'eodore, pr. n. of a disci- ple of Christ, supposed to be the same with the apostle JBaQ&olo^ialog q. v. John 1: 46, 47, 48, 49, 50. 21: 2. Ncci adv. of affirmation, yea, yes, certainly. a) pp. in answer to a question. Matt. 9: 28 Tuorcum on dvrtipat rovio notij- aat ; Myovai-v avrw' val, XVQIE. J3: 51. 17: 25. 21: 16. John 11: 27. 21: 15, 16. Acts 5: 8. 22: 27. Rom. 3: 29. Ael. V. H. 13. 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 20. b) as expressing assent to the words or deeds of another. Matt. 11: 26 val, o nouijQ, [sc. oQ&tag noitig,] on ovroig /.. ^. L Luke 10: 21. Rev. 16: 7. 22: 20 vat, iQ%ov xvyit, in some edit. Act. Thorn. 17, 18. Xeu. Mem. 2. 7. 14. Seq. xai introducing a subsequent limi- tation or modification. Matt. 15: 27 et Mark 7: 28 val, KUQUT xal yaQ T xvva- pta x. i. L comp. in rdg I. b, fin. Vi- ger. p. 424. Arr. Epict. 2. 10. 20. Pla- to Soph. p. 226. E. c) intens. in strong affirmation, as- severation, Luke 11: 51 val, Ae'/w Vfuv, &i?T/#jffTt x. T. L 12: 5 val, yte'/u) fy/Zf, TOUTOV qpo/?7j#77Tf, yea, I say unto you, fear him. Philem. 20. Rev. 1:7 vat, ap]v. 14: 13. 22: 20 vul, f^ouat, TU/V. (Arr. Epict. 2. 13. 21. comp. Horn. II. 1. 234. Find. Nem. 11. 30. Vig. p. 424.) Also seq. xal, yea and more also, Matt. 1 1: 9 ct Luke 7: 26 val, tiyw vpiv, xal TtfQiffffoifQov TTQoyijTov, yea, and more than a prophet. Xen. Conv. 8. 4. With the art. TO vul, yea, i. e. the word yea. 2 Cor. 1: 17 'tva r\ naq ffiol TO rat, val, xal TO ot); ov. v. 20. James 5: 12. c. art. impl. 2 Cor. 1: 18, 19 bis. Matt. 5: 37. Comp. Tholuck Bergpr. p. 300. A r #/V, i], indec. Nain, a town of Galilee situated according to Eusebius about two miles south of Mount Tabor, near Endor, Luke 7: 1 1. See Rosemn. Bibl. Gogr. II. ii; p. 94. Nao?, ou, o, (valca to dwell,) pp. dwelling, hence temple, fane, as the dwell- ing of a god ; in classic writers mostly i. q. iiqov, though sometimes spoken of the interior and most sacred part of a temple where the image of the god was set up, Hdot. 1. 183. Hence in N. T. a) gcnr. of any temple, Iv %ioo7ioir)- TO/C vadlg Acts [7: 48.] 17: 24. Hdian. 7. 3. 13. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 10. So Acts 19: 24 noiMV vaovg ugyvgovg 'AqtifudQf silvu- shrines of Diana, i. e. miniature copies of the temple of Diana at Eph- esus, containing a small image of the goddess. Such shrines of other gods were also common, made of gold, sil- ver, or wood, and were purchased by pilgrims and travellers, probably as me- morials, or to be used in their devotions. See Hammond and Wetstein in loc. Artemid. IV. 34 Kqaiivog o r,psifQog, ayyvrisov vaov Qys7iiajaTTjg do$ag tivai. D^iod. Sic, 1. 15, 97. ib. 20. 14 tnt^uv de xal Tore fx TWV IfQOiv %(jvo~oi>g vaovg idlq a(pidf}{'{iao'i nybg T//V Ixsfftav. Hdot. 2.63 TO de ayal^a, iov iv vr^i pixQy $v- ).u'C'i xuTa's.tyo'i'O'ouEvo) x. T. /. comp. Ui- on. Hal. 2. J2 T tnc!fig b) of the temple at Jerusalem, or in Naovfi 533 allusion to it, but spoken only of the fane or edifice itself, in distinction from iegov, which included also the courts and other appurtenances, see 'isgov. (a) pp. Matt. 23: 16 bis og av ouoar) tv TO) yaw . . . iv TOJ XQ Vff{ $ T0 ^ vaov. v. 17, 21. v. 35 (nfra^v TOV vaov xal tov &vo*i- acmiQiov, i. e. the altar of burnt offer- ings which stood in the court of the priests before the entrance of the vaog, see in Itgov. 27: 5 yfyuag r dgyvota iv TO* vaoj, prob. in the entrance of the vaog, since Judas could not enter with- in it. 26: 61 et 27: 40. Mark 14: 58 et 15: 29. Luke 1: 9, 21, 22. John 2: 20. 2 Thess. 2: 4. For the xarunETaffua TOV vaov Matt. 27: 51. Mark 15: 38. Luke 23: 45, see in Karansrao-ua. Sept. for b;PH 1 K. 6: 5, 17. Ps. 5: 8. 11:4. Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 1. ib. 11. 4. 3. (/J) Symbol, of the temple of God in hea- ven, to which that of Jerusalem was to correspond, comp. Heb. 8:5. 9: 11. So Rev. 3: 12. 7: 15. 11: 1, 2, 19 bis, rpoi- yr) o vaog iov &tov h TO OVQUVM x. T. L 14: 15, 17. 15: 5, 6, 8 bis. 16: 1, 17. 21:22 bis Test. XII Pair. p. 550. cornp. Wisd.3:14. (y) Metnph. of per- sons in whom God or his Spirit is said to dwell or art, e.g. the body of Jesus, John 2: 19, 21. of Christians 1 Cor. & K>, 17 bis. 6: 19. 2 Cor. 6: 16 bis. Eph. 2: 21. - Act. Thorn. 12 ylvw^t vaoi aytoi. AftOf,. the most precious, Mark 14: 3. John 12: 3. Sept. for "n: Cant. 1: 12. 4: 13, 14. Vy o, Narcissus, (pp. a flower,) pr. n. of a man at Rome, Rom. 16: 11. He is supposed to have been the freed-manand favourite of the emperor Claudius, comp. Sueton. Claud, 28. Tacit. Annal. 12. 57. y co y f. TJO-W, (vavayog one shipwrecked, from vavg a/yiyit,) to make shipwreck, i. e. to be shipwrecked, intrans, 2 Cor. 11: 25 iglg eVai-a'/jjaa. Trop. 1 Tim. 1: 19 Tifgl t^v nlvnv. pp. Dem. 910. 7. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 24. trop. Philo de Somn. p. 1128. D. NccVxAlfpO$, ou, o, (vavg, idijQO?,) ship-owner, nauclerus, i. e. the master or owner of a trading vessel, who took passengers and freight for hire, Acts 27: 11. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 406. Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2. Pol. 4. 6. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 38. gen. vtojg, ace. vctvi>, y, see Buttrn. 58. p, 99, (from yaeo, vaixo,) a ship, vessel, Acts 27: 41. Sept. for ^N! 1 K. 9: 26. rp:g Job 9: 26. lidian. 1. 11. 11. XVn7 H. G. 1. 6. 19. QVy o, (vavg,) a ship-man,. sailor, seaman, Acts 22: 27, 30. Rev. 18: 17. Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2. Xen. H. G. 7. 1.12. Nd'/oy^y o, indec. JVahor, Heb. ^in2 (snorting^, pr. n. of the grand- father of Abraham, Luke 3: 34. Cornp. Gen. 11: 22 sq. A'ffl^Vc, oUy o, (vtav, veog,) a youth, a young man, Acts 20: 9. 23: 17, 18, 22. Sept. for -is: Jiulg. 16: 26. Hdian. 1. 9. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 2. Spoken of Saul i. e. Paul, Acts 7: 58, where however it determines nothing definitely as to his a^e ; since vsavlag, like vsavlffxog, was applied to men in the vigour of manhood, up to the age of 40 years ; see in Neavlffxog. So of soldiers, Sept. for -nrD 2 Sam. 6: 1. 1 Chr. 19: 10. also Hdian. 6. 8. 7. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 6. of Mars Luc. D. Deor. 15.3. KfCtvlaXQSy ou< o, (vtav, veog,) a youth, a young man, Mark 14: 51 fig Tig vtavlffxog. 16: 5. Luke 7: 14. Sept. for nr; 1 Sam. 17: 55. Is. 3: 3. *.?. Ezra 10":"l. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 2. Ael. V. H. 9. 534 39. Xen. An. 7. 2. 33. So of young men in the prime and vigour of man- hood up to tlie age of 40 years or more. Matt. 19: 20, 22, comp. Luke 18: 18 where it is UQ^WV. Acts 5: 10 vtctvi- or/>at ex iuJv vtxQuv Matt. 17: 9. Luke 16: 31. John 20: 9. trop. Eph. 5: 14. avu- oraat? zaiv vsxgwv Matt. 22: 31. Acts 17: 32. e Rom. 1:4. 1 Cor. 15: 13,21,42. uv. r) ex VSXQMV Acts 4: 2. ItonwOTortf xiav v. Phil. 3: 11. (/) emphat. ol vex- gol the dead, i. e. utterly dead, extinct, Matt. 22: 32 ovx t'errtv o d'tog vixgwv, u\- la &VTUV. Mark 12: 27. Luke 20: 38. (<$) trop. plur. those dead to Christ and his Gospel, spiritually dead. Matt. 8: 22 a (peg rovg vsxgovg x. i. \. let the spiritually dead bury their dead, i. e. let no lesser duty keep you from the one great duty of following me. Luke 9: 60. So Rom. 6: 13. 11: 15. Eph. 5: 14, see in 8 above. II. Adj. v(y.QO<;, a, 6v, dead, in At- tic and later usage. a) pp. Matt. 28: 4 eysvovro wcm vsx- QoL Acts 20: 9 xal IIQ&I] vsxQog was ta- ken up dead, i. e. for dead. 28: 6. Rev. 1: 17. Sept. for na. 2 Sam. 19: 6. Is. 27:36. Luc. D. Deor.7.4. ib. Philops. 31. Arr. Epict. 1. 9. 33. Trop. for lost, perished, given up as dead, e. g. the prodigal son Luke 15: 24, 32, parall. with aTroAwAok. Aristoph. Ran. 420. Menand. Incert. fab. 188. p. 249. ed. Mein. b) metaph. in opp. to the life of the Gospel, e. g. (a) of persons, dead to Christ and his gospel and so exposed to punishment, spiritually dead, Rev. 3: 1. c. dat. of cause or manner, Eph. 2: 1 i]fj,ug bvrag Vfxgovg naQctTTtwiiaai. v. 5. seq. iv c. dat. Col. 2: 13. seq. did it, Rom. 8: 10 TO o~wua VSXQOV di a^agTiav T i. e. as to the body ye still remain sub- ject to sinful passions etc. Others here, mortal. Vice versa, vwgog dvac ifi afiaQxLn, to be dead to sin, no longer willingly subject to it, Rom. 6: 11, i. q. dno&avtlv ti] ap. in v. 2. (/?) Of things, dead, i. e. inactive, inoperative, e. g. upagria Rorn. 7: 8. niaTig James 2^ 535 17, 20, 26. So toy a vexga dead works, i. e. external righteousness, not proceed- ing from a living faith, and therefore fruitless, sinful, Heb. 6: 1. 9: 14. AL. A r XpO0, co, f. oWo), (veto's,) /o put to death, and Pass, to be put to death, to die, pp. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 276. In N. T. trop. to deaden, to deprive of force and vigour, e. g. z uelr) i. e. to mortify Col. 3: 5. Pass. part. vsvfXQwusvog, 77, ov, deadened, i. e. efearf, powerless, im- potent, as ffMua VSVIXQ. Rom. 4: 19. Heb. 11: 12. Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 758. 3. comp. anovixgovff&ai Arr. Epict. 4. 5. 21. C, ], (vtxgou,) pp. a putting to death, hence a) death, i. e. violent death, 2 Cor. 4: 10 T7/v vtxQiaaiv tov 'lyvov iv roi (TtOjuart /; ( uwr TifQicpeyovTsg, i. e. ever exposed to suffer for the cause of Christ the same violent death which he suffered. h) trop. deadness, impolency, Rom. 4: 19. Comp. umovixQwaiq Arr. Epict. 1. 5.4. \fi>? 9 ct, ov y young, new, Com par. vto'tjf QO$, younger. See Tittm. Synon. N. T. p. 59. a) pp. of persons, young, youthful. Tit. 2: 4 iVw awcpQovlZtoat T? vlag, opp. nytapi'Tidag. Sept. for *|y2 Gen. 37: 2. Prov. 22: 15. Jos. Ant. 4." 6. 10. Luc. D. Mort. 12. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5, 31. Compar. woirtpo?, younger, sc. of two or more, Luke 15: 12, 13, o ycom- qog aviMv, o v. vlog. Sept. for ]Bp Gen. 9: 24. 27: 15. 42: 13. (Xen. CyY 3.1.1. Ah. 1.1.1.) Genr.foraT/oung-^cr- son, plur. the younger,the young,'m opp. to those older, John 21: 18 cm TJS vstaitQog. Acts 5: 6 ol vtwitQoi, i. q. ol vsavlaxot, in v. 10. 1 Tim. 5: 1, 2, 11, 14. Tit. 2: 6. 1 Pet. 5: 5. As implying inferior dignity Luke 22:26. Sept. for ny: Ps. 148:12. Jer.l:6,7. Ceb.Tab.2. Dem. 242. 15. Thuc. 1. 42. h) of things, neiv, recent, e. g. oirog, cto-xol, Matt. 9: 17 his. Mark 2: 22 ter. Luke 5: 37 his, 38, 39. Sept. for tlh Lev. 23: 17. Cant. 7: 13. Horn. II. V. 462. Hdian. 1.5.26. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.38. Trop. of the heart, disposition, nature, as renewed and therefore better, e. g. 1 Cor. 5: 7 tV TJT vsov cpvgotua: Col. 3:' 10. Heb. 12: 24 dia&fa via. Nfoooog, ov y o, (veog,) youngling? the young of animals esp. of birds. Luke 2: 24 <5i'o rcocraoi^ nfQio-jfQwv,, where some Mss. have the later form vowovg, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 206. Sturz Dial. Alex. p. 185. So Sept. for "J3 Lev. 5: 7. Prov. 30: 17. tPfn^K Deut." 22:6. Ael. V. H. 1.6. Xen.' Oec*. 7.34. c, ij,(vsog,)youth,youth- ful age. Matt. 19: 20 Ix vsoiijTog fj,ov. Mark 10: 20. Luke 18: 20. Acts 26: 4. 1 Tim. 4: 12 pydfis aov rfg v. xaiaygo- vfiTW let no one despise thy youth, i. e. conduct thyself with the wisdom of riper age, as is said immediately after. Sept. for tr-ilS: Gen. 8: 21. Num. 30: 17. rvn:r Ecc ! . 11: 9, lO.-Hdian. 1.3, 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.31. Nfocpuw?, ou, o, /7,adj. (vsog,(pv(o,) newly planted, Suid. veoyvTov to vswil qpimi'foV. Sept. for ^t32 Job 14: 9. Ps. 144: 12. In N. T. as subst. trop. a neo- phyte, new convert, 1 Tim. 3: 6. AVpox, covog, o, Aero, the Ro- man emperor, only in the spurious subscription 2 Tim. 4: 23. Nfvct), f. vtvffw, to nod, to beckon, as a sign to any one, seq. dat. John 13: 24 vfi'HOVvaviM Zt'utav. Acts24: 10. Sept. Prov. 4: 25. Arr. Epict. 2. 18. 18. Ael. V. H. 14. 22. fy vfi, */, (dim. of veyog,) pp. small cloud, nebula, perh. Luke 12: 54, comp. 1 K. 18: 44. Genr. a cloud, Jude 12 vtyttai avvdyot. [2 Pet. 2: 17.] Sept. for 125 Gen. 9: 13, 14. ph^ Ps. 36: 6. ay Judg. 5: 4. Ecc. 11:" 4. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 4. Xen. An. 1. 8. 8. As accompanying supernatural appear- ances and events, e. g. the pillar of cloud in the desert, 1 Cor. 10: 1, 2 ; comp. Sept. and 135 Ex. 13: 21, 22. In connexion with Christ, as with a voice from heaven Luke 9: 35 ; or at his trans- figuration, vffpih] (pcaisivi], Matt. 17:5 bis. Mark 9: 7 bis. Luke 9: 34 bis ; as re- ceiving him up at his ascension, Acts 1: 9 ; as surrounding him at his second coming, Matt. 24: 30. 26: 64. Mark 13: 26. 14: 62. Luke 21: 27. Rev. 1: 7. 14: 536 14 bis, 15, 16. As surrounding ascend- ing saints or angels, 1 Thess. 4: 17. Itev. 10: 1. 11: 12. Cornp. of God, Ps. 18: 8 sq. 97: 2. Is. 19: 1. Nfcpfrafaifi, o, indec. Nephthalim, Heb. n rn5~ (my wrestling) Naphtali, pr. n. of \ne sixth son of Jacob, born of Bilhah, comp. Gen. 30: 8. In N. T. only melon. lor the tribe of NapMali, Matt. 4: 13, 15. Rev. 7: G. , GOC, oug, TO, a cloud, pp. Hdian. 1. 14. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 38. In N. T. trop. for crowd, throng, Heb. 12: 1 vtyog /uaoTvowv. Apoll. Rh. Argon. 4. 397. Hdot. 8. 109 vepoS, ov, o, kidney, usually plur. ol viypol the kidneys, reins, loins, Sept. for nV;3 Ex. 29: 13, 32. Job 16: 13. In N. T! trop. for the inmost mind, the seat of the desires and passions, Rev. 2: 23 tQsvvwv vtqtQovg xcu xaydlag. Comp. Sept. and ni^3 in the similar phrase Ps. 7: 10. Jer.'il: 20. 17: 10. 20: 12. ogoe, ou, o, (vaog Att. vswq, . temple-sweeper, hence temple- keeper, prefect of a temple, who had charge also of the decorations, Jos. Ant. 1. 7. 6. Xen. An. 5. 3. 6. Suid. rswxo- gog' o tov vtwv xoafiwv xal tviQml&v, aU' ov% o ffUQotv. Hence for worship- per, pp. one who frequents the temple of God, e. g. of the Israelites in the desert, Jos. B. J. 5. 9. 4 oig o &sbg sav- TW viwxoQovg ij/w, and so vsaxogsiv ib. In N.T. as an honorary title assumed by cities distinguished for the worship of a particular deity, e. g. of Ephesus as a worshipper, devotee of Diana, Acts 19: 35 vtwxc-Qog TTJ$ psyalyg 'Agieuidog. It occurs in inscriptions and on the coins of several cities, see in Wetstein N. T. II. p. 588. frscoifpixoS) ij, 6v, (viog, vedniQog,) youthful, pertaining to youth, 2 Tim. 2: 22 rag v. tni&vulaq cptvys. 3 Mace. 4: 8. Jos. Ant. 16. 11. 7. Pol. 10. 24. 7. f, a, ov y see in Nso?. Ny a particle of swearing, always affirmative, and taking the accus. of that by which one swears. Passow sub. v. Buttm. 149. p. 430. 1 Cor. 15: 31 vy TTJ* v(ji. xav%r]v, quoted from Ps. 8: 3 where Sept. for bin? 1 Cor. 13: 11 quinq. OTS ij^v vi]7iiog %. T. L By impl. a minor, one not yet of age, Gal. 4: 1. Sept. genr. for blbte and bbi? of a child playing in the streets Jer. 6: 11. 9: 20, asking for bread Lam. 4: 4, borne in the arms Lam. 2: 20, once of the foetus Job 3:16. Horn. II. 9. 440. Hdian. 2. 15. 7. Diod. Sic. 1. 74. b) metaph. babe, for one unlearned, unenlightened, simple, in a good sense, Matt. 11: 25 ansxocJivyag aina vnTiloig. Luke 10: 21. Rom. 2: 20. Implying censure, 1 Cor. 3: 1 ug vr t 7iloig ev XQI- OTM. Gal. 4: 3. Eph. 4: 14. Heb. 5: 13. Sept. for ins Sept. Prov. 1: 32. Ps. 19: 8. 119: 130. Pint. ed. R. VI. p. 128 pen. JV^p^fC^ COQ 9 o, Nereus, pr. n. of a Christian at Rome, Rorn. 16: 15. Nrjpi, o, indec. Neri, pr. n. of a man, Luke 3: 27. Nyatov, ou y TO, (dim. of vijo-o?,) a small island, islet, sc. KlMti q. v. Acts 27: 16. 537 ix a co , ov y i], (prob. veu to float,) nn island, Acts 13: 6. 27: 26. 28: 1, 7, 9,11. Rev. 1:9. 6:14.16:20. Sept. for \\ Ps. 72: 10. Ez. 26: 15, 18. Diod. Sic. 3'. 44. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 7. r, a?, 1], (vrprfiw,) a fast- ing, fast, abstinence from eating. a) genr. e. g. for want of food, 2 Cor. 6: 5. 11: 27 iv A/^uo) xal dlyti, iv vyaid- mg nottaxig. Diod. Sic. 1.82. Plut.ed. R. VIII. p. 327. 13. b) in a religious sense, e. g. of the private fastings of the Jews, Matt. 17: 21 et Mark 9: 29 iv nQoawxi] xal w\- aislft. Luke 2: 37. Acts 14: 23.' lCor.7: 5. To this kind of fasting great merit was attributed, and the Pharisees prac- tised it often, sometimes twice a week, com p. Matt. 9: 4. Luke !8: 12. Dan. !): 3. Is. 58: 3 sq. Tob. 12: 8. Test. XII Patr. p. 702, 711 sq. In their longer fastings they abstained only from the better kinds of food, Dan. 10: 2 sq. Sept. for Bis Dan. et Is. I. c. Ps. 69: 1 1. Spec, the fast, i. e. the great annual pub- lic fust of the Jews, the great day of atonement, which occurred in the month Tisri corresponding to the new rnoon of October, and thus served to indicate the season of the year after which the navigation of the Mediterranean be- came dangerous, Acts 27: 9. Com p. Lev. 16: 29 sq. 23: 27 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 3, where also the time is marked, 4 iqtTlOuivOV TOU XUHJOl' TTQOi; 11)V %tl- peQiov wpav. Jahn 103, 357. Philo de Vit. Mos. 2. p. 657. C. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 669. 12. genr. Ael. V. H. 5. 20. A^(JTL/W, f. l(T(a, (vtjffTl?,) to fast, to abstain from, eating, in N. T. only of private fasting, see in NijffTtla. Matt. 6: 16 bis, 17, 18. 9: 14 bis. Mark 2: 18 ter, 19 bis. Luke 5: 23. 18: 12. Acts 10: 30. 13: 2, 3. Sept. for CIS Judg. 20: 26. 1 Sam. 7: 6. Ael. V. H. 5. 20. With the notion of grief, mourning, with which fasting was often connected, Matt. 9: 15 nev&ilv . . . y?/oTt'om'. Mark 2: 20. Luke 5: 34, 85. Comp. 2 Sam. 12: 16. Ezra 10: 6. Neh. 1: 4, where Sept. and Heb. CIS. Of the Saviour's supernatural fast of forty days, Matt. 4: 2. Or it may possibly be meant, that his fasting consisted in abstaining from 68 all usual food and living only on the scanty supplies of the desert; comp. Act. Thorn. 20 npmwt avvt/S)$, xal UQTOV Iff<k HOVQV (ASTU ATO, xal TO 7TOTOV avrov vdwy. 1 Sam. 31: 13. Dan. 10: 2sq. l\fy(JiYCj to?, o, ij, adj. (vTj-insep. un, iadito,) not having eaten, fasting, pi u r. ace. vrjaidS Matt. 15: 32. Mark 8: 3. Plut. Cato Maj. 23 yjjcruy. Dion. Hal. Rhetor. 9. 16 vr]arEig. Another plur. vyanSfs occurs Athen. VII. 79. p. 126. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 326. NtflpaAlOQ, ia, toy, H'<)pw,) sober, temperate, abstinent, espec. in respect to wine, Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 2. comp. Anthol. Gr. IV. P . 53. Plut. VI. p. 594. 7. Reisk. In N. T. trof). sober-minded, watchful, circumspect, 1 Tim. 3: 2 del oiy iidaxo- nov ilvai vT](pu/<.iov x. T. L v. 11. Tit. 2: 2. Comp. 1 Thess. 5: 6. Phavorin. VlJCplXJilO? fffTLV 6 ft vijCpWV XMt fflTffftV tyiav jrj TjJuxln xaTuMykov. In 1 Tim. 3:2, 11, text, recept. has the later synon. form vrjffafa'o?, , ov, comp. Passow y f. yw, to be sober, temperate, abstinent, espec. in respect to wine, Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 7 anb UXQUTOV vi'iyovTcg. Xen. Cyr.7.5.20. In N. T. to be sober-mind- ed,icatchful, circumspect, intrans. 1 Thess. 5: 6 yqriyoQwiiiv xul n'j(p(uV. v. 8. 2 Tim. 4: 5 av de vijqps iv nuai. 1 Pet. 1: 13. 4: 7. 5:8. Jos. B. J. 2. 12. 1. Luc. Hermot. 47 vf t (pig xai uiuvr^ao uniffitiv. Hdian. 2. 15. 1. ISfyfg, o, indec. Niger, surname of Simon a teacher at Antioch, Acts 13: 1. Nixavcop 9 opoCj o, Nicanor, pr. n. of one the of the seven primitive deacons, Acts 6: 5. J\ ixaco, CO, f. rjao), (vixr),) to be vic- torious, e. g. a) intrans. to come off vietor, to pre- vail. Rom. 3: 4 iV vixr,ar]<; *V TW xgl- vtff&al (jc, quoted from Sept. Ps. 51: 4 where Heb. rot to be pure. Seq. in- fin. Rev. 5: 5. Dem. 1436. 18. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 17. b) trans, to overcome, to conquer, to subdue, c. ace. Luke 11: 22 o wr/i^ors- ITOV. Rom. 12: 21 bi A 538 Nl'flTM w (pass.) vno roD xaxoi', IAa vlttu iv tot aya&w TO xxor. Diod. Sic. 4.57. Xen. Cyr. 1. 10. 4. Mem. 2. 6. 35. Spoken of Jesus or his followers as vic- torious over the world, over evil, over all the adversaries of his kingdom, c. ace. expr. or impl. 1 John 5: 4 his vixw Tor xooyiov x. z. L v. 5. Rev. 3: 21. 6: 2 bis. 12: 11. 17: 14. Perf. for pres. or fut. John 16: 33 f/o vrvixyxu tov xooc, o, (v In w,) a wash- basin, John 13: 5. Pollux Onom. 10. 78 no8avinir\Q. AY/iTW, f. y w a later present form for which the earlier writers used n'o>, f. yw, Passow s. v. Buttm. 114. p. 293; to wash, sc. some part of the body, as the fuce, hands, feet. Ablutions of the hands and feet were very common with the Jews, e. g. of the hands before eat- iflg, comp. Matt. 15: 2. Mark 7: 3 ; of the feet, as a mark of hospitality offered to a guest on his arrival, and performed by menial servants or slaves, comp. 1 Sam. 25:41. Gen. 18:4. 19:2. 24:32. 43: 24. Judg. 19: 21. Jahn 123, 145, 149. Calmet art. Baptism, Foot. Trans. to wash, e. g. the face, TO nQOffomov Matt. 6: 17 ; by impl. the eyes. Toi'e oqptfai- fiovg John 9: 7 bis, 1 1 bis, 15 ; the hands, Matt. 15: 2. Mark 7: 3; the 539 Nofiotog feet, TO^S nodus John 13: 5, 6, 8 bis, 10, 12, 14 bis. 1 Tim. 5: 10. So Sept. for yriT of the face Gen. 43:31, the hands Ex" 30: 20. Dent. 21:6, the feet 1 Sam. 25: 41. Gen. 18: 4. Luc. Epigr. 19. Artemid. 5. 55. ISotfOy co, f. I'JITU, (vooq, vovg,} to see with the eyes, to perceive, as oqp#aA- polg votlv Horn. II. 24. 294. ib. 3. 396. Xen. An. 3. 4. 44. In N. T. trop. to see with the mind, i. e. a) to perceive, to understand, to com- prehend, absol. Matt. 16: 9 ovnu vouie / Mark 8: 17. ifi xctgdln John 12:40. c. ace. expr. or irnpl. Eph. 3: 4 uvayivu- oxovjtg rofjaai ffvvtalv uov. v.20. ITim. 1:. 7. Rorn.l:20. seq. infin. Heb. 11:3. seq. ow Matt. 15: 17. 16: 11. Mark. 7: 18. Sept. for ]-3n Prov. 1: 2,6. Ael. V. H. 5. 5. Diod. Sic. 5. 31. Plut. Thes. 3. b) i. q. to have in mind, to think of, to consider, absol. Matt. 24: 15 et Mark 13: 14 6 uvayivtaaxuw VOUTU. c. ace. 2 Tim. 2: 7 vou ft My*. Ecclus. 11: 7. Horn. II. 9. 533 or 537. Arr. Epict. 3. 1. 18. Cj 10, (voiu,) thought, i. e. a) pp. what is thought out, excogi- tated, hence purpose, project, device. 2 Cor. 2: 1 1 oif yaq ai-iov (rov ~arava) ra roi'/uuru ayvooi'ptv. 10: 5. Baruch. 2: 8. 3 Mace. 5: 30. Horn. II. 10. 104. b) meton. as in Eugl. for the mind, e. g. the understanding, 2 Cor. 3: 14 jiw()u&r} ra vorjuuTa a IT dm 4: 4 ; also the affections, disposition, 2 Cor. ]J: 3 oviduQt) to, voijfiaia vuwv. Phil. 4: 7. Horn. 6d. 20. 82, 346. A 7 0#oCj ov } o, ij, adj. bastard, spu- rious, Heb. 12: 8. Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 1. Xen. An. 2. 4. 25. .A 0,1*77, f]?, i), (vipm to pasture, to feed,) pasture, i. e. a) the act of feeding, pp. Xen. Oec. 7. 20 ; in N. T. trop. a feeding, eat- ing, spreading, as of a gangrene, and hence vopijv s%fiv i. q. to eat, to spread, 2 Tim. 2: 17 6 loyog aviwv ug ydyy^aiva voju^v ?|ei. So of an ulcer Pol. 1. 81. 6. of fire Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 9. Pol. J . 48. 5. b) pasturage, trop. John 10: 9 vo^\v t\!(ji]ati, i. e. shall have enjoyment, shall find happiness. Sept. for H^tt Gen. 47:5. 1 Chr. 4: 39, 40. tnptt.7* 1. Pi}: Prov. 24: 15. Hdot." 1. 110. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 20. f.ii^fo f f. lab), (vouog custom,) to regard or acknowledge as custom, to have and hold as customary, viz. a) pp. i. q. to do by custom, to be ac- customed, to be wont, and Pass. id. Acts 16: 13 o'v ifOfttfrto Trpoaa'/i) area, where according to custom was the proseuche, 1. e. IKXQU norauov. For this custom, comp. the decree of the city Halicar- nessus in Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 23, by which the Jews are permitted Tag nQovsvxcts notfiff&ai nQug ry #aAa vou&iv Dinarch. 102. 13. T?)V aixficdtarbv yvvalxa ivout&v Conon. Nar- rat. 44. So pass. Luke 3: 23 ws ivoui- ^fio, as he was regarded, reckoned, i. e. according to Jewish custom. Dem. 1022. 16 ol vo t ui%6u(voi, usv vlflg, ui] ov- Tf? (J yivti e* aviuv. Hdot. 4. 180. Hence genr. to regard, to think, to sup- pose, e. g. seq. inf. c. ace. Luke 2: 44 voftiffavrtg 5s avwv lt> ti] crvvodtn tlvai. Acts 7: 25. 8: 20. 14: 19.' 16: 27. *17:29. 1 Cor. 7: 26. 1 Tim. 6: 5. seq. inf. 1 Cor. 7: 36. Seq. 6uo$ law,) per- taining to law. a) genr. Tit. 3: 9 ^u/t vopixal, i. e. disputes relating to the Mosaic law. Adv. vopixwg according to law, Plut.ed. R. VIII. p. 111.7,8. b) of persons, one skilled in the laio, a lawyer. Tit. 3: 13 Zqvav tov vopixov TiQonepyov. Plut. Reisk. VII. p. 99. 13 ol vopixoL Strabo XII. p. 813. C, o* TT 'Pwualoig vouixol. Arr. Epict. 2. 13. 7. In the Jewish sense, an inter- preter and teacher of the Mosaic law, so called in Luke, (once in Matt.) else- 540 where vopodiduaxodog and see in rptppaitvs b. Matt. 22: 35 et Luke 10:25 vopixog Tig, comp. Mark 12: 28 y^aftfuntvg. Luke 7: 30 11: 45, 46, 52. 14: 3 Jos. B. J. 2. 21. 7. NofJi.if.ico?, adv. (vofupog, vopog, ) lawfully, according to law and custom, 1 Tim. 1: 8. 2 Tim. 2: 5 A IT. Epict. 3. 10. 8 el rouluwg 7JL>Ajj(r. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 1. NofUtSfltt, c,) pp. 'any thing acknowledged and sanction- ed by custom or law ;' hence current money, coin, Lat. numisma. Matt. 22: 19 TO v. TOU >.'?jrow. Jos. Ant. 14. 14. 1. Hdiari. 2. 15. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 12. or by law, pass. Heb. 8: 6 frig (dia$i)xi}) tnl xQtltTOffiv enayyiUaig vtvouofrsjrjTcti. Jos. Ant. 3. 15. 3. Act. c. ace. Diod. Sic. 1. 27. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 25. fj ov y o, (vouog, ?,) a law-teacher, i. e. a teacher and expounder of the Jewish law, i. q. vouixog and yyotufAaitvg, Luke 5: 17. Acts 5: 34. See in rQuuumsvg b. Spoken also of Christian teachers who obtruded themselves upon the churches as expounders of the Mosaic law, 1 Tirn. 1: 7 law-giving, legislation, the giving of a code of laws, Diocl. Sic. 1. 94. Pol. 4. 81. 12 7i6 Tijg Avy.oi)Q'/ov vopo&eo-lag. In N.T. melon, legislation, i.q. the laws given, code of laws, the law, e. g. the Mosaic code, Rom. 9: 4 wv al diaf)ij%ai xat i) vofj.o&fo'ia. 2 Mace. 6: 23. Dion. Hal. Ant. Rorn. 2. 63. Pint. Reisk. VI. p. 892. 2, 5 EW? o'u nv.vT0.Jiaa iv vsitQidor- Teg Tr t v .//I'xoio/ou vouo&saiav. NouofrnrffOj ft), f. r t aw, (vouo&e- TIJC,) to make or give laws, to establish as laic, to legislate. a) pp. and seq. dnt./or any one, Xen. Apol. Socr. 15 slvxovyyov TOV sJaxcdau- (toviotg vouofriTr t aavToq. Sept. for rt~P Ex. 2J: 12. Hence in N. T. Pass, to be legislated for, to receive laws, where the dat. of the active construction becomes the iioin. to the passive, Huttm. 134. 5. Winer -10. 1. Heb. 7: 1 1 o Ao$ -/UQ djf uviji vtvofJO&tttjTO for Ihc people re- ceived the (Mosaic) law upon this condi- tion, sc. of being under the Levitical priesthood. b) to establish, to sanction, pp. as law, a law-giver, legislator, James 4: 12. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 7. Diod. Sic. 1. 94. Xen. Mem. 1.2.31. '?y ov } 6, (VBUOO to divide out, to allot,) pp. 'any thing divided out, al- lotted,' what one has in use and pos- session ; hence usage, custom, Sept. and rn^n 2 Sam. 7: 19. Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 3. Luc. D. Mort. 14. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 28. In N. T. only law, as pre- scribed by custom or statute. a) genr. and without reference to a particular people or state. Rom. 4: 15 ov yaQ olx tan vopog, oi<8s noiQufiao'ig. 5: 13. 7: 8. 1 Tim. 1: 9. Dem. 774. 18. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 41 sq. b) spec, of particular laws, statutes, ordinances, spoken in N. T. mostly of the Mosaic statutes, viz. () Of laws relating to civil rights and duties, John :51 ur t b vopog iipwv xyh'tt, TOV V TIOV x. T. A. John 8:5 comp. Lev. 20: 10. John 19: 7 comp. Lev. 24: 16 et Dent. 13:5. Acts 23: 3. 24:6. So the law of marriage Rom. 7: 2, 3. 1 Cor. 7: 39 ; of the Levitical priesthood Heb. 7: 16. Also Heb. 9: 19 y.aTu vouov i. e. accord- ing to the ordinance or command, sc. respecting the promulgation of the law, see Ex. 20: 18, 19. 24: 2 sq. Sept. for rnin Num. 19: 14. So of particular civil laws among the Greeks, Dem. 325. 13. ib. 599. 24. Xen. H. G. 3. 3. 2. (/5) Of laws relating to external relig- ious rites, e. g. purification Luke 2: 22. Heb. 9: 22 ; circumcision John 7: 23. Acts 15: 5, comp. 21: 20, 24 ; sacrifices Heb. 10: 8. So Sept. and rn'in Lev. 6: 9, 14. al. (y) Of laws refating to the hearts and conduct of men, Rom. 7: 7 6 vouog l'Af/V oi'x eni&v^o'ttg. James 2: 8. Heb. 8: 10 et 10: 16 81801? rouovg uov enl xu(tdict<; aviwv, quoted from Jer. 31:33 where Sept. for rniP). (<5) By impl. fora written law, a'law expressly given, i. q. 6 vouog iy/Qnmoq. Rorn. 2: 14 tfrrt] TU ur t ro(.iot> i'/ovTa . . . kutVToig fio~t vo(j.og. Diod. Sic. 1. 94 Nofiog 541 CO c) the law, i. e. a code or body of laws, in N. T. only of the Mosaic code, (a) pp. Matt. 5: 18 iwra V v . . . or JUT) nagi).- &r t IXTTO roil vopov. 22: 36 xrota VroA?j [M'/ukrj iv TW vojuo) / Luke 16: 17. John 1: 17 6 vofiog 8ia Mwvewg tdo&r). 7: 19. Acts 7: 53. Rom. 2: 13 sq. 5: 13. 1 Cor. 15:56. Gal. 3: 10 sq. 1 Tim. 1:8. James 2: 9, 11. al. tpyu vdfiov see in "Eqyov b. /. 4. Rom. 2: 15. Gal. 2: 16. 3: 10. 01 tX VOf40V, ol IV VOUM, ol V710 VO^lOV, those under the Mosaic law, Rom. 4: 16. 3: 19. 1 Cor. 9: 20. wot, iv vo^ca id. Rom. 2: 12. Sept. and rnin Dent. 1: 5. 4: 44. al. (ft) Trop. for the Mosaic dispensation, Rom. 10: 4 Te/lo? yug vo- /uou XQiaioq. Heb. 7: 12. 10: 1. (/) Melon, for the book of the law, i. e. pp. the books of Moses, the Pentateuch, Matt. 12: 5. Luke 2: 23, comp. Ex. 13: . Luke 10: 26. 1 Cor. 9: 8, 9, comp. Deut. 25: 4. 1 Cor. 14: 34, comp. Gen. 3: 16. So Sept. and rnin Neh. 8: 2. As forming pait of the Old Test. 6 v6(jog.xal ol Trooqpijrcu, Matt. 5: 17. Luku 16: 16. John 1: 46. Acts 13: 15. 28:23. Rom. 3: 21. (Jos. de Mace. 18.) vouog xal Trooqp. xal /'A//ot Luke 24: 44. Al- so simply o vouog for the Old Testament, John 10:* 34. 12:34. 15:25 coll. Ps. 35: 19. 1 Cor. 14: 21 coll. Is. 28: 11, 12. 2 Mace. 2: 18. d) trop. o vopog Tt'Actoc, the more per- fect law, put for the Christian dispensa- tion, in contrast with that of Moses, comp. above in c. ft. James 1: 25 o Se nttQaxi'ifiag fig vofiov i&tiov IQV ir^g Itev- &fQtag. So without T&cto;, James 2: 12. 4: 11. Also of the laws, precepts, es- tablished by the gospel, e. g. o vopog XQUKOV Gal. 6: 2. absol. Rom. 13: 8, 10 7rA;oa>/i ovv vopov i] a/dnr). Gal. 5:23. e) trop. law, i. e. rule, norm, standard, sc. of judging or acting. Rom. 3: 27 diet noiov vouov iwv egyav ; ov%i wA- A dia vopov m'oTfft)?. 7: 23, 25. 8: 2, 7. 9:31. In the sense of rule of life, dis- cipline, Phil. 3: 5 XT vo^iov, Arr. Epict. 1. 26. 1. AL. Aooffj see Novg. sickly longing for any thing, to pirn af- ter, to dote about; I Tim. 6:4 vovwv TISQI jTijar xt loyofjaztct?. nsgl 11 Pint, de Ira cohih. 14, or ed. Reisk. VII. p. 812. 10. VIII. p. 161. 3 TO*? ntql do$av voaoi'fftv. Plato Phaedr. p. 228. C. TTOO; TI Diod. Sic. T. VI. p. 227 ult. ed. Tauchn. or X. p. 155. Bip. c. dat. AeL V. II. 2. 13. TO, (voae'ta,) sick- ness, disease, i. q. vovo? John 5: 4. Luc. Abdicat. 18. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 27. AWoCj ov, o, TI, sickness, disease. Matt. 4: 23 x^foceTif i'wv nuaav voffov. v. 24. 9:35. 10:1. Mark 1:34. 3:15. Luke 4: 40. 6: 17. 7: 21. 9: 1. Acts 19: 12. Sept. for "ril 2 Chr. 21: 19. nbty? Ex, 15: 26. HdTan. 1. 3. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 13. Metaph. for pain, sorrow, evil, Matt. 8: 17 xal T$ vovovg [fjpuv] Ifttx- TO, contr. for Att. veoaalov, see in vowid, (dimin. from vtoaaog,) a young bird, Plur. id i>oaaia a brood of young birds, Matt. 23: 37. Sept. for trrpDJt Ps. 84: 4. So T yfom'a Aristot. *H. An. 9. 29. Ael. V. H. 10. 3. see Ntovffog. i'^cOj f. /crw, ( vovcpi apart, away, ) pp. to put apart, to separate, Mid. to separate oneself, to go away, Horn. Od. 11. 73. Act. to take or snatch away, to rob, Pind. Nem. 6. 106. In N. T. Mid. to take away for oneself, to keep back any thing which belongs to another, to embezzle, to purloin, absol. Tit. 2: 10. Seq. ano c. gen. partitively, (see in 3 Ano III. 7,) Acts 5: 2, 3 voayi- aafffrcu dno TT)$ rifiijg. c. TTO Sept. Josh. 7: 1. ovdiv tx iivoq Philo de Vit, 542 Mos. 1. p. 641. E. c. ace. 2 Mace. 4: 32. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2, 42. .A'oroe, ov, o, the south wind, or strictly the south-west wind, Lat. twins. a) pp. Luke 12: 55 VOTOV nviovrx. Acts 27: 13. 28: 1& Sept. for Di-V? Job 37: 17. -JE^FI Cant. 4: 16. improp*. for fivjp Ex, 10': 1*3. Hdot 2. 25. Xen. An. 5.7! 7. b) melon, the south, the southern quarter of the heavens and earth. Matt. 12: 42 et Luke 11: 31 pcurdiffffa voiov, comp. 1 K. c. 10. Luke 13: 29. Rev. 21: 13. Sept. for tri-n Ecc. 1: 5. Ez. 40: 25. M Josh. 15: 2. ]^n Ex. 26: 35. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 2. Hdot. 6. 139. as, i, (vov&sisw,) pp. a putting in mind, i. e. warning, admo- nition, exhortation. 1 Cor. JO: 11 ravia iyqacpr) ngog vov&talav f]u